OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD
10-K405, 1997-02-10
SHORT-TERM BUSINESS CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Previous: WABASH NATIONAL CORP /DE, 10-K, 1997-02-10
Next: AAMES FINANCIAL CORP/DE, 4, 1997-02-10



<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
 
                                   FORM 10-K
 
/X/  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
     ACT OF 1934
     FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
                                       OR
 
/ /  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
     EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                         COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 0-20526
 
                            ------------------------
 
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
              MINNESOTA                                41-1664848
   (State or other jurisdiction of                   (IRS Employer
    incorporation or organization)                Identification No.)
 
        7825 WASHINGTON AVENUE SOUTH, MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55439-2435
                    (Address of principal executive offices)
 
       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (612) 942-9880
 
                            ------------------------
 
          Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
                         COMMON STOCK ($.01 PAR VALUE)
                    CLASS A PREFERRED STOCK ($.01 PAR VALUE)
                                     RIGHTS
                                (Title of Class)
 
        Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: NONE
 
    Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes /X/  No / /
 
    Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item
405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the
best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. / /
 
    The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the
registrant based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock as quoted on the
New York Stock Exchange on January 14, 1997 was approximately $614.7 million.
 
    The number of shares of the registrant's Common Stock outstanding as of
January 14, 1997 was 37,431,189.
 
                      DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
    Certain portions of the documents listed below have been incorporated by
reference into the indicated part of this Form 10-K.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      DOCUMENT INCORPORATED                            PART OF FORM 10-K
- -----------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------------
<S>                                                                <C>
     Proxy Statement for 1997 Annual Meeting of Shareholders        Items 10, 11, 12 and 13
                    to be held April 28, 1997                             of Part III
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                FORM 10-K INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<S>       <C>                                                                               <C>
                                             PART I
 
Item 1.   Business........................................................................      3
Item 2.   Properties......................................................................     19
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings...............................................................     19
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.............................     19
 
                                             PART II
 
Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters...........     20
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.........................................................     21
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
            Operations....................................................................     23
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.....................................     38
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
            Disclosure....................................................................     60
 
                                            PART III
 
Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..............................     60
Item 11.  Executive Compensation..........................................................     60
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management..................     60
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..................................     60
 
                                             PART IV
 
Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules, and Reports on Form 8-K................     60
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                                    PART I.
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company purchases, securitizes and services consumer automobile loans
originated primarily by car dealers affiliated with major foreign and domestic
manufacturers. At December 31, 1996, the Company had purchased loans from more
than 7,700 dealers in 39 states, a substantial majority of which sell loans to
the Company on a regular basis. Loans are purchased through 17 regional buying
centers serving as "hubs" in 14 states, supplemented by a network of dealer
development representatives ("DDRs"). DDRs generate loans in their assigned
markets, or "spokes," while credit approval and loan processing are generally
performed at the "hub" or at the Company's headquarters in Minneapolis,
Minnesota. As a result of this strategy, the Company has expanded the number of
dealers in its network and has significantly increased its annual volume of
automobile loans purchased, from $743.3 million in 1994 to $2.8 billion in 1996,
without incurring the additional costs that would be associated with
establishing a proportionate number of new buying centers. The Company services
loans primarily through four regional servicing and collection centers.
 
    The Company purchases each loan in accordance with its underwriting
procedures, which focus on a borrower's qualifications and collateral value. The
Company's underwriting criteria do not distinguish between new and used
vehicles, which represented approximately 28.7% and 71.3%, respectively, of the
Company's loan purchases in 1996. The Company seeks to maximize gross interest
rate spreads relative to expected net losses by maintaining a tiered pricing
system based on the borrower's credit characteristics as measured by the
Company's underwriting and proprietary credit scoring criteria. The Company
markets its loan products to dealers under two programs, designated Premier and
Classic. "Premier" and "Classic" are proprietary trademarks of the Company.
Premier borrowers generally have stronger credit characteristics than those of
Classic borrowers. At December 31, 1996, the Company was purchasing
approximately 50% of its aggregate loans under each of the Classic and the
Premier programs. The Company may change its loan purchase mix at any time and
from time to time. The Company considers substantially all of the loans it
purchases under both the Premier and Classic programs to be in the "prime" or
"non-prime" loan categories, but does not consider the loans it purchases to be
in the "sub-prime" loan category. In accordance with prevailing industry
practice, the Company pays an up-front dealer participation to the originating
dealer for each loan purchased. These dealer participations vary in amount among
the Company's loan products and are generally greater under the Premier program
than under the Classic program.
 
    The Company primarily uses warehouse facilities to fund the initial purchase
of loans. The Company securitizes purchased loans as asset-backed securities,
generally on a quarterly or more frequent basis. In its securitizations, the
Company, through a special purpose subsidiary, transfers loans to newly-formed
securitization trusts which issue one or more classes of asset-backed
securities. The asset-backed securities are simultaneously sold to investors and
the Company recognizes a gain on the sale of the loans. Each month, collections
of principal and interest on the securitized loans are used by the trustee to
pay the holders of the related asset-backed securities, to establish and
maintain spread accounts as a source of cash to cover shortfalls in collections
and to pay expenses associated with the securitizations and subsequent
servicing. After such application by the trustee, amounts in excess of those
necessary to satisfy requirements associated with the asset-backed securities
are generally distributed to the Company, subject to its agreements with
Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA"). All of the Company's securitization
trusts and one of the Company's warehouse facilities are credit-enhanced through
financial guaranty insurance policies, issued by FSA, which insure payments of
principal and interest due on the related asset-backed securities. Asset-backed
securities insured by FSA have been rated AAA by Standard & Poor's and Aaa by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
    The Company acts as the servicer of all loans originated by it and
securitized in return for a monthly servicing fee. Until October 1996, servicing
and collection functions were provided through the Company's national servicing
and collections center located in Minneapolis, Minnesota, and in each of its 17
"hubs." In response to the rapid growth of its servicing portfolio, continued
expansion of its Classic program (which generally requires greater collection
efforts than its Premier program), and increases in delinquencies and default
rates on its servicing portfolio, the Company substantially increased its
servicing and collection staff, and in October 1996, implemented a strategy to
regionalize its servicing and collection capabilities into four new locations:
Charlotte, North Carolina; Dallas, Texas; Denver, Colorado and Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
 
STRATEGIES
 
    The Company's business objective is to maximize the volume and profitability
of loans it purchases, securitizes and services. To achieve this objective, the
Company employs the following strategies:
 
    - EMPHASIS ON DEALER RELATIONSHIPS -- The Company believes that one of its
      key competitive advantages is its ability to identify and meet a dealer's
      financing needs. When presented with a loan application, the Company
      attempts to notify the dealer within one hour or less whether it will
      approve, conditionally approve or deny the automobile loan for purchase
      from the dealer. The Company's business hours generally coincide with
      those of the dealership and, in some cases, the Company will provide loan
      processing on the dealer's premises during dealer promotions. When the
      Company considers a borrower's credit quality to be adequate, the Company
      may provide the dealer with flexibility in developing loan structures to
      accommodate a borrower's needs, such as extended payment terms or low
      down-payment requirements. To further assist the dealer, the Company may
      perform more in-depth underwriting analysis when warranted by special
      circumstances. A DDR maintains frequent contacts with the dealer and
      recommends service enhancements from time to time. By employing consistent
      loan underwriting and purchasing procedures, the Company believes that it
      provides the dealer with a reliable and consistent source of financing.
 
    - TIERED PRICING STRATEGY -- The Company maintains a tiered pricing system,
      allowing it to price different loan products according to the profiles of
      borrowers' credit characteristics as measured by the Company's proprietary
      credit scoring system. The Company's tiered pricing system seeks to (i)
      maximize gross interest rate spreads relative to expected net losses
      within each credit tier, (ii) provide a greater opportunity to expand its
      automobile loan market share through loan products
     that address a greater variety of customer needs, and (iii) reduce initial
      cash requirements relative to the Premier program because the Company
      offers lower dealer participations on Classic loans.
 
    - MAINTENANCE OF UNDERWRITING PROCEDURES -- The Company has developed a
      proprietary credit scoring system designed to maintain consistent
      underwriting procedures for its loan authorizations. The Company's credit
      scoring system monitors six evaluation criteria, including debt-to-income,
      payment-to-income, loan-to-value, bankruptcy score, credit score and loan
      size. Based on the results of the credit scoring system, each loan
      application is reviewed by one of the Company's credit specialists and, as
      appropriate under the Company's underwriting procedures, one or more
      credit managers, to determine whether the loan should be approved. To
      monitor the integrity of the underwriting procedures, management tracks on
      a daily basis the approval rates and delinquency and loss rates by credit
      specialist, buying center and dealer.
 
    - SERVICING -- The Company has regionalized its servicing and collection
      functions and in 1996 established four regional centers located in
      Charlotte, North Carolina; Dallas, Texas; Denver, Colorado and
      Minneapolis, Minnesota. These centers are staffed with trained personnel
      responsible for various servicing, collection and repossession activities.
      They are assisted by highly automated telephone dialing systems which
      improve the Company's ability to make early contact with delinquent
      obligors. In addition the Company utilizes a computerized collection
      system to aid its servicing and collection centers. The Company regularly
      monitors and periodically evaluates its
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
      servicing and collection resources with a view to improving their
      procedures and anticipating expansion of purchase volume or changes in
      product mix.
 
    - FUNDING AND LIQUIDITY THROUGH WAREHOUSING AND SECURITIZATIONS -- The
      Company funds the acquisition of automobile loans principally through
      several warehouse facilities including a bank credit facility and two
      facilities with asset-backed commercial paper programs. Currently, these
      facilities provide sufficient capacity to handle the Company's loan
      purchases. The Company securitizes purchased loans as asset-backed
      securities and uses such securitizations as a cost competitive source of
      capital compared to traditional sources of corporate debt financing.
      Securitization enables the Company to sell automobile loans on a regular
      basis, while retaining the right to receive future servicing fees and
      excess cash flows. Securitization also allows the Company to use the net
      proceeds from such sales to fund the purchase of additional automobile
      loans.
 
    - RETAILING OF REPOSSESSED AUTOMOBILES -- The Company channels a substantial
      majority of its repossession inventory through retail markets, primarily
      retail used car consignment lots. The Company believes that the greater
      recoveries available from the retail market justify the costs of
      maintaining unsold repossession inventory and managing the retail program.
      In addition, the use of retail markets provides the Company with an
      opportunity to finance the sale of repossessed automobiles to new buyers.
 
AUTOMOBILE DEALER PROGRAM
 
    OVERVIEW.  The following table describes the growth in the number of dealers
with whom the Company has entered into a dealer agreement during the three years
ended December 31, 1996. A substantial majority of these dealers sell loans to
the Company on a regular basis.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              OPENING
REGIONAL BUYING CENTER                                         DATE        1994       1995       1996
- ----------------------------------------------------------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                         <C>          <C>        <C>        <C>
Minnesota.................................................        6/90         340        645        823
Colorado..................................................        4/92         240        414        500
North Texas...............................................       11/92         334        467        534
Washington................................................        3/93         248        409        532
Arizona...................................................        7/93         136        266        344
Florida...................................................        8/93         169        332        477
Georgia...................................................       11/93         250        395        499
South Texas (1)...........................................        2/94         175        333        311
Northern California.......................................        6/94         115        286        424
Missouri..................................................        6/94         163        403        547
Massachusetts.............................................        8/94         123        400        581
Tennessee.................................................       10/94          51        218        300
Ohio......................................................        3/95          --        208        395
North Carolina............................................        5/95          --        309        513
Southern California.......................................       12/95          --         25        303
New York..................................................        3/96          --         --        339
West Texas (1)............................................        7/96          --         --        305
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
    Totals................................................                   2,344      5,110      7,727
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Prior to July 1996, the West Texas region was included in the South Texas
    region.
 
    The Company believes that the volume and quality of the loans it acquires
depends upon its ability to establish and maintain satisfactory relationships
with automobile dealers. The Company's DDRs and other loan purchasing personnel
emphasize dealer service. The Company attempts to identify the particular
service
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
needs of dealers and to provide a reliable source of financing for qualified
automobile buyers. DDRs are the Company's primary contact with its dealers and
are responsible for prospecting new dealerships, selling the Company's programs,
and cultivating dealer relationships. DDRs train dealer personnel in the
Company's programs and meet with dealer management periodically in an effort to
ensure the dealer's needs and expectations are being satisfied. DDRs serving in
the Company's "spokes" typically operate within a 200-mile radius of a regional
buying center. The Company's cost in maintaining DDRs is limited to compensation
determined solely on the basis of loan volume generated in their respective
territories.
 
LOAN PURCHASES AND UNDERWRITING
 
    LOAN PURCHASES.  Retail automobile buyers are customarily directed to a
dealer's finance and insurance department to finalize their purchase agreement
and to review potential financing sources and rates available from the dealer.
If the customer elects to pursue financing through the dealer, an application is
taken for submission to the dealer's financing sources. The Company's agreements
with its dealers are non-exclusive and, typically, a dealer will submit the
purchaser's application to more than one financing source for review. The dealer
in consultation with the borrower will decide which source will finance the
automobile purchase based upon the rates being offered, the terms for approval,
dealer participations or certain incentives offered from time to time in
accordance with captive wholesale financing arrangements with the dealer's
primary supplier of automobiles.
 
    When presented with a loan application, the Company attempts to notify the
dealer within an hour or less whether it will approve, conditionally approve or
deny the loan for purchase from the dealer. A loan purchase by the Company
generally occurs simultaneously with the purchase by the buyer of the related
automobile and the making of the loan to the buyer by the dealer. The buyer's
purchase generally is not completed until the Company or another financing
source approves a loan. If the application is approved by the Company and the
buyer accepts the terms of the financing, the buyer enters into an installment
contract or secured note with the dealer on a form prepared and provided to the
dealer by the Company. At the bottom or reverse of the contract or note is an
assignment of the loan to the Company which is signed by the dealer.
 
    UNDERWRITING.  The Company purchases each loan in accordance with its
established underwriting procedures. The Company's underwriting procedures
include scoring the borrower's loan application in accordance with the Company's
proprietary credit scoring system and comparing such credit scores to
established underwriting criteria. For borrowers with credit scores falling
outside predetermined criteria, the Company requires additional review and
approval by supervisory personnel in order to determine whether to approve such
loans. These procedures are intended to assess the applicant's ability to repay
the amounts due on the loan and the adequacy of the financed vehicle as
collateral. The Company's underwriting procedures do not distinguish between new
and used vehicles. The Company maintains a tiered pricing system, allowing it to
price loans according to the borrower's credit characteristics. The Company
markets its loan products to automobile dealers through its Premier and Classic
programs. Premier borrowers generally have stronger credit characteristics than
those of Classic borrowers.
 
    Each applicant for a loan is required to complete and sign an application
which lists the applicant's assets, liabilities, income, credit and employment
history and other personal information. Upon receipt of the completed loan
application, the Company's administrative personnel order a credit bureau report
on the applicant to document the applicant's credit history. The application and
the credit bureau report are given to one of the Company's credit specialists
for analysis under the Company's proprietary credit scoring system.
 
    The Company's credit scoring system evaluates the credit applicant with an
emphasis on cash flow as a principal indicator of repayment capability and
provides credit scores which are utilized by the Company as a basis to determine
if the applicant initially falls within the parameters of the Company's
underwriting criteria for a particular loan product. Assuming that the applicant
qualifies, the Company will expand its credit review by preparing an analysis of
the applicant's debt-to-income and payment-to-income ratios, and
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
purchasing from a credit bureau an additional credit score which attempts to
assess the likelihood of borrower bankruptcies. If the applicant meets the
Company's underwriting standards, the Company generally will approve the
application. For Classic borrowers (and, if certain scoring criteria are not
satisfied, for Premier borrowers), this data is subject to further
investigation. This investigation typically consists of direct telephone
confirmations, when feasible, of the applicant's employment and may also include
direct credit references from banks and financial institutions noted on the
application.
 
    Once scoring and verifications have been completed, one of the Company's
credit specialists reviews the application to ensure that it meets the
requirements of the Company's internal system and also reviews the various
banking and employment verifications obtained. The credit specialist also
considers the amount to be financed in relation to the purchase price and market
value of the automobile. If the vehicle is used, the Company determines market
value based upon the Kelly Blue Book value or the National Automobile Dealers
Association's ("NADA") Guide on Retail and Wholesale Values. Consistent with
industry standards, this assessment does not include inspection of the
automobile. The Company does not reject an applicant solely because of the age
of the automobile.
 
    Objective credit scoring criteria provide the factual background for lending
decisions, but such decisions frequently require the credit judgment of the
Company's credit specialists. To the extent an applicant fails to meet one or
more of the scoring benchmarks for the proposed loan, the Company requires
higher levels of management scrutiny before such loans are approved. In 1996, a
substantial majority of Classic loans and a substantial number of Premier loans
purchased by the Company failed to meet at least one applicable scoring
benchmark and required additional management review before approval of these
loans.
 
    Upon completion of the credit analysis, the Company decides whether it will
approve, conditionally approve or deny the loan application as submitted.
Conditioning approval of the application involves amending the dealer's proposed
terms of the loan to qualify the application according to Company procedures.
Typical conditions include, but are not limited to, requiring a co-applicant,
amending the length of the proposed term, requiring additional down payment,
substantiating certain credit information, or requiring proof of resolution of
certain credit deficiencies as noted on the applicant's credit history.
Approved, declined or conditioned application decisions are promptly
communicated to the dealer by phone or facsimile. Additionally, the applicant is
informed by the Company of any credit denial or other adverse action by mail, in
compliance with applicable statutory requirements.
 
    The Company regularly reviews the quality of the loans it purchases and
conducts internal compliance reviews on a monthly basis.
 
    RESALE AND FINANCING OF REPOSSESSIONS.  The Company channels a substantial
majority of its repossession inventory through retail markets, primarily retail
used car consignment lots. The Company believes that the greater recoveries
available from the retail market justify the costs of maintaining higher levels
of unsold repossession inventory and managing the retail program. In addition,
the use of retail markets provides the Company with an opportunity to finance
the repossessed vehicles with new buyers. During 1996, the Company sold
approximately 70% of its repossession inventory through retail markets and the
Company financed approximately 90% of these sales. At December 31, 1996, the
Company had arrangements with 67 smaller consignment lots compared with ten
large retail consignment lots at December 31, 1995. The Company also sells
repossessed automobiles in the wholesale auction markets from time to time to
maintain its repossession inventory at acceptable levels as determined by
management.
 
    The Company applies the same underwriting methodology and procedures to the
financing of repossessed automobiles as it applies to the purchase of other loan
products, but it allows credit specialists and managers greater latitude in the
financed repossession product to approve exceptions (with appropriate management
authorization) to underwriting criteria as compared to other products in the
Premier and Classic programs. The principal amount of retail repossession sales
financed by the Company increased from $25.7 million (1.13% of the total
servicing portfolio) at December 31, 1995 to $96.9 million (2.56% of the
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
total servicing portfolio) at December 31, 1996. Principally as a result of an
inventory reduction effort in the fourth quarter of 1995 and the first quarter
of 1996, together with improper practices by certain of the initial consignment
dealers (with which the Company has since terminated its business
relationships), the delinquency, default and loss rates of the Company's
portfolio of repossessed automobile loans have significantly exceeded the rates
of the Company's other loan products, accounting for a disproportionate amount
of the Company's overall delinquencies, defaults and losses in 1996. The Company
has instituted more comprehensive controls over its financed repossession
product for the purpose of reducing delinquency, default and loss rates to
acceptable levels. Acceptable levels of delinquencies, defaults and losses in
the repossession loan portfolio, as determined by management, may exceed levels
typically experienced in the Company's other loan products. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
    DEALER PARTICIPATIONS.  The Company remits to the dealer the amount financed
pursuant to the terms of the loan and, consistent with industry practice, a
dealer participation for selling such loan to the Company. The Company computes
the dealer participation by calculating the amount of cash flow arising from the
rate differential between the interest rate charged by the automobile dealer to
the borrower and the rate offered by the Company to the dealer. The Company
generally offers two alternative methods for payment of the dealer
participation. Under the "shared participation" method, the dealer generally
receives a percentage of the total participation at the time of sale in exchange
for a shorter charge back period. During the charge-back period the Company is
entitled to recover the upfront percentage received by the dealer in the event
of a prepayment or default during the first 90 to 180 days. Under an alternative
method, the Company pays the full participation to the dealer less approximately
1% of the outstanding loan balance which is held in reserve to allow for future
charges to the dealer in the event of early prepayment or default. Under the
alternative method, the Company is entitled to recover from the dealer the
unearned portion of the dealer participation in the event of a prepayment or
default in excess of the amount withheld at any point prior to contractual
maturity and the entire reserve amount if the loan defaults within its first 12
months. A substantial majority of the Company's dealers elect the "shared
participation" method.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
MARKETS AND EXPANSION
 
    The following table illustrates the loan purchasing volume and percentage of
total loan purchases by regional buying center during the three years ended
December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)
REGIONAL BUYING CENTER                             1994                       1995                       1996
- ---------------------------------------  ------------------------   ------------------------   ------------------------
<S>                                      <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>
Minnesota..............................  $     61,135        8.23%  $    117,253        5.71%  $    160,376        5.83%
Colorado...............................        77,982       10.49        145,552        7.09        161,880        5.89
North Texas............................       109,624       14.75        260,775       12.71        299,673       10.90
Washington.............................        75,218       10.12        176,241        8.59        198,580        7.22
Arizona................................        71,936        9.68        124,921        6.09        204,717        7.44
Florida................................        79,598       10.71        123,308        6.01        144,042        5.24
Georgia................................        95,123       12.80        143,289        6.98        189,346        6.88
South Texas (1)........................        98,699       13.28        335,317       16.34        278,457       10.12
Northern California....................        23,822        3.21        149,291        7.27        192,794        7.01
Missouri...............................        33,267        4.48        172,569        8.41        173,381        6.30
Massachusetts..........................        12,359        1.66        108,090        5.27        131,794        4.79
Tennessee..............................         4,493        0.59         99,951        4.87        141,491        5.15
Ohio...................................            --          --          9,844        0.48         57,267        2.08
North Carolina.........................            --          --         85,978        4.18        202,255        7.35
Southern California....................            --          --             34          --         57,858        2.10
New York...............................            --          --             --          --         44,516        1.62
West Texas (1).........................            --          --             --          --        112,126        4.08
                                         ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------
    Totals.............................  $    743,256      100.00%  $  2,052,413      100.00%  $  2,750,553      100.00%
                                         ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------
                                         ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Prior to July 1996, the West Texas region was included in the South Texas
    region.
 
    The Company regularly evaluates its "hub and spoke" strategy and from time
to time has expanded into new markets through the establishment of additional
regional buying centers and "spoke" operations. The Company's expansion program
is directed by personnel with backgrounds in credit administration, finance and
operations, information systems, facilities development, sales and marketing and
human resources. In considering potential markets for expansion, the Company
reviews such factors as population, income per capita, retail sales per capita,
city work force, number of households, average annual income, automobile
registrations, driver licenses issued and number of dealerships in the state and
standard metropolitan statistical areas and the competitive environment for
automobile financing. The Company also considers other general expansion
criteria, including but not limited to, recruiting and staffing, training,
compensation and benefits, policies and procedures, demographics, and legal and
licensing requirements. The Company also reviews the performance of existing
buying centers to evaluate their continuing contribution to the Company's
strategy.
 
FINANCING
 
    WAREHOUSE FACILITIES.  The Company uses warehouse facilities to finance its
purchase of loans on a short-term basis pending securitization. At December 31,
1996, the Company had an aggregate borrowing capacity of $800.0 million under
three primary warehouse facilities, of which $688.9 million was available. The
Company may borrow, on a revolving basis, up to $170.0 million pursuant to a
credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banking
institutions (the "Banks") led by Bank of America National Trust and Savings
Association (the "Agent"). In addition, the Company, through a wholly-owned
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
special purpose subsidiary, Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. ("ORFC"), has a
$300.0 million receivables warehouse facility (the "BofA Facility") with
Receivables Capital Corporation ("RCC"), a commercial paper conduit sponsored by
Bank of America. At December 31, 1996, the Company, through another wholly-owned
special purpose subsidiary, Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II ("ORFC II"),
had a $330.0 million receivables warehouse facility (the "J.P. Morgan Facility"
and, together with the Credit Agreement and the BofA Facility, the "Warehouse
Facilities") with Delaware Funding Corporation ("DFC"), a commercial paper
conduit sponsored by J.P. Morgan.
 
    Amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement are secured by the automobile
loans pledged to the Agent as collateral for borrowings under the Credit
Agreement. Under the Credit Agreement, the Company may borrow 95% of the
outstanding principal amount of eligible automobile loans pledged to secure the
indebtedness. The Company pays a commitment fee to the Banks on the unused
portion of the facility and pays an annual agent's fee to the Agent. The notes
issued to the Banks in respect of borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear
interest at rates determined by reference to the reserve-adjusted interbank
offered rates or the base rate of Bank of America Illinois in effect from time
to time, depending upon the type of advance the Company elects under the Credit
Agreement. The Company's notes issued under the Credit Agreement mature no later
than July 10, 1997. Under the Credit Agreement, the Company is subject to
certain financial and other covenants customary in such financings, including a
minimum capital base requirement and loss ratio and delinquency ratio
requirements for the automobile loans serviced by the Company.
 
    In connection with the BofA Facility, the Company, through ORFC, sells loans
to another wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary, Arcadia Receivables Conduit
Corp. ("ARCC"), and ARCC purchases the loans from ORFC and agrees to transfer
the loans back to ORFC on ORFC's demand (at the time, and for the purpose, of
securitization). ORFC is also obligated to repurchase loans from ARCC on or
before the date which is twelve months following their conveyance to ARCC and
upon the occurrence of a default or certain other events. The BofA Facility
provides for the purchase of loans for an aggregate purchase price outstanding
at any time not to exceed $300.0 million. ARCC finances its purchase of loans
from ORFC by issuing asset-backed notes (the "ARCC Notes"). FSA provides credit
enhancement with respect to the BofA Facility in the form of a financial
guaranty insurance policy guaranteeing certain payments on the ARCC Notes. The
BofA Facility will continue until the earlier of December 2, 1999 or the
occurrence of certain events, subject to early termination as described below.
The purchase price payable to ORFC by ARCC is 98% of the principal balance of
each loan except in the case of loans used to finance the purchase of vehicles
previously repossessed by the Company, in which the case the purchase price is
85% of the principal balance of the loan. Proceeds of the loans, the loan
purchase price payable to ORFC and the repurchase price payable by ORFC are
deposited in a collection account. The collection account is pledged to secure
payment of the ARCC Notes. Any excess in the collection account over certain
amounts required to be retained in the account is released to a spread account.
The spread account is cross-collateralized with the spread accounts established
in connection with the Company's securitization trusts. If no default exists
with respect to the BofA Facility, all amounts deposited into the spread account
in excess of 1% of the outstanding balance of loans in the BofA Facility are
released to ORFC.
 
    RCC's purchase of the ARCC Notes and concurrent issuance of commercial paper
is supported by a liquidity facility provided by financial institutions (the
"BofA liquidity banks"). This liquidity facility is a revolving obligation that
must be renewed annually. Failure by the BofA liquidity banks to renew this
liquidity facility would lead to an early termination of the BofA Facility. The
BofA Facility also includes eligibility criteria for loans warehoused, normal
and customary representations, warranties, covenants and portfolio performance
triggers designed to protect RCC, FSA and the BofA liquidity banks from various
risks relating to the pool of automobile loans supporting the BofA Facility.
 
    The Company pays a usage fee to FSA, and usage and non-usage fees to Bank of
America, in connection with the BofA Facility. The ARCC Notes bear an interest
rate equal to the rate at which funds are obtained by RCC from time to time in
the commercial paper market plus a margin. In the event the
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
ARCC Notes are funded by the BofA liquidity banks, the rate of interest will be
the reserve-adjusted interbank offered rate in effect from time to time plus a
margin.
 
    Under the JP Morgan Facility, the Company, through ORFC II, may from time to
time warehouse automobile loans by selling them to an owner trust (the "Owner
Trust"). The Company may obtain up to 99.9% of the principal balance of the
receivables sold to the Owner Trust, but must deposit 4% of such principal
balance (subject to increase upon the occurrence of certain events) into a
spread account. The Owner Trust simultaneously issues a Variable Funding Note
("VFN") to DFC, representing 91% of the outstanding principal balance of the
receivables, and issues investor certificates (the "Investor Certificates") to
institutional investors, representing 8.9% of the outstanding principal balance
of the receivables. The purchase of the VFN is funded through the issuance of
commercial paper by DFC. The JP Morgan Facility will continue until the earlier
of December 19, 1997 or the occurrence of certain events, subject to early
termination as described below. At the time the Company accesses the public
asset-backed securitization market, the Company's securitization subsidiary
(currently ORFC) purchases the loans using the proceeds from the securitization
and the VFN and the Investor Certificates are redeemed by the Owner Trust. The
Company may use the JP Morgan Facility as a source of permanent funding for a
designated pool of automobile loans, but the pricing on the facility would be
increased under those circumstances.
 
    DFC's purchase of the VFNs and concurrent issuance of commercial paper is
supported by a liquidity facility provided by financial institutions (the "JP
Morgan liquidity banks"). The liquidity facility is a revolving obligation that
must be renewed annually. In addition, the JP Morgan liquidity banks or the
institutional investors that have committed to purchase the Investor
Certificates may terminate the JP Morgan Facility, effective as of June 30,
1997, upon prior written notice to the Company. In addition to credit
enhancement through the subordination of the Investor Certificates, the spread
account and the liquidity facility, the JP Morgan Facility includes eligibility
criteria for loans warehoused, normal and customary representations and
warranties, covenants, and portfolio triggers designed to protect DFC, the
liquidity providers, and the private investors purchasing the Investor
Certificates from various risks relating to the automobile loans supporting the
warehouse facility. In addition, the JP Morgan Facility contains a capital base
covenant with respect to the Company, which is identical to the covenant in the
Credit Agreement.
 
    The Company pays a commitment fee on the daily unused portion of the JP
Morgan Facility. The VFNs bear an interest rate equal to the rate at which funds
are obtained by DFC from time to time in the commercial paper market plus a
margin. The Investor Certificates require a higher market rate. In the event the
VFN is purchased by the JP Morgan liquidity banks, the rate of interest will be
the applicable adjusted Eurodollar rate or base rate (as defined) plus a margin,
if applicable.
 
    SECURITIZATION OF LOANS.  The Company pursues a strategy of securitizing
loans through the sale of asset-backed securities on a quarterly or more
frequent basis, based on the availability of loans, profitability and other
relevant factors. Securitization is used as a cost-competitive source of capital
compared to traditional corporate debt financing alternatives. The Company
utilizes the net proceeds from securitizations to purchase additional automobile
loans and to pay down outstanding warehouse facilities, thereby making such
short-term sources available for future loan purchases.
 
    In its securitizations, the Company (through its special purpose subsidiary,
ORFC) transfers automobile loans to newly-formed securitization trusts which
issue one or more classes of asset-backed securities. The asset-backed
securities are simultaneously sold to investors. To ensure that the
securitization trust is not itself a taxable entity, the Company typically
retains 1% of the subordinated class of securities through wholly-owned
subsidiaries of the Company. Such investments, included in other assets in the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements, totaled $4.3 million at December
31, 1996 compared with $2.8 million at December 31, 1995. Each month,
collections of principal and interest on the automobile loans are used by the
trustee to pay the holders of the related asset-backed securities, to fund
spread accounts as a source
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
of cash to cover shortfalls in collections, if any, and to pay expenses. The
Company continues to act as the servicer of the automobile loans held by the
trust in return for a monthly fee.
 
    To improve the level of profitability from the sale of securitized loans,
the Company uses credit enhancement to achieve a desired credit rating on the
asset-backed securities issued. The credit enhancement for the Company's
securitizations has generally taken the form of subordinated tranches of asset-
backed securities and financial guaranty insurance policies issued by FSA. FSA
insures payments of principal and interest due on the asset-backed securities.
Asset-backed securities insured by FSA have been rated AAA by Standard & Poor's
and Aaa by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. The Company has limited reimbursement
obligations to FSA related only to violations of representations and warranties
and not credit performance. However, spread accounts established in connection
with the securitizations provide a source of cash to cover shortfalls in
collections (as described below) and to reimburse FSA for claims made under the
policies issued with respect to the Company's securitizations.
 
    The Company's agreements with FSA provide that the Company must maintain
specified levels of excess cash in a spread account for each insured
securitization trust during the life of the trust. The spread account for any
securitization trust is generally funded with the interest collected on the
loans that exceeds the sum of the interest payable to holders of asset-backed
securities and certain other amounts. In certain securitization trusts, the
spread account is also funded in part through initial deposits by the Company.
Funds may be withdrawn from the spread account to cover any shortfalls in
amounts payable on insured asset-backed securities or to reimburse FSA for draws
or advances under its financial guaranty insurance policy. In addition, under
cross-collateralization arrangements with FSA, the funds on deposit in the
spread account for any one securitization may be used to cover shortfalls in
amounts payable or to reimburse FSA in connection with other FSA-insured
securitizations. ORFC is entitled to receive excess cash monthly from
securitization trusts to the extent that, after payments to holders of
asset-backed securities, the amounts deposited in spread accounts exceed
predetermined required minimum levels. The spread accounts cannot be accessed by
the Company or ORFC without the consent of FSA until such levels have been
reached.
 
    Each month, excess cash from each securitization trust is used to fund the
Company's spread account obligations related to that securitization trust and to
replenish any spread account deficiencies under other securitization trusts
before distribution of any remaining excess cash flow from that securitization
to ORFC. The spread account for each securitization is cross-collateralized to
the spread accounts established in connection with the Company's other
securitization trusts and the BofA Facility such that excess cash flow from a
performing securitization trust may be used to support negative cash flow from,
or to replenish a deficient spread account in connection with, a nonperforming
securitization trust, thereby further restricting excess cash flow available to
ORFC. If excess cash flow from all insured securitization trusts in any month is
not sufficient to fund current spread account obligations or replenish any prior
deficiencies in all such spread accounts, no cash flow would be available to
ORFC for that month. Otherwise, excess cash flow from the securitization trusts
is distributed to ORFC and is available for dividends to the Company by ORFC.
 
    Each insured securitization trust has certain portfolio performance tests
relating to the following: (i) the average delinquency ratio; (ii) the
cumulative default rate; and (iii) the cumulative net loss rate. In each case,
these portfolio performance tests will be triggered if the above ratios equal or
exceed an agreed-upon percentage of the principal balance of loans included in
the securitization trust related to such series for a given time period. For the
cumulative default rate and the cumulative net loss rate, the ratios applicable
to the securitization trusts reflect the relationship between loan delinquencies
and repossession rates at various stages of a loan repayment term, including the
fact that the probability of a loan becoming delinquent or going into default is
highest during the six- to fourteen-month period from the date of origination of
the loan. If any of these levels are exceeded, the amount required to be
retained in the related spread account, and not passed through to ORFC, may be
increased. There can be no assurance that such levels will not be exceeded in
the future or that, if exceeded, waivers will be available from FSA
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
permitting such payments to ORFC. In addition, certain adverse events with
respect to the Company (including insolvency and default on certain long-term
obligations) or more adverse portfolio performance with respect to the tests
described above, would cause the Company to be in default under its insurance
agreement with FSA and distributions of cash flow to ORFC from the related
securitization trust may be suspended until the asset-backed securities have
been paid in full or redeemed. There can be no assurance that such thresholds
will not be exceeded in the future or that, if exceeded, waivers will be
available from FSA permitting such payments to ORFC. FSA also has a collateral
security interest in the stock of ORFC. If FSA were to foreclose on such
security interest following an event of default under an insurance agreement
with respect to a securitization trust, FSA could preclude payment of dividends
by ORFC to the Company, thereby eliminating the Company's right to receive
distributions of excess cash flow from all the FSA-insured securitization
trusts.
 
SERVICING
 
    Under the terms of its warehouse facilities and securitizations, the Company
acts as servicer with respect to the automobile loans warehoused or securitized.
The Company receives servicing fees for servicing securitized loans and loans
held under certain warehouse facilities equal to one percent per annum of the
outstanding principal balance of the loans. The Company services the loans by
collecting payments due from the obligors and remitting these payments to the
trusts or warehouse facility in accordance with the terms of servicing
agreements for pass through to holders of asset-backed securities and holders of
warehouse debt. The Company maintains computerized records with respect to each
loan to record all receipts and disbursements. The Company is permitted to
perform servicing activities through subcontractors, but has not delegated
servicing activities, except for the repossession of automobiles. Delegation of
duties does not relieve the Company of its responsibility to the trusts with
respect to those duties.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    The following table represents the amount of the Company's servicing
portfolio and the percentage of the total servicing portfolio by state.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           AT DECEMBER 31,
                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)                1994                       1995                       1996
                            ------------------------   ------------------------   ------------------------
<S>                         <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>         <C>            <C>
Arizona...................  $     74,125       8.86%   $    127,292       5.61%   $    201,965       5.33%
California................        16,162       1.93          99,278       4.38         226,381       5.97
Colorado..................        90,805      10.85         132,570       5.85         156,637       4.13
Connecticut...............           190       0.02          29,769       1.31          50,090       1.32
Florida...................        73,482       8.78         146,629       6.47         213,209       5.62
Georgia...................        73,555       8.79         161,260       7.12         269,600       7.11
Illinois..................         2,149       0.26          20,741       0.91          45,209       1.19
Kentucky..................           343       0.04           7,287       0.32          38,585       1.02
Massachusetts.............        11,668       1.39          63,752       2.81         103,221       2.72
Minnesota.................        93,752      11.20         105,386       4.65         107,971       2.85
Missouri..................        26,780       3.20         124,541       5.49         186,624       4.92
Nevada....................         8,270       0.99          52,683       2.32         102,734       2.71
New Mexico................         5,410       0.65          27,760       1.22          65,641       1.73
New York..................           532       0.06           1,970       0.09          44,806       1.18
North Carolina............         4,321       0.52          34,035       1.50         101,957       2.69
Oklahoma..................        10,334       1.23          88,334       3.90         173,531       4.58
Oregon....................         8,821       1.05          61,971       2.73         106,208       2.80
South Carolina............        10,075       1.20          54,282       2.39         118,738       3.13
Tennessee.................         4,964       0.59          81,380       3.59         160,930       4.24
Texas.....................       228,223      27.26         564,606      24.91         826,749      21.80
Washington................        68,098       8.14         128,859       5.68         163,707       4.32
Wisconsin.................         4,226       0.50          26,497       1.17          57,035       1.50
All Other States..........        20,810       2.49         126,225       5.58         270,329       7.14
                            ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------
    Total.................  $    837,095     100.00%   $  2,267,107     100.00%   $  3,791,857     100.00%
                            ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------
                            ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------   ------------   ---------
</TABLE>
 
    DELINQUENCY, COLLECTION AND REPOSSESSION ACTIVITIES.  As servicer, the
Company is responsible for monitoring collections, collecting delinquent
accounts and, when necessary, repossessing and selling automobiles. Delinquency
rates for all loans purchased by each loan buyer are monitored, and loan buyers
are incentivized to maintain loan quality. In response to the rapid growth of
its servicing portfolio, continued expansion of its Classic program (which
generally requires greater collection efforts than its Premier program), and
increases in delinquencies and default rates on its servicing portfolio, the
Company substantially increased its servicing and collection staff and, in
October 1996, implemented a strategy to regionalize its servicing and collection
activities into four new locations: Charlotte, North Carolina; Dallas, Texas;
Denver, Colorado and Minneapolis, Minnesota. At December 31, 1996, the Company
employed 510 service representatives and collection associates who are
responsible for various aspects of the collection and repossession procedures,
compared with 188 and 38 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The
Company also substantially expanded the capacity of its highly automated
telephone dialing systems (the "autodialer") in connection with its
establishment of four regional servicing and collection centers. In addition,
the Company uses a computerized collection system to aid its service and
collection associates. The Company regularly evaluates its servicing staffing
needs based on anticipated growth in its servicing portfolio and estimated
delinquency and repossession rates.
 
    The Company generally utilizes the autodialer initially to contact
delinquent obligors. Based on parameters established by the Company for each of
its loan programs, the autodialer will phone the obligor within five to ten days
after a past due date. Once the call is answered, the autodialer will
immediately
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
transfer the call to an available customer service representative located in one
of the Company's four regional service and collection centers and will
automatically display the obligor's loan information on the representative's
computer screen. The autodialer will continue to follow up with obligors at
various times throughout the first 24 days after a past due date (typically
every third day) if previous efforts do not result in the account deficiency
being cured. In addition to telephone inquiries, the Company's computerized
collection system generates past due notices which are mailed to the obligor at
various intervals during the first 30 days after a past due date. The first such
correspondence is generally sent approximately 13 days after a past due date.
 
    If the collection effort during the first 20 days after a past due date does
not result in a satisfactory resolution of the delinquent account, then the
account is forwarded to collection specialists. These collection specialists
will typically send a final demand letter to the delinquent obligor allowing the
obligor a specified number of days to bring the account current. During this
period, the collection specialist generally will make a recommendation as to
whether the automobile should be repossessed or other action, such as a contract
extension, should be taken. The Company, like other consumer finance companies,
grants extensions in the ordinary course of business, following a re-evaluation
of the obligor's creditworthiness and approval by a collection department
manager. The terms of the Company's securitization trusts restrict the number of
contract extensions that the Company may grant. When an extension is granted,
the maturity of the loan is extended for one month and the interest for the
delinquent period is added to the loan balance. Contract extensions are more
frequently granted with respect to Classic and financed repossession loans than
with respect to Premier loans, and are seasonally highest during the Christmas
holiday period. Under special circumstances, the Company, like other consumer
finance companies, may agree to contract modifications, such as lengthening the
term to maturity or adjusting interest rates, subject to limitations set forth
in securitization trusts and agreements with FSA.
 
    The Company uses independent contractors to perform repossessions. Once an
automobile is repossessed, a letter is sent giving the obligor a specified
number of days to pay the entire loan balance in order to recover the
automobile. At the expiration of this time period, the Company will prepare the
automobile for sale and determine the method of sale. The Company has
historically sold repossessed automobiles through wholesale auto auctions and
retail consignment lots. Beginning in 1995, the Company has primarily utilized
retail consignment lots to sell its repossessed inventory. Under this method the
Company retains control of repossessed automobiles on behalf of the relevant
securitization trust until resold through independent dealers. The Company has a
remarketing department responsible for the management of its repossession
inventory, which decides whether to sell each vehicle repossessed in the retail
or wholesale market, manages reconditioning and repairs when necessary, tracks
vehicles until sold and selects and monitors the retail consignment lots used by
the Company. At December 31, 1996, the Company had arrangements with 67 smaller
retail consignment lots compared to 10 large retail consignment lots at December
31, 1995.
 
PROPRIETARY INFORMATION
 
    The Company has developed a credit scoring system for evaluating loan
applications submitted by dealers. The credit scoring system ranks the credit
quality of the applicant. The system is intended by the Company to act as a
predictor of loan repayment probability or loan defaults and serves as the basis
for the Company's underwriting procedures. Although asset-based lenders utilize
a variety of scoring and credit evaluation systems, the Company considers its
credit scoring system to be proprietary and attempts to maintain the system as a
trade secret.
 
COMPETITION
 
    Competition in the field of financing retail automobile sales is intense.
Competitors include banks, savings and loans, small loan companies, credit
unions, a variety of local, regional and national consumer financing
institutions and captive finance companies of automobile manufacturers, such as
Ford Motor
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
Credit Company, Chrysler Credit Corp. and General Motors Acceptance Corporation.
Many of these competitors have substantially greater capital resources than the
Company and a number offer other forms of financing to automobile dealers,
including, but not limited to, vehicle floor plan financing and leasing. Captive
automobile finance companies also, from time to time, have national promotions
offering below-market interest rates on select vehicles to automobile
purchasers. The Company believes it competes on the basis of providing a high
level of service, offering flexible loan terms which meet dealers' needs and
maintaining good relationships with its dealers. From time to time, competing
finance companies may offer to refinance borrowers' loans originally purchased
by the Company. As a result of such an offer, a borrower may refinance and
prepay an existing loan, or the Company may agree to amend the terms of the
borrower's loan.
 
REGULATION
 
    The Company's operations are subject to regulation, supervision and
licensing under various federal, state and local statutes, ordinances and
regulations. At December 31, 1996 the Company's business operations were
conducted in 39 states, the laws and regulations of which govern the Company's
operations conducted therein. The Company is required to be, and is, licensed as
a sales finance company in 27 states. The Company is required to be, and is,
licensed under the Ohio Mortgage Loan Act. To the extent the Company expands its
operations into additional states, it will be required to comply with the laws
of those states.
 
    CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS.  Numerous federal and state consumer protection
laws and related regulations impose substantive disclosure requirements upon
lenders and servicers involved in consumer finance. The Federal Trade Commission
("FTC") has adopted the so-called "holder-in-due-course" rule which has the
effect of subjecting persons who finance consumer credit transactions (and
certain related lenders and their assignees) to all claims and defenses which
the purchaser could assert against the seller of the goods and services. The
FTC's Rule on Sale of Used Vehicles requires that all sellers of used vehicles
prepare, complete and display a "Buyer's Guide" which explains the warranty
coverage (if any) for such vehicles. The "Credit Practices Rule" of the FTC
imposes additional restrictions on loan provisions and credit practices.
 
    A majority of states in which the Company operates have adopted motor
vehicle retail installment sales acts or variations thereof. These laws
regulate, among other things, the interest rate and terms and conditions of
motor vehicle retail installment loans. These laws also impose restrictions on
consumer transactions, and some require loan disclosures in addition to those
required under federal law. These requirements impose specific statutory
liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply. In addition, the laws of certain
states grant to the purchasers of vehicles certain rights of rescission under
so-called "lemon laws". Under such statutes, purchasers of motor vehicles may be
able to seek recoveries from, or assert defenses against, the Company. A number
of states impose interest rate limitations under applicable usury laws and
regulate the Company's ability to collect late fees and other charges.
 
    SECURED PARTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS.  In the event of default by an
obligor, the Company has all the remedies of a secured party under the Uniform
Commercial Code ("UCC"), except where specifically limited by other state laws.
The remedies of a secured party under the UCC include the right of repossession
by self-help means, unless such means would constitute a breach of the peace. In
the event of default by the obligor, some jurisdictions require that the obligor
be notified of the default and be given a period of time in which to cure the
default prior to repossession. In addition, courts have applied general
equitable principles to secured parties pursuing repossession or litigation
involving deficiency balances. The obligor also has the right to redeem the
collateral prior to actual sale.
 
    The proceeds from resale of financed vehicles generally will be applied
first to the expenses of repossession and resale and then to the satisfaction of
the automobile loans. A deficiency judgment can be sought in most states subject
to satisfaction of statutory procedural requirements by the secured party and
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
certain limitations as to the initial sale price of the motor vehicle. Certain
state laws require the secured party to remit the surplus to any holder of a
lien with respect to the vehicle, or, if no such lienholder exists, the UCC
requires the secured party to remit the surplus to the former owner of the
financed vehicle.
 
    In addition to laws limiting or prohibiting deficiency judgments, numerous
other statutory provisions, including Federal bankruptcy laws and related state
laws, may interfere with or affect the ability of the Company to realize upon
collateral or enforce a deficiency judgment. The repossession process and the
costs thereof generally result in losses on the underlying automobile loans, and
such losses generally reduce the amounts available for distribution from the
related spread accounts of securitized loan pools.
 
SERVICE MARKS; THE NAME "OLYMPIC"
 
    Federal law grants to the United States Olympic Committee ("USOC") the
exclusive right to use the word "Olympic" and certain variations thereof. In
September 1996, the USOC notified the Company that it must cease using Olympic
in the Company's name by June 1, 1997. In compliance with such notice, the
Company intends to change its name to, will begin operating under the name of,
Arcadia Financial Ltd. The Company currently uses the trade name "Arcadia
Financial" for its operations in 21 states. The Company has registered its
"Arcadia Financial Ltd." service mark with the United States Patent and
Trademark Office.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    The Company employs personnel experienced in all areas of loan origination,
documentation, collection and administration. The Company employs and trains
specialists in loan processing and servicing with minimal cross-over of duties.
As of December 31, 1996, the Company had 1,193 full-time employees and 37
part-time employees. None of the Company's employees is covered by a collective
bargaining agreement.
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    On August 26, 1996, Jeffrey C. Mack resigned as President, Chief Executive
Officer and director of the Company. Warren Kantor, a director of the Company,
was appointed to the position of Chairman of the Executive Committee of the
Board of Directors and served as acting chief executive officer. Following an
executive search, on January 6, 1997 the Company entered into an employment
agreement with Richard A. Greenawalt to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the
Company. Mr. Greenawalt had served as President and Chief Operating Officer of
Advanta Corporation ("Advanta"), a consumer finance firm, since 1987. On
December 18, 1996, Warren Kantor was elected Chairman of the Board. On January
27, 1997, Mr. Greenawalt was elected President of the Company and was appointed
as a director by the Board of Directors.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
    Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of the executive officers
of the Company.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           NAME                 AGE                                 POSITION
- --------------------------      ---      --------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>          <C>
Warren Kantor                       55   Chairman of the Board
 
Richard A. Greenawalt           53       Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Scott H. Anderson                   39   Director, Vice Chairman and Chief Credit Officer
 
John A. Witham                      45   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
 
A. Mark Berlin, Jr.                 40   Director and Executive Vice President, Strategic Development
 
Robert A. Barbee, Jr.               38   Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing
 
James D. Atkinson III               48   Senior Vice President, Corporate Counsel and Secretary
</TABLE>
 
    WARREN KANTOR, was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors in December
1996 and has served as a Director of the Company since December 1994. From
August 1996 until January 1997, Mr. Kantor served as the Chairman of the
Executive Committee of the Company's Board of Directors and as the Company's
acting chief executive officer. Mr. Kantor is the Chief Executive Officer of
Society Hill Capital Corporation, a money management company of which he is the
sole owner. Mr. Kantor was a director of Advanta from April 1986 through
December 1996 and served as Advanta's Vice Chairman from November 1993 through
September 1994 and as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from
April 1986 through November 1993. Prior to his employment with Advanta, Mr.
Kantor was employed by Arthur Andersen & Co., in charge of the Financial
Services Division of its Philadelphia office.
 
    RICHARD A. GREENAWALT was appointed a Director and elected President and
Chief Executive Officer of the Company on January 27, 1997 and commenced
employment with the Company on January 29, 1997. Prior to joining the Company
Mr. Greenawalt served as President, Chief Operating Officer, and a Director of
Advanta from November 1987. Prior to joining Advanta, Mr. Greenawalt served as
President of Transamerica Financial Corp. from May 1986.
 
    SCOTT H. ANDERSON was appointed Vice Chairman in December 1995. Mr. Anderson
had previously functioned as Executive Vice President and has been the Company's
Chief Credit Officer since April 1991. From 1987 until joining the Company, he
served as Vice President, Division Manager of Loan Administration for Marquette
Bank Minneapolis, N.A. Prior thereto he served as a Regional Vice President for
First Bank System, Inc. He has held both direct lending positions and lending
supervision positions for over 15 years.
 
    JOHN A. WITHAM was appointed Executive Vice President in December 1995 and
has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since February 1994. From
January 1985 to January 1994, Mr. Witham held various management positions with
subsidiaries of PHH Corporation, a diversified financial services company,
including Senior Vice President, Finance of PHH Relocation and Real Estate from
August 1992 to January 1994, Senior Vice President, Finance of PHH Europe PLC,
in Swindon, England from August 1989 to August 1992 and Senior Vice President,
Finance of PHH FleetAmerica from January 1985 to August 1989.
 
    A. MARK BERLIN, JR. became a Director of the Company in January 1992 and was
employed by the Company as its Senior Vice President, Strategic Development in
December 1994. In December 1995, Mr. Berlin was appointed Executive Vice
President, Strategic Development. Mr. Berlin was employed by the investment
banking firm of Wessels, Arnold & Henderson LLC from March 1993 through December
1994. From June 1991 to March 1993, Mr. Berlin was a Senior Vice President of
Kidder, Peabody & Co. Incorporated. From 1980 until June 1991, Mr. Berlin was
employed by Merrill Lynch & Co., most recently as a Director in Investment
Banking.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    ROBERT A. BARBEE, JR. was employed by the Company as Senior Vice President,
Sales and Marketing in September 1994. In December 1995, Mr. Barbee was
appointed Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing. From June 1983 to
September 1994, he was employed as a Regional Vice President for Pat Ryan &
Associates, a provider of specialty insurance products.
 
    JAMES D. ATKINSON III was appointed Senior Vice President, Corporate Counsel
in December 1995 and Secretary of the Company in January 1995. Mr. Atkinson had
previously served as Vice President, corporate counsel since September 1994 and
as outside corporate counsel since 1990. Prior to joining the Company, Mr.
Atkinson practiced law for sixteen years, specializing in corporate legal issues
and compliance.
 
    All executive officers of the Company hold office until they are removed or
their successors are elected and qualify.
 
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
 
    The Company's executive offices are located at Olympic Financial Place, 7825
Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435. These facilities
consist of 52,000 square feet of leased space pursuant to a lease expiring in
2002. Additionally, the Company leases a 21,000 square foot operations facility
in Eden Prairie, Minnesota (a suburb of Minneapolis) which is utilized for
customer service and loan document processing. The Company also leases offices
for its regional buying centers in Atlanta, Boston, Buffalo, Charlotte,
Cincinnati, Dallas, Denver, Houston, Minneapolis, Nashville, New York, Orlando,
Phoenix, Sacramento, San Antonio, San Diego, Seattle and St. Louis. The size of
these offices range from 5,000 square feet to 13,000 square feet. Regional
buying center leases are generally for a term of five to seven years.
Furthermore, the Company leases offices for its Regional Service and Collection
Centers in Charlotte, Dallas, Denver, and Minneapolis. The size of these centers
range from 15,000 to 37,000 square feet and have lease terms ranging from 5 to
10 years. See Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a
description of the Company's rental obligations under these leases.
 
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company is party to litigation in the ordinary course of business,
generally involving actions against borrowers to collect amounts on loans or
recover vehicles. The Company does not expect any pending proceedings to have a
material adverse effect on the Company or its financial condition or results of
operations.
 
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
    No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders through the
solicitation of proxies or otherwise during the quarter ended December 31, 1996.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                                    PART II.
 
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
                PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company's Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under
the symbol "OLM." The following table provides quarterly high and low sales
prices for the Company's Common Stock for the two years ended December 31, 1996.
The Company's Common Stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on March
27, 1996. The Company's Common Stock had been traded on the Nasdaq National
Market since January 30, 1992.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            HIGH        LOW
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
1995
    First quarter.......................................................  $    9.38  $    5.88
    Second quarter......................................................      17.63       8.88
    Third quarter.......................................................      27.50      14.00
    Fourth quarter......................................................      30.63      14.25
 
1996
    First quarter.......................................................      19.63      12.50
    Second quarter......................................................      26.25      18.25
    Third quarter.......................................................      26.63      15.38
    Fourth quarter......................................................      25.00      13.13
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has not paid dividends on its Common Stock and may not (except
under limited circumstances with the consent of certain of its lenders) pay any
dividend or make any other distribution on its Common Stock, nor may the Company
redeem or purchase any of its Common Stock. In addition, the current policy of
the Company's Board of Directors is to retain earnings to provide for the
Company's growth. Consequently, no cash dividends are expected to be paid on the
Company's Common Stock in the foreseeable future. The terms of each of the
Company's Warehouse Facilities and 13% Senior Notes due 2000 (the "Senior Term
Notes") prohibit the making of certain payments with respect to the Common
Stock, including cash dividends on the Common Stock, unless certain financial
tests are met. Under the most restrictive of these restrictive covenants, no
amounts were available for cash dividends on the Common Stock as of December 31,
1996. Additional indebtedness incurred by the Company in the future may include
similar restrictions.
 
    In October 1996, the Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan in
which Preferred Stock Purchase Rights were distributed as a dividend at the rate
of one Right for each share of the Company's Common Stock on November 22, 1996
to shareholders of record as of such date. All shares of Common Stock issued
thereafter will be issued together with one Right per share.
 
    At January 14, 1997, the Company had 927 shareholders of record.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following table sets forth selected consolidated financial data and
other operating information of the Company. The following selected consolidated
information, except for selected cash flow data, for each of the five years in
the period ended December 31, 1996, is derived from the consolidated financial
statements of the Company. The selected consolidated financial information
should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and
Notes thereto and other financial information included herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands except per share amounts)          1992        1993         1994         1995         1996
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
  Net interest margin................................  $     752  $     2,525  $     9,828  $    31,192  $    62,963
  Gain on sale of loans..............................      2,698        7,650       13,579       62,182      115,773
  Servicing fee income...............................        408        1,685        4,502       13,987       28,284
  Other non-interest income..........................         --           24          879        1,371        6,475
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
      Total revenues.................................      3,858       11,884       28,788      108,732      213,495
  Operating expenses.................................      4,390        8,691       17,342       42,727       92,298
  Long term debt and other interest expense..........        810        1,798        5,416       17,170       25,193
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
      Total expenses.................................      5,200       10,489       22,758       59,897      117,491
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Operating income (loss) before income taxes and
    extraordinary item...............................     (1,342)       1,395        6,030       48,835       96,004
  Provision for income taxes.........................         --           --        1,845       19,518       35,688
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Net income (loss) before extraordinary items.......     (1,342)       1,395        4,185       29,317       60,316
  Extraordinary items (1)............................       (458)          --           --       (3,856)          --
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Net income (loss)..................................  $  (1,800) $     1,395  $     4,185  $    25,461  $    60,316
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE:
  Net income (loss) per common share before
    extraordinary items..............................  $   (0.24) $      0.11  $      0.17  $      1.35  $      1.79
  Extraordinary items per common share (1)...........      (0.08)          --           --        (0.19)          --
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Net income (loss) per common share.................  $   (0.32) $      0.11  $      0.17  $      1.16  $      1.79
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
  Net income (loss) per share before extraordinary
    items............................................  $   (0.24) $      0.11  $      0.17  $      1.11  $      1.65
  Extraordinary items per share (1)..................      (0.08)          --           --        (0.15)          --
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Net income (loss) per share........................  $   (0.32) $      0.11  $      0.17  $      0.96  $      1.65
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARES
  OUTSTANDING:
  Primary............................................  5,668,272   10,996,536   10,818,908   20,029,769   33,065,473
  Fully diluted......................................  5,668,272   11,186,033   16,683,380   26,455,876   36,449,995
 
FINANCIAL RATIOS AND OTHER DATA:
  Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2).............         --        1.72x        2.06x        3.75x        4.64x
  Deficiency in earnings to fixed charges............  $   1,342           --           --           --           --
 
SELECTED CASH FLOW DATA:
  Total cash used in operating activities............  $ (17,991) $   (51,056) $   (78,774) $  (135,659) $  (253,127)
  Total cash used in investing activities............     (1,104)        (455)        (917)      (2,588)      (6,157)
  Total cash provided by financing activities........     41,372       31,040       93,572      122,970      274,001
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Net increase (decrease) in cash....................  $  22,277  $   (20,471) $    13,881  $   (15,277) $    14,717
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)                                   1992        1993         1994         1995         1996
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                    <C>        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
  Cash and cash equivalents..........................  $  23,207  $     2,736  $    16,617  $     1,340  $    16,507
  Finance income receivable..........................      6,133       26,247       58,540      186,001      362,916
  Cash in restricted spread accounts.................      5,207       15,109       21,408       63,580      142,977
  Total long-term debt...............................     15,626       33,506       46,804      161,929      206,418
  Total preferred shareholders' equity...............         --       27,289       27,279       25,379           --
  Total common shareholders' equity..................     30,072       31,410       33,583      155,434      393,093
 
OPERATING DATA:
  Automobile dealer relationships (at period end)....        339          857        2,344        5,110        7,727
  Automobile loan purchases..........................  $  97,819  $   305,823  $   743,256  $ 2,052,413  $ 2,750,553
  Automobile loan securitizations....................  $  79,759  $   336,077  $   712,211  $ 1,933,525  $ 2,787,412
  Operating expenses as a percentage of average
    servicing portfolio..............................       6.52%        4.39%        3.28%        2.78%        3.06%
 
FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO CASH FLOW DATA (3):
  Operating cash receipts:
    Excess cash flow received from securitization
      trusts.........................................  $      --  $        11  $    17,737  $    21,054  $    43,351
    Servicing fee income.............................        408        1,685        4,502       12,693       27,018
    Other cash income................................         --           24          879        2,142        7,959
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
      Total operating cash receipts..................        408        1,720       23,118       35,889       78,328
 
  Less cash expenses:
    Payment of dealer participations.................      4,206       13,524       29,566       86,476       94,938
    Cash operating expenses..........................      5,373       11,490       21,454       48,120       98,644
    Interest paid on warehouse and other debt........      4,061        3,790        6,386       19,630       33,448
    Preferred dividends..............................         --          192        2,300        2,213        1,688
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
      Total cash expenses............................     13,640       28,996       59,706      156,439      228,718
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Consolidated cash flow.............................  $ (13,232) $   (27,276) $   (36,588) $  (120,550) $  (150,390)
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                       ---------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
 
SERVICING DATA:
  Servicing portfolio (at period end)................  $ 103,507  $   316,933  $   837,095  $ 2,267,107  $ 3,791,857
  Average servicing portfolio during the period......  $  67,339  $   198,018  $   528,577  $ 1,534,720  $ 3,015,411
  Delinquencies of more than 30 days as a percentage
    of servicing portfolio (at period end)...........       0.36%        0.96%        0.82%        1.33%        2.64%
  Net losses as a percentage of average servicing
    portfolio........................................       0.22%        0.52%        0.66%        0.67%        0.99%
</TABLE>
 
- --------------------------
(1) Extraordinary items relate to prepayment fees and charge-off of capitalized
    debt financing costs in connection with early extinguishment of certain debt
    obligations.
 
(2) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    are defined as income before income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges
    consist of interest expense, amortization of debt discount and the interest
    factor in rental expenses.
 
(3) The Company has included Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Cash Flow Data (which
    is not a measure of financial performance under generally accepted
    accounting principles) because comparable criteria will be the basis for
    certain debt incurrence and restricted payment tests included in the
    indenture governing the Senior Term Notes. On January 21, 1997, the Company
    solicited the consent of the holders of the Senior Term Notes to eliminate
    the tests related to the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Cash Flow Data from the
    governing Indenture and sought the tender of the Senior Term Notes. The
    Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio Cash Flow Data should not be considered by an
    investor to be an alternative to cash flows determined in accordance with
    generally accepted accounting principles as a measure of liquidity. See
    "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
    Operations--Capital Resources."
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS
         OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company derives substantially all of its earnings from the purchase,
securitization and servicing of automobile loans. At the time of purchase of
each loan, the Company pays a portion of the annual rate of interest paid by the
obligor ("APR") to the dealer for originating the loan ("dealer participation").
To fund the purchase of loans prior to securitization, the Company utilizes its
available cash balances and short-term borrowing and repurchase arrangements
with financial institutions and institutional lenders ("warehouse facilities").
Pending securitization, automobile loans held for sale by the Company generate
net interest income resulting from the difference between the interest rate
earned on automobile loans held for sale and the interest costs associated with
the Company's short-term borrowings (the "net interest rate spread").
 
    The Company purchases loans under a tiered pricing system, allowing it to
price loans according to the borrower's credit characteristics. The Company
prices its loan products in order to maximize gross interest rate spreads
relative to expected net losses within each tier. Classic loans purchased in
1996 represented 36% of total purchasing volume compared with 17% during 1995
and 4% during 1994 and had APRs typically ranging from 16% to 23% while loans
purchased under the Premier program had APRs typically ranging from 8% to 16%.
The higher APRs of the Classic program are intended to compensate the Company
for anticipated higher delinquency, default and loss rates associated with the
Classic program, which the Company addresses through higher reserves for loan
losses. At December 31, 1996, the Company maintained $95.0 million in loan loss
reserves, or 2.51% of its servicing portfolio, compared to $42.3 million, or
1.86%, respectively at December 31, 1995.
 
    The Company aggregates the automobile loans it purchases and sells them to a
trust, which in turn sells asset-backed securities to investors. By securitizing
its loans, the Company is able to fix the initial difference ("gross interest
rate spread") between the APR on automobile loans purchased and the interest
rate on the asset-backed securities sold ("securitization rate"). When the
Company securitizes its automobile loans, it records a gain on sale and
establishes an asset referred to as finance income receivable. Gain on sale
represents the present value of the estimated future cash flows to be received
by the Company, discounted at a market-based rate, and takes into account the
Company's historical loan portfolio experience and its methods for disposing of
repossessed vehicles. The calculation of gain on sale takes into consideration
(i) contractual obligations of the obligors, (ii) amounts due to the investors
in asset-backed securities, (iii) amounts paid to dealers for dealer
participations, (iv) various costs of the securitizations, including the effects
of hedging transactions, and (v) adjustments to the cash flows to reflect
estimated prepayments of loans, losses incurred in connection with defaults, and
corresponding reductions in the weighted average APR of loans sold. Subsequent
to securitization, the Company continues to service the securitized loans, for
which it recognizes servicing fee income over the life of the securitization as
earned.
 
    In addition to the present value of estimated future cash flows from
securitizations (gain on sale), finance income receivable includes (i) accrued
interest receivable on automobile loans held for sale, but not yet collected
through the date of sale, (ii) interest earned on spread and other cash accounts
established in connection with the Company's securitizations, and (iii) the
interest earned on previously discounted cash flows, calculated at the present
value discount rate used in determining gain on sale. As noted above, future
servicing fee income is recognized as earned and is not included in finance
income receivable. Finance income receivable is reduced based on distributions
to the Company of excess cash flows from spread accounts. The Company uses a
combination of its own historical experience, industry statistics and
expectations of future performance to estimate the amount and timing of
prepayments, losses upon defaults and corresponding changes in the weighted
average APR. The Company regularly reviews the carrying amount of its finance
income receivable to assess the impact of actual prepayment and loss experience
compared with the Company's estimates. In accordance with generally accepted
accounting
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
principles, the Company does not increase the carrying amount of finance income
receivable for favorable variances from original estimates, but to the extent
actual prepayment or loss experience exceeds the Company's estimates, any
required decrease to the finance income receivable is reflected as a reduction
of current period earnings.
 
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    NET INTEREST MARGIN.  The Company's net interest margin represents the sum
of (i) net interest on loans held for sale based on the net interest rate
spread, (ii) investment earnings on short-term investments, spread accounts and
other cash accounts established in connection with the Company's securitizations
and (iii) the recognition of the interest component of previously discounted
cash flows, calculated at the present value discount rate used in determining
the gain on sale. The components of net interest margin for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1996 were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                                      1994       1995       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Interest income on loans, net...........................................  $   3,544  $  16,038  $  29,614
Interest income on short-term investments, spread accounts and other
  cash accounts.........................................................      3,620      7,942     15,233
Recognition of present value discount...................................      2,664      7,368     18,890
Provision for credit losses on loans held for sale......................         --       (156)      (774)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
    Net interest margin.................................................  $   9,828  $  31,192  $  62,963
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Net interest margin increased 102% during 1996 and 217% during 1995. The
rise in net interest margin is primarily due to (i) growth in the average
balances of loans held for sale pending securitization, (ii) increased net
interest rates earned on loans held for sale pending securitization and (iii)
increases in the volume of the Company's securitization transactions.
 
    Increased purchasing volume is primarily due to the Company's continued
geographic expansion and improved market penetration through growth in its
dealer network. As of December 31, 1996, the Company had 17 regional buying
centers, up from 15 at December 31, 1995 and 12 at December 31, 1994 and had
increased its dealer network to 7,727 dealers at December 31, 1996 from 5,110
and 2,344 dealers at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The Company's
loan purchasing and securitization volume for each of the three years ended
December 31, 1996 are set forth in the table below.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                     1994         1995          1996
                                                        ----------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>           <C>
Premier...............................................  $  716,308  $  1,699,874  $  1,768,933
Classic...............................................      26,948       352,539       981,620
                                                        ----------  ------------  ------------
    Total automobile loan purchases...................  $  743,256  $  2,052,413  $  2,750,553
                                                        ----------  ------------  ------------
                                                        ----------  ------------  ------------
Automobile loans securitized..........................  $  712,211  $  1,933,525  $  2,787,412
</TABLE>
 
    In 1995, the Company initiated a program to increase the proportion of
Classic loans in its loan purchase mix in order to maximize gross interest rate
spreads relative to expected net losses within each credit tier, to expand its
share of the automobile loan market and to reduce initial cash requirements
relative to the Premier program because the Company offers lower dealer
participations on Classic loans. At December 31, 1996, approximately half of the
Company's aggregate loan purchases were being made under the Classic program.
The Company may change its loan purchase mix at any time and from time to time.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
    The rise in loan purchasing volume resulted in an increase in the average
monthly balance of loans held for sale to $219.5 million during 1996, up from
$162.7 million and $41.1 million during 1995 and 1994, respectively, on which
the Company earns net interest rate spread until such loans are securitized. The
weighted average net interest rate spread earned during 1996 rose to 7.84%
compared with 6.71% and 6.59% during 1995 and 1994, respectively. The rise in
net interest spread earned on loans held for sale is principally due to higher
average annual percentage rates ("APR") paid by obligors resulting from
expansion of the Company's higher rate Classic loan program.
 
    Interest income on short-term investments, spread accounts and other cash
accounts established in connection with securitization transactions increased
92% between 1995 and 1996 and 119% between 1994 and 1995. This increase is
primarily due to growth in the average balances of spread accounts and other
securitization related cash accounts resulting form higher securitization
volume. Income from the recognition of present value discount also grew due to
the increased volume of securitizations.
 
    GAIN ON SALE OF LOANS.  Gain on sale of loans provided net revenues of
$115.8 million, $62.2 million and $13.6 million during 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively, representing increases of 86.2% between 1995 and 1996 and 357%
between 1994 and 1995. The rise in gain on sale of loans primarily resulted from
growth in the volume of loans securitized as discussed above, increased gross
interest rate spreads, and a decline in the participation rate paid to dealers
for loan originations but was offset in part by an increase in the reserve for
loan losses.
 
    The following table summarizes the Company's gross interest rate spreads for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                1994       1995       1996
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Weighted average APR of loans securitized...................................      12.50%     14.22%     14.56%
Weighted average securitization rate........................................       6.32       6.38       6.31
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
    Gross interest rate spread (1)..........................................       6.18%      7.84%      8.25%
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Before gains/losses on hedge transactions.
 
    The rise in the gross interest rate spread during 1995 and 1996 is primarily
due to an increased proportion of higher-yielding Classic loans, resulting in an
increased APR earned on loans purchased and subsequently securitized. The
increase in the weighted average APR resulting from the growth in the Classic
loan volume during 1996 was partially offset by a general market decline in
consumer interest rates during the first few months of the year.
 
    The unamortized balance of participations paid to dealers is expensed at the
time the related loans are securitized and recorded as a reduction to the gain
on sale. Due to the increased proportion of Classic loan purchases, which
generally require lower participation rates, and a reduction of the maximum
participation rate allowable under the Premier program, participations paid as a
percentage of the principal balance of loan purchases declined to 3.45% during
1996 from 4.21% and 3.98% during 1995 and 1994, respectively, resulting in
increased gain on sale.
 
    Gains on sale of loans were further increased by $4.7 million and $1.4
million of gross realized gains on hedging transactions during 1996 and 1994,
respectively, and decreased by $5.0 million, $11.7 million and $0.5 million of
gross realized losses on hedging transactions during 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively. There were no gross realized hedging gains during 1995. See
"--Capital Resources--Hedging and Pre-funding Strategy."
 
    SERVICING FEE INCOME.  The Company earns servicing fee income for servicing
loans sold to investors through securitizations. The stated percent for
servicing fees (1% per annum on the remaining balance of
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
loans serviced) is consistent with the industry standard for servicing
automobile loans. Servicing fee income increased to $28.3 million in 1996 from
$14.0 million in 1995 and $4.5 million in 1994.
 
    The following table reflects the growth in the Company's servicing portfolio
from 1994 to 1996.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            --------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands, except as noted)                                        1994         1995          1996
                                                                            ----------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>           <C>
Principal balance of automobile loans held for sale.......................  $   22,918  $    113,840  $     35,365
Principal balance of loans serviced under securitizations.................     814,177     2,153,267     3,756,492
                                                                            ----------  ------------  ------------
    Servicing portfolio...................................................  $  837,095  $  2,267,107  $  3,791,857
                                                                            ----------  ------------  ------------
                                                                            ----------  ------------  ------------
Average outstanding principal balance (actual dollars)....................  $   11,271  $     12,239  $     12,537
Number of loans serviced..................................................      74,267       185,241       302,450
</TABLE>
 
    The Company's servicing portfolio increased 67% from 1995 to 1996 and 171%
between 1994 and 1995, reflecting continued growth in the volume of the
Company's loan purchases and subsequent securitizations. The rise in average
outstanding principal balance of loans reflects general price increases in the
automobile industry.
 
    OTHER NON-INTEREST INCOME.  Other non-interest income rose to $6.5 million
during 1996 from $1.4 million and $0.9 million during 1995 and 1994,
respectively, representing increases of 372% during 1996 and 56% during 1995.
The rise in other non-interest income is principally due to increases in income
from late fees and insufficient fund charges reflecting the increase in
delinquency rates. See "--Delinquency, Loan Loss and Repossession Experience."
 
    SALARIES AND BENEFITS EXPENSE.  Salaries and benefits increased to $40.8
million during 1996 from $20.1 million and $9.1 million during 1995 and 1994,
respectively, representing an increase of 103% during 1996 and 122% during 1995.
This increase is primarily due to growth in number of associates. The Company
employed 1,230 associates at December 31, 1996, compared with 650 and 304 at
December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. These increases are in response to,
and in anticipation of, continued growth in loan purchasing volume and related
servicing portfolio. The Company expects these expenses to continue to increase
in 1997 compared with 1996 due in part to the Company's opening of four regional
servicing and collection centers in October 1996.
 
    The rapid growth of the Company's servicing portfolio and the decision to
expand the proportion of loans purchased through its Classic program have
resulted in increased demands on the Company's personnel and systems. The
Company's ability to support, manage and control continued growth is dependent
upon, among other things, its ability to hire, train, supervise and manage its
larger work force. Furthermore, the Company's ability to manage portfolio
delinquency and loss rates is dependent upon the maintenance of efficient
collection and repossession procedures and adequate staffing. See
"--Delinquency, Loan Loss and Repossession Experience."
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE AND OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES ("OTHER OPERATING
EXPENSES").  Other operating expenses increased during 1996 to $51.5 million up
from $22.6 million in 1995 and $8.3 million in 1994. Other operating expenses
include occupancy and equipment leasing charges, depreciation, outside
professional fees, communication costs, servicing and collection expenses,
marketing expenses, recruiting and staffing fees, travel, office supplies and
other. Many of these expenses, such as communications, service and collection
and office supplies, increase incrementally with growth in loan purchasing
volume and the Company's servicing portfolio. Occupancy and equipment charges
increased due to continued geographic expansion through the opening of
additional regional buying centers during 1995 and 1996 and the regionalization
of the Company's servicing and collection operations during 1996. The Company
also experienced significant increases in outside professional fees during 1996
primarily related to development costs associated with a potential leasing
product and various information system enhancements. During
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
1996 the Company incurred increases in recruiting and staffing fees in
connection with its search for various key collection, servicing and management
personnel. As a result of the items noted above, total operating expenses,
including salaries and benefits, rose to 3.06% of average servicing portfolio
compared with 2.78% in 1995, but remained lower than 3.28% in 1994.
 
    LONG TERM DEBT AND OTHER INTEREST EXPENSE.  Long-term debt and other
interest expense rose 46.7% during 1996 and 217% in 1995. These increases are
primarily due to the issuance of $145.0 million of 13.0% Senior Term Notes in
April 1995 and $30.0 million of 10.125% Subordinated Notes in March 1996.
 
    INCOME TAX EXPENSE.  During the third quarter of 1994, the Company fully
utilized its book net operating loss carryforwards and incurred income tax
expense for book purposes. No income tax expense was incurred in earlier
periods. Because of the difference in the basis of the finance income receivable
for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes, the Company continues
to have available $74.1 million of net tax operating loss carryforwards, a
portion of which may be available to offset against income taxes in 1997 and
future years, subject to applicable limitations. The $35.7 million income tax
expense during 1996 primarily reflects the Company's estimated addition to its
deferred tax liability as of December 31, 1996.
 
    EXTRAORDINARY ITEMS.  In February 1995, the Company entered into a temporary
financing facility under which it was able to borrow up to $70.0 million through
the issuance of Senior Notes. Of the $50.0 million in gross proceeds from the
Company's initial issuance of Senior Notes, $34.6 million was used to retire
$30.0 million of 11.75% Senior Secured Notes, including accrued interest of $0.5
million and prepayment fees of approximately $4.1 million. The Company issued an
additional $5.0 million in Senior Notes in April 1995.
 
    On April 28, 1995, the Company received aggregate net proceeds from the
issuance of Common Stock and Senior Term Notes of approximately $231.0 million
and applied $56.2 million of such proceeds to retire its Senior Notes at par
plus accrued interest and $15.6 million to retire the Company's 9.875% Senior
Subordinated Notes including accrued interest of $0.1 million and prepayment
fees of $0.5 million.
 
    The prepayment fees for the early extinguishment of debt and the charge-off
of capitalized debt financing costs associated with the 11.75% Senior Secured
Notes and the 9.875% Senior Subordinated Notes were accounted for as
extraordinary items.
 
    The Company has commenced a tender offer for the Senior Term Notes and a
related consent solicitation for elimination of substantially all of the
financial covenants in the indenture under which such Senior Term Notes were
issued. See "--Capital Resources."
 
    PREFERRED DIVIDENDS.  The Company paid dividends on its outstanding
preferred stock (which was converted to Common Stock in December 1996) of $1.2
million, $2.2 million and $2.3 million for 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
The decrease in dividends paid from 1995 to 1996 is due to the conversion of
preferred shares into common stock of the Company. As of December 31, 1996, all
preferred shares had been redeemed or converted.
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION
 
    DUE FROM SECURITIZATION TRUST.  At December 31, 1996, the Company had
delivered $177.1 million of loans into a securitization trust for which the
Company received cash from the trust concurrent with the legal closing of the
transaction in January 1997. There were no loans delivered into securitization
trusts pending legal closing at December 31, 1995.
 
    AUTOMOBILE LOANS HELD FOR SALE.  The Company holds automobile loans for sale
in its portfolio prior to securitization. The Company's portfolio of loans held
for sale decreased to $36.3 million at December 31, 1996 from $118.6 million at
December 31, 1995, due to the timing in delivery of loans associated with the
Company's securitizations.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    FINANCE INCOME RECEIVABLE.  Finance income receivable increased to $362.9
million at December 31, 1996 from $186.0 million at December 31, 1995. This 95%
increase represents amounts capitalized upon completion of securitization
transactions during 1996 related to the present value of estimated cash flows.
The amounts capitalized were offset by excess cash flows released from the
securitization trusts to the Company through its wholly-owned subsidiary,
Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. ("ORFC"). Reserve for losses on securitized
loans is included as a component of finance income receivable.
 
    FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT.  Furniture, fixtures and equipment
increased 115% to $13.6 million at December 31, 1996 from $6.3 million at
December 31, 1995, primarily due to the opening of two additional regional
buying centers and relocation of the Company's servicing and collection
operations into four regional facilities during 1996 to enhance the Company's
collection activities.
 
    CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS.  Capital lease obligations increased 97% to $7.7
million at December 31, 1996, from $3.9 million at December 31, 1995, primarily
due to continued geographic expansion as discussed above.
 
    DEFERRED INCOME TAXES.  The Company began recording income tax expense in
the third quarter of 1994 as the net tax benefit of net operating loss
carryforwards for financial reporting purposes was fully utilized. Deferred
income tax assets and liabilities reflect the tax effect of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial
reporting purposes and income tax purposes principally net operating loss
carryforwards for income tax purposes and the finance income receivable,
respectively. The Company's estimated net deferred tax liability at December 31,
1996, was $54.4 million, compared to $18.7 million at December 31, 1995.
 
    OTHER LIABILITIES.  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased to
$13.2 million at December 31, 1996 compared to $9.8 million at December 31,
1995. This 34% increase is primarily due to increased trade payables and other
operating accruals reflecting the growth in the Company's operations and related
operating expenses.
 
DELINQUENCY, LOAN LOSS AND REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE
 
    The Company's operating performance, financial condition and liquidity are
materially affected by the performance of the automobile loans purchased and
securitized by the Company. In connection with the servicing of automobile
loans, the Company is responsible for managing delinquent loans, repossessing
the underlying collateral in the event of default and selling repossessed
collateral. The Company provides an allowance for automobile loan credit losses
at a rate which, in the opinion of management, provides adequately for current
and probable future losses that may be incurred by the Company. The Company
provides an allowance for credit losses for sold loans in accordance with
Emerging Issues Task Force 92-2, Measuring Loss Accounts by Transferors for
Transfers of Receivables with Recourse, at the time of securitization. The
provision for credit losses is netted against the calculated gain on sale amount
for loans sold. The related allowance for these credit losses is a component of
the finance income receivable.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    The following tables describe the delinquency and credit loss and
repossession experience, respectively, of the Company's servicing portfolio for
the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. A delinquent loan may
result in the repossession and foreclosure of the collateral for the loan.
Losses resulting from repossession and disposition of automobiles are charged
against applicable allowances, which management reviews on a monthly basis.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    DECEMBER 31,
                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE (1):                 1994                        1995                        1996
                                  -------------------------   -------------------------   -------------------------
                                   NUMBER OF                   NUMBER OF                   NUMBER OF
                                     LOANS       BALANCES        LOANS       BALANCES        LOANS       BALANCES
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
(Dollars in thousands)
<S>                               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Servicing portfolio at end of
  period........................      74,267    $   837,095      185,241    $ 2,267,107      302,450    $ 3,791,857
 
Delinquencies:
  31-60 days....................         393    $     4,142        1,536    $    17,667        3,884    $    47,225
  61-90 days....................         129          1,557          520          5,694        1,255         15,877
  91 days or more...............         113          1,197          614          6,881        2,911         37,019
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Total automobile loans
  delinquent 31 or more days....         635    $     6,896        2,670    $    30,242        8,050    $   100,121
Delinquencies as a percentage of
  number of loans and amount
  outstanding at end of period
  (2)...........................        0.86%          0.82%        1.44%          1.33%        2.66%          2.64%
Amount in repossession (3)......         102    $       570        1,489    $    17,676        4,651    $    64,929
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Total delinquencies and amount
  in repossession (2)...........         737    $     7,466        4,159    $    47,918       12,701    $   165,050
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) All amounts and percentages are based on the principal amount scheduled to
    be paid on each loan. The information in the table includes previously sold
    loans which the Company continues to service.
 
(2) Amounts shown do not include loans which are less than 31 days delinquent.
 
(3) Amount in repossession represents financed automobiles which have been
    repossessed but not yet liquidated.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ------------------------------------------
CREDIT LOSS/REPOSSESSION EXPERIENCE (1):                       1994           1995           1996
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
 
(Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>            <C>            <C>
Average servicing portfolio outstanding during the
  period.................................................  $    528,577   $  1,534,720   $  3,015,411
Average number of loans outstanding during the period....        49,566        128,783        242,419
Number of repossessions..................................         1,005          5,020         14,403
Repossessions as a percentage of average number of loans
  outstanding............................................          2.03%          3.90%          5.94%
Gross charge-offs (2)....................................  $      4,446   $     11,247   $     35,642
Recoveries (3)...........................................           974            911          5,653
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
Net losses...............................................  $      3,472   $     10,336   $     29,989
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                           ------------   ------------   ------------
Gross charge-offs as a percentage of average servicing
  portfolio..............................................          0.84%          0.73%          1.18%
Net losses as a percentage of average servicing
  portfolio..............................................          0.66%          0.67%          0.99%
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) All amounts and percentages are based on the principal amount scheduled to
    be paid on each loan. The information in the table includes previously sold
    loans which the Company continues to service.
 
(2) Gross charge-offs represent principal amounts which management estimated to
    be uncollectable after the consideration of anticipated proceeds from the
    disposition of repossessed assets and selling expenses. When estimating the
    value of repossessed inventory, management utilizes industry published
    reports listing retail and wholesale values of used automobiles and
    determines estimated proceeds within a range that management believes
    reflects the then current market conditions and the Company's disposition
    strategy for such inventory.
 
(3) Includes post-disposition amounts received on previously charged off loans.
 
    The increase in the rate of delinquencies, gross charge-offs, net losses and
repossessions during 1996, experienced by both the Premier and Classic programs,
was primarily due to (i) increased demands on the Company's servicing and
collection resources as the result of rapid growth in its servicing portfolio
and as a result of continued expansion of the Classic loan program (which
generally required greater collection efforts than the Premier program), (ii)
the performance of the Company's discontinued Classic product for first time
automobile buyers and the Company's financed repossession program, which
experienced significantly higher delinquencies, repossessions and losses than
the Company's other products and programs and (iii) the continued seasoning of
the Company's servicing portfolio to include a greater proportion of loans,
particularly Classic loans, in the period of highest probability for
delinquencies and defaults (generally six to 14 months from the origination
date).
 
    To handle the increased demands on its servicing and collection operations,
the Company began to take steps in 1996 to enhance its servicing and collection
capabilities. Since December 1995, the Company has more than doubled its
servicing and collection staff and, in October 1996, regionalized its servicing
and collection operations into four locations across the United States.
Additionally, the Company has engaged outside consultants to evaluate the
Company's current collection strategy and assist in the design and
implementation of a new collection system.
 
    During 1996, loans made under the Company's financed repossession program
and its Classic product for first time automobile buyers (discontinued in March
1996) had significantly higher rates of delinquencies, gross charge-offs, net
losses and repossessions than other products within the Company's servicing
portfolio. These programs aggregated 4.3% of the total servicing portfolio at
December 31, 1996, but accounted for approximately 20% of delinquencies, gross
charge-offs and net losses in 1996. Management believes that the performance of
the financed repossession loans is primarily attributable to an inventory
reduction program during the fourth quarter of 1995 and the first quarter of
1996 and improper practices
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
at certain of the Company's initial consignment dealers, with which the Company
has since terminated its business relationships. The Company has instituted more
comprehensive management of its financed repossession program, including the
dedication of trained staff located in the Company's four regional servicing and
collection centers for the underwriting and purchasing of such loans.
 
    The significant rise in repossession inventory levels shown on the
Delinquency Experience table was the result of the growth in the Company's
servicing portfolio and due to changes to the Company's approach to retailing
its repossessed automobiles. During 1995 and early 1996, the Company relied
heavily on a few large retail consignment lots to sell its inventory. Turnover
of repossession inventory was not at levels deemed acceptable by the Company
under this approach. In early 1996 the Company terminated its relationship with
certain consignment lots and decided to expand its repossession distribution
channels to multiple smaller locations throughout the United States. The Company
expanded its remarketing department in order to develop and manage relationships
with additional retail outlets and to expedite disposition of repossessed
vehicles. At December 31, 1996, the Company had arrangements with 67 smaller
retail consignment lots to dispose of its repossessions compared with 10 large
retail consignment lots at December 31, 1995. It is actively pursuing additional
relationships to further increase its remarketing capacity. During 1996, the
Company sold approximately 70% of its repossession inventory through retail
markets and the Company financed approximately 90% of these sales. The Company
may dispose of repossession inventory at wholesale auctions from time to time.
 
    Increases in loan delinquency and repossession rates may cause the Company
to exceed certain pool performance tests established in agreements governing the
Company's outstanding Senior Term Notes. If at any month-end the amount of
charge-offs (net of recoveries) of automobile loans in the Company's servicing
portfolio during the preceding six month periods, times two, exceeds 1.65% of
the average servicing portfolio in the preceding seven months ("Portfolio Loss
Ratio"), the Company will be prohibited from purchasing new automobile loans in
excess of 20% of the Company's Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow (as defined in
the indenture governing the Senior Term Notes) plus proceeds of warehouse
facilities and certain other available cash. If the Portfolio Loss Ratio exceeds
1.65% for two consecutive months, then 50% of such Adjusted Consolidated Cash
Flow (as defined in the indenture governing the Senior Term Notes) must be used
to offer to repurchase Senior Term Notes at par. In addition, if at the end of
any month the Portfolio Loss Ratio exceeds 2.5% or the Company's delinquency
level exceeds 3.5%, an event of default will occur under two of the Company's
outstanding warehouse facilities. The delinquency level is calculated as a
percentage, by outstanding principal balance, of all automobile loans owned or
securitized by the Company as to which a payment is more than thirty days past
due. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under such warehouse facilities,
the lending banks under such facilities may accelerate the payment of amounts
outstanding thereunder and would have no further obligation to extend additional
credit. Furthermore, any such event of default may trigger cross-defaults under
other outstanding indebtedness of the Company and may result in the acceleration
of amounts due thereunder. On January 21, 1997 the Company made a tender offer
to purchase all of its outstanding Senior Term Notes. See Note 14 to the
Company's Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
LIQUIDITY
 
    The Company's business requires substantial cash to support its operating
activities. The principal cash requirements include (i) amounts necessary to
purchase and finance automobile loans pending securitization, (ii) dealer
participations, (iii) cash held from time to time in restricted spread accounts
to support securitizations and warehouse facilities and other securitization
expenses, (iv) interest advances to securitization trusts, (v) repossession
inventory, and (vi) interest expense. The Company also uses significant amounts
of cash for operating expenses. The Company receives cash principally from
interest on loans held pending securitization, excess cash flow received from
securitization trusts and fees earned through servicing of loans held by such
trusts. The Company has operated on a negative operating cash flow basis and
expects to continue to do so for so long as the Company continues to experience
significant
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
growth in its volume of loan purchases. The Company has historically funded, and
expects to continue to fund, these negative operating cash flows, subject to
limitations in various debt covenants, principally through borrowings from
financial institutions, sales of equity securities and sales of senior and
subordinated notes, among other resources, although there can be no assurance
that the Company will have access to capital markets in the future or that
financing will be available to satisfy the Company's operating and debt service
requirements or to fund its future growth. See "--Capital Resources".
 
PRINCIPAL USES OF CASH IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
    PURCHASES AND FINANCING OF AUTOMOBILE LOANS.  Automobile loan purchases
represent the Company's most significant cash requirement. The Company funds the
purchase price of loans primarily through the use of warehouse facilities.
However, because advance rates under the warehouse facilities generally provide
funds ranging from 95% to 97% of the principal balance of the loans, the Company
is required to fund the remainder of all purchases with other available cash
resources. The Company purchased $2.8 billion of loans in 1996, compared with
$2.1 billion in 1995 and $743.3 million in 1994. Amounts borrowed under
warehouse facilities are repaid upon securitization of the loans. The Company
regularly completes securitizations to optimize its use of available warehouse
facilities and the Company's cash investment in loans held for sale.
 
    DEALER PARTICIPATIONS.  Consistent with industry practice, the Company pays
dealers participations for selling loans to the Company. When loans are
securitized, the related dealer participation is expensed and subsequently
recovered over the estimated life of the underlying loans through the return to
the Company of excess cash flow from securitization trusts. Participations paid
by the Company to dealers in 1996 were $94.9 million, compared with $86.5
million in 1995 and $29.6 million in 1994. These participations typically
require the Company to advance an up-front amount to dealers, which represented
3.45% of the principal balance of loans purchased during 1996 compared to 4.21%
in 1995 and 3.98% in 1994. The decrease in percentage of dealer participations
paid reflects the growth in volume of loans purchased under the Classic program,
which generally requires a lower participation rate and a reduction in the cap
on participation rates paid on Premier loans implemented during 1995. The
Company has some limited ability to recover these amounts from the dealers by
offset against future participations in the event of prepayment or default on
the loan within a specified period of time. However, to the extent the loan does
not prepay or default within that period of time, the Company expects to recover
the cash used to pay dealer commissions over the estimated life of the
underlying loans through the return to the Company of excess cash flows from
securitization spread accounts. This relationship between the up-front payment
of cash to the dealers and the deferred recovery through collection of excess
cash flow will continue to represent a significant demand on capital resources
to the extent the Company continues to expand the volume of loan purchases.
 
    SECURITIZATION OF AUTOMOBILE LOANS.  In connection with securitizations, the
Company is required to fund spread accounts related to each transaction. The
Company funds these spread accounts by foregoing receipt of excess cash flow
until these spread accounts exceed predetermined levels (generally within 14
months of the formation of the securitization trust). In certain
securitizations, the Company also has been required to provide initial cash
deposits into such accounts. The amount of time required to initially fund each
spread account varies depending on numerous factors, including, but not limited
to (i) the size of the initial deposit, (ii) the gross interest rate spread,
(iii) defaults, (iv) delinquencies, (v) losses and (vi) turnover of repossession
inventory. The Company had $143.0 million of restricted cash in spread accounts
at December 31, 1996, compared with $63.6 million at December 31, 1995. The
Company also incurs certain expenses in connection with securitizations,
including underwriting fees, credit enhancement fees, trustee fees and other
costs, which approximate 0.55% per annum of the principal amount of the
asset-backed securities.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
    NET INTEREST MARGIN.  Although the Company records net interest margin as it
is earned, the interest income component is generally received in cash from
excess cash flow over the life of the securitization trust, while the interest
expense component (primarily warehousing interest) is paid prior to
securitization.
 
    ADVANCES DUE TO SERVICER.  As the servicer of loans sold in securitizations,
the Company periodically makes interest advances to the securitization trusts to
provide for temporary delays in the receipt of required interest payments by
borrowers. In accordance with servicing agreements, the Company makes advances
only in the event that it expects to recover such advances through the ultimate
payments from the obligor over the life of the loan. Beginning in December 1996,
the Company's servicing agreements were modified to require interest advances
only when the related loan is 31 days delinquent or greater.
 
    REPOSSESSION INVENTORY.  At December 31, 1996, the Company's inventory of
repossessed automobiles held for resale was $64.9 million, compared with $17.7
million at December 31, 1995. The rate of repossession inventory turnover
impacts cash available for spread accounts under securitization trusts and,
consequently, the excess cash available for distribution to ORFC. At December
31, 1996, repossessed inventory was 1.7% of total servicing portfolio compared
with 0.8% at December 31, 1995.
 
PRINCIPAL SOURCES OF CASH IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
    EXCESS CASH FLOW.  The Company receives excess cash flow from securitization
trusts, including the realization of gain on sale, the recovery of dealer
participation, and the recovery of accrued interest receivable earned, but not
yet collected, on loans held for sale. Recovery of dealer participation and
accrued interest receivable, which occur throughout the life of the
securitization, result in a reduction of the finance income receivable and,
because they have been considered in the original determination of the gain on
sale of loans, have no effect on the Company's results of operations in the year
in which the participations and interest are recovered from the securitization
trust. During 1996, the Company received $43.4 million of excess cash flow,
compared with $21.1 million in 1995 and $17.7 million in 1994. The rate of
increase in excess cash flow during 1996 exceeded the rate of increase in loans
securitized principally because spread accounts related to 1995 securitizations
have reached required reserve levels and have begun releasing cash during the
current year. These obligations generally reach pre-determined spread account
levels within 14 months following the formation of the securitization trust. The
excess cash flow released from securitization trusts during 1996 was reduced by
the slower turnover of the Company's repossession inventory resulting from the
utilization of its retail repossession strategy.
 
    SERVICING FEES.  The Company also receives servicing fee income with respect
to loans held by securitization trusts equal to 1% per annum of the remaining
principal balance. The Company received cash for such services in the amount of
$27.0 million, $12.7 million and $4.5 million during 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively, and is reflected in the Company's revenues as earned.
 
CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The Company finances the acquisition of automobile loans primarily through
(i) warehouse facilities, pursuant to which loans are sold or financed generally
on a temporary basis and (ii) the securitization of loans, pursuant to which
loans are sold as asset-backed securities. Additional financing is required to
fund the Company's operations.
 
    WAREHOUSE FACILITIES.  Automobile loans held for sale are funded on a
short-term basis primarily through warehouse facilities. At December 31, 1996,
the Company had three warehouse facilities in place with various financial
institutions and institutional lenders with an aggregate capacity of $800
million, of which $688.9 million was unused. These facilities are subject to
renewal or extension, at various times in 1997 at the option of the lenders.
Proceeds from securitizations, generally received within seven to ten days
following the cut-off date established for the securitization transaction, are
utilized to invest in additional loan purchases and applied to repay amounts
outstanding under warehouse facilities.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    SECURITIZATION PROGRAM.  An important capital resource for the Company has
been its ability to sell automobile loans in the secondary markets through
securitizations. The following table summarizes the Company's securitizations
during the three years ended December 31, 1996, all of which have been publicly
issued and were rated "AAA/Aaa".
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      REMAINING        REMAINING
                                      BALANCE AS     BALANCE AS A      CURRENT        WEIGHTED          GROSS
                                          OF          PERCENTAGE      WEIGHTED         AVERAGE        INTEREST
                        ORIGINAL     DECEMBER 31,     OF ORIGINAL      AVERAGE     SECURITIZATION       RATE
        DATE            BALANCE          1996           BALANCE          APR            RATE           SPREAD
- --------------------  ------------   ------------   ---------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------
<S>                   <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>                <C>
March 94              $    260,000   $    72,580           27.92%         11.13%           5.66%           5.47%
September 94               430,000       165,351           38.45          12.80            6.81            5.99
February 95                158,400        68,650           43.34          13.87            7.88            5.99
March 95                   300,000       134,341           44.78          14.41            7.31            7.10
June 95                    470,000       242,987           51.70          14.19            6.20            7.99
September 95               525,000       307,926           58.65          13.77            6.03            7.74
December 95                600,000       389,884           64.98          13.77            5.88            7.89
March 96                   600,000       437,653           72.94          13.72            5.81            7.91
June 96                    650,000       540,368           83.13          14.46            6.62            7.84
September 96               725,000       664,248           91.62          14.83            6.75            8.08
December 96 (1)            730,000       683,333           93.61          15.19            6.08            9.11
                      ------------   ------------
                      $  5,448,400   $ 3,707,321
                      ------------   ------------
                      ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------------
 
(1) At December 31, 1996, $692.6 million of automobile loans had been delivered
    to the trust and $37.4 million cash remained in the pre-funded portion of
    the trust. In January 1997, the Company delivered sufficient loans to the
    trust and obtained the release of the remaining cash in the pre-funded
    portion of the trust. See "--Hedging and Pre-funding Strategy" below.
 
    The Company utilizes net proceeds from securitizations to invest in
additional loan purchases and to repay warehouse indebtedness, thereby making
its warehouse facilities available for further purchases of automobile loans. At
December 31, 1996, the Company had securitized approximately $5.8 billion of
automobile loans since its inception in 1990 with remaining balances of
approximately $3.8 billion.
 
    All of the Company's securitization trusts and the BofA Facility are
credit-enhanced through financial guaranty insurance policies, issued by FSA
which insure payment of principal and interest due on the related asset-backed
securities. Asset-backed securities insured by FSA have been rated AAA by
Standard & Poor's and Aaa by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. At December 31,
1996, FSA had insured approximately $5.8 billion original principal amount of
Company-sponsored asset-backed securities. During 1996, the Company agreed to
use FSA as insurer of the asset-backed securities issued in its insured
securitizations through December 1998 in consideration for certain limitations
on FSA insurance premiums. FSA is not obligated to provide insurance for the
Company's future securitizations. In order to obtain FSA insurance, the Company
is obligated to establish spread accounts, and to maintain such spread accounts
at pre-determined levels, in connection with each insured securitization through
the collection and restriction of excess cash flow from the loans securitized.
These spread accounts are funded through initial deposits, when required, and
out of excess cash flow from the related securitization trust. Thereafter,
during each month excess cash flow due to ORFC from all insured securitization
trusts is first used to replenish spread accounts to predetermined levels and is
then distributed to the Company. If excess cash flow from all insured
securitization trusts is not sufficient to replenish all spread accounts, no
cash flow would be available to the Company from ORFC for that month. Spread
accounts are also replenished through cash received from the liquidation of
repossessions under defaulted receivables. However, such cash is generally
received in months subsequent to default and can therefore result in timing
differences as to when excess cash flows are released to the Company. The spread
account for each insured securitization trust is cross-collateralized with the
spread accounts established for the Company's other insured securitization
trusts. Excess cash flow from performing securitization trusts insured by FSA
may be used to support negative cash flow from, or to replenish a deficit spread
account in connection with, non-performing securitization trusts insured by FSA.
The Company's obligations to FSA in respect of insured securitizations and the
BofA Facility are limited to the amounts on deposit in the spread accounts and
excess cash flow.
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
    In connection with its securitizations, the Company continually seeks to
improve its structures to reduce up-front costs and to maximize excess cash flow
available to the Company. The Company may consider alternative securitization
structures, including senior/subordinated tranches, and alternative forms of
credit enhancement, such as letters of credit and surety bonds. For example,
during 1995 and 1994, the Company realized a portion of its finance income
receivable by selling an interest-only strip in its September 1995 and September
1994 securitizations. Proceeds from the sale of the interest-only strips were
approximately $6.1 million in 1995 and approximately $7.0 million in 1994. There
were no interest-only strips sold during 1996. The structure of each securitized
sale of loans will depend on market conditions, costs of securitization and the
availability of credit enhancement options to the Company.
 
    HEDGING AND PRE-FUNDING STRATEGY.  The Company employs hedging strategies to
manage its gross interest rate spread. Through the use of these hedging
strategies, the Company is able to determine its approximate financing cost
prior to, or near to, the purchase of loans and thereby maintain its gross
interest rate spread within a desired range. Because interest rates on
asset-backed securities for automobile loans generally tend to rise or fall when
other short-term interest rates fluctuate, a material increase in interest rates
prior to securitization could adversely affect the profitability of such
securitization to the Company in the absence of a hedging strategy.
 
    The Company also mitigates its exposure to interest rate risk through a
pre-funding strategy in which it securitizes a portion of its loans held for
sale while selling future loans in a pre-funded securitization. In a pre-funded
securitization, the principal amount of the asset-backed securities issued in
the securitization exceeds the principal balance of loans initially delivered to
the securitization trust. The proceeds from the pre-funded portion are held in
trust earning money market yields until released upon delivery of additional
loans. The Company agrees to deliver additional loans into the securitization
trust from time to time (generally monthly) equal in the aggregate to the amount
by which the principal balance of the asset-backed securities exceeds the
principal balance of the loans initially delivered. In pre-funded
securitizations, the Company predetermines the borrowing costs with respect to
loans it subsequently purchases and delivers into the securitization trust.
However, the Company incurs an expense in pre-funding securitizations equal to
the difference between the money market yields earned on the proceeds held in
trust prior to the subsequent delivery of loans and the interest rate paid on
the asset-backed securities.
 
    The Company also has some interest rate exposure to falling interest rates
to the extent that the Company's offered rates decline after the Company has
engaged in a pre-funded securitization, although the Company's offered rates
generally respond less rapidly to rate fluctuations than financing costs.
 
    The Company also sells forward U.S. Treasuries that most closely parallel
the average life of its portfolio of loans held for sale. By doing so, the
Company is able to obtain an inverse relationship between the loans being hedged
and the U.S. Treasury market. The hedging gain or loss is netted against the
gain on sale of loans. Such hedges include certain risks created by the cash
versus non-cash relationship of the hedging instrument and the related
securitization. This relationship arises because U.S. Treasury forward contracts
are settled with current cash payments and the gain on sale of loans represents
the present value of estimated future cash flows. To the extent hedging gains or
losses resulting from U.S. Treasury forward contracts are significant, the
resulting cash payments or receipts may impact the Company's liquidity. Hedging
transactions required a net use of cash of $0.3 million and $11.7 million during
1996 and 1995, respectively, and provided cash of $0.8 million in 1994.
 
    Management has controls and policies in place to assess and monitor its risk
from hedging activities. Management follows its policy of hedging loan amounts
purchased or expected to be delivered within the next 120 days. Management
reviews the interest rate movements in the U.S. Treasury markets and receives a
daily internal report tracking such movements. Monthly, management receives an
interest rate report that describes not only interest rate movements, but also
the amount of corresponding increase or decrease in the value of its hedged
securitizations. Most of the Company's hedging transactions have been for a
period of 75 days or less. The amount and timing of hedging transactions are
determined by members of
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
the Company's senior management, and subject to approval by the Company's Chief
Executive Officer. Management assesses factors including the interest rate
environment, loan production levels and open positions of current hedging
positions.
 
OTHER CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Historically, the Company has utilized various debt and equity financings to
offset negative operating cash flows and support the continued growth in loan
volume, increased dollar amount of dealer participations, securitizations and
general operating expenses.
 
    During 1996, the Company completed a public offering of 8,050,000 shares of
Common Stock and received net proceeds of approximately $146.0 million. In March
1996, the Company issued to the public $30.0 million aggregate principal amount
of 10.125% Subordinated Notes Series 1996-A, due 2001 and received net proceeds
of approximately $29.0 million. Proceeds from the 1996 offerings were available
as working capital for loan purchases and general operations.
 
    In February 1995, the Company entered into a temporary financing facility
(the "Facility") in order to provide cash pending completion of the common stock
and senior debt offerings described below and to repay $30.0 million of
outstanding Senior Secured Notes. Under the Facility, the Company borrowed $55.0
million through the issuance of Senior Unsecured Increasing Rate Notes. In April
1995, proceeds from the common stock and senior term debt offerings described
below were used to retire the notes issued under the Facility at par plus
accrued interest.
 
    In April 1995, the Company issued to the public 9,849,900 shares of Common
Stock and $145.0 million principal amount of Senior Term Notes. The Company
received aggregate net proceeds from the issuance of the Common Stock and Senior
Term Notes of approximately $231.0 million and applied $56.2 million of such
proceeds to retire its temporary financing facility plus accrued interest, $15.6
million to retire the Company's 9.875% Senior Subordinated Notes (including a
prepayment fee of $0.5 million and accrued interest of $0.1 million), and $9.4
million to fund a reserve account established for future payment of interest on
the Senior Term Notes. The remaining proceeds of $149.8 million were available
as working capital for loan purchases and general operations.
 
    The Company pays interest on the Senior Term Notes semi-annually on November
1 and May 1 of each year. The Senior Term Notes are not callable prior to May 1,
1998. Thereafter, the Senior Term Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at
the option of the Company, at 108.5% and 104.25% if redeemed during the twelve
month periods beginning May 1, 1998, and 1999, respectively, together with
accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. The Company will be
obligated to make an offer to purchase all outstanding Senior Term Notes at a
price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of purchase if certain covenants (as defined within the
Senior Term Note indenture) regarding sales of assets, change in control or
annualized net losses are violated. The Senior Term Notes are unsecured
obligations of the Company (except for a reserve fund equal to one interest
payment on the outstanding principal balance of the Senior Term Notes) and rank
senior to all outstanding subordinated notes of the Company and pari passu in
right of payment with all unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the
Company. On January 21, 1997 the Company made a tender offer to purchase all of
its outstanding Senior Term Notes. See Note 14 to the Company's Consolidated
Financial Statements.
 
    Pursuant to demand registration rights of certain holders of warrants issued
by the Company between 1992 and 1994 in connection with its issuance of Senior
Secured and Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company filed separate registration
statements during April and October 1995 covering 213,000 and 3,871,364 shares
of Common Stock, respectively, issuable upon exercise of the warrants for
secondary sale at market should the holders decide to do so. The Company would
receive aggregate proceeds of approximately $17.0 million assuming exercise of
all of the warrants. As of December 31, 1996, 2,405,089
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
shares of Common Stock had been issued in connection with exercise of such
warrants for aggregate proceeds of $10.0 million.
 
    In September 1994, the Company began a program to sell up to $50.0 million
of unsecured subordinated notes (the "Junior Subordinated Notes") to be offered
to the public from time to time (the "Note Program"). Issuance of Junior
Subordinated Notes under the Note Program is subject to restrictions under the
Senior Term Note indenture. The Note Program includes Junior Subordinated Notes
extendible by the investor having maturities of 30, 60, 90 and 180 days and one
year after the date of issue and fixed-term Junior Subordinated Notes having
maturities of one, two, three, four, five and 10 years after the date of issue.
Interest rates on any unsold Junior Subordinated Notes are subject to change by
the Company from time to time based on market conditions. Interest rates on
extendible Junior Subordinated Notes may be adjusted at any roll-over date. At
December 31, 1996, the Company had $23.7 million of Junior Subordinated Notes
outstanding.
 
    The terms of the Senior Term Note indenture, among other things, limit,
subject to certain other requirements and with certain exceptions, certain
payments, including dividends on common or preferred stock, to 50% of
Consolidated Cash Flow (as defined). Consolidated Cash Flow is defined as
Operating Cash Receipts less Cash Expenses for the four quarterly periods
preceding a proposed restricted payment. The Company has had and expects to
continue to have negative Consolidated Cash Flow for so long as the rapid growth
of its loan purchase volume continues.
 
    Consolidated Cash Flow for the four-quarter period ended December 31, 1996,
is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          FOR THE
                                                                                       FOUR QUARTERS
                                                                                           ENDED
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31, 1996
                                                                                     -----------------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Operating Cash Receipts:
  Excess cash flows received from securitization trusts............................     $    43,351
  Servicing fee income.............................................................          27,018
  Other cash income................................................................           7,959
                                                                                     -----------------
    Total Operating Cash Receipts..................................................          78,328
Less Cash Expenses:
  Payment of dealer commissions....................................................          94,938
  Cash operating expenses..........................................................          98,644
  Interest paid on warehouse and other debt........................................          33,448
  Preferred dividends..............................................................           1,688
                                                                                     -----------------
    Total Cash Expenses............................................................         228,718
                                                                                     -----------------
Consolidated Cash Flow.............................................................     $  (150,390)
                                                                                     -----------------
                                                                                     -----------------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1996 the Company's Portfolio Loss Ratio (as defined in the
Senior Term Note indenture) was 1.12% and the Company's Consolidated Net Worth
(as defined in the Senior Term Note indenture) was $388.7 million.
 
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
    The preceding Management's Discussion and Analysis of the Company's
Financial Condition and Results of Operations contain certain "forward-looking
statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act
of 1995, which can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such
as "may," "will," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," "should" or "continue" or
the negative thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology. The
matters set forth under the caption "Cautionary Statements" in Exhibit 99.1 to
this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitute cautionary statements identifying
important factors with respect to such forward-looking statements, including
certain risks and uncertainties, that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those in such forward-looking statements.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
Board of Directors
Olympic Financial Ltd.
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Olympic
Financial Ltd. as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and the related consolidated
statements of income, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Olympic
Financial Ltd. at December 31, 1996 and 1995 and the consolidated results of its
operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 21, 1997
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            AT DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------
(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)                                1995       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
 
                                            ASSETS
 
Cash and cash equivalents...............................................  $   1,340  $  16,057
Due from securitization trust...........................................         --    177,076
Auto loans held for sale................................................    118,556     36,285
Finance income receivable...............................................    186,001    362,916
Restricted cash in spread accounts......................................     63,580    142,977
Furniture, fixtures and equipment.......................................      6,346     13,630
Other assets............................................................     21,971     29,289
                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total assets........................................................  $ 397,794  $ 778,230
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
 
                             LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
Amounts due under warehouse facilities..................................  $  26,530  $ 111,140
Senior term notes.......................................................    145,000    145,000
Subordinated notes......................................................     13,005     53,689
Capital lease obligations...............................................      3,924      7,729
Deferred income taxes...................................................     18,700     54,387
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities................................      9,822     13,192
                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total liabilities...................................................    216,981    385,137
 
Commitments and contingencies
 
Shareholders' equity:
 
Capital stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized:
  8% Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock, 1,071,036
    shares issued and outstanding.......................................         11         --
Common Stock 22,038,567 and 36,416,802 shares, respectively, issued and
  outstanding...........................................................        220        364
Additional paid-in capital..............................................    157,204    310,187
Retained earnings.......................................................     23,378     82,542
                                                                          ---------  ---------
    Total shareholders' equity..........................................    180,813    393,093
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          $ 397,794  $ 778,230
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ---------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)               1994            1995            1996
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>
REVENUES:
Net interest margin......................................  $       9,828   $      31,192   $      62,963
Gain on sale of loans....................................         13,579          62,182         115,773
Servicing fee income.....................................          4,502          13,987          28,284
Other non-interest income................................            879           1,371           6,475
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
    Total revenues.......................................         28,788         108,732         213,495
 
EXPENSES:
Salaries and benefits....................................          9,060          20,079          40,751
General and administrative and other operating expense...          8,282          22,648          51,547
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
    Total operating expenses.............................         17,342          42,727          92,298
Long-term debt and other interest expense................          5,416          17,170          25,193
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
    Total expenses.......................................         22,758          59,897         117,491
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Operating income before income taxes and extraordinary
  items..................................................          6,030          48,835          96,004
Provision for income taxes...............................          1,845          19,518          35,688
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Income before extraordinary items........................          4,185          29,317          60,316
Extraordinary items......................................             --          (3,856)             --
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Net income...............................................  $       4,185   $      25,461   $      60,316
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
 
PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income per common share before extraordinary items...  $        0.17   $        1.35   $        1.79
Extraordinary items per common share.....................             --           (0.19)             --
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
    Net income per common share..........................  $        0.17   $        1.16   $        1.79
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
 
FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income per share before extraordinary items..........  $        0.17   $        1.11   $        1.65
Extraordinary items per share............................             --           (0.15)             --
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
    Net income per share.................................  $        0.17   $        0.96   $        1.65
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Weighted average common and common equivalent shares
  outstanding:
  Primary................................................     10,818,908      20,029,769      33,065,473
  Fully diluted..........................................     16,683,380      26,455,876      36,449,995
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NUMBER OF      NUMBER OF
                                                   PREFERRED        COMMON       PREFERRED        COMMON
(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)         SHARES         SHARES       PAR VALUE      PAR VALUE
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 1993...................     1,150,000      9,816,434   $        12    $        98
Cost of issuance of 8% Convertible Preferred
 Stock..........................................            --             --            --             --
Exercise of warrants by shareholders............            --         71,429            --              1
Issuance of Common Stock through the Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan............................            --         32,847            --             --
Payment of dividends on 8% Convertible Preferred
 Stock..........................................            --             --            --             --
Net income......................................            --             --            --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------           ---          -----
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 1994...................     1,150,000      9,920,710            12             99
Issuance of Common Stock:
  Public offering...............................            --      9,849,900            --             98
  Benefit plans.................................            --        163,094            --              2
Amortization of deferred compensation...........            --             --            --             --
Exercise of options and warrants................            --      1,736,735            --             17
Preferred Stock conversion to Common Stock......       (78,964)       368,128            (1)             4
Payment of dividends on 8% Convertible Preferred
 Stock..........................................            --             --            --             --
Net income......................................            --             --            --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------           ---          -----
 
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 1995                        1,071,036     22,038,567            11            220
Exercise of options and warrants................            --      1,101,269            --             11
Issuance of Common Stock:
  Public offering...............................            --      8,050,000            --             81
  Benefit plans.................................            --        234,752            --              2
Amortization of deferred compensation...........            --             --            --             --
Preferred Stock redemption and conversion to
 Common Stock...................................    (1,071,036)     4,992,214           (11)            50
Payment of dividends on 8% Convertible Preferred
 Stock..........................................            --             --            --             --
Net income......................................            --             --            --             --
                                                  ------------   ------------           ---          -----
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 1996...................            --     36,416,802   $        --    $       364
                                                  ------------   ------------           ---          -----
                                                  ------------   ------------           ---          -----
 
<CAPTION>
                                                   ADDITIONAL      RETAINED
                                                    PAID IN        EARNINGS
(Dollars in thousands, except share amounts)        CAPITAL       (DEFICIT)        TOTAL
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 1993...................  $    60,344    $    (1,755)   $     58,699
Cost of issuance of 8% Convertible Preferred
 Stock..........................................          (10)            --             (10)
Exercise of warrants by shareholders............          137             --             138
Issuance of Common Stock through the Employee
 Stock Purchase Plan............................          150             --             150
Payment of dividends on 8% Convertible Preferred
 Stock..........................................           --         (2,300)         (2,300)
Net income......................................           --          4,185           4,185
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 1994...................       60,621            130          60,862
Issuance of Common Stock:
  Public offering...............................       87,559             --          87,657
  Benefit plans.................................          934             --             936
Amortization of deferred compensation...........          837             --             837
Exercise of options and warrants................        7,256             --           7,273
Preferred Stock conversion to Common Stock......           (3)            --              --
Payment of dividends on 8% Convertible Preferred
 Stock..........................................           --         (2,213)         (2,213)
Net income......................................           --         25,461          25,461
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 1995                         157,204         23,378         180,813
Exercise of options and warrants................        4,902             --           4,913
Issuance of Common Stock:
  Public offering...............................      145,925             --         146,006
  Benefit plans.................................        1,163             --           1,165
Amortization of deferred compensation...........        1,038             --           1,038
Preferred Stock redemption and conversion to
 Common Stock...................................          (45)            --              (6)
Payment of dividends on 8% Convertible Preferred
 Stock..........................................           --         (1,152)         (1,152)
Net income......................................           --         60,316          60,316
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------
BALANCES AT DECEMBER 31, 1996...................  $   310,187    $    82,542    $    393,093
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                  ------------   ------------   ------------
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                                             ---------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)                                                           1994            1995            1996
                                                                             -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>             <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income.................................................................  $       4,185   $      25,461   $      60,316
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating
  activities:
  Depreciation and amortization............................................            553           1,881           4,286
  Loss on sale of furniture, fixtures and equipment........................             --             153             119
  (Increase) decrease in assets:
  Automobile loans held for sale:
    Purchases of automobile loans..........................................       (743,256)     (2,052,413)     (2,750,553)
    Sales of automobile loans..............................................        712,211       1,933,525       2,787,412
    Repayments of automobile loans.........................................          7,849          24,200          45,412
  Finance income receivable................................................        (32,293)       (127,461)       (176,916)
  Restricted cash in spread accounts.......................................         (6,299)        (42,172)        (79,397)
  Due from securitization trusts...........................................        (22,095)         88,481        (177,076)
  Prepaid expenses and other assets........................................         (3,121)        (10,402)         (5,787)
  Increase (decrease) in liabilities:
    Deferred income taxes..................................................          1,845          16,947          35,688
    Accounts payable and accrued liabilities...............................          1,647           6,141           3,369
                                                                             -------------   -------------   -------------
           Total cash used in operating activities.........................        (78,774)       (135,659)       (253,127)
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from sales of furniture, fixtures and equipment...................             68              37              26
Purchase of furniture, fixtures and equipment..............................           (362)         (1,089)         (5,108)
Purchase of subordinated certificates......................................           (962)         (2,046)         (2,596)
Collections on subordinated certificates...................................            339             510           1,078
                                                                             -------------   -------------   -------------
           Total cash used in investing activities.........................           (917)         (2,588)         (6,600)
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net proceeds from issuance of Common Stock.................................            288          95,866         152,079
Net proceeds from issuance of 8% Convertible Preferred Stock...............            (10)             --              --
Payment of dividends on 8% Convertible Preferred Stock.....................         (2,300)         (2,213)         (1,152)
Proceeds from borrowings under warehouse facilities........................        426,161       1,605,583       2,159,523
Repayment of borrowings under warehouse facilities.........................       (342,082)     (1,685,241)     (2,074,913)
Unsecured subordinated notes, net..........................................            306          12,699          40,684
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt...................................         12,000              --              --
Repayments of long-term debt...............................................             --         (30,000)             --
Proceeds from issuance of Senior Notes.....................................             --          55,000              --
Repayment of Senior Notes..................................................             --         (55,000)             --
Proceeds from issuance of Senior Term Notes................................             --         145,000              --
Repayments of Senior Subordinated Notes....................................             --         (15,000)             --
Deferred debt issuance cost, net...........................................           (259)         (2,541)            (13)
Reduction of capital lease obligations.....................................           (532)         (1,183)         (1,764)
                                                                             -------------   -------------   -------------
           Total cash provided by financing activities.....................         93,572         122,970         274,444
                                                                             -------------   -------------   -------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents.......................         13,881         (15,277)         14,717
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period...........................          2,736          16,617           1,340
                                                                             -------------   -------------   -------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.................................  $      16,617   $       1,340   $      16,057
                                                                             -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                                             -------------   -------------   -------------
 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
  Non cash activities:
    Additions to capital leases............................................  $       1,524   $       3,609   $       5,569
  Cash paid for:
    Interest...............................................................          6,386          19,630          33,448
    Taxes..................................................................             --              92              --
</TABLE>
 
                See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") operates in a single industry,
purchases, securitizes and services consumer automobile retail installment loans
originated primarily by car dealers affiliated with major foreign and domestic
manufacturers. The Company provides a competitive and consistent alternative
source of retail financing to more than 7,700 automobile dealers for their
customers' purchases of new and used automobiles and light trucks. The Company
does not purchase more than 1.0% of its loans from any one dealer. Since its
founding in March 1990, the Company has established 17 regional buying centers
in Arizona, Northern and Southern California, Colorado, Florida, Georgia,
Massachusetts, Minnesota, Missouri, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Tennessee,
North, South and West Texas, and Washington. The Company's dealer network
includes dealers in 39 states. At December 31, 1996, the Company's only
significant geographic concentration in its servicing portfolio was to borrowers
in the state of Texas which consisted of approximately 22% of the total
servicing portfolio. Management does not believe that the Company has any
current material exposures to geographic or dealer concentrations.
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and
transactions have been eliminated. The consolidated financial statements have
been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
    Certain reclassifications have been made to the December 31, 1995 and 1994
balances to conform to current period presentation.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers all significant investments with an original maturity
of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and
expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
 
    DUE FROM SECURITIZATION TRUST
 
    Under Olympic's securitization structures, the Company delivers loans to a
securitization trust and subsequently receives cash from the trust for such
loans concurrent with the legal closing of the transaction typically six to 10
days after delivery. All terms of the transfer of assets to the trust are fixed
and determinable at the time of delivery.
 
    AUTOMOBILE LOANS HELD FOR SALE
 
    Loans are carried at the lower of their principal amount outstanding
(amortized cost), including related unearned dealer participations, or market
value. Market value is estimated based on the characteristics of the loans held
for sale and the terms of recent sales of similar loans completed by the
Company.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
Interest on these loans is accrued and credited to interest income based upon
the daily principal amount outstanding.
 
    In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force ("EITF") Issue 92-10, LOAN
ACQUISITIONS INVOLVING TABLE FUNDING ARRANGEMENTS, the EITF set forth specific
criteria providing the distinction between purchasers and originators of loans.
For financial reporting purposes, the Company is in substance an originator of
automobile loans. Therefore, participations paid to dealers are deferred and
amortized over the life of the underlying loan in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 91, "Accounting for Nonrefundable
Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct
Costs of Leases." Any unamortized deferred costs remaining at the time the loan
is sold is considered a portion of the basis of loans held for sale and charged
to expense as a component of any subsequent gain or loss on sale.
 
    Dealer participations are calculated by amortizing the customer loan at the
interest rate charged by the automobile dealer to the automobile purchaser and
at the rate offered by the Company to the dealer and recognizing the difference
between these two aggregate interest amounts as the dealer participation. This
amount is paid to the dealer at or near the original purchase date of the loan.
A portion of this amount is generally recoverable from the dealer in the event
of a default or prepayment within a time period specified in the dealer
agreement. The balance is recovered over time as a portion of excess cash flows
released from securitization trusts.
 
    FINANCE INCOME RECEIVABLE
 
    Finance income receivable includes (i) the estimated present value of future
cash flows from securitization transactions ("gain on sale of loans"), (ii)
accrued interest receivable on loans held for sale, but not yet collected
through the date of sale, (iii) interest earned on spread accounts and other
cash accounts established in connection with the Company's securitizations and
(iv) interest earned on previously discounted cash flows. The components of
finance income receivable are recovered by the Company, and finance income
receivable is reduced, over the life of the securitized loans through the return
of cash flows in excess of spread account requirements.
 
    Finance income receivable excludes deferred service fee income which
represents the amount of future cash flows to be recognized as earned over the
period for which the Company services the securitized loans.
 
    Reserve for loan losses included in finance income receivable represents the
estimated amount of loan losses expected to be incurred over the life of the
underlying loans included in the securitization transactions.
 
    The carrying amount of finance income receivable is reviewed periodically to
determine if differences exist between estimated and actual credit losses,
prepayment rates and weighted average APR at each balance sheet date using the
discount factor applied in the original determination of the receivable. In
addition, at the same dates, the Company assesses the effect of changes in
estimates, if any, on the carrying amount of the finance income receivable. The
Company's analysis determines that the finance income receivable is not recorded
in excess of the present value of the estimated remaining excess cash flows. The
Company does not increase the carrying amount of finance income receivable for
favorable variances from original estimates, but to the extent that actual
results exceed the Company's prepayment or loss estimates, or there is a greater
than anticipated decline in the weighted average APR of loans sold, any required
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
decrease to finance income receivable is reflected as a reduction of current
period earnings. There were no material adjustments to the carrying amount of
finance income receivable during the three years ended December 31, 1996.
Adjustments due to modification of future estimates are determined on a
disaggregated basis according to each asset securitization transaction.
 
    CASH RESTRICTED IN SPREAD ACCOUNTS
 
    The Company is required to maintain spread accounts to protect investors in
securitization transactions and credit enhancers against credit losses. The
initial deposit, if required, and excess cash flows from securitization
transactions are retained for each securitization until the spread account
balance increases to a specified percentage of the underlying loans included in
the securitization. Funds in excess of specified percentages are remitted to the
Company, through its wholly-owned subsidiary Olympic Receivables Finance Corp.
("ORFC"), over the remaining life of the securitization. For each securitization
trust, there is no recourse to the Company beyond the balance in the spread
accounts or the trust's future earnings.
 
    FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Furniture, fixtures and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated
depreciation and amortization. Owned properties are depreciated on a
straight-line basis over their useful lives. Capital lease assets are amortized
over their lease terms on a straight line basis.
 
    ADVANCES DUE TO SERVICER
 
    As servicer of loans sold in securitizations, the Company periodically makes
interest advances to the securitization trusts to provide for temporary delays
in the receipt of required interest payments by borrowers. In accordance with
the Company's servicing agreements, the Company makes advances only in the event
it expects to recover them through the ultimate payments from the obligor on the
loan.
 
    DEFERRED DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS
 
    The Company capitalizes costs incurred related to the issuance of long-term
debt. These costs are deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the
contractual maturity of the related debt and recognized as a component of
interest expense.
 
    SERVICING FEE RECEIVABLE
 
    The Company earns a servicing fee for servicing loans sold to investors
through securitization. These fees are paid to the Company by the securitization
trust on a monthly basis.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax
consequences related to differences between the current carrying amounts of
assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured based on enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled.
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    NET INTEREST MARGIN
 
    The Company's net interest margin represents the sum of (i) net interest on
loans held for sale based on the net interest rate spread, (ii) investment
earnings on short-term investments and spread accounts and other cash accounts
established in connection with the Company's securitizations and (iii) the
recognition of the interest component of previously discounted cash flows,
calculated at the present value discount rate used in determining the gain on
sale.
 
    NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
    Income for primary earnings per share is adjusted for dividends on 8%
Convertible Preferred Stock and is computed based on the weighted average number
of common and dilutive common stock equivalents arising from the assumed
exercise of outstanding warrants and stock options (calculated using the
treasury stock method). Fully diluted earnings per share data for annual periods
prior to 1996, is computed by using such weighted average common stock and
common stock equivalents increased by the assumed conversion of the 8%
Convertible Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock. All of the Company's 8%
Convertible Preferred Stock had been redeemed or converted at December 31, 1996.
If all of the Company's 8% Convertible Preferred Stock had converted at the
beginning of 1996, primary earnings per share for the year ended December 31,
1996 would have been $1.67. The effect on quarterly primary earnings per share
would have been immaterial. For the purpose of computing the net income per
common share equivalent data, all warrants and options issued are treated as if
exercised for shares of Common Stock on their respective date of original
issuance.
 
    FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    The Company's financial instruments as defined by SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures
about Fair Value of Financial Instruments," including cash and cash equivalents,
due from securitization trusts, finance income receivable, restricted cash in
spread accounts, amounts due under warehouse facilities and Junior Subordinated
Notes are accounted for on a historical cost basis which, due to the nature of
these financial instruments, approximates fair value. Automobile loans held for
sale are accounted for at the lower of amortized cost or market value. Fair
value of the Company's Senior Term Notes and 10.125% Senior Subordinated Notes
is determined using available market quotes. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the
Company had $145.0 million of Senior Term Notes outstanding with an estimated
fair value of $161.0 million at December 31, 1996 and $158.1 million at December
31, 1995. The Company also had $30.0 million of Senior Subordinated Notes issued
during 1996 and outstanding at December 31, 1996. The carrying amount of the
Senior Subordinated Notes approximates fair value.
 
2. ACCOUNTING CHANGES
 
    STOCK BASED COMPENSATION PLANS
 
    SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" ("SFAS 123"), was
issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in October 1995 and is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. SFAS 123 provides
for companies to recognize compensation expense associated with stock based
compensation plans over the anticipated service period based on the fair value
of the award on the date of grant. As allowed by SFAS 123, however, the Company
has elected to continue to measure compensation costs as prescribed by APB
Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees."
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
2. ACCOUNTING CHANGES (CONTINUED)
See Footnote No. 11, for pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per
share, as if SFAS 123 had been adopted.
 
    TRANSFERS AND SERVICING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND EXTINGUISHMENT OF
     LIABILITIES
 
    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 125, "Accounting for
Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities"
("SFAS 125"), was issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board in June
1996 and is effective on a prospective basis for all transactions after December
31, 1996. SFAS 125 was issued to clarify certain aspects of previously issued
statements regarding transfers of financial assets and to create guidance on a
wider spectrum of financial assets. The Company will adopt the provisions of
SFAS 125 on January 1, 1997 and does not believe that this statement will have a
material effect on its statement of operations or financial position.
 
3. AUTOMOBILE LOANS HELD FOR SALE
 
    The weighted average interest rate on automobile loans held for sale was
15.22% and 14.04% at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Accrued interest
receivable on automobile loans held for sale aggregated $0.2 million and $0.6
million as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.
 
4. FINANCE INCOME RECEIVABLE
 
    The following table sets forth the components of finance income receivable
as of December 31:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                                             1995        1996
                                                                                ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                             <C>         <C>
Estimated cash flows on loans sold, net of estimated prepayments..............  $  285,517  $  549,876
Deferred servicing income.....................................................     (37,780)    (59,473)
Reserve for loan losses.......................................................     (42,270)    (95,005)
                                                                                ----------  ----------
  Undiscounted cash flows on loans sold, net of estimated prepayments.........     205,467     395,398
Discount to present value.....................................................     (19,466)    (32,482)
                                                                                ----------  ----------
                                                                                $  186,001  $  362,916
                                                                                ----------  ----------
                                                                                ----------  ----------
Reserve for loan losses as a percentage of servicing portfolio................       1.86%       2.51%
</TABLE>
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
4. FINANCE INCOME RECEIVABLE (CONTINUED)
    The following represents the roll-forward of the finance income receivable
balance for the two years ended December 31, 1996:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                                           <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994..................................................................  $   58,540
Excess cash flows on loans sold, net of estimated prepayments...............................     141,147
  Return of excess cash flows...............................................................     (21,054)
  Recognition of present value effect of cash flows.........................................       7,368
                                                                                              ----------
Balance, December 31, 1995..................................................................     186,001
  Excess cash flows on loans sold, net of estimated prepayments.............................     201,376
  Return of excess cash flows...............................................................     (43,351)
  Recognition of present value effect of cash flows.........................................      18,890
                                                                                              ----------
Balance, December 31, 1996..................................................................  $  362,916
                                                                                              ----------
                                                                                              ----------
</TABLE>
 
5. FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Furniture, fixtures and equipment, as of December 31, consists of the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                                                1995        1996
                                                                                    ---------  ----------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
OWNED
Office furniture and equipment....................................................  $   2,385  $    6,637
Automobiles.......................................................................        220         313
Computer equipment................................................................        319       1,003
                                                                                    ---------  ----------
    Total.........................................................................      2,924       7,953
 
CAPITALIZED LEASES
Office furniture and equipment....................................................      2,677       4,280
Computer equipment................................................................      2,621       5,545
                                                                                    ---------  ----------
    Total.........................................................................      5,298       9,825
                                                                                    ---------  ----------
Total furniture, fixtures and equipment (at cost).................................      8,222      17,778
Less:
  Accumulated depreciation and amortization.......................................     (1,876)     (4,148)
                                                                                    ---------  ----------
Furniture, fixtures and equipment, net............................................  $   6,346  $   13,630
                                                                                    ---------  ----------
                                                                                    ---------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    Depreciation expense including amortization of assets under capital lease
obligations for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 was $3.2
million, $1.0 million and $0.5 million, respectively.
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
6. OTHER ASSETS
 
    Other assets, as of December 31, consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                                                1995       1996
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Advances due to servicer..........................................................  $   9,046  $   8,140
Deferred debt issuance costs......................................................      4,444      4,438
Investment in subordinated certificates...........................................      2,811      4,329
Servicing fee receivable..........................................................      1,855      3,121
Prepaid expenses..................................................................      1,545      2,755
Repossessed assets................................................................        431      1,577
Other assets......................................................................      1,839      4,929
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    $  21,971  $  29,289
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
7. AMOUNTS DUE UNDER WAREHOUSE FACILITIES
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Company had three warehouse facilities with an
aggregate capacity of $800.0 million in place with various financial
institutions and institutional lenders of which $688.9 million was available.
Borrowings under these facilities are collateralized by certain loans held for
sale. The weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the
warehouse facilities was 6.27% and 7.23% at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively.
 
    In December 1996, the Company entered into a commercial paper conduit
facility sponsored by Bank of America. Under this facility, the Company's
wholly-owned special purpose subsidiary, may sell up to $300.0 million in retail
automobile contracts to Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corporation ("ARCC"), a
special purpose corporation owned by the Company. The purchase price to ARCC is
funded through borrowings from Receivables Capital Corporation ("RCC"), a
special purpose corporation administered by Bank of America, which in turn funds
such borrowings through the issuance of commercial paper. This facility is
subject to annual renewals through December 1999.
 
    Also during 1996, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with banks led
by Bank of America. Under this agreement, the Company may borrow up to $170.0
million. The Company may borrow an amount equal to 95% of the outstanding
principal amount of eligible automobile loans pledged to secure the indebtedness
depending on certain portfolio performance tests. The Company's Credit Agreement
matures in July, 1997.
 
    Additionally, the Company, through its special purpose subsidiary, Olympic
Receivables Finance Corp. II ("ORFC II"), participates in a $330.0 million
receivables warehouse facility which utilizes a commercial paper conduit
sponsored by J.P. Morgan. Under a receivables purchase agreement between the
Company and ORFC II, the Company has agreed to sell automobile loans to ORFC
which funds the purchase by selling the automobile loans to an owner trust (the
"Owner Trust") under repurchase agreements. The Owner Trust is funded through
borrowings from Delaware Funding Corporation ("DFC"), a J.P. Morgan commercial
paper company which in turn funds such borrowers through the issuance of
commercial paper. In January 1997, the Company agreed to reduce the capacity of
the J.P. Morgan Facility from $300 million to approximately $250 million and to
extend such facility through December 1997 with annual renewal options through
December 1998.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8. LONG-TERM DEBT
 
    SENIOR TERM NOTES
 
    In April 1995, the Company issued to the public $145.0 million principal
amount of 13% Senior Notes due 2000 (the "Senior Term Notes"). Interest on the
Senior Term Notes is payable semi-annually on November 1 and May 1 of each year,
commencing November 1, 1995. The Senior Term Notes are not callable prior to May
1, 1998. Thereafter, the Senior Term Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part,
at the option of the Company, at 108.5% and 104.25% if redeemed during the
twelve month periods beginning May 1, 1998, and 1999, respectively, together
with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of redemption. The Company will be
obligated to make an offer to purchase all outstanding Senior Term Notes at a
price of 101% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid
interest to the date of purchase if certain covenants (as defined within the
Senior Term Note Indenture) regarding sales of assets, change in control or
annualized net losses are not met.
 
    Except for a reserve fund equal to one interest payment on the outstanding
principal balance of the Senior Term Notes, the Senior Term Notes are unsecured
obligations to the Company and will rank senior to all outstanding subordinated
notes of the Company and PARI PASSU in right of payment with all unsecured and
unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company. The reserve fund may be used by the
Company to purchase automobile loans at an advance rate of 90% of principal
balance of the loans purchased which are pledged against the Senior Term Notes.
See Note No. 14, Subsequent Events.
 
    SUBORDINATED NOTES
 
    Subordinated notes outstanding as of December 31, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                                      1995       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Senior subordinated notes, Series 1996-A................................  $      --  $  30,000
Junior subordinated notes...............................................     13,005     23,689
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          $  13,005  $  53,689
                                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    In March 1996, the Company sold to the public $30.0 million aggregate
principal amount of its 10.125% Subordinated Notes, Series 1996-A due 2001 (the
"Senior Subordinated Notes"). Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes is
payable monthly beginning May 15, 1996. The Senior Subordinated Notes may not be
redeemed prior to May 15, 1998. At any time on such date or thereafter, the
Company may at its option elect to redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes, in
whole or in part, at 101.5% of the principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes
redeemed, or 100% thereof on or after May 15, 1999, plus accrued interest to and
including the redemption date. The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured
general obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to
all existing and future Senior Debt (as defined in the indenture governing the
Senior Subordinated Notes).
 
    In September 1994, the Company completed a shelf registration to issue up to
$50.0 million of Junior Subordinated Notes. The Junior Subordinated Notes are
issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 and include extendible notes having
maturities ranging from 30 days to one year from the date of issue and fixed
term notes having maturities of one to ten years from date of issue. The Company
may adjust interest rates on unsold notes prior to sale and on extendible notes
at any roll-over date based on current market conditions. As of December 31,
1996, the weighted average maturity and interest rate of the Unsecured
Subordinated Notes were 14.2 months and 9.50%, respectively.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
8. LONG-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED)
 
    Maturities of long-term debt outstanding at December 31, 1996 were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                             <C>
YEAR ENDING
  1997........................................................................  $   12,516
  1998........................................................................       7,747
  1999........................................................................         522
  2000........................................................................     145,616
  2001........................................................................      32,018
  2002 and thereafter.........................................................         270
                                                                                ----------
      Total...................................................................  $  198,689
                                                                                ----------
                                                                                ----------
</TABLE>
 
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
    The Company leases furniture, fixtures and equipment under capital and
operating leases with terms in excess of one year. Additionally, the Company
leases its office space under operating leases. Total rent expense on operating
leases was $4.7 million, $1.8 million and $0.9 million for the years ended
December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.
 
    Future minimum lease payments required under capital and noncancelable
operating leases with terms of one year or more, at December 31, 1996 were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     CAPITAL    OPERATING
(Dollars in thousands)                                               LEASES      LEASES
                                                                    ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>
YEAR ENDING
  1997............................................................  $   3,168   $   6,337
  1998............................................................      2,924       6,405
  1999............................................................      1,371       5,874
  2000............................................................      1,089       4,559
  2001............................................................        697       3,240
  2002 and thereafter.............................................         44       2,574
                                                                    ---------  -----------
    Total.........................................................      9,293   $  28,989
                                                                               -----------
                                                                               -----------
Less amounts representing interest................................     (1,564)
                                                                    ---------
Present value of net minimum lease payments.......................  $   7,729
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Under the terms of sales of automobile loans completed through
securitization transactions, the Company may be obligated to repurchase certain
automobile loans due to failure of the assets to meet specifically defined
criteria. The Company may substitute other assets for those repurchased because
of failure to meet the specifically defined criteria. The Company's potential
obligation for defaulted automobile loans, if realized, is expected to be
satisfied through the use of cash collateral accounts included in the
securitization transactions. The Company may not substitute other assets for
defaulted automobile loans.
 
    Proceeds of transfers of automobile loans with limited recourse, accounted
for as sales, during the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 were $2.8
billion, $1.9 billion and $712.2 million, respectively. The outstanding balance
of automobile loans transferred and serviced for others in connection with
securitization transactions since the Company's inception was $3.8 billion at
December 31, 1996.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
    On May 18, 1995, the shareholders approved an amendment to the Company's
Articles of Incorporation which increased its authorized capital stock from
35,714,286 to 100,000,000 shares. The Company had reserved shares of authorized
but unissued Common Stock at December 31, 1996, as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                <C>
Warrants.........................................  1,756,273
Restricted stock election plans..................    592,348
Employee stock purchase plan.....................    276,891
Stock options....................................  2,854,585
                                                   ---------
                                                   5,480,097
                                                   ---------
                                                   ---------
</TABLE>
 
    COMMON STOCK
 
    In April 1996, the Company completed a public offering of 8,050,000 shares
of its Common Stock at $19.25 per share, including an over-allotment option of
1,050,000 shares.
 
    In April 1995, the Company completed a secondary public offering of
9,849,900 shares of its Common Stock at $10.00 per share including an
over-allotment option of 1,284,900 shares and 65,000 shares pursuant to the
exercise of warrants. Additionally, pursuant to demand registration rights of
certain warrants issued by the Company between 1992 and 1994 in connection with
its issuance of 11.75% Senior Secured and 9.875% Senior Subordinated Notes, the
Company filed separate registration statements during April and October 1995,
covering 213,000 and 3,871,364 shares of Common Stock, respectively, issuable
upon exercise of the warrants for secondary sale at market should the holders
decide to do so. During 1995 and 1996, 1,650,569 and 754,520 shares of Common
Stock had been issued in connection with the exercise of warrants for aggregate
proceeds of $6.9 million and $3.1 million, respectively. As of December 31,
1996, the Company had remaining warrants outstanding for the purchase of
1,756,273 shares of Common Stock at exercise prices ranging from $4.13 to $4.75
per share. Additionally, in December 1995, the Company's Board of Directors
authorized the issuance of 10 shares of Common Stock to each employee as a
reward for current year results. An aggregate 6,180 shares were issued.
 
    8% CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE EXCHANGEABLE PREFERRED STOCK
 
    In December 1993, the Company sold 1,150,000 shares of its 8% Cumulative
Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") at $25 per
share (listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the trading symbol "OLYMP").
In October 1996, the Company called for redemption on December 2, 1996, all of
its outstanding Preferred Stock. The total redemption price (including accrued
and unpaid dividends) was $27.12 per share. As an alternative to having their
preferred stock redeemed for cash, all but 200 shares of preferred stock
converted into common stock at a rate of 4.662 shares of common stock for each
share of preferred prior to the redemption date.
 
    SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
 
    In October 1996, the Board of Directors adopted a Shareholder Rights Plan in
which Preferred Stock Purchase Rights were distributed as a dividend at the rate
of one Right for each share of the Company's Common Stock held on November 22,
1996. The Rights expire on October 28, 2006. Each Right generally will entitle
shareholders, in certain circumstances, to buy one-thousandth of a newly issued
share of Class A Preferred Stock of the Company at an exercise price of $90.00
per share. The Rights generally will be exerciseable and transferable apart from
Common Stock only if a person or group would beneficially own 15% or more of the
Common Stock. If any person becomes the beneficial owner of 15% or more of
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
10. SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
the Company's Common Stock, then each Right not owned by a 15% or more
shareholder or certain related parties will generally entitle its holders to
purchase, at the Right's then-current exercise price, shares of Common Stock
(or, in certain circumstances as determined by the Board, cash, other property
or other securities) having a value of twice the Right's exercise price. In
addition, if, after any person has become a 15% or more shareholder, the Company
is involved in a merger or other business combination transaction with another
person in which its Common Stock is changed or converted, or sells 50% or more
of its assets or earning power to another person, each Right will entitle its
holder to purchase, at the Right's then-current exercise price, shares of Common
Stock of such other person having a value twice the Right's exercise price.
 
    The Company will generally be entitled to redeem the Rights at $.01 per
Right at any time until the tenth day following public disclosure that a person
or group has become the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the Company's Common
Stock.
 
    COMMON STOCK DIVIDENDS
 
    Under the Company's debt agreements, the Company may not pay any dividend or
make any other distribution on its Common Stock, nor may the Company redeem or
repurchase any of its Common Stock. Consequently, no cash dividends are expected
to be paid on the Common Stock in the foreseeable future.
 
11. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS
 
    RESTRICTED STOCK ELECTION PLANS
 
    In July of 1994, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a Restricted
Stock Election Plan (the "1994 Stock Election Plan"). The purpose of the 1994
Stock Election Plan is to reward management performance and to build each
participant's equity interest in the stock of the Company by providing long-term
incentives and rewards to officers and other key management employees of the
Company and its subsidiaries. The 1994 Stock Election Plan allows certain
employees of the Company to elect to receive all or a portion of certain bonuses
they are entitled to receive from the Company in 1994 through 1997 in the form
of shares of the Company's Common Stock. The 1994 Stock Election Plan authorizes
the granting of awards in the form of restricted shares of the Company's Common
Stock, subject to certain risks of forfeiture which may be eliminated over time
based upon achievement of certain performance criteria by the eligible employee
and/or the Company. A total of 800,000 shares of Common Stock are set aside for
awards under the 1994 Stock Election Plan. As of December 31, 1996 there have
been 523,466 shares granted under the plan with 316,519 shares remaining subject
to restriction.
 
    In December 1995, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a second
Restricted Stock Election Plan (the "1998 Stock Election Plan"). The purpose of
this Plan is the same as that of the 1994 Stock Election Plan except that it is
applicable to bonuses which may be earned by certain key employees of the
Company in the years 1998 through 2000. As with the 1994 Stock Election Plan,
the 1998 Stock Election Plan authorizes the granting of awards in the form of
restricted shares of the Company's Common Stock, subject to certain risks of
forfeiture which may be eliminated over time based upon achievement of certain
performance criteria by the eligible employee and/or the Company. A total of
600,000 shares of the Common Stock have been set aside for awards under the 1998
Stock Election Plan. As of December 31, 1996 there have been 284,186 shares
granted under the 1998 Stock Election Plan, all of which remain subject to
restriction.
 
    In accordance with APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees", the Company recorded deferred compensation as a reduction to
shareholders' equity for the portion of the restricted
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (CONTINUED)
stock award not yet earned. The deferred compensation will be amortized and
recognized as compensation expense ratably over the shorter of the period in
which management anticipates restrictions will be lifted or the maximum vesting
period. In connection with the 1994 Stock Election Plan, the Company recognized
$1.0 million, $0.8 million and $0.3 million of compensation expense for the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
    EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    In July 1993, the Company adopted an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
"Plan"). This Plan is available to all employees, including officers, who are
employed for at least 20 hours per week and more than five months in a calendar
year. All employees are eligible except those (i) who own and/or hold
outstanding options to purchase stock possessing 5% or more of the total
combined voting power of the capital stock of the Company, or (ii) who, for each
calendar year, are entitled to purchase more than $25,000 of fair market value
of such stock under all employee stock purchase plans. The participants purchase
stock on each exercise date (June 30 and December 31), and the shares are issued
within thirty days thereafter.
 
    The exercise price is determined to be 85% of the lower of the mean of the
bid and ask prices of the Company's Common Stock on January 1, at the date the
participant becomes eligible, or on each exercise date. A total of 500,000
shares of Common Stock has been reserved for issuance under the Plan. As of
December 31, 1996, 223,109 shares of Common Stock have been issued to the
Company's employees under the Plan. The Plan is noncompensatory and results in
no expense to the Company.
 
    DIRECTOR OPTION PLAN
 
    The 1992 Director Stock Option Plan (the "DSOP") was approved by the
shareholders at the 1992 Annual Meeting. The DSOP provides for the automatic
grant of options to purchase the Company's Common Stock to outside directors
according to fixed terms. The DSOP provides that a new outside director
automatically receives options to purchase 15,000 shares upon first becoming an
outside director and an additional 15,000 shares on each anniversary date of the
original grant, up to a maximum of 120,000 shares. The maximum aggregate number
of shares of the Company's Common Stock which may be issued pursuant to the DSOP
is 840,000. As of December 31, 1996, 200,000 options to outside directors have
been issued and remain outstanding at exercise prices ranging from $3.00 to
$23.88. At December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 there were 175,000 options, 285,000
options and 195,000 options, respectively, exercisable under the DSOP.
 
    STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The Company has a Stock Option Plan (the "1990 Plan") which provides for the
granting of incentive and nonqualified options to designated employees and
non-employees, including consultants of the Company, to purchase up to a maximum
of 2,000,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The 1990 Plan is administered
by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors and has the authority
and discretion to determine the employees, officers, directors and others who
are to receive options, the type of option to be granted, the number of shares
subject to each option and the exercise price of each option (not to be less
than fair market value for incentive options). Options may not be granted under
the 1990 Plan after January 17, 2001. The term of each option, which is fixed by
the Compensation Committee, generally may not exceed ten years from the date the
option is granted. The 1990 Plan is noncompensatory and results in no expense to
the Company. At December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, there were 702,450 options,
548,165 options and 495,809 options, respectively, exercisable under the 1990
Plan.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (CONTINUED)
    A summary of stock option activity under the 1990 Plan is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
                                                                     --------------------------------------------
                                                                     RESERVED SHARES    NUMBER    PRICE PER SHARE
                                                                     ---------------  ----------  ---------------
<S>                                                                  <C>              <C>         <C>
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1993.........................................      1,000,000       530,566  $ 0.48-$6.00
  Granted..........................................................             --       371,571     4.63-5.38
  Exercised........................................................             --            --      --  --
  Canceled.........................................................             --        (7,000)    4.63-5.88
                                                                     ---------------  ----------  ---------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1994.........................................      1,000,000       895,137     0.48-6.00
  Granted..........................................................      1,000,000       515,000    6.00-16.19
  Exercised........................................................             --       (71,166)    3.00-6.00
  Canceled.........................................................             --       (48,000)    4.63-5.88
                                                                     ---------------  ----------  ---------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1995.........................................      2,000,000     1,290,971    0.48-16.19
  Granted..........................................................             --       520,000    14.06-20.75
  Exercised........................................................             --      (116,749)    0.48-7.63
  Canceled.........................................................             --            --      --  --
                                                                     ---------------  ----------  ---------------
BALANCE, DECEMBER 31, 1996.........................................      2,000,000     1,694,222  $ 0.48-$20.75
                                                                     ---------------  ----------  ---------------
                                                                     ---------------  ----------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
    In 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Company granted to a director options to
purchase a total of 325,000, 40,000 and 100,000 shares, respectively, of the
Company's Common Stock under Non-statutory Stock Option Agreements. These
options were granted in connection with such director's appointment as Chairman
of the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors and in consideration for
certain consulting arrangements entered into between the Company and the
director and have exercise prices ranging from $5.13 to $17.38. At December 31,
1996 and 1995, there were 240,000 and 100,000 options, respectively,
exerciseable under the Non-statutory Stock Option Agreements.
 
    Effective January 1, 1996 the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS
123"). SFAS 123 provides for companies to recognize compensation expense
associated with stock based compensation plans over the anticipated service
period based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. However, SFAS
123 allows companies to continue to measure compensation costs prescribed by APB
Opinion No. 25 "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25"). Companies
electing to continue accounting for stock based compensation plans under APB 25
must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share, as if SFAS
123 had been adopted. The company has continued to account for stock-based
compensation plans under APB 25. The pro forma disclosure of the effect of SFAS
123 on net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, is
presented below. The fair value of the options was estimated at date of grant
using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the weighted-average risk-free
interest rate assumptions for 1995 and 1996 at 6.7%, volatility factor of the
expected market price of the Company's Common Stock of .68 and an option life of
five or ten years. Fair value calculations assume no dividends will be paid on
the Company's Common Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1995       1996
                                                                          ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>
Pro forma net income                                                      $  24,697  $  57,935
Pro forma earning per share:
  Primary...............................................................  $    1.12  $    1.72
  Fully diluted.........................................................  $    0.93  $    1.59
</TABLE>
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
11. EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AND STOCK INCENTIVE PLANS (CONTINUED)
    The weighted average fair value of options granted during 1996 was $13.53.
 
    Subsequent to December 31, 1996, the Company granted the option to purchase
1,200,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock under terms of an employment
agreement with its newly elected Chief Executive Officer. The options are
exercisable at $14.87 per share, ratably over a three year period beginning in
1998 and had a fair value, as computed under the provisions of SFAS 123, of
$11.87 at the date of grant.
 
    CASH SURRENDER VALUE OF LIFE INSURANCE
 
    In October 1995, the Company entered into split-dollar insurance agreements
with certain employees of the Company. Under the terms of the agreements, the
Company pays the premium due on life insurance policies owned by the employee
that build cash surrender value while also providing life insurance benefits for
the employee. The Company is entitled to a refund of all previously paid
premiums or the cash surrender value of the policy, whichever is lower, if the
agreement or the policy is terminated. In the event of death of the insured, the
Company will be entitled to a refund of all previously paid premiums. At
December 31, 1996, these policies had cash surrender value of $958,000. There
was no cash surrender value at December 31, 1995.
 
12. INCOME TAXES
 
    The components of income tax expense for the three years ended December 31,
1996 consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                            1994       1995       1996
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Provision for deferred taxes:
  Federal.....................................................  $   1,614  $  17,078  $  32,641
  State.......................................................        231      2,440      3,047
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
    Provision for income taxes................................      1,845     19,518     35,688
  Tax effect of extraordinary items...........................         --     (2,571)        --
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
    Applicable income taxes, after extraordinary items........  $   1,845  $  16,947  $  35,688
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The reconciliation between income tax expense and the amount computed by
applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% for the three years ended
December 31, 1996 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                            1994       1995       1996
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal tax at statutory rate.................................  $   2,054  $  17,078  $  33,601
State income tax, net of federal benefit......................        253      2,440      3,715
Effect of reversal of valuation allowance.....................       (688)        --         --
Other.........................................................        226         --     (1,628)
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
  Provision for income taxes..................................      1,845     19,518     35,688
Tax effect of extraordinary items.............................         --     (2,571)        --
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
  Applicable income taxes, after extraordinary items..........  $   1,845  $  16,947  $  35,688
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                ---------  ---------  ---------
  Effective income tax rate...................................       40.0%      40.0%      37.2%
</TABLE>
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
12. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between pretax
income for financial reporting purposes and taxable income. The tax-effected
temporary differences and carryforwards which comprise the significant
components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  ----------------------
(Dollars in thousands)                                               1995        1996
                                                                  ----------  ----------
<S>                                                               <C>         <C>
Deferred Tax Assets:
  Securitization expenses.......................................  $    4,245  $    5,089
  Other.........................................................          --       1,364
                                                                  ----------  ----------
  Gross deferred tax assets.....................................       4,245       6,453
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
  Gain on securitizations.......................................     (41,025)    (84,595)
  Other.........................................................        (411)     (3,796)
                                                                  ----------  ----------
  Gross deferred tax liabilities................................     (41,436)    (88,391)
                                                                  ----------  ----------
Net temporary differences.......................................     (37,191)    (81,938)
Net operating loss carryforwards (expiring 2006-2011)...........      18,491      27,551
                                                                  ----------  ----------
  Net deferred tax liability....................................  $  (18,700) $  (54,387)
                                                                  ----------  ----------
                                                                  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
 
    At December 31, 1996, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for
federal income tax purposes of approximately $74.1 million which are available
to offset future federal taxable income and expire no earlier than 2006. No
valuation allowance was required as of December 31, 1996 or 1995 because it is
more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will be realized against future
taxable income. The timing of the realization of the benefits related to a
portion of the income tax net operating loss carryforwards is limited on an
annual basis under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
13. DERIVATIVE ACTIVITIES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK
 
    During the three years ended December 31, 1996, the Company entered into
several hedging transactions to manage its gross interest rate spread on loans
held for sale. The Company agreed to sell forward US Treasuries that most
closely parallel the average life of its portfolio of loans held for sale.
Hedging gains and losses are recognized as a component of the gain on sale of
loans on the date such loans are sold. As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, the
Company had entered into the following agreements to sell forward Two Year
Treasuries:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                                1995           1996
                                                                  ------------   ------------
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>
Notional amount outstanding.....................................  $    450,000   $    700,000
Unrealized gains (losses) on outstanding hedging transactions...  $       (574)  $        484
</TABLE>
 
    The hedging transactions outstanding at December 31, 1996 are expected to
close in March 1997.
 
    Hedging realized gains (losses) during the three year period ended December
31 1996 were:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(Dollars in thousands)                                                1994         1995         1996
                                                                   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                                                                <C>          <C>          <C>
Realized gains (losses)..........................................  $      821   $  (11,719)  $     (349)
</TABLE>
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
13. DERIVATIVE ACTIVITIES AND OFF-BALANCE SHEET RISK (CONTINUED)
    The Company generally maintains a margin cash account of approximately 0.5%
of the amount hedged with its counterparty in hedging transactions. See
discussion of the Company's hedging policy in "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation--Capital
Resources--Hedging and Pre-funding Strategy."
 
14. SUBSEQUENT EVENT
 
    In January 1997, the Company offered to purchase all of its 13% Senior Term
Notes, due 2000, at a price of $1,117.50 for each $1,000 principal amount
thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest up to the date of purchase.
In connection with the offer to purchase, the Company is soliciting consent from
the holders of the 13% Senior Term Notes to remove substantially all financial
covenants applicable to such notes and is paying each holder of 13% Senior Term
Notes $20.00 in cash for each $1,000 of principal amount thereof if the required
consents are received. The Company will not be obligated to purchase any 13%
Senior Term Notes unless (1) a majority of the 13% Senior Notes not owned by the
Company or any of its affiliates are properly tendered, (2) consents sufficient
to approve the amendments are obtained and (3) the Company has deposited funds
with the depository sufficient to purchase all Senior Term Notes tendered,
whether from proceeds of a proposed public offering of senior notes aggregating
not less than $170 million or from other new financing sources acceptable to the
Company. In connection therewith, the Company proposes to make a public offering
of up to $300 million principal amount of senior notes. Proceeds from this
transaction will be used to repurchase up to $145 million principal amount of
the Company's outstanding 13% Senior Term Notes pursuant to the tender offer, as
well as for general corporate purposes. The public offering, which is expected
to commence during the week of February 3, 1997, will be made by means of a
prospectus under the Company's shelf registration statement under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended. The Company's offer to purchase the 13% Senior Term
Notes expires at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time, on February 20, 1997 unless
extended.
 
15. UNAUDITED SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA
 
    FOURTH QUARTER RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The Company purchased $740.9 million of automobile loans in the fourth
quarter of 1996 compared to $588.7 million for the same period in 1995, and
securitized $720.2 million in 1996 compared to $574.5 million in 1995. Net
income in the fourth quarter of 1996 was $17.4 million compared to $10.2 million
in 1995. Increased average loans held for sale and a widening in the Company's
net interest rate spread in the fourth quarter of 1996, resulted in an increase
in net interest margin to $17.5 million from $9.4 million in the same period a
year ago. Non-interest revenue increased to $1.9 million in the fourth quarter
of 1996 compared to $0.6 million for same period in 1995 primarily due to late
fees and insufficient fund charges. Operating expenses increased to $29.0
million in the fourth quarter of 1996 from $13.4 million in the same period of
1995 primarily due to increased salaries and benefits reflecting a twofold
increase in associates as well as increased servicing and collection costs
associated with an increased servicing portfolio and rise in volume of Classic
loans.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
15.  UNAUDITED SELECTED QUARTERLY DATA (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  QUARTER ENDED
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     MARCH 31,     JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
(Dollars in thousands)                                 1995          1995           1995             1995            1996
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>              <C>
REVENUES:
Net interest margin..............................    $   4,538     $   7,630      $   9,601        $   9,423       $  12,300
Gain on sale of auto loans.......................        9,057        14,303         17,587           21,235          25,229
Service fee income...............................        2,300         3,003          3,872            4,812           5,743
Other non-interest income........................          159           238            405              569             724
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
  Total revenues.................................       16,054        25,174         31,465           36,039          43,996
EXPENSES:
Salaries and benefits............................        3,945         4,627          5,146            6,361           9,097
General and administrative and other operating
  expenses.......................................        4,495         4,973          6,097            7,083          10,919
Long-term debt and other interest expense........        1,845         4,574          5,205            5,546           5,516
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
  Total expenses.................................       10,285        14,174         16,448           18,990          25,532
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
Operating income before income tax and
  extraordinary items............................        5,769        11,000         15,017           17,049          18,464
Provision for income taxes.......................        2,307         4,384          6,007            6,820           7,386
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
Income before extraordinary items................        3,462         6,616          9,010           10,229          11,078
Extraordinary items..............................       (3,344)         (512)            --               --              --
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
Net income.......................................    $     118     $   6,104      $   9,010        $  10,229       $  11,078
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income per common share before extraordinary
  items..........................................    $    0.23     $    0.29      $    0.34        $    0.39       $    0.41
Extraordinary items per common share.............        (0.27)        (0.02)            --               --              --
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
  Net income (loss) per common share.............    $   (0.04)    $    0.27      $    0.34        $    0.39       $    0.41
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income per share before extraordinary
  items..........................................    $    0.19     $    0.25      $    0.30        $    0.34       $    0.37
Extraordinary items per share....................        (0.18)        (0.02)            --               --              --
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
  Net income per share...........................    $    0.01     $    0.23      $    0.30        $    0.34       $    0.37
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
 
Weighted average common and common equivalent
  shares outstanding:
  Primary........................................   12,505,372    20,656,566     24,528,119       24,547,195      25,741,672
  Fully diluted..................................   18,185,965    26,661,621    30,406,065        30,368,723      30,218,329
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                                    JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,
(Dollars in thousands)                                1996           1996             1996
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                <C>          <C>              <C>
REVENUES:
Net interest margin..............................   $  15,085      $  18,079        $  17,499
Gain on sale of auto loans.......................      25,452         30,113           34,979
Service fee income...............................       6,557          7,474            8,510
Other non-interest income........................       2,449          1,406            1,896
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
  Total revenues.................................      49,543         57,072           62,884
EXPENSES:
Salaries and benefits............................       8,813         10,286           12,555
General and administrative and other operating
  expenses.......................................      11,124         13,107           16,397
Long-term debt and other interest expense........       6,433          6,660            6,584
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
  Total expenses.................................      26,370         30,053           35,536
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
Operating income before income tax and
  extraordinary items............................      23,173         27,019           27,348
Provision for income taxes.......................       8,458          9,862            9,982
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
Income before extraordinary items................      14,715         17,157           17,366
Extraordinary items..............................          --             --               --
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
Net income.......................................   $  14,715      $  17,157        $  17,366
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
PRIMARY EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income per common share before extraordinary
  items..........................................   $    0.43      $    0.47        $    0.46
Extraordinary items per common share.............          --             --               --
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
  Net income (loss) per common share.............   $    0.43      $    0.47        $    0.46
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
FULLY DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE:
Net income per share before extraordinary
  items..........................................   $    0.40      $    0.44        $    0.45
Extraordinary items per share....................          --             --               --
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
  Net income per share...........................   $    0.40      $    0.44        $    0.45
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
Weighted average common and common equivalent
  shares outstanding:
  Primary........................................  33,508,215     35,896,149       37,873,845
  Fully diluted..................................  37,205,287    39,423,446        38,935,961
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     MARCH 31,     JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,      MARCH 31,
(Dollars in thousands)                                 1995          1995           1995             1995            1996
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
<S>                                                <C>            <C>          <C>              <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents........................    $   5,654     $  14,839      $   9,169        $   1,340       $  22,552
Due from securitization trust....................      135,013        75,018         50,398               --         115,000
Auto loans held for sale.........................          500        61,801        108,808          118,556          82,857
Finance income receivable........................       86,848       118,113        150,538          186,001         232,007
Restricted cash in spread accounts...............       28,326        36,292         48,160           63,580          79,779
Other assets.....................................       12,647        16,971         23,663           28,317          33,542
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
  Total assets...................................    $ 268,988     $ 323,034      $ 390,736        $ 397,794       $ 565,737
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
LIABILITIES & EQUITY
Amounts due under warehouse facilities...........    $ 130,816     $     226      $  41,281        $  26,530       $ 127,224
Senior notes.....................................       50,000       145,000        145,000          145,000         145,000
Subordinated notes...............................       17,321         4,706          9,191           13,005          46,595
Capital lease obligations........................        1,737         1,898          2,822            3,924           6,635
Deferred income taxes............................        1,924         5,966         11,880           18,700          26,085
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.........        6,430         9,358         15,982            9,822          21,633
Shareholders' equity.............................       60,760       155,880        164,580          180,813         192,565
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
  Total liabilities and equity...................    $ 268,988     $ 323,034      $ 390,736        $ 397,794       $ 565,737
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
                                                   -------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -------------
 
<CAPTION>
                                                    JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,    DECEMBER 31,
(Dollars in thousands)                                1996           1996             1996
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                <C>          <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents........................   $  22,575      $   3,593        $  16,057
Due from securitization trust....................     151,635        188,373          177,076
Auto loans held for sale.........................      52,300         18,925           36,285
Finance income receivable........................     264,466        307,953          362,916
Restricted cash in spread accounts...............     101,948        122,071          142,977
Other assets.....................................      37,735         42,910           42,919
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
  Total assets...................................   $ 630,659      $ 683,825        $ 778,230
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
LIABILITIES & EQUITY
Amounts due under warehouse facilities...........   $  17,837      $  38,486        $ 111,140
Senior notes.....................................     145,000        145,000          145,000
Subordinated notes...............................      52,288         53,563           53,689
Capital lease obligations........................       7,446          8,049            7,729
Deferred income taxes............................      34,543         44,405           54,387
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities.........      16,748         20,059           13,192
Shareholders' equity.............................     356,797        374,263          393,093
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
  Total liabilities and equity...................   $ 630,659      $ 683,825        $ 778,230
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                   -----------  ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
        FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
    None.
 
                                   PART III.
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
    Information regarding the directors of the Company is incorporated herein by
reference to the descriptions set forth under the caption "Election of
Directors" in the Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be
held April 28, 1997 (the "1997 Proxy Statement"). Information regarding
executive officers of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to Item 1
of this Form 10-K under the caption "Executive Officers" on page 16.
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated herein by
reference to the descriptions set forth under the caption "Executive
Compensation" in the 1997 Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and
management of the Company is incorporated herein by reference to the information
set forth under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management" in the 1997 Proxy Statement.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions with
the Company is incorporated herein by reference to the information set forth
under the caption "Certain Transactions" in the 1997 Proxy Statement.
 
                                    PART IV.
 
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
 
(a) Documents filed as a part of this report.
 
    (1) Financial Statements of Olympic Financial Ltd.:
 
       Report of Independent Auditors
 
       Consolidated Balance Sheets As of December 31, 1996 and 1995
 
       Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 1996,
       1995 and 1994
 
       Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the years
       ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994
 
       Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
       1996, 1995 and 1994
 
       Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
    (2) Financial Statement Schedules
 
       Financial statement schedules have been omitted because they are not
       applicable or because the required information is contained in the
       financial statements or notes thereto.
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
    (3) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
     3.1   Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended
             (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4.1 to Registrant's Registration
             Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     3.2   Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended (filed herewith).
 
     4.1   Rights Agreement dated as of November 1, 1996, between the Registrant and
             Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Rights Agent
             (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Registrant's Registration
             Statement on Form 8-A filed November 7, 1996).
 
     4.2   First Amendment and Restatement, dated as of April 28, 1995, of Indenture,
             dated July 1, 1994, between the Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota,
             National Association, as Trustee, relating to the Registrant's unsecured
             Extendible Notes and Fixed-Term Notes, including forms of Notes
             (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4.8.1 to Post-Effective
             Amendment No. 2 on Form S-3 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
             S-1, File No. 33-81512).
 
     4.3   Indenture, dated as of April 28, 1995, between the Registrant and Norwest
             Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the
             Registrant's 13% Senior Notes due 2000 (incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
             ended December 31, 1995).
 
     4.4   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 1995, to Indenture,
             dated as of April 28, 1995, between the Registrant and Norwest Bank
             Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the Registrant's
             13% Senior Notes due 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the
             Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
             1995).
 
     4.5   Indenture dated as of March 15, 1996, between the Registrant and Norwest
             Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the
             Registrant's Subordinated Notes, Series 1996-A due 2001 (filed herewith).
 
     4.6   First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 15, 1996, to Indenture,
             dated as of March 15, 1996, between the Registrant and Norwest Bank
             Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee, relating to the Registrant's
             Subordinated Notes, Series 1996-A due 2001 (filed herewith).
 
    10.1   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 29, 1992, between the Registrant
             and the Investors named therein, as amended by the First Amendment thereto
             dated August 11, 1992, the Second Amendment thereto dated October 19,
             1992, the Third Amendment thereto dated September 14, 1993, the Fourth
             Amendment thereto dated November 22, 1993, the Fifth Amendment thereto
             dated August 29, 1992, the Sixth Amendment thereto dated September 8,
             1994, the Seventh Amendment thereto dated December 28, 1994, and Eighth
             Amendment thereto, dated March 6, 1995 (incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No.
             33-90108).
 
    10.2   Ninth Amendment to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 31,
             1996, by and among the Registrant and each of the investors named on the
             Investor Schedule attached thereto (filed herewith).
 
    10.3   Credit Agreement dated as of July 11, 1996 among the Registrant, various
             financial institutions (the "Lenders"), Bank of America National Trust and
             Savings Association, as Agent for the Lenders and First Bank National
             Association, as Co-Manager (filed herewith).
</TABLE>
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
    10.4   First Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement dated as of September 18,
             1996 among the Registrant, the Lenders and Bank of America National Trust
             and Savings Association, as Agent for the Lenders (filed herewith).
 
    10.5   Trust Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 between Olympic Receivables
             Finance Corp. II ("ORFC II") and Wilmington Trust Company, as owner
             trustee (the "Owner Trustee") (filed herewith).
 
    10.6   Amendment dated as of June 12, 1996 to Trust Agreement dated as of December
             28, 1995 between ORFC II and the Owner Trustee (filed herewith).
 
    10.7   Indenture dated as of December 28, 1995 between Olympic Automobile
             Receivables Warehouse Trust (the "Warehouse Trust") and Norwest Bank
             Minnesota, National Association, as indenture trustee (in such capacity,
             the "Indenture Trustee") (filed herewith).
 
    10.8   Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 12, 1996 to Indenture dated as of
             December 28, 1995 between the Warehouse Trust, the Indenture Trustee and
             Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as successor to J.P. Morgan
             Delaware, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the "Administrative
             Agent") for Delaware Funding Corporation ("DFC") (filed herewith).
 
    10.9   Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment dated as of December 28, 1995
             between ORFC II, as Purchaser, and the Registrant, as Seller (filed
             herewith).
 
    10.10  Amendment dated as of June 12, 1996 to Receivables Purchase Agreement and
             Assignment dated as of December 28, 1995 between ORFC II and the
             Registration (filed herewith).
 
    10.11  Amendment No. 2 dated as of September 30, 1996 to Receivables Purchase
             Agreement and Assignment dated as of December 28, 1995 between ORFC II and
             the Registrant (filed herewith).
 
    10.12  Amendment No. 3 dated as of January 17, 1997 to Receivables Purchase
             Agreement and Assignment dated as of December 28, 1995 between ORFC II and
             the Registrant (filed herewith).
 
    10.13  Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 among the
             Warehouse Trust, ORFC II, the Registrant, in its individual capacity and
             as Servicer, the Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Backup
             Servicer (in such capacity, the "Backup Servicer") (filed herewith).
 
    10.14  Amendment dated as of June 12, 1996 to Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as
             of December 28, 1995 among the Warehouse Trust, ORFC II, the Registrant
             and the Backup Servicer (filed herewith).
 
    10.15  Amendment No. 2 dated as of September 30, 1996 to Sale and Servicing
             Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 among the Warehouse Trust, ORFC
             II, the Registrant and the Backup Servicer (filed herewith).
 
    10.16  Amendment No. 3 dated as of January 17, 1997 to Sale and Servicing Agreement
             dated as of December 28, 1995 among the Warehouse Trust, ORFC II, the
             Registrant and the Backup Servicer (filed herewith).
 
    10.17  Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 among the Warehouse
             Trust, the Registrant, as Servicer and in its individual capacity, DFC and
             the Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to
             the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
             31, 1995).
</TABLE>
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
    10.18  Agreement to Increase Purchase Commitment and Consent dated as of June 12,
             1996 relating to Note Purchase Agreement among the Warehouse Trust, the
             Registrant, as Servicer and in its individual capacity, DFC and the
             Administrative Agent (filed herewith).
 
    10.19  Agreement to Extend Purchase Commitment Expiration Date dated as of December
             20, 1996 relating to Note Purchase Agreement among the Warehouse Trust,
             the Registrant, as Servicer and in its individual capacity, DFC and the
             Administrative Agent (filed herewith).
 
    10.20  First Amendment and Consent dated as of January 17, 1997 relating to Note
             Purchase Agreement among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant, as Servicer
             and in its individual capacity, DFC and the Administrative Agent (filed
             herewith).
 
    10.21  Certificate Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 among the
             Warehouse Trust, the Registrant, as Servicer and in its individual
             capacity, the Note Purchasers party thereto (the "Note Purchasers") and
             Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as successor to J.P. Morgan
             Delaware, as Agent for the Note Purchasers (in such capacity, the
             "Purchasers' Agent") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the
             Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
             1995).
 
    10.22  Agreement to Increase Aggregate Purchase Commitment and Consent relating to
             Certificate Purchase Agreement among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant,
             as Servicer and in its individual capacity, the Note Purchasers and the
             Purchasers' Agent (filed herewith).
 
    10.23  First Amendment and Consent dated as of December 20, 1996 relating to
             Certificate Purchase Agreement among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant,
             as Servicer and in its individual capacity, the Note Purchasers and the
             Purchasers' Agent (filed herewith).
 
    10.24  Second Amendment and Consent dated as of January 17, 1997 relating to
             Certificate Purchase Agreement among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant,
             as Servicer and in its individual capacity, the Note Purchasers and the
             Purchasers' Agent (filed herewith).
 
    10.25  Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 among the
             Administrative Agent and each of the "APA Purchasers" party thereto (filed
             herewith).
 
    10.26  First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996 among
             the Administrative Agent and the APA Purchasers (filed herewith).
 
    10.27  Second Amendment and Consent to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of
             December 20, 1996 among the Administrative Agent and the APA Purchasers
             (filed herewith).
 
    10.28  Third Amendment and Consent relating to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of
             January 17, 1997 among the Administrative Agent and the Asset Purchasers
             (filed herewith).
 
    10.29  Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment between Olympic Receivables
             Finance Corp. ("ORFC") and the Registrant (filed herewith).
 
    10.30  Repurchase Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among Arcadia Receivables
             Conduit Corp. ("ARCC") and ORFC (filed herewith).
</TABLE>
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
    10.31  Servicing Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among ARCC, ORFC, the
             Registrant, in its individual capacity and as Servicer, Bank of America
             National Trust and Savings Association, as agent, and Norwest Bank
             Minnesota, National Association, as backup servicer, collateral agent and
             indenture trustee (filed herewith).
 
    10.32  Third Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement dated as of December 3,
             1996 among the Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
             Association, as collateral agent (filed herewith).
 
    10.33  Security Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among the Registrant, ORFC,
             ARCC, Financial Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA"), Bank of America National
             Trust and Savings Association and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
             Association, as indenture trustee and collateral agent (filed herewith).
 
    10.34  Indenture dated as of December 3, 1996 between ARCC and Norwest Bank
             Minnesota, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (filed
             herewith).
 
    10.35  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among FSA,
             the Registrant, ORFC and ARCC (filed herewith).
 
    10.36  US $300,000,000 Floating Rate FSA Insured Automobile Receivables-backed Note
             Purchase Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among ARCC, Receivables
             Capital Corporation, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings
             Association, as administrator of Receivables Capital Corporation and as
             agent for the liquidity providers (filed herewith).
 
    10.37  Spread Account Agreement dated as of March 25, 1993, as amended and restated
             as of December 3, 1996, among the Registrant, ORFC, FSA and Norwest Bank
             Minnesota, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (the
             "Spread Account Agreement") (filed herewith).
 
    10.38  Warehousing Series Supplement dated as of December 3, 1996 to Spread Account
             Agreement dated as of March 25, 1993, as amended and restated as of
             December 3, 1996, among the Registrant, ORFC, FSA and Norwest Bank
             Minnesota, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (filed
             herewith).
 
    10.39  Series 1996-C Supplement, dated as of September 12, 1996, to the Spread
             Account Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
             Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
             30, 1996).
 
    10.40  Amendment, dated as of September 12, 1996, among the Registrant, ORFC, FSA
             and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, to the Series 1996-B
             Supplement, Series 1996-A Supplement, Series 1995-E Supplement, Series
             1995-D Supplement, Series 1995-C Supplement, Series 1995-B Supplement,
             Series 1995-A Supplement, Series 1994-B Supplement, Series 1994-A
             Supplement, Series 1993-C Supplement, and Series 1993-B Supplement to the
             Spread Account Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the
             Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September
             30, 1996).
 
    10.41  Series 1996-D Supplement, dated as of December 12, 1996, to Spread Account
             Agreement (filed herewith).
 
    10.42  Amendment, dated as of January 14, 1997, among the Registrant, ORFC, FSA and
             Norwest Bank Minnesota, Natioanl Association, to the Series 1994-B
             Supplement, the Series 1994-A Supplement, the Series 1993-D Supplement,
             the Series 1993-C Supplement and the Series 1993-B Supplement (filed
             herewith).
</TABLE>
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
    10.43  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1993, among FSA,
             ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1993-A Insurance and Indemnity
             Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 to Registrant's
             Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
    10.44  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 11, 1993, among FSA,
             ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1993-B Insurance and Indemnity
             Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to Registrant's
             Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
    10.45  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of August 17, 1993, among FSA,
             Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1993-C, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1993-C
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.23 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No.
             33-90108).
 
    10.46  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 2, 1993, among FSA,
             Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1993-D, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1993-D
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.24 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No.
             33-90108).
 
    10.47  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 5, 1994, among FSA,
             Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1994-A, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1994-A
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.25 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No.
             33-90108).
 
    10.48  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 23, 1994, among
             FSA, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1994-B, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1994-B
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.26 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No.
             33-90108).
    10.49  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of February 9, 1995, among FSA,
             ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1995-A Insurance and Indemnity
             Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to Registrant's
             Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
    10.50  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1995, among FSA,
             Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1995-B, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1995-B
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.24 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             December 31, 1995).
 
    10.51  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among FSA,
             Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1995-C, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1995-C
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.25 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             December 31, 1995).
 
    10.52  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 21, 1995, among
             FSA, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1995-D, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1995-D
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.27 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             December 31, 1995).
</TABLE>
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
    10.53  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 6, 1995, among FSA,
             Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1995-E, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1995-E
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.28 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             December 31, 1995).
 
    10.54  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 14, 1996, among FSA,
             Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-A, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1996-A
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
             ended March 31, 1996).
 
    10.55  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 14, 1996, among FSA,
             Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-B, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1996-B
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
             ended June 30, 1996).
 
    10.56  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, among
             FSA, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-C, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1996-C
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter
             ended September 30, 1996).
 
    10.57  Amendment, dated as of September 12, 1996, to the Series 1996-B Insurance
             and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1996-A Insurance and Indemnity
             Agreement, the Series 1995-E Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series
             1995-D Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1995-C Insurance and
             Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1995-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement,
             the Series 1995-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1994-B
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1994-A Insurance and
             Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1993-D Insurance and Indemnity Agreement,
             the Series 1993-C Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1993-B
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement and the Series 1993-A Insurance and
             Indemnity Agreement (filed herewith).
 
    10.58  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 12, 1996, among FSA,
             Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-D, Olympic First GP Inc.,
             Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the Registrant (the "Series 1996-D
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (filed herewith).
 
    10.59  Employment Agreement, dated as of January 6, 1997, between the Registrant
             and Richard A. Greenawalt (filed herewith).
 
    10.60  Employment Agreement, dated August 1, 1991, between the Registrant and
             Jeffrey C. Mack (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.27 to
             Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-18, File No. 33-43270C).
 
    10.61  Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1993, between
             the Registrant and Jeffrey C. Mack (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.106 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June
             30, 1994).
 
    10.62  Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1994, by and
             between the Registrant and Jeffrey C. Mack (incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit No. 10.34 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File
             No. 33-81588).
</TABLE>
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
    10.63  Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1995,
             by and between the Registrant and Jeffrey C. Mack (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
             for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
    10.64  Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1995, by and
             between the Registrant and Jeffrey C. Mack (filed herewith).
 
    10.65  Jeffrey C. Mack Severance Package, dated August 26, 1996 (filed herewith).
 
    10.66  Addendum, dated November 11, 1996, to Agreement between the Registrant and
             Jeffrey C. Mack (filed herewith).
 
    10.67  Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 1991, between the Registrant and Scott
             H. Anderson and Amendment, dated September 3, 1991 (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit No. 10.29 to Registrant's Registration Statement on
             Form S-18, File No. 33-43270C).
 
    10.68  Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1993, between
             the Registrant and Scott H. Anderson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             No. 10.107 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             June 30, 1992).
 
    10.69  Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1994, by and
             between Scott H. Anderson and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit No. 10.36 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File
             No. 33-81588).
 
    10.70  Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1995,
             between the Registrant and Scott H. Anderson (incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit 10.37 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
             ended December 31, 1995).
 
    10.71  Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1995, by and
             between the Registrant and Scott H. Anderson (filed herewith).
 
    10.72  Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 1996, between the
             Registrant and Scott H. Anderson (filed herewith).
 
    10.73  Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 1994, between the Registrant and
             John A. Witham (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.111 to the
             Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-81512).
 
    10.74  Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20,
             1995, by and between the Registrant and John A. Witham (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
             for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
    10.75  Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 1996, between the
             Registrant and John A. Witham (filed herewith).
 
    10.76  Employment Agreement, dated December 5, 1994, between the Registrant and A.
             Mark Berlin, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to
             Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
    10.77  Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20,
             1995, by and between the Registrant and A. Mark Berlin, Jr. (incorporated
             by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
    10.78  Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 1996, between the
             Registrant and A. Mark Berlin, Jr. (filed herewith).
</TABLE>
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
    10.79  Employment and Non-Compete Agreement, dated August 29, 1994, by and between
             the Registrant and James D. Atkinson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.43 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             December 31, 1995).
 
    10.80  Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1995,
             by and between the Registrant and James D. Atkinson III (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
             for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
    10.81  Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1995, by and
             between the Registrant and James D. Atkinson III (filed herewith).
 
    10.82  Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 1996, between the
             Registrant and James D. Atkinson III (filed herewith).
 
    10.83  Amendment of Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1996,
             by and between the Registrant and James D. Atkinson III (filed herewith).
 
    10.84  Employment and Non-Compete Agreement, dated September 21, 1994, by and
             between the Registrant and Robert A. Barbee (incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit 10.49 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
             ended December 31, 1995).
 
    10.85  Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of November 1,
             1995, by and between the Registrant and Robert A. Barbee (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
             for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
    10.86  Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1995, by and
             between the Registrant and Robert A. Barbee (filed herewith).
 
    10.87  Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 1996, between the
             Registrant and Robert A. Barbee (filed herewith).
 
    10.88  Consulting Agreement, dated December 19, 1994, between the Registrant and
             Warren Kantor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Registrant's
             Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
    10.89  Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1996 between the Registrant and
             Warren Kantor (filed herewith).
 
    10.90  Letter Agreement, dated August 26, 1996, between the Registrant and Warren
             Kantor (filed herewith).
 
    10.91  Letter Agreement, dated December 18, 1996, between the Registrant and Warren
             Kantor (filed herewith).
 
    10.92  Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1997, by and between the
             Registrant and Warren Kantor (filed herewith).
 
    10.93  Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated December 19, 1994, between the
             Registrant and Warren Kantor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37
             to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
    10.94  Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated January 1, 1996, by and between
             the Registrant and Warren Kantor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             10.60 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             December 31, 1995).
 
    10.95  Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated August 26, 1996, between the
             Registrant and Warren Kantor (filed herewith).
</TABLE>
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
    10.96  Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated December 18, 1996, between the
             Registrant and Warren Kantor (filed herewith).
 
    10.97  Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between the
             Registrant and Warren Kantor (filed herewith).
 
    10.98  Olympic Financial Ltd. 1990 Stock Option Plan, as amended to date (filed
             herewith).
 
    10.99  1992 Director Option Plan, as amended to date (filed herewith).
 
   10.100  Olympic Financial Ltd. Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit No. 10.90 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year
             ended June 30, 1992).
 
   10.101  1994-1997 Restricted Stock Election Plan (incorporated by reference to
             Exhibit 10.41 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No.
             33-90108).
 
   10.102  1998-2000 Restricted Stock Election Plan, as amended to date (filed
             herewith).
 
   10.103  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated August 11, 1992, between the
             Registrant and Lincoln National Life Insurance Company (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit No. 10.85 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K
             for the year ended June 30, 1992).
 
   10.104  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated August 11, 1992, between the
             Registrant and Security Connecticut Life Insurance Company (incorporated
             by reference to Exhibit No. 10.86 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form
             10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992).
 
   10.105  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated June 24, 1992, between the
             Registrant and NAP & Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
             10.87 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June
             30, 1992).
 
   10.106  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated June 24, 1992, between the
             Registrant and Fuelship & Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
             No. 10.88 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
             June 30, 1992).
 
   10.107  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated June 24, 1992, between the
             Registrant and BCI Growth L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No.
             10.89 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June
             30, 1992).
 
   10.108  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated December 17, 1993, between the
             Registrant and John G. Kinnard and Company, Incorporated (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
             S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
   10.109  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated September 1, 1994, between the
             Registrant and Cede & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to
             Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
   10.110  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated September 1, 1994, between the
             Registrant and Booth & Co. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to
             Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
   10.111  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated September 1, 1994, between the
             Registrant and Sun Life Insurance Company of America (incorporated by
             reference to Exhibit 10.50 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
             S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
    11.1   Computation of Earnings Per Share (filed herewith).
 
    12.1   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith).
 
    12.2   Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock
             Dividends (filed herewith).
</TABLE>
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<C>        <S>
    21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith).
 
    23.1   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (filed herewith).
 
    27.1   Financial Data Schedule (filed herewith).
 
    99.1   Cautionary Statement (filed herewith).
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(b) On October 7, 1996, the Company filed a current report on Form 8-K, dated
    September 30, 1996, announcing that the Company was amending and restating
    Section 4.1 of its by-laws defining the officers of the corporation.
 
    On October 17, 1996, the Company filed a current report on Form 8-K, dated
    October 16, 1996, announcing that the party which indicated interest to buy
    the Company as announced on August 26, 1996 and certain other interested
    parties have elected not to make a definitive offer.
 
    On October 10, 1996, the Company filed two current reports on Form 8-K, both
    dated August 5, 1996, reporting certain information with regard to the
    Company's performance as servicer of Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust,
    1996-B and Olympic Automobiles Receivables Trust, 1996-A, respectively.
 
    On October 23, 1996, the Company filed a current report on Form 8-K, dated
    October 11, 1996, announcing that Richard A. Zona had resigned as a member
    of the Company's Board of Directors.
 
    On November 1, 1996, the Company filed a current report on Form 8-K, dated
    October 31, 1996, announcing that the Company had called for redemption on
    December 2, 1996 of all of its outstanding 8% Cumulative Convertible
    Exchangeable Preferred Stock, subject to the right of the holders of shares
    of preferred stock to convert such shares into shares of Common Stock prior
    to the close of business on December 2, 1996.
 
    On November 7, 1996, the Company filed a current report on Form 8-K, dated
    November 1, 1996, announcing that the Company had adopted a Shareholder
    Rights Plan.
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
Date: February 7, 1997          By:               /s/ WARREN KANTOR
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                    Warren Kantor
                                         CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND DIRECTOR
 
                               POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
    KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints Richard A. Greenawalt and John A. Witham, or
either of them (with full power to act alone), as his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full powers of substitution and
resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any or all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K,
and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in
connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission granting unto
said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform
each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the
premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this
Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on
behalf of the Registrant, and in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  SIGNATURES
- ----------------------------------------------
<C>                                               <S>                                     <C>
          /s/ RICHARD A. GREENAWALT               President, Chief Executive Officer
     -----------------------------------            and Director (Principal Executive     February 7, 1997
            Richard A. Greenawalt                   Officer)
 
              /s/ JOHN A. WITHAM                  Executive Vice President and Chief
     -----------------------------------            Financial Officer (Principal          February 7, 1997
                John A. Witham                      Financial Officer)
 
            /s/ BRIAN S. ANDERSON                 Senior Vice President, Corporate
     -----------------------------------            Controller and Assistant Secretary    February 7, 1997
              Brian S. Anderson                     (Principal Accounting Officer)
 
              /s/ WARREN KANTOR
     -----------------------------------          Chairman of the Board and Director      February 7, 1997
                Warren Kantor
 
            /s/ SCOTT H. ANDERSON
     -----------------------------------          Director                                February 7, 1997
              Scott H. Anderson
 
              /s/ A. MARK BERLIN
     -----------------------------------          Director                                February 7, 1997
             A. Mark Berlin, Jr.
 
     -----------------------------------          Director                                February  , 1997
            Lawrence H. Bistodeau
 
             /s/ ROBERT J. CRESCI
     -----------------------------------          Director                                February 7, 1997
               Robert J. Cresci
 
              /s/ JAMES L. DAVIS
     -----------------------------------          Director                                February 7, 1997
                James L. Davis
 
          /s/ FREDERICK W. ZUCKERMAN
     -----------------------------------          Director                                February 7, 1997
            Frederick W. Zuckerman
</TABLE>
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>          <S>                                                                                                <C>
      3.1    Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended (incorporated by reference to
               Exhibit No. 4.1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
      3.2    Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, as amended (filed herewith)...................................
 
      4.1    Rights Agreement dated as of November 1, 1996, between the Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota,
               National Association, as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the
               Registrant's Registration Statement on Form 8-A filed November 7, 1996).
 
      4.2    First Amendment and Restatement, dated as of April 28, 1995, of Indenture, dated July 1, 1994,
               between the Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee, relating
               to the Registrant's unsecured Extendible Notes and Fixed-Term Notes, including forms of Notes
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 4.8.1 to Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 on Form S-3
               to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 33-81512).
 
      4.3    Indenture, dated as of April 28, 1995, between the Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota,
               National Association, as Trustee, relating to the Registrant's 13% Senior Notes due 2000
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
      4.4    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 11, 1995, to Indenture, dated as of April 28,
               1995, between the Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee,
               relating to the Registrant's 13% Senior Notes due 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
               4.6 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
      4.5    Indenture dated as of March 15, 1996, between the Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
               Association, as Trustee, relating to the Registrant's Subordinated Notes, Series 1996-A due
               2001 (filed herewith)..........................................................................
 
      4.6    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 15, 1996, to Indenture, dated as of March 15,
               1996, between the Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee,
               relating to the Registrant's Subordinated Notes, Series 1996-A due 2001 (filed herewith).......
 
     10.1    Securities Purchase Agreement, dated May 29, 1992, between the Registrant and the Investors named
               therein, as amended by the First Amendment thereto dated August 11, 1992, the Second Amendment
               thereto dated October 19, 1992, the Third Amendment thereto dated September 14, 1993, the
               Fourth Amendment thereto dated November 22, 1993, the Fifth Amendment thereto dated August 29,
               1992, the Sixth Amendment thereto dated September 8, 1994, the Seventh Amendment thereto dated
               December 28, 1994, and Eighth Amendment thereto, dated March 6, 1995 (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.2    Ninth Amendment to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1996, by and among
               the Registrant and each of the investors named on the Investor Schedule attached thereto (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.3    Credit Agreement dated as of July 11, 1996 among the Registrant, various financial institutions
               (the "Lenders"), Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent for the
               Lenders and First Bank National Association, as Co-Manager (filed herewith)....................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>          <S>                                                                                                <C>
     10.4    First Amendment and Waiver to Credit Agreement dated as of September 18, 1996 among the
               Registrant, the Lenders and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Agent
               for the Lenders (filed herewith)...............................................................
 
     10.5    Trust Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 between Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II ("ORFC
               II") and Wilmington Trust Company, as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee") (filed herewith).....
 
     10.6    Amendment dated as of June 12, 1996 to Trust Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 between ORFC
               II and the Owner Trustee (filed herewith)......................................................
 
     10.7    Indenture dated as of December 28, 1995 between Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
               (the "Warehouse Trust") and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as indenture trustee
               (in such capacity, the "Indenture Trustee") (filed herewith)...................................
 
     10.8    Supplemental Indenture dated as of June 12, 1996 to Indenture dated as of December 28, 1995
               between the Warehouse Trust, the Indenture Trustee and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New
               York, as successor to J.P. Morgan Delaware, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the
               "Administrative Agent") for Delaware Funding Corporation ("DFC") (filed herewith)..............
 
     10.9    Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment dated as of December 28, 1995 between ORFC II, as
               Purchaser, and the Registrant, as Seller (filed herewith)......................................
 
     10.10   Amendment dated as of June 12, 1996 to Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment dated as of
               December 28, 1995 between ORFC II and the Registration (filed herewith)........................
 
     10.11   Amendment No. 2 dated as of September 30, 1996 to Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment
               dated as of December 28, 1995 between ORFC II and the Registrant (filed herewith)..............
 
     10.12   Amendment No. 3 dated as of January 17, 1997 to Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment
               dated as of December 28, 1995 between ORFC II and the Registrant (filed herewith)..............
 
     10.13   Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 among the Warehouse Trust, ORFC II,
               the Registrant, in its individual capacity and as Servicer, the Norwest Bank Minnesota,
               National Association, as Backup Servicer (in such capacity, the "Backup Servicer") (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.14   Amendment dated as of June 12, 1996 to Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995
               among the Warehouse Trust, ORFC II, the Registrant and the Backup Servicer (filed herewith)....
 
     10.15   Amendment No. 2 dated as of September 30, 1996 to Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of
               December 28, 1995 among the Warehouse Trust, ORFC II, the Registrant and the Backup Servicer
               (filed herewith)...............................................................................
 
     10.16   Amendment No. 3 dated as of January 17, 1997 to Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of December
               28, 1995 among the Warehouse Trust, ORFC II, the Registrant and the Backup Servicer (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.17   Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant,
               as Servicer and in its individual capacity, DFC and the Administrative Agent (incorporated by
               reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
               December 31, 1995).
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>          <S>                                                                                                <C>
     10.18   Agreement to Increase Purchase Commitment and Consent dated as of June 12, 1996 relating to Note
               Purchase Agreement among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant, as Servicer and in its individual
               capacity, DFC and the Administrative Agent (filed herewith)....................................
 
     10.19   Agreement to Extend Purchase Commitment Expiration Date dated as of December 20, 1996 relating to
               Note Purchase Agreement among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant, as Servicer and in its
               individual capacity, DFC and the Administrative Agent (filed herewith).........................
 
     10.20   First Amendment and Consent dated as of January 17, 1997 relating to Note Purchase Agreement
               among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant, as Servicer and in its individual capacity, DFC and
               the Administrative Agent (filed herewith)......................................................
 
     10.21   Certificate Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 among the Warehouse Trust, the
               Registrant, as Servicer and in its individual capacity, the Note Purchasers party thereto (the
               "Note Purchasers") and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as successor to J.P. Morgan
               Delaware, as Agent for the Note Purchasers (in such capacity, the "Purchasers' Agent")
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
     10.22   Agreement to Increase Aggregate Purchase Commitment and Consent relating to Certificate Purchase
               Agreement among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant, as Servicer and in its individual
               capacity, the Note Purchasers and the Purchasers' Agent (filed herewith).......................
 
     10.23   First Amendment and Consent dated as of December 20, 1996 relating to Certificate Purchase
               Agreement among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant, as Servicer and in its individual
               capacity, the Note Purchasers and the Purchasers' Agent (filed herewith).......................
 
     10.24   Second Amendment and Consent dated as of January 17, 1997 relating to Certificate Purchase
               Agreement among the Warehouse Trust, the Registrant, as Servicer and in its individual
               capacity, the Note Purchasers and the Purchasers' Agent (filed herewith).......................
 
     10.25   Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 among the Administrative Agent and each of
               the "APA Purchasers" party thereto (filed herewith)............................................
 
     10.26   First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996 among the Administrative
               Agent and the APA Purchasers (filed herewith)..................................................
 
     10.27   Second Amendment and Consent to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 20, 1996 among the
               Administrative Agent and the APA Purchasers (filed herewith)...................................
 
     10.28   Third Amendment and Consent relating to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of January 17, 1997
               among the Administrative Agent and the Asset Purchasers (filed herewith).......................
 
     10.29   Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment between Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. ("ORFC")
               and the Registrant (filed herewith)............................................................
 
     10.30   Repurchase Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.
               ("ARCC") and ORFC (filed herewith).............................................................
 
     10.31   Servicing Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among ARCC, ORFC, the Registrant, in its
               individual capacity and as Servicer, Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as
               agent, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as backup servicer, collateral agent
               and indenture trustee (filed herewith).........................................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>          <S>                                                                                                <C>
     10.32   Third Amended and Restated Stock Pledge Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among the
               Registrant and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as collateral agent (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.33   Security Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among the Registrant, ORFC, ARCC, Financial
               Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA"), Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association and
               Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as indenture trustee and collateral agent (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.34   Indenture dated as of December 3, 1996 between ARCC and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
               Association, as trustee and collateral agent (filed herewith)..................................
 
     10.35   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among FSA, the Registrant, ORFC
               and ARCC (filed herewith)......................................................................
 
     10.36   US $300,000,000 Floating Rate FSA Insured Automobile Receivables-backed Note Purchase Agreement
               dated as of December 3, 1996 among ARCC, Receivables Capital Corporation, and Bank of America
               National Trust and Savings Association, as administrator of Receivables Capital Corporation and
               as agent for the liquidity providers (filed herewith)..........................................
 
     10.37   Spread Account Agreement dated as of March 25, 1993, as amended and restated as of December 3,
               1996, among the Registrant, ORFC, FSA and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
               trustee and collateral agent (the "Spread Account Agreement") (filed herewith).................
 
     10.38   Warehousing Series Supplement dated as of December 3, 1996 to Spread Account Agreement dated as
               of March 25, 1993, as amended and restated as of December 3, 1996, among the Registrant, ORFC,
               FSA and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.39   Series 1996-C Supplement, dated as of September 12, 1996, to the Spread Account Agreement
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
               for the quarter ended September 30, 1996).
 
     10.40   Amendment, dated as of September 12, 1996, among the Registrant, ORFC, FSA and Norwest Bank
               Minnesota, National Association, to the Series 1996-B Supplement, Series 1996-A Supplement,
               Series 1995-E Supplement, Series 1995-D Supplement, Series 1995-C Supplement, Series 1995-B
               Supplement, Series 1995-A Supplement, Series 1994-B Supplement, Series 1994-A Supplement,
               Series 1993-C Supplement, and Series 1993-B Supplement to the Spread Account Agreement
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
               for the quarter ended September 30, 1996).
 
     10.41   Series 1996-D Supplement, dated as of December 12, 1996, to Spread Account Agreement (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.42   Amendment, dated as of January 14, 1997, among the Registrant, ORFC, FSA and Norwest Bank
               Minnesota, Natioanl Association, to the Series 1994-B Supplement, the Series 1994-A Supplement,
               the Series 1993-D Supplement, the Series 1993-C Supplement and the Series 1993-B Supplement
               (filed herewith)...............................................................................
 
     10.43   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1993, among FSA, ORFC and the Registrant
               (the "Series 1993-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
               10.21 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>          <S>                                                                                                <C>
     10.44   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 11, 1993, among FSA, ORFC and the Registrant
               (the "Series 1993-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
               10.22 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.45   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of August 17, 1993, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1993-C, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1993-C Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.23 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.46   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 2, 1993, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1993-D, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1993-D Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.24 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.47   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of April 5, 1994, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1994-A, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1994-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.25 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.48   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 23, 1994, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1994-B, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1994-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.26 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.49   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of February 9, 1995, among FSA, ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1995-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.27 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.50   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1995, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1995-B, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1995-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
               1995).
 
     10.51   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 15, 1995, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1995-C, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1995-C Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
               1995).
 
     10.52   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 21, 1995, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1995-D, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1995-D Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
               1995).
 
     10.53   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 6, 1995, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1995-E, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1995-E Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
               1995).
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>          <S>                                                                                                <C>
     10.54   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 14, 1996, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1996-A, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1996-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March
               31, 1996).
 
     10.55   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of June 14, 1996, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1996-B, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1996-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
               30, 1996).
 
     10.56   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of September 12, 1996, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1996-C, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1996-C Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (incorporated by reference
               to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
               September 30, 1996).
 
     10.57   Amendment, dated as of September 12, 1996, to the Series 1996-B Insurance and Indemnity
               Agreement, the Series 1996-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1995-E Insurance and
               Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1995-D Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1995-C
               Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1995-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the
               Series 1995-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1994-B Insurance and Indemnity
               Agreement, the Series 1994-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1993-D Insurance and
               Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1993-C Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, the Series 1993-B
               Insurance and Indemnity Agreement and the Series 1993-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement
               (filed herewith)...............................................................................
 
     10.58   Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 12, 1996, among FSA, Olympic Automobile
               Receivables Trust, 1996-D, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP Inc., ORFC and the
               Registrant (the "Series 1996-D Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (filed herewith)............
 
     10.59   Employment Agreement, dated as of January 6, 1997, between the Registrant and Richard A.
               Greenawalt (filed herewith)....................................................................
 
     10.60   Employment Agreement, dated August 1, 1991, between the Registrant and Jeffrey C. Mack
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.27 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form
               S-18, File No. 33-43270C).
 
     10.61   Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1993, between the Registrant and
               Jeffrey C. Mack (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.106 to Registrant's Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1994).
 
     10.62   Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1994, by and between the
               Registrant and Jeffrey C. Mack (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.34 to Registrant's
               Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 33-81588).
 
     10.63   Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1995, by and between the
               Registrant and Jeffrey C. Mack (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to the Registrant's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
     10.64   Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1995, by and between the Registrant
               and Jeffrey C. Mack (filed herewith)...........................................................
 
     10.65   Jeffrey C. Mack Severance Package, dated August 26, 1996 (filed herewith)........................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>          <S>                                                                                                <C>
     10.66   Addendum, dated November 11, 1996, to Agreement between the Registrant and Jeffrey C. Mack (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.67   Employment Agreement, dated April 1, 1991, between the Registrant and Scott H. Anderson and
               Amendment, dated September 3, 1991 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.29 to
               Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-18, File No. 33-43270C).
 
     10.68   Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1993, between the Registrant and
               Scott H. Anderson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.107 to Registrant's Annual
               Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992).
 
     10.69   Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated July 1, 1994, by and between Scott H.
               Anderson and the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.36 to Registrant's
               Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 33-81588).
 
     10.70   Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1995, between the
               Registrant and Scott H. Anderson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to the
               Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
     10.71   Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1995, by and between the Registrant
               and Scott H. Anderson (filed herewith).........................................................
 
     10.72   Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 1996, between the Registrant and Scott H.
               Anderson (filed herewith)......................................................................
 
     10.73   Employment Agreement, dated February 1, 1994, between the Registrant and John A. Witham
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.111 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
               Form S-1, File No. 33-81512).
 
     10.74   Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1995, by and between
               the Registrant and John A. Witham (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the
               Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
     10.75   Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 1996, between the Registrant and John A.
               Witham (filed herewith)........................................................................
 
     10.76   Employment Agreement, dated December 5, 1994, between the Registrant and A. Mark Berlin, Jr.
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2,
               File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.77   Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1995, by and between
               the Registrant and A. Mark Berlin, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to the
               Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
     10.78   Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 1996, between the Registrant and A. Mark
               Berlin, Jr. (filed herewith)...................................................................
 
     10.79   Employment and Non-Compete Agreement, dated August 29, 1994, by and between the Registrant and
               James D. Atkinson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Registrant's Annual Report
               on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
     10.80   Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1995, by and between the
               Registrant and James D. Atkinson III (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the
               Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>          <S>                                                                                                <C>
     10.81   Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1995, by and between the Registrant
               and James D. Atkinson III (filed herewith).....................................................
 
     10.82   Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 1996, between the Registrant and James D.
               Atkinson III (filed herewith)..................................................................
 
     10.83   Amendment of Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of December 31, 1996, by and between the
               Registrant and James D. Atkinson III (filed herewith)..........................................
 
     10.84   Employment and Non-Compete Agreement, dated September 21, 1994, by and between the Registrant and
               Robert A. Barbee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Registrant's Annual Report
               on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
     10.85   Extension and Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1995, by and between the
               Registrant and Robert A. Barbee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to the Registrant's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
     10.86   Amendment of Employment Agreement, dated as of December 20, 1995, by and between the Registrant
               and Robert A. Barbee (filed herewith)..........................................................
 
     10.87   Employment Retention Agreement, dated as of November 7, 1996, between the Registrant and Robert
               A. Barbee (filed herewith).....................................................................
 
     10.88   Consulting Agreement, dated December 19, 1994, between the Registrant and Warren Kantor
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2,
               File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.89   Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1996 between the Registrant and Warren Kantor (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.90   Letter Agreement, dated August 26, 1996, between the Registrant and Warren Kantor (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.91   Letter Agreement, dated December 18, 1996, between the Registrant and Warren Kantor (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     10.92   Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 1997, by and between the Registrant and Warren
               Kantor (filed herewith)........................................................................
 
     10.93   Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated December 19, 1994, between the Registrant and Warren
               Kantor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Registrant's Registration Statement on
               Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.94   Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated January 1, 1996, by and between the Registrant and
               Warren Kantor (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 to the Registrant's Annual Report on
               Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995).
 
     10.95   Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated August 26, 1996, between the Registrant and Warren
               Kantor (filed herewith)........................................................................
 
     10.96   Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated December 18, 1996, between the Registrant and Warren
               Kantor (filed herewith)........................................................................
 
     10.97   Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement, dated January 1, 1997, between the Registrant and Warren
               Kantor (filed herewith)........................................................................
 
     10.98   Olympic Financial Ltd. 1990 Stock Option Plan, as amended to date (filed herewith)...............
 
     10.99   1992 Director Option Plan, as amended to date (filed herewith)...................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBITS                                               DESCRIPTION                                                PAGE
- -----------  -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------     -----
<C>          <S>                                                                                                <C>
     10.100  Olympic Financial Ltd. Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.90 to
               Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992).
 
     10.101  1994-1997 Restricted Stock Election Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 to
               Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.102  1998-2000 Restricted Stock Election Plan, as amended to date (filed herewith)....................
 
     10.103  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated August 11, 1992, between the Registrant and Lincoln
               National Life Insurance Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.85 to Registrant's
               Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992).
 
     10.104  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated August 11, 1992, between the Registrant and Security
               Connecticut Life Insurance Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.86 to
               Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992).
 
     10.105  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated June 24, 1992, between the Registrant and NAP & Company
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.87 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the year ended June 30, 1992).
 
     10.106  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated June 24, 1992, between the Registrant and Fuelship &
               Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.88 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form
               10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992).
 
     10.107  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated June 24, 1992, between the Registrant and BCI Growth L.P.
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit No. 10.89 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for
               the year ended June 30, 1992).
 
     10.108  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated December 17, 1993, between the Registrant and John G.
               Kinnard and Company, Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to Registrant's
               Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.109  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated September 1, 1994, between the Registrant and Cede & Co.
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2,
               File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.110  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated September 1, 1994, between the Registrant and Booth & Co.
               (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-2,
               File No. 33-90108).
 
     10.111  Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated September 1, 1994, between the Registrant and Sun Life
               Insurance Company of America (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 to Registrant's
               Registration Statement on Form S-2, File No. 33-90108).
 
     11.1    Computation of Earnings Per Share (filed herewith)...............................................
 
     12.1    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (filed herewith)...............................
 
     12.2    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends (filed
               herewith)......................................................................................
 
     21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith)..................................................
 
     23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP (filed herewith)....................................................
 
     27.1    Financial Data Schedule (filed herewith).........................................................
 
     99.1    Cautionary Statement (filed herewith)............................................................
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                        BYLAWS
                                           
                                          OF
                                           
                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                                           
                                           
                                      ARTICLE 1
                               OFFICES, CORPORATE SEAL
                                           
                                           
    Section 1.1    REGISTERED AND OTHER OFFICES.  The registered office of the
Corporation in Minnesota shall be that set forth in the Articles of
Incorporation or in the most recent amendment of the Articles of Incorporation
or statement of the Board of Directors filed with the Secretary of State of
Minnesota changing the registered office in the manner prescribed by law.  The
Corporation may have such other offices, within or without the State of
Minnesota, as the Board of Directors shall, from time to time, determine.

    Section 1.2    CORPORATE SEAL.  If so directed by the Board of Directors by
resolution, the Corporation may use a corporate seal.  The failure to use such
seal, however, shall not affect the validity of any documents executed on behalf
of the Corporation.  The seal need only include the word "seal", but it may also
include, at the discretion of the Board, such additional wording as is permitted
by law.

    Section 1.3    ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION.  In the event of any conflict or
inconsistency between these Bylaws, or any amendment thereto, and the Articles
of Incorporation or any amendment thereto, whenever adopted, the Articles of
Incorporation shall govern.

                                      ARTICLE 2
                               MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS
                                           
    Section 2.1    TIME AND PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Regular or special meetings of
the shareholders, if any, shall be held on the date and at the time and place
fixed by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board, or the Board,
except that a regular or special meeting called by, or at the demand of a
shareholder or shareholders, pursuant to Minnesota Statutes, Section 302A.431,
Subd. 2, shall be held in the county where the principal executive office is
located.

    Section 2.2    REGULAR MEETINGS.  At any regular meeting of the
shareholders, there shall be an election of qualified successors for directors
who serve for an indefinite term or whose terms have expired or are due to
expire within six months after the date of the meeting.  Any business
appropriate for action by the shareholders may be transacted at a regular
meeting.  No meeting shall be considered a regular meeting unless specifically
designated as such in the notice of meeting or unless all the shareholders are
present in person or by proxy and none of them objects to such designation. 
Regular meetings may be held no more frequently than once per year.

                                     1
<PAGE>

    Section 2.3    DEMAND BY SHAREHOLDERS.  Regular or special meetings may be
demanded by a shareholder or shareholders, pursuant to the provisions of
Minnesota Statutes, Sections 302A.431, Subd. 2, and 302A.433, Subd. 2,
respectively.  If a regular meeting of shareholders has not been held during the
immediately preceding fifteen (15) months, a shareholder or shareholders holding
three (3) percent or more of the voting power of all shares entitled to vote may
demand a regular meeting of shareholders by written notice of demand given to
the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation. 
A shareholder or shareholders holding ten (10) percent or more of the voting
power of all shares entitled to vote may demand a special meeting of
shareholders by written notice of demand given to the Chief Executive Officer or
Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation and containing the purposes of the
meeting.  Within thirty (30) days after receipt of the demand by one of those
officers, the Board shall cause a special meeting of shareholders to be called
and held on notice no later than ninety (90) days after receipt of the demand,
all at the expense of the Corporation.  If the Board fails to cause a special
meeting to be called and held as required by this subdivision, the shareholder
or shareholders making the demand may call the meeting by giving notice as
required by Minnesota Statutes, Section 302A.435, all at the expense of the
Corporation.  The business transacted at a special meeting is limited to the
purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.  Any business transacted at a
special meeting that is not included in those stated purposes is voidable by or
on behalf of the Corporation, unless all of the shareholders have waived notice
of the meeting in accordance with Minnesota Statutes, Section 302A.435.

    Section 2.4    QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS.  The holders of a majority of
the voting power of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting constitute a quorum
for the transaction of business; said holders may be present at the meeting
either in person or by proxy.  If a quorum is present when a duly called or held
meeting is convened, the shareholders present may continue to transact business
until adjournment, even though withdrawal of shareholders originally present
leaves less than the proportion or number otherwise required for a quorum.  In
case a quorum shall not be present in person or by proxy at a meeting, those
present in person or by proxy may adjourn to such day as they shall, by majority
vote, agree upon, and a notice of such adjournment shall be mailed to each
shareholder entitled to vote at least five (5) days before such adjourned
meeting.  If a quorum is present in person or by proxy, a meeting may be
adjourned from time to time without notice, other than announcement at the
meeting.  At adjourned meetings at which a quorum is present in person or by
proxy, any business may be transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

    Section 2.5    VOTING.  At each meeting of the shareholders, every
shareholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote either in person
or by proxy.  Unless otherwise provided by the Articles of Incorporation or a
resolution of the Board of Directors filed with the Secretary of State, each
shareholder shall have one vote for each share held.  Upon demand of any
shareholder, the vote upon any question before the meeting shall be by ballot.

    Section 2.6    NOTICE OF MEETINGS.  Notice of all meetings of shareholders
shall be given to every holder of voting shares, except where the meeting is an
adjourned meeting and the date, time and place of the meeting were announced at
the time of adjournment.  Notice of regular

                                     2
<PAGE>

meetings of shareholders shall be given at least fourteen (14), but not more 
than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.  Notice of special 
meetings of shareholders may be given upon not less than ten (10) nor more 
than sixty (60) days, except that written notice of meeting at which an 
agreement of merger or exchange is to be considered shall be given to all 
shareholders, whether entitled to vote or not, at least fourteen (14) days 
prior thereto.  Every notice of any special meeting shall state the purpose 
or purposes for which the meeting has been called, and the business 
transacted at all special meetings shall be confined to the purpose stated in 
the call, unless all of the shareholders are present in person or by proxy 
and none of them objects to consideration of a particular item of business.

    Section 2.7    WAIVER OF NOTICE.  A shareholder may waive notice of any
meeting of shareholders.  A waiver of notice by a shareholder entitled to notice
is effective whether given before, at or after the meeting and whether given in
writing, orally or by attendance.

    Section 2.8  NOTICE OF SHAREHOLDER BUSINESS

    (A)  REGULAR MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS.

         (1)  The proposal of business, except nominations of persons for 
    election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, to be considered by 
    the shareholders at a regular meeting of shareholders may be made by any 
    shareholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting and 
    who complies with the notice procedures set forth in clause (2) of this 
    paragraph (A) of this Bylaw and who was a shareholder of record at the time
    such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation.

         (2)  For business, except nominations of persons for election to the 
    Board of Directors of the Corporation, to be properly brought before a 
    regular meeting by shareholder pursuant to Paragraph (A) (1) of this Bylaw 
    the shareholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the 
    Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a shareholder's notice shall be 
    delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the 
    Corporation not less than sixty (60) days nor more than ninety (90) days 
    prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; 
    provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting 
    is advanced by more than thirty (30) days or delayed by more than
    sixty (60) days from such anniversary date, notice by the shareholder to be
    timely must be so delivered not earlier than the ninetieth (90th) day prior 
    to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later
    of the sixtieth (60th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) 
    day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such 
    meeting is first made.  Such shareholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to 
    any business, except for nominations of persons for election to the Board of
    Directors of the Corporation, that the stockholder proposes to bring before 
    the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought 
    before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting
    and any material interest in such business of such shareholder and the 
    beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made and (b) as to
    the shareholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose
    behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i)

                                     3
<PAGE>

    the name and address of such shareholder, as they appear on the
    Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class and 
    number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of 
    record by such shareholder and such beneficial owner.

    (B)  SPECIAL MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS.  Only such business shall be
conducted at a special meeting of shareholders as shall have been brought before
the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting pursuant to Section
2.6 of these Bylaws.

    (C)  GENERAL.

         (1)  Only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of shareholders
    as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the 
    procedures set forth in this Bylaw.  Except as otherwise provided by law, 
    the Articles of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting 
    shall have the power and duty to determine whether any business proposed to 
    be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set
    forth in this Bylaw, and, if any proposed business is not in compliance with
    this Bylaw, to declare that such defective proposal shall be disregarded.

         (2)  For purposes of this Bylaw, "public announcement" shall mean
    disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, 
    Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document 
    publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange 
    Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

         (3)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a 
    shareholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the 
    Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to 
    the matters set forth in this Bylaw.  Nothing in this Bylaw shall be 
    deemed to affect any rights of shareholders to request inclusion of 
    proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-5 
    under the Exchange Act.

    Section 2.9    AUTHORIZATION WITHOUT A MEETING.  Any action required or
permitted to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders may be taken without a
meeting as authorized by law.

    Section 2.10   RECORD DATE.  The Board of Directors may fix a time, not
exceeding sixty (60) days preceding the date of any meeting of shareholders, as
a record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of
and to vote at such meeting, notwithstanding any transfer of shares on the books
of the Corporation after any record date so fixed.  The Board of Directors may
close the books of the Corporation against the transfer of shares during the
whole or any part of such period.  If the Board of Directors fails to fix a
record date for the determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of and
to vote at any meeting of the shareholders, the record date shall be the
twentieth (20th) day preceding the date of such meeting.

                                          4
<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE 3
                                      DIRECTORS
                                           
    Section 3.1    GENERAL.  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall
be managed by or shall be under the direction of the Board of Directors.

    Section 3.2    NUMBER, QUALIFICATIONS AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The Board of
Directors shall consist of four (4) persons.  The Board of Directors may,
however, increase the number of directors and fill the vacancy or vacancies
created thereby.  If the number of directors has been increased by the Board of
Directors as provided herein, then at the next succeeding meeting of
shareholders at which directors are elected, the number of directors to be
elected shall be such increased number.  Directors need not be shareholders. 
Each of the directors shall hold office until the regular meeting of the
shareholders next held after his election, until his successor shall have been
elected and shall qualify, or until he shall resign or shall have been removed
as hereinafter provided.  No person (other than a person nominated by or on
behalf of the Board) shall be eligible for election as a director at any annual
or special meeting of shareholders unless a written request that his or her name
be placed in nomination is received from a shareholder of record by the
Secretary of the Corporation not less than sixty (60) days prior to the date
fixed for the meeting, together with the written consent of such person to serve
as a director.

    Section 3.3    BOARD MEETINGS; PLACE AND NOTICE.  Meetings of the Board of
Directors may be held from time to time at any place within or without the State
of Minnesota that the Board of Directors may designate.  In the absence of
designation by the Board of Directors, Board meetings shall be held at the
principal executive office of the Corporation, except as may be otherwise
unanimously agreed orally or in writing or by attendance,  Special or regular
meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board,
the Chief Executive Officer, or the Chief Financial Officer, upon not less than
twenty-four (24) hours notice.  Any director may call a Board meeting by giving
not less than five (5) business days notice to all directors of the date and
time of the meeting.  The notice need not state the purpose of the meeting. 
Notice may be given by mail, telephone, telegram, telecopy or by personal
service.  If the meeting schedule is adopted by the Board, or if the date and
time of a Board meeting has been announced at a previous meeting, no notice is
required.

    Section 3.4    WAIVER OF NOTICE.  A director may waive notice of a meeting
of the Board.  A waiver of notice by a director is effective, whether given
before, at or after the meeting and whether given in writing, orally or by
attendance.

    Section 3.5    QUORUM.  A majority of the directors currently holding
office is a quorum for the transaction of business.

    Section 3.6    VACANCIES.  Vacancies on the Board resulting from the death,
resignation or removal of a director, or by an increase in the number of
directors, may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining
directors, even though less than a quorum.  Each director elected under this
Section to fill a vacancy holds office until a qualified successor is elected by
the shareholders at the next regular or special meeting of the shareholders.

                                     5
<PAGE>

    Section 3.7    COMMITTEES.  The Board may by resolution establish
committees in the manner provided by law.  Committee members need not be
directors.  The following committees, if established by the Board, shall have
the responsibilities set forth respectively, subject to enlargement or
restriction of such responsibilities, as the Board, by resolutions, shall
determine:

    a.   AUDIT COMMITTEE

         *Recommending the appointment of independent auditors.
         *Consulting with the independent auditors on the plan of the auditors.
         *Reviewing, in consultation with the independent auditors, their report
          of audit or proposed report of audit and the accompanying management 
          letter.
         *Consulting with the independent auditors on the adequacy of internal 
          controls.

    b.   COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

         *Strategically, considers how the achievement of the overall goals and
          objectives of the Corporation can be aided through adoption of an 
          appropriate compensation philosophy and effective compensation program
          elements.
         *Administratively, reviews salary progression, bonus allocations, stock
          awards and the awards of supplemental benefits and perquisites for key
          executives against the compensation objectives of the Corporation and 
          its overall performance.
         *Approves the compensation arrangements for the Corporation's senior 
          management; also reviews and approves the adoption of any compensation
          plans in which officers and directors are eligible to participate.

    c.   NOMINATING COMMITTEE

         *Searches for and screens candidates for Board vacancies.  The 
          Committee considers broader issues of composition and organization
          of the Board, including committee assignments and individual Board 
          membership.
         *Evaluates the Board itself and its members and reviews the 
          Corporation's management succession planning.

    d.   EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

         *Serves as a key link between the full Board and management.
         *Is usually granted broad powers to assure that important matters which
          arise between Board meetings, and cannot wait for the next scheduled 
          meeting, receive timely attention.
         *Serves as a sounding board for general management problems on matters 
          that affect the Corporation as a whole.

                                     6
<PAGE>

    e.   FINANCE COMMITTEE

         *Stays informed on a timely basis about the Corporation's financial 
          status.
         *Evaluates the financial information it receives and develops 
          conclusions as to any plan of action needed.
         *Advises corporate management and the full Board in financial matters.
          In some cases, the Finance Committee has the authority to act for the
          full Board between meetings, but generally it is not empowered to act
          on its own.

    f.   PENSION REVIEW COMMITTEE

         *Reviews and approves corporate pension policy, formal pension plans 
          and amendments.
         *Reviews actuarial recommendations and makes recommendations regarding
          the Corporation's contribution to the pension plans.
         *Selects asset managers and provides guidance on the specific 
          investment philosophy to be applied to the ongoing management of the
          funds.
         *Monitors the performance of the corporate pension funds.
         *Monitors government actions with respect to pension governance and 
          reporting requirements.

    g.   STRATEGIC PLANNING (CORPORATE OBJECTIVES)

         *Ensures the proper future direction of the Corporation by defining the
          basic corporate and business unit long-term strategic goals vital to 
          the mission of creating shareholder value for the Corporation.
         *Develops strategic plans as to how the Corporation will achieve these
          objectives.
         *Monitors the progress of the Corporation in achieving its long-term 
          strategic goals.

    h.   STOCK OPTION

         *Assures that the levels and forms of the executive long-term incentive
          compensation programs are adequate to motivate key management to 
          achieve the corporate long-term strategic goals.
         *Involved in the design and approval of the executive long-term 
          incentive compensation programs.
         *Administers the timing and determination of the size of grants; also
          interprets plan provisions with regard to setting performance goals 
          and executing plan award agreements with individuals.

    i.   INVESTMENTS

         *Reviews and approves all major allocations of corporate resources.

                                     7
<PAGE>

         *Evaluates the financial implications of all merger, acquisition and 
          divestiture activities.

    Section 3.8    ABSENT DIRECTORS.  A director may give advance written
consent or opposition to a proposal to be acted on at a Board meeting.  If the
director is not present at the meeting, consent or opposition to a proposal does
not constitute presence for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum,
but consent or opposition shall be counted as a vote in favor of, or against,
the proposal and shall be entered in the minutes or other record of action of
the meeting if the proposal acted on at the meeting is substantially the same or
has substantially the same effect as the proposal to which the director has
consented or objected.

                                   ARTICLE 4
                                    OFFICERS
                                           
    Section 4.1    NUMBER.  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a
Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Financial Officer.  The term "Chief
Executive Officer," as such term is used herein, shall include an individual who
has all the authority, rights and powers as would ordinarily reside in a Chief
Executive Officer of the Company (an "Acting Chief Executive Officer").  The
Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and
directors and shall have such other duties as may be prescribed from time to
time by the Board of Directors.  The Chief Executive Officer shall also see that
all orders and resolutions of the Board are carried into effect.  The Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer shall have such other duties as
are prescribed by statute.  The Board may elect or appoint any other officers it
deems necessary for the operation and management of the Corporation, each of who
shall have the powers, rights, duties, responsibilities and terms of office
determined by the Board from time to time.  Any number of offices or functions
of those offices may be held or exercised by the same person.  If specific
persons have not been elected as President or Secretary, the Chief Executive
Officer may execute instruments or documents in those capacities.  If a specific
person has not been elected to office of Treasurer, the Chief Financial Officer
of the Corporation may sign instruments or documents in that capacity.

    Section 4.2    VICE PRESIDENT.  Each Vice President, if one or more are
elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as may be
specified in the Bylaws or prescribed by the Board of Directors or by the
Chairman of the Board or by the Chief Executive Officer.  In the event of the
absence or disability of the Chief Executive Officer, Vice Presidents shall
succeed to his power and duties in the order designated by the Board of
Directors.

    Section 4.3    SECRETARY.  The Secretary, if one is elected, shall be
secretary of and shall attend all meetings of the shareholders and Board of
Directors and shall record all proceedings of such meetings in the minute book
of the Corporation.  He shall give proper notice of meetings of shareholders and
directors.  He shall perform such other duties as may, from time to time, be
prescribed by the Board of Directors, by the Chairman of the Board, or by the
Chief Executive Officer.

                                     8
<PAGE>

    Section 4.4    ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE.  The Board of Directors shall
from time to time elect a Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive
Officer and Chief Financial Officer and any other officers or agents the Board
deems necessary.  Such officers shall hold office until they are removed or
their successors are elected and qualified.

    Section 4.5    DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.  An officer elected or appointed by
the Board may delegate some or all of the duties or powers of his office to
other persons, provided that such delegation is in writing.

    Section 4.6    COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS.  An officer shall be entitled only
to such compensation as shall be established by written contract or agreement
duly approved by or on behalf of the Corporation, or established or approved by
resolution of the Board of Directors.  Absent such written contract, agreement
or resolution of the Board of Directors, no officer shall have a cause of action
against the Corporation to recover any amount due or alleged to be due as
compensation for services in his or her capacity as an officer of the
Corporation.

                                      ARTICLE 5
                              SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER
                                           
    Section 5.1    CERTIFICATE OF SHARES.  Every shareholder of this
Corporation shall be entitled to a certificate, to be in such form as prescribed
by law and adopted by the Board of Directors, certifying the number of shares of
the Corporation owned by him.  The certificates shall be numbered in the order
in which they are issued and shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer and
Secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that when the certificate is
signed by a transfer agent or registrar, the signatures of any of such officers
upon the certificate may be facsimiles, engraved or printed thereon, if
authorized by the Board of Directors.  Such certificate shall also have typed or
printed thereon such legend as may be required by any shareholder control
agreement.  Every certificate surrendered to the Corporation for exchange or
transfer shall be canceled, and no new certificate or certificates shall be
issued in exchange for any existing certificate until such existing certificate
shall have been so canceled.

    Section 5.2    TRANSFER OF SHARES.  Transfer of shares on the books of the
Corporation may be authorized only by the shareholder named in the certificate,
or the shareholder's legal representative, or the shareholder's duly authorized
attorney in fact, and upon surrender of the certificate or the certificates for
such shares.  The Corporation may treat, as the absolute owner of shares of the
Corporation, the person or persons in whose name or names the shares are
registered on the books of the Corporation.

    Section 5.3    LOST CERTIFICATES.  Any shareholder claiming that a
certificate for shares has been lost, destroyed or stolen shall make an
affidavit of that fact in such form as the Board of Directors shall require and
shall, if the Board of Directors so requires, give the Corporation a sufficient
indemnity bond, in form, in an amount, and with one or more sureties
satisfactory to the Board of Directors, to indemnify the Corporation against any
claims which may be made against it on account of the reissue of such
certificate.  A new certificate shall then be issued to 

                                     9
<PAGE>

said shareholder for the same number of shares as the one alleged to have 
been destroyed, lost or stolen.

                                      ARTICLE 6
                                   INDEMNIFICATION
                                           
    Section 6.1    INDEMNIFICATION.  The Corporation shall indemnify, in
accordance with the terms and conditions of Minnesota Statutes, Section
302A.521, the following persons:  (a) officers and former officers; (b)
directors and former directors; (c) members and former members of committees
appointed or designated by the Board of Directors; and (d) employees and former
employees of the Corporation.  The Corporation shall not be obligated to
indemnify any other person or entity, except to the extent such obligation shall
be specifically approved by resolution of the Board of Directors.  This Section
6.1 is for the sole and exclusive benefit of the persons designated herein and
no person, firm or entity shall have any rights under this Section by way of
assignment, subrogation or otherwise and whether voluntarily, involuntarily or
by operation of law.

                                      ARTICLE 7
                                    MISCELLANEOUS
                                           
    Section 7.1    GENDER REFERENCES.  All referenced in these Bylaws to a
party in the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter.

    Section 7.2    PLURALS.  All references in the plural shall, where
appropriate, include the singular and all references in the singular shall,
where appropriate, be deemed to include the plural.

                                    CERTIFICATION
                                           
       I, James D. Atkinson III, do hereby certify that I am the duly elected,
qualified or acting Secretary of Olympic Financial Ltd., a corporation 
organized under the laws of the State of Minnesota, and that the foregoing 
is a true and correct copy of the Bylaws as of January 29, 1997.


                                               /s/ James D. Atkinson III
                                               -----------------------------
                                               James D. Atkinson III
                                               Secretary

                                     10

<PAGE>




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                          to

                     NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                      as Trustee
                                   _______________

                                  SUBORDINATED NOTES
                                    ______________

                                      INDENTURE

                              Dated as of March 15, 1996









- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

            Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939 and
                        Indenture, dated as of March 15, 1996

Trust Indenture
Act Section                                                   Indenture Section
- -----------                                                   -----------------

    Section 310(a)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   609
               (a)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   609
               (a) (3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Not Applicable
               (a) (4). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   Not Applicable
               (a)(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   609
                  (b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   608, 610
    Section 311     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   613
    Section 312(a)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   701, 701(a)
               (b)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701(b)
               (c)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701(c)
    Section 313     . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
    Section 314(a)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
               (b)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable
            (c)(1)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
            (c)(2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
            (c)(3)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable
               (d)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable
               (e)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
    Section 315(a)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
               (b)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
               (c)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
               (d)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
               (e)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
    Section 316(a)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
         (a)(1)(A)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502, 512
         (a)(1)(B)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
            (a)(2)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Applicable
               (b)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
    Section 317(a)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
               (a)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
               (b)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1003
    Section 318(a)  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

            Note:  This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose,
                        be deemed to be part of the Indenture.

                                        -i-
<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page

RECITALS OF THE COMPANY  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

ARTICLE ONE
  DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION  . . . . . . . . .  1
  SECTION 101.   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
  SECTION 102.   Compliance Certificates and Opinions. . . . . . . . . . . . 11
  SECTION 103.   Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . 12
  SECTION 104.   Acts of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
  SECTION 105.   Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company . . . . . . . . . . . 15
  SECTION 106.   Notice to Holders; Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
  SECTION 107.   Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
  SECTION 108.   Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. . . . . . . . . . 16
  SECTION 109.   Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
  SECTION 110.   Separability Clause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
  SECTION 111.   Benefits of Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
  SECTION 112.   Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
  SECTION 113.   Legal Holidays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

ARTICLE TWO
  SECURITY FORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
  SECTION 201.   Forms Generally . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
  SECTION 202.   Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication . . . . . . 18
  SECTION 203.   Form of Legend for Global Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . 18

ARTICLE THREE
  THE SECURITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
  SECTION 301.   Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series. . . . . . . . . . . . 19
  SECTION 302.   Denominations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
  SECTION 303.   Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating. . . . . . . 22
  SECTION 304.   Temporary Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
  SECTION 305.   Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange . . . . 26
  SECTION 306.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. . . . . . 27
  SECTION 307.   Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. . . . . . . 28
  SECTION 308.   Persons Deemed Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
  SECTION 309.   Cancellation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
  SECTION 310.   Computation of Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

ARTICLE FOUR
  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
  SECTION 401.   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . . . . . . . . . . 31

                                        -ii-
<PAGE>

  SECTION 402.   Application of Trust Money. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
  SECTION 403.   Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . 33

ARTICLE FIVE
  REMEDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
  SECTION 501.   Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
  SECTION 502.   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. . . . . 36
  SECTION 503.   Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
                 Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
  SECTION 504.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
  SECTION 505.   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities 39
  SECTION 506.   Application of Money Collected. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
  SECTION 507.   Limitation on Suits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
  SECTION 508.   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal,
                 Premium and Interest. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
  SECTION 509.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
  SECTION 510.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
  SECTION 511.   Delay or Omission Not Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
  SECTION 512.   Control by Holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
  SECTION 513.   Waiver of Past Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
  SECTION 514.   Undertaking for Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
  SECTION 515.   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

ARTICLE SIX
  THE TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
  SECTION 601.   Certain Duties and Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
  SECTION 602.   Notice of Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
  SECTION 603.   Certain Rights of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
  SECTION 604.   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities. . . 47
  SECTION 605.   May Hold Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
  SECTION 606.   Money Held in Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
  SECTION 607.   Compensation and Reimbursement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
  SECTION 608.   Disqualification; Conflicting Interests . . . . . . . . . . 48
  SECTION 609.   Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility . . . . . . . . . . 48
  SECTION 610.   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor . . . . . 49
  SECTION 611.   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. . . . . . . . . . . 50
  SECTION 612.   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business 52
  SECTION 613.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company . . . . .  52
  SECTION 614.   Appointment of Authenticating Agent . . . . . . . . . . . .  52

ARTICLE SEVEN
  HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . .  54

                                        -iii-
<PAGE>

  SECTION 701.   Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders. . .  54
  SECTION 702.   Reports by Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
  SECTION 703.   Reports by Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55

ARTICLE EIGHT
  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE . . . . . . . . . . .  56
  SECTION 801.   Company May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms . . . .  56
  SECTION 802.   Successor Substituted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57

ARTICLE NINE
  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
  SECTION 901.   Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of   Holders. . . .  57
  SECTION 902.   Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders . . . . . .  58
  SECTION 903.   Execution of Supplemental Indentures. . . . . . . . . . . .  60
  SECTION 904.   Effect of Supplemental Indentures . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
  SECTION 905.   Conformity with Trust Indenture Act . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
  SECTION 906.   Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures. . . . .  60
  SECTION 907.   Notice of Supplemental Indentures . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
  SECTION 908.   Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders of
                 Senior Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61

ARTICLE TEN
  COVENANTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
  SECTION 1001.  Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. . . . . . . . .  61
  SECTION 1002.  Maintenance of Office or Agency . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
  SECTION 1003.  Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust . . . . .  62
  SECTION 1004.  Existence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
  SECTION 1005.  Defeasance of Certain Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
  SECTION 1006.  Waiver of Certain Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65

ARTICLE ELEVEN
  REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
  SECTION 1101.  Applicability of Article. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65
  SECTION 1102.  Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . . . . . . . . . . .  65
  SECTION 1103.  Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed . . . . .  66
  SECTION 1104.  Notice of Redemption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
  SECTION 1105.  Deposit of Redemption Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
  SECTION 1106.  Securities Payable on Redemption Date . . . . . . . . . . .  68
  SECTION 1107.  Securities Redeemed in Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68

                                        -iv-
<PAGE>

ARTICLE TWELVE
  SINKING FUNDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
  SECTION 1201.  Applicability of Article. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
  SECTION 1202.  Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with 
                 Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
  SECTION 1203.  Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund . . . . . . . . .  69

ARTICLE THIRTEEN
  SUBORDINATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
  SECTION 1301.  Agreement to Subordinate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
  SECTION 1302.  Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and
                 Reorganization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
  SECTION 1303.  No Payment When Senior Debt in Default. . . . . . . . . . .  71
  SECTION 1304.  Payment to Holders of Senior Debt . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
  SECTION 1305.  Subrogation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
  SECTION 1306.  Payment on Securities Permitted . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
  SECTION 1307.  Authorization of Holders to Trustee to Effect
                 Subordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
  SECTION 1308.  No Waiver of Subordination Provisions . . . . . . . . . . .  74
  SECTION 1309.  Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
  SECTION 1310.  Notices to Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
  SECTION 1311.  No Fiduciary Duty by Trustee to Holders of Senior Debt. . .  75
  SECTION 1312.  Paying Agent Treated as Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75

ARTICLE FOURTEEN
  REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
  SECTION 1401.  Applicability of Article. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
  SECTION 1402.  Notice of Repurchase Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
  SECTION 1403.  Deposit of Repurchase Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  76
  SECTION 1404.  Securities Payable on Repurchase Date . . . . . . . . . . .  77
  SECTION 1405.  Securities Repurchased in Part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  77

ARTICLE FIFTEEN
  CORPORATE OBLIGATION ONLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
  SECTION 1501.  Indenture and Securities Solely Corporate Obligations . . .  78

                                        -v-

<PAGE>

    INDENTURE, dated as of March 15, 1996 between OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., a
corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Minnesota
(herein called the "Company"), having its principal office at 7825 Washington
Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439, and NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee (herein called the "Trustee"), having its principal
office at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479.

                               RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

    The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its unsecured
debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (herein called the
"Securities"), to be issued in one or more series as in this Indenture provided.

    All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the
Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

    NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

    For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities
by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and
proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of series thereof
(including holders from time to time of the Securities of any series held
through a Holder which is a Depositary (as defined herein)), as follows:

                                     ARTICLE ONE
               DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

SECTION 101.  Definitions.

    For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided
or unless the context otherwise requires:

         (1)  the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to
    them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

         (2)  all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust
    Indenture Act or by Commission rule or regulation under the Trust Indenture
    Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to
    them therein;

         (3)  any gender used in this Indenture shall be deemed and construed
    to include correlative words of the masculine, feminine or neuter gender;


<PAGE>

         (4)  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
    meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP and, except as otherwise
    herein expressly provided, GAAP with respect to any computation required or
    permitted hereunder shall mean GAAP at the date of such computation; and

         (5)  the words "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of
    similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
    Article, Section or other subdivision.

    Certain terms, used principally in Article Six, are defined in that
Article.

    "Act", when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in
Section 104.

    "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition,
"control", when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

    "Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant
to Section 614 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of one
or more series.

    "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company or
any duly authorized (generally or in any particular respect) committee appointed
by that board.

    "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board
of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such
certification.  Where any provision of this Indenture refers to action to be
taken pursuant to a Board Resolution (including establishment of any series of
the Securities and the forms and terms thereof), such action may be taken by any
committee, officer or employee of the Company authorized to take such action
(generally or in any particular respect) by a Board Resolution.

    "Business Day", when used with respect to any Place of Payment or other
location, means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is
not a day on which banking institutions generally in that Place of Payment or
other 

                                       -2-
<PAGE>

location are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close,
unless otherwise specified in a form of Security.

    "Capital Lease Obligation" means, as to any Person, the obligations of such
Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement
conveying the right to use) real or personal property, which obligations are
required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations on the
balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations at
the time any determination thereof is to be made for purposes of this Indenture
shall be the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at
such time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with
GAAP.

    "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to
time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such Commission is not
existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture
Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

    "Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of
this instrument until a successor corporation shall have become such pursuant to
the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean
such successor corporation, and any other obligor upon the Securities.

    "Company Request" or "Company Order" means a written request or order
signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its President,
its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Operating Officer, its Chief Financial
Officer, a Vice President, its Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, its Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary, or by any other officer of the Company authorized to
sign by Board Resolution, and delivered to the Trustee.

    "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which at any
particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered,
which at the date of original execution of the Indenture is Minneapolis,
Minnesota.

    "Corporation" includes corporations, associations, companies, joint stock
companies and business trusts.

    "Credit Enhancement Facility" means any document, instrument or agreement
entered into by any Person for the purpose of providing credit support for
Securitization Transactions and Warehouse Facilities.

    "Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 307.

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

    "Depositary" means, with respect to the Securities of any series issuable
or issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, the
clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, specified for that purpose as
contemplated by Section 301 or any successor clearing agency registered under
the Exchange Act as contemplated by Section 305, and if at any time there is
more than one such Person, "Depositary" as used with respect to the Securities
of any series shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Securities of such
series.

    "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 501.

    "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

    "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
of America set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in
such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a
significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time
to time.

    "Global Security" means a Security bearing the legend specified in Section
202 evidencing all or part of a series of Securities, issued to the Depositary
for such series or its nominee, and registered in the name of such Depositary or
nominee.

    "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the
Security Register.

    "Indebtedness" means, as to any Person, any of the following obligations,
contingent or otherwise, whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or
thereafter created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed by such Person:

         (a)  all obligations for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase
    price of property or services (including, without limitation, any interest
    accruing subsequent to an event of default), except any such obligation
    that constitutes a trade payable or an accrued liability arising in the
    ordinary course of business, if and to the extent the foregoing
    Indebtedness would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person
    prepared in accordance with GAAP;

         (b)  all obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other
    similar instruments issued by such Person;

         (c)  all Indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or
    other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired (even
    though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

    in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such
    property), except any such obligation that constitutes a trade payable or
    an accrued liability arising in the ordinary course of business, if and to
    the extent the foregoing Indebtedness would appear as a liability on a
    balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP;

         (d)  all Capital Lease Obligations;

         (e)  all obligations for the payment of principal or interest, all
    commitment fees and all reimbursement obligations incurred, created or
    arising in connection with Securitization Transactions, Warehouse
    Facilities or Credit Enhancement Facilities;

         (f)  all Indebtedness of the types referred to in the foregoing
    clauses (a) through (e) above secured by (or for which the holder of such
    Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured
    by) any lien upon or security interest in property of such Person
    (including, without limitation, accounts and contract rights), even though
    such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such
    Indebtedness;

         (g)  any guarantee of any Indebtedness of the types referred to in the
    foregoing clauses (a) through (f), regardless of whether such obligation
    would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with
    GAAP; and

         (h)  all renewals, extensions and refundings of any Indebtedness of
    the types referred to in any of the foregoing clauses (a) through (g).

    "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from
time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental
hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall
include the terms of particular series of Securities established as contemplated
by Section 301; provided, however, that, if at any time more than one Person is
acting as Trustee under this instrument due to the appointment of one or more
separate Trustees for any one or more separate series of Securities pursuant to
Section 610(e), "Indenture" shall mean, with respect to such series of
Securities for which any such Person is Trustee, this instrument as originally
executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or
more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable
provisions hereof and shall include the terms of particular series of Securities
for which such Person is Trustee established as contemplated by Section 301,
exclusive, however, of any provisions or terms which relate solely to other
series of Securities for which such Person is not Trustee, regardless of when
such terms or provisions were adopted, and exclusive of any provisions or terms
adopted by means of one or more indentures supplemental 

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

hereto executed and delivered after such Person had become such Trustee but 
to which such Person, as such Trustee, was not a party.

    "Interest", when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount Security
which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest payable
after Maturity.

    "Interest Payment Date", when used with respect to any Security, means the
Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

    "Junior Subordinated Debt" means the Indebtedness of the Company under its
Subordinated Extendible Notes and Subordinated Fixed-Term Notes issued pursuant
to the indenture dated as of July 1, 1994, by and between the Company and
Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee, as the same was
amended and restated as of April 28, 1995.

    "Maturity", when used with respect to any Security, means the date on which
the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due and
payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by
declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

    "Obligations" has the meaning specified in Section 1302.

    "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the
Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer,
the Chief Financial Officer, a Vice President or an Assistant Vice President of
the Company, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

    "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an
employee of or counsel for the Company.

    "Original Issue Discount Security" means any Security which provides for an
amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a
declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

    "Outstanding", when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the date
of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture, except:

         (i)  Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to
    the Trustee for cancellation;

                                       -6-
<PAGE>

         (ii) Securities for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary
    amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent
    (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by
    the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the
    Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities are to be
    redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this
    Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;
    and

         (iii)     Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or
    in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been
    authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such
    Securities in respect of which there shall have been presented to the
    Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Securities are held by a bona
    fide purchaser in whose hands such Securities are valid obligations of the
    Company;

provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or whether a
quorum is present at a meeting of Holders of Securities, (i) the principal
amount of an Original Issue Discount Security that shall be deemed to be
Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof that would be due and
payable as of the date of such determination upon acceleration of the Maturity
thereof pursuant to Section 502, (ii) the principal amount of a Security
denominated in one or more foreign currencies or currency units that shall be
deemed to be Outstanding shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined in the
manner provided as contemplated by Section 301 as of the date of original
issuance of such Security, of the principal amount (or, in the case of an
Original Issue Discount Security, the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined as of
the date of original issuance of such Security, of the amount determined as
provided in (i) above) of such Security as determined by the Company pursuant to
Section 301, and (iii) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon
the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be
disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Securities which the
Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Securities so owned which
have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee
establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act
with respect to such Securities and that the pledges is not the Company or any
other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such
other obligor.

    "Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the
principal of (and premium, if any) and/or interest on any Securities on behalf
of the Company.

                                       -7-
<PAGE>

    "Periodic Offering" means an offering of Securities of a series from time
to time the specific terms of which Securities, including without limitation the
rate or rates of interest (or formula for determining the rate or rates of
interest), if any, thereon, the Stated Maturity or Maturities thereof and the
redemption provisions, if any, with respect thereto, are to be determined by the
Company or its agents upon the issuance of such Securities.

    "Person" means any individual, Corporation, partnership, joint venture,
association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

    "Place of Payment", when used with respect to the Securities of any series,
means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and/or
interest on the Securities of that series are payable.

    "Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous
Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Security, and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security
authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the
same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

    "Proceeding" has the meaning specified in Section 1302.

    "Redemption Date", when used with respect to any Security or portion
thereof to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to
this Indenture.

    "Redemption Price", when used with respect to any Security or portion
thereof to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant
to this Indenture.

    "Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date
on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose as
contemplated by Section 301.

    "Responsible Officer", when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
officer of the Trustee assigned by it to administer its corporate trust matters.

    "Repurchase Date", when used with respect to any Security or portion
thereof to be repurchased, means the date fixed for such repurchase pursuant to
this Indenture.

                                       -8-
<PAGE>

    "Repurchase Price", when used with respect to any Security or portion
thereof to be repurchased, means the price at which it is to be repurchased
pursuant to this Indenture.

    "Securities" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture
and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and delivered under
this Indenture; provided, however, that if at any time there is more than one
Person acting as Trustee under this Indenture, "Securities" with respect to the
Indenture as to which such Person is Trustee shall have the meaning stated in
the first recital of this Indenture and shall more particularly mean Securities
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, exclusive, however, of
Securities of any series as to which such Person is not Trustee.

    "Securities Payment" has the meaning specified in Section 1302.

    "Securitization Transaction" means a public or private transfer of
installment sales contracts, loans, leases or other receivables by which the
Company directly or indirectly securitizes a pool of specified installment sales
contracts, loans, leases or other receivables.

    "Security Register" and "Security Registrar" have the respective meanings
specified in Section 305.

    "Senior Debt" means all Indebtedness of the Company, except Indebtedness
created or evidenced by an instrument which expressly provides that such
Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of
the Company.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Senior Debt
shall include: (i) the guarantee by the Company of any Indebtedness of any other
Person (including, without limitation, subordinated Indebtedness of another
Person), unless such guarantee is expressly subordinated to any other
Indebtedness of the Company; (ii) Indebtedness of the Company under its 13%
Senior Notes due 2000 issued pursuant to the indenture dated as of April 28,
1995, by and between the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as Trustee; and (iii) Indebtedness of the Company under that
certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of August 4, 1995, by and
among the Company, First Bank National Association, as Administrative Bank, and
certain other banks party thereto.  Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Senior Debt shall not include Indebtedness of the Company under the
Securities or the Junior Subordinated Debt.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the foregoing, Senior Debt shall not include (x) any Indebtedness of
the Company to any of its Subsidiaries or other Affiliates and (y) any
Indebtedness incurred for the purchase of goods or materials or for services
obtained in the ordinary course of business (other than with the proceeds of
revolving credit borrowings permitted hereby).

                                       -9-
<PAGE>

    "Senior Payment Default" means any default in the payment of any Obligation
on any Senior Debt when due, whether at the stated maturity of any such payment
or by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, mandatory repurchase,
payment or prepayment or otherwise.

    "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a
date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

    "Stated Maturity", when used with respect to any Security or any
installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified
in such Security as the fixed date on which the principal of such Security or
such installment of principal or interest is due and payable.

    "Subsidiary" means, with respect to any Person, (i) any corporation,
association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting
power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such
Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination
thereof and (ii) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing
general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b)
the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries
of such Person (or any combination thereof).

    "Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in
force at the date as of which this instrument was executed, except as provided
in Section 905.

    "Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of
this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean or
include each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is
more than one such Person, "Trustee" as used with respect to the Securities of
any series shall mean the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series.

    "U.S. Government Obligations" means direct obligations of the United States
of America, or any Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of such government, in each case where the payment or payments
thereunder are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation
by such government and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the
issuer or issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by
a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government
Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount
with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for
the account of the 

                                       -10-
<PAGE>

holder of a depository receipt, provided that (except as required by law) 
such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount 
payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by 
the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific 
payment of interest on or principal of or other amount with respect to the 
U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

    "Vice President", when used with respect to the Company, means any vice
president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before
or after the title "vice president".

    "Voting Stock", when used with respect to a Corporation, means stock of the
class or classes having general voting power under ordinary circumstances to
elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of
such Corporation (irrespective of whether at the time stock or securities of any
other class or classes shall have or might have voting power by reason of the
happening of any contingency).

    "Warehouse Facility" means a funding arrangement with one or more financial
institutions or other lenders or purchasers, either directly or through a
special purpose vehicle, exclusively to finance for a period not to exceed six
months the purchase of consumer installment sales contracts, loans, leases or
other receivables pending Securitization Transactions, including, without
limitation, so-called "pool bank" arrangements and repurchase agreements.

SECTION 102.  Compliance Certificates and Opinions.

    Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any
action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee, if so requested by the Trustee, an Officers' Certificate stating that
all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that
in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been
complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to
which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision
of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no
additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

    Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

         (1)  a statement that each individual signing such certificate or
    opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein
    relating thereto;

                                       -11-
<PAGE>

         (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
    or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
    certificate or opinion are based;

         (3)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he has
    made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to
    express an informed opinion whether such covenant or condition has been
    complied with; and

         (4)  a statement whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such
    condition or covenant has been complied with.

    Every such certificate provided under this Indenture shall be without
personal recourse to the individual executing the same and may include an
express statement to such effect.

SECTION 103.  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.

    In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all
such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such
Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one
or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify
or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

    Any certificate or opinion of any officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate, opinion or representations
with respect to the matters upon which such officer's certificate or opinion is
based are erroneous.  Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based,
insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the
information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the
Company.  Any certificate or opinion of counsel may be stated to be based on the
certificates or opinions of other counsel, in which event it shall be
accompanied by a copy of such other certificates or opinions.

    Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.  All applications, requests, certificates, statements or
other 

                                       -12-
<PAGE>

instruments given under this Indenture shall be without personal recourse
to any individual giving the same and may include an express statement to such
effect.

SECTION 104.  Acts of Holders.

    (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may
be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar
tenor signed by such Holders (including Persons who hold their Securities
through a Holder which is a Depositary) in person or by an agent duly appointed
in writing, and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action
shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the
Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company.  Such
instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced
thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing
such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of
a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this
Indenture and (subject to Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and
the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including a
Depositary that is a Holder of a Global Security, may make, give or take, by a
proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this
Indenture to be made, given or taken by the Holders, and a Depositary that is a
Holder of a Global Security may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial
owners of interest in any such Global Security.

    (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such
instrument or writing may be proved in any reasonable manner which the Trustee
deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as the Trustee may
determine, provided that, in any instance, the Trustee may require further proof
with respect to any matter referred to in this Section.

    (c)  The ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.

    (d)  The Company may fix any day as the record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders (including Persons who hold Securities through a Holder
which is a Depositary) of Securities of any series entitled to give or take any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
action, or to vote on any action, authorized or permitted to be given or taken
by Holders of Securities of such series.  If not set by the Company prior to the
first solicitation of a Holder of Securities of such series made by any Person
in respect of any such action, or, in the case of any such vote, prior to such
vote, the record date for any such action or vote 

                                       -13-
<PAGE>

shall be the 30th day (or, if later, the date of the most recent list of 
Holders required to be provided pursuant to Section 701) prior to such first 
solicitation or vote, as the case may be.  With regard to any record date for 
action to be taken by the Holders (including Persons who hold Securities 
through a Holder which is a Depositary) of one or more series of Securities, 
only the Holders of Securities of such series on such date (or their duly 
designated proxies) shall be entitled to give or take, or vote on, the 
relevant action.

    With regard to any action that may be given or taken hereunder only by
Holders (including Persons who hold their Securities through a Holder which is a
Depositary) of a requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of any
series (or their duly appointed agents) and for which a record date is set
pursuant to this subsection (d), the Company may, at its option, set an
expiration date after which no such action purported to be given or taken by any
Holder shall be effective hereunder unless given or taken on or prior to such
expiration date by Holders (including Persons who hold Securities through a
Holder which is a Depositary) of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding
Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents). 
On or prior to any expiration date set pursuant to this Subsection (d), the
Company may, on one or more occasions at its option, extend such date to any
later date.  Nothing in this subsection (d) shall prevent any Holder (or any
duly appointed agent thereof) from giving or taking, after any expiration date,
any action identical to, or, at any time, contrary to or different from any
action given or taken, or purported to have been given and taken, hereunder by a
Holder on or prior to such date, in which event the Company may set a record
date in respect hereof pursuant to this subsection (d).

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon receipt by the Trustee, with respect to
Securities of any series, of (i) any Notice of Default pursuant to Section 501,
(ii) any declaration or acceleration, or any rescission and annulment of any
such declaration, pursuant to Section 502, or (iii) any direction given pursuant
to Section 512 (any such notice, declaration, rescission and annulment, or
direction being referred to herein as a "Direction"), a record date shall
automatically and without any other action by any Person be set for the purpose
of determining the Holders (including Persons who hold Securities through a
Holder which is a Depositary) of Outstanding Securities of such series entitled
to join in such Direction, which record date shall be the close of business on
the day the Trustee receives such Direction. The Holders (including Persons who
hold Securities through a Holder which is a Depositary) of Outstanding
Securities of such series on such record date (or their duly appointed agents),
and only such Persons, shall be entitled to join in such Direction, whether or
not such Holders remain Holders after record date; provided that, unless such
Direction shall have become effective by virtue of Holders (including Persons
who hold Securities through a Holder which is a Depositary) of the requisite
principal amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date
(or their duly appointed agents) having joined therein on or prior to the 

                                       -14-
<PAGE>

90th day after such record date, such Direction shall automatically and 
without any action by any Person be canceled and be of no further effect.  
Nothing in this paragraph shall prevent a Holder (or duly appointed agent 
thereof) from giving, before or after the expiration of such 90-day period, a 
Direction contrary to or different from, or, after the expiration of such 
period, identical to, a Direction that has been canceled pursuant to the 
proviso to the preceding sentence, in which event a new record date in 
respect thereof shall be set pursuant to this subsection (d).

    (e)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the
same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of
transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of
anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such
Security.

SECTION 105.  Notices, Etc., to Trustee and Company.

    Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be
made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

         (1)  the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company shall be sufficient
    for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if
    made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with a Responsible Officer
    of the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention: Corporate Trust
    Department, or

         (2)  the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient
    for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if
    in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company
    addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in the
    first paragraph of this instrument (Attention: Treasurer) or at any other
    address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

SECTION 106.  Notice to Holders; Waiver.

    Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such
notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided)
if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder (including
Persons who hold Securities through a Holder which is a Depositary if the name
and address of such beneficial holder has been provided in writing to the Person
required to give such notice prior to the date such notice is given) affected by
such event, at such Holder's address as it appears in the Security Register or
as provided in writing by the Depositary, not later than the latest date, and
not earlier than the earliest date, 

                                       -15-
<PAGE>

prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders 
is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in 
any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency 
of such notice with respect to other Holders.  Any notice mailed to the 
Holder in the manner herein prescribed shall be conclusively deemed to have 
been received by such Holder, whether or not such Holder actually receives 
such notice.  Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such 
notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such 
notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the 
equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with 
the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the 
validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

    In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by reason of
any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such
notification as shall be made by or with the approval of the Trustee shall
constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

SECTION 107.  Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

    This Indenture is subject to, and shall be governed by, the provisions of
the Trust Indenture Act that are required to be part of this Indenture.  If any
provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the Trust
Indenture Act that is required under such Act to be a part of and govern this
Indenture, the provision of the Trust Indenture Act shall control.  If any
provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust
Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be
deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case
may be.

SECTION 108.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.

    The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 109.  Successors and Assigns.

    All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company or the
Trustee shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

SECTION 110.  Separability Clause.

    In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.


                                       -16-
<PAGE>


SECTION 111.  Benefits of Indenture.

    Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities, express or implied, shall
give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Authenticating Agent, any
Paying Agent, any Securities Registrar, and their successors hereunder and the
Holders (including Persons who hold Securities through a Holder which is a
Depositary), any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under
this Indenture.

SECTION 112.  Governing Law.

    This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.

SECTION 113.  Legal Holidays.

    Except as may be otherwise specified with respect to any particular
Securities, in any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or
Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of
Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the
Securities) payment of interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be
made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next
succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect
as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated
Maturity, provided that no interest shall accrue for the period from and after
such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may
be.

                                     ARTICLE TWO
                                    SECURITY FORMS

SECTION 201.  Forms Generally.

    The Securities of each series, including Global Securities representing
Securities of such series, shall be in the form established, without the
approval of any Holders or the Trustee, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution in
accordance with Section 301 or by one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in
each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other
variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such
letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or
endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any
securities exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the
officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of the
Securities.

                                       -17-
<PAGE>

    The definitive Securities may be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel
engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by
the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such
Securities.

SECTION 202.  Form of Trustee's Certificate of Authentication.

    The Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in substantially the
following form: 

    This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein and issued
pursuant to the within-mentioned Indenture.

                        _______________________, as
                        Trustee


                        By________________________
                             Authorized Signature

SECTION 203.  Form of Legend for Global Securities.

    Any Global Security authenticated and delivered hereunder shall, in
addition to the provisions established by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or
in one or more indentures supplemental hereto in accordance with Section 201,
bear a legend in substantially the following form or such similar form as may be
required by the Depositary:

         "Unless this certificate is presented by an authorized
    representative of The Depository Trust Company (55 Water Street, New
    York, New York) to the issuer or to its agent for registration of
    transfer, exchange or payment, and any certificate issued is
    registered in the name of Cede & Co. or such other name as requested
    by an authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company and
    any payment is made to Cede & Co., ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE
    HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL since
    the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein."

                                    ARTICLE THREE
                                    THE SECURITIES
                                           
SECTION 301.     Amount Unlimited; Issuable in Series.

    The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

                                       -18-
<PAGE>

    The Securities may be issued in one or more series.  There shall be
established, without the approval of any Holders or the Trustee, by or pursuant
to authority granted by one or more Board Resolutions, and, subject to Section
303, there shall be set forth in an Officers' Certificate, or established in one
or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the initial issuance of
Securities of any series, all or any of the following, as applicable:

         (1)  the title of the Securities of the series (which shall
    distinguish the Securities of the series from Securities of any other
    series);

         (2)  any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities
    of the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture
    (except for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of
    transfer of, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to
    Section 304, 305, 306, 906, 1107 and except for any Securities which,
    pursuant to Section 303, are deemed never to have been authenticated and
    delivered hereunder) and the absence of such limitation shall mean that the
    Company may issue from time to time additional securities of such series
    without limitation as to aggregate principal amount;

         (3)  the Person to whom any interest on a Security of the series shall
    be payable, if other than the Person in whose name that Security (or one or
    more Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the
    Regular Record Date for such interest;

         (4)  the date or dates, or the method by which such date or dates are
    determined or extended, on which the principal or installments of principal
    and premium, if any, of the Securities of the series is or are payable;

         (5)  the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) at which the
    Securities of the series shall bear interest, if any, or the method by
    which such rate or rates shall be determined, the date or dates from which
    such interest shall accrue, the Interest Payment Dates on which such
    interest shall be payable, the Regular Record Date for the interest payable
    on any Interest Payment Date and the circumstances, if any in which the
    Company may defer interest payments and the basis upon which interest shall
    be calculated if other than that of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months;

         (6)  the place or places, if any, where the principal of (and premium,
    if any) and interest on Securities of the series shall be payable, any
    Securities of the series may be surrendered for registration of transfer or
    exchange and notices and demands to or upon the Company with respect to the
    Securities 

                                       -19-
<PAGE>

    of the series and this Indenture may be served, other than or in
    addition to the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee;

         (7)  if applicable, the period or periods within which, the price or
    prices at which and the terms and conditions upon which Securities of the
    series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company;

         (8)  the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase
    Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund or analogous
    provisions or at the option of a Holder thereof and the period or periods
    within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions
    upon which Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in
    whole or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

         (9)  whether the Securities of the series will be convertible into
    shares of Common Stock and/or exchangeable for other securities, and if so,
    the terms and conditions upon which such Securities will be so convertible
    or exchangeable, and any deletions from or modifications or additions to
    this Indenture to permit or to facilitate the issuance of such convertible
    or exchangeable Securities or the administration thereof;

         (10) the identity of each Security Registrar and Paying Agent, if
    other than or in addition to the Trustee;

         (11) if the amount of principal of, or any premium or interest on, any
    Securities of the series may be determined by reference to an index or
    pursuant to a formula, the manner in which such amounts shall be
    determined;

         (12) the applicability of, and any addition to or change in, the
    covenants and definitions currently set forth in this Indenture;

         (13) if other than denominations of $1,000 or any amount in excess
    thereof which is an integral multiple of $1,000, the denominations in which
    Securities of the series shall be issuable;

         (14) if other than the currency of the United States of America, the
    currency, currencies, currency units or composite currencies in which
    payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on any Securities
    of the series shall be payable and the manner of determining the U.S.
    dollar equivalent of the principal amount thereof for purposes of the
    definition of "Outstanding" in Section 101, and, if the principal of or any
    premium or interest on any Securities of the series is to be payable, at
    the election of the Company or a Holder thereof, in one or more currencies
    or currency units 

                                       -20-
<PAGE>

    other than that or those in which the Securities are stated to be payable, 
    the currency, currencies or currency units in which payment of the 
    principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of such series as 
    to which such election is made shall be payable, and the periods within 
    which and the terms and conditions upon which such election is to be made;

         (15) any other event or events of default applicable with respect to
    Securities of the series in addition to or in lieu of those provided in
    Section 501 and any change in the right of the Trustee or the Holders to
    declare the principal of or any premium or interest on such Securities due
    and payable;

         (16) if less than the principal amount thereof, the portion of the
    principal amount of Securities of the series which shall be payable upon
    declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section
    502;

         (17) whether the Securities of the series shall be issued in whole or
    in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, if so, (a) the
    Depositary with respect to such Global Security or Securities and (b) the
    circumstances under which any such Global Security may be exchanged for
    Securities registered in the name of, and any transfer of such Global
    Security may be registered to, a Person other than such Depositary or its
    nominee, if other than as set forth in Section 305;

         (18) if applicable, that the Securities of the series, in whole or any
    specified part, shall not be defeasible pursuant to Section 403 or Section
    1005 or both such Sections and, if other than by a Company Order, the
    manner in which any election by the Company to defend such Securities shall
    be evidenced; and

         (19) any other terms of the series (which terms shall not be
    inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture, except as permitted by
    Section 901(5)).

    All Securities of any one series (other than Securities offered in a
Periodic Offering) shall be substantially identical except as to denomination
and except as may otherwise be provided by or pursuant to the Board Resolution
referred to above and, subject to Section 303, set forth, or determined in the
manner provided, in the Officers' Certificate referred to above or in any such
indenture supplemental hereto. All Securities of any one series need not be
issued at the same time.  Unless otherwise provided, Securities of a single
series may have different terms, and a series may be reopened, without the
consent of the Holders of Securities of such series, for issuance of additional
Securities of such series.

                                       -21-
<PAGE>

    If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken pursuant
to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action shall be
certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and
delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officers'
Certificate setting forth the terms of the series.

    With respect to Securities of a series offered in a Periodic Offering, such
Board Resolution and Officers' Certificate or supplemental indenture may provide
general terms or parameters for Securities of such series and provide either
that the specific terms of particular Securities of such series shall be
specified in a Company Order or that such terms shall be determined by the
Company or its agents in accordance with other procedures specified in a Company
Order as contemplated by the third paragraph of Section 303.

SECTION 302.  Denominations.

    Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Officers' Certificate or
supplemental indenture, the Securities of each series shall be issued in
registered form without coupons in such denominations as shall be specified as
contemplated by Section 301.  In the absence of any such provisions with respect
to the Securities of any series, the Securities of such series shall be issuable
in denominations of $1,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is an integral
multiple of $1,000.

SECTION 303.  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and Dating.

    The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman
of the Board, its President, its Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Operating
Officer, its Chief Financial Officer or one of its Vice Presidents, under its
corporate seal affixed thereto or reproduced thereon attested by its Secretary
or one of its Assistant Secretaries.  The signature of any of these officers on
the Securities may be manual or facsimile.

    Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who
were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not
hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

    At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this
Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the
Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the
authentication and delivery of such Securities, or, in the case of Securities
offered in a Periodic Offering, from time to time in accordance with such other
procedures (including, without limitation, the receipt by the Trustee of
electronic instructions 

                                       -22-
<PAGE>

from the Company or its duly authorized agents, promptly confirmed in writing 
by the Company) acceptable to the Trustee as may be specified from time to 
time by a Company Order for establishing the specific terms of particular 
Securities being so offered, and the Trustee in accordance with the Company 
Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities.  If the form or forms 
or terms of the Securities of the series have been established by or pursuant 
to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by Sections 201 and 301, in 
authenticating such Securities and accepting the additional responsibilities 
under this Indenture in relation to such Securities, the Trustee shall be 
entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in 
relying upon

    (a)  an Opinion of Counsel stating:

         (1)  that the form or forms of such Securities have been established
    in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

         (2)  that the terms of such Securities have been established in
    conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

         (3)  that authentication and delivery of such Securities and the
    execution and delivery of the supplemental indenture, if any, by the
    Trustee will not violate the terms of the Indenture;

         (4)  that the Company has the corporate power to issue, and has duly
    authorized, such Securities;

         (5)  that such Securities, when authenticated and delivered by the
    Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to any
    conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and
    legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company
    in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
    reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other
    laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement of
    creditors' rights and to general equity principles, provided that such
    Opinion of Counsel need express an opinion as to whether a court in the
    United States would render a money judgment in a currency other than that
    of the United States; and

         (6)  that the issuance of such Securities will not contravene the
    certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or result in any
    violation of any of the terms or provisions of any law or regulation or of
    any indenture, mortgage or other agreement known to such Counsel by which
    the Company is bound;

                                       -23-
<PAGE>

    (b)  an executed supplemental indenture, if any;

    (c)  a copy of a Board Resolution; and

    (d)  an Officers' Certificate;

provided, however, that, with respect to Securities of a series offered in a
Periodic Offering, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive such Opinion of
Counsel in connection only with the first authentication of each form of
Securities of such series and that the opinions described in clauses (a)(2) and
(a)(5) above may state, respectively, that

         (2)  if the terms of such Securities are to be established pursuant to
    a Company Order or pursuant to such procedures as may be specified from
    time to time by a Company Order, all as contemplated by a Board Resolution
    or action taken pursuant thereto, such terms will have been duly authorized
    by the Company and established in conformity with the provisions of this
    Indenture; and

         (5)  that such Securities, when executed by the Company, completed,
    authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in accordance with this
    Indenture, and issued and delivered by the Company and paid for, all in
    accordance with any agreement of the Company relating to the offering,
    issuance and sale of such Securities, will be duly issued under this
    Indenture and will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the
    Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms, subject to bankruptcy,
    insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws relating to or
    affecting generally the enforcement of creditors' rights and to general
    principles of equity.

    With respect to Securities of a series offered in a Periodic Offering, the
Trustee may rely, as to the authorization by the Company of any of such
Securities, the form or forms and terms thereof and the legality, validity,
binding effect and enforceability thereof, upon the Opinion of Counsel, Company
Order and other documents delivered pursuant to Sections 201 and 301 and this
Section, as applicable, in connection with the first authentication of a form of
Securities of such series and it shall not be necessary for the Company to
deliver such Opinion of Counsel and other documents (except as may be required
by the specified other procedures, if any, referred to above) at or prior to the
time of authentication of each Security of such series unless and until the
Trustee receives notice that such Opinion of Counsel or other documents have
been superseded or revoked, and may assume compliance with any conditions
specified in such Opinion of Counsel (other than any conditions to be performed
by the Trustee).  If such form or forms or terms have been so established, the
Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue of
such Securities pursuant to this Indenture will affect the 

                                       -24-
<PAGE>

Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under the Securities and this 
Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably acceptable to the 
Trustee.

    Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.
 
    No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein
executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any
Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security
has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the
benefits of this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall
have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the
Company, and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for
cancellation as provided in Section 309, for all purposes of this Indenture such
Security shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered
hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

SECTION 304.  Temporary Securities.

    Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any Series, the Company
may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten or otherwise
produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the
definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate
insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers
executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such
Securities.  In the case of Securities of any series, such temporary Securities
may be in the form of Global Securities.

    If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will cause
definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable delay. 
After the preparation of definitive Securities of such series, the temporary
Securities of such series shall be exchangeable, subject to Section 305, for
definitive Securities of like tenor of such series upon surrender of the
temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company in a
Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder.  Upon surrender
for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange
therefor a like principal amount of definitive Securities of the same series and
of like tenor and of any authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the
temporary Securities of any series shall in all respects be entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities of such series and tenor.

                                       -25-
<PAGE>

SECTION 305.  Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange.

    The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee a register (the "Security Register") in which, subject to such
reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the
registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities.  The Trustee is
hereby appointed "Security Registrar" of each series of Securities for the
purpose of registering Securities and transfers of Securities as herein provided
at the Corporate Trust Office.

    Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of any series
at the office or agency of the Company in any Place of Payment for such series,
the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (in the
name of the designated transferee or transferees) one or more new Securities of
the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate
principal amount and tenor and bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding.

    At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for
other Securities of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a
like aggregate principal amount and tenor, upon surrender of the Securities to
be exchanged at the office or agency of the Company in any Place of Payment for
such series.  Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the
Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the
Securities which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

    All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same
debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Securities
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

    Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed,
or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to
the Company and the Security Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or
such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing.

    No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
with any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, other than
exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or 1107 not involving any transfer.

    The Company may but shall not be required (i) to issue, register the
transfer of or exchange Securities of any series during a period beginning at
the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of
redemption of Securities 

                                       -26-
<PAGE>

of that series selected for redemption under Section 1103 and ending at the 
close of business on the day of such mailing, (ii) to register the transfer 
of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, 
except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part or (iii) 
to register the transfer of or exchange any certificated Securities during a 
period beginning five days before the date of Maturity with respect to such 
Security and ending on such date of Maturity.

    Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise specified as
contemplated by Section 301, no Global Security shall be exchangeable pursuant
to this Section 305 for Securities registered in the name of, and no transfer of
a Global Security of any series may be registered to, any Person other than the
Depositary for such Security or its nominee, unless (i) such Depositary notifies
the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such
Global Security or the Company determines that the Depositary is unable to
continue as Depositary and the Company thereafter fails to appoint a successor
Depositary, (ii) the Company provides for such exchange or registration of
transfer pursuant to Section 301 of this Indenture, (iii) the Company executes
and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order that such Global Security shall be
so exchangeable and the transfer thereof so registrable, or (iv) there shall
have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the
Securities of such series which entitles the Holders of such Securities to
accelerate the maturity thereof Upon the occurrence in respect of any Global
Security of any series of any one or more of the conditions specified in clauses
(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) of the preceding sentence or such other conditions as
may be specified as contemplated by Section 301 for such series, such Global
Security may be exchanged for Securities not bearing the legend specified in
Section 205 and registered in the names of such Persons as may be specified by
the Depositary (including Persons other than the Depositary or its nominees).

    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, a Global Security
may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary for such Global
Security to a nominee of the Depositary or by a nominee of the Depositary to the
Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary.

SECTION 306.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities.

    If any mutilated Security, including a Global Security, is surrendered to
the Trustee or the Company, together with such security, bond or indemnity as
may be required by the Trustee or the Company to save each of them and any agent
of either of them harmless, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security, including a new
Global Security if the mutilated Security was a Global Security, of the same
series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding.

                                       -27-
<PAGE>

    If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence to
their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, including
a Global Security if the destroyed, lost or stolen Security was a Global
Security, and (ii) such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save
each of them and any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of
notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a
bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon its written request the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or
stolen Security, a new Security, including a Global Security if the destroyed,
lost or stolen Security was a Global Security, of the same series and of like
tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding.

    In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become
or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Security, pay such Security.

    Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company may
require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including
the fees and expenses of the Trustee), if any, connected therewith.

    Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of
any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional
contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or
stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with
any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.  A new
Security shall have such legends as appeared on the old Security unless the
Company determines otherwise.

    The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

SECTION 307.  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved.

    Unless otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to
any series of Securities, interest on any Security which is payable, and is
punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid
to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor
Securities) is registered in the Security Register at the close of business on
the Regular Record Date for such Interest Payment Date.

    Any interest on any Security of any series which is payable but is not
punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date (herein called

                                       -28-
<PAGE>

"Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on the
relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder, and such
Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election in each case, as
provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

         (1)  The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest
    to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their
    respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business
    on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which
    shall be fixed in the following manner.  The Company shall notify the
    Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid
    on each Security of such series and the date of the proposed payment, and
    at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of
    money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such
    Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee
    for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when
    deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to
    such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided.  Thereupon the Trustee
    shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest
    which shall be not more than 15 days and not less than 10 days prior to the
    date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by
    the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment.  The Trustee shall
    promptly notify the Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name
    and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed
    payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to
    be mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of
    such series at such Holder's address as it appears in the Security
    Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date.  Notice
    of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record
    Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid
    to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their
    respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business
    on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the
    following clause (2).

         (2)  The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the
    Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with
    the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be
    listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after
    notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant
    to this clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the
    Trustee.

    Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security
delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange
for, or in lieu 

                                       -29-
<PAGE>

of, any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, 
and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

SECTION 308.  Persons Deemed Owners.

    Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer, the
Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the
Person in whose name such Security is registered in the Security Register as the
owner of such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and
premium, if any) and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on such Security
and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue,
and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

    No holder of any beneficial interest in any Global Security held on its
behalf by a Depositary (or its nominees) shall have any rights under this
Indenture with respect to such Global security or any Security represented
thereby, and such Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee, and any
agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such Global Security or any
Security represented thereby for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, with respect to any Global Security, nothing herein shall prevent the
Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the Company or the Trustee, from giving
effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a
Depositary as Holder of such Global Security, or impair, as between a Depositary
and the owners of beneficial interests in such Global Security, the operation of
customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of the Depositary (or
its nominees) as Holder of such Global Security.

SECTION 309.  Cancellation.

    All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of
transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if
surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee
and shall be promptly canceled by it.  The Company may at any time deliver to
the Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and
delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner
whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery
to the Trustee) for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated
hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold, and all Securities so
delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Securities shall be
authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities canceled as provided
in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee is
hereby directed by the Company to destroy the canceled Securities held by the
Trustee, and the Trustee shall provide the Company with a certificate of a
Responsible Officer certifying as to the destruction of such Securities.

                                       -30-
<PAGE>

SECTION 310.  Computation of Interest.

    Except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for Securities of any
series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be computed on the basis
of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and no interest will accrue with
respect to the 31st day of any month.

                                     ARTICLE FOUR
                              SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
                                           
SECTION 401.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.

    This Indenture shall upon Company Request cease to be of further effect
with respect to any series of Securities specified in a Company Request (except
as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Securities
herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company,
shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of
this Indenture, when

         (1)  either

              (A)  all Securities of such series therefore authenticated and
         delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost
         or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section
         306 and (ii) Securities for whose payment money has therefore been
         deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and
         thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as
         provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to the Trustee for
         cancellation; or

              (B)  all Securities of such series not therefore delivered to the
         Trustee for cancellation

                   (i)  have become due and payable, or

                   (ii) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity
              within one year, or

                  (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year
              under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of
              notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the
              expense, of the Company,

                                       -31-
<PAGE>

         and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has
         deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in
         trust for the purpose an amount, in the currency in which such
         Securities are payable, sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
         indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the
         Trustee for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and
         interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which
         have become due and payable) or to the respective Stated Maturity or
         Redemption Date, as the case may be;

         (2)  the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
    hereunder by the Company, and

         (3)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
    and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
    herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this
    Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series have been complied
    with.

    Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with
respect to a series of Securities, the obligations of the Company and the
Trustee to the Holders of Securities of other series not so satisfied and
discharged, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607, the
obligations of the Trustee to any Authenticating Agent under Section 614, and,
if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Subclause (B) of
clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and
the last paragraph of Section 1003, shall survive.

SECTION 402.  Application of Trust Money.

    Subject to provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all money
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and
applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities of each
series and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if
any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the
Trustee but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

SECTION 403.  Defeasance and Discharge of Indenture.

    If principal of and any premium and interest on Securities of any series
are denominated and payable in U.S. Dollars, the Company shall be deemed to have
paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness on all the Outstanding Securities of
such series on the 91st day after the date of the deposit referred to in
subparagraph (d) hereof, and the provisions of this Indenture, as it relates to
such Outstanding 

                                       -32-
<PAGE>

Securities, shall no longer be in effect (and the Trustee, at the request and 
expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the 
same), except as to:

         (a)  the rights of Holders of Securities of such series to receive,
    from the trust funds described in subparagraph (d) hereof, (i) payment of
    the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Outstanding
    Securities of such series on the Stated Maturity of such principal or
    installment of principal or interest and (ii) the benefit of any mandatory
    sinking fund payments applicable to the Securities of such series on the
    day on which such payments are due and payable in accordance with the terms
    of this Indenture and such Securities;

         (b)  the Company's obligations with respect to such Securities under
    Sections 305, 306, 1002 and 1003; and

         (c)  the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee
    hereunder;

provided that, the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

         (d)  The Company has deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited
    with the Trustee (or another trustee satisfying the requirements of Section
    609) as trust funds in the trust, specifically pledged as security for, and
    dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Securities of such
    series, (i) U.S. Dollars in an amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations
    which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in
    accordance with their terms will provide not later than one day before the
    due date of any payment referred to in clause (A) or (B) of this
    subparagraph (d) U.S. Dollars in an amount or (iii) a combination thereof,
    sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized firm of independent
    certified public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
    delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge (A) the principal of (and
    premium, if any) and each installment of principal of (and premium, if any)
    and interest on the Outstanding Securities of such series on the Stated
    Maturity of such principal or installment of principal and interest and (B)
    any mandatory sinking fund or analogous payments applicable to the
    Securities of such series on the day on which such payments are due and
    payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such
    Securities;

         (e)  such deposit shall not cause the Trustee with respect to the
    Securities of such series to have a conflicting interest as defined in
    Section 608 and for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to
    such Securities;

                                       -33-
<PAGE>

         (f)  such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
    constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or
    instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

         (g)  such provision would not cause any Outstanding Securities of such
    series then listed on the New York Stock Exchange or other securities
    exchange to be delisted as a result thereof;

         (h)  no Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time
    would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such
    series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or
    during the period ending on the 91st day after such date;

         (i)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
    and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that there has been a change in
    applicable federal law such that, or the Company has received from, or
    there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling to the
    effect that, Holders of the Securities of such series will not recognize
    income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such
    deposits, defeasance and discharge and will be subject to federal income
    tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as
    would have been the case if such deposit, defeasance and discharge had not
    occurred; and

         (j)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
    and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
    relating to the defeasance contemplated by this Section have been complied
    with.

                                     ARTICLE FIVE
                                       REMEDIES
                                           
SECTION 501.  Events of Default.

    "Event of Default", wherever used herein with respect to Securities of any
series, and unless otherwise provided with respect to Securities of any series
pursuant to Section 301, means any one of the following events (whatever the
reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or
involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment,
decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body):

         (1)  default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of such
    series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for
    a period of 30 days; or

                                       -34-
<PAGE>

         (2)  default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any,
    on) any Security of such series when due and payable; or

         (3)  default in the deposit of any sinking fund payment in respect of
    any Security of such series, when and as due by the terms of a Security of
    such series; or

         (4)  default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or
    warranty of the Company in this Indenture or the Securities of such series
    (other than a covenant or warranty a default in the performance or breach
    of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with or which has
    expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a
    series of one or more Securities other than such series), and continuance
    of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after written notice
    thereof has been received by the Company from the Trustee or by the Company
    and the Trustee from the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
    amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, specifying such
    default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such
    notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

         (5)  an event of default, as defined in any indenture or instrument
    under which the Company or any Subsidiary shall have outstanding at least
    $5,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (other than as part
    of a Securitization Transaction), shall happen and be continuing and such
    Indebtedness shall, as a result thereof, have been accelerated (or
    comparable event shall have occurred) so that the same shall have become
    due and payable prior to the date on which the same would otherwise have
    become due and payable and such acceleration has been in effect without
    rescission or annulment for a period of 60 days; provided, however, that if
    such event of default under such indenture or instrument shall be remedied
    or cured by the Company or waived by the holders of such Indebtedness, or
    if such acceleration under such indenture or instrument shall have been
    rescinded or annulled by the holders of such Indebtedness, then, unless the
    Securities of such series shall have been accelerated as provided in this
    Indenture, the Event of Default hereunder by reason thereof shall be deemed
    likewise to have been thereupon remedied, cured or waived without further
    action upon the part of either the Trustee or any Holders of the Securities
    of any series; or

         (6)  the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a
    decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case
    or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency,
    reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the
    Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition
    seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in

                                       -35-
<PAGE>

    respect of the Company under any applicable Federal or State law, or
    appointing a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
    sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial
    part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its
    affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any
    such other decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60
    consecutive days; or

         (7)  the commencement by the Company of a voluntary case or proceeding
    under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy, insolvency,
    reorganization or other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to
    be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry
    of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary
    case or proceeding under any applicable Federal or State bankruptcy,
    insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or to the commencement of
    any bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding against it, or the filing
    by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief
    under any applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the
    filing of such petition or to the appointment of or taking possession by a
    custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other
    similar official of the Company or of any substantial part of its property,
    or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the
    admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as
    they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Company in
    furtherance of any such action; or

         (8)  a final judgment, judicial decree or order for the payment of
    money in excess of $5,000,000 shall be rendered against the Company or any
    Subsidiary, and such judgment, decree or order shall have remained unpaid,
    unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or

         (9)  any other Event of Default provided with respect to Securities of
    such series pursuant to Section 301.

SECTION 502.  Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.

    If an Event of Default with respect to Outstanding Securities of any series
occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case the Trustee or the Holders
of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities
of such series may declare the principal amount (or, if any of the Securities of
such series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such lesser portion of the
principal amount of such Securities as may be specified in the terms thereof) of
all of the Securities of that series to be due and payable immediately, by a
notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and
upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified portion thereof)
shall become immediately due and payable; provided that in the case of an Event
of Default 

                                       -36-
<PAGE>

described in Section 501(6) or (7) hereof, the principal amount of all 
Securities (or specified portion thereof) shall become due and payable 
immediately, without any notice to the Company or the Trustee.

    Upon payment of such principal amount (and premium, if any), such interest
and interest on overdue principal and overdue interest to the extent prescribed
therefor in the Securities of such series (to the extent payment of such
interest is legally enforceable), all of the Company's obligations in respect of
the payment of principal and interest on the Securities of such series shall
terminate.

    At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to
Outstanding Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or
decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as
hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, by written notice
to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if

         (1)  the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum
    sufficient to pay

              (A)  all overdue interest on all Securities of such series,

              (B)  the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of
         such series which have become due otherwise than by such declaration
         of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed
         therefor in such Securities,

              (C)  to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,
         interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed
         therefor in such Securities, and

              (D)  all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the
         reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
         Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee
         under Section 607; and

         (2)  all Events of Default with respect to Securities of such series,
    other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of such series
    which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been
    cured or waived as provided in Section 513.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right
consequent thereon.

                                       -37-
<PAGE>

SECTION 503.  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee.

    The Company covenants that if

         (1)  default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security of
    any series when such interest becomes due and payable and such default
    continues for a period of 30 days, or

         (2)  default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium,
    if any, on) any Security of any series at the Maturity thereof,

the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the
Holders of such Security, the whole amount then due and payable on such Security
for principal (and premium, if any) and interest and, to the extent that payment
of such interest shall be legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal
(and premium, if any) and on any overdue interest at the rate or rates
prescribed therefor in such Security, and, in addition thereto such further
amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

    If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs and
is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce
its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by such
appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to
protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any
covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power
granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

SECTION 504.  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

    In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation,
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other
judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the
Securities of any series or the property of the Company or of such other obligor
or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the
Securities of any series shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or
by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have
made any demand on the Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest)
shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or
otherwise,

         (i)  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and
    premium, if any) or such portion of the principal amount of any series of
    Original Issue Discount Securities as may be specified in the terms of such

                                       -38-
<PAGE>

    series and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities of such
    series and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or
    advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim
    for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
    the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee
    under Section 607) and of the Holders allowed in such judicial proceeding,
    and

         (ii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or
    deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or
other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by
each Holder of Securities of such series to make such payments to the Trustee
and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments
directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

    Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities
of any series or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

SECTION 505.  Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities.

    All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities may
be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the
Securities or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any
such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as
trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision
for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and for any other amounts due
the Trustee under Section 607, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the
Securities in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

SECTION 506.  Application of Money Collected.

    Any money collected by the Trustee with respect to any series of Securities
pursuant to this Article shall be applied in the following order, at the date or
dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on
account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the
Securities of such series and the notation thereon of the payment if only
partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

                                       -39-
<PAGE>

         FIRST:    To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section
    607; and

         SECOND:   To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for
    principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities of such
    series in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been
    collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according
    to the amounts due and payable on such Securities for principal (and
    premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

         THIRD:    The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled
    thereto.

SECTION 507.  Limitation on Suits.

    No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to institute
any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for
the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder,
unless

         (1)  such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of
    a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such
    series;

         (2)  the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
    Outstanding Securities of such series shall have made written request to
    the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in
    its own name as Trustee hereunder;

         (3)  such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable
    indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in
    compliance with such request;

         (4)  the Trustee, for 60 days after its receipt of such notice,
    request and offer of indemnity, has failed to institute any such
    proceeding; and

         (5)  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
    given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority
    in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of
such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any
other of such Holders 

                                       -40-
<PAGE>

or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein 
provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders.

SECTION 508.  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal, Premium and
              Interest.

    Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any
Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 307)
interest on such Security on the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such
Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date, or, in the case
of a repurchase right at the option of the Holder, if any, on the repurchase
date specified pursuant to Section 301) and to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without
the consent of such Holder.

SECTION 509.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies.

    If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any
right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued
or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or
to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in
such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter
all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though
no such proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 510.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative.

    Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of Section
306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to
the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every
right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in
addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any
right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent
assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 511.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

    No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of Securities of any
series to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default with
respect to such series shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a
waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and
remedy given 

                                       -41-
<PAGE>

by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised 
from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or 
by the Holders, as the case may be.

SECTION 512.  Control by Holders.

    The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the
Securities of such series, provided that

         (1)  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or
    with this Indenture, and

         (2)  the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
    Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

SECTION 513.  Waiver of Past Defaults.

    The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities of any series may, on behalf of the Holders of all
the Securities of such series, waive any past default hereunder with respect to
such series and its consequences, except a default

         (1)  in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
    interest on any Security of such series when due (other than amounts due
    and payable solely upon acceleration pursuant to Section 502), unless
    theretofore paid in full and cured in accordance with the terms of this
    Indenture, or

         (2)  in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Section
    902 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
    Outstanding Security of such series affected.

    Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose
of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
default or impair any right consequent thereon.

SECTION 514.  Undertaking for Costs.

    All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Security by
such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court
may in 

                                       -42-
<PAGE>

its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action
taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in
such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court
may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys'
fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits
and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; provided,
however, that the provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit
instituted by the Company, to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit
instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more
than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of the affected
series, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the
payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Security on
or after the Stated Maturity or Maturities expressed in such Security (or, in
the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date or, in the case of a
repurchase right at the option of the Holder, if any, on the repurchase date
specified pursuant to Section 301).

SECTION 515.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.

    The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it
will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted,
now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law
and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

                                     ARTICLE SIX
                                     THE TRUSTEE
                                           
SECTION 601.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities.

    (a)  With respect to Securities of any series, except during the
continuance of an Event of Default,

         (1)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
    duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied
    covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
    Trustee; and

         (2)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
    conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
    the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
    the 

                                       -43-
<PAGE>

    Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in
    the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof
    are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall
    be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they
    conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

    (b)  With respect to Securities of any series, in case an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights
and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and
skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

    (c)  No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

         (1)  this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of
    Subsection (a) of this Section;

         (2)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
    good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the
    Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

         (3)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
    or omitted to be taken by it in good faith with respect to any series of
    Securities in accordance with the direction of the Holders of a majority in
    principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, relating to
    the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
    available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon
    the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes, provided such
    direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this
    Indenture; and

         (4)  no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
    expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in
    the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any
    of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing
    that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
    liability is not reasonably assured to it.

    (d)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

SECTION 602.  Notice of Defaults.

                                       -44-
<PAGE>

    Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect
to the Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all
Holders of Securities of such series, as their names and addresses appear in the
Security Register, notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless
such default shall have been cured or waived; provided however, that, except in
the case of a default in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
interest on any Security of such series or in the payment of any sinking fund
installment with respect to Securities of such series, the Trustee shall be
protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors,
the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible
Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such
notice is in the interest of the Holders of Securities of such series; and
provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in
Section 501(4) with respect to Securities of such series, no such notice to
Holders shall be given until at least 60 days after the occurrence thereof. For
the purpose of this Section, therein "default" means any event which is, or
after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with
respect to Securities of such series.

SECTION 603.  Certain Rights of Trustee.

    Subject to the provisions of Section 601:

         (a)  the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or
    refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
    instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order,
    bond, debenture, note, other evidence of Indebtedness or other paper or
    document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented
    by the proper party or parties;

         (b)  any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be
    sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order or as
    otherwise expressly provided herein and any resolution of the Board of
    Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

         (c)  whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee
    shall deem it desirable that a maker be proved or established prior to
    taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless
    other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of
    bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate;

         (d)  the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of
    such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete

                                       -45-
<PAGE>

    authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or
    omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

         (e)  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
    rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction
    of any of the Holders of Securities of any series pursuant to this
    Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable
    security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which
    might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

         (f)  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
    facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
    instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order,
    bond, debenture, note, other evidence of Indebtedness or other paper or
    document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such furler inquiry
    or investigation into such fact or matters as it may see fit, and, if the
    Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it
    shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company
    pertaining to the Securities, personally or by agent or attorney;

         (g)  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
    perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
    attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
    negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by
    it hereunder; and

         (h)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or
    omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within
    the discretion, rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

SECTION 604.  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities.

    The recitals contained herein and in the Securities of each series, except
the Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements
of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any
responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustee makes no representations as
to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities of any
series, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute
and deliver this Indenture and any supplemental indenture, to authenticate such
Securities and to perform its obligations under this Indenture and such
Securities.  The Trustee or any Authenticating Agent shall not be accountable
for the use or application by the Company of Securities of any series or the
proceeds thereof.

SECTION 605.  May Hold Securities.

                                       -46-
<PAGE>

    The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security
Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to TIA
Sections 310(b) and 311, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same
rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent,
Security Registrar or such other agent.

SECTION 606.  Money Held in Trust.

    Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law.  The Trustee shall be under no
liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise
agreed with the Company.

SECTION 607.  Compensation and Reimbursement.

    The Company agrees

         (1)  to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation
    for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be
    limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee
    of an express trust);

         (2)  except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the
    Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and
    advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision
    of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses
    and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense,
    disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad
    faith; and

         (3)  to indemnify the Trustee and its agents for, and to hold it
    harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without
    negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with
    the acceptance or administration of the trust or trusts hereunder,
    including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or
    liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its
    powers or duties hereunder.

    (b)  As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company
under this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon
all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds
held in trust for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities of
any series. 

                                       -47-
<PAGE>

"Trustee" for the purposes of this Section includes any predecessor
Trustee, but negligence or bad faith of any Trustee shall not be attributable to
any other Trustee.

    (c)  When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection
with an Event of Default specified in Section 501(6) or (7), the expenses and
the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under any bankruptcy law.

SECTION 608.  Disqualification; Conflicting Interests.

    The provisions of TIA Section 310(b) shall apply to the Trustee.

SECTION 609.  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.

    There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be eligible to
act under TIA Section 310(a)(1) and whose parent shall have a combined capital
and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by
Federal, State or District of Columbia authority.  If such Corporation publishes
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements
of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this
Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Corporation shall be deemed to
be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of
condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible
in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. 
Neither the Company, nor any Person directly or indirectly controlling,
controlled by or under common control with the Company, shall act as Trustee
hereunder.

SECTION 610.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.

    (a)  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a
successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the
acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the
applicable requirements of Section 611.

    (b)  The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of
one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company specifying
its intention to resign, the applicable series affected by such resignation, the
reason therefor and the date upon which such resignation shall become effective.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless the reason for such resignations is a
conflict pursuant to Section 608, the Trustee must resign with respect to all
Securities if the Trustee resigns with respect to any series of Securities.  If
the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 611
shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 60 days after the giving of
such notice of resignation, 

                                       -48-
<PAGE>

the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for 
the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such 
series.

    (c)  The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities
of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to the
Company.

    (d)  The Trustee may be removed with respect to any or all series of
Securities at any time upon 30 days notice by filing with it an instrument in
writing signed on behalf of the Company by a duly authorized officer of the
Company specifying such removal and the date on which it is to become effective.

    (e)  If at any time:

         (1)  the Trustee shall fail to comply with TIA Section 310(b) after
    written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a
    bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six months, or

         (2)  the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 609 and
    shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by
    any such Holder, or

         (3)  the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged
    a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property
    shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of
    the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of
    rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (i) the Company by a Board Resolution may remove the
Trustee with respect to any one or more series of Securities or all Securities,
or (ii) subject to Section 514, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a
Security for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others
similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
of the Trustee with respect to such series of Securities and the appointment of
a successor Trustee or Trustees.

    (f)  If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting,
or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect
to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution,
shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the
Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor
Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of
such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to
the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable
requirements of Section 611. 

                                       -49-
<PAGE>

If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the 
occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the 
Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a 
majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series 
delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so 
appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in 
accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 611, become the 
successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series and to that 
extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.  If no 
successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall have 
been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in 
the manner required by Section 611, any Holder who has been a bona fide 
Holder of a Security of such series for at least six months may, on behalf of 
himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent 
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the 
Securities of such series.

    (g)  The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of
the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of
a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series by mailing
written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all
Holders of Securities of such series as their names and addresses appear in the
Security Register.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee
with respect to the Securities of such series and the address of its Corporate
Trust Office.

SECTION 611.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.

    (a)  In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with
respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an
instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal
of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee,
without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the
rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request
of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon
payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such
successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and
shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property
and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

    (b)  In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with
respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the
retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of
one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto
wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which (1) shall
contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to transfer and
confirm to, and to vest 

                                       -50-
<PAGE>

in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the 
retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series to 
which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates, (2) if the retiring 
Trustee is not retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such 
provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the 
rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the 
Securities of that or those series as to which the retiring Trustee is not 
retiring shall continue to be vested in the retiring Trustee, and (3) shall 
add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be 
necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts 
hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein 
or in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees 
of the same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or 
trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder 
administered by any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery 
of such supplemental indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring 
Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein and each such 
successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become 
vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee 
with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the 
appointment of such successor Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company 
or any successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer 
and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such 
retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the Securities of that or those 
series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee relates.  Whenever 
there is a successor Trustee with respect to one or more (but less than all) 
series of securities issued pursuant to this Indenture, the terms "Indenture" 
and "Securities" shall have the meanings specified in the provisos to the 
respective definitions of those terms in Section 101 which contemplate such 
situation.

    (c)  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute
any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming
to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in
paragraph (a) and (b) of this Section, as the case may be.

    (d)  No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time
of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under
this Article.

SECTION 612.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.

    Any Corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with
which it may be consolidated, or any Corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any
Corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business
of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such
Corporation 

                                       -51-
<PAGE>

shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the 
execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the 
parties hereto.  In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but 
not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, 
conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such 
authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same 
effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities; 
in case any of the Securities shall not have been authenticated by the 
Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation 
to such Trustee may authenticate such Securities either in the name of such 
predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; and in all 
such cases such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere 
in the Securities or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the 
Trustee shall have; provided, however, that the right to adopt the 
certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee or to authenticate 
Securities in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its 
successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

SECTION 613.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

    The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a).  A Trustee which has
resigned or been removed is subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent
indicated therein.

SECTION 614.  Appointment of Authenticating Agent.

    At any time when any of the Securities remain Outstanding the Trustee, with
the concurrence of the Company, may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents
with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be authorized to
act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such series, and
Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture
and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the
Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the
authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustee's
certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include
authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent
and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an
Authenticating Agent.  Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the
Company and shall at all times be a Corporation organized and doing business
under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the
District of Columbia authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent,
having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject
to supervision or examination by Federal, State or District of Columbia
authority.  If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least
annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or
examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital
and surplus of such 

                                       -52-
<PAGE>

Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus 
as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any 
time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with 
the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign 
immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

    Any Corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any Corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or
corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an
Authenticating Agent, provided such Corporation shall be otherwise eligible
under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further
act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

    An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice
thereof to the Trustee and to the Company.  The Trustee may at anytime terminate
the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such
Authenticating Agent and to the Company.  Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating
Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of
such appointment by first class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of
Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will
serve, as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register.  Any
successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder
shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor
hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. 
No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the
provisions of this Section.

    The Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time
reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee
shall be entitled to reimbursement for such payments subject to Section 607.

    If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to
this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in
addition to the Trustee's certificate of authentication an alternate certificate
of authentication in the following form:

                                       -53-
<PAGE>

    This is one of the Securities of the series designated herein and issued
pursuant to the within-mentioned Indenture.

                             NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
                             Trustee



                             By __________________________
                                    Authorized Signature

                             ____________________________,
                             as Authenticating Agent

                             By __________________________
                                    Authorized Signature


                                    ARTICLE SEVEN
                  HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY
                                           
SECTION 701.  Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.

    (a)  The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable, the names and addresses of Holders of such series of Securities
received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar.

    (b)  The rights of Holders of any series of Securities to communicate with
other Holders of such series with respect to their rights under this Indenture
or under such Securities, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the
Trustee, shall be as provided by TIA Section 312(b).

    (c)  Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees
with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor
any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the
disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders
in accordance with Section 702(b), regardless of the source from which such
information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by
reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 702(b).

                                       -54-
<PAGE>

SECTION 702.  Reports by Trustee.

    Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the later of May
15, 1996 or the first May 15 after the first issuance of Securities pursuant to
this Indenture, the Trustee shall transmit by mail to all Holders of Securities
of all series as provided in TIA Section 313(c) a brief report dated as of such
May 15 if required by TIA Section 313(a).  A copy of each such report shall, at
the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each
stock exchange upon which any Securities are listed, with the Commission and
with the Company.  The Company will notify the Trustee when any series of
Securities is listed on any stock exchange.

SECTION 703.  Reports by Company.

    The Company shall:

         (1)  file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is
    required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports
    and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such
    portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by
    rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file
    with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or, if the Company is not required to file
    information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then
    it shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules
    and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the
    supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be
    required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in
    respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities
    exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and
    regulations;

         (2)  file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with
    rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such
    additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by
    the Company with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be
    required from time to time by such rules and regulations;

         (3)  transmit by mail to all Holders of all series of Securities, as
    their names and addresses appear in the Security Register, reports as may
    be required by rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the
    Commission; and

         (4)  furnish to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each
    fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, a brief
    certificate of the 

                                       -55-
<PAGE>

    Company's principal executive officer, principal financial officer 
    or principal accounting officer as to his or her knowledge of the 
    Company's compliance with all conditions and covenants under this 
    Indenture.  For purposes of this paragraph, such compliance
    shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or 
    requirement of notice provided under this Indenture.

    The Trustee has no duty to review the financial or other reports described
in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section for purposes of determining compliance
with this or any other provision of this Indenture.

                                    ARTICLE EIGHT
                 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
                                           
SECTION 801.  Company May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms.

    The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person or
convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety
to any Person unless:

         (1)  the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company
    is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which
    leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an
    entirety shall be a Corporation, partnership or trust, shall be organized
    and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any
    State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an
    indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in
    form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the
    principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on all the Securities and
    the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the
    part of the Company to be performed or observed;

         (2)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of
    Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would
    become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and

         (3)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
    and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger,
    conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required
    in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture, comply
    with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for
    relating to such transaction have been complied with.

                                       -56-
<PAGE>

SECTION 802.  Successor Substituted.

    Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger by the Company into,
any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and
assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section
801, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company
is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed
to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the
Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person
had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a
lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants
under this Indenture and the Securities.

                                     ARTICLE NINE
                               SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
                                           
SECTION 901.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Holders.

    Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by or
pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to
time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

         (1)  to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company and
    the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein
    and in the Securities; or

         (2)  to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
    Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such covenants are to be
    for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such
    covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit of one or
    more specified series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
    upon the Company; or

         (3)  to add any additional Events of Default (and if such Events of
    Default are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities,
    stating that such Events of Default are being included solely for the
    benefit of such series); or

         (4)  to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to
    such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of
    Securities in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal,
    and with or without interest coupons, or to permit or facilitate the
    issuance of Securities of any series in certificated or uncertificated
    form; or

                                       -57-
<PAGE>

         (5)  to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this
    Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities, provided that any
    such addition, change or elimination (i) shall neither (A) apply to any
    Security of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental
    indenture and entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (B) modify the
    rights of the Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision or
    (ii) shall become effective only when there is no such Security
    Outstanding; or

         (6)  to secure the Securities of any series; or

         (7)  to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series as
    permitted by Sections 201 and 301; or

         (8)  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment
    hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or
    more series and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture
    as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of
    the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements
    of Section 61 l(b); or

         (9)  to cure any ambiguity or defect in or to correct or supplement
    any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision in
    this Indenture or any Security of any series, or to make any other
    provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this
    Indenture, provided such action shall not adversely affect the interests of
    the Holders of Securities of any series in any material respect.

SECTION 902.  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders.

    With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Securities of all series at the time Outstanding
affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as one class), by Act of said
Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized
by a Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures
supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series
under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture
shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected
thereby,

         (1)  change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any
    installment of principal of or interest on, any such affected Security, or
    reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of interest thereon or any
    premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce the amount of the
    principal 

                                       -58-
<PAGE>

    of an Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and
    payable upon a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant
    to Section 502, or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin or
    currency in which, any such Security or any premium or the interest thereon
    is payable, or impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of
    any such payment on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case
    of redemption or repayment, on or after the Redemption Date or any
    repayment date), or

         (2)  reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding
    Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any
    modifications or amendments to the Indenture with respect to such series or
    to the terms and conditions of such series or to approve a supplemental
    indenture with respect to such series, or the consent of whose Holders is
    required for any waiver with respect to such series of compliance with
    certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and
    their consequences provided for in this Indenture, or

         (3)  modify any of the provisions of this Section 902, Section 513 or
    Section 1005, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that
    certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived
    without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected
    thereby; provided however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require
    the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to "the
    Trustee" and concomitant changes in this Section 902 and Section 1005, or
    the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of
    Sections 61l(b) and 901(8).

A supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other
provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the
benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the
rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant
or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this
Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

    It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

SECTION 903.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures.

    In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of
the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive,
and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the 

                                       -59-
<PAGE>

execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this 
Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any 
such supplemental indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or 
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 904.  Effect of Supplemental Indentures.

    Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this
Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder
of Securities of the series affected thereby theretofore or thereafter
authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby to the extent
provided therein.

SECTION 905.  Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.

    Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall
conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

SECTION 906.  Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.

    Securities authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by
the Trustee, bear a notation in a form approved by the Trustee as to any matter
provided for in such supplemental indenture.  If the Company shall so determine,
new Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the
Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and
executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in
exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

SECTION 907.  Notice of Supplemental Indentures.

    Promptly after the execution by the Company and the Trustee of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions of Section 902, the Company
shall give notice thereof to the Holders of each Outstanding Security so
affected, pursuant to Section 106, setting forth in general terms the substance
of such supplemental indenture.

SECTION 908.  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Holders of Senior Debt.

    Without the consent of the holders of all Senior Debt affected thereby, the
Company and the Trustee shall not have the power to enter into an indenture or
indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of amending or modifying the

                                       -60-
<PAGE>

definition of "Senior Debt" in this Indenture in a manner adverse to the holders
of such affected Senior Debt.

                                     ARTICLE TEN
                                      COVENANTS
                                           
SECTION 1001. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

    The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of
Securities that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium,
if any) and interest on the Securities of such series in accordance with the
terms of such Securities and this Indenture.  In the absence of contrary
provisions with respect to the Securities of any series, interest on the
Securities of any series may, at the option of the Company, be paid by check
mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as it appears on the
Security Register.

SECTION 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

    The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of
Securities an office or agency where Securities of such series may be presented
or surrendered for payment, where Securities of such series may be surrendered
for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or
upon the Company in respect of the Securities of such series and this Indenture
may be served.  The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of
the location and any change in the location of such office or agency.  If at any
time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent
to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

    The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices
or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented or
surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such
designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in
any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency
in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such purposes.  The
Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation
or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or
agency.

SECTION 1003. Money for Securities Payments to Be Held in Trust.

    If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect
to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the
principal of (and 

                                       -61-
<PAGE>

premium, if any) or interest on any of the Securities of such series, 
segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a 
sum in the currency in which such series of Securities is payable sufficient 
to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until 
such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein 
provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so to act.

    Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of
Securities, it will, prior to each due date of the principal of (and premium, if
any) or interest on any Securities of such series, deposit with a Paying Agent a
sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so
becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent
is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its failure so
to act.

    The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities other
than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which
such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of
this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

         (1)  hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and
    premium, if any) or interest on Securities of such series in trust for the
    benefit of the Holders of such Securities until such sums shall be paid to
    such Holders or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

         (2)  give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any
    other obligor upon the Securities of such series) in the making of any
    payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of
    such series; and

         (3)  during the continuance of any such default by the Company (or any
    other obligor upon the Securities of such series) in the making of any
    payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Securities of
    such series, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the
    Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

    The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company
Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by
the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the
same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such
Paying Agent, and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such
Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such
money.

                                       -62-
<PAGE>

    Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any)
or interest on any Security and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be
paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall
be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter,
as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof,
and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust
money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon
cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being
required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to
be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily
published on each Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and
that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from
the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
will be repaid to the Company on Company Request.

SECTION 1004. Existence.

    Subject to Article Eight, the Company will do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence,
rights (charter and statutory) and franchises; provided, however, that the
Company shall not be required to preserve any-such right or franchise if the
Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer
desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss
thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 1005. Defeasance of Certain Obligations.

    The following provisions shall apply to the Securities of each series
unless specifically otherwise provided in a Board Resolution, Officers'
Certificate or indenture supplemental hereto provided pursuant to Section 301. 
The Company may omit to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth
in Article Ten and Section 301(12) and any such omission with respect Article
Ten and to Section 301(12) shall not be an Event of Default, in each case with
respect to the Securities of that series, provided that the following conditions
have been satisfied:

         (1)  with reference to this Section 1005, the Company has deposited or
    caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or another trustee
    satisfying the requirements of Section 609) as trust funds in trust,
    specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely to, the benefit
    of the Holders of the Securities of that series, (i) money in an amount, or
    (ii) U.S. Government Obligations which through the payment of interest and
    principal in respect 

                                       -63-
<PAGE>

    thereof in accordance with their terms will provide not later than 
    one day before the due date of any payment referred to in clause (A) 
    or (B) of this subparagraph (1) money in an amount, or (iii) a
    combination thereof, sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally-recognized
    firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
    thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge (A) the principal of
    (and premium, if any) and each installment of principal (and premium, if
    any) and interest on the Outstanding Securities on the Stated Maturity of
    such principal or installments of principal and interest and (B) any
    mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments applicable to the
    Securities of such series on the day on which such payments are due and
    payable in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and of such
    Securities;

         (2)  such deposit shall not cause the Trustee with respect to the
    Securities of that series to have a conflicting interest as defined in
    Section 608 and for purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to the
    Securities of any series;

         (3)  such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
    constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or
    instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

         (4)  no Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time
    would become an Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that
    series shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

         (5)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to
    the effect that Holders of the Securities of such series will not recognize
    income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such
    deposit and defeasance of certain obligations and will be subject to
    Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the
    same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had
    not occurred; and

         (6)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate
    and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent
    herein provided for relating to the defeasance contemplated in this Section
    have been complied with.

SECTION 1006. Waiver of Certain Covenants.

    The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term,
provision or condition set forth in Article Ten and Section 301(12), inclusive,
with respect to the Securities of any series if before the time for such
compliance the 

                                       -64-
<PAGE>

Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the 
Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by Act of such Holders, either 
waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with 
such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or 
affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly 
waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the 
Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision 
or condition shall remain in full force and effect.

    The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the
purpose of determining the Persons entitled to waive any such term, provision or
condition.  If a record date is fixed for such purpose, the Holders on such
record date or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be
entitled to waive any such term, provision or condition hereunder, whether or
not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless the
Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding
Securities of such series shall have waived such term, provision or condition
prior to the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such waiver
previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be
canceled and of no further effect.

                                    ARTICLE ELEVEN
                               REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES
                                           
SECTION 1101. Applicability of Article.

    Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated Maturity
shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as otherwise
specified as contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of any series) in
accordance with this Article.

SECTION 1102. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee.

    The election of the Company to redeem Securities of any series shall be
evidenced by an Officers' Certificate.  The Company shall, at least 45 days
prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall
be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of

         (1)  such Redemption Date,

         (2)  the Redemption Price,

         (3)  if the Securities of such series have different terms and less
    than all of the Securities of such series are to be redeemed, the terms of
    the Securities to be redeemed,

                                       -65-
<PAGE>

         (4)  whether the redemption is pursuant to a mandatory or optional
    sinking fund, or both, if such is the case, and

         (5)  if less than all the Securities of such series with identical
    terms are to be redeemed, the principal amount of such Securities to be
    redeemed.

In the case of any redemption of Securities prior to the expiration of any
restriction on such redemption provided in the terms of such Securities or
elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an
Officers' Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction.

SECTION 1103. Selection by Trustee of Securities to Be Redeemed.

    If less than all the Securities of like tenor of any series are to be
redeemed, the particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more
than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding
Securities of like tenor of such series not previously called for redemption, by
such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide
for the selection for redemption of portions (equal to the minimum authorized
denomination for Securities of like tenor of that series or any integral
multiple thereof of the principal amount of Securities of such series of a
denomination larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of
that series).

    The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities
selected for redemption and, in the case of any Securities selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

    For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires,
all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the
case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion
of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be redeemed.

SECTION 1104. Notice of Redemption.

    Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to
each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at each such Holder's address
appearing in the Security Register.

    All notices of redemption shall state:

         (1)  the Redemption Date,

                                       -66-
<PAGE>

         (2)  the Redemption Price,

         (3)  if less than all the Outstanding Securities of like tenor of any
    series are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial
    redemption, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be
    redeemed,

         (4)  that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due
    and payable upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that
    interest thereon will cease to accrue on and after said date,

         (5)  the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered
    for payment of the Redemption Price, and

         (6)  that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case.

    Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the
Company shall be given by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the
Company, unless the Company notifies the Trustee of its intention to give such
notice directly.

SECTION 1105. Deposit of Redemption Price.

    On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying
Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of
money in immediately available funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of,
and (except if the Redemption Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued
interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that date.

SECTION 1106. Securities Payable on Redemption Date.

    Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Securities so to
be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the
Redemption Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the
Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued
interest) such Securities shall cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any
such Security for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Security shall
be paid by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest
to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that, unless otherwise specified as
contemplated by Section 301, installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is
on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such
Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the
close of business on the 

                                       -67-
<PAGE>

relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of 
Section 307.

    If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender
thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid,
bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the
Security.

SECTION 1107. Securities Redeemed in Part.

    Any Security which is to be redeemed in part shall be surrendered at a
Place of Payment for such series (with, if the Company or the Trustee so
requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof
or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall
execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such
Security without service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series
and of like tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder,
in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed
portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.  To the extent a series
of Securities represented by a Global Security is to be redeemed only in part, a
notation of such redemption shall be made by the Trustee in the schedule of
exchanges on the Global Security.

                                    ARTICLE TWELVE
                                    SINKING FUNDS
                                           
SECTION 1201. Applicability of Article.

    The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund for
the retirement of Securities of a series except as otherwise specified as
contemplated by Section 301 for Securities of such series.

    The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the terms of
Securities of any series is herein referred to as a "mandatory sinking fund
payment", and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the
terms of Securities of any series is herein referred to as an "optional sinking
fund payment".  If provided for by the terms of Securities of any series, the
cash amount of any sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided
in Section 1202.  Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption
of Securities of any series as provided for by the terms of Securities of such
series.

SECTION 1202. Satisfaction of Sinking Fund Payments with Securities.

    The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of like tenor of a
series (other than any previously called for redemption) and (2) may apply as a
credit 

                                       -68-
<PAGE>

Securities of like tenor of a series which have been redeemed either at
the election of the Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through
the application of permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the
terms of such Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any
sinking fund payment with respect to the Securities of like tenor of such series
required to be made pursuant to the terms of such Securities as provided for by
the terms of such series; provided that such Securities have not been previously
so credited.  Such Securities shall be received and credited for such purpose by
the Trustee at the Redemption Price specified in such Securities for redemption
through operation of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund
payment shall be reduced accordingly. Such Securities shall be first applied to
the sinking fund payment next due and any excess shall be applied to the
following sinking fund payments in the order they are due.

SECTION 1203. Redemption of Securities for Sinking Fund.

    Not less than 60 days prior to each sinking fund payment date for
Securities of like tenor of a series, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an
Officers' Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund
payment for such Securities pursuant to the terms of such Securities, the
portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the
portion thereof, if any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting
Securities of like tenor of that series pursuant to Section 1202 and, at the
time of delivery of such Officers' Certificate, will also deliver to the Trustee
any Securities to be so delivered.  Not less than 30 days before each such
sinking fund payment date the Trustee shall select the Securities to be redeemed
upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in Section 1103 and
cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the name of and at the
expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section 1104.  Such notice
having been duly given.  the redemption of such Securities shall be made upon
the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1106 and 1107.

                                   ARTICLE THIRTEEN
                                    SUBORDINATION
                                           
SECTION 1301. Agreement to Subordinate.

    The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Securities of each
series, by such Holder's acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, that
the indebtedness evidenced by the Securities of each series and the payment of
the principal thereof, premium, if any, sinking fund requirements therefor and
interest thereon shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment, to the
extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, to the prior payment in full in
cash or cash equivalents of all Senior Debt.

                                       -69-
<PAGE>

SECTION 1302. Distribution on Dissolution, Liquidation and Reorganization.

    Upon any distribution to creditors of the Company in a liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or
in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding
relating to the Company or its properties, or upon an assignment for the benefit
of creditors or any other marshaling of the assets and liabilities of the
Company (each such event, if any, herein sometimes referred to as a
"Proceeding"):

         (a)  all principal of, premium, if any, interest (including interest
    after the commencement of any such Proceeding at the rate specified in the
    applicable Senior Debt) and commitment fees (the "Obligations") due on, or
    to become due on or in respect of, all Senior Debt shall first be paid in
    full in cash or cash equivalents before any payment or distribution of any
    kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, by set off or
    otherwise (including any payment or distribution which may be payable or
    deliverable by reason of the payment of any Junior Subordinated Debt), on
    account of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any
    Securities or on account of any purchase, redemption, retirement or other
    acquisition of Securities by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company,
    the Trustee or any Paying Agent or on account of any other obligation of
    the Company in respect of any Securities (all such payments, distributions,
    purchases, redemptions, retirements and acquisitions, whether or not in
    connection with a Proceeding, herein referred to, individually and
    collectively, as a "Securities Payment"), or before the Holders of the
    Securities shall be entitled to retain any assets so paid or distributed in
    respect thereof; and

         (b)  until the Senior Debt is paid in full in cash or cash equivalents
    (as provided in subsection (a) above), any Securities Payment to which the
    Holders of the Securities or the Trustee for their benefit would be
    entitled except for the provisions of this Section 1302, shall be paid or
    delivered by the Company or any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy,
    liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or
    distribution directly to the holders of Senior Debt or their representative
    or representatives or the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant
    to which any instruments evidencing any Senior Debt may have been issued,
    as their respective interests may appear.

    For purposes of this Article Thirteen only, the words "any payment or
distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities"
shall not be deemed to include (i) a payment or distribution of stock or
securities of the Company provided for by a plan of reorganization or
readjustment authorized by an order or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction in a reorganization proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy law
or of any other corporation provided for by 

                                       -70-
<PAGE>

such plan of reorganization or readjustment which stock or securities are 
subordinated in right of payment to all then outstanding Senior Debt to the 
same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Securities are so 
subordinated as provided in this Article; or (ii) any deposit, or payment 
made therefrom, pursuant to Article Four or Section 1005, with respect to any 
series of Securities; provided that, in the case of any such payment from a 
defeasance trust, the assets deposited in trust to fund such payment have 
been so deposited for any period of at least 90 consecutive days without the 
occurrence of a blockage of payment on such series of Securities pursuant to 
this Section 1302 or Section 1303 hereof.  The consolidation of the Company 
with, or the merger of the Company into, another Person or the liquidation or 
dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of all or 
substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to another 
Person upon the terms and conditions set forth in Article Eight shall not be 
deemed a Proceeding for the purposes of this Section if the Person formed by 
such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which 
acquires by conveyance or transfer such properties and assets as an entirety, 
as the case may be, shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, 
conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions set forth in Article Eight.

SECTION 1303. No Payment When Senior Debt in Default.

    In the event that any Senior Payment Default shall have occurred, then no
Securities Payment shall be made unless and until such Senior Payment Default
shall have been cured or waived in writing or shall have ceased to exist or all
Obligations in respect of such Senior Debt shall have been paid in full in cash
or cash equivalents.

    The provisions of this Section shall not apply to any Securities Payment
with respect to which Section 1302 hereof would be applicable.

SECTION 1304. Payment to Holders of Senior Debt.

    Subject to the provisions of Section 1306, in the event that,
notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1302 or Section 1303, any Securities
Payment shall be received by the Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the
Securities (i) from the Company in violation of such provisions, or (ii) from
any other Person under such circumstances that such payment would, if made
directly by the Company, be in violation of such provisions, such payment or
distribution shall be held by the Trustee in trust for the benefit of, and shall
immediately be paid over by the Trustee, upon written request by a Person
entitled to give notice on behalf of such Senior Debt as specified in Section
1310, to the holders of Senior Debt or their representative or representatives,
or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture under which any instrument
evidencing any of such Senior Debt may have been 

                                       -71-
<PAGE>

issued, as their respective interests may appear, for application to the 
payment of Senior Debt.

    Upon any payment or distribution of assets or securities of the Company
referred to in Sections 1302 and 1303, the Trustee and the Holders of the
Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree of a court of
competent jurisdiction, or upon any certificate of any liquidating trustee or
agent or other similar Person making any payment or distribution to the Trustee
or to the Holders of the Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons
entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the
Senior Debt, the amount thereof or payment thereon, the amount or amounts paid
or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article
Thirteen.  In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that further
evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of
Senior Debt to participate in any payment or distribution referred to in
Sections 1302 and 1303, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence
to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Debt
held by such Person, as to the extent to which such Person is entitled to
participation in such payment or distribution, and as to other facts pertinent
to the rights of such Person under Sections 1302 and 1303, and if such evidence
is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending
judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

SECTION 1305. Subrogation.

    Subject to the payment in full in cash or cash equivalents of all Senior
Debt at the time outstanding and, in the case of Warehouse Facilities, all
outstanding fees and expenses required to be paid by the Company pursuant to the
respective terms thereof, the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to
the rights of each holder of Senior Debt (to the extent of the payments or
distributions made to such holder pursuant to the provisions of Sections 1302,
1303 and 1304) to receive payments or distributions of cash, assets or
securities of the Company applicable to the Senior Debt until the Securities
shall be paid in full.  No payments or distributions to holders of Senior Debt
of cash, assets or securities of the Company to which Holders of Securities
would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article Thirteen, and no
payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article Thirteen to holders of
such Senior Debt by the Holders of Securities shall, as among the Company, its
creditors other than the holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the
Securities, be deemed to be a payment by the Company on account of the Senior
Debt, it being understood that the provisions of this Article Thirteen are
intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders
of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Debt, on the
other hand, and nothing contained in this Article Thirteen or elsewhere in this
Indenture, or in the Securities, is intended to or shall impair, as between the
Company, its creditors other than the 

                                       -72-
<PAGE>

holders of Senior Debt, and the Holders of the Securities, the obligation of 
the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of 
the Securities the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 
Securities, as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance 
with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of 
the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than the 
holders of Senior Debt, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the 
Trustee or the Holder of any Securities from exercising all remedies 
otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, 
subject to the rights, if any, under this Article Thirteen of the holders of 
Senior Debt in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company 
received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

SECTION 1306. Payment on Securities Permitted.

    Nothing contained in this Article Thirteen or elsewhere in this Indenture,
or in any of the Securities, shall prevent the Company from making payment of
the principal of, sinking fund, if any, premium, if any, or interest on the
Securities, at any time, except under the conditions described in Section 1303
and except during the pendency of any Proceeding within the meaning of Section
1302.  Nothing contained in this Article Thirteen or elsewhere in this
Indenture, or in any of the Securities, shall prevent the application by the
Trustee of any moneys deposited with it hereunder for the purpose, to the
payment of or on account of the principal of, sinking fund, if any, or premium,
if any, or interest on the Securities, unless the Trustee shall have received
written notice, directed to it at its Corporate Trust Office as provided in
Section 1310.

SECTION 1307. Authorization of Holders to Trustee to Effect Subordination.

    Each Holder of Securities, by such Holder's acceptance thereof, authorizes
and directs the Trustee in such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate, as between the Holders of the Securities
and the holders of Senior Debt, the subordination provided in this Article
Thirteen and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such
purposes.

SECTION 1308. No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.

    No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce
subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or
impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act
or failure to act by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company
with terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any
knowledge thereof any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with.

                                       -73-
<PAGE>

    Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the
holders of Senior Debt may, at any time and from time to time without the
consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities, without
incurring responsibility to the Holders of the Securities and without impairing
or releasing the subordination provided in this Article or the obligations
hereunder of the Holders of the Securities to the holders of Senior Debt, do any
one or more of the following: (i) change the manner, place or terms of payment
or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Debt, or otherwise
amend or supplement in any manner Senior Debt or any instrument evidencing the
same or any agreement under which Senior Debt is outstanding; (ii) permit the
Company to borrow, repay and then reborrow any or all of the Senior Debt; (iii)
sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged
or otherwise securing Senior Debt; (iv) release any Person liable in any manner
for the collection of Senior Debt; (v) exercise or refrain from exercising any
rights against the Company and any other Person; and (vi) apply any sums
received by them to Senior Debt.

SECTION 1309. Trustee as Holder of Senior Debt.

    The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article
Thirteen in respect of any Senior Debt at any time held by it, to the same
extent as any other holder of Senior Debt, and nothing in Section 613 or
elsewhere in this Indenture shall deprive or be construed to deprive the Trustee
of its rights as such holder.

    Nothing in this Article Thirteen shall apply to claims of, or payments to,
the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 607 hereof.

SECTION 1310. Notices to Trustee.

    The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact
known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the
Trustee in respect of the Securities, but failure to give such notice shall not
affect the subordination of the Securities to the extent herein provided if
notice is otherwise given as hereinafter provided in this Section 1310. 
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or any other provision of this
Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of
any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in
respect of the Securities, unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
shall have received written notice thereof from the Company, any holder of
Senior Debt or Qualified Senior Debt or any trustee, fiduciary or agent
therefor; and, prior to the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee,
subject to the provisions of Section 601 hereof, shall be entitled in all
respects to assume that no such facts exist.  Any notice required or permitted
to be given to the Trustee by a holder of Senior Debt or Qualified Senior Debt
or a trustee, fiduciary or transfer agent therefor shall be in writing and shall
be sufficient for every purpose hereunder in writing and either (i) sent via
facsimile to the 

                                       -74-
<PAGE>

Trustee, the receipt of which shall be confirmed via telephone, or (ii) 
mailed, first class postage prepaid, or sent overnight carrier, to the 
Trustee addressed to it at the address of its principal office specified in 
the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other address furnished in 
writing to such holder of the Senior Debt or Qualified Senior Debt by the 
Trustee. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, no notice, request 
or other communication to or with the Trustee shall be deemed given unless 
received by a Responsible Officer at the Trustee's principal corporate trust 
office.

SECTION 1311. No Fiduciary Duty by Trustee to Holders of Senior Debt.

    The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of
Senior Debt and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall in good
faith mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders of Securities or the Company
or any other Person moneys or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall
be entitled by virtue of this Article Thirteen or otherwise.

SECTION 1312. Paying Agent Treated as Trustee.

    In case at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been
appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as
used in this Article Thirteen shall in such case (unless the context shall
otherwise require) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent
within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent
were named in this Article Thirteen in place of the Trustee.

                                   ARTICLE FOURTEEN
                    REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF HOLDERS
                                           
SECTION 1401. Applicability of Article.

    Securities of any series which are repurchasable before their Stated
Maturity at the option of the Holders shall be repurchasable in accordance with
their terms and (except as otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 for
Securities of any series) in accordance with this Article.

SECTION 1402. Notice of Repurchase Date.

    Notice of any Repurchase Date with respect to Securities of any series
shall, unless otherwise specified by the terms of such Securities, be given by
the Company not less than 45 nor more than 60 days prior to such Repurchase Date
to each Holder of Securities of such series subject to repurchase in accordance
with Section 105.

    The notice as to Repurchase Date shall state:

                                       -75-
<PAGE>

         (1)  the Repurchase Date;

         (2)  the Repurchase Price;

         (3)  the place or places where such Securities are to be surrendered
    for payment of the Repurchase Price and the date by which such Securities
    must be so surrendered in order to be repurchased;

         (4)  a description of the procedure which a Holder must follow to
    exercise a repurchase right; and

         (5)  that exercise of the option to elect repurchase is irrevocable.

No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notice shall limit any Holder's
right to exercise a repurchase right.

SECTION 1403. Deposit of Repurchase Price.

    On or prior to the Repurchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own paying
Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of
money sufficient to pay the Repurchase Price of and (unless the Repurchase Date
shall be an Interest Payment Date) accrued interest, if any, on all of the
Securities of such series which are to be repurchased on that date.

SECTION 1404. Securities Payable on Repurchase Date.

    The form of option to elect repurchase having been delivered as specified
in the form of Security for such series as provided in Article Two, the
Securities of such series so to be repurchased shall, on the Repurchase Date,
become due and payable at the Repurchase Price applicable thereto and from and
after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the
Repurchase Price and accrued interest) such Securities shall cease to bear
interest.  Upon surrender of any such Security for repurchase in accordance with
said notice, such Security shall be paid by the Company at the Repurchase Price
together with accrued interest to the Repurchase Date; provided, however, that
installments of interest whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such Repurchase
Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or more
Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the close of business on the
relevant Regular and Special Record Dates according to their terms and the
provisions of Section 307.

                                       -76-
<PAGE>

    If any such Security shall not be paid upon surrender thereof for
repurchase, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest
from the Repurchase Date at the rate prescribed therefor in such Security.
SECTION 1405. Securities Repurchased in Part.

    Any Security which by its terms may be repurchased in part at the option of
the Holder and which is to be repurchased only in part shall be surrendered at
any office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose pursuant to
Section 1002 (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement
by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and
the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly
authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without service charge,
a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like tenor of any
authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal
amount equal to and in exchange for the unrepurchased portion of the principal
of the Security so surrendered.  To the extent a series of Securities
represented by a Global Security is to be repurchased in part only, a notation
of such redemption shall be made by the Trustee in the schedule of exchanges on
the Global Security.

                                   ARTICLE FIFTEEN
                              CORPORATE OBLIGATION ONLY
                                           
SECTION 1501. Indenture and Securities Solely Corporate Obligations.

    No recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement contained
in this Indenture, any indenture supplement, or in any Security, because of any
Indebtedness evidenced thereby, shall be had against any incorporator, or
against any past, present or future stockholder, employee, officer or director,
as such, of the Company or of any successor corporation, either directly or
through the Company or any successor corporation, under any rule of law, statute
or constitutional provision or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty
or by any legal or equitable proceeding or otherwise, all such liability,
whether at common law, in equity, by any constitution, statute or otherwise, of
incorporators, stockholders, employees, officers or directors being expressly
waived and released by the acceptance of the Securities by the Holders thereof
and as part of the consideration of the issuance of the Securities.

                                        * * *

    This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                       -77-
<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                             By    /s/ B.S. Anderson
                                  ----------------------
                                  Brian S. Anderson
                                  Senior Vice President and Chief
                                         Accounting Officer
Attest:


/s/ James Atkinson
- --------------------
James D. Atkinson III
Senior Vice President, Corporate
    Counsel and Secretary



                             NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, 
                             NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as 
                             Trustee


                             By /s/ Curtis D. Schwegman
                                -----------------------
                                   Curtis D. Schwegman
                                   Corporate Trust Officer

Attest:


/s/ Raymond S. Haverstock
- ---------------------------
Name:  Raymond S. Haverstock
Title:  Assistant Secretary








                                       -78-
<PAGE>


STATE OF MINNESOTA )
                   ) SS.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN )

    On the 27th day of March, 1996, before me personally came Brian S.
Anderson, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he
is Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of Olympic Financial Ltd.,
one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing
instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to
said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto
by like authority.


[SEAL]                       /s/ Maureen R. Sultan
                             ----------------------
                             Notary Public

STATE OF MINNESOTA )
                   ) SS.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN )

    On the 28th day of March, 1996, before me personally came Curtis D.
Schwegman, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he
is a Corporate Trust Officer of Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association,
one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing
instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to
said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto
by like authority.



[SEAL]                       /s/ Jane Yun
                             -----------------
                             Notary Public









                                       -79-






<PAGE>

_______________________________________________________________________________

                               OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                          to

                     NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                      as Trustee

                                   _______________

                                  SUBORDINATED NOTES
                                    ______________


                             FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                              Dated as of March 15, 1996

                                          TO

                         Indenture dated as of March 15, 1996


_______________________________________________________________________________

<PAGE>

       FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of March 15, 1996, between 
OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., a corporation duly organized and existing under the 
laws of the State of Minnesota (herein called the "Company"), having its 
principal office at 7825 Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 
55439, and NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee (herein 
called the "Trustee"), having its principal office at Sixth Street and 
Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479.

                               RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

       The Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an 
Indenture, dated as of March 15, 1996 (the "Indenture") (all terms used in 
this First Supplemental Indenture that are defined in the Indenture shall 
have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture), pursuant to which the 
Company may from time to time issue one or more series of its unsecured 
debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness.  

       The Company desires and has requested the Trustee to join with it in 
the execution and delivery of this First Supplemental Indenture for the 
purpose of amending certain of the provisions relating to subordination with 
respect to series of Securities that may be issued by the Company pursuant to 
this First Supplemental Indenture subsequent to the date hereof (the "First 
Supplemental Indenture Securities").

       Section 901(5)(ii) of the Indenture permits the Company, when 
authorized by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, and the Trustee to enter 
into one or more indentures supplemental to the Indenture without the consent 
of any Holders for the purpose of adding to, changing or eliminating any of 
the provisions of the Indenture in respect of one or more series of 
Securities, provided that such addition, change or elimination shall become 
effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding.

       The Board of Directors of the Company, by Written Consent effective as 
of October 2, 1995, authorized the Capital and Funding Committee of the Board 
of Directors of the Company to negotiate, enter into, execute and deliver on 
behalf of the Company one or more indentures relating to the Securities, 
including any supplemental indentures.

       The Capital and Funding Committee of the Board of Directors of the 
Company, by Written Action effective as of March 15, 1996, authorized this 
First Supplemental Indenture.

       The Company has furnished the Trustee with copies of the Written 
Consent of the Board of Directors and the Written Action of the Capital and 
Funding Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, certified by the 
Secretary of the Company.     


<PAGE>

       All things necessary to make this First Supplemental Indenture a valid 
agreement of the Company, in accordance with its terms, have been done.

       NOW, THEREFORE, THIS FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

       For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of First 
Supplemental Indenture Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually 
covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders 
of First Supplemental Indenture Securities or of any series thereof 
(including holders from time to time of First Supplemental Indenture 
Securities of any series held through a Holder which is a Depositary (as 
defined in the Indenture)), as follows:

                                ARTICLE ONE

       SECTION 101.  In addition to the definitions contained in Section 101 
of the Indenture, the following definitions shall apply to this First 
Supplemental Indenture:

       "Payment Blockage Period" means the period (i) commencing on such date 
(the "Payment Blockage Commencement Date") as shall be specified in a written 
notice received by the Company and the Trustee from the holders (or a 
trustee, fiduciary or agent therefor) of Qualified Senior Debt, which notice 
shall state that a Senior Nonmonetary Default has occurred and specify the 
Payment Blockage Commencement Date, which date shall not be earlier than the 
date on which such notice is received, and (ii) ending (subject to any 
blockage of payments that may then or thereafter be in effect as the result 
of any Senior Payment Default) on the earlier of (A) the date on which such 
Senior Nonmonetary Default shall have been cured or waived in writing or 
shall have ceased to exist and any acceleration of Qualified Senior Debt to 
which such Senior Nonmonetary Default relates shall have been rescinded or 
annulled or the Qualified Senior Debt to which such Senior Nonmonetary 
Default relates shall have been discharged or (B) the 179th day after the 
Payment Blockage Commencement Date.

       "Qualified Senior Debt" means Senior Debt outstanding under either (i) 
an indenture pursuant to which $100,000,000 principal amount of Senior Debt 
is issued and outstanding or (b) a Warehouse Facility which by its terms 
authorizes at least $100,000,000 of Senior Debt to be borrowed by the Company 
from time to time.

       "Senior Nonmonetary Default" means the occurrence or existence and 
continuance of any event of default (including the lapse of any applicable 
grace period and the delivery of any required notice) under the terms of any 
instrument or agreement pursuant to which any Qualified Senior Debt is 
outstanding,

                                     -2-

<PAGE>

permitting one or more holders of such Qualified Senior Debt (or 
a trustee or agent on behalf of the holders thereof) to declare such 
Qualified Senior Debt due and payable prior to the date on which it would 
otherwise become due and payable, other than a Senior Payment Default.

    SECTION 102.  In addition to the subordination provisions contained in 
Section 1303 of the Indenture, the following subordination provisions shall 
apply to First Supplemental Indenture Securities:

         "In the event that any Senior Nonmonetary Default shall have occurred
    and be continuing with respect to any Qualified Senior Debt, and the
    Company and the Trustee have received written notice from the holders (or a
    trustee, fiduciary or agent therefor) of such Qualified Senior Debt (in
    accordance with the terms of the instruments governing such Qualified
    Senior Debt) stating that a Senior Nonmonetary Default has occurred and
    specifying a Payment Blockage Commencement Date, then, during the Payment
    Blockage Period, no payment or distribution of any kind or character,
    whether in cash, property or securities, by set off or otherwise (including
    any payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason
    of the payment of any Junior Subordinated Debt), shall be made on account
    of the principal of any First Supplemental Indenture Securities or on
    account of any purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition of
    First Supplemental Indenture Securities by the Company.  No more than one
    Payment Blockage Period may be commenced with respect to the First
    Supplemental Indenture Securities during any period of 360 consecutive
    days, and there shall be a period of at least 181 consecutive days in each
    period of 360 consecutive days when no Payment Blockage Period is in
    effect.  For all purposes of this paragraph, no Senior Nonmonetary Default
    that existed or was continuing on any Payment Blockage Commencement Date
    with respect to the Qualified Senior Debt initiating such Payment Blockage
    Period shall be, or be made, the basis for the commencement of a subsequent
    Payment Blockage Period by holders of Qualified Senior Debt or their
    representatives unless such Senior Nonmonetary Default shall have been
    cured for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days.  From and after a
    Payment Blockage Commencement Date or the occurrence of a Senior Payment
    Default, neither the Trustee nor the Holders of not less than 25% in
    aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding First Supplemental Indenture
    Securities of any series may declare the principal amount (or, if any of
    the First Supplemental Indenture Securities of such series are Original
    Issue Discount Securities, such lesser portion of the principal amount of
    such First Supplemental Indenture Securities as may be specified in the
    terms thereof) of all of the First Supplemental Indenture Securities of
    that series to be due and payable immediately, as provided in Section 502
    of the Indenture, until the first to occur of the following:

                                     -3-

<PAGE>

              (1)  the related Senior Nonmonetary Default or Senior Payment
         Default is cured and, if such Qualified Senior Debt was previously
         accelerated, such acceleration has been rescinded or annulled, or

              (2)  the related Senior Nonmonetary Default or Senior Payment
         Default is waived by the holders of such Qualified Senior Debt and, if
         such Qualified Senior Debt was previously accelerated, such
         acceleration has been rescinded or annulled, or

              (3)  the expiration of 180 days after the Payment Blockage
         Commencement Date or the occurence of the Senior Payment Default, if
         the maturity of such Qualified Senior Debt has not been accelerated at
         such time or the holder or holders of not less than 51% in principal
         amount of the outstanding Qualified Senior Debt with respect to which
         a Senior Nonmonetary Default or Senior Payment Default then exists, or
         an agent, representative or trustee therefor, has not exercised any
         judicial or non-judicial remedy with respect to any collateral
         securing such Qualified Senior Debt at such time.

    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, upon payment in
    full of the Qualified Senior Debt, payments and distributions may be made
    on account of the principal of the First Supplemental Indenture Securities
    or on account of any purchase, redemption, retirement or other acquisition
    of First Supplemental Indenture Securities by the Company.  Nothing in this
    paragraph shall be deemed to prevent the automatic acceleration of the
    principal amount of all First Supplemental Indenture Securities (or
    specified portion thereof) immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of
    Default under Sections 501(6) or (7) of the Indenture pursuant to the
    proviso contained in the first paragraph of Section 502 of the Indenture.

         The provisions of this Section 102 shall not apply to any payments or
    distributions made on account of the principal of the First Supplemental
    Indenture Securities or on account of any purchase, redemption, retirement
    or other acquisition of First Supplemental Indenture Securities by the
    Company with respect to which Section 1302 of the Indenture would be
    applicable."

    SECTION 103.  Without the consent of the holders of all Qualified Senior
Debt affected thereby, the Company and the Trustee shall not have the power to
enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of
amending or modifying the definition of "Qualified Senior Debt" in this First

                                     -4-

<PAGE>

Supplemental Indenture in a manner adverse to the holders of such affected
Qualified Senior Debt.

    SECTION 104.  The Company hereby certifies that the amendments to the
Indenture set forth in this First Supplemental Indenture do not affect any
series of Securities currently Outstanding.  The Company hereby covenants and
agrees that it shall comply with Section 1303 of the Indenture, as supplemented
by Section 102 of this First Supplemental Indenture, as it applies by its terms
to First Supplemental Indenture Securities of any series.

                                  ARTICLE TWO

    SECTION 201.  For all purposes of this First Supplemental Indenture, except
as otherwise herein expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:
(a) the terms and expressions used herein shall have the same meanings as
corresponding terms and expressions used in the Indenture; and (b) the words
"herein," "hereof," "hereby" and other words of similar import used in this
First Supplemental Indenture refer to this First Supplemental Indenture and not
to any particular section hereof.

    SECTION 202.  Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all
respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions
thereof shall remain in full force and effect.

    SECTION 203.  This First Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all
such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

    SECTION 204.  The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or
sufficiency of this First Supplemental Indenture.

    SECTION 205.  The Recitals contained herein shall be taken as the
statements of the Company and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their
correctness.

    SECTION 206.  This First Supplemental Indenture and the First Supplemental
Indenture Securities shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the
laws of the State of Minnesota.


                                     -5-

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed all as of the day and year first above written.

                                          OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                          By  /s/ Brian S. ANDERSON
                                            ---------------------------------
                                            Brian S. Anderson
                                            Senior Vice President and Chief
                                                  Accounting Officer

Attest:

   /s/ JAMES D. ATKINSON III
- ---------------------------------
James D. Atkinson III
Senior Vice President, Corporate
    Counsel and Secretary


                                          NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                          NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
                                          Trustee


                                          By  /s/ CURTIS D. SCHWEGMAN
                                            ---------------------------------
                                            Curtis D. Schwegman
                                            Corporate Trust Officer

Attest:


    /s/ RAYMOND S. HAVERSTOCK
- ----------------------------------
Name:  Raymond S. Haverstock
       ---------------------------
Title:  Assistant Secretary
       ---------------------------



                                     -6-

<PAGE>


STATE OF MINNESOTA             )
                               )   SS.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN             )

    On the 27th day of March, 1996, before me personally came Brian S.
Anderson, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he
is Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of Olympic Financial Ltd.,
one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing
instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to
said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto
by like authority.



[SEAL]                                        /s/ MAUREEN R. SULTAN
                                         -------------------------------
                                                  Notary Public




STATE OF MINNESOTA             )
                               )   SS.
COUNTY OF HENNEPIN             )

    On the 28th day of March, 1996, before me personally came Curtis D.
Schwegman, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he
is a Corporate Trust Officer of Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association,
one of the corporations described in and which executed the foregoing
instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal affixed to
said instrument is such corporate seal; that it was so affixed by authority of
the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he signed his name thereto
by like authority.




[SEAL]                                            /s/ JANE YUN
                                         -------------------------------
                                                  Notary Public




                                     -7-

<PAGE>


                                    AMENDMENT

          NINTH AMENDMENT TO THE SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of 
March 31, 1995, by and among Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation 
(the "Company"), and each of the investors named on the Investor Schedule 
attached hereto (the "Investors").

                                   WITNESSETH:

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors are party to that certain
Securities Purchase Agreement dated as of May 29, 1992, as amended by First
Amendment dated as of August 11, 1992, Second Amendment dated as of October 19,
1992, Third Amendment dated as of September 14, 1993, Fourth Amendment dated as
of November 22, 1993, Fifth Amendment dated as of August 29, 1994, Sixth
Amendment dated as of September 9, 1994, Amendment dated December 28, 1994 and
Eighth Amendment dated as of March 6, 1995 (as so amended, the "Securities
Purchase Agreement");

          WHEREAS, the Company intends to adopt and amend certain stock option
plans at its annual meeting to be held in May 1995 and has requested that the
Investors agree to amend certain provisions of the Securities Purchase Agreement
that will be affected by the adoption or the amendment of such plans and the
issuance of shares of the Company's Common Stock pursuant to such plans; and

          WHEREAS, the Investors are willing to agree to such requested
amendment on the terms set forth herein.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants and agreements made
herein, the parties hereto hereby agree to amend the Securities Purchase
Agreement as follows:

          1.   AMENDMENT TO SECTION 11G OF THE SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

               SECTION 1.1. DELETION OF SECTION 11G.  Section 11G of the
Securities Purchase Agreement is deleted in its entirety.

          2.   MISCELLANEOUS.

               SECTION 2.1. SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AMENDED. This 
Amendment shall be deemed to be an amendment to the Securities Purchase 
Agreement, and the Securities Purchase Agreement, as amended hereby, is 
hereby ratified, approved and confirmed in all respects. This Agreement shall 
be limited to the matters expressly set forth herein and shall not be deemed 
to amend or modify

<PAGE>

any other term or condition of the Securities Purchase Agreement or any other
document incident thereto or to waive any right of any party thereunder. All
references to the Securities Purchase Agreement in any other document,
instrument, agreement or writing hereafter shall be deemed to refer to the
Securities Purchase Agreement as amended hereby.

               SECTION 2.2. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective
when it has been executed and delivered by the Company, the holders of all
outstanding Notes and the holders of all outstanding Warrants.

               SECTION 2.3. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS ON TRANSFERABILITY. This
Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective successors and assigns.

               SECTION 2.4. GOVERNING LAW. This Amendment and the rights and
duties of the parties under this Amendment shall be governed by, and construed
and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without
regard to principles of conflicts of law.

               SECTION 2.5. COUNTERPARTS. This Amendment may be executed in two
or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and it shall
not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for
more than one such counterpart.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as
of the date and year first above written.


                                  OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                  By     /s/ Jeffrey C. Mack
                                     ---------------------------------
                                       Jeffrey C. Mack
                                       Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and
                                       President


                                       -2-

<PAGE>

                                           DECLARATION OF TRUST FOR DEFINED
                                           BENEFIT PLANS OF ICI AMERICAN
                                           HOLDINGS INC.

                                           By:  Pecks Management Partners, Ltd.,
                                                its Investment Advisor


                                           By   /s/ Robert J. Cresci
                                                -----------------------------
                                                  Robert J. Cresci
                                                  Managing Director


                                           DECLARATION OF TRUST FOR DEFINED
                                           BENEFIT PLANS OF ZENECA HOLDINGS
                                           INC.

                                           By:  Pecks Management Partners Ltd.,
                                                its Investment Advisor


                                           By   /s/ Robert J. Cresci
                                                -----------------------------
                                                  Robert J. Cresci
                                                  Managing Director


                                           DELAWARE STATE EMPLOYEES'
                                           RETIREMENT FUND

                                           By:  Pecks Management Partners Ltd.,
                                                its Investment Advisor


                                           By   /s/ Robert J. Cresci
                                                -----------------------------
                                                  Robert J. Cresci
                                                  Managing Director


                                         -3-


<PAGE>

                                            BCI GROWTH, L.P.

                                            By:  Teaneck Associates
                                                 its General Partner


                                            By /s/ J. Barton Goodwin
                                               -------------------------------
                                                 J. Barton Goodwin
                                                 General Partner


                                            THE LINCOLN NATIONAL LIFE
                                            INSURANCE COMPANY

                                            By:  Lincoln National Investment
                                                 Management Company, as its
                                                 attorney-in-fact


                                            By /s/ Richard L. Corwin
                                               -------------------------------
                                                 Richard L. Corwin
                                                 Second Vice President

                                            SECURITY-CONNECTICUT LIFE
                                            INSURANCE COMPANY

                                            By:  Lincoln National Investment
                                                 Management Company, as its
                                                 attorney-in-fact


                                            By /s/ Richard L. Corwin
                                               -------------------------------
                                                 Richard L. Corwin
                                                 Second Vice President


                                         -4-


<PAGE>

                                  INVESTOR SCHEDULE


1.  Declaration of Trust for Defined Benefit Plans of ICI American
    Holdings Inc.

2.  Declaration of Trust for Defined Benefit Plans of ZENECA Holdings Inc.

3.  Delaware State Employees' Retirement Fund

4.  BCI Growth, L.P.

5.  The Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

6.  Security-Connecticut Life Insurance Company


                                         -5-


<PAGE>

CONFORMED COPY

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                        
                           DATED AS OF JULY 11, 1996
                                        
                                     AMONG
                                        

                            OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,
                                        

                        VARIOUS FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS,
                                        
                         BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                            AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                                        
                                   AS AGENT,
                                        
                                      AND
                                        
                        FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                        
                                 AS CO-MANAGER,
                                        


                        ARRANGED BY BA SECURITIES, INC.
                                        


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                   TABLE OF CONTENTS

         Section                                                            Page

                                       ARTICLE I
                                      DEFINITIONS

         1.1    Certain Defined Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
         1.2    Other Interpretive Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
         1.3    Accounting Principles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

                                      ARTICLE II
                                     THE CREDITS

         2.1    Amounts and Terms of Commitments . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
         2.2    Loan Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         2.3    Procedure for Borrowing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
         2.4    Conversion and Continuation Elections for Borrowings . . . .  27
         2.5    Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Commitments. . . . . .  29
         2.6    Prepayments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
         2.7    Repayment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
         2.8    Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
         2.9    Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
                (a)   Agent's and Arranger's Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
                (b)   Commitment Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
         2.10   Computation of Fees and Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
         2.11   Payments by the Company. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
         2.12   Payments by the Lenders to the Agent . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
         2.13   Sharing of Payments, etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
         2.14   Additional Lenders; Increased Commitments. . . . . . . . . .  33

                                 ARTICLE III
                   TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

         3.1    Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
         3.2    Illegality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
         3.3    Increased Costs and Reduction of Return. . . . . . . . . . .  36
         3.4    Funding Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
         3.5    Inability to Determine Rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
         3.6    Certificates of Lenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
         3.7    Substitution of Lenders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
         3.8    Limitation on Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
         3.9    Survival . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39

                                  ARTICLE IV
                            CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

         4.1    Conditions of Initial Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
                (a) Credit Agreement and Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
                (b) Pledge and Security Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40


                                       -i-

<PAGE>
          Section                                                           Page

         (c)    Collateral Monitoring Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
         (d)    Counterpart to Agency Agreement and Retail Lockbox
                Agreement  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
         (e)    Resolutions; Incumbency; Articles; Bylaws; Other
                Documents  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
         (f)    Good Standing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
         (g)    Legal Opinions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
         (h)    Payment of Fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
         (i)    No Material Adverse Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
         (j)    Certificate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
         (k)    Financing Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
         (l)    Other Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42

4.2      Conditions to All Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
         (a)    Notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
         (b)    Continuation of Representations and Warranties . . . . . . .  42
         (c)    No Existing Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43

                                    ARTICLE V
                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         5.1    Organization, Standing, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
         5.2    Authorization and Validity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
         5.3    No Conflict, No Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43
         5.4    Government Consent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
         5.5    Financial Statements and Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
         5.6    Litigation and Contingent Liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . .  44
         5.7    Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
         5.8    Environmental, Health and Safety Laws. . . . . . . . . . . .  45
         5.9    ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
         5.10   Ownership of Property; Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
         5.11   Taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
         5.12   Trademarks, Patents, Etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
         5.13   Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
         5.14   Partnerships and Joint Ventures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
         5.15   Federal Reserve Regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
         5.16   Regulated Entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
         5.17   Full Disclosure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
         5.18   Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47

                                   ARTICLE VI
                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

         6.1    Financial Statements and Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
         6.2    Corporate Existence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
         6.3    Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
         6.4    Payment of Taxes and Claims. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
         6.5    Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50


                                        -ii-

<PAGE>

         Section                                                            Page


         6.6    Maintenance of Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
         6.7    Books and Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
         6.8    Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
         6.9    ERISA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
         6.10   Environmental Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
         6.11   Collateral Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51

                                    ARTICLE VII
                                 NEGATIVE COVENANTS

         7.1    Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
         7.2    Sale of Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
         7.3    Purchase of Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
         7.4    Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
         7.5    Change in Nature of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
         7.6    Subsidiaries, Partnerships and Joint Ventures. . . . . . . .  53
         7.7    Other Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
         7.8    Restricted Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
         7.9    Investments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
         7.10   Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
         7.11   Liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
         7.12   Contingent Liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
         7.13   Unconditional Purchase Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
         7.14   Transactions with Related Parties. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
         7.15   Use of Proceeds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
         7.16   Selection Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
         7.17   Capital Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
         7.18   Leverage Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
         7.19   Portfolio Loss Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
         7.20   Delinquency Ratio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58

                                   ARTICLE VIII
                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

         8.1    Event of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
                (a)  Non-Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
                (b)  Representation or Warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
                (c)  Certain Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
                (d)  Other Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
                (e)  Insolvency; Voluntary Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . .  59
                (f)  Involuntary Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
                (g)  Judgments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
                (h)  ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59
                (i)  Cross Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
                (j)  Common Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
                (k)  Finance Income Receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
                (l)  Change of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60


                                      -iii-
<PAGE>

         Section                                                            Page

                (m)  Senior Note Offers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
                (n)  Subordinated Debt Offers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
         8.2    Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61
         8.3    Rights Not Exclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  61

                                      ARTICLE IX
                                      THE AGENT

         9.1    Appointment and Authorization; "Agent" . . . . . . . . . . .  61
         9.2    Delegation of Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
         9.3    Liability of Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
         9.4    Reliance by Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
         9.5    Notice of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
         9.6    Credit Decision. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
         9.7    Indemnification of Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
         9.8    Agent in Individual Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  64
         9.9    Resignation; Removal; Successor Agent. . . . . . . . . . . .  65
         9.10   Withholding Tax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  65

                                       ARTICLE X
                                     MISCELLANEOUS

         10.1   Amendments and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
         10.2   Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
         10.3   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
         10.4   Costs and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
         10.5   Company Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  69
         10.6   Payments Set Aside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
         10.7   Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
         10.8   Assignments, Participations, Etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
         10.9   Confidentiality. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72
         10.10  Set-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
         10.11  Automatic Debits of Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  73
         10.12  Notification of Addresses, Lending Offices, Etc. . . . . . .  74
         10.13  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
         10.14  Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
         10.15  No Third Parties Benefited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
         10.16  Governing Law and Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
         10.17  Waiver of Jury Trial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
         10.18  Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75
         10.19  Use of Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  75


                                        - iv-
<PAGE>

    SCHEDULES

    Schedule A          List of States Where UCC Financing Statements
                        are Required for Customers.
    Schedule  1.1       Pricing Schedule
    Schedule  2.1       Commitments and Pro Rata Shares
    Schedule  5.6       Litigation and Contingent Liabilities
    Schedule  5.13      Subsidiaries
    Schedule  5.14      Partnerships and Joint Ventures
    Schedule  7.9       Investments
    Schedule  7.10      Indebtedness
    Schedule  7.11      Liens
    Schedule  10.2      Offshore and Domestic Lending Offices;
                        Addresses for Notices


    EXHIBITS

    Exhibit   A         Form of Notice of Borrowing
    Exhibit   B         Form of Notice of Conversion/Continuation
    Exhibit   C         Form of Note
    Exhibit   D         Form of Borrowing Base Certificate
    Exhibit   E         Form of Agreed-upon Procedures Report
    Exhibit   F         Form of Pledge and Security Agreement
    Exhibit   G-1       Form of Legal Opinion of Dorsey & Whitney LLP
    Exhibit   G-2       Form of Legal Opinion of James D. Atkinson III
    Exhibit   H         Form of Assignment and Acceptance
    Exhibit   I         Form of Compliance Certificate


                                        -v-

<PAGE>

                                   CREDIT AGREEMENT

    This CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of July 11, 1996, among OLYMPIC
FINANCIAL LTD., a Minnesota corporation (the "COMPANY"), the several financial
institutions from time to time party to this Agreement (collectively the
"LENDERS"; individually each a "LENDER"), BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Agent, and FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
Co-Manager.

    WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to make available to the Company a
revolving credit facility upon the terms and conditions set forth in this
Agreement;

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and
covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

    1.1  CERTAIN DEFINED TERMS.  The following terms have the following
meanings:

        ACQUISITION means the purchase, in one transaction or a series of 
    related transactions, directly or indirectly (including by merger, tender 
    offer, exchange offer, consolidation or otherwise) by the Company and/or 
    any of its Subsidiaries of more than 50% of the assets or issued and 
    outstanding stock of another Person.
    
        AFFECTED LENDER - see SECTION 3.7.
    
        AFFILIATE means, as to any Person, any other Person which, directly 
    or indirectly, is in control of, or is controlled by, or is under common 
    control with, such Person.  A Person shall be deemed to control another 
    Person if the controlling Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the 
    power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of 
    such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or 
    membership interests, by contract or otherwise.
    
        AGENCY AGREEMENT means the Agency Agreement, dated as of November 13, 
    1992, among the Company, Harris Trust and Savings Bank and the Program 
    Parties (as therein defined).
    

<PAGE>


        AGENT means BofA in its capacity as Agent for the Lenders hereunder, 
    and any successor agent arising under SECTION 9.9.
    
        AGENT-RELATED PERSONS means the Agent and any successor thereto in 
    such capacity hereunder, together with their respective Affiliates, and 
    the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such 
    Persons and Affiliates acting for or on behalf of the Agent.
    
        AGENT'S PAYMENT OFFICE means the address for payments set forth on 
    SCHEDULE 10.2 or such other address as the Agent may from time to time 
    specify.
    
        AGREED-UPON PROCEDURES means the procedures described in the 
    Agreed-upon Procedures Report to be applied by the Collateral Monitor to 
    the Pledged Auto Receivables and related Contract Files covered by the 
    relevant Agreed-upon Procedures Report, as such procedures may be 
    amended, modified or supplemented from time to time with the written 
    consent of the Company, the Collateral Monitor and the Required Lenders.
    
        AGREED-UPON PROCEDURES REPORT means a report substantially in the 
    form of EXHIBIT E attached hereto which is to be prepared by the 
    Collateral Monitor and delivered to the Agent in accordance with 
    SECTION 6.1(k).
    
        AGREED-UPON PROCEDURES REPORTING PERIOD means, with respect to any 
    Agreed-upon Procedures Report, a period commencing on the last day 
    covered by the last Agreed-upon Procedures Report delivered to the Agent 
    (or, if no previous Agreed-upon Procedures Report has been delivered to 
    the Agent, the Effective Date) and ending on a date which is not greater 
    than 20 days prior to the delivery of such Agreed-upon Procedures Report.
    
        AGREEMENT means this Credit Agreement.
    
        APPLICABLE MARGIN means, (a) for any Base Rate Loan, zero, and (b) 
    for any Offshore Rate Loan or Resetting Rate Loan, the applicable 
    percentage set forth in SCHEDULE 1.1 beneath the then-current Level and 
    opposite the then-current Usage.
    
        ARRANGER means BA Securities, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
    
        ASSIGNEE - see SUBSECTION 10.8(a).
    
        ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE - see SUBSECTION 10.8(a).
    

                                         -2-


<PAGE>

        ATTORNEY COSTS means and includes all fees and disbursements of any 
    law firm or other external counsel, the allocated cost of internal legal 
    services and all disbursements of internal counsel.
    
        AUTO LOAN SECURITIZATION means a public or private transfer of Auto 
    Receivables in the ordinary course of business and by which the Company 
    directly or indirectly securitizes a pool of specified Auto Receivables.
    
        AUTO RECEIVABLE means installment sales contracts and promissory 
    notes purchased by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company from motor 
    vehicle dealers and secured by new and used automobiles and light trucks.
    
        AVERAGE SERVICING PORTFOLIO means, at any time, the quotient of (a) 
    the sum of the aggregate Servicing Portfolio as of the last day of each 
    of the Company's most recently completed seven fiscal months divided by 
    (b) 7.0.
    
        BAI means Bank of America Illinois, an Illinois banking corporation.
    
        BANKRUPTCY CODE means the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11 
    U.S.C. Section 101, ET SEQ.).
    
        BASE RATE means, for any day, the higher of: (a) 0.50% per annum 
    above the latest Federal Funds Rate; and (b) the rate of interest in 
    effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by BAI in 
    Chicago, Illinois, as its "reference rate." (The "reference rate" is a 
    rate set by BAI based upon various factors including BAI's costs and 
    desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is 
    used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, 
    above or below such announced rate.) Any change in the reference rate 
    announced by BAI shall take effect at the opening of business on the day 
    specified in the public announcement of such change.
    
        BASE RATE LOAN means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base 
    Rate.
    
        BofA means Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, a 
    national banking association.
    
        BORROWING means a borrowing hereunder made by the Lenders ratably 
    according to their respective Pro Rata Shares consisting of Loans of the 
    same Type made to the Company on the same day by the Lenders under 
    ARTICLE II and, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, having the same 
    Interest Period.
    
                                      -3-

<PAGE>

    BORROWING BASE means, at any date, an amount equal to 95% of the
outstanding principal amount of all Eligible Auto Receivables.

    BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE see SECTION 6.1(d).

    BORROWING DATE means any date on which a Borrowing occurs under SECTION
2.3.

    BUSINESS DAY means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on
which commercial banks in New York City, Chicago or San Francisco are authorized
or required by law to close and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any
Offshore Rate Loan, means such a day on which dealings are carried on in the
applicable offshore dollar interbank market.

    CAPITAL ADEQUACY REGULATION means any guideline, request or directive of
any central bank or other Governmental Authority, or any other law, rule or
regulation, whether or not having the force of law, in each case, regarding
capital adequacy of any bank or of any corporation controlling a bank.

    CAPITAL BASE means, at any date, the Company's Tangible Net Worth at such
date.

    CAPITAL BASE PROCEEDS, for any period, means the proceeds received by the
Company from any sale of equity securities during such period (net of direct,
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such sale).

    CAPITALIZED LEASE means any lease which is or should be capitalized on the
books of the lessee in accordance with GAAP.

    CASH EQUIVALENT means: (a) Dollars; (b) securities issued or directly and
fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government or any agency or
instrumentality thereof having maturities of not more than six months from the
date of acquisition; (c) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits
with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers'
acceptances with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank
deposits, in each case with any domestic commercial bank having capital and
surplus in excess of $500 million and a Keefe Bank Watch Rating of "B" or
better; (d) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying securities of the types described in CLAUSES (b) and (c) above
entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified
in CLAUSE (c) above or with any other Person with a short-term unsecured credit
rating of at least A-1 from S&P or P-1 from Moody's, which repurchase agreement
is secured by a fully


                                       -4- 

<PAGE>

perfected security interest in any obligation of the type described in 
CLAUSES (b) and (c) having a market value of not less than 100% of the 
repurchase obligation of the financial institution or other Person 
thereunder; (e). commercial paper having a rating of A-1 or P-1 (or higher) 
from Moody's or S&P, and in each case maturing within six months after the 
date of acquisition; (f) the amount of any liabilities (as shown on the 
Company's or any of its Subsidiary's most recent balance sheet or in the 
notes thereto) of the Company or any Subsidiary that are assumed by the 
transferee of Finance Income Receivable in any sale thereof permitted by 
SECTION 7.2(b); and (g) any notes or other obligations received by the 
Company or any such Subsidiary from such transferee that are immediately 
converted by the Company or such Subsidiary into Cash Equivalents (to the 
extent of the Cash Equivalents received).

    CHANGE OF CONTROL means:

    (a)  the acquisition by any Person, or two or more Persons acting in
concert, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the SEC
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of 20% or more of the outstanding
shares of voting stock of the Company; or

    (b)  the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors of the 
Company, over a one-year period, from the directors who constituted the Board 
of Directors of the Company at the beginning of such period, which 
replacement shall not have been approved by the Board of Directors of the 
Company (or replacement directors approved by the Board of Directors of the 
Company), as constituted at the beginning of such period.

    CLOSING DATE means the date on which all conditions precedent set forth in
SECTION 4.1 are satisfied or waived by all Lenders (or, in the case of
SUBSECTION 4.1(h), waived by the Person entitled to receive the applicable
payment).

    CODE means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and regulations promulgated
thereunder.

    COLLATERAL has the meaning assigned thereto in the Pledge and Security
Agreement.

    COLLATERAL MONITOR means Ernst & Young or other successor collateral
monitor selected in accordance with SECTION 6.11.

    COLLATERAL MONITORING AGREEMENT - see SECTION 4.1(c).


                                       -5-

<PAGE>

    COLLATERAL PAYMENTS has the meaning assigned thereto in the Pledge and
Security Agreement.

    COLLECTION ACCOUNT has the meaning assigned thereto in the Pledge and
Security Agreement.

    CO-MANAGER means First Bank National Association, in its capacity as
Co-Manager for the Lenders.

    COMMITMENT - see SECTION 2.1. As of the Effective Date, the initial amount
of the combined Commitments of all Lenders is $170,000,000.

    COMMITMENT FEE RATE means the applicable rate set forth in SCHEDULE 1.1
beneath the then-current Level and opposite the then-current Usage.

    COMPANY - see the PREAMBLE.

    COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE means a certificate substantially in the form of
EXHIBIT I.

    CONTRACT FILE means, with respect to each Auto Receivable, the original of
such Auto Receivable and the following original documentation relating to such
Auto Receivable:

    (a)  a copy of the credit application of the Customer named in the Auto
Receivable to the Dealer named in the Auto Receivable;

    (b)  a copy of the certificate of title or the Dealer application for
Certificate of Title or a certificate of title application for correction of
title, in each case showing the Company as lien holder or a guaranty letter from
the Dealer agreeing to repurchase the Auto Receivable if the required
certificate of title is not received;

    (c) a copy of the executed representation letter from the Customer named 
in the Auto Receivable agreeing to provide physical damage insurance for the 
related Vehicle;

    (d) with respect to each Auto Receivable originated in any of the states 
listed on SCHEDULE A hereto, as amended from time to time by the Agent on 
behalf of the Lenders, an acknowledgment filed copy of UCC-1 Financing 
Statements showing the Company as secured party and the Customer obligated on 
such Auto Receivable as debtor, and an executed UCC-3 statement naming the 
Company as assignor and the Agent as assignee;


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

    (e)  a copy of a completed Credit Score Sheet showing Credit Score, DAS
Score, Debt/Income Ratio and Payment/Income Ratio for the Customer and
co-obligor (if any); and

    (f)  a copy of a completed Comment Sheet showing Loan to Value Ratio.

    CONVERSION/CONTINUATION DATE means any date on which, under SECTION 2.4,
the Company (a) converts Loans of one Type to another Type or (b) continues as
Loans of the same Type, but with a new Interest Period, Loans having an Interest
Period expiring on such date.

    CUSTOMER has the meaning assigned thereto in the Pledge and Security
Agreement.

    DEALER has the meaning assigned thereto in the Pledge and Security
Agreement.

    DEALER AGREEMENT has the meaning assigned thereto in the Pledge and
Security Agreement.

    DEBENTURES means the Company's 8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due
2008 into which the Preferred Stock may be exchanged in accordance with the
terms of the Preferred Stock.

    DEFAULTED AUTO RECEIVABLE means any Auto Receivable with respect to which:
(a) all or any portion of a Scheduled Payment has become delinquent for a number
of days such that such Auto Receivable would be considered to be a defaulted
Auto Receivable under the terms of any Auto Loan Securitization; (b) the
automobile financed pursuant to such Auto Receivable has been repossessed (and
any applicable redemption period has expired); or (c) the Company has determined
in good faith that payments under such Auto Receivable are not likely to be
resumed.

    DELINQUENCY RATIO means, at any time, the result (expressed as a
percentage) obtained by dividing (a) the then outstanding principal amount of
those Included Contracts which at such date have a Scheduled Payment which is
more than thirty days past due by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of
all Included Contracts.

    DOLLARS, DOLLARS and $ each mean lawful money of the United States.

    EFFECTIVE DATE means the date on which the Agent has received counterparts
of this Agreement executed by the parties hereto.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>

    ELIGIBLE AUTO RECEIVABLES means only such Auto Receivables of which the 
Company is the holder, which were originated by the Company in the normal 
course of business under one or more Dealer Agreements and which satisfy all 
of the following criteria as determined by the Required Lenders in their 
reasonable discretion:

         (a)  such Auto Receivable had an original principal balance, has a 
    remaining maturity, is fully amortizing with level payments, and has an 
    interest rate and other economic terms that are consistent with the economic
    terms of the Company's most recent pool of Auto Receivables which the 
    Company securitized or sold so that such Auto Receivable could have been 
    included in such most recent securitization or sale;

         (b)  such Auto Receivable is a Pledged Auto Receivable and the Agent 
    for the benefit of the Lenders has a perfected, first priority security 
    interest in such Auto Receivable and the proceeds from any foreclosure of 
    the automobile financed pursuant to such Auto Receivable;

         (c)  the number of days since such Auto Receivable was originated is 
    not greater than 180 days;

         (d)  such Auto Receivable has not been amended or modified in any 
    manner which would prevent it from being included in a pool of Auto 
    Receivables to be securitized and sold and such Auto Receivable has not been
    rejected for inclusion in any pool of Auto Receivables which have been or 
    are to be securitized and sold;

         (e)  no payment under such Auto Receivable is more than thirty days 
    past due in accordance with the stated terms of such Auto Receivable;

         (f)  such Auto Receivable is documented on the Company's standard 
    documentation which has been properly completed and executed;

         (g)  the Customer of such Auto Receivable is not the subject of any 
    current bankruptcy or similar insolvency proceeding;

         (h)  the Dealer has delivered a complete Contract File including the 
    original of such Auto Receivable to the Company and, except for those 
    periods when such original is being transmitted by one of the Company's 
    offices to its main office or is being microfiched or otherwise copied or 
    electronically imaged off of the


                                       -8-

<PAGE>

    Company's premises, such original is in the possession of the Company;

         (i)  if a Stage I Receivable, 10:00 a.m., Chicago time, on its Stage I
    Payment Date has not yet occurred;

         (j)  the final payment under such Auto Receivable is not more than 
    72 months after the date such Auto Receivable was originated (PROVIDED, that
    this CLAUSE (j) shall not exclude Auto Receivables from being Eligible Auto
    Receivables so long as the Auto Receivables included by virtue of this 
    proviso do not exceed 10% of all Eligible Auto Receivables); and

         (k)  the Contract File for such Auto Receivable is not a Rejected 
    File or the Agent has not determined that such Auto Receivable fails to 
    satisfy the standards for eligibility set forth in this definition.

    ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE means any of (a) a commercial bank organized under the
laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having a combined capital
and surplus of at least $500,000,000; (b) a commercial bank organized under the
laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic
Cooperation and Development (the "OECD"), or a political subdivision of any such
country, and having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000,
provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the
United States; and (c) a Person that is primarily engaged in the business of
commercial banking and that is (i) a Subsidiary of a Lender, (ii) a Subsidiary
of a Person of which a Lender is a Subsidiary or (iii) a Person of which a
Lender is a Subsidiary.

    ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS means all federal, state or local laws, statutes, common
law duties, rules, regulations, ordinances and codes, together with all
administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and
permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authorities, in each case
relating to environmental, health, safety and land use matters.

    ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and
regulations promulgated thereunder.

    ERISA AFFILIATE means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated)
under common control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b) or
(c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of
provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).


                                       -9-


<PAGE>

    EVENT OF DEFAULT -- see SECTION 8.1.

    EXCEPTION means, with respect to any Contract File, each exception listed 
in paragraph 6 or 7 of the Agreed-upon Procedures Report reviewing such 
Contract File.

    FEDERAL FUNDS RATE means, for any day, the rate set forth in the weekly 
statistical release designated as H.15(519), or any successor publication, 
published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (including any such 
successor, "H.15(519)") on the preceding Business Day opposite the caption 
"Federal Funds (Effective)"; or, if for any relevant day such rate is not so 
published on any such preceding Business Day, the rate for such day will be the 
arithmetic mean as determined by the Agent of the rates for the last 
transaction in overnight Federal funds arranged prior to 9:00 a.m. (New York 
City time) on that day by each of three leading brokers of Federal funds 
transactions in New York City selected by the Agent.

    FINANCE INCOME RECEIVABLE means the "Finance Income Receivable" appearing, 
and as determined in accordance with GAAP, on the audited consolidated balance 
sheet of the Company calculated in a manner consistent with the calculation of 
"Finance Income Receivable" shown on the Company's audited balance sheet as at 
December 31, 1995.

    FRB means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and any 
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

    FURTHER TAXES means any and all present or future taxes, levies, 
assessments, imposts, duties, deductions, fees, withholdings or similar charges 
(including net income taxes and franchise taxes), and all liabilities with 
respect thereto, imposed by any jurisdiction on account of amounts payable or 
paid pursuant to SECTION 3.1.

    GAAP means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from time to 
time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and 
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and 
pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or agencies with 
similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the U.S. 
accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the 
date of any determination.

    GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY means any nation or government, any state or other 
political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or 
regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, 
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to

                                     -10-
<PAGE>

government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through 
stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

    HEDGING OBLIGATIONS means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of 
such Person under interest rate swap, cap or collar agreements or other 
agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations 
in interest rates.

    HOSTILE ACQUISITION means an Acquisition of a Person if such Person (or its 
Board of Directors or equivalent governing body) has (i) announced that it will 
oppose such Acquisition or (ii) commenced any litigation which alleges that 
such Acquisition violates, or will violate, any Requirement of Law.

    INCLUDED CONTRACTS means all Auto Receivables which are either owned by the 
Company or a Subsidiary of the Company or have been securitized and sold by the 
Company or a Subsidiary of the Company as part of a pool of Auto Receivables; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Defaulted Auto Receivables shall not be Included 
Contracts.

    INDEBTEDNESS means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, all 
obligations, contingent or otherwise, which in accordance with GAAP should be 
classified upon such Person's balance sheet as liabilities, but in any event 
including the following (whether or not they should be classified as 
liabilities upon such balance sheet): (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money 
of such Person and all obligations of such Person secured by any mortgage, 
pledge, security interest, lien, charge or other encumbrance existing on 
property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the obligation 
secured thereby shall have been assumed and whether or not the obligation 
secured is the obligation of such Person or another party; (b) any obligation 
of such Person on account of deposits or advances; (c) any obligation of such 
Person for the deferred purchase price of any property or services, except 
Trade Accounts Payable; (d) any obligation of such Person as lessee under any 
Capitalized Lease; (e) all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent 
obligations of such Person in respect to Indebtedness of others (other than 
endorsements of instruments for collection in the ordinary course of such 
Person's business); and (f) undertakings or agreements to reimburse or 
indemnify issuers of letters of credit issued for the account of such Person.  
For all purposes of this Agreement, the Indebtedness of any Person shall 
include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which such 
Person is a general partner or a joint venturer.


                                     -11-
<PAGE>

    INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES -- see SECTION 10.5.

    INDEMNIFIED PERSON -- see SECTION 10.5.

    INSOLVENCY PROCEEDING means, with respect to any Person, (a) any case, 
action or proceeding with respect to such Person before any court or other 
Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, 
liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) 
any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling 
of assets for creditors, or other similar arrangement in respect of its 
creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; in each case 
undertaken under any U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the 
Bankruptcy Code.

    INTEREST PAYMENT DATE means, as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the last day of 
each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and, as to any Base Rate Loan or 
Resetting Rate Loan, the first Business Day of each March, June, September and 
December.

    INTEREST PERIOD means, as to any Offshore Rate Loan, the period commencing 
on the Borrowing Date of such Loan or on the Conversion/Continuation Date on 
which such Loan is converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate Loan, and 
ending on the date one, two or three months thereafter as selected by the 
Company in its Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Conversion/Continuation, as the 
case may be; PROVIDED that:

        (i)  if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a 
    Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the following 
    Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such 
    Interest Period into another calendar month, in which event such Interest 
    Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

        (ii)  any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a 
    calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding 
    day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on 
    the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest 
    Period; and

        (iii) no Interest Period for any Loan shall extend beyond the 
    Termination Date.

    INVESTMENT means the acquisition, purchase, making or holding of any stock 
or other security, any loan, advance, contribution to capital, extension of 
credit (except for trade 

                                     -12-
<PAGE>

and customer accounts receivable for inventory sold or services rendered in the 
ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary trade 
terms), any acquisitions of real or personal property (other than real and 
personal property acquired in the ordinary course of business) and any purchase 
or commitment or option to purchase stock or other debt or equity securities 
of, or any interest in, another Person or any integral part of any business or 
the assets comprising such business or part thereof.

    IRS means the Internal Revenue Service, and any Governmental Authority 
succeeding to any of its principal functions under the Code.

    LEVEL means either Level One or Level Two as set forth on SCHEDULE 1.1.

    LENDER -- see the PREAMBLE.

    LENDING OFFICE means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such 
Lender specified as its "Lending Office" or "Domestic Lending Office" or 
"Offshore Lending Office", as the case may be, on SCHEDULE 10.2, or such other 
office or offices as such Lender may from time to time notify the Company and 
the Agent.

    LEVERAGE RATIO -- see SECTION 7.18.

    LIEN means any security interest, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, 
hypothecation, assignment, charge or deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien 
(statutory or other) or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature 
whatsoever in respect of any property (including those created by, arising 
under or evidenced by any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, 
the interest of a lessor under a capital lease, or any financing lease having 
substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing, but not 
including the interest of a lessor under an operating lease).

    LOAN means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Company under 
SECTION 2.3.  A Loan may be an Offshore Rate Loan, a Resetting Rate Loan or a 
Base Rate Loan (each a "TYPE" of Loan).

    LOAN DOCUMENTS means this Agreement, any Notes, the Pledge and Security 
Agreement, the Collateral Monitoring Agreement, the Lock-Box Agreement, the 
Agency Agreement and all other documents delivered to the Agent or any Lender 
in connection herewith or therewith.


                                     -13-

<PAGE>

    LOCK-BOX AGREEMENT means the Retail Lockbox Agreement dated as of November
13, 1992, among the Company, Harris Trust and Savings Bank and the Program
Partners (as therein defined).

    MASTER SUBORDINATED INDENTURE NOTES means notes issued pursuant to the
Master Subordinated Notes Indenture.

    MASTER  SUBORDINATED NOTES INDENTURE means the Indenture dated March 15,
1996 between the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
trustee, as the same may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

    MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT means a material adverse change in, or a material
adverse effect upon, the business, assets or condition, financial or otherwise,
of the Company or on the ability of the Company or any other party obligated
thereunder to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents.

    MOODY'S means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. or any successor thereto.

    MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN means a "multiemployer plan", within the meaning of
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, with respect to which the Company or any ERISA
Affiliate may have any liability.

    NET INCOME means, for any period, the Company's after-tax net income for
such period determined in accordance with GAAP but after deduction of dividend
payments on the Preferred Stock.

    NET PORTFOLIO LOSSES means, for any period, the aggregate amount of gross
charge-offs of Auto Receivables serviced by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries during such period, net of all recoveries with respect to any such
Auto Receivables (including post-disposition amounts received on previously
charged-off Auto Receivables), calculated in a manner consistent with the
calculation of net losses in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 1994.

    NET PROCEEDS means the aggregate Cash Equivalent proceeds received by the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of any sale of Finance Income
Receivable (including any Cash Equivalent received upon the sale or other
disposition of any non-cash consideration received in such sale), net of the
direct costs relating to such sale (including legal, accounting and investment
banking fees and sales commissions) and taxes paid or payable as a result
thereof (after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and
any

                                      -14-

<PAGE>

tax sharing arrangements) and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the 
sale price of such asset established in accordance with GAAP.

    NET WORTH means, as to any Person, the total of all assets appearing on a
balance sheet of such Person after deducting all proper reserves (including
reserves for depreciation, obsolescence and amortization) minus all liabilities
of such Person, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

    NOTE means a promissory note executed by the Company in favor of a Lender
pursuant to SUBSECTION 2.2(b), in substantially the form of EXHIBIT C.

    NOTICE OF BORROWING means a notice in substantially the form of EXHIBIT A.

    NOTICE OF CONVERSION/CONTINUATION means a notice in substantially the form
of EXHIBIT B.

    OBLIGATIONS means all advances, debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants
and duties arising under any Loan Document owing by the Company to any Lender,
the Agent or any Indemnified Person, whether direct or indirect (including those
acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now
existing or hereafter arising.

    OFFSHORE RATE means, for any Interest Period, with respect to Offshore Rate
Loans comprising part of the same Borrowing, the rate of interest per annum
(rounded upward, if necessary, to the next 1/16th of 1%) determined by the Agent
as follows:

Offshore Rate =                 IBOR
                ------------------------------------
                1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

Where,

         EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE means for any day for any Interest 
    Period the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded 
    upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day and 
    applicable to any Lender under regulations issued from time to time by the 
    FRB for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any 
    emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect
    to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency 
    liabilities"); and

                                      -15-

<PAGE>

         IBOR means the rate of interest per annum determined by the Agent as 
    the rate at which dollar deposits in the approximate amount of BAI's 
    Offshore Rate Loan are offered for such Interest Period based on information
    presented on the Telerate Screen page 3750 at approximately 11:00 a.m. 
    (Chicago time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest
    Period; PROVIDED, that if at least two such offered rates appear on the 
    Telerate Screen in respect of such Interest Period, the arithmetic mean of 
    all such rates (as determined by the Agent) will be the rate used; PROVIDED,
    FURTHER, that if Telerate ceases to provide LIBOR quotations, such rate 
    shall be the rate of interest determined by the Agent at which dollar 
    deposits in the approximate amount of BAI's Offshore Rate Loan for such 
    Interest Period would be offered by BofA's Grand Cayman Branch, Grand 
    Cayman, B.W.I. (or such other office as may be designated for such purpose 
    by BofA), to major banks in the offshore dollar market at their request at 
    approximately 11:00 A.M. (New York City time) two Business Days prior to the
    commencement of such Interest Period.

         The Offshore Rate shall be adjusted automatically as to all Offshore 
    Rate Loans then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the 
    Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

    OFFSHORE RATE LOAN means a Loan that bears interest based on the Offshore
Rate.

    OTHER TAXES means any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes
or any other charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made
hereunder or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or
registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan
Document.

    PARTICIPANT - see SUBSECTION 10.8(c).

    PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any Governmental
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions under ERISA.

    PERMITTED ACQUISITION means an Acquisition by the Company or any Subsidiary
of any Person that is a going concern that satisfies the following conditions:

         (a)  no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default is in 
    existence at the time of such Acquisition or would result therefrom;


                                      -16-

<PAGE>

    (b)  the Person acquired in such Acquisition is in the same or a similar 
line of business as the Company is in on the Effective Date;

    (c)  the Agent shall have received from the Company, in form and 
substance satisfactory to the Required Lenders, PRO FORMA calculations of the 
covenants in SECTIONS 7.17, 7.18, 7.19 and 7.20 showing compliance with such 
covenants as of the date of such Acquisition after giving effect thereto;

    (d)  the Acquisition is not a Hostile Acquisition; and

    (e)  the total consideration for all such Acquisitions (including cash 
and noncash purchase price, liabilities assumed, deferred or financed 
purchase price, purchase price characterized as consulting agreements, 
noncompetition payments and the like) does not exceed $100,000,000 in the 
aggregate.

    PERMITTED LIENS means: (i) Liens on Auto Receivables in connection with 
Auto Loan Securitizations or under Warehouse Facilities (PROVIDED that no 
such Lien attaches to any Pledged Auto Receivables); (ii) Liens in favor of 
the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders; (iii) Liens on property existing at 
the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary (PROVIDED 
that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such 
acquisition); (iv) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, 
surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like 
nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (v) Liens to secure 
Indebtedness permitted under SECTION 7.10(h) covering only the assets 
acquired with such Indebtedness (PROVIDED that the Indebtedness secured 
thereby shall not exceed the lesser of the purchase price or the fair market 
value of such property at the time of its lease); (vi) Liens existing on the 
Effective Date and listed on SCHEDULE 7.11; (vii) Liens for taxes, 
assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or 
that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly 
instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other 
appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have 
been made therefor; (viii) Liens in favor of a monoline insurance company or 
other provider of credit enhancement in connection with any Auto Loan 
Securitization or Warehouse Facility (PROVIDED that no such Lien attaches to 
any Pledged Auto Receivables); (ix) Liens on Finance Income Receivable in 
connection with the sale of the same; (x) Liens associated with Hedging 
Obligations (provided that such Liens do not attach to any Pledged Auto 
Receivables); (xi) a Lien on

                                     -17-
<PAGE>

the "Reserve Fund" (under and as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture); and 
(xii) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any 
Subsidiary of the Company, with respect to obligations that do not exceed 
$1,000,000 at any one time outstanding and that (a) are not incurred in 
connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances of credit 
(other than trade credit in the ordinary course of business) and (b) do not 
in the aggregate materially detract from the value of the property or 
materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Company 
or such Subsidiary.

    PERSON means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability 
company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated 
association, joint venture or Governmental Authority.

    PLAN means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of 
ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, with respect to which the Company 
may have any liability.

    PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT means the Pledge and Security Agreement 
dated as of even date herewith between the Company and the Agent.

    PLEDGED AUTO RECEIVABLES has the meaning assigned thereto in the Pledge 
and Security Agreement.

    PORTFOLIO LOSS RATIO, at any time, means the result (expressed as a 
percentage) obtained by dividing (a) Net Portfolio Losses for the Company's 
most recent six fiscal months multiplied by 2.0 by (b) the Average Servicing 
Portfolio at such time.

    PREFERRED STOCK means up to 1,150,000 shares of the Company's Cumulative 
Convertible Exchangeable Preferred Stock as described in the Company's 
Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration Statement dated November 22, 1993.

    PRIOR CREDIT AGREEMENT - see SECTION 4.1.

    PRO RATA SHARE means, as to any Lender at any time, the percentage 
equivalent (expressed as a decimal, rounded to the ninth decimal place) at 
such time of such Lender's Commitment divided by the combined Commitments of 
all Lenders at such time.

    RELATED PARTY means any Person (other than a Subsidiary) (a) which 
directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is 
controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company, (b) which 
beneficially owns

                                     -18-
<PAGE>

or holds 10% or more of the equity interest of the Company or (c) 10% or 
more of the equity interest of which is beneficially owned or held by the 
Company or a Subsidiary.  The term "control" means the possession, directly 
or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the 
management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting 
securities, by contract or otherwise.

    REJECTED FILE means a Contract File which is identified in an Agreed-upon 
Procedures Report as having an Exception.

    REPLACEMENT LENDER - see SECTION 3.7.

    REPORTABLE EVENT means a reportable event, as described in Section 4043 
of ERISA and the regulations issued under such section, with respect to a 
Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC, by regulation, 
has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified 
within 30 days of the occurrence of such event, provided, that a failure to 
meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 
of ERISA shall be a reportable event regardless of the issuance of any such 
waivers in accordance with Section 412(d) of the Code.

    REQUIRED LENDERS means (a) prior to the Termination Date, Lenders holding 
at least 66-2/3% of the Commitments, and (b) on and after the Termination 
Date, Lenders holding at least 66-2/3% of the then aggregate unpaid principal 
amount of the Loans.

    REQUIREMENT OF LAW means, as to any Person, any law (statutory or 
common), treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or of a 
Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such 
Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property 
is subject.

    RESETTING RATE means, on any date and with respect to all Resetting Rate 
Loans, the rate of interest, as determined by the Agent, equal to the 
Offshore Rate which would be applicable to a notional Offshore Rate Loan in 
the amount of BAI's Resetting Rate Loan having an Interest Period of one 
month and an interest determination date of such date.  The Resetting Rate 
shall be adjusted automatically each day for any change in the applicable 
Offshore Rate for such day.

    RESETTING RATE LOAN means a Loan that bears interest based on the 
Resetting Rate.

                                     -19-
<PAGE>

    RESPONSIBLE OFFICER means the Chairman, the President, any Vice 
President, the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Company.

    S&P means Standard & Poor's, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.

    SCHEDULED PAYMENT means, with respect to any period for any Auto 
Receivable, the amount set forth in such Auto Receivable as required to be 
paid by the obligor in such period.  If the obligor's payment obligation 
under an Auto Receivable with respect to a period has been modified so as to 
differ from the amount specified in such Auto Receivable (a) as a result of 
the order of a court in an insolvency proceeding involving the obligor, (b) 
pursuant to the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940 or (c) as a 
result of modifications or extensions of the Auto Receivable permitted by the 
agreement relating to the securitization of such Auto Receivable, the 
Scheduled Payment with respect to such period shall refer to the obligor's 
payment obligation with respect to such period as so modified.

    SEC means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental 
Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

    SENIOR NOTES means the $145,000,000 13% Senior Notes due 2000 issued by 
the Company under the Senior Notes Indenture.

    SENIOR NOTES INDENTURE means the Indenture dated as of April 28, 1995, by 
and between the Company and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as 
trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture thereto dated as 
of August 11, 1995, and as the same may be further amended, supplemented or 
restated from time to time with the prior written consent of the Required 
Lenders, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

         (a)  so long as none of the following actions adversely affects the 
     Lenders' rights under the Loan Documents, the Senior Notes Indenture may 
     be amended without the consent of any Lender to cure any ambiguity 
     contained therein, to correct or supplement any provisions in the Senior 
     Notes Indenture which may be inconsistent with any other provisions 
     therein or to add any other provisions with respect to matters or 
     questions arising under the Senior Notes Indenture which are not 
     inconsistent with the provisions therein;

         (b)  the Senior Notes Indenture may be amended, supplemented or 
     otherwise modified without the consent of

                                     -20-
<PAGE>

     any Lender so long as any such amendment, supplement or modification (1) 
     does not increase the rate of or change the time for payment of interest 
     payable with respect to the Senior Notes, (2) does not advance the 
     maturity of the Senior Notes, (3) does not impose any covenant, default 
     or repayment or redemption obligation on the Company less favorable to 
     the Company than those in effect on the date hereof under the Senior 
     Notes Indenture, (4) does not amend any Section of the Senior Notes 
     Indenture (or any definition used in any such Section) expressly 
     referred to herein in a manner less favorable to the Lenders than those 
     in effect on the date hereof, (5) does not impose a Lien on any assets 
     of the Company or any Subsidiary other than a Lien on the "Reserve Fund" 
     (as defined in the Senior Notes Indenture) and (6) is not otherwise 
     adverse to the Lenders; and

         (c)  each reference in this Agreement to any provision of the Senior 
     Notes Indenture shall be deemed to incorporate such provision (and all 
     related definitions set forth in the Senior Notes Indenture) by 
     reference and such incorporation by reference shall survive any 
     termination, discharge or defeasance of the Senior Notes Indenture.

    SERVICING PORTFOLIO, at any time, means the aggregate principal balance 
of all Auto Receivables which have been purchased or otherwise acquired by 
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (whether or not thereafter sold or 
disposed of) which are serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at 
such time, calculated in a manner consistent with the calculation of the 
components of Average Servicing Portfolio in the Company's Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.

    STAGE I LOANS means, at any date, with respect to any Notice of 
Borrowing, the portion of the Loans requested pursuant to such Notice of 
Borrowing that is shown as being supported by Stage I Receivables comprising 
part of the Borrowing Base as shown on such Borrowing Base Certificate.

    STAGE I PAYMENT DATE - see SECTION 2.7.
                                           
    STAGE I RECEIVABLE means, at any date, a Pledged Auto Receivable which is 
not a Stage II Receivable.

    STAGE II LOANS means, at any date with respect to any Notice of 
Borrowing, the portion of the Loan being requested pursuant to such Notice of 
Borrowing which is shown as being supported by Stage II Receivables 
comprising part of the Borrowing Base as shown on such Notice of Borrowing.

                                         -21-
<PAGE>

    STAGE II RECEIVABLE means, at any date, a Pledged Auto Receivable which 
has been completely processed by the Company at its Minneapolis, Minnesota 
principal place of business; I.E., (a) the Company has recorded such Auto 
Receivable and its related Contract File on microfiche or has otherwise 
copied or electronically imaged the same, (b) the Company has placed the 
legend on such Auto Receivable required by Section 3.16(b) of the Pledge and 
Security Agreement and (c) the Company has deposited the original of such 
Pledged Auto Receivable and its related Contract File in a segregated secure 
file cabinet containing only Pledged Auto Receivables and conspicuously 
identified as containing property subject to the Agent's security interest.

    SUBORDINATED DEBT means Indebtedness of the Company which is not secured 
by a Lien on the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and which 
is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations.

    SUBSIDIARY of a Person means any corporation, association, partnership, 
limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity of which 
more than 50% of the voting stock, membership interests or other equity 
interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations), is owned or 
controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, or one or more of the 
Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof.  Without limiting the 
generality of the foregoing, the term "Subsidiary" specifically includes any 
special purpose vehicle or conduit formed by a Person that is otherwise 
within the ambit of the immediately preceding sentence.  Unless the context 
otherwise clearly requires, references herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a 
Subsidiary of the Company.

    TANGIBLE NET WORTH means, as to any Person at any time, such Person's Net 
Worth at such time, excluding the value of goodwill (other than goodwill 
arising from a Permitted Acquisition), trademarks, trade names, copyrights, 
patents, licenses and similar intangibles but specifically including, in the 
case of the Company, all Finance Income Receivable as at such time.

    TAXES means any and all present or future taxes, levies, assessments, 
imposts, duties, deductions, charges, fees, withholdings or similar charges, 
and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case of each 
Lender and the Agent, such taxes (including income taxes or franchise taxes) 
as are taxes imposed on or measured by each Lender's net income by the 
jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which 
such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, is organized or maintains a 
lending office.

                                -22-

<PAGE>

         TERMINATION DATE means the earlier to occur of:
     
               (a) July 10, 1997; and
     
               (b) the date on which the Commitments terminate in accordance 
     with the provisions of this Agreement.
     
         TRADE ACCOUNTS PAYABLE means, as to any Person, the trade accounts 
     payable of such Person with a maturity of not greater than 90 days 
     incurred in the ordinary course of such Person's business.
     
         TYPE has the meaning specified in the definition of "Loan."
     
         UNITED STATES and U.S. each means the United States of America.
     
         UNMATURED EVENT OF DEFAULT means any event or circumstance which, 
     with the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, would (if not 
     cured or otherwise remedied during such time) constitute an Event of 
     Default.
     
         USAGE means, on any date, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) that 
     the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans on such date 
     bears to the combined Commitments on such date.
     
         VEHICLE has the meaning assigned thereto in the Pledge and Security 
     Agreement.
     
         WAREHOUSE DEBT means Indebtedness of the Company and its 
     Subsidiaries outstanding under Warehouse Facilities including the 
     repurchase price of any Auto Receivables sold to any other Person 
     pursuant to the terms of any Warehouse Facility.
     
         WAREHOUSE FACILITY means the funding arrangements with financial 
     institutions or other lenders or purchasers exclusively to finance the 
     purchase of Auto Receivables by the Company or a Subsidiary of the 
     Company for a period not to exceed six months in the ordinary course of 
     business, including so-called "pool bank" arrangements and repurchase 
     agreements for Auto Receivables.
     
         WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE TO MATURITY means, when applied to any 
     Indebtedness at any time, the number of years obtained by dividing (i) 
     the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each 
     then-remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other 
     required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in 
     respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest 
     one-
     
                                     -23-
<PAGE>
     
     twelfth) that will elapse between such time and the making of such 
     payment by (ii) the then-outstanding principal amount of such 
     Indebtedness.
     
         WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY means any corporation in which (other than 
     directors' qualifying shares required by law) 100% of the capital stock 
     of each class having ordinary voting power, and 100% of the capital 
     stock of every other class, in each case, at the time as of which any 
     determination is being made, is owned, beneficially and of record, by 
     the Company, or by one or more other Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, or by a 
     combination thereof.
     
     1.2 OTHER INTERPRETIVE PROVISIONS.

    (a)  The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular
and plural forms of the defined terms.

    (b)  The words "hereof", "herein", "hereunder" and similar words refer to
this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;
and subsection, Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement
unless otherwise specified.

    (c)  (i) The term "documents" includes any and all instruments, documents,
agreements, certificates, indentures, notices and other writings, however
evidenced.

         (ii) The term "including" is not limiting and means "including without
     limitation."

         (iii)     In the computation of periods of time from a specified date 
     to a later specified date, the word "from" means "from and including"; the 
     words "to" and "until" each mean "to but excluding", and the word "through"
     means "to and including."

    (d)  Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references to 
agreements (including this Agreement) and other contractual instruments shall 
be deemed to include all subsequent amendments and other modifications 
thereto, but only to the extent such amendments and other modifications are 
not prohibited by the terms of any Loan Document, and (ii) references to any 
statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and 
regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or 
interpreting the statute or regulation.

    (e)  The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of 
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>


    (f)  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents may use several 
different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar 
matters.  All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and 
shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.  Unless otherwise 
expressly provided herein, any reference to any action of the Agent, the 
Lenders or the Required Lenders by way of consent, approval or waiver shall 
be deemed modified by the phrase "in its/their sole discretion."

    (g)  This Agreement and the other Loan Documents are the result of 
negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to the Agent, the 
Company and the other parties, and are the products of all parties.  
Accordingly, they shall not be construed against the Lenders or the Agent 
merely because of the Agent's or Lenders' involvement in their preparation.

    1.3 ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES.

    (a)  Unless the context otherwise clearly requires, all accounting terms 
not expressly defined herein shall be construed, and all financial 
computations required under this Agreement shall be made, in accordance with 
GAAP, consistently applied.

    (b)  References herein to "fiscal year" and "fiscal quarter" refer to 
such fiscal periods of the Company.

                                 ARTICLE II

                                THE CREDITS

    2.1  AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS.  Each Lender severally agrees, on 
the terms and conditions set forth herein, to make Loans to the Company from 
time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date to 
the Termination Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time 
outstanding the amount set forth on SCHEDULE 2.1 with respect to such Lender 
(such amount, as the same may be reduced under SECTION 2.5, increased under 
SECTION 2.14 or changed as a result of one or more assignments under SECTION 
10.8, such Lender's "COMMITMENT"); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the aggregate 
principal amount of all outstanding Loans shall not at any time exceed the 
lesser of (x) the combined Commitments at such time and (y) the Borrowing 
Base at such time as determined from the most recent Borrowing Base 
Certificate as modified by any Agreed-upon Procedures Report delivered to the 
Lenders after the date of such Borrowing Base Certificate; and PROVIDED, 
FURTHER, that the aggregate principal amount of the Loans of any Lender shall 
not at any time exceed such Lender's Commitment; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that 
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Stage I Loans at any time shall 
not exceed 40% of the combined Commitments at such time.  Within the limits 
of each Lender's

                                     -25- 
<PAGE>

Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Company 
may borrow under this SECTION 2.1, prepay under SECTION 2.6 and reborrow 
under this SECTION 2.1.

    2.2  LOAN ACCOUNTS. (a) The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced 
by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender in the ordinary 
course of business.  The accounts or records maintained by the Agent and each 
Lender shall be conclusive (absent manifest error) of the amount of the Loans 
made by the Lenders to the Company, and the interest and payments thereon.  
Any failure so to record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit 
or otherwise affect the obligation of the Company hereunder to pay any amount 
owing with respect to the Loans.

    (b)  Upon the request of any Lender made through the Agent, the Loans 
made by such Lender may be evidenced by one or more Notes, instead of or in 
addition to loan accounts.  Each such Lender shall endorse on the schedules 
annexed to its Note(s) the date, amount and maturity of each Loan made by it 
and the amount of each payment of principal made by the Company with respect 
thereto.  Each such Lender is irrevocably authorized by the Company to 
endorse the schedule to its Note(s) and each Lender's record shall be 
conclusive absent manifest error; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure of a 
Lender to make, or an error in making, a notation thereon with respect to any 
Loan shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Company 
hereunder or under any such Note to such Lender.

    2.3  PROCEDURE FOR BORROWING. (a) Each Borrowing shall be made upon the 
Company's irrevocable written notice delivered to the Agent in the form of a 
Notice of Borrowing, which notice must be received by the Agent prior to (i) 
10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) two Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing 
Date, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, and (ii) 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) 
on the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans or Resetting 
Rate Loans, specifying:

              (A)  the amount of the Borrowing, which, in the case of any 
          Borrowing consisting of Offshore Rate Loans or Resetting Rate Loans, 
          shall be in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or a higher integral 
          multiple of $1,000,000 or which, in the case of any Borrowing 
          consisting of Base Rate Loans, shall be in an aggregate amount of 
          $1,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000;

              (B)  the requested Borrowing Date, which shall be a Business Day;

              (C)  the Type of Loans comprising such Borrowing; and

                                      -26- 

<PAGE>

              (D)  in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, the duration of the
          initial Interest Period therefor.

Any request for a Loan that is not based on Pledged Auto Receivables 
described in a Notice of Borrowing shall be accompanied by a Borrowing Base 
Certificate as of the immediately preceding Business Day.

         (b)  The Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of 
any Notice of Borrowing and of the amount of such Lender's Pro Rata Share of 
such Borrowing.

         (c)  Subject to the conditions precedent set forth herein, each 
Lender will make the amount of its Pro Rata Share of each Borrowing available 
to the Agent for the account of the Company at the Agent's Payment Office by 
12:00 noon (Chicago time) on the Borrowing Date requested by the Company in 
funds immediately available to the Agent.  Such amounts will then be made 
available promptly to the Company by the Agent, at such account and office as 
the Company shall direct from time to time, in like funds as received by the 
Agent.

         (d)  After giving effect to any Borrowing, unless the Agent 
otherwise consents, there may not be more than five different Interest 
Periods in effect for all Borrowings consisting of Offshore Rate Loans.

     2.4 CONVERSION AND CONTINUATION ELECTIONS FOR BORROWINGS. (a) The Company 
may, upon irrevocable written notice to the Agent in accordance with SUBSECTION
2.4(b):

         (i)  elect, as of any Business Day, in the case of Base Rate Loans or
    Resetting Rate Loans, or as of the last day of the applicable Interest 
    Period, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, to convert any such Loans (or 
    any part thereof in an aggregate amount of (x) in the case of Offshore Rate 
    Loans and Resetting Rate Loans, $5,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of 
    $1,000,000 or (y) in the case of Base Rate Loans, $1,000,000 or a higher 
    integral multiple of $1,000,000) into Loans of another Type; or

         (ii) elect, as of the last day of the applicable Interest Period, to
    continue any Loans having Interest Periods expiring on such day (or any 
    part thereof in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or a higher integral 
    multiple of $1,000,000);

PROVIDED that if at any time the aggregate amount of Offshore Rate Loans or
Resetting Rate Loans in respect of any Borrowing is reduced, by payment,
prepayment, or conversion of any part thereof,

                                     -27-
<PAGE>

to be less than $5,000,000, such Offshore Rate Loans or Resetting Rate Loans 
shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans.

         (b)  The Company shall deliver a Notice of Conversion/Continuation 
to be received by the Agent not later than (i) 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) at 
least two Business Days in advance of the Conversion/Continuation Date, if 
the Loans are to be converted into or continued as Offshore Rate Loans; and 
(ii) 10:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the Conversion/Continuation Date, if the 
Loans are to be converted into Base Rate Loans or Resetting Rate Loans, 
specifying:

              (A) the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date;

              (B) the aggregate amount of Loans to be converted or continued;

              (C)  the Type of Loans resulting from the proposed conversion or
         continuation; and

              (D)  in the case of conversions into Offshore Rate Loans, the 
         duration of the requested Interest Period.

         (c)  If upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to 
Offshore Rate Loans, the Company has failed to select timely a new Interest 
Period to be applicable to such Offshore Rate Loans, the Company shall be 
deemed to have elected to convert such Offshore Rate Loans into Resetting 
Rate Loans effective as of the expiration date of such Interest Period.

         (d)  The Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of a 
Notice of Conversion/Continuation, or, if no timely notice is provided by the 
Company, the Agent will promptly notify each Lender of the details of any 
automatic conversion.  All conversions and continuations shall be made 
ratably according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the 
Loans held by each Lender with respect to which the notice was given.

         (e)  Unless the Required Lenders otherwise consent, (x) during the 
existence of an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, the Company 
may not elect to have a Loan converted into or continued as an Offshore Rate 
Loan and (Y) during the existence of an Event of Default, the Company may not 
elect to have a Loan converted into or continued as a Resetting Rate Loan and 
(z) all outstanding Resetting Rate Loans shall automatically convert to Base 
Rate Loans upon the occurrence of any Event of Default.

         (f)  After giving effect to any conversion or continuation of Loans, 
unless the Agent shall otherwise consent,

                                     -28-
<PAGE>

there may not be more than five different Interest Periods in effect for 
Offshore Rate Loans.

    2.5  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION OR REDUCTION OF COMMITMENTS.  The Company may, 
upon not less than three Business Days' prior notice to the Agent, terminate 
the Commitments, or permanently reduce the Commitments by an aggregate amount 
of $5,000,000 or a higher integral multiple of $1,000,000; UNLESS, after 
giving effect thereto and to any payments or prepayments of Loans made on the 
effective date thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Loans would 
exceed the amount of the combined Commitments then in effect.  Once reduced 
in accordance with this Section, the Commitments may not be increased.  Any 
reduction of the Commitments shall be applied to each Lender according to its 
Pro Rata Share. All accrued commitment fees to, but not including, the 
effective date of any reduction or termination of Commitments shall be paid 
on the effective date of such reduction or termination.

    2.6  PREPAYMENTS. (a) OPTIONAL.  In addition to prepayments made upon 
dates described in CLAUSE (i) of the definition of "Sweep Date" in the Pledge 
and Security Agreement, subject to SECTION 3.4, the Company may, from time to 
time, upon irrevocable notice to the Agent not later than 10:30 a.m. (Chicago 
time) on any Business Day, in the case of Base Rate Loans or Resetting Rate 
Loans, and on the day which is two Business Days prior to the date of 
prepayment, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans, ratably prepay Loans in whole 
or in part, in an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 or a higher integral 
multiple of $1,000,000.  Such notice of prepayment shall specify the date and 
amount of such prepayment and the Loans to be prepaid.  The Agent will 
promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of any such notice, and of such 
Lender's Pro Rata Share of such prepayment.  If such notice is given by the 
Company, the Company shall make such prepayment and the payment amount 
specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified 
therein, together with accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid 
and any amounts required pursuant to SECTION 3.4.

         (b) MANDATORY.

              (i)  If at any time (A) the excess of (1) the outstanding 
    principal balance of the Loans OVER (2) the amount of Collateral Payments 
    deposited into the Collection Account exceeds (B) the lesser of (1) the 
    aggregate amount of the combined Commitments at such time or (2) the 
    Borrowing Base at such time as determined from the most recent Borrowing 
    Base Certificate as modified by any Agreed-upon Procedures Report delivered 
    to the Lenders after the date of such Borrowing Base Certificate, then the 
    Company shall immediately make a principal prepayment of the Loans in an 
    amount equal to such excess; and

                                     -29-

<PAGE>

              (ii) The Company shall make payments of the Loans as required 
    by the last sentence of SECTION 2.7 with respect to Stage I Loans, Article 
    IV of the Pledge and Security Agreement and Section 7.7 of the Pledge and 
    Security Agreement.

    2.7  REPAYMENT.  The Company shall repay all Loans on the Termination 
Date.  The Company shall repay each Stage I Loan by 10:00 a.m., Chicago time, 
on the fourth Business Day (the "STAGE I PAYMENT DATE") after the date such 
Stage I Loan is made by either (a) converting the Stage I Loan to a Stage II 
Loan by delivering to the Agent a Notice of Borrowing requesting such 
conversion or (b) repaying such Stage I Loan.

    2.8  INTEREST. (a) Each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding 
principal amount thereof from the applicable Borrowing Date at a rate per 
annum equal to the Offshore Rate, the Resetting Rate or the Base Rate, as the 
case may be (and subject to the Company's right to convert to another Type of 
Loan under SECTION 2.4), PLUS the Applicable Margin as in effect from time to 
time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Stage I Loan shall 
be an Offshore Rate Loan.

         (b)  Interest on each Loan shall be paid in arrears on each Interest 
Payment Date.  Interest also shall be paid on the date of any conversion of 
Offshore Rate Loans under SECTION 2.4 and prepayment of Loans under SECTION 
2.6, in each case for the portion of the Loans so converted or prepaid.

         (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, after 
the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default or after 
acceleration, THEN the Company shall pay interest (after as well as before 
entry of judgment thereon to the extent permitted by law) on the principal 
amount of all outstanding Loans and, to the extent permitted by applicable 
law, on any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, 
at a rate per annum equal to the rate otherwise applicable thereto pursuant 
to the terms hereof (or, after the end of the applicable Interest Period for 
any Offshore Rate Loan, the Base Rate) plus 2%. All such interest shall be 
payable on demand.

         (d)  Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the 
obligations of the Company to any Lender hereunder shall be subject to the 
limitation that payments of interest shall not be required for any period for 
which interest is computed hereunder, to the extent (but only to the extent) 
that contracting for or receiving such payment by such Lender would he 
contrary to the provisions of any law applicable to such Lender limiting the 
highest rate of interest that may be lawfully contracted for, charged or 
received by such Lender, and in such circumstances the Company shall pay

                                     -30-
<PAGE>

such Lender interest at the highest rate permitted by applicable law.

    2.9  FEES.

         (a) AGENT'S AND ARRANGER'S FEES.  The Company agrees to pay to the 
Agent and the Arranger such fees at such times and in such amounts as are 
mutually agreed to from time to time by the Company and the Agent or the 
Arranger, as the case may be.

         (b)  COMMITMENT FEES.  The Company shall pay to the Agent for the 
account of each Lender a commitment fee computed at the Commitment Fee Rate 
on the average daily unused amount of such Lender's Commitment.  Such 
commitment fee shall accrue from the Effective Date to the Termination Date 
and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the first Business Day 
of each March, June, September and December, with the final payment to be 
made on the Termination Date; PROVIDED that, in connection with any reduction 
or termination of Commitments under SECTION 2.5, the accrued commitment fee 
calculated for the period ending on the date of such reduction or termination 
shall be paid on the date of such reduction or termination, with (in the case 
of any reduction) the following quarterly payment being calculated on the 
basis of the period from such reduction date to the quarterly payment date.  
The commitment fees shall continue to accrue notwithstanding that one or more 
conditions to borrowing in ARTICLE IV are not met.

    2.10  COMPUTATION OF FEES AND INTEREST. (a) All computations of interest 
for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by BAI's "reference 
rate" shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case 
may be, and actual days elapsed.  All other computations of interest and fees 
shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed. 
Interest and fees shall accrue during each period during which such interest 
or such fees are computed from the first day thereof to the last day thereof.

         (b)  Each determination of an interest rate by the Agent shall be 
conclusive and binding on the Company and the Lenders in the absence of 
manifest error.  The Agent will, at the request of the Company or any Lender, 
deliver to the Company or such Lender, as the case may be, a statement 
showing the quotations used by the Agent in determining any interest rate and 
the resulting interest rate.

    2.11  PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY. (a) All payments to be made by the Company 
shall be made without set-off, recoupment or counterclaim.  Except as 
otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Company shall be 
made to the Agent for the account of the Lenders at the Agent's Payment 
Office, and shall be made in Dollars and in immediately available funds, no 
later than 12:00 noon (Chicago time) on the date specified herein.  The Agent 
will

                                     -31-
<PAGE>

promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable 
share as expressly provided herein) of such payment in like funds as 
received. Any payment received by the Agent later than 12:00 noon (Chicago 
time) shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day 
and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

         (b)  Whenever any payment is due on a day other than a Business Day, 
such payment shall be made on the following Business Day (unless, in the case 
of an Offshore Rate Loan, the following Business Day is in another calendar 
month, in which case such payment shall be made on the preceding Business 
Day), and such extension of time shall in such case be included in the 
computation of interest or fees, as the case may be.

         (c)  Unless the Agent receives notice from the Company prior to the 
date on which any payment is due to the Lenders that the Company will not 
make such payment in full as and when required, the Agent may assume that the 
Company has made such payment in full to the Agent on such date in 
immediately available funds and the Agent may (but shall not be so required), 
in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to each Lender on such due date 
an amount equal to the amount then due such Lender.  If and to the extent the 
Company has not made such payment in full to the Agent, each Lender shall 
repay to the Agent on demand such amount distributed to such Lender, together 
with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Rate for each day from the date 
such amount is distributed to such Lender until the date repaid.

    2.12  PAYMENTS BY THE LENDERS TO THE AGENT. (a) Unless the Agent receives 
notice from a Lender at least one Business Day prior to the date of a 
Borrowing that such Lender will not make available as and when required 
hereunder to the Agent for the account of the Company the amount of such 
Lender's Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such 
Lender has made such amount available to the Agent in immediately available 
funds on the Borrowing Date and the Agent may (but shall not be so required), 
in reliance upon. such assumption, make available to the Company on such date 
a corresponding amount.  If and to the extent any Lender shall not have made 
its full amount available to the Agent in immediately available funds and the 
Agent in such circumstances has made available to the Company such amount, 
such Lender shall on the Business Day following such Borrowing Date make such 
amount available to the Agent, together with interest at the Federal Funds 
Rate for each day during such period.  A notice of the Agent submitted to any 
Lender with respect to amounts owing under this SUBSECTION (a) shall be 
conclusive, absent manifest error.  If such amount is so made available, such 
payment to the Agent shall constitute such Lender's Loan on the date of 
Borrowing for all purposes of this Agreement.  If such amount is not made 
available to the Agent on the Business Day following the Borrowing Date, the

                                     -32-

<PAGE>

Agent will notify the Company of such failure to fund and, upon demand by the 
Agent, the Company shall pay such amount to the Agent for the Agent's 
account, together with interest thereon for each day elapsed since the date 
of such Borrowing, at a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable 
at the time to the Loans comprising such Borrowing.

         (b)  The failure of any Lender to make any Loan on any Borrowing 
Date shall not relieve any other Lender of any obligation hereunder to make a 
Loan on such Borrowing Date, but no Lender shall be responsible for the 
failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender 
on any Borrowing Date.

    2.13 SHARING OF PAYMENTS, ETC.  If, other than as expressly provided 
elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it 
any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the 
exercise of any right of set-off, or otherwise) on account of principal of or 
interest on any Loan, or any other amount payable hereunder, in excess of its 
Pro Rata Share, such Lender shall immediately (i) notify the Agent of such 
fact and (ii) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the 
Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to 
share the excess payment or other recovery pro rata with each of them; 
PROVIDED that if all or any portion of such excess payment or other recovery 
is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender, such purchase shall to 
that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing 
Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to 
such paying Lender's ratable share (according to the proportion of (A) the 
amount of such paying Lender's required repayment to (B) the total amount so 
recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or 
payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered. 
 The Company agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from 
another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its 
rights of payment (including the right of set-off, but subject to SECTION 
10.10) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the 
direct creditor of the Company in the amount of such participation.  The 
Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence 
of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section and will in 
each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments.

    2.14 ADDITIONAL LENDERS; INCREASED COMMITMENTS.  The parties agree that 
any Lender may, by written agreement with the Company (a copy of which shall 
be delivered to the Agent), increase its Commitment and that additional 
financial institutions who are acceptable to the Company and the Agent may 
become Lenders party hereto and that, in each case, by virtue thereof, 
subject to SECTION 2.5, the Commitments may be increased; PROVIDED, that

                                     -33-
<PAGE>

(a) the Commitment of each such additional financial institution shall be not 
less than $10,000,000 and the aggregate Commitments shall in no event exceed 
$300,000,000 and (b) each such additional financial institution shall execute 
and deliver to the Company and the Agent a counterpart of this Agreement.  
Upon any Lender so agreeing to increase its Commitment or any additional 
financial institution executing a counterpart hereof, each such additional 
financial institution shall be a "Lender" for purposes hereof and the other 
Loan Documents and the aggregate amount of the Commitments shall be increased 
by an amount equal to the Commitment of the new Lender and/or by the 
increased Commitment of the existing Lender and the Lenders shall effect such 
purchases and sales among themselves as shall be necessary to result in each 
Lender having its ratable share of each outstanding Borrowing and Type of 
Loan as specified by the Agent (and SECTION 3.4 shall apply to losses and 
expenses incurred by any Lender as a consequence of such purchases and 
sales), and the Agent shall have received such other documents as it shall 
have reasonably requested.  Upon any increase in the Commitments contemplated 
by CLAUSE (a) above, the Company and the Agent shall amend SCHEDULE 2.1 to 
reflect the increase in the Commitments.

                                     ARTICLE III

                        TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
                                           
    3.1  TAXES. (a) Any and all payments by the Company to each Lender and 
the Agent under this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall be made free 
and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any Taxes.  In 
addition, the Company shall pay all Other Taxes.

         (b)  If the Company shall be required by law to deduct or withhold 
any Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable 
hereunder to any Lender or the Agent, then:

              (i)  the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that, 
    after making all required deductions and withholdings (including deductions 
    and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section), 
    such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, receives and retains an amount
    equal to the sum it would have received and retained had no such deductions 
    or withholdings been made;

              (ii)  the Company shall make such deductions and withholdings;

              (iii) the Company shall pay the full amount deducted or withheld 
    to the relevant taxing authority or other authority in accordance with 
    applicable law; and

                                     -34-
<PAGE>

              (iv) the Company shall also pay to the Agent for the account of 
    the Agent or any applicable Lender, at the time interest is paid, all 
    additional amounts which such Lender or the Agent reasonably determines 
    as necessary to preserve the after-tax yield the Agent or such Lender would 
    have received if such Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes had not been 
    imposed.

         (c)  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender 
and the Agent for the full amount of Taxes, Other Taxes and Further Taxes in 
the amount that the Agent or such Lender reasonably determines as necessary 
to preserve the after-tax yield such Lender would have received if such 
Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes had not been imposed, and any liability 
(including penalties, interest, additions to tax and expenses) arising 
therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes, Other Taxes or 
Further Taxes were correctly or legally asserted.  Payment under this 
indemnification shall be made upon demand therefor by the Agent or such 
Lender.

         (d)  Within 30 days after the date of any payment by the Company of 
Taxes, Other Taxes or Further Taxes, the Company shall furnish to each Lender 
and the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing 
payment thereof, or other evidence of payment satisfactory to such Lender or 
the Agent.

         (e)  If the Company is required to pay any amount to any Lender or 
the  Agent pursuant to SUBSECTION (b) or (c) of this Section, then  such 
Lender or such Agent shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and 
regulatory restrictions) to change the jurisdiction of its Lending Office or 
other relevant office so as to eliminate any such additional payment by the 
Company which may thereafter accrue, if such change in the sole judgment of 
such Lender or the Agent is not otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender or 
the Agent.

    3.2  ILLEGALITY. (a) If any Lender determines that the introduction of 
any Requirement of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in the 
interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has made it 
unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority has 
asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office 
to make Offshore Rate Loans or Resetting Rate Loans, then, on notice thereof 
by the Lender to the Company through the Agent, any obligation of such Lender 
to make Offshore Rate Loans and Resetting Rate Loans shall be suspended until 
the Lender notifies the Agent and the Company that the circumstances giving 
rise to such determination no longer exist.

         (b) If a Lender determines that the introduction of any Requirement 
of Law, or any change in any Requirement of Law, or in

                                     -35-

<PAGE>

the interpretation or administration of any Requirement of Law, has made it 
unlawful, or that any central bank or other Governmental Authority has 
asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office 
to maintain any Offshore Rate Loan or Resetting Rate Loan, the Company shall, 
upon its receipt of notice of such fact and demand from such Lender (with a 
copy to the Agent), prepay in full such Offshore Rate Loan or Resetting Rate 
Loan of such Lender then outstanding, together with interest accrued thereon 
and any amount required under SECTION 3.4, in the case of an Offshore Rate 
Loan, either on the last day of the Interest Period thereof or, if earlier, 
on the date on which such Lender may no longer lawfully continue to maintain 
such Offshore Rate Loan or Resetting Rate Loan or, in the case of a Resetting 
Rate Loan, immediately.  If the Company is required to so prepay any Offshore 
Rate Loan or Resetting Rate Loan, then concurrently with such prepayment, 
the Company shall borrow from the affected Lender, in the amount of such 
repayment, a Base Rate Loan.

         (c)  If the obligation of any Lender to make or maintain Offshore 
Rate Loans or Resetting Rate Loans has been so terminated or suspended,  all 
Loans which would otherwise be made by such Lender as Offshore Rate Loans or 
Resetting Rate Loans shall be instead Base Rate Loans.

    (d)  Before giving any notice to the Agent or demand upon the Company 
under this Section, the affected Lender shall designate a different Lending 
Office with respect to its Offshore Rate Loans or Resetting Rate Loans if 
such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice or making such 
demand and will not, in the judgment of the Lender, be illegal or otherwise 
disadvantageous to the Lender.

    3.3  INCREASED COSTS AND REDUCTION OF RETURN. (a) If after the date 
hereof any Lender reasonably determines that, due to either (i) the 
introduction of or any change (other than any change by way of imposition of 
or increase in reserve requirements included in the calculation of the 
Offshore Rate) in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) 
the compliance by that Lender with any guideline or request from any central 
bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of 
law), there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to 
make or making, funding or maintaining any Offshore Rate Loan or Resetting 
Rate Loan (other than reserves included in the determination of the Offshore 
Rate), then the Company shall be liable for, and shall from time to time, 
upon demand (with a copy of such demand to be sent to the Agent), pay to the 
Agent for the account of such Lender, additional amounts as are sufficient to 
compensate such Lender for such increased costs.

    (b)  If after the date hereof any Lender shall have reasonably determined
that (i) the introduction of any Capital

                                       36

<PAGE>


Adequacy Regulation, (ii) any change in any Capital Adequacy Regulation, 
(iii) any change in the interpretation or administration of any Capital 
Adequacy Regulation by any central bank or other Governmental Authority 
charged with the interpretation or administration thereof or (iv) compliance 
by the Lender (or its Lending Office) or any corporation controlling the 
Lender with any Capital Adequacy Regulation affects or would affect the 
amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by the Lender or any 
corporation controlling the Lender (taking into consideration such Lender's 
or such corporation's policies with respect to capital adequacy) and such 
Lender reasonably determines that the amount of such capital is required to 
be increased as a consequence of its Commitment, Loans, credits or 
obligations under this Agreement, then, upon demand of such Lender to the 
Company through the Agent, the Company shall pay to the Lender, from time to 
time as specified by the Lender, additional amounts sufficient to compensate 
the Lender for such increase.  The Lenders may use reasonable averaging and 
attribution methods in determining compensation under this SECTION 3.3(b).

    (c)  Before giving any notice to the Agent under this Section, the 
affected Lender shall use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a 
different Lending Office with respect to its Offshore Rate Loans if such 
designation will avoid the need for giving such notice or making such demand 
and will not, in the judgment of the Lender, be illegal or otherwise 
disadvantageous to the Lender.

    3.4  FUNDING LOSSES.  The Company shall reimburse each Lender and hold 
each Lender harmless from any reasonable loss or expense which the Lender may 
sustain or incur as a consequence of:

    (a)  the failure of the Company to make on a timely basis any payment of 
principal of any Offshore Rate Loan;

    (b)  the failure of the Company to borrow, continue or convert a Loan 
after the Company has given (or is deemed to have given) a Notice of 
Borrowing or a Notice of Conversion/Continuation with respect to an Offshore 
Rate Loan;

    (c)  the failure of the Company to make any prepayment of an Offshore 
Rate Loan in accordance with any notice delivered under SECTION 2.6;

    (d)  the prepayment or other payment (including after acceleration 
thereof) of an Offshore Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the 
relevant Interest Period; or

    (e)  the automatic conversion under SECTION 3.2 of any Offshore Rate Loan 
to a Base Rate Loan on a day that is not the last day of the relevant 
Interest Period;


                                       37

<PAGE>


including any such reasonable loss or expense arising from the liquidation or 
reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain its Offshore Rate Loans or 
from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were 
obtained.  For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Company to the 
Lenders under this Section and under SUBSECTION 3.3(a), each Offshore Rate 
Loan made by a Lender (and each related reserve, special deposit or similar 
requirement) shall be conclusively deemed to have been funded at the IBOR 
used in determining the Offshore Rate for such Offshore Rate Loan by a 
matching deposit or other borrowing in the interbank eurodollar market for a 
comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Offshore 
Rate Loan is in fact so funded.  The Lenders may use reasonable averaging and 
attribution methods in determining losses and expenses under this SECTION 3.4.

    3.5  INABILITY TO DETERMINE RATES.  If (a) the Agent determines that for 
any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the 
Offshore Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed 
Offshore Rate Loan or Resetting Rate Loan, or (b) the Required Lenders 
determine that the Offshore Rate applicable pursuant to SUBSECTION 2.8(a) for 
any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Offshore Rate Loan 
or Resetting Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to 
such Lender of funding such Loan, the Agent will promptly so notify the 
Company and each Lender.  Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make 
or maintain Offshore Rate Loans and Resetting Rate Loans shall be suspended 
until the Agent revokes such notice in writing.  Upon receipt of such notice, 
the Company may revoke any Notice of Borrowing or Notice of 
Conversion/Continuation then submitted by it.  If the Company does not revoke 
such Notice, the Lenders shall make, convert or continue the Loans, as 
proposed by the Company, in the amount specified in the applicable notice 
submitted by the Company, but such Loans shall be made, converted or 
continued as Base Rate Loans instead of Offshore Rate Loans or Resetting Rate 
Loans.

    3.6  CERTIFICATES OF LENDERS.  Any Lender claiming reimbursement or 
compensation under this ARTICLE III shall deliver to the Company (with a copy 
to the Agent) a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the amount 
payable to the Lender hereunder and such certificate shall be conclusive and 
binding on the Company in the absence of manifest error.

    3.7  SUBSTITUTION OF LENDERS.  Upon the receipt by the Company from any 
Lender (an "AFFECTED LENDER") of a claim for reimbursement or compensation 
under SECTION 3.1 or SECTION 3.3 or a notice described in SECTION 3.2, the 
Company may: (i) request the Affected Lender to use its best efforts to obtain 
a replacement bank or financial institution satisfactory to the Company to 
acquire and assume all or a ratable part of all of such Affected Lender's 
Loans and Commitment (a "REPLACEMENT LENDER"); (ii)


                                       38

<PAGE>

request one more of the other Lenders to acquire and assume all or part of such 
Affected Lender's Loans and Commitment; or (iii) designate a Replacement 
Lender.  Any such designation of a Replacement Lender under CLAUSE (i) or (iii) 
shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Agent (which consent shall 
not be unreasonably withheld).  Upon notice from the Company, the Affected 
Lender shall assign, pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, its Commitment, 
Loans and its other rights and obligations hereunder or a ratable share thereof 
to the Replacement Lender or Replacement Lenders designated by the Company for 
a purchase price equal to the sum of the principal amount of the Loans so 
assigned and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon.  The Company shall, on 
the effective date of such assignment, pay to the Affected Lender its ratable 
share of all accrued and unpaid fees to which it is entitled.  Any such 
assignment shall be made in accordance with SECTIONS 10.8(a) and (b).

    3.8  LIMITATION ON RECOVERY.  Notwithstanding SECTIONS 3.1, 3.3(a) and (b), 
if any Lender fails to notify the Company of any event which will entitle such 
Lender to reimbursement or compensation pursuant to SECTIONS 3.1 and 3.3 within 
90 days after such Lender obtains knowledge of such event, then such Lender 
shall not be entitled to reimbursement of any Tax or any compensation from the 
Company for any increased cost or reduction of return arising prior to the date 
which is 90 days before the date on which such Lender notifies the Company of 
such event.

    3.9  SURVIVAL.  The agreements and obligations of the Company in this 
ARTICLE III shall survive the payment of all other Obligations.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                                 CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

    4.1  CONDITIONS OF INITIAL LOANS.  The obligation of each Lender to make
its initial Loan is, in addition to the conditions precedent set forth in
SECTION 4.2, subject to the conditions that (i) the Company shall have submitted
evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders that all existing
obligations of the Company under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated
as of August 4, 1995 with various financial institutions and First Bank National
Association (the "PRIOR CREDIT AGREEMENT") have been (or concurrently with the
initial Borrowing will be) paid in full and that all "Commitments" under and as
defined in the Prior Credit Agreement have been terminated and (ii) the Agent
shall have received all of the following, in form and substance satisfactory to
the Agent and each Lender, and (except for the Notes) in sufficient copies for
each Lender:


                                    -39-
<PAGE>

     (a)  CREDIT AGREEMENT AND NOTES. This Agreement executed by each party 
hereto and the Notes executed by the Company.

     (b)  PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT.  The Pledge and Security Agreement 
executed by the Company.

     (c)  COLLATERAL MONITORING AGREEMENT.  An engagement letter between the 
Agent and the Collateral Monitor executed by the parties thereto pursuant to 
which the Agent engages the Collateral Monitor to perform the Agreed-upon 
Procedures on behalf of the Lenders and to deliver the Agreed-upon Procedures 
Reports in accordance with SECTION 6.1(k), which engagement letter shall be in 
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Lenders (such 
engagement letter, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise 
modified from time to time, the "COLLATERAL MONITORING AGREEMENT").

     (d)  COUNTERPART TO AGENCY AGREEMENT AND RETAIL LOCKBOX AGREEMENT.  A 
Counterpart to Agency Agreement and Retail Lockbox Agreement executed by Harris 
Trust and Savings Bank in form and substance satisfactory to the Required 
Lenders and the Agent.

     (e)  RESOLUTIONS; INCUMBENCY; ARTICLES; BYLAWS; OTHER DOCUMENTS.

          (i) Copies of the resolutions of the board of directors of the Company
    authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan 
    Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, 
    certified as of the Closing Date by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary 
    of the Company; 

          (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the 
    Company certifying the names and true signatures of the officers and 
    associates of the Company authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement, 
    all other Loan Documents to be delivered by the Company hereunder and all 
    Notices of Borrowing, Notices of Conversion/Continuation, Borrowing Base 
    Certificates and Compliance Certificates; 

          (iii) a copy of the articles of incorporation of the Company certified
    by the Secretary of State of Minnesota as of a date not more than ten days 
    prior to the Effective Date; 

          (iv) a copy of the bylaws of the Company, certified by the Secretary 
    or an Assistant Secretary of the Company; and

          (v)  copies, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of 
    the Company, of the Agency Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement and the Senior 
    Notes Indenture, in each


                                    -40-
<PAGE>

    case together with all amendments, supplements and other modifications 
    thereto.

     (f)  GOOD STANDING.  A copy of a good standing certificate as of a recent 
date for the Company from the Secretary of State of Minnesota. 

     (g)  LEGAL OPINIONS. (i) An opinion of Dorsey & Whitney LLP, counsel to the
Company, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT G-1 and (ii) an opinion of James 
D. Atkinson III, in-house corporate counsel to the Company, substantially in the
form of EXHIBIT G-2. 

     (h)  PAYMENT OF FEES.  Evidence of payment by the Company of all accrued 
and unpaid fees, costs and expenses to the extent due and payable on the 
Closing Date, together with Attorney Costs of the Agent to the extent invoiced 
prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of Attorney Costs 
as shall constitute the Agent's reasonable estimate of Attorney Costs incurred 
or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such 
estimate shall not thereafter preclude final settling of accounts between the 
Company and the Agent), including any such costs, fees and expenses arising 
under or referenced in SECTIONS 2.11 and 10.4, but excluding Attorney Costs of 
in-house counsel to the Agent incurred prior to the Closing Date.

     (i)  NO MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE.  Since December 31, 1995, no event shall 
have occurred which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

     (j)  CERTIFICATE.  A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer, dated as 
of the Closing Date, stating that:

          (i) the representations and warranties contained in ARTICLE V and in 
    the Pledge and Security Agreement are true and correct on and as of such 
    date, as though made on and as of such date; and

          (ii) no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists or would
    result from a Borrowing on such date.

     (k)  FINANCING STATEMENTS.  (i) Acknowledgment copies of properly filed 
Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (Form UCC-1), or such other 
evidence of filing as may be acceptable to the Agent, naming the Company as the 
debtor and the Agent as the secured party, or other similar instruments or 
documents, filed under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions as may 
be necessary or, in the opinion of the Agent, desirable to perfect the security 
interest of the Agent pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement;


                                    -41-
<PAGE>

        (ii)  executed copies of proper Uniform Commercial Code Form UCC-3 
    termination statements, if any, necessary to release all Liens and other 
    rights of any Person

            (1)  in any collateral described in the Pledge and Security 
        Agreement previously granted by any Person, and

            (2)  securing any of the Indebtedness under the Prior Credit 
        Agreement,

    together with such other Uniform Commercial Code Form UCC-3 termination
    statements as the Agent may reasonably request from the Company; and

        (iii)  certified copies of Uniform Commercial Code Requests for 
    Information or Copies (Form UCC-11), or a similar search report certified by
    a party acceptable to the Agent, dated a date reasonably near to the date 
    of the initial Borrowing, listing all effective financing statements which 
    name the Company (under its present name and any previous names) as the 
    debtor and which are filed in the jurisdictions in which filings were made 
    pursuant to CLAUSE (i) above, together with copies of such financing 
    statements (none of which (other than those described in CLAUSE (i), if such
    Form UCC-11 or search report, as the case may be, is current enough to list 
    such financing statements described in CLAUSE (i)) shall cover any 
    collateral described in the Pledge and Security Agreement).

        (l)  OTHER DOCUMENTS.  Such other approvals, opinions, documents or 
materials as the Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

    4.2  CONDITIONS TO ALL LOANS.  The obligation of each Lender to make any
Loan is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent on the
relevant Borrowing Date:

        (a)  NOTICE.  The Agent shall have received a Notice of Borrowing.

        (b)  CONTINUATION OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The 
representations and warranties in ARTICLE V (other than as set forth in the 
last sentence of SECTION 5.5) and in the Pledge and Security Agreement shall be 
true and correct on and as of such Borrowing Date with the same effect as if 
made on and as of such Borrowing Date (except to the extent such 
representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in which 
case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).


                                    -42-
<PAGE>

        (c)  NO EXISTING DEFAULT.  No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of 
Default shall exist or shall result from such Borrowing.

Each Notice of Borrowing submitted by the Company hereunder shall constitute a 
representation and warranty by the Company that, as of the date of such notice 
or request and as of the applicable Borrowing Date, the conditions in this 
SECTION 4.2 are satisfied.

                                      ARTICLE V

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

    The Company represents and warrants to the Agent and each Lender that:

    5.1  ORGANIZATION, STANDING, ETC.  The Company and each of its corporate 
Subsidiaries are corporations duly incorporated, validly existing and in good 
standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of their respective incorporation 
and have all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on their 
respective businesses as now conducted, and (in the case of the Company) to 
enter into the Loan Documents and to perform its obligations under the Loan 
Documents.  Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified and in 
good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the 
character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the business 
conducted by it makes such qualification necessary.

    5.2  AUTHORIZATION AND VALIDITY.  The execution, delivery and performance 
by the Company of the Loan Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary 
corporate action by the Company, and the Loan Documents constitute the legal, 
valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company 
in accordance with their respective terms, subject to limitations as to 
enforceability which might result from bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium and 
other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to general 
principles of equity.

    5.3  NO CONFLICT, NO DEFAULT.  The execution, delivery and performance by 
the Company of the Loan Documents will not (a) violate any provision of any 
law, statute, rule or regulation or any order, writ, judgment, injunction, 
decree, determination or award of any court, governmental agency or 
arbitrator presently in effect having applicability to the Company, (b) violate 
or contravene any provisions of the Articles of Incorporation or bylaws of the 
Company or (c) result in a breach of or constitute a default under any 
indenture, loan or credit agreement or any other agreement, lease or instrument 
to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties may be 
bound or result in the


                                    -43-
<PAGE>

creation of any Lien on any asset of the Company or any Subsidiary.  Neither 
the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default under or in violation of any such 
law, statute, rule or regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, 
determination or award or any such indenture, loan or credit agreement or other 
agreement, lease or instrument in any case in which the consequences of such 
default or violation could have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Unmatured Event 
of Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

    5.4  GOVERNMENT CONSENT.  No order, consent, approval, license, 
authorization or validation of, or filing, recording or registration with, or 
exemption by, any governmental or public body or authority is required on the 
part of the Company to authorize, or is required in connection with, the 
execution, delivery and performance of, or the legality, validity, binding 
effect or enforceability of, the Loan Documents, except for the filing of 
financing statements to perfect the Lien granted to the Agent under the Loan 
Documents.

    5.5  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CONDITION.  The Company's audited 
consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 1995, and its unaudited 
consolidated financial statements as at March 31, 1996, as heretofore furnished 
to the Lenders, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP on a consistent 
basis and fairly present the financial condition of the Company and its 
consolidated Subsidiaries as at such dates and the results of their operations 
and changes in financial position for the respective periods then ended.  As of 
the dates of such financial statements, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary 
had any material obligation, contingent liability, liability for taxes or 
long-term lease obligation which is not reflected in such financial statements 
or in the notes thereto.  Since December 31, 1995, no event has occurred which 
could have a Material Adverse Effect.

    5.6  LITIGATION AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES.  Except as described in 
SCHEDULE 5.6, there are no actions, suits, investigations or proceedings 
pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting 
the Company or any Subsidiary or any of their properties before any court or 
arbitrator, or any Governmental Authority which, if determined adversely to the 
Company or such Subsidiary, could have a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as 
described in SCHEDULE 5.6, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any 
contingent liabilities which are material to the Company and the Subsidiaries 
as a consolidated enterprise.

    5.7  COMPLIANCE.  The Company and its Subsidiaries are in material 
compliance with all statutes and governmental rules and regulations applicable 
to them, except to the extent that the use of the name "Olympic" violates the 
provisions of 36 U.S.C. Section 380.


                                    -44-

<PAGE>

   5.8  ENVIRONMENTAL, HEALTH AND SAFETY LAWS.  There does not exist any 
violation by the Company or any Subsidiary of any applicable Environmental 
Laws which will or threatens to impose a material liability on the Company or 
a Subsidiary or which would require a material expenditure by the Company or 
such Subsidiary to cure. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received 
any notice to the effect that any part of its operations or properties is not 
in material compliance with any such Environmental Law that it or its 
property is the subject of any governmental investigation evaluating whether 
any remedial action is needed to respond to any release of any toxic or 
hazardous waste or substance into the environment, the consequences of which 
noncompliance or remedial action could have a Material Adverse Effect.

    5.9  ERISA.  Each Plan complies with all material applicable requirements 
of ERISA and the Code and with all material applicable rulings and 
regulations issued under the provisions of ERISA and the Code setting forth 
those requirements.  No Reportable Event has occurred and is continuing with 
respect to any Plan.  All of the minimum funding standards applicable to such 
Plans have been satisfied and there exists no event or condition which would 
permit the institution of proceedings to terminate any Plan under Section 
4042 of ERISA. The current value of the Plans' benefits guaranteed under 
Title IV of ERISA does not exceed the current value of the Plan's assets 
allocable to such benefits.

    5.10 OWNERSHIIP OF PROLPERTY; LIENS.  Each of the Company and the 
Subsidiaries has good and marketable title to its real properties and good 
and sufficient title to its other properties, including all properties and 
assets referred to as owned by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the 
audited financial statements of the Company referred to in SECTION 5.5 (other 
than property disposed of since the date of such financial statements in the 
ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted hereunder).  None of 
the properties, revenues or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries 
is subject to a Lien, except for Permitted Liens.

    5.11 TAXES.  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has filed all 
federal, state and local tax returns required to be filed and has paid or 
made provision for the payment of all taxes due and payable pursuant to such 
returns and pursuant to any assessments made against it or any of its 
property and all other taxes, fees and other charges imposed on it or any of 
its property by any governmental authority (other than taxes, fees or charges 
the amount or validity of which is currently being contested in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in accordance with 
GAAP have been provided on the books of the Company).  No tax Liens have been 
filed and no material claims are being asserted with respect to any such 
taxes, fees or charges.  The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of 
the Company in respect of taxes and other governmental charges are adequate.  
Each


                                      -45-

<PAGE>

of the Company and the Subsidiaries has made all required withholding 
payments.

    5.12 TRADEMARKS, PATENTS, ETC.  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries 
possesses or has the right to use all of the patents, trademarks, trade 
names, service marks and copyrights, and applications therefor, and all 
technology, know-how, processes, methods and designs used in or necessary for 
the conduct of its business, without known conflict with the rights of 
others, except as set forth in SECTION 5.7.

    5.13 SUBSIDIARIES.  SCHEDULE 5.13 sets forth as of the Effective Date a 
list of all Subsidiaries and the number and percentage of the shares of each 
class of capital stock owned beneficially or of record by the Company or any 
Subsidiary therein and the jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary.

    5.14 PARTNERSHIPS AND JOINT VENTURES.  SCHEDULE 5.14 sets forth as of the 
Effective Date a list of all partnerships or joint ventures in which the 
Company or any Subsidiary is a partner (limited or general) or joint venturer.

    5.15 FEDERAL RESERVE REGULATIONS. (a) The Company is not and will not be 
engaged principally in the business of extending credit for the purpose of 
"purchasing" or "carrying" (within the meaning of Regulation U or X of the 
FRB) any margin stock (as defined in Regulation U or X of the FRB).
 
         (b)  No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used for any purpose 
that violates, or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of Regulation U 
or X of the FRB.

    5.16 REGULATED ENTITIES.  None of the Company, any Person controlling the 
Company, or any Subsidiary is an "Investment Company" within the meaning of 
the Investment Company Act of 1940.  The Company is not subject to regulation 
under the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, the Federal Power Act, 
any state public utilities code or to any other federal or state statue or 
regulation limiting its ability to incur indebtedness.

    5.17 FULL DISCLOSURE.  None of the representations or warranties made by 
the Company in this Agreement and in the Pledge and Security Agreement as of 
the date such representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and 
none of the statements contained in any exhibit, report, statement or 
certificate furnished by or on behalf of the Company in connection with this 
Agreement (including the offering and disclosure materials delivered by or on 
behalf of the Company to the Lenders prior to the Closing Date), contains any 
untrue statement of a material fact or omits any material fact required to be 
stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of 
the


                                      -46-
<PAGE>

circumstances under which they are made, not misleading as of the time when made
or deemed made.

    5.18 USE OF PROCEEDS.  The proceeds of the Loans will be used by the
Company exclusively to finance Auto Receivables.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

    So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or
other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, unless the Required Lenders
waive compliance in writing the Company shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary
(except in case of SECTION 6.1) to:

    6.1 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND REPORTS.  Furnish to each Lender:

         (a)  As soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the
end of each fiscal year, the annual audit report of the Company and its
Subsidiaries prepared on a consolidated basis and in conformity with GAAP,
consisting of at least statements of income, cash flows and stockholders'
equity, and a consolidated balance sheet as at the end of such year, setting
forth in each case in comparative form corresponding figures from the previous
annual audit, certified without qualification by Ernst & Young or other
independent certified public accountants of recognized standing selected by the
Company and acceptable to the Required Lenders, together with any management
letters, management reports or other supplementary comments or reports to the
Company or its board of directors furnished by such accountants.

         (b)  As soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the
end of each fiscal quarter, a copy of the unaudited financial statement of the
Company and its Subsidiaries prepared in the same manner as the audit report
referred to in SECTION 6.1(a), signed by the Company's chief financial officer,
treasurer or controller, consisting of at least consolidated statements of
income, cash flows and stockholders' equity for the Company and the Subsidiaries
for such fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of such fiscal
year to the end of such fiscal quarter, and a consolidated balance sheet of the
Company as at the end of such fiscal quarter.

         (c)  Together with the financial statements furnished by the Company
under SECTIONS 6.1(a) and 6.1(b), a Compliance Certificate signed by the chief
financial officer, treasurer or controller of the Company demonstrating in
reasonable detail compliance (or noncompliance, as the case may be) with each of
the


                                      -47-

<PAGE>

financial ratios and restrictions contained in ARTICLE VII and stating that as
at the date of each such financial statements there did not exist any Unmatured
Event of Default or Event of Default or, if such Unmatured Event of Default or
Event of Default existed, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof
and what action the Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

         (d)  On the first day of each month, a borrowing base certificate in
the form of EXHIBIT D attached hereto and made a part hereof (a "BORROWING BASE
CERTIFICATE") as of the immediately preceding Business Day, together with a list
of each Contract File relating to the Pledged Auto Receivables that the
Collateral Monitor has determined to be a Rejected File subsequent to the
delivery of the immediately preceding Borrowing Base Certificate to the Agent,
certified as true and accurate by a designated financial officer of the Company.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this SECTION 6.1(d), if, on any day on
which a Borrowing Base Certificate would otherwise be required, the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of the Loans is $0.00, then the Company shall not
be required to deliver a Borrowing Base Certificate on such day.

         (e)  Not later than the last day of each month, a calculation of the
Portfolio Loss Ratio and Delinquency Ratio, an aging for all Pledged Auto
Receivables, and a portfolio analysis of all Auto Receivables owned or serviced
by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries detailing delinquency, default, loan
loss and repossessed asset statistics, in each case as of the last day of the
immediately preceding month, each certified as true and accurate by a designated
financial officer of the Company.

         (f)  Not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of
each fiscal year, a static pool analysis detailing delinquency, default, loan
loss and repossessed asset statistics for each securitization trust, as of the
last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter for all Auto Receivables
owned or serviced by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, certified as true
and accurate by a designated financial officer of the Company.

         (g)  Immediately upon becoming aware of any Unmatured Event of Default
or Event of Default, a notice describing the nature thereof and the action the
Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

         (h)  Immediately upon becoming aware of the occurrence of  (x) any
Reportable Event or (y) to the extent the same is reasonably likely to have a
Material Adverse Effect, any "prohibited transaction" (as defined in Section
4975 of the Code), a notice specifying the nature thereof and the action the
Company proposes to take with respect thereto, and, when received, copies of any
notice from the PBGC of intention to terminate or have a trustee appointed for
any Plan.


                                      -48-

<PAGE>

         (i)  Promptly upon the mailing or filing thereof, copies of all
financial statements, reports and proxy statements mailed to the Company's
shareholders, and copies of all registration statements, periodic reports and
other documents filed with the SEC (or any successor thereto) or any national
securities exchange.

         (j)  Immediately upon becoming aware of the occurrence thereof, notice
of the institution of any litigation, arbitration or governmental investigation
or proceeding, or the rendering of a judgment or decision in such litigation,
investigation or proceeding, which is reasonably likely to, if adversely
determined, have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries
as a consolidated enterprise, and the steps being taken by each Person affected
by such proceeding.

         (k)  On the first Business Day of each fiscal quarter, and at such 
other times as the Agent may request, cause the Collateral Monitor to deliver 
an Agreed-upon Procedures Report applying the Agreed-upon Procedures to Auto 
Receivables that are first pledged to the Agent by the Company during the 
relevant Agreed-upon Procedures Reporting Period; PROVIDED, that, so long as 
no Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists, the Agent may not 
request an Agreed-upon Procedures Report more than six times in a fiscal 
year. Notwithstanding any other provision of this SECTION 6.1(k), if, on any 
day on which an Agreed-upon Procedures Report would otherwise be required, 
the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Loans is $0.00, then the 
Company shall not be required to cause the delivery of such Agreed-upon 
Procedures Report on such day, but the Agreed-upon Procedures will be 
performed with respect to the next report no later than the first Business 
Day of the second week after any Loan is made subsequent to the date the 
report otherwise would be delivered or at such other time as the Agent and 
the Company shall mutually agree.

         (l)  By no later than 90 days after the commencement of each fiscal 
year, projections for the then-current fiscal year consisting of monthly and 
year-to-date balance sheets, income statements and statements of cash flows, 
accompanied by a statement of the assumptions used in the preparation of such 
projections, certified by a designated financial officer of the Company as 
having been prepared in good faith on the basis of reasonable assumptions as 
to the course of the Company's business during such fiscal year.

         (m)  From time to time, such other information regarding the business,
operation and financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries as the
Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

    6.2  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  Maintain its corporate existence in good
standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation


                                      -49-

<PAGE>

and its qualification to transact business in each jurisdiction in which the
character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the business
conducted by it makes such qualification necessary.

    6.3  INSURANCE.  Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance
companies such insurance as may be required by law and such other insurance in
such amounts and against such hazards as is customary in the case of reputable
corporations engaged in the same or similar business and similarly situated.

    6.4  PAYMENT OF TAXES AND CLAIMS.  File all tax returns and reports which
are required by law to be filed by it and pay before they become delinquent all
taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies imposed upon it or its
property and all claims or demands of any kind (including those of suppliers,
mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like Persons) which, if
unpaid, might result in the creation of a Lien upon its property; PROVIDED that
the foregoing items need not be paid if they are being diligently contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings, and as long as the Company's or such
Subsidiary's title to its property is not materially adversely affected, its use
of such property in the ordinary course of its business is not materially
interfered with and adequate reserves with respect thereto have been set aside
on the Company's or such Subsidiary's books in accordance with GAAP.

    6.5  INSPECTION.  Permit any Person designated by any Lender to visit and
inspect any of its properties, corporate books and financial records, to examine
and to make copies of its books of accounts and other financial records, and to
discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries
with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers and by its independent
public accountants (and by this provision, the Company authorizes its
independent public accountants to participate in such discussions) at such
reasonable times and intervals as any Lender may designate.  So long as no Event
of Default exists, the expenses of any Lender for such visits, inspections and
examinations shall be at the expense of such Lender, but any such visits,
inspections, and examinations made while any Event of Default is continuing
shall be at the expense of the Company.

    6.6  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.  Maintain its properties used or useful in
the conduct of its business in good condition, repair and working order, and
supplied with all necessary equipment, and make all necessary repairs, renewals,
replacements, betterments and improvements thereto, all as may be necessary so
that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and
advantageously conducted at all times.


                                      -50-

<PAGE>

    6.7  BOOKS AND RECORDS.  Keep adequate and proper records and books of
account in which full and correct entries will be made of its dealings,
business and affairs.

    6.8  COMPLIANCE.  Comply in all material respects with all laws, rules,
regulations, orders, writs, judgments, injunctions, decrees or awards to which
it may be subject.

    6.9  ERISA.  Maintain each Plan in compliance with all material applicable
requirements of ERISA and of the Code and with all material applicable rulings
and regulations issued under the provisions of ERISA and of the Code.

    6.10 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS.  Observe and comply with all Environmental Laws
to the extent noncompliance could result in a material liability or otherwise
constitute or result in a Material Adverse Effect.

    6.11 COLLATERAL MONITOR.  The Agent shall engage on behalf of the Lenders a
Collateral Monitor pursuant to the Collateral Monitoring Agreement to perform
the Agreed-upon Procedures and to file with the Agent the Agreed-upon Procedures
Reports required by SECTION 6.1(k) of this Agreement.  In connection with such
engagement, the Company agrees:

         (a)  to permit the Collateral Monitor or any Person designated by the
Collateral Monitor to visit and inspect any of the Company's properties,
corporate books and financial records, to examine and to make copies of its
books of accounts and other financial records, and to discuss the affairs,
finances and accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries with, and to be
advised as to the same by, its officers in order to allow the Collateral
Monitor to comply with SECTION 6.1(k);

         (b)  to (i) pay the Collateral Monitor's compensation described in the
Collateral Monitoring Agreement, as such compensation may be amended from time
to time (but no more frequently than annually) by the Company and the Collateral
Monitor, and if any Unmatured Event of Default or Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing, with the Agent's prior written consent and (ii) provide the
Agent with a copy of any such amendment;

         (c)  not to remove or discharge the Collateral Monitor without the
prior written consent of the Agent and the Required Lenders, PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that it is understood and agreed that the Agent's engagement of a successor
collateral monitor satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Lenders, in their
reasonable discretion, shall be a condition precedent to obtaining the Agent's
and the Required Lenders' consent to such removal; and


                                      -51-

<PAGE>


         (d)  not to amend or modify any of the Agreed-upon Procedures or 
waive the Collateral Monitor's obligations to apply the Agreed-upon 
Procedures or deliver the Agreed-upon Procedures Reports in accordance 
with SECTION 6.1(k) without the prior written consent of the Agent and 
the Required Lenders.

The Agent and the Required Lenders with cause or, after the occurrence of an
Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default, with or without cause, may
remove and discharge the Collateral Monitor upon giving thirty days' prior
notice to the Company and the Collateral Monitor.  Having given notice of such
removal, the Agent shall consult with the Company about the engagement of a
successor collateral monitor.  If the Agent, the Required Lenders and the
Company agree to the engagement of a successor collateral monitor during the
notice period, the Company shall engage such successor collateral monitor on
terms satisfactory to the Agent and the Required Lenders.  If the Agent, the
Required Lenders and the Company cannot agree to the engagement of a successor
collateral monitor, the Agent, in its sole discretion, but at the Company's sole
cost and expense, may engage a successor collateral monitor which shall be a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants or other entity
routinely engaged in collateral auditing in the ordinary course of its business
and which shall be acceptable to the Required Lenders.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                NEGATIVE COVENANTS

    So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or
other Obligation shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, unless the Required Lenders
waive compliance in writing, the Company will not, and will not permit any
Subsidiary to:

    7.1  MERGER.  Merge or consolidate or enter into any analogous
reorganization or transaction with any Person, except for mergers of
Subsidiaries with and into the Company (provided that the Company is the
surviving corporation), mergers of Subsidiaries with Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries
(provided that a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary is the surviving corporation) and
mergers of Persons with Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries to effect Permitted
Acquisitions (provided that a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary is the survivor of any
such merger).

    7.2  SALE OF ASSETS.  Sell, transfer, lease or otherwise convey all or any
substantial part of its assets except for: (a) sales or pledges of Auto
Receivables; (b) sales of Finance Income Receivable, PROVIDED that (i) the
Company (or a Subsidiary, as the case may be) receives consideration at the time
of such sale at least equal to the fair market value of the Finance Income
Receivable sold (as evidenced by, among other things, a resolution


                                     -52-

<PAGE>

of the Company's board of directors if the consideration for a sale or related
series of sales exceeds $500,000 in the aggregate), (ii) at least 90% of the
consideration therefor received by the Company or such Subsidiary is in the form
of Cash Equivalents and (iii) within ten Business Days after the Company's or
such Subsidiary's receipt of the Net Proceeds from such sale, the Company
applies such Net Proceeds first to the payment of the outstanding principal
balance of the Loans in full or, if less, to the extent of such Net Proceeds
and, after such payment, as permitted by the Senior Notes Indenture; and (c) any
Subsidiary may sell, transfer, lease or convey all or a substantial part of its
assets to the Company or a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary.

    7.3  PURCHASE OF ASSETS.  Purchase or lease or otherwise acquire all or
substantially all of the assets of any Person, except for Permitted
Acquisitions.

    7.4  PLANS.  Permit any condition to exist in connection with any Plan
which might constitute grounds for the PBGC to institute proceedings to have
such Plan terminated or a trustee appointed to administer such Plan; permit any
Plan to terminate under any circumstances which would cause the lien provided
for in Section 4068 of ERISA to attach to any property, revenue or assets of the
Company or any Subsidiary; or permit the underfunded amount of Plan benefits
guaranteed under Title IV of ERISA to exceed $100,000.

    7.5  CHANGE IN NATURE OF BUSINESS.  Make any material change in the nature
of its business as carried on, or in its method of accounting as in effect, at
the Effective Date.

    7.6  SUBSIDIARIES, PARTNERSHIPS AND JOINT VENTURES.  Either: 
(a) form or acquire any corporation which would thereby become a 
Subsidiary other than Subsidiaries formed in the ordinary course of the 
Company's business in order to effect Auto Loan Securitizations or 
Permitted Acquisitions or which are in the same or similar line of 
business as the Company is in on the Effective Date; or (b) form or enter 
into any partnership as a limited or general partner or into any joint 
venture other than those permitted by SECTION 7.9.

    7.7  OTHER AGREEMENTS.  Enter into any agreement, bond, note or other
instrument with or for the benefit of any Person other than the Lenders which
would (a) prohibit the Company from granting, or otherwise limit the ability of
the Company to grant to the Lenders any Lien on Pledged Auto Receivables and
other Collateral, (b) impose any restriction or limitation on any of the
Company's Subsidiaries that is prohibited to be imposed by Section 4.08 of the
Senior Notes Indenture or (c) be violated or breached by the Company's
performance of its obligations under the Loan Documents.


                                    -53-

<PAGE>

    7.8  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  Purchase or redeem any shares of its stock,
declare or pay any dividends thereon (other than dividends payable solely in the
Company's common stock and dividends payable to the Company), make any
distribution to stockholders as such (other than the Company) or set aside any
funds for any such purpose, or prepay, purchase or redeem any Subordinated Debt;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Company may (a) exchange shares of Preferred Stock for
Debentures, (b) make regularly scheduled dividend payments on the Preferred
Stock and (c) redeem Subordinated Debt in accordance with the mandatory
redemption provisions thereof in effect on the date of issuance thereof and make
any mandatory sinking fund payment on, any mandatory defeasance deposit with
respect to, or any mandatory redemption payment on any series of Subordinated
Debt in accordance with the stated terms of such series in effect on the date of
issuance thereof.

    7.9  INVESTMENTS.  Acquire for value, make, have or hold any Investments,
except:

         (a)  Investments outstanding on the Effective Date and listed on 
    SCHEDULE 7.9;

         (b)  Travel advances to officers and employees in the ordinary course 
    of business;

         (c) (i) Investments in readily marketable direct obligations of the
    United States of America (or guaranteed by the United States of America) 
    having maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, (ii) 
    money market funds investing solely in investments of the type described 
    in CLAUSE (i), above and (iii) repurchase agreements or similar 
    financial arrangements the payment of principal of and interest on which 
    are fully secured by obligations of the type described in CLAUSE (i) 
    above;
    
         (d)  Certificates of deposit or bankers' acceptances, each maturing
    within one year from the date of acquisition, issued by any commercial 
    bank described in CLAUSE (c) of the definition of "Cash Equivalent";

         (e)  Commercial paper maturing within 270 days from the date of
    issuance and given the highest rating by a nationally recognized rating 
    service;

         (f)  Auto Receivables created or acquired in the ordinary course of
    the Company's or a Subsidiary's business;

                                         -54-
<PAGE>

         (g)  Shares of stock, obligations or other securities received in 
    settlement of claims arising in the ordinary course of business;
    
         (h)  Investments in the ordinary course of the Company's business in
    connection with warehousing or securitizing Auto Receivables;
    
         (i)  Investments, including Investments in general or limited
    partnerships and joint ventures, in an amount not to exceed $10,000,000 
    at any one time outstanding;

         (j)  Investments that are Permitted Acquisitions; and

         (k)  Other Investments in securities having a rating of at least BBB-
    from S&P or Baa3 from Moody's.

    7.10 INDEBTEDNESS.  Incur, create, issue, assume or suffer to exist any
Indebtedness, except:

         (a)  Indebtedness under this Agreement;
    
         (b)  Indebtedness incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary in 
    connection with warehousing and/or securitizing Auto Receivables in the 
    ordinary course of its business;

         (c)  (i) current liabilities, other than for borrowed money, incurred 
    in the ordinary course of business and (ii) deferred taxes which, in 
    accordance with GAAP, are shown as a liability on the Company's 
    consolidated balance sheet;

         (d)  Existing Indebtedness listed on SCHEDULE 7.10 hereto;

         (e)  Indebtedness evidenced by the Debentures arising from the
    conversion of Preferred Stock in accordance with its terms;

         (f)  Indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes and other Indebtedness
    incurred after the Effective Date that is not Subordinated Debt, is not 
    secured by any Lien on any asset of the Company or any of its 
    Subsidiaries and is issued pursuant to an instrument no less favorable to 
    the Company and the Lenders than the Senior Notes Indenture (PROVIDED 
    that any such Indebtedness in excess of $145,000,O0O outstanding at any 
    time less the amount of any payments of principal of the Senior Notes 
    must have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity after 2000);
    
         (g)  Subordinated Debt so long as the aggregate outstanding principal
    amount of such Subordinated Debt does


                                         -55-
<PAGE>

    not exceed at any time the amount set forth in Section 4.09(b)(xi) of the 
    Senior Notes Indenture plus, in the event that no Unmatured Event of 
    Default or Event of Default exists at the time of incurrence thereof, the 
    additional amount of Subordinated Debt, if any, permitted to be incurred 
    by the Company pursuant to Sections 4.09(a) and (b) of the Senior Notes 
    Indenture (PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) no series of Subordinated Debt shall 
    require any repayment, redemption or sinking fund payment not permitted 
    by the Senior Notes Indenture and (ii) the Company shall not optionally 
    redeem, purchase or make a deposit to defease, or make an optional 
    sinking fund payment on any Subordinated Debt without the prior written 
    consent of the Required Lenders);
    
         (h)  Indebtedness arising from now existing or hereafter arising
    Capitalized Leases which in the aggregate does not exceed $10,000,000 
    outstanding at any time (PROVIDED, that the aggregate principal amount of 
    Capitalized Leases permitted by this CLAUSE (H) shall be $20,000,000 if 
    and only if the Senior Notes Indenture has been amended to permit such 
    increased principal amount of Capitalized Leases thereunder);
    
         (i)  Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations entered into in the 
    ordinary course that are bona fide and not for speculation and which 
    relate to Indebtedness otherwise permitted by this SECTION 7.10 to be 
    outstanding; and
    
         (j)  Other Indebtedness which in the aggregate does not exceed
    $15,000,000 outstanding at any time.

    7.11 LIENS.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien with respect
to any property, revenues or assets now owned or hereafter arising or acquired,
except for Permitted Liens.

    7.12 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES.  Either: (a) endorse, guarantee, contingently
agree to purchase or to provide funds for the payment of, or otherwise become
contingently liable upon, any obligation of any other Person, except (i) the
endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection (or similar
transactions) in the ordinary course of business, (ii) warranties given in the
ordinary course of warehousing and/or securitizing Auto Receivables and (iii)
guaranties of Indebtedness of Subsidiaries which Indebtedness does not violate
SECTION 7.10; or (b) agree to maintain the net worth or working capital of, or
provide funds to satisfy any other financial test applicable to, any other
Person.

    7.13 UNCONDITIONAL PURCHASE OBLIGATIONS.  Enter into or be a party to any
contract for the purchase or lease of materials, supplies or other property or
services, if such contract requires that payment be made by it regardless of
whether or not delivery is


                                     -56-
<PAGE>

ever made of such materials, supplies or other property or services.

    7.14 TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES.  Enter into or be a party to any
transaction or arrangement, including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of
property or the rendering of any service, with any Related Party, except in the
ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of the Company's
or the applicable Subsidiary's business and upon fair and reasonable terms
which, except in the case of transactions in the ordinary course of the
Company's business in connection with warehousing or securitizing Auto
Receivables, shall be no less favorable to the Company or such Subsidiary than
would be obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person not a
Related Party.

    7.15 USE OF PROCEEDS.  Use any portion of the proceeds of any Loan,
directly or indirectly, (a) for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or
ultimate, of "purchasing or carrying any margin stock" within the meaning of FRB
Regulation U, (b) to engage in any transaction having as its purpose the
Acquisition of any Person if such Acquisition is a Hostile Acquisition or (c) to
(i) knowingly purchase Ineligible Securities from the Arranger during any period
in which the Arranger makes a market in such Ineligible Securities, (ii)
knowingly purchase during the underwriting or placement period Ineligible
Securities being underwritten or privately placed by the Arranger or (iii) make
payments of principal or interest on Ineligible Securities underwritten or
privately placed by the Arranger and issued by or for the benefit of the Company
or any Affiliate of the Company.  The Arranger is a registered broker-dealer and
permitted to underwrite and deal in certain Ineligible Securities; and
"INELIGIBLE SECURITIES" means securities which may not be underwritten or dealt
in by member banks of the Federal Reserve System under Section 16 of the Banking
Act of 1933 (12 U.S.C. Section 24, Seventh), as amended.  The Company will
furnish to any Lender on request a statement in conformity with the requirements
of Federal Reserve Form U-1 referred to in FRB Regulation U.

    7.16 SELECTION PROCEDURES.  Make any material change in its underwriting
standards from those in effect on the Effective Date (INTER ALIA, not enter the
sub-prime market).

    7.17 CAPITAL BASE.

         (a)  Permit its consolidated Capital Base, on the last day of its
    fiscal year, to be less than the sum of (i) its consolidated Capital Base 
    on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, PLUS (ii) to 
    the extent Net Income for such fiscal year is greater than zero, Net 
    Income for such fiscal year PLUS (iii) Capital Base Proceeds for such 
    fiscal year.
    


                                       -57-

<PAGE>

         (b)  Permit its consolidated Capital Base, on the last day of any
    fiscal quarter other than the last day of its fiscal year, to be less 
    than the sum of (i) 95% of its consolidated Capital Base on the last day 
    of the immediately preceding fiscal year PLUS (ii) Capital Base Proceeds 
    since the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

    7.18 LEVERAGE RATIO.  Permit the ratio (the "LEVERAGE RATIO") of (a) the 
Company's consolidated interest bearing Indebtedness (including (i) the 
portion of any Capitalized Lease allocable to principal in accordance with 
GAAP and (ii) all Indebtedness issued at any discount from face value) minus 
the Company's Warehouse Debt to (b) the Company's Net Worth to be greater 
than 2.0 on the last day of any fiscal quarter.

    7.19 PORTFOLIO LOSS RATIO.  Permit the Company's Portfolio Loss Ratio to
exceed 2.50% as of the end of any month.

    7.20 DELINQUENCY RATIO.  Permit the Delinquency Ratio on the last 
day of any month to exceed 3.5%.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               EVENTS OF DEFAULT

    8.1  EVENT OF DEFAULT.  Any of the following shall constitute an "EVENT OF
DEFAULT":

         (a)  NON-PAYMENT.  The Company shall fail to make when due, whether by
acceleration or otherwise, any payment of principal of any Loan or the Company
shall fail (and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five
days) to make when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, any payment of
interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount required to be made to the Agent
or any Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents.

         (b)  REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY.  Any representation or warranty made
or deemed to have been made by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in
any of the Loan Documents or by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary in
any certificate, statement, report or other writing furnished by or on behalf of
the Company to the Agent or any Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents shall
prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect on the date as of
which the facts set forth are stated or certified or deemed to have been stated
or certified.

         (c)  CERTAIN COVENANTS.  The Company shall fail to comply with SECTION
6.1, 6.2 or 6.11 or any provision of ARTICLE VII.


                                      -58- 

<PAGE>

         (d)  OTHER DEFAULTS.  The Company shall fail to comply with any
agreement, covenant, condition, provision or term contained in the Loan
Documents (and such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default under any
of the other provisions of this SECTION 8.1) and such failure to comply shall
continue for 30 days.

         (e)  INSOLVENCY; VOLUNTARY PROCEEDINGS.  The Company or any
Subsidiary: (i) generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to
pay, its debts as they become due, subject to applicable grace periods, if any,
whether at stated maturity or otherwise; (ii) voluntarily ceases to conduct its
business in the ordinary course; (iii) commences any Insolvency Proceeding with
respect to itself; or (iv) takes any action to effectuate or authorize any of
the foregoing.

         (f)  INVOLUNTARY PROCEEDINGS. (i) Any involuntary Insolvency
Proceeding is commenced or filed against the Company or any Subsidiary, or any
writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process is issued or
levied against a substantial part of the Company's or any Subsidiary's
properties, and any such proceeding or petition shall not be dismissed, or such
writ, judgment, warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall not be
released, vacated or fully bonded, within 30 days after commencement, filing,
issuance or levy; (ii) the Company or any Subsidiary admits in writing the
material allegations of a petition against it in any Insolvency Proceeding, or
an order for relief (or similar order under non-U.S. law) is ordered in any
Insolvency Proceeding; or (iii) the Company or any Subsidiary acquiesces in the
appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator,
mortgagee in possession (or agent therefor), or other similar Person for itself
or a substantial portion of its property or business.

         (g)  JUDGMENTS.  A judgment or judgments for the payment of money in
excess of the sum of $1,000,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered against the
Company or a Subsidiary and the Company or such Subsidiary shall not discharge
the same or provide for its discharge in accordance with its terms, or procure a
stay of execution thereof, prior to any execution on such judgments by such
judgment creditor, within 30 days from the date of entry thereof, and within
said period of 30 days, or such longer period during which execution of such
judgment shall be stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be
stayed during such appeal.

         (h)  ERISA.  Steps to terminate any Plan shall be instituted by the
Company or any ERISA Affiliate if, in order to effectuate such termination, the
Company or any ERISA Affiliate would be required to make a contribution to such
Plan, or would incur a liability or obligation to such Plan in excess of
$1,000,000 or the PBGC shall institute steps to terminate any Plan.


                                      -59- 

<PAGE>

         (i)  CROSS DEFAULT.  The maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in
excess of $5,000,000 of the Company (other than Indebtedness under this
Agreement) or a Subsidiary shall be accelerated, or the Company or a Subsidiary
shall fail to pay any such Indebtedness when due or, in the case of such
Indebtedness payable on demand, when demanded, or the Company or a Subsidiary
shall fail to pay any installment of interest on any series of Master
Subordinated Indenture Notes and such failure shall remain uncured for 20 days,
or any event shall occur or condition shall exist and shall continue for more
than the period of grace, if any, applicable thereto and shall have the effect
of causing, or permitting (any required notice having been given and grace
period having expired) the holder of any such Indebtedness or any trustee or
other Person acting on behalf of such holder to cause such Indebtedness to
become due prior to its stated maturity or to realize upon any collateral given
as security therefor, or there shall occur any default or event or condition
permitting the liquidation, winding-up or early termination of any Auto Loan
Securitization of the Company or any Subsidiary.

         (j)  COMMON STOCK.  The Company's common stock shall cease to be
either listed on a national securities exchange or authorized to be quoted on an
inter-dealer quotation system of a registered national securities association.

         (k)  FINANCE INCOME RECEIVABLE.  The Company fails to reinvest the Net
Proceeds arising from the sale of any Finance Income Receivable in any manner
which requires the Company to make an offer to purchase any Senior Note under
Section 4.10 of the Senior Notes Indenture.

         (l)  CHANGE OF CONTROL.  Any Change of Control shall occur.

         (m)  SENIOR NOTE OFFERS.  The Company is required to make one or more
Portfolio Reduction Offers or Change of Control Offers (each as defined in the
Senior Notes Indenture) pursuant to Sections 4.14 and 4.18 of the Senior Notes
Indenture and Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount greater than
$20,000,000 are tendered from time to time to the Company in response to any
such offer or offers.

         (n)  SUBORDINATED DEBT OFFERS.  The Company is required pursuant to
the terms of any instrument governing any Subordinated Debt to make one or more
offers to redeem or repurchase any Subordinated Debt prior to its expressed
maturity and Subordinated Debt in an aggregate principal amount greater than
$7,500,000 is tendered from time to time to the Company in response to any such
offer or offers.


                                      -60- 

<PAGE>

    8.2  REMEDIES.  If any Event of Default occurs, the Agent shall at the
request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders: 

         (a)  declare the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans
to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments shall be terminated;

         (b)  declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all
interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable
hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable,
without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which
are hereby expressly waived by the Company; and

         (c)  exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and
remedies available to it and the Lenders under this Agreement, the other Loan
Documents and applicable law;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon the occurrence of any event specified in 
SUBSECTION (e) or (f) of SECTION 8.1 (in the case of CLAUSE (i) of 
SUBSECTION (f) upon the expiration of the 30-day period mentioned therein), 
the obligation of each Lender to make Loans shall automatically terminate and 
the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and 
other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable without 
further act of the Agent or any Lender.

    8.3  RIGHTS NOT EXCLUSIVE.  The rights provided for in this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any other
rights, powers, privileges or remedies provided by law or in equity, or under
any other instrument, document or agreement now existing or hereafter arising.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                   THE AGENT

    9.1  APPOINTMENT AND AUTHORIZATION; "AGENT".  Each Lender hereby 
irrevocably (subject to SECTION 9.9) appoints, designates and authorizes the 
Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this 
Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and 
perform such duties as are expressly delegated to it by the terms of this 
Agreement and each other Loan Document, together with such powers as are 
reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary 
contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, the 
Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly 
set forth herein, nor shall the Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary 
relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, 
responsibilities, duties, obligations or


                                      -61-

<PAGE>

liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or 
otherwise exist against the Agent.  Without limiting the generality of the 
foregoing sentence, the use of the term "agent" in this Agreement with 
reference to the Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other 
implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any 
applicable law. Instead, such term is used merely as a matter of market 
custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative 
relationship between independent contracting parties.

    9.2  DELEGATION OF DUTIES.  The Agent may execute any of its duties under
this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or
attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all
matters pertaining to such duties.  The Agent shall not be responsible to any of
the Lenders for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney-in-fact
that it selects with reasonable care.

    9.3  LIABILITY OF AGENT.  None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (a) be
liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in
connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions
contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct)
or (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recital,
statement, representation or warranty made by the Company or any Subsidiary or
Affiliate of the Company, or any officer thereof, contained in this Agreement,
in any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other
document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agent under or in
connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity,
effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or
any other Loan Document or the existence, creation, validity, attachment,
perfection, enforceability, value or sufficiency of any collateral security for
the Obligations or for any failure of the Company or any other party hereto to
perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  No Agent-Related Person shall
be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the
observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions
of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties,
books or records of the Company or any of the Company's Subsidiaries or
Affiliates.

    9.4  RELIANCE BY AGENT. (a) The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall
be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent,
certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, facsimile, telex or telephone message,
statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and
correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons,
and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the
Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agent. 
The Agent shall be fully justified in


                                      -62- 

<PAGE>

failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement unless it shall
first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders as it deems
appropriate and, if it so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its
satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense which may
be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. 
The Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from
acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request or consent of the
Required Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act
pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

         (b)  For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions
specified in SECTION 4.1, each Lender that has executed this Agreement shall be
deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each
document or other matter either sent by the Agent to such Lender for consent,
approval, acceptance or satisfaction, or required thereunder to be consented to
or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Lender.

    9.5  NOTICE OF DEFAULT.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or
notice of the occurrence of any Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default
(except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest and fees
required to be paid to the Agent for the account of the Lenders) unless the
Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or the Company referring
to this Agreement, describing such Event of Default or Unmatured Event of
Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of default." The Agent will
notify the Lenders of its receipt of such notice.  The Agent shall take such
action with respect to such Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default as
may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with SECTION 8.2;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that unless and until the Agent has received any such
request, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or
refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Event of Default or
Unmatured Event of Default as it shall deem advisable or in the best interest of
the Lenders.

    9.6  CREDIT DECISION.  Each Lender acknowledges that none of the 
Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that 
no act by the Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of 
the Company and its Subsidiaries, shall be deemed to constitute any 
representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender.  Each 
Lender represents to the Agent that it has, independently and without 
reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and 
information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and 
investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial 
and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company and its Subsidiaries, 
and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions 
contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to

                                      -63-

<PAGE>

enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to the Company hereunder.  Each
Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any
Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall
deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis,
appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement or
any other Loan Document, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary
to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial
and other condition and creditworthiness of the Company.  Except for notices,
reports and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the
Lenders by the Agent, no Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide
any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business,
prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or
creditworthiness of the Company which may come into the possession of any
Agent-Related Person.

    9.7  INDEMNIFICATION OF AGENT.  Whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the
Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or an behalf of the
Company and without limiting the obligation of the Company to do so), PRO RATA,
from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no
Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any
portion of the Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from such Person's gross
negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limitation of the foregoing, each
Lender shall reimburse the Agent upon demand for its ratable share of any costs
or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Agent in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal
proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or
responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any document
contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Agent is not
reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Company.  The undertaking in
this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the
resignation or replacement of the Agent.

    9.8  AGENT IN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.  BofA and its Affiliates may make loans
to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire
equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust,
financial advisory, underwriting or other business with the Company and its
Subsidiaries and Affiliates as though BofA were not the Agent hereunder and
without notice to or consent of the Lenders.  The Lenders acknowledge that,
pursuant to such activities, BofA or its Affiliates may receive information
regarding the Company or its Affiliates (including information that may be
subject to


                                      -64-

<PAGE>

confidentiality obligations in favor of the Company or such Affiliates) and
acknowledge that the Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such
information to them.  With respect to their respective Loans, BofA and its
Affiliates shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any
other Lender and may exercise the same as though BofA were not the Agent
hereunder.

    9.9  RESIGNATION; REMOVAL; SUCCESSOR AGENT.  The Agent may, and at the
request of the Required Lenders shall, resign as an Agent upon 30 days' notice
to the Lenders.  If the Agent resigns, the Required Lenders shall appoint from
among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that at
all times when an Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default does not exist,
the consent of the Company (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be
required to the appointment of any such successor agent.  If no successor agent
is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of the Agent, the
Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders and the Company, a
successor agent from among the Lenders.  Upon the acceptance of its appointment
as successor agent hereunder, such successor agent shall succeed to all the
rights, powers and duties of the retiring Agent and the term "Agent" shall mean
such successor administrative and the retiring Agent's appointment, powers and
duties as Agent shall be terminated.  After any retiring Agent's resignation
hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this ARTICLE IX and SECTIONS 10.4 and 10.5
shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it
while it was Agent under this Agreement.  If no successor agent has accepted
appointment as Agent by the date which is 30 days following a retiring Agent's
notice of resignation, the retiring Agent's resignation shall nevertheless
thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties cf
the Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a
successor agent as provided for above.

    9.10 WITHHOLDING TAX. (a) If any Lender is a "foreign corporation,
partnership or trust" within the meaning of the Code and such Lender claims
exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under Section 1441 or
1442 of the Code, such Lender agrees with and in favor of the Agent, to deliver
to the Agent:

         (i)   if such Lender claims an exemption from, or a reduction of, 
    withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, properly completed IRS 
    Forms 1001 and W-8 before the payment of any interest in the first calendar
    year and before the payment of any interest in each third succeeding 
    calendar year during which interest may be paid under this Agreement;

         (ii)  if such Lender claims that interest paid under this Agreement 
    is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively 
    connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, two 
    properly completed and


                                      -65-

<PAGE>

     executed copies of IRS Form 4224 before the payment of any interest is due
     in the first taxable year of such Lender and in each succeeding taxable 
     year of such Lender during which interest may be paid under this Agreement,
     and IRS Form W-9; and

           (iii) such other form or forms as may be required under the Code
     or other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or
     reduction of, United States withholding tax.

Each such Lender agrees to promptly notify the Agent of any change in
circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or
reduction.

         (b) If any Lender claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding
tax under a United States tax treaty by providing IRS Form 1001 and such Lender
sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers, all or part
of the Obligations owed by the Company to such Lender, such Lender agrees to
notify the Agent of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the
beneficial owner of Obligations owed by the Company to such Lender.  To the
extent of such percentage amount, the Agent will treat such Lender's IRS Form
1001 as no longer valid.

         (c) If any Lender claiming exemption from United States withholding
tax by filing IRS Form 4224 with the Agent sells, assigns, grants a
participation in, or otherwise transfers, all or part of the Obligations owed by
the Company to such Lender, such Lender agrees to undertake sole responsibility
for complying with the withholding tax requirements imposed by Sections 1441 and
1442 of the Code.

         (d) If any Lender is entitled to a reduction in the applicable
withholding tax, the Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender
an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account
such reduction.  If the forms or other documentation required by SUBSECTION (a)
of this Section are not delivered to the Agent, then the Agent may withhold
from any interest payment to such Lender not providing such forms or other
documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax without
deduction.

         (e) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United
States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that the Agent did not properly
withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender (because the
appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed, or because such
Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstances which rendered
the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any
other reason) such Lender shall indemnify


                                       -66-
<PAGE>

the Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Agent as 
tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including any taxes 
imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Agent under this 
Section, together with all costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs).  
The obligation of the Lenders under this subsection shall survive the payment 
of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of the Agent.

    9.11 THE CO-MANAGER.  The Co-Manager shall have no rights or duties in such
capacity.

                                   ARTICLE X

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

    10.1 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of
this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent with respect to any
departure by the Company or any applicable Subsidiary therefrom, shall be
effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders
(or by the Agent at the written request of the Required Lenders) and the Company
and acknowledged by the Agent, and then any such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
given; PROVIDED that no such waiver, amendment or consent shall, unless in
writing and signed by all of the Lenders and the Company and acknowledged by the
Agent, do any of the following:

         (a) postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other
Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts
due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document;

         (b) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein
on, any Loan, or reduce any fees (other than fees referred to in SUBSECTION
2.9(a)) or other amounts payable hereunder;

         (c) change the percentage of the Commitments or of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of the Loans which is required for the Lenders or any of
them to take any action hereunder;

         (d) release any material Collateral except as otherwise expressly
permitted by the terms of the Loan Documents; or

         (e) amend this Section, or SECTION 2.13, or any provision herein
providing for consent or other action by all Lenders;


                                       -67-


<PAGE>

and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall extend or
increase the Commitment of any Lender, unless in writing and signed by such
Lender, and (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and
signed by the Agent in addition to the Required Lenders or all Lenders, as the
case may be, affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or
any other Loan Document.

    10.2 NOTICES. (a) All notices, requests and other communications shall
be in writing (including, unless the context expressly otherwise provides, by
facsimile transmission, provided that any matter transmitted by the Company by
facsimile (i) shall be immediately confirmed by a telephone call to the
recipient at the number specified on SCHEDULE 10.2 and (ii) shall be followed
promptly by delivery of a hard copy original thereof) and mailed, faxed or
delivered to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on SCHEDULE
10.2; or, as directed to the Company or the Agent, to such other address as
shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties, and
as directed to any other party, at such other address as shall be designated by
such party in a written notice to the Company and the Agent.

            (b) All such notices, requests and communications shall, when
transmitted by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered or
transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine, respectively, or if mailed,
upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the U.S. mail; except
that notices pursuant to ARTICLE II or IX to the Agent shall not be effective
until actually received by the Agent.

            (c) Any agreement of the Agent and the Lenders herein to receive
certain notices by telephone or facsimile is solely for the convenience and at
the request of the Company.  The Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely
on the authority of any Person purporting to be a Person authorized by the
Company to give such notice and the Agent and the Lenders shall not have any
liability to the Company or any other Person on account of any action taken or
not taken in good faith by the Agent or the Lenders in reliance upon such
telephonic or facsimile notice.  The obligation of the Company to repay the
Loans shall not be affected in any way or to any extent by any failure by the
Agent and the Lenders to receive written confirmation of any telephonic or
facsimile notice or the receipt by the Agent and the Lenders of a confirmation
which is at variance with the terms understood by the Agent and the Lenders to
be contained in the telephonic or facsimile notice.

    10.3 NO WAIVER; CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.  No failure to exercise and no
delay in exercising, on the part of the Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy,
power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder
preclude any other or


                                       -68-
<PAGE>

further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or 
privilege.

    10.4 COSTS AND EXPENSES.  The Company shall:

            (a) whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are
consummated, pay or reimburse the Agent and the Arranger within five Business
Days after demand (subject to SUBSECTION 4.1(h)) for all reasonable costs and
expenses incurred by the Agent and the Arranger in connection with the
development, preparation, delivery, administration and execution of, and any
amendment, supplement, waiver or modification to (in each case, whether or not
consummated), this Agreement, any other Loan Document and any other document
prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including Attorney Costs incurred
by the Agent and the Arranger with respect thereto (excluding Attorney Costs of
in-house counsel to the Agent and the Arranger incurred prior to the Effective
Date); and

            (b) pay or reimburse the Agent, the Arranger and each Lender
within five Business Days after demand for all reasonable costs and expenses
(including Attorney Costs) incurred by them in connection with the enforcement,
attempted enforcement or preservation of any rights or remedies under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence of an Event of Default
or after acceleration of the Loans (including in connection with any "workout"
or restructuring regarding the Loans and including in any Insolvency Proceeding
or any appellate proceeding).

    10.5 COMPANY INDEMNIFICATION.  Whether or not the transactions
contemplated hereby are consummated, the Company shall indemnify and hold
harmless the Agent-Related Persons, and each Lender and each of their respective
officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each an
"INDEMNIFIED PERSON"), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations,
losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses
and disbursements (including Attorney Costs) of any kind or nature whatsoever
which may at any time (including at any time following repayment of the Loans
and the termination, resignation or replacement of the Agent or replacement of
any Lender) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Person in
any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any document
contemplated by or referred to herein, or the transactions contemplated hereby
or thereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Person under or in
connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any
investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any Insolvency Proceeding or
appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of this Agreement or the Loans
or the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not any Indemnified Person is a
party thereto (all the foregoing,


                                       -69-

<PAGE>

collectively, the "INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES"); PROVIDED that (a) the Company 
shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnified Person with respect to 
Indemnified Liabilities to the extent incurred by reason of the gross 
negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person and (b) the 
Company shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person for any such loss, 
claim, damage, liability or expense to the extent caused by or relating to 
any legal proceedings commenced against any Indemnified Person by any 
security holder, depositor or creditor of such Indemnified Person or his or 
her employer arising out of and based upon rights afforded any such security 
holder, depositor or creditor solely in its capacity as such.  The agreements 
in this Section shall survive payment of all other Obligations.

    10.6 PAYMENTS SET ASIDE.  To the extent that the Company makes a payment
to the Agent or any Lender, or the Agent or any Lender exercises its right of
set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof
are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set
aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the
Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or
any other party, in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, then
(a) to the extent of such recovery the obligation or part thereof originally
intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect
as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred and (b)
each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its pro rata share
of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent.

    10.7 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  The provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and assigns, except that the Company may not assign or transfer any
of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written
consent of the Agent and each Lender.

    10.8 ASSIGNMENTS, PARTICIPATIONS, ETC. (a) Any Lender may, with the
prior written consent of the Agent and the Company (which consents shall not be
unreasonably withheld or delayed), at any time assign and delegate to one or
more Eligible Assignees (PROVIDED that no written consent of the Agent shall be
required in connection with any assignment and delegation by a Lender to an
Eligible Assignee that is an Affiliate of such Lender) (each an "ASSIGNEE") all,
or any ratable part of all, of the Loans, the Commitment and the other rights
and obligations of such Lender hereunder, in a minimum amount equal to the
lesser of (x) $10,000,000 and (y) all of such Lender's remaining rights and
obligations hereunder (or, if assigning to another Lender or an Affiliate of any
Lender, without regard to any minimum amount); PROVIDED, that the Company and
the Agent may continue to deal


                                      -70-

<PAGE>

solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interest so 
assigned to an Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together 
with payment instructions, addresses and related information with respect to 
the Assignee, shall have been given to the Company and the Agent by such 
Lender and the Assignee; (ii) such Lender and its Assignee shall have 
delivered to the Company and the Agent an Assignment and Acceptance in the 
form of EXHIBIT H ("ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE") together with any Note or 
Notes subject to such assignment and (iii) the assignor Lender or Assignee 
has paid to the Agent a processing fee in the amount of $3,500.

            (b) From and after the date that the Agent notifies the assignor
Lender that it has received and provided its consent (and received, if
applicable, the consent of the Company) with respect to an executed Assignment
and Acceptance and payment of the above-referenced processing fee, (i) the
Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and
obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and
Acceptance, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan
Documents and (ii) the assignor Lender shall, to the extent that rights and
obligations under the Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such
Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its
obligations under the Loan Documents.

            (c) Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more Eligible
Assignees that are commercial banks and not Affiliates of the Company (a
"PARTICIPANT") participating interests in any Loans, the Commitment of such
Lender and the other interests of such Lender (the "originating Lender")
hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) the
originating Lender's obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents shall remain unchanged, (ii) the originating Lender shall remain
solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Company
and the Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with the originating
Lender in connection with the originating Lender's rights and obligations under
this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (iv) no Lender shall transfer or
grant any participating interest under which the Participant has rights to
approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such amendment,
consent or waiver would require unanimous consent of the Lenders as described in
CLAUSES (a) or (b) of the FIRST PROVISO to SECTION 10.1 or CLAUSE (i) of the
SECOND PROVISO to SECTION 10.1 (if an increase in the originating Lender's
Commitment would cause an increase in the Participant's commitment with respect
to its participating interest).  In the case of any such participation, the
Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of SECTIONS 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 10.4
and 10.5 as though it were also a Lender hereunder (PROVIDED that no Participant
shall be


                                      -71-
<PAGE>

entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such Sections than the
originating Lender would have been entitled to receive if no such participation
had been sold), and if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and
unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon
the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have
the right of set-off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing
under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating
interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement.  Each
Lender may furnish any information concerning the Company and its Subsidiaries
in the possession of such Lender from time to time to participants and
prospective participants and may furnish information in response to credit
inquiries consistent with general banking practice.

            (d) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement,
any Lender may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge,all or any
portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement and any Note held by
it in favor of any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the
FRB or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR Section 203.14, and such Federal Reserve
Bank may enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under
applicable law.

    10.9 CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each Lender agrees that all information
concerning the Company or its Subsidiaries that is furnished or has previously
been furnished to such Lender by or on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary,
or by the Agent or the Arranger on the Company's or such Subsidiary's behalf, in
connection with this Agreement will be held in confidence and treated as
confidential by such Lender and its Affiliates and will not, except as
hereinafter provided, without the prior written consent of the Company, be
disclosed by such Lender or its Affiliates in any manner whatsoever, in whole or
in part, or be used by such Lender or its Affiliates other than in connection
with or in enforcement of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or in
connection with other business now or hereafter existing or contemplated by such
Lender or any of its Affiliates with the Company or any Subsidiary; except to
the extent such information (i) was or becomes generally available to the public
other than as a result of disclosure by such Lender or any of its Affiliates, or
(ii) was or becomes available on a non-confidential basis from a source other
than the Company, provided that, insofar as known to such Lender, such source is
not prohibited from providing such information by any contractual, legal or
fiduciary obligation to the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Lender may
disclose such information (A) at the request or pursuant to any requirement of
any Governmental Authority to which such Lender is subject or in connection with
an examination of such Lender by any such authority; (B) pursuant to subpoena or
other court process; (C) when required to do so in accordance with the
provisions of any


                                     -72-
<PAGE>

applicable Requirement of Law; (D) to the extent reasonably required in
connection with any litigation or proceeding relating to this Agreement to which
the Agent or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates may be party; (E)
to the extent reasonably required in connection with the exercise of any remedy
hereunder or under any other Loan Document; (F) to such Lender's independent
auditors and other professional advisors (each of which shall be required to
keep such information confidential to the extent provided in this SECTION 10.9);
(G) to any Participant or Assignee, actual or prospective provided that such
Person agrees in writing to keep such information confidential to the same
extent required of the Lenders hereunder and (in the case of a prospective
Participant or Assignee) agrees to return such information if such Person does
not become a Participant or Assignee; (H) as to any Lender or its Affiliate, as
expressly permitted under the terms of any other document or agreement regarding
confidentiality to which the Company or any Subsidiary is party with such Lender
or such Affiliate; and (I) to its Affiliates (each of which shall be required to
keep such information confidential to the extent provided in this SECTION 10.9).

    10.10 SET-OFF.  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders
provided by law, if an Event of Default exists, or the Loans have been
accelerated, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time,
without prior notice to the Company, any such notice being waived by the Company
to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all
deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time
held by, and other indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the
credit or the account of the Company against any and all Obligations owing to
such Lender, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not the Agent
or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan
Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured.  Each
Lender agrees promptly to notify the Company and the Agent after any such
set-off and application made by such Lender; PROVIDED that the failure to give
such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application.

    10.11 AUTOMATIC DEBITS OF FEES.  With respect to any commitment fee,
arrangement fee or other fee, or any other cost or expense (including Attorney
Costs) due and payable to the Agent or BAI under the Loan Documents, the Company
hereby irrevocably authorizes BofA (and, if requested by BofA, BAI) to debit any
deposit account of the Company with BofA or BAI in an amount such that the
aggregate amount debited from all such deposit accounts does not exceed such fee
or other cost or expense; PROVIDED that BofA or BAI shall notify the Company one
Business Day prior to any such debit.  If there are insufficient funds in such
deposit accounts to cover the amount of the fee or other cost or expense then
due, such debits will be reversed (in whole or in part, in


                                      -73-

<PAGE>

BofA's sole discretion) and such amount not debited shall be deemed to be 
unpaid.  No such debit under this Section shall be deemed a set-off.

    10.12   NOTIFICATION OF ADDRESSES, LENDING OFFICES, ETC.  Each Lender shall
notify the Agent in writing of any change in the address to which notices to
such Lender should be directed, of addresses of any Lending Office, of payment
instructions in respect of all payments to be made to it hereunder and of such
other administrative information as the Agent shall reasonably request.

    10.13   COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
separate counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an
original, and all of which taken together shall be deemed to constitute but one
and the same instrument.

    10.14   SEVERABILITY.  The illegality or unenforceability of any provision
of this Agreement or any instrument or agreement required hereunder shall not in
any way affect or impair the legality or enforceability of the remaining
provisions of this Agreement or such instrument or agreement.

    10.15   NO THIRD PARTIES BENEFITED.  This Agreement is made and entered
into for the sole protection and legal benefit of the Company, the Lenders, the
Agent and the Agent-Related Persons, and their permitted successors and assigns,
and no other Person shall be a direct or indirect legal beneficiary of, or have
any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this
Agreement or any other Loan Document.

    10.16  GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION.  (a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER 
LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW 
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED THAT THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS SHALL 
RETAIN ALL RIGHTS ARISING UNDER FEDERAL LAW.

            (b)  ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS 
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE 
STATE OF NEW YORK OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW 
YORK, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE COMPANY, 
THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS 
PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS.  EACH OF THE 
COMPANY, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, 
INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF 
FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF 
ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR 
ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO.  THE COMPANY, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS EACH 
WAIVE PERSONAL SERVICE OF ANY SUMMONS, COMPLAINT OR OTHER PROCESS, WHICH MAY 
BE MADE BY ANY OTHER MEANS PERMITTED BY NEW YORK LAW.


                                      -74-

<PAGE>

    10.17  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  THE COMPANY, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT EACH 
WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF 
ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER 
LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, IN ANY 
ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE 
PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR ANY AGENT-RELATED PERSON, PARTICIPANT OR 
ASSIGNEE, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR OTHERWISE.  
THE COMPANY, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR 
CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY.  WITHOUT 
LIMITING THE FOREGOING, THE PARTIES FURTHER AGREE THAT THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT 
TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, 
COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO 
CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN 
DOCUMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF OR THEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY 
SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENT, RENEWAL, SUPPLEMENT OR MODIFICATION TO THIS AGREEMENT 
AND ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT.

    10.18  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, together with the other Loan 
Documents, embodies the entire agreement and understanding among the Company, 
the Lenders and the Agent, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous 
agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to 
the subject matter hereof and thereof.

    10.19  USE OF NAME.  The parties hereto agree that, so long as the 
Company is not enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented from conducting 
all or any material part of its business affairs, the use of the name 
"Olympic" by the Company, notwithstanding the provisions of 36 U.S.C. Section 
380 or any similar or related provision of any federal, state or local law, 
shall not be deemed to constitute an Unmatured Event of Default or an Event 
of Default; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing contained in this Section shall 
be deemed to waive any Event of Default which arises after the date of this 
Agreement which would constitute a violation of SECTION 8.1(g) of this 
Agreement.


                                      -75-

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be 
duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as 
of the day and year first above written.

                                        OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.



                                        By:  /s/ John A. Witham
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title: Executive Vice President 
                                               ----------------------------
                                               and Chief Financial Officer
                                               ----------------------------

                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST 
                                        AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, 
                                        as Agent



                                        By:  /s/ Mark N. Hurley
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title:  Managing Director
                                               ----------------------------


                                        BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, as a 
                                        Lender



                                        BY:  /s/ Mark N. Hurley
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title:  Managing Director
                                               ----------------------------


                                        FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
                                        Co-Manager and as a Lender


                                        By:  /s/ Carol M. Preisinger
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title:  Senior Vice President
                                               ----------------------------


                                        COMERICA BANK



                                        By:  /s/ David L. Morrison
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title: Assistant Vice President
                                               ----------------------------


                                      -76-
<PAGE>

                                        DG BANK DEUTSCHE
                                        GENOSSENSCHAFTSBANK, CAYMAN ISLAND
                                        BRANCH


                                        By:  /s/ Mark Connelly
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title:  Vice President
                                               ----------------------------


                                        By:  /s/ Karen A. Brinkman
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President
                                               ----------------------------


                                        DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND
                                        GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES


                                        By:  /s/
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title:  Vice President
                                               ----------------------------


                                        By:  /s/
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title:  Associate Vice President
                                               ----------------------------


                                        FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION


                                        By:  /s/ Carol M. Preisinger
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title: Senior Vice President
                                               ----------------------------


                                        THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                        By:  /s/ Michael J. Philippe
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title:  Vice President & Manager
                                               ----------------------------

                                        By:  /s/ Doug Pudvah
                                            -------------------------------
                                        Title:  Vice President
                                               ----------------------------


                                      -77-

<PAGE>



                                   FIRST AMENDMENT
                                      AND WAIVER
                                          TO
                                   CREDIT AGREEMENT
                                           

    THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "AMENDMENT") is
entered into as of September 18, 1996 among OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., a Minnesota
corporation (the "COMPANY"), the financial institutions signatory hereto
(collectively, the "LENDERS"), and BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
ASSOCIATION, as agent for the Lenders (the "AGENT").

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:
                                           
    WHEREAS, the Company, the Agent and the Lenders are parties to a Credit
Agreement dated as of July 11, 1996 (the "CREDIT AGREEMENT"); and

    WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Credit Agreement be amended in
certain respects and has also requested the waiver of certain provisions of the
Credit Agreement.

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

    SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS.

    Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein are
used herein as therein defined.

    SECTION 2. AMENDMENTS AND WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT.  On the Effective
Date (defined below):

    2.1  AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT AGREEMENT. (i) Section 2.3(a)(A) of the Credit
Agreement shall be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                  (A)  the amount of the Borrowing, which shall be in an 
         aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or a higher amount;

(ii) Section 2.4(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement shall be amended to read in 
its entirety as follows:

              (i)   elect, as of any Business Day, in the case of Base Rate 
    Loans or Resetting Rate Loans, or as of the last



<PAGE>

    day of the applicable Interest Period, in the case of Offshore Rate Loans,
    to convert any such Loans (or any part thereof in an aggregate amount of
    $1,000,000 or a higher amount) into Loans of another Type;

    2.2  WAIVER TO CREDIT AGREEMENT.  Effective the Effective Date, the
Required Lenders waive compliance with the requirements of Section 7.8 of the
Credit Agreement to the extent necessary to permit the Company to redeem for
cash any or all of 701,353 shares of Preferred Stock for a redemption price not
to exceed $26.875 per share, so long as (i) such redemption occurs on or prior
to January 31, 1997 and (ii) the total amount of cash paid by the Company in
such redemption does not exceed $18,848,861.88.

    SECTION 3. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

    The amendments and waiver to the Credit Agreement set forth in SECTION 2 of
this Amendment shall become effective on such date (the "EFFECTIVE DATE") when
the Agent shall have received all of the following, each duly executed and dated
the date hereof, and each in a sufficient number of signed counterparts to
provide one to each Lender:

              (a)  AMENDMENT.  An original of this Amendment, duly executed by
        the Company and the Required Lenders.

              (b)  OTHER.  Such other documents as the Agent or any Lender may
        reasonably request.

    SECTION 4. MISCELLANEOUS.

    4.1  WARRANTIES TRUE AND ABSENCE OF DEFAULTS.  In order to induce the Agent
and the Lenders to enter into this Amendment, the Company hereby warrants to the
Agent and the Lenders that, as of the date hereof and the Effective Date:

              (a)  The representations and warranties set forth in Article V of
         the Credit Agreement (other than as set forth in the last sentence of
         Section 5.5 of the Credit Agreement) and in the Pledge and Security
         Agreement are true and correct (except to the extent such
         representations and warranties expressly refer to an earlier date, in
         which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date).

              (b)  No Event of Default or Unmatured Event of Default exists.

    4.2  GOVERNING LAW.  This Amendment shall be a contract made under and
governed by the law of the State of New York.



                                        -2-

<PAGE>

    4.3  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed in any number of
counterparts, and by the parties hereto on the same or separate counterparts,
and each such counterpart, when so executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be
an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

    4.4  REFERENCES TO DOCUMENTS.  Except as amended hereby, the Credit
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and
confirmed in all respects. On and after the effectiveness hereof, each reference
in the Credit Agreement to "this Agreement," "hereunder," "hereof," "herein" or
words of like import, and each reference to the Credit Agreement in any Note or
in any other Loan Document, shall be deemed a reference to the Credit Agreement,
as amended hereby.


                                         -3- 

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date
and year first above written.

                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                       By: /s/ [Illegible]
                                           ------------------------------------
                                       Title: Executive Vice President/CFO
                                              ---------------------------------

                                       BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                       AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                                           as Agent
                                           

                                       By: /s/ [Illegible]
                                           ------------------------------------
                                       Title: Managing Director
                                              ---------------------------------
                                           
  
                                       BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS, as a
                                       Lender
                                           

                                       By: /s/ [Illegible]
                                           ------------------------------------
                                       Title: Managing Director
                                              ---------------------------------


                                       FIRST BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as
                                       Co-Manager and as a Lender


                                       By: /s/ Carol M. [Illegible]
                                           ------------------------------------
                                       Title: Senior Vice President
                                              ---------------------------------


                                       COMERICA BANK


                                       By: /s/ David L. [Illegible]
                                           ------------------------------------
                                       Title: Assistant Vice President
                                              ---------------------------------



                                        -4-


<PAGE>

                                         DG BANK DEUTSCHE
                                         GENOSSENSCHAFTSBANK, CAYMAN ISLAND
                                         BRANCH


                                         By: /s/ [Illegible]
                                             ---------------------------------
                                         Title:  Vice President
                                                ------------------------------

                                         By: /s/ [Illegible]
                                             ---------------------------------
                                         Title:     VP.
                                                ------------------------------


                                         DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND
                                         GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES


                                         By: /s/ [Illegible]
                                             ---------------------------------
                                         Title: Vice President
                                                ------------------------------
                                           

                                         By: /s/ John W. Sweeney
                                             ---------------------------------
                                         Title: A.V.P.
                                                ------------------------------


                                         THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED


                                         By:      /s/ Michael J. Philippe
                                             ---------------------------------
                                         Title:   Vice President & Manager
                                                ------------------------------


                                         By:     /s/ John W. Howard, Jr.
                                             ---------------------------------
                                         Title:       Vice President
                                                ------------------------------



                                         -5-


<PAGE>

                                                                 EXECUTION COPY









                                 TRUST AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 28, 1995

                                     between

                      OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II

                                       and

                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
                                  Owner Trustee










                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION                                                                     PAGE
- -------                                                                     ----

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1.   Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     Section 1.2.   Usage of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     Section 1.3.   Section References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     Section 1.4.   Action by or Consent of Certificateholders . . . . . . .   5

                                   ARTICLE II
                                CREATION OF TRUST

     Section 2.1.   Creation of Trust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     Section 2.2.   Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     Section 2.3.   Purposes and Powers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     Section 2.4.   Appointment of Owner Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
     Section 2.5.   Initial Capital Contribution of Trust Estate . . . . . .   6
     Section 2.6.   Declaration of Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     Section 2.7.   Liability of the Certificateholders. . . . . . . . . . .   7
     Section 2.8.   Title to Trust Property. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     Section 2.9.   Situs of Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     Section 2.10.  Representations and Warranties of the Depositor and the
                    General Partner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     Section 2.11.  Federal Income Tax Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     Section 2.12.  Covenants of the General Partner . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     Section 2.13.  Covenants of the Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

                                   ARTICLE III
                                THE CERTIFICATES

     Section 3.1.   Initial Ownership. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     Section 3.2.   The Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
     Section 3.3.   Authentication of Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     Section 3.4.   Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates. .  14
     Section 3.5.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. . . .  15
     Section 3.6.   Persons Deemed Owners. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     Section 3.7.   Maintenance of Office or Agency. . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
     Section 3.8.   Appointment of Paying Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

                                      -i-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                            ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE

     Section 4.1.   Restriction on Power of Certificateholder. . . . . . . .  17
     Section 4.2.   Prior Notice to Certificateholders with Respect to
                    Certain Matters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     Section 4.3.   Action by Certificateholders with Respect to
                    Bankruptcy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     Section 4.4.   Restrictions on Certificateholders' Power. . . . . . . .  17

                                    ARTICLE V
                   APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES

     Section 5.1.   Trust Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
     Section 5.2.   Application of Funds in Certificate Distribution
                    Account. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
     Section 5.3.   Method of Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
     Section 5.4.   No Segregation of Monies; No Interest. . . . . . . . . .  22
     Section 5.5.   Accounting; Reports; Tax Returns . . . . . . . . . . . .  22

                                   ARTICLE VI
                      AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE

     Section 6.1.   General Authority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     Section 6.2.   General Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     Section 6.3.   Action upon Instruction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     Section 6.4.   No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in
                    Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     Section 6.5.   No Action Except under Specified Documents or
                    Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     Section 6.6.   Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     Section 6.7.   Administration Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

                                   ARTICLE VII
                          CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE

     Section 7.1.   Acceptance of Trustee and Duties . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
     Section 7.2.   Furnishing of Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
     Section 7.3.   Representations and Warranties . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
     Section 7.4.   Reliance; Advice of Counsel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
     Section 7.5.   Not Acting in Individual Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . .  29
     Section 7.6.   Owner Trustee Not Liable for Certificates, Notes or
                    Receivables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
     Section 7.7.   Owner Trustee May Own Certificates and Notes . . . . . .  30

                                     -ii-

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                          COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE

     Section 8.1.   Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . .  30
     Section 8.2.   Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
     Section 8.3.   Non-recourse Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31

                                   ARTICLE IX
                          TERMINATION; RECAPITALIZATION

     Section 9.1.   Termination of the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
     Section 9.2.   Dissolution Events with respect to the General Partner .  33
     Section 9.3.   Securitized Offering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33

                                    ARTICLE X
             SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES

     Section 10.1.  Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee . . . . . . .  34
     Section 10.2.  Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee. . . . . . . . .  34
     Section 10.3.  Successor Owner Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
     Section 10.4.  Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee . . . . . . . .  36
     Section 10.5.  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee. . . . . .  36

                                   ARTICLE XI
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     Section 11.1.  Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
     Section 11.2.  No Recourse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
     Section 11.3.  Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
     Section 11.4.  Severability of Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
     Section 11.5.  Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid. . . . . . . .  39
     Section 11.6.  Third-Party Beneficiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     Section 11.7.  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     Section 11.8.  Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40

                                     -iii-

<PAGE>

                                                                        EXHIBITS

Exhibit A  --   Form of Certificate of Trust

Exhibit B  --   Form of Certificate

                                     -iv-

<PAGE>

          THIS TRUST AGREEMENT, dated as of December 28, 1995, is made between
Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware corporation (the "Seller") and
Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware corporation, as Owner Trustee (in such
capacity, the "Owner Trustee").

          In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and of
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  All terms defined in the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement (as defined below) shall have the same meaning in this 
Agreement.  Whenever capitalized and used in this Agreement, the following 
words and phrases, unless otherwise specified, shall have the following 
meanings:

          ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT:  The Administration Agreement, dated as 
of December 28, 1995, between the Administrator and the Trust, as the same 
may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

          ADMINISTRATOR:  Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware corporation, 
or any successor Administrator under the Administration Agreement.

          AGREEMENT OR "THIS AGREEMENT":  This Trust Agreement, all 
amendments and supplements thereto and all exhibits and schedules to any of 
the foregoing.
     
          AUTHENTICATION AGENT:  Wilmington Trust Company, or its successor 
in interest, and any successor authentication agent appointed as provided in 
this Agreement.

          BENEFIT PLAN:  The meaning assigned in Section 3.4(e).

          BUSINESS TRUST STATUTE:  Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware 
Code, 12 Del. Code Section 3801 et seq., as the same may be amended from time 
to time.

          CERTIFICATE:  A certificate executed by the Owner Trustee 
evidencing a fractional undivided interest in the Trust, substantially in the 
form of Exhibit B.

          CERTIFICATE BALANCE:  At any time, as to any Certificate, the 
outstanding principal amount of that Certificate; as set forth in the records 
maintained by the Trustee; and as to the Certificates as a whole, the sum of 
the Certificate Balances for each outstanding Certificate.

<PAGE>

          CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT:  The account designated as the 
Certificate Distribution Account in, and which is established and maintained 
pursuant to, Section 5.1.

          CERTIFICATE MAJORITY:  The meaning assigned in Section 1.4(a); see 
also Section 1.4(b).

          CERTIFICATE OF TRUST:  The Certificate of Trust in the form of 
Exhibit A hereto filed for the Trust pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the 
Business Trust Statute.

          CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT:  The Certificate Purchase 
Agreement, if any, among the Trust, OFL, the investors who execute the 
signature pages thereto and J.P. Morgan Delaware, as agent for such 
investors, evidencing the commitment of the Investors to purchase 
Certificates,as the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

          CERTIFICATE REGISTER AND CERTIFICATE REGISTRAR:  The register 
maintained and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.4.

          CERTIFICATEHOLDER OR HOLDER:  A Person in whose name a Certificate 
is registered in the Certificate Register.

          CODE:  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE:  The principal office of the Owner Trustee 
at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be 
administered, which office at the Closing Date is located at Rodney Square 
North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention:  
Corporate Trust Administration; the telecopy number for the Corporate Trust 
Office on the date of the execution of this Agreement is (302) 651-8882.

          DEMAND NOTE:  The Demand Note, dated December 28, 1995, issued by 
OFL to the General Partner. 

          DEPOSITOR:  The Seller in its capacity as depositor hereunder.

          DISSOLUTION EVENT:  With respect to the General Partner, means the 
withdrawal or expulsion of such Person as General Partner of the Trust or the 
termination or dissolution of such Person, or the occurrence of an Insolvency 
Event with respect to such Person.

          EXPENSES:  The meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.2.

          GENERAL PARTNER:  Initially, the Seller, or any subsequent Holder of a
General Partner Certificate.

                                     -2-

<PAGE>

          GENERAL PARTNER CERTIFICATES:  The meaning assigned to such term in 
Section 3.2(a).

          INDEMNIFIED PARTIES:  The meaning assigned to such term in Section 
8.2.

          INVESTOR CERTIFICATE:  Each Certificate (excluding the General 
Partner Certificates).

          INVESTOR CERTIFICATEHOLDER:  Each Certificateholder (excluding the 
General Partner as Holder of the General Partner Certificates).

          MAXIMUM CERTIFICATE BALANCE:  $19,800,000.00.

          MINIMUM NET WORTH:  At any time of determination, and with respect 
to the General Partner, net worth equal to the sum of 7.7% of the Maximum 
Certificate Balance.  For the purpose of the determination of Minimum Net 
Worth: (i) the Demand Note issued to the General Partner shall be valued at 
par, (ii) assets subject to a lien shall be valued at zero, (iii) 
Certificates or any other interests in any entity taxable as a partnership 
for federal income tax purposes shall be valued at zero, (iv) investments 
shall be valued at their respective purchase prices plus accrued interest and 
(v)  demand notes of OFL issued as contributions to the General Partner in 
connection with its status as a general partner of any other partnership 
formed pursuant to trust agreements substantially similar to this Agreement 
shall be valued at an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the 
aggregate current amount of all such demand notes over (b) 7.7% of the 
aggregate Certificate Balance (as such term is defined in the related trust 
agreement) of all certificates issued by such partnerships, as of such date 
of determination.

          NOTE OWNER:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

          OFL:  Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation, and its 
successors in interest.

          OWNER TRUSTEE:  Wilmington Trust Company, or its successor in 
interest, acting not individually but solely as trustee, and any successor 
trustee appointed as provided in this Agreement.

          PAYING AGENT:  Any paying agent or co-paying agent appointed 
pursuant to Section 3.8, which initially shall be Wilmington Trust Company.

          RECORD DATE:  With respect to any Distribution Date, the close of 
business on the last Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution 
Date.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

          RELATED DOCUMENTS:  The Sale and Servicing Agreement, the 
Indenture, the Certificates, the Notes, the Purchase Agreement, each Transfer 
Agreement, each Assignment Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the 
Administration Agreement, the Certificate Purchase Agreement and the Note 
Purchase Agreement. The Related Documents executed by any party are referred 
to herein as "such party's Related Documents," "its Related Documents" or by 
a similar expression.

          SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT:  The Sale and Servicing Agreement, 
dated as of December 28, 1995 among the Trust, the Seller, OFL, in its 
individual capacity and as Servicer, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National 
Association, as Backup Servicer, as the same may be amended and supplemented 
from time to time.

          SECRETARY OF STATE:  The Secretary of State of the State of 
Delaware.

          SELLER:  Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware 
corporation, or its successor in interest.

          TRUST:  The trust created by this Agreement, the estate of which 
consists of the Trust Property.

          TRUST PROPERTY:  The property and proceeds of every description 
conveyed pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof and Section 2.1 of the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement, together with the Trust Accounts (including all Eligible 
Investments therein and all proceeds therefrom).

          Section 1.2.  USAGE OF TERMS.  With respect to all terms used in 
this Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; 
words importing any gender include the other genders; references to "writing" 
include printing, typing, lithography, and other means of reproducing words 
in a visible form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments 
include all subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in 
accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; 
references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the 
terms "include" or "including" mean "include without limitation" or 
"including without limitation."  To the extent that definitions are contained 
in this Agreement, or in any such certificate or other document, such 
definitions shall control.

          Section 1.3.  SECTION REFERENCES.  All references to Articles, 
Sections, paragraphs, subsections, exhibits and schedules shall be to such 
portions of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

          Section 1.4.  ACTION BY OR CONSENT OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.

          (a)  Except as expressly provided herein (i) any action that may be
     taken by the Certificateholders under this Agreement may be taken by
     Certificateholders holding Certificates that evidence a majority of the
     Certificate Balance (a "Certificate Majority"), and (ii) any written notice
     or consent of the Certificateholders delivered pursuant to this Agreement
     shall be effective for such class if signed by Holders of Certificates
     evidencing not less than a majority of the Certificate Balance.

          (b)  Whenever any provision of this Agreement refers to action to be
     taken, or consented to, by Certificateholders, such provision shall be
     deemed to refer to Certificateholders of record as of the Record Date
     immediately preceding the date on which such action is to be taken, or
     consent given, by Certificateholders.  Solely for the purposes of any
     action to be taken, or consented to, by the Certificateholders (including
     for purposes of determining whether a Certificate Majority has approved any
     action), any Certificate registered in the name of the General Partner, OFL
     or any Affiliate thereof shall be deemed not to be outstanding, and the
     Certificate Balance represented thereby shall not be taken into account in
     determining whether the requisite percentage of the Certificate Balance
     necessary to effect any such action or consent has been obtained; PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, that until any Investor Certificates are issued in accordance with
     the terms of this Agreement, all references herein or in any Related
     Document to a "Certificate Majority" shall mean the holders of the General
     Partner Certificates, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that, solely for the purpose of
     determining whether the Owner Trustee is entitled to rely upon any such
     action or consent, only Certificates which the Owner Trustee knows to be so
     owned shall be so disregarded.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                CREATION OF TRUST

          Section 2.1.  CREATION OF TRUST.  There is hereby formed a trust to 
be known as "Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust," in which name 
the Trust may conduct business, make and execute contracts and other 
instruments and sue and be sued.

          Section 2.2.  OFFICE.  The office of the Trust shall be in care of 
the Owner Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address in 
Delaware as the Owner Trustee may designate by written notice to the 
Certificateholders and the Depositor.

          Section 2.3.  PURPOSES AND POWERS.  The purpose of the Trust is, 
and the Trust shall have the power and authority, to engage in the following 
activities:

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

          (i)  to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and the Certificates
     pursuant to this Agreement and to sell the Notes and the Certificates; to
     redeem Notes and Certificates in accordance with the terms and conditions
     set forth herein and in the Indenture;

          (ii)  with the proceeds of the sale of the Notes and the Certificates,
     to pay the organizational, start-up and transactional expenses of the Trust
     and to pay the balance to the Seller from time to time pursuant to the Sale
     and Servicing Agreement;

          (iii)  to assign, grant, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey the
     Trust Property to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture for the
     benefit of the Noteholders and to hold, manage and distribute to the
     Certificateholders pursuant to the terms of the Sale and Servicing
     Agreement any portion of the Trust Property released from the Lien of, and
     remitted to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture; and, in connection with a
     purchase of the Trust Property, to assign, grant, transfer, pledge,
     mortgage and convey the Trust Property to such purchaser or purchasers and
     upon receipt of proceeds from such sale release the Lien of the Indenture;

          (iv)  to enter into and perform its obligations under the Related
     Documents to which it is to be a party;

          (v)  to engage in those activities, including entering into
     agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish the
     foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and

          (vi)  subject to compliance with the Related Documents, to engage in
     such other activities as may be required in connection with conservation of
     the Trust Property and the making of distributions to the
     Certificateholders and the Noteholders.

The Trust is hereby authorized to engage in the foregoing activities.  The 
Trust shall not engage in any activity other than in connection with the 
foregoing or other than as required or expressly authorized by the terms of 
this Agreement or the Related Documents.

          Section 2.4.  APPOINTMENT OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Depositor hereby 
appoints the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date 
hereof, to have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein, and the 
Owner Trustee hereby accepts such appointment.

          Section 2.5.  INITIAL CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION OF TRUST ESTATE.  The 
Depositor hereby sells, assigns, transfers, conveys and sets over to the 
Owner Trustee, as of the date hereof, the sum of $10.  The Owner Trustee 
hereby acknowledges receipt in trust from the Depositor, as of the date 
hereof, of the foregoing contribution, which shall constitute the 

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

initial Trust Property and shall be deposited in the Certificate Distribution 
Account.  The Depositor shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as 
they may arise or shall, upon the request of the Owner Trustee, promptly 
reimburse the Owner Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Owner Trustee.

          Section 2.6.  DECLARATION OF TRUST.  The Owner Trustee hereby 
declares that it will hold the Trust Property in trust upon and subject to 
the conditions set forth herein for the use and benefit of the Holders, 
subject to the interests and rights in the Trust Property granted to other 
Persons by the Related Documents.  It is the intention and agreement of the 
parties hereto that the Trust constitute a business trust under the Business 
Trust Statute and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of 
such business trust.  It is the intention and agreement of the parties hereto 
that, solely for income and franchise tax purposes, the Trust shall be 
treated as a partnership.  The parties agree that, unless otherwise required 
by appropriate tax authorities, the Trust will file or cause to be filed 
annual or other necessary returns, reports and other forms consistent with 
the characterization of the Trust as a partnership for such tax purposes.  On 
the date hereof, the Owner Trustee shall file the Certificate of Trust 
required by Section 3810(a) of the Business Trust Statute in the Office of 
the Secretary of State.  Effective as of the date hereof, the Owner Trustee 
shall have all rights, powers and duties set forth herein and in the Business 
Trust Statute with respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust.

          Section 2.7.  LIABILITY OF THE CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.

          (a)  The General Partner shall be liable directly to indemnify each
     injured party for all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of
     the Trust, to the extent not paid out of the Trust Property, to the extent
     that such Person would be liable if the Trust were a partnership under the
     Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act and such Person were a
     general partner; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the General Partner shall not be
     liable for any losses incurred by a Certificateholder in the capacity of an
     investor in the Certificates or a Note Owner in the capacity of an investor
     in the Notes; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the General Partner shall not be
     liable to indemnify any injured party if such party has agreed that its
     recourse against the Trust for any obligation or liability of the Trust to
     such party shall be limited to the assets of the Trust.  In addition, any
     third party creditors of the Trust (other than in connection with the
     obligations described in the provisos to the preceding sentence for which
     the General Partner shall not be liable) shall be deemed third party
     beneficiaries of this paragraph.  The obligations of the General Partner
     under this paragraph shall be evidenced by the General Partner
     Certificates, which for purposes of the Business Trust Statute shall be
     deemed to be a separate class of Certificates from the Investor
     Certificates.

          (b)  No Certificateholder, other than to the extent set forth in
     paragraph (a), shall have any personal liability for any liability or
     obligation of the Trust or by 

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

     reason of any action taken by the parties to this Agreement pursuant to any
     provisions of this Agreement or any Related Document.

          Section 2.8.  TITLE TO TRUST PROPERTY.

          (a)  Legal title to all the Trust Property shall be vested at all
     times in the Trust as a separate legal entity except where applicable law
     in any jurisdiction requires title to any part of the Trust Property to be
     vested in a trustee or trustees, in which case title shall be deemed to be
     vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee and/or a separate trustee, as the
     case may be.

          (b)  The Certificateholders shall not have legal title to any part of
     the Trust Property.  The Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive
     distributions with respect to their undivided ownership interest therein
     only in accordance with Articles V and IX.  No transfer, by operation of
     law or otherwise, of any right, title or interest by any Certificateholder
     of its ownership interest in the Trust Property shall operate to terminate
     this Agreement or the trusts hereunder or entitle any transferee to an
     accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title to any part of the Trust
     Property. 

          Section 2.9.  SITUS OF TRUST.  The Trust will be located and 
administered in the State of Delaware.  All bank accounts maintained by the 
Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of 
Delaware. The Trust shall not have any employees in any state other than 
Delaware; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing herein shall restrict or prohibit 
the Owner Trustee, the Servicer or any agent of the Trust from having 
employees within or without the State of Delaware.  Payments will be received 
by the Trust only in Delaware, and payments will be made by the Trust only 
from Delaware.  The only office of the Trust will be at the Corporate Trust 
Office in Delaware.

          Section 2.10.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE DEPOSITOR AND 
THE GENERAL PARTNER.  By execution of this Agreement, each of the Depositor 
and the General Partner makes the following representations and warranties 
with respect to itself on which the Owner Trustee relies in accepting the 
Trust Property in trust and issuing the Certificates.  These representations 
and warranties shall be deemed to be repeated on each day on which Investor 
Certificates are issued pursuant to Section 3.2.

          (a)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  It has been duly organized and
     is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
     State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and to
     conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and as such
     business is currently conducted and is proposed to be conducted pursuant to
     this Agreement and the Related Documents.

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

          (b)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  It is duly qualified to do business as a
     foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary
     licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or
     lease of its property, the conduct of its business and the performance of
     its obligations under this Agreement and the Related Documents requires
     such qualification.

          (c)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  It has the power and authority to execute
     and deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents and to perform its
     obligations pursuant thereto; and the execution, delivery and performance
     of this Agreement and its Related Documents have been duly authorized by
     all necessary corporate action.

          (d)  NO CONSENT REQUIRED.  No consent, license, approval or
     authorization or registration or declaration with, any Person or with any
     governmental authority, bureau or agency is required in connection with the
     execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement and the Related
     Documents, except for such as have been obtained, effected or made.

          (e)  NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement and its Related Documents and the fulfillment of its
     obligations under this Agreement and its Related Documents shall not
     conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of
     or constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) a default
     under, its certificate of incorporation or by-laws, or any indenture,
     agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which it is a
     party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of
     any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such
     indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, or
     violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to it of any court or
     of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other
     governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over it or any of its
     properties. 

          (f)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to its knowledge threatened against it before any court,
     regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over it or its properties (A) asserting
     the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (B)
     seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the Notes or the
     consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
     any of the Related Documents, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that
     might materially and adversely affect its performance of its obligations
     under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents, or (D) seeking to adversely affect the federal income
     tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of the Certificates.

          Section 2.11.  FEDERAL INCOME TAX TREATMENT.  The Seller has 
structured this Agreement and the Investor Certificates with the intention 
that the Investor Certificates will

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

qualify under applicable federal, state, local and foreign tax law as 
indebtedness.  The Seller, the Servicer, the Holder of the General Partner 
Certificate, and each Investor Certificateholder agree to treat and to take 
no action inconsistent with the treatment of the Investor Certificates (or 
beneficial interest therein) as indebtedness for purposes of federal, state, 
local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed on or 
measured by income.  Each Investor Certificateholder, and the Holder of the 
General Partner Certificate, by acceptance of its Certificate, agree to be 
bound by the provisions of this Section 2.11.  Furthermore, subject to 
Section 5.5, the Trustee shall treat the Trust as a security device only, and 
shall not file tax returns or obtain an employer identification number on 
behalf of the Trust. 

     In the event that the Investor Certificates are deemed for federal 
income tax purposes to represent an equity interest in the Trust, the Trust 
shall be treated for federal income tax purposes as a partnership among the 
Holders of such Investor Certificates and the Seller.  In the event such a 
partnership is deemed to exist, the net income of the Trust for any month as 
determined for Federal income tax purposes (and each item of income, gain, 
loss and deduction entering into the computation thereof) shall be allocated:

          (a)  among the Investor Certificateholders as of the first Record 
     Date following the end of such month, in proportion to their ownership 
     of principal amount of Investor Certificates on such date, an amount of 
     net income up to the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount 
     for such month; and

          (b)  next, to the General Partner (with respect to the General 
     Partner Certificates) in accordance with the Certificate Balance 
     represented by the General Partner Certificates to the extent of any 
     remaining net income.

If the net income of the Trust for any month is insufficient for the 
allocations described in clause (a) above, subsequent net income shall first 
be allocated to make up such shortfall before being allocated as provided in 
clause (b).  Net losses of the Trust, if any, for any month as determined for 
Federal income tax purposes (and each item of income, gain, loss and 
deduction entering into the computation thereof) shall be allocated to the 
General Partner to the extent it is reasonably expected to bear the economic 
burden of such net losses, then net losses shall be allocated among the other 
Certificateholders as of the first Record Date following the end of such 
month in proportion to their ownership of principal amount of Certificates on 
such Record Date until the total amount of losses allocated to those 
Certificateholders pursuant to this Section 2.11 plus the total principal 
amount distributed to them equals the aggregate initial principal balance of 
the Investor Certificates and any remaining net losses shall be allocated to 
the General Partner.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the 
contrary, the General Partner shall be allocated an aggregate of at least 1% 
of each item of income, profit, gain or loss of the Trust.  The General 
Partner is authorized to modify the allocations in this paragraph if 
necessary or appropriate, in its sole discretion, for the allocations to 
fairly reflect the economic income, gain or loss to the 

                                     -10-
<PAGE>

General Partner or the other Certificateholders, or to comply with the 
provisions of the Code and the accompanying Treasury Regulations.

          Section 2.12.  COVENANTS OF THE GENERAL PARTNER.  The General 
Partner agrees and covenants for the benefit of each Certificateholder and 
the Owner Trustee, during the term of this Agreement, and to the fullest 
extent permitted by applicable law, that:

          (a)  it shall not (i) assign, sell, convey, pledge, transfer, 
     reconvey, cancel, forgive, compromise or otherwise dispose of the Demand 
     Note held by it, in whole or in part, (ii) make any distribution other 
     than to the Trust or unless the aggregate net worth of the General 
     Partner following such distribution shall be at least equal to the 
     Minimum Net Worth or (iii) except as specifically permitted by this 
     Agreement, sell, transfer, assign, give or encumber by operation of law 
     or otherwise any of its assets;

          (b)  it shall not, except as permitted by Section 9.2, sell, 
     assign, transfer, give or encumber, by operation of law or otherwise, in 
     whole or in part, the interest evidenced by any General Partner 
     Certificate;

          (c)  it shall not create, incur or suffer to exist any indebtedness 
     or engage in any business, except, in each case, as permitted by its 
     certificate of incorporation and the Related Documents;

          (d)  it shall not, for any reason, institute proceedings for the 
     Trust to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the 
     institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Trust, 
     or file a petition seeking or consenting to reorganization or relief 
     under any applicable federal or state law relating to the bankruptcy of 
     the Trust, or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, 
     assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trust 
     or a substantial part of the property of the Trust or cause or permit 
     the Trust to make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit 
     in writing the inability of the Trust to pay its debts generally as they 
     become due, or declare or effect a moratorium on the debt of the Trust 
     or take any action in furtherance of any such action;

          (e)  it shall obtain from each counterparty to each Related 
     Document to which it or the Trust is a party and each other agreement 
     entered into on or after the date hereof to which it or the Trust is a 
     party, an agreement by each such counterparty that prior to the 
     occurrence of the event specified in Section 9.1(e) such counterparty 
     shall not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting 
     against, it or the Trust, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, 
     insolvency or liquidation proceedings or other similar proceedings under 
     the laws of the United States or any state of the United States; and

                                     -11-
<PAGE>

          (f)  it shall not, for any reason, withdraw or attempt to withdraw 
     from this Agreement, dissolve, institute proceedings for it to be 
     adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to the institution of 
     bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it, or file a petition 
     seeking or consenting to reorganization or relief under any applicable 
     federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the 
     appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator 
     (or other similar official) of it or a substantial part of its property, 
     or make any assignment for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing 
     its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or declare 
     or effect a moratorium on its debt or take any action in furtherance of 
     any such action.

          Section 2.13.  COVENANTS OF THE HOLDERS.  Each Holder by purchasing
its Certificate agrees:

          (a)  to be bound by the terms and conditions of its Certificate and 
     of this Agreement, including any supplements or amendments hereto and to 
     perform the obligations of a Certificateholder as set forth therein or 
     herein, in all respects as if it were a signatory hereto.  This 
     undertaking is made for the benefit of the Trust, the Owner Trustee and 
     all other Certificateholders present and future.

          (b)  to treat and to take no action inconsistent with the treatment 
     of the Investor Certificates as indebtedness for purposes of federal, 
     state, local and foreign income or franchise taxes and any other tax 
     imposed on or measured by income.  In the event the Investor 
     Certificates are deemed for federal income tax purposes to represent an 
     equity interest in the Trust, each Certificateholder hereby agrees to 
     appoint the General Partner as such Certificateholder's agent and 
     attorney-in-fact to sign any federal income tax information return filed 
     on behalf of the Trust and agree that, if requested by the Trust, it 
     will sign such federal income tax information return in its capacity as 
     holder of an interest in the Trust.  Each Certificateholder also hereby 
     agrees that in its tax returns it will not take any position 
     inconsistent with those taken in any tax returns filed by the Trust.

          (c)  if such Certificateholder is other than an individual or other 
     entity holding its Certificate through a broker who reports securities 
     sales on Form 1099-B, to notify the Owner Trustee of any transfer by it 
     of a Certificate in a taxable sale or exchange, within 30 days of the 
     date of the transfer.

          (d)  until the completion of the events specified in Section 
     9.1(e), not to, for any reason, institute proceedings for the Trust or a 
     General Partner to be adjudicated bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to 
     the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the 
     Trust, or file a petition seeking or consenting to reorganization or 
     relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, 
     or consent to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, 
     trustee, 

                                     -12-
<PAGE>

     sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Trust or a substantial 
     part of its property, or cause or permit the Trust to make any 
     assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or admit in writing its 
     inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or declare or 
     effect a moratorium on its debt or take any action in furtherance of any 
     such action.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                THE CERTIFICATES

          Section 3.1.  INITIAL OWNERSHIP.  Upon the formation of the Trust by
the contribution by the Depositor pursuant to Section 2.5 and until the issuance
of the Certificates, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the Trust.

          Section 3.2.  THE CERTIFICATES.  Certificates shall be issued as
follows:

          (a)  On the Closing Date, Certificates (the "General Partner 
     Certificates") shall be issued for adequate consideration to the General 
     Partner with an aggregate initial principal balance of $200,000.00, 
     representing in excess of 1% of the Maximum Certificate Balance.  At all 
     times following the Closing Date until a liquidation of the Trust, the 
     General Partner Certificates shall represent in excess of 1% of the 
     Maximum Certificate Balance.  The General Partner shall retain 
     beneficial and record ownership of such Certificates.  The General 
     Partner Certificates shall be non-transferable and any attempted 
     transfer of the General Partner Certificates shall be void; PROVIDED 
     that a General Partner Certificate may be transferred to a successor 
     General Partner as provided in Section 9.2. The Owner Trustee shall 
     cause each General Partner Certificate to contain a legend stating "THIS 
     CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE, EXCEPT UNDER THE LIMITED CONDITIONS 
     SPECIFIED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT."

          (b)  Upon Depositor's demand (with no less than five Business Days 
     prior notice), Investor Certificates with Certificate Balances totalling 
     up to the remaining Maximum Certificate Balance shall be issued to 
     Persons designated by the Depositor to the Owner Trustee, PROVIDED, 
     HOWEVER, that no Investor Certificates shall be issued unless and until 
     General Partner Certificates in excess of 1% of the Maximum Certificate 
     Balance shall have been issued.

          The Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Owner Trustee 
by manual or facsimile signature of any authorized signatory of the Owner 
Trustee having such authority under the Owner Trustee's seal imprinted or 
otherwise affixed thereon and attested on behalf of the Owner Trustee by the 
manual or facsimile signature of any authorized signatory of the Owner 
Trustee. Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of 
individuals who were, at the time when such signatures were affixed, 
authorized to sign on 

                                     -13-
<PAGE>

behalf of the Owner Trustee shall be validly issued and entitled to the 
benefits of this Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of 
them have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery 
of such Certificates. The Investor Certificates shall be issued in initial 
denominations and in such integral multiples as are necessary to comply with 
the terms of this Agreement and of the Related Documents.

          Section 3.3.  AUTHENTICATION OF CERTIFICATES.  Simultaneously with 
the initial sale, assignment and transfer to the Trust of the Receivables and 
the delivery to the Owner Trustee of the Receivable Files and the other Trust 
Property pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Owner Trustee 
shall cause the General Partner Certificates, and upon Depositor's order 
(with no less than five Business Days prior notice) the Owner Trustee shall 
cause Investor Certificates as described in Section 3.2(b), to be executed on 
behalf of the Trust, authenticated and delivered to or upon the order of the 
Depositor.  No Certificate shall entitle its holder to any benefit under this 
Agreement, or shall be valid for any purpose, unless there shall appear on 
such Certificate a certificate of authentication substantially in the form 
set forth in Exhibit B executed by the Owner Trustee or the Authentication 
Agent, by manual or facsimile signature; such authentication shall constitute 
conclusive evidence that such Certificate shall have been duly authenticated 
and delivered hereunder.  Wilmington Trust Company is hereby initially 
appointed Authentication Agent.  All Certificates shall be dated the date of 
their authentication.

          Section 3.4.  REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF CERTIFICATES.

          (a)  The Certificate Registrar shall maintain, or cause to be 
     maintained, at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.7, 
     a Certificate Register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations 
     as it may prescribe, the Owner Trustee shall provide for the 
     registration of Certificates and of transfers and exchanges of 
     Certificates as provided in this Agreement.  Wilmington Trust Company is 
     hereby initially appointed Certificate Registrar for the purpose of 
     registering Certificates and transfers and exchanges of Certificates as 
     provided in this Agreement.

          (b)  Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Certificate 
     at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.7 (and subject 
     to the transfer restrictions contained in the Certificate Purchase 
     Agreement and in Section 9.2 with respect to General Partner 
     Certificates), the Owner Trustee shall execute, authenticate and deliver 
     (or shall cause the Authentication Agent to authenticate and deliver), 
     in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new 
     Certificates in authorized denominations of like Certificate Balance, 
     dated the date of authentication by the Owner Trustee or any 
     authenticating agent.  At the option of a Holder, Certificates may be 
     exchanged for other Certificates in authorized denominations of a like 
     Certificate Balance upon surrender of the Certificates to be exchanged 
     at the office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.7.

                                     -14-
<PAGE>

          (c)  Every Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of 
     transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of 
     transfer in form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate 
     Registrar duly executed by the Holder or his attorney duly authorized in 
     writing.  Each Certificate surrendered for registration of transfer or 
     exchange shall be canceled and subsequently disposed of by the Owner 
     Trustee in accordance with its customary practice.

          (d)  No service charge shall be made for any registration of 
     transfer or exchange of Certificates, but the Owner Trustee or the 
     Certificate Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover 
     any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with 
     any transfer or exchange of Certificates.

          (e)  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, 
     the Investor Certificates shall be issued only in transactions which are 
     not required to be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, and the 
     Seller may prevent any transfer, participation or other disposition of 
     any interest in any Investor Certificate if the Seller, in its sole and 
     absolute discretion, determines that such transfer, participation or 
     other disposition, if effected, would cause the Trust to be treated as a 
     publicly traded partnership under Section 7704 of the Code or the 
     Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

          Section 3.5.  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN CERTIFICATES.  
If (a) any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Certificate Registrar, 
or the Certificate Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the 
destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate, and (b) there is delivered to 
the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee such security or indemnity as 
may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence 
of notice to the Certificate Registrar or the Owner Trustee that such 
Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Owner Trustee on 
behalf of the Trust shall execute, authenticate and deliver (or the 
Authentication Agent shall authenticate and deliver), in exchange for or in 
lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new 
Certificate of like Certificate Balance.  In connection with the issuance of 
any new Certificate under this Section 3.5, the Owner Trustee may require the 
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge 
that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the 
fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar) 
connected therewith.  Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this 
Section 3.5 shall constitute conclusive evidence of ownership in the Trust, 
as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed 
Certificate shall be found at any time.

          Section 3.6.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.  Prior to due presentation of 
a Certificate for registration of transfer, the Owner Trustee, the 
Certificate Registrar and any agent of the Owner Trustee or the Certificate 
Registrar may treat the person in whose name any Certificate is registered as 
the owner of such Certificate for the purpose of receiving 

                                     -15-
<PAGE>

distributions pursuant to Section 5.2 and for all other purposes whatsoever, 
and neither the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar, nor any agent of 
the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar shall be affected by any 
notice to the contrary.

          Section 3.7.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.  The Owner Trustee 
shall maintain in Wilmington, Delaware, an office or offices or agency or 
agencies where Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer 
or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Owner Trustee in 
respect of the Certificates and the Related Documents may be served.  The 
Owner Trustee initially designates Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square 
North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001 as its 
principal corporate trust office for such purposes.  The Owner Trustee shall 
give prompt written notice to the Depositor and to the Certificateholders of 
any change in the location of the Certificate Register or any such office of 
agency.

          Section 3.8.  APPOINTMENT OF PAYING AGENT.  The Paying Agent shall 
make distributions to Certificateholders from the Certificate Distribution 
Account pursuant to Section 5.2 and shall report the amounts of such 
distributions to the Owner Trustee.  Any Paying Agent shall have the 
revocable power to withdraw funds from the Certificate Distribution Account 
for the purpose of making the distributions referred to above.  The Owner 
Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent if the Owner 
Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall have 
failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material 
respect.  The Paying Agent shall initially be Wilmington Trust Company, and 
any co-paying agent chosen by Wilmington Trust Company and acceptable to the 
Owner Trustee.  Wilmington Trust Company shall be permitted to resign as 
Paying Agent upon 30 days' written notice to the Owner Trustee.  In the event 
that Wilmington Trust Company shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the Owner 
Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent (which shall be a 
bank or trust company).  The Owner Trustee shall cause such successor Paying 
Agent or any additional Paying Agent appointed by the Owner Trustee to 
execute and deliver to the Owner Trustee an instrument in which such 
successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent shall agree with the Owner 
Trustee that as Paying Agent, such successor Paying Agent or additional 
Paying Agent will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the 
Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders 
entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Certificateholders.  
The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Owner Trustee, and 
upon removal of a Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall also return all funds 
in its possession to the Owner Trustee.  The provisions of Sections 7.1, 7.3, 
7.4 and 8.2 shall apply to the Owner Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent 
for so long as the Owner Trustee shall act as Paying Agent and, to the extent 
applicable, to any other paying agent appointed hereunder.  Any reference in 
this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless 
the context requires otherwise.

                                     -16-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                            ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE

          Section 4.1.  RESTRICTION ON POWER OF CERTIFICATEHOLDER.  No 
Certificateholder shall have any right to vote or in any manner otherwise 
control the operation and management of the Trust except as expressly 
provided in this Agreement.

          Section 4.2.  PRIOR NOTICE TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO 
CERTAIN MATTERS.  The Owner Trustee shall not take any of the following 
actions unless, at least 30 days before the taking of such action, the Owner 
Trustee shall have notified the Certificateholders in writing of the proposed 
action and the Certificateholders shall not have notified the Owner Trustee 
in writing prior to the 30th day after such notice is given that such 
Certificateholders have withheld consent or provided alternative direction:

          (a)  the election by the Trust to file an amendment to the 
     Certificate of Trust unless such amendment is required to be filed under 
     the Business Trust Statute or unless such amendment would not materially 
     and adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders;

          (b)  the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture in 
     circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required unless (i) 
     such amendment would not materially and adversely affect the interests 
     of the Certificateholders or (ii) such amendment is made in connection 
     with a Securitized Offering in accordance with the final sentence of 
     Section 11.1; or

          (c)  the amendment, change or modification of the Administration 
     Agreement, unless (i) such amendment would not materially and adversely 
     affect the interests of the Certificateholders or (ii) such amendment is 
     made in connection with a Securitized Offering in accordance with the 
     final sentence of Section 11.1.

          Section 4.3.  ACTION BY CERTIFICATEHOLDERS WITH RESPECT TO 
BANKRUPTCY. The Owner Trustee shall not have the power to commence a 
voluntary proceeding in bankruptcy relating to the Trust without the 
unanimous prior approval of all Certificateholders and the delivery to the 
Owner Trustee by each such Certificateholder of a certificate certifying that 
such Certificateholder reasonably believes that the Trust is insolvent.

          Section 4.4.  RESTRICTIONS ON CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' POWER.  No 
Certificateholder shall have any right by virtue or by availing itself of any 
provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action, or proceeding in 
equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement or any 
Related Document, unless such Certificateholder previously shall have given 
to the Owner Trustee a written notice of default and of the continuance 
thereof, as provided in this Agreement and unless Certificateholders 
evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance represented by the 
Certificates shall have made written request upon the 

                                     -17-
<PAGE>

Owner Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as 
Owner Trustee under this Agreement and shall have offered to the Owner 
Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the costs, 
expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Owner 
Trustee, for 30 days after its receipt of such notice, request, and offer of 
indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, 
suit, or proceeding, and during such 30-day period no request or waiver 
inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Owner Trustee 
pursuant to and in compliance with this Section or Section 6.3; it being 
understood and intended, and being expressly covenanted by each 
Certificateholder with every other Certificateholder and the Owner Trustee, 
that no one or more Holders of Certificates shall have any right in any 
manner whatever by virtue or by availing itself or themselves of any 
provisions of this Agreement to affect, disturb, or prejudice the rights of 
the Holders of any other of the Certificates, or to obtain or seek to obtain 
priority over or preference to any other such Holder, or to enforce any right 
under this Agreement, except in the manner provided in this Agreement and for 
the equal, ratable, and common benefit of all Certificateholders.  For the 
protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 4.4, each and 
every Certificateholder and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to such 
relief as can be given either at law or in equity.

                                    ARTICLE V
                   APPLICATION OF TRUST FUNDS; CERTAIN DUTIES

     Section 5.1.  TRUST ACCOUNTS.

          (a)  The Owner Trustee, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, 
     shall establish and maintain the Certificate Distribution Account in the 
     name of the Trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders.  The 
     Certificate Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account and 
     initially shall be a segregated trust account established with the Owner 
     Trustee and maintained with the Owner Trustee.

          (b)  The Owner Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest 
     in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Certificate 
     Distribution Account and in all proceeds thereof.  If, at any time, the 
     Certificate Distribution Account ceases to be an Eligible Account, the 
     Owner Trustee shall within 5 Business Days (or such longer period, not 
     to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent) 
     establish a new Certificate Distribution Account as an Eligible Account 
     and shall transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new 
     Certificate Distribution Account.

          (c)  All amounts held in the Certificate Distribution Account 
     shall, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, rules and 
     regulations, be invested, by the Owner Trustee, in Eligible Investments 
     that mature not later than one Business Day prior to the Distribution 
     Date for the Monthly Period to which such amounts relate.  Investments 
     in Eligible Investments shall be made in the name of the Trust, and such 

                                     -18-
<PAGE>

     investments shall not be sold or disposed of prior to their maturity.  
     Any investment of funds in the Trust Accounts shall be made in Eligible 
     Investments held by a financial institution in accordance with the 
     following requirements:  (a) all Eligible Investments shall be held in 
     an account with such financial institution in the name of the Trustee, 
     (b) with respect to securities held in such account, such securities 
     shall be (i) certificated securities (as such term is used in N.Y. UCC 
     Section 8-313(d)(i)), securities deemed to be certificated securities 
     under applicable regulations of the United States government, or 
     uncertificated securities issued by an issuer organized under the laws 
     of the State of New York or the State of Delaware, (ii) either (A) in 
     the possession of such institution, (B) in the possession of a clearing 
     corporation (as such term is used in Minn. Stat Section 336.8-313(g)) in 
     the State of New York, registered in the name of such clearing 
     corporation or its nominee, not endorsed for collection or surrender or 
     any other purpose not involving transfer, not containing any evidence of 
     a right or interest inconsistent with the Trustee's security interest 
     therein, and held by such clearing corporation in an account of such 
     institution, (C), held in an account of such institution with the 
     Federal Reserve Bank of New York or the Federal Reserve Bank of 
     Minneapolis, or (D) in the case of uncertificated securities, issued in 
     the name of such institution, and (iii) identified, by book entry or 
     otherwise, as held for the account of, or pledged to, the Trustee on the 
     records of such institution, and such institution shall have sent the 
     Trustee a confirmation thereof, (c) with respect to repurchase 
     obligations held in such account, such repurchase obligations shall be 
     identified by such institution, by book entry or otherwise, as held for 
     the account of, or pledged to, the Trustee on the records of such 
     institution, and the related securities shall be held in accordance with 
     the requirements of clause (b) above, and (d) with respect to other 
     Eligible Investments other than securities and repurchase agreements, 
     such Eligible Investments shall be held in a manner acceptable to the 
     Trustee.  Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Trustee shall have 
     sole control over each such investment and the income thereon, and any 
     certificate or other instrument evidencing any such investment, if any, 
     shall be delivered directly to the Trustee or its agent, together with 
     each document of transfer, if any, necessary to transfer title to such 
     investment to the Trustee in a manner which complies with this Section 
     5.1.  All interest, dividends, gains upon sale and other income from, or 
     earnings on investment of funds in the Certificate Distribution Account 
     shall be distributed on the next Distribution Date pursuant to Section 
     4.6 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Servicer shall deposit in 
     the Certificate Distribution Account an amount equal to any net loss on 
     such investments immediately as realized.

          Section 5.2.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS IN CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION
ACCOUNT.

          (a)  On each Distribution Date the Owner Trustee will, based on the 
     information contained in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on the 
     related Determination Date pursuant to Section 3.9(a) of the Sale and 
     Servicing Agreement, distribute to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata 
     basis, to the extent of the funds 

                                     -19-
<PAGE>

     available, amounts deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account 
     pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement on such 
     Distribution Date in the following order of priority:

               (i)  first, an amount equal to the Certificateholders' Interest
          Distributable Amount;

               (ii)  second, (x) an amount equal to the Certificateholders'
          Percentage of any Principal Funding Excess Amount and (y) an amount
          equal to the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount; and

               (iii)  third, any amounts due and owing to any Indemnified Party
          (as such term is used in the Certificate Purchase Agreement) under
          Section 11.01, Section 11.04 or Section 11.05 of the Certificate
          Purchase Agreement.

          (b)  On the date on which a Securitized Offering occurs, the Owner 
     Trustee will, based on the information contained in the Servicer's 
     Certificate delivered with respect to such Securitized Offering pursuant 
     to Section 3.9(a) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, distribute to the 
     Investor Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, to the extent of the 
     funds available, amounts deposited in the Certificate Distribution 
     Account pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement on 
     such Distribution Date in the following order of priority taking into 
     account any concurrent distribution made pursuant to Section 5.2(a):

               (i)  first, an amount equal to the Certificateholders' Interest
          Distributable Amount;

               (ii)  second, an amount equal to the Certificate Balance
          (excluding any portion thereof attributable to the General Partner
          Certificates); and

               (iii)  third, any amounts due and owing to any Indemnified Party
          (as such term is used in the Certificate Purchase Agreement) under
          Section 11.01, Section 11.04 or Section 11.05 of the Certificate
          Purchase Agreement.

     On such date, the Owner Trustee shall also, after making the 
     distributions referred to above, distribute to the General Partner such 
     funds and/or replacement certificates as shall be called for in the 
     agreements pursuant to which the Securitized Offering is completed.

          (c)  On the Distribution Date (i) following the date on which 
     amounts received in respect of the Seller's or the Servicer's exercise 
     of its option to purchase the corpus of the Trust pursuant to Sections 
     9.1(a) or (b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement are deposited in the 
     Certificate Distribution Account, (ii) on which Insolvency 

                                     -20-
<PAGE>

     Proceeds are deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account pursuant 
     to Section 9.1(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement (or on the 
     Distribution Date immediately following such deposit if such proceeds 
     are not deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on a 
     Distribution Date), or (iii) following the date on which the Indenture 
     Trustee makes payments of money or property in respect of liquidation of 
     the Trust Property pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Indenture and 
     deposits funds received in connection with such liquidation in the 
     Certificate Distribution Account, in each case based upon information 
     contained in a Servicer's Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 
     3.9(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Owner Trustee will 
     distribute to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata basis, such amounts 
     taking into account any concurrent distribution made pursuant to Section 
     5.2(a):

               (i)  first, an amount equal to the Certificateholders' Interest
          Distributable Amount;

               (ii)  second, an amount equal to the Certificate Balance; and

               (iii)  third, any amounts due and owing to any Indemnified Party
          (as such term is used in the Certificate Purchase Agreement) under
          Section 11.01, Section 11.04 or Section 11.05 of the Certificate
          Purchase Agreement.

          (d)  On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee shall send to 
     each Certificateholder the statement required pursuant to Section 4.9 of 
     the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          (e)  In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the 
     Trust's payment (or allocations of income) to a Certificateholder, such 
     tax shall reduce the amount otherwise distributable to the 
     Certificateholder in accordance with this Section.  The Owner Trustee is 
     hereby authorized and directed to retain from amounts otherwise 
     distributable to the Certificateholders sufficient funds for the payment 
     of any tax that is legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization 
     shall not prevent the Owner Trustee from contesting any such tax in 
     appropriate proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if 
     permitted by law, pending the outcome of such proceedings).  The amount 
     of any withholding tax imposed with respect to a Certificateholder shall 
     be treated as cash distributed to such Certificateholder at the time it 
     is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the appropriate taxing 
     authority.  If there is a possibility that withholding tax is payable 
     with respect to a distribution (such as a distribution to a non-U.S. 
     Certificateholder), the Owner Trustee may in its sole discretion 
     withhold such amounts in accordance with this paragraph (e).  In the 
     event that a Certificateholder wishes to apply for a refund of any such 
     withholding tax, the Owner Trustee shall reasonably cooperate with such 
     Certificateholder in making such claim so long as such Certificateholder 
     agrees to reimburse the Owner Trustee for any out-of-pocket expenses 
     incurred.

                                     -21-
<PAGE>

          (f)  Upon final liquidation of the Trust, by notice given to the 
     Owner Trustee by the Seller or the Servicer pursuant to Section 9.1 of 
     the Sale and Servicing Agreement, any funds remaining in the Certificate 
     Distribution Account after distribution of all amounts specified in this 
     Section 5.2 shall be distributed to the General Partner.

          Section 5.3.  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  Subject to Section 9.1(c) and 
9.3(b), distributions required to be made to Certificateholders on any 
Distribution Date shall be made to each Certificateholder of record on the 
preceding Record Date by wire transfer, in immediately available funds, to 
the account of such Holder at a bank or other entity having appropriate 
facilities therefor, which such Certificateholder shall have designated to 
the Certificate Registrar, with appropriate written wire transfer 
instructions, at least five Business Days prior to such Distribution Date.

          Section 5.4.  NO SEGREGATION OF MONIES; NO INTEREST.  Subject to 
Sections 5.1 and 5.2, monies received by the Owner Trustee hereunder need not 
be segregated in any manner except to the extent required by law or by the 
Sale and Servicing Agreement and may be deposited under such general 
conditions as may be prescribed by law, and the Owner Trustee shall not be 
liable for any interest thereon.  

          Section 5.5.  ACCOUNTING; REPORTS; TAX RETURNS.

          (a)  The Administrator has agreed pursuant to the Administration 
     Agreement that the Administrator shall (i) maintain (or cause to be 
     maintained) the books of the Trust on a calendar year basis on the 
     accrual method of accounting, (ii) deliver to each Certificateholder, as 
     may be required by the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations, such 
     information as may be required (including Form 1099 or Schedule K-1) to 
     enable each Certificateholder to prepare its Federal and state income 
     tax returns, (iii) if the Investor Certificates are deemed for federal 
     income tax purposes to represent an equity interest in the Trust, to 
     file or cause to be filed such tax returns relating to the Trust 
     (including a partnership information return, Form 1065), and direct the 
     Owner Trustee to make such elections as may from time to time be 
     required or appropriate under any applicable state or Federal statute or 
     rule or regulation thereunder so as to maintain the Trust's 
     characterization as a partnership for Federal income tax purposes, (iv) 
     collect or cause to be collected any withholding tax as described in and 
     in accordance with Section 5.2(c) with respect to income or 
     distributions to Certificateholders and (v) file or cause to be filed 
     all documents required to be filed by the Trust with the Securities and 
     Exchange Commission and otherwise take or cause to be taken all such 
     actions as are notified by the Servicer to the Administrator as being 
     required for the Trust's compliance with all applicable provisions of 
     state and federal securities laws. 

                                     -22-
<PAGE>

          (b)  The Owner Trustee shall make all elections pursuant to this 
     Section 5.5 as directed in writing by the General Partner, with the 
     consent of JPMD.  The Owner Trustee shall elect under Section 1278 of 
     the Code to include in income currently any market discount that accrues 
     with respect to the Receivables.  The Owner Trustee shall not make the 
     election provided under Section 754 of the Code.

          (c)  The Owner Trustee shall sign on behalf of the Trust the tax 
     returns of the Trust, unless applicable law requires a Certificateholder 
     to sign such documents, in which case such documents shall be signed by 
     the General Partner.  In signing any tax return of the Trust, the Owner 
     Trustee shall rely entirely upon, and shall have no liability for, 
     information or calculations provided by the General Partner.

          (d)  The General Partner shall be the "tax matters partner" of the 
     Trust pursuant to the Code.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                      AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OWNER TRUSTEE

          Section 6.1.  GENERAL AUTHORITY.  The Owner Trustee is authorized 
and directed to execute and deliver the Related Documents to which the Trust 
is to be a party and each certificate or other document attached as an 
exhibit to or contemplated by the Related Documents to which the Trust is to 
be a party and any amendment thereto (including any amendment entered into in 
connection with a Securitized Offering in accordance with the final sentence 
of Section 11.1 and any additional agreements called for by each such 
amendment), and on behalf of the Trust, to direct the Indenture Trustee to 
authenticate and deliver the Notes in the aggregate maximum principal amount 
of $200,000,000.  In addition to the foregoing, the Owner Trustee is 
authorized, but shall not be obligated, to take all actions required of the 
Trust pursuant to the Related Documents.  The Owner Trustee is further 
authorized, on behalf of the Trust, to enter into the Administration 
Agreement, to appoint, with the consent of JPMD, a successor Administrator 
and to take from time to time such action as JPMD recommends with respect to 
the Related Documents so long as such actions are consistent with the terms 
of the Related Documents.

          Section 6.2.  GENERAL DUTIES.  It shall be the duty of the Owner 
Trustee to discharge (or cause to be discharged through the Administrator or 
such agents as shall be appointed with the consent of JPMD) all of its 
responsibilities pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and the Related 
Documents and to administer the Trust in the interest of the 
Certificateholders, subject to the Related Documents and in accordance with 
the provisions of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner 
Trustee shall be deemed to have discharged its duties and responsibilities 
hereunder and under the Related Documents to the extent the Administrator has 
agreed in the Administration Agreement to perform any act or to discharge any 
duty of the Owner Trustee hereunder or under any Related Document, and


                                     -23-

<PAGE>

the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or failure of the 
Administrator to carry out its obligations under the Administration 
Agreement. 

          Section 6.3.  ACTION UPON INSTRUCTION.

          (a)  Subject to Article IV, the Certificate Majority shall have the
     exclusive right to direct the actions of the Owner Trustee in the
     management of the Trust, so long as such instructions are not inconsistent
     with the express terms set forth herein or in any Related Document.  The
     Certificate Majority shall not instruct the Owner Trustee in a manner
     inconsistent with this Agreement or the Related Documents.

          (b)  The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action
     hereunder or under any Related Document if the Owner Trustee shall have
     reasonably determined, or shall have been advised by counsel, that such
     action is contrary to the terms hereof or of any Related Document or is
     otherwise contrary to law.

          (c)  Whenever the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between
     alternative courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this
     Agreement or any Related Document, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give
     notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to
     the Certificateholders requesting instruction as to the course of action to
     be adopted, and to the extent the Owner Trustee acts in good faith in
     accordance with any written instruction received from the Certificate
     Majority, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable on account of such action
     to any Person.  If the Owner Trustee shall not have received appropriate
     instruction within ten days of such notice (or within such shorter period
     of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary
     under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or
     refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or
     the Related Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the
     Certificateholders, and shall have no liability to any Person for such
     action or inaction.

          (d)  In the event that the Owner Trustee is unsure as to the
     application of any provision of this Agreement or any Related Document or
     any such provision is ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to
     be, in conflict with any other applicable provision, or in the event that
     this Agreement permits any determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent
     or is incomplete as to the course of action that the Owner Trustee is
     required to take with respect to a particular set of facts, the Owner
     Trustee may give notice (in such form as shall be appropriate under the
     circumstances) to the Certificateholders requesting instruction and, to the
     extent that the Owner Trustee acts or refrains from acting in good faith in
     accordance with any such instruction received from a Certificate Majority,
     the Owner Trustee shall not be liable, on account of such action or
     inaction, to any Person.  If the Owner Trustee shall not have received
     appropriate instruction within 10 days of such notice (or 


                                      -24-

<PAGE>

     within such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such 
     notice or may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be 
     under no duty to, take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent
     with this Agreement or the Related Documents, as it shall deem to be in the
     best interests of the Certificateholders, and shall have no liability to 
     any Person for such action or inaction.

          Section 6.4.  NO DUTIES EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN
INSTRUCTIONS.  The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to
manage, make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of, or
otherwise deal with the Trust Property, or to otherwise take or refrain from
taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby
to which the Trust is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms of this
Agreement (including as provided in Section 6.2) or in any written instruction
received by the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3; and no implied duties or
obligations shall be read into this Agreement or any Related Document against
the Owner Trustee.  The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for
preparing, monitoring or filing any financing or continuation statements in any
public office at any time or otherwise to perfect or maintain the perfection of
any security interest or lien granted to it hereunder or to record this
Agreement or any Related Document; however, the Owner Trustee will from time to
time execute and deliver such financing or continuation statements as are
prepared by the Servicer and delivered to the Owner Trustee for its execution on
behalf of the Trust for the purpose of perfecting or maintaining the perfection
of such a security interest or lien or effecting such a recording.  The Owner
Trustee nevertheless agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense (and not
at the expense of the Trust), promptly take all action as may be necessary to
discharge any liens on any part of the Trust Property that are attributable to
claims against the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity that are not related
to the ownership or the administration of the Trust Property.

          Section 6.5.  NO ACTION EXCEPT UNDER SPECIFIED DOCUMENTS OR
INSTRUCTIONS.  The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose
of or otherwise deal with any part of, the Trust Property except (i) in
accordance with the powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the Owner
Trustee pursuant to this Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the Related
Documents and (iii) in accordance with any document or instruction delivered to
the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3.

          Section 6.6.  RESTRICTIONS.  The Owner Trustee shall not take any
action (a) that is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in
Section 2.3 or (b) that, to the actual knowledge of the Owner Trustee, would
result in the Trust's becoming taxable as a corporation for Federal income tax
purposes.  The Certificateholders shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take
action that would violate the provisions of this Section.


                                      -25-

<PAGE>

          Section 6.7.  ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT.
          
          (a)  The Administrator is authorized to execute on behalf of the Trust
     all documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as
     it shall be the duty of the Trust to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to
     the Related Documents.  Upon written request, the Owner Trustee shall
     execute and deliver to the Administrator a power of attorney appointing the
     Administrator its agent and attorney-in-fact to execute all such documents,
     reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions.

          (b)  If the Administrator shall resign or be removed pursuant to the
     terms of the Administration Agreement, the Owner Trustee may, and is hereby
     authorized and empowered to, subject to obtaining the prior written consent
     of JPMD, appoint or consent to the appointment of a successor Administrator
     pursuant to the Administration Agreement.

          (c)  If the Administration Agreement is terminated, the Owner Trustee
     may, and is hereby authorized and empowered to, subject to obtaining the
     prior written consent of JPMD, appoint or consent to the appointment of a
     Person to perform substantially the same duties as are assigned to the
     Administrator in the Administration Agreement pursuant to an agreement
     containing substantially the same provisions as are contained in the
     Administration Agreement.

          (d)  The Owner Trustee shall promptly notify each Certificateholder of
     any default by or misconduct of the Administrator under the Administration
     Agreement of which the Owner Trustee has received written notice or of
     which a Responsible Officer has actual knowledge.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                          CONCERNING THE OWNER TRUSTEE

          Section 7.1.  ACCEPTANCE OF TRUSTEE AND DUTIES.  The Owner Trustee
accepts the trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder
with respect to such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement.  The
Owner Trustee also agrees to disburse all monies actually received by it
constituting part of the Trust Property upon the terms of the Related Documents
and this Agreement.  The Owner Trustee shall not be answerable or accountable
hereunder or under any Related Document under any circumstances, except (i) for
its own willful misconduct or gross negligence, (ii) in the case of the
inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in Section 7.3, (iii) for
liabilities arising from the failure of the Owner Trustee to perform obligations
expressly undertaken by it in the last sentence of Section 6.4 hereof, (iv) for
any investments issued by the Owner Trustee or any branch or affiliate thereof
in its commercial capacity or (v) for taxes, fees or other charges on, based on
or measured by, any fees, commissions or compensation received by the Owner


                                      -26-

<PAGE>

Trustee in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or any Related Document.  In particular, but not by way of limitation
(and subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

          (a)  the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
     made in good faith by a Responsible Officer of the Owner Trustee;

          (b)  the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
     taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the
     instructions of the Certificate Majority;

          (c)  no provision of this Agreement or any Related Document shall
     require the Owner Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise incur any
     financial liability in the performance of any of its rights or powers
     hereunder or under any Related Document if the Owner Trustee shall have
     reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
     indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured or
     provided to it;

          (d)  under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be liable for
     indebtedness evidenced by or arising under this Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents, including the principal of and interest on the
     Certificates or the Notes;

          (e)  the Owner Trustee shall not be responsible for or in respect of
     the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement or for the due execution
     hereof by the Depositor or the General Partner or for the form, character,
     genuineness, sufficiency, value or validity of any of the Trust Property or
     for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of the Related Documents,
     other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificates, and the
     Owner Trustee shall in no event assume or incur any liability, duty, or
     obligation to the Custodian, the Indenture Trustee, any Noteholder or to
     any Certificateholder, other than as expressly provided for herein and in
     the Related Documents;

          (f)  the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or
     misconduct of the Administrator, the Custodian, the Indenture Trustee or
     the Servicer under any of the Related Documents or otherwise and the Owner
     Trustee shall have no obligation or liability to perform the obligations of
     the Trust under this Agreement or the Related Documents that are required
     to be performed by the Administrator under the Administration Agreement,
     the Custodian under the Custodian Agreement, the Indenture Trustee under
     the Indenture or the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and

          (g)  the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of
     the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to institute,
     conduct or defend any 


                                      -27-

<PAGE>

     litigation under this Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this 
     Agreement or any Related Document, at the request, order or direction of 
     the Certificate Majority, unless such Certificate Majority has offered 
     to the Owner Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against 
     the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred by the Owner 
     Trustee therein or thereby.  The right of the Owner Trustee to perform 
     any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or in any Related 
     Document shall not be construed as a duty, and the Owner Trustee shall 
     not be answerable for other than its gross negligence or willful 
     misconduct in the performance of any such act.

          Section 7.2.  FURNISHING OF DOCUMENTS.  The Owner Trustee shall
furnish to the Certificateholders promptly upon receipt of a written request
therefor, duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands,
certificates, financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the
Owner Trustee under the Related Documents unless the Certificateholders have
previously received such items.

          Section 7.3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The Owner Trustee
hereby represents and warrants to the Depositor and the Certificateholders that:

          (a)  It is a banking corporation duly organized and validly existing
     in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  It has all
     requisite corporate power and authority and all franchises, grants,
     authorizations, consents, orders and approvals from all governmental
     authorities necessary to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under
     this Agreement and each Related Document to which the Trust is a party.

          (b)  It has taken all corporate action necessary to authorize the
     execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and each Related Document to
     which the Trust is a party, and this Agreement and each Related Document
     will be executed and delivered by one of its officers who is duly
     authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its behalf.

          (c)  Neither the execution nor the delivery by it of this Agreement,
     nor the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby nor
     compliance by it with any of the terms or provisions hereof will contravene
     any Federal or Delaware law, governmental rule or regulation governing the
     banking or trust powers of the Owner Trustee or any judgment or order
     binding on it, or constitute any default under its charter documents or
     by-laws or any indenture, mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to
     which it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound or
     result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance on
     the Trust Property resulting from actions by or claims against the Owner
     Trustee individually which are unrelated to this Agreement or the Related
     Documents.


                                      -28-

<PAGE>

          Section 7.4.  RELIANCE; ADVICE OF COUNSEL.

          (a)  The Owner Trustee shall incur no liability to anyone in acting
     upon any signature, instrument, notice, resolution, request, consent,
     order, certificate, report, opinion, bond, or other document or paper
     believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed by the proper
     party or parties.  The Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of a
     resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any
     corporate party as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly
     adopted by such body and that the same is in full force and effect.  As to
     any fact or matter the method of the determination of which is not
     specifically prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for all purposes
     hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the president or any vice president
     or by the treasurer or other authorized officers of the relevant party, as
     to such fact or matter, and such certificate shall constitute full
     protection to the Owner Trustee for any action taken or omitted to be taken
     by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

          (b)  In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in
     the performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the
     Related Documents, the Owner Trustee (i) may act directly or through its
     agents or attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them,
     and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or misconduct of
     such agents or attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been
     selected by the Owner Trustee with reasonable care, and (ii) may consult
     with counsel, accountants and other skilled persons to be selected with
     reasonable care and employed by it.  The Owner Trustee shall not be liable
     for anything done, suffered or omitted in good faith by it in accordance
     with the written opinion or advice of any such counsel, accountants or
     other such persons and not contrary to this Agreement or any Related
     Document.

          Section 7.5.  NOT ACTING IN INDIVIDUAL CAPACITY.  Except as provided
in this Article VII, in accepting the trusts hereby created Wilmington Trust
Company acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its individual
capacity and all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by reason of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Related Document shall
look only to the Trust Property for payment or satisfaction thereof.

          Section 7.6.  OWNER TRUSTEE NOT LIABLE FOR CERTIFICATES, NOTES OR
RECEIVABLES.  The recitals contained herein and in the Certificates (other than
the signature and counter-signature of the Owner Trustee on the Certificates)
shall be taken as the statements of the Depositor (other than the signature or
countersignature of the Owner Trustee on the Notes), and the Owner Trustee
assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof.  The Owner Trustee makes
no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, of any
Related Document or of the Certificates (other than the signature and
counter-signature of the Owner Trustee on the Certificates) or the Notes (other
than the 


                                      -29-

<PAGE>

signature or counter-signature of the Owner Trustee on the Notes), or of any 
Receivable or related documents.  The Owner Trustee shall at no time have any 
responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality, validity and 
enforceability of any Receivable, or the perfection and priority of any 
security interest created by any Receivable in any Financed Vehicle or the 
maintenance of any such perfection and priority of any security interest 
created by any Receivable in any Financed Vehicle or the maintenance of any 
such perfection and priority, or for or with respect to the sufficiency of 
the Trust Property or its ability to generate the payments to be distributed 
to Certificateholders under this Agreement or the Noteholders under the 
Indenture, including, without limitation:  the existence, condition and 
ownership of any Financed Vehicle; the existence and enforceability of any 
insurance thereon; the existence and contents of any Receivable or any 
computer or other record thereof; the validity of the assignment of any 
Receivable to the Trust or of any intervening assignment; the completeness of 
any Receivable; the performance or enforcement of any Receivable; the 
compliance by the Seller or the Servicer with any warranty or representation 
made under any Related Document or in any related document or the accuracy of 
any such warranty or representation or any action of the Indenture Trustee, 
the Custodian or the Servicer taken in the name of the Owner Trustee.

          Section 7.7.  OWNER TRUSTEE MAY OWN CERTIFICATES AND NOTES.  The Owner
Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Certificates or Notes and may deal with the Depositors, the Seller, the
Indenture Trustee and the Servicer in banking or other transactions with the
same rights as it would have if it were not Owner Trustee.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                          COMPENSATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE

          Section 8.1.  OWNER TRUSTEE'S FEES AND EXPENSES.  The Owner Trustee
shall receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been
separately agreed upon before the date hereof between OFL and the Owner Trustee,
and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by OFL for its other
reasonable expenses hereunder, including the reasonable compensation, expenses
and disbursements of such agents, representatives, experts and counsel as the
Owner Trustee may employ in connection with the exercise and performance of its
rights and its duties hereunder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Owner Trustee shall
only be entitled to reimbursement for expenses hereunder to the extent such
expenses (i) are fees of outside counsel engaged by the Owner Trustee in respect
of the performance of its obligations hereunder or (ii) relate to the
performance of its obligations pursuant to Section 5.5 hereof.

          Section 8.2.  INDEMNIFICATION.  OFL shall be liable as primary obligor
for, and shall indemnify the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity and its
successors, assigns, agents and servants, and any co-trustee (including William
J. Wade) (collectively, the 


                                      -30-

<PAGE>

"Indemnified Parties") from and against, any and all liabilities, 
obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims, actions and suits, and any and 
all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable legal 
fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever (collectively, 
"Expenses") which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted 
against the Owner Trustee or any Indemnified Party in any way relating to or 
arising out of this Agreement, the Related Documents, the Trust Property, the 
administration of the Trust Property or the action or inaction of the Owner 
Trustee hereunder, except only that OFL shall not be liable for or required 
to indemnify the Owner Trustee from and against Expenses arising or resulting 
from any of the matters described in the third sentence of Section 7.1.  The 
indemnities contained in this Section shall survive the resignation or 
termination of the Owner Trustee or the termination of this Agreement.

          Section 8.3.  NON-RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS.  Notwithstanding anything in
this Agreement or any Related Document, the Owner Trustee agrees in its
individual capacity and in its capacity as Owner Trustee for the Trust that all
obligations of the Trust to the Owner Trustee individually or as Owner Trustee
for the Trust shall be recourse to the Trust Property only and specifically
shall not be recourse to the assets of any Certificateholder.


                                   ARTICLE IX
                          TERMINATION; RECAPITALIZATION

          Section 9.1.  TERMINATION OF THE TRUST.

          (a)  The respective obligations and responsibilities of the Depositor,
     the General Partner and the Owner Trustee created by this Agreement and the
     Trust created by this Agreement shall terminate upon the latest of (i) the
     maturity or other liquidation of the last Receivable (including the
     purchase as of any Accounting Date by the Seller or the Servicer at its
     option of the corpus of the Trust as described in Section 9.1(a) and, if so
     specified by the Seller in writing, Section 9.1(b) of the Sale and
     Servicing Agreement) and the subsequent distribution of amounts in respect
     of such Receivables as provided in the Related Documents, (ii) the payment
     to Certificateholders of all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant
     to this Agreement (other than in connection with a Securitized Offering and
     an optional purchase under Section 9.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing
     Agreement where the Seller has not indicated that the Trust will
     terminate), or (iii) at the time provided in Section 9.2.  In any case,
     there shall be delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and
     the Rating Agencies an Opinion of Counsel that all applicable preference
     periods under federal, state and local bankruptcy, insolvency and similar
     laws have expired with respect to the payments pursuant to clause (ii);
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the trust created by this
     Agreement continue beyond the expiration of 21 years from the death of the
     last survivor of the descendants living on the date of this Agreement of
     Rose Kennedy of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; and PROVIDED, 


                                      -31-

<PAGE>

     FURTHER, that the rights to indemnification under Section 8.2 shall survive
     the termination of the Trust.  The Servicer shall promptly notify the Owner
     Trustee of any prospective termination pursuant to this Section 9.1. 
     Except as provided in Section 9.2, the bankruptcy, liquidation,
     dissolution, termination, resignation, expulsion, withdrawal, death or
     incapacity of any Certificateholder, shall not (x) operate to terminate
     this Agreement or the Trust, nor (y) entitle such Certificateholder's legal
     representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or to take any action or
     proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of all or any part of
     the Trust or Trust Property nor (z) otherwise affect the rights,
     obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto.

          (b)  Except as provided in Section 9.1(a), neither the Depositor nor
     any Certificateholder shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the Trust.

          (c)  Promptly upon receipt of notice of final distribution on the
     Certificates from the Seller or the Servicer given pursuant to Section 9.1
     of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Owner Trustee shall mail written
     notice to the Certificateholders specifying (i) the Distribution Date upon
     which final payment of the Certificates shall be made upon presentation and
     surrender of Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent therein
     specified, (ii) the amount of any such final payment, and (iii) that the
     Record Date otherwise applicable to such Distribution Date is not
     applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of the
     Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent therein specified.  The
     Owner Trustee shall give such notice to the Certificate Registrar at the
     time such notice is given to Certificateholders.  In the event such notice
     is given, the Indenture Trustee shall make deposits into the Certificate
     Distribution Account in accordance with Section 4.6 of the Sale and
     Servicing Agreement, or, in the case of an optional purchase of Receivables
     pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, shall deposit
     the amount specified in Section 9.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. 
     Upon presentation and surrender of the Certificates, the Paying Agent shall
     cause to be distributed to Certificateholders amounts distributable on such
     Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.2.

          (d)  In the event that all of the Certificateholders shall not
     surrender their Certificates for cancellation within six months after the
     date specified in the above-mentioned written notice, the Owner Trustee
     shall give a second written notice to the remaining Certificateholders to
     surrender their Certificates for cancellation and receive the final
     distribution with respect thereto.  If within one year after the second
     notice all the Certificates shall not have been surrendered for
     cancellation, the Owner Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint
     an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining
     Certificateholders concerning surrender of their Certificates, and the cost
     thereof shall be paid out of the funds and other assets that remain subject
     to this Agreement.  Any funds which are payable to Certificateholders
     remaining in 


                                      -32-

<PAGE>

     the Trust after exhaustion of such remedies shall be distributed by the 
     Owner Trustee to The United Way (but only upon termination of this 
     Agreement), and the Certificateholders, by acceptance of their 
     Certificates, hereby waive any rights with respect to such funds.

          (e)  Upon the winding up of the Trust and its termination, the Owner
     Trustee shall cause the Certificate of Trust to be canceled by filing a
     certificate of cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with
     the provisions of Section 3810 of the Business Trust Statute.

          Section 9.2.  DISSOLUTION EVENTS WITH RESPECT TO THE GENERAL PARTNER. 
In the event that a Dissolution Event shall occur with respect to the General
Partner, the Trust will terminate unless, within 90 days after the occurrence of
the Dissolution Event with respect to the General Partner (x) a Certificate
Majority agrees in writing to continue the business of the Trust and to the
appointment of a Person to hold the General Partner Certificates and to assume
the liabilities incident thereto and (y) the Owner Trustee requests and obtains
an opinion of counsel to the effect that a failure to terminate the Trust upon
the occurrence of such Dissolution Event (and the transfer, if any, of the
General Partner Certificates held by the General Partner that has suffered such
Dissolution Event) will not cause the Trust to be treated as an association (or
publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes.  Promptly after the occurrence of the events referred to in the
preceding sentence, (i) the General Partner shall give the Indenture Trustee and
the Owner Trustee written notice of the occurrence of such event, (ii) the Owner
Trustee shall, upon the receipt of such written notice, give prompt written
notice to the Certificateholders and the Indenture Trustee of the occurrence of
such event and (iii) the Indenture Trustee shall, upon receipt of written notice
of the occurrence of such event from the Owner Trustee or the Seller, give
prompt written notice to the Noteholders of the occurrence of such event;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any failure to give a notice required by this sentence
shall not prevent or delay, in any manner, a termination of the Trust pursuant
to the first sentence of this Section 9.2.  Upon a termination pursuant to this
Section, the Owner Trustee shall direct the Indenture Trustee to sell the assets
of the Trust (other than the Trust Accounts) at one or more private or public
sales conducted in any manner permitted by law.  The proceeds of such a sale of
the assets of the Trust shall be distributed as provided in Section 9.1(b) of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          Section 9.3.  SECURITIZED OFFERING.

          (a)  The Certificates shall be subject to redemption, upon not less
     than ten days prior notice from the General Partner to the Owner Trustee,
     in connection with a Securitized Offering, PROVIDED that funds sufficient
     to repay the Certificate Balance of the Investor Certificates and all
     accrued interest on the Certificates are deposited in the Certificate
     Distribution Account on or prior to the date of such Securitized Offering
     and distributed to the Certificateholders in accordance with 
     Section 5.2(b).


                                      -33-

<PAGE>

          (b)  Promptly upon receipt of notice of a Securitized Offering from
     the General Partner, the Owner Trustee shall notify the Certificateholders
     specifying (i) the date upon which final payment of the Certificates shall
     be made upon presentation and surrender of Certificates at the office of
     the Paying Agent therein specified, (ii) the amount of any such final
     payment, and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to any
     concurrent Distribution Date is not applicable, payments being made only
     (unless such condition is waived by the General Partner) upon presentation
     and surrender of the Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent therein
     specified.  Upon presentation and surrender of the Certificates (or without
     presentation and surrender, if waived by the General Partner), the Paying
     Agent shall cause to be distributed to Certificateholders amounts
     distributable in connection with such Securitized Offering pursuant to
     Section 5.2.  Following any such distribution in connection with a
     Securitized Offering, each Investor Certificateholder that has not
     presented and surrendered its Certificate as described above shall do so
     promptly, and the Investor Certificates shall be of no further force and
     effect, whether or not so presented and surrendered.


                                    ARTICLE X
             SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEES AND ADDITIONAL OWNER TRUSTEES

          Section 10.1.  ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Owner
Trustee shall at all times be a corporation (i) satisfying the provisions of
Section 3807(a) of the Business Trust Statute; (ii) authorized to exercise
corporate trust powers; (iii) having a combined capital and surplus of at least
$50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State
authorities; and (iv) having (or having a parent which has) a rating of at least
Baa3 by Moody's or BBB by Standard & Poor's.  If such corporation shall publish
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements
of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purpose of
this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be
deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent
report of condition so published.  In case at any time the Owner Trustee shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the
Owner Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
specified in Section 10.2.

          Section 10.2.  RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  The Owner
Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created
by giving written notice thereof to the General Partner and the Servicer at
least 30 days before the date specified in such instrument.  Upon receiving such
notice of resignation, the General Partner shall promptly appoint a successor
Owner Trustee meeting the qualifications set forth in Section 10.1 by written
instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the
resigning Owner Trustee and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee.  If no
successor Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted
appointment 


                                      -34-

<PAGE>

within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning 
Owner Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the 
appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

          If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of Section 10.1 and shall fail to resign after
written request therefor by the General Partner or if at any time the Owner
Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or
insolvent, or a receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be
appointed, or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Owner
Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation,
conservation or liquidation, then the General Partner, with the consent of JPMD
may remove the Owner Trustee.  If the General Partner shall remove the Owner
Trustee under the authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the General
Partner shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee meeting the
qualification requirements of Section 10.1 by written instrument, in duplicate,
one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner Trustee so
removed and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee and payment of all fees owed
to the outgoing Owner Trustee.

          Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall
not become effective until all fees and expenses, including any indemnity
payments, due to the outgoing Owner Trustee have been paid and until acceptance
of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 10.3.  The
General Partner shall provide notice of such resignation or removal of the Owner
Trustee to each of the Rating Agencies.

          Section 10.3.  SUCCESSOR OWNER TRUSTEE.  Any successor Owner Trustee
appointed pursuant to Section 10.2 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
General Partner and to its predecessor Owner Trustee an instrument accepting
such appointment under this Agreement, and thereupon the resignation or removal
of the predecessor Owner Trustee shall become effective and such successor Owner
Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested
with all the rights, powers, duties, and obligations of its predecessor under
this Agreement, with like effect as if originally named as Owner Trustee.  The
predecessor Owner Trustee shall deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all
documents and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement; and the
General Partner and the predecessor Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver such
instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and
certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such rights,
powers, duties, and obligations.

          No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in
this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee
shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.1.


                                      -35-

<PAGE>

          Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant
to this Section, the General Partner shall mail notice of the successor of such
Owner Trustee to all Certificateholders, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders
and the Rating Agencies.  If the General Partner shall fail to mail such notice
within 10 days after acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee,
the successor Owner Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense
of the General Partner.

          Section 10.4.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF OWNER TRUSTEE.  Any
corporation into which the Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with
which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee
hereunder, provided such corporation shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.1,
without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act on the part
of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,
and provided further that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice of such merger or
consolidation to the Rating Agencies.

          Section 10.5.  APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE OR SEPARATE TRUSTEE. 
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Trust Property or any Financed Vehicle may at the time be located, the
Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and
shall execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons
approved by the Owner Trustee to act as co-trustee, jointly with the Owner
Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the
Trust Property, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such title to the
Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this
Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the
Administrator and the Owner Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.  If the
Administrator shall not have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the
receipt by it of a request so to do, the Owner Trustee shall have the power to
make such appointment.  No co-trustee or separate trustee under this Agreement
shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee
pursuant to Section 10.1 and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or
separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 10.1.

          Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by
law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

          (i)  all rights, powers, duties, and obligations conferred or imposed
     upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised or performed
     by the Owner Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it
     being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized
     to act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such act), except to
     the extent that under any law of any 


                                      -36-

<PAGE>

     jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed the 
     Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or 
     acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties, and obligations 
     (including the holding of title to the Trust Property or any portion 
     thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly 
     by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the
     Owner Trustee;

          (ii)  no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally liable by
     reason of any act or omission of any other trustee under this Agreement;
     and

          (iii)  the Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting jointly may at
     any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or
     co-trustee.

          Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall
be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them.  Every instrument
appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article.  Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its
acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property
specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner
Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions
of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement
relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection
to, the Owner Trustee.  Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner
Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Administrator.

          Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new
or successor trustee.


                                   ARTICLE XI
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          Section 11.1.  AMENDMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the General
     Partner and the Owner Trustee, but without the consent of any of the
     Investor Certificateholders or Noteholders, (i) to cure any ambiguity, or
     (ii) to correct, supplement or modify any provisions in this Agreement;
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such


                                      -37-

<PAGE>

     action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect 
     in any material respect the interests of any Certificateholder or 
     Noteholder.  In addition, this Agreement and any Related Document may be 
     amended by the Depositor, the General Partner and the Owner Trustee (or, 
     in the case of a Related Document, the parties thereto), but without the 
     consent of any of the Investor Certificateholders, in connection with any 
     Securitized Offering, so long as it is a condition precedent to the 
     effectiveness of such amendment that the Certificate Balance and all 
     interest accrued on the Certificates be paid in full and that any 
     commitment to purchase additional Certificates or Notes under the 
     Certificate Purchase Agreement or the Note Purchase Agreement,
     respectively, has been terminated.

          (b)  This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the
     Depositor, the General Partner and the Owner Trustee with the consent of a
     Certificate Majority and, if such amendment materially and adversely
     affects the interests of Noteholders, the consent of a Note Majority (which
     consent of any Holder of a Certificate or Note given pursuant to this
     Section or pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement shall be
     conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all future Holders of such
     Investor Certificate or Note and of any Investor Certificate or Note issued
     upon the transfer thereof or in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof whether
     or not notation of such consent is made upon the Investor Certificate or
     Note) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner
     or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement, or of modifying in
     any manner the rights of the Holders of Certificates or Notes; PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, that, no such amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner
     the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of
     payments on Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made
     on any Certificate or Note or the Certificate Rate or the Note Interest
     Rate or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such
     amendment or any waiver hereunder, without the consent of the Holders of
     all Certificates and Notes then outstanding.

          (c)  Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent (other
     than an amendment described in the final sentence of Section 11.1(a)), the
     General Partner shall furnish written notification of the substance of such
     amendment or consent to each Rating Agency.

          (d)  Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent
     (other than an amendment described in the final sentence of Section
     11.1(a)), the Owner Trustee shall furnish written notification of the
     substance of such amendment or consent to each Certificateholder and the
     Indenture Trustee unless such parties have previously received such
     notification.

          (e)  It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders
     or Noteholders pursuant to Section 11.1(b) to approve the particular form
     of any


                                      -38-


<PAGE>

     proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent 
     shall approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such
     consents (and any other consents of Certificateholders and Noteholders
     provided for in this Agreement) and of evidencing the authorization of the
     execution thereof by Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable
     requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe, including the
     establishment of record dates.

          (f)  Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement (other
     than an amendment described in the final sentence of Section 11.1(a)), the
     Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion of
     Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or
     permitted by this Agreement and that all conditions precedent to the
     execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied.  The Owner
     Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment
     which affects the Owner Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under
     this Agreement or otherwise.

          Section 11.2.  NO RECOURSE.  Each Certificateholder by accepting a
Certificate acknowledges that such Certificateholder's Certificates represent
beneficial interests in the Trust only and do not represent interests in or
obligations of the Seller, the General Partner, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing and no recourse
may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may be expressly set
forth or contemplated in this Agreement, the Certificates or the Related
Documents.

          Section 11.3.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to
the principles of conflicts of laws thereof and the obligations, rights and
remedies of the parties under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance
with such laws.

          Section 11.4.  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates
or the rights of the Holders thereof.

          Section 11.5.  CERTIFICATES NONASSESSABLE AND FULLY PAID. 
Certificateholders shall not, except as expressly provided for herein with
respect to the General Partner, be personally liable for obligations of the
Trust, the fractional undivided interests in the Trust represented by the
Certificates shall be nonassessable for any losses or expenses of the Trust or
for any reason whatsoever, and Certificates upon execution thereof by the Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 3.3 are and shall be deemed fully paid.


                                      -39-


<PAGE>

          Section 11.6.  THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, no other Person shall have any right or obligation hereunder.

          Section 11.7.  COUNTERPARTS.  For the purpose of facilitating its
execution and for other purposes, this Agreement may be executed simultaneously
in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts shall be deemed to be
an original, and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same
instrument.

          Section 11.8.  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and communications under
this Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed by certified
mail-return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon
receipt (a) in the case of the General Partner or the Depositor, at the
following address:  7825 Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 
55439-2435, with copies to:  Olympic Financial Ltd., 7825 Washington Avenue
South, Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439-2435, Attention:  President, (b) in the
case of the Owner Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office and (c) in the case of
JPMD, at the following address:  902 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801,
Attention:  Asset Finance Group, or at such other address as shall be designated
by any such party in a written notice to the other parties.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Certificateholder
shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such
Holder as shown in the Certificate Register, and any notice so mailed within the
time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been
duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.






                                      -40-


<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Depositor, the General Partner and the Owner
Trustee have caused this Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective
officers as of the day and year first above written.

                         OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II


                         By    /s/ John A. Witham
                           ----------------------------------------------------
                           Name:   John A. Witham
                           Title:  Senior Vice President and
                                   Chief Financial Officer



                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY


                         By____________________________________________________
                           Name:   Emmett R. Harmon
                           Title:  Vice President


<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Depositor, the General Partner and the Owner
Trustee have caused this Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective
officers as of the day and year first above written.

                         OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II


                         By____________________________________________________
                           Name:   John A. Witham
                           Title:  Senior Vice President and
                                   Chief Financial Officer



                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY


                         By   /s/  Emmett R. Harmon
                           ----------------------------------------------------
                           Name:   Emmett R. Harmon
                           Title:  Vice President


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                            CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF
                OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST


          THIS Certificate of Trust of OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE
TRUST (the "Trust"), dated as of December 28, 1995, is being duly executed and
filed by Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware corporation, as trustee, to form a
business trust under the Delaware Business Trust Act (12 DEL. CODE, Section 3801
ET SEQ.).

          1.   NAME.  The name of the business trust formed hereby is OLYMPIC
AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST.

          2.   DELAWARE TRUSTEE.  The name and business address of the trustee
of the Trust in the State of Delaware is Wilmington Trust Company, Rodney Square
North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention: 
Corporate Trust Administration.

          3.   This Certificate of Trust will be effective December 28, 1995.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, being the sole trustee of the
Trust, has executed this Certificate of Trust as of the date first above
written.

                         Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual
                         capacity but solely as owner trustee under a Trust
                         Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995.


                         By____________________________________________________
                           Name:   Emmett R. Harmon
                           Title:  Vice President


<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                              [FORM OF CERTIFICATE]

                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST

                          VARIABLE FUNDING CERTIFICATE

          THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), IN RELIANCE UPON EXEMPTIONS PROVIDED BY
THE SECURITIES ACT.  NO RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE MADE
EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS UNDER STATE BLUE SKY OR
SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH PROVISIONS.  THE
TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE
TRUST AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.

          THE CERTIFICATES MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY (A) AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
(AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF ERISA) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE
1 OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975(E)(1) OF THE CODE OR (C) ANY
ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S
INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (EACH, A "BENEFIT PLAN").  BY ACCEPTING AND HOLDING
THIS CERTIFICATE, THE HOLDER HEREOF SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND
WARRANTED THAT IT IS NOT A BENEFIT PLAN.

          OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II MAY PREVENT ANY TRANSFER,
PARTICIPATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF ANY INTEREST IN THIS CERTIFICATE IF
OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II, IN ITS SOLE AND ABSOLUTE DISCRETION,
DETERMINES THAT SUCH TRANSFER, PARTICIPATION OR OTHER DISPOSITION, IF EFFECTED,
WOULD CAUSE THE TRUST TO BE TREATED AS A PUBLICLY TRADED PARTNERSHIP UNDER
SECTION 7704 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, OR THE TREASURY
REGULATIONS ISSUED THEREUNDER.

          This Certificate evidences a fractional undivided interest in the
Trust, as defined below, the property of which includes certain retail
installment sale contracts and promissory notes secured by new and used
automobiles and light trucks and sold to the Trust by Olympic Receivables
Finance Corp. II

          (This Certificate does not represent an obligation of, or an interest
in, Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, Olympic Financial Ltd. or any
affiliate of either of them.)

Certificate No.                    Certificate Balance:  $


<PAGE>

                  OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

          This is one of the Certificates referred to in the within-mentioned
Trust Agreement.

WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,                     WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
not in its individual capacity but            not in its individual capacity but
solely as Owner Trustee               or      solely as Owner Trustee

                                              By Wilmington Trust Company,
                                              Authenticating Agent

by_________________________________           by________________________________




                                      -2-


<PAGE>

          THIS CERTIFIES THAT______________________________is the registered 
owner of a nonassessable, fully-paid, fractional undivided interest in the 
Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust (the "Trust").  The Trust was 
created pursuant to a Trust Agreement, dated as of December 28, 1995 (the
"Trust Agreement"), between Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II and Wilmington
Trust Company, not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee (the
"Owner Trustee").  To the extent not otherwise defined herein, the capitalized
terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Trust Agreement or
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 28, 1995 (the "Sale and
Servicing Agreement"), among the Trust, Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II
(the "Seller"), Olympic Financial Ltd., in its individual capacity and as
servicer ("OFL" or the "Servicer"), and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as backup servicer, as applicable.

          This Certificate is one of the duly authorized Certificates designated
as "Variable Funding Certificates" (herein called the "Certificates").  The
Trust has also issued under the Indenture, dated as of December 28, 1995, among
the Trust and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee and
indenture collateral agent, Notes designated as Variable Funding Notes (the
"Notes").  This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms,
provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which Trust Agreement the
holder of this Certificate by virtue of the acceptance hereof assents and by
which such holder is bound.

          [ADD GRID AND REFERENCE TO SAME.]

          The Seller has structured the Agreement, the Certificates and the
Trust with the intention that the Certificates will qualify under applicable tax
law as indebtedness of the Seller, and both the Seller and each holder of a
Certificate or any interest therein by acceptance of its certificate or any
interest therein, agrees to treat the Certificates as indebtedness for purposes
of federal, state and local income or franchise taxes and any other tax imposed
on or measured by income.

          The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the
Depositor, the General Partner or the Servicer, as the case may be, and the
Owner Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof.  The Owner
Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Certificate or of any Receivable or related document.

          Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been
executed by an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual or facsimile
signature, this Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit
under the Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be valid for
any purpose.


                                      B-3


<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust and not
in its individual capacity has caused this Certificate to be duly executed.


Dated:______, 199_  OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                   WAREHOUSE TRUST

                                   By: WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                       not in its individual capacity but solely
                                       as Owner Trustee


                                   By:_________________________________________
                                     Name:  
                                     Title:

Attest:


_______________
Name:
Title:


                                       B-4


<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT


          FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
OF ASSIGNEE


(Please print or typewrite name and address, including postal zip code, of
assignee)



the within Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably
constituting and appointing



Attorney to transfer said Certificate on the books of the Certificate Registrar,
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated:
                             *   ______________________________________________
                                 Signature Guaranteed:


                             *   ______________________________________________


*NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as it
appears upon the face of the within Certificate in every particular, without
alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.  Such signature must be
guaranteed by a member firm of The New York Stock Exchange, Inc. or a commercial
bank or trust company.


                                      B-5


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                                                                                








                                    AMENDMENT

                            Dated as of June 12, 1996

                                       to

                                 TRUST AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 28, 1995

                                     between

                      OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II

                                       and

                            WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
                                  Owner Trustee




                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS



                                   ARTICLE II

                                    AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  Amendment to Section 1.1 of the Trust Agreement . . . . .   1
     SECTION 2.2.  Amendment to Section 3.2 of the Trust Agreement . . . . .   1
     SECTION 2.3.  Amendment to Section 6.1 of the Trust Agreement . . . . .   2
     SECTION 2.4.  Amendment to Section 11.8 of the Trust Agreement. . . . .   2


                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 3.1.  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 3.2.  Governing Law; Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 3.3.  Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 3.4.  Trust Agreement in Full Force and Effect as Amended . . .   2

                                      -i-


<PAGE>

     AMENDMENT dated as of June 12, 1996 (the "AMENDMENT") to TRUST AGREEMENT
dated as of December 28, 1995 (the "TRUST AGREEMENT"), between Olympic
Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware corporation (the "SELLER"), and
Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware Corporation, as Owner Trustee (in such
capacity, the "OWNER TRUSTEE").

     WHEREAS, the Depositor, the General Partner and the Owner Trustee have
entered into the Trust Agreement;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 11.1(b) of the Trust Agreement, the Depositor,
the General Partner and the Owner Trustee desire to amend the Trust Agreement in
certain respects as provided below;

     WHEREAS, a Certificate Majority and a Note Majority each has consented to
the terms of this Amendment as required by Section 11.1(b) of the Trust
Agreement;

     WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties that this Amendment be effective
as of the date set forth above (the "EFFECTIVENESS DATE");

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, defined
terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Trust
Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 1.1 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.  The
definition of "MAXIMUM CERTIFICATE BALANCE" in Section 1.1 of the Trust
Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

          MAXIMUM CERTIFICATE BALANCE: $29,700,000.

<PAGE>

     SECTION 2.2.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 3.2 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.  

     (a)  Section 3.2 of the Trust Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the
reference to the amount "$200,000" and substituting therefor "$300,000."

     (b)  Section 3.2 of the Trust Agreement is hereby further amended by adding
the following new subsection (c):

          (c)  Following a Trust Property Liquidation Date and payment in full
     of the Notes and Investor Certificates and any other expenses of the Trust,
     the General Partner may instruct the Owner Trustee to pay to the General
     Partner all or any portion of the funds remaining in the Collection
     Account.  The principal balance of the General Partner Certificates will be
     reduced by any amount so paid, and will thereafter be increased by any
     amount of funds deposited by the General Partner in the Collection Account.
     No Investor Certificates may thereafter be issued pursuant to Section
     3.2(b) unless the General Partner Certificates represent in excess of 1% of
     the Maximum Certificate Balance.

     SECTION 2.3.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 6.1 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.  Section 6.1
of the Trust Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the reference to the amount
"$200,000,000" and substituting therefor "$300,000,000."

     SECTION 2.4.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 11.8 OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT.  Section
11.8 of the Trust Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words "902 Market
Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801" and substituting therefor "500 Stanton
Christiana Road, Newark, Delaware 19713-2107."


                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 3.1.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the parties
hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original
and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement.  This
Amendment shall become effective when the Owner Trustee shall have received
(a) counterparts hereof executed on behalf of the Seller, the General Partner
and the Owner Trustee, (b) the consents of JPMD, as sole Certificateholder, and
as Administrative Agent for Delaware Funding Corporation, the sole Noteholder,
to the terms of this Amendment and (c) evidence of written notice to each of
S & P, Moody's and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Indenture
Trustee, of this Amendment.

     SECTION 3.2.  GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE 

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE.  This Amendment and the Trust 
Agreement (and all exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) constitute the 
entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject 
matter hereof and supersede any prior agreements, written or oral, with 
respect thereto.

     SECTION 3.3.  HEADINGS.  The various headings of this Amendment are
inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Amendment or any provisions hereof or thereof.

     SECTION 3.4.  TRUST AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS AMENDED.  Except
as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and conditions of the Trust
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  All references to the Trust
Agreement in any other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean the Trust
Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.  This Amendment shall not constitute a
novation of the Trust Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment thereto.  The
parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and obligations of the Trust
Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, as though the terms and conditions of
the Trust Agreement were set forth herein.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers, all as of the date and
year first above written.

                         DEPOSITOR AND GENERAL PARTNER:

                         OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


                         OWNER TRUSTEE:

                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY
                             not in its individual capacity but solely as
                             Owner Trustee



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


CONSENTS:

MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as sole Certificateholder, and as
Administrative Agent for Delaware Funding Corporation, as sole Noteholder


By:                               
   Name:
   Title:

                                      -4-



<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------





                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST

                             Variable Funding Notes







                       -----------------------------------


                                    INDENTURE


                          Dated as of December 28, 1995



                       -----------------------------------





                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                     Trustee




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     SECTION 1.01.  Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 1.02.  Rules of Construction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    THE NOTES

     SECTION 2.01.  Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     SECTION 2.02.  Execution, Authentication and Delivery . . . . . . . . .  10
     SECTION 2.03.  Additional Issuances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     SECTION 2.04.  Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange. . .  11
     SECTION 2.05.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes . . . . . . .  13
     SECTION 2.06.  Person Deemed Owner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
     SECTION 2.07.  Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest. .  14
     SECTION 2.08.  Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

                                   ARTICLE III

                                    COVENANTS

     SECTION 3.01.  Payment of Principal, Interest and Premium . . . . . . .  15
     SECTION 3.02.  Maintenance of Office or Agency. . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
     SECTION 3.03.  Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust . . . . . . . . .  16
     SECTION 3.04.  Existence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     SECTION 3.05.  Protection of Trust Estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
     SECTION 3.06.  Opinions as to Trust Estate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
     SECTION 3.07.  Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables . .  18
     SECTION 3.08.  Negative Covenants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
     SECTION 3.09.  Annual Statement as to Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . .  20
     SECTION 3.10.  Issuer May Consolidate, etc. Only on Certain Terms . . .  20
     SECTION 3.11.  Successor or Transferee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
     SECTION 3.12.  No Other Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
     SECTION 3.13.  No Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     SECTION 3.14.  Servicer's Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23


                                      - i -

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

     SECTION 3.15.  Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities. . . .  23
     SECTION 3.16.  Capital Expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     SECTION 3.17.  Restricted Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     SECTION 3.18.  Notice of Events of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
     SECTION 3.19.  Further Instruments and Acts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     SECTION 3.20.  Compliance with Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     SECTION 3.21.  Amendments of Sale and Servicing Agreement and Trust
                    Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     SECTION 3.22.  [Reserved] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
     SECTION 3.23.  Income Tax Characterization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

                                   ARTICLE IV

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     SECTION 4.01.  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. . . . . . . . .  24
     SECTION 4.02.  Application of Trust Money . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
     SECTION 4.03.  Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent . . . . . . . .  25
     SECTION 4.04.  Release of Trust Estate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    REMEDIES

     SECTION 5.01.  Events of Default. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26
     SECTION 5.02.  Rights upon Event of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
     SECTION 5.03.  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
                    Trustee; Authority of Controlling Party. . . . . . . . .  27
     SECTION 5.04.  Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
     SECTION 5.05.  Optional Preservation of the Receivables . . . . . . . .  30
     SECTION 5.06.  Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
     SECTION 5.07.  Limitation of Suits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
     SECTION 5.08. [Reserved]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     SECTION 5.09.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     SECTION 5.10.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
     SECTION 5.11.  Delay or Omission Not a Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
     SECTION 5.12.  Control by Noteholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
     SECTION 5.13.  Waiver of Past Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
     SECTION 5.14.  Undertaking for Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
     SECTION 5.15.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
     SECTION 5.16.  Action on Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34


                                     - ii -

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

     SECTION 5.17.  Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations . . .  35

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   THE TRUSTEE

     SECTION 6.01.  Duties of Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
     SECTION 6.02.  Rights of Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
     SECTION 6.03.  Individual Rights of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
     SECTION 6.04.  Trustee's Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
     SECTION 6.05.  Notice of Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
     SECTION 6.06.  Reports by Trustee to Holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
     SECTION 6.07.  Compensation and Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
     SECTION 6.08.  Replacement of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
     SECTION 6.09.  Successor Trustee by Merger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  42
     SECTION 6.10.  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee. . . . . .  42
     SECTION 6.11.  Eligibility; Disqualification. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  43

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS

     SECTION 7.01.  Issuer to Furnish to Trustee Names and Addresses of
                    Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     SECTION 7.02.  Preservation of Information; Communications to
                    Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES

     SECTION 8.01.  Collection of Money. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  44
     SECTION 8.02.  Trust Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  45
     SECTION 8.03.  General Provisions Regarding Accounts. . . . . . . . . .  45

                                   ARTICLE IX

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     SECTION 9.01.  Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders .  46
     SECTION 9.02.  Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Noteholders. . .  47
     SECTION 9.03.  Execution of Supplemental Indentures . . . . . . . . . .  49


                                     - iii -

<PAGE>

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

     SECTION 9.04.  Effect of Supplemental Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     SECTION 9.05.  [Reserved] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
     SECTION 9.06.  Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. . . . . .  49

                                    ARTICLE X

                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

     SECTION 10.01. Redemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
     SECTION 10.02. Form of Redemption Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
     SECTION 10.03. Notes Payable on Redemption Date . . . . . . . . . . . .  52

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 11.01. Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc. . . . . . . .  52
     SECTION 11.02. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . . . . . . . . .  54
     SECTION 11.03. Acts of Noteholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
     SECTION 11.04. Notices, etc., to Trustee, Issuer, JPMD and the Rating
                    Agencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
     SECTION 11.05. Notices to Noteholders; Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
     SECTION 11.06. Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. . . . . . . . .  56
     SECTION 11.07. [Reserved] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     SECTION 11.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents . . . . . . . .  57
     SECTION 11.09. Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     SECTION 11.10. Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     SECTION 11.11. Benefits of Indenture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     SECTION 11.12. Legal Holidays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     SECTION 11.13. Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     SECTION 11.14. Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  57
     SECTION 11.15. Recording of Indenture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     SECTION 11.16. Trust Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     SECTION 11.17. No Petition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     SECTION 11.18. Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  58
     SECTION 11.19. Limitation of Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  59

Exhibit A      Schedule of Receivables
Exhibit B      Form of Variable Funding Note
Exhibit C      Letter Agreement Between OFL and the Trustee and Other Fee 
               Letters


                                     - iv -

<PAGE>

     INDENTURE, dated as of December 28, 1995, between OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE
RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST, a Delaware business trust (the "Issuer"), and
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, in
its capacities as trustee (the "Trustee") and not in its individual capacity.

     Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for the
equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer's Variable Funding Notes
(the "Notes"):

     As security for the payment and performance by the Issuer of its
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, the Issuer has agreed to assign
the Indenture Collateral (as defined below) as collateral to the Trustee for the
benefit of the Noteholders.


                                 GRANTING CLAUSE

     The Issuer hereby Grants to Trustee at the Closing Date for the benefit of
the Noteholders to secure the performance of the Secured Obligations, all of the
Issuer's right, title and interest in and to (a) the Receivables and all moneys
paid or payable thereon or in respect thereof after the applicable Cutoff Date
(including amounts due on or before the applicable Cutoff Date but received by
OFL, the Seller or the Issuer after such Cutoff Date); (b) an assignment of the
security interests of OFL in the Financed Vehicles; (c) the Insurance Policies
and any proceeds from any Insurance Policies relating to the Receivables, the
Obligors or the Financed Vehicles, including rebates of premiums, all Collateral
Insurance and any Force-Placed Insurance relating to the Receivables; (d) an
assignment of the rights of OFL or the Seller against Dealers with respect to
the Receivables under the Dealer Agreements and the Dealer Assignments, (e) all
items contained in the Receivable Files and any and all other documents or
election records that OFL keeps on file in accordance with its customary
procedures relating to the Receivables, the Obligors or the Financed Vehicles,
(f) an assignment of the rights of the Seller under the Purchase Agreement, 
(g) property (including the right to receive future Liquidation Proceeds) that
secures a Receivable and that has been acquired by or on behalf of the Trust
pursuant to liquidation of such Receivable, (h) the Trust Accounts and all funds
on deposit therein from time to time (other than the Certificate Distribution
Account), and in all investments and proceeds thereof (including all income
thereon), (i) the Purchase Agreement and each Assignment Agreement, including
the right assigned to the Issuer to cause OFL to repurchase Receivables from the
Seller under certain circumstances, (j) the Sale and Servicing Agreement and
each Transfer Agreement (including all rights of the Seller under the Purchase
Agreement and each Assignment Agreement assigned to the Issuer pursuant to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement), and (k) all present and future claims, demands,
causes and choses in action in respect of the Receivables and any or all of the
foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature
whatsoever in respect of the Receivables and any or all of the foregoing,
including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or
other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes,
drafts, acceptances, chattel 

<PAGE>

paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, 
rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and 
receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute all 
or part of or are included in the proceeds of the Receivables and any of the 
foregoing (collectively, the "Indenture Collateral").

     The Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes acknowledges such
Grant.  The Trustee on behalf of the Holders of the Notes accepts the trusts
under this Indenture in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and
agrees to perform its duties required in this Indenture to the best of its
ability to the end that the interests of the Holders of the Notes may be
adequately and effectively protected.


                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     SECTION 1.01.  DEFINITIONS.

     (a)  Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise
require, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth below for
all purposes of this Indenture.

     "ACT" has the meaning specified in Section 11.03(a).

     "ADMINISTRATOR" has the meaning specified therefor in the Trust Agreement.

     "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such Person.  For the purposes of this definition, "control" when
used with respect to such specified Person means the power to direct the
management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

     "AUTHORIZED OFFICER" means, with respect to the Issuer, any officer of the
Owner Trustee who is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee in matters relating
to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized Officers delivered
by the Owner Trustee to the Trustee on the Closing Date (as such list may be
modified or supplemented from time to time thereafter).

     "BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday
or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Minneapolis, Minnesota,
New York, New York, Wilmington, Delaware or any other location of any successor
Servicer, successor 


                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>

Owner Trustee or successor Trustee are authorized or obligated by law, 
executive order or governmental decree to remain closed.

     "CERTIFICATEHOLDER" has the meaning specified therefor in the Trust
Agreement.

     "CLOSING DATE" means December 28, 1995.

     "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "CONTROLLING PARTY" means the Note Majority and JPMD.

     "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE" means the principal office of the Trustee at which
at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered which
office at date of the execution of this Agreement is located at Sixth Street and
Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0069,  Attention:  Corporate
Trust Department; or at such other address as the Trustee may designate from
time to time by notice to the Noteholders, JPMD and the Issuer, or the principal
corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (the address of which the
successor Trustee will notify the Noteholders and the Issuer).

     "DEFAULT" means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of time
or both would become, an Event of Default.

     "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in Section 5.01.

     "EXECUTIVE OFFICER" means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President,
Executive Vice President, any Vice President, any Responsible Officer, the
Secretary or the Treasurer of such corporation; and with respect to any
partnership, any general partner thereof.

     "FINAL MATURITY DATE" means the earlier of (i) the Payment Date that is 85
months from the Purchase Termination Date and (ii) the date on which the Notes
are fully redeemed in accordance with this Indenture (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

     "GENERAL PARTNER" means Seller in its capacity as general partner of the
Trust, and any successors thereto as permitted by the Trust Agreement.

     "GRANT" means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate, remise,
release, convey, assign, transfer, create, and grant a lien upon and a security
interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and confirm pursuant
to this Indenture.  A Grant of the Indenture Collateral or of any other
agreement or instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none
of the obligations) of the Granting party thereunder, including the 


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>

immediate and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give 
receipt for principal and interest payments in respect of the Indenture 
Collateral and all other moneys payable thereunder, to give and receive 
notices and other communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to 
exercise all rights and options, to bring Proceedings in the name of the 
Granting party or otherwise and generally to do and receive anything that the 
Granting party is or may be entitled to do or receive thereunder or with 
respect thereto.

     "HOLDER" or "NOTEHOLDER" means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Note Register.

     "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person at any time, 
(a) indebtedness or liability of such Person for borrowed money whether or not
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments, or for the deferred
purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); 
(b) obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which should have been or
should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded
as capital leases; (c) current liabilities of such Person in respect of unfunded
vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended; (d) obligations issued for or
liabilities incurred on the account of such Person; (e) obligations or
liabilities of such Person arising under acceptance facilities; (f) obligations
of such Person under any guarantees, endorsements (other than for collection or
deposit in the ordinary course of business) and other contingent obligations to
purchase, to provide funds for payment, to supply funds to invest in any Person
or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss; (g) obligations of such Person
secured by any lien on property or assets of such Person, whether or not the
obligations have been assumed by such Person; or (h) obligations of such Person
under any interest rate or currency exchange agreement.

     "INDENTURE" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to
time.

     "INDENTURE COLLATERAL" has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of
this Indenture.

     "INDEPENDENT" means, when used with respect to any specified Person, that
the Person (a) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor upon the
Notes, the Seller and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons, (b) does
not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect financial
interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of
any of the foregoing Persons and (c) is not connected with the Issuer, any such
other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons as an
officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee, partner, director or person
performing similar functions.

     "INDEPENDENT CERTIFICATE" means a certificate or opinion to be delivered to
the Trustee under the circumstances described in, and otherwise complying with,
the applicable requirements of Section 11.01, made by an Independent appraiser
or other expert appointed 


                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>

by an Issuer Order and approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable 
care, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer has read 
the definition of "Independent" in this Indenture and that the signer is 
Independent within the meaning thereof.

     "INTEREST RATE" means the Note Interest Rate.

     "ISSUER" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor
replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and each other obligor on the
Notes.

     "ISSUER ORDER" and "ISSUER REQUEST" means a written order or request signed
in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and delivered to
the Trustee.

     "LETTER AGREEMENT" has the meaning specified in Section 6.07.

     "NON-CALLABLE NOTE" means a Note issued in connection with a
Recapitalization that is not subject to any right of OFL to purchase such Note
from its Holder pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement or otherwise.

     "NOTE" means the Variable Funding Notes substantially in the form of
Exhibit B.

     "NOTE OWNER" means with respect to any Notes, the Holder.

     "NOTE REGISTER" and "NOTE REGISTRAR" have the respective meanings specified
in Section 2.04.

     "OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed by any Authorized
Officer of the Issuer, under the circumstances described in, and otherwise
complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.01, and delivered to,
the Trustee. Unless otherwise specified, any reference in this Indenture to an
Officer's Certificate shall be to an Officer's Certificate of any Authorized
Officer of the Issuer.

     "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means one or more written opinions of counsel who may,
except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be employees of or
counsel to the Issuer and who shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and which
shall comply with any applicable requirements of Section 11.01, and shall be in
form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee.

     "OUTSTANDING" means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

          (i)  Notes theretofore canceled by the Note Registrar or delivered to
     the Note Registrar for cancellation;


                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>

          (ii)      Notes or portions thereof the payment for which money in the
     necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any
     Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes (provided, however,
     that if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been
     duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor, satisfactory
     to the Trustee, has been made); and

          (iii)     Notes in exchange for or in lieu of other Notes which have
     been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture unless proof
     satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are held by a
     bona fide purchaser;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes have given any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under
any Related Document, Notes owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the
Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons shall be
disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that the Trustee
knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned that have been
pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes
to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to
such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor upon the
Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons.

     "OUTSTANDING AMOUNT" means the aggregate principal amount of all Notes
Outstanding at the date of determination.

     "OWNER TRUSTEE" means Wilmington Trust Company, not in its individual
capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, or any successor
trustee under the Trust Agreement.

     "PAYING AGENT" means the Trustee or any other Person that meets the
eligibility standards for the Trustee specified in Section 6.11 and is
authorized by the Issuer to make the distributions from the Note Distribution
Account, including payment of principal of or interest on the Notes on behalf of
the Issuer.

     "PAYMENT DATE" means a Distribution Date.

     "PERSON" means any legal person including any individual, corporation,
estate, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity.

     "PROCEEDING" means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial or
administrative proceeding.


                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>

     "RECORD DATE" means, with respect to a Payment Date or Redemption Date, the
close of business on the last Business Day immediately preceding such Payment
Date or Redemption Date.

     "REDEMPTION DATE" means (a) in the case of a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.01(a) or a payment to Noteholders pursuant to 
Section 10.01(c), the date specified in the notice of redemption sent by the 
Servicer or the Issuer pursuant to Section 10.01(a) or 10.01(c), as applicable,
and Section 10.02 or (b) in the case of a redemption of Notes pursuant to 
Section 10.01(b) or 10.01(d), the date specified in the notice of redemption 
sent in accordance with Section 10.02.

     "REDEMPTION PRICE" means (a) in the case of a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.01 (a), (b) or (d), an amount equal to the principal
amount of the Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal
amount of Notes at the Interest Rate to but excluding the Redemption Date and
plus, any breakage payments (including the amounts to be deposited in the
Commercial Paper Funding Account pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement)
specified in the Note Purchase Agreement, or (b) in the case of a payment made
to Noteholders pursuant to Section 10.01(c), the amount on deposit in the Note
Distribution Account, but not in excess of the amount specified in clause (a)
above.

     "RELATED DOCUMENTS" means the Trust Agreement, the Certificates, the Notes,
the Purchase Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, each Assignment
Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, the Administration Agreement, the Note
Purchase Agreement, and the Certificate Purchase Agreement.  The Related
Documents executed by any party are referred to herein as "such party's Related
Documents," "its Related Documents" or by a similar expression.

     "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer of
the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust affairs
relating to the Trust Estate.

     "SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT" means the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of December 28, 1995, among the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer and
the Backup Servicer.

     "SECURED OBLIGATIONS" means all amounts and obligations which the Issuer
may at any time owe to or on behalf of the Trustee for the benefit of the
Noteholders under this Indenture or the Notes.

     "STATE" means any one of the 50 states of the United States of America or
the District of Columbia.

     "TERMINATION DATE" means the date on which the Trustee shall have received
payment and performance of all Secured Obligations.


                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>

     "TRUST ESTATE" means all money, instruments, rights and other property that
are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and security interest of this
Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders (including, without limitation, the
Indenture Collateral Granted to the Trustee), including all proceeds thereof.

     "TRUSTEE" means Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, a national
banking association, as Trustee under this Indenture, or any successor Trustee
under this Indenture.

     "UCC" means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform Commercial
Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as amended from time to time.

     (b)  Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may otherwise
require, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date for all purposes of
this Indenture, and the definitions of such terms are equally applicable both to
the singular and plural forms of such terms:

                                              Section of Sale and
Term                                          Servicing Agreement
- ----                                          -------------------

Administration Agreement . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Assignment Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Backup Servicer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Certificate Balance. . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Certificate Distribution Account . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Collateral Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Collection Account . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Custodian. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Cutoff Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Dealer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Dealer Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Dealer Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Distribution Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Eligible Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Eligible Investments . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Facility Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Facility Limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Financed Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Forced-Placed Insurance. . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Insurance Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
JPMD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Lien . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1


                                      - 8 -

<PAGE>

Liquidation Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Lockbox Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Lockbox Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Monthly Period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Moody's. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Note Distribution Account. . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Note Interest Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Note Majority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Note Purchase Agreement. . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Obligor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
OFL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Principal Funding Excess Amount. . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Purchase Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Purchase Termination Date. . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Rating Agency. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Rating Agency Condition. . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Recapitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Receivable File. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Schedule of Receivables. . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Securitized Offering . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Servicer Termination Event . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Standard & Poor's. . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Transfer Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Transfer Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Trust Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1
Trust Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       Section 1.1


     SECTION 1.02.  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.  Unless otherwise specified:

               (i)   a term has the meaning assigned to it;

               (ii)  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
          assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting
          principles as in effect from time to time;

               (iii) "or" is not exclusive;

               (iv)  "including" means including without limitation;


                                      - 9 -

<PAGE>

               (v)   words in the singular include the plural and words in the
          plural include the singular; and

               (vi)  references to Sections, Subsections, Schedules and Exhibits
          shall refer to such portions of this Indenture.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    THE NOTES

     SECTION 2.01.  FORM.  The Notes, together with the Trustee's certificate of
authentication, shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B, with
such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as
are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers
or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon
as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such
Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes.  Any portion of the text of
any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference
thereto on the face of the Note.

     The Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or engraved or
produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel engraved
borders), all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced
by their execution of such Notes.

     Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The terms of the
Notes set forth in Exhibit B are part of the terms of this Indenture.

     SECTION 2.02.  EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY.  The Notes shall be
executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers.  The
signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or
facsimile.

     Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at
any time Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.

     The Trustee shall upon receipt of the Issuer Order authenticate and deliver
Notes for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of up to $200,000,000.
The aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed
that amount. 

     Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.  The Notes shall
be issued in minimum initial denominations and in such integral multiples as are
necessary to comply with the terms of this Agreement and the Related Documents.


                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>

     No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid
or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate
of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the
Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized signatories, and such
certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence,
that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

     SECTION 2.03.  ADDITIONAL ISSUANCES.  

     (a)  On each Business Day that is a Transfer Date under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement and upon meeting all conditions precedent to the purchase of
additional principal amounts of Notes under the Note Purchase Agreement, the
Issuer may instruct the Trustee by rendering an Issuer Order to indicate or
cause the Note Registrar to indicate in the Note Register that the outstanding
principal amount of Notes held by each Noteholder is increased pro rata, in
accordance with the outstanding principal balance held by such Noteholder, by an
aggregate amount for all Notes equal to (x) the aggregate outstanding principal
balance of Receivables transferred to the Trust on such Transfer Date, less (y)
the amount of any increase in the outstanding Certificate Balance of
Certificates related to such Receivables transferred on the Transfer Date.  The
Trustee shall, upon receipt of the Issuer Order and funds in the amount of the
increase in principal balance of Notes from the Noteholders or their agent,
instruct the Note Registrar to indicate in the Note Register such increase in
the principal amount of Notes.  The Outstanding Amount of Notes may never exceed
the maximum aggregate principal amount of Notes as specified in the Note
Purchase Agreement.  No increase in the principal balance of Notes shall be
effective until the Outstanding Amount of Certificates equals $19,800,000.00.

     (b)  Upon any Recapitalization, upon satisfaction of the applicable
requirements of Article X of this Indenture, (i) the Trustee shall upon receipt
of the Issuer Order authenticate and deliver to the Holders (determined as of
the related Record Date) Non-Callable Notes in an aggregate principal amount
specified in the Issuer Order (which shall not exceed the then-outstanding
principal amount of the Notes and shall be allocated pro rata among the
Noteholders in accordance with outstanding principal amount of Notes held by
each), and (ii) the Issuer shall instruct the Trustee by rendering an Issuer
Order to indicate or cause the Note Registrar to indicate in the Note Register
that the outstanding principal amount of Notes represented by the physical Notes
issued prior to the Recapitalization and held by each Noteholder is decreased by
the principal amount of the Non-Callable Notes issued to such Noteholder in that
Recapitalization, and Trustee shall make, or cause to be made such indication. 
After any Recapitalization, any increase made pursuant to paragraph (a) above
shall be made to Non-Callable Notes only to the extent specified in the Issuer
Order relating to that Recapitalization and otherwise shall be applied ratably
to the other outstanding Notes.

     SECTION 2.04.  REGISTRATION; REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE. The
Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the "Note Register") in which, subject
to such reasonable 


                                   - 11 -

<PAGE>


regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the 
registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of Notes.  The 
Trustee shall be "Note Registrar" for the purpose of registering Notes and 
transfers of Notes as herein provided.  Upon any resignation of any Note 
Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not 
to make such an appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar.

     If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note
Registrar, the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt written notice of the
appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the
location, of the Note Register, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect
the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the
Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of
the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof as to the names and addresses
of the Holders of the Notes and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.

     Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office or
agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.02, the Issuer
shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall
obtain from the Trustee, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Notes in any authorized denominations, of a like
aggregate principal amount.

     At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes in any
authorized denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender
of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever any Notes are
so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the Trustee, the Notes which
the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

     All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and
entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

     Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder
thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, with such
signature guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a
correspondent located, in The City of New York or the city in which the
Corporate Trust Office is located, or by a member firm of a national securities
exchange, and such other documents as the Trustee may require.

     No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer or the Trustee may require payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection with any 

                                   - 12 -

<PAGE>

registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant 
to Section 2.03 or 9.06 not involving any transfer.

     The preceding provisions of this section notwithstanding, the Issuer shall
not be required to make and the Note Registrar need not register transfers or
exchanges of Notes selected for redemption or of any Note for a period of 15
days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Note.

     SECTION 2.05.  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN NOTES.  If (i) any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence
to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii)
there is delivered to the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required
by them to hold the Issuer and the Trustee harmless, then, in the absence of
notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or the Trustee that such Note has been
acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Issuer shall execute and upon its request
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any
such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated
Note, shall have become or within seven days shall be due and payable, or shall
have been called for redemption, instead of issuing a replacement Note, the
Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or
upon the Redemption Date without surrender thereof.  If, after the delivery of
such replacement Note or payment of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to
the proviso to the preceding sentence, a bona fide purchaser of the original
Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment such
original Note, the Issuer and the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such
replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or
any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such
replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a bona
fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity
provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by
the Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith.

     Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, the Issuer or
the Trustee may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and
expenses of the Trustee or the Note Registrar) connected therewith.

     Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement of
any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and
shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

                                   - 13 -

<PAGE>

     The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

     SECTION 2.06.  PERSON DEEMED OWNER.  Prior to due presentment for
registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of
the Issuer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name any Note is
registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner of such Note for the
purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any, on such Note
and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and
none of the Issuer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall
be affected by notice to the contrary.

     SECTION 2.07.  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST; DEFAULTED INTEREST.

          (a)  The Notes shall accrue interest as provided herein and in the
     form of Note set forth in Exhibit B, and such interest shall be payable on
     each Payment Date and Redemption Date as specified herein and therein.  Any
     installment of interest or principal, if any, payable on any Note which is
     punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer on the applicable
     Payment Date and Redemption Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name
     such Note (or one or more predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record
     Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account
     designated by such Person and except for (i) the final installment of
     principal payable with respect to such Note on a Payment Date and (ii) the
     Redemption Price for any Note called for redemption pursuant to Section
     10.01(a), which shall be payable as provided below.  Any funds for which
     proper wire instructions have not been received shall be held in accordance
     with Section 3.03.

          (b)  The principal of each Note shall be payable in installments on
     Payment Dates and Redemption Dates as provided herein and in the form of
     the Notes.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal
     amount of the Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously paid, on
     the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing, so long as the Controlling Party has declared the Notes to be
     immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.02.  All
     principal payments on the Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders. 
     If Non-Callable Notes are issued, principal payments shall also be made pro
     rata between the Non-Callable Notes and any other outstanding Notes, based
     upon their respective principal amounts on the Record Date preceding the
     applicable Payment Date or Redemption Date.  The Trustee shall notify the
     Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on the
     Record Date preceding the Payment Date on which the Issuer expects that the
     final installment of principal of and interest on such Note will be paid. 
     Such notice shall be mailed no later than five days prior to such final
     Payment Date and shall specify that such final installment will be payable
     only upon presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify the
     place where 


                                   - 14 -

<PAGE>


     such Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such
     installment.  Notices in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be
     mailed to Noteholders as provided in Section 10.02.

     SECTION 2.08.  CANCELLATION. All Notes surrendered for payment,
registration of transfer, exchange or redemption shall, if surrendered to any
Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be promptly
canceled by the Trustee.  The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for
cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which
the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so
delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee.  No Notes shall be
authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in
this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  All canceled
Notes may be held or disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its standard
retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time unless the Issuer shall
direct by an Issuer Order that they be destroyed or returned to it, provided
that such Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed
of by the Trustee.


                                   ARTICLE III

                                    COVENANTS

     SECTION 3.01.  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, INTEREST AND PREMIUM.  The Issuer will
duly and punctually pay the principal, interest and premium, if any, on the
Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.  Without
limiting the foregoing, the Issuer will cause to be distributed all amounts on
deposit in the Note Distribution Account on a Payment Date in accordance with
Section 8.02(b).  Amounts properly withheld under the Code by any Person from a
payment to any Noteholder of interest and/or principal shall be considered as
having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of this
Indenture.

     SECTION 3.02.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.  The Issuer will maintain
in Minneapolis or St. Paul, Minnesota, an office or agency where Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and where notices and
demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served.  The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Trustee to serve as its agent
for the foregoing purposes.  The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the
Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of any such office
or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such office or
agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all
such surrenders, notices and demands.


                                   - 15 -

<PAGE>


     SECTION 3.03.  MONEY FOR PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.  As provided in
Section 8.02, all payments of amounts due and payable with respect to any Notes
that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Note Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 8.02(b) shall be made on behalf of the Issuer by the Trustee
or by another Paying Agent, and no amounts so withdrawn from the Note
Distribution Account for payments of Notes shall be paid over to the Issuer.

     On or before each Payment Date and Redemption Date, the Issuer shall
deposit or cause to be deposited in the Note Distribution Account an aggregate
sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due, such sum to be held in
trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless the Paying
Agent is the Trustee) shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure
so to act.

     The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute
and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree
with the Trustee (and if the Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees),
subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

               (i)  hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due with
          respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
          thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise
          disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such Persons as
          herein provided;

               (ii) give the Trustee notice of any default (of which it has
          actual knowledge) by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes)
          in the making of any payment required to be made with respect to the
          Notes;

               (iii)     at any time during the continuance of any such default,
          upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee
          all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

               (iv) immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to
          the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if
          at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a
          Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and

               (v)  comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the
          withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any
          applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any
          applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

     The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by Issuer Order direct
any Paying

                                   - 16 -

<PAGE>


Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent, such 
sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which the 
sums were held by such Paying Agent; and upon such payment by any Paying 
Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further 
liability with respect to such money.

     SECTION 3.04.  EXISTENCE.  The Issuer will keep in full effect its
existence, rights and franchises as a business trust under the laws of the State
of Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes,
organized under the laws of any other state or of the United States of America,
in which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and
franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and
preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such
qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and
enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, the Indenture Collateral and each
other instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate.

     SECTION 3.05.  PROTECTION OF TRUST ESTATE.  The Issuer intends the security
interest Granted pursuant to this Indenture in favor of the Trustee to be prior
to all other liens in respect of the Trust Estate, and the Issuer shall take all
actions necessary to obtain and maintain, in favor of the Trustee, a first lien
on and a first priority, perfected security interest in the Trust Estate.  The
Issuer will from time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and
amendments hereto and all such financing statements, continuation statements,
instruments of further assurance and other instruments, all as prepared by the
Servicer and delivered to the Issuer, and will take such other action necessary
or advisable to:

               (i)  grant more effectively all or any portion of the Trust
          Estate;

               (ii) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest (and the
          priority thereof) in favor of the Trustee created by this Indenture or
          carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;

               (iii)     perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of
          any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

               (iv) enforce any of the Indenture Collateral;

               (v)  preserve and defend title to the Trust Estate and the rights
          of the Trustee in such Trust Estate against the claims of all persons
          and parties; or

               (vi) pay all taxes or assessments levied or assessed upon the
          Trust Estate when due.

                                   - 17 -

<PAGE>

The Issuer hereby designates the Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to
execute any financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument
required by the Trustee pursuant to this Section.

     SECTION 3.06.  OPINIONS AS TO TRUST ESTATE.  On the Closing Date, the
Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel either stating that,
in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the
recording and filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and
any other requisite documents, and with respect to the execution and filing of
any financing statements and continuation statements, as are necessary to
perfect and make effective the first priority lien and security interest in
favor of the Trustee, created by this Indenture and reciting the details of such
action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is
necessary to make such lien and security interest effective.

     SECTION 3.07.  PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS; SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES.

          (a)  The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts
     not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any
     Person from any of such Person's material covenants or obligations under
     any instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate or that would
     result in the amendment, hypothecation, subordination, termination or
     discharge of, or impair the validity or effectiveness of, any such
     instrument or agreement, except as expressly provided in this Indenture,
     the Sale and Servicing Agreement or such other instrument or agreement.

          (b)  The Issuer may contract with other Persons acceptable to the
     Controlling Party to assist it in performing its duties under this
     Indenture, and any performance of such duties by a Person identified to the
     Trustee in an Officer's Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to be
     action taken by the Issuer.  Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the
     Servicer and the Administrator to assist the Issuer in performing its
     duties under this Indenture.  The Owner Trustee shall not be responsible
     for the action or inaction of the Servicer or the Administrator.

          (c)  The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its
     obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the Related
     Documents and in the instruments and agreements included in the Trust
     Estate, including but not limited to filing or causing to be filed all UCC
     financing statements and continuation statements required to be filed by
     the terms of this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement in
     accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and
     therein.

          (d)  If the Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of a
     Servicer Termination Event under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
     Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, JPMD and the Rating Agencies
     thereof, and shall specify in such 

                                   - 18 -

<PAGE>

     notice the action, if any, the Issuer is taking with respect of such 
     default.  If a Servicer Termination Event shall arise from the failure 
     of the Servicer or the Seller to perform any of their respective duties 
     or obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement with respect to 
     the Receivables, the Issuer shall take all reasonable steps available to 
     it to remedy such failure.

          (e)  Upon any termination of the Servicer's rights and powers pursuant
     to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify the
     Trustee.  As soon as a successor Servicer is appointed, the Issuer shall
     notify the Trustee and JPMD of such appointment, specifying in such notice
     the name and address of such successor Servicer.

          (f)  The Issuer agrees that it will not waive timely performance or
     observance by the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Seller or OFL of their
     respective duties under the Related Documents without the prior consent of
     the Controlling Party.

     SECTION 3.08.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  Until the Termination Date, the Issuer
shall not:

               (i)  except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, the
          Purchase Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, sell,
          transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or
          assets of the Issuer, including those included in the Trust Estate,
          unless directed to do so by the Controlling Party;

               (ii) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the
          principal, interest or premium payable in respect of, the Notes (other
          than amounts properly withheld from such payments under the Code) or
          assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason of
          the payment of the taxes levied or assessed upon any part of the Trust
          Estate; or

               (iii)     (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this
          Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien in favor of the Trustee
          created by this Indenture to be amended, hypothecated, subordinated,
          terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any
          covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this
          Indenture except as may be expressly permitted hereby, (B) permit any
          lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other
          encumbrance (other than the lien in favor of the Trustee created by
          this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon
          or burden the Trust Estate or any part thereof or any interest therein
          or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics' liens and
          other liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on a Financed
          Vehicle and arising solely as a result of an 


                                    - 19 -

<PAGE>

          action or omission of the related Obligor), (C) permit the lien 
          in favor of the Trustee created by this Indenture not to 
          constitute a valid first priority (other than with respect to any 
          such tax, mechanics' or other lien) security interest in the 
          Trust Estate, or (D) amend, modify or fail to comply with the 
          provisions of the Related Documents without the prior written 
          consent of the Controlling Party.

     SECTION 3.09.  ANNUAL STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE.  The Issuer will deliver
to the Trustee and JPMD, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of
the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996), an
Officer's Certificate stating, as to the Authorized Officer signing such
Officer's Certificate, that

               (i)  a review of the activities of the Issuer during such year
          and of performance under this Indenture has been made under such
          Authorized Officer's supervision; and

               (ii) to the best of such Authorized Officer's knowledge, based on
          such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and covenants
          under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a
          default in the compliance of any such condition or covenant,
          specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the
          nature and status thereof.

     SECTION 3.10.  ISSUER MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC. ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS.

          (a)  The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other
     Person, unless

               (i)  the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving
          such consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and existing
          under the laws of the United States of America or any State and shall
          expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and
          delivered to the Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the
          Trustee and JPMD, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and
          interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of every
          agreement and covenant of this Indenture and each other Related
          Document on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as
          provided herein;

               (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
          Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

               (iii)     the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
          with respect to such transaction;

                                   - 20 -

<PAGE>


               (iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel which
          shall be delivered to and shall be satisfactory to the Trustee to the
          effect that such transaction will not have any material adverse tax
          consequence to the Trust, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

               (v)  any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security
          interest created in favor of the Trustee by this Indenture shall have
          been taken;

               (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
          Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall describe the
          actions taken as required by clause (a)(v) of this Section 3.10 or
          that no such actions will be taken) each stating that such
          consolidation or merger and such supplemental indenture comply with
          this Article III and that all conditions precedent herein provided for
          relating to such transaction have been compiled with; and

               (vii) the Issuer or the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed
          by or surviving such consolidation or merger has a net worth,
          immediately after such consolidation or merger, that is (a) greater
          than zero and (b) not less than the net worth of the Issuer
          immediately prior to giving effect to such consolidation or merger.

          (b)  The Issuer shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all
     of its properties or assets, including those included in the Trust Estate,
     to any Person (except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, the Purchase
     Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement), unless

               (i)  the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer the
          properties and assets of the Issuer shall (A) be a United States
          citizen or a Person organized and existing under the laws of the
          United States of America or any State, (B) expressly assume, by an
          indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee,
          in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee and the Note
          Majority, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and
          interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of every
          agreement and covenant of this Indenture and each Related Document on
          the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as provided
          herein, (C) expressly agree by means of such supplemental indenture
          that all right, title and interest so conveyed or transferred shall be
          subject and subordinate to the rights of Holders of the Notes and (D)
          unless otherwise provided in such supplemental indenture, expressly
          agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer against and
          from any loss, liability or expense arising under or related to this
          Indenture and the Notes;

                                   - 21 -

<PAGE>

               (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
          Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

               (iii)     the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
          with respect to such transaction;

               (iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel which
          shall be delivered to and shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and
          JPMD to the effect that such transaction will not have any material
          adverse tax consequence to the Trust, any Noteholder or any
          Certificateholder;

               (v)  any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security
          interest created in favor of the Trustee by this Indenture shall have
          been taken;

               (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
          Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall describe the
          actions taken as required by clause (b)(v) of this Section 3.10 or
          that no such actions will be taken) each stating that such conveyance
          or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article
          III and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to
          such transaction have been complied with; and

               (vii)      the Person acquiring by conveyance or transfer the
          properties or assets of the Issuer has a net worth, immediately after
          such conveyance or transfer, that is (a) greater than zero and (b) not
          less than the net worth of the Issuer immediately prior to giving
          effect to such conveyance or transfer.

     SECTION 3.11.  SUCCESSOR OR TRANSFEREE.

          (a)  Upon any consolidation or merger of the Issuer in accordance with
     Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or surviving such consolidation or
     merger (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed to, and be substituted for,
     and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under this Indenture
     with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Issuer herein.

          (b)  Upon a conveyance or transfer of all the assets and properties of
     the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.10(b), Olympic Automobile Receivables
     Warehouse Trust will be released from every covenant and agreement of this
     Indenture to be observed or performed on the part of the Issuer with
     respect to the Notes immediately upon the delivery of written notice to the
     Trustee stating that Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust is to
     be so released.

     SECTION 3.12.  NO OTHER BUSINESS.  The Issuer shall not engage in any
business other than financing, purchasing, owning, selling and managing the
Receivables in the 

                                   - 22 -

<PAGE>

manner contemplated by this Indenture and the Related Documents and activities
incidental thereto.

     SECTION 3.13.  NO BORROWING.  The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any
Indebtedness except for (i) the Notes, (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted by
or arising under the Related Documents and (iii) a Securitized Offering.  The
proceeds of the Notes and the Certificates shall be used exclusively to fund the
Issuer's purchase of the Receivables and the other assets specified in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and to pay the Issuer's organizational, transactional
and start-up expenses.

     SECTION 3.14.  SERVICER'S OBLIGATIONS.  The Issuer shall cause the Servicer
to comply with Sections 3.9, 3.10, 3.11 and 4.9(b) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

     SECTION 3.15.  GUARANTEES, LOANS, ADVANCES AND OTHER LIABILITIES.  Except
as contemplated by the Sale and Servicing Agreement or this Indenture, the
Issuer shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly
or indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of assuming another's
payment or performance on any obligation or capability of so doing or
otherwise), endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or
indirectly, in connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own,
purchase, repurchase or acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock,
obligations, assets or securities of, any other interest in, or make any capital
contribution to, any other Person.

     SECTION 3.16.  CAPITAL EXPENDITURES.  The Issuer shall not make any
expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets
(either realty or personalty).

     SECTION 3.17.  RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.  Except as expressly permitted by this
Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall not, directly or
indirectly, (i) make any distribution (by reduction of capital or otherwise),
whether in cash, property, securities or a combination thereof, to the Owner
Trustee or any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or otherwise with
respect to any ownership or equity interest or security in or of the Issuer or
to the Servicer, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or otherwise acquire for value
any such ownership or equity interest or security or (iii) set aside or
otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose.  The Issuer will not,
directly or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the Collection
Account except in accordance with this Indenture and the Related Documents.

     SECTION 3.18.  NOTICE OF EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The Issuer agrees to give the
Trustee, the Controlling Party, JPMD and the Rating Agencies prompt written
notice of each Event of Default hereunder, each default on the part of the
Servicer or the Seller of its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and each default on the part of OFL of its obligations under the Purchase
Agreement.

                                   - 23 -

<PAGE>


     SECTION 3.19.  FURTHER INSTRUMENTS AND ACTS.  Upon request of the Trustee,
the Issuer will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further
acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the
purpose of this Indenture.

     SECTION 3.20.  COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  The Issuer shall comply with the
requirements of all applicable laws, the non-compliance with which would,
individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of
the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Notes, this Indenture or any
Related Document.

     SECTION 3.21.  AMENDMENTS OF SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT AND TRUST
AGREEMENT.  The Issuer shall not agree to any amendment to Section 10.1 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement or Section 11.1 of the Trust Agreement to eliminate
the requirements thereunder that the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes consent
to amendments thereto as provided therein.

     SECTION 3.22.  [Reserved].

     SECTION 3.23.  INCOME TAX CHARACTERIZATION.  For purposes of federal
income, state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes, the
Issuer and the Trustee hereby agree, and the Noteholders will agree by their
acceptance of the Notes or any interest therein, to treat the Notes as
indebtedness.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     SECTION 4.01.  SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.  This Indenture
shall cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (i)
rights of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments
of principal, interest and premium, if any, thereon and breakage payments in
connection therewith, (iv) Sections 3.01, 3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.07, 3.08, 3.10,
3.12, 3.13, 3.20, 3.21 and 3.23, (v) the rights, obligations and immunities of
the Trustee hereunder (including the rights of the Trustee under Section 6.07
and the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.02) and (vi) the rights of
Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited
with the Trustee payable to all or any of them, and the Trustee, on demand of
and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, when

          (A)  either

               (1)  all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other
          than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have
          been replaced or 

                                   - 24 -

<PAGE>


          paid as provided in Section 2.05 and (ii) Notes for
          whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or
          segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to
          the Issuer or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 3.03)
          have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

               (2)  all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for
          cancellation have become due and payable and the Issuer has
          irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the
          Trustee as part of the Trust Estate cash or direct obligations of or
          obligations guaranteed by the United States of America (which will
          mature prior to the date such amounts are payable), in trust in an
          Eligible Account in the name of the Trustee for such purpose, in an
          amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such
          Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation when
          due to the Final Maturity Date;

          (B)  the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all Secured Obligations;
     and

          (C)  the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate
     and an Independent Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants,
     each meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.01(a) and each
     stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the
     satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with and
     the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied.

     SECTION 4.02.  APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.  All moneys deposited with the
Trustee pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by
it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment or redemption
of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and
to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such moneys need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement or required by law.

     SECTION 4.03.  REPAYMENT OF MONEYS HELD BY PAYING AGENT.  In connection
with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes,
all moneys then held by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee under the
provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand of
the Issuer, be paid to the Trustee to be held and applied according to Section
3.03 and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such moneys.

     SECTION 4.04.  RELEASE OF TRUST ESTATE.  The Trustee shall, on or after the
Termination Date, release any remaining portion of the Trust Estate from the
lien created by this Indenture and deposit in the Collection Account any funds
then on deposit in any other 

                                   - 25 -

<PAGE>

Trust Account.  The Trustee shall release property from the lien created by 
this Indenture pursuant to this Section 4.04 only upon receipt of an Issuer 
Request accompanied by an Officer's Certificate and, if requested by the 
Trustee, an Opinion of Counsel satisfying the criteria set forth in Section 
11.01(a)(ii).

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    REMEDIES

     SECTION 5.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  "Event of Default," wherever used
herein, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such
Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected
by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

               (i)  default in the payment of any interest on any Note when the
          same becomes due and payable; or

               (ii) default in the payment of the principal of or any
          installment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and
          payable; or

               (iii)     default in the observance or performance of any
          covenant or agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture (other than
          a covenant or agreement, a default in the observance or performance of
          which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), or any
          representation or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in
          any certificate or other writing delivered pursuant hereto or in
          connection herewith proving to have been incorrect in any material
          respect as of the time when the same shall have been made, and such
          default shall continue or not be cured, or the circumstance or
          condition in respect of which such misrepresentation or warranty was
          incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured, for a
          period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or
          certified mail, to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the
          Trustee by the Controlling Party, a written notice specifying such
          default or incorrect representation or warranty and requiring it to be
          remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default"
          hereunder; or

               (v)  the commencement of an involuntary case against the Issuer
          under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other
          similar law now or hereafter in effect, and such case is not dismissed
          within 60 days; or





                                     -  26 -

<PAGE>

               (vi) (A) the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case under
          any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other
          similar law now or hereafter in effect, (B) the entry of an order for
          relief in an involuntary case against the Issuer under any such law,
          (C) the consent by the Issuer to the entry of any such order for
          relief, (D) the consent by the Issuer to the appointment or taking
          possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
          sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for any substantial
          part of the Trust Estate, (E) the making by the Issuer of any general
          assignment for the benefit of creditors, (F) the failure by the Issuer
          generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or (G) the taking
          of action by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

     The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within five days after obtaining
knowledge of the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer's
Certificate of any event which with the giving of notice and the lapse of time
would become an Event of Default under clause (iii), its status and what action
the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

     SECTION 5.02.  RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT.

     If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Notes
shall become immediately due and payable, together with accrued interest
thereon.  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Controlling Party may exercise any of the remedies specified in Section 5.04(a).

     SECTION 5.03.  COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT BY
TRUSTEE; AUTHORITY OF CONTROLLING PARTY.

          (a)  The Issuer covenants that if any Notes are accelerated following
     the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Issuer will, upon demand of the
     Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole
     amount then due and payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with
     interest upon the overdue principal, and, to the extent payment at such
     rate of interest shall be legally enforceable, upon overdue installments of
     interest, at the Interest Rate and in addition thereto such further amount
     as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
     including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
     of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any breakage payments in
     connection therewith.

          (b)  The Trustee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally appoints the
     Controlling Party as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of the Trustee
     for so long as the Trustee is not the Controlling Party, with full power of
     substitution, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any notice, document,
     certificate, paper, pleading or


                                      -27-


<PAGE>

     instrument and to do in the name of the Controlling Party as well as in the
     name, place and stead of the Trustee such acts, things and deeds for or on 
     behalf of and in the name of the Controlling Party under this Indenture 
     (including specifically under Section 5.04) and under the Related Documents
     which the Trustee could or might do or which may be necessary, desirable or
     convenient in such Controlling Party's sole discretion to effect the 
     purposes contemplated hereunder and under the Related Documents and, 
     without limitation, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, 
     exercise full right, power and authority to take, or defer from taking, any
     and all acts with respect to the administration, maintenance or disposition
     of the Trust Estate.

          (c)  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
     in its discretion but with the consent of the Controlling Party (except as
     provided in Section 5.03(d) below or as required to comply with Section
     6.01(a)), proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the
     Noteholders, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most
     effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific
     enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the
     exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy
     or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by
     law.

          (d)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this
     Indenture (including without limitation Sections 5.04(a), 5.12, 5.13 and
     5.17), if the Issuer fails to perform its obligations under Section
     10.01(b) hereof when and as due, the Trustee may in its discretion (and
     without the consent of the Controlling Party) proceed to protect and
     enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders by such appropriate
     Proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effective to protect and enforce
     any such rights, whether for specific performance of any covenant or
     agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted
     herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or legal or equitable right
     vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law; provided that the
     Trustee shall only be entitled to take any such actions without the consent
     of the Controlling Party to the extent such actions are taken only to
     enforce to Issuer's obligations to redeem the principal amount of Notes.

          (e)  In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any
     other obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership
     interest in the Trust Estate, Proceedings under Title 11 of the United
     States Code or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency
     or other similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in
     bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official
     shall have been appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its
     property or such other obligor or Person, or in case of any other
     comparable judicial Proceedings relative to the Issuer or other obligor
     upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer or such other
     obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of any Notes
     shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or
     otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have


                                     -28-


<PAGE>

      made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be 
      entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:

               (i)  to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of
          principal, interest and premium, if any, owing and unpaid in respect
          of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be
          necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee
          (including any claim for reasonable compensation to the Trustee and
          each predecessor Trustee, and their respective agents, attorneys and
          counsel, and for reimbursement of all expenses and liabilities
          incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor
          Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad faith) and of the
          Noteholders allowed in such Proceedings;

               (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote
          on behalf of the Holders of Notes in any election of a trustee, a
          standby trustee or Person performing similar functions in any such
          Proceedings;

              (iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property
          payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute all
          amounts received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of
          the Trustee on their behalf; and

               (iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents
          as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the
          Trustee or the Holders of Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings
          relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property;

     and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official
     in any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to
     make payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall
     consent to the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to
     the Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable
     compensation to the Trustee, each predecessor Trustee and their respective
     agents, attorneys and counsel, and all other expenses and liabilities
     incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor
     Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad faith.

          (f)  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
     to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any
     Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
     composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to
     authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in
     any such proceeding except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a
     trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.


                                      -29-


<PAGE>

          (g)  All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture
     or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Trustee without the
     possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any trial or
     other Proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or Proceedings
     instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an
     express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the payment of the
     expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Trustee, each predecessor
     Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the ratable
     benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

          (h)  In any Proceedings brought by the Trustee (including any
     Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this
     Indenture), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of the
     Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any
     such Proceedings.

     SECTION 5.04.  REMEDIES.  (a)  If an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the Controlling Party may:

               (i)  institute Proceedings in its own name and as or on behalf of
          a trustee of an express trust for the collection of all amounts then
          payable on the Notes or under this Indenture with respect thereto,
          whether by declaration or otherwise, enforce any judgment obtained,
          and collect from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such Notes
          moneys adjudged due;

               (ii) institute Proceedings from time to time for the complete or
          partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the Trust
          Estate;

             (iii) exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC
          and any other remedy available to the Trustee and take any other
          appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of
          the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders under this Indenture or
          the Notes; and

               (iv) direct the Trustee to sell the Trust Estate or any portion
          thereof or rights or interest therein, at one or more public or
          private sales called and conducted in any manner permitted by law;

     SECTION 5.05.  OPTIONAL PRESERVATION OF THE RECEIVABLES.  If the Notes have
been declared to be due and payable under Section 5.02 following an Event of
Default and such declaration and its consequences have not been rescinded and
annulled, the Trustee may, but need not, unless otherwise directed by the
Controlling Party, maintain possession of the Trust Estate.  It is the desire of
the parties hereto and the Noteholders that there be at all times sufficient
funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and the Trustee
shall take such desire into account when determining whether or not to maintain
possession of the Trust Estate.  In determining whether to maintain possession
of the Trust Estate, the


                                      -30-


<PAGE>

Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent 
investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation as to the 
feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the Trust 
Estate for such purpose. 

     SECTION 5.06.  PRIORITIES.

     If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article V or
the Trustee receives proceeds of liquidation of the Trust Estate pursuant to
Section 5.04(a)(iv), the Trustee shall pay as promptly as practicable out the
money or property in the following order:

     FIRST:  amounts due and owing and required to be distributed to the
Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Lockbox Bank, the Custodian and
the Backup Servicer, respectively, pursuant to priorities (i), (ii) and (iii) of
Section 4.6 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and not previously distributed,
in the order of such priorities and without preference or priority of any kind
within such priorities;

     SECOND:  to the Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest;

     THIRD:  to the Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the
amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal;

     FOURTH:  amounts due and unpaid on the Certificates for interest and
principal, to the Owner Trustee for distribution to Certificateholders in
accordance with Section 5.2(d) of the Trust Agreement;

     FIFTH:  any amounts due and owing to any Indemnified Party (as such term is
used in the Note Purchase Agreement) under Section 11.01, Section 11.04 or
Section 11.05 of the Note Purchase Agreement; and

     SIXTH:  any amounts due and owing to any Indemnified Party (as such term is
used in the Certificate Purchase Agreement) under Section 11.01, Section 11.04
or Section 11.05 of the Certificate Purchase Agreement.

     SECTION 5.07.  LIMITATION OF SUITS.  No Holder of any Notes shall have any
right to institute any Proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this
Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other
remedy hereunder, unless:

               (i)  such Holder has previously given written notice to the
          Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;


                                      -31-


<PAGE>

               (ii) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount
          of such Notes have made written request to the Trustee to institute
          such Proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as
          Trustee hereunder;

              (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee
          reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be
          incurred in complying with such request;

               (iv) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice,
          request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute such
          Proceedings; and

               (v)  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
          given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a
          majority of the Outstanding Amount of such Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other
Holders of Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over
any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the
manner herein provided.

     In the event the Trustee shall receive conflicting or inconsistent requests
and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders of such Notes, each
representing less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of such Notes, the
Trustee in its sole discretion may determine what action, if any, shall be
taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture.

     SECTION 5.08.  [Reserved].

     SECTION 5.09.  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.  If the Controlling
Party or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or
remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued or
abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the Controlling
Party or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the
Controlling Party and the Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in
such Proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former
positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Controlling
Party and the Noteholders shall continue as though no such Proceeding had been
instituted.

     SECTION 5.10.  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  No right or remedy herein
conferred upon or reserved to the Controlling Party or to the Noteholders is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and
remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given


                                      -32-


<PAGE>

hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The 
assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall 
not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate 
right or remedy. 

     SECTION 5.11.  DELAY OR OMISSION NOT A WAIVER.  No delay or omission of the
Controlling Party or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy
accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law
to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as
often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the
case may be.

     SECTION 5.12.  CONTROL BY NOTEHOLDERS.  The Controlling Party shall have
the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any Proceeding for
any remedy available to the Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising any
trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that

               (i)  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law
          or with this Indenture;

               (ii) subject to the express terms of Section 5.04, any direction
          to the Trustee to sell or liquidate all or any portion of the Trust
          Estate shall be by the Holders of Notes representing not less than
          100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes;

             (iii)  if the conditions set forth in Section 5.05 have been
          satisfied and the Trustee elects to retain the Trust Estate pursuant
          to such Section, then any direction to the Trustee by Holders of Notes
          representing less than 100% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes to
          sell or liquidate all or any portion of the Trust Estate shall be of
          no force and effect; and

               (iv) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
          Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction; PROVIDED,
          HOWEVER, that, subject to Section 6.01, the Trustee need not take any
          action that it determines might involve it in liability or might
          materially adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not
          consenting to such action.

     SECTION 5.13.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

     The Controlling Party may waive any past Default or Event of Default and
its consequences except a Default (a) in payment of principal of or interest on
any of the Notes or (b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which
cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note. 
In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer,


                                      -33-


<PAGE>

the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former 
positions and rights hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend 
to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

     Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to
have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

     SECTION 5.14.  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.  All parties to this Indenture agree,
and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed
to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for
the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee,
the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs
of such suit and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by
such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a)
any suit instituted by the Trustee, (b) any suit instituted by any Noteholder,
or group of Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or (c) any suit instituted by any Noteholder
for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any Note on or
after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or,
in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

     SECTION 5.15.  WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS.  The Issuer covenants (to
the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon,
or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and
the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives
all benefit or advantages of any such law, and covenants that it will not
hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the
Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though
no such law had been enacted.

     SECTION 5.16.  ACTION ON NOTES.  The Trustee's right to seek and recover
judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by the
seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect to
this Indenture.  Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies
of the Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any
judgment by the Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under
such judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of
the Issuer.


                                     -34-


<PAGE>

     SECTION 5.17.  PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS.

          (a)  Promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the
     Seller's expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as the
     Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance by
     the Seller, the Servicer and OFL, as applicable, of each of their
     obligations to the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and
     Servicing Agreement or to the Seller under or in connection with the
     Purchase Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, and to exercise
     any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to
     the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement to
     the extent and in the manner directed by the Trustee, including the
     transmission of notices of default on the part of the Seller or the
     Servicer thereunder and the institution of legal or administrative actions
     or proceedings to compel or secure performance by the Seller or the
     Servicer of each of their obligations under the Sale and Servicing
     Agreement.

          (b)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
     Trustee may, and at the direction (which direction shall be in writing,
     including facsimile) of the Holders of 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of
     the Notes shall, exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and
     claims of the Issuer against the Seller or the Servicer under or in
     connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement, including the right or
     power to take any action to compel or secure performance or observance by
     the Seller or the Servicer of each of their obligations to the Issuer
     thereunder and to give any consent, request, notice, direction, approval,
     extension or waiver under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and any right
     of the Issuer to take such action shall be suspended.

          (c)  Promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the
     Seller's expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as the
     Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance by
     OFL of each of its obligations to the Seller under or in connection with
     the Purchase Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, and to
     exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully
     available to the Issuer under or in connection with the Purchase Agreement
     to the extent and in the manner directed by the Trustee, including the
     transmission of notices of default on the part of the Seller thereunder and
     the institution of legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel
     or secure performance by OFL of each of its obligations under the Purchase
     Agreement.

          (d)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing the Trustee
     may, and at the direction (which direction shall be in writing, including
     facsimile) of the Holders of 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
     shall, exercise all rights, remedies, powers, privileges and claims of the
     Seller against OFL under or in connection with the Purchase Agreement,
     including the right or power to take any action to compel or secure
     performance or observance by OFL of each of its


                                      -35-


<PAGE>

     obligations to the Seller hereunder and to give any consent, request, 
     notice, direction, approval, extension or waiver under the Purchase 
     Agreement, and any right of the Seller to take such action shall be 
     suspended.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   THE TRUSTEE

     SECTION 6.01.  DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

          (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
     Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture
     and in the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent
     person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such
     person's own affairs except to the extent that the Controlling Party has
     directed the Trustee to act or assumes the duties and/or responsibilities
     of the Trustee hereunder on behalf of the Noteholders.

          (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

               (i)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
          duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
          covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
          Trustee; and

               (ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
          conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
          correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
          opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements
          of this Indenture; however, the Trustee shall examine the certificates
          and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the
          requirements of this Indenture and, if applicable, the Trustee's other
          Related Documents.

          (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
     negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
     misconduct, except that:

               (i)  this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of
          this Section;

               (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
          made in good faith by a Responsible Officer unless it is proved that
          the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and


                                      -36-


<PAGE>

              (iii)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any
          action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a
          direction received by it pursuant to Section 5.12.

          (d)  Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
     Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

          (e)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
     received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

          (f)  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from
     other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of this
     Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          (g)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
     expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
     performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its
     rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that
     repayments of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
     liability is not reasonably assured to it.

          (h)  In no event shall the Trustee be required to perform, or be
     responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the
     Servicer, or any other party, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
     except during such time, if any, as the Backup Servicer shall be the
     successor to, and be vested with the rights, powers, duties and privileges
     of the Servicer in accordance with the terms of, the Sale and Servicing
     Agreement.

          (i)  The Trustee shall, and hereby agrees that it will, perform all of
     the obligations and duties required of it under the Sale and Servicing
     Agreement.

          (j)  Without limiting the generality of this Section 6.01, the Trustee
     shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of
     this Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing
     statement evidencing a security interest in the Financed Vehicles, or to
     see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to
     any recording, refiling or redepositing of any thereof, (ii) to see to any
     insurance of the Financed Vehicles or Obligors or to effect or maintain any
     such insurance, (iii) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax,
     assessment or other governmental charge or any Lien or encumbrance of any
     kind owing with respect to, assessed or levied against any part of the
     Trust, (iv) to confirm or verify the contents of any reports or
     certificates delivered to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture or the
     Sale and Servicing Agreement believed by the Trustee to be genuine and to
     have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties, or (v) to
     inspect the Financed Vehicles at any time or ascertain or inquire as to the
     performance of observance of


                                      -37-


<PAGE>

     any of the Issuer's, the Seller's or the Servicer's representations, 
     warranties or covenants or the Servicer's duties and obligations as 
     Servicer and as custodian of the Receivable Files under the Agreement.

     SECTION 6.02.  RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

          (a)  The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine
     and to have been signed or presented by the proper person.  The Trustee
     need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

          (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require
     an Officer's Certificate (with respect to factual matters) or an Opinion of
     Counsel, as applicable.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it
     takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the Officer's
     Certificate or Opinion of Counsel, as applicable, or as directed by the
     requisite amount of Note Owners as provided herein.

          (c)  The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
     perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
     attorneys or a custodian or nominee, and the Trustee shall not be
     responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of, or for the
     supervision of, any such agent, attorney, custodian or nominee appointed
     with due care by it hereunder.

          (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
     to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its
     rights or powers; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee's conduct does not
     constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

          (e)  The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion
     of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the
     Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from
     liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it
     hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of
     such counsel.

          (f)  The Trustee shall be under no obligation to institute, conduct or
     defend any litigation under this Indenture or in relation to this
     Indenture, at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders of
     Notes, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such Holders of
     Notes shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
     against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or
     thereby; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee shall, upon the occurrence of
     an Event of Default (that has not been cured), exercise the rights and
     powers vested in it by this Indenture with reasonable care and skill.


                                      -38-


<PAGE>

          (g)  The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
     facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
     instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval,
     bond or other paper or document, unless requested in writing to do so by
     the Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount
     thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the payment within a reasonable time to
     the Trustee of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by
     it in the making of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee,
     not reasonably assured to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the
     terms of this Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee
     may require reasonable indemnity against such cost, expense or liability as
     a condition to so proceeding; the reasonable expense of every such
     examination shall be paid by the Person making such request, or, if paid by
     the Trustee, shall be reimbursed by the Person making such request upon
     demand.

     SECTION 6.03.  INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee in its individual
or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise
deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it
were not Trustee.  Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying
agent may do the same with like rights.  However, the Trustee is required to
comply with Sections 6.11 and 6.12.

     SECTION 6.04.  TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.  The Trustee shall not be responsible
for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this
Indenture, the Trust Estate or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the
Issuer's use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for
any statement of the Issuer in the Indenture or in any document issued in
connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee's
certificate of authentication.

     SECTION 6.05.  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.  If a Default occurs and is continuing
and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall
mail to JPMD and each Noteholder notice of the Default within 10 days after it
occurs.  Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest
on any Note (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions
of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee
of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice
is in the interests of Noteholders.

     SECTION 6.06.  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS.  The Trustee shall deliver to
each Noteholder such information as may be required to enable such holder to
prepare its federal and state income tax returns.

     SECTION 6.07.  COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

          (a)  OFL in a separate letter agreement (the "Letter Agreement") has
     covenanted and agreed to pay to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be
     entitled to,


                                      -39-


<PAGE>

     certain annual fees, which shall not be limited by any law on compensation
     of a trustee of an express trust.  In the Letter Agreement, OFL has also 
     agreed to reimburse the Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses 
     incurred or made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the 
     compensation for its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable
     compensation and expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee's 
     agents, counsel, accountants and experts.  Pursuant to the Letter 
     Agreement, OFL has agreed to indemnify the Trustee against any and all 
     loss, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) incurred by it in 
     connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of 
     its duties hereunder.

          (b)  If notwithstanding the provisions of the Letter Agreement, OFL
     fails to pay any fees or expenses due to the Trustee pursuant to the terms
     or the Letter Agreement, the Trustee shall be entitled to a distribution in
     respect of such amount pursuant of Section 4.6(ii) of the Sale and
     Servicing Agreement.  The Issuer's payment obligations to the Trustee
     pursuant to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. 
     When the Trustee incurs expenses after the occurrence of a Default
     specified in Section 5.01(v) or (vi) with respect to the Issuer, the
     expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under Title
     11 of the United States Code or any other applicable Federal or state
     bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.  Notwithstanding anything else set
     forth in this Indenture or the Related Documents, the Trustee agrees that
     the obligations of the Issuer (but not OFL) to the Trustee hereunder and
     under the Related Documents shall be recourse to the Trust Estate only and
     specifically shall not be recourse to the assets of the General Partner of
     the Issuer or any Certificateholder.

     SECTION 6.08.  REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee may resign at any time
by so notifying the Issuer and the Controlling Party. The Issuer may, with the
consent of the Controlling Party, and, at the request of the Controlling Party
shall, remove the Trustee if:

               (i)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

               (ii) a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of
          the Trustee in an involuntary case or proceeding under federal or
          state banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or
          any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other
          similar law, shall have entered a decree or order granting relief or
          appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
          conservator, sequestrator (or similar official) for the Trustee or for
          any substantial part of the Trustee's property, or ordering the
          winding-up or liquidation of the Trustee's affairs;

             (iii)  an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws,
          as now or hereafter in effect, or another present or future federal or
          state bankruptcy,


                                      -40-


<PAGE>

          insolvency or similar law is commenced with respect to the Trustee 
          and such case is not dismissed within 60 days;

               (iv) the Trustee commences a voluntary case under any federal or
          state banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or
          any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other
          similar law, or consents to the appointment of or taking possession by
          a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, conservator,
          sequestrator (or other similar official) for the Trustee or for any
          substantial part of the Trustee's property, or makes any assignment
          for the benefit of creditors or fails generally to pay its debts as
          such debts become due or takes any corporate action in furtherance of
          any of the foregoing;

               (v)  the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting; or

               (vi) the rating assigned to the long-term unsecured debt
          obligations of the Trustee (or the holding company thereof) by the
          Rating Agencies shall be lowered below the rating of "BBB", "Baa3" or
          equivalent rating or be withdrawn by either of the Rating Agencies.

     If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office
of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as
the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee
acceptable to the Controlling Party.  If the Issuer fails to appoint such a
successor Trustee, the Controlling Party may appoint a successor Trustee.

     A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment
to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer.  Thereupon the resignation or removal
of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall
have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.  The
successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to the Noteholders and
JPMD.  The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as
Trustee to the successor Trustee.

     If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Controlling
Party or the Issuer may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee.

     If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Noteholder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become
effective until acceptance


                                      -41-


<PAGE>

of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to this Section and payment 
of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Trustee.  Notwithstanding the 
replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the retiring Trustee 
shall be entitled to payment or reimbursement of such amounts as such Person 
is entitled pursuant to Section 6.07. 

     SECTION 6.09.  SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER.  If the Trustee consolidates
with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its
corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking
association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any
further act shall be the successor Trustee.  The Trustee shall provide the
Rating Agencies prompt notice of any such transaction.

     In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion or
consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this
Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any
such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any
predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at
that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to
the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor
hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases
such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or
in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

     SECTION 6.10.  APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE OR SEPARATE TRUSTEE.

          (a)  Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any
     time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction
     in which any part of the Trust may at the time be located, the Trustee,
     with the consent of the Controlling Party, shall have the power and may
     execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act
     as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees,
     of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in
     such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the
     Trust, or any part hereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this
     Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee
     may consider necessary or desirable.  No co-trustee or separate trustee
     hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor
     Trustee under Section 6.11, and no notice to Noteholders of the appointment
     of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under Section 6.08
     hereof.

          (b)  Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent
     permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions
     and conditions:

               (i)  all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
          imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and
          exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or
          co-trustee jointly (it


                                      -42-


<PAGE>

          being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not 
          authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act),
          except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which 
          any particular act or acts are to be performed the Trustee shall be 
          incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event
          such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of
          title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) 
          shall be exercised and performed singly by such separate trustee or 
          co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee;

               (ii)  no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason 
          of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and

               (iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or 
          remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

          (c)  Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall
     be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and
     co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them.  Every instrument
     appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement
     and the conditions of this Article VI.  Each separate trustee and
     co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested
     with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment,
     either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided therein,
     subject to all the provisions of this Indenture, specifically including
     every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the
     liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee.  Every such
     instrument shall be filed with the Trustee.

          (d)  Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the
     Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to
     the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect
     of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee
     or co-trustee shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed,
     all of its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in
     and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without
     the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

     SECTION 6.11.  ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.  The Trustee shall have a
combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most
recent published annual report of condition.  The Trustee shall provide copies
of such reports to the Controlling Party upon request.



                                    -43-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS

     SECTION 7.01.  ISSUER TO FURNISH TO TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF 
NOTEHOLDERS.  The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee 
(a) not more than five days after the earlier of (i) each Record Date and 
(ii) three months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the 
Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of 
Notes as of such Record Date, (b) at such other times as the Trustee may 
request in writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such 
request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 10 
days prior to the time such list is furnished; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so 
long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to 
be furnished.  The Trustee or, if the Trustee is not the Note Registrar, the 
Issuer shall furnish to the Controlling Party in writing on an annual basis 
on each March 31 and at such other times as the Controlling Party may request 
a copy of the list.

     SECTION 7.02.  PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO NOTEHOLDERS. 
The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable,
the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes contained in the most recent
list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and
addresses of Holders of Notes received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note
Registrar.  The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in such
Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES

     SECTION 8.01.  COLLECTION OF MONEY.  Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and
collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or
other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the
Trustee pursuant to this Indenture.  The Trustee shall apply all such money
received by it as provided in this Indenture.  Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any payment
or performance under any agreement or instrument that is part of this Indenture
or the Notes, the Trustee may take such action as may be appropriate to enforce
such payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of
appropriate Proceedings.  Any such action shall be without prejudice to any
right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and any right
to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V.


                                      -44-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 8.02.  TRUST ACCOUNTS.

          (a)  On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer shall cause the
     Servicer to establish and maintain, in the name of the Trustee, for the
     benefit of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, the Trust Accounts
     as provided in Section 4.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The
     Trustee shall apply the moneys in such Trust Accounts in accordance with
     the provisions of this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          (b)  On each Payment Date and Redemption Date, the Trustee shall
     distribute all amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account to
     Noteholders in respect of the Notes to the extent of amounts due and unpaid
     on the Notes for principal, interest and premium, if any, first to pay all
     accrued and unpaid interest, and then to pay principal and premium, if any,
     on the Notes in the following amounts and in the following order of
     priority (except as otherwise provided in Section 5.06):

               (i)  accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes, provided that if
          funds in the Note Distribution Account are not sufficient to pay the
          entire amount of accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes, the amount
          in the Note Distribution Account shall be applied to the payment of
          such interest pro rata on the basis of the principal amount of Notes
          held by each Noteholder; 

               (ii)  (w) to the Holders of Notes in reduction of the Outstanding
          Amount of the Notes, an amount equal to the Noteholders' Percentage of
          any Principal Funding Excess Amount, (x) on a Payment Date prior to
          the Purchase Termination Date on which the Facility Balance exceeds
          the Facility Limit, to the Holders of the Notes in reduction of the
          Outstanding Amount of the Notes, an amount equal to the excess of (1)
          the Facility Balance over (2) the Facility Limit and (y) on each
          Payment Date on or after the Purchase Termination Date, to the Holders
          of the Notes in reduction of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
          until the Outstanding Amount of the Notes is reduced to zero; and

               (iii) any amounts due and owing to any Indemnified Party (as such
          term is used in the Note Purchase Agreement) under Section 11.01,
          Section 11.04 or Section 11.05 of the Note Purchase Agreement.

     SECTION 8.03.  GENERAL PROVISIONS REGARDING ACCOUNTS.

          (a)  So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and
     be continuing, all or a portion of the funds in the Trust Accounts shall be
     invested and reinvested in Eligible Investments in accordance with the
     provisions of Section 4.1(e) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.


                                      -45-


<PAGE>

          (b)  Subject to Section 6.01(c), the Trustee shall not in any way be
     held liable by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts
     resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment included therein except
     for losses attributable to the Trustee's failure to make payments on such
     Eligible Investments issued by the Trustee, in its commercial capacity as
     principal obligor and not as Trustee, in accordance with their terms.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     SECTION 9.01.  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS.

          (a)  Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with the
     consent of JPMD and with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, the Issuer
     and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from
     time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in
     form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

               (i)  to correct or amplify the description of any property at any
          time subject to the lien of this Indenture, or better to assure,
          convey and confirm unto the Trustee any property subject or required
          to be subjected to the lien created by this Indenture, or to subject
          to the lien created by this Indenture additional property;

               (ii) to evidence the succession, in compliance with the
          applicable provisions hereof, of another Person to the Issuer, and the
          assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein
          and in the Notes contained;

               (iii) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the benefit of
          the Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any right or power herein
          conferred upon the Issuer;

               (iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge any property
          to or with the Trustee;

               (v)  to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any
          provision herein or in any supplemental indenture which may be
          inconsistent with any other provision herein or in any supplemental
          indenture or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
          questions arising under this Indenture or 


                                     -46-

<PAGE>

          in any supplemental indenture; PROVIDED that such action shall not 
          adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes; or

               (vi) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of the
          appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes
          and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as
          shall be necessary to facilitate the administration of the trusts
          hereunder by more than one trustee, pursuant to the requirements of
          Article VI.

     The Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any such
supplemental indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and
stipulations that may be therein contained.

          (b)  The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order,
     may, with the consent of the Controlling Party and with prior notice to the
     Rating Agencies, enter into an indenture or indentures supplemental hereto
     for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or
     eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any
     manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this Indenture;
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion
     of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any
     Noteholder.

     SECTION 9.02.  SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS.  The
Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with prior
notice to the Rating Agencies, with the consent of the Note Majority, by Act of
such Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, enter into an indenture or
indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to, or
changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture
or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes under this
Indenture; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, no such supplemental indenture shall,
without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:

               (i)  change the date of payment of any installment of principal
          of or interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof,
          the interest rate thereon or the Redemption Price with respect
          thereto, change the provision of this Indenture relating to the
          application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of, the
          Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the Notes, or
          change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in which,
          any Note or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to
          institute suit for the enforcement of the provisions of this Indenture
          requiring the application of funds available therefor, as provided in
          Article V, to the payment of any such amount due on the Notes on or
          after the respective due dates thereof (or, in the case of redemption,
          on or after the Redemption Date);


                                      -47-

<PAGE>

               (ii)  reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the
          Notes, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such
          supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is
          required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this
          Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences
          provided for in this Indenture;

               (iii) modify or alter the provisions of the proviso to the
          definition of the term "Outstanding";

               (iv)  reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the 
          Notes required to direct the Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell or
          liquidate the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.04;

               (v)   modify any provision of this Section except to increase any
          percentage specified herein or to provide that certain additional
          provisions of this Indenture or the Related Documents cannot be
          modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each
          Outstanding Note affected thereby;

               (vi)  modify any of the provisions of this Indenture in such
          manner as to affect the calculation of the amount of any payment of
          interest or principal due on any Note on any Payment Date (including
          the calculation of any of the individual components of such
          calculation) or to affect the rights of the Holders of Notes to the
          benefit of any provisions for the mandatory redemption of the Notes
          contained herein; or

               (vii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on
          a parity with the lien created by this Indenture with respect to any
          part of the Trust Estate or, except as otherwise permitted or
          contemplated herein, terminate the lien created by this Indenture on
          any property at any time subject hereto or deprive the Holder of any
          Note of the security provided by the lien created by this Indenture.

     The Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not any Notes would
be affected by any supplemental indenture, and any such determination shall be
conclusive upon the Holders of all Notes, whether theretofore or thereafter
authenticated and delivered hereunder.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any
such determination made in good faith.

     It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

     Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall mail to the
Holders of the Notes to 


                                     -48-


<PAGE>

which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates a notice setting forth 
in general terms the substance of such supplemental indenture.  Any failure 
of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, 
however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental 
indenture.

     SECTION 9.03.  EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.  In executing, or
permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created
by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject to
Sections 6.01 and 6.02 shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of
Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized
or permitted by this Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

     SECTION 9.04.  EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.  Upon the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture shall
be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect
to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights,
obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of the
Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Notes shall thereafter be determined,
exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications
and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental
indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this
Indenture for any and all purposes.

     SECTION 9.05.  [Reserved].

     SECTION 9.06.  REFERENCE IN NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.  Notes
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Trustee shall, bear a
notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such
supplemental indenture.  If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new
notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer,
to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer
and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding
Notes.


                                      -49-

<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE X

                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

     SECTION 10.01.  REDEMPTION.

          (a)  In the event that the Seller or the Servicer pursuant to Sections
     9.1(a) or 9.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement purchases the corpus
     of the Trust, the Notes are subject to redemption in whole, but not in
     part, on any Business Day on which such repurchase occurs, for a purchase
     price equal to the Redemption Price; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuer has
     available funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price.  The Seller, the
     Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish the Rating Agencies notice of such
     redemption.  If the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Section
     10.01(a), the Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish notice of such election
     to the Trustee not later than 3 days prior to the Redemption Date, and the
     Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee in the Note Distribution Account the
     Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed, whereupon all such Notes
     shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date upon the furnishing of a
     notice complying with Section 10.02 to each Holder of the Notes.  Notes
     redeemed pursuant to Section 9.1(b) may be reissued in accordance with the
     provisions of Article II hereof provided that neither the Seller nor the
     Servicer shall have given notice of final termination of the Trust.

          (b)  The Issuer may, at any time upon giving proper notice as required
     by Section 10.02 hereof, redeem in whole, but not in part, the Notes on any
     Business Day in connection with a Securitized Offering for a price equal to
     the Redemption Price; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuer has available
     funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price; and PROVIDED FURTHER,
     HOWEVER, that, in the case of a Redemption of all outstanding Notes in
     connection with a Securitized Offering, the Seller has repurchased or is
     simultaneously with the redemption repurchasing any Receivables that are
     not eligible to be included in such Securitized Offering pursuant to
     Section 6.5 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  If the Notes are to be
     redeemed pursuant to this Section 10.01(b), the Servicer or the Issuer
     shall furnish notice of such election to the Trustee not later than ten
     days prior to the Redemption Date, and the Issuer shall deposit with the
     Trustee in the Note Distribution Account the Redemption Price of the Notes
     to be redeemed, whereupon all such Notes shall be due and payable on the
     Redemption Date upon furnishing of a notice complying with Section 10.02 to
     each Holder of the Notes.

          (c)  In the event that the assets of the Trust are sold pursuant to
     Section 9.2 of the Trust Agreement, the proceeds of such sale shall be
     distributed as provided in Section 5.06.  If amounts are to be paid to
     Noteholders pursuant to this Section 10.01(c), the Servicer or the Issuer
     shall, to the extent practicable, furnish notice of 


                                           -50-

<PAGE>

     such event to the Trustee not later than ten days prior to the 
     Redemption Date whereupon all such amounts shall be payable on the 
     Redemption Date.
     
          (d)  The Issuer may, at any time upon giving proper notice as required
     by Section 10.02 hereof, redeem in whole or in part, the Notes on any
     Business Day in connection with a Recapitalization for a price equal to the
     Redemption Price for the Notes that are redeemed.  A portion of the
     Redemption Price equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes
     being redeemed shall be paid by issuance of new Non-Callable Notes in like
     principal amount to each Noteholder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuer has
     available funds sufficient to pay the remainder of the Redemption Price. If
     all or any part of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Section
     10.01(d), the Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish notice of such election
     to the Trustee not later than 3 days prior to the Redemption Date, and the
     Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee for authentication and delivery the
     Non-Callable Notes being issued in the Recapitalization and deposit with
     the Trustee in the Note Distribution Account the balance of the Redemption
     Price of the Notes to be redeemed, whereupon such Notes to be redeemed
     shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date upon furnishing of a notice
     complying with Section 10.02 to each Holder of the Notes.  Redemption of
     any Notes in a Recapitalization shall be evidenced by the decreases marked
     in the Note Register pursuant to Section 2.03(b).

          Notwithstanding anything in this Section 10.01, no redemption pursuant
     to Section 10.01 (a), (b) or (c) shall occur unless the Issuer shall have
     deposited the amount, if any, required to be deposited in the Commercial
     Paper Funding Account pursuant to Section 2.10 of the Note Purchase
     Agreement.

     SECTION 10.02.  FORM OF REDEMPTION NOTICE.

          (a)  Notice of redemption under Section 10.01(a) or 10.01(b) shall be
     given by the Trustee in writing (which may be by facsimile) not less than
     three days prior to the applicable Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes,
     as of the close of business on the Record Date with respect to the Payment
     Date immediately preceding the applicable Redemption Date, at such Holder's
     address appearing in the Note Register.

          All notices of redemption shall state:

               (i)   the Redemption Date;

               (ii)  the Redemption Price; and

               (iii) except in connection with a Recapitalization, the place
          where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption
          Price (which 



                                     -51-

<PAGE>

          shall be the office or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as 
          provided in Section 3.02).

     Notice of redemption of the Notes shall be given by the Trustee in the name
and at the expense of the Issuer.  Failure to give notice of redemption, or any
defect therein, to any Holder of any Note shall not impair or affect the
validity of the redemption of any other Note.

          (b)  Prior notice of redemption under Section 10.01(c) is not required
     to be given to Noteholders.

     SECTION 10.03.  NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.  The Notes or portions
thereof to be redeemed shall, following notice of redemption (if any) as
required by Section 10.02, on the Redemption Date become due and payable at the
Redemption Price and (unless the Issuer shall default in the payment of the
Redemption Price) no interest shall accrue on the Redemption Price (other than
any portion thereof represented by Non-Callable Notes in accordance with Section
10.01(d), which shall accrue interest in accordance with the terms of such Non-
Callable Notes) for any period after the date to which accrued interest is
calculated for purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 11.01.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS, ETC.

          (a)  Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee to
     take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall
     furnish to the Trustee and to the Controlling Party (i) an Officer's
     Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in
     this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with and
     (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all
     such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with.

          (b)  (i)  Prior to the deposit of any Indenture Collateral or other
     property or securities with the Trustee that is to be made the basis for
     the release of any property subject to the lien created by this Indenture,
     the Issuer shall, in addition to any obligation imposed in Section 11.01(a)
     or elsewhere in this Indenture, furnish to the Trustee and the Controlling
     Party an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each
     person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days of
     such deposit) to the Issuer of the Indenture Collateral or other property
     or securities to be so deposited.


                                       -52-

<PAGE>

               (ii) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee
          and the Controlling Party an Officer's Certificate certifying or
          stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described
          in clause (i) above, the Issuer shall also deliver to the Trustee and
          the Controlling Party an Independent Certificate as to the same
          matters, if the fair value to the Issuer of the property to be so
          deposited and of all other such property made the basis of any such
          withdrawal or release since the commencement of the then-current
          fiscal year of the Issuer, as set forth in the certificates delivered
          pursuant to clause (i) above and this clause (ii), is 10% or more of
          the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, but such a certificate need not
          be furnished with respect to any property so deposited, if the fair
          value thereof to the Issuer as set forth in the related Officer's
          Certificate is less than $25,000 or less than one percent of the
          Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

               (iii) Other than with respect to any release described in
          clause (A) or (B) of Section 11.01(b)(v), whenever any property or
          securities are to be released from the lien created by this Indenture,
          the Issuer shall also furnish to the Trustee and the Controlling Party
          an Officer's Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of each
          person signing such certificate as to the fair value (within 90 days
          of such release) of the property or securities proposed to be released
          and stating that in the opinion of such person the proposed release
          will not impair the security created by this Indenture in
          contravention of the provisions hereof.

               (iv) Whenever the Issuer is required to furnish to the Trustee
          and the Controlling Party an Officer's Certificate certifying or
          stating the opinion of any signer thereof as to the matters described
          in clause (iii) above, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Trustee
          and the Controlling Party an Independent Certificate as to the same
          matters if the fair value of the property or securities and of all
          other property or securities (other than property described in clauses
          (A) or (B) of Section 11.01(b)(v)) released from the lien created by
          this Indenture since the commencement of the then current fiscal year,
          as set forth in the certificates required by clause (iii) above and
          this clause (iv), equals 10% or more of the Outstanding Amount of the
          Notes, but such certificate need not be furnished in the case of any
          release of property or securities if the fair value thereof as set
          forth in the related Officer's Certificate is less than $25,000 or
          less than one percent of the then Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

               (v)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, the
          Issuer may, without compliance with the other provisions of this
          Section (A), collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise dispose of
          Receivables as and to the extent permitted or required by the Related
          Documents (including as provided in Section 3.1 of the Sale and
          Servicing Agreement) and (B) make cash payments 



                                       -53-

<PAGE>

          out of the Trust Accounts as and to the extent permitted or 
          required by the Related Documents.

     SECTION 11.02.  FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.  In any case where
several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of,
any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by,
or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified
or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an
opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to
other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such
matters in one or several documents.

     Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be
based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of,
or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are
erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of Counsel
may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or
opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Servicer, the
Seller or the Issuer, stating that the information with respect to such factual
matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer, unless
such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the
certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are
erroneous.

     Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

     Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or
certificate or report to the Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall
deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as
evidence of the Issuer's compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that
the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at
the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the
facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions
precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the
sufficiency of such certificate or report.  The foregoing shall not, however, be
construed to affect the Trustee's right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of
any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in 
Article VI.

     SECTION 11.03.  ACTS OF NOTEHOLDERS.

          (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
     waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
     Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
     substantially similar tenor 


                                       -54-

<PAGE>

     signed by such Noteholders in person or by agents duly appointed in 
     writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action 
     shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered 
     to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the 
     Issuer.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein 
     and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of 
     the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of 
     execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such 
     agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject 
     to Section 6.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if 
     made in the manner provided in this Section.
     
          (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any person of any such
     instrument or writing may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems
     sufficient.

          (c)  The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

          (d)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
     waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder of
     every Note issued upon the registration thereof or in exchange therefor or
     in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be
     done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not
     notation of such action is made upon such Note.

     SECTION 11.04.  NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE, ISSUER, JPMD AND THE RATING
AGENCIES. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture
to be made upon, given or furnished to or filed with:

          (a)  the Trustee by any Noteholder or by the Issuer shall be
     sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed
     in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office,

          (b)  the Issuer by the Trustee or by any Noteholder shall be
     sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed,
     first-class, postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to:  Olympic
     Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust, in care of Wilmington Trust
     Company, as Owner Trustee, Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street,
     Wilmington, Delaware 19890-0001, Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration
     or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by
     Issuer.  The Issuer shall promptly transmit any notice received by it from
     the Noteholders to the Trustee, or

          (c)  JPMD by the Trustee, by the Issuer or by any Noteholder shall be
     sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed,
     first-class, postage prepaid, to JPMD addressed to:  J.P. Morgan Delaware,
     902 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, Attention:  Asset Finance
     Group, or at any other 


                                        -55-

<PAGE>

     address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee and the Issuer by 
     JPMD.  JPMD shall promptly transmit any notice received by it from the 
     Noteholders to the Trustee and the Issuer.
     
     Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed
by certified mail, return receipt requested to (i) in the case of Moody's, at
the following address: Moody's Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring
Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007 and (ii) in the case of
Standard & Poor's, at the following address: Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, 26
Broadway (20th Floor), New York, New York 10004, Attention of Asset Backed
Surveillance Department; or as to each of the foregoing, at such other address
as shall be designated by written notice to the other parties.

     SECTION 11.05.  NOTICES TO NOTEHOLDERS; WAIVER.  Where this Indenture
provides for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be
sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing
and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid to each Noteholder affected by such
event, at his address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the
latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving
of such notice.  In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail,
neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed
to any particular Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with
respect to other Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner herein
provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.

     Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be
waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before
or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. 
Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee but such filing
shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such a waiver.

     In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of
a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail
notice of any event of Noteholders when such notice is required to be given
pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such
notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a
sufficient giving of such notice.

     Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies, failure to
give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations created
hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or Event of
Default.

     SECTION 11.06.  ALTERNATE PAYMENT AND NOTICE PROVISIONS. Notwithstanding
any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer
may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of
payment, or notice by the 


                                        -56-

<PAGE>

Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder, that is different from the 
methods provided for in this Indenture for such payments or notices.  The 
Issuer will furnish to the Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the 
Trustee will cause payments to be made and notices to be given in accordance 
with such agreements.

     SECTION 11.07.  [Reserved].

     SECTION 11.08.  EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.  The Article and
Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.

     SECTION 11.09.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  All covenants and agreements in
this Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successors and
assigns, whether so expressed or not.

     All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

     SECTION 11.10.  SEVERABILITY.  In case any provision in this Indenture or
in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality,
and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

     SECTION 11.11.  BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.  Nothing in this Indenture or in the
Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties
hereto and their successors hereunder, and the Noteholders, and any other party
secured hereunder, and any other Person with an ownership interest in any part
of the Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim under this Indenture.  

     SECTION 11.12.  LEGAL HOLIDAYS.  In any case where the date on which any
payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other
provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date,
but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and
effect as if made on the date on which nominally due, and no interest shall
accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.

     SECTION 11.13.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     SECTION 11.14.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Indenture may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original,
but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same
instrument.


                                     -57-

<PAGE>

     SECTION 11.15.  RECORDING OF INDENTURE.  If this Indenture is subject to
recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be
effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel
(which may be counsel to the Trustee or any other counsel reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee, and the Controlling Party) to the effect that such recording is
necessary either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other Person
secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the
Trustee under this Indenture.

     SECTION 11.16.  TRUST OBLIGATION.  No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or
the Trustee on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other
writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Trustee
or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial
interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer,
director, employee or agent of the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the
Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Trustee or the
Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have
expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee
have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except that any such
partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by
applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital
contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such entity. 
For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or
obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and
entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Articles VI, VII and
VIII of the Trust Agreement.

     SECTION 11.17.  NO PETITION.  The Trustee, by entering into this Indenture,
and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, hereby covenant and agree that they
will not at any time institute against the Seller, the Issuer or the General
Partner, or join in any institution against the Seller, the Issuer or the
General Partner of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or
liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or
state bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to
the Notes, this Indenture or any of the Related Documents.

     SECTION 11.18.  INSPECTION.  The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior
notice, it will permit any representative of the Trustee or of the Controlling
Party, during the Issuer's normal business hours, to examine all the books of
account, records, reports, and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and
extracts therefrom, to cause such books to be audited by independent certified
public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer's affairs, finances and accounts
with the Issuer's officers, employees, and independent certified public
accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably
requested.  The Trustee shall and shall cause its representatives to hold in
confidence all such information except to the extent disclosure may be required
by law (and all reasonable applications for


                                   -58-

<PAGE>
confidential treatment are unavailing) and except to the extent that the 
Trustee may reasonably determine that such disclosure is consistent with its 
obligations hereunder.

     SECTION 11.19.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  It is expressly understood and 
agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement is executed and 
delivered by Wilmington Trust Company, not individually or personally but 
solely as Owner Trustee of the Issuer under the Trust Agreement, in the 
exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it, (b) each of 
the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of 
the Issuer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings 
and agreements by Wilmington Trust Company but is made and intended for the 
purpose for binding only the Issuer, (c) nothing herein contained shall be 
construed as creating any liability on Wilmington Trust Company, individually 
or personally, to perform any covenant either expressed or implied contained 
herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties to 
this Agreement and by any person claiming by, through or under them and (d) 
under no circumstances shall Wilmington Trust Company be personally liable 
for the payment of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable 
for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or 
covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Agreement or any related 
documents.

                                      59

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Trustee have caused this 
Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly 
authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.

                              OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                   WAREHOUSE TRUST


                              By   WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                   individual capacity but solely as Owner
                                   Trustee under the Trust Agreement,


                              By  /s/  Emmett R. Harmon
                                 --------------------------------------------
                                   Name:     Emmett R. Harmon
                                   Title:    Vice President



                              NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not
                              in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee,


                              By  /s/ Robert N. Guimont 
                                 ---------------------------------------------
                                   Name:     Robert N. Guimont
                                   Title:    Assistant Vice President

<PAGE>

EXHIBIT A


                             SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                         [Form of Variable Funding Note]

REGISTERED

No. __


                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST

                              VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE


THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND HAS NOT BEEN 
APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR 
REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE.  THIS NOTE HAS BEEN OFFERED AND SOLD 
PRIVATELY.  THE HOLDER HEREOF ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THESE SECURITIES ARE 
"RESTRICTED SECURITIES" THAT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES 
ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND ITS AFFILIATES THAT THESE 
SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT 
(A) TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED 
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT 
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A OR (B) PURSUANT TO AN 
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF 
AVAILABLE), OR PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION 
REQUIREMENTS UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED THE ISSUER IS 
PROVIDED WITH AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS SO EXEMPT, AND IN 
EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF 
THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.  THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS 
SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS REFERRED TO IN THE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
PURSUANT TO WHICH THIS NOTE WAS PURCHASED.

NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY INTEREST HEREIN MAY BE ACQUIRED BY (A) AN EMPLOYEE 
BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(3) OF THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT SECURITY 
ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED ("ERISA")) THAT IS SUBJECT TO THE PROVISIONS OF TITLE 
1 OF ERISA, (B) A PLAN DESCRIBED IN SECTION 4975 (E)(1) OF THE INTERNAL 
REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED, OR (C) ANY ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS 
INCLUDE PLAN ASSETS BY REASON OF A PLAN'S INVESTMENT IN THE ENTITY (EACH A 
"BENEFIT PLAN"). BY ACCEPTING AND HOLDING THIS NOTE OR ANY INTEREST HEREIN, 
THE HOLDER HEREOF OR ANY OWNER OF AN INTEREST HEREIN SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE 
REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT IT IS NOT A BENEFIT PLAN.

THIS NOTE IS PREPAYABLE IN WHOLE OR IN PART ON ANY BUSINESS DAY.

THE PRINCIPAL ON THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS ON PAYMENT DATES AND 
REDEMPTION DATES IN THE AMOUNTS DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO 
HEREIN. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF AND UNPAID INTEREST 
ON THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE 
HEREOF.

                                     B-1

<PAGE>


                OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST

                            VARIABLE FUNDING NOTE


     Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust, a business trust 
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein 
referred to as the "ISSUER"), for value received, hereby promises to pay to 
_____________________, the principal sum of [               ], payable in 
installments on Payment Dates and Redemption Dates in the amounts described 
in the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that 
the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable, if 
not previously paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have 
occurred and be continuing, so long as the Controlling Party has declared the 
Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 
5.02 of the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof.  The Issuer will pay 
interest on this Note at the Note Interest Rate and the Note Interest 
Arrearage on each Payment Date and Redemption Date, until the principal of 
this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal amount of 
this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to 
all payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date) or, with 
respect to the first Payment Date, on the Funding Date (as such term is 
defined in the Note Purchase Agreement).  Interest on this Note will accrue 
for each Payment Date for the calendar month preceding the month in which 
such Payment Date occurs or, with respect to the first Payment Date, for the 
period commencing on the Funding Date and ending on the last day of the 
calendar month preceding the month in which the first Payment Date occurs.  
Such principal of and interest and premium, if any, on this Note shall be 
paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

     The principal of and interest and premium, if any, on this Note are 
payable in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the 
time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.  All 
payments made by the Issuer with respect to this Note shall be applied first 
to interest due and payable on this Note as provided above and then to the 
unpaid principal of this Note.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the 
Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be 
entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse 
hereof, or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.  THIS NOTE SHALL BE 
GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW 
YORK.

     REFERENCE IS MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE SET FORTH ON 
THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH SHALL HAVE THE SAME EFFECT AS THOUGH FULLY SET 
FORTH ON THE FACE OF THIS NOTE.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed, 
manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

Dated: _______      OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                              WAREHOUSE TRUST


                         By   WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                              not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner
                              Trustee under the Trust

                                     B-2

<PAGE>
                              Agreement, 

                              By_________________________________
                                Name:
                                Title:

                                     B-3

<PAGE>

                     TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


          This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.


Dated: _______                         NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL 
                              ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity
                              but solely as Trustee,

                              By
                                 -----------------------------------------
                                Authorized Signatory


                                     B-4

<PAGE>

                                [REVERSE OF NOTE]

     This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer, 
designated as its Variable Funding Notes (herein called the "NOTES"), all 
issued under an Indenture, dated as of December 28, 1995 (such indenture, as 
supplemented or amended, herein called the "INDENTURE"), between the Issuer 
and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (the "TRUSTEE", 
which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture), to which the 
Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made 
for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the 
Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.  The Notes are subject to 
all terms of the Indenture.  All terms used in this Note that are defined in 
the Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have the meanings assigned 
to them in or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

     The Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral 
pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

     Principal of the Notes will be payable on certain Payment Dates and on 
each Redemption Date in an amount described in the Indenture.  "PAYMENT DATE" 
means the fifteenth day of each month, or, if any such date is not a Business 
Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing February 15, 1996.

     The entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall be due and payable 
on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date and the Redemption 
Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.01(a), 10.01(b) or 10.01(c) of the 
Indenture.  All or a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this Note 
shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 
10.01(d) of the Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid 
principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which 
an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the 
Controlling Party has waived such Event of Default in the manner provided in 
Section 5.13 of the Indenture. All principal payments on the Notes shall be 
made pro rata to the Noteholders entitled thereto.

     Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Payment Date 
and Redemption Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to 
the extent not in full payment of this Note, shall be paid to the Person in 
whose name such Note is registered on the Record Date, by wire transfer in 
immediately available funds to the account designated by such Person.  Any 
reduction in the principal amount of this Note affected by any payments made 
on any Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and 
of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange 
hereof or in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon.  If funds are expected 
to be available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the 
then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a Payment Date or 
Redemption Date, then the Trustee, in the name of and on behalf of the 
Issuer, will notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the 
close of business on the Record Date with respect to such Payment Date or the 
Payment Date immediately preceding such Redemption Date by notice mailed 
within five days of such Payment Date or Redemption Date, as applicable, and 
the amount then due and payable shall be payable only upon presentation and 
surrender of this Note at the Trustee's principal Corporate Trust Office, at 
the office of the Trustee's agent appointed for such purposes located in The 
City of New York, or at the place specified in such notice.

     As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed (a) pursuant to 


                                     B-5

<PAGE>

Section 10.01(a) of the Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option 
of the Seller or the Servicer, after the date on which the Seller or the 
Servicer, pursuant to Section 9.1(a) or 9.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, purchases the corpus of the Trust, (b) pursuant to Section 
10.01(b) of the Indenture, in whole, but not in part, on any Business Day, in 
connection with a Securitized Offering, (c) in connection with Section 
10.01(c) of the Indenture, and (d) pursuant to Section 10.01(d) of the 
Indenture, in whole or in part, on any Business Day, in connection with a 
Recapitalization, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any redemption of Notes in part 
shall be made on a pro rata basis to the Holders of Notes.

     As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set 
forth therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note 
Register upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the 
office or agency designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, duly 
endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form 
satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his 
attorney duly authorized in writing, with such signature guaranteed by a 
commercial bank or trust company located, or having a correspondent located, 
in the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located, or a member firm 
of a national securities exchange, and such other documents as the Trustee 
may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized denominations 
and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the designated 
transferee or transferees.  No service charge will be charged for any 
registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be 
required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental 
charge that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of 
transfer or exchange.

     Each Noteholder, by acceptance of a Note covenants and agrees that no 
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the 
obligations of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or 
under the Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in 
connection therewith, against (i) the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its 
individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or 
(iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director or employee 
of the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of 
a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of 
any successor or assign of the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual 
capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed and except that 
any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent 
provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid 
capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such 
entity.

     Each Noteholder by acceptance of a Note covenants and agrees that by 
accepting the benefits of the Indenture and such Note that such Noteholder 
will not at any time institute against the Seller, the Issuer or the General 
Partner, or join in any institution against the Seller, the Issuer or the 
General Partner of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency 
or liquidation proceedings under any United States Federal or state 
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the 
Notes, the Indenture or the Related Documents.

     It is the intent and agreement of the Issuer, the Trustee and the 
Noteholders that, for purposes of federal income, state and local income and 
franchise and any other income taxes, the Notes will be treated as debt.  
Each 


                                     B-6

<PAGE>

Noteholder by acceptance of this Note covenants and agrees to treat this Note 
as debt for such tax purposes and to take no action inconsistent with such 
treatment.

     Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, 
the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee may treat 
the Person in whose name this Note (as of the day of determination or as of 
such other date as may be specified in the Indenture) is registered as the 
owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and 
neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by 
notice to the contrary.

     The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the 
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the 
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any 
time by the Issuer with the consent of the Note Majority.  The Indenture also 
contains provisions permitting the Controlling Party, on behalf of the 
Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the Issuer with certain 
provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and 
their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note 
(or any one or more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon 
such Holders and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued 
upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu 
hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this 
Note.  The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms 
and conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of 
the Notes issued thereunder.

     The term "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the 
Issuer under the Indenture.

     The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, 
to merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Holder 
of Notes under the Indenture.

     The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as 
provided in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

     This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the 
laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law 
provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder 
and thereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

     No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of 
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is 
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note 
at the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

     Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly 
provided in the Related Documents, neither Wilmington Trust Company in its 
individual capacity, any owner of a beneficiary interest in the Issuer, nor 
any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers, directors, 
employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for, nor shall 
recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or interest 
on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants, 
obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it 
being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and 

                                     B-7

<PAGE>


indemnifications have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purpose of 
binding the interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer.  The 
Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly 
provided in the Related Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under 
the Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing 
for any deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing 
contained herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement 
against, the assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations 
and undertakings contained in the Indenture or in this Note.                  

                                     B-8

<PAGE>

                                  ASSIGNMENT

Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee:


- -----------------------------

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto_________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________
(name and address of assignee)

the within Note and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes
and appoints ______________ attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept
for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:                        
      -----------------

                         Signature Guaranteed:



                                                     **
                         ----------------------------







- --------------------------------
     **   NOTE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name
          of the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note
          in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change
          whatsoever. 

                                      B-9


<PAGE>

                                                                EXECUTION COPY

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                            SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

                          Dated as of June 12, 1996

                                       to

                                    INDENTURE

                         Dated as of December 28, 1995

                                    between

                OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILES RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                    Issuer

                 NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                    Trustee

                                      and

                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                             Administrative Agent




- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS


                                  ARTICLE II

                            SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

      SECTION 2.1.      Amendment to Section 2.02 of the Indenture.........  1
      SECTION 2.2.      Amendment to Section 2.03 of the Indenture.........  2
      SECTION 2.3.      Amendment to Section 2.07 of the Indenture.........  2
      SECTION 2.4.      Amendment to Section 3.18 of the Indenture.........  2
      SECTION 2.5.      Amendment to Section 5.03 of the Indenture.........  2
      SECTION 2.6.      Amendment to Section 5.05 of the Indenture.........  2
      SECTION 2.7.      Amendment to Section 5.09 of the Indenture.........  2
      SECTION 2.8.      Amendment to Section 7.01 of the Indenture.........  3
      SECTION 2.9.      Amendment to Section 9.01 of the Indenture.........  3
      SECTION 2.10.     Amendment to Section 11.01 of the Indenture........  3
      SECTION 2.11.     Amendment to Section 11.04 of the Indenture........  3
      SECTION 2.12.     Amendment to Section 11.15 of the Indenture........  3
      SECTION 2.13.     Amendment to Section 11.18 of the Indenture........  3


                                  ARTICLE III

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION 3.1.      Counterparts.......................................  3
      SECTION 3.2.      Governing Law; Entire Agreement....................  3
      SECTION 3.3.      Headings...........................................  4
      SECTION 3.4.      Effectiveness of Supplemental Indenture............  4
      SECTION 3.5.      Effect of Supplemental Indenture...................  4
      SECTION 3.6.      Indenture in Full Force and Effect
                           as Supplemented.................................  4

                                      -i-

<PAGE>

      SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE dated as of June 12, 1996 (the "SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE") to INDENTURE dated as of December 28, 1995 (the "INDENTURE"),
between Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust, a Delaware business
trust (the "ISSUER") and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, a
national banking association, in its capacities as trustee ("the "TRUSTEE")
and not in its individual capacity.

      WHEREAS, the Issuer and the Trustee have entered into the Indenture;

      WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01(b) of the Indenture, the Issuer and the
Trustee desire to enter into this Supplemental Indenture;

      WHEREAS, the Issuer has executed and delivered to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 9.01(b) of the Indenture an Issuer Order, authorizing this Supplemental
Indenture;

      WHEREAS, each of JPMD and a Note Majority has consented to the execution
of this Supplemental Indenture as required by Section 9.01(b) of the Indenture;

      WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties that this Supplemental Indenture
be effective as of the date set forth above (the "EFFECTIVENESS DATE");

      NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Supplemental Indenture hereby agree as
follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

      Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, defined
terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture.


                                  ARTICLE II

                            SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

      SECTION 2.1.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2.02 OF THE INDENTURE.  The third
paragraph of Section 2.02 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the
reference to the amount "$200,000,000" and substituting therefor "$300,000,000."

      SECTION 2.2.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2.03 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section
2.03(a) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the reference to the
amount "$19,800,000" and substituting therefor "$29,700,000."

<PAGE>

      SECTION 2.3.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2.07 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section
2.07(b) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the words "so long as the
Controlling Party has declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in
the manner provided in Section 5.02."

      SECTION 2.4.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 3.18 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section 3.18
of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the word "JPMD" and the comma
which precedes it.

      SECTION 2.5.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.03 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section
5.03(b) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the words "for so long as
the Trustee is not the Controlling Party."

      SECTION 2.6.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.05 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section 5.05
of the Indenture is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

      "SECTION 5.05.  OPTIONAL PRESERVATION OF THE RECEIVABLES.  If the
      Notes have become due and payable under Section 5.02 following an Event of
      Default, the Trustee may, but need not, unless otherwise directed by the
      Controlling Party, maintain possession of the Trust Estate.  It is the
      desire of the parties hereto and the Noteholders that there be at all
      times sufficient funds for the payment of principal of and interest on the
      Notes, and the Trustee shall take such desire into account when
      determining whether or not to maintain possession of the Trust Estate.  In
      determining whether to maintain possession of the Trust Estate, the
      Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion of an
      Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation
      as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of
      the Trust Estate for such purpose".

      SECTION 2.7.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.09 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section 5.09
of the Indenture is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

      "SECTION 5.09  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.  If the Controlling
      Party or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right
      or remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been discontinued
      or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the
      Controlling Party or to such Noteholder, then and in every such case the
      Issuer, the Controlling Party and any such Noteholder shall, subject to
      any determination in such Proceeding, be restored severally and
      respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all
      rights and remedies of the Controlling Party and any such Noteholder shall
      continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted".

      SECTION 2.8.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 7.01 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section 7.01
of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting each reference to the words "the
Controlling Party" and substituting therefor "JPMD."

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

      SECTION 2.9.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 9.01 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section
9.01(b) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the words "the
Controlling Party" and substituting therefor "JPMD."

      SECTION 2.10.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 11.01 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section
11.01 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting each reference to the words
"the Controlling Party" and substituting therefor "JPMD."

      SECTION 2.11.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 11.04 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section
11.04(c) of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the words "902 Market
Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801" and substituting therefor "500 Stanton
Christiana Road, Newark, Delaware 19713-2107."

      SECTION 2.12.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 11.15 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section
11.15 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the words "the Controlling
Party" and substituting therefor "JPMD."

      SECTION 2.13.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 11.18 OF THE INDENTURE.  Section
11.18 of the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting the words "the Controlling
Party" and substituting therefor "JPMD."


                                  ARTICLE III

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

      SECTION 3.1.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Supplemental Indenture may be executed
by the parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to
be an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same
agreement.

      SECTION 3.2.  GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  THIS SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE
INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  This Supplemental Indenture and the
Indenture (and all exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) constitute the
entire understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof and supersede any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect
thereto.

      SECTION 3.3.  HEADINGS.  The various headings of this Supplemental
Indenture are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Supplemental Indenture or any provisions hereof or
thereof.

      SECTION 3.4.  EFFECTIVENESS OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.  This
Supplemental Indenture shall become effective when the Trustee shall have
received (a) counterparts hereof executed on behalf of the Issuer and the
Trustee, and evidencing the consent of JPMD,


                                     -3-
<PAGE>



(b) the consent of JPMD, on behalf of Delaware Funding Corporation, as sole
Noteholder, to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture and (c) evidence of
written notice to S&P and Moody's of this Supplemental Indenture.  The Trustee
shall be entitled to receive, as a condition to the effectiveness of this
Supplemental Indenture, an Opinion of Counsel stating that this Supplemental
Indenture does not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any
Noteholder.

      SECTION 3.5.  EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.  Pursuant to Section
9.04 of the Indenture, upon the execution of this Supplemental Indenture
pursuant to the provisions of Article IX of the Indenture, the Indenture shall
be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect
to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights,
obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under the Indenture of the
Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Notes shall thereafter be determined,
exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications
and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture
shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of the Indenture
for any and all purposes.

      SECTION 3.6.  INDENTURE IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS SUPPLEMENTED.
Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and conditions of the
Indenture shall remain in full force and effect.  All references to the
Indenture in any other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean the
Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture.  This Supplemental
Indenture shall not constitute a novation of the Indenture, but shall constitute
an amendment thereto.  The parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and
obligations of the Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture, as
though the terms and obligations of the Indenture were set forth herein.

















                                     -4-
<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental
Indenture to be duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers, all as
of the date and year first above written.

                              OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST

                              By    WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not
                                    in its individual capacity but solely as
                                    Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement



                              By:   __________________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:



                              NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not
                              in its individual capacity but
                              solely as Trustee


                              By:   __________________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:



                              AGREED AND CONSENTED:

                              MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK
                              in its capacity as Administrative Agent for
                              DFC, as sole Noteholder, and the purchasers
                              under the DFC Asset Purchase Agreement and as 
                              agent for the banks under the Program Facility
                              and as agent for the Investor Group


                              By:   __________________________________
                                    Name:
                                    Title:


                                     -5-

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY







                  RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT


                                     between


                      OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II
                                    Purchaser


                                       and


                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                                     Seller






                                   dated as of

                                December 28, 1995

<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS


SECTION 1.1 General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
SECTION 1.2 Specific Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
SECTION 1.3 Usage of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
SECTION 1.4 Certain References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
SECTION 1.5 No Recourse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
SECTION 1.6 Action by or Consent of Noteholders or Certificateholders. . . .   4

                                   ARTICLE II

                          CONVEYANCE OF THE RECEIVABLES
                         AND THE OTHER CONVEYED PROPERTY

SECTION 2.1 Purchase Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
SECTION 2.2. Conveyance of Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
SECTION 2.3. Delivery of Receivable Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

                                   ARTICLE III

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 3.1 Representations and Warranties of OFL. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
SECTION 3.2 Representations and Warranties of ORFC II. . . . . . . . . . . .   9

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                COVENANTS OF OFL

SECTION 4.1 Protection of Title of ORFC II and the Trust . . . . . . . . . .  11
SECTION 4.2 Other Liens or Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
SECTION 4.3 Costs and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
SECTION 4.4 Indemnification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
SECTION 4.5 Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15


<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE V

                                   REPURCHASES

SECTION 5.1 Repurchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Warranty or Covenant. .  16
SECTION 5.2 Reassignment of Purchased Receivables. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
SECTION 5.3 Repurchase of Ineligible Receivables Upon Securitized Offering .  17
SECTION 5.4 Waivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.1 Liability of OFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
SECTION 6.2  [RESERVED]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
SECTION 6.3 Merger or Consolidation of OFL or ORFC II. . . . . . . . . . . .  17
SECTION 6.4 Limitation on Liability of OFL and Others. . . . . . . . . . . .  18
SECTION 6.5 OFL May Own Notes or Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18
SECTION 6.6 Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
SECTION 6.7 Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
SECTION 6.8 Merger and Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
SECTION 6.9 Severability of Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
SECTION 6.10 Intention of the Parties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  20
SECTION 6.11 Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
SECTION 6.12 Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
SECTION 6.13 Conveyance of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed
            Property to the Trust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21
SECTION 6.14 Nonpetition Covenant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  21

                                       ii

<PAGE>
                  RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT


          THIS RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT, dated as of
December 28, 1995, executed between Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, a
Delaware corporation, as purchaser ("ORFC II"), and Olympic Financial Ltd., a
Minnesota corporation, as seller ("OFL").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

          WHEREAS, ORFC II has agreed from time to time to purchase from OFL and
OFL, pursuant to this Agreement, has agreed from time to time to sell and assign
to ORFC II the Receivables and Other Conveyed Property.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt of which is acknowledged, ORFC II and OFL, intending to be legally
bound, hereby agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

          SECTION 1.1  GENERAL.  The specific terms defined in this Article
include the plural as well as the singular.  The words "herein," "hereof" and
"hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision, and Article,
Section, Schedule and Exhibit references, unless otherwise specified, refer to
Articles and Sections of and Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement. 
Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective
meanings assigned to such terms in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
December 28, 1995, by and among Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II (as
Seller), Olympic Financial Ltd. (in its individual capacity and as Servicer),
Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust (as Issuer) (the "Trust") and
Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, a national banking association (as
Backup Servicer).

          SECTION 1.2  SPECIFIC TERMS.  Whenever used in this Agreement, the
following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have
the following meanings:

          "Agreement" means this Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment
and all amendments hereof and supplements hereto.

<PAGE>
          "Assignment Agreement" means, with respect to any Receivables and
related Other Conveyed Property, the assignment agreement between OFL and ORFC
II pursuant to which OFL sells and assigns Receivables and related Other
Conveyed Property to ORFC II, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

          "Closing Date" means December 28, 1995.

          "Indenture Trustee" means Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, a national banking association, as trustee and indenture collateral
agent under the Indenture, dated as of December 28, 1995, between the Trust and
the Indenture Trustee.

          "ORFC II" means Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware
corporation.

          "Other Conveyed Property" means all monies at any time paid or payable
on the Receivables or in respect thereof after the applicable Cutoff Date
(including amounts due on or before the applicable Cutoff Date but receivable by
OFL after such Cutoff Date), the security interests of OFL in the Financed
Vehicles, the Insurance Policies and any proceeds from any Insurance Policies
relating to the Receivables, the Obligors or the Financed Vehicles, including
rebates of premiums, all Collateral Insurance and any Force-Placed Insurance
relating to the Receivables, rights of OFL against Dealers with respect to the
Receivables under the Dealer Agreements and the Dealer Assignments, all items
contained in the Receivable Files, any and all other documents or electronic
records that OFL keeps on file in accordance with its customary procedures
relating to the Receivables, the Obligors or the Financed Vehicles, property
(including the right to receive future Liquidation Proceeds) that secures a
Receivable and that has been acquired by or on behalf of OFL pursuant to
liquidation of such Receivable, all present and future claims, demands, causes
and chooses in action in respect of the Receivables and any or all of the
foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature
whatsoever in respect of the Receivables and any and all of the foregoing,
including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or
other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivables, notes,
drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance
proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and other
forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property which at
any time constitute all or part of or are included in the proceeds of the
Receivables and any of the foregoing.

          "Owner Trustee" means Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware
corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as trustee of the Trust
and any successor trustee appointed and acting pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

          "Purchase Price" means, with respect to any Receivables and related
Other Conveyed Property conveyed to ORFC II by OFL on any Transfer Date, an
amount equal to the sum of the Principal Balances of all such Receivables as of
the applicable Cutoff Date.

                                       2

<PAGE>
          "Receivable" means a retail installment sale contract or promissory
note (and related security agreement) for a new or used automobile or light
truck (and all accessories thereto) that is included in the Schedule of
Receivables, and all rights and obligations under such a contract.

          "Related Documents" means the Notes, the Custodian Agreement, the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement and the Indenture.  The Related
Documents to be executed by any party are referred to herein as "such party's
Related Documents," "its Related Documents" or by a similar expression.

          "Repurchase Event" means the occurrence of a breach of any of OFL's
representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1(a) hereof or any other
event which requires the repurchase of a Receivable by OFL under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement or by ORFC II pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

          "Sale and Servicing Agreement" means the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
dated as of December 28, 1995, executed and delivered by Olympic Receivables
Finance Corp. II, as Seller, Olympic Financial Ltd., in its individual capacity
and as Servicer, Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust, as Issuer, and
Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Backup Servicer, together with
any Transfer Agreements executed pursuant thereto and in accordance with the
terms thereof.

          "Schedule of Receivables" means the schedule of all automobile retail
installment loan contracts and promissory notes sold and transferred pursuant to
each Assignment Agreement which is attached hereto as Schedule A, as such
Schedule shall be supplemented from time to time (i) by each Schedule of
Receivables with respect to each Assignment Agreement, which Schedules of
Receivables shall be deemed incorporated and made a part of Schedule A hereto
and (ii) to reflect the repurchase from ORFC II of (a) Warranty Receivables and
(b) other Receivables purchased from ORFC II by OFL, such comprehensive schedule
to be maintained by the Indenture Trustee.  With respect to an Assignment
Agreement, "Schedule of Receivables" shall mean the Schedule attached to such
Assignment Agreement as Exhibit A thereto.

          "Schedule of Representations" means the Schedule of Representations
and Warranties attached hereto as Schedule B.

          "Transfer Date" means any date on which Receivables and related Other
Conveyed Property are sold and assigned to ORFC II pursuant to Section 2.2.

          "Trust" means the trust created by the Trust Agreement, the estate of
which consists of the Trust Property.

                                       3
<PAGE>
          "Trust Property" means the property and proceeds of every description
conveyed pursuant to Section 2.5 of the Trust Agreement, Sections 2.1 and 2.4 of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 2.2 hereof and pursuant to any
Assignment Agreement, together with the Trust Accounts (including all Eligible
Investments therein and all proceeds therefrom).

          SECTION 1.3  USAGE OF TERMS.  With respect to all terms used in this
Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words
importing any gender include the other gender; references to "writing" include
printing, typing, lithography, and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all
subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with
their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement or the Sale and
Servicing Agreement; references to Persons include their permitted successors
and assigns; and the terms "include" or "including" mean "include without
limitation" or "including without limitation."

          SECTION 1.4  CERTAIN REFERENCES.  All references to the Principal
Balance of a Receivable as of an Accounting Date shall refer to the close of
business on such day, or as of the first day of a Monthly Period shall refer to
the opening of business on such day.  All references to the last day of a
Monthly Period shall refer to the close of business on such day.

          SECTION 1.5  NO RECOURSE.  Without limiting the obligations of OFL
hereunder, no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, under this
Agreement or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith
or therewith, against any stockholder, officer or director, as such, of OFL, or
of any predecessor or successor of OFL.

          SECTION 1.6  ACTION BY OR CONSENT OF NOTEHOLDERS OR
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  Whenever any provision of this Agreement refers to action
to be taken, or consented to, by Noteholders or Certificateholders, such
provision shall be deemed to refer to Noteholders or Certificateholders, as the
case may be, of record as of the Record Date immediately preceding the date on
which such action is to be taken, or consent given, by Noteholders or
Certificateholders, as the case may be.  Solely for the purposes of any action
to be taken, or consented to, by Noteholders or Certificateholders, any Note or
Certificate registered in the name of ORFC II, OFL or any Affiliate thereof
shall be deemed not to be outstanding, and the related Outstanding Amount or
Certificate Balance, as applicable, evidenced thereby shall not be taken into
account in determining whether the requisite Outstanding Amount or Certificate
Balance necessary to effect any such action or consent has been obtained;
provided, however, that, solely for the purpose of determining whether the
Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee is entitled to rely upon any such action or
consent, only Notes or Certificates which the Indenture Trustee or Owner Trustee
knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.

                                       4
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE II

                          CONVEYANCE OF THE RECEIVABLES
                         AND THE OTHER CONVEYED PROPERTY

          SECTION 2.1  PURCHASE PRICE.  In consideration of the conveyance of
the Receivables and the related Other Conveyed Property to ORFC II on each
Transfer Date, ORFC II shall pay or cause to be paid to OFL an amount equal to
the Purchase Price.  Such amount shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately
available funds on the date of such conveyance.

          SECTION 2.2.  CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.

          (a)  Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below, OFL,
pursuant to the mutually agreed upon terms contained herein and pursuant to one
or more Assignment Agreements, shall sell, transfer, assign and otherwise convey
to ORFC II without recourse (but without limitation of its obligations in this
Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement), all of the right, title and
interest of OFL, whether then existing or thereafter acquired, in and to the
Receivables listed on the related Schedule of Receivables and the related Other
Conveyed Property.  It is the intention of ORFC II and OFL that the transfers
and assignments contemplated by this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement
shall constitute a sale of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property from
OFL to ORFC II, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, and
the Receivables and Other Conveyed Property shall not be a part of OFL's estate
in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against OFL under any
bankruptcy or similar law.

          (b)  (1)  OFL shall transfer to ORFC II the Receivables and the
related Other Conveyed Property as described in paragraph (a) above only upon
the satisfaction of each of the following conditions on or prior to the related
Transfer Date:

          (i)  OFL shall have delivered to ORFC II, the Owner Trustee and the
     Indenture Trustee a duly executed Assignment Agreement (including an
     acceptance by ORFC II), which shall include a Schedule of Receivables
     listing the Receivables being transferred on such Transfer Date;

          (ii) as of such Transfer Date, OFL shall not have been insolvent nor
     shall OFL have been rendered insolvent by such sale and assignment nor
     shall OFL be aware of any pending insolvency;

          (iii)  OFL shall have taken any action necessary or advisable to
     maintain the first priority perfected ownership interest of ORFC II in the
     Receivables and Other Conveyed Property;

                                       5
<PAGE>
          (iv) no selection procedures adverse to the interests of ORFC II, the
     Issuer or the Noteholders shall have been utilized by OFL or ORFC II in
     selecting the Receivables;

          (v)  OFL shall have provided to ORFC II and JPMD any information
     reasonably requested by any of the foregoing with respect to the
     Receivables;

          (vi)  the conditions to the transfer of Receivables to the Trust
     pursuant to Section 2.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement have been
     met;

          (vii)  each of the representations and warranties made by OFL pursuant
     to Section 3.1 shall be true and correct as of the related Transfer Date,
     and OFL shall have performed all obligations to be performed by it
     hereunder on or prior to such Transfer Date;

          (viii)  OFL shall, at its own expense, on or prior to the Transfer
     Date indicate in its computer files that the Receivables identified in the
     Assignment Agreement have been sold to ORFC II pursuant to this Agreement
     and the related Assignment Agreement;

          (ix)  on any Transfer Date following a Trust Property Liquidation Date
     on which (i) not less than all of the Receivables in the Trust as of such
     date are purchased pursuant to Section 9.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing
     Agreement and (ii) ORFC II receives amounts on deposit in the Spread
     Account pursuant to Section 5.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
     until the Transfer Date that occurs on the later to occur of (x) 90 days
     since the most recent Trust Property Liquidation Date and (y) 90 days since
     the most recent Transfer Date on which the Excess Yield Condition was not
     satisfied, but for the required hedging arrangement, if the Excess Yield
     Condition is not satisfied with respect to the Receivables to be conveyed
     on such Transfer Date, OFL shall have established a hedging arrangement
     with respect to such Receivables that is acceptable to JPMD; and
          
          (x)  OFL shall have delivered to the Indenture Trustee, the Owner
     Trustee and JPMD an Officer's Certificate confirming the satisfaction of
     each condition precedent specified in this paragraph (b)(1).

          SECTION 2.3.  DELIVERY OF RECEIVABLE FILES.  OFL shall use its best
efforts to deliver to the Custodian within three Business Days after each
Transfer Date, but in any event OFL shall deliver to the Custodian no later than
ten Business Days after such Transfer Date, the following documents:

                                       6
<PAGE>
          (i)  The fully executed original of the Receivable (together with the
     original of any agreements modifying the Receivable, including without
     limitation any extension agreements);

          (ii) A certificate of insurance, application form signed by the
     Obligor or a signed representation letter from the Obligor named in the
     Receivable pursuant to which the Obligor has agreed to obtain an Insurance
     Policy, or a documented verbal confirmation by the insurance agent for the
     Obligor of a policy number for an Insurance Policy or any other documents
     evidencing or relating to any Insurance Policy;

          (iii)     The original credit application, or a copy thereof, of each
     Obligor, on OFL's customary form, or on a form approved by OFL, for such
     application; and

          (iv) The original certificate of title (when received) and otherwise
     such documents, if any, that OFL keeps on file in accordance with its
     customary procedures indicating that the Financed Vehicle is owned by the
     Obligor and subject to the interest of OFL as first lienholder or secured
     party (including any Lien Certificate received by OFL), or if such original
     certificate of title has not yet been received, a copy of the application
     therefor, showing OFL as secured party, or a letter from the applicable
     Dealer agreeing unconditionally to repurchase the related Receivable if the
     certificate of title is not received by OFL within 180 days.

     It is the intention of OFL and ORFC II that the transfer and assignment
contemplated by this Agreement and the related Assignment Agreements shall
constitute a sale of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property from OFL to
ORFC II, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, and the
Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property shall not be part of OFL's estate in
the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against OFL under any
bankruptcy or similar law.

                                   ARTICLE III

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          SECTION 3.1  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OFL.  OFL makes the
following representations and warranties, on which ORFC II relies in purchasing
the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property and in transferring the
Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.  Such representations are made as of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement and as of each Transfer Date, and shall survive the
sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property
hereunder and under the Assignment Agreements and the sale, transfer and
assignment thereof by ORFC II to the Trust under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.  OFL and ORFC II agree that ORFC II will assign to the Trust all of
ORFC II's 

                                       7
<PAGE>

rights under this Agreement and that the Trust will thereafter be
entitled to enforce this Agreement against OFL in the Trust's own name.

          (a)  SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS.  The representations and warranties
set forth on the Schedule of Representations are true and correct.

          (b)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  OFL has been duly organized and
is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
State of Minnesota, with power and authority to own its properties and to
conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is
currently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now has, power,
authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables and the Other
Conveyed Property transferred to ORFC II.

          (c)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  OFL is duly qualified to do business as a
foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses
and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its
property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification.

          (d)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  OFL has the power and authority to execute
and deliver this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and its Related Documents
and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; OFL has full power and
authority to sell and assign the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to
be sold and assigned to and deposited with ORFC II under each Assignment
Agreement and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to ORFC II by all
necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and OFL's Related Documents have been duly
authorized by OFL by all necessary corporate action.

          (e)  VALID SALE; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement, each Assignment
Agreement and OFL's Related Documents have been duly executed and delivered,
shall effect a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the
Other Conveyed Property, enforceable against OFL and creditors of and purchasers
from OFL; and this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and OFL's Related
Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of OFL enforceable in
accordance with their respective terms, except as enforceability may be limited
by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by equitable limitations on the
availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such enforceability is
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

          (f)  NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and the Related Documents and the
fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and the
Related Documents shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the
terms and provisions of or constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or
both) a default under, the articles of 

                                       8
<PAGE>

incorporation or bylaws of OFL, or any
indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which OFL
is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of
any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture,
agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this
Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement, or
violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to OFL of any court or of
any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over OFL or any of its
properties.

          (g)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
pending or, to OFL's knowledge, threatened against OFL, before any court,
regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over OFL or its properties (i) asserting the
invalidity of this Agreement, any Assignment Agreement or any of the Related
Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the Certificates
or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
any Assignment Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (iii) seeking any
determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the
performance by OFL of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability
of, this Agreement, any Assignment Agreement or any of the Related Documents or
(iv) seeking to affect adversely the federal income tax or other federal, state
or local tax attributes of, or seeking to impose any excise, franchise, transfer
or similar tax upon, the transfer and acquisition of the Receivables and the
Other Conveyed Property hereunder, under any Assignment Agreement or under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          (h)  NO TERMINATION EVENTS.  No Purchase Termination Event or Servicer
Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing.

          (i)  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE.  The chief executive office of OFL is
located at 7825 Washington Avenue South, Suite 400, Minneapolis, MN 55439-2435.

          SECTION 3.2  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ORFC II.  ORFC II makes
the following representations and warranties, on which OFL relies in selling,
assigning, transferring and conveying the Receivables and the Other Conveyed
Property to ORFC II hereunder and under each Assignment Agreement.  Such
representations are made as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
as of each Transfer Date, and shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of
the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property hereunder and under each
Assignment Agreement and the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by ORFC II to
the Trust under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          (a)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  ORFC II has been duly organized
and is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of
the State of Delaware, with the power and authority to own its properties and to
conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business is
currently conducted, and had at all 

                                       9
<PAGE>

relevant times, and has, full power, authority and legal right to acquire and
own the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property and to transfer the
Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to the Trust pursuant to the Sale
and Servicing Agreement.

          (b)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  ORFC II is duly qualified to do business as a
foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses
and approvals in all jurisdictions where the failure to do so would materially
and adversely affect (i) ORFC II's ability to acquire the Receivables or the
Other Conveyed Property, (ii) the validity or enforceability of the Receivables
and the Other Conveyed Property or (iii) ORFC II's ability to perform its
obligations hereunder, under any Assignment Agreement and under the Related
Documents.

          (c)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  ORFC II has the power, authority and legal
right to execute and deliver this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and its
Related Documents and to carry out the terms hereof and thereof and to acquire
the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property hereunder and under each
Assignment Agreement; and the execution, delivery and performance of this
Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and its Related Documents and all of the
documents required pursuant hereto or thereto have been duly authorized by ORFC
II by all necessary action.

          (d)  NO CONSENT REQUIRED.  ORFC II is not required to obtain the
consent of any other Person, or any consent, license, approval or authorization
or registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or
agency in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this
Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and the Related Documents, except for such
as have been obtained, effected or made.

          (e)   BINDING OBLIGATION.  This Agreement, each Assignment Agreement
and each of its Related Documents constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of ORFC II, enforceable against ORFC II in accordance with its terms,
subject, as to enforceability, to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, conservatorship, receivership, liquidation and other similar
laws and to general equitable principles.

          (f)  NO VIOLATION.  The execution, delivery and performance by ORFC II
of this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement, the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and the
Related Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement, each
Assignment Agreement and the Related Documents do not and will not conflict
with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute
(with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under the certificate of
incorporation or bylaws of ORFC II, or conflict with or breach any of the terms
or provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a
default under, any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
instrument to which ORFC is a party or by which ORFC II is bound or to which any
of its properties are subject, or result in the creation or imposition of any
Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any 

                                       10
<PAGE>

such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument (other
than the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture), or violate any law,
order, rule or regulation, applicable to ORFC II or its properties, of any
federal or state regulatory body or any court, administrative agency, or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over ORFC II or any of its
properties.

          (g)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
pending, or, to the knowledge of ORFC II, threatened against ORFC II, before any
court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over ORFC II or its properties:  (i)
asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any Assignment Agreement or any of
the Related Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any Assignment Agreement or any of
the Related Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might
materially and adversely affect the performance by ORFC II of its obligations
under, or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any Assignment
Agreement or any of the Related Documents or (iv) that may adversely affect the
federal or state income tax attributes of, or seeking to impose any excise,
franchise, transfer or similar tax upon, the transfer and acquisition of the
Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property hereunder or under any Assignment
Agreement or the transfer of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to
the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

In the event of any breach of a representation and warranty made by ORFC II
hereunder, OFL covenants and agrees that it will not take any action to pursue
any remedy that it may have hereunder, in law, in equity or otherwise, until a
year and a day have passed since the date on which all investor certificates,
notes or other similar securities issued by the Trust, or a trust or similar
vehicle formed by ORFC II, have been paid in full.  OFL and ORFC II agree that
damages will not be an adequate remedy for such breach and that this covenant
may be specifically enforced by ORFC II or by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the
Trust.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                COVENANTS OF OFL

          SECTION 4.1  PROTECTION OF TITLE OF ORFC II AND THE TRUST.

          (a)  At or prior to the Closing Date, OFL shall have filed or caused
to be filed a UCC-1 financing statement, executed by OFL as seller or debtor,
naming ORFC II as purchaser or secured party and describing the Receivables and
the Other Conveyed Property, with respect to this Agreement and each Assignment
Agreement, being sold by it to ORFC II as collateral, with the office of the
Secretary of State of the State of Minnesota and in such other locations as ORFC
II shall have required.  From time to time thereafter, OFL shall execute and
file such financing statements and cause to be executed and filed such

                                       11
<PAGE>

continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be
required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of ORFC II
under this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement and of the Trust under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement in the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property
and in the proceeds thereof.  OFL shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to
ORFC II, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and DFC file-stamped copies
of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as
available following such filing.  In the event that OFL fails to perform its
obligations under this subsection, ORFC II or the Owner Trustee may do so at the
expense of OFL.

          (b)  OFL shall not change its name, identity, or corporate structure
in any manner that would, could or might make any financing statement or
continuation statement filed by OFL (or by ORFC II or the Owner Trustee on
behalf of OFL) in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading
within the meaning of Section 9-402(7) of the UCC, unless it shall have given
ORFC II, the Owner Trustee and JPMD at least 60 days' prior written notice
thereof, and shall promptly file appropriate amendments to all previously filed
financing statements and continuation statements.

          (c)  OFL shall give ORFC II, JPMD, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner
Trustee at least 60 days' prior written notice of any relocation of its
principal executive office if, as a result of such relocation, the applicable
provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment of any
previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new financing
statement.  OFL shall at all times maintain each office from which it services
Receivables and its principal executive office within the United States of
America.

          (d)  OFL shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and after
the time of sale under this Agreement and under any Assignment Agreement of the
Receivables to ORFC II, and the conveyance of the Receivables by ORFC II to the
Trust, OFL's master computer records (including archives) that shall refer to a
Receivable indicate clearly that such Receivable has been sold to ORFC II and
has been conveyed by ORFC II to the Trust.  Indication of the Trust's ownership
of Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on OFL's computer systems when,
and only when, the Receivable shall become a Purchased Receivable or shall have
been paid in full.  OFL shall indicate in its consolidated financial statements
that Receivables have been sold to ORFC II and are not available to the
creditors of OFL.

          (e)  If at any time OFL shall propose to sell, grant a security
interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in motor vehicle receivables to
any prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee, OFL shall give to such
prospective purchaser, lender, or other transferee computer tapes, records, or
print-outs (including any restored from archives) that, if they shall refer in
any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, shall indicate clearly that such
Receivable has been sold to ORFC II and is owned by the Trust.

                                       12
<PAGE>

          SECTION 4.2  OTHER LIENS OR INTERESTS.  Except for the conveyances
under any Assignment Agreement, OFL will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to
any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
the Receivables or the Other Conveyed Property, or any interest therein, and OFL
shall defend the right, title, and interest of ORFC II and the Trust in and to
the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property against all claims of third
parties claiming through or under OFL.

          SECTION 4.3  COSTS AND EXPENSES.  OFL shall pay all reasonable costs
and disbursements in connection with the performance of its obligations
hereunder and under each Assignment Agreement and its Related Documents.

          SECTION 4.4  INDEMNIFICATION.

          (a)  OFL shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless ORFC II, the Trust,
the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Backup Servicer, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders from and against any and all costs,
expenses, losses, damages, claims, and liabilities, arising out of or resulting
from any breach of any of OFL's representations and warranties contained herein.

          (b)  OFL shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless ORFC II, the Trust,
the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Backup Servicer, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders from and against any and all costs,
expenses, losses, damages, claims, and liabilities, arising out of or resulting
from the use, ownership or operation by OFL or any affiliate thereof of a
Financed Vehicle.

          (c)  OFL shall defend and indemnify ORFC II, the Trust, the Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Backup Servicer, the Noteholders and
the Certificateholders against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages,
claims and liabilities arising out of or resulting from any action taken, or
failed to be taken, by it in respect of any portion of the Trust Property other
than in accordance with this Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          (d)  OFL agrees to pay, and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless
ORFC II, the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Backup
Servicer, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders from and against any taxes
that may at any time be asserted against ORFC II, the Owner Trustee, the
Indenture Trustee, DFC, the Backup Servicer, the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders with respect to the transactions contemplated in this
Agreement or in any Assignment Agreement, including, without limitation, any
sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible or intangible personal
property, privilege, or license taxes (but not including any taxes asserted with
respect to, and as of the date of, any sale, transfer and assignment of the
Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to ORFC II and of the Trust Property
to the Trust or the issuance and original sale of the Notes or the Certificates,
or asserted with respect to ownership of the

                                       13
<PAGE>

Receivables and Other Conveyed Property or the Trust Property which shall be
indemnified by OFL pursuant to clause (e) below, or federal, state or other
income taxes, arising out of distributions on the Notes or the Certificates or
transfer taxes arising in connection with the transfer of the Notes or the
Certificates) and costs and expenses in defending against the same, arising by
reason of the acts to be performed by OFL under this Agreement or under any
Assignment Agreement or imposed against such Persons.

          (e)  OFL agrees to pay, and to indemnify, defend and hold harmless
ORFC II, the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Backup
Servicer, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders from, any taxes which may
at any time be asserted against such Persons with respect to, and as of the date
of, the conveyance or ownership of any Receivables or the Other Conveyed
Property hereunder or under each Assignment Agreement and the conveyance or
ownership of the Trust Property under the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the
issuance and original sale of the Notes and the Certificates, including, without
limitation, any sales, gross receipts, personal property, tangible or intangible
personal property, privilege or license taxes (but not including any federal or
other income taxes, including franchise taxes, arising out of the transactions
contemplated hereby or transfer taxes arising in connection with the transfer of
Notes or Certificates) and costs and expenses in defending against the same,
arising by reason of the acts to be performed by OFL under this Agreement or
under any Assignment Agreement or imposed against such Persons.

          (f)  OFL shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless ORFC II, the Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, DFC, the Backup Servicer, the Trust, JPMD, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders from and against any and all costs,
expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities to the extent that such cost,
expense, loss, claim, damage, or liability arose out of, or was imposed upon
ORFC II, the Trust, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders through the negligence, willful misfeasance, or bad faith of
OFL in the performance of its duties under this Agreement or under any
Assignment Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of OFL's obligations and
duties under this Agreement or under any Assignment Agreement.

          (g)  OFL shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless ORFC II, the Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Backup Servicer, the Trust, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders from and against any loss, liability or
expense incurred by reason of the violation by OFL of federal or state
securities laws in connection with the registration or the sale of the Notes and
the Certificates.

          (h)  OFL shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless ORFC II, the Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Backup Servicer, the Trust, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders from and against any loss, liability or
expense imposed upon, or incurred by, ORFC II, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee, JPMD, the Trust, the

                                       14
<PAGE>

Noteholders or the Certificateholders as a result of the failure of any
Receivable, or the sale of the related Financed Vehicle, to comply with all
requirements of applicable law.

          (i)  OFL shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless ORFC II and its
assignees from and against all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and
liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with the acceptance or
performance of OFL's trusts and duties as Servicer under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, except to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage, or
liability shall be due to the willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence
(except for errors in judgment) of ORFC II.

          (j)  OFL shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless ORFC II, the Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Backup Servicer, the Trust, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders from and against any loss, liability or
expense imposed upon, or incurred by, ORFC II, the Owner Trustee and the
Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Trust, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders as
a result of OFL's or ORFC II's use of the name "Olympic."

          Indemnification under this Section 4.4 shall include reasonable fees
and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation and shall survive termination
of the Trust.  The indemnity obligations hereunder shall be in addition to any
obligation that OFL may otherwise have.

          SECTION 4.5  ADVANCES.  

          (a)  As of any Determination Date as of which no Trigger Event has
occurred, and any previous Trigger Event has been Deemed Cured, OFL, as Seller
hereunder, shall become obligated to pay to or upon the order of ORFC II on the
related Deposit Date, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate
Collection Shortfall with respect to Receivables for which no Scheduled Payment
was due during such Monthly Period and (ii) the Net Advance Shortfall; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that OFL shall not be required to make such payments with respect to a
Receivable extended pursuant to Section 3.2(b) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement for any Monthly Period during which no Scheduled Payment is due
according to the terms of such extension.

          (b)  As of any Determination Date as of which a Trigger Event has
occurred, or as of which any previous Trigger Event has not been Deemed Cured,
OFL, as Seller hereunder, shall become obligated to pay to or upon the order of
ORFC II on the related Deposit Date, the following amounts:  If there are
Collection Shortfalls with respect to a Receivable, an amount equal to such
Collection Shortfall; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, OFL shall only be required to make such
payments with respect to Receivables for which no Scheduled Payment was due
during such Monthly Period; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that OFL shall not be required to
make such payments with respect to a Receivable extended pursuant to Section

                                       15
<PAGE>

3.2(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement for any Monthly Period during which
no Scheduled Payment is due according to the terms of such extension.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                   REPURCHASES

          SECTION 5.1  REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES UPON BREACH OF WARRANTY OR
COVENANT.  Upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Event OFL shall, unless such
breach shall have been cured in all material respects, repurchase such
Receivable from the Trust and, on or before the related Deposit Date, OFL shall
pay the Purchase Amount to the Trust pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.  It is understood and agreed that, except as set forth in
Section 6.1, the obligation of OFL to repurchase any Receivable as to which a
breach has occurred and is continuing shall, if such obligation is fulfilled,
constitute the sole remedy against OFL for such breach available to ORFC II,
Certificateholders, Noteholders, or the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee
on behalf of Certificateholders or Noteholders or DFC.  The provisions of this
Section 5.1 are intended to grant the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee a
direct right against OFL to demand performance hereunder, and in connection
therewith, OFL waives any requirement of prior demand against ORFC II with
respect to such repurchase obligation.  Any such purchase shall take place in
the manner specified in Section 2.6 or Section 3.7, as applicable, of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement
or the Sale and Servicing Agreement to the contrary, the obligation of OFL under
this Section shall not terminate upon a termination of OFL as Servicer under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and shall be performed in accordance with the terms
hereof notwithstanding the failure of the Servicer or ORFC II to perform any of
their respective obligations with respect to such Receivable under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

          In addition to the foregoing and notwithstanding whether the related
Receivable shall have been purchased by OFL, OFL shall indemnify the Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Backup Servicer, the Trust, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders against all costs, expenses, losses,
damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel, which may be asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of
third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such
Repurchase Events.

          SECTION 5.2  REASSIGNMENT OF PURCHASED RECEIVABLES.  Upon deposit in
the Collection Account of the Purchase Amount of any Receivable repurchased by
OFL under Section 5.1, ORFC II and the Owner Trustee shall take such steps as
may be reasonably requested by OFL in order to assign to OFL all of ORFC II's
and the Trust's right, title and interest in and to such Receivable and all
security and documents and all Other Conveyed Property conveyed to ORFC II and
the Trust directly relating thereto, without recourse,

                                       16
<PAGE>

representation or warranty, except as to the absence of liens, charges or
encumbrances created by or arising as a result of actions of ORFC II or the
Owner Trustee.  Such assignment shall be a sale and assignment outright, and
not for security.  If, following the reassignment of a Purchased Receivable,
in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding, it is held that OFL may not
enforce any such Receivable on the ground that it shall not be a real party in
interest or a holder entitled to enforce the Receivable, ORFC II and the Owner
Trustee shall, at the expense of OFL, take such steps as OFL deems reasonably
necessary to enforce the Receivable, including bringing suit in ORFC II's or
the Owner Trustee's name or the names of the Certificateholders.

          SECTION 5.3  REPURCHASE OF INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES UPON SECURITIZED
OFFERING.  Upon the purchase of Ineligible Receivables by ORFC II pursuant to
Section 6.5 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, OFL shall be obligated to
purchase from ORFC II all such Ineligible Receivables for a purchase price equal
to the fair market value of such Ineligible Receivables.

          SECTION 5.4  WAIVERS.  No failure or delay on the part of ORFC II, or
the Owner Trustee as assignee of ORFC II, in exercising any power, right or
remedy under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any such power, right or remedy preclude any other
or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 6.1  LIABILITY OF OFL.  OFL shall be liable in accordance
herewith only to the extent of the obligations in this Agreement or in any
Assignment Agreement specifically undertaken by OFL and the representations and
warranties of OFL.

          SECTION 6.2  [RESERVED].

          SECTION 6.3  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF OFL OR ORFC II.  Any
corporation or other entity (i) into which OFL or ORFC II may be merged or
consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which OFL or
ORFC II is a party or (iii) succeeding to the business of OFL or ORFC II, in the
case of ORFC II, which corporation has a certificate of incorporation containing
provisions relating to limitations on business and other matters substantively
identical to those contained in ORFC II's certificate of incorporation, provided
that in any of the foregoing cases such corporation shall execute an agreement
of assumption to perform every obligation of OFL or ORFC II, as the case may be,
under this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement and, whether or not such
assumption agreement is executed, shall be the successor to OFL or ORFC II, as
the case

                                       17
<PAGE>

may be, hereunder and under each such Assignment Agreement (without
relieving OFL or ORFC II of its responsibilities hereunder, if it survives such
merger or consolidation) without the execution or filing of any document or any
further act by any of the parties to this Agreement or each Assignment
Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, ORFC II shall not merge or
consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to become the
successor to ORFC II's business without the prior written consent of JPMD and
the Rating Agencies.  OFL or ORFC II shall promptly inform the other party, the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD and the Rating Agencies of such
merger, consolidation or purchase and assumption.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, as a condition to the consummation of the transactions referred to in
clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, (x) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2
and this Agreement, or similar representation or warranty made in any Assignment
Agreement, shall have been breached (for purposes hereof, such representations
and warranties shall speak as of the date of the consummation of such
transaction), (y) OFL or ORFC II, as applicable, shall have delivered prompt
written notice of such consolidation, merger or purchase and assumption to the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, and the Rating Agencies prior to the
consummation of such transaction and shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee and DFC an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of
assumption comply with this Section 6.3 and that all conditions precedent, if
any, provided for in this Agreement, or in each Assignment Agreement, relating
to such transaction have been complied with, and (z) OFL or ORFC II, as
applicable, shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and
JPMD an Opinion of Counsel, stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either
(A) all financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto
have been executed and filed that are necessary to preserve and protect the
interest of the Owner Trustee in the Trust Property and reciting the details of
the filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect
such interest.

          SECTION 6.4  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF OFL AND OTHERS.  OFL and any
director, officer, employee or agent may rely in good faith on the advice of
counsel or on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and
submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under this Agreement. 
OFL shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any
legal action that is not incidental to its obligations under this Agreement, any
Assignment Agreement or its Related Documents and that in its opinion may
involve it in any expense or liability.

          SECTION 6.5  OFL MAY OWN NOTES OR CERTIFICATES.  Subject to the
provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, OFL and any Affiliate of OFL may
in its individual or any other capacity become the owner or pledgee of Notes or
Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not OFL or an
Affiliate thereof.

                                       18
<PAGE>

          SECTION 6.6  AMENDMENT.

          (a)  This Agreement and any Assignment Agreement may be amended by OFL
and ORFC II, without the consent of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or
JPMD (A) to cure any ambiguity or (B) to correct any provisions in this
Agreement or any such Assignment Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such action
shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee and JPMD adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any Certificateholder or Noteholder.

          (b)  This Agreement and any Assignment Agreement may also be amended
from time to time by OFL and ORFC II, with the prior written consent of the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, a Certificate Majority, a Note Majority
and JPMD for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner
or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Assignment
Agreement, or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Certificateholders or
the Noteholders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such amendment shall (i) increase or
reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of,
collections of payments on Receivables, distributions that shall be required to
be made on any Certificate or Note or the Certificate Rate or the Note Interest
Rate or (ii) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such
amendment or any waiver hereunder, without the consent of the Holders of all
Certificates or Notes then outstanding or of the Holders of all Notes then
outstanding.

          (c)  Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, OFL
shall have furnished written notification of the substance of such amendment or
consent to each Rating Agency.

          (d)  Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent,
the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, shall furnish written
notification of the substance of such amendment or consent to JPMD and each
Certificateholder and Noteholder.

          (e)  It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders
or Noteholders pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall
approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents and of
evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by Certificateholders or
Noteholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the Owner
Trustee or the Indenture Trustee, as applicable, may prescribe, including the
establishment of record dates.  The consent of any Holder of a Certificate or
Note given pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other provision of this
Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all future
Holders of such Certificate or Note and of any Certificate or Note issued upon
the transfer thereof or in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof whether or not
notation of such consent is made upon the Certificate or Note.

                                       19
<PAGE>

          SECTION 6.7  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and communications to OFL
or ORFC II hereunder shall be in writing, personally delivered, or sent by
telecopier (subsequently confirmed in writing), reputable overnight courier or
mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have
been given upon receipt (a) in the case of OFL, to Olympic Financial Ltd., 7825
Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435, Attention:  John A.
Witham, or such other address as shall be designated by OFL in a written notice
delivered to the other party or to the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee,
as applicable, (b) in case of ORFC II, to Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II,
7825 Washington Avenue South, Suite 410, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435,
Attention:  John A. Witham, or (c) in the case of JPMD, 902 Market Street,
Wilmington, Delaware 19801-3015, Attention:  Asset Finance Group.

          SECTION 6.8  MERGER AND INTEGRATION.  Except as specifically stated
otherwise herein, this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and the Related
Documents set forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the
subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are
superseded by this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and the Related
Documents.  Neither this Agreement nor any Assignment Agreement may be modified,
amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.

          SECTION 6.9  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any one or more of the
covenants, provisions or terms of this Agreement or any Assignment Agreement
shall be for any reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, provisions
or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, provisions or
terms of this Agreement or any Assignment Agreement and shall in no way affect
the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or any
Assignment Agreement.

          SECTION 6.10  INTENTION OF THE PARTIES.  The execution and delivery of
this Agreement shall constitute an acknowledgment by OFL and ORFC II that they
intend that the assignments and transfers herein contemplated pursuant to each
Assignment Agreement constitute a sale and assignment outright, and not for
security, of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, conveying good
title thereto free and clear of any Liens, from OFL to ORFC II, and that the
Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property shall not be a part of OFL's estate
in the event of the bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or
liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law, or the occurrence of another similar event, of, or
with respect to, OFL.  In the event that such conveyance is determined to be
made as security for a loan made by ORFC II, the Trust, the Certificateholders
or the Noteholders to OFL, the parties intend that OFL shall have granted to
ORFC II a security interest in all of OFL's right, title and interest in and to
the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property conveyed pursuant to each
Assignment Agreement and that this Agreement shall constitute a security
agreement under applicable law.

                                       20
<PAGE>

          SECTION 6.11  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of New York without regard to the
principles of conflicts of laws thereof and the obligations, rights and remedies
of the parties under this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with such
laws.

          SECTION 6.12  COUNTERPARTS.  For the purpose of facilitating the
execution of this Agreement and for other purposes, this Agreement may be
executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which
counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 6.13  CONVEYANCE OF THE RECEIVABLES AND THE OTHER CONVEYED
PROPERTY TO THE TRUST.  OFL acknowledges that ORFC II intends, pursuant to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, to convey the Receivables and the Other Conveyed
Property, together with its rights under this Agreement, to the Trust on the
date hereof.  OFL acknowledges and consents to such conveyance and waives any
further notice thereof and covenants and agrees that the representations and
warranties of OFL contained in this Agreement and the rights of ORFC II
hereunder are intended to benefit the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee,
JPMD, the Trust, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders.  In furtherance of
the foregoing, OFL covenants and agrees to perform its duties and obligations
hereunder, in accordance with the terms hereof for the benefit of the Owner
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Trust, the Certificateholders and the
Noteholders and that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, OFL shall be directly liable to the Owner Trustee and the Trust
(notwithstanding any failure by the Servicer, the Backup Servicer or ORFC II to
perform its duties and obligations hereunder or under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement) and that the Owner Trustee may enforce the duties and obligations of
OFL under this Agreement against OFL for the benefit of the Trust, JPMD, the
Certificateholders and the Noteholders.

          SECTION 6.14  NONPETITION COVENANT.  Neither ORFC II nor OFL shall
petition or otherwise invoke the process of any court or government authority
for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust (or, in the
case of OFL, against ORFC II) under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency
or similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust (or ORFC II) or
any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation
of the affairs of the Trust (or ORFC II).

                                       21
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Receivables Purchase
Agreement and Assignment to be duly executed by their respective officers as of
the day and year first above written.


                           OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II,
                              as Purchaser



                           By:_________________________________
                              Name:   John A. Witham
                              Title:  Senior Vice President and
                                      Chief Financial Officer


                           OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., as Seller


                           By:_________________________________
                              Name:   John A. Witham
                              Title:  Senior Vice President and
                                      Chief Financial Officer

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                             SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES

              [Deemed Incorporated from each Assignment Agreement]<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B

                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OFL

         1.    CHARACTERISTICS OF RECEIVABLES.  Each Receivable (A) was
originated by a Dealer for the retail sale of a Financed Vehicle in the ordinary
course of such Dealer's business and such Dealer had all necessary licenses and
permits to originate Receivables in the state where such Dealer was located, was
fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, was purchased by OFL from
such Dealer under an existing Dealer Agreement with OFL and was validly assigned
by such Dealer to OFL, (B) contains customary and enforceable provisions such as
to render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof adequate for realization
against the collateral security, and (C) is fully amortizing and provides for
level monthly payments (provided that the payment in the first Monthly Period
and the final Monthly Period of the life of the Receivable may be minimally
different from the level payment) which, if made when due, shall fully amortize
the Amount Financed over the original term.

         2.    NO FRAUD OR MISREPRESENTATION.  Each Receivable was originated
by a Dealer and was sold by the Dealer to OFL without any fraud or
misrepresentation on the part of such Dealer in either case.

         3.    COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  All requirements of applicable federal,
state and local laws, and regulations thereunder (including, without limitation,
usury laws, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act,
the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair Debt
Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the Magnuson-Moss
Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations "B" and "Z", the Soldiers'
and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, the Minnesota Motor Vehicle Retail
Installment Sales Act, and state adaptations of the National Consumer Act and of
the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and other consumer credit laws and equal credit
opportunity and disclosure laws) in respect of all of the Receivables and each
and every sale of Financed Vehicles, have been complied with in all material
respects, and each Receivable and the sale of the Financed Vehicle evidenced by
each Receivable complied at the time it was originated or made and now complies
in all material respects with all applicable legal requirements.

         4.    ORIGINATION.  Each Receivable is a United States dollar
obligation of an Obligor domiciled in the United States and such Receivable was
originated in the United States.

         5.    BINDING OBLIGATION.  Each Receivable represents the genuine,
legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon, enforceable
by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except (A) as enforceability
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by equitable
limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such
enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and (B) as such
Receivable may

                                       B-1

<PAGE>

be modified by the application after the related Cutoff Date of
the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended; and all parties
to each Receivable had full legal capacity to execute and deliver such
Receivable and all other documents related thereto and to grant the security
interest purported to be granted thereby.

         6.    NO GOVERNMENT OBLIGOR.  No Obligor is the United States of
America or any State or any agency, department, subdivision or instrumentality
thereof.

         7.    OBLIGOR BANKRUPTCY.  At the applicable Cutoff Date, no Obligor
had been identified on the records of OFL as being, and, to the best of ORFC
II's knowledge, no Obligor is the subject of a current bankruptcy proceeding.

         8.    SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES.  The information set forth in the
Schedule of Receivables has been produced from the Electronic Ledger and was
true and correct in all material respects as of the close of business on the
applicable Cutoff Date.

         9.    MARKING RECORDS.  By the Closing Date or by each Transfer Date,
as applicable, OFL will have caused the portions of the Electronic Ledger
relating to the Receivables to be clearly and unambiguously marked to show that
the Receivables constitute part of the Trust Property and are owned by the Trust
in accordance with the terms of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         10.   MONTHLY TAPE.  The Monthly Tape made available by OFL to ORFC
II, the Backup Servicer and the Indenture Trustee was complete and accurate in
all respects as of the date delivered and includes a description of the same
Receivables that are described in the Schedule of Receivables.

         11.   ADVERSE SELECTION.  No selection procedures adverse to the
Noteholders or the Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Receivables
from those receivables owned by OFL which met the selection criteria contained
in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

         12.   CHATTEL PAPER.  The Receivables constitute chattel paper within
the meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of Minnesota and New York.

         13.   ONE ORIGINAL.  There is only one original executed copy of each
Receivable.

         14.   RECEIVABLE FILES COMPLETE.  The complete Receivable File (other
than item (iv) in Section 2.3 of this Agreement) is in the possession of OFL at
its corporate office.  The complete Receivable File for each Receivable will be
in the possession of the Custodian within ten Business Days after the conveyance
of the Receivable from OFL to ORFC II.  By such date, there will exist a
Receivable File pertaining to each Receivable and such Receivable File

                                       B-2
<PAGE>

contains (a) a fully executed original of the Receivable, (b) a certificate of
insurance, application form for insurance signed by the Obligor or a signed
representation letter from the Obligor named in the Receivable pursuant to which
the Obligor has agreed to obtain physical damage insurance for the Financed
Vehicle, or copies thereof, or a documented verbal confirmation by an insurance
agent for the Obligor of a policy number for an insurance policy for the
Financed Vehicle, (c) the original Lien Certificate or application therefor or
a letter from the applicable Dealer agreeing unconditionally to repurchase the
related Receivable if the certificate of title is not received by OFL within
180 days, and (d) a credit application signed by the Obligor, or a copy
thereof.  Each of such documents which is required to be signed by the Obligor
has been signed by the Obligor in the appropriate spaces.  All blanks on any
form have been properly filled in and each form has otherwise been correctly
prepared.  The complete file for each Receivable currently is in the possession
of the Custodian.

         15.   RECEIVABLES IN FORCE.  No Receivable has been satisfied,
subordinated or rescinded, and the Financed Vehicle securing each such
Receivable has not been released from the lien of the related Receivable in
whole or in part.   No provisions of any Receivable have been waived, altered or
modified in any respect since its origination, except by instruments or
documents identified in the Receivable File.  No Receivable has been modified as
a result of application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940,
as amended.

         16.   LAWFUL ASSIGNMENT.  No Receivable was originated in, or is
subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction the laws of which would make unlawful,
void or voidable the sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivable under this
Agreement, under any Assignment Agreement or pursuant to transfers of the Notes
or the Certificates.  With respect to such sale, transfer and assignment of such
Receivable under this Agreement or pursuant to transfers of the Notes or the
Certificates, either (1) no consent is required or (2) all required consents
have been obtained.

         17.   GOOD TITLE.  No Receivable has been sold, transferred, assigned
or pledged by OFL to any Person other than ORFC II; immediately prior to the
conveyance of the Receivables to ORFC II pursuant to this Agreement or any
Assignment Agreement, OFL had good and indefeasible title thereto, free and
clear of any Lien, and immediately upon the transfer thereof, ORFC II shall have
good and indefeasible title to and will be the sole owner of each Receivable,
free of any Lien.  No Dealer has a participation in, or other right to receive,
proceeds of any Receivable.  OFL has not taken any action to convey any right to
any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments received
under the related Insurance Policies or the related Dealer Agreements or Dealer
Assignments or to payments due under such Receivables.

         18.   SECURITY INTEREST IN FINANCED VEHICLE.  Each Receivable created
or shall create a valid, binding and enforceable first priority security
interest in favor of OFL in the Financed Vehicle.  The Lien Certificate and
original certificate of title for each Financed Vehicle

                                       B-3
<PAGE>

show, or if a new or replacement Lien Certificate is being applied for with
respect to such Financed Vehicle, the Lien Certificate will be received within
180 days of the Closing Date or any Transfer Date, as applicable, and will show,
OFL named as the original secured party under each Receivable as the holder of a
first priority security interest in such Financed Vehicle.  With respect to each
Receivable for which the Lien Certificate has not yet been returned from the
Registrar of Titles, OFL has received written evidence from the related Dealer
that such Lien Certificate showing OFL as first lienholder has been applied for,
or a letter from the applicable Dealer agreeing unconditionally to repurchase
the related Receivable if the certificate of title is not received by OFL
within 180 days. OFL's security interest has been validly assigned by OFL to
ORFC II pursuant to this Agreement or any Assignment Agreement, as applicable.
Immediately after the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by ORFC II to the
Trust, each Receivable will be secured by an enforceable and perfected first
priority security interest in the Financed Vehicle in favor of the Trust as
secured party, which security interest is prior to all other Liens upon and
security interests in such Financed Vehicle which now exist or may hereafter
arise or be created (except, as to priority, for any lien for taxes, labor or
materials affecting a Financed Vehicle).  As of each Cutoff Date there were no
Liens or claims for taxes, work, labor or materials affecting a Financed
Vehicle which are or may be Liens prior or equal to the lien of the related
Receivable.

         19.   ALL FILINGS MADE.  All filings (including, without limitation,
UCC filings) required to be made by any Person and actions required to be taken
or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give the Trust a first
priority perfected lien on, or ownership interest in, the Receivables and the
Other Conveyed Property have been made, taken or performed.

         20.   NO IMPAIRMENT.  OFL has not done anything to convey any right to
any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments due under
a Receivable or otherwise to impair the rights of ORFC II, the Trust, the
Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders in any
Receivable or the proceeds thereof.

         21.   RECEIVABLE NOT ASSUMABLE.  No Receivable is assumable by another
Person in a manner which would release the Obligor thereof from such Obligor's
obligations to OFL with respect to such Receivable.

         22.   NO DEFENSES.  No Receivable is subject to any right of
rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense and no such right has been asserted
or threatened with respect to any Receivable.

         23.   NO DEFAULT.  There has been no default, breach, violation or
event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable (other than
payment delinquencies of not more than 30 days), and no condition exists or
event has occurred and is continuing that with notice, the lapse of time or both
would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting acceleration
under the terms of any Receivable, and there has been no waiver of any of the

                                       B-4
<PAGE>

foregoing.  As of any Cutoff Date or any Transfer Date, as applicable, no
Financed Vehicle had been repossessed.

         24.   INSURANCE.  As of the date hereof or as of the date of any
Assignment Agreement, as applicable, each Financed Vehicle is covered by a
comprehensive and collision insurance policy (i) in an amount at least equal to
the lesser of (a) its maximum insurable value or (b) the principal amount due
from the Obligor under the relate Receivable, (ii) naming OFL as loss payee and
(iii) insuring against loss and damage due to fire, theft, transportation,
collision and other risks generally covered by comprehensive and collision
coverage.  Each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain physical loss and
damage insurance, naming OFL and its successors and assigns as additional
insured parties, and each Receivable permits the holder thereof to obtain
physical loss and damage insurance at the expense of the Obligor if the Obligor
fails to do so.  No Financed Vehicle was or had previously been insured under a
policy of Force-Placed Insurance on the related Cutoff Date.

         25.   PAST DUE.  As of the related Cutoff Date, no Receivable was more
than 30 days past due and no funds have been advanced by ORFC II, the Servicer,
any Dealer, or anyone acting on behalf of any of them in order to cause any
Receivable to qualify under this representation.

         26.   REMAINING PRINCIPAL BALANCE.  As of the related Cutoff Date,
each Receivable had a remaining principal balance equal to or greater than
$500.00 and the Principal Balance of each Receivable set forth in the Schedule
of Receivables is true and accurate in all material respects.

         27.   MATURITY.  Each Receivable had an original maturity of at least
three months.

         28.   CERTAIN CHARACTERISTICS. (A) No Receivable has an initial
payment date more than three months subsequent to the related Cutoff Date; (B)
No Receivable has a final scheduled payment date on or before the related
Transfer Date; (C) The Principal Balance of each Receivable set forth in
Schedule of Receivables is true and accurate in all material respects as of the
related Cutoff Date; and (D) after giving effect to the conveyance of
Receivables on each Transfer Date, (i) the aggregate of the Principal Balances
of Receivables with original maturities ranging from 72 to 84 months shall not
exceed 7.5% of the aggregate of the Principal Balances of all Receivables on
such Transfer Date, and (ii) the aggregate of the Principal Balances of
Receivables attributable to loans originated under OFL's "Classic" program shall
not exceed 40% of the aggregate of the Principal Balances of all Receivables on
such Transfer Date.

         29.   PAYMENTS TO LOCKBOX BANK.  The Obligor with respect to each
Receivable, as of the related Transfer Date, is required to make all Scheduled
Payments to the Lockbox Bank.

                                       B-5

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                                                                                







                                    AMENDMENT

                            Dated as of June 12, 1996

                                       to

                  RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT

                          Dated as of December 28, 1995

                                     between

                      OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II
                                    Purchaser

                                       and

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                                     Seller


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 6.7 OF THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE
          AGREEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     SECTION 2.2.  AMENDMENT TO SCHEDULE B OF THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE
          AGREEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 3.1.  COUNTERPARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 3.2.  GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 3.3.  HEADINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 3.4.  RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
          AS AMENDED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2


                                                -i-


<PAGE>


                                                                                

     AMENDMENT dated as of June 12, 1996 (the "AMENDMENT") to RECEIVABLES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT dated as of December 28, 1995 (the
"RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), between Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II,
a Delaware corporation, as Purchaser (the "PURCHASER") and Olympic Financial
Ltd., a Minnesota corporation, as Seller (the "SELLER").

     WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Seller have entered into the Receivables
Purchase Agreement;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.6(b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement,
the Purchaser and the Seller desire to amend the Receivables Purchase Agreement
in certain respects as provided below;

     WHEREAS, each of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, a Certificate
Majority, a Note Majority and JPMD has consented to this Amendment as required
by Section 6.6(b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement;

     WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties that this Amendment be effective
as of the date set forth above (the "EFFECTIVENESS DATE");

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, defined
terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 6.7 OF THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE
AGREEMENT.  Section 6.7 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby amended
by deleting the words "902 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801" and
substituting therefor "500 Stanton Christiana Road, Newark, Delaware 19713-
2107."

     SECTION 2.2.  AMENDMENT TO SCHEDULE B OF THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE
AGREEMENT.  Clause (D)(i) of Paragraph 28 of Schedule B to the Receivables
Purchase Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the number "72" and
substituting therefor "73."

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 3.1.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the parties
hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original
and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement.  This
Amendment shall become effective when the Seller shall have received (a)
counterparts hereof executed on behalf of the Purchaser and the Seller, (b) the
consents of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, as sole
Certificateholder, and as Administrative Agent for Delaware Funding Corporation,
the sole Noteholder, and JPMD, in its individual capacity, to the terms of this
Amendment and (c) evidence of written notice to S&P and Moody's of this
Amendment.

     SECTION 3.2.  GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.  This Amendment and the Receivables Purchase Agreement (and
all exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) constitute the entire understanding
among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

     SECTION 3.3.  HEADINGS.  The various headings of this Amendment are
inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Amendment or any provisions hereof or thereof.

     SECTION 3.4.  RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS
AMENDED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and conditions
of the Receivables Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 
All references to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in any other document or
instrument shall be deemed to mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as
amended by this Amendment.  This Amendment shall not constitute a novation of
the Receivables Purchase Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment thereto. 
The parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and obligations of the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, as though the
terms and obligations of the Receivables Purchase Agreement were set forth
herein.

                                        -2-


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers, all as of the date and
year first above written.

                         PURCHASER:

                         OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         SELLER:

                         OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


                         AGREED AND CONSENTED:

                         OWNER TRUSTEE:

                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual
                         capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust
                         Agreement



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


                                         -3-


<PAGE>


                         INDENTURE TRUSTEE:

                         NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in
                         its individual capacity but as Indenture Trustee



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as sole
                         Certificateholder, and as Administrative Agent for
                         Delaware Funding Corporation, as sole Noteholder



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, in its
                         individual capacity



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


                                          -4-









<PAGE>
                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                                                                                







                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2

                         Dated as of September 30, 1996

                                       to

                  RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT

                          Dated as of December 28, 1995

                                     between

                      OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II
                                    Purchaser

                                       and

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                                     Seller



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  Amendment to Section 2.2 of the Receivables Purchase     
                                Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 3.1.  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 3.2.  Governing Law; Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 3.3.  Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     SECTION 3.4.  Receivables Purchase Agreement in Full Force and Effect
          as Amended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                                      -i-




                                                                                
<PAGE>

     AMENDMENT NO. 2 dated as of September 30, 1996 (the "AMENDMENT") to
RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT dated as of December 28, 1995 and
amended as of June 12, 1996 (as amended, the "RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT"),
between Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware corporation, as
Purchaser (the "PURCHASER") and Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation,
as Seller (the "SELLER").

     WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Seller have entered into the Receivables
Purchase Agreement;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.6(b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement,
the Purchaser and the Seller desire to amend the Receivables Purchase Agreement
in certain respects as provided below;

     WHEREAS, each of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, a Certificate
Majority, a Note Majority and JPMD has consented to this Amendment as required
by Section 6.6(b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement;

     WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties that this Amendment be effective
as of the date set forth above (the "EFFECTIVENESS DATE");

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, defined
terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2.2 OF THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE
AGREEMENT.  

     (a)  Section 2.2(b)(1)(ix) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended to read in its entirety as follows:

          (ix)  on any Transfer Date, OFL shall have established, in the name of
     the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders,
     an Eligible 

<PAGE>

     Interest Rate Cap Agreement in a notional amount equal to or
     greater than the sum of the Note Balance PLUS the Certificate Balance on
     such date (after taking into account the transfer of Receivables to the
     Trust on such date);

     (b)  Section 2.2(b)(1) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following subsection (x) immediately following Section
2.2(b)(1)(ix):

          (x)   OFL shall have paid to the Purchaser for deposit into the Spread
     Account an amount at least equal to 1.0% of the aggregate of the Principal
     Balances of the Receivables sold to the Purchaser on such Transfer Date;
     and

     (c)  Section 2.2(b)(1) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
further amended by renumbering Section 2.2(b)(1)(x) as Section 2.2(b)(1)(xi).


                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 3.1.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the parties
hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original
and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement.  This
Amendment shall become effective when the Seller shall have received (a)
counterparts hereof executed on behalf of the Purchaser and the Seller, (b) the
consents of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, as sole
Certificateholder, and as Administrative Agent for Delaware Funding Corporation,
the sole Noteholder, to the terms of this Amendment and (c) evidence of written
notice to Standard & Poor's and Moody's of this Amendment.

     SECTION 3.2.  GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.  This Amendment and the Receivables Purchase Agreement (and
all exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) constitute the entire understanding
among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

     SECTION 3.3.  HEADINGS.  The various headings of this Amendment are
inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Amendment or any provisions hereof or thereof.

     SECTION 3.4.  RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS
AMENDED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and conditions
of the Receivables Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 
All references to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in any other document or
instrument shall be deemed to

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.  This
Amendment shall not constitute a novation of the Receivables Purchase
Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment thereto. The parties hereto
agree to be bound by the terms and obligations of the Receivables Purchase
Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, as though the terms and obligations
of the Receivables Purchase Agreement were set forth herein.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers, all as of the date
and year first above written.

                         PURCHASER:

                         OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II



                         By:  /s/     John Witham
                              ----------------------------------
                              Name:  John Witham
                              Title: EVP/CFO



                         SELLER:

                         OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,



                         By:  /s/       Mike Sherman
                              ----------------------------------
                              Name:  Mike Sherman
                              Title: VP/Treasurer


                         AGREED AND CONSENTED:

                         OWNER TRUSTEE:

                         WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its individual
                         capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust
                         Agreement



                         By:  /s/       Denise M. Geran
                              ----------------------------------
                              Name:  Denise M. Geran
                              Title: Financial Services Officer

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

                         INDENTURE TRUSTEE:

                         NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in
                         its individual capacity but as Indenture Trustee



                         By:  /s/         illegible
                              ----------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as sole
                         Certificateholder, and as Administrative Agent for
                         Delaware Funding Corporation, as sole Noteholder



                         By:  /s/          illegible
                              ----------------------------------
                              Name:
                              Title:

                                      -5-



<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3

                             Dated as of January 17, 1997

                                          to

                    RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT

                            Dated as of December 28, 1995

                                       between

                         OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II
                                      Purchaser

                                         and

                                0LYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                                        Seller


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        Page
                                                                        ----

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS


                                      ARTICLE II

                                      AMENDMENT

SECTION 2.1.  Amendment to Section 2.2 of the Receivables Purchase
                 Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
SECTION 2.2.  Amendment to Schedule B to Receivables Purchase
                 Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2

                                     ARTICLE III

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 3.1.  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
SECTION 3.2.  Governing Law; Entire Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    2
SECTION 3.3.  Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3
SECTION 3.4.  Receivables Purchase Agreement in Full Force and Effect as
                 Amended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3


                                         -i-

<PAGE>

    AMENDMENT NO. 3. dated as of January 17, 1997 (the "AMENDMENT") to
RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT dated as of December 28, 1995 and
amended as of June 12, 1996 and September 30, 1996 (as amended, the "RECEIVABLES
PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), between Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware
corporation, as Purchaser (the "PURCHASER") and Olympic Financial LTD., a
Minnesota corporation, as Seller (the "SELLER").

    WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Seller have entered into the Receivables
Purchase Agreement;

    WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.6(b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement,
the Purchaser and the Seller desire to amend the Receivables Purchase Agreement
in certain respects as provided below;

    WHEREAS, each of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, a Certificate
Majority, a Note Majority and JPMD has consented to this Amendment as required
by Section 6.6(b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement;

    WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties that this Amendment be effective
as of the date set forth above (the "EFFECTIVENESS DATE");

    NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE I

                                  DEFINITIONS

    Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, defined
terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2.2 OF THE RECEIVABLES PURCHASE
                   AGREEMENT

    (a)  Section 2.2(b)(1)(x) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the reference to "1.0%" and substituting therefor "4.0%".

    (b)  Section 2.2(b)(1) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following subsection (xi) immediately following Section
2.2(b)(1)(x):

<PAGE>

         (xi)  after giving effect to the conveyance of Receivables on such
    Transfer Date, the aggregate of the Principal Balances of Receivables
    attributable to loans classified as Financed Repossessions shall not exceed
    3.0% of the aggregate of the Principal Balances of all Receivables on such
    Transfer Date; and

    (c)  Section 2.2(b)(1) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement is hereby
further amended by renumbering Section 2.2(b)(1)(xi) as Section 2.2(b)(1)(xii).

    SECTION 2.2.  AMENDMENT TO SCHEDULE B TO RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT.

    (a)  Clause 28(D)(i) of Schedule B is hereby amended by deleting the word
"and" at the end of such clause.

    (b)  Clause 28(D)(ii) of Schedule B is hereby amended by deleting the
reference to "40%" and substituting therefor "55%".

    (c)  Clause 28(D) is hereby amended by adding the following immediately
following clause (ii) thereof:

         "; and (iii) the aggregate of the Principal Balances of Receivables
         attributable to loans classified as Financed Repossessions shall not
         exceed 3.0% of the aggregate of the Principal Balances of all
         Receivables on such Transfer Date"

                                  ARTICLE III

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION 3.1.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the parties
hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original
and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement.  This
Amendment shall become effective when the Seller shall have received (a)
counterparts hereof executed on behalf of the Purchaser and the Seller, (b) the
consents of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, as sole
Certificateholder, and as Administrative Agent for Delaware Funding Corporation,
the sole Noteholder, to the terms of this Amendment and (c) evidence of written
notice to Standard & Poor's and Moody's of this Amendment.

    SECTION 3.2.  GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.  This Amendment and the Receivables Purchase Agreement (and
all exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) constitute the entire understanding
among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

                                         -2-

<PAGE>

    SECTION 3.3.  HEADINGS.  The various headings of this Amendment are
inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Amendment or any provisions hereof or thereof.

    SECTION 3.4.  RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS
AMENDED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and conditions
of the Receivables Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
All references to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in any other document or
instrument shall be deemed to mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement, as
amended by this Amendment.  This Amendment shall not constitute a novation of
the Receivables Purchase Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment thereto.
The parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and obligations of the
Receivables Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, as though the
terms and obligations of the Receivables Purchase Agreement were set forth
herein.


                                         -3-

<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers, all as of the date and
year first above written.

                                  PURCHASER:

                                  OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II


                                  By:__________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                  SELLER:

                                  OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,


                                  By:__________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                  AGREED AND CONSENTED:

                                  OWNER TRUSTEE:

                                  WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, not in its
                                  individual capacity but solely as Owner
                                  Trustee under the Trust Agreement


                                  By:__________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                         -4-

<PAGE>

                                  INDENTURE TRUSTEE:

                                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                  ASSOCIATION, not in its individual capacity
                                  but as Indenture Trustee


                                  By:__________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as
                                  sole Certificateholder, and as Administrative
                                  Agent for Delaware Funding Corporation, as
                                  sole Noteholder


                                  By:__________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                         -5-


<PAGE>
                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


                          SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 28, 1995

                                      among

                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                     Issuer


                      OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II
                                     Seller


                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                   In its individual capacity and as Servicer


                                       and


                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                 Backup Servicer

<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                       
                                                                       PAGE
                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1.   Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
Section 1.2.   Usage of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
Section 1.3.   Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
Section 1.4.   Section References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  22
Section 1.5.   No Recourse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
Section 1.6.   Condition to Effectiveness of Agreements . . . . . . . .  23


                                  ARTICLE II
                           CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

Section 2.1.   Conveyance of Receivables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
Section 2.2.   Custody of Receivable Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Section 2.3.   Conditions to Acceptance by Owner Trustee. . . . . . . .  29
Section 2.4.   Deemed Acceptance by Owner Trustee and Indenture
               Trustee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
Section 2.5.   Representations and Warranties of Seller . . . . . . . .  30
Section 2.6.   Repurchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Warranty. . . .  34
Section 2.7.   Nonpetition Covenant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Section 2.8.   Collecting Lien Certificates Not Delivered on the
               Closing Date or Transfer Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Section 2.9.   Trust's Assignment of Administrative Receivables and
               Warranty Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35

                                 ARTICLE III
                  ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

Section 3.1.   Duties of the Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
Section 3.2.   Collection of Receivable Payments; Modifications of
               Receivables; Lockbox Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
Section 3.3.   Realization Upon Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  40
Section 3.4.   Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  41
Section 3.5.   Maintenance of Security Interests in Vehicles. . . . . .  42
Section 3.6.   Covenants, Representations, and Warranties of Servicer .  43
Section 3.7.   Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Covenant. . . . .  45
Section 3.8.   Total Servicing Fee; Payment of Certain Expenses by
               Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46
Section 3.9.   Servicer's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  46

                                      -i-
<PAGE>

Section 3.10.  Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Servicer
               Termination Event. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  47
Section 3.11.  Annual Independent Accountants' Report . . . . . . . . .  48
Section 3.12.  Access to Certain Documentation and Information
               Regarding Receivables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  48
Section 3.13.  Monthly Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  49
Section 3.14.  Retention of Servicer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
Section 3.15.  Fidelity Bond. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  50
Section 3.16.  Duties of the Servicer under the Indenture . . . . . . .  50
Section 3.17.  Daily Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51
Section 3.18.  Certain Duties of the Servicer under the Trust
               Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  51

                                  ARTICLE IV
                         DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO
                      CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND NOTEHOLDERS

Section 4.1.   Trust Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  52
Section 4.2.   Collections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  53
Section 4.3.   Application of Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  54
Section 4.4.   Monthly Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  55
Section 4.5.   Additional Deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
Section 4.6.   Distributions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  56
Section 4.7.   Distributions on Trust Property Liquidation. . . . . . .  58
Section 4.8.   Net Deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  60
Section 4.9.   Statements to Certificateholders and Noteholders . . . .  60
Section 4.10.  Indenture Trustee as Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
Section 4.11.  Eligible Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62

                                   ARTICLE V
                              THE SPREAD ACCOUNT
Section 5.1.   Withdrawals from Spread Account. . . . . . . . . . . . .  62

                                  ARTICLE VI
                                  THE SELLER

Section 6.1.   Liability of Seller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  62
Section 6.2.   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
               Obligations of, Seller; Amendment of Certificate of
               Incorporation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  63
Section 6.3.   Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others . . . . . .  63
Section 6.4.   Seller May Own Certificates or Notes . . . . . . . . . .  64
Section 6.5.   Limited Recourse Upon Securitized Offering . . . . . . .  64

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VII
                                 THE SERVICER

Section 7.1.   Liability of Servicer; Indemnities . . . . . . . . . . .  64
Section 7.2.   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
               Obligations of, the Servicer or Backup Servicer. . . . .  66
Section 7.3.   Limitation on Liability of Servicer, Backup Servicer
               and Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
Section 7.4.   Delegation of Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  67
Section 7.5.   Servicer and Backup Servicer Not to Resign . . . . . . .  68
                                       
                                 ARTICLE VIII
                          SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 8.1.   Servicer Termination Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  68
Section 8.2.   Consequences of a Servicer Termination Event . . . . . .  69
Section 8.3.   Appointment of Successor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  70
Section 8.4.   Notification to Certificateholders and Noteholders . . .  71
Section 8.5.   Waiver of Past Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  71

                                  ARTICLE IX
                                  TERMINATION
 
Section 9.1.   Optional Purchase of Receivables; Liquidation of Trust
               Estate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  72

                                    ARTICLE X
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 10.1.  Amendment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  74
Section 10.2.  Protection of Title to Trust Property. . . . . . . . . .  76
Section 10.3.  Governing Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
Section 10.4.  Severability of Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
Section 10.5.  Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
Section 10.6.  Third-Party Beneficiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
Section 10.7.  [RESERVED] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
Section 10.8.  Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
Section 10.9.  Intention of Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  78
Section 10.10. Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79
Section 10.11. Limitation of Liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  79

                                      -iii-
<PAGE>

SCHEDULE A     SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES
SCHEDULE B     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND OFL
SCHEDULE C     SERVICING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

EXHIBIT B      FORM OF CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT 
EXHIBIT D      FORM OF RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT
EXHIBIT E      FORM OF SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE
EXHIBIT F      FORM OF TRANSFER AGREEMENT




                                      -iv-
<PAGE>

     THIS SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of December 28, 1995, is 
made among Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust (the "Issuer"), 
Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware corporation, as Seller (the 
"Seller"), Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation, in its individual 
capacity and as Servicer (in its individual capacity, "OFL"; in its capacity 
as Servicer, the "Servicer") and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National 
Association, a national banking association, as Backup Servicer (the "Backup 
Servicer").

     In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and of other 
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby 
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                   DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  All terms defined in the Indenture or the 
Trust Agreement (each as defined below) shall have the same meaning in this 
Agreement. Whenever capitalized and used in this Agreement, the following 
words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the 
following meanings:

     ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT:  The report of a firm of nationally recognized 
independent accountants described in Section 3.11.

     ACCOUNTING DATE:  With respect to a Distribution Date or a Determination 
Date, the last day of the Monthly Period immediately preceding such 
Distribution Date or Determination Date.

     ADMINISTRATIVE RECEIVABLE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, a 
Receivable which the Servicer is required to purchase pursuant to Section 3.7 
or which the Servicer has elected to purchase pursuant to Section 3.4(c).

     ADMINISTRATOR:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

     AFFILIATE:  With respect to any Person, any other Person directly or 
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common 
control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition, 
"control" when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to 
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, 
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; 
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the 
foregoing.

<PAGE>

     AGGREGATE MONTHLY ADVANCE AMOUNT:  As of any Determination Date, the 
excess, if any, of (x) the amount of interest accrued on the Receivables (for 
the number of calendar days in the related Monthly Period) (calculated 
according to the method specified in the related retail installment sale 
contract or promissory note at the APR on the Principal Balance of such 
Receivable as of the second Accounting Date preceding such Determination 
Date) over (y) the amounts deposited into the Collection Account during the 
related Monthly Period in respect of the Receivables and allocable to 
interest (determined in accordance with Section 4.3).

     AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE:  With respect to any Determination Date, 
the sum of the Principal Balances (computed as of the related Accounting 
Date) for all Receivables (other than (i) any Receivable that became a 
Liquidated Receivable during the related Monthly Period and (ii) any 
Receivable that became a Purchased Receivable as of the related Accounting 
Date).

     AGREEMENT OR "THIS AGREEMENT":  This Sale and Servicing Agreement, all 
amendments and supplements thereto and all exhibits and schedules to any of 
the foregoing.

     AMOUNT FINANCED:  With respect to a Receivable or an Auto Receivable, 
the aggregate amount advanced under such Receivable or Auto Receivable, as 
applicable, toward the purchase price of the Financed Vehicle and related 
costs, including amounts advanced in respect of accessories, insurance 
premiums, service and warranty contracts, other items customarily financed as 
part of retail automobile installment sale contracts or promissory notes, and 
related costs.  The term "Amount Financed" shall not include any Insurance 
Add-On Amounts.

     ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE OR APR:  With respect to a Receivable, the rate 
per annum of finance charges stated in such Receivable as the "annual 
percentage rate" (within the meaning of the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act).  
If after the Closing Date or the applicable Transfer Date, the rate per annum 
with respect to a Receivable as of the Closing Date or the applicable 
Transfer Date is reduced as a result of (i) an insolvency proceeding 
involving the Obligor or (ii) pursuant to the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil 
Relief Act of 1940, Annual Percentage Rate or APR shall refer to such reduced 
rate.

     ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT:  The assignment agreement between OFL and the 
Seller pursuant to which OFL sells and assigns Receivables and related Other 
Conveyed Property to the Seller, the form of which is attached to the 
Purchase Agreement as Exhibit A.

     AUTO RECEIVABLES:  Any consumer installment sale contracts or promissory 
notes (and related security agreements) secured by new and used automobiles 
and light trucks (and all accessories thereto) purchased or otherwise 
acquired by OFL or any Affiliate of OFL from Dealers.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

     AVAILABLE FUNDS:  With respect to any Determination Date, the sum of (i) 
the Collected Funds for such Determination Date, (ii) all Purchase Amounts to 
be deposited in the Collection Account on the related Deposit Date, (iii) all 
Monthly Advances to be made by the Seller or the Servicer on the related 
Deposit Date, and (iv) all net income from investments of funds in the Trust 
Accounts and the Certificate Distribution Account during the related Monthly 
Period.

     AVERAGE NET EXCESS SPREAD PERCENTAGE:  (i) As of (x) the first 
Determination Date or (y) the second Determination Date immediately following 
a Trust Property Liquidation Date, or if no Trust Property Liquidation Date 
has occurred, the Closing Date, in the case of the first such Determination 
Date, the Net Excess Spread Percentage as of the Accounting Date for the 
related Monthly Period and in the case of the second such Determination Date, 
the average of the Net Excess Spread Percentages for the two preceding 
Monthly Periods, calculated as of the Accounting Date of each such Monthly 
Period; and (ii) as of any subsequent Determination Date, the average of the 
Net Excess Spread Percentages for the three preceding Monthly Periods, 
calculated as of the Accounting Date of each such Monthly Period.  

     AVERAGE SERVICING PORTFOLIO:  As of any date, the average of the 
Servicing Portfolio for the seven preceding Monthly Periods, calculated in 
each case as of the Accounting Date with respect to each Monthly Period.

     BACKUP SERVICER:  Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, or its 
successor in interest pursuant to Section 8.2, or such Person as shall have 
been appointed as Backup Servicer or successor Servicer pursuant to Section 
8.3.

     BASIC SERVICING FEE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, the fee 
payable to the Servicer for services rendered during such Monthly Period, 
which shall be equal to one-twelfth of the Basic Servicing Fee Rate 
multiplied by the Aggregate Principal Balance as of the Determination Date 
falling in such Monthly Period.

     BASIC SERVICING FEE RATE:  1.00% per annum, payable monthly at 
one-twelfth of the annual rate.

     BUSINESS DAY:  Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or 
other day on which commercial banking institutions in Minneapolis, Minnesota, 
New York, New York, Wilmington, Delaware or any other location of any 
successor Servicer, successor Owner Trustee or successor Indenture Trustee 
are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to 
be closed.

     CERTIFICATE BALANCE:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Trust 
Agreement.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     CERTIFICATE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT:  The meaning assigned to such term in 
the Trust Agreement.

     CERTIFICATE MAJORITY:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Trust 
Agreement.

     CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT:  The meaning assigned to such term in 
the Trust Agreement

     CERTIFICATE PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENT:  Any event or occurrence 
designated as such in the Certificate Purchase Agreement.

     CERTIFICATE RATE:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Certificate 
Purchase Agreement.

     CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any 
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificateholders' Interest Distributable 
Amount and the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount.

     CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL:  With respect to any 
Distribution Date, the excess of the Certificateholders' Interest 
Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in 
respect of interest on the Certificates that was actually deposited in the 
Certificate Distribution Account on such preceding Distribution Date, plus 
interest on such excess, to the extent permitted by law, at the Certificate 
Rate from such preceding Distribution Date to but excluding the current 
Distribution Date.

     CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any 
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificateholders' Monthly Interest 
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Certificateholders' 
Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

     CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect 
to any Distribution Date, for the related Interest Accrual Period, the sum of 
(i) the sum of the interest accrued on each day during such Interest Accrual 
Period on the Certificates at the Certificate Rate on the Certificate Balance 
as of the close of business on the immediately preceding day and (ii) the 
Interest Arrearage.

     CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' MONTHLY PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With 
respect to any Distribution Date, the Certificateholders' Percentage of the 
Principal Distribution Amount plus, with respect to the Distribution Date on 
which the outstanding principal balance of the Notes is reduced to zero, the 
remainder of the Principal Distribution Amount on such Distribution Date.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

     CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' PERCENTAGE:  With respect to any Determination Date 
relating to a Distribution Date, 100% minus the Noteholders' Percentage as of 
such Determination Date.

     CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL:  As of the close of 
any Distribution Date, the excess of the sum of the Certificateholders' 
Principal Distributable Amount over the amount in respect of principal that 
was actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account on such 
Distribution Date.

     CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any 
Distribution Date (other than the Final Scheduled Distribution Date), the sum 
of the Certificateholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount for such 
Distribution Date and any Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall 
as of the close of the preceding Distribution Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that 
the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount shall not exceed the 
Certificate Balance. The "Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount" 
on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date will equal the Certificate Balance 
as of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

     CERTIFICATES:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Trust Agreement.

     CLOSING DATE:  December 28, 1995.

     COLLATERAL INSURANCE:  The meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a).

     COLLECTED FUNDS:  With respect to any Determination Date, the amount of 
funds in the Collection Account representing collections on the Receivables 
during the related Monthly Period, including all Liquidation Proceeds 
collected during the related Monthly Period (but excluding any Monthly 
Advances and any Purchase Amounts).

     COLLECTION ACCOUNT:  The account designated as the Collection Account 
in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to, Section 4.1(a).

     COLLECTION RECORDS:  All manually prepared or computer generated records 
relating to collection efforts or payment histories with respect to the 
Receivables.

     COLLECTION SHORTFALL:  As of any Determination Date, with respect to a 
Receivable, if the amounts deposited into the Collection Account during a 
Monthly Period in respect of such Receivable and allocable to interest 
(determined in accordance with Section 4.3) is less than the interest accrued 
on such Receivable (for the number of calendar days in such Monthly Period) 
(calculated according to the method specified in the related retail 
installment sale contract or promissory note at the APR on the Principal 
Balance of such Receivable as of the Accounting Date for the immediately 
preceding Monthly Period), the amount of such shortfall.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

     COMMERCIAL PAPER NOTES:  The commercial paper notes issued from time to 
time by DFC and related to the Notes.

     CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE:  With respect to the Owner Trustee, the 
principal office of the Owner Trustee at which at any particular time its 
corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the Closing 
Date is located at Rodney Square North, 1100 North Market Street, Wilmington, 
Delaware 19890-0001, Attention:  Corporate Trust Administration; the telecopy 
number for the Corporate Trust Office of the Owner Trustee on the date of the 
execution of this Agreement is (302) 651-8882; with respect to the Indenture 
Trustee, the principal office of the Indenture Trustee at which at any 
particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which 
office is located at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, 
Minnesota 55479-0069, Attention: Corporate Trust Department; the telecopy 
number for the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee on the date of 
execution of this Agreement is (612) 667-9825.

     CRAM DOWN LOSS:  With respect to a Receivable or an Auto Receivable, as 
applicable, if a court of appropriate jurisdiction in an insolvency 
proceeding shall have issued an order reducing the amount owed on a 
Receivable or an Auto Receivable or otherwise modifying or restructuring the 
Scheduled Payments to be made on a Receivable or an Auto Receivable, an 
amount equal to the excess of the principal balance of such Receivable or 
Auto Receivable, as applicable, immediately prior to such order over the 
principal balance of such Receivable or Auto Receivable, as applicable, as so 
reduced or the net present value (using as the discount rate the higher of 
the contract rate or the rate of interest, if any, specified by the court in 
such order) of the scheduled payments as so modified or restructured.  A Cram 
Down Loss will be deemed to have occurred on the date of issuance of such 
order.

     CUSTODIAN:  OFL and any other Person named from time to time as 
custodian in any Custodian Agreement acting as agent for the Trust, which 
Person must be acceptable to JPMD.

     CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT:  Any Custodian Agreement from time to time in 
effect between the Custodian named therein and the Trust, substantially in 
the form of Exhibit B hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented or 
otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, 
which Custodian Agreement and any amendments, supplements or modifications 
thereto shall be acceptable to JPMD.

     CUTOFF DATE:  With respect to any Receivables, the date specified in the 
related Transfer Agreement, which may in no event be later than the related 
Transfer Date.

     DEALER:  A seller of new or used automobiles or light trucks that 
originated one or more of the Receivables and sold the respective Receivable, 
directly or indirectly, to OFL under an agreement between such seller and OFL.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

     DEALER AGREEMENT:  An agreement between OFL and a Dealer relating to the 
sale of Auto Receivables to OFL and all documents and instruments relating 
thereto.

     DEALER ASSIGNMENT:  With respect to an Auto Receivable, the executed 
assignment executed by a Dealer conveying such Receivable to OFL.

     DEEMED CURED:  (i) As of any Determination Date following the occurrence 
of a Trigger Event, no Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing as of 
such Determination Date or as of any of the 3 consecutively preceding Monthly 
Periods during which there were Receivables in the Trust; and (ii) the 
occurrence of a Trust Property Liquidation Date on which not less than all of 
the Receivables in the Trust as of such date are purchased pursuant to 
Section 9.1(b) hereof.

     DEFICIENCY CLAIM AMOUNT:  The meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

     DELINQUENCY RATIO:  As of any Determination Date, a fraction, expressed 
as a percentage, the numerator of which equals the aggregate of the Principal 
Balances of all Auto Receivables that are Delinquent Receivables and the 
denominator of which equals the Servicing Portfolio as of such Determination 
Date.

     DELINQUENT RECEIVABLE:  With respect to any Determination Date, any 
Receivable or Auto Receivable, as applicable, as to which all or a portion of 
a Scheduled Payment is more than 31 days delinquent as of the related 
Accounting Date.

     DEPOSIT DATE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, the Business Day 
immediately preceding the related Distribution Date.

     DETERMINATION DATE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, the fifth 
Business Day immediately preceding the related Distribution Date.

     DFC:  Delaware Funding Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

     DFC ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT:  The meaning assigned to such term in the 
Note Purchase Agreement.

     DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT:  With respect to a Distribution Date, the sum of 
(i) the Available Funds for such Distribution Date, and (ii) the Deficiency 
Claim Amount, if any, received by the Indenture Trustee with respect to such 
Distribution Date.

     DISTRIBUTION DATE:  The 15th day of each calendar month, or if such 15th 
day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing 
February 15, 1996 to and including the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

     ELECTRONIC LEDGER:  The electronic master record of the retail 
installment sales contracts or installment loans of OFL.

     ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT:  A segregated direct deposit account maintained with a 
depository institution or trust company organized under the laws of the 
United States of America, or any of the States thereof, or the District of 
Columbia, having a certificate of deposit, short term deposit or commercial 
paper rating of at least "A-1+" by Standard & Poor's and "P-1" by Moody's.

     ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS:  Any one or more of the following types of 
investments:

          (a)  (i) direct interest-bearing obligations of, and 
     interest-bearing obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of 
     principal and interest by, the United States or any agency or 
     instrumentality of the United States, the obligations of which are 
     backed by the full faith and credit of the United States; and (ii) 
     direct interest-bearing obligations of, and interest-bearing obligations 
     guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by, the 
     Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage 
     Corporation, but only if, at the time of investment, such obligations 
     are assigned the highest credit rating by each Rating Agency;

          (b)  demand or time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, or 
     bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust 
     company organized under the laws of the United States or any State and 
     subject to supervision and examination by federal and/or State banking 
     authorities (including, if applicable, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner 
     Trustee or any agent of either of them acting in their respective 
     commercial capacities); provided that the short-term unsecured debt 
     obligations of such depository institution or trust company at the time 
     of such investment, or contractual commitment providing for such 
     investment, are assigned the highest credit rating by each Rating Agency;

         (c)  repurchase obligations pursuant to a written agreement (i) with 
     respect to any obligation described in clause (a) above, where the 
     Indenture Trustee has taken actual or constructive delivery of such 
     obligation in accordance with Section 4.1, and (ii) entered into with 
     the corporate trust department of a depository institution or trust 
     company organized under the laws of the United States or any State 
     thereof, the deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit 
     Insurance Corporation and the short-term unsecured debt obligations of 
     which are rated "A-1+" by Standard & Poor's and "P-1" by Moody's 
     (including, if applicable, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or 
     any agent of either of them acting in their respective commercial 
     capacities);

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

          (d)  securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by 
     any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States or any 
     State whose long-term unsecured debt obligations are assigned the 
     highest credit rating by each Rating Agency at the time of such 
     investment or contractual commitment providing for such investment; 
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that securities issued by any particular corporation 
     will not be Eligible Investments to the extent that an investment 
     therein will cause the then outstanding principal amount of securities 
     issued by such corporation and held in the Trust Accounts to exceed 10% 
     of the Eligible Investments held in the Trust Accounts (with Eligible 
     Investments held in the Trust Accounts valued at par);
 
          (e)  commercial paper that (i) is payable in United States dollars 
     and (ii) is rated in the highest credit rating category by each Rating 
     Agency;

          (f)  units of money market funds rated in the highest credit rating 
     category by each Rating Agency; provided that all Eligible Investments 
     shall be held in the name of the Indenture Trustee; or

          (g)  any other demand or time deposit, obligation, security or 
     investment as may be acceptable to JPMD and that satisfies the Rating 
     Agency Condition;

Eligible Investments may be purchased by or through the Indenture Trustee or 
any of its Affiliates.

     ELIGIBLE SERVICER:  OFL, the Backup Servicer or another Person which at 
the time of its appointment as Servicer (i) is servicing a portfolio of motor 
vehicle retail installment sales contracts and/or motor vehicle installment 
loans, (ii) is legally qualified and has the capacity to service the 
Receivables, (iii) has demonstrated the ability professionally and 
competently to service a portfolio of motor vehicle retail installment sales 
contracts and/or motor vehicle installment loans similar to the Receivables 
with reasonable skill and care, and (iv) is qualified and entitled to use, 
pursuant to a license or other written agreement, and agrees to maintain the 
confidentiality of, the software which the Servicer uses in connection with 
performing its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement or otherwise 
has available software which is adequate to perform its duties and 
responsibilities under this Agreement.

     EXCESS YIELD CONDITION:  As of any date, the Excess Yield Percentage is 
greater than 3.0%.

     EXCESS YIELD PERCENTAGE:  As of any date, (i) the weighted average APR 
of the Receivables, minus (ii) the sum of (x) the H.15 (519) 30-day 
Commercial Paper Rate as of the immediately preceding Business Day plus (y) 
1.50%.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

     FACILITY BALANCE:  As of any date, the sum of (i) the aggregate 
Outstanding Amount of the Notes, plus (ii) the Certificate Balance (excluding 
the General Partner Certificates).

     FACILITY LIMIT:  $219,800,000.00.

     FINAL SCHEDULED DISTRIBUTION DATE:  With respect to the Notes and the 
Certificates, the earlier of (i) the Distribution Date that is 85 months from 
the Purchase Termination Date and (ii) the date on which the Notes or the 
Certificates are fully redeemed in accordance with the Indenture or the Trust 
Agreement, as the case may be (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the 
next succeeding Business Day).

     FINANCED VEHICLE:  A new or used automobile or light truck, together 
with all accessories thereto, securing or purporting to secure an Obligor's 
indebtedness under a Receivable or an Auto Receivable, as applicable.

     FORCE-PLACED INSURANCE:  The meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b).

     FUNDING PERIOD:  The period from and including the Closing Date to but 
excluding the Purchase Termination Date.

     GENERAL PARTNER CERTIFICATES:  The meaning assigned to such term in the 
Trust Agreement.

     GENERAL PARTNER:  Seller in its capacity as general partner of the 
Trust, and any successors thereto as permitted by the Trust Agreement.

     INDENTURE:  The Indenture, dated as of December 28, 1995, between the 
Trust and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended and supplemented 
from time to time.

     INDENTURE COLLATERAL:  The meaning assigned to such term in the 
Indenture.

     INDENTURE TRUSTEE:  The Person acting as Trustee under the Indenture, 
its successors in interest and any successor Trustee under the Indenture.

     INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS:  The meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a).

     INDEPENDENT CERTIFICATE:  The meaning assigned to such term in the 
Indenture.

     INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLES:  With respect to a Securitized Offering, any 
Receivables that do not meet the eligibility criteria as of the cutoff date 
for such Securitized Offering.

     INSOLVENCY EVENT:  With respect to a specified Person, (a) the 
commencement of an involuntary case against such Person under the federal 
bankruptcy laws, as now or 

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

hereinafter in effect, or another present or future federal or state 
bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, and such case is not dismissed within 
60 days; or (b) the filing of a decree or entry of an order for relief by a 
court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person or any 
substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any applicable 
Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter 
in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, 
trustee, sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any 
substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation 
of such Person's affairs; or (c) the commencement by such Person of a 
voluntary case under any applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency 
or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the consent by such 
Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any 
such law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or taking 
possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, 
sequestrator or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part 
of its property, or the making by such Person of any general assignment for 
the benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally to pay its 
debts as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such Person in 
furtherance of any of the foregoing.

     INSOLVENCY PROCEEDS:  The meaning set forth in Section 9.1(c).

     INSURANCE ADD-ON AMOUNT:  The premium charged to the Obligor in the 
event that the Servicer obtains Force-Placed Insurance pursuant to Section 
3.4.

     INSURANCE POLICY:  With respect to a Receivable, any insurance policy 
benefiting the holder of the Receivable providing loss or physical damage, 
credit life, credit disability, theft, mechanical breakdown or similar 
coverage with respect to the Financed Vehicle or the Obligor.

     INTEREST ACCRUAL PERIOD:  The meaning set forth in the Note Purchase 
Agreement or the Certificate Purchase Agreement, as applicable

     INTEREST ARREARAGE:  The meaning assigned to such term in the 
Certificate Purchase Agreement.

     INVESTOR GROUP:  The group of investors committed to purchasing Investor 
Certificates under the Certificate Purchase Agreement.

     ISSUER:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     ISSUER ORDER:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     JPMD:  J.P. Morgan Delaware, in its capacity as Administrative Agent for 
DFC and the purchasers under the DFC Asset Purchase Agreement and as agent 
for the banks under the Program Facility, or as agent for the Investor Group.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

     LIEN:  Any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference, equity 
or encumbrance of any kind, including tax liens, mechanics' liens and any 
liens that attach by operation of law.

     LIEN CERTIFICATE:  With respect to a Financed Vehicle, an original 
certificate of title, certificate of lien or other notification issued by the 
Registrar of Titles of the applicable state to a secured party which 
indicates that the lien of the secured party on the Financed Vehicle is 
recorded on the original certificate of title.  In any jurisdiction in which 
the original certificate of title is required to be given to the Obligor, the 
term "Lien Certificate" shall mean only a certificate or notification issued 
to a secured party.

     LIQUIDATED RECEIVABLE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, a Receivable 
as to which (i) 91 days have elapsed since the Servicer repossessed the 
related Financed Vehicle, (ii) the Servicer has determined in good faith that 
all amounts it expects to recover have been received, or (iii) all or any 
portion of a Scheduled Payment shall have become more than 180 days 
delinquent.

     LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS:  With respect to a Liquidated Receivable, all 
amounts realized with respect to such Receivable net of (i) reasonable 
expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with the collection of such 
Receivable and the repossession and disposition of the Financed Vehicle and 
(ii) amounts that are required to be refunded to the Obligor on such 
Receivable; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Liquidation Proceeds with respect to 
any Receivable shall in no event be less than zero.

     LOCKBOX ACCOUNT:  The segregated account maintained on behalf of the 
Trust by the Lockbox Bank in accordance with Section 3.2(d).

     LOCKBOX AGREEMENT:  The Agency Agreement, dated as of November 13, 1992 
by and among Harris Trust and Savings Bank, OFL, Shawmut Bank, N.A., as 
Trustee, Saturn Financial Services, Inc. and the Program Parties (as defined 
therein), taken together with the Retail Lockbox Agreement, dated as of 
November 13, 1992, among such parties, and the Counterpart to Agency 
Agreement and Retail Lockbox Agreement, dated as of December 28, 1995, among 
Harris Trust and Savings Bank, OFL, the Trust and the Indenture Trustee, as 
such agreements may be amended from time to time, unless the Indenture 
Trustee hereunder shall cease to be a Program Party thereunder, or such 
agreement shall be terminated in accordance with its terms, in which event 
"Lockbox Agreement" shall mean such other agreement, in form and substance 
acceptable to JPMD, among the Servicer, the Trust, the Indenture Trustee and 
the Lockbox Bank.

     LOCKBOX BANK:  Harris Trust and Savings Bank or a depository institution 
named by the Servicer and acceptable to JPMD.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>

     MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT:  With respect to any event or circumstance, means
a material adverse effect on:

          (i)  the ability of OFL, the Seller or the Servicer to perform in all
     material respects its obligations under this Agreement or any other Related
     Document;

          (ii) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other
     Related Document or the Receivables or the collectibility of the
     Receivables; or

          (iii)     the status, existence, perfection, priority or 
     enforceability of the Trust's interest in the Receivables.

     MAXIMUM PRINCIPAL BALANCE:  With respect to the Notes, $200,000,000 
(excluding capitalized interest thereon).

     MONTHLY ADVANCE:  The amount that the Servicer or the Seller, as the 
case may be, is required to advance on any Receivables pursuant to Section 
4.4(a) or (b).

     MONTHLY INTEREST COLLECTION SHORTFALL:  As of any Determination Date, 
the excess, if any, of (x) the amount necessary to make the payments required 
by Sections 4.6(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (vi) hereof over (y) the sum of (i) 
the Collected Funds for such Determination Date, to the extent allocable to 
interest on the related Receivables, (ii) all Purchase Amounts to be 
deposited in the Collection Account on the related Deposit Date, to the 
extent allocable to interest on the related Receivables, and (iii) all net 
income from investments of funds in the Trust Accounts and the Certificate 
Distribution Account during the related Monthly Period.

     MONTHLY PERIOD:  With respect to a Distribution Date or a Determination 
Date, the calendar month preceding the month in which such Distribution Date 
or Determination Date occurs (or, in the case of the first Distribution Date 
or Determination Date, the portion of the calendar month preceding the month 
in which such Distribution Date or Determination Date occurs, from and 
including the initial Transfer Date to and including the last day of such 
calendar month) (such calendar month (or portion thereof) being referred to 
as the "related" Monthly Period with respect to such Distribution Date or 
Determination Date). With respect to an Accounting Date, the calendar month 
in which such Accounting Date occurs is referred to herein as the "related" 
Monthly Period to such Accounting Date.

     MONTHLY RECORDS:  All records and data maintained by the Servicer with 
respect to the Receivables, including the following with respect to each 
Receivable:  the account number; the identity of the originating Dealer; 
Obligor name; Obligor address; Obligor home phone number; Obligor business 
phone number; original Principal Balance; original 

                                      -13-
<PAGE>

term; Annual Percentage Rate; current Principal Balance; current remaining 
term; origination date; first payment date; final scheduled payment date; 
next payment due date; date of most recent payment; new/used classification; 
collateral description; days currently delinquent; number of contract 
extensions (months) to date; amount, if any, of Force-Placed Insurance 
payable monthly; amount of the Scheduled Payment; current Insurance Policy 
expiration date; and past due late charges, if any.

     MOODY'S:  Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

     NET ADVANCE AMOUNT:  As of any Determination Date, an amount equal to 
the lesser of (i) the Aggregate Monthly Advance Amount and (ii) the Monthly 
Interest Collection Shortfall.

     NET ADVANCE SHORTFALL:  The meaning set forth in Section 4.4(a)(ii).

     NET EXCESS SPREAD PERCENTAGE:  As of any Determination Date, (i) the 
weighted average APR of the Receivables (taking into account any hedging 
arrangements maintained pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(xiv) as of the related 
Accounting Date, minus (ii) the weighted average of the Note Interest Rate 
and the Certificate Rate for the immediately preceding Interest Accrual 
Period, minus (iii) 1.00%, minus (iv) the Net Loss Rate for such 
Determination Date.

     NET LOSS RATE:  As of any Determination Date, a fraction expressed as a 
percentage, the numerator of which is equal to (i) the sum of (a) the 
aggregate of the Principal Balances as of the related Accounting Date of all 
Receivables that became Liquidated Receivables during the related Monthly 
Period and (b) the amount of any Cram Down Losses less (ii) the Liquidation 
Proceeds received by the Trust during the related Monthly Period, and the 
denominator of which is equal to the average of the Aggregate Principal 
Balance as of the related Accounting Date and the Aggregate Principal Balance 
as of the next preceding Accounting Date.

     NET PORTFOLIO LOSSES:  With respect to any Monthly Period, the aggregate 
amount of gross charge-offs of Auto Receivables serviced by OFL or any of its 
Affiliates during such Monthly Period net of all recoveries with respect to 
any such Auto Receivables (including post-disposition amounts received on 
previously charged-off Auto Receivables), calculated in a manner consistent 
with the calculation of net losses in OFL's Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended December 31, 1994.

     NON-CALLABLE NOTES:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     NOTE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT:  The account designated as such, established 
and maintained pursuant to Section 4.1(b).

                                      -14-
<PAGE>

     NOTE INTEREST ARREARAGE:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Note 
Purchase Agreement.

     NOTE INTEREST RATE:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Note 
Purchase Agreement.

     NOTE MAJORITY:  Holders of Notes representing a majority of the 
Outstanding principal balance of Notes or if no Notes are Outstanding but the 
Purchase Termination Date has not occurred, holders of commitments to 
purchase a majority of the Maximum Principal Balance of Notes; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, any Notes held by OFL or any affiliate thereof shall be excluded 
when calculating a Note Majority.

     NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT:  The Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of 
December 28, 1995, among the Trust, OFL, the owners named therein and J.P. 
Morgan Delaware, as agent for those owners, as the same may be amended and 
supplemented from time to time.

     NOTE PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENT:  Any event or occurrence designated as 
such in the Note Purchase Agreement.

     NOTEHOLDERS' DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any Distribution 
Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount and the 
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount.

     NOTEHOLDERS' INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL:  With respect to any 
Distribution Date, the excess of the Noteholders' Interest Distributable 
Amount for the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect of 
interest on the Notes that was actually deposited in the Note Distribution 
Account on such preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on the amount of 
interest due but not paid to Noteholders on the preceding Distribution Date, 
to the extent permitted by law, at the Note Interest Rate from such preceding 
Distribution Date to but excluding the current Distribution Date.

     NOTEHOLDERS' INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any 
Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable 
Amount for such Distribution Date and the Noteholders' Interest Carryover 
Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

     NOTEHOLDERS' MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any 
Distribution Date, for the related Interest Accrual Period, the sum of (i) 
the sum of the interest accrued on each day during such Interest Accrual 
Period on the Notes at the Note Interest Rate on the outstanding principal 
balance of the Notes as of the close of business on the immediately preceding 
day and (ii) the Note Interest Arrearage.


                                      -15-


<PAGE>

     NOTEHOLDERS' PERCENTAGE:  (i) with respect to any Determination Date 
relating to a Distribution Date prior to the Distribution Date on which the 
principal balance of the Notes is reduced to zero, 100%, (ii)  with respect 
to the Determination Date relating to the Distribution Date on which the 
principal balance of the Notes is reduced to zero, 100% with respect to that 
portion of the Principal Distribution Amount equal to the unpaid principal 
balance of the Notes, and with respect to the remaining portion of the 
Principal Distribution Amount, zero, and (iii) with respect to any 
Determination Date relating to a Distribution Date thereafter (if any), zero.

     NOTEHOLDERS' PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any 
Distribution Date (other than the Final Scheduled Distribution Date with 
respect to the Notes), the Noteholders' Percentage of the Principal 
Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date.  The Noteholders' Principal 
Distributable Amount on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date will equal the 
sum of (i) the Noteholders' Percentage of the Principal Distribution Amount 
for such Distribution Date, and (ii) the excess of the outstanding principal 
balance of the Notes, if any, over the amounts in clause (i).  In no event 
may the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount for any Distribution Date 
exceed the outstanding principal balance of the Notes immediately prior to 
such Distribution Date.

     NOTES:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     OBLIGOR:  The purchaser or the co-purchasers of the Financed Vehicle and
any other Person or Persons who are primarily or secondarily obligated to make
payments under a Receivable or an Auto Receivable, as applicable.
     
     OFFICER'S CERTIFICATE:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     OFL:  Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation.

     OPINION OF COUNSEL:  A written opinion of counsel acceptable in form and
substance and from counsel acceptable to the Owner Trustee and, if such opinion
or a copy thereof is required to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee or JPMD,
to the Indenture Trustee or JPMD, as applicable.

     OTHER CONVEYED PROPERTY:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Purchase
Agreement.

     OUTSTANDING:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     OUTSTANDING AMOUNT:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     OUTSTANDING MONTHLY ADVANCES:  With respect to a Receivable and a
Determination Date, the sum of all Monthly Advances made on any Determination
Date pursuant to 

                                     -16-

<PAGE>

Section 4.4(b) prior to such Determination Date relating to that Receivable 
which have not been reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.6(i) or Section 4.8.

     OWNER TRUSTEE:  Wilmington Trust Company, acting not individually but
solely as trustee, or its successor in interest, and any successor Owner Trustee
appointed as provided in the Trust Agreement.

     PAYING AGENT:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     PERSON:  Any legal person, including any individual, corporation,
partnership, joint venture, estate, association, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity.

     PORTFOLIO LOSS RATIO:  As of any Determination Date, a fraction, expressed
as a percentage, the numerator of which equals the product of 2.0 times the Net
Portfolio Losses for the six preceding Monthly Periods and the denominator of
which equals the Average Servicing Portfolio as of such Determination Date.

     PRINCIPAL BALANCE:  With respect to any Receivable, as of any date, the
Amount Financed minus (i) that portion of all amounts received on or prior to
such date and allocable to principal in accordance with the terms of the
Receivable, and (ii) any Cram Down Loss in respect of such Receivable.

     PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT:  With respect to any Distribution Date, the
amount equal to the sum of the following amounts with respect to the related
Monthly Period, in each case computed with respect to each Receivable in
accordance with the method specified in the related retail installment sale
contract or promissory note:  (i) that portion of all collections on Receivables
(other than Liquidated Receivables and Purchased Receivables) allocable to
principal, including all full and partial principal prepayments, (ii) the
Principal Balance (as of the related Accounting Date) of all Receivables that
became Liquidated Receivables during the related Monthly Period (other than
Purchased Receivables), (iii) the Principal Balance of all Receivables that
became Purchased Receivables as of the related Accounting Date, and (iv) the
aggregate amount of Cram Down Losses that shall have occurred during the related
Monthly Period.

     PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT:  The account designated as the Principal Funding
Account in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to, Section 4.1(d).

     PRINCIPAL FUNDING EXCESS AMOUNT:  The meaning specified in Section 4.2(b).

     PROGRAM FACILITY:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Note Purchase
Agreement.

                                     -17-

<PAGE>

     PURCHASE AGREEMENT:  (i) The Receivables Purchase Agreement and 
Assignment, dated as of December 28, 1995, between OFL and the Seller and 
(ii) one or more Assignment Agreements pursuant thereto, pursuant to which, 
together, OFL transfers the Receivables and Other Conveyed Property to the 
Seller.

     PURCHASE AMOUNT:  With respect to a Receivable, the Principal Balance 
and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Receivable (without regard to any 
Monthly Advances that may have been made with respect to the Receivable) as 
of the Accounting Date on which the obligation to purchase such Receivable 
arises.

     PURCHASE PRICE:  With respect to any Receivables, Other Conveyed Property
and other property conveyed to the Trust by the Seller on any Transfer Date, an
amount equal to the sum of the Principal Balances of all such Receivables
conveyed as of the applicable Cutoff Date.

     PURCHASED RECEIVABLE:  As of any Accounting Date, any Receivable (including
any Liquidated Receivable) that became a Warranty Receivable or Administrative
Receivable as of such Accounting Date (or which OFL or the Servicer has elected
to purchase as of an earlier Accounting Date, as permitted by Section 2.6 or
3.7), and as to which the Purchase Amount has been deposited in the Collection
Account by the Seller, OFL or the Servicer, as applicable, on or before the
related Deposit Date.

     PURCHASE TERMINATION DATE:  The meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c)(1).

     PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENT:  The meaning set forth in Section 2.1(c)(2).

     RATING AGENCY:  Each of Moody's and Standard & Poor's, so long as such
Persons maintain a rating on the Commercial Paper Notes; and if either Moody's
or Standard & Poor's no longer maintains a rating on the Commercial Paper Notes
, such other nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by
JPMD.

     RATING AGENCY CONDITION:  With respect to any action, that each Rating
Agency shall have been given 10 days' prior notice thereof and that each of the
Rating Agencies shall have notified JPMD in writing that such action will not
result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of the Commercial
Paper Notes.

     RECAPITALIZATION:  A recapitalization of the Trust in which (a) the Trust
issues Non-Callable Notes under the Indenture, the proceeds of which are used to
redeem, in full or in part, the Notes Outstanding prior to that recapitalization
and (b) the Seller waives its rights under Section 9.1(b)(ii) to purchase the
Trust Property.

     RECEIVABLE:  An Auto Receivable that is included in the Schedule of
Receivables, and all rights and obligations under such a contract, but not
including (i) any Liquidated 

                                     -18-

<PAGE>

Receivable (other than for purposes of calculating Certificateholders' 
Distributable Amounts and Noteholders' Distributable Amounts hereunder and 
for the purpose of determining the obligations pursuant to Section 2.6 and 
3.7 to purchase Receivables), or (ii) any Purchased Receivable on or after 
the Accounting Date immediately preceding the Deposit Date on which payment 
of the Purchase Amount is made in connection therewith pursuant to Section 
4.5.

     RECEIVABLE FILE:  The documents, electronic entries, instruments and
writings listed in Section 2.2(a) pertaining to a particular Receivable.

     REGISTRAR OF TITLES:  With respect to any state, the governmental agency or
body responsible for the registration of, and the issuance of certificates of
title relating to, motor vehicles and liens thereon.

     RELATED DOCUMENTS:  The Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Certificates,
the Notes, the Purchase Agreement, each Transfer Agreement, the Custodian
Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, the Certificate Purchase Agreement and the
Note Purchase Agreement.  The Related Documents executed by any party are
referred to herein as "such party's Related Documents," "its Related Documents"
or by a similar expression.

     RESPONSIBLE OFFICER:  When used with respect to the Owner Trustee, any
officer of the Owner Trustee assigned by the Owner Trustee to administer its
corporate trust affairs relating to the Trust.  When used with respect to any
other Person that is not an individual, the President, any Vice-President or
Assistant Vice-President or the Controller of such Person, or any other officer
or employee having similar functions.

     SCHEDULED PAYMENT:  With respect to any Monthly Period for any Receivable
or Auto Receivable, as applicable, the amount set forth in such Receivable or
Auto Receivable, as applicable, as required to be paid by the Obligor in such
Monthly Period.  If after the Closing Date or the related Cutoff Date, the
Obligor's obligation under a Receivable or Auto Receivable with respect to a
Monthly Period has been modified so as to differ from the amount specified in
such Receivable or Auto Receivable, as applicable, as a result of (i) the order
of a court in an insolvency proceeding involving the Obligor, (ii) pursuant to
the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940 or (iii) modifications or
extensions of the Receivable permitted by Section 3.2(b), the Scheduled Payment
with respect to such Monthly Period shall refer to the Obligor's payment
obligation with respect to such Monthly Period as so modified.

     SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES:  The schedule of all automobile retail installment
loan contracts and promissory notes sold and transferred pursuant to each
Transfer Agreement which is attached hereto as Schedule A, as such Schedule
shall be supplemented from time to time (i) by each Schedule of Receivables with
respect to each Transfer Agreement, which Schedules of Receivables shall be
deemed incorporated and made a part of Schedule A 

                                     -19-

<PAGE>

hereto and (ii) by the Servicer from time to time to reflect removal from the 
Trust of (a) Purchased Receivables and (b) Receivables purchased from the 
Trust pursuant to Section 9.1, such comprehensive schedule to be maintained 
by the Indenture Trustee. With respect to a Transfer Agreement, "Schedule of 
Receivables" shall mean the Schedule attached to such Transfer Agreement as 
Exhibit A thereto.

     SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS:  The Schedule of Representations and
Warranties attached hereto as Schedule B.

     SECURED OBLIGATIONS:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     SECURITIZED OFFERING:  An offering of certificates and notes of this Trust,
the proceeds of which are used to redeem, in full, the Certificates issued under
the Trust Agreement (excluding the General Partner Certificates) and the Notes
issued under the Indenture.

     SELLER:  Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware corporation, or
its successor in interest pursuant to Section 6.2.

     SERVICER:  Olympic Financial Ltd., its successor in interest pursuant to
Section 8.2 or, after any termination of the Servicer upon a Servicer
Termination Event, the Backup Servicer or any other successor Servicer.

     SERVICER FEE THRESHOLD:  The meaning specified in Section 4.6(ii).

     SERVICER TERMINATION EVENT:  An event described in Section 8.1.

     SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE:  With respect to each Determination Date, a
certificate, completed by and executed on behalf of the Servicer, in accordance
with Section 3.9, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

     SERVICING PORTFOLIO:  As of any date, the aggregate principal balance of
all Auto Receivables (whether or not thereafter sold or disposed of) which are
serviced by OFL or any of its Affiliates at such time, calculated in a manner
consistent with the calculation of the components of Average Servicing Portfolio
in OFL's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent such calculation
is consistent with the calculation of the components of Average Servicing
Portfolio in OFL's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1994, as amended.

     SPREAD ACCOUNT:  The account designated as the Spread Account in, and which
is established and maintained pursuant to, Section 4.1(c).

                                     -20-

<PAGE>

     STANDARD & POOR'S:  Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of 
McGraw-Hill, Inc., or any successor thereto.

     SUBCOLLECTION ACCOUNT:  The account designated as the Subcollection Account
in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to Section 4.2(a).

     SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICING FEE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, all
administrative fees, expenses and charges paid by or on behalf of Obligors,
including late fees, collected on the Receivables during such Monthly Period.

     TOTAL SERVICING FEE:  The sum of the Basic Servicing Fee and the
Supplemental Servicing Fee.

     TRANSFER AGREEMENT:   With respect to any Receivables, the transfer
agreement between the Seller and the Trust pursuant to which the Seller sells
and assigns Receivables, Other Conveyed Property and other property to the
Trust, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit F.

     TRANSFER DATE:  Any date during the Funding Period on which Receivables are
transferred to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.1.

     TRIGGER EVENT:  As of any Determination Date, if the Net Excess Spread
Percentage shall be less than 3%.

     TRUST:  Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust.

     TRUST ACCOUNTS:  The meaning specified in 4.1(e).

     TRUST AGREEMENT:  The Trust Agreement, dated as of December 28, 1995,
between the Seller and the Owner Trustee, as the same may be amended and
supplemented from time to time.

     TRUST ESTATE:  The meaning assigned to such term in the Indenture.

     TRUST PROPERTY:  The meaning specified in the Trust Agreement.

     TRUST PROPERTY LIQUIDATION DATE:  The date specified in the notice issued
pursuant to Section 9.1(b) as the date on which proceeds from a sale of the
Trust Property will be distributed to Noteholders and Certificateholders.

     UCC:  The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant
jurisdiction.

                                     -21-

<PAGE>

     WAREHOUSING LOSS RATIO:  With respect to any Determination Date, a 
fraction, expressed as a percentage, calculated as of the related Accounting 
Date, the numerator of which is equal to the excess of (A) the sum of (i) the 
aggregate of the Principal Balances of Receivables conveyed to the Trust 
since the immediately preceding Trust Property Liquidation Date, or, if no 
Trust Property Liquidation Date has occurred, since the Closing Date (plus 
accrued and unpaid interest to the end of the relevant Monthly Period, at the 
applicable APR) of all Receivables that became Liquidated Receivables since 
the immediately preceding Trust Property Liquidation Date, or, if no Trust 
Property Liquidation Date has occurred, since the Closing Date, plus (ii) the 
aggregate of the Principal Balances of all Receivables that became Purchased 
Receivables since the immediately preceding Trust Property Liquidation Date, 
or, if no Trust Property Liquidation Date has occurred, since the Closing 
Date and that were delinquent with respect to all or a portion of a Scheduled 
Payment more than 31 days as of the related Accounting Date, plus (iii) the 
aggregate of all Cram Down Losses that occurred since the immediately 
preceding Trust Property Liquidation Date, or, if no Trust Property 
Liquidation Date has occurred, since the Closing Date, over (B) the 
Liquidation Proceeds received by the Trust since the immediately preceding 
Trust Property Liquidation Date, or, if no Trust Property Liquidation Date 
has occurred, since the Closing Date and the denominator of which is equal to 
the Aggregate Principal Balance as of the related Accounting Date.

     WARRANTY RECEIVABLE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, a Receivable 
which OFL has become obligated to repurchase pursuant to Section 2.6.

     Section 1.2.  USAGE OF TERMS.  With respect to all terms used in this 
Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; 
words importing any gender include the other gender; references to "writing" 
include printing, typing, lithography, and other means of reproducing words 
in a visible form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments 
include all subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in 
accordance with their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; 
references to Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the 
terms "include" or "including" mean "include without limitation" or 
"including without limitation."

     Section 1.3.  CALCULATIONS.  (a)  All calculations of the amount of 
interest accrued on the Certificates and the Notes shall be made on the basis 
of the actual number of days elapsed in either a 360-day or a 365-day year, 
as specified in the Note Purchase Agreement or Certificate Purchase 
Agreement, as the case may be; and (b) all calculations of the amount of the 
Basic Servicing Fee shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year consisting 
of twelve 30-day months.  All references to the Principal Balance of a 
Receivable as of an Accounting Date shall refer to the close of business on 
such day.

                                     -22-

<PAGE>

     Section 1.4.  SECTION REFERENCES.  All references to Articles, Sections, 
paragraphs, subsections, exhibits and schedules shall be to such portions of 
this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

     Section 1.5.  NO RECOURSE.  Subject to the provisions of Section 6.5 
with respect to the Seller, no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, 
under this Agreement or any certificate or other writing delivered in 
connection herewith or therewith, against any stockholder, officer, or 
director, as such, of the Seller, OFL, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, 
the Backup Servicer or the Owner Trustee or of any predecessor or successor 
of the Seller, OFL, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer 
or the Owner Trustee.

     Section 1.6.  CONDITION TO EFFECTIVENESS OF AGREEMENTS.  This Agreement 
and the Related Documents shall not be effective until such time as this 
Agreement, the Related Documents and any and all certificates, opinions and 
other documents required hereby and thereby have been executed and delivered 
to the satisfaction of JPMD, in its sole discretion.

                                   ARTICLE II                             
                          CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES

     Section 2.1.  CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.  (a)  Subject to the terms and 
conditions of this Agreement, including the conditions set forth in paragraph 
(b) below, the Seller, pursuant to the mutually agreed upon terms contained 
herein and pursuant to one or more Transfer Agreements, shall sell, transfer, 
assign, and otherwise convey to the Trust, without recourse (but without 
limitation of its obligations in this Agreement), all of the right, title and 
interest of the Seller, whether then existing or thereafter acquired, in and 
to the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, an assignment of the 
rights of the Seller under the Purchase Agreement, all funds on deposit from 
time to time in the Trust Accounts and all investments therein and proceeds 
thereof, and all proceeds of the foregoing.  It is the intention of the 
Seller that the transfer and assignment contemplated by this Agreement and 
each Transfer Agreement shall constitute a sale of the Receivables and other 
Trust Property from the Seller to the Trust and the beneficial interest in 
and title to the Receivables and the other Trust Property shall not be part 
of the Seller's estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by 
or against the Seller under any bankruptcy law.  In the event that, 
notwithstanding the intent of the Seller, the transfer and assignment 
contemplated hereby and each Transfer Agreement is held not to be a sale, 
this Agreement and each Transfer Agreement shall constitute a grant of a 
security interest to the Trust in the property referred to in this Section 
2.1 or transferred to the Trust pursuant to the related Transfer Agreement.

     (b)  (1)  The Seller shall transfer to the Trust the Receivables and the
other property and rights related thereto described in paragraph (a) above only
upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions on or prior to the
related Transfer Date:

                                     -23-

<PAGE>

          (i)  the Funding Period shall not have terminated;

          (ii)  the Seller shall have provided the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
     Trustee and the Rating Agencies with any information reasonably requested
     by any of the foregoing with respect to the Receivables;

          (iii)  the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the
     Indenture Trustee a duly executed Transfer Agreement, which shall include a
     Schedule of Receivables listing the Receivables being transferred on such
     Transfer Date;

          (iv)  OFL shall have delivered to the Seller, the Owner Trustee and
     the Indenture Trustee a duly executed Assignment Agreement, which shall
     include a Schedule of Receivables listing the Receivables being transferred
     on such Transfer Date;

          (v)  the Seller shall, to the extent required by Section 4.1, have
     deposited in the Collection Account collections in respect of the
     Receivables;

          (vi)  the Seller shall have taken any action necessary or advisable to
     maintain the first perfected ownership interest of the Trust in the Trust
     Property and the first perfected security interest of the Indenture Trustee
     in the Indenture Collateral;

          (vii)  the aggregate Principal Balances of Receivables in the Trust,
     including the Receivables to be conveyed to the Trust on each Transfer
     Date, that were owed by any single Obligor or its Affiliates shall not
     exceed $250,000;

          (viii)  after giving effect to the conveyance of Receivables on such
     Transfer Date, the aggregate of the Principal Balances of Receivables with
     original maturities ranging from 72 to 84 months shall not exceed 7.5% of
     the aggregate of the Principal Balances of all Receivables on such Transfer
     Date;

          (ix)  each of the representations and warranties made by the Seller
     pursuant to Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the related
     Transfer Date, and the Seller shall have performed all obligations to be
     performed by it hereunder on or prior to such Transfer Date;

          (x)  the Seller shall, at its own expense, on or prior to the Transfer
     Date indicate in its computer files that the Receivables identified in the
     Transfer Agreement have been sold to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement
     and the related Transfer Agreement; 

                                     -24-

<PAGE>

          (xi)  no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from
     the conveyance on such Transfer Date, that constitutes a Purchase
     Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event;

          (xii)  after giving effect to the conveyance of Receivables on such
     Transfer Date, the Facility Balance shall not exceed the Facility Limit;

          (xiii)  the Seller shall have provided the Indenture Trustee, the
     Owner Trustee and JPMD a statement listing (A) the aggregate of the
     Principal Balances of such Receivables so transferred, (B) the related
     Purchase Price, (C) the Facility Balance after giving effect to the
     transfers on such date and (D) any other information reasonably requested
     by any of the foregoing with respect to such Receivables;

          (xiv)  on any Transfer Date following a Trust Property Liquidation
     Date on which (i) not less than all of the Receivables in the Trust as of
     such date are purchased pursuant to Section 9.1(b) hereof and (ii) the
     Seller receives amounts on deposit in the Spread Account pursuant to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof, until the Transfer Date on the later of (x) the date
     that is 90 days from the most recent Trust Property Liquidation Date and
     (y) the date that is 90 days from the most recent Transfer Date on which
     the Excess Yield Condition was not satisfied, but for the required hedging
     arrangement, if the Excess Yield Condition is not satisfied with respect to
     the Receivables to be conveyed on such Transfer Date, OFL shall have
     established a hedging arrangement with respect to such Receivables that is
     acceptable to JPMD;

          (xv)  after giving effect to the conveyance of Receivables on such
     Transfer Date, the aggregate of the Principal Balances of Receivables
     attributable to loans originated under OFL's "Classic" program shall not
     exceed 40% of the aggregate of the Principal Balances of all Receivables on
     such Transfer Date;

          (xvi)  the condition to effectiveness set forth in Section 1.6 shall
     have been satisfied; and

          (xvii)  the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the
     Indenture Trustee an Officer's Certificate confirming the satisfaction of
     each condition precedent specified in this paragraph (b)(1).

          (2)  On each such Transfer Date, if all the conditions specified in
paragraph (b)(1) above have been satisfied, the Trust shall accept the transfer
of such Receivables and shall pay or cause to be paid to the Seller an amount
equal to the Purchase Price.  The Purchase Price shall be paid FIRST, from
amounts, if any, on deposit in the Principal Funding Account, and SECOND, from
amounts, if any, received by the Trust in connection 

                                     -25-

<PAGE>

with the issuance and sale of Notes or Certificates (or additional principal 
amounts thereof), as applicable.

     (c)  (1)  PURCHASE TERMINATION DATE.  The Trust's commitment to purchase
Receivables and other property hereunder and under any Transfer Agreement shall
terminate upon the earliest to occur of the following (the "Purchase Termination
Date"):

          (i)  The date that is 364 days from the Closing Date; PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, the parties to this Agreement (with the consent of JPMD) may
     mutually agree in writing to the extension of such date to a date no later
     than 364 days following the date of such extension;

          (ii)  A date upon which a Purchase Termination Event has occurred and
     is continuing and (A) JPMD declares a Purchase Termination Date in a notice
     in accordance with the terms of subsection 2 below, or (B) such date
     becomes a Purchase Termination Date automatically in accordance with the
     terms of subsection 2 below;

          (iii)  The initial cutoff date with respect to a Securitized Offering,
     as specified in the preliminary offering document with respect to the
     securities to be issued in connection with such Securitized Offering;

          (iv)  A date on which a Note Purchase Termination Event has occurred
     and is continuing; or

          (v)  A date on which a Certificate Purchase Termination Event has
     occurred and is continuing.

          (2)  PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENTS.  If any of the following events
(each, a "Purchase Termination Event") shall have occurred and be continuing,
then (a) in the case of a Purchase Termination Event other than a Purchase
Termination Event described in subsection (ii) below, JPMD shall, at the request
of, or may with the consent of, a Note Majority, by notice (which notice shall
be in writing) to the Seller, the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee
declare the Purchase Termination Date to have occurred, and (b) in the case of a
Purchase Termination Event described in subsection (ii) below, the Purchase
Termination Date shall occur automatically:

          (i)  Any event or occurrence that constitutes a Servicer Termination
     Event pursuant to Section 8.1 (other than an event described in Section
     8.1(d));

          (ii)  Any event or occurrence that constitutes a Servicer Termination
     Event pursuant to Section 8.1(d);

                                     -26-

<PAGE>

          (iii)  There shall exist any event or occurrence that has a Material
     Adverse Effect;

          (iv)  The Seller, for any reason, shall fail to grant to the Trust and
     to maintain in favor of the Trust a valid and perfected ownership interest
     (or, if not an ownership interest, a valid and perfected first priority
     security interest) in any material portion of the Receivables and other
     Trust Property;

          (v)  The Internal Revenue Service shall file notice of a lien pursuant
     to Section 6323 of the Internal Revenue Code with regard to any of the
     assets of the Seller or OFL, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation
     shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 4068 of the Employee
     Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 with regard to any of the assets of
     the Seller or OFL, and in either such case such lien shall secure a
     liability in excess of $1,000,000 and shall not have been released within
     40 days;

          (vi)  A default shall have occurred and be continuing (x) under any
     instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or providing for the issuance
     of indebtedness for borrowed money in excess of $10,000,000 of, or
     guaranteed by, OFL, the Seller or the Servicer which default (A) is a
     default in payment of any principal or interest on such indebtedness when
     due or within any applicable grace period, or (B) such default shall have
     resulted in acceleration of the maturity of such indebtedness; or (y) under
     any agreement providing for the sales of Receivables by OFL, the Seller or
     the Servicer with an aggregate purchase price outstanding over $10,000,000,
     resulting in the early amortization of the purchasers' or investors'
     interest in such Receivables, or the replacement of the Servicer as
     servicer thereunder; unless, in the case of each of CLAUSES (X) and (Y)
     above, (1) OFL, the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, is
     contesting in good faith, by appropriate proceedings, that such
     indebtedness is due and payable or that such acceleration or early
     amortization is rightful, and (2) no final judgment adverse to OFL, the
     Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, shall have been entered on such
     proceedings;

          (vii)  (A) Any litigation (including, without limitation, derivative
     actions), arbitration proceedings or governmental proceedings not disclosed
     in writing by OFL, the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, prior to
     the date of execution and delivery of this Agreement is pending against
     OFL, the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, or any Affiliate
     thereof, which, in the reasonable opinion of JPMD, if adversely determined,
     would have a Material Adverse Effect, or (B) any material development not
     so disclosed has occurred in any litigation (including, without limitation,
     derivative actions), arbitration proceedings or governmental proceedings so
     disclosed, which, in the reasonable opinion of JPMD, would have a
     reasonable probability of causing a Material Adverse Effect; or 

                                     -27-

<PAGE>

          (viii)  OFL (if it is the Servicer) shall make any material adverse
     change in the Servicing Policy and Procedures without the prior written
     consent of JPMD (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); or

          (ix)  On any Determination Date after the first Transfer Date but
     prior to the Purchase Termination Date, (A) the Delinquency Ratio shall
     exceed 2.5%; (B) the Portfolio Loss Ratio shall exceed 2.0%; (C) the
     Warehousing Loss Ratio shall exceed 1.0%; or (D) the Average Net Excess
     Spread Percentage shall be less than 1.5%.

     Section 2.2.  CUSTODY OF RECEIVABLE FILES.  (a)  In connection with the 
sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the other Trust Property 
to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement and each Transfer Agreement, and 
simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Trust 
shall enter into the Custodian Agreement with the Custodian, dated as of the 
Closing Date, pursuant to which the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, 
shall revocably appoint the Custodian, and the Custodian shall accept such 
appointment, to act as the agent of the Trust as Custodian of the documents 
set forth below.  Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, OFL has 
agreed to use its best efforts to deliver to the Custodian as agent of the 
Trust within three Business Days after each Transfer Date, but in any event 
OFL shall deliver to the Custodian no later than ten Business Days after such 
Transfer Date, the following documents:

          (i)  The fully executed original of the Receivable (together with any
     agreements modifying the Receivable, including without limitation any
     extension agreements);

          (ii)  A certificate of insurance, application form signed by the
     Obligor or a signed representation letter from the Obligor named in the
     Receivable pursuant to which the Obligor has agreed to obtain an Insurance
     Policy, or a documented verbal confirmation by the insurance agent for the
     Obligor of a policy number for an Insurance Policy or any other documents
     evidencing or related to any Insurance Policy, or copies thereof;

          (iii)  The original credit application, or a copy thereof, of each
     Obligor, fully executed by each such Obligor on OFL's customary form, or on
     a form approved by OFL, for such application; and

          (iv)  The original certificate of title (when received) and otherwise
     such documents, if any, that OFL keeps on file in accordance with its
     customary procedures indicating that the Financed Vehicle is owned by the
     Obligor and subject to the interest of OFL as first lienholder or secured
     party (including any Lien Certificate received by OFL), or, if such
     original certificate of title has not yet been received, a copy of the
     application therefor, showing OFL as secured party or a 

                                     -28-

<PAGE>

     letter from the applicable Dealer agreeing unconditionally to repurchase 
     the related Receivable if the certificate of title is not received by OFL
     within 180 days.

     In connection with the grant of the security interest in the Trust Estate
to the Indenture Trustee in respect of the Secured Obligations pursuant to the
Indenture, the Trust agrees that from and after the Closing Date through the
date of release of such security interest pursuant to the terms of the
Indenture, the Custodian shall not be acting as agent of the Trust, but rather
shall be acting as agent of the Indenture Trustee in respect of the Secured
Obligations.

     The Indenture Trustee may act as the Custodian, in which case the Indenture
Trustee shall be deemed to have assumed the obligations of the Custodian
specified in the Custodian Agreement, and the terms of Exhibit B shall be deemed
incorporated by reference herein.

     (b)  Upon payment in full on any Receivable, the Servicer will notify the
Custodian by certification of an officer of the Servicer (which certification
shall include a statement to the effect that all amounts received in connection
with such payments which are required to be deposited in the Collection Account
pursuant to Section 3.1 have been so deposited) and shall request delivery of
the Receivable and Receivable File to the Servicer.  From time to time as
appropriate for servicing and enforcing any Receivable, the Custodian shall,
upon written request of an officer of the Servicer and delivery to the Custodian
of a receipt signed by such officer, cause the original Receivable and the
related Receivable File to be released to the Servicer.  The Servicer's receipt
of a Receivable and/or Receivable File shall obligate the Servicer to return the
original Receivable and the related Receivable File to the Custodian when its
need by the Servicer has ceased unless the Receivable shall be repurchased as
described in Section 2.6 or 3.7.

     Section 2.3.  CONDITIONS TO ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER TRUSTEE.  As conditions to
the Owner Trustee's execution and delivery of the Notes on behalf of the Trust
and execution, authentication and delivery of the Certificates on behalf of the
Trust on the Closing Date, the Owner Trustee shall have received the following
on or before the Closing Date:

          (a)  Copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Seller
     approving the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the
     Related Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby,
     certified by a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Seller;

          (b)  Copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of OFL approving
     the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Related
     Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, certified
     by a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of OFL; and

                                     -29-

<PAGE>

          (c)  Evidence that all filings (including, without limitation, UCC
     filings) required to be made by any Person and actions required to be taken
     or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give the Owner Trustee a
     first priority perfected lien on, or ownership interest in, the Receivables
     and the other Trust Property have been made, taken or performed.

     Section 2.4.  DEEMED ACCEPTANCE BY OWNER TRUSTEE AND INDENTURE TRUSTEE.  By
its execution or acceptance, as the case may be, of this Agreement, each of the
Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee, on each Transfer Date, subject to the
satisfaction of the conditions to conveyance set forth in Section 2.1(b), shall
be deemed to have accepted the conveyance of the Receivables and other property
conveyed to the Trust under the related Transfer Agreement and assigned to the
Indenture Trustee pursuant to the Indenture without any further act on their
behalf.

     Section 2.5.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER.  By its execution
of this Agreement and each Transfer Agreement, the Seller makes the following
representations and warranties on which the Trust relies in accepting the
Receivables and the other Trust Property in trust and on which the Owner Trustee
relies in issuing, on behalf of the Trust, the Certificates and Notes.  Unless
otherwise specified, such representations and warranties speak as of the Closing
Date or Transfer Date, as appropriate, but shall survive the sale, transfer, and
assignment of the Receivables to the Trust.

          (a)  SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS.  The representations and warranties
     set forth on the Schedule of Representations are true and correct.

          (b)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  The Seller has been duly
     organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
     the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its
     properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently
     owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant
     times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and
     sell the Receivables and the other property transferred to the Trust.

          (c)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  The Seller is duly qualified to do business
     as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary
     licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or
     lease of its property or the conduct of its business requires such
     qualification.

          (d)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Seller has the power and authority to
     execute and deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents and to carry
     out its terms and their terms, respectively; the Seller has full power and
     authority to sell and assign the Trust Property to be sold and assigned to
     and deposited with the Trust by it and has duly authorized such sale and
     assignment to the Trust by all 

                                     -30-

<PAGE>

     necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of
     this Agreement and the Seller's Related Documents have been duly authorized
     by the Seller by all necessary corporate action.

          (e)  VALID SALE; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement and each
     Transfer Agreement effects a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the
     Receivables and the other Trust Property, enforceable against the Seller
     and creditors of and purchasers from the Seller; and this Agreement and
     each Transfer Agreement and the Seller's Related Documents, when duly
     executed and delivered, shall constitute legal, valid and binding
     obligations of the Seller enforceable in accordance with their respective
     terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
     reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of
     creditors' rights generally and by equitable limitations on the
     availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether such
     enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

          (f)  NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement and each Transfer Agreement and the Related Documents and
     the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and each Transfer Agreement
     and the Related Documents shall not conflict with, result in any breach of
     any of the terms and provisions of or constitute (with or without notice,
     lapse of time or both) a default under the certificate of incorporation or
     by-laws of the Seller, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust
     or other instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound,
     or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its
     properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement,
     mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement, or
     violate any law, order, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any
     court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or
     other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or
     any of its properties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood
     that no representation or warranty is expressed herein with respect to the
     legality of the use of word "Olympic" by the Seller or its Affiliates.

          (g)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to the Seller's knowledge, threatened against the Seller or
     OFL, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other
     tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the
     Seller or its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement,
     any Transfer Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (B) seeking to
     prevent the issuance of the Certificates or the Notes or the consummation
     of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any Transfer
     Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (C) seeking any determination or
     ruling that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the
     Seller of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this

                                     -31-

<PAGE>

     Agreement, any Transfer Agreement or any of the Related Documents, or (D)
     seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state
     or local tax attributes of the Certificates or the Notes.

          (h)  NO TERMINATION EVENTS.  To the Seller's knowledge, no Purchase
     Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event shall have occurred and be
     continuing.

          (i)  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE.  The chief executive office of the Seller
     is at 7825 Washington Avenue South, Suite 900, Minneapolis, MN 55439-2435.

          (j)  SEPARATE CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  The Seller shall:

               (1)  Maintain in full effect its existence, rights and franchises
          as a corporation under the laws of the state of its incorporation and
          will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in each
          jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to
          protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement and its
          Related Documents and each other instrument or agreement necessary or
          appropriate to proper administration hereof and permit and effectuate
          the transactions contemplated hereby.

               (2)  Maintain its own deposit account or accounts, separate from
          those of any Affiliate of the Seller, with commercial banking
          institutions.  The funds of the Seller will not be diverted to any
          other Person or for other than the corporate use of the Seller
          (including the payment of duly declared dividends to the Seller's
          stockholders), and, except as may be expressly permitted by this
          Agreement or the Related Documents, the funds of the Seller shall not
          be commingled with those of any Affiliate of the Seller.

               (3)  Ensure that, to the extent that it shares the same officers
          or other employees as any of its stockholders or Affiliates, the
          salaries of and the expenses related to providing benefits to such
          officers and other employees shall be fairly allocated among such
          entities, and each such entity shall bear its fair share of the salary
          and benefit costs associated with all such common officers and
          employees.

               (4)  Ensure that, to the extent that it jointly contracts with
          any of its stockholders or Affiliates to do business with vendors or
          service providers or to share overhead expenses, the costs incurred in
          so doing shall be allocated fairly among such entities, and each such
          entity shall bear its fair share of such costs.  To the extent that
          the Seller contracts or does business with vendors or service
          providers where the goods and services provided are partially for the
          benefit of any other Person, the costs incurred in so doing 

                                     -32-

<PAGE>

          shall be fairly allocated to or among such entities for whose benefit
          the goods and services are provided, and each such entity shall bear 
          its fair share of such costs.  All material transactions between the 
          Seller and any of its Affiliates shall be only on an arm's-length 
          basis and shall receive the approval of the Seller's Board of 
          Directors including at least one Independent Director (as defined 
          below).

               (5)  Maintain a principal executive and administrative office
          through which its business is conducted separate from those of its
          stockholders and Affiliates.  To the extent that the Seller and any of
          its stockholders or Affiliates have offices in contiguous space, there
          shall be fair and appropriate allocation of overhead costs among them,
          and each such entity shall bear its fair share of such expenses.

               (6)  Conduct its affairs strictly in accordance with its
          Certificate of Incorporation and observe all necessary, appropriate
          and customary corporate formalities, including, but not limited to,
          holding all regular and special stockholders' and directors' meetings
          appropriate to authorize all corporate action, keeping separate and
          accurate minutes of such meetings, passing all resolutions or consents
          necessary to authorize actions taken or to be taken, and maintaining
          accurate and separate books, records and accounts, including, but not
          limited to, payroll and intercompany transaction accounts.  Regular
          stockholders' and directors' meetings shall be held at least annually.

               (7)  Ensure that its Board of Directors shall be elected
          independently from the Boards of Directors of its Affiliates and shall
          at all times after January 15, 1995 include at least one Independent
          Director (for purposes hereof, "INDEPENDENT DIRECTOR" shall mean any
          member of the Board of Directors of the Seller that is not and has not
          at any time been (x) a director, officer, employee or shareholder of
          any Affiliate of the Seller or (y) a member of the immediate family of
          any of the foregoing).

               (8)  Ensure that decisions with respect to its business and daily
          operations shall be independently made by the Seller (although the
          officer making any particular decision may also be an officer or
          director of an Affiliate of the Seller) and shall not be dictated by
          an Affiliate of the Seller.

               (9)  Act solely in its own corporate name and through its own
          authorized officers and agents, and no Affiliate of the Seller shall
          be appointed to act as agent of the Seller, except as expressly
          contemplated by this Agreement or the Related Documents;

                                     -33-

<PAGE>

               (10)  Ensure that no Affiliate of the Seller shall advance funds
          to the Seller, other than capital contributions made to enable the
          Seller to pay the purchase price of Receivables or to otherwise
          conduct its business as contemplated by this Agreement and the Related
          Documents, and no Affiliate of the Seller will otherwise supply funds
          to, or guaranty debts of, the Seller.

               (11)  Not enter into any guaranty, or otherwise become liable,
          with respect to any obligation of any Affiliate of the Seller other
          than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Related
          Documents.

               (12)  Ensure that any financial reports required of the Seller
          shall comply with generally accepted accounting principles and shall
          be issued separately from, but may be consolidated with, any reports
          prepared for any of its Affiliates.

               (13)  Maintain capitalization adequate for the conduct of its
          business.

     Section 2.6.  REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES UPON BREACH OF WARRANTY. 
Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each 
Transfer Agreement, respectively, OFL and the Seller have entered into the 
Purchase Agreement and an Assignment Agreement, the rights of the Seller 
under which have been assigned by the Seller to the Trust.  Under the 
Purchase Agreement and each Assignment Agreement OFL has made the same 
representations and warranties to the Seller with respect to the Receivables 
as those made by Seller pursuant to the Schedule of Representations, upon 
which the Owner Trustee has relied in accepting the Trust Property in trust 
and executing the Certificates and Notes and upon which the Indenture Trustee 
has relied in authenticating the Notes. Upon discovery by any of OFL, the 
Seller, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee of a breach 
of any of the representations and warranties contained in Section 2.5 that 
materially and adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders, the 
Certificateholders or the Trust in any Receivable (including any Liquidated 
Receivable), the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written 
notice to the others; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give any such 
notice shall not affect any obligation of OFL or the Seller.  As of the 
second Accounting Date (or, at OFL's election, the first Accounting Date) 
following its discovery or its receipt of notice of any breach of the 
representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations 
that materially and adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders, the 
Certificateholders or the Trust in any Receivable (including any Liquidated 
Receivable) OFL shall, unless such breach shall have been cured in all 
material respects, purchase such Receivable from the Trust and, on or before 
the related Deposit Date, OFL shall pay the Purchase Amount to the Owner 
Trustee pursuant to Section 4.5.  The obligations of the Seller with respect 
to any such breach of representations and warranties shall be limited to 
taking any and all actions necessary to enable the Owner Trustee to enforce 
directly the obligations of OFL 

                                     -34-

<PAGE>

under the Purchase Agreement and any Assignment Agreement, as applicable.  It 
is understood and agreed that, except as set forth in this Section 2.6, the 
obligation of OFL to repurchase any Receivable as to which a breach has 
occurred and is continuing shall, if such obligation is fulfilled, constitute 
the sole remedy against OFL or the Seller for such breach available to the 
Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders or the Owner Trustee on behalf 
of Certificateholders.

     In addition to the foregoing and notwithstanding whether the related
Receivable shall have been purchased by the Seller or OFL, OFL shall indemnify
the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Trust, the
Noteholders and the Certificateholders against all reasonable costs, expenses,
losses, damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses
of counsel, which may be asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result
of third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such
breach.

     Section 2.7.  NONPETITION COVENANT.  Until the date that is one year and
one day following the termination of the Trust pursuant to the terms of the
Trust Agreement, none of the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee (in its
individual capacity or on behalf of the Trust), the Backup Servicer nor OFL
shall petition or otherwise invoke the process of any court or government
authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust
or the General Partner under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar law or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or any substantial part of
its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the
Trust.

     Section 2.8.  COLLECTING LIEN CERTIFICATES NOT DELIVERED ON THE CLOSING
DATE OR TRANSFER DATE.  In the case of any Receivable in respect of which
written evidence from the Dealer selling the related Financed Vehicle that the
Lien Certificate for such Financed Vehicle showing OFL as first lienholder has
been applied for from the Registrar of Titles was delivered to the Custodian on
the Closing Date or Transfer Date, as appropriate, in lieu of a Lien
Certificate, the Servicer shall use its best efforts to collect such Lien
Certificate from the Registrar of Titles as promptly as practicable.  If such
Lien Certificate showing OFL as first lienholder is not received by the
Custodian within 180 days after the Closing Date or Transfer Date, as
appropriate, then the representation and warranty in paragraph 5 of the Schedule
of Representations in respect of such Receivable shall be deemed to have been
incorrect in a manner that materially and adversely affects the
Certificateholders, the Noteholders and the Trust.

     Section 2.9.  TRUST'S ASSIGNMENT OF ADMINISTRATIVE RECEIVABLES AND WARRANTY
RECEIVABLES.  With respect to all Administrative Receivables and all Warranty
Receivables purchased by the Servicer, the Seller or OFL, the Owner Trustee and
the Indenture Trustee shall take any and all actions reasonably requested by the
Seller, OFL or Servicer, at the expense of the requesting party, to assign,
without recourse, representation or warranty, to

                                     -35-

<PAGE>

the Seller, OFL or the Servicer, as applicable, all of the Indenture 
Trustee's and the Trust's right, title and interest in and to such purchased 
Receivable, all monies due thereon, the security interests in the related 
Financed Vehicles, proceeds from any Insurance Policies, proceeds from 
recourse against Dealers on such Receivables and the interests of the Trust 
in certain rebates of premiums and other amounts relating to the Insurance 
Policies and any documents relating thereto, such assignment being an 
assignment outright and not for security; and the Seller, OFL or the 
Servicer, as applicable, shall thereupon own such Receivable, and all such 
security and documents, free of any further obligation to the Owner Trustee, 
the Trust, the Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders or the Noteholders 
with respect thereto.

                                  ARTICLE III
                   ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

     Section 3.1.  DUTIES OF THE SERVICER.  The Servicer is hereby authorized 
to act as agent for the Trust and in such capacity shall manage, service, 
administer and make collections on the Receivables, and perform the other 
actions required by the Servicer under this Agreement.  The Servicer agrees 
that its servicing of the Receivables shall be carried out in accordance with 
customary and usual procedures of institutions which service motor vehicle 
retail installment sales contracts and, to the extent more exacting, the 
degree of skill and attention that the Servicer exercises from time to time 
with respect to all comparable motor vehicle receivables that it services for 
itself or others.  In performing such duties, so long as OFL is the Servicer, 
it shall comply with the policies and procedures attached hereto as Schedule 
C.  The Servicer's duties shall include, without limitation, collection and 
posting of all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on the 
Receivables, investigating delinquencies, sending payment coupons to 
Obligors, reporting any required tax information to Obligors, policing the 
collateral, complying with the terms of the Lockbox Agreement, accounting for 
collections and furnishing monthly and annual statements to the Owner 
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and JPMD with respect to distributions, 
monitoring the status of Insurance Policies with respect to the Financed 
Vehicles and performing the other duties specified herein.  The Servicer 
shall also administer and enforce all rights and responsibilities of the 
holder of the Receivables provided for in the Dealer Agreements (and shall 
maintain possession of the Dealer Agreements, to the extent it is necessary 
to do so), the Dealer Assignments and the Insurance Policies, to the extent 
that such Dealer Agreements, Dealer Assignments and Insurance Policies relate 
to the Receivables, the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors.  To the extent 
consistent with the standards, policies and procedures otherwise required 
hereby, the Servicer shall follow its customary standards, policies, and 
procedures and shall have full power and authority, acting alone, to do any 
and all things in connection with such managing, servicing, administration 
and collection that it may deem necessary or desirable.  Without limiting the 
generality of the foregoing, the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered 
by the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee to execute and deliver, on 

                                     -36-

<PAGE>

behalf of the Certificateholders and the Trust or any of them, any and all 
instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or 
discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the 
Receivables and with respect to the Financed Vehicles; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, 
that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not, except pursuant 
to an order from a court of competent jurisdiction, release an Obligor from 
payment of any unpaid amount under any Receivable or waive the right to 
collect the unpaid balance of any Receivable from the Obligor, except that 
the Servicer may forego collection efforts if the amount subject to 
collection is DE MINIMIS and if it would forego collection in accordance with 
its customary procedures.  The Servicer is hereby authorized to commence, in 
its own name or in the name of the Trust (provided the Servicer has obtained 
the Owner Trustee's consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably 
withheld), a legal proceeding to enforce a Receivable pursuant to Section 3.3 
or to commence or participate in any other legal proceeding (including, 
without limitation, a bankruptcy proceeding) relating to or involving a 
Receivable, an Obligor or a Financed Vehicle.  If the Servicer commences or 
participates in such a legal proceeding in its own name, the Trust shall 
thereupon be deemed to have automatically assigned such Receivable to the 
Servicer solely for purposes of commencing or participating in any such 
proceeding as a party or claimant, and the Servicer is authorized and 
empowered by the Owner Trustee to execute and deliver in the Servicer's name 
any notices, demands, claims, complaints, responses, affidavits or other 
documents or instruments in connection with any such proceeding.  The Owner 
Trustee shall furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney and other 
documents which the Servicer may reasonably request and which the Servicer 
deems necessary or appropriate and take any other steps which the Servicer 
may deem necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its 
servicing and administrative duties under this Agreement.

     Section 3.2.  COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLE PAYMENTS; MODIFICATIONS OF 
RECEIVABLES; LOCKBOX AGREEMENTS.  (a)  Consistent with the standards, 
policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer shall make 
reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the terms and 
provisions of the Receivables as and when the same shall become due, and 
shall follow such collection procedures as it follows with respect to all 
comparable automobile receivables that it services for itself or others and 
otherwise act with respect to the Receivables, the Dealer Agreements, the 
Dealer Assignments, the Insurance Policies and the other Trust Property in 
such manner as will, in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer, maximize the 
amount to be received by the Trust with respect thereto.  The Servicer is 
authorized in its discretion to waive any prepayment charge, late payment 
charge or any other similar fees that may be collected in the ordinary course 
of servicing any Receivable.

     (b)  The Servicer may at any time agree to a modification or amendment 
of a Receivable in order to (i) change the Obligor's regular due date to a 
date within the Monthly Period in which such due date occurs or (ii) 
re-amortize the scheduled payments on the Receivable following a partial 
prepayment of principal.

                                     -37-
<PAGE>

     (c)  The Servicer may grant payment extensions on, or other 
modifications or amendments to, a Receivable (in addition to those 
modifications permitted by Section 3.2(b)) in accordance with its customary 
procedures if the Servicer believes in good faith that such extension, 
modification or amendment is necessary to avoid a default on such Receivable, 
will maximize the amount to be received by the Trust with respect to such 
Receivable, and is otherwise in the best interests of the Trust; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that:

          (i)  The aggregate period of all extensions on a Receivable shall not
     exceed three months;

          (ii)  In no event may a Receivable be extended beyond the Monthly
     Period immediately preceding the Final Scheduled Distribution Date;

          (iii)  The aggregate Principal Balances of the Receivables which have
     been extended during any calendar quarter (computed as of the Accounting
     Date immediately prior to the first day of such calendar quarter) shall not
     exceed 1.5% of the average of the Aggregate Principal Balances as of the
     Accounting Date immediately prior to the first day of such Calendar Quarter
     and the three immediately succeeding Accounting Dates; and

          (iv)  No such extension, modification or amendment shall be granted
     more than 90 days after the Closing Date or the related Transfer Date if
     such action would have the effect of causing such Receivable to be deemed
     to have been exchanged for another Receivable within the meaning of Section
     1001 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any proposed,
     temporary or final Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

     (d)  The Servicer shall use its best efforts to cause Obligors to make 
all payments on the Receivables, whether by check or by direct debit of the 
Obligor's bank account, to be made directly to one or more Lockbox Banks, 
acting as agent for the Trust pursuant to a Lockbox Agreement.  Amounts 
received by a Lockbox Bank in respect of the Receivables may initially be 
deposited into a demand deposit account maintained by the Lockbox Bank as 
agent for the Trust and for other owners of automobile receivables serviced 
by the Servicer.  The Servicer shall use its best efforts to cause any 
Lockbox Bank to deposit all payments on the Receivables in the Lockbox 
Account no later than the Business Day after receipt, and to cause all 
amounts credited to the Lockbox Account on account of such payments to be 
transferred to the Collection Account no later than the second Business Day 
after receipt of such payments.  The Lockbox Account shall be a demand 
deposit account held by the Lockbox Bank, or an Eligible Account satisfying 
clause (i) of the definition thereof.

     Prior to the Closing Date and any Transfer Date the Servicer shall have
notified each Obligor that makes its payments on the Receivables by check to
make such payments 

                                     -38-
<PAGE>

thereafter directly to the Lockbox Bank (except in the case of Obligors that 
have already been making such payments to the Lockbox Bank), and shall have 
provided each such Obligor with a supply of mailing address labels in order 
to enable such Obligors to make such payments directly to the Lockbox Bank 
for deposit into the Lockbox Account, and the Servicer will continue, not 
less often than every three months, to so notify those Obligors who have 
failed to make payments to the Lockbox Bank.  If and to the extent requested 
by JPMD, the Servicer shall request each Obligor that makes payment on the 
Receivables by direct debit of such Obligor's bank account, to execute a new 
authorization for automatic payment which in the judgment of JPMD is 
sufficient to authorize direct debit by the Lockbox Bank on behalf of the 
Trust.  If at any time the Lockbox Bank is unable to directly debit an 
Obligor's bank account that makes payment on the Receivables by direct debit 
and if such inability is not cured within 15 days or cannot be cured by 
execution by the Obligor of a new authorization for automatic payment, the 
Servicer shall notify such Obligor that it cannot make payment by direct 
debit and must thereafter make payment by check.

     Notwithstanding any Lockbox Agreement, or any of the provisions of this 
Agreement relating to the Lockbox Agreement, the Servicer shall remain 
obligated and liable to the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee, 
Certificateholders and Noteholders for servicing and administering the 
Receivables and the other Trust Property in accordance with the provisions of 
this Agreement without diminution of such obligation or liability by virtue 
thereof.

     In the event the Servicer shall for any reason no longer be acting as 
such, the successor Servicer shall thereupon assume all of the rights and 
obligations of the outgoing Servicer under the Lockbox Agreement.  In such 
event, the successor Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed all of the 
outgoing Servicer's interest therein and to have replaced the outgoing 
Servicer as a party to each such Lockbox Agreement to the same extent as if 
such Lockbox Agreement had been assigned to the successor Servicer, except 
that the outgoing Servicer shall not thereby be relieved of any liability or 
obligations on the part of the outgoing Servicer to the Lockbox Bank under 
such Lockbox Agreement. The outgoing Servicer shall, upon request of the 
Owner Trustee but at the expense of the outgoing Servicer, deliver to the 
successor Servicer all documents and records relating to each such Agreement 
and an accounting of amounts collected and held by the Lockbox Bank and 
otherwise use its best efforts to effect the orderly and efficient transfer 
of any Lockbox Agreement to the successor Servicer.  In the event that JPMD 
elects to change the identity of the Lockbox Bank, the outgoing Servicer, at 
its expense, shall cause the Lockbox Bank to deliver, at the direction of 
JPMD to the Owner Trustee or a successor Lockbox Bank, all documents and 
records relating to the Receivables and all amounts held (or thereafter 
received) by the Lockbox Bank (together with an accounting of such amounts) 
and shall otherwise use its best efforts to effect the orderly and efficient 
transfer of the lockbox arrangements and the Servicer shall notify the 
Obligors to make payments to the Lockbox established by the successor.

                                     -39-
<PAGE>

     (e)  The Servicer shall remit all payments by or on behalf of the 
Obligors received directly by the Servicer to the Subcollection Account or to 
the Lockbox Bank for deposit into the Collection Account without deposit into 
any intervening account as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 
the Business Day after receipt thereof.

     Section 3.3.  REALIZATION UPON RECEIVABLES.  (a)  Consistent with the 
standards, policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the Servicer 
shall use its best efforts to repossess (or otherwise comparably convert the 
ownership of) and liquidate any Financed Vehicle securing a Receivable with 
respect to which the Servicer has determined that payments thereunder are not 
likely to be resumed, as soon as is practicable after default on such 
Receivable but in no event later than the date on which all or any portion of 
a Scheduled Payment has become 91 days delinquent.  The Servicer is 
authorized to follow such customary practices and procedures as it shall deem 
necessary or advisable, consistent with the standard of care required by 
Section 3.1, which practices and procedures may include reasonable efforts to 
realize upon any recourse to Dealers, the sale of the related Financed 
Vehicle at public or private sale, the submission of claims under an 
Insurance Policy and other actions by the Servicer in order to realize upon 
such a Receivable.  The foregoing is subject to the provision that, in any 
case in which the Financed Vehicle shall have suffered damage, the Servicer 
shall not expend funds in connection with any repair or towards the 
repossession of such Financed Vehicle unless it shall determine in its 
discretion that such repair and/or repossession shall increase the proceeds 
of liquidation of the related Receivable by an amount greater than the amount 
of such expenses.  All amounts received upon liquidation of a Financed 
Vehicle shall be remitted directly by the Servicer to the Subcollection 
Account without deposit into any intervening account as soon as practicable, 
but in no event later than the Business Day after receipt thereof.  The 
Servicer shall be entitled to recover all reasonable expenses incurred by it 
in the course of repossessing and liquidating a Financed Vehicle into cash 
proceeds, but only out of the cash proceeds of such Financed Vehicle, any 
deficiency obtained from the Obligor or any amounts received from the related 
Dealer, which amounts may be retained by the Servicer (and shall not be 
required to be deposited as provided in Section 3.2(e)) to the extent of such 
expenses.  The Servicer shall pay on behalf of the Trust any personal 
property taxes assessed on repossessed Financed Vehicles; the Servicer shall 
be entitled to reimbursement of any such tax from Liquidation Proceeds with 
respect to such Receivable.

     (b)  If the Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce a 
Dealer Agreement or Dealer Assignment, the act of commencement shall be 
deemed to be an automatic assignment from the Trust and the Indenture Trustee 
to the Servicer of the rights under such Dealer Agreement and Dealer 
Assignment for purposes of collection only.  If, however, in any enforcement 
suit or legal proceeding, it is held that the Servicer may not enforce a 
Dealer Agreement or Dealer Assignment on the grounds that it is not a real 
party in interest or a Person entitled to enforce the Dealer Agreement or 
Dealer Assignment, the Owner Trustee, at the Servicer's expense, or the 
Seller, at the Seller's expense, shall take such steps as the Servicer deems 
necessary to enforce the Dealer 

                                     -40-
<PAGE>

Agreement or Dealer Assignment, including bringing suit in its name or the 
name of the Seller or of the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the 
Certificateholders and the Indenture Trustee in respect of the Secured 
Obligations.  All amounts recovered shall be remitted directly by the 
Servicer as provided in Section 3.2(e).

     Section 3.4.  INSURANCE.  (a)  The Servicer shall require that each 
Financed Vehicle be insured by the Insurance Policies referred to in 
Paragraph 24 of the Schedule of Representations (the "Collateral Insurance") 
and shall monitor the status of such physical loss and damage insurance 
coverage thereafter, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures.  
Each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain such physical loss and 
damage insurance, naming OFL and its successors and assigns as additional 
insureds, and permits the holder of such Receivable to obtain physical loss 
and damage insurance at the expense of the Obligor if the Obligor fails to 
maintain such insurance.  If the Servicer shall determine that an Obligor has 
failed to obtain or maintain a physical loss and damage Insurance Policy 
covering the related Financed Vehicle which satisfies the conditions set 
forth in clause (i)(a) of such Paragraph 24 (including, without limitation, 
during the repossession of such Financed Vehicle) the Servicer shall enforce 
the rights of the holder of the Receivable under the Receivable to require 
the Obligor to obtain such physical loss and damage insurance.  

     (b)  The Servicer may, if an Obligor fails to obtain or maintain a 
physical loss and damage Insurance Policy, obtain insurance with respect to 
the related Financed Vehicle and advance on behalf of such Obligor, as 
required under the terms of the insurance policy, the premiums for such 
insurance (such insurance being referred to herein as "Force-Placed 
Insurance").  All policies of Force-Placed Insurance shall be endorsed with 
clauses providing for loss payable to the Owner Trustee.  Any cost incurred 
by the Servicer in maintaining such Force-Placed Insurance shall only be 
recoverable out of premiums paid by the Obligors or Liquidation Proceeds with 
respect to the Receivable, as provided in Section 3.4(c).

     (c)  In connection with any Force-Placed Insurance obtained hereunder, 
the Servicer may, in the manner and to the extent permitted by applicable 
law, require the Obligors to repay the entire premium to the Servicer.  In no 
event shall the Servicer include the amount of the premium in the Amount 
Financed under the Receivable.  For all purposes of this Agreement, the 
Insurance Add-On Amount with respect to any Receivable having Force-Placed 
Insurance will be treated as a separate obligation of the Obligor and will 
not be added to the Principal Balance of such Receivable, and amounts 
allocable thereto will not be available for distribution on the Notes or the 
Certificates.  The Servicer shall retain and separately administer the right 
to receive payments from Obligors with respect to Insurance Add-On Amounts or 
rebates of Forced-Placed Insurance premiums.  If an Obligor makes a payment 
with respect to a Receivable having Force-Placed Insurance, but the Servicer 
is unable to determine whether the payment is allocable to the Receivable or 
to the Insurance Add-On Amount, the payment shall be applied first to any 
unpaid 

                                     -41-
<PAGE>

Scheduled Payments and then to the Insurance Add-On Amount.  Liquidation 
Proceeds on any Receivable will be used first to pay the Principal Balance 
and accrued interest on such Receivable and then to pay the related Insurance 
Add-On Amount.  If an Obligor under a Receivable with respect to which the 
Servicer has placed Force-Placed Insurance fails to make scheduled payments 
of such Insurance Add-On Amount as due, and the Servicer has determined that 
eventual payment of the Insurance Add-On Amount is unlikely, the Servicer 
may, but shall not be required to, purchase such Receivable from the Trust 
for the Purchase Amount on any subsequent Deposit Date.  Any such Receivable, 
and any Receivable with respect to which the Servicer has placed Force-Placed 
Insurance which has been paid in full (excluding any Insurance Add-On 
Amounts) will be assigned to the Servicer.

     (d)  The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon the Insurance 
Policies, in its own name, if possible, or as agent of the Trust.  If the 
Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce an Insurance 
Policy, the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment 
of the rights of the Trust under such Insurance Policy to the Servicer for 
purposes of collection only.  If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal 
proceeding it is held that the Servicer may not enforce an Insurance Policy 
on the grounds that it is not a real party in interest or a holder entitled 
to enforce the Insurance Policy, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, 
at the Servicer's expense, or the Seller, at the Seller's expense, shall take 
such steps as the Servicer deems necessary to enforce such Insurance Policy, 
including bringing suit in its name or the name of the Owner Trustee for the 
benefit of the Certificateholders and the Indenture Trustee in respect of the 
Secured Obligations.

     (e)  Subject to the fourth sentence of this subsection (e), the Servicer 
shall maintain a vendor's single interest or other collateral protection 
insurance policy with respect to all Financed Vehicles which policy shall by 
its terms insure against physical damage in the event any Obligor fails to 
maintain physical loss and damage insurance with respect to the related 
Financed Vehicle. Costs incurred by the Servicer in maintaining such 
insurance shall be paid by the Servicer.  The Servicer will cause itself to 
be named as named insured and the Owner Trustee to be named a loss payee 
under all such policies.  The Servicer may, with the consent of JPMD, elect 
not to maintain such insurance policy but in such event will be obligated to 
indemnify the Trust against any losses arising from an Obligor's failure to 
maintain physical loss and damage insurance with respect to the related 
Financed Vehicle.

     Section 3.5.  MAINTENANCE OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN VEHICLES.  (a) 
Consistent with the policies and procedures required by this Agreement, the 
Servicer shall take such steps as are necessary to maintain perfection of the 
security interest created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle 
on behalf of the Trust, including but not limited to obtaining the execution 
by the Obligors and the recording, registering, filing, re-recording, 
re-filing, and re-registering of all security agreements, financing 
statements and continuation statements as 

                                     -42-
<PAGE>

are necessary to maintain the security interest granted by the Obligors under 
the respective Receivables.  The Owner Trustee hereby authorizes the 
Servicer, and the Servicer agrees, to take any and all steps necessary to 
re-perfect such security interest on behalf of the Trust as necessary because 
of the relocation of a Financed Vehicle or for any other reason.  In the 
event that the assignment of a Receivable to the Owner Trustee on behalf of 
the Trust is insufficient, without a notation on the related Financed 
Vehicle's certificate of title, or without fulfilling any additional 
administrative requirements under the laws of the state in which the Financed 
Vehicle is located, to perfect a security interest in the related Financed 
Vehicle in favor of the Trust, the Servicer hereby agrees that the Servicer's 
designation as the secured party on the certificate of title is in its 
capacity as agent of the Trust.

     (b)  Upon the occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event, the Owner 
Trustee and the Servicer shall take or cause to be taken such action as may, 
in the opinion of counsel to the Owner Trustee, be necessary to perfect or 
re-perfect the security interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the 
Receivables in the name of the Trust by amending the title documents of such 
Financed Vehicles or by such other reasonable means as may, in the opinion of 
counsel to the Owner Trustee, be necessary or prudent.  OFL hereby agrees to 
pay all expenses related to such perfection or re-perfection and to take all 
action necessary therefor.

     Section 3.6.  COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND WARRANTIES OF SERVICER.  
By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Servicer makes the 
following representations, warranties and covenants on which the Owner 
Trustee relies in accepting the Receivables in trust and issuing the 
Certificates and the Notes on behalf of the Trust and on which the Indenture 
Trustee relies in authenticating the Notes.

     (a)  The Servicer covenants as follows:

          (i)  LIENS IN FORCE.  The Financed Vehicle securing each Receivable
     shall not be released in whole or in part from the security interest
     granted by the Receivable, except upon payment in full of the Receivable or
     as otherwise contemplated herein; 

          (ii)  NO IMPAIRMENT.  The Servicer shall do nothing to impair the
     rights of the Trust, the Certificateholders or the Noteholders in the
     Receivables, the Dealer Agreements, the Dealer Assignments, the Insurance
     Policies or the other Trust Property; and

          (iii)  NO AMENDMENTS.  The Servicer shall not extend or otherwise
     amend the terms of any Receivable, except in accordance with Section 3.2.

     (b)  The Servicer represents, warrants and covenants as of the Closing Date
as to itself:

                                     -43-
<PAGE>

          (i)  ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  The Servicer has been duly
     organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
     its jurisdiction of organization, with power, authority and legal right to
     own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are
     currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all
     relevant times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to enter into
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

          (ii)  DUE QUALIFICATION.  The Servicer is duly qualified to do
     business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all
     necessary licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the
     ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business (including
     the servicing of the Receivables as required by this Agreement) requires or
     shall require such qualification;

          (iii)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Servicer has the power and authority
     to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents and to
     carry out its terms and their terms, respectively, and the execution,
     delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Servicer's Related
     Documents have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary
     corporate action;

          (iv)  BINDING OBLIGATION.  This Agreement and the Servicer's Related
     Documents shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
     Servicer enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as
     enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or
     other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally
     and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies,
     regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in
     equity or at law;

          (v)  NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement and the Servicer's Related Documents, and the fulfillment
     of the terms of this Agreement and the Servicer's Related Documents, shall
     not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions
     of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default
     under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Servicer, or any
     indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which
     the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation
     or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms
     of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
     instrument, other than this Agreement, or violate any law, order, rule or
     regulation applicable to the Servicer of any court or of any federal or
     state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or any of its
     properties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that no
     representation or warranty is expressed herein with respect to the legality
     of the use of the word "Olympic" by the Servicer;

                                     -44-
<PAGE>

          (vi)  NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to the Servicer's knowledge, threatened against the Servicer,
     before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal
     or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or
     its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Certificates
     or the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by
     this Agreement or any of the Related Documents, or (C) seeking any
     determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the
     performance by the Servicer of its obligations under, or the validity or
     enforceability of, this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or (D)
     seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax or other federal, state
     or local tax attributes of the Certificates or the Notes;

          (vii)  NO CONSENTS.  The Servicer is not required to obtain the
     consent of any other party or any consent, license, approval or
     authorization, or registration or declaration with, any governmental
     authority, bureau or agency in connection with the execution, delivery,
     performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement;

          (viii)  COLLATERAL INSURANCE.  The Collateral Insurance is in full
     force and effect.

     Section 3.7.  PURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES UPON BREACH OF COVENANT.  Upon 
discovery by any of the Servicer, the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee 
of a breach of any of the covenants set forth in Sections 3.5(a) or 3.6(a), 
the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the 
others; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give any such notice shall not 
affect any obligation of the Servicer.  As of the second Accounting Date 
following its discovery or receipt of notice of any breach of any covenant 
set forth in Sections 3.5(a) or 3.6(a) which materially and adversely affects 
the interests of the Certificateholders, the Noteholders or the Trust in any 
Receivable (including any Liquidated Receivable) (or, at the Servicer's 
election, the first Accounting Date so following), the Servicer shall, unless 
it shall have cured such breach in all material respects, purchase from the 
Trust the Receivable affected by such breach and, on the related Deposit 
Date, the Servicer shall pay the related Purchase Amount.  It is understood 
and agreed that the obligation of the Servicer to purchase any Receivable 
(including any Liquidated Receivable) with respect to which such a breach has 
occurred and is continuing shall, if such obligation is fulfilled, constitute 
the sole remedy against the Servicer for such breach available to the 
Certificateholders, the Noteholders, the Owner Trustee on behalf of 
Certificateholders or the Indenture Trustee on behalf of Noteholders; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Servicer shall indemnify the Owner Trustee, the 
Backup Servicer, the Trust, the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders and the 
Certificateholders against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and 
liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be 
asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party claims 
arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such breach.

                                     -45-
<PAGE>

     Section 3.8.  TOTAL SERVICING FEE; PAYMENT OF CERTAIN EXPENSES BY 
SERVICER. On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall be entitled to 
receive out of the Collection Account the Basic Servicing Fee and any 
Supplemental Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period pursuant to Section 
4.6.  The Servicer shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in 
connection with its activities under this Agreement (including taxes imposed 
on the Servicer), expenses incurred in connection with distributions and 
reports to Certificateholders and Noteholders and all other fees and expenses 
of the Trust, including taxes levied or assessed against the Trust, and 
claims against the Trust in respect of indemnification, unless such fees, 
expenses or claims in respect of indemnification are expressly stated to be 
for the account of OFL or not to be for the account of the Servicer.  The 
Servicer shall be liable for the fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee, the 
Administrator, the Indenture Trustee, the Custodian, the Backup Servicer, the 
Lockbox Bank (and any fees under the Lockbox Agreement) and the Independent 
Accountants.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Servicer shall not be 
OFL, a successor to OFL as Servicer permitted by Section 7.2 or an Affiliate 
of any of the foregoing, such Servicer shall not be liable for taxes levied 
or assessed against the Trust or claims against the Trust in respect of 
indemnification.

     Section 3.9.  SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE.  (a)  No later than 10:00 a.m. New 
York City time on each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the 
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, JPMD and each 
Rating Agency a Servicer's Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of 
the Servicer containing, among other things, (i) all information necessary to 
enable the Indenture Trustee to make the distributions required by Section 
4.6 and to determine the amount to which the Servicer is entitled to be 
reimbursed or has been reimbursed during the related Monthly Period for 
Monthly Advances pursuant to Section 4.4(d), (ii) all information necessary 
to enable the Indenture Trustee to send the statements to Noteholders, 
Certificateholders and JPMD required by Section 4.9, (iii) a listing of all 
Warranty Receivables and Administrative Receivables purchased as of the 
related Deposit Date, identifying the Receivables so purchased and (iv) all 
information necessary to enable the Indenture Trustee to reconcile all 
deposits to, and withdrawals from, the Collection Account for the related 
Monthly Period and Distribution Date, including the accounting required by 
Section 4.8.  Receivables purchased by the Servicer or by the Seller or OFL 
on the related Deposit Date and each Receivable which became a Liquidated 
Receivable or which was paid in full during the related Monthly Period shall 
be identified by account number (as set forth in the Schedule of 
Receivables).  A copy of such certificate may be obtained by any 
Certificateholder or Noteholder (or by a Certificate Owner or Note Owner, 
upon certification that such Person is a Certificate Owner or Note Owner and 
payment of any expenses associated with the distribution thereof) by a 
request in writing to the Indenture Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust 
Office.  In addition to the information set forth in the preceding sentence, 
the Servicer's Certificate delivered to the Indenture Trustee and JPMD on the 
Determination Date shall also contain the following information:  (a) the 
Delinquency Ratio, Portfolio Loss Ratio, Warehousing Loss Ratio and Average 
Net Excess Spread 

                                     -46-
<PAGE>

Percentage for such Determination Date; (b) whether any Trigger Event has 
occurred as of such Determination Date; (c) whether any Trigger Event that 
may have occurred as of a prior Determination Date is Deemed Cured as of such 
Determination Date; (d) whether to the knowledge of the Servicer a Purchase 
Termination Event or Servicer Termination Event has occurred; and (e) such 
other information as JPMD requests from time to time.

     (b)  No later than 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the date that is 
five Business Days prior to a Trust Property Liquidation Date, the Servicer 
shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup 
Servicer, JPMD and each Rating Agency, a Servicer's Certificate executed by a 
Responsible Officer of the Servicer containing, among other things, (i) all 
information necessary for the distributions in Section 4.7, (ii) a listing of 
all purchasers of Receivables identifying the Receivables being purchased by 
each purchaser, (iii) for Receivables being purchased by the Seller 
specifying the specific source of funds for payment of the Seller's portion 
of the purchase price, (iv) the aggregate purchase price, and (v) whether the 
purchase of Trust Property will be in connection with a final liquidation and 
termination of the Trust.

     Section 3.10.  ANNUAL STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE; NOTICE OF SERVICER 
TERMINATION EVENT.  (a)  The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the 
Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, JPMD and each Rating Agency, on or 
before March 31 (or 90 days after the end of the Servicer's fiscal year, if 
other than December 31) of each year, beginning on March 31, 1997, an 
officer's certificate signed by any Responsible Officer of the Servicer, 
dated as of December 31 (or other applicable date) of the immediately 
preceding year, stating that (i) a review of the activities of the Servicer 
during the preceding 12-month period (or such other period as shall have 
elapsed from the Closing Date to the date of the first such certificate) and 
of its performance under this Agreement has been made under such officer's 
supervision, and (ii) to such officer's knowledge, based on such review, the 
Servicer has fulfilled all its obligations under this Agreement throughout 
such period, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such 
obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature 
and status thereof.

     (b)  The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture 
Trustee, the Backup Servicer, JPMD and each Rating Agency, promptly after 
having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than 2 Business Days 
thereafter, written notice in an officer's certificate of any event which 
with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer 
Termination Event under Section 8.1(a).  The Seller or the Servicer shall 
deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, 
JPMD, the Servicer or the Seller (as applicable) and each Rating Agency 
promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than 
2 Business Days thereafter, written notice in an officer's certificate of any 
event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become 
a Servicer Termination Event under any other clause of Section 8.1.

                                     -47-
<PAGE>

     Section 3.11.  ANNUAL INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT.  (a)  The 
Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent certified 
public accountants (the "Independent Accountants"), who may also render other 
services to the Servicer or to the Seller, to deliver to the Owner Trustee, 
the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, JPMD and each Rating Agency, on 
or before March 31 (or 90 days after the end of the Servicer's fiscal year, 
if other than December 31) of each year, beginning on March 31, 1997, with 
respect to the twelve months ended the immediately preceding December 31 (or 
other applicable date) (or such other period as shall have elapsed from the 
Closing Date to the date of such certificate), a statement (the "Accountant's 
Report") addressed to the Board of Directors of the Servicer, to the Owner 
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer and to JPMD to the effect 
that such firm has audited the financial statements of the Servicer and 
issued its report thereon and that such audit was made in accordance with 
generally accepted auditing standards, and accordingly included such tests of 
the accounting records and such other auditing procedures as such firm 
considered necessary in the circumstances including procedures as determined 
by the Independent Accountants related to (1) the documents and records 
concerning the servicing of automobile installment sales contracts under 
pooling and servicing agreements and sale and servicing agreements 
substantially similar one to another (such statement to have attached thereto 
a schedule setting forth the pooling and servicing agreements and sale and 
servicing agreements covered thereby, including this Agreement); and (2) the 
delinquency and loss statistics relating to the Servicer's portfolio of 
automobile installment sales contracts; and except as described in the 
statement, disclosed no exceptions or errors in the records relating to 
automobile and light truck loans serviced for others that, in the firm's 
opinion, generally accepted auditing standards requires such firm to report. 
The Accountants' Report shall further state that (1) a review in accordance 
with agreed upon procedures was made of three randomly selected Servicer's 
Certificates for each Trust and (2) except as disclosed in the Report, no 
exceptions or errors in the Servicer's Certificates so examined were found.

     (b)  The Accountants' Report shall also indicate that the firm is 
independent of the Seller and the Servicer within the meaning of the Code of 
Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

     (c)  A copy of the Accountants' Report may be obtained by any 
Certificateholder or Noteholder by a request in writing to the Indenture 
Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office.

     Section 3.12.  ACCESS TO CERTAIN DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION REGARDING 
RECEIVABLES.  The Servicer shall provide to representatives of the Owner 
Trustee, Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer and JPMD reasonable access to 
the documentation regarding the Receivables.  The Servicer shall provide such 
access to any Certificateholder or Noteholder only after the occurrence of a 
Certificate Purchase Termination Event or a Note Purchase Termination Event, 
as the case may be, or in such cases where the Servicer is required by 
applicable statutes or regulations (whether applicable to the Servicer or to 

                                     -48-
<PAGE>

such Certificateholder or Noteholder) to permit such Certificateholder or 
Noteholder to review such documentation.  In each case, such access shall be 
afforded without charge but only upon reasonable request and during normal 
business hours.  Nothing in this Section shall derogate from the obligation 
of the Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of 
information regarding the Obligors, and the failure of the Servicer to 
provide access as provided in this Section as a result of such obligation 
shall not constitute a breach of this Section.  Any Certificateholder or 
Noteholder, by its acceptance of a Certificate or Note (or by acquisition of 
its beneficial interest therein), as applicable, shall be deemed to have 
agreed to keep confidential and not to use for its own benefit any 
information obtained by it pursuant to this Section, except as may be 
required by applicable law or requested or required in court proceedings or 
by regulatory authority.

     Section 3.13.  MONTHLY TAPE.  On or before the third Business Day, but in
no event later than the fifth calendar day, of each month, the Servicer will
deliver to the Indenture Trustee and the Backup Servicer a computer tape and a
diskette (or any other electronic transmission acceptable to the Indenture
Trustee and the Backup Servicer) in a format acceptable to the Indenture Trustee
and the Backup Servicer containing the information with respect to the
Receivables as of the preceding Accounting Date necessary for preparation of the
Servicer's Certificate relating to the immediately succeeding Determination Date
and necessary to determine the application of collections as provided in Section
4.3.  The Backup Servicer shall use such tape or diskette (or other electronic
transmission acceptable to the Indenture Trustee and the Backup Servicer) to
verify the Servicer's Certificate delivered by the Servicer, and the Backup
Servicer shall certify to JPMD that it has verified the Servicer's Certificate
in accordance with this Section 3.13 and shall notify the Servicer and JPMD of
any discrepancies, in each case, on or before the second Business Day following
the Determination Date.  In the event that the Backup Servicer reports any
discrepancies, the Servicer and the Backup Servicer shall attempt to reconcile
such discrepancies prior to the fourth Business Day prior to the related
Distribution Date, but in the absence of a reconciliation, the Servicer's
Certificate shall control for the purpose of calculations and distributions with
respect to the related Distribution Date.  In the event that the Backup Servicer
and the Servicer are unable to reconcile discrepancies with respect to a
Servicer's Certificate by the related Distribution Date, the Servicer shall
cause the Independent Accountants, at the Servicer's expense, to audit the
Servicer's Certificate and, prior to the third Business Day, but in no event
later than the fifth calendar day, of the following month, reconcile the
discrepancies.  The effect, if any, of such reconciliation shall be reflected in
the Servicer's Certificate for such next succeeding Determination Date.  In
addition, the Servicer shall, if so requested by the Backup Servicer deliver to
the Backup Servicer its Collection Records and its Monthly Records within one
Business Day of demand therefor and a computer tape containing as of the close
of business on the date of demand all of the data maintained by the Servicer in
computer format in connection with servicing the Receivables.  Other than the
duties specifically set forth in this Agreement, the Backup Servicer shall have
no obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, to supervise, verify,
monitor or administer the 

                                     -49-
<PAGE>

performance of the Servicer.  The Backup Servicer shall have no liability for 
any actions taken or omitted by the Servicer.  The duties and obligations of 
the Backup Servicer shall be determined solely by the express provisions of 
this Agreement, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into 
this Agreement against the Backup Servicer.

     Section 3.14.  RETENTION OF SERVICER.  The Servicer hereby covenants and 
agrees to act as such under this Agreement until the termination of the 
Trust, subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this 
Agreement.

     Section 3.15.  FIDELITY BOND.  The Servicer shall maintain a fidelity 
bond in such form and amount as is customary for entities acting as custodian 
of funds and documents in respect of consumer contracts on behalf of 
institutional investors.

     Section 3.16.  DUTIES OF THE SERVICER UNDER THE INDENTURE.  The Servicer 
shall, and hereby agrees that it will, perform on behalf of the Trust and the 
Owner Trustee the following duties of the Trust or the Owner Trustee, as 
applicable, under the Indenture (references are to the applicable Sections in 
the Indenture):

          (a)  the direction to the Paying Agents, if any, to deposit moneys
     with the Indenture Trustee (Section 3.03);

          (b)  the obtaining and preservation of the Issuer's qualification to
     do business in each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be
     necessary to protect the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the
     Notes, the Indenture Collateral and each other instrument and agreement
     included in the Trust Estate (Section 3.04);

          (c)  the preparation of all supplements, amendments, financing
     statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and
     other instruments, in accordance with Section 3.05 of the Indenture,
     necessary to protect the Trust Estate (Section 3.05);

          (d)  the delivery of the Opinion of Counsel on the Closing Date and
     the annual delivery of Opinions of Counsel, in accordance with Section 3.06
     of the Indenture, as to the Trust Estate, and the annual delivery of the
     Officer's Certificate and certain other statements, in accordance with
     Section 3.09 of the Indenture, as to compliance with the Indenture
     (Sections 3.06 and 3.09);

          (e)  the preparation and obtaining of documents and instruments
     required for the release of the Issuer from its obligations under the
     Indenture (Section 3.10(b));

          (f)  the monitoring of the Issuer's obligations as to the satisfaction
     and discharge of the Indenture and the preparation of an Officer's
     Certificate and the 

                                     -50-
<PAGE>

     obtaining of the Opinion of Counsel and the Independent Certificate 
     relating thereto (Section 4.01);

          (g)  the preparation of any written instruments required to confirm
     more fully the authority of any co-trustee or separate trustee and any
     written instruments necessary in connection with the resignation or removal
     of any co-trustee or separate trustee (Sections 6.08 and 6.10);

          (h)  the opening of one or more accounts in the Trust's name, the
     preparation of Issuer Orders, Officer's Certificates and Opinions of
     Counsel and all other actions necessary with respect to investment and
     reinvestment of funds in the Trust Accounts (Sections 8.02 and 8.03);

          (i)  the preparation of Trust Orders and the obtaining of Opinions of
     Counsel with respect to the execution of supplemental indentures (Sections
     9.01, 9.02 and 9.03);

          (j)  the preparation of all Officer's Certificates, Opinions of
     Counsel and Independent Certificates with respect to any requests by the
     Issuer to the Indenture Trustee to take any action under the Indenture
     (Section 11.01(a));

          (k)  the preparation and delivery of Officer's Certificates and the
     obtaining of Independent Certificates, if necessary, for the release of
     property from the lien of the Indenture (Section 11.01(b)); and

          (l)  the recording of the Indenture, if applicable (Section 11.15).

In addition to the duties of the Servicer set forth above, the Servicer 
shall, and hereby agrees that it will, prepare, distribute and file any 
reports required by Section 313(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as a 
result of any transfer of Receivables.  Such distribution and filing is to be 
effected by the Servicer's distribution and filing of the Servicer's 
Certificate.

     Section 3.17.  DAILY REPORT.  The Servicer shall provide to the 
Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and JPMD a daily report setting forth 
the principal collections with respect to the Receivables for the previous 
day.

     Section 3.18.  CERTAIN DUTIES OF THE SERVICER UNDER THE TRUST AGREEMENT. 
The Servicer shall, and hereby agrees that it will, monitor the Trust's 
compliance with all applicable provisions of state and federal securities 
laws, notify the Trust and the Administrator of any actions to be taken by 
the Trust necessary for compliance with such laws and prepare on behalf of 
the Trust and the Administrator all notices, filings or other documents or 
instruments required to be filed under such laws.

                                     -51-
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                          DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO
                       CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND NOTEHOLDERS

     Section 4.1.  TRUST ACCOUNTS.  (a)  The Servicer shall establish the 
Collection Account in the name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of 
the Certificateholders and in respect of the Secured Obligations.  The 
Collection Account shall be an Eligible Account and initially shall be a 
segregated trust account established with the Indenture Trustee and 
maintained with the Indenture Trustee.

     (b)  The Servicer shall establish the Note Distribution Account in the 
name of the Indenture Trustee in respect of the Secured Obligations.  The 
Note Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account and initially shall be 
a segregated trust account established with the Indenture Trustee and 
maintained with the Indenture Trustee.

     (c)  The Servicer shall establish the Spread Account in the name of the 
Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders and in respect of 
the Secured Obligations.  The Spread Account shall be an Eligible Account and 
initially shall be a segregated trust account established with the Indenture 
Trustee and maintained with the Indenture Trustee.

     (d)  The Servicer shall establish the Principal Funding Account in the 
name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders and 
in respect of the Secured Obligations.  The Principal Funding Account shall 
be an Eligible Account and initially shall be a segregated trust account 
established with the Indenture Trustee and maintained with the Indenture 
Trustee.

     (e)  All amounts held in the Collection Account, the Note Distribution 
Account, the Spread Account and the Principal Funding Account (collectively, 
the "Trust Accounts") shall, to the extent permitted by applicable laws, 
rules and regulations, be invested, as directed by the Servicer, in Eligible 
Investments that mature not later than one Business Day prior to the 
Distribution Date for the Monthly Period to which such amounts relate.  Any 
such written direction shall certify that any such investment is authorized 
by this Section 4.1.  Any investment of funds in the Trust Accounts shall be 
made in Eligible Investments held by a financial institution in accordance 
with the following requirements: (a) all Eligible Investments shall be held 
in an account with such financial institution in the name of the Indenture 
Trustee, (b) with respect to securities held in such account, such securities 
shall be (i) certificated securities (as such term is used in N.Y. UCC 
Section 8-313(d)(i)), securities deemed to be certificated securities under 
applicable regulations of the United States government, or uncertificated 
securities issued by an issuer organized under the laws of the State of New 
York or the State of Delaware, (ii) either (A) in the possession of such 
institution, (B) in the possession of a clearing corporation (as such term is 
used in Minn. Stat. Section 336.8-313(g)) in the State of New York, 
registered in the name of such clearing 

                                     -52-
<PAGE>

corporation or its nominee, not endorsed for collection or surrender or any 
other purpose not involving transfer, not containing any evidence of a right 
or interest inconsistent with the Indenture Trustee's security interest 
therein, and held by such clearing corporation in an account of such 
institution, (C), held in an account of such institution with the Federal 
Reserve Bank of New York or the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, or (D) 
in the case of uncertificated securities, issued in the name of such 
institution, and (iii) identified, by book entry or otherwise, as held for 
the account of, or pledged to, the Indenture Trustee on the records of such 
institution, and such institution shall have sent the Indenture Trustee a 
confirmation thereof, (c) with respect to repurchase obligations held in such 
account, such repurchase obligations shall be identified by such institution, 
by book entry or otherwise, as held for the account of, or pledged to, the 
Indenture Trustee on the records of such institution, and the related 
securities shall be held in accordance with the requirements of clause (b) 
above, and (d) with respect to other Eligible Investments other than 
securities and repurchase agreements, such Eligible Investments shall be held 
in a manner acceptable to the Indenture Trustee.  Subject to the other 
provisions hereof, the Indenture Trustee shall have sole control over each 
such investment and the income thereon, and any certificate or other 
instrument evidencing any such investment, if any, shall be delivered 
directly to the Indenture Trustee or its agent, together with each document 
of transfer, if any, necessary to transfer title to such investment to the 
Indenture Trustee in a manner which complies with this Section 4.1.  All 
interest, dividends, gains upon sale and other income from, or earnings on, 
investments of funds in the Trust Accounts (other than the Spread Account) 
shall be deposited in the Collection Account and distributed on the next 
Distribution Date pursuant to Section 4.6.  All interest, dividends, gains 
upon sale and other income from, or earnings on, investments of funds in the 
Spread Account shall remain in the Spread Account.  The Servicer shall 
deposit in the applicable Trust Account an amount equal to any net loss on 
such investments immediately as realized.

     (f)  On each Transfer Date, the Servicer shall deposit in the Collection 
Account (i) all Scheduled Payments and prepayments of Receivables received by 
the Servicer after the Cutoff Date and on or prior to the Business Day 
immediately preceding the applicable Transfer Date or received by the Lockbox 
Bank after the Cutoff Date and on or prior to the second Business Day 
immediately preceding the applicable Transfer Date and (ii) all Liquidation 
Proceeds and proceeds of Insurance Policies realized in respect of a Financed 
Vehicle and applied by the Servicer after the Cutoff Date.

     Section 4.2.  COLLECTIONS.  (a)  The Servicer shall establish the 
Subcollection Account in the name of the Indenture Trustee for the benefit of 
the Certificateholders and the Noteholders.  The Subcollection Account shall 
be an Eligible Account and shall initially be established with the Indenture 
Trustee.  The Servicer shall remit directly to the Subcollection Account 
without deposit into any intervening account all payments by or on behalf of 
the Obligors on the Receivables and all Liquidation Proceeds received by the 
Servicer, in each case, as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 
the Business Day 

                                     -53-
<PAGE>

after receipt thereof.  Within two days of deposit of payments into the 
Subcollection Account, the Indenture Trustee shall transfer all amounts 
credited to the Subcollection Account on account of such payments to the 
Collection Account.  Amounts in the Subcollection Account shall not be 
invested.

     (b)  On each Deposit Date related to a Distribution Date (i) prior to 
the Purchase Termination Date and (ii) so long as the Facility Balance is 
less than or equal to the Facility Limit, all amounts on deposit in the 
Collection Account allocable the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount 
and the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount shall be deposited 
into the Principal Funding Account.  On each Deposit Date preceding a 
Distribution Date on or after the occurrence of the Purchase Termination 
Date, amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding Account shall be deposited 
into the Note Distribution Account or the Certificate Distribution Account, 
as Collections and applied in accordance with Section 4.6 hereof.  On each 
Deposit Date preceding a Distribution Date on which the Facility Balance 
would exceed the Facility Limit (after giving effect to a reduction thereof 
requested by the Seller) (provided that a Purchase Termination Date shall not 
have been declared pursuant to Section 2.1(c)(2)), amounts on deposit in the 
Principal Funding Account equal to such excess shall be deposited into the 
Note Distribution Account as Collections and applied in accordance with 
Section 4.6 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on any Determination 
Date the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account exceeds the 
aggregate Purchase Price with respect to Receivables to be purchased during 
the remainder of the Monthly Period during which such Determination Date 
occurs, as determined by the Servicer in its sole discretion (the amount of 
such excess, the "Principal Funding Excess Amount"), an amount equal to the 
Principal Funding Excess Amount shall be deposited into the Note Distribution 
Account and the Certificate Distribution Account, as applicable, and applied 
in accordance with Section 4.6 hereof.

     (c)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) hereof, the 
Servicer will be entitled to be reimbursed from amounts on deposit in the 
Collection Account with respect to a Monthly Period for amounts previously 
deposited in the Collection Account but later determined by the Servicer or 
the Lockbox Bank to have resulted from mistaken deposits or postings or 
checks returned for insufficient funds.  The amount to be reimbursed 
hereunder shall be paid to the Servicer on the related Distribution Date 
pursuant to Section 4.6(iii) upon certification by the Servicer of such 
amounts and the provision of such information to the Indenture Trustee as may 
be necessary in the opinion of the Indenture Trustee to verify the accuracy 
of such certification.

     Section 4.3.  APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS.  For the purposes of this 
Agreement, all collections for a Monthly Period shall be applied by the 
Servicer as follows:

     (a)  With respect to each Receivable, payments by or on behalf of the 
Obligor thereof (other than of Supplemental Servicing Fees with respect to 
such Receivable, to the extent collected) shall be applied to interest and 
principal with respect to such Receivable 

                                     -54-
<PAGE>

in accordance with the terms of such Receivable. With respect to each 
Liquidated Receivable, Liquidation Proceeds shall be applied to interest and 
principal with respect to such Receivable in accordance with the terms of 
such Receivable, and then to any Insurance Add-On Amount due and payable with 
respect to such Receivable.  The Servicer shall not be entitled to any 
Supplemental Servicing Fees with respect to a Liquidated Receivable.

     (b)  With respect to each Receivable that has become a Purchased 
Receivable on any Deposit Date, the Purchase Amount shall be applied, for 
purposes of this Agreement only, to interest and principal on the Receivable 
in accordance with the terms of the Receivable as if the Purchase Amount had 
been paid by the Obligor on the Accounting Date.  The Servicer shall not be 
entitled to any Supplemental Servicing Fees with respect to such a 
Receivable.  Nothing contained herein shall relieve any Obligor of any 
obligation relating to any Receivable.

     (c)  All amounts collected that are payable to the Servicer as 
Supplemental Servicing Fees hereunder shall be deposited in the Collection 
Account and paid to the Servicer in accordance with Section 4.6(iii).

     (d)  All payments by or on behalf of an Obligor received with respect to 
any Purchased Receivable after the Accounting Date immediately preceding the 
Deposit Date on which the Purchase Amount was paid by the Seller, OFL or the 
Servicer shall be paid to the Seller, OFL or the Servicer, respectively, and 
shall not be included in the Available Funds.

     Section 4.4.  MONTHLY ADVANCES.  (a)  As of any Determination Date as of 
which no Trigger Event has occurred, and any previous Trigger Event has been 
Deemed Cured, (i) the Servicer shall be obligated to make a Monthly Advance 
on the related Deposit Date in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) the 
aggregate Collection Shortfall with respect to Receivables for which a 
Scheduled Payment was due during such Monthly Period and (y) the Net Advance 
Amount; and (ii) to the extent the amount the Servicer is obligated to 
advance pursuant to sub-clause (i) above is less than the Net Advance Amount 
(such amount, the "Net Advance Shortfall"), the Seller shall be obligated to 
make a Monthly Advance on the related Deposit Date in an amount equal to the 
lesser of (x) the aggregate Collection Shortfall with respect to Receivables 
for which no Scheduled Payment was due during such Monthly Period and (y) the 
Net Advance Shortfall; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that neither the Servicer nor the 
Seller shall be required to make a Monthly Advance with respect to a 
Receivable extended pursuant to Section 3.2(b) for any Monthly Period during 
which no Scheduled Payment is due according to the terms of such extension.

     (b)  As of any Determination Date as of which a Trigger Event has occurred,
or as of which any previous Trigger Event has not been Deemed Cured, the
Servicer and the Seller, as specified below, shall be required to make Monthly
Advances as follows:  if there

                                     -55-

<PAGE>

are Collection Shortfalls with respect to any Receivables, the Servicer, with 
respect to Receivables for which a Scheduled Payment was due during such 
Monthly Period, or the Seller, with respect to Receivables for which no 
Scheduled Payment was due during such Monthly Period, shall make a Monthly 
Advance equal to the amount of such Collection Shortfall; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, 
that neither the Servicer nor the Seller shall be required to make a Monthly 
Advance for a Collection Shortfall with respect to a Receivable extended 
pursuant to Section 3.2(b) for any Monthly Period during which no Scheduled 
Payment is due according to the terms of such extension.

     (c)  On or before each Deposit Date, the Servicer and the Seller, as
applicable, shall deposit in the Collection Account the aggregate amount of
Monthly Advances required for the related Monthly Period in immediately
available funds (subject to Section 4.8).

     (d)  The Servicer shall be entitled to be reimbursed for Outstanding
Monthly Advances made in accordance with Section 4.4(a)(i) or Section 4.4(b)
pursuant to Section 4.6(i), Section 4.7(i) or Section 4.8 with respect to any
Receivable with respect to which a Collection Shortfall existed from the
following sources received on any day subsequent to the Distribution Date in
respect of which such Monthly Advance was made:  (i) subsequent payments by or
on behalf of the Obligor with respect to such Receivable, (ii) collections of
Liquidation Proceeds with respect to such Receivable if such Receivable becomes
a Liquidated Receivable and (iii) payment of any Purchase Amount with respect to
such Receivable if such Receivable becomes a Purchased Receivable.  If any
Receivable shall become a Liquidated Receivable and the Servicer shall not have
been fully reimbursed for Outstanding Monthly Advances with respect to such
Receivable from the sources of funds previously described in this paragraph, the
Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement from collections on Receivables
other than the Receivable in respect of which such Outstanding Monthly Advance
shall have been made.

     Section 4.5.  ADDITIONAL DEPOSITS.  On or before each Deposit Date, the
Servicer or OFL shall deposit in the Collection Account the aggregate Purchase
Amounts with respect to Administrative Receivables and Warranty Receivables,
respectively.  All such deposits of Purchase Amounts shall be made in
immediately available funds.  

     Section 4.6.  DISTRIBUTIONS.  On each Distribution Date (except as
otherwise provided in priorities (v) and (vii) below), the Indenture Trustee
shall (based on the information contained in the Servicer's Certificate
delivered on the related Determination Date) distribute the following amounts
and in the order of priority specified below.  Within each order of priority
(other than priority (viii) or (ix)), amounts shall be deemed withdrawn first
from Available Funds and second from any Deficiency Claim Amount. 

          (i)  first, from the Distribution Amount, (A) to the Trust for payment
     of any taxes due and unpaid with respect to the Trust, to the extent such
     taxes have not been previously paid by OFL or by the Servicer pursuant to
     Section 3.8, and (B) 


                                     -56-

<PAGE>

     then to the Servicer, the amount of Outstanding Monthly Advances for 
     which the Servicer is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 
     4.4(d) and for which the Servicer has not previously been reimbursed 
     pursuant to Section 4.8;

          (ii)  second, from the Distribution Amount, to the Owner Trustee, any
     accrued and unpaid fees of the Owner Trustee in accordance with the Trust
     Agreement and including amounts with respect to which the Administrator is
     entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to the Administration Agreement; to the
     Indenture Trustee, any accrued and unpaid fees of the Indenture Trustee in
     accordance with the Indenture; to any Lockbox Bank, Custodian, Backup
     Servicer or Administrator (including the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee
     if acting in any such additional capacity), any accrued and unpaid fees (in
     each case, to the extent such Person has not previously received such
     amount from the Servicer or OFL), to the Backup Servicer, any transition
     expenses (not to exceed $50,000) in accordance with Section 8.3; PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, if the accrued and unpaid fees of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
     Trustee, the Backup Servicer and the Administrator to be distributed
     pursuant to this clause (ii) are in excess of the amount (the "Servicer Fee
     Threshold") obtained by dividing (x) .20% of the Aggregate Principal
     Balance by (y) twelve, any accrued and unpaid fees in excess of the
     Servicer Fee Threshold remaining to be distributed pursuant to this clause
     (ii) shall not be distributed pursuant to this clause (ii) but shall be
     distributed after the distributions to be made pursuant to clause (v) below
     but before the distributions to be made pursuant to clause (vi) below;

          (iii)  third, from the Distribution Amount, to the Servicer, the Basic
     Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period, any Supplemental Servicing
     Fees for the related Monthly Period, and any amounts specified in Section
     4.2(b), to the extent the Servicer has not reimbursed itself in respect of
     such amounts pursuant to Section 4.8;

          (iv)  fourth, from the Distribution Amount, to the Note Distribution
     Account, an amount equal to the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount
     for such Distribution Date;

          (v)  fifth, to the Note Distribution Account, (w) on each Distribution
     Date, an amount equal to the Noteholders' Percentage of any Principal
     Funding Excess Amount, (x) on each Distribution Date prior to the Purchase
     Termination Date on which the Facility Balance exceeds the Facility Limit,
     an amount equal to the excess of (1) the Facility Balance over (2) the
     Facility Limit and (y) on each Distribution Date on or after the Purchase
     Termination Date, from the Distribution Amount, an amount equal to the
     Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date;


                                     -57-

<PAGE>

          (vi)  sixth, from the Distribution Amount, to the Certificate
     Distribution Account, an amount equal to the Certificateholders' Interest
     Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date;

          (vii)  seventh, to the Certificate Distribution Account, (x) on each
     Distribution Date, an amount equal to the Certificateholders' Percentage of
     any Principal Funding Excess Amount and (y) on each Distribution Date on or
     after the Purchase Termination Date, from the Distribution Amount, an
     amount equal to the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount for
     such Distribution Date; and

          (viii)  eighth, (A) if (i) a Trigger Event shall have occurred or (ii)
     any previous Trigger Event has not been Deemed Cured and OFL is no longer
     required to maintain any hedging arrangement in accordance with Section
     2.1(b)(1)(xiv) hereof, any remaining Available Funds shall be deposited
     into the Spread Account; or (B) if no Trigger Event shall have occurred and
     be continuing and any previous Trigger Event shall have been Deemed Cured,
     FIRST, from Available Funds, if any amounts are due and owing to any
     Indemnified Party (as such term is used in the Note Purchase Agreement)
     under Section 11.01, Section 11.04 or Section 11.05 of the Note Purchase
     Agreement, such amount shall be deposited into the Note Distribution
     Account for distribution to such Indemnified Parties, SECOND, from
     Available Funds, if any amounts are due and owing to any Indemnified Party
     (as such term is used in the Certificate Purchase Agreement) under Section
     11.01, Section 11.04 or Section 11.05 of the Certificate Purchase
     Agreement, such amount shall be deposited into the Certificate Distribution
     Account for distribution to such Indemnified Parties, and THIRD, any
     remaining Available Funds shall be released to the Seller.

     Section 4.7.  DISTRIBUTIONS ON TRUST PROPERTY LIQUIDATION.  On any Trust
Property Liquidation Date, the Indenture Trustee shall (based on the information
contained in the Servicer's Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 3.9(b))
distribute the following amounts and in the order of priority specified below. 
Within each order of priority amounts shall be withdrawn first from Available
Funds and second from any Deficiency Claim Amount.

          (i)  first, from the Distribution Amount and, without duplication,
     from amounts deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Section
     9.1(b), (A) to the Trust for payment of any taxes due and unpaid with
     respect to the Trust, to the extent such taxes have not been previously
     paid by OFL or by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.8, and (B) then to the
     Servicer, the amount of Outstanding Monthly Advances for which the Servicer
     is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.4(d) and for which the
     Servicer has not previously been reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.8;


                                        -58-

<PAGE>

          (ii)  second, from the Distribution Amount and, without duplication,
     from amounts deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Section
     9.1(b), to the Owner Trustee, any accrued and unpaid fees of the Owner
     Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement and including amounts with
     respect to which the Administrator is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to
     the Administration Agreement; to the Indenture Trustee, any accrued and
     unpaid fees of the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the Indenture; to
     any Lockbox Bank, Custodian, Backup Servicer or Administrator (including
     the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee if acting in any such additional
     capacity), any accrued and unpaid fees (in each case, to the extent such
     Person has not previously received such amount from the Servicer or OFL),
     to the Backup Servicer, any transition expenses (not to exceed $50,000) in
     accordance with Section 8.3; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, if the accrued and unpaid
     fees of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer and
     the Administrator to be distributed pursuant to this clause (ii) are in
     excess of the Servicer Fee Threshold, any accrued and unpaid fees in excess
     of the Servicer Fee Threshold remaining to be distributed pursuant to this
     clause (ii) shall not be distributed pursuant to this clause (ii) but shall
     be distributed after the distributions to be made pursuant to clause (v)
     below but before the distributions to be made pursuant to clause (vi)
     below;

          (iii)  third, from the Distribution Amount and, without duplication,
     from amounts deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Section
     9.1(b), to the Servicer, the Basic Servicing Fee, any Supplemental
     Servicing Fees that have accrued and remain unpaid and any amounts
     specified in Section 4.2(b), to the extent the Servicer has not reimbursed
     itself in respect of such amounts pursuant to Section 4.8;

          (iv)  fourth, from the Distribution Amount and, without duplication,
     from amounts deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Section
     9.1(b), to the Note Distribution Account, an amount equal to all accrued
     and unpaid interest on the Notes to and including the Trust Property
     Liquidation Date, plus all breakage payments on the Notes specified in the
     Note Purchase Agreement (together with any amounts required to fund the
     Commercial Paper Funding Account pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement);

          (v)  fifth, from the Distribution Amount and, without duplication,
     from amounts deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Section
     9.1(b), to the Note Distribution Account, an amount equal to the
     Outstanding principal amount of Notes;

          (vi)  sixth, from the Distribution Amount and, without duplication,
     from amounts deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Section
     9.1(b), to the Certificate Distribution Account, an amount equal to all
     accrued and unpaid interest 



                                         -59-

<PAGE>

     on the Certificates to and including the Trust Property Liquidation Date 
     plus all breakage payments on the Certificates as specified in the 
     Certificate Purchase Agreement;
     
          (vii)  seventh, from the Distribution Amount and, without duplication,
     from amounts deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Section
     9.1(b), to the Certificate Distribution Account, an amount equal to the
     Certificate Balance; and

          (viii)  eighth, from Available Funds and, without duplication, from
     amounts deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to Section 9.1(b),
     FIRST,  if any amounts are due and owing to any Indemnified Party (as such
     term is used in the Note Purchase Agreement) under Section 11.01, Section
     11.04 or Section 11.05 of the Note Purchase Agreement, such amount shall be
     deposited into the Note Distribution Account for distribution to such
     Indemnified Parties and SECOND, from Available Funds and, without
     duplication, from amounts deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to
     Section 9.1(b), if any amounts are due and owing to any Indemnified Party
     (as such term is used in the Certificate Purchase Agreement) under Section
     11.01, Section 11.04 or Section 11.05 of the Certificate Purchase
     Agreement, such amount shall be deposited into the Certificate Distribution
     Account for distribution to such Indemnified Parties.

     Section 4.8.  NET DEPOSITS.  Subject to payment by the Servicer of amounts
otherwise payable pursuant to Section 4.6(ii) and provided that no Servicer
Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to such
Servicer, the Servicer may make the remittances to be made by it pursuant to
Sections 4.2, 4.4 and 4.5 net of amounts (which amounts may be netted prior to
any such remittance for a Monthly Period) to be distributed to it pursuant to
Sections 3.8, 4.2(b) and 4.6(i); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Servicer shall
account for all of such amounts in the related Servicer's Certificate as if such
amounts were deposited and distributed separately; and, PROVIDED, FURTHER, that
if an error is made by the Servicer in calculating the amount to be deposited or
retained by it, with the result that an amount less than required is deposited
in the Collection Account, the Servicer shall make a payment of the deficiency
to the Collection Account, immediately upon becoming aware, or receiving notice
from the Indenture Trustee, of such error.

     Section 4.9.  STATEMENTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND NOTEHOLDERS.  (a)  On
each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee shall deliver to each
Certificateholder (other than the General Partner) and JPMD, a statement based
on information in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on the related
Determination Date pursuant to Section 3.9, setting forth for the Monthly Period
or Interest Accrual Period, as applicable, relating to such Distribution Date
the following information:

          (i)  the amount of such distribution allocable to principal;


                                    -60-

<PAGE>

          (ii)  the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;

          (iii)  the amount of such distribution payable out of amounts
     withdrawn from the Spread Account;

          (iv)  the Certificate Balance and the remaining balance of the Notes
     (after giving effect to distributions made on such Distribution Date);

          (v)  the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall, the
     Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall and the
     Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall, if any, and the change
     in such amounts from the preceding statement; and

          (vi)  the amount of fees paid by the Trust with respect to such
     Monthly Period.

Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses (i) through (iv) above may be
expressed as a dollar amount per $1,000 of original principal balance of a
Certificate.

     (b)  On each Payment Date, the Indenture Trustee shall deliver to each
Noteholder and JPMD, a statement based on information in the Servicer's
Certificate delivered on the related Determination Date pursuant to Section 3.9,
setting forth for the Monthly Period or Interest Accrual Period, as applicable,
relating to such Payment Date the following information with respect to the
Notes:

          (i)  the amount of such distribution allocable to principal;

          (ii)  the amount of such distribution allocable to interest;

          (iii)  the amount of such distribution payable out of amounts
     withdrawn from the Spread Account;

          (iv)  the outstanding principal balance of the Notes and the remaining
     Certificate Balance (after giving effect to distributions made on such
     Payment Date);

          (v)  the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall, the
     Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall and the
     Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall, if any, and the change
     in such amounts from the preceding statement; and

          (vi)  the amount of fees paid by the Trust with respect to such
     Monthly Period.

Each amount set forth pursuant to subclauses (i) through (iv) above may be
expressed as a dollar amount per $1,000 of original principal balance of a Note.


                                     -61-

<PAGE>

     Section 4.10.  INDENTURE TRUSTEE AS AGENT.  The Indenture Trustee, in
holding all funds in the Trust Accounts and in making distributions as provided
in this Agreement, shall act solely on behalf of and as agent for the
Certificateholders and the Noteholders.

     Section 4.11.  ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS.  Any account which is required to be
established as an Eligible Account pursuant to this Agreement and which ceases
to be an Eligible Account shall within 5 Business Days (or such longer period,
not to exceed 30 days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent) be
established as a new account which shall be an Eligible Account and any cash
and/or any investments shall be transferred to such new account.


                                    ARTICLE V
                               THE SPREAD ACCOUNT

     Section 5.1.  WITHDRAWALS FROM SPREAD ACCOUNT.  (a)  In the event that the
Servicer's Certificate with respect to any Determination Date shall state that
the Deficiency Claim Amount (as defined below) with respect to the related
Distribution Date is greater than zero, then the Indenture Trustee shall, on the
Deposit Date, withdraw from the Spread Account an amount equal to the lesser of
(x) the Deficiency Claim Amount and (y) the amount on deposit in the Spread
Account, and deposit such amount into the Collection Account.  The "Deficiency
Claim Amount" with respect to any Distribution Date shall equal the excess, if
any, of

          (i)  the amount required to be distributed pursuant to clauses (i) -
     (vii) of Section 4.6, or clauses (i) - (vii) of Section 4.7, as applicable,
     over

          (ii)  the Available Funds with respect to such Distribution Date.

     (b)  All amounts, if any, remaining on deposit in the Spread Account
immediately following the distribution of the amounts required by clauses (i) -
(vii) of Section 4.7 in connection with a sale of not less than all of the
Receivables in the Trust pursuant to Section 9.1(b) hereof shall be distributed
to the Seller.


                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   THE SELLER

     Section 6.1.  LIABILITY OF SELLER.  The Seller shall be liable hereunder
only to the extent of the obligations in this Agreement specifically undertaken
by the Seller and the representations made by the Seller.


                                     -62-

<PAGE>

     Section 6.2.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF, OR ASSUMPTION OF THE 
OBLIGATIONS OF, SELLER; AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.  (a)  The 
Seller shall not merge or consolidate with any other Person or permit any 
other Person to become the successor to the Seller's business without the 
prior written consent of JPMD.  The certificate of incorporation of any 
corporation (i) into which the Seller may be merged or consolidated, (ii) 
resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Seller shall be a 
party, or (iii) succeeding to the business of Seller, shall contain 
provisions relating to limitations on business and other matters 
substantively identical to those contained in the Seller's certificate of 
incorporation.  Any such successor corporation shall execute an agreement of 
assumption of every obligation of the Seller under this Agreement and each 
Related Document and, whether or not such assumption agreement is executed, 
shall be the successor to the Seller under this Agreement without the 
execution or filing of any document or any further act on the part of any of 
the parties to this Agreement.  The Seller shall provide prompt, written 
notice of any merger, consolidation or succession pursuant to this Section 
6.2 to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD and the Rating 
Agencies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Seller shall not merge or 
consolidate with any other Person or permit any other Person to become a 
successor to the Seller's business, unless (x) immediately after giving 
effect to such transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to 
Section 2.5 shall have been breached (for purposes hereof, such 
representations and warranties shall speak as of the date of the consummation 
of such transaction) and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or 
both, would become a Servicer Termination Event shall have occurred and be 
continuing, (y) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the 
Indenture Trustee and JPMD an officer's certificate and an Opinion of Counsel 
each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement 
of assumption comply with this Section 6.2 and that all conditions precedent, 
if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been 
complied with, and (z) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee, 
the Indenture Trustee and JPMD an Opinion of Counsel, stating, in the opinion 
of such counsel, either (A) all financing statements and continuation 
statements and amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are 
necessary to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust in the Trust 
Property and reciting the details of the filings or (B) no such action shall 
be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

     (b)  The Seller hereby agrees that it shall not (i) take any action 
prohibited by Article XVI of its certificate of incorporation or (ii) without 
the prior written consent of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and 
JPMD, amend Article III, Article IX, Article XIV or Article XVI of its 
certificate of incorporation.

     Section 6.3.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF SELLER AND OTHERS.  The Seller and
any director or officer or employee or agent of the Seller may rely in good
faith on the advice of counsel or on any document of any kind prima facie
properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising
under this Agreement.  The Seller shall not be under any obligation to appear
in, prosecute or defend any legal action that is not 


                                        -63-

<PAGE>

incidental to its obligations as Seller of the Receivables under this 
Agreement and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or liability.

     Section 6.4.  SELLER MAY OWN CERTIFICATES OR NOTES.  Each of the Seller and
any Affiliate of the Seller may in its individual or any other capacity become
the owner or pledgee of Certificates or Notes with the same rights as it would
have if it were not the Seller or an Affiliate thereof except as otherwise
specifically provided herein or in the Related Documents.  Certificates or Notes
so owned by or pledged to the Seller or such Affiliate shall have an equal and
proportionate benefit under the provisions of this Agreement or any Related
Document, without preference, priority, or distinction as among all of the
Certificates or Notes, provided that any Certificates or Notes owned by the
Seller or any Affiliate thereof, during the time such Certificates or Notes are
owned by them, shall be without voting rights for any purpose set forth in this
Agreement or any Related Document.  The Seller shall notify the Owner Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee and JPMD promptly after it or any of its Affiliates become
the owner or pledgee of a Certificate or Note.

     Section 6.5.  LIMITED RECOURSE UPON SECURITIZED OFFERING.  As a condition
precedent to the optional redemption of the Notes under Section 10.01(b) of the
Indenture in connection with a Securitized Offering, the Seller shall be
obligated to purchase from the Trust, on or prior to the date on which such
redemption of Notes occurs, all Ineligible Receivables for a purchase price
equal to the Purchase Amount for such Ineligible Receivables.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                                  THE SERVICER

     Section 7.1.  LIABILITY OF SERVICER; INDEMNITIES.  (a)  The Servicer (in
its capacity as such and, in the case of OFL, without limitation of its
obligations under the Purchase Agreement) shall be liable hereunder only to the
extent of the obligations in this Agreement specifically undertaken by the
Servicer and the representations made by the Servicer.

     (b)  The Servicer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, JPMD, their
respective officers, directors, agents and employees, the Certificateholders and
the Noteholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages,
claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and
expenses of litigation arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership or
operation by the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof of any Financed Vehicle.



                                        -64-

<PAGE>

     (c)  The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, 
the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, JPMD, their 
respective officers, directors, agents and employees, the Certificateholders 
and the Noteholders from and against any taxes that may at any time be 
asserted against the Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the 
Backup Servicer, JPMD, the Certificateholders or the Noteholders with respect 
to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including, without 
limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible personal 
property, privilege or license taxes (but not including any taxes asserted 
with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale of the Receivables and the 
other Trust Property to the Trust or the issuance and original sale of the 
Certificates and the Notes, or federal or other income taxes arising out of 
distributions on the Certificates) and costs and expenses in defending 
against the same.

     (d)  The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust, 
the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, JPMD, their 
respective officers, directors, agents and employees, the Certificateholders 
and the Noteholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, 
claims, damages, and liabilities to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, 
claim, damage, or liability arose out of, or was imposed upon the Trust, the 
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, JPMD, the 
Certificateholders or the Noteholders through the breach of this Agreement, 
the negligence, willful misfeasance, or bad faith of the Servicer in the 
performance of its duties under this Agreement or by reason of reckless 
disregard of its obligations and duties under this Agreement.

     (e)  The Servicer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the Owner 
Trustee, in its individual capacity, its officers, directors, agents and 
employees, from and against all costs, taxes (other than income taxes on fees 
and expenses payable to the Owner Trustee), expenses, losses, claims, damages 
and liabilities arising out of or incurred in connection with the acceptance 
or performance of the trusts and duties contained in the Trust Agreement and 
the Related Documents, except to the extent that such cost, taxes (other than 
income taxes), expense, loss, claim, damage or liability (A) is due to the 
willful misfeasance or gross negligence of the Owner Trustee, or (B) arises 
from the Owner Trustee's breach of any of its representations or warranties 
set forth in Section 7.3 of the Trust Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that 
amounts payable under this paragraph shall be increased by the amount of 
income taxes actually paid by the Owner Trustee in respect of any indemnity 
payment unless the Owner Trustee received or can reasonably be expected to 
receive a tax deduction for the related loss or cost.

     (f)  Indemnification under this Article shall include, without limitation,
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation.  If the
Servicer has made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Article and the
recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, the recipient
shall promptly repay such amounts collected to the Servicer, without interest.


                                        -65-

<PAGE>

     (g)  OFL, in its individual capacity, hereby acknowledges that the
indemnification provisions in the Purchase Agreement benefiting the Trust, the
Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer and JPMD are
enforceable by each hereunder.

     Section 7.2.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF, OR ASSUMPTION OF THE 
OBLIGATIONS OF, THE SERVICER OR BACKUP SERVICER.  (a)  The Servicer shall not 
merge or consolidate with any other person, convey, transfer or lease 
substantially all its assets as an entirety to another Person, or permit any 
other Person to become the successor to the Servicer's business unless, after 
the merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer, lease or succession, the 
successor or surviving entity shall be an Eligible Servicer and shall be 
capable of fulfilling the duties of the Servicer contained in this Agreement. 
 Any corporation (i) into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, 
(ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Servicer shall 
be a party, (iii) which acquires by conveyance, transfer, or lease 
substantially all of the assets of the Servicer, or (iv) succeeding to the 
business of the Servicer, in any of the foregoing cases shall execute an 
agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Servicer under 
this Agreement and, whether or not such assumption agreement is executed, 
shall be the successor to the Servicer under this Agreement without the 
execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the 
parties to this Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the contrary 
notwithstanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing contained herein shall be 
deemed to release the Servicer from any obligation. The Servicer shall 
provide notice of any merger, consolidation or succession pursuant to this 
Section 7.2(a) to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup 
Servicer, JPMD and each Rating Agency.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 
Servicer shall not merge or consolidate with any other Person or permit any 
other Person to become a successor to the Servicer's business, unless (x) 
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no representation or 
warranty made pursuant to Section 3.6 shall have been breached (for purposes 
hereof, such representations and warranties shall speak as of the date of the 
consummation of such transaction) and no event that, after notice or lapse of 
time, or both, would become a Servicer Termination Event shall have occurred 
and be continuing, (y) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Owner 
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and JPMD an Officer's Certificate and an 
Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession 
and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section 7.2(a) and that all 
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such 
transaction have been complied with, and (z) the Servicer shall have 
delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and JPMD an Opinion of 
Counsel, stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all 
financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have 
been executed and filed that are necessary to preserve and protect the 
interest of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in the Trust Property 
and reciting the details of the filings or (B) no such action shall be 
necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

     (b)  Any corporation (i) into which the Backup Servicer may be merged or
consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the
Backup Servicer 


                                         -66-

<PAGE>

shall be a party, (iii) which acquires by conveyance, transfer or lease 
substantially all of the assets of the Backup Servicer, or (iv) succeeding to 
the business of the Backup Servicer, in any of the foregoing cases shall 
execute an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Backup 
Servicer under this Agreement and, whether or not such assumption agreement 
is executed, shall be the successor to the Backup Servicer under this 
Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on 
the part of any of the parties to this Agreement, anything in this Agreement 
to the contrary notwithstanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing contained 
herein shall be deemed to release the Backup Servicer from any obligation.

     Section 7.3.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF SERVICER, BACKUP SERVICER AND
OTHERS.  (a)  Neither the Servicer, the Backup Servicer nor any of the directors
or officers or employees or agents of the Servicer or Backup Servicer shall be
under any liability to the Trust, the Certificateholders or the Noteholders,
except as provided in this Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining
from the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that this provision shall not protect the Servicer, the Backup Servicer or any
such person against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by reason of a
breach of this Agreement or willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence
(excluding errors in judgment) in the performance of duties, by reason of
reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or any
violation of law by the Servicer, Backup Servicer or such person, as the case
may be; PROVIDED FURTHER, that this provision shall not affect any liability to
indemnify the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee for costs, taxes,
expenses, claims, liabilities, losses or damages paid by the Owner Trustee or
the Indenture Trustee, each in its individual capacity.  The Servicer, the
Backup Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer or
Backup Servicer may rely in good faith on the advice of counsel or on any
document of any kind PRIMA FACIE properly executed and submitted by any Person
respecting any matters arising under this Agreement.

     (b)  The Backup Servicer shall not be liable for any obligation of the
Servicer contained in this Agreement, and the Owner Trustee, the Indenture
Trustee, the Seller, JPMD, the Noteholders and the Certificateholders shall look
only to the Servicer to perform such obligations.

     Section 7.4.  DELEGATION OF DUTIES.  The Servicer may delegate duties under
this Agreement to an Affiliate of OFL with the prior written consent of JPMD,
the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Backup Servicer (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld).  Neither OFL nor any party acting as
Servicer hereunder shall appoint any subservicer hereunder without the prior
written consent of JPMD, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Backup
Servicer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  Notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Servicer also may at any time and in its sole discretion
perform the specific duty of repossession of Financed Vehicles through
sub-contractors who are in the business of servicing automotive receivables,


                                        -67-

<PAGE>

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such delegation or sub-contracting of duties by the
Servicer shall relieve the Servicer of its responsibility with respect to such
duties.

     Section 7.5.  SERVICER AND BACKUP SERVICER NOT TO RESIGN.  Subject to the
provisions of Section 7.2, neither the Servicer nor the Backup Servicer shall
resign from the obligations and duties imposed on it by this Agreement as
Servicer or Backup Servicer except upon a determination that by reason of a
change in legal requirements the performance of its duties under this Agreement
would cause it to be in violation of such legal requirements in a manner which
would have a material adverse effect on the Servicer or the Backup Servicer, as
the case may be, and JPMD does not elect to waive the obligations of the
Servicer or the Backup Servicer, as the case may be, to perform the duties which
render it legally unable to act or to delegate those duties to another Person. 
Any such determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer or Backup
Servicer shall be evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered
and acceptable to JPMD, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee.  No
resignation of the Servicer shall become effective until the Backup Servicer or
a successor Servicer that is an Eligible Servicer shall have assumed the
responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer.  No resignation of the Backup
Servicer shall become effective until a Person that is an Eligible Servicer
shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Backup Servicer;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event a successor Backup Servicer is not
appointed within 60 days after the Backup Servicer has given notice of its
resignation and has provided the Opinion of Counsel required by this Section
7.5, the Backup Servicer may petition a court for its removal.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                           SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS

     Section 8.1.  SERVICER TERMINATION EVENT.  For purposes of this Agreement,
each of the following shall constitute a "Servicer Termination Event":

          (a)  Any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Indenture Trustee
     for distribution to Certificateholders or Noteholders any proceeds or
     payment required to be so delivered under the terms of this Agreement (or,
     if OFL is the Servicer, the Purchase Agreement);

          (b)  Failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Indenture Trustee, the
     Owner Trustee and JPMD the Servicer's Certificate by the third Business Day
     prior to the Distribution Date, or failure on the part of the Servicer to
     observe its covenants and agreements set forth in Section 7.2(a);

          (c)  Failure on the part of the Servicer or the Seller duly to observe
     or perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the
     Servicer or the Seller set forth in this Agreement (or, if OFL is the
     Servicer, the Purchase 


                                        -68-

<PAGE>

     Agreement), which failure (i) materially and adversely affects the 
     rights of Certificateholders or Noteholders and (ii) continues 
     unremedied for a period of 30 days after the date on which written 
     notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have 
     been given to the Servicer or the Seller by the Owner Trustee, the 
     Indenture Trustee or any Certificateholder or Noteholder;

          (d)  The occurrence of an Insolvency Event with respect to the Seller
     or the Servicer;

          (e)  Any representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer or the
     Seller made in this Agreement or any certificate, report or other writing
     delivered pursuant hereto shall prove to be incorrect in any material
     respect as of the time when the same shall have been made (excluding,
     however, any representation or warranty set forth in Section 2.5(a)), and
     the incorrectness of such representation, warranty or statement has a
     material adverse effect on the Trust and, within 30 days after written
     notice thereof shall have been given to the Servicer or the Seller by the
     Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or a Certificateholder or Noteholder,
     the circumstances or condition in respect of which such representation,
     warranty or statement was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or
     otherwise cured; or

          (f)  An Event of Default under the Indenture shall have occurred.

     Section 8.2.  CONSEQUENCES OF A SERVICER TERMINATION EVENT.  If a Servicer
Termination Event shall occur and be continuing, either the Indenture Trustee,
the Owner Trustee, JPMD, by notice given in writing to the Servicer (and to the
Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee if given by JPMD) may terminate all of
the rights and obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement.  On or after
the receipt by the Servicer of such written notice, all authority, power,
obligations and responsibilities of the Servicer under this Agreement, whether
with respect to the Certificates, the Notes or the Trust Property or otherwise,
shall be terminated and automatically shall pass to, be vested in and become
obligations and responsibilities of the Backup Servicer (or such other successor
Servicer appointed pursuant to Section 8.3(b)); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
successor Servicer shall have no liability with respect to any obligation which
was required to be performed by the terminated Servicer prior to the date that
the successor Servicer becomes the Servicer or any claim of a third party based
on any alleged action or inaction of the terminated Servicer.  The successor
Servicer is authorized and empowered by this Agreement to execute and deliver,
on behalf of the terminated Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and
all documents and other instruments and to do or accomplish all other acts or
things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of
termination, whether to complete the transfer and endorsement of the Receivables
and the other Trust Property and related documents to show the Owner Trustee as
lienholder or secured party on the related Lien Certificates, or otherwise.  The
terminated Servicer agrees to cooperate with the successor Servicer in effecting
the termination of the responsibilities and rights of 


                                   -69-

<PAGE>

the terminated Servicer under this Agreement, including, without limitation, 
the transfer to the successor Servicer for administration by it of all cash 
amounts that shall at the time be held by the terminated Servicer for 
deposit, or have been deposited by the terminated Servicer, in the Collection 
Account or thereafter received with respect to the Receivables and the 
delivery to the successor Servicer of all Receivable Files, Monthly Records 
and Collection Records and a computer tape in readable form as of the most 
recent Business Day containing all information necessary to enable the 
successor Servicer or a successor Servicer to service the Receivables and the 
other Trust Property.  If requested by JPMD, the successor Servicer shall 
terminate the Lockbox Agreement and direct the Obligors to make all payments 
under the Receivables directly to the successor Servicer (in which event the 
successor Servicer shall process such payments in accordance with Section 
3.2(e)), or to a lockbox established by the successor Servicer at the 
direction of JPMD, at the successor Servicer's expense.  In addition to any 
other amounts that are then payable to the terminated Servicer under this 
Agreement, the terminated Servicer shall then be entitled to receive out of 
Available Funds reimbursements for any Outstanding Monthly Advances (in 
accordance with Section 4.4(d)) made during the period prior to the notice 
pursuant to this Section 8.2 which terminates the obligation and rights of 
the terminated Servicer under this Agreement.  The Owner Trustee, the 
Indenture Trustee and the successor Servicer may set off and deduct any 
amounts owed by the terminated Servicer from any amounts payable to the 
terminated Servicer pursuant to the preceding sentence.  The terminated 
Servicer shall grant the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD and the 
successor Servicer reasonable access to the terminated Servicer's premises at 
the terminated Servicer's expense.

     Section 8.3.  APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.  (a)  On and after (i) the time the
Servicer receives a notice of termination pursuant to Section 8.2 or (ii) the
resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 7.5, the Backup Servicer (unless
pursuant to Section 8.3(b) an alternate successor Servicer has been appointed)
shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer in its capacity as
servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set forth or provided for in
this Agreement, and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, restrictions,
duties, liabilities and termination provisions relating thereto placed on the
Servicer by the terms and provisions of this Agreement.  The Owner Trustee and
such successor shall take such action, consistent with this Agreement, as shall
be necessary to effectuate any such succession.  If a successor Servicer is
acting as Servicer hereunder, it shall be subject to termination under Section
8.2 upon the occurrence of any Servicer Termination Event applicable to it as
Servicer and shall serve from term to term as provided in Section 3.14.

     (b)  If the Backup Servicer shall be legally unable or unwilling to act as
Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD or the Owner Trustee
may petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any Eligible Servicer
as the successor to the Servicer.  Pending appointment pursuant to the preceding
sentence, the Backup Servicer shall act as successor Servicer unless it is
legally unable to do so, in which event the outgoing Servicer shall continue to
act as Servicer until a successor has been appointed and accepted such
appointment.  Subject to Section 7.5, no provision of this Agreement shall be
construed as 


                                     -70-

<PAGE>

relieving the Backup Servicer of its obligation to succeed as successor 
Servicer upon the termination of the Servicer pursuant to Section 8.2 or the 
resignation of the Servicer pursuant to Section 7.5.

     (c)  Any successor Servicer shall be entitled to such compensation (whether
payable out of the Collection Account or otherwise) as the Servicer would have
been entitled to under the Agreement if the Servicer had not resigned or been
terminated hereunder.  If any successor Servicer is appointed as a result of the
Backup Servicer's refusal (in contravention of the terms of this Agreement) to
act as Servicer although it is legally able to do so, JPMD and such successor
Servicer may agree on reasonable additional compensation to be paid to such
successor Servicer by the Backup Servicer, which additional compensation shall
be paid by the Backup Servicer in its individual capacity and solely out of its
own funds.  If any successor Servicer is appointed for any reason other than the
Backup Servicer's refusal to act as Servicer although legally able to do so,
JPMD and such successor Servicer may agree on additional compensation to be paid
to such successor Servicer, which additional compensation shall be payable from
Available Funds.  If the Backup Servicer is the successor Servicer, the Backup
Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement, pursuant to Section 4.6(ii), of
reasonable transition expenses, not in excess of $50,000, incurred in acting as
successor Servicer.  In addition, any successor Servicer shall be entitled to
reimbursement from Available Funds of reasonable transition expenses incurred in
acting as successor Servicer.

     Section 8.4.  NOTIFICATION TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND NOTEHOLDERS.  Upon any
termination of, or appointment of a successor to, the Servicer pursuant to this
Article VIII, the Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to
Certificateholders at their respective addresses appearing in the Certificate
Register and to each Rating Agency, and the Indenture Trustee shall give prompt
written notice thereof to Noteholders at their respective addresses appearing in
the Note Register.

     Section 8.5.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.  A Note Majority or Certificate
Majority may, on behalf of all Holders of Notes and Certificates, waive any
default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations hereunder and its
consequences.  Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease
to exist, and any Servicer Termination Event arising therefrom shall be deemed
to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement.  No such waiver shall
extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent
thereon.


                                         -71-

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   TERMINATION

     Section 9.1.  OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES; LIQUIDATION OF TRUST
ESTATE.  (a)  On each Determination Date with respect to a Distribution Date
following the Distribution Date as of which the Aggregate Principal Balance is
less than 10% of the Facility Limit, the Servicer and the Seller each shall have
the option to purchase the corpus of the Trust; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
amount to be paid for such purchase (as set forth in the following sentence)
shall be sufficient to pay the full amount of principal, premium, if any, and
interest then due and payable on the Notes and the Certificates, together with
any breakage payments (including amounts needed to fund the Commercial Paper
Funding Account pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement).  To exercise such
option, the Servicer or the Seller, as the case may be, shall pay the aggregate
Purchase Amounts for the Receivables, plus the appraised value of any other
property (including the right to receive any future recoveries) held as part of
the Trust, such appraisal to be conducted by an appraiser acceptable to the
Servicer and the Seller, and shall succeed to all interests in and to the Trust
Property.  The fees and expenses related to such appraisal shall be paid by the
party exercising the option to purchase.  The party exercising such option to
repurchase shall deposit the aggregate Purchase Amounts for the Receivables and
the amount of the appraised value of any other property held as part of the
Trust into the Collection Account, and the Indenture Trustee shall distribute
the amounts so deposited in accordance with Section 4.6.

     (b)  Prior to a Recapitalization, the Seller may purchase the Trust
Property and apply the proceeds of such purchase or purchases to redeem or pay
in full Outstanding Notes and Certificates; PROVIDED, THAT, 

               (1)  the Seller shall have provided a written notice to the
          Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Backup
          Servicer, JPMD and the Rating Agencies setting forth the Trust
          Property Liquidation Date at least 3 days prior to such proposed Trust
          Property Liquidation Date and stating whether such liquidation will be
          a final termination of the Trust;

               (2)  the Seller shall pay at least one Business Day prior to the
          Trust Property Liquidation Date the aggregate Purchase Amounts for the
          Receivables, plus the appraised value of any other property (including
          the right to receive any future recoveries) held as part of the Trust,
          plus all breakage payments (including amounts needed to fund the
          Commercial Paper Funding Account pursuant to the Note Purchase
          Agreement) provided in the Note Purchase Agreement and the Certificate
          Purchase Agreement, and the Seller shall succeed to all interests in
          and to the Trust Property.  Any such appraisal shall be conducted by
          an appraiser acceptable to the Seller and JPMD and the fees and
          expenses related thereto shall be paid by the Seller;


                                        -72-

<PAGE>

               (3)  the source of funds for the purchase of Trust Property
          specified in clause (2) above shall be fully disclosed to JPMD and
          shall be acceptable to JPMD;

               (4)  each of the Seller and OFL shall provide an Officer's
          Certificate executed by its Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer
          stating that the Seller or OFL, as applicable, is not insolvent
          (within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code) prior to and will not be
          insolvent (within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code) subsequent to
          the purchase of Trust Property;

               (5)  each of the Seller and OFL shall provide to JPMD such
          Opinions of Counsel as JPMD shall deem necessary and advisable in
          connection with the purchase of Trust Property; and

               (6)  the proceeds from the purchase are sufficient to pay all the
          obligations required to be paid in clauses (i) through (vii) of
          Section 4.7.

          All proceeds from a sale of the Trust Property pursuant to this
     Section 9.1(b) shall be deposited in the Collection Account for
     distribution by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 4.7 hereof.

     (c)  Upon any sale of the assets of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.2 of
the Trust Agreement, the Owner Trustee shall instruct the Indenture Trustee to
deposit the proceeds from such sale after all payments and reserves therefrom
have been made (the "Insolvency Proceeds") in the Collection Account.  On the
Distribution Date on which the Insolvency Proceeds are deposited in the
Collection Account (or, if such proceeds are not so deposited on a Distribution
Date, on the Distribution Date immediately following such deposit), the Owner
Trustee shall instruct the Indenture Trustee to make the following deposits
(after the application on such Distribution Date of the Available Funds) from
the Insolvency Proceeds:

          (i)  (A) to the Trust for payment of any taxes due and unpaid with
     respect to the Trust, to the extent such taxes have not been previously
     paid by OFL or by the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.8; (B) to the
     Servicer, the amount of Outstanding Monthly Advances for which the Servicer
     is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.4(d) and for which the
     Servicer has not previously been reimbursed pursuant to Section 4.8; (C) to
     the Owner Trustee, any accrued and unpaid fees of the Owner Trustee in
     accordance with the Trust Agreement and including amounts with respect to
     which the Administrator is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to the
     Administration Agreement; (D) to the Indenture Trustee, any accrued and
     unpaid fees of the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the Indenture; (E)
     to any Lockbox Bank, Custodian, Backup Servicer or Administrator (including
     the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee if acting in any such additional
     capacity), any accrued and 


                                         -73-

<PAGE>

     unpaid fees (in each case, to the extent such Person has not previously 
     received such amount from the Servicer or OFL); and (F) to the Servicer, 
     the Basic Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period, any Supplemental 
     Servicing Fees for the related Monthly Period, and any amounts specified 
     in Section 4.2(b), to the extent the Servicer has not reimbursed itself 
     in respect of such amounts pursuant to Section 4.8;

          (ii)  to the Note Distribution Account, any portion of the
     Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount not otherwise deposited into the
     Note Distribution Account on such Distribution Date plus any breakage
     payments specified in the Note Purchase Agreement;

          (iii)  to the Note Distribution Account, the outstanding principal
     balance of the Notes (after giving effect to the reduction in the
     outstanding principal balance of the Notes to result from the deposits
     otherwise made in the Note Distribution Account on such Distribution Date);

          (iv)  to the Certificate Distribution Account, any portion of the
     Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount not otherwise deposited
     into the Certificate Distribution Account on such Distribution Date plus
     any breakage payments specified in the Certificate Purchase Agreement; and

          (v)  to the Certificate Distribution Account, the Certificate Balance
     (after giving effect to the reduction in the Certificate Balance to result
     from the deposits otherwise made in the Certificate Distribution Account on
     such Distribution Date).

Any Insolvency Proceeds remaining after the deposits described above shall be
deposited into the Certificate Distribution Account.

     (d)  Notice of any termination of the Trust shall be given by the Servicer
to the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee as soon as practicable after the
Servicer has received notice thereof.


                                    ARTICLE X
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

     Section 10.1.  AMENDMENT.  (a)  This Agreement may be amended by the
Seller, the Servicer and the Trust, with the prior written consent of the
Indenture Trustee and JPMD (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld)
but without the consent of any of the Noteholders or Certificateholders, (i) to
cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provisions in this
Agreement or (iii) for the purpose of adding any provision to or changing in any
manner or eliminating any provision of this Agreement or of modifying in 


                                       -74-

<PAGE>

any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, 
adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Noteholders or 
Certificateholders.

     (b)  This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the Seller,
the Servicer and the Trust with the prior written consent of the Indenture
Trustee and the Backup Servicer (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld) and with the consent of a Certificate Majority and a Note Majority
(which consent of any Holder of a Certificate or Note given pursuant to this
Section or pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive
and binding on such Holder and on all future Holders of such Certificate or Note
and of any Certificate or Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange
thereof or in lieu thereof whether or not notation of such consent is made upon
the Certificate or Note) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing
in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement, or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of Certificates or Notes;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, subject to the provisions of Section 5.04 of the
Indenture, no such amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner the
amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on
Receivables or distributions required to be made on any Certificate or Note or
the Certificate Rate or Note Interest Rate, (b) amend any provisions of Section
4.6 in such a manner as to affect the priority of payment of interest, principal
or premium to Noteholders or Certificateholders, or (c) reduce the aforesaid
percentage required to consent to any such amendment or any waiver hereunder,
without the consent of the Holders of all Certificates or Notes then
outstanding.

     (c)  Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Owner
Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or
consent to each Rating Agency.

     (d)  Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Owner Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such
amendment or consent to each Certificateholder and the Indenture Trustee.

     STP  It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders or
Noteholders pursuant to Section 10.1(b) to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall
approve the substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents (and any
other consents of Certificateholders and Noteholders provided for in this
Agreement) and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by
Certificateholders or Noteholders shall be subject to such reasonable
requirements as the Owner Trustee or Indenture Trustee, as applicable, may
prescribe, including the establishment of record dates.

     (f)  Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the Owner
Trustee and the Backup Servicer shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an
Opinion of Counsel

                                       -75-
<PAGE>

stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or permitted by 
this Agreement, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel referred to in Section 
10.2(i).  The Owner Trustee and the Backup Servicer may, but shall not be 
obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Owner Trustee's 
and the Backup Servicer's own rights, duties or immunities under this 
Agreement or otherwise.

     Section 10.2.  PROTECTION OF TITLE TO TRUST PROPERTY.  (a)  The Servicer 
shall execute and file such financing statements and cause to be executed and 
filed such continuation and other statements, all in such manner and in such 
places as may be required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the 
interest of the Trust, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in the 
Trust Property and in the proceeds thereof.  The Servicer shall deliver (or 
cause to be delivered) to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and JPMD 
file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document filed as 
provided above, as soon as available following such filing.

     (b)  Neither the Seller, the Servicer nor the Trust shall change its 
name, identity or corporate structure in any manner that would, could or 
might make any financing statement or continuation statement filed by the 
Seller in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the 
meaning of Section 9-402(7) of the UCC, unless it shall have given the Owner 
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and JPMD at least 60 days' prior written 
notice thereof, and shall promptly file appropriate amendments to all 
previously filed financing statements and continuation statements.

     (c)  Each of the Seller, the Servicer and the Trust shall give the Owner 
Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and JPMD at least 60 days' prior written 
notice of any relocation of its principal executive office if, as a result of 
such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the 
filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation 
statement or of any new financing statement.  The Servicer shall at all times 
maintain each office from which it services Receivables and its principal 
executive office within the United States of America.

     (d)  The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each 
Receivable accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader 
thereof to know at any time the status of such Receivable, including payments 
and recoveries made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii) 
reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each 
Receivable and the amounts from time to time deposited in the Collection 
Account in respect of such Receivable.

     (e)  The Servicer shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and 
after the time of sale under this Agreement of the Receivables to the Trust, 
the Servicer's master computer records (including any backup archives) that 
refer to any Receivable indicate clearly (with reference to the particular 
trust) that the Receivable is owned by the Trust.  Indication of the Trust's 
ownership of a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on 

                                      76

<PAGE>

the Servicer's computer systems when, and only when, the Receivable has been 
paid in full or repurchased by the Seller or Servicer.

     (f)  If at any time the Seller or the Servicer proposes to sell, grant a 
security interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive 
receivables to any prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee, the 
Servicer shall give to such prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee 
computer tapes, records or print-outs (including any restored from backup 
archives) that, if they refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, 
indicate clearly that such Receivable has been sold and is owned by the Trust 
unless such Receivable has been paid in full or repurchased by the Seller or 
Servicer.

     (g)  The Servicer shall permit the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, 
the Backup Servicer, JPMD and their respective agents, at any time to 
inspect, audit and make copies of and abstracts from the Servicer's records 
regarding any Receivables or any other portion of the Trust Property.

     (h)  The Servicer shall furnish to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture 
Trustee, the Backup Servicer and JPMD at any time upon request a list of all 
Receivables then held as part of the Trust, together with a reconciliation of 
such list to the Schedule of Receivables and to each of the Servicer's 
Certificates furnished before such request indicating removal of Receivables 
from the Trust.  Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish a copy of any list 
to the Seller.  The Owner Trustee shall hold any such list and Schedule of 
Receivables for examination by interested parties during normal business 
hours at the Corporate Trust Office upon reasonable notice by such Persons of 
their desire to conduct an examination.

     (i)  The Seller and the Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the 
Indenture Trustee and JPMD simultaneously with the execution and delivery of 
this Agreement and of each amendment thereto and upon the occurrence of the 
events giving rise to an obligation to give notice pursuant to Section 
10.2(b) or (c), an Opinion of Counsel either (a) stating that, in the opinion 
of such Counsel, all financing statements and continuation statements have 
been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the 
interest of the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee in the Receivables 
and the other Trust Property, and reciting the details of such filings or 
referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or 
(b) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary 
to preserve and protect such interest.

     (j)  The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Indenture 
Trustee and JPMD, within 90 days after the beginning of each calendar year 
beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months after 
the Closing Date, an Opinion of Counsel, either (a) stating that, in the 
opinion of such counsel, all financing statements and continuation statements 
have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect 
the interest of the Trust and the Indenture Trustee in the Receivables, and 
reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of 
Counsel in which such 


                                      77

<PAGE>


details are given, or (b) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no 
action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

     Section 10.3.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and 
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard 
to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof and the obligations, rights 
and remedies of the parties under this Agreement shall be determined in 
accordance with such laws.

     Section 10.4.  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any one or more of the 
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any 
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions 
or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, 
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity 
or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the 
Certificates or the Notes or the respective rights of the Holders thereof.

     Section 10.5.  ASSIGNMENT.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
contained in this Agreement, except as provided in Section 7.2 or Section 8.2 
(and as provided in the provisions of the Agreement concerning the 
resignation of the Servicer and the Backup Servicer), this Agreement may not 
be assigned by the Seller or the Servicer without the prior written consent 
of the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, JPMD and a 
Certificate Majority (which consent, in the case of the Owner Trustee or the 
Indenture Trustee, shall not be unreasonably withheld).

     Section 10.6.  THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement shall inure to 
the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective 
successors and permitted assigns.  JPMD and its successors and assigns shall 
be a third-party beneficiary to the provisions of this Agreement, and shall 
be entitled to rely upon and directly to enforce such provisions of this 
Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall give to any 
Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any 
benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement.

     Section 10.7.  [RESERVED].  

     Section 10.8.  COUNTERPARTS.  For the purpose of facilitating its 
execution and for other purposes, this Agreement may be executed 
simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts 
shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts shall 
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     Section 10.9.  INTENTION OF PARTIES.  (a)  The execution and delivery of 
this Agreement and each Transfer Agreement shall constitute an 
acknowledgement by the Seller, that it is intended that the assignment and 
transfer contemplated herein and therein constitute a sale and assignment 
outright, and not for security, of the Receivables and the other Trust 
Property, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, from the 


                                      78

<PAGE>


Seller to the Trust, and that the Receivables and the other Trust Property 
shall not be a part of the Seller's estate in the event of the insolvency, 
receivership, conservatorship or the occurrence of another similar event, of, 
or with respect to, the Seller.  In the event that any such conveyance is 
determined to be made as security for a loan made by the Trust or the 
Certificateholders to the Seller, the Seller intends that it shall have 
granted to the Owner Trustee a first priority security interest in all of the 
Seller's right, title and interest in and to the Trust Property conveyed to 
the Trust pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, and that this Agreement 
shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

     (b)  The execution and delivery of this Agreement shall constitute an 
acknowledgement by the Seller and the Owner Trustee on behalf of the 
Certificateholders that they intend that the Certificates will qualify as 
indebtedness, and that the Trust will be treated as a security device, for 
federal income tax purposes.  The Seller and the Owner Trustee on behalf of 
the Certificateholders further acknowledge that they intend, in the event 
that the Certificates are deemed for federal income tax purposes to represent 
equity interests in the Trust, that the Trust will be treated for federal 
income tax purposes as a partnership, rather than an association taxable as a 
corporation. The powers granted and obligations undertaken in this Agreement 
shall be construed so as to further such intent.

     Section 10.10.  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and communications under 
this Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed by 
certified mail-return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have been 
duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of OFL, the Seller or the Servicer, 
at the following address:  Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, 7825 
Washington Avenue South, Suite 410, Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439-2435, with 
copies to:  Olympic Financial Ltd., 7825 Washington Avenue South, 
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435, Attention:  John A. Witham, (b) in the 
case of the Owner Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office, (c) in the case of 
the Indenture Trustee and, for so long as the Indenture Trustee is the Backup 
Servicer, at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota  
55479-0069, Attention:  Corporate Trust Department, (d) in the case of each 
Rating Agency, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007 (for Moody's) and 
26 Broadway, New York, New York 10004 (for Standard & Poor's), Attention:  
Asset-Backed Surveillance, (e) in the case of JPMD, J.P. Morgan Delaware, 902 
Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, Attention:  Asset Finance Group, 
and (f) any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Certificateholder 
or a Noteholder shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, at the 
address of such Holder as shown in the Certificate Register or the Note 
Register (as the case may be), and any notice so mailed within the time 
prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly 
given, whether or not the Certificateholder or the Noteholder receives such 
notice.

     Section 10.11.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  It is expressly understood and 
agreed by the parties hereto that (a) this Agreement is executed and 
delivered by Wilmington Trust Company, not individually or personally but 
solely as Owner Trustee of the Trust under the Trust Agreement, in the 
exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in 


                                      79

<PAGE>


it, (b) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made 
on the part of the Trust is made and intended not as personal 
representations, undertakings and agreements by Wilmington Trust Company but 
is made and intended for the purpose for binding only the Trust, (c) nothing 
herein contained shall be construed as creating any liability on Wilmington 
Trust Company, individually or personally, to perform any covenant either 
expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being 
expressly waived by the parties to this Agreement and by any person claiming 
by, through or under them and (d) under no circumstances shall Wilmington 
Trust Company be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness or 
expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any 
obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the 
Trust under this Agreement or any related documents.


                                      80

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Seller, OFL, the Servicer and 
the Backup Servicer have caused this Sale and Servicing Agreement to be duly 
executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above 
written.

                              ISSUER:

                              OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                WAREHOUSE TRUST

                              By WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                                not in its individual capacity but solely as 
                                Owner Trustee



                              By /s/ Emmett R. Harmon
                                ----------------------------------------
                                Name:  Emmett R. Harmon
                                Title: Vice President


                              SELLER:

                              OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE 
                                CORP. II



                              By /s/ John A. Witham
                                ----------------------------------------
                                Name:  John A. Witham
                                Title: Senior Vice President and           
                                       Chief Financial Officer

                              OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,
                                in its individual capacity and as Servicer



                              By /s/ John A. Witham
                                ----------------------------------------
                                Name:  John A. Witham
                                Title: Senior Vice President and 
                                       Chief Financial Officer

<PAGE>

                                           BACKUP SERVICER:

                                           NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                             NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                          By /s/ Robert N. Guimont
                                             ----------------------------
                                             Name:  Robert N. Guimont
                                             Title: Assistant Vice President


Acknowledged and Accepted:

NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
  NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
  not in its individual capacity but as
  Indenture Trustee



By  /s/ Robert N. Guimont
  ------------------------------
  Name:   Robert N. Guimont
  Title:  Assistant Vice President

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A


                             SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES


               [Deemed Incorporated From Each Transfer Agreement]

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE B

                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND OFL

     .1   CHARACTERISTICS OF RECEIVABLES.  Each Receivable (A) was originated 
by a Dealer for the retail sale of a Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course 
of such Dealer's business and such Dealer had all necessary licenses and 
permits to originate Receivables in the state where such Dealer was located, 
was fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, was purchased by OFL 
from such Dealer under an existing Dealer Agreement with OFL and was validly 
assigned by such Dealer to OFL, (B) contains customary and enforceable 
provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the holder thereof 
adequate for realization against the collateral security, and (C) is fully 
amortizing and provides for level monthly payments (provided that the payment 
in the first Monthly Period and the final Monthly Period of the life of the 
Receivable may be minimally different from the level payment) which, if made 
when due, shall fully amortize the Amount Financed over the original term.

     .2   NO FRAUD OR MISREPRESENTATION.  Each Receivable was originated by a 
Dealer and was sold by the Dealer to OFL without any fraud or 
misrepresentation on the part of such Dealer in either case.

     .3   COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  All requirements of applicable federal, state 
and local laws, and regulations thereunder (including, without limitation, 
usury laws, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity 
Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair 
Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the 
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations "B" and 
"Z", the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, the Minnesota Motor 
Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Act, and state adaptations of the National 
Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and other consumer 
credit laws and equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws) in respect of 
all of the Receivables and each and every sale of Financed Vehicles, have 
been complied with in all material respects, and each Receivable and the sale 
of the Financed Vehicle evidenced by each Receivable complied at the time it 
was originated or made and now complies in all material respects with all 
applicable legal requirements.

     .4   ORIGINATION.  Each Receivable is a United States dollar obligation 
of an Obligor domiciled in the United States and such Receivable was 
originated in the United States.

     .5   BINDING OBLIGATION.  Each Receivable represents the genuine, legal, 
valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon, enforceable by 
the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except (A) as enforceability 
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws 
affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by equitable 
limitations on the availability of specific remedies, regardless of whether 
such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and (B) 
as such Receivable may 

                                       1

<PAGE>

be modified by the application after the related Cutoff Date of the Soldiers' 
and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended; and all parties to each 
Receivable had full legal capacity to execute and deliver such Receivable and 
all other documents related thereto and to grant the security interest 
purported to be granted thereby.

     .6   NO GOVERNMENT OBLIGOR.  No Obligor is the United States of America 
or any State or any agency, department, subdivision or instrumentality 
thereof.

     .7   OBLIGOR BANKRUPTCY.  At the applicable Cutoff Date, no Obligor had 
been identified on the records of OFL as being, and, to the best of the 
Seller's knowledge, no Obligor is the subject of a current bankruptcy 
proceeding.

     .8   SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES.  The information set forth in the Schedule 
of Receivables has been produced from the Electronic Ledger and was true and 
correct in all material respects as of the close of business on the 
applicable Cutoff Date.

     .9   MARKING RECORDS.  By the Closing Date or by each Transfer Date, as 
applicable, the Seller will have caused the portions of the Electronic Ledger 
relating to the Receivables to be clearly and unambiguously marked to show 
that the Receivables constitute part of the Trust Property and are owned by 
the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

     .10  MONTHLY TAPE.  The Monthly Tape made available by the Seller to the 
Backup Servicer and the Indenture Trustee was complete and accurate in all 
respects as of the date delivered, and includes a description of the same 
Receivables that are described in the Schedule of Receivables.

     .11  ADVERSE SELECTION.  No selection procedures adverse to the 
Noteholders or the Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the 
Receivables from those receivables owned by OFL which met the selection 
criteria contained in this Agreement.

     .12  CHATTEL PAPER.  The Receivables constitute chattel paper within the 
meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of Minnesota and New York.

     .13  ONE ORIGINAL.  There is only one original executed copy of each 
Receivable.

     .14  RECEIVABLE FILES COMPLETE.  The complete Receivable File (other 
than item (iv) in Section 2.2 of this Agreement) is in the possession of OFL 
at its corporate office.  The complete Receivable File for each Receivable 
will be in the possession of the Custodian within ten Business Days after the 
conveyance of the Receivable from OFL to the Seller and from the Seller to 
the Trust.  By such date, there will exist a Receivable File pertaining to 
each Receivable and such Receivable File contains (a) a fully executed 
original of the Receivable, (b) a certificate of insurance, application form 
for insurance signed by the Obligor, or a signed representation letter

                                       2

<PAGE>

from the Obligor named in the Receivable pursuant to which the Obligor has 
agreed to obtain physical damage insurance for the related Financed Vehicle, 
or copies thereof, or a documented verbal confirmation by an insurance agent 
for the Obligor of a policy number for an insurance policy for the Financed 
Vehicle, (c) the original Lien Certificate or application therefor or a 
letter from the applicable Dealer agreeing unconditionally to repurchase the 
related Receivable if the certificate of title is not received by OFL within 
180 days, and (d) a credit application signed by the Obligor, or a copy 
thereof.  Each of such documents which is required to be signed by the 
Obligor has been signed by the Obligor in the appropriate spaces. All blanks 
on any form have been properly filled in and each form has otherwise been 
correctly prepared.  The complete Receivable File for each Receivable 
currently is in the possession of the Custodian.

     .15  RECEIVABLES IN FORCE.  No Receivable has been satisfied, 
subordinated or rescinded, and the Financed Vehicle securing each such 
Receivable has not been released from the lien of the related Receivable in 
whole or in part.  No provisions of any Receivable have been waived, altered 
or modified in any respect since its origination, except by instruments or 
documents identified in the Receivable File.  No Receivable has been modified 
as a result of application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 
1940, as amended.

     .16  LAWFUL ASSIGNMENT.  No Receivable was originated in, or is subject 
to the laws of, any jurisdiction the laws of which would make unlawful, void 
or voidable the sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivable under this 
Agreement or pursuant to transfers of the Notes or the Certificates.  With 
respect to such sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivable under this 
Agreement or pursuant to transfers of the Notes or the Certificates, either 
(1) no consent is required or (2) all required consents have been obtained.

     .17  GOOD TITLE.  No Receivable has been sold, transferred, assigned or 
pledged by OFL to any Person other than the Seller or by the Seller to any 
Person other than the Trust; immediately prior to the conveyance of the 
Receivables pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or any Assignment Agreement, 
OFL was the sole owner of and had good and indefeasible title thereto, free 
and clear of any Lien; immediately prior to the conveyance of the Receivables 
to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement, as 
applicable, the Seller was the sole owner thereof and had good and 
indefeasible title thereto, free of any Lien and, upon execution and delivery 
of this Agreement or any Transfer Agreement, as applicable, by the Seller, 
the Trust shall have good and indefeasible title to and will be the sole 
owner of such Receivables, free of any Lien.  No Dealer has a participation 
in, or other right to receive, proceeds of any Receivable.  Neither OFL nor 
the Seller has taken any action to convey any right to any Person that would 
result in such Person having a right to payments received under the related 
Insurance Policies or the related Dealer Agreements or Dealer Assignments or 
to payments due under such Receivables.

     .18  SECURITY INTEREST IN FINANCED VEHICLE.  Each Receivable created or 
shall create a valid, binding and enforceable first priority security 
interest in favor of OFL in the Financed 

                                       3

<PAGE>

Vehicle.  The Lien Certificate and original certificate of title for each 
Financed Vehicle show, or if a new or replacement Lien Certificate is being 
applied for with respect to such Financed Vehicle the Lien Certificate will 
be received within 180 days of the Closing Date or any Transfer Date, as 
applicable, and will show OFL named as the original secured party under each 
Receivable as the holder of a first priority security interest in such 
Financed Vehicle.  With respect to each Receivable for which the Lien 
Certificate has not yet been returned from the Registrar of Titles, OFL has 
received written evidence from the related Dealer that such Lien Certificate 
showing OFL as first lienholder has been applied for or a letter from the 
applicable Dealer agreeing unconditionally to repurchase the related 
Receivable if the certificate of title is not received by OFL within 180 
days.  OFL's security interest has been validly assigned by OFL to the 
Seller, by the Seller to the Owner Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or any 
Transfer Agreement, as applicable, and by the Trust to the Indenture Trustee 
pursuant to the Indenture. Immediately after the sale, transfer and 
assignment thereof to the Trust, each Receivable will be secured by an 
enforceable and perfected first priority security interest in the Financed 
Vehicle in favor of the Trust as secured party, which security interest is 
prior to all other liens upon and security interests in such Financed Vehicle 
which now exist or may hereafter arise or be created (except, as to priority, 
for any lien for taxes, labor or materials affecting a Financed Vehicle).  As 
of each Cutoff Date, there were no Liens or claims for taxes, work, labor or 
materials affecting a Financed Vehicle which are or may be Liens prior or 
equal to the lien of the related Receivable.

     .19  ALL FILINGS MADE.  All filings (including, without limitation, UCC 
filings) required to be made by any Person and actions required to be taken 
or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give the Trust a first 
priority perfected lien on, or ownership interest in, the Receivables and the 
proceeds thereof and the other Trust Property have been made, taken or 
performed.

     .20  NO IMPAIRMENT.  Neither OFL nor the Seller has done anything to 
convey any right to any Person that would result in such Person having a 
right to payments due under the Receivable or otherwise to impair the rights 
of the Trust, the Indenture Trustee, JPMD, the Noteholders and the 
Certificateholders in any Receivable or the proceeds thereof.

     .21  RECEIVABLE NOT ASSUMABLE.  No Receivable is assumable by another 
Person in a manner which would release the Obligor thereof from such 
Obligor's obligations to the Seller with respect to such Receivable.

     .22  NO DEFENSES.  No Receivable is subject to any right of rescission, 
setoff, counterclaim or defense and no such right has been asserted or 
threatened with respect to any Receivable.

     .23  NO DEFAULT.  There has been no default, breach, violation or event 
permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable (other than payment 
delinquencies of not more than 30 days), and no condition exists or event has 
occurred and is continuing that with notice,

                                       4

<PAGE>

the lapse of time or both would constitute a default, breach, violation or 
event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable, and there 
has been no waiver of any of the foregoing.  As of any Cutoff Date or any 
Transfer Date, as applicable, no Financed Vehicle had been repossessed.

     .24  INSURANCE.  As of the Closing Date or as of any Transfer Date, as 
applicable, each Financed Vehicle is covered by a comprehensive and collision 
insurance policy (i) in an amount at least equal to the lesser of (a) its 
maximum insurable value or (b) the principal amount due from the Obligor 
under the related Receivable, (ii) naming OFL as loss payee and (iii) 
insuring against loss and damage due to fire, theft, transportation, 
collision and other risks generally covered by comprehensive and collision 
coverage.  Each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain physical loss and 
damage insurance, naming OFL and its successors and assigns as additional 
insured parties, and each Receivable permits the holder thereof to obtain 
physical loss and damage insurance at the expense of the Obligor if the 
Obligor fails to do so.  No Financed Vehicle was or had previously been 
insured under a policy of Force-Placed Insurance on the related Cutoff Date.

     .25  PAST DUE.  As of the related Cutoff Date, no Receivable was more 
than 30 days past due and no funds have been advanced by the Seller, the 
Servicer, any Dealer, or anyone acting on behalf of any of them in order to 
cause any Receivable to qualify under this representation.

     .26  REMAINING PRINCIPAL BALANCE.  As of the related Cutoff Date, each 
Receivable had a remaining principal balance equal to or greater than 
$500.00, and the Principal Balance of each Receivable set forth in the 
Schedule of Receivables is true and accurate in all material respects.

     .27  MATURITY.  Each Receivable has an original maturity of at least 
three months.

     .28  CERTAIN CHARACTERISTICS.  (A) No Receivable has an initial payment 
date more than three months subsequent to the related Cutoff Date; (B) No 
Receivable has a final scheduled payment date on or before the related 
Transfer Date; (C) The Principal Balance of each Receivable set forth in 
Schedule of Receivables is true and accurate in all material respects as of 
the related Cutoff Date; and (D) after giving effect to the conveyance of 
Receivables on each Transfer Date, (i) the aggregate of the Principal 
Balances of Receivables with original maturities ranging from 72 to 84 months 
shall not exceed 7.5% of the aggregate of the Principal Balances of all 
Receivables on such Transfer Date, and (ii) the aggregate of the Principal 
Balances of Receivables attributable to loans originated under OFL's 
"Classic" program shall not exceed 40% of the aggregate of the Principal 
Balances of all Receivables on such Transfer Date.

     .29  PAYMENTS TO LOCKBOX BANK.  The Obligor with respect to each 
Receivable, as of the related Transfer Date, is required to make all 
Scheduled Payments to the Lockbox Bank.

                                       5

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE C

                        SERVICING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES


<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT B

                           FORM OF CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT D

                           FORM OF PURCHASE AGREEMENT

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT E

                         FORM OF SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE

<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT F


                           FORM OF TRANSFER AGREEMENT


     TRANSFER AGREEMENT, dated as of _________________ 199__, among Olympic 
Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust, a Delaware business trust (the 
"Trust"), Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware corporation (the 
"Seller"), and Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation (the 
"Servicer"), pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement referred to below.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, the Trust, the Seller and the Servicer are parties to the Sale 
and Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 28, 1995 (hereinafter as such 
agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented 
or otherwise modified, the "Sale and Servicing Agreement");

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Seller wishes to
convey Receivables and certain related property to the Trust; and

     WHEREAS, the Trust is willing to accept such conveyance subject to the 
terms and conditions hereof and of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual 
agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable 
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Trust, the 
Seller and the Servicer hereby agree as follows:

     II   DEFINED TERMS.  Capitalized terms used herein shall have the 
meanings ascribed to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement unless 
otherwise defined herein.

     "CUTOFF DATE" shall mean, with respect to the Receivables conveyed 
hereby, __________, 199__.

     "TRANSFER DATE" shall mean, with respect to the Receivables conveyed 
hereby, __________, 199__.

    III   SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES.  The Schedule of Receivables attached 
hereto as Exhibit A is a supplement to the Schedule of Receivables attached 
as Schedule A to the Sale and 

<PAGE>

Servicing Agreement.  The Receivables listed in the Schedule of Receivables 
constitute the Receivables to be conveyed pursuant to this Agreement on the 
Transfer Date.

     IV   CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.  Subject to the conditions specified in 
Section 2.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and in consideration of 
the Trust's delivery to or upon the order of the Seller of the Purchase 
Price, the Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, and otherwise convey to 
the Trust, without recourse (but without limitation of its obligations in the 
Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and this Agreement), all 
of the right, title and interest of the Seller, whether now existing or 
hereafter acquired, in and to the Receivables listed on Schedule A hereto and 
the related Other Conveyed Property, an assignment of the rights of the 
Seller under the Purchase Agreement, all funds on deposit from time to time 
in the Trust Accounts and all investments therein and proceeds thereof, and 
all proceeds of the foregoing.  OFL and the Seller acknowledge that such 
Receivables have previously been sold, transferred, assigned and conveyed to 
the Seller pursuant to one or more Assignment Agreements pursuant to the 
Purchase Agreement, and OFL hereby confirms such prior sale, transfer, 
assignment and conveyance.

     V    REQUIRED INFORMATION.

          .1  Aggregate Principal Balance of Receivables to be 
               transferred:                      $________________.

          .2  Purchase Price for Receivables:    $_________________.

          .3  Facility Balance after giving 
               effect to the conveyance 
               contemplated hereby:          $_________________.

     VI   INCORPORATION OF SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.  This Transfer 
Agreement is made pursuant to and upon the representations, warranties and 
agreements on the part of OFL and the Seller contained in the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement and shall be governed in all respects by the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement.

    VII   RATIFICATION OF SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.  As supplemented by 
this Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement is in all respects ratified 
and confirmed and the Sale and Servicing Agreement as so supplemented by this 
Agreement shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

    VII   COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more 
counterparts (and by different parties in separate counterparts), each of 
which shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and 
the same instrument.

                                      F-2

<PAGE>

     IX   GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be construed in accordance 
with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of 
law provisions, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties 
hereunder shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Trust, the Seller and the Servicer have caused 
this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly 
authorized officers as of the day and the year first above written.

                            OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                              WAREHOUSE TRUST

                            By WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                              not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner
                              Trustee



                             By
                               ------------------------------------------
                               Name:
                               Title:


                            OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II 



                             By
                               ------------------------------------------
                               Name:
                               Title:


                            OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.



                             By
                               ------------------------------------------
                               Name:
                               Title:


                                      F-3


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                                                                                







                                    AMENDMENT

                            Dated as of June 12, 1996

                                       to

                          SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 28, 1995

                                      among

                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                     Issuer

                      OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II
                                     Seller

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                   In its individual capacity and as Servicer

                                       and

                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                 Backup Servicer



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  Amendment to Section 1.1 of the Sale and Servicing
                   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     SECTION 2.2.  Amendment to Section 2.1 of the Sale and Servicing
                   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     SECTION 2.3.  Amendment to Section 4.1 of the Sale and Servicing
                   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     SECTION 2.4.  Amendment to Section 4.6 of the Sale and Servicing
                   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     SECTION 2.5.  Amendment to Section 5.1 of the Sale and Servicing
                   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     SECTION 2.6.  Amendment to Section 10.10 of the Sale and Servicing
                   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
     SECTION 2.7.  Amendment to Schedule B of the Sale and Servicing
                   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 3.1.  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     SECTION 3.2.  Governing Law; Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     SECTION 3.3.  Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     SECTION 3.4.  Sale and Servicing Agreement in Full Force and
                   Effect as Amended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4


                                               -i-


<PAGE>


     AMENDMENT dated as of June 12, 1996 (the "AMENDMENT") to SALE AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT dated as of December 28, 1995 (the "SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT"),
among Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust (the "ISSUER"), Olympic
Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware corporation, as Seller (the "SELLER"),
Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation, in its individual capacity and
as Servicer, (the "SERVICER") and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association,
a national banking association, as Backup Servicer (the "BACKUP SERVICER").

     WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer and the Backup Servicer have
entered into the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer desire to amend the Sale and Servicing
Agreement in certain respects as provided below;

     WHEREAS, each of the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, a Certificate
Majority and a Note Majority has consented to this Amendment as required by
Section 10.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

     WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties that this Amendment be effective
as of the date set forth above (the "EFFECTIVENESS DATE");

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, defined
terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 1.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

     (a)  Clause (i) of the definition of "DEEMED CURED" in Section 1.1 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as
follows:

          (i) As of any Determination Date and with respect to a Trigger Event,
no Trigger Event has occurred and is continuing as of such Determination Date or
as of any of


<PAGE>



  the two consecutively preceding Determination Dates for related Monthly 
Periods during which there were Receivables in the Trust;

     (b)  Clause (g) of the definition of "ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS" in Section 1.1
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following
immediately after the word "investment":

          "(including, without limitation, a hedging arrangement)"

     (c)  The definition of "FACILITY LIMIT" in Section 1.1 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

     FACILITY LIMIT: $329,700,000.

     (d)  The definition of "JPMD" in Section 1.1 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

     JPMD:  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, in its capacity as
Administrative Agent for DFC and the purchasers under the DFC Asset Purchase
Agreement and as agent for the banks under the Program Facility, or as agent for
the Investor Group.

     (e)  The definition of "MAXIMUM PRINCIPAL BALANCE" in Section 1.1 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as
follows:

     MAXIMUM PRINCIPAL BALANCE: With respect to the Notes, $300,000,000
(excluding capitalized interest thereon).

     (f)  The definition of "TRIGGER EVENT" in Section 1.1 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

     TRIGGER EVENT: As of any Determination Date, (i) if the Net Excess Spread
Percentage shall be less than 5.0% but equal to or greater than 4.0%; (ii) if
the Net Excess Spread Percentage shall be less than 4.0% but equal to or greater
than 3.0%; and (iii) if the Net Excess Spread Percentage shall be less than
3.0%.

     (g)  Section 1.1. of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby further
amended by adding the following defined terms and definitions:

     MAXIMUM PROGRAM SIZE: The sum of (i) the Maximum Principal Balance PLUS
(ii) the Maximum Certificate Balance.

     REQUISITE AMOUNT: As of any Determination Date, (i) if no Trigger Event
shall have occurred, and all previous Trigger Events shall have been Deemed
Cured, zero; and (ii) if a Trigger Event shall have occurred (and until such
Trigger Event shall have been Deemed

                                       -2-



<PAGE>

  Cured), (x) if such Trigger Event is of the type described in clause (i) of 
the  definition thereof, 1.0% of the Maximum Program Size, (y) if such 
Trigger Event is of the type described in clause (ii) of the definition 
thereof, 2.0% of the Maximum Program Size, and (z) if such Trigger Event is 
of the type described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof, an unlimited 
amount.

     SPREAD ACCOUNT AVAILABLE AMOUNT: An amount equal to 75% of all amounts
deposited into the Spread Account after the occurrence of a Trigger Event of the
type described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof and until such Trigger
Event of the type described in clause (iii) of the definition thereof is Deemed
Cured.

     SECTION 2.2.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.
(a)  Section 2.1(b)(1)(viii) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the number "72" and substituting therefor "73."

     SECTION 2.3.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 4.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.
Section 4.1(e) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by adding
the words ";PROVIDED HOWEVER, that amounts on deposit in the Spread Account up
to an amount equal to the Spread Account Available Amount may be used to
establish a hedging arrangement with a longer term in accordance with clause (g)
of the definition of Eligible Investments" following the end of the first
sentence of such Section.

     SECTION 2.4.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 4.6 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.
Section 4.6(viii)(A) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to
read in its entirety as follows:

          (A) if (i) a Trigger Event shall have occurred or (ii) any previous
     Trigger Event has not been Deemed Cured and in either case OFL is no longer
     required to maintain any hedging arrangement in accordance with Section
     2.1(b)(1)(xiv) hereof, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) all remaining
     Available Funds and (y) the excess, if any, of the Requisite Amount as of
     the immediately preceding Determination Date over the amount on deposit in
     the Spread Account as of such date, shall be deposited into the Spread
     Account;

     SECTION 2.5.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.
Section 5.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
following subsection (c) immediately following Section 5.1(b):

          (c)  If a Trigger Event of the type described in clause (i) or clause
     (ii) of the definition thereof shall have occurred and subsequently be
     Deemed Cured (so long as no Trigger Event of the type described in clause
     (iii) of the definition thereof shall have occurred upon or after the
     occurrence of such Trigger Event and on or prior to the Distribution Date
     described below), then, on the Distribution Date immediately following the
     Determination Date on which such Trigger Event shall be Deemed

                                         -3-


<PAGE>

   Cured, all amounts on deposit in the Spread Account in respect of amounts 
deposited therein pursuant to SECTION 4.6(VIII) as a result of the occurrence 
of such Trigger Event (after making all distributions required pursuant to 
SECTIONS 4.6(I) - (VII) on such Distribution Date) shall be distributed to 
the Seller.

     SECTION 2.6.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 10.10 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT.  Section 10.10 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended
by deleting the words "902 Market Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801" and
substituting therefor "500 Stanton Christiana Road, Newark, Delaware 19713-
2107."

     SECTION 2.7.  AMENDMENT TO SCHEDULE B OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT. 
Clause (D)(i) of Paragraph 28 of Schedule B to the Sale and Servicing Agreement
is hereby amended by deleting the number "72" and substituting therefor "73."

                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 3.1.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the parties
hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original
and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement.  This
Amendment shall become effective when the Servicer shall have received (a)
counterparts hereof executed on behalf of the Issuer, the Seller and the
Servicer, (b) the consents of the Backup Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and
JPMD, as sole Certificateholder, and as Administrative Agent for Delaware
Funding Corporation, the sole Noteholder, to the terms of this Amendment and
(c) evidence of written notice to S&P and Moody's of this Amendment.

     SECTION 3.2.  GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.  This Amendment and the Sale and Servicing Agreement (and all
exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) constitute the entire understanding
among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

     SECTION 3.3.  HEADINGS.  The various headings of this Amendment are
inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Amendment or any provisions hereof or thereof.

     SECTION 3.4.  SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS
AMENDED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and conditions
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  All
references to the Sale and Servicing Agreement in any other document or
instrument shall be deemed to mean the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as amended
by this Amendment.  This Amendment shall not constitute

                                               -4-

<PAGE>
 a novation of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, but shall constitute an 
amendment thereto.  The parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and 
obligations of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as amended by this 
Amendment, as though the terms and obligations of the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement were set forth herein.



                                     -5-


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers, all as of the date and
year first above written.

                         ISSUER:

                         OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST

                         By WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                             not in its individual capacity but solely as
                             Owner Trustee



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         SELLER:

                         OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         SERVICER:

                         OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,
                             in its individual capacity and as Servicer



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                                   -6-




<PAGE>

                         AGREED AND CONSENTED:

                         BACKUP SERVICER:

                         NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in
                         its individual capacity but as Backup Servicer



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         INDENTURE TRUSTEE:

                         NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in
                         its individual capacity but as Indenture Trustee


                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as sole
                         Certificateholder, and as Administrative Agent for
                         Delaware Funding Corporation, as sole Noteholder


                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


                                          -7-







<PAGE>

                                                                 EXECUTION COPY

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2

                         Dated as of September 30, 1996

                                       to

                          SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 28, 1995

                                      among

                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                     Issuer

                      OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II
                                     Seller

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                   In its individual capacity and as Servicer

                                       and

                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                 Backup Servicer

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  Amendment to Section 1.1 of the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
     SECTION 2.2.  Amendment to Section 2.1 of the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  3
     SECTION 2.3.  Amendment to Section 4.1 of the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
     SECTION 2.4.  Amendment to Section 4.6 of the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
     SECTION 2.5.  Amendment to Section 5.1 of the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  4
     SECTION 2.6.  Amendment to Section 9.1 of the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5

                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 3.1.  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     SECTION 3.2.  Governing Law; Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     SECTION 3.3.  Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5
     SECTION 3.4.  Sale and Servicing Agreement in Full Force and Effect as
          Amended. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5


                                       i


<PAGE>

     AMENDMENT NO. 2 dated as of September 30, 1996 (the "AMENDMENT") to SALE
AND SERVICING AGREEMENT dated as of December 28, 1995 and amended as of 
June 12, 1996 (as amended, the "SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT"), among Olympic 
Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust (the "ISSUER"), Olympic Receivables 
Finance Corp. II, a Delaware corporation, as Seller (the "SELLER"), Olympic 
Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation, in its individual capacity and as 
Servicer, (the "SERVICER") and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, 
a national banking association, as Backup Servicer (the "BACKUP SERVICER").

     WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer and the Backup Servicer have
entered into the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer desire to amend the Sale and Servicing
Agreement in certain respects as provided below;

     WHEREAS, each of the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, a Certificate
Majority and a Note Majority has consented to this Amendment as required by
Section 10.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

     WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties that this Amendment be effective
as of the date set forth above (the "EFFECTIVENESS DATE");

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, defined
terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                    AMENDMENT

     SECTION 2.1.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 1.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

     (a)  The definition of "COLLECTED FUNDS" in Section 1.1 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following at the end of 
such definition:


<PAGE>

          "and any payments under, or proceeds from, any Eligible Interest Rate
          Cap Agreement maintained pursuant to SECTION 2.1(B)(1)(XIV)."

     (b)  The definition of "NET EXCESS SPREAD PERCENTAGE" in Section 1.1 of 
the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended (i) by deleting the words
"hedging arrangements" in the parenthetical phrase immediately following the
word "Receivables" and inserting in their place the words "Eligible Interest
Rate Cap Agreement" and (ii) by inserting the symbol ")" immediately after the
words "Section 2.1(b)(xiv)."

     (c)  The definition of "NET LOSS RATE" in Section 1.1 of the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement is hereby amended (i) by inserting the words "the 
annualized total of the difference between" immediately following the words 
"the numerator of which is equal to" and (ii) by deleting the word "less" and 
inserting in its place the word "MINUS."

     (d)  The definition of "REQUISITE AMOUNT" in Section 1.1 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

          REQUISITE AMOUNT:  As of any Determination Date, (i) if no Trigger
          Event shall have occurred, and all previous Trigger Events shall have
          been Deemed Cured, 1.0% of the sum of the Note Balance on such
          Determination Date PLUS the Certificate Balance on such Determination
          Date; and (ii) if a Trigger Event shall have occurred (and until such
          Trigger Event shall have been Deemed Cured), (x) if such Trigger 
          Event is of the type described in clause (i) of the definition 
          thereof, 1.0% of the Maximum Program Size PLUS 1.0% of the sum of the
          Note Balance on such Determination Date PLUS the Certificate Balance 
          on such Determination Date, (y) if such Trigger Event is of the type 
          described in clause (ii) of the definition thereof, 2.0% of the 
          Maximum Program Size PLUS 1.0% of the sum of the Note Balance on such
          Determination Date PLUS the Certificate Balance on such Determination
          Date, and (z) if such Trigger Event is of the type described in 
          clause (iii) of the definition thereof, an unlimited amount.

     (e)  Section 1.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby further
amended by deleting the following defined terms and the corresponding
definitions:  EXCESS YIELD CONDITION, EXCESS YIELD PERCENTAGE and SPREAD 
ACCOUNT AVAILABLE AMOUNT.

     (f)  Section 1.1. of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby further
amended by adding the following defined terms and definitions:

     ELIGIBLE INTEREST RATE CAP AGREEMENT: An interest rate cap agreement that:
(i) is on a standard ISDA form; (ii) is an amortizing interest rate cap with a
maturity date that is no earlier than the final scheduled payment date with
respect to the last maturing Receivable in the Trust; (iii) is issued by a bank
or other financial institution whose short term unsecured


                                      -2-


<PAGE>

debt obligations are rated A-1+/P-1 by Standard & Poor's and Moody's, 
respectively or that it is otherwise acceptable to JPMD; (iv) has a capped 
interest rate equal to a 30-day LIBOR rate of 9.50% per annum; (v) provides 
that any payments made by the counterparty shall be made directly to the 
Collection Account; (vi) provides that it may not be materially amended, 
terminated, waived or assigned by the counterparty without the prior written 
consent of the Note Majority and the Certificate Majority; (vii) provides 
that it may be sold by the Trust on any Trust Property Liquidation Date on 
which not less than all of the Receivables  in the Trust are disposed 
pursuant to Section 9.1; and (viii) is otherwise in  form and substance 
reasonably satisfactory to JPMD. 

     SECTION 2.2.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

     (a)  Section 2.1(b)(1)(xiv) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended to read in its entirety as follows:

          (xiv) (A) on any Transfer Date, OFL shall have established, in
     accordance with Section 2.2(b)(1)(ix) of the Receivables Purchase
     Agreement, in the name of the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders
     and the Certificateholders, an Eligible Interest Rate Cap Agreement in a
     notional amount equal to or greater than the sum of the Note Balance PLUS
     the Certificate Balance on such Transfer Date (after taking into account
     the transfer of Receivables to the Trust on such date);

     (b)  Section 2.1(b)(1)(xv) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the number "40%" and substituting therefor "55%."

     (c)  Section 2.1(b)(1) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following subsection (xvi) immediately following Section
2.1(b)(1)(xv):

          (xvi)  the Seller shall have deposited into the Spread Account an
     amount at least equal to 1.0% of the aggregate of the Principal Balances 
     of the Receivables sold to the Trust on such Transfer Date;

     (d)  Section 2.1(b)(1) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
further amended by renumbering Section 2.1(b)(1)(xvi) as Section 
2.1(b)(1)(xvii) and by renumbering Section 2.1(b)(1)(xvii) as Section 
2.1(b)(1)(xviii).

     (e)  Section 2.1(c)(2)(viii) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the word "or" at the end thereof.

     (f)  Section 2.1(c)(2)(ix) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended to read in its entirety as follows:


                                      -3-


<PAGE>

          (ix) on any Determination Date after the first Transfer Date but 
     prior to the Purchase Termination Date, (A) the Delinquency Ratio shall 
     exceed 3.50%; (B) the Portfolio Loss Ratio shall exceed 2.50%; (C) the 
     Warehousing Loss Ratio shall exceed 1.0%; or (D) the Average Net Excess 
     Spread Percentage shall be less than 1.5%; or

     (g)  Section 2.1(c)(2) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following subsection (x) immediately following Section
2.1(c)(2)(ix):

          (x) The notional amount of the Eligible Interest Rate Cap Agreement
     required pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(1)(xiv) shall on any date be less than
     the sum of the Note Balance PLUS the Certificate Balance on such date
     (after taking into account the transfer of Receivables to the Trust, if
     any, on such date).

     SECTION 2.3.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 4.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.
Section 4.1(e) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
the words "; PROVIDED HOWEVER, that amounts on deposit in the Spread Account up
to an amount equal to the Spread Account Available Amount may be used to
establish a hedging arrangement with a longer term in accordance with clause (g)
of the definition of "Eligible Investments" following the end of the first
sentence of such Section.

     SECTION 2.4.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 4.6 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.
Section 4.6(viii) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to read
in its entirety as follows:

          (viii) eighth, FIRST, an amount equal to the lesser of (x) all
     remaining Available Funds and (y) the excess, if any, of the Requisite
     Amount as of the immediately preceding Determination Date over the amount
     on deposit in the Spread Account as of such date (after taking into account
     all withdrawals from the Spread Account on such Distribution Date), shall
     be deposited into the Spread Account; SECOND, from Available Funds, if any
     amounts are due and owing to any Indemnified Party (as such term is used in
     the Note Purchase Agreement) under Section 11.01, Section 11.04 or Section
     11.05 of the Note Purchase Agreement, such amount shall be deposited into
     the Note Distribution Account for distribution to such Indemnified Parties,
     THIRD, from Available Funds, if any amounts are due and owing to any
     Indemnified Party (as such term is used in the Certificate Purchase
     Agreement) under Section 11.01, Section 11.04 or Section 11.05 of the
     Certificate Purchase Agreement, such amount shall be deposited into the
     Certificate Distribution Account for distribution to such Indemnified
     Parties, and FOURTH, any remaining Available Funds shall be released to the
     Seller.

     SECTION 2.5.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 5.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.
Section 5.1(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by deleting
the words "respect of amounts deposited therein pursuant to Section 4.6(viii) as
a result of the


                                      -4-


<PAGE>

occurrence of such Trigger Event" and substituting therefor the words "excess 
of the Requisite Amount as of such date."

     SECTION 2.6.  AMENDMENT TO SECTION 9.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.
Section 9.1(b)(2) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by
deleting the words "at least one Business Day prior to" and substituting
therefor the words "no later than 11:00 A.M. (New York time) on."


                                   ARTICLE III

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 3.1.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the parties
hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original
and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same agreement.  This
Amendment shall become effective when: (1) the Servicer shall have received (a)
counterparts hereof executed on behalf of the Issuer, the Seller and the
Servicer, (b) the consents of the Backup Servicer, the Indenture Trustee and
JPMD, as sole Certificateholder, and as Administrative Agent for Delaware
Funding Corporation, the sole Noteholder, to the terms of this Amendment and
(c) evidence of written notice to Standard & Poor's and Moody's of this
Amendment and (2) OFL shall have caused the delivery of an Opinion of Counsel to
JPMD with respect to true-sale and non-substantive consolidation matters (or a
bring-down of the Opinion of Counsel with respect to these matters delivered on
the Closing Date) satisfactory to JPMD.

     SECTION 3.2.  GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.  This Amendment and the Sale and Servicing Agreement (and all
exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) constitute the entire understanding
among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

     SECTION 3.3.  HEADINGS.  The various headings of this Amendment are
inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation
of this Amendment or any provisions hereof or thereof.

     SECTION 3.4.  SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS
AMENDED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and conditions
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  All
references to the Sale and Servicing Agreement in any other document or
instrument shall be deemed to mean the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as amended
by this Amendment.  This Amendment shall not constitute a novation of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment thereto.  The parties
hereto agree to be bound by the terms and obligations of the Sale and Servicing


                                      -5-


<PAGE>

Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, as though the terms and obligations of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement were set forth herein.





















                                      -6-


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers, all as of the date and
year first above written.

                         ISSUER:

                         OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST

                         By WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                            not in its individual capacity but solely as
                            Owner Trustee



                         By:  /s/ Denise M. Geran
                             -------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Denise M. Geran
                              Title: Financial Services Officer



                         SELLER:

                         OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         SERVICER:

                         OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,
                             in its individual capacity and as Servicer



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers, all as of the date and
year first above written.

                         ISSUER:

                         OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST

                         By WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY,
                            not in its individual capacity but solely as
                            Owner Trustee



                         By: ___________________________________________
                              Name:  
                              Title: 



                         SELLER:

                         OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II



                         By:      /s/ John Witham
                              ------------------------------------------
                              Name:   John Witham
                              Title:  EVP/CFO



                         SERVICER:

                         OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,
                             in its individual capacity and as Servicer



                         By:     /s/ Mike Sherman
                              ------------------------------------------
                              Name:  Mike Sherman
                              Title: VP/Treasurer


                                      -8-


<PAGE>

                         AGREED AND CONSENTED:

                         BACKUP SERVICER:

                         NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in
                         its individual capacity but as Backup Servicer



                         By:     /s/ Illegible                        
                              ------------------------------------------ 
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         INDENTURE TRUSTEE:

                         NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in
                         its individual capacity but as Indenture Trustee


                         By:     /s/ Illegible                           
                              ------------------------------------------ 
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as sole
                         Certificateholder, and as Administrative Agent for
                         Delaware Funding Corporation, as sole Noteholder


                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:


                                      -9-


<PAGE>

                         AGREED AND CONSENTED:

                         BACKUP SERVICER:

                         NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in
                         its individual capacity but as Backup Servicer



                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         INDENTURE TRUSTEE:

                         NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not in
                         its individual capacity but as Indenture Trustee


                         By:  __________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:



                         MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as sole
                         Certificateholder, and as Administrative Agent for
                         Delaware Funding Corporation, as sole Noteholder


                         By:     /s/ Illegible                           
                              ------------------------------------------ 
                              Name:
                              Title:


                                      -10-



<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3

                             Dated as of January 17, 1997

                                          to

                             SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

                            Dated as of December 28, 1995

                                        among

                    OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                        Issuer

                         OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II
                                        Seller

                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                      In its individual capacity and as Servicer

                                         and

                     NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                   Backup Servicer


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>


                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

                                      ARTICLE II

                                      AMENDMENT

    SECTION 2.1.   Amendment to Section 1.1 of the Sale and Servicing
                   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
    SECTION 2.2.   Amendment to Section 2.1 of the Sale and Servicing
                   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
    SECTION 2.3.   Amendment to Section 3.6 of the Sale and Servicing
                   Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                                     ARTICLE III

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION 3.1.   Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
    SECTION 3.2.   Governing Law; Entire Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
    SECTION 3.3.   Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
    SECTION 3.4.   Sale and Servicing Agreement in Full Force and 
                   Effect as Amended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5




                                        -i-
<PAGE>


    AMENDMENT NO. 3 dated as of January 17, 1997 (the "AMENDMENT") to SALE AND
SERVICING AGREEMENT dated as of December 28, 1995 and amended as of June 12,
1996 and September 30, 1996 (as amended, the "SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT"),
among Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust (the "ISSUER"), Olympic
Receivables Finance Corp. II, a Delaware corporation, as Seller (the "SELLER"),
Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation, in its individual capacity and
as Servicer, (the "SERVICER") and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association,
a national banking association, as Backup Servicer (the "BACKUP SERVICER").

    WHEREAS, the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer and the Backup Servicer have
entered into the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

    WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer desire to amend the Sale and Servicing
Agreement in certain respects as provided below;

    WHEREAS, each of the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, a Certificate
Majority and a Note Majority has consented to this Amendment as required by
Section 10.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

    WHEREAS, it is the intent of the parties that this Amendment be effective
as of the date set forth above (the "EFFECTIVENESS DATE");

    NOW, THEREFORE, the parties to this Amendment hereby agree as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

    Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, 
defined terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the 
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                                      ARTICLE II

                                      AMENDMENT

    SECTION 2.1. AMENDMENT TO SECTION 1.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

    (a)  The definition of "AVERAGE NET EXCESS SPREAD PERCENTAGE" is hereby
amended to read in its entirety as follows:

<PAGE>

         "(i) As of (x) the first Determination Date on which there are
    Receivables in the Trust or (y) the second Determination Date on which
    there are Receivables in the Trust immediately following a Trust Property
    Liquidation Date, or if no Trust Property Liquidation Date has occurred,
    the Closing Date, in case of the first such Determination Date, the Net
    Excess Spread Percentage as of the Accounting Date for the related Monthly
    Period and in the case of the second such Determination Date, the average
    of the Net Excess Spread Percentages for the two preceding Monthly Periods,
    calculated as of the Accounting Date of each such Monthly Period; and (ii)
    as of any subsequent Determination Date on which there are Receivables in
    the Trust, the average of the Net Excess Spread Percentages for the three
    preceding Monthly Periods during which there were Receivables in the
    Trust, calculated as of the Accounting Date of each such Monthly Period."

    (b)  The definition of "ELIGIBLE INTEREST RATE CAP AGREEMENT" in Section
1.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
following immediately after clause (ii) thereof:

         (iii) is purchased in a minimum notional amount of at least 
    $100,000,000;

    (c)  The definition of "ELIGIBLE INTEREST RATE CAP AGREEMENT" in Section 1.1
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby further amended by renumbering
clause (iii) as clause (iv), clause (iv) as clause (v), clause (v) as clause
(vi), clause (vi) as clause (vii), clause (vii) as clause (viii) and clause
(viii) as clause (ix).

    (d)  The definition of "REQUISITE AMOUNT" in Section 1.1 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

         "As of any Determination Date, (i) if no Trigger Event shall have
    occurred, and all previous Trigger Events shall have been Deemed Cured,
    4.0% of the sum of the Note Balance on such Determination Date PLUS the
    Certificate Balance on such Determination Date; and (ii) if a Trigger
    Event shall have occurred (and until such Trigger Event shall have been
    Deemed Cured), (x) if such Trigger Event is of the type described in clause
    (i) of the definition thereof, 1.0% of the Maximum Program Size PLUS 4.0%
    of the sum of the Note Balance on such Determination Date PLUS the
    Certificate Balance on such Determination Date, (y) if such Trigger Event
    is of the type described in clause (ii) of the definition thereof, 2.0% of
    the Maximum Program Size PLUS 4.0% of the sum of the Note Balance on such
    Determination Date PLUS the Certificate Balance on such Determination Date,
    and (z) if such Trigger Event is of the type described in clauses (iii) or
    (iv) of the definition thereof, an unlimited amount."

    (e)  The definition of "TRIGGER EVENT" in Section 1.1 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

                                     -2-
<PAGE>

         TRIGGER EVENT: As of any Determination Date, (i) if the Net 
    Excess Spread Percentage shall be less than 5.0% but equal to or 
    greater than 4.0%; (ii) if the Net Excess Spread Percentage shall be 
    less than 4.0% but equal to or greater than 3.0%; (iii) if the Net 
    Excess Spread Percentage shall be less than 3.0% and (iv) if the 
    Warehousing Loss Ratio shall exceed 0.75%.

    (f)  Section 1.1. of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby further
amended by adding the following defined terms and definitions:

         FINANCED REPOSSESSIONS: Receivables with respect to loans financing
    the purchase of Vehicles that were previously repossessed by or for the
    benefit of the Servicer.

         WAREHOUSING PERIOD: (i) The period beginning upon the first sale of
    Receivables to the Trust and ending on the day immediately preceding a
    Trust Property Liquidation Date on which all of the Receivables in the
    Trust are purchased and (ii) thereafter, any period beginning upon the
    first sale of Receivables to the Trust immediately following a Trust
    Property Liquidation Date on which all of the Receivables in the Trust are
    purchased and ending on the day immediately preceding a Trust Property
    Liquidation Date on which all of the Receivables in the Trust are
    purchased.

    SECTION 2.2. AMENDMENT TO SECTION 2.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

    (a)  Section 2.1(b)(1) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following subsection immediately following Section 
2.1(b)(1)(xv):

         (xvi) after giving effect to the conveyance of Receivables on such
    Transfer Date, the aggregate of the Principal Balances of Receivables
    attributable to loans classified as Financed Repossessions shall not exceed
    3.0% of the aggregate of the Principal Balances of all Receivables on such
    Transfer Date;

    (b) Section 2.1(b)(1) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
further amended by renumbering Section 2.1(b)(1)(xvi) as 
Section 2.1(b)(1)(xvii), by renumbering Section 2.1 (b)(1)(xvii) as 
Section 2.1(b)(1)(xviii) and by renumbering Section 2.l(b)(1)(xviii) as
Section 2.1(b)(1)(xix).

    (c)  Section 2.1(b)(1)(xvi) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended by deleting the reference to "1.0%" and substituting therefor "4.0%".

    (d)  Clause (D) of Section 2.1(c)(2)(ix) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

    (D) the Average Net Excess Spread Percentage shall be less than 4.0%;

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

    (e)  Section 2.1(c)(2) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby
amended by adding the following subsection immediately following 
Section 2.1(c)(2)(x):

        (xi) Any Warehousing Period exceeds 120 days.

    SECTION 2.3. AMENDMENT TO ARTICLE III OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT. 
Article III of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by adding the
following section immediately following Section 3.18:

         Section 3.19. MONTHLY REPORTS. The Servicer (if OFL is the Servicer)
    shall deliver to JPMD on or prior to the 20th of each month (or if the
    twentieth is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day), the
    "Internal Static Pool Analysis" with respect to the Receivables and OFL's
    "Credit Administration" report (together, the "MONTHLY REPORTS"), in each
    case with respect to the immediately preceding Monthly Period.  If JPMD
    does not receive the Monthly Reports in accordance with the preceding
    sentence, JPMD shall provide written notice of non-delivery thereof to the
    Servicer.

    SECTION 2.4. AMENDMENT TO SECTION 8.1 OF THE SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT. 
Section 8.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is hereby amended by
inserting the following immediately following the words "Servicer's Certificate"
in such section:

         "or failure by the Servicer (if OFL is the Servicer) to deliver to 
         JPMD the Monthly Reports required by SECTION 3.19 within 10 days of 
         receipt of the notice of non-delivery required under SECTION 3.19"

    SECTION 2.5. AMENDMENT TO SCHEDULE B TO SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.

    (a)  Clause 28(D)(i) of Schedule B is hereby amended (i) by deleting the
reference to "72" and substituting therefor "73" and (ii) by deleting the word
"and" at the end of such clause.

    (b)  Clause 28(D)(ii) of Schedule B is hereby amended by deleting the
reference to "40%" and substituting therefor "55%".

    (c)  Clause 28(D) is hereby amended by adding the following immediately
following clause (ii) thereof:

         "; and (iii) the aggregate of the Principal Balances of Receivables
         attributable to loans classified as Financed Repossessions shall not
         exceed 3.0% of the aggregate of the Principal Balances of all
         Receivables on such Transfer Date"

                                       -4-
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE III

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

    SECTION 3.1. COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed by the 
parties hereto in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be 
an original and all of which shall constitute together but one and the same 
agreement.  This Amendment shall become effective when: (1) the Servicer 
shall have received (a) counterparts hereof executed on behalf of the Issuer, 
the Seller and the Servicer, (b) the consents of the Backup Servicer, the 
Indenture Trustee and JPMD, as sole Certificateholder, and as Administrative 
Agent for Delaware Funding Corporation, the sole Noteholder, to the terms of 
this Amendment and (c) evidence of written notice to Standard & Poor's and 
Moody's of this Amendment and (2) OFL shall have caused the delivery to JPMD 
of an Opinion of Counsel with respect to truesale and non-substantive 
consolidation matters (or a bring-down of the Opinion of Counsel with respect 
to these matters delivered on the Closing Date) satisfactory to JPMD.

    SECTION 3.2. GOVERNING LAW; ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK.  This Amendment and the Sale and Servicing Agreement (and
all exhibits, annexes and schedules thereto) constitute the entire understanding
among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede
any prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

    SECTION 3.3. HEADINGS.  The various headings of this Amendment are inserted
for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this
Amendment or any provisions hereof or thereof.

    SECTION 3.4. SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS
AMENDED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and conditions
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  All
references to the Sale and Servicing Agreement in any other document or
instrument shall be deemed to mean the Sale and Servicing Agreement, as amended
by this Amendment.  This Amendment shall not constitute a novation of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment thereto.  The parties
hereto agree to be bound by the terms and obligations of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, as though the terms and obligations of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement were set forth herein.

                                       -5-
<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be
duly executed and delivered by their authorized officers, all as of the date and
year first above written.

                                       ISSUER:

                                       OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES 
                                       WAREHOUSE TRUST

                                       By WILMINGTON TRUST COMPANY, 
                                          not in its individual capacity but 
                                          solely as Owner Trustee

                                       By:
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


                                       SELLER:

                                       OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. II

                                       By:
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


                                       SERVICER:

                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,
                                         in its individual capacity and as
                                         Servicer

                                       By:
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

                                       -6-
<PAGE>

                                       AGREED AND CONSENTED:
 
                                       BACKUP SERVICER:

                                       NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                       ASSOCIATION, not in its individual 
                                       capacity but as Backup Servicer


                                       By:
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


                                       INDENTURE TRUSTEE:

                                       NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                       ASSOCIATION, not in its individual 
                                       capacity but as Indenture Trustee

                                       By:
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:


                                       MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW
                                       YORK, as sole Certificateholder, and as
                                       Administrative Agent for Delaware 
                                       Funding Corporation, as sole Noteholder

                                       By:
                                          ------------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

                                       -7-


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


              AGREEMENT TO INCREASE PURCHASE COMMITMENT AND CONSENT

                            dated as of June 12, 1996

                                   Relating to

                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                      among


                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                   as Seller,


                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                   as Servicer and in its individual capacity,


                          DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION
                                  as Purchaser,


                                       and


                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, 
           as Administrative Agent for the benefit of the DFC Owners,




<PAGE>

          THIS AGREEMENT dated as of June 12, 1996 (this "Agreement") is by and
among OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST, a Delaware business trust
(the "SELLER"), OLYMPIC FINANCIAL, LTD., a Minnesota corporation, as Servicer
and in its individual capacity ("OFL"), DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION (with its
respective successors and assigns, the "PURCHASER"), and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK (successor to J.P. Morgan Delaware), as Administrative
Agent, for the benefit of the DFC Owners (the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"), and
relates to the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 (as amended
from time to time, the "NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), by and among the parties
listed above.  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise
defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase
Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.05(b) of the Note Purchase Agreement,
the Seller may request in writing an increase in the Purchase Commitment and
such increase will become effective if the Purchaser and the Administrative
Agent agree thereto; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.06 of the Note Purchase Agreement, the
Seller agreed not to make any material amendment to the Trust Agreement, the
Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture without prior written consent of
the Purchaser; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.06 of the Note Purchase Agreement, OFL
agreed not to make any material amendment to the Sale and Servicing Agreement
without the prior written consent of the Purchasers; and

          WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Administrative Agent desire to agree to
the Seller's request for an increase in the Purchase Commitment, and to amend
the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Indenture.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements
contained herein, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.     INCREASE IN PURCHASE COMMITMENT.  The Purchaser and the
Administrative Agent agree to the increase of the Purchase Commitment from
$200,000,000 to $300,000,000.

          SECTION 2.  CONSENT TO AMENDMENT TO TRUST DOCUMENTS.  The Purchaser
hereby consents, pursuant to Sections 8.06 and 9.06 of the Note Purchase
Agreement, to the Amendment to Trust Agreement, Amendment to Sale and Servicing
Agreement and Supplemental Indenture of even date herewith, substantially in the
forms attached to this Amendment as Exhibit A.

                                       2



<PAGE>

          SECTION 3.  NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS
SUPPLEMENTED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and
conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
All references to the Note Purchase Agreement in any other document or
instrument shall be deemed to mean the Note Purchase Agreement, as supplemented
by this Agreement.  This Agreement shall not constitute a novation of the Note
Purchase Agreement, but shall constitute a supplement thereto.  The parties
hereto agree to be bound by the terms and obligations of the Note Purchase
Agreement, as supplemented by this Agreement, as though the terms and
obligations of the Note Purchase Agreement were set forth herein.

          SECTION 4.  EFFECTIVENESS.  This Agreement shall become effective as
of June 12, 1996, upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of (a) executed
counterparts of this Agreement; (b) an executed copy of the First Amendment to
DFC Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, evidencing the
increase in the commitment amounts of the DFC Purchasers; (c) an executed copy
of the Agreement to Increase Aggregate Purchase Commitments and Consent, dated
the date hereof, relating to the Certificate Purchase Agreement among the
Seller, OFL, the financial institution party thereto and Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York; and (d) confirmation by each of S&P and Moody's of the
then-current ratings of the Commercial Paper Notes.

          SECTION 4.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by separate parties hereto on separate counterparts,
each of which when executed shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 5.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                       3



<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date
first above written.

                                  OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE
                                  TRUST,
                                    as Seller

                                  By:  Wilmington Trust Company, not in its
                                       individual capacity but solely as Owner
                                       Trustee


                                  By:___________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:  


                                  OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                  By:___________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:  Treasurer


                                  DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION,
                                    as Purchaser

                                  By:  Morgan Guaranty Trust
                                       Company of New York,
                                       as attorney-in-fact for
                                       Delaware Funding Corporation


                                  By:___________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                    OF NEW YORK,
                                    as Administrative Agent


                                  By:___________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                       4



<PAGE>
                                                                  EXECUTION COPY






- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                          AGREEMENT TO EXTEND PURCHASE
                           COMMITMENT EXPIRATION DATE

                          dated as of December 20, 1996

                                   Relating to

                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                      among


                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                   as Seller,


                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                   as Servicer and in its individual capacity,


                          DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION
                                  as Purchaser,


                                       and


                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, 
           as Administrative Agent for the benefit of the DFC Owners,



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

          THIS AGREEMENT TO EXTEND PURCHASE COMMITMENT EXPIRATION DATE dated as
of December 20, 1996 (this "AGREEMENT") Relating to the Note Purchase Agreement
dated as of December 28, 1995 (as amended from time to time, the "NOTE PURCHASE
AGREEMENT") by and among OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST, a
Delaware business trust (the "SELLER"), OLYMPIC FINANCIAL, LTD., a Minnesota
corporation, as Servicer and in its individual capacity ("OFL"), DELAWARE
FUNDING CORPORATION (with its respective successors and assigns, the
"PURCHASER"), and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK (successor to J.P.
Morgan Delaware), as Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the DFC Owners
(the "ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT"), is by and among the parties listed above. 
Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined shall have
the meanings assigned to such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Note Purchase Agreement, the
parties to the Note Purchase Agreement are permitted to extend the Purchase
Commitment Expiration Date by mutual agreement in writing; and

          WHEREAS, the parties to the Note Purchase Agreement desire to extend
the Purchase Commitment Expiration Date.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements
contained herein, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  EXTENSION OF PURCHASE COMMITMENT EXPIRATION DATE.  The
parties hereto agree to extend the Purchase Commitment Expiration Date such that
clause (i) of the definition of "Purchase Commitment Expiration Date" now reads
"January 17, 1997.

          SECTION 2.  NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS 
SUPPLEMENTED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and 
conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and 
effect. All references to the Note Purchase Agreement in any other document 
or instrument shall be deemed to mean the Note Purchase Agreement, as 
supplemented by this Agreement.  This Agreement shall not constitute a 
novation of the Note Purchase Agreement, but shall constitute a supplement 
thereto.  The parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and obligations 
of the Note Purchase Agreement, as supplemented by this Amendment, as though 
the terms and obligations of the Note Purchase Agreement were set forth 
herein.

          SECTION 3.  EFFECTIVENESS.  This Agreement shall become effective 
as of December 20, 1996, upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of the 
following: (a) executed counterparts of this Agreement; (b) an executed copy 
of the Second Amendment and Consent Relating to DFC Asset Purchase Agreement, 
dated as of the date hereof, evidencing the extension of the commitment terms


<PAGE>

and the change of the commitment amounts of certain DFC Purchasers; (c) an 
executed copy of the First Amendment and Consent Relating to Certificate 
Purchase Agreement among the Seller, OFL, the "Purchasers" named therein and 
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York; (d) an Officer's Certificate from 
each of the Seller, OFL and ORFC II, each in form and substance reasonably 
acceptable to the Purchaser and its counsel, dated as of the date of this 
Agreement, to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties of the 
Seller, OFL and ORFC II in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Note 
Purchase Agreement, the Certificate Purchase Agreement, the Purchase 
Agreement and the Trust Agreement, as applicable, are true and correct as of 
the date hereof; (ii) OFL, the Seller and ORFC II are in compliance with 
their respective covenants in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Note 
Purchase Agreement, the Certificate Purchase Agreement, the Purchase 
Agreement and the Trust Agreement, as applicable, as of the date hereof; and 
(iii) no Note Purchase Termination Event or event which with the passage of 
time could become a Note Purchase Termination Event shall have occurred and 
be continuing as of the date hereof; and (e) confirmation by each of S&P and 
Moody's of the then-current ratings of the Commercial Paper Notes. 

          SECTION 4.  PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS.  This Agreement sets forth the
entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and
supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral.

          SECTION 5.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by separate parties hereto on separate counterparts,
each of which when executed shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 6.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.


                                       2

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date
first above written.

                                  OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                  WAREHOUSE TRUST,
                                    as Seller

                                  By:  Wilmington Trust Company,
                                       not in its individual
                                       capacity but solely as
                                       Owner Trustee


                                  By:  /s/ Denise M. Geran
                                     ________________________________
                                     Name:        DENISE M. GERAN
                                     Title:  Financial Services Officer


                                  OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                  By:  /s/ illegible
                                     __________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:  Treasurer


                                  DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION,
                                    as Purchaser

                                  By:  Morgan Guaranty Trust
                                       Company of New York,
                                       as attorney-in-fact for
                                       Delaware Funding Corporation


                                  By:  /s/ Richard A. Burke
                                     __________________________________
                                     Name:    RICHARD A. BURKE
                                     Title:    Vice President


                                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                    OF NEW YORK,
                                    as Administrative Agent


                                  By:  /s/ Richard A. Burke
                                     __________________________________
                                     Name:     RICHARD A. BURKE
                                     Title:     Vice President


                                       3


<PAGE>

                                                                EXECUTION COPY

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 FIRST AMENDMENT
                                   AND CONSENT

                          dated as of January 17, 1997

                                   Relating to

                             NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                      among


                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                   as Seller,


                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                   as Servicer and in its individual capacity,


                          DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION
                                  as Purchaser,


                                       and


                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, 
           as Administrative Agent for the benefit of the DFC Owners,

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

          THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND CONSENT dated as of January 17, 1997 (this 
"AMENDMENT") Relating to the Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 
1995 (as amended from time to time, the "NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT") by and 
among OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST, a Delaware business 
trust (the "SELLER"), OLYMPIC FINANCIAL, LTD., a Minnesota corporation, as 
Servicer and in its individual capacity ("OFL"), DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION 
(with its respective successors and assigns, the "PURCHASER"), and MORGAN 
GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK (successor to J.P. Morgan Delaware), as 
Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the DFC Owners (the "ADMINISTRATIVE 
AGENT"), is by and among the parties listed above.  Capitalized terms used in 
this Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to 
such terms in the Note Purchase Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 13.01 of the Note Purchase Agreement, 
the parties to the Note Purchase Agreement may agree in writing to amend such 
Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Note Purchase Agreement, 
the parties to the Note Purchase Agreement are permitted to extend the 
Purchase Commitment Expiration Date by mutual agreement in writing; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.05(a) of the Note Purchase 
Agreement, the Seller may reduce the unused Purchase Commitment and such 
reduction will become effective upon the Seller's providing the 
Administrative Agent with written notice of such reduction thereto; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.06 of the Note Purchase Agreement, 
the Seller agreed not to make any material amendment to the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement without prior written consent of the Purchaser; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.06 of the Note Purchase Agreement, 
OFL agreed not to make any material amendment to the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement or the Purchase Agreement without the prior written consent of the 
Purchaser; and

          WHEREAS, the parties to the Note Purchase Agreement desire to amend 
the Note Purchase Agreement in certain respects as provided herein, including 
by amending certain definitions, adding certain covenants and adding certain 
Note Purchase Termination Events; and

          WHEREAS, the parties to the Note Purchase Agreement desire to 
extend the Purchase Commitment Expiration Date by amending the related 
definition in the Note Purchase Agreement; and

<PAGE>

          WHEREAS, the Purchaser and the Administrative Agent desire to 
accept this Amendment as notice of the reduction of the amount of the 
Purchase Commitment; and

          WHEREAS, the Purchasers desire to consent to the amendments to the 
Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Purchase Agreement.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements 
contained herein, the parties to this Amendment agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  NEW DEFINITIONS.  The following new definitions are 
hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Note Purchase Agreement:

          "CAPITAL BASE" shall mean, at any date, OFL's Tangible Net Worth at
     such date.

          "CAPITAL BASE PROCEEDS," for any period, shall mean the proceeds
     received by OFL from any sale of equity securities during such period (net
     of direct, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such sale).

          "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following
     with respect to OFL:

          (a) (i) a majority of the directors of OFL shall be Persons other 
     than Persons (x) for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by 
     the board of directors of OFL or (y) who are then serving as directors
     appointed by the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board of
     directors caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill
     newly-created directorships or (ii) any person or group of persons (within
     the meaning of Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended) shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of
     Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under 
     said Act) of 50% or more in voting power of the outstanding voting stock 
     of OFL; or

          (b)  OFL shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the
     outstanding capital stock of ORFC II.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from
     time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
     Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public 
     Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting 
     Standards Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature 
     and authority within the U.S. accounting profession), which are 
     applicable to the circumstances as of the date of any determination.

                                        2

<PAGE>

          "NET INCOME" shall mean, for any period, OFL's after-tax net income
     for such period determined in accordance with GAAP but after deduction of
     dividend payments on OFL's Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred
     Stock (as described in OFL's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration
     Statement dated November 22, 1993).

          "NET WORTH" shall mean the total of all assets appearing on OFL's
     balance sheet after deducting all proper reserves (including reserves for
     depreciation, obsolescence and amortization) minus all liabilities of OFL,
     in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "PERMITTED ACQUISITION" shall mean the acquisition by OFL or any of
     its subsidiaries of any Person that is a going concern that satisfies the
     conditions specified in that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 11,
     1996, among OFL, the several institutions party thereto, Bank of America
     National Trust and Savings Association, as agent and First Bank National
     Association, as co-manager.

          "TANGIBLE NET WORTH" shall mean, at any time, OFL's Net Worth at such
     time, excluding the value of goodwill (other than goodwill arising from a
     Permitted Acquisition), trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents,
     licenses and similar intangibles but specifically including, all of OFL's
     Finance Income Receivables (calculated in a manner consistent with OFL's
     audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1995) as at such
     time.

          SECTION 2.  EXTENSION AND AMENDMENT OF PURCHASE COMMITMENT 
EXPIRATION DATE.  The parties hereto agree to extend the Purchase Commitment 
Expiration Date and to amend such definition.  The definition of "Purchase 
Commitment Expiration Date" is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "PURCHASE COMMITMENT EXPIRATION DATE" means the earliest of
     (i) December 19, 1997, (ii) June 30, 1997, but only if either (A) a
     "Purchase Commitment Expiration Date" occurs by reason of clause (ii) of
     such definition in the Certificate Purchase Agreement or (B) the 
     Purchaser, in its sole and absolute discretion, determines to terminate 
     its Purchase Commitment hereunder and so notifies the Seller and OFL in 
     writing on or before May 30, 1997, (iii) the date on which an event which 
     causes or might cause a Note Purchase Termination Event occurs, and (iv) 
     the date on which a Securitized Offering occurs; provided that the 
     Purchase Commitment Expiration Date may be extended from time to time in 
     accordance with Section 2.04 hereof.

          SECTION 3.  ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR INCREMENTAL PURCHASES. (a) 
Section 2.03(a)(ii) of the Note Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to read 
as follows:

                                     3

<PAGE>

          (ii) The Administrative Agent shall have received a completed Notice
     of Incremental Purchase by 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Business
     Day immediately preceding such Incremental Purchase Date (or if any such
     Notice is received after 2:00 p.m., the related Incremental Purchase shall
     occur on the second Business Day following such receipt);

          (b) Clause (vi) of Section 2.03(a) is hereby amended to include a 
reference to the Note Purchase Agreement and now reads as follows:

          (vi) The Seller, the Owner Trustee, the General Partner, OFL and ORFC
     II shall be in compliance with all of their respective covenants contained
     in the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase
     Agreement, each Assignment Agreement, each Transfer Agreement, the
     Indenture and this Note Purchase Agreement;

          SECTION 4.  DECREASE IN PURCHASE COMMITMENT.  In accordance with 
the provisions of Section 2.05(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement, the 
Purchaser and the Administrative Agent acknowledge that this Amendment 
constitutes notice of the reduction of the Purchase Commitment from 
$300,000,000 to $225,000,000.

          SECTION 5.  ADDITION OF NOTE PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENT.  The 
following event is added as a new clause (j) to Section 2.08 of the Note 
Purchase Agreement as an additional "Note Purchase Termination Event":

          (j) a Change of Control shall have occurred without the consent of 
     the Administrative Agent.

          SECTION 6.  ADDITIONAL OFL COVENANT.  The following new OFL 
covenant is added as new Section 9.07 to the Note Purchase Agreement and 
reads as follows:

          SECTION 9.07.  MINIMUM CAPITAL BASE.

          (a) OFL will not permit its consolidated Capital Base, on the last 
     day of its fiscal year, to be less than the sum of (i) its consolidated 
     Capital Base on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, 
     PLUS (ii) to the extent Net Income for such fiscal year is greater than 
     zero, Net Income for such fiscal year PLUS (iii) Capital Base Proceeds 
     for such fiscal year.

          (b) OFL will not permit its consolidated Capital Base, on the last 
     day of any fiscal quarter other than the last day of its fiscal year, to 
     be less than the sum (i) 95% of its consolidated Capital Base on the last 
     day of the immediately preceding fiscal year PLUS (ii) Capital Base 
     Proceeds since the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

                                     4

<PAGE>

          SECTION 7.  AMENDMENT TO NOTICE OF INCREMENTAL PURCHASE.  The 
Notice of Incremental Purchase, included as Exhibit D to the Note Purchase 
Agreement, is hereby amended and now reads as set forth in the Exhibit D 
attached to this Amendment.

          SECTION 8.  CONSENT TO AMENDMENT TO SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 
AND PURCHASE AGREEMENT.  The Purchaser hereby consents, pursuant to Sections 
8.06 and 9.06 of the Note Purchase Agreement, to Amendment No. 3 to Sale and 
Servicing Agreement and Amendment No. 3 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, 
each of even date herewith, substantially in the forms attached to this 
Amendment as Appendices A and B.

          SECTION 9.  NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS 
AMENDED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and 
conditions of the Note Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force and 
effect.  All references to the Note Purchase Agreement in any other document 
or instrument shall be deemed to mean the Note Purchase Agreement, as amended 
by this Amendment.  This Amendment shall not constitute a novation of the 
Note Purchase Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment thereto.  The 
parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and obligations of the Note 
Purchase Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, as though the terms and 
obligations of the Note Purchase Agreement were set forth herein.

          SECTION 10.  EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment shall become effective 
as of January 17, 1997, upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of the 
following: (a) executed counterparts of this Amendment; (b) an executed copy 
of the Third Amendment and Consent Relating to DFC Asset Purchase Agreement, 
dated as of the date hereof, evidencing the extension of the commitment terms 
and the reduction of the commitment amounts of the DFC Purchasers; (c) an 
executed copy of the Second Amendment and Consent Relating to Certificate 
Purchase Agreement among the Seller, OFL, the "Purchasers" named therein and 
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York; (d) executed counterparts of each 
of Amendment No. 3 to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Amendment No. 3 to 
Receivables Purchase Agreement, each dated as of the date hereof; (e) an 
Officer's Certificate from each of the Seller, OFL and ORFC II, each in form 
and substance reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser and its counsel, dated 
as of the date of this Amendment, to the effect that (i) the representations 
and warranties of the Seller, OFL and ORFC II in the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Certificate Purchase Agreement, 
the Purchase Agreement and the Trust Agreement, as applicable, are true and 
correct as of the date hereof; (ii) OFL, the Seller and ORFC II are in 
compliance with their respective covenants in the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Certificate Purchase Agreement, 
the Purchase Agreement and the Trust Agreement, as applicable, as of the date 
hereof; and (iii) no Note Purchase Termination Event or event which with the 
passage of time could become a Note Purchase Termination Event shall have 
occurred and be continuing 

                                       5

<PAGE>

as of the date hereof; (f) opinions of counsel to each of OFL, the Seller and 
ORFC II, dated as of the date hereof, to the effect that (i) as to OFL and 
ORFC II, this Amendment and the Amendments referenced in clauses (b) through 
(d) of this Section 13 have been duly authorized, executed and delivered and 
(ii) as to OFL, the Seller and ORFC II, such Amendments and the Agreements 
amended thereby are enforceable obligations of the Seller, OFL and ORFC II, 
as applicable; (g) an executed copy of the Amendment of DFC Fee Letter dated 
the date hereof; and (h) confirmation by each of S&P and Moody's of the 
then-current ratings of the Commercial Paper Notes.

          SECTION 11.  PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS.  This Amendment sets forth the 
entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, 
and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or 
oral.

          SECTION 12.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed in any 
number of counterparts and by separate parties hereto on separate 
counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed an original, but 
all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same 
instrument.

          SECTION 13.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY 
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                    6

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be 
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the 
date first above written.


                                  OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES 
                                  WAREHOUSE TRUST,
                                    as Seller

                                  By:  Wilmington Trust Company, not in its
                                       individual capacity but solely as Owner
                                       Trustee


                                  By:     /s/ [illegible]
                                     ____________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                  OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                  By:_____________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:  Treasurer


                                  DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION,
                                    as Purchaser

                                  By:  Morgan Guaranty Trust
                                       Company of New York,
                                       as attorney-in-fact for
                                       Delaware Funding Corporation


                                  By:______________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                    OF NEW YORK,
                                    as Administrative Agent


                                  By:______________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                      7

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT D
                                                                    to Note
                                                          Purchase Agreement

                                Form of Notice of
                  Incremental Purchase or Repayment/Redemption

                  Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-A
                             Variable Funding Notes

A.  Proposed Incremental Purchase or
    Repayment/Redemption Date:  __________

B.  Certificate Balance of Investor Certificates      $__________

C.  Outstanding Amount of Notes (prior to giving
    effect to Incremental Purchase or
    Repayment/Redemption, as applicable, on date
    hereof)                                           $__________

D.  Amount of requested Incremental Purchase
    (lesser of minimum amount of $__________ or
    remaining DFC Purchase Commitment)                $__________

E.  Repayment/Redemption Amount                       $__________

F.  Outstanding Amount of Notes (after giving
    effect to Incremental Purchase or
    Repayment/Redemption, as applicable, on date
    hereof)                                           $__________

G.  Facility Limit                                    $__________

H.  Remaining Facility Limit                          $__________

I.  Calculations (after giving effect to the
    conveyance of Receivables on the related
    Transfer Date)

       1.  The aggregate Principal Balance of
    Receivables with original maturities from 73
    to 84 months divided by the aggregate of the
    Principal Balances of all Receivables
    (maximum of 7.5%)                                   ____________%

       2.  The aggregate Principal Balance of
    Receivables attributable to loans originated
    under OFL's "Classic" program divided by the
    aggregate of the Principal Balances of all
    Receivables (maximum of 55%)                        ____________%

       3.  The aggregate Principal Balance of
    Receivables attributable to loans defined by
    OFL as "Financed Repossessions" divided by
    the aggregate of the Principal Balances of
    all Receivables (maximum of 3.0%)                   ____________%

       4.  Weighted Average Coupon of Receivables       ____________%

<PAGE>

       5.  Weighted Average Maturity of 
    Receivables                                         ____________%

J.  Certifications (applicable only with
    respect to an Incremental Purchase)

       1.  The information relating to the Receivables to be
    purchased by Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse
    Trust,  (the "Trust") and pledged to Norwest Bank
    Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (the "Indenture
    Trustee") under the Indenture dated as of December 28,
    1995, as amended (the "Indenture"), is true and correct.

       2.  The representations and warranties of Olympic
    Financial Ltd., ("OFL"), in the Sale and Servicing
    Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995, as amended (the
    "Sale and Servicing Agreement"), among the Trust, Olympic
    Receivables Financial Corp. II ("ORFC II"), OFL, in its
    individual capacity and as servicer of the Receivables, and
    Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, the
    Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 28, 1995, as
    amended, by and between OFL and ORFC II and the Note
    Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995, as
    amended (the "Note Purchase Agreement"), by and among the
    Trust, OFL, in its individual capacity and as servicer of
    the Receivables, Delaware Funding Corporation and Morgan
    Guaranty Trust Company of New York are true and correct in
    all material respects as of the date hereof.

       3.  The representations of the Trust in the Note Purchase
    Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as
    of the date hereof.

       4.  The representations of ORFC II in the Sale and
    Servicing Agreement are true and correct in all material
    respects as of the date hereof.

       5.  The Incremental Purchase Conditions specified in
    Section 2.03(a) of the Note Purchase Agreement have been
    satisfied and/or will be satisfied as of the applicable
    Incremental Purchase Date.

                              D-2

<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be 
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the 
date first above written.

      
                                       OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                       WAREHOUSE TRUST,
                                         as Seller


                                       By:  Wilmington Trust Company,
                                            not in its individual
                                            capacity but solely as
                                            Owner Trustee


                                       By: /s/ [illegible]
                                           ____________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:



                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                       By: 
                                           ____________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:  Treasurer


                                       DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION,
                                         as Purchaser


                                       By: Morgan Guaranty Trust
                                           Company of New York,
                                           as attorney-in-fact for
                                           Delaware Funding Corporation


                                       By: -------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


                                       MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                         OF NEW YORK,
                                         as Administrative Agent


                                       By: -------------------------------
                                           Name:
                                           Title:


                                         7


<PAGE>


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be 
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the 
date first above written.

                                    OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                    WAREHOUSE TRUST,
                                      as Seller

                                    By:  Wilmington Trust Company,
                                         not in its individual
                                         capacity but solely as
                                         Owner Trustee

                                    By:_________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                    OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                    By:/s/ Michael J. Sherman
                                       _________________________________
                                       Name: Michael J. Sherman
                                       Title: Treasurer

                                    DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION,
                                      as Purchaser

                                    By:  Morgan Guaranty Trust
                                         Company of New York,
                                         as attorney-in-fact for
                                         Delaware Funding Corporation

                                    By:_________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                    MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY 
                                      OF NEW YORK,
                                      as Administrative Agent

                                    By:_________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                         7

<PAGE>

     (i) The Collateral Agent, by the execution hereof, acknowledges receipt 
of the Pledged Shares on behalf of Financial Security.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this 
Pledge Agreement on the date first above written.

                                    OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                    By:_________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                    NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                    as Collateral Agent

                                    By:_________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                    FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                                    By: /s/ [illegible]
                                       _________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


<PAGE>

                                                                 EXECUTION COPY

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                                  AGREEMENT TO
               INCREASE AGGREGATE PURCHASE COMMITMENTS AND CONSENT

                            dated as of June 12, 1996

                                   Relating to

                         CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                      among


                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                   as Seller,


                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                   as Servicer and in its individual capacity,


                   THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS SIGNATORY HERETO
                                 as Purchasers,


                                       and


                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                           as Agent for the Purchasers



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

          THIS AGREEMENT dated as of June 12, 1996 (this "AGREEMENT") is by 
and among OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST, a Delaware business 
trust (the "SELLER"), OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., a Minnesota corporation, as 
Servicer (as defined below) and in its individual capacity ("OFL"), MORGAN 
GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK (successor to J.P. Morgan Delaware), as a 
purchaser (a "PURCHASER" or "MORGAN"), and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF 
NEW YORK (successor to J.P. Morgan Delaware), as agent for the benefit of the 
Purchasers from time to time (the "PURCHASERS' AGENT"), and relates to the 
Certificate Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 (as amended from 
time to time, the "CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), by and among the Seller, 
OFL, Morgan, as the sole Purchaser and the Purchasers' Agent.  Capitalized 
terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined shall have the 
meanings assigned to such terms in the Certificate Purchase Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.05(b) of the Certificate Purchase 
Agreement, the Seller may request in writing an increase in the aggregate of 
the Purchase Commitments and such increase will become effective if the 
Purchasers and the Purchasers' Agent agree thereto or if an additional 
Purchaser agrees to accept all or a portion of the increase in the aggregate 
Purchase Commitments; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.05 of the Certificate Purchase 
Agreement, the Seller agreed not to make any material amendment to the Trust 
Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture without the 
prior written consent of the Purchasers; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.05 of the Certificate Purchase 
Agreement, OFL agreed not to make any material amendment to the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement without the prior written consent of the Purchasers; and

          WHEREAS, Morgan is currently the sole Purchaser under the 
Certificate Purchase Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, Morgan and the Purchasers' Agent desire to agree to the 
Seller's request for an increase in the aggregate Purchase Commitments and to 
consent to the amendment of the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement and the Indenture.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements 
contained herein, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  INCREASE IN PURCHASE COMMITMENTS.  Morgan and the 
Purchasers' Agent agree to the increase of the aggregate of the Purchase 
Commitments from $19,800,000 to $29,700,000.  Following such increase, 
Morgan's Purchase Percentage will remain at 100% and its Purchase Commitment 
will be increased. Morgan


<PAGE>

will evidence its increased Purchase Commitment by executing a 
signature page to this Agreement.  Such signature page shall supersede the 
signature pages to the Certificate Purchase Agreement, and from and after the 
date of this Agreement, all references to the signature pages of the 
Certificate Purchase Agreement shall refer to the signature pages to this 
Agreement.

          SECTION 2.  CONSENT TO AMENDMENT TO TRUST DOCUMENTS.  The Purchaser 
hereby consents, pursuant to Section 8.05 and 8.06 of the Certificate 
Purchase Agreement, to the Amendment to Trust Agreement, Amendment to Sale 
and Servicing Agreement and Supplemental Indenture of even date herewith, 
substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit A.

          SECTION 3.  CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT 
AS SUPPLEMENTED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the terms and 
conditions of the Certificate Purchase Agreement shall remain in full force 
and effect.  All references to the Certificate Purchase Agreement in any 
other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean the Certificate Purchase 
Agreement, as supplemented by this Agreement.  This Agreement shall not 
constitute a novation of the Certificate Purchase Agreement, but shall 
constitute a supplement thereto.  The parties hereto agree to be bound by the 
terms and obligations of the Certificate Purchase Agreement, as supplemented 
by this Agreement, as though the terms and obligations of the Certificate 
Purchase Agreement were set forth herein.

          SECTION 4.  EFFECTIVENESS.  This Agreement shall become effective 
as of June 12, 1996.

          SECTION 5.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any 
number of counterparts and by separate parties hereto on separate 
counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed an original, but 
all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same 
instrument.

          SECTION 6.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND 
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                               2

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be 
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the 
date first above written.

                                  OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                    WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                    as Seller

                                  By:  Wilmington Trust Company, not in its
                                       individual capacity but solely as Owner
                                       Trustee


                                  By:___________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:  


                                  OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., as
                                    Servicer and in its
                                    individual capacity


                                  By:___________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:  Treasurer


                                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                    OF NEW YORK, as Purchaser


Purchase                          By:___________________________
  Commitment: $29,700,000            Name:
Purchase Percentage: 100%            Title:  


                                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                    OF NEW YORK, as Purchasers'
                                    Agent


                                  By:___________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                               3


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY
                                                                                









                                 FIRST AMENDMENT
                                   AND CONSENT

                          dated as of December 20, 1996

                                   Relating to

                         CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                      among


                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                   as Seller,


                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                   as Servicer and in its individual capacity,


                          THE PARTIES SIGNATORY HERETO
                                 as Purchasers,


                                       and


                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                           as Agent for the Purchasers



<PAGE>

          THIS FIRST AMENDMENT AND CONSENT dated as of December 20, 1996 (this
"AMENDMENT") Relating to the Certificate Purchase Agreement dated as of December
28, 1995 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "CERTIFICATE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), by and among OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE
TRUST, a Delaware business trust (the "SELLER"), OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., a
Minnesota corporation, as Servicer (as defined below) and in its individual
capacity ("OFL"), MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK (successor to J.P.
MORGAN DELAWARE) ("MGT"), and Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II ("ORFC II")
(each of MGT and ORFC II, a "PURCHASER" and together, the "PURCHASERS"), and
MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK, as agent for the benefit of the
Purchasers (the "PURCHASERS' AGENT"), is by and among the parties listed above. 
Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have
the meanings assigned to such terms in the Certificate Purchase Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 13.01 of the Certificate Purchase
Agreement, the parties to such Agreement are authorized to amend the Certificate
Purchase Agreement in a written amendment signed by all parties thereto; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Certificate Purchase
Agreement, the parties may agree in writing to the extension of the Purchase
Commitment Expiration Date; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Certificate Purchase Agreement, only
"financial institutions" are permitted to become "Purchasers" thereunder; and

          WHEREAS, MGT is currently the sole Purchaser under the Certificate
Purchase Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, ORFC II has agreed to become a Purchaser under the
Certificate Purchase Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, the parties to the Certificate Purchase Agreement desire to
amend the definition of "Purchaser" therein in order to permit ORFC II to become
a Purchaser; and

          WHEREAS, the parties to the Certificate Purchase Agreement desire to
extend the Purchase Commitment Expiration Date by amending the related
definition in the Certificate Purchase Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, due to the addition of ORFC II as a Purchaser under the
Certificate Purchase Agreement, the Purchase Commitments and Purchaser
Percentages will be affected as evidenced herein.

<PAGE>

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements
contained herein, the parties to this Amendment agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  AMENDMENT OF DEFINITION OF PURCHASER.  (a) The first
paragraph of the Certificate Purchase Agreement is amended by deleting the words
"each FINANCIAL INSTITUTION which has executed a signature page thereto or an
Assignment of Purchase Commitment in the form of Exhibit A hereto (each a
"PURCHASER" and together, the "PURCHASERS")" and inserting in its place the
phrase "each PURCHASER (as defined below)."

          (b) A new definition of "Purchaser" is added to Section 1.01 of the
Certificate Purchase Agreement and reads as follows:

          "PURCHASER" means ORFC II or any financial institution which has
     executed a signature page to this Agreement or an Assignment of Purchase
     Commitment in the form of Exhibit A hereto, or the successors or assigns of
     any of the above.

          SECTION 2.  ADDITIONAL PURCHASER; EVIDENCE OF PURCHASE COMMITMENTS AND
PURCHASE PERCENTAGES.  ORFC II hereby agrees to become a Purchaser under the
Certificate Purchase Agreement.  Following the addition of ORFC II as a
Purchaser, MGT's Purchase Percentage and Purchase Commitment will be revised. 
The Purchasers will evidence their respective Purchase Commitments and Purchase
Percentages by executing signature pages to this Amendment.  Such signature
pages shall supersede the signature pages to the Certificate Purchase Agreement,
and from and after the date of this Amendment, all references to the signature
pages of the Certificate Purchase Agreement shall refer to the signature pages
to this Amendment.

          SECTION 3.  EXTENSION AND AMENDMENT OF PURCHASE COMMITMENT EXPIRATION
DATE.  The parties hereto agree to extend the Purchase Commitment Expiration
Date and to amend such definition.  The definition of "Purchase Commitment
Expiration Date" in Section 1.01 of the Certificate Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended to read as follows:

          "PURCHASE COMMITMENT EXPIRATION DATE" means the earliest of
     (i) January 17, 1997, (ii) the date on which an event which causes or might
     cause a Certificate Purchase Termination Event occurs, and (iii) the date
     on which a Securitized Offering occurs; provided that the Purchase
     Commitment Expiration Date may be extended from time to time in accordance
     with Section 2.04 hereof.

          SECTION 4.  CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS
AMENDED AND SUPPLEMENTED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the
terms and conditions of the Certificate Purchase Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect.  All references to the Certificate Purchase Agreement in any
other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean the Certificate Purchase
Agreement, as amended and supplemented by

                                      -2-


<PAGE>

this Amendment.  This Amendment shall not constitute a novation of the
Certificate Purchase Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment and
supplement thereto.  The parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and
obligations of the Certificate Purchase Agreement, as supplemented by this
Amendment, as though the terms and obligations of the Certificate Purchase
Agreement were set forth herein.

          SECTION 5.  EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment shall become effective as
of December 20, 1996 upon receipt by the Purchasers' Agent of (i) counterparts
of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, (ii) notice that
the conditions to effectiveness of the Agreement to Extend Purchase Commitment
Expiration Date Relating to Note Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof have
been satisfied and (iii) confirmation by each of S&P and Moody's of the then-
current ratings of the Commercial Paper Notes.

          SECTION 6.  PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS.  This Amendment sets forth the
entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and
supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral.

          SECTION 7.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by separate parties hereto on separate counterparts,
each of which when executed shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 8.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                      -3-

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date
first above written.

                                  OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                    WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                    as Seller


                                  By:/s/ Mike Sherman
                                     -----------------------------------
                                     Name:  Mike Sherman
                                     Title:  Treasurer


                                  OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., as
                                    Servicer and in its
                                    individual capacity


                                  By:/s/ Mike Sherman
                                     -----------------------------------
                                     Name:  Mike Sherman
                                     Title:  Treasurer


                                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                    OF NEW YORK, as a
                                    Purchaser


                                  By:/s/ Richard A. Burke
Purchase                             -----------------------------------
  Commitment: $14,850,000            Name:  Richard A. Burke
Purchase Percentage: 50%             Title:  Vice President


                                  OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE
                                    CORP. II, as a Purchaser


                                  By:/s/ illegible
Purchase                             -----------------------------------
  Commitment: $14,850,000            Name:
Purchase Percentage: 50%             Title:


                                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                    OF NEW YORK,
                                    as Purchasers' Agent


                                  By:/s/ Richard A. Burke
                                     -----------------------------------
                                     Name:  Richard A. Burke
                                     Title:  Vice President

                                      -4-



<PAGE>
                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                SECOND AMENDMENT
                                   AND CONSENT

                          dated as of January 17, 1997

                                   Relating to

                         CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                                      among


                 OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                   as Seller,

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                   as Servicer and in its individual capacity,

                          THE PARTIES SIGNATORY HERETO
                                 as Purchasers,


                                       and


                   MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
                           as Agent for the Purchasers


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>


          THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND CONSENT dated as of January 17, 1997 (this
"AMENDMENT") Relating to the Certificate Purchase Agreement dated as of December
28, 1995 and amended as of December 20, 1996 (as amended and supplemented from
time to time, the "CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), by and among OLYMPIC
AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST, a Delaware business trust (the
"SELLER"), OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., a Minnesota corporation, as Servicer (as
defined below) and in its individual capacity ("OFL"), MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST
COMPANY OF NEW YORK (successor to J.P. MORGAN DELAWARE) ("MGT"), and Olympic
Receivables Finance Corp. II ("ORFC II") (each of MGT and ORFC II, a "PURCHASER"
and together, the "PURCHASERS"), and MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY OF NEW YORK,
as agent for the benefit of the Purchasers (the "PURCHASERS' AGENT"), is by and
among the parties listed above.  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and
not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the
Certificate Purchase Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 13.01 of the Certificate Purchase
Agreement, the parties to such Agreement are authorized to amend the Certificate
Purchase Agreement in a written amendment signed by all parties thereto; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Certificate Purchase
Agreement, the parties may agree in writing to the extension of the Purchase
Commitment Expiration Date; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.05(a) of the Certificate Purchase
Agreement, the Seller may notify the Purchasers' Agent in writing of the
Seller's determination to reduce the aggregate of the Purchase Commitments, such
reduction to become effective in the manner provided in the Certificate Purchase
Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 8.05 of the Certificate Purchase
Agreement, the Seller agreed not to make any material amendment to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement without the prior written consent of the Purchasers; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.05 of the Certificate Purchase
Agreement, OFL agreed not to make any material amendment to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement or the Purchase Agreement without the prior written consent
of the Purchasers; and

          WHEREAS, the parties to the Certificate Purchase Agreement desire to
further amend the Certificate Purchase Agreement to, among other things, change
certain of the Incremental Purchase Conditions, add certain covenants and change
certain rates and fees; and

          WHEREAS, the parties to the Certificate Purchase Agreement desire to
extend the Purchase Commitment Expiration Date by amending the related
definition in the Certificate Purchase Agreement; and





<PAGE>


          WHEREAS, MGT and the Purchasers' Agent desire to accept this Amendment
as the Seller's notice of reduction of the aggregate Purchase Commitments; and

          WHEREAS, due to the reduction of the Purchase Commitments, the
Purchase Commitments will be affected as evidenced herein; and

          WHEREAS, the Purchasers and the Purchasers' Agent desire to consent to
amendment of the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the Purchase Agreement.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements
contained herein, the parties to this Amendment agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  NEW DEFINITIONS.  The following new 
definitions are hereby added to Section 1.01 of the Certificate 
Purchase Agreement:

          "CAPITAL BASE" shall mean, at any date, OFL's Tangible 
      Net Worth at such date.

          "CAPITAL BASE PROCEEDS," for any period, shall mean the proceeds
     received by OFL from any sale of equity securities during such period (net
     of direct, out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such sale).

          "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following
     with respect to OFL:

          (a) (i) a majority of the directors of OFL shall be Persons other than
     Persons (x) for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the
     board of directors of OFL or (y) who are then serving as directors
     appointed by the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board of
     directors caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill
     newly-created directorships or (ii) any person or group of persons (within
     the meaning of Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended) shall have acquired beneficial ownership (within the meaning of
     Rule 13d-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said
     Act) of 50% or more in voting power of the outstanding voting stock of OFL;
     or

          (b)  OFL shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, 100% of the
     outstanding capital stock of ORFC II.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth from
     time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
     Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
     and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards
     Board (or agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and
     authority within the U.S. accounting 

                                           2


<PAGE>

     profession), which are applicable to
     the circumstances as of the date of any determination.

          "NET INCOME" shall mean, for any period, OFL's after-tax net income
     for such period determined in accordance with GAAP but after deduction of
     dividend payments on OFL's Cumulative Convertible Exchangeable Preferred
     Stock (as described in OFL's Amendment No. 3 to Form S-1 Registration
     Statement dated November 22, 1993).

          "NET WORTH" shall mean the total of all assets appearing on OFL's
     balance sheet after deducting all proper reserves (including reserves for
     depreciation, obsolescence and amortization) minus all liabilities of OFL,
     in each case determined in accordance with GAAP.

          "PERMITTED ACQUISITION" shall mean the acquisition by OFL or any of
     its subsidiaries of any Person that is a going concern that satisfies the
     conditions specified in that certain Credit Agreement dated as of July 11,
     1996, among OFL, the several institutions party thereto, Bank of America
     National Trust and Savings Association, as agent and First Bank National
     Association, as co-manager.

          "TANGIBLE NET WORTH" shall mean, at any time, OFL's Net Worth at such
     time, excluding the value of goodwill (other than goodwill arising from a
     Permitted Acquisition), trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents,
     licenses and similar intangibles but specifically including, all of OFL's
     Finance Income Receivables (calculated in a manner consistent with OFL's
     audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 1995) as at such
     time.

          SECTION 2.  INCREASE IN EURODOLLAR RATE UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. 
The parties hereto agree to increase the Eurodollar Rate if and for so long as
any Warehousing Period (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement) exceeds
90 days and accordingly the definition of "Eurodollar Rate" in Section 1.01 of
the Certificate Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

          "EURODOLLAR RATE" shall mean, with respect to any Certificate Funding
     Period, a rate per annum equal to Adjusted LIBOR for such Certificate
     Funding Period plus either (i) 0.55% of one percent per annum or (ii) if
     and for so long as any Warehousing Period exceeds 90 days, 0.80% of one
     percent per annum.  Each determination of the Eurodollar Rate shall be
     calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days.

          SECTION 3.  EXTENSION AND AMENDMENT OF PURCHASE COMMITMENT EXPIRATION
DATE.  The parties hereto agree to extend the Purchase Commitment Expiration
Date and to amend such 
definition.  The definition of "Purchase Commitment Expiration 

                                           3


<PAGE>


Date" in Section 1.01 of the Certificate Purchase Agreement is hereby
amended to read as follows:

          "PURCHASE COMMITMENT EXPIRATION DATE" means the earliest of
     (i) December 19, 1997, (ii) June 30, 1997, but only if any Purchaser, in
     its sole and absolute discretion, determines to terminate its Purchase
     Commitment hereunder and so notifies the Seller, OFL and the Purchasers'
     Agent in writing on or before May 30, 1997 and such terminating Purchaser's
     Purchase Commitment is not accepted by another existing or new Purchaser or
     Purchasers, (iii) the date on which an event which causes or might cause a
     Certificate Purchase Termination Event occurs, and (iv) the date on which a
     Securitized Offering occurs; provided that the Purchase Commitment
     Expiration Date may be extended from time to time in accordance with
     Section 2.04 hereof.

          SECTION 4.  ADDITIONAL INCREMENTAL PURCHASE CONDITIONS.  (a) Clause
(ii) of Section 2.03(a) of the Certificate Purchase Agreement is hereby amended
to read as follows:

          (ii) The Purchasers' Agent shall have received a completed Notice of
     Incremental Purchase by 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third LIBOR
     Business Day before such Incremental Purchase Date (if any such Notice is
     received after 2:00 p.m., the related Incremental Purchase shall occur on
     the fourth LIBOR Business Day following such receipt);

          (b) Clause (vi) of Section 2.03(a) is hereby amended to include a
reference to the Certificate Purchase Agreement and now reads as follows:

          (vi) The Seller, the Owner Trustee, the General Partner, OFL and ORFC
     II shall be in compliance with all of their respective covenants contained
     in the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase
     Agreement, each Assignment Agreement, each Transfer Agreement, the
     Indenture and this Certificate Purchase Agreement;

          SECTION 5.  CHANGE IN AMOUNT OF INCREMENTAL PURCHASE.  Section 2.03(b)
of the Certificate Purchase Agreement is hereby amended to require that each
Incremental Purchase be made in the amount of the aggregate unused Purchase
Commitments under the Certificate Purchase Agreement and now reads as follows:

          (b) Each Incremental Purchase shall be requested in the amount equal
     to the aggregate of the unused Purchase Commitments hereunder and the
     initial Funding Rate on the Investor Certificates purchased on each such
     Incremental Purchase Date shall be based on the Euro-Dollar Rate.

          SECTION 6.  DECREASE IN PURCHASE COMMITMENTS.  In accordance with the
provisions of Section 2.05(a) of the Certificate Purchase Agreement, the
Purchasers and the 

                                           4



<PAGE>


Purchasers' Agent acknowledge notice of the reduction in the
aggregate of the Purchase Commitments from $29,700,000 to $22,275,000. 
Following such reduction, the Purchasers' Purchase Percentage will remain
unchanged, and the Purchase Commitments will be revised proportionately.  The
Purchasers will evidence their respective Purchase Commitments and Purchase
Percentages by executing signature pages to this Amendment.  Such signature
pages shall supersede the signature pages to the Certificate Purchase Agreement,
and from and after the date of this Amendment, all references to the signature
pages of the Certificate Purchase Agreement shall refer to the signature pages
to this Amendment.

          SECTION 7.  ADDITION OF CERTIFICATE PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENT.  The
following event is added as a new clause (g) to Section 2.07 of the Certificate
Purchase Agreement as an additional "Certificate Purchase Termination Event":

          (g) a Change of Control shall have occurred without the consent of the
     Purchasers' Agent.

          SECTION 8.  ADDITIONAL OFL COVENANTS.  The following new OFL covenant
is added as new Section 9.06 to the Certificate Purchase Agreement and reads as
follows:

          SECTION 9.06.  MINIMUM CAPITAL BASE.

          (a) OFL will not permit its consolidated Capital Base, on the last day
     of its fiscal year, to be less than the sum of (i) its consolidated Capital
     Base on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, PLUS (ii) to
     the extent Net Income for such fiscal year is greater than zero, Net Income
     for such fiscal year PLUS (iii) Capital Base Proceeds for such fiscal year.

          (b) OFL will not permit its consolidated Capital Base, on the last day
     of any fiscal quarter other than the last day of its fiscal year, to be
     less than the sum (i) 95% of its consolidated Capital Base on the last day
     of the immediately preceding fiscal year PLUS (ii) Capital Base Proceeds
     since the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year.

          SECTION 9.  INCREASE IN PURCHASE AVAILABILITY FEE UNDER CERTAIN
CIRCUMSTANCES.  The parties hereto agree to increase the Purchase Availability
Fee if and for so long as any Warehousing Period (as defined in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement) exceeds 90 days and accordingly, Section 10.02(b) of the
Certificate Purchase Agreement is amended to read as follows:

          (b)  OFL shall pay to each Purchaser a Purchase Availability Fee,
     payable quarterly in arrears, on the last day of each calendar quarter
     during the period such Purchaser has a Purchase Commitment under this
     Certificate Purchase Agreement and on the Purchase Commitment Expiration

                                           5



<PAGE>


     Date, as the same may be extended from time to time.  The Purchase
     Availability Fee for each Purchaser shall be a per annum fee equal to such
     Purchaser's average daily unused Purchase Commitment multiplied by either
     (i) .35% per annum or (ii) if and for so long as any Warehousing Period
     exceeds 90 days, .45% per annum.

          SECTION 10.  AMENDMENT TO NOTICE OF INCREMENTAL PURCHASE.  The Notice
of Incremental Purchase, included as Exhibit C to the Certificate Purchase
Agreement, is hereby amended and now reads as set forth in the Exhibit C
attached to this Amendment.

          SECTION 11.  CONSENT TO AMENDMENT TO SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT AND
PURCHASE AGREEMENT.  The Purchasers hereby consent, pursuant to Section 8.05 and
9.05 of the Certificate Purchase Agreement, to the Amendment No. 3 to Sale and
Servicing Agreement and Amendment No. 3 to Receivables Purchase Agreement, each
of even date herewith, substantially in the forms attached hereto as Appendices
A and B.

          SECTION 12.  CERTIFICATE PURCHASE AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT
AS AMENDED AND SUPPLEMENTED.  Except as specifically stated herein, all of the
terms and conditions of the Certificate Purchase Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect.  All references to the Certificate Purchase Agreement in any
other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean the Certificate Purchase
Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Amendment.  This Amendment shall
not constitute a novation of the Certificate Purchase Agreement, but shall
constitute an amendment and supplement thereto.  The parties hereto agree to be
bound by the terms and obligations of the Certificate Purchase Agreement, as
supplemented by this Amendment, as though the terms and obligations of the
Certificate Purchase Agreement were set forth herein.

          SECTION 13.  EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment shall become effective as
of January 17, 1997 upon receipt by the Purchasers' Agent of (i) counterparts of
this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties hereto, (ii) notice that
the conditions to effectiveness of the First Amendment and Consent Relating to
Note Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof have been satisfied and
(iii) confirmation by each of S&P and Moody's of the then-current ratings of the
Commercial Paper Notes.

          SECTION 14.  PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS.  This Amendment sets forth the
entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and
supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral.

          SECTION 15.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by separate parties hereto on separate counterparts,
each of which when executed shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

                                           6


<PAGE>


          SECTION 16.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                           7


<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date
first above written.

                                  OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                    WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                    as Seller
                                  By:   Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner
                                        Trustee


                                  By:/s/ illegible
                                     ----------------------------
                                     Name: Authorized Officer


                                  OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., as
                                    Servicer and in its
                                    individual capacity


                                  By:/s/ Michael J. Sherman
                                     ----------------------------
                                     Name: Michael J. Sherman
                                     Title:  Treasurer


                                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                    OF NEW YORK, as a
                                    Purchaser


Purchase                          By:/s/ Richard A. Burke
  Commitment: $11,137,500            ----------------------------
Purchase Percentage: 50%             Name: Richard A. Burke
                                     Title: Vice President

                                  OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE
                                    CORP. II, as a Purchaser


Purchase                          By:/s/ John A. Witham
  Commitment: $11,137,500            ----------------------------
Purchase Percentage: 50%             Name: John A. Witham
                                     Title: Senior Vice President
                                            & Chief Financial Officer

                                  MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                    OF NEW YORK,
                                    as Purchasers' Agent


                                  By:/s/ Richard A. Burke
                                     ----------------------------
                                     Name: Richard A. Burke
                                     Title: Vice President


                                           8



<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT C
                                                                 to Certificate
                                                             Purchase Agreement

                                Form of Notice of
                  Incremental Purchase or Repayment/Redemption

                 Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                          Variable Funding Certificates

A.  Proposed Incremental Purchase or 
    Repayment/Redemption Date:  __________

B.  Certificate Balance of Investor Certificates
    (prior to giving effect to Incremental
    Purchase or Repayment/Redemption, as
    applicable, on date hereof)                                     $__________

C.  Amount of requested Incremental Purchase
    (amount of remaining aggregate Purchase
    Commitments)                                                    $__________

D.  Repayment/Redemption Amount                                     $__________
 
E.  Certificate Balance of Investor Certificates
    (after giving effect to Incremental Purchase
    or Repayment/Redemption, as applicable, on
    date hereof)                                                    $__________

F.  Facility Limit                                                  $__________

G.  Remaining Facility Limit                                        $__________

H.  Calculations (after giving effect to the
    conveyance of Receivables on the related
    Transfer Date)

      1.  The aggregate Principal Balance of
    Receivables with original maturities from 73
    to 84 months divided by the aggregate of the
    Principal Balances of all Receivables (maximum
    of 7.5%)                                                        __________%

      2.  The aggregate Principal Balance of
    Receivables attributable to loans originated
    under OFL's "Classic" program divided by the
    aggregate of the Principal Balances of all
    Receivables (maximum of 55%)                                    __________%

      3.  The aggregate Principal Balance of
    Receivables attributable to loans defined by
    OFL as "Financed Repossessions" divided by the
    aggregate of the Principal Balances of all
    Receivables (maximum of 3.0%)                                   __________%

     4.  Weighted Average Coupon of Receivables                     __________%

     5.  Weighted Average Maturity of Receivables                   __________%


<PAGE>


I. Certifications (applicable only with respect
   to an Incremental Purchase)

     1.  The information relating to the Receivables to be
   purchased by Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
   (the "Trust") and pledged to Norwest Bank Minnesota,
   National Association, as trustee (the "Indenture Trustee")
   under the Indenture dated as of December 28, 1995, as
   amended (the "Indenture"), is true and correct.

     2.  The representations and warranties of Olympic
   Financial Ltd. ("OFL") in the Sale and Servicing Agreement
   dated as of December 28, 1995, as amended (the "Sale and
   Servicing Agreement"), among the Trust, Olympic Receivables
   Financial Corp. ("ORFC II"), OFL, in its individual
   capacity and as servicer of the Receivables, and Norwest
   Bank Minnesota, National Association, the Receivables
   Purchase Agreement dated December 28, 1995, as amended, by
   and between OFL and ORFC II and the Certificate Purchase
   Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995, as amended (the
   "Certificate Purchase Agreement"), by and among the Trust,
   OFL, in its individual capacity and as servicer of the
   Receivables, the financial institutions which executed
   signature pages thereto and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company
   of New York are true and correct in all material respects
   as of the date hereof.

     3.  The representations of the Trust in the Certificate
   Purchase Agreement are true and correct in all material
   respects as of the date hereof.

     4.  The representations of ORFC II in the Sale and
   Servicing Agreement are true and correct in all material
   respects as of the date hereof.

                                          C-2


<PAGE>

     5.  The Incremental Purchase Conditions specified in
   Section 2.03(a) of the Certificate Purchase Agreement have
   been satisfied and/or will be satisfied as of the
   applicable Incremental Purchase Date.


                                  OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES WAREHOUSE TRUST
                                  By:   Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner
                                        Trustee


                                  By: ________________________
                                        Authorized Officer


                                  OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                  By: ________________________
                                        Authorized Officer

Date: ____________________


                                          C-3

<PAGE>


                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of December 28, 1995


          J.P. MORGAN DELAWARE, as purchaser agent (in such capacity, the
"AGENT"), and as agent for the purchasers of the Purchased Note (hereinafter
defined) (in such capacity, for the benefit of Delaware Funding Corporation and
the purchasers hereunder, as their interests may appear, the "ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT"), and each of the parties (each an "APA PURCHASER") who has executed a
signature page to this Asset Purchase Agreement (this "ASSET PURCHASE
AGREEMENT") or an Assignment of Purchase Commitment in the form of Exhibit A
hereto agree as follows:

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS Olympic Financial Ltd. ("OFL"), as seller, and Olympic
Receivables Financial Corp. II ("ORFC II"), as buyer, have entered into a
Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment dated as of December 28, 1995 (the
"PURCHASE AGREEMENT") and will from time to time enter into assignment
agreements providing for the sale and assignment by OFL to ORFC II of a pool of
specified Receivables;

          WHEREAS ORFC II, as seller, and Olympic Automobile Receivables
Warehouse Trust (the "TRUST"), as buyer, have entered into a Sale and Servicing
Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 (the "SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT")
with OFL, in its individual capacity and as Servicer, and Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association, as Backup Servicer, and will from time to time
enter into transfer agreements providing for the sale and assignment by ORFC II
to the Trust of a pool of Specified Receivables;

          WHEREAS the Trust has entered into an Indenture dated as of December
28, 1995 (the "INDENTURE") with Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
trustee (the "INDENTURE TRUSTEE"), providing for the issuance of the Variable
Funding Notes (the "NOTES");

          WHEREAS the Administrative Agent, Delaware Funding Corporation
("DFC"), OFL, in its individual capacity and as Servicer, and the Trust have
entered into a Note Purchase Agreement dated as of December 28, 1995 (the "NOTE
PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), pursuant to which DFC through the Administrative Agent, as
agent for DFC, has purchased the Notes and has agreed to fund, from time to
time, increases in the principal balance (the "OUTSTANDING AMOUNT") of the Notes
(each, an "INCREMENTAL PURCHASE") (the "PURCHASED NOTE" or "PURCHASED
INTEREST");

          WHEREAS DFC may from time to time sell undivided percentage interests
in the Purchased Note ("PERCENTAGE INTERESTS") to the APA Purchasers;

<PAGE>

          WHEREAS each APA Purchaser has agreed to purchase Percentage Interests
that from time to time may be offered for sale by the Administrative Agent on
behalf of DFC during the term of its Purchase Commitment (as defined below)
under this Asset Purchase Agreement;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein
contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          1.   DEFINITIONS.  Unless otherwise defined herein, the terms defined
in the Indenture, the Trust Agreement or Note Purchase Agreement, as applicable,
are used herein as therein defined.

          2.   PURCHASE OF PERCENTAGE INTERESTS.

          (a)  An APA Purchaser shall become a party hereto (i) by executing 
and delivering to the Agent a counterpart of the signature page to this Asset 
Purchase Agreement or (ii) in accordance with the procedures set forth in 
Section 9 hereof.  Thereupon, upon approval of such proposed APA Purchaser by 
the Transferor in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(b)(2) and 
acceptance and recording by the Agent in the Register (defined below), such 
APA Purchaser shall become a party to this Asset Purchase Agreement from and 
after the effective date set forth on such signature page.  APA Purchasers 
may become parties hereto at different times and from time to time in 
accordance with the foregoing procedure.  The signature page shall set forth 
the initial undivided percentage (such initial percentage, as it may be 
changed from time to time, the "PERCENTAGE") interest in the Purchased Note 
that an APA Purchaser has agreed to purchase hereunder, the maximum 
Outstanding Amount of the Percentage Interest in the Purchased Note that an 
APA Purchaser is obligated to purchase hereunder plus accrued and unpaid 
interest on the Purchased Note (the "MAXIMUM PURCHASE"), the effective date 
of the purchase commitment and the expiration date of the purchase commitment 
(the "PURCHASE TERMINATION DATE").  No Downgraded Purchaser (as defined 
below) shall be permitted to extend its Purchase Termination Date. In the 
event that any APA Purchaser desires to extend its Purchase Termination Date 
for a Maximum Purchase amount that is less than the amount of its Maximum 
Purchase prior to DFC's request for an extension of the Purchase Termination 
Date, DFC, in its sole and absolute discretion, may accept such extension; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such APA Purchaser shall be deemed to be a Reducing 
Purchaser (as defined below) for purposes of Section 13(g) to the extent of 
such APA Purchaser's Reduced Amount (as defined below).

          For the purposes of this Asset Purchase Agreement, "DOWNGRADED
PURCHASER" means any APA Purchaser that has its commercial paper or short-term
deposit rating lowered below (a) P-1 by Moody's or (b) A-1+ by S&P and "NON-
EXTENDING PURCHASER" shall mean an APA Purchaser that has not consented to the
extension of its Purchase Termination Date.

                                       2

<PAGE>

          (b)  From time to time upon notice from the Agent to each APA
Purchaser, each of the APA Purchasers severally and not jointly shall purchase,
on the terms and conditions herein set forth, in accordance with their
respective Percentages, Percentage Interests that the Administrative Agent, as
agent for DFC, offers for sale, up to such Purchaser's Maximum Purchase.  In
addition, the Administrative Agent, as agent for DFC, shall offer for sale to
each APA Purchaser, and each APA Purchaser shall purchase, on the terms and
conditions herein set forth, in accordance with their respective Percentages, a
100% Percentage Interest in the Outstanding Amount of the Purchased Note, up to
each such APA Purchaser's Maximum Purchase, if any of the following events
occurs (each, a "Put Event"):  (i) an Event of Default specified in Section
5.01(v) or (vi) of the Indenture, (ii) a Note Purchase Termination Event
specified in Section 2.08(d) or (h) of the Note Purchase Agreement, or (iii) a
Purchase Termination Event specified in Section 2.1(c)(2)(ix) of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.  Upon the occurrence of a Put Event, the Administrative
Agent shall notify the Collateral Agent to instruct Morgan Guaranty Trust
Company of New York, as depositary and issuing and paying agent for DFC's
Commercial Paper Notes, to stop the issuance and delivery of Commercial Paper
Notes relating to the Seller.

          (c)  Each such notice of purchase referred to in Section 2(b) shall be
given no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Business Day of such
purchase (each, a "PURCHASE DATE"), shall be irrevocable, shall be sent by
telecopier, telex or cable to all APA Purchasers concurrently, and shall specify
the date of such purchase and the Outstanding Amount of Notes to be purchased
and the accrued and unpaid interest thereon.  The Agent, after consultation with
OFL, shall request a rate (the "PURCHASER FUNDING RATE") for each period
designated by the Agent (each, a "TRANCHE PERIOD") during which a Percentage
Interest in a Purchased Note will be held by an APA Purchaser, which Purchaser
Funding Rate shall be calculated based on the Eurodollar Rate set pursuant to
the procedures set forth in the definition of "LIBOR" or Base Rate (each as
defined below and collectively, the "RATE").  Each Tranche Period based on a
Eurodollar Rate shall be a period of 1, 2 or 3 months; provided, however, that
if on the last day of any Tranche Period, the Seller has notified the
Administrative Agent that a Securitized Offering or a redemption of the Notes
with the proceeds of the sale of Trust Property is expected to occur within 30
days of such last day, the Tranche Period beginning on such last day may be
based on a 1-week, 2-week or 3-week LIBOR, with a 1-week Tranche Period selected
no more than twice in connection with such Securitized Offering or redemption of
the Notes.  If the Agent has requested a Purchaser Funding Rate for any Tranche
Period to be calculated based on the Eurodollar Rate, the Purchaser Funding Rate
for such Tranche Period shall commence three LIBOR Business Days after notice of
such requested Purchaser Funding Rate (and prior to such commencement, shall be
set at the applicable Purchaser Funding Rate for the prior Tranche Period, if
applicable, or otherwise shall be calculated 

                                       3

<PAGE>

based on Base Rate).  Each APA Purchaser will calculate the Purchaser Funding 
Rate based on the Rate requested by the Agent and for the Tranche Period 
designated by the Agent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Agent has requested a 
Purchaser Funding Rate based on the Eurodollar Rate, and either: (a) deposits 
in United States dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not available to the 
APA Purchasers generally in the London interbank market for such Tranche 
Period, or (b) the Majority Purchasers advise the Agent that the Adjusted 
LIBOR Rate (as defined below) will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost 
to such APA Purchasers of maintaining or funding the Outstanding Amount of 
the Notes based on the Eurodollar Rate, the Agent shall so notify the 
Administrative Agent, whereupon until the Agent notifies the Administrative 
Agent that such circumstances no longer exist, the obligation of the APA 
Purchasers to accept a Purchaser Funding Rate based on the Eurodollar Rate 
shall be suspended; and PROVIDED FURTHER, that for any Tranche Period 
commencing on or after the occurrence of (1) any Default Rate Event or within 
five Business Days of the Expiry Date (as defined in Section 13(i) hereof), 
the Purchaser Funding Rate shall equal the Base Rate plus one (1) percent per 
annum or (2) any Note Purchase Termination Event (other than a Default Rate 
Event), the Purchaser Funding Rate shall equal the Adjusted LIBOR for such 
Tranche Period plus one (1) percent per annum.  Each APA Purchaser will 
notify the Agent by 12:00 noon (New York City time) on the date two LIBOR 
Business Days prior to the first day of the requested Tranche Period if, in 
its judgment, the requested Purchaser Funding Rate based on the Eurodollar 
Rate is not going to adequately reflect its cost.  Each APA Purchaser will 
establish the Purchaser Funding Rate based on the Eurodollar Rate at the 
Eurodollar Rate and will establish the Rate based on the Base Rate at the 
Base Rate.  Prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on each Purchase Date, 
each APA Purchaser shall pay the Agent for the account of DFC in immediately 
available funds in United States dollars, by depositing to an account 
designated by the Agent in New York City, an amount (such APA Purchaser's 
"PURCHASE PRICE") equal to such APA Purchaser's Percentage of the lesser of 
(x) the Outstanding Amount of Notes being purchased on such Purchase Date 
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any (less any funds on deposit 
with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as Collateral Agent, for DFC 
and the other specified parties, held in respect of such interest), and (y) 
(I) the sum of (A) the aggregate Principal Balance of Receivables that are 
not Liquidated Receivables as of the earlier of the Purchase Date or the date 
on which the Put Event, if any, occurred, and (B) all Collected Funds 
received by the Servicer that have not been deposited into the Collection 
Account and applied in accordance with the provisions of the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement divided by (II) a subordination reserve adjustment, 
computed by adding to the number 1 an amount (expressed as a fraction) equal 
to 50% of 9%.

                                       4

<PAGE>

          For the purpose of determining the Purchaser Funding Rate hereunder,
the following terms shall have the following meanings:

          "BASE RATE" shall mean, with respect to each purchase of the 
Purchased Note (or portion thereof), and with respect to each day during a 
Tranche Period, commencing on the first Business Day of such Tranche Period, 
a rate per annum equal to the higher of (i) the prime rate announced from 
time to time by the Agent and in effect on the morning of each day and (ii) 
the rate equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal 
funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by 
Federal funds brokers, as published for each day (or, if such day is not a 
Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank 
of New York, or if such rate is not so published for any such day, the 
average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the 
Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it 
plus one-half of one percent (1/2 of 1%).  Each determination of the Base 
Rate shall be calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 
365 or 366 days, as the case may be.

          "EURODOLLAR RATE" shall mean, with respect to each purchase of the
Purchased Note (or portion thereof), and with respect to any Tranche Period, a
rate per annum equal to Adjusted LIBOR for such Tranche Period plus .375% of one
percent per annum.  Each determination of the Eurodollar Rate shall be
calculated on the basis of actual days elapsed and a year of 360 days.

          "ADJUSTED LIBOR" shall mean, with respect to each purchase of the
Purchased Note (or portion thereof), and with respect to any Tranche Period, a
rate per annum equal to the quotient obtained (rounded upwards, if necessary, to
the next higher 1/100 of 1%) by dividing (i) LIBOR for such Tranche Period by
(ii) a percentage equal to 100% minus the maximum rate of all reserve
requirements as specified in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the
Federal Reserve System (or any successor to all or any portion thereof
establishing reserve requirements) including any marginal, emergency,
supplemental, special or other reserves, that are applicable to an APA Purchaser
during such Tranche Period in respect of eurocurrency or eurodollar funding,
lending or liabilities.

          "LIBOR" shall mean, with respect to each purchase of the Purchased
Note (or portion thereof), and with respect to any Tranche Period, a rate per
annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars are
offered to the Agent by prime banks in the London Interbank market at
approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two LIBOR Business Days before the first
day of such Tranche Period, for a period of time comparable to such Tranche
Period.

                                       5

<PAGE>

          "LIBOR BUSINESS DAY" shall mean any Business Day on which commercial
banks are open for dealings in Dollar deposits in London.

          (d)  Notwithstanding Section 2(c), an APA Purchaser shall not be 
obligated to make purchases under such Section at any time in an amount that 
would exceed such APA Purchaser's Maximum Purchase.  Each APA Purchaser's 
obligation shall be several, such that the failure of any APA Purchaser to 
make payment to the Agent in connection with any purchase hereunder shall not 
relieve any other APA Purchaser of its obligation hereunder to make payment 
for the purchase by such other APA Purchaser up to such other APA Purchaser's 
Maximum Purchase.  If the Agent shall have been notified by any APA Purchaser 
that such APA Purchaser will not (or if any APA Purchaser does not) make 
available the amount that would represent such APA Purchaser's Percentage of 
any purchase (other than a Non-Pro Rata Purchase (as defined below)) 
requested by the Agent or DFC, each other APA Purchaser agrees, subject to 
the first sentence of this Section 2(d), to make available to the Agent a 
ratable share of such amount (calculated on the basis of the Percentages of 
the APA Purchasers that the Agent has determined will make such purchase).  
The defaulting APA Purchaser agrees to purchase from each APA Purchaser that 
shall have purchased a portion of such defaulting APA Purchaser's Percentage 
(each such portion, a "DEFAULTED PORTION"), forthwith upon demand, the 
Defaulted Portion so purchased, together with interest at the applicable 
Purchaser Funding Rate on that portion of Outstanding Amount of the Purchased 
Note funded by such APA Purchaser, for each day that an APA Purchaser is 
required to fund a portion of the defaulting APA Purchaser's Percentage; 
PROVIDED, if such defaulting APA Purchaser has not purchased such Defaulted 
Portion within three Business Days following such demand, such defaulting APA 
Purchaser shall thereafter be required to pay interest with respect to such 
Defaulted Portion at the Base Rate plus 2% per annum.

          (e)  Each APA Purchaser shall be obligated to purchase Percentage 
Interests under this Asset Purchase Agreement (its "PURCHASE COMMITMENT") 
until the earliest of (i) the Purchase Termination Date of such APA 
Purchaser's Purchase Commitment, (ii) the date on which the Agent notifies 
the APA Purchaser that the Indenture has been discharged and satisfied and 
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and all accrued and unpaid interest 
thereon have been paid in full and (iii) (A) the date DFC voluntarily 
commences any proceeding or files any petition under any bankruptcy, 
insolvency or similar law seeking the dissolution, liquidation or 
reorganization of DFC, or (B) if involuntary proceedings or any involuntary 
petition shall have been commenced or filed against DFC by any Person under 
any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law seeking the dissolution, 
liquidation or reorganization of DFC, the earlier of (y) the date 60 days 
following the commencement or filing of such proceeding or petition, if such 
proceeding or petition has not been 

                                       6

<PAGE>

dismissed on or before such date or (z) the date on which an order of relief 
has been entered against DFC.

          (f)  The Agent will hold, for the account of each APA Purchaser, 
the Purchased Notes in which the Purchased Interests were purchased pursuant 
to Section 2(b), and the Administrative Agent will be the registered holder 
of the Purchased Notes for all purposes under the Note Purchase Agreement and 
the Indenture.  Within 10 Business Days of each purchase pursuant to Section 
2(b) hereof, the Agent will deliver to each APA Purchaser a certificate in 
the form of Exhibit B attached hereto reflecting each APA Purchaser's 
ownership of the Percentage Interest so purchased.

          (g)  Notwithstanding that APA Purchasers may have purchased 
Percentage Interests hereunder and may have received payments from Collected 
Funds with respect to Receivables sufficient to repay such Percentage 
Interests in whole or in part, each APA Purchaser may be called upon to 
purchase additional Percentage Interests (not to exceed the Maximum Purchase 
for each such APA Purchaser) until the expiration of such APA Purchaser's 
Purchase Commitment pursuant to Section 2(e) hereof.

          (h)  In the event that DFC assigns any portion of the Purchased 
Note to another Person (which is managed by the Agent and which in the 
ordinary course of its business issues commercial paper or other securities 
to fund its acquisition and maintenance of asset-backed certificates, 
receivables or interests therein), sales of the Purchased Note by such other 
Person may be made under this Asset Purchase Agreement on the same terms and 
conditions as sales or assignments by DFC.

          3.   REGISTER.  The Agent shall maintain at its address, 902 Market 
Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, Attention:  Asset Finance Group, a copy 
of this Asset Purchase Agreement and each signature page hereto and each 
Assignment of Purchase Commitment approved by the Trust in accordance with 
the provisions of Section 9(b) and delivered to and accepted by the Agent and 
a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the APA 
Purchasers, their Percentage Interests, effective dates and Purchase 
Termination Dates, the Outstanding Amount of the Purchased Note owned by each 
APA Purchaser from time to time and the Purchase Price relating thereto (the 
"REGISTER").  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for 
all purposes, absent manifest error, and the Trust, OFL, the Servicer, the 
Agent and the APA Purchasers may treat each Person whose name is recorded in 
the Register as an APA Purchaser hereunder for all purposes of this Asset 
Purchase Agreement.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the 
Trustee, the Trust, OFL, the Servicer, or any APA Purchaser at any reasonable 
time and from time to time during normal business hours upon reasonable prior 
notice.

                                       7

<PAGE>

          4.   DISTRIBUTION OF PAYMENTS.

          (a)  Whenever any amount of principal or interest is paid in 
respect of such APA Purchaser's Percentage Interest in the Purchased Note and 
such APA Purchaser's Percentage Interest has not been repurchased by DFC 
pursuant to Section 10 hereof, the Administrative Agent will promptly pay, or 
cause to be paid, out of funds received by it as a Noteholder under the 
Indenture, to such APA Purchaser, in United States dollars, its Percentage of 
such amount (adjusted for differences in the Purchaser Funding Rates to which 
such APA Purchaser and DFC are entitled and further adjusted to reflect the 
fact that, except as set forth below, such APA Purchaser is only entitled to 
the applicable Purchaser Funding Rate on its Purchase Price) accrued from and 
after the last date on which interest was paid in respect of such Percentage 
Interest prior to the acquisition of such Percentage Interest by the APA 
Purchaser.

          (b)  If, after the Agent has paid an APA Purchaser its Percentage 
of any amount received by an APA Purchaser pursuant to paragraph (a) above, 
such amount must be returned for any reason (including bankruptcy), such APA 
Purchaser will repay to the Agent promptly the amount the Agent paid to such 
APA Purchaser, whereupon such APA Purchaser's Purchased Interest, together 
with accrued interest thereon, shall be deemed increased or reinstated, as 
applicable, as if such amount had not been received by such APA Purchaser. 
After an APA Purchaser has been paid (excluding any repayment referred to in 
the immediately preceding sentence) its Percentage of the Outstanding Amount 
of the Purchased Note plus accrued interest thereon (based on the Purchaser 
Funding Rate to which such APA Purchaser is entitled and further adjusted to 
reflect the fact that, except as set forth below, the APA Purchaser is only 
entitled to the applicable Purchaser Funding Rate on its Purchase Price), 
such APA Purchaser acknowledges that any remaining amounts of principal or 
interest paid in connection with the Purchased Note to which such APA 
Purchaser would otherwise be entitled by reason of its Purchased Interest 
shall be paid to DFC for its own account.

          (c)  Each APA Purchaser's rights as a purchaser of Purchased 
Interests shall be as set forth herein, but shall not include any right to 
receive any fees set forth in the DFC Fee Letter, except as set forth in 
Section 16.

          5.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

          (a)  Neither the Agent nor DFC makes any representation or warranty 
or assumes any responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties 
or representations made in or in connection with the Purchase Agreement, any 
Assignment Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the Sale and 
Servicing Agreement, any Transfer Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the 
Custodian Agreement or other agreement or the execution, legality, validity, 
enforceability, genuineness or sufficiency of the Purchase Agreement, any 
Assignment Agreement, the Trust 

                                       8

<PAGE>

Agreement, the Indenture, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, any Transfer Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture, the 
Custodian Agreement or other agreement or any instrument or document 
furnished pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, (ii) the value or 
collectibility of any Receivable, (iii) the value of the Purchased Note or 
(iv) the financial condition of the Trust, OFL, ORFC II, the Servicer or any 
Affiliate thereof or the performance or observance by the Trust, OFL, ORFC 
II, the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof of any of their respective 
obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, any Transfer Agreement, 
the Purchase Agreement, any Assignment Agreement, the Note Purchase 
Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture or other agreement or any 
instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto or in connection therewith. 
 Each of the Agent, the Administrative Agent and DFC does represent to each 
APA Purchaser, however, that the Percentage Interest which is sold to each 
APA Purchaser hereunder pursuant to Section 2(b) is, at the time of sale, 
free and clear of any adverse claims created by or arising as a result of 
claims against the Agent, the Administrative Agent or DFC.

          (b)  Each APA Purchaser represents that this Asset Purchase 
Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such APA 
Purchaser pursuant to its corporate powers and constitutes the legal, valid 
and binding obligation of such APA Purchaser.

          (c)  Each APA Purchaser confirms that such APA Purchaser has 
received such documents and information as such APA Purchaser has deemed 
appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision, independently and 
without reliance on the Agent or DFC, to enter into this Asset Purchase 
Agreement and will, independently and without reliance on the Agent or DFC 
and based on such documents and information as such APA Purchaser shall deem 
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking 
or not taking action hereunder.  The Administrative Agent will furnish to 
each APA Purchaser copies of any financial or other documents that the 
Administrative Agent receives from time to time under the Note Purchase 
Agreement, but the Administrative Agent assumes no responsibility for the 
authenticity, validity, accuracy or completeness thereof.

          (d)  Each APA Purchaser shall be deemed to have represented and 
warranted at the time of any purchase of a Percentage Interest hereunder that 
it is an "accredited investor" as defined in Rule 501, promulgated by the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") under the Securities 
Act of 1933, as amended; such APA Purchaser understands that the offering and 
sale of its Percentage Interest in the Purchased Note and the Notes have not 
been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, 
and have not and will not be registered or qualified under any applicable 
"blue sky" law, and that the offering and sale of the Percentage Interests 
and the Notes have not been reviewed by, passed on or submitted to any 
Federal or state agency or commission, securities exchange or 

                                       9

<PAGE>

other regulatory body; and such APA Purchaser, through the Administrative 
Agent, as agent for DFC, is acquiring its Percentage Interest without a view 
to any distribution, resale or other transfer thereof; such APA Purchaser 
will not resell or otherwise transfer its Percentage Interest or any portion 
thereof, except (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended; (ii) in a transaction exempt from the 
registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and 
applicable state securities or "blue sky" laws; (iii) to a person who the APA 
Purchaser reasonably believes is a qualified institutional buyer (within the 
meaning thereof in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) 
that is aware that the resale or other transfer is being made in reliance 
upon Rule 144A; or (iv) pursuant to Regulation S under the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended.  In connection therewith, such APA Purchaser hereby agrees 
that it will not resell or otherwise transfer its Percentage Interest or any 
portion thereof except as provided unless the purchaser thereof provides to 
the Administrative Agent an opinion of counsel to the effect that such 
purchase is in compliance with the registration provisions of the federal 
securities laws and any applicable provisions under state securities law or 
pursuant to an available exemption from such provisions.

          6.   LIABILITY OF THE AGENT, ETC.  None of the Agent, the 
Administrative Agent, DFC or the Referral Agent shall be liable to any APA 
Purchaser in connection with (i) the administration of the Agreement or (ii) 
this Asset Purchase Agreement or any purchases hereunder (except pursuant to 
the Agent's representation in Section 5(a) hereof), in either case except for 
its own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limiting the 
foregoing, the Agent, DFC and the Referral Agent (i) may consult with legal 
counsel (including counsel for the Trust, OFL or the Servicer), independent 
public accountants or other experts and shall not be liable for any action 
taken or omitted to be taken in good faith in accordance with the advice of 
such counsel, accountants or other experts, (ii) shall not be responsible for 
the performance or observance by the Trust, OFL, the Servicer or any 
Affiliate or agent thereof of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of 
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Note Purchase 
Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Indenture or other agreement or any 
instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, 
(iii) shall incur no liability by acting upon any notice, consent, 
certificate or other instrument or writing believed to be genuine and signed 
or sent by the proper party and (iv) shall not be deemed to be acting as any 
APA Purchaser's trustee or otherwise in a fiduciary capacity hereunder or 
under or in connection with the Indenture or the Purchased Note.

                                      10

<PAGE>

          7.   RIGHTS OF THE AGENT.  The Agent reserves the right, in its 
sole discretion (subject to the next sentence), to, and at the request of the 
Majority Purchasers will, exercise any rights and remedies available to it, 
as the Administrative Agent, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the 
Purchase Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the 
Indenture or other agreement or pursuant to applicable law, and also to agree 
to any amendment, modification or waiver of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, 
the Purchase Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the 
Indenture or other agreement or any instrument or document delivered pursuant 
thereto or in connection therewith, in each case only to the extent its 
consent is required as "Administrative Agent," "JPMD" or "Noteholder" 
pursuant to the relevant document.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Agent, 
when acting either in its capacity as Agent or as Administrative Agent on 
behalf of DFC, agrees that it shall not,

          (a)  without the prior written consent of each APA Purchaser,

               (i)  consent to any amendment, modification or waiver of any
          provision of the Indenture in any way that would reduce the amount or
          priority of principal or interest that is payable on account of the
          Notes or delay any scheduled date for payment thereof;

               (ii)  agree to a different Purchaser Funding Rate from the Rate
          set forth herein;

               (iii)  amend or waive the Note Purchase Termination Event
          relating to the bankruptcy of the Trust, OFL or ORFC II; or

               (iv)  amend any provision of the Note Purchase Agreement which
          amendment would have the effect of increasing or changing the nature
          of any liabilities assumed by the APA Purchasers as contemplated in
          Section 8 below; or

          (b)  without the prior written consent of the "Majority Purchasers"
     (defined below),

               (i)  consent to any amendment of the definitions of "Delinquent
          Receivable,""Liquidated Receivable," Purchased Receivable,"
          "Noteholders' Percentage," "Outstanding Amount," "Excess Spread,"
          "Excess Yield Condition," "Net Portfolio Losses," "Portfolio Loss
          Ratio," "Delinquency Ratio," "Warehousing Loss Ratio," "Excess Yield
          Percentage," "Average Excess Yield Percentage," "Average Net Excess
          Spread Percentage," "Net Excess Spread Percentage," "Net Loss
          Percentage," or "Trigger Event" contained in the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement;

                                      11

<PAGE>

               (ii)  amend or not declare to be a "Purchase Termination Event"
          the Purchase Termination Event specified in Section 2.1(c)(2)(ix) of
          the Sale and Servicing Agreement; or

               (iii)  amend or waive a Note Purchase Termination Event specified
          in Section 2.08(e), (f) or (g) of the Note Purchase Agreement;

"MAJORITY PURCHASERS" shall mean Persons owning undivided Percentage 
Interests in the Purchased Note that aggregate more than 50% of the total 
outstanding principal amount of the Purchased Note; PROVIDED, that solely for 
purposes of each such computation, (1) APA Purchasers shall be deemed 
(whether or not they shall have made purchases hereunder) to own undivided 
interests equal to their respective Percentages of the Outstanding Amount of 
the Purchased Note, (2) the portion of the Outstanding Amount of the 
Purchased Note owned by DFC shall be deemed to be reduced by the amounts set 
forth in clause (1) and also by the amount of any undivided interests in the 
Purchased Note owned by Persons other than APA Purchasers and (3) defaulting 
APA Purchasers shall be deemed not to own undivided interests in the 
Purchased Note; or

          (c)  Subject to Sections 7(a) and (b) above, amend, modify or waive
     any provision of the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture that
     requires the approval or consent of a specified percentage of Noteholders
     without the consent of APA Purchasers owning undivided Percentage Interests
     in the Purchased Note (determined as set forth in the definition of
     "Majority Purchasers" above) equal to such specified percentage.

          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 
7, nothing herein shall affect any obligation under the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Trust Agreement or the Indenture, if 
any, to give notice to, or seek the consent of, Moody's and S&P to any 
amendment or waiver of any provision of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the 
Purchase Agreement, the Trust Agreement or the Indenture.

          8.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE APA PURCHASERS, INCLUDING CONFIDENTIALITY. 
Each APA Purchaser agrees to abide by, and be liable for, any obligations set 
forth in the Note Purchase Agreement on the part of the DFC Owners (as 
defined therein) (other than the provisions therein relating to DFC's 
Commercial Paper Notes).  Furthermore, each APA Purchaser understands that 
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Note Purchase 
Agreement, the Trust Agreement and the Indenture are confidential documents 
and no APA Purchaser will disclose them to any other Person except with the 
Agent's prior written consent or to APA Purchaser's legal counsel if such 
counsel agrees to hold them confidential, or upon request, to any regulatory 
authority having jurisdiction over such APA Purchaser, or as required by law, 
or as required or requested by any 

                                      12

<PAGE>

Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any APA Purchaser 
may, in connection with any assignment or participation or proposed 
assignment or participation pursuant to Section 9 or 10 hereof, disclose to 
the assignee or participant or proposed assignee or participant any 
information relating to the Trust, OFL, ORFC II or the Servicer furnished to 
such APA Purchaser by or on behalf of the Trust, OFL, ORFC II or the Servicer 
or by the Agent; PROVIDED, that prior to any such disclosure, the assignee or 
participant or proposed assignee or participant agrees to preserve the 
confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the Trust, OFL, 
ORFC II or the Servicer received by it from any of the foregoing entities.

          9.   ASSIGNABILITY.

          (a)  Each APA Purchaser may assign to any Eligible Assignee (defined
below) or to any other existing APA Purchaser all or a portion of its rights and
obligations under this Asset Purchase Agreement (including, without limitation,
all or a portion of its Purchase Commitment and any Percentage Interests owned
by it); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that

          (i)  each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying,
     percentage of all of such APA Purchaser's rights and obligations under this
     Asset Purchase Agreement,

          (ii)  the amount of unused Maximum Purchase and/or Purchased Interest
     being assigned pursuant to each assignment shall in no event be less than
     the lesser of $10,000,000 and the assigning APA Purchaser's Maximum
     Purchase, and

          (iii)  the parties to each such assignment shall execute and deliver
     to the Agent, for its acceptance and recording in the Register, an
     Assignment of Purchase Commitment in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto,
     together with a processing and recordation fee of $2,500.

          Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and 
after the effective date specified in the Assignment of Purchase Commitment, 
(x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that 
rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to this 
Asset Purchase Agreement, have the rights and obligations of an APA Purchaser 
hereunder and (y) the assignor thereunder shall, to the extent that rights 
and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to this Asset 
Purchase Agreement, relinquish its rights and be released from its 
obligations under this Asset Purchase Agreement (and, in the case of an 
assignment covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning APA 
Purchaser's rights and obligations under this Asset Purchase Agreement, such 
APA Purchaser shall cease to be a party hereto).  Notwithstanding the 
foregoing, no assignment hereunder shall be effective unless (i) the 
documents evidencing such assignment are satisfactory to Moody's and S&P and 
(ii) the assignee has 

                                      13

<PAGE>

delivered to Moody's and S&P an opinion of counsel to the assignee 
satisfactory to each of Moody's and S&P stating that the obligations of the 
assignee under this Asset Purchase Agreement are the legal, valid and binding 
obligations of the assignee, enforceable against the assignee in accordance 
with their terms.

          (b)  For purposes of this Asset Purchase Agreement, (i) the term 
"APA PURCHASER" shall mean a party executing a counterpart of a signature 
page hereto and each Eligible Assignee that shall become a party to this 
Asset Purchase Agreement pursuant to this Section 9, and (ii) the term 
"ELIGIBLE ASSIGNEE" shall mean any Person which (A) is reasonably acceptable 
to the Agent, (B) is approved by OFL which approval shall not be unreasonably 
withheld, (C) either (x) has short-term debt rated at least "P-1" by Moody's 
and "A-1+" by S&P or (y) is acceptable to Moody's and S&P and (D) executes an 
Assignment of Purchase Commitment.

          (c)  Upon its receipt of an Assignment of Purchase Commitment 
executed by an assigning APA Purchaser and by an assignee who is an Eligible 
Assignee or who is an existing APA Purchaser, the Agent shall (i) accept such 
Assignment of Purchase Commitment, (ii) record the information contained 
therein in the Register and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to OFL.

          10.  REPURCHASE BY DFC.

          (a)  Provided no Note Purchase Termination Event has occurred and 
is continuing, DFC may, upon one Business Day's prior written notice to S&P 
and Moody's and the Agent (which shall notify the APA Purchasers on the day 
that it receives such notice), repurchase Percentage Interests (the 
"REPURCHASED INTERESTS") from an APA Purchaser at a repurchase price equal to 
such APA Purchaser's Percentage Interest in the Outstanding Amount of the 
Purchased Note related to such Repurchased Interest plus accrued and unpaid 
interest, if any, at the applicable Purchaser Funding Rate for such 
Repurchased Interest (the "REPURCHASE AMOUNT"); PROVIDED, that the repurchase 
of any Repurchased Interest shall only occur (a) during a Tranche Period 
during which the Purchaser Funding Rate is based on the Base Rate and (b) on 
the last day of a Tranche Period during which the Purchaser Funding Rate is 
based on the Eurodollar Rate, unless the Seller requests, and the Agent in 
its sole discretion agrees to, an earlier repurchase date.  Prior to 2:00 
p.m. (New York City time) on the date of such repurchase, DFC shall pay the 
Agent for the account of each applicable APA Purchaser in immediately 
available funds in Dollars, by depositing to an account designated by the 
Agent in New York City, the Repurchase Amount, plus any applicable Breakage 
Payments, for each Repurchased Interest.  The Agent shall promptly pay each 
APA Purchaser in immediately available funds in United States dollars its 
respective share of the Repurchase Amount.

          (b)  Within 10 Business Days of each repurchase pursuant to Section
10(a) hereof, each APA Purchaser will deliver 

                                      14

<PAGE>

to DFC the certificate delivered to such APA Purchaser pursuant to Section 
2(f) reflecting DFC's ownership of the Repurchased Interest repurchased.

          11.  PARTICIPATIONS.  Each APA Purchaser may sell participations to 
one or more banks or other entities (each, a "PARTICIPANT") (which 
Participant, unless it is an investment bank or a full service commercial 
bank, is not a competitor of OFL or any of its Affiliates) in or to all or a 
portion of its rights and obligations under this Asset Purchase Agreement 
(including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Purchase Commitment 
and the Percentage Interests owned by it); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) such 
APA Purchaser's obligations under this Asset Purchase Agreement (including, 
without limitation, its Purchase Commitment hereunder) shall remain unchanged 
and (ii) such APA Purchaser shall remain solely responsible to the other 
parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) the Agent shall 
continue to deal solely and directly with such APA Purchaser in connection 
with such APA Purchaser's rights and obligations under this Asset Purchase 
Agreement and (iv) no Participant shall have any greater right to any 
compensation or indemnification from the Agent, the Administrative Agent, the 
Trust or OFL under this Asset Purchase Agreement, the Note Purchase 
Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or the Indenture than the APA 
Purchaser would be entitled to receive hereunder or thereunder.  The Trust, 
the Agent, the Administrative Agent, OFL and the other APA Purchasers shall 
continue to deal solely and directly with such APA Purchaser in connection 
with such APA Purchaser's rights and obligations under this Asset Purchase 
Agreement.

          12.  CHANGE IN FACILITY LIMIT AND DFC'S PURCHASE COMMITMENT.

          (a)  If, pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Note Purchase Agreement, 
the Trust shall request an increase in the Facility Limit (as defined in the 
Sale and Servicing Agreement) and/or DFC's Purchase Commitment (as defined in 
the Note Purchase Agreement), then (i) the Agent shall promptly notify each 
APA Purchaser of the increase in DFC's Purchase Commitment and (ii) if an 
additional APA Purchaser has agreed to sign this Asset Purchase Agreement 
with a Maximum Purchase equal to 102% of the increase in DFC's Purchase 
Commitment, then on the effective date of such increase, each other APA 
Purchaser's Percentage under its Purchase Commitment shall be proportionately 
reduced and each APA Purchaser's Maximum Purchase amount shall remain the 
same; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Agent has not notified the APA 
Purchasers in the notification provided pursuant to clause (i) above that an 
additional APA Purchaser has agreed to sign this Asset Purchase Agreement 
with a Maximum Purchase equal to 102% of the increase in DFC's Purchase 
Commitment, each APA Purchaser may elect to maintain its Percentage under its 
Purchase Commitment by executing and delivering, within ten days after 
receipt of notice of such increase, a new signature page to this Asset 
Purchase 

                                      15

<PAGE>

Agreement reaffirming its Percentage and indicating its new Maximum Purchase 
amount.  

          (b)  If, pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Note Purchase Agreement, 
the Facility Limit and/or DFC's Purchase Commitment shall be decreased, then 
(i) the Agent shall promptly notify each APA Purchaser of the decrease in 
DFC's Purchase Commitment and (ii) on the effective date of such decrease, 
each APA Purchaser's Percentage under its Purchase Commitment shall remain 
the same and each APA Purchaser's Maximum Purchase amount shall be 
proportionately decreased; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Agent shall notify 
the APA Purchasers in the notification provided pursuant to clause (i) above 
that DFC's Purchase Commitment will be reduced by an amount equal to a 
Downgraded Purchaser's Maximum Purchase, then each non-Downgraded Purchaser 
may elect to increase its APA Purchaser's Percentage and maintain its Maximum 
Purchase at the same amount as was in effect immediately prior to the 
reduction in DFC's Purchase Commitment by executing and delivering, within 
ten days after receipt of notice of such decrease, a new signature page to 
this Asset Purchase Agreement reaffirming its Maximum Purchase amount and 
indicating its new Percentage.

          13.  MISCELLANEOUS.

          (a)  Each APA Purchaser will on demand reimburse the Agent its 
Percentage share of any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including, 
without limitation, reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), which may 
be incurred in connection with collecting any principal or interest with 
respect to the Purchased Note in which an APA Purchaser purchases Percentage 
Interests hereunder, for which the Agent is not promptly reimbursed by the 
Trust.

          (b)  The Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend 
money or otherwise extend credit to, act as trustee under indentures of, and 
generally engage in any kind of business with, the Trust, OFL, ORFC II, the 
Servicer and any of their Affiliates and any Person who may do business with 
or own securities of the Trust, OFL, ORFC II, the Servicer or any Affiliate, 
all as though this Asset Purchase Agreement had not been entered into and 
without any duty to account therefor to any APA Purchaser.

          (c)  Subject to Section 11.04 of the Note Purchase Agreement, any 
taxes due and payable on any payments to be made to any APA Purchaser 
hereunder shall be such APA Purchaser's sole responsibility.  Each APA 
Purchaser warrants that it is not subject to any taxes, charges, levies or 
withholdings with respect to payments under the Asset Purchase Agreement that 
are imposed by means of withholding by any applicable taxing authority 
("WITHHOLDING TAX").  Each APA Purchaser agrees to provide the Agent, from 
time to time upon the Agent's request, completed and signed copies of any 
documents that may be required by an applicable taxing authority to certify 
such APA Purchaser's 

                                      16

<PAGE>

exemption from Withholding Tax with respect to payments to be made to such 
APA Purchaser under this Asset Purchase Agreement; and each APA Purchaser 
agrees to hold the Agent harmless from any Withholding Tax imposed due to 
such APA Purchaser's failure to establish that it is not subject to 
Withholding Tax.

          (d)  The Agent shall furnish to each APA Purchaser upon request, 
until the later of (i) such APA Purchaser's Purchase Termination Date and 
(ii) the date on which such APA Purchaser's Percentage Interest in the 
Purchased Note and all other amounts payable to such APA Purchaser hereunder 
have been paid in full, a copy of the annual audited financial statements of 
DFC, promptly upon the same becoming available, and, as requested by such APA 
Purchaser, copies of such other financial information that the Agent may have 
received from the Servicer or OFL.

          (e)  Each APA Purchaser shall promptly notify the Agent of any 
downgrading in the ratings of the short-term unsecured debt securities or 
deposits of such APA Purchaser below (i) P-1 by Moody's or (ii) A-1+ by S&P 
(such APA Purchaser, a "DOWNGRADED PURCHASER").  The Agent shall have the 
right, in its sole discretion, to terminate the right and obligation of any 
Downgraded Purchaser to purchase a Percentage Interest in the Purchased Note; 
PROVIDED, that the Agent shall not terminate the right and obligation of any 
Downgraded Purchaser hereunder unless either (i) one or more Eligible 
Assignees or other APA Purchasers have agreed to accept, in the aggregate, 
effective as of the date of termination, such terminated APA Purchaser's 
Maximum Purchase, (ii) DFC's Purchase Commitment has been reduced by an 
amount equal to the product of (A) the terminated Downgraded Purchaser's 
Maximum Purchase and (B) one (1) divided by 102%, and each non-terminated APA 
Purchaser has agreed to increase its APA Purchaser's Percentage and maintain 
its Maximum Purchase at the same amount as was in effect immediately prior to 
the reduction in DFC's Purchase Commitment or (iii) DFC obtains liquidity 
support satisfactory to Moody's and S&P and, solely with respect to how such 
liquidity support affects this Asset Purchase Agreement only, OFL, in an 
amount not less than such terminated Downgraded Purchaser's Maximum Purchase. 
 Such termination shall be effective upon written notice to such effect 
delivered by the Agent to such Downgraded Purchaser, whereupon all of the 
rights and obligations hereunder of such Downgraded Purchaser shall 
terminate; PROVIDED, that upon such termination, the Downgraded Purchaser 
shall continue to have the rights and obligations of an APA Purchaser with 
respect to the outstanding Percentage Interest in the Purchased Note 
purchased by it pursuant to the terms of this Asset Purchase Agreement prior 
to such termination.

          (f)  Each APA Purchaser shall promptly notify the Agent of any 
event of which it has knowledge which will entitle such APA Purchaser to 
compensation pursuant to Section 11.05 of the Note Purchase Agreement (an 
"AFFECTED PURCHASER").  The Agent shall have the right to terminate the 
rights and obligations of any Affected Purchaser and to purchase a portion of 
the Purchased Interest hereunder and, in the event OFL requests that the 
Agent 

                                      17

<PAGE>

terminate such rights and obligations of the Affected Purchaser, the Agent 
shall use its best efforts to find a replacement APA Purchaser (or Eligible 
Assignee) or to cause the other APA Purchasers to accept the Affected 
Purchaser's rights and obligations hereunder; PROVIDED that the Agent shall 
not terminate such rights and obligations of any Affected Purchaser unless 
either: (i) (A) one or more Eligible Assignees or other APA Purchasers have 
agreed to accept, in the aggregate, effective as of the date of termination, 
such Affected Purchaser's Maximum Purchase, and (B) such Eligible Assignee(s) 
or APA Purchaser(s) shall have repurchased the Repurchased Interest, if any, 
of the terminated Affected Purchaser by paying the Repurchase Amount or (ii) 
DFC's Purchase Commitment has been reduced by an amount at least equal to the 
product of (A) the Affected Purchaser's Maximum Purchase and (B) one (1) 
divided by 102%, and each remaining APA Purchaser has agreed, notwithstanding 
Section 12(b) hereof, to increase its APA Purchaser's Percentage and maintain 
its Maximum Purchase at the same amount as was in effect immediately prior to 
the reduction in DFC's Purchase Commitment.  Such termination shall be 
effective upon written notice to such effect delivered by the Agent to such 
Affected Purchaser, whereupon the Purchase Termination Date of such Affected 
Purchaser shall be deemed to have occurred. Upon such termination, the 
Affected Purchaser shall cease to have any rights or obligations with respect 
to future purchases of interests in the Purchased Note under this Asset 
Purchase Agreement but shall continue to have the rights and obligations of 
an APA Purchaser with respect to the portion of the Purchased Interest 
purchased by it, together with all other rights due and owing to it, pursuant 
to the terms of this Asset Purchase Agreement immediately prior to such 
termination.  The Agent shall use its best efforts to find Eligible 
Assignee(s) or APA Purchaser(s) to replace an Affected Purchaser.

          (g)  On the fifth Business Day prior to any Non-Extending 
Purchaser's Expiry Date (defined below), such Non-Extending Purchaser shall, 
upon the request of the Agent, and subject to the limitations imposed by 
Section 2(c) hereof, make a Non-Pro Rata Purchase (defined below) in an 
amount up to such APA Purchaser's Maximum Purchase or, if such Non-Extending 
Purchaser has extended its Purchase Termination Date for a Purchase 
Commitment that is less than the amount of its Maximum Purchase (a "REDUCING 
PURCHASER") prior to such extension, such Non-Pro Rata Purchase shall be in 
an amount equal to the difference between such APA Purchaser's Maximum 
Purchase prior to such extension and such APA Purchaser's Purchase Commitment 
amount as extended (such amount is hereinafter referred to as the "REDUCED 
AMOUNT").  The amount of such Non-Pro Rata Purchase to be made by a 
Non-Extending Purchaser or Reducing Purchaser shall be an amount equal to the 
product of (i) the difference between (A) DFC's Purchase Commitment MINUS the 
aggregate outstanding APA Purchasers' Purchased Interests (excluding such 
Non-Pro Rata Purchase) and (B) an amount equal to the difference between (x) 
the aggregate of the Maximum Purchase of the APA Purchasers whose obligations 
to purchase Purchased Interests hereunder do 

                                      18

<PAGE>

not expire on such Expiry Date (including the reduced Maximum Purchase of 
the Reducing Purchaser) and (y) the aggregate outstanding Purchased Interests 
of all APA Purchasers whose obligations to purchase Purchased Interests 
hereunder do not expire on such Expiry Date (including the Purchased 
Interests of a Reducing Purchaser that do not constitute the Reduced Amount 
for such APA Purchaser) and (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is such 
Non-Extending Purchaser's Maximum Purchase, or Reduced Amount, as the case 
may be, and the denominator of which is the aggregate of the Maximum 
Purchases or Reduced Amounts of all of the Non-Extending Purchasers whose 
obligations to purchase Purchased Interests hereunder expire on such Expiry 
Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that upon receipt of notice that an APA Purchaser 
will become a Non-Extending Purchaser or a Reducing Purchaser, DFC shall 
promptly request a determination from each of Moody's and S&P of whether 
failure to request such a purchase will result in the reduction or withdrawal 
of its then current rating, if any, of the Commercial Paper, and if DFC shall 
have received written confirmation from each of S&P and Moody's prior to the 
fifth Business Day immediately preceding such Expiry Date that such failure 
will not result in a rating reduction or withdrawal of DFC's Commercial Paper 
Notes, DFC shall not request and such Non-Extending Purchaser or Reducing 
Purchaser shall not be required to make, such purchase.  The Non-Pro Rata 
Purchase amount shall be held in the Non-Pro Rata Funding Account as provided 
in Section 13(i) hereof and shall be returned to the Non-Extending Purchaser 
or Reducing Purchaser, as the case may be, on such APA Purchaser's Expiry 
Date if and to the extent that the aggregate of the Maximum Purchase of all 
APA Purchasers whose obligations to purchase Purchased Interests do not 
expire on such Expiry Date is at least equal to the greater of (A) the 
aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Notes on such Expiry Date and (B) DFC's 
Purchase Commitment (after giving effect to any reduction thereof pursuant to 
Section 2.05 of the Note Purchase Agreement) on such Expiry Date.  
Notwithstanding any provision in the Agreement or the Note Purchase Agreement 
to the contrary, following the Expiry Date of any Non-Extending Purchaser and 
the related Non-Pro Rata Purchase, if any, such Non-Extending Purchaser shall 
have no further obligation to Purchase Interests under this Asset Purchase 
Agreement or to make any Incremental Purchase under the Note Purchase 
Agreement or the Indenture.  A Non-Extending Purchaser's Non-Pro Rata 
Purchase shall be deemed to constitute such Purchaser's Purchased Interest 
hereunder on and after such APA Purchaser's Expiry Date.

          (h)  On the 30th day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the 
next succeeding Business Day) after any APA Purchaser becomes a Downgraded 
Purchaser, unless DFC shall have replaced such Downgraded Purchaser pursuant 
to Section 13(e) hereof, the Agent, as agent for DFC, shall request such 
Downgraded Purchaser to make, and if such request is made such Downgraded 
Purchaser shall make in accordance with the provisions hereof, subject to the 
limitations imposed by Section 2(c) hereof, a purchase in an amount equal to 
the Maximum Purchase MINUS the outstanding Percentage Interests of such APA 
Purchaser; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, 

                                      19

<PAGE>

that if DFC shall have requested at least 15 Business Days prior to such 30th 
day from each of Moody's and S&P written confirmation that the failure to 
request such a purchase or assignment will not result in the reduction or 
withdrawal of its then current rating, if any, of the Commercial Paper, and 
if such written confirmation is received by DFC prior to such 30th day, the 
Agent shall not request, and such Downgraded Purchaser shall not make, such 
purchase or accept such assignment.  A Downgraded Purchaser's Non-Pro Rata 
Purchase shall be the functional equivalent of such APA Purchaser's Maximum 
Purchase and if and to the extent the Agent notifies such Downgraded 
Purchaser of its obligation to purchase a Percentage Interest, moneys in the 
Non-Pro Rata Funding Account shall be used to fund such Downgraded 
Purchaser's Percentage of the Percentage Interest and shall thereafter 
constitute such APA Purchaser's Purchased Interest.

          (i)  The Agent will promptly give each Non-Extending Purchaser or 
Downgraded Purchaser, as applicable, telephonic notice (confirmed in writing 
promptly thereafter) of the aggregate amount of the Non-Pro Rata Purchases 
required pursuant to Section 13(g) or Section 13(h) hereof.  If such 
telephonic notice is received by an APA Purchaser prior to 12:00 noon (New 
York City time) on any such Business Day, the requested Non-Pro Rata Purchase 
shall be made by the Non-Extending Purchaser or Downgraded Purchaser, as 
applicable, by 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on such Business Day.  If such 
telephonic notice is not received prior to 12:00 noon (New York City time) on 
such Business Day, the requested Non-Pro Rata Purchase shall be made by the 
Non-Extending Purchaser or Downgraded Purchaser, as applicable, by 2:00 p.m. 
(New York City time) on the Business Day next succeeding the Business Day on 
which such telephonic notice is given.  A Non-Pro Rata Purchase shall be made 
by the Non-Extending Purchaser or Downgraded Purchaser, as applicable, by a 
payment to the Agent of the amount of such Non-Pro Rata Purchase.  Such 
amount shall be deposited by the Agent into a Non-Pro Rata Funding Account 
established by the Agent in connection with each Non-Pro Rata Purchase (each, 
a "NON-PRO RATA FUNDING ACCOUNT").  Moneys in a Non-Pro Rata Funding Account 
shall be invested by the Agent in obligations that are rated A-1+ by S&P and 
P-1 by Moody's.  Earnings on such investments (after deducting any losses), 
if any, shall be paid by the Agent to the Downgraded Purchaser or 
Non-Extending Purchaser, as the case may be, whose deposit funded such 
Non-Pro Rata Funding Account on such Downgraded or Non-Extending Purchaser's 
Expiry Date (or such earlier date on which such Downgraded or Non-Extending 
Purchaser is replaced).

          For purposes of this Asset Purchase Agreement, "EXPIRY DATE" shall 
mean the later of (i) December 26, 1996, or, if said day is not a Business 
Day, the Business Day next preceding said day, and (ii) such later date 
agreed to by the Agent and an APA Purchaser, and "NON-PRO RATA PURCHASE" 
shall mean a purchase of Percentage Interests pursuant to Section 13(g) or 
13(h).

                                      20

<PAGE>

          (j)  THIS ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          (k)  This Asset Purchase Agreement may be executed in any number of 
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an 
original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the 
same agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to 
this Asset Purchase Agreement by telecopier shall be as effective as delivery 
of a manually executed counterpart of this Asset Purchase Agreement.

          (l)  The APA Purchasers and DFC may, from time to time, enter into 
agreements amending, modifying or supplementing this Asset Purchase Agreement 
with the prior written consent of OFL.  Any such agreement must be in writing 
and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such 
writing; provided that DFC shall not amend any provision of this Asset 
Purchase Agreement without having given prior notice thereof to Moody's and 
S&P and without the prior written confirmation from each of Moody's and S&P 
that such amendment would not result in the reduction or withdrawal of the 
then current rating, if any, of the Commercial Paper.

          (m)  This Asset Purchase Agreement constitutes the entire agreement 
between the parties hereto with respect to the matters covered hereby and 
supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties.  This 
Asset Purchase Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the 
parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and no 
other person will have any right or obligation hereunder.

          14.  BANKRUPTCY PETITION AGAINST DFC.  Each APA Purchaser and the 
Agent hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date which is one year 
and one day after the later of (i) the payment in full of all outstanding 
Commercial Paper and (ii) the payment in full of all outstanding Commercial 
Paper of any subsidiary of DFC, it will not institute against, or join any 
other Person in instituting against DFC any bankruptcy, reorganization, 
arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other similar proceeding 
under the laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

          15.  LIMITED RECOURSE TO DFC.  Notwithstanding anything to the 
contrary contained herein, all obligations of DFC shall be payable by DFC 
only to the extent of assets available therefor and, to the extent assets are 
not available or are insufficient for the payment thereof, shall not 
constitute a claim against DFC.

          16.  FEES.  DFC shall pay to each APA Purchaser a liquidity fee 
(the "LIQUIDITY FEE"), payable quarterly in arrears, on the last day of each 
calendar quarter during the period such APA Purchaser has a Purchase 
Commitment under this 

                                      21

<PAGE>

Asset Purchase Agreement and on the earlier of the Expiration Date or such 
Purchaser's Purchase Termination Date, as the same may be extended from time 
to time.  The Liquidity Fee for each APA Purchaser shall be a per annum fee 
equal to such APA Purchaser's average daily unused Maximum Purchase 
multiplied by .15% per annum.

                                      22

<PAGE>

                                Signature Page 
                               with respect to 
               the Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust 
                            Variable Funding Notes 
                           Asset Purchase Agreement

                         Dated as of December 28, 1995



                                        J.P. Morgan Delaware, 
                                           as Agent and as
                                           Administrative Agent


                                        By: /s/ Richard A. (illegible)
                                           ---------------------------
                                             Authorized Signature
                                             Title:

<PAGE>

                                 Signature Page
                                with respect to 
                 the Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                             Variable Funding Notes
                            Asset Purchase Agreement

                             Dated December 28, 1995


SECTION 1.

     Initial Percentage:                     43.65%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:                     $89,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:        December 28, 1995

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:                 December 26, 1996



                                        J.P. MORGAN DELAWARE
                                        902 Market Street
                                        Wilmington, Delaware 19801


                                        By: /s/ Richard A. (illegible)
                                            -------------------------
                                             Authorized Signature


                                            -------------------------
                                             Title

<PAGE>

                                Signature Page
                                with respect to 
               the Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                             Variable Funding Notes
                            Asset Purchase Agreement

                            Dated December 28, 1995


SECTION 1.

     Initial Percentage:                   24.5%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:                  $50,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                   December 28, 1995

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:                         December 26, 1996



                                        BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS
                                        231 South LaSalle Street
                                        Chicago, Illinois  60690


                                        By: /s/ Erik Ford
                                           --------------------------------
                                            Erik Ford


                                           Vice President
                                           --------------------------------
                                           Title    as Attorney-in-fact

<PAGE>

                                 Signature Page
                                with respect to 
                 the Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                             Variable Funding Notes
                            Asset Purchase Agreement

                            Dated December 28, 1995


SECTION 1.

     Initial Percentage:                    7.35%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:                   $15,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                    December 28, 1995

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:                  December 26, 1996



                                       THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
                                       ATLANTA AGENCY
                                       Suite 2700
                                       600 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                                       Atlanta, Georgia  30308


                                    By: /s/ F.C.H. Ashby
                                       --------------------------------
                                        Authorized Signature

                                        Senior Manager Loan Operations
                                       --------------------------------
                                       Title

<PAGE>

                                Signature Page
                               with respect to 
               the Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                            Variable Funding Notes
                           Asset Purchase Agreement

                           Dated December 28, 1995


SECTION 1.

     Initial Percentage:                    24.5%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:                    $50,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                    December 28, 1995

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:                  December 26, 1996



                                       DRESDNER BANK AG CHICAGO AND GRAND
                                       CAYMAN BRANCH
                                       Suite 2700
                                       190 South LaSalle Street
                                       Chicago, IL  60603


                                       By: (illegible)
                                          --------------------------------
                                           Authorized Signature

                                             SVP
                                          --------------------------------
                                           Title

                                       By: (illegible)
                                          --------------------------------
                                           Authorized Signature

                                           (illegible)
                                          --------------------------------
                                           Title

<PAGE>

          The undersigned hereby consents to the sale from time to time by 
J.P. Morgan Delaware, as Agent for the undersigned, of undivided interests in 
the Purchased Note owned by the undersigned, pursuant to the Asset Purchase 
Agreement to which this is attached.

                                       DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION

                                       By:  J.P. Morgan Delaware,
                                            as attorney-in-fact for
                                            Delaware Funding Corporation



                                       By: Richard A. (illegible)
                                          --------------------------------
                                           Authorized Signature


                                          --------------------------------
                                           Title 

<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit A

                                Signature Page
                               with respect to 
               the Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                            Variable Funding Notes
                           Asset Purchase Agreement

                          Dated December ____, 1995


SECTION 1.

     Purchase Commitment Percentage Assigned:                          ________%
     Assignor's remaining Purchase Commitment 
       Percentage:                                                     ________%
     Outstanding Amount of the 
       Percentage Interests Assigned:                                $__________
     Outstanding Amount of Assignor's remaining 
       Percentage Interests:                                         $__________

SECTION 2.

     Assignee's Maximum Purchase:                                    $__________
     Assignor's remaining Maximum Purchase:                          $__________

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of this Assignment:                         __________, 19__


                                      [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

                                      By: ________________________
                                           Title:

                                      [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
                                        [Address]

                                      By: ________________________
                                           Title:


                                      Accepted this ____ day of 
                                      __________, 199__

                                      J.P. MORGAN DELAWARE,
                                        as Agent

                                      By: ________________________
                                           Authorized Signature

                                          ________________________
                                           Title

<PAGE>

                                                                     Exhibit B

                              PURCHASE CERTIFICATE


                                                         ________________, 19___
                                                         [Date of Purchase]     


[Name and Address of APA Purchaser]
[Delaware Funding Corporation]




     Re:  Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
          Variable Funding Notes                                

Gentlemen:

          This certificate confirms that on the date set forth above (the
"Purchase Date") you have [purchased]1/ [repurchased]2/ for your account and 
risk, upon the terms and conditions of the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as 
of December ____, 1995, among you, the undersigned and certain other parties, 
an undivided interest (your "Percentage Interest") to the extent of ____% in 
and to the Purchased Note held by the Agent and owned by [DFC] [name of APA 
Purchaser from whom interest is being repurchased]2/, pursuant to the Note 
Purchase Agreement dated as of December __, 1995 among Delaware Funding 
Corporation, J.P. Morgan Delaware, Olympic Automobiles Receivables Warehouse 
Trust and Olympic Financial Ltd.

          We acknowledge receipt from you of the sum of $__________ in payment
of the Purchase Price for your Percentage Interest in the Purchased Note.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       J.P. MORGAN DELAWARE,
                                         as Agent

                                       By:
                                          --------------------------------
                                           Authorized Signature

                                          --------------------------------
                                           Title

__________________

1/       To be inserted if certificate is being delivered in connection with a 
         purchase by a Purchaser.

2/       To be inserted if certificate is being delivered in connection with the
         repurchase by DFC.


<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY




                                 FIRST AMENDMENT
                                        TO
                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                 Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                             Variable Funding Notes



          THIS FIRST AMENDMENT dated as of June 12, 1996 (the "AMENDMENT") to
the ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 28, 1995 (the "AGREEMENT")
among Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (successor to J.P. Morgan
Delaware), as administrative agent (the "AGENT") and each of the parties
(collectively, the "APA PURCHASERS") who has (i) executed a signature page to
the Agreement or (ii) executed an Assignment of Purchase Commitment, is by and
among the parties listed above.  Capitalized terms used in this Amendment and
not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the
Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS, the Agent and the APA Purchasers wish to amend the Agreement
to add APA Purchasers and reallocate Maximum Purchases and Percentages among
existing and new APA Purchasers due to the increase in DFC's Purchase Commitment
and in the Facility Limit as provided herein, and Delaware Funding Corporation
and Olympic Financial Ltd. ("OFL") are willing to consent to such amendments
upon the terms provided for herein.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  NEW PURCHASERS.  This Amendment provides for the addition
of new Purchasers to the Asset Purchase Agreement, such addition to be evidenced
by the execution by such new Purchasers of the signature pages attached hereto
as Exhibit A.

          SECTION 2.  CONSENT TO INCREASE IN FACILITY LIMIT AND DFC'S PURCHASE
LIMIT.  In accordance with the provisions of Section 12(a) of the Agreement, all
of the Purchasers who execute the attached signature pages hereby consent to the
increase in the Facility Limit and DFC's Purchase Limit from $200,000,000 to
$300,000,000.

          SECTION 3.  CONSENT TO AMENDMENT TO TRUST DOCUMENTS.  In accordance
with the provisions of Section 7(b) of the Agreement, all of the Purchasers who
execute the attached signature pages hereby consent to the Amendment to Trust



<PAGE>

Agreement, Amendment to Sale and Servicing Agreement and Supplemental Indenture
of even date herewith, substantially in the forms attached to this Amendment as
Exhibit B.

          SECTION 4.  AMENDMENTS OF SIGNATURE PAGES.  As a result of the
addition of new Purchasers and the increase in DFC's Purchase Commitment,
pursuant to Sections 2(a), 12(a) and 13(l) of the Agreement, the Percentages and
Maximum Purchases of existing APA Purchasers are being revised.  The Percentages
and Maximum Purchases of the new and existing (as revised) APA Purchasers are
specified in the executed signature pages attached to this Amendment as Exhibit
A.  The attached signature pages shall supersede the signature pages to the
Agreement dated December 28, 1995, and from and after the date of this Amendment
all references to the signature pages of the Agreement shall refer to the
signature pages attached as Exhibit A to this Amendment.

          SECTION 5.  EFFECTIVENESS.  The amendments provided for by this
Amendment shall become effective as of June 12, 1996, upon receipt by the Agent
of (i) counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of the parties
hereto and (ii) written confirmation from each of S&P and Moody's that such
amendments will not result in a downgrade in the ratings of the Commercial Paper
Notes.

          SECTION 6.  AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS AMENDED.  Except as
specifically amended or waived hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the
Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  All references to the
Agreement in any other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean such
Agreement as amended by this Amendment.  This Amendment shall not constitute a
novation of the Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment thereof.  The
parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and obligations of the Agreement,
as amended by this Amendment, as though the terms and obligations of the
Agreement were set forth herein.

          SECTION 7.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Amendment may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by separate parties hereto on separate counterparts,
each of which when executed shall be deemed an original, but all such
counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 8.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          SECTION 9.  DEFINED TERMS.  Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the
Agreement.



                                       2
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to
the Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of
the day and year first above written.


                              MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                OF NEW YORK


                              By:  
                                  ------------------------
                                   Title:


Acknowledged and consented to:
June 12, 1996

DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION

By:  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company 
     of New York,
     as attorney-in-fact for
     Delaware Funding Corporation


By: 
    ------------------------
    Authorized Signatory

    ------------------------
    Title


OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LIMITED


By: 
    ------------------------
    Authorized Signatory

    ------------------------
    Title


                                             3
<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                   Signature Page
                                  with respect to 
                    Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                               Variable Funding Notes
                              Asset Purchase Agreement

                           Dated as of December 28, 1995
                            Amended as of June 12, 1996



                              Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of 
                                New York, 
                                as Agent and as Administrative 
                                Agent



                              By: 
                                  ----------------------
                                   Authorized Signature

                                ------------------------
                                Title 


<PAGE>

                                  Signature Page
                                  with respect to 
                  Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                              Variable Funding Notes
                             Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  28.33%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $85,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                        June 12, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 26, 1996



                              MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY 
                                OF NEW YORK
                              500 Stanton Christiana Road
                              Newark, Delaware 19713-2107


                              By: 
                                  ------------------------
                                   Authorized Signature



                                  ------------------------
                                   Title








<PAGE>

                                  Signature Page
                                  with respect to
                  Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                               Variable Funding Notes
                              Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  16.67%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $50,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                        June 12, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 26, 1996



                              BANK OF AMERICA ILLINOIS
                                231 South LaSalle Street
                                Chicago, Illinois 60690


                              By: 
                                  ------------------------
                                Title:



                              By: 
                                  ------------------------
                                Title:




                                      A-3
<PAGE>

                                 Signature Page
                                 with respect to 
                   Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                              Variable Funding Notes
                             Asset Purchase Agreement



SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  5.00%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $15,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                        June 12, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 26, 1996



                              THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
                                ATLANTA AGENCY
                                Suite 2700
                                600 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                                Atlanta, Georgia  30308


                              By: 
                                  ------------------------
                                Title:


                              By:
                                  ------------------------
                                Title:










                                     A-4
<PAGE>

                                Signature Page
                                with respect to 
              Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                            Variable Funding Notes
                           Asset Purchase Agreement



SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  16.67%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $50,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                        June 12, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 26, 1996



                              DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK AND 
                                GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES
                                Suite 2700
                                1900 South LaSalle Street
                                Chicago, Illinois  60603


                              By: ________________________
                                Title:


                              By: ________________________
                                Title:









                                    A-5
<PAGE>

                              Signature Page
                              with respect to 
              Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                          Variable Funding Notes
                         Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  8.33%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $25,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                        June 12, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 26, 1996



                              COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, 
                                CHICAGO BRANCH
                                311 S. Wacker Drive
                                Chicago, Illinois  60606


                              By: 
                                  ------------------------
                                Title:


                              By: 
                                  ------------------------
                                Title:



     


                                    A-6
<PAGE>

                               Signature Page
                               with respect to 
               Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                           Variable Funding Notes
                          Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  8.33%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $25,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                        June 12, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 26, 1996



                              HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
                                111 West Monroe Street
                                P.O. Box 755
                                Chicago, Illinois  60690


                              By: 
                                  ------------------------
                                Title:


                              By: 
                                  ------------------------
                                Title:







                                    A-7
<PAGE>
                               Signature Page
                               with respect to
              Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                           Variable Funding Notes
                           Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  16.67%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $50,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                        June 12, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 26, 1996



                              BANCO SANTANDER, NEW YORK BRANCH
                                453 East 53rd Street
                                New York, New York  10022


                              By: 
                                  ------------------------
                                Title:


                              By: 
                                  ------------------------
                                Title:

                                      A-8

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


                                SECOND AMENDMENT
                                   AND CONSENT
                                   RELATING TO
                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                 Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                             Variable Funding Notes


          THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND CONSENT dated as of December 20, 1996 
(the "SECOND AMENDMENT") Relating to the ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as 
of December 28, 1995 and amended as of June 12, 1996 (the "AGREEMENT") among 
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (successor to J.P. Morgan 
Delaware), as administrative agent (the "AGENT") and each of the parties 
(collectively, the "APA PURCHASERS") who has (i) executed a signature page to 
the Agreement or (ii) executed an Assignment of Purchase Commitment, is by 
and among the parties listed above.  Capitalized terms used in this Second 
Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such 
terms in the Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS, December 26, 1996 is the Purchase Termination Date for 
each of the current APA Purchasers and is also the Expiry Date specified in 
the Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(a) of the 
Agreement, Bank of America Illinois (the "Non-Extending Purchaser") has 
notified the Agent that it will not consent to the extension of its Purchase 
Termination Date; and

          WHEREAS, the Agent and the APA Purchasers (other than the 
Non-Extending Purchaser) wish to amend the Agreement to extend each APA 
Purchaser's (other than the Non-Extending Purchaser) Purchase Termination 
Date and the Expiry Date; and

          WHEREAS, two APA Purchasers, Harris Trust and Savings Bank and 
Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, desire to increase their Maximum 
Purchases; and

          WHEREAS, due to the withdrawal of the Non-Extending Purchaser and 
the increase of the Maximum Purchases of two current APA Purchasers, the 
Percentages of the remaining APA Purchasers will be affected as evidenced 
herein; and

          WHEREAS, in accordance with the provisions of Section 13(l) of the
Agreement, Delaware Funding Corporation and Olympic Financial Ltd. ("OFL") are
willing to consent to this Second Amendment upon the terms provided for herein.

<PAGE>

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements 
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  EXTENSION OF PURCHASE TERMINATION DATE.  Each APA 
Purchaser who executes an attached signature page hereby consents to the 
extension of such APA Purchaser's Purchase Termination Date to the date 
specified on such signature page.

          SECTION 2.  INCREASE IN MAXIMUM PURCHASES.  Each of Harris Trust 
and Savings Bank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, by execution 
of its attached signature page, hereby agrees to the increase in its Maximum 
Purchase to the amount stated therein.

          SECTION 3.  EXTENSION AND AMENDMENT OF THE "EXPIRY DATE."  The 
definition of "Expiry Date" in the last paragraph of Section 13(i) of the 
Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

          For purposes of this Asset Purchase Agreement, "EXPIRY DATE" shall
     mean, for each APA Purchaser, the later of (i) January 17, 1997 and
     (ii) such later date agreed to by the Agent and such APA Purchaser,

          SECTION 4.  AMENDMENTS OF SIGNATURE PAGES.  As a result of the 
withdrawal of the Non-Extending Purchaser as an APA Purchaser and the 
increase in the Maximum Purchases of certain APA Purchasers as provided in 
Section 2 of this Second Amendment, the Percentages of remaining APA 
Purchasers are being revised.  The Percentages and extended Purchase 
Termination Dates of the remaining APA Purchasers are specified in the 
executed signature pages attached to this Amendment as Exhibit A.  The 
attached signature pages shall supersede the signature pages to the Agreement 
dated June 12, 1996, and from and after the date of this Second Amendment all 
references to the signature pages of the Agreement shall refer to the 
signature pages attached as Exhibit A to this Second Amendment.

          SECTION 5.  EFFECTIVENESS.  The amendments provided for by this 
Second Amendment shall become effective as of December 20, 1996, upon receipt 
by the Agent of (i) counterparts of this Amendment, duly executed by each of 
the parties hereto, (ii) notice that the conditions to effectiveness of the 
Agreement to Extend Purchase Commitment Expiration Date Relating to Note 
Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof have been satisfied and (iii) 
confirmation by each of S&P and Moody's of the then-current ratings of the 
Commercial Paper Notes.

          SECTION 6.  AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS AMENDED.  Except 
as specifically amended or waived hereby, all of the terms and conditions of 
the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  All references to the 
Agreement in any other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean such 
Agreement as amended by this Second Amendment.  This Second Amendment shall 
not constitute a novation of the Agreement, but shall constitute 

                                      2
<PAGE>

an amendment thereof.  The parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and 
obligations of the Agreement, as amended by this Second Amendment, as though 
the terms and obligations of the Agreement were set forth herein.

          SECTION 7.  PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS.  This Second Amendment sets forth 
the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter 
hereof, and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether 
written or oral.

          SECTION 8.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Second Amendment may be executed in 
any number of counterparts and by separate parties hereto on separate 
counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed an original, but 
all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same 
instrument.

          SECTION 9.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS SECOND AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED 
BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          SECTION 10.  DEFINED TERMS.  Capitalized terms used herein and not 
otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the 
Agreement.

                                      3
<PAGE>

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second 
Amendment to the Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized 
officers as of the day and year first above written.

                                       MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                         OF NEW YORK


                                       By:   /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            Title: VICE PRESIDENT



Acknowledged and consented to:
December 20, 1996

DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION

By:  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company 
     of New York,
     as attorney-in-fact for
     Delaware Funding Corporation


By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
    ----------------------------------
    Authorized Signatory

    VICE PRESIDENT
    ----------------------------------
    Title


OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LIMITED


By:
    ----------------------------------
    Authorized Signatory

    ----------------------------------
    Title

                                      4
<PAGE>

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second 
Amendment to the Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized 
officers as of the day and year first above written.

                                       MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                         OF NEW YORK


                                       By:   
                                            ----------------------------------
                                            Title: 



Acknowledged and consented to:
December 20, 1996

DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION

By:  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company 
     of New York,
     as attorney-in-fact for
     Delaware Funding Corporation


By: 
    ----------------------------------
    Authorized Signatory


    ----------------------------------
    Title


OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LIMITED


By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
    ----------------------------------
    Authorized Signatory

    ----------------------------------
    Title

                                      5
<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT A

                                Signature Page
                                with respect to
                 Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                             Variable Funding Notes
                            Asset Purchase Agreement

                         Dated as of December 28, 1995
                          Amended as of June 12, 1996
                        Amended as of December 20, 1996



                                       Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of
                                         New York,
                                         as Agent and as Administrative
                                         Agent


                                       By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Authorized Signature

                                           VICE PRESIDENT
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title

<PAGE>

                                Signature Page
                                with respect to
                  Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                             Variable Funding Notes
                            Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  36.67%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $110,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                  December 20, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  January 17, 1997



                                       MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                         OF NEW YORK
                                       500 Stanton Christiana Road
                                       Newark, Delaware 19713-2107


                                       By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Authorized Signature


                                           VICE PRESIDENT
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title








                                     A-2
<PAGE>

                                 Signature Page
                                 with respect to
                   Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                              Variable Funding Notes
                             Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  5.00%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $15,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                  December 20, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  January 17, 1997



                                       THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
                                         ATLANTA AGENCY
                                         Suite 2700
                                         600 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                                         Atlanta, Georgia  30308


                                       By: /s/ A.S. Norsworthy
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title:
                                                         A.S. NORSWORTHY
                                                SR. TEAM LEADER-LOAN OPERATIONS
                                       By:
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title:

                                      A-3
<PAGE>

                                  Signature Page
                                  with respect to
                  Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                               Variable Funding Notes
                              Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  8.33%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $25,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                  December 20, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  January 17, 1997



                                       COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT,
                                         CHICAGO BRANCH
                                         311 S. Wacker Drive
                                         Chicago, Illinois  60606


                                       By: /s/ W.B. Peterson
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title:  WILLIAM BRENT PETERSON
                                                   Assistant Vice President

                                       By: /s/ J. Timothy Shortly
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title:  J. TIMOTHY SHORTLY
                                                   Senior Vice President

                                      A-4
<PAGE>

                                 Signature Page
                                 with respect to
                   Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                              Variable Funding Notes
                             Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  16.67%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $50,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                  December 20, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  January 17, 1997



                                       DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK
                                         AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCHES
                                         Suite 2700
                                         1900 South LaSalle Street
                                         Chicago, Illinois  60603


                                       By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title: VICE PRESIDENT


                                       By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title: Vice President

                                      A-5
<PAGE>

                                 Signature Page
                                 with respect to
                   Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                              Variable Funding Notes
                             Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  16.67%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $50,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                  December 20, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  January 17, 1997



                                       HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
                                         111 West Monroe Street
                                         P.O. Box 755
                                         Chicago, Illinois  60690


                                       By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title: V.P.


                                       By: 
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title:

                                      A-6
<PAGE>

                                 Signature Page
                                 with respect to
                  Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                              Variable Funding Notes
                             Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  16.67%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $50,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                  December 20, 1996

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  January 17, 1997



                                       BANCO SANTANDER, NEW YORK BRANCH
                                         453 East 53rd Street
                                         New York, New York  10022


                                       By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                           -----------------------------------
                                       Title: VP


                                       By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Title:

                                      A-7

<PAGE>
                                                                  EXECUTION COPY


                                 THIRD AMENDMENT
                                   AND CONSENT
                                   RELATING TO
                            ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                 Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                             Variable Funding Notes



          THIS THIRD AMENDMENT AND CONSENT dated as of January 17, 1997 (the 
"THIRD AMENDMENT") Relating to the ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of 
December 28, 1995 and amended as of June 12, 1996 and December 20, 1996 (the 
"AGREEMENT") among Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (successor to 
J.P. Morgan Delaware), as administrative agent (the "AGENT") and each of the 
parties (collectively, the "APA PURCHASERS") who has (i) executed a signature 
page to the Agreement or (ii) executed an Assignment of Purchase Commitment, 
is by and among the parties listed above.  Capitalized terms used in this 
Third Amendment and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to 
such terms in the Agreement.

                                    RECITALS

          WHEREAS, January 17, 1997 is the Purchase Termination Date for each 
of the current APA Purchasers and is also the Expiry Date specified in the 
Agreement; and

          WHEREAS, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(a) of the 
Agreement, Dresdner Bank AG Chicago and Grand Cayman Branch (the 
"Non-Extending Purchaser") has notified the Agent that it will not consent to 
the extension of its Purchase Termination Date; and

          WHEREAS, the Agent and the APA Purchasers (other than the 
Non-Extending Purchaser) wish to amend the Agreement to extend each APA 
Purchaser's (other than the Non-Extending Purchaser) Purchase Termination 
Date and the Expiry Date; and

          WHEREAS, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2(a) of the 
Agreement, Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, as an APA Purchaser (in 
such capacity, the "Reducing Purchaser") has notified the Agent that it wants 
to reduce its Maximum Purchase following the January 17, 1997 Purchase 
Termination Date; and

          WHEREAS, the Seller has determined to reduce the Facility Limit and 
DFC's Purchase Commitment, such reduction to be effective as of January 17, 
1997; and

<PAGE>

          WHEREAS, due to the withdrawal of the Non-Extending Purchaser, the 
decrease in the Maximum Purchase of the Reducing Purchaser and the reduction 
in DFC's Purchase Commitment and in the Facility Limit, the Percentages of 
the remaining APA Purchasers will be affected as evidenced herein; and

          WHEREAS, in a First Amendment and Consent relating to the Note 
Purchase Agreement dated the date hereof, the Agent has been given the right 
to consent to a Change of Control (as defined in such First Amendment) of OFL 
and desires to be governed by the Majority Purchasers in determining whether 
to grant such consent; and

          WHEREAS, the Agent has agreed to increase the Liquidity Fee payable 
to the APA Purchasers under certain circumstances; and

          WHEREAS, in accordance with the provisions of Section 13(l) of the 
Agreement, Delaware Funding Corporation and Olympic Financial Ltd. ("OFL") 
are willing to consent to this Third Amendment upon the terms provided for 
herein; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7(b) of the Agreement, the Agent is 
required to obtain the consent of the Majority Purchasers before consenting 
to amendments to the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements 
contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

          SECTION 1.  EXTENSION OF PURCHASE TERMINATION DATE.  Each APA 
Purchaser who executes an attached signature page hereby consents to the 
extension of such APA Purchaser's Purchase Termination Date to the date 
specified on such signature page.

          SECTION 2.  DECREASE IN MAXIMUM PURCHASE.  The Reducing Purchaser, 
by execution of its attached signature page, hereby agrees to the decrease in 
its Maximum Purchase to the amount stated therein.

          SECTION 3.  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF DECREASE IN FACILITY LIMIT AND DFC'S 
PURCHASE LIMIT.  In accordance with the provisions of Section 12(b) of the 
Agreement, all of the APA Purchasers who execute the attached signature pages 
hereby acknowledge the reduction in the Facility Limit and DFC's Purchase 
Limit from $300,000,000 to $225,000,000.

          SECTION 4.  EXTENSION AND AMENDMENT OF THE "EXPIRY DATE."  The 
definition of "Expiry Date" in the last paragraph of Section 13(i) of the 
Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:

          For purposes of this Asset Purchase Agreement, "EXPIRY DATE" shall
     mean, for each APA Purchaser, the earlier of (i) December 19, 1997 or
     (ii) June 30, 1997, but only if

                                       2
<PAGE>

     either (a) such APA Purchaser determines, in its sole and absolute 
     discretion, to terminate its Purchase Commitment hereunder and so 
     notifies the Agent and OFL in writing on or before May 27, 1997 or (b) 
     DFC terminates its Purchase Commitment under the Note Purchase Agreement,

          SECTION 5.  RIGHT OF MAJORITY PURCHASERS TO CONSENT TO CHANGE OF 
CONTROL.  A new clause (iv) is added to Section 7(b) of the Agreement and 
reads as follows:

          (iv)  consent to a Change of Control with respect to OFL;

          SECTION 6.  INCREASE OF LIQUIDITY FEE UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. 
The last sentence of Section 16 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read as 
follows:

     The Liquidity Fee for each APA Purchaser shall be a per annum fee equal to,
     for each day, such APA Purchaser's unused Maximum Purchase multiplied by
     either (i) .15% per annum or (ii) if and for so long as any Warehousing
     Period (as defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement) exceeds 90 days,
     .25% per annum.

          SECTION 7.  CONSENT TO AMENDMENT TO SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT.  
In accordance with the provisions of Section 7(b) of the Agreement, all of 
the Purchasers who execute the attached signature pages hereby consent to 
Amendment No. 3 to Sale and Servicing Agreement of even date herewith, 
substantially in the form attached to this Third Amendment as Exhibit B.

          SECTION 8.  AMENDMENTS OF SIGNATURE PAGES.  As a result of the 
withdrawal of the Non-Extending Purchaser as an APA Purchaser and the 
decrease in the Maximum Purchase of the Reducing Purchaser as provided in 
Section 2 of this Third Amendment, pursuant to Sections 2(a), 12(b) and 13(l) 
of the Agreement, the Percentages of remaining APA Purchasers are being 
revised.  The Percentages and extended Purchase Termination Dates of the 
remaining APA Purchasers are specified in the executed signature pages 
attached to this Third Amendment as Exhibit A.  The attached signature pages 
shall supersede the signature pages to the Agreement dated December 20, 1996, 
and from and after the date of this Third Amendment all references to the 
signature pages of the Agreement shall refer to the signature pages attached 
as Exhibit A to this Third Amendment.

          SECTION 9.  EFFECTIVENESS.  The amendments provided for by this 
Third Amendment shall become effective as of January 17, 1997, upon receipt 
by the Agent of (i) counterparts of this Third Amendment, duly executed by 
each of the parties hereto, (ii) notice that the conditions to effectiveness 
of the First Amendment and Consent Relating to Note Purchase Agreement dated 
the date hereof have been satisfied and (iii) confirmation by each of S&P and 
Moody's of the then-current ratings of the Commercial Paper Notes.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          SECTION 10.  AGREEMENT IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT AS AMENDED.  Except 
as specifically amended or waived hereby, all of the terms and conditions of 
the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.  All references to the 
Agreement in any other document or instrument shall be deemed to mean such 
Agreement as amended by this Third Amendment.  This Third Amendment shall not 
constitute a novation of the Agreement, but shall constitute an amendment 
thereof.  The parties hereto agree to be bound by the terms and obligations 
of the Agreement, as amended by this Third Amendment, as though the terms and 
obligations of the Agreement were set forth herein.

          SECTION 11.  PRIOR UNDERSTANDINGS.  This Third Amendment sets forth 
the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter 
hereof, and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether 
written or oral.

          SECTION 12.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Third Amendment may be executed in 
any number of counterparts and by separate parties hereto on separate 
counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed an original, but 
all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same 
instrument.

          SECTION 13.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS THIRD AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          SECTION 14.  DEFINED TERMS.  Capitalized terms used herein and not
otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the
Agreement.

                                       4
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third 
Amendment to the Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized 
officers as of the day and year first above written.

                              MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                OF NEW YORK


                              By:  /s/ Richard A. Burke
                                   ------------------------
                                   Title: Richard A. Burke
                                          Vice President


Acknowledged and consented to:   
January 17, 1997

DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION

By:  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company 
     of New York,
     as attorney-in-fact for
     Delaware Funding Corporation


By:  /s/ Richard A. Burke
     ------------------------
     Authorized Signatory
     Richard A. Burke
     Vice President    
     ------------------------
     Title


OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LIMITED


By: 
    --------------------------
    Authorized Signatory

    --------------------------
    Title

                                       5

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Third 
Amendment to the Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized 
officers as of the day and year first above written.

                              MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                OF NEW YORK


                              By:  
                                   ------------------------
                                   Title: 
                                          


Acknowledged and consented to:   
January 17, 1997

DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION

By:  Morgan Guaranty Trust Company 
     of New York,
     as attorney-in-fact for
     Delaware Funding Corporation


By:
    --------------------------
    Authorized Signatory

    --------------------------
    Title

OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


By: /s/ Michael J. Sherman
    -------------------------
    Authorized Signatory
    Michael J. Sherman
    Treasurer
    -------------------------
    Title

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                                                       EXHIBIT A

Signature Page
with respect to 
Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
Variable Funding Notes
Asset Purchase Agreement

Dated as of December 28, 1995
Amended as of June 12, 1996
Amended as of December 20, 1996
Amended as of January 17, 1997



                              Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, 
                                as Agent and as Administrative Agent



                              By: /s/ Richard A. Burke
                                  ------------------------
                                  Authorized Signature
                                  Richard A. Burke
                                    Vice President
                                  ------------------------
                                  Title 
<PAGE>

                                    Signature Page
                                    with respect to
                     Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                                 Variable Funding Notes
                                Asset Purchase Agreement


SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  37.78%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $85,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                     January 17, 1997

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 19, 1997*

                              MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY 
                                OF NEW YORK
                              500 Stanton Christiana Road
                              Newark, Delaware 19713-2107


                              By: /s/ Richard A. Burke
                                  ------------------------
                                  Authorized Signature
                                  Richard A. Burke
                                    Vice President
                                  ------------------------
                                  Title 

- -------------
*  At the option of the APA Purchaser named above, June 30, 1997.

<PAGE>

                                     Signature Page
                                     with respect to 
                       Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                                  Variable Funding Notes
                                  Asset Purchase Agreement

SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  6.67%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $15,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                     January 17, 1997

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 19, 1997*


                              THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA,
                                ATLANTA AGENCY
                                Suite 2700
                                600 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                                Atlanta, Georgia  30308


                              By: /s/ F.C.H. Ashby
                                  ------------------------
                                  Title: F.C.H. Ashby
                                   Senior Manager Loan Operations

- -------------
*  At the option of the APA Purchaser named above, June 30, 1997.

<PAGE>

                                Signature Page
                                with respect to 
                Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                             Variable Funding Notes
                            Asset Purchase Agreement

SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  11.11%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $25,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                     January 17, 1997

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 19, 1997*

                              COMMERZBANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, CHICAGO BRANCH
                                311 S. Wacker Drive
                                Chicago, Illinois  60606

                              By: /s/ Paul Karlin
                                  ------------------------
                                  Title: Paul Karlin
                                   Assistant Treasurer

                              By: /s/ J. Timothy Shortly
                                  ------------------------
                                  Title: J. Timothy Shortly
                                   Senior Vice President

- -------------
*  At the option of the APA Purchaser named above, June 30, 1997.

<PAGE>

                               Signature Page
                               with respect to 
                 Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                             Variable Funding Notes
                            Asset Purchase Agreement

SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  22.22%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $50,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                     January 17, 1997

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 19, 1997*


                              HARRIS TRUST AND SAVINGS BANK
                                111 West Monroe Street
                                P.O. Box 755
                                Chicago, Illinois  60690


                              By: /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                  ------------------------
                                  Title: Illegible

                              By:  V.P.
                                  ------------------------
                                  Title: 

- -------------
*  At the option of the APA Purchaser named above, June 30, 1997.

<PAGE>

                                   Signature Page
                                   with respect to 
                     Olympic Automobile Receivables Warehouse Trust
                                Variable Funding Notes
                               Asset Purchase Agreement



SECTION 1.

     Percentage:  22.22%

SECTION 2.

     Maximum Purchase:  $50,000,000

SECTION 3.

     Effective Date of Purchase Commitment:                     January 17, 1997

SECTION 4.

     Purchase Termination Date:  December 19, 1997*



                              BANCO SANTANDER, NEW YORK BRANCH
                                453 East 53rd Street
                                New York, New York  10022

                              By: /s/ Dom J. Rodriguez
                                  ------------------------
                                  Title: Dom J. Rodriguez
                                         Vice President
                                         BANCO SANTANDER

                              By:  /s/ Robert E. Schlegel
                                  ------------------------
                                  Title: Robert E. Schlegel
                                         Vice President
                                         Manager-Corporate Banking
                                         BANCO SANTANDER

- -------------
*  At the option of the APA Purchaser named above, June 30, 1997.


<PAGE>

                                                                EXECUTION COPY

_______________________________________________________________________________

                    RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT
                                           
                                           
                                       between
                                           
                                           
                          OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.
                                      Purchaser
                                           
                                           
                                         and
                                           
                                           
                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                                        Seller
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                           
                                     dated as of
                                           
                                   December 3, 1996

_______________________________________________________________________________


<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 Page
                                                                                 ----
<S>            <C>                                                               <C>
                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1.   General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
SECTION 1.2.   Specific Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1
SECTION 1.3.   Usage of Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
SECTION 1.4.   Certain References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
SECTION 1.5.   No Recourse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
SECTION 1.6.   Action by or Consent of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  7
SECTION 1.7.   Material Adverse Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8


                                      ARTICLE II

                            CONVEYANCE OF THE RECEIVABLES
                           AND THE OTHER CONVEYED PROPERTY

SECTION 2.1.   Purchase Price. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
SECTION 2.2.   Conveyance of Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
SECTION 2.3.   Delivery of Receivable Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  9


                                     ARTICLE III

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 3.1.   Representations and Warranties of OFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
SECTION 3.2.   Representations and Warranties of ORFC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12


                                      ARTICLE IV

                                   COVENANTS OF OFL

SECTION 4.1.   Protection of Title of ORFC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SECTION 4.2.   Other Liens or Interests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SECTION 4.3.   Costs and Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SECTION 4.4.   Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16


                                      ARTICLE V

                                     REPURCHASES

SECTION 5.1.   Repurchase of Receivables Upon Breach of 
               Warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
SECTION 5.2.   Reassignment of Purchased Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
SECTION 5.3.   Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

<PAGE>

                                                                                 Page
                                                                                 ----
<S>            <C>                                                               <C>
                                      ARTICLE VI

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 6.1.   Liability of OFL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
SECTION 6.2.   Merger or Consolidation of OFL or ORFC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
SECTION 6.3.   Limitation on Liability of OFL and Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SECTION 6.4.   Amendment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SECTION 6.5.   Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SECTION 6.6.   Merger and Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SECTION 6.7.   Severability of Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SECTION 6.8.   Intention of the Parties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SECTION 6.9.   Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
SECTION 6.10.  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
SECTION 6.11.  Conveyance of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to
               an Assignee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
SECTION 6.12.  Nonpetition Covenant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23


SCHEDULE
- ---------

SCHEDULE A     SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES
SCHEDULE B     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER


EXHIBIT
- -------
EXHIBIT A      FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT

          THIS RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT, dated as of
December 3, 1996, executed between Olympic Receivables Finance Corp., a Delaware
corporation, as purchaser ("ORFC"), and Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota
corporation, as seller ("OFL").

                                W I T N E S S E T H :

          WHEREAS, ORFC has agreed from time to time to purchase from OFL and
OFL, pursuant to this Agreement, has agreed from time to time to sell and assign
to ORFC the Receivables and Other Conveyed Property.

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable consideration,
the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, ORFC and OFL, intending to be
legally bound, hereby agree as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

          SECTION 1.1.  GENERAL.  The specific terms defined in this Article
include the plural as well as the singular.  The words, "herein," "hereof" and
"hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision, and Article,
Section, Schedule and Exhibit references, unless otherwise specified, refer to
Articles and Sections of and Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement.

          SECTION 1.2.  SPECIFIC TERMS.  Whenever used in this Agreement, the
following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise requires, shall have
the following meanings:

          "ACCOUNTING DATE" means with respect to any Receivables the date
specified, if applicable, in the related Servicing Agreement.
z
          "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to any Person, any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect
common control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

<PAGE>

          "AGREEMENT" shall mean this Receivables Purchase Agreement and
Assignment and all amendments hereof and supplements hereto.

          "AMOUNT FINANCED" has the meaning specified, with respect to any
Receivable, in the related Servicing Agreement.

          "ASSIGNEE" means, collectively, each Person specified in the relevant
Securitization Document or Warehousing Document to whom ORFC assigns or
otherwise transfers specified Receivables and the related Other Conveyed
Property.

          "ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT" means, with respect to any Receivables, the
assignment agreement between OFL and ORFC pursuant to which OFL sells and
assigns Receivables to ORFC, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A.

          "ASSIGNMENT DATE" means any date on which Receivables are sold and
assigned to ORFC pursuant to Section 2.2.

          "BACKUP SERVICER" means, if applicable, any backup servicer or its
successor in interest, or such Person as shall have been appointed as Backup
Servicer or successor Servicer pursuant to any Servicing Agreement.

          "BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, legal
holiday or other day on which commercial banking institutions in Minneapolis,
Minnesota, New York, New York or any other location of any successor Servicer,
any Trustee or Collateral Agent are obligated by law, executive order or
governmental decree to be closed.

          "CLOSING DATE" means December 3, 1996.

          "COLLECTION ACCOUNT" has the meaning specified, with respect to any
Receivable, in the related Servicing Agreement.

          "COLLATERAL AGENT" has the meaning specified, if applicable, in any
Servicing Agreement.

          "COMPUTER TAPE" means the computer tape generated on behalf of ORFC 
that provides information relating to Receivables and that was used by OFL 
and ORFC in selecting the Receivables conveyed hereunder and under any 
Related Document.

          "CRAM DOWN LOSS" means, with respect to a Receivable, if a court of 
appropriate jurisdiction in an insolvency proceeding shall have issued an 
order reducing the Principal Balance of such Receivable, the amount of such 
reduction. A "Cram Down Loss" shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of 
issuance of such order.

          "CUSTODIAN" means, collectively, each Custodian specified in a
Servicing Agreement or other Related Document.

                                      2
<PAGE>

          "CUT-OFF DATE" means, with respect to any Receivables, the date
specified in the related Warehousing Documents or Securitization Documents.

          "DEALER" means a seller of new or used automobiles or light trucks
that originated one or more of the Receivables and sold the respective
Receivable, directly or indirectly, to OFL under an existing agreement between
such seller and OFL.

          "DEALER AGREEMENT" means an agreement between OFL and a Dealer
relating to the sale of retail installment sales contracts and installment notes
to OFL and all documents and instruments relating thereto.  

          "DEALER ASSIGNMENT" means, with respect to a Receivable, the executed
assignment executed by a Dealer conveying such Receivable to OFL.  

          "DEPOSIT DATE" means that date specified, with respect to a
Receivable, in the related Servicing Agreement. 

          "FINANCED VEHICLE" means a new or used automobile or light truck,
together with all accessories thereto, securing or purporting to secure an
Obligor's indebtedness under a Receivable.

          "FORCE-PLACED INSURANCE" means insurance that the Servicer may, if an
Obligor fails to obtain or maintain a comprehensive and collision insurance
policy, obtain with respect to the related Financed Vehicle.  

          "HOLDERS" means any "Holder" of a Security as defined in any
applicable Related Document.

          "INSURANCE AGREEMENT" means collectively, each insurance agreement
dated as of a date on or after the date hereof, executed and delivered by among
others, a Security Insurer, an Assignee, ORFC and OFL.

          "INSURANCE POLICY" means, with respect to a Receivable, any insurance
policy benefiting the holder of the Receivable providing loss or physical
damage, credit life, credit disability, theft, mechanical breakdown or similar
coverage with respect to the Financed Vehicle or the Obligor.

          "INSURER DEFAULT" with respect to any Security Insurer has the meaning
specified in any Servicing Agreement(s) covering Receivables backing a Security
insured by such Security Insurer.

          "LIEN" means any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference,
equity or encumbrance of any kind, including tax liens, mechanics' liens and any
liens that attach by operation of law.

                                      3
<PAGE>

          "LIEN CERTIFICATE" means, with respect to a Financed Vehicle, an
original certificate of title, certificate of lien or other notification issued
by the Registrar of Titles of the applicable state to a secured party which
indicates that the lien of the secured party on the Financed Vehicle is recorded
on the original certificate of title.  In any jurisdiction in which the original
certificate of title is required to be given to the Obligor, the term "Lien
Certificate" shall mean only a certificate or notification issued to a secured
party.

          "LIQUIDATED RECEIVABLE" has the meaning specified, with respect to a
Receivable, in the related Servicing Agreement.

          "LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS" means, with respect to a Liquidated Receivable,
all amounts realized with respect to such Receivable (other than amounts
withdrawn from a spread account or other like account and drawings under a
Security Policy) net of (i) reasonable expenses incurred by the Servicer in
connection with the collection of such Receivable and the repossession and
disposition of the Financed Vehicle and (ii) amounts that are required to be
refunded to the Obligor on such Receivable; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Liquidation Proceeds with respect to any Receivable shall in no event be less
than zero.

          "OBLIGOR" means the purchaser or the co-purchasers of the Financed
Vehicle and any other Person or Persons who are primarily or secondarily
obligated to make payments under a Receivable.

          "OTHER CONVEYED PROPERTY" means all monies at any time paid or payable
on the Receivables or in respect thereof after the applicable Cut-Off Date
(including amounts due on or before the applicable Cut-Off Date but received by
OFL after such Cut-Off Date), the security interests of OFL in the Financed
Vehicles, the Insurance Policies and any proceeds from any Insurance Policies
relating to the Receivables, the Obligors or the Financed Vehicles, including
rebates of premiums, and any Force-Placed Insurance relating to the Receivables,
rights of OFL against Dealers with respect to the Receivables under the Dealer
Agreements and the Dealer Assignments, all items contained in the Receivable
Files, any and all other documents or electronic records that OFL keeps on file
in accordance with its customary procedures relating to the Receivables, the
Obligors or the Financed Vehicles, property (including the right to receive
future Liquidation Proceeds) that secures a Receivable and that has been
acquired by or on behalf of OFL pursuant to liquidation of such Receivable, all
present and future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of
the Receivables and any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and
all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of the Receivables
and any and all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion,
voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds,
accounts, accounts receivables, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper,
checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights

                                      4
<PAGE>

to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and 
receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute all 
or part of or are included in the proceeds of the Receivables and any of the 
foregoing.

          "PERSON" means any legal person, including any individual,
corporation, partnership, joint venture, estate, association, joint stock
company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or
political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

          "PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, with respect to any Receivable, as of any
date, the Amount Financed minus (i) that portion of all amounts received on or
prior to such date and allocable to principal in accordance with the terms of
the Receivable, and (ii) any Cram Down Loss in respect of such Receivable.

          "PURCHASE AMOUNT" with respect to a Receivable has the meaning
specified, if applicable, in the Servicing Agreement related to such Receivable.

          "PURCHASED RECEIVABLE" has the meaning specified, if applicable, in
the related Servicing Agreement.

          "RATING AGENCY" means any nationally recognized statistical rating
organization selected by OFL or ORFC to rate any of the Securities or that
determines a capital charge with respect to the issuance of a Security Policy by
a Security Insurer or any other party specified as such in the Servicing
Agreement or other Related Document.

          "RECEIVABLE" means a retail installment sales contract or promissory
note (and related security agreement) for a new or used automobile or light
truck (and all accessories thereto) that is included in the Schedule of
Receivables, and all rights and obligations under such a contract.

          "RECEIVABLE FILES" means the documents, electronic entries,
instruments and writings with respect to a Receivable required to be transferred
to, and held by, the Custodian pursuant to a Warehousing Document or
Securitization Document relating to such Receivable.

          "REGISTRAR OF TITLES" means, with respect to any state, the
governmental agency or body responsible for the registration of, and the
issuance of certificates of title relating to, motor vehicles and liens thereon.

          "RELATED DOCUMENTS" has the meaning specified in each Servicing
Agreement.  The Related Documents to be executed by any party are referred to
herein as "such party's Related Documents," "its Related Documents" or by a
similar expression.

                                      5
<PAGE>

          "REPURCHASE DATE" means the date specified, if applicable, in the
relevant Warehousing Document.

          "REPURCHASE EVENT" means the occurrence of a breach of any of OFL's
representations and warranties contained in Section 3.1(a) hereof that
materially and adversely affects the interests of ORFC or any assignee in the
related Receivables or any other event which requires the repurchase of a
Receivable by OFL under a Servicing Agreement or this Agreement.

          "REPURCHASED RECEIVABLES" has the meaning specified, if applicable, in
the relevant Warehousing Document.

          "SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES" means the schedule of all automobile retail
installment loan contracts and promissory notes sold and transferred pursuant to
this Agreement which is attached hereto as Schedule A, as such Schedule shall be
supplemented from time to time (a) by each Schedule of Receivables with respect
to each Assignment Agreement, which Schedules of Receivables shall be deemed
incorporated and made a part of Schedule A hereto and (b) to reflect the
repurchase from ORFC of Receivables repurchased by OFL hereunder or purchased by
a Servicer under any Servicing Agreement.  OFL shall maintain a Master Schedule
A reflecting all such sales, transfers , repurchases and purchases.  With
respect to an Assignment Agreement, "Schedule of Receivables" shall mean the
Schedule attached to such Assignment Agreement as Exhibit A thereto.

          "SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS" means the Schedule of Representations
and Warranties attached hereto as Schedule B.

          "SECURITIZATION DOCUMENT" means each Servicing Agreement and Related
Document related to a transfer of Receivables in connection with the public sale
or private placement of term securities backed by such Receivables.

          "SECURITY" means any note, certificate or other security backed by
Receivables that is issued pursuant to a Warehousing Document or a
Securitization Document.

          "SECURITY INSURER" means each financial guaranty insurance company
issuing a Security Policy, as specified in any Servicing Agreement.

          "SECURITY POLICY" means any "Note Policy," "Certificate Policy" or
other policy of financial guaranty insurance with respect to a Security defined
as such in the relevant Servicing Agreement.

          "SERVICER" means OFL and any successor in interest, as applicable,
pursuant to the related Servicing Agreement.

          "SERVICING AGREEMENT" means, collectively, each servicing agreement or
sale and servicing agreement dated as of a

                                      6
<PAGE>

date on or after the date hereof relating to the Receivables assigned 
hereunder.

          "TRUSTEE" means any indenture trustee, owner trustee or other trustee
specified as such in a Securitization Document or Warehousing Document.

          "UCC" means The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant
jurisdiction.

          "WAREHOUSING DOCUMENT" means each Servicing Agreement and Related
Document related to a transfer of Receivables in connection with a warehousing
facility for the financing of such Receivables in anticipation of the later
repurchase, sale or term resecuritization of such Receivables.

          SECTION 1.3.  USAGE OF TERMS.  With respect to all terms used in this
Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words
importing any gender include the other gender; references to "writing" include
printing, typing, lithography, and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all
subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with
their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement, a Warehousing
Document or a Securitization Document or a Servicing Agreement; references to
Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the terms "include"
or "including" mean "include without limitation" or "including without
limitation."

          SECTION 1.4.  CERTAIN REFERENCES.  All references to the Principal
Balance of a Receivable as of an Accounting Date shall refer to the close of
business on such day, or as of the first day of a calendar month shall refer to
the opening of business on such day.  All references to the last day of a
calendar month shall refer to the close of business on such day.

          SECTION 1.5.  NO RECOURSE.  Without limiting the obligations of OFL
hereunder, no recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, under this
Agreement or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith
or therewith, against any stockholder, officer or director, as such, of OFL, or
any stockholder, officer or director, as such, of any predecessor or successor
of OFL.

          SECTION 1.6.  ACTION BY OR CONSENT OF HOLDERS.  Whenever any provision
of this Agreement refers to action to be taken, or consented to, by Holders,
such provision shall be deemed to refer to Holders of record as of the
applicable record date immediately preceding the date on which such action is to
be taken, or consent given, by Holders.  Solely for the purposes of any action
to be taken, or consented to, by Holders, any Security registered in the name of
ORFC, OFL or any Affiliate thereof shall be deemed not to be outstanding and the
principal amount evidenced thereby shall not be taken into account in
determining

                                      7
<PAGE>

whether the requisite principal amount necessary to effect any such action or 
consent has been obtained; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that solely for the purpose of 
determining whether a Trustee is entitled to rely upon any such action or 
consent, only Securities which the related Trustee knows to be so owned shall 
be so disregarded.

          SECTION 1.7.  MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT.  Whenever a determination is to
be made under this Agreement as to whether a given event, action, course of
conduct or set of facts or circumstances could or would have a material adverse
effect on any Securities and the interests of the Holders therein (or any
similar or analogous determination), such determination shall be made without
taking into account the funds available from claims under any Security Policy or
withdrawals from any reserve accounts.

                                      ARTICLE II

                            CONVEYANCE OF THE RECEIVABLES
                           AND THE OTHER CONVEYED PROPERTY

          SECTION 2.1.  PURCHASE PRICE.  In consideration of the conveyance 
of the Receivables and the related Other Conveyed Property to ORFC on each 
Assignment Date, ORFC shall pay or cause to be paid to OFL an amount equal to 
the product of (x) the outstanding Principal Balance of each Receivable and 
(y) 100%.  Such amount shall be paid to OFL, by wire transfer of immediately 
available funds on the date of such conveyance, to the extent of the net 
proceeds received by ORFC upon its contemporaneous conveyance of such 
Receivables to an Assignee pursuant to a Warehousing Document or 
Securitization Document.  The balance shall be payable (a) with respect to 
any Receivable transferred pursuant to a Warehousing Document, upon the 
subsequent transfer of such Receivable pursuant to a Securitization Document, 
to the extent the net proceeds received by ORFC upon such subsequent transfer 
exceeds the amount paid by ORFC to effect the retransfer of such Receivable 
to ORFC pursuant to such Warehousing Document, and (b) with respect to any 
Receivable transferred pursuant to a Securitization Document, within ninety 
days after such transfer.

          SECTION 2.2.  CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.

          (a) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below, 
OFL, pursuant to the mutually agreed upon terms contained herein and pursuant 
to one or more Assignment Agreements, shall sell, transfer, assign and 
otherwise convey to ORFC without recourse (but without limitation of its 
obligations in this Agreement or its obligations as Servicer under any 
Servicing Agreement, all of the right, title and interest of OFL, whether 
then existing or thereafter acquired, in and to all accounts, contract 
rights, general intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, documents, money, 
deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, goods, letters of credit, advices 
of credit and

                                      8
<PAGE>

uncertificated securities consisting of, arising from or relating to the 
Receivables listed on the Schedule of Receivables and the related Other 
Conveyed Property.  It is the intention of ORFC and OFL that the transfers 
and assignments contemplated by this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement 
shall constitute a sale of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property 
from OFL to ORFC, conveying good title thereto free and clear of any Liens, 
and the Receivables and Other Conveyed Property shall not be a part of OFL's 
estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by or against OFL 
under any bankruptcy or similar law.

          (b) OFL shall transfer to ORFC the Receivables and the related Other
Conveyed Property as described in paragraph (a) above only upon the satisfaction
of each of the following conditions on or prior to the related Assignment Date:

          (i) OFL shall have delivered to ORFC and the related Assignee a duly
     executed Assignment Agreement (including an acceptance by ORFC), which
     shall include a Schedule of Receivables listing the Receivables being
     transferred on such Assignment Date;

          (ii) as of such Assignment Date, OFL shall not have been insolvent nor
     shall OFL have been rendered insolvent by such sale and assignment nor
     shall OFL be aware of any pending insolvency;

          (iii) OFL shall have taken any action necessary or, if requested by
     any Security Insurer, advisable, to obtain or maintain the first priority
     perfected ownership interest of ORFC in the Receivables and Other Conveyed
     Property; and

          (iv) no selection procedures believed by OFL to be adverse to the
     interests of ORFC, any Assignee or any Holders shall have been utilized by
     OFL or ORFC in selecting the Receivables.

          SECTION 2.3.  DELIVERY OF RECEIVABLE FILES.  OFL shall deliver to the
Custodian on each Assignment Date the following documents:

          (i)  The fully executed original of the Receivable (together with the 
     original of any agreements modifying the Receivable, including without 
     limitation any extension agreements);

          (ii) A certificate of insurance, application form for insurance signed
     by the Obligor or a signed representation letter from the Obligor named in
     the Receivable pursuant to which the Obligor has agreed to obtain physical
     damage insurance for the related Financed Vehicle, or a documented verbal
     confirmation by the insurance agent for the Obligor of a policy number for
     an insurance policy for the Financed Vehicle;

                                      9
<PAGE>

          (iii) The original credit application, or a copy thereof, of each
     Obligor, on OFL's customary form, or on a form approved by OFL, for such
     application; and

          (iv) The original certificate of title (when received) and otherwise
     such documents, if any, that OFL keeps on file in accordance with its
     customary procedures indicating that the Financed Vehicle is owned by the
     Obligor and subject to the interest of OFL as first lienholder or secured
     party (including any Lien Certificate received by OFL), or if such original
     certificate of title has not yet been received, a copy of the application
     therefor, showing OFL as secured party, or a letter from the applicable
     Dealer agreeing unconditionally to repurchase the related Receivable if the
     certificate of title is not received by OFL within 180 days.

                                     ARTICLE III

                            REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          SECTION 3.1.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OFL.  OFL makes the
following representations and warranties, on which ORFC relies in purchasing the
Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property.  Such representations are made as
of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and on each Assignment Date, and
shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other
Conveyed Property under such Assignment Agreements, and the sale, transfer and
assignment thereof by ORFC under any Securitization Document or Warehousing
Document.  OFL and ORFC agree that pursuant to the relevant Securitization
Document or Warehousing Document ORFC will assign to the relevant Assignee all
of ORFC's rights under this Agreement with respect to Receivables sold,
transferred or assigned pursuant to any Securitization Document or Warehousing
Document and not repurchased by ORFC, and the related Other Conveyed Party, and
that such Assignee will thereafter be entitled to enforce this Agreement against
OFL in such Assignee's own name.

          (a) SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS.  The representations and warranties 
     set forth on the Schedule of Representations are true and correct with 
     respect to each Receivable on the date it is sold by OFL to ORFC hereunder.

          (b) ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  OFL has been duly organized and
     is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
     State of Minnesota, with power and authority to own its properties and to
     conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such
     business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now
     has, power, authority and legal right to acquire, own and sell the
     Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property transferred to ORFC.

                                     10
<PAGE>

          (c) DUE QUALIFICATION.  OFL is duly qualified to do business as a
     foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary
     licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or
     lease of its property or the conduct of its business requires such
     qualification.

          (d) POWER AND AUTHORITY.  OFL has the power and authority to execute
     and deliver this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and its Related
     Documents and to carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; OFL has
     full power and authority to sell and assign the Receivables and the Other
     Conveyed Property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with ORFC under
     each Assignment Agreement and has duly authorized such sale and assignment
     to ORFC by all necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and OFL's Related
     Documents have been duly authorized by OFL by all necessary corporate
     action.

          (e) VALID SALE; BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement and each
     Assignment Agreement have been duly executed and delivered and shall effect
     a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the Other
     Conveyed Property, enforceable against OFL and creditors of and purchasers
     from OFL; and this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and OFL's Related
     Documents constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of OFL
     enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as
     enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
     other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally
     and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such
     enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

          (f) NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and the Related Documents and
     the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement
     and the Related Documents do not and shall not conflict with, result in any
     breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute (with or without
     notice, lapse of time or both) a default under, the articles of
     incorporation or bylaws of OFL, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed
     of trust or other instrument to which OFL is a party or by which it or any
     of its property is bound, or result in the creation or imposition of any
     Lien upon any of OFL's properties pursuant to the terms of any such
     indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument, other
     than this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement, or violate any law,
     order, rule or regulation applicable to OFL of any court or of any federal
     or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over OFL or any of its properties.

                                     11
<PAGE>

          (g) NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to OFL's knowledge, threatened against OFL, before any court,
     regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over OFL or its properties (i)
     asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any Assignment Agreement or any
     of the Related Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of any
     Securities or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by
     this Agreement, any Assignment Agreement or any of the Related Documents,
     (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and
     adversely affect the performance by OFL of its obligations under, or the
     validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any Assignment Agreement or
     any of the Related Documents or (iv) seeking to affect adversely the
     federal income tax or other federal, state or local tax attributes of, or
     seeking to impose any excise, franchise, transfer or similar tax upon, the
     transfer and acquisition of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property
     hereunder, under any Assignment Agreement or under any of the Related
     Documents.

          (h) CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE.  The chief executive office of OFL is
     located at 7825 Washington Avenue South, Suite 400, Minneapolis, MN
     55439-2435.

          SECTION 3.2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF ORFC.  ORFC makes the
following representations and warranties, on which OFL relies in selling,
assigning, transferring and conveying the Receivables and the Other Conveyed
Property to ORFC hereunder and under each Assignment Agreement.  Such
representations are made as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
each Assignment Agreement, but shall survive the sale, transfer and assignment
of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property hereunder and under each
Assignment Agreement and the sale, transfer and assignment thereof by ORFC to an
Assignee pursuant to any Related Document.

          (a) ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  ORFC has been duly organized 
     and is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the 
     laws of the State of Delaware, with the power and authority to own its 
     properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently 
     owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all relevant 
     times, and has, full power, authority and legal right to acquire and 
     own the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, and to transfer 
     the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to an Assignee pursuant 
     to any Related Document.

          (b) DUE QUALIFICATION.  ORFC is duly qualified to do business as a
     foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary
     licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions where the failure to do so
     would materially and adversely affect ORFC's ability to acquire the

                                     12
<PAGE>


     Receivables or the Other Conveyed Property or the validity or
     enforceability of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property or to
     perform ORFC's obligations hereunder, under any Assignment Agreement and
     under the Related Documents.

          (c) POWER AND AUTHORITY.  ORFC has the power, authority and legal
     right to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement
     and to carry out the terms hereof and thereof and to acquire the
     Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property hereunder; and the execution,
     delivery and performance of this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement
     and all of the documents required pursuant hereto and thereto have been
     duly authorized by ORFC by all necessary action.

          (d) NO CONSENT REQUIRED.  ORFC is not required to obtain the consent
     of any other Person, or any consent, license, approval or authorization or
     registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or
     agency in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this
     Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and the Related Documents, except for
     such as have been obtained, effected or made.

          (e) BINDING OBLIGATION.  This Agreement and each Assignment Agreement
     constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of ORFC, enforceable
     against ORFC in accordance with their terms, subject, as to enforceability,
     to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, conservatorship,
     receivership, liquidation and other similar laws and to general equitable
     principles.

          (f) NO VIOLATION.  The execution, delivery and performance by ORFC of
     this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement, the consummation of the
     transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and
     the Related Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement,
     each Assignment Agreement and the Related Documents do not and will not
     conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of,
     or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default under,
     the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of ORFC, or conflict with or
     breach any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute (with or without
     notice or lapse of time) a default under, any indenture, agreement,
     mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which ORFC is a party or by
     which ORFC is bound or to which any of its properties are subject, or
     result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties
     pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of
     trust or other instrument (other than with respect to Receivables and the
     related Other Conveyed Property being transferred under a Related Document,
     under such Related Document), or violate any law, order, rule or
     regulation, applicable to ORFC or its properties, of any federal or state
     regulatory body, any

                                     13
<PAGE>

     court, administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality 
     having jurisdiction over ORFC or any of its properties.

          (g) NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending, or, to the knowledge of ORFC, threatened against ORFC, before any
     court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or
     governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over ORFC or its
     properties:  (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any Assignment
     Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (ii) seeking to prevent the
     consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any
     Assignment Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (iii) seeking any
     determination or ruling that might materially and adversely affect the
     performance by ORFC of its obligations under, or the validity or
     enforceability of, this Agreement, any Assignment Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents or (iv) that may adversely affect the federal or state
     income tax attributes of, or seek to impose any excise, franchise, transfer
     or similar tax upon, the transfer and acquisition of the Receivables and
     the Other Conveyed Property hereunder or under any Assignment Agreement or
     the transfer of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property to an
     Assignee pursuant to any Related Document.

In the event of any breach of a representation and warranty made by ORFC
hereunder, OFL covenants and agrees that it will not take any action to pursue
any remedy that it may have hereunder, in law, in equity or otherwise, until a
year and a day have passed since the date on which all the Securities have been
paid in full.  OFL and ORFC agree that damages will not be an adequate remedy
for such breach and that this covenant may be specifically enforced by ORFC or
by an Assignee under any Related Document.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                               COVENANTS OF OFL

          SECTION 4.1.  PROTECTION OF TITLE OF ORFC.

          (a) At or prior to the Closing Date, OFL shall have filed or caused 
to be filed a UCC-1 financing statement, executed by OFL as seller or debtor, 
naming ORFC as purchaser or secured party and describing the Receivables and 
the Other Conveyed Property to be sold by OFL to ORFC as collateral, with the 
office of the Secretary of State of the State of Minnesota and in such other 
locations as ORFC shall have required.  From time to time thereafter OFL 
shall execute and file such financing statements and cause to be executed and 
filed such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as 
may be required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest 
of ORFC under this Agreement and of each Assignee under any Securitization 

                                      14
<PAGE>

Document or Warehousing Document in the Receivables and the Other Conveyed 
Property and in the proceeds thereof.  OFL shall deliver (or cause to be 
delivered) to ORFC and any party entitled thereto under any Securitization 
Document or Warehousing Document file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts 
for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as available following 
such filing.  In the event that OFL fails to perform its obligations under 
this subsection, ORFC and any party entitled thereto under any Securitization 
Document or Warehousing Document may do so, at the expense of OFL.

          (b) Except for changing its name to Arcadia Financial Ltd., OFL 
shall not change its name, identity, or corporate structure in any manner 
that would, could or might make any financing statement or continuation 
statement filed by OFL (or by ORFC or any party entitled to file a financing 
statement under any Securitization Document or Warehousing Document on behalf 
of OFL) in accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within 
the meaning of Section 9-402(7) of the UCC, unless it shall have given ORFC 
and any party entitled thereto under any Securitization Document or 
Warehousing Document and each Security Insurer at least 60 days' prior 
written notice thereof, and (including in connection with changing its name 
to Arcadia Financial Ltd.) shall promptly file appropriate amendments to all 
previously filed financing statements and continuation statements.

          (c) OFL shall give ORFC, each Security Insurer (so long as an 
Insurer Default with respect to such Security Insurer shall not have occurred 
and be continuing) and any party entitled thereto under any Securitization 
Document or Warehousing Document at least 60 days' prior written notice of 
any relocation of its principal executive office if, as a result of such 
relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of 
any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or 
of any new financing statement.  OFL shall at all times maintain each office 
from which it services the Receivables and its principal executive office 
within the United States of America.

          (d) OFL shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and after 
the time of any sale hereunder and under any Assignment Agreement of the 
Receivables to ORFC and the conveyance under any Securitization Document or 
Warehousing Document of the related Receivables by ORFC to an Assignee, OFL's 
master computer records (including archives) that refer to any such 
Receivable indicate clearly that such Receivable has been sold to ORFC and 
has been conveyed by ORFC to such Assignee.  Indication of such Assignee's 
ownership of a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on OFL's computer 
systems when, and only when the Receivable shall have been paid in full or 
shall have been repurchased by ORFC or OFL.

                                      15
<PAGE>

          (e) If at any time OFL shall propose to sell, grant a security 
interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in motor vehicle receivables 
to any prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee, OFL shall give to 
such prospective purchaser, lender, or other transferee computer tapes, 
records, or print-outs (including any restored from archives) that, if they 
shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable, shall indicate 
clearly that such Receivable has been sold to ORFC and is owned by the 
relevant Assignee pursuant to the applicable Securitization Document or 
Warehousing Document.

          SECTION 4.2.  OTHER LIENS OR INTERESTS.  Except for the conveyances
under any Assignment Agreement, OFL will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to
any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on
the Receivables or the Other Conveyed Property or any interest therein, and OFL
shall defend the right, title, and interest of ORFC and each Assignee under any
Securitization Document or Warehousing Document in and to the Receivables and
the Other Conveyed Property against all claims of third parties claiming through
or under OFL.

          SECTION 4.3.  COSTS AND EXPENSES.  OFL shall pay all reasonable costs
and disbursements in connection with the performance of its obligations
hereunder, under any Assignment Agreement and under its Related Documents.

          SECTION 4.4.  INDEMNIFICATION.

          (a) OFL shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless ORFC, each 
Assignee, each Backup Servicer, each Collateral Agent, each Trustee, each 
Security Insurer and the Holders from and against any and all costs, 
expenses, losses, damages, claims, and liabilities arising out of or 
resulting from any breach of any of OFL's representations and warranties 
contained herein.

          (b) OFL shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless ORFC, each 
Assignee, each Backup Servicer, each Collateral Agent, each Trustee, each 
Security Insurer and the Holders from and against any and all costs, 
expenses, losses, damages, claims, and liabilities, arising out of or 
resulting from the use, ownership or operation by OFL or any Affiliate 
thereof, other than ORFC and the Issuer, of a Financed Vehicle.

          (c) OFL will defend and indemnify ORFC, each Assignee, each Backup 
Servicer, each Collateral Agent, each Trustee, each Security Insurer and the 
Holders against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and 
liabilities arising out of or resulting from any action taken, or failed to 
be taken, by OFL in respect of any of the Receivables other than in 
accordance with this Agreement or any Warehousing Document or Securitization 
Document.



                                      16
<PAGE>

         (d) OFL agrees to pay, and shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless 
ORFC, each Assignee, each Backup Servicer, each Collateral Agent, each 
Trustee, each Security Insurer and the Holders from and against any taxes 
that may at any time be asserted against ORFC, any Assignee, any Backup 
Servicer or any Holders with respect to the transactions contemplated in this 
Agreement, including, without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general 
corporation, tangible or intangible personal property, privilege, or license 
taxes (but not including any taxes asserted with respect to, and as of any 
date of, the sale, transfer and assignment of any Receivables and Other 
Conveyed Property to ORFC and of the sale, transfer and assignment of such 
Receivables and Other Conveyed Property to an Assignee or the issuance and 
sale of any Securities, or asserted with respect to ownership of the 
Receivables and Other Conveyed Property which shall be indemnified by OFL 
pursuant to clause (e) below, or federal, state or other income taxes, 
arising out of distributions on the Securities or transfer taxes arising in 
connection with the transfer of Securities) and costs and expenses in 
defending against the same, arising by reason of the acts to be performed by 
OFL under this Agreement or any Assignment Agreement or imposed against such 
Persons.

          (e) OFL agrees to pay, and to indemnify, defend and hold harmless 
ORFC, each Assignee, each Backup Servicer, each Collateral Agent, each 
Trustee, each Security Insurer and the Holders from, any taxes which may at 
any time be asserted against such Persons with respect to, and as of the date 
of, any conveyance or ownership of the Receivables or Other Conveyed Property 
hereunder and under any Assignment Agreement or the issuance and sale of any 
Securities, including, without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, 
personal property, tangible or intangible personal property, privilege or 
license taxes (but not including any federal or other income taxes, including 
franchise taxes, arising out of the transactions contemplated hereby or 
transfer taxes arising in connection with the transfer of the Securities) and 
costs and expenses in defending against the same, arising by reason of the 
acts to be performed by OFL under this Agreement or imposed against such 
Persons.

          (f) OFL shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless ORFC, each 
Assignee, each Backup Servicer, each Collateral Agent, each Trustee, each 
Security Insurer and the Holders from and against any and all costs, 
expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities to the extent that such 
cost, expense, loss, claim, damage, or liability arose out of, or was imposed 
upon ORFC, any Assignee, any Backup Servicer and any Holders through the 
negligence, willful misfeasance, or bad faith of OFL in the performance of 
its duties under this Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of OFL's 
obligations and duties under this Agreement.

                                      17
<PAGE>

          (g) OFL shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless ORFC, each 
Assignee, each Backup Servicer, each Collateral Agent, each Trustee, each 
Security Insurer and the Holders from and against any loss, liability or 
expense imposed upon, or incurred by, ORFC, any Assignee, any Backup Servicer 
or any Holders as a result of the failure of any Receivable, or the sale of 
the related Financed Vehicle, to comply with all requirements of applicable 
law.

          (h) OFL shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless ORFC from and 
against all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities arising 
out of or incurred in connection with the acceptance or performance of OFL's 
duties as Servicer under any Servicing Agreement, except to the extent that 
such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage, or liability shall be due to the 
willful misfeasance, bad faith, or negligence (except for errors in judgment) 
of ORFC.

          (i) OFL shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless ORFC, each 
Assignee, each Security Insurer, each Backup Servicer and the Holders from 
and against any loss, liability or expense imposed upon, or incurred by, 
ORFC, any Assignee, any Backup Servicer, any Trustee or any Holders as a 
result of OFL's or ORFC's use of the name "Olympic."

          Indemnification under this Section 4.4 shall include reasonable 
fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation and shall survive 
maturity of the related Securities.  The indemnity obligations hereunder 
shall be in addition to any obligation that OFL may otherwise have.

                                  ARTICLE V

                                 REPURCHASES

          SECTION 5.1.  REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES UPON BREACH OF WARRANTY.  Upon
the occurrence of a Repurchase Event with respect to a Receivable, OFL shall,
unless such breach shall have been cured in all material respects, repurchase
such Receivable from ORFC or the applicable Assignee, as applicable, and on or
before the related Deposit Date (with respect to a Purchased Receivable) or the
related Repurchase Date (with respect to Repurchased Receivables), OFL shall
deposit the Purchase Amount into the Collection Account as payment to ORFC or
such Assignee pursuant to the relevant Servicing Agreement or other Related
Document.  It is understood and agreed that, except as set forth in Section 6.1,
the obligation of OFL to repurchase any Receivable as to which a breach has
occurred and is continuing shall, if such obligation is fulfilled, constitute
the sole remedy against OFL for such breach available to ORFC, any Security
Insurer, any Collateral Agent, any such Assignee or any Trustee on behalf of its
Holders.  The provisions of this Section 5.1 are intended to grant to any such
Assignee a direct right

                                      18
<PAGE>

against OFL to demand performance hereunder, and in connection therewith OFL 
waives any requirement of prior demand against ORFC with respect to such 
repurchase obligation.  Any such purchase shall take place in the manner 
specified in the related Servicing Agreement or other Related Document.  
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any Related Document 
to the contrary, the obligation of OFL under this Section shall not terminate 
upon a termination of OFL as Servicer under the related Servicing Agreement 
and shall be performed in accordance with the terms hereof notwithstanding 
the failure of the Servicer or ORFC to perform any of their respective 
obligations with respect to such Receivable under such Servicing Agreement.

          In addition to the foregoing and whether or not the related Receivable
shall have been purchased by OFL, OFL shall indemnify each such Assignee, each
Backup Servicer, each Collateral Agent, each Security Insurer, each Trustee and
the Holders against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims and
liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may be
asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party claims
arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such Repurchase Events.

          SECTION 5.2.  REASSIGNMENT OF PURCHASED RECEIVABLES.  Upon deposit in
the Collection Account of the Purchase Amount of any Receivable repurchased by
OFL under Section 5.1, ORFC shall take such steps as may be reasonably requested
by OFL in order to assign to OFL all of ORFC's and the relevant Assignee's
right, title and interest in and to such Receivable and all security and
documents and all Other Conveyed Property conveyed to ORFC and such Assignee
directly relating thereto, without recourse, representation or warranty, except
as to the absence of liens, charges or encumbrances created by or arising as a
result of actions of ORFC or such Assignee.  Such assignment shall be a sale and
assignment outright, and not for security.  If, following the reassignment of a
Purchased Receivable, in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding, it is held
that OFL may not enforce any such Receivable on the ground that it shall not be
a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce the Receivable, ORFC
shall, at the expense of OFL, take such steps as OFL deems reasonably necessary
to enforce the Receivable, including bringing suit in ORFC's or any such
Assignee's name or any Collateral Agent's name or the name of a Trustee on
behalf of its Holders.

          SECTION 5.3.  WAIVERS.  No failure or delay on the part of ORFC, or 
any Assignee, in exercising any power, right or remedy under this Agreement 
shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise 
of any such power, right or remedy preclude any other or future exercise 
thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or remedy.

                                      19
<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE VI

                                MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 6.1.  LIABILITY OF OFL.  OFL shall be liable in accordance
herewith only to the extent of the obligations in this Agreement specifically
undertaken by OFL and the representations and warranties of OFL.

          SECTION 6.2.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF OFL OR ORFC.  Any 
corporation or other entity (i) into which OFL or ORFC may be merged or 
consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which OFL or 
ORFC is a party or (iii) succeeding to the business of OFL or ORFC, in the 
case of ORFC, which corporation has a certificate of incorporation containing 
provisions relating to limitations on business and other matters 
substantively identical to those contained in ORFC's certificate of 
incorporation or otherwise acceptable to the Security Insurers and the Rating 
Agencies, provided that in any of the foregoing cases such corporation shall 
execute an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of OFL or 
ORFC, as the case may be, under this Agreement and such party's Related 
Documents and, whether or not such assumption agreement or agreements are 
executed, shall be the successor to OFL or ORFC, as the case may be, 
hereunder (without relieving OFL or ORFC of its responsibilities hereunder, 
if it survives such merger or consolidation) without the execution or filing 
of any document or any further act by any of the parties to this Agreement. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, ORFC shall not merge or consolidate with any 
other Person or permit any other Person to become the successor to ORFC's 
business without the prior written consent of each Security Insurer (so long 
as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to 
such Security Insurer).  OFL or ORFC shall promptly inform the other party, 
and, so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing 
with respect to such Security Insurer, each Security Insurer of such merger, 
consolidation or purchase and assumption.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, as 
a condition to the consummation of the transactions referred to in clauses 
(i), (ii) and (iii) above, (x) immediately after giving effect to such 
transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 
3.2 shall have been breached (for purposes hereof, such representations and 
warranties shall speak as of the date of the consummation of such 
transaction) and no event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would 
become an event of default under any Insurance Agreement, shall have occurred 
and be continuing, (y) OFL or ORFC, as applicable, shall have delivered to 
each Trustee an officer's certificate and an opinion of counsel each stating 
that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of 
assumption comply with this Section 6.2 and that all conditions precedent, if 
any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such transaction have been 
complied with, and (z) OFL or ORFC, as applicable, shall have delivered to 
each Trustee an opinion of counsel, stating, in the opinion of such counsel, 
either (A) all financing statements and

                                     20
<PAGE>

continuation statements and amendments thereto have been executed and filed 
that are necessary to preserve and protect the interest of each Assignee 
under any Related Document in the Receivables and reciting the details of the 
filings or (B) no such actions shall be necessary to preserve and protect 
such interest.

          SECTION 6.3.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF OFL AND OTHERS.  OFL and 
any director, officer, employee or agent may rely in good faith on the advice 
of counsel or on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and 
submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising under this Agreement. 
OFL shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any 
legal action that is not incidental to its obligations under this Agreement 
or its Related Documents and that in its opinion may involve it in any 
expense or liability.

          SECTION 6.4.  AMENDMENT.

     (a) This Agreement may be amended by OFL and ORFC, without the consent 
of any Assignee or any Holders, (i) to cure any ambiguity or (ii) to correct 
any ambiguity with respect to any provision in this Agreement; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that such action shall not, as evidenced by an opinion of counsel 
delivered to each Trustee and each Rating Agency, adversely affect in any 
material respect the interests of any Assignee or any Holder.

     (b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by OFL and 
ORFC, with the prior written consent of each Security Insurer (so long as an 
Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing with respect to 
such Security Insurer) or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be 
continuing, with the consent of each Assignee and each Trustee (or other 
representative of the Holders of all securities backed by the affected 
Receivables), for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any 
manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement, or of 
modifying in any manner the rights of ORFC; PROVIDED, that if such amendment 
will have a material adverse effect on any Holders of any Securities, the 
consent of the Trustee or other representative for such Holders shall be 
required for such amendment; PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that no such 
amendment shall increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate 
or delay the timing of, collections of payments on Receivables or 
distributions that shall be required to be made on any Security.

     (c) Prior to the execution of any amendment or consent referred to in 
subsection (b), OFL shall have furnished written notification of the 
substance of such amendment or consent to each Rating Agency.

                                     21
<PAGE>

     (d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Holders pursuant to
this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the
substance thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing
the authorization of the execution thereof by Holders shall be subject to
such reasonable requirements as the related Trustee may prescribe,
including the establishment of record dates.  The consent of any Holder
given pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other provision of this
Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all future
Holders of such Security and of any Security issued upon the transfer
thereof or in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof whether or not notation
of such consent is made upon the Security.

         SECTION 6.5.  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and communications to OFL
or ORFC hereunder shall be in writing, personally delivered, or sent by
telecopier (subsequently confirmed in writing), delivered by reputable overnight
courier or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be
deemed to have been given upon receipt (a) in the case of OFL, to Olympic
Financial Ltd., 7825 Washington Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435,
Attention:  Treasurer, or such other address as shall be designated by OFL in a
written notice delivered to the other party or to the Issuer, as applicable or
(b) in case of ORFC, to Olympic Receivables Finance Corp., 7825 Washington
Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439-2435, Attention: Treasurer.

          SECTION 6.6.  MERGER AND INTEGRATION.  Except as specifically stated
otherwise herein, this Agreement, each Assignment Agreement and the Related
Documents sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the
subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are
superseded by this Agreement and the Related Documents.  This Agreement may not
be modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein.

          SECTION 6.7.  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any one or more of the
covenants, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any reason
whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, provisions or terms shall be
deemed severable from the remaining covenants, provisions or terms of this
Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other
provisions of this Agreement.

          SECTION 6.8.  INTENTION OF THE PARTIES.  The execution and delivery of
this Agreement shall constitute an acknowledgement by OFL and ORFC that they
intend that the assignments and transfers herein contemplated pursuant to each
Assignment Agreement constitute a sale and assignment outright, and not for
security, of the Receivables and the Other Conveyed Property, conveying good
title thereto free and clear of any Liens, from OFL to ORFC, and that the
Receivables and the Other

                                     22
<PAGE>

Conveyed Property shall not be a part of OFL's estate in the event of the 
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation 
proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or 
similar law, or the occurrence of another similar event, of, or with respect 
to, OFL.  In the event that such conveyance is determined to be made as 
security for a loan made by ORFC, any Assignee or any Holders to OFL, the 
parties intend that OFL shall have granted to ORFC a security interest in all 
of OFL's right, title and interest in and to the Receivables and the Other 
Conveyed Property conveyed pursuant to each Assignment Agreement, and that 
this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law.

          SECTION 6.9.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO THE
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH
LAWS.

          SECTION 6.10.  COUNTERPARTS.  For the purpose of facilitating the
execution of this Agreement and for other purposes, this Agreement may be
executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which
counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 6.11.  CONVEYANCE OF THE RECEIVABLES AND THE OTHER CONVEYED
PROPERTY TO AN ASSIGNEE.  OFL acknowledges that ORFC intends, pursuant to a
Servicing Agreement and other Related Document, to convey the Receivables and
the Other Conveyed Property, together with its rights under this Agreement, to
Assignees under Warehousing Documents and Securitization Documents.  OFL
acknowledges and consents to such conveyance and waives any further notice
thereof and covenants and agrees that the representations and warranties of OFL
contained in this Agreement and the rights of ORFC hereunder are intended to
benefit each Security Insurer, each Assignee, each Collateral Agent and each
Trustee on behalf of its Holders.  In furtherance of the foregoing, OFL
covenants and agrees to perform its duties and obligations hereunder, in
accordance with the terms hereof for the benefit of each Security Insurer, each
Assignee, each Collateral Agent and each Trustee on behalf of its Holders and
that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, OFL shall be
directly liable to each such Assignee (notwithstanding any failure by the
Servicer, any Backup Servicer or ORFC to perform its duties and obligations
hereunder or under any Servicing Agreement) and that each such Assignee or the
related Security Insurer may enforce the duties and obligations of OFL under
this Agreement against OFL for the benefit of the related Assignee.

          SECTION 6.12.  NONPETITION COVENANT.  OFL shall not petition or
otherwise invoke the process of any court or government authority for the
purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against ORFC under any federal or
state bankruptcy,

                                     23
<PAGE>

insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official
of ORFC or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or
liquidation of the affairs of ORFC.

                                       24

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Receivables Purchase
Agreement and Assignment to be duly executed by their respective officers as of
the day and year first above written.

                                        OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.,
                                        as Purchaser


                                        By:   /s/ illegible
                                           --------------------------
                                           Name: 
                                           Title: 


                                        OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., 
                                        as Seller


                                        By:   /s/ illegible
                                           --------------------------
                                           Name: 
                                           Title: 




                  [Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement]


                                     
<PAGE>


                                      SCHEDULE A

                               SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES

                 [Deemed Incorporated from each Assignment Agreement]


<PAGE> 

                                     SCHEDULE B

                        REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OFL


          1.   CHARACTERISTICS OF RECEIVABLES.  Each Receivable (A) was 
originated by a Dealer for the retail sale of a Financed Vehicle in the 
ordinary course of such Dealer's business and such Dealer had all necessary 
licenses and permits to originate Receivables in the state where such Dealer 
was located, was fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, was 
purchased by OFL from such Dealer under an existing Dealer Agreement with OFL 
and was validly assigned by such Dealer to OFL, (B) contains customary and 
enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and remedies of the 
holder thereof adequate for realization against the collateral security, and 
(C) is a fully amortizing Receivable which provides for level monthly 
payments (provided that the payment in the first calendar month and the final 
calendar month of the life of the Receivable may be minimally different from 
the level payment) which, if made when due, shall fully amortize the Amount 
Financed over the original term.

          2.   NO FRAUD OR MISREPRESENTATION.  Each Receivable was originated 
by a Dealer and was sold by the Dealer to OFL without any fraud or 
misrepresentation on the part of such Dealer in either case.

          3.   COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  All requirements of applicable federal, 
state and local laws, and regulations thereunder (including, without 
limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit 
Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 
the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the 
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations "B" and 
"Z," the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, the Minnesota Motor 
Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Act, and state adaptations of the National 
Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and other consumer 
credit laws and equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws) in respect of 
all of the Receivables and each and every sale of Financed Vehicles, have 
been complied with in all material respects, and each Receivable and the sale 
of the Financed Vehicle evidenced by each Receivable complied at the time it 
was originated or made and now complies in all material respects with all 
applicable legal requirements.

          4.   ORIGINATION.  Each Receivable was originated in the United 
States.

          5.   BINDING OBLIGATION.  Each Receivable represents the genuine, 
legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon, 
enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except (A) as 
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or 
similar laws affecting

<PAGE>

the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by general principles of 
equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a 
proceeding in equity or at law and (B) as such Receivable may be modified by 
the application after its Cut-Off Date of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil 
Relief Act of 1940, as amended; and all parties to each Receivable had full 
legal capacity to execute and deliver such Receivable and all other documents 
related thereto and to grant the security interest purported to be granted 
thereby.

          6.   NO GOVERNMENT OBLIGOR.  No Obligor is the United States of 
America or any State or any agency, department, subdivision or 
instrumentality thereof.

          7.   OBLIGOR BANKRUPTCY.  At the applicable Cut-Off Date, no 
Obligor had been identified on the records of OFL as being the subject of a 
current bankruptcy proceeding.

          8.   SCHEDULE OF RECEIVABLES.  The information set forth in the 
most recent Schedule of Receivables delivered to an Assignee was true and 
correct in all material respects as of the close of business on the 
applicable Cut-Off Date.

          9.   MARKING RECORDS.  On each Assignment Date, the portions of the 
Electronic Ledger relating to the Receivables assigned to ORFC on such date 
will be clearly and unambiguously marked to show that the Receivables were 
sold to ORFC pursuant to this Agreement and each Assignment Agreement.  On 
each date on which Receivables are transferred by ORFC to an Assignee, OFL 
will cause the portion of the Electronic Ledger relating to the Receivables 
to be clearly and unambiguously marked to show that the Receivables were sold 
by ORFC to an Assignee under the terms of the relevant Related Document.

          10.  COMPUTER TAPE.  The Computer Tape, computer diskette or other 
electronic transmission made available by OFL to ORFC and its assignee on 
each Assignment Date was complete and accurate as of the applicable Cut-Off 
Date, and includes a description of the same Receivables that are described 
in the Schedule of Receivables.

          11.  ADVERSE SELECTION.  No selection procedures adverse to an 
Assignee or any Holders were utilized in selecting the Receivables from those 
receivables owned by OFL which met the selection criteria contained in such 
Related Document.

          12.  CHATTEL PAPER.  The Receivables constitute chattel paper 
within the meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of Minnesota and New 
York.

          13.  ONE ORIGINAL.  There is only one original executed copy of 
each Receivable.

          14.  RECEIVABLE FILES COMPLETE.  On the applicable Assignment Date 
there exists a complete Receivable File for each

                                    B-2
<PAGE>

Receivable transferred on such date, and such Receivable File is in the 
possession of the relevant Custodian on such Assignment Date.  A Receivable 
File pertaining to each Receivable will contain on the related Assignment 
Date (a) a fully executed original of the Receivable, (b) a certificate of 
insurance, application form for insurance signed by the Obligor or a signed 
representation letter from the Obligor named in the Receivable pursuant to 
which the Obligor has agreed to obtain physical damage insurance for the 
Financed Vehicle, or a documented verbal confirmation by an insurance agent 
for the Obligor of a policy number for an insurance policy for the Financed 
Vehicle, (c) the original Lien Certificate or application therefor or a 
letter from the applicable Dealer agreeing unconditionally to repurchase the 
related Receivable if the certificate of title is not received by OFL within 
180 days, and (d) a credit application of the Obligor or a copy thereof.  
Each of such documents which is required to be signed by the Obligor will 
have been signed by the Obligor in the appropriate spaces.  All blanks on any 
form will have been properly filled in and each form will otherwise have been 
correctly prepared.

          15.  RECEIVABLES IN FORCE.  No Receivable has been satisfied, 
subordinated or rescinded, and the Financed Vehicle securing each such 
Receivable has not been released from the lien of the related Receivable in 
whole or in part.  No provisions of any Receivable have been waived, altered 
or modified in any respect since its origination, except by instruments or 
documents identified in the Receivable File.  No Receivable has been modified 
as a result of application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 
1940, as amended.

          16.  LAWFUL ASSIGNMENT.  No Receivable was originated in, or is 
subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction, the laws of which would make 
unlawful, void or voidable the sale, transfer and assignment of such 
Receivable under any Assignment Agreement, Servicing Agreement or other 
Related Document or pursuant to transfers of any Securities.

          17.  GOOD TITLE.  No Receivable has been sold, transferred, 
assigned or pledged by OFL to any Person other than ORFC unless the same was 
released prior to the transfer of such Receivable to ORFC; immediately prior 
to the conveyance of the Receivables to ORFC pursuant to any Assignment 
Agreement, OFL had good and indefeasible title thereto, free and clear of any 
Lien; and immediately upon the transfer thereof, ORFC shall have good and 
indefeasible title to and will be the sole owner of each Receivable, free of 
any Lien, other than Liens created by ORFC pursuant to a Related Document.  
No Dealer has a participation in, or other right to receive, proceeds of any 
Receivable.  OFL has not taken any action to convey any right to any Person 
that would result in such Person having a right to payments received under 
the related Insurance Policies or the related Dealer Agreements or Dealer 
Assignments or to payments due under such Receivables.

                                    B-3
<PAGE>

          18.  SECURITY INTEREST IN FINANCED VEHICLE.  Each Receivable 
creates a valid, binding and enforceable first priority security interest in 
favor of OFL in the Financed Vehicle.  The Lien Certificate and original 
certificate of title for each Financed Vehicle show, or if a new or 
replacement Lien Certificate is being applied for with respect to such 
Financed Vehicle the Lien Certificate will be received within 180 days of the 
related Assignment Date and will show, OFL named as the original secured 
party under each Receivable as the holder of a first priority security 
interest in such Financed Vehicle.  With respect to each Receivable for which 
the Lien Certificate has not yet been returned from the Registrar of Titles, 
OFL has received written evidence from the related Dealer that such Lien 
Certificate showing OFL as first lienholder has been applied for, or a letter 
from the applicable Dealer agreeing unconditionally to repurchase the related 
Receivable if the certificate of title is not received within 180 days.  
OFL's security interest has been validly assigned by OFL to ORFC pursuant to 
the applicable Assignment Agreement.  Immediately after the sale, transfer 
and assignment thereof by ORFC to an Assignee, each Receivable will be 
secured by an enforceable and perfected first priority security interest in 
the Financed Vehicle in favor of such Assignee as secured party, which 
security interest is prior to all other Liens upon and security interests in 
such Financed Vehicle which now exist or may hereafter arise or be created 
(except, as to priority, for any lien for taxes, labor or materials affecting 
a Financed Vehicle).  As of the applicable Cut-Off Date there were no Liens 
or claims for taxes, work, labor or materials affecting a Financed Vehicle 
which are or may be Liens prior or equal to the lien of the related 
Receivable.

          19.  ALL FILINGS MADE.  All filings (including, without limitation, 
UCC filings) required to be made by any Person and actions required to be 
taken or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give ORFC a first 
priority perfected lien on, or ownership interest in, the Receivables and the 
Other Conveyed Property have been made, taken or performed.

          20.  NO IMPAIRMENT.  OFL has not done anything to convey any right 
to any Person that would result in such Person having a right to payments due 
under a Receivable or otherwise to impair the rights of ORFC, any Assignee 
and the related Trustee on behalf of its Holders in any Receivable or the 
proceeds thereof.

          21.  RECEIVABLE NOT ASSUMABLE.  No Receivable is assumable by 
another Person in a manner which would release the Obligor thereof from such 
Obligor's obligations to OFL with respect to such Receivable.

          22.  NO DEFENSES.  No Receivable is subject to any right of 
rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense and no such right has been 
asserted or threatened with respect to any Receivable.

                                    B-4
<PAGE>

          23.  NO DEFAULT.  There has been no default, breach, violation or 
event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable (other than 
payment delinquencies of not more than 30 days), and no condition exists or 
event has occurred and is continuing that with notice, the lapse of time or 
both would constitute a default, breach, violation or event permitting 
acceleration under the terms of any Receivable, and there has been no waiver 
of any of the foregoing.  As of the applicable Cut-Off Date, no Financed 
Vehicle has been repossessed.

          24.  INSURANCE.  As of the Assignment Date for the related 
Receivable, each Financed Vehicle is covered by a comprehensive and collision 
insurance policy (i) in an amount at least equal to the lesser of (a) its 
maximum insurable value or (b) the principal amount due from the Obligor 
under the related Receivable, (ii) naming OFL as loss payee and (iii) 
insuring against loss and damage due to fire, theft, transportation, 
collision and other risks generally covered by comprehensive and collision 
coverage.  Each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain physical loss and 
damage insurance, naming OFL and its successors and assigns as additional 
insured parties, and each Receivable permits the holder thereof to obtain 
physical loss and damage insurance at the expense of the Obligor if the 
Obligor fails to do so.  No Financed Vehicle was or had previously been 
insured under a policy of Force-Placed Insurance on the related Cut-Off Date.

          25.  PAST DUE.  As of the applicable Cut-Off Date, no Receivable 
was more than 30 days past due and no funds have been advanced by OFL, ORFC, 
the Servicer, any Dealer or anyone acting on behalf of any of them in order 
to cause any Receivable to satisfy such requirement.

          26.  REMAINING PRINCIPAL BALANCE.  As of the applicable  Cut-Off 
Date, each Receivable had a remaining principal balance equal to or greater 
than $500.00 and the Principal Balance of each Receivable set forth in the 
related Schedule of Receivables is true and accurate in all material respects.

          27.  ORIGINAL MATURITY.  Each Receivable, and the Receivables as a 
whole, had original maturities with the parameters represented and warranted 
to by ORFC in the related Warehousing Document or Securitization Document.  
If represented and warranted to by ORFC in the related Securitization 
Document or Warehousing Document, each Receivable with an original maturity 
of greater than 72 months is secured by a Financed Vehicle that is a new 
automobile or an automobile that is less than one year old.  If applicable, 
no more than the percentage specified in the applicable Warehousing Document 
or Securitization Document of the Receivables are Classic Receivables or are 
secured by Financed Vehicles that are financed repossessions, or satisfy any 
other applicable categorization with respect to Receivable type.

                                    B-5
<PAGE>

          28.  COMPLIANCE WITH UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES.  Each Receivable was
originated pursuant to OFL's underwriting standards which have not, without the
prior written consent of any Person specified in a Related Document, been
materially changed since the Closing Date.



                                    B-6
<PAGE>

                                                                     EXHIBIT A

                             FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT


          THIS ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT dated as of __________ __, ____, executed 
between Olympic Receivables Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, as 
purchaser ("ORFC"), and Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation, as 
seller ("OFL").

                              W I T N E S S E T H


          WHEREAS, ORFC and OFL are parties to the Receivables Purchase 
Agreement and Assignment dated as of December 3, 1996 (hereinafter as such 
agreement may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented 
or otherwise modified, the "Purchase Agreement"); and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, OFL wishes to convey 
Receivables and Other Conveyed Property (as each such term is defined in the 
Purchase Agreement) to ORFC hereunder;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual 
agreements hereinafter contained, and for other good and valuable 
consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, ORFC and OFL, 
intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

          1.   DEFINITIONS.  All terms defined in the Purchase Agreement 
(whether directly or by reference to other documents) and used herein shall 
have such defined meanings when used herein, unless otherwise defined herein.

          "Assignment Date" shall mean, with respect to the Receivables and 
the related Other Conveyed Property being conveyed hereby, __________ __, 
____.

          "Cut-Off Date" shall mean, with respect to the Receivables and the 
related Other Conveyed Property being conveyed hereby, the date specified in 
the Related Document(s) conveying such Receivables to an Assignee.

          2.   CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.  Subject to the conditions 
specified in Section 2.2(b) of the Purchase Agreement and subject to the 
mutually agreed upon terms contained in the Purchase Agreement, OFL hereby 
sells, transfers, assigns and otherwise conveys to ORFC without recourse (but 
without limitation of its obligations in the Purchase Agreement, or any other 
Related Document), all of the right, title and interest of OFL, whether now 
existing or hereafter acquired, in and to all

<PAGE>

accounts, contract rights, general intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, 
documents, money, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, goods, letters 
of credit, advices of credit and uncertificated securities consisting of, 
arising from or relating to the Receivables listed on Schedule A hereto and 
the related Other Conveyed Property.

          3.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Assignment Agreement may be executed in 
two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of 
which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

          4.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Assignment Agreement shall be governed by 
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Assignment 
Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly 
authorized officers on the day and year first above written.

                                           OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.,
                                           as Purchaser


                                           By: _____________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title: 


                                           OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,
                                           as Seller


                                           By: _____________________________
                                               Name:
                                               Title: 




                                    A-2




<PAGE>

                                                                 EXECUTION COPY






______________________________________________________________________________






                                 REPURCHASE AGREEMENT
                             Dated as of December 3, 1996
                                           
                                        among
                                           
                                           
                          ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.
                                        Buyer
                                           
                                           
                                         and
                                           
                                           
                          OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.
                                        Seller
                                           
                                           



______________________________________________________________________________



<PAGE>

                                                                         Page
                                                                         ----

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS



1.   APPLICABILITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

2.   DEFINITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

3.   COMMITMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  5

4.   PAYMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

5.   SECURITY INTEREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

6.   PAYMENT, TRANSFER AND CUSTODY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  8

7.   REPRESENTATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

8.   EVENT OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

9.   TERM OF COMMITMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

10.  REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES UPON BREACH OF WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . 16

11.  NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

12.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

13.  NON-ASSIGNABILITY; THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. . . . . . . . . . . . 18

14.  GOVERNING LAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

15.  NO WAIVERS, ETC.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

16.  OPINIONS OF COUNSEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

17.  ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

18.  FURTHER ASSURANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

19.  COUNTERPARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

20.  BINDING TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

21.  COVENANT OF THE SELLER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

22.  LIMITED RECOURSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

23.  NONPETITION COVENANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

                                       i

<PAGE>

EXHIBITS
- --------

EXHIBIT A - OPINIONS OF COUNSEL TO SELLER AND OLYMPIC
EXHIBIT B - ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS
EXHIBIT C - FORM OF CONFIRMATION LETTER
EXHIBIT D - FORM OF NOTICE OF REPURCHASE DATE
EXHIBIT E - FORM OF RECONVEYANCE OF PURCHASED RECEIVABLES
EXHIBIT F - FORM OF NOTICE OF REQUEST FOR AN ADVANCE



SCHEDULES
- ---------

SCHEDULE A - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

<PAGE>

          THIS REPURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of December 3, 1996, is made among
ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP. (the "BUYER") and OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE
CORP. (the "SELLER").

          In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1.   APPLICABILITY.  From time to time prior to the Insurer Notice Date, the
parties hereto may enter into transactions in which the Buyer makes Advances for
the account of the Seller for deposit in the Collection Account and the Seller
transfers Receivables and the related other Seller Conveyed Property to the
Buyer from time to time against the release of funds from the Collection
Account, with a simultaneous agreement by Buyer to transfer to Seller such
Receivables and such other Seller Conveyed Property at a future date or, under
certain circumstances, on demand, against the deposit of funds by Seller into
the Collection Account.  Each such transaction shall be referred to herein as a
"TRANSACTION" and shall be governed by this Repurchase Agreement (this
"AGREEMENT").  Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Servicing Agreement
(including by way of reference to other documents).

2.   DEFINITIONS.

          (a)  "ACT OF INSOLVENCY," with respect to any party, (i) the
commencement by such party as debtor of any case or proceeding under any
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or similar law,
or such party seeking the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or
similar official for such party or any substantial part of its property, or (ii)
the commencement of any such case or proceeding against such party, or another
seeking such an appointment, or the filing against a party of an application for
a protective decree under the provisions of the Securities Investor Protection
Act of 1970, which (A) is consented to or not timely contested by such party,
(B) results in the entry of an order for relief, such an appointment, the
issuance of such a protective decree or the entry of an order having a similar
effect, or (C) is not dismissed within 60 days, (iii) the making by a party of a
general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (iv) the admission in
writing by a party of such party's inability to pay such party's debts as they
become due.

          (b)  "ADVANCE" means, individually and collectively, the advances
provided for in SECTION 3(a) hereof.

          (c)  "AUTO LOAN SECURITIZATION" means a public or private transfer of
Auto Receivables in the ordinary course of business and by which Olympic
directly or indirectly securitizes a pool of specified Auto Receivables.


<PAGE>

          (d)  "AUTO RECEIVABLE" means an installment sales contract or
promissory notes purchased by Olympic or a Subsidiary of Olympic from motor
vehicle dealers and secured by new and used automobiles and light trucks.

          (e)  "BUYER" means Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp., a Delaware
corporation.

          (f)  "CAPITALIZED LEASE" means any lease which is or should be
capitalized on the books of the lessee in accordance with GAAP.

          (g)  "COMMITMENT AMOUNT" means $300,000,000.

          (h)  "CONFIRMATION" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3(b) hereof.

          (i)  "CONTROLLING PARTY" has the meaning set forth in the Security
Agreement.

          (j)  "CUT-OFF DATE" means the date specified in the related
Confirmation with respect to each Transaction.

          (k)  "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 8 hereof.

          (l) "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles set forth
from time to time in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting
Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and
statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (or
agencies with similar functions of comparable stature and authority within the
U.S. accounting profession), which are applicable to the circumstances as of the
date of any determination.

          (m) "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person, without
duplication, all obligations, contingent or otherwise, which in accordance with
GAAP should be classified upon such Person's balance sheet as liabilities, but
in any event including the following (whether or not they should be classified
as liabilities upon such balance sheet):  (a) all indebtedness for borrowed
money of such Person and all obligations of such Person secured by any mortgage,
pledge, security interest, lien, charge or other encumbrance existing on
property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the obligation
secured thereby shall have been assumed and whether or not the obligation
secured is the obligation of such Person or another party; (b) any obligation of
such Person on account of deposits or advances; (c) any obligation of such
Person for the deferred purchase price of any property or services, except Trade
Accounts Payable; (d) any obligation of such Person as lessee under any
Capitalized Lease; (e) all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent
obligations of such Person in respect to Indebtedness of others (other than
endorsements of instruments for collection in the ordinary course


                                       2


<PAGE>

of such Person's business); and (f) undertakings or agreements to reimburse 
or indemnify issuers of letters of credit issued for the account of such 
Person.  For all purposes of this Agreement, the Indebtedness of any Person 
shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture in which 
such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer.

          (n)  "INSURER NOTICE DATE" means the earlier of (i) the date specified
in the written notice delivered by the Security Insurer to the Seller, the
Buyer, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, which date is the date on
and after which the Note Policy will not cover payments on Notes issued after
such date and (ii) the occurrence of an Amortization Event.

          (o)  "OLYMPIC" means Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation.

          (p)  "OTHER CONVEYED PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth in the
Purchase Agreement.

          (q)  "PURCHASE DATE" means a date prior to the Insurer Notice Date on
which Purchased Receivables are transferred by Seller to Buyer.

          (r)  "PURCHASE PERIOD" has the meaning set forth in the Note Purchase
Agreement.

          (s)  "PURCHASE PRICE" means with respect to each Purchase Date, the
price at which Purchased Receivables are transferred by Seller to Buyer, which
shall equal (x) the product of 0.98 and the outstanding Principal Balance of the
Premier Receivables and the Classic Receivables that are not Financed
Repossessions being transferred on such Purchase Date and (y) the product of
0.85 and the outstanding Principal Balance of Classic Receivables that are
Financed Repossessions being transferred on such Purchase Date.

          (t)  "PURCHASED RECEIVABLES" means the Receivables transferred by
Seller to Buyer in a Transaction hereunder, the related Other Conveyed Property
transferred hereunder and the Seller's rights as purchaser under the Purchase
Agreement and any Assignment Agreement related thereto.

          (u)  "RECEIVABLES SCHEDULE" has the meaning set forth in SECTION 3(b)
hereof.

          (v)  "REPURCHASE DATE" means, with respect to any Purchased
Receivable, the date on which Seller is required to repurchase such Purchased
Receivable from Buyer, which date shall be the earliest to occur of (i) the date
that is twelve months after the Purchase Date of such Purchased Receivable, (ii)
a date specified by the Seller upon at least three Business Days prior notice to
the Buyer, the Indenture Trustee and the Security Insurer in the form set forth
in EXHIBIT D, (iii) any date determined with respect to such Purchased
Receivable by the


                                      3


<PAGE>

application of the provisions of SECTION 8 OR 11 hereof, and (iv) the last day
of the Purchase Period.

          (w)  "REPURCHASE PRICE" means, with respect to a Purchased Receivable,
the price at which such Purchased Receivable is to be transferred from Buyer to
Seller, which will equal the (x) the product of 0.98 and the aggregate
outstanding Principal Balance of such Purchased Receivable as of the date of
such transfer, if such Purchased Receivable is a Premier Receivable or a Classic
Receivable that is not a Financed Repossession or (y) the product of 0.85 and
the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of such Purchased Receivable as of
the date of such transfer, if such Purchased Receivable is a Classic Receivable
that is a Financed Repossession, plus, in each case, interest on 98% of the
Principal Balance of such Purchased Receivable  (if such Receivable is a Premier
Receivable or a Classic Receivable that is not a Financed Repossession) or on
85% of the Principal Balance of such Purchased Receivable (if such Receivable is
a Classic Receivable that is a Financed Repossession) at the sum of the Advance
Interest Rate plus the Total Expense Percent, PLUS any Breakage Fee payable upon
the simultaneous repayment of the related Advance (if such Advance is being
repaid), in each case as of the date of such transfer.

          (x)  "SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS" means the Schedule of
Representations and Warranties attached hereto as SCHEDULE A.

          (y) "SECURED PARTIES" has the meaning set forth in the Security
Agreement.

          (z)  "SELLER" means Olympic Receivables Finance Corp., a Delaware
corporation.

          (aa) "SELLER CONVEYED PROPERTY" has the meaning set forth in SECTION
6(b) hereof.

          (bb) "SERVICING AGREEMENT" means the Servicing Agreement dated as of
December 3, 1996 among the Seller, the Buyer, Olympic Financial Ltd., in its
individual capacity and as Servicer, Bank of America National Trust and Savings
Association, as Agent, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
Backup Servicer, Collateral Agent and Indenture Trustee, providing for the
servicing of the Receivables.

          (cc) "SUBSIDIARY" of a Person means any corporation, association,
partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business entity
of which more than 50% of the voting stock, membership interests or other equity
interests (in the case of Persons other than corporations), is owned or
controlled directly or indirectly by such Person, or one or more of the
Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the term "Subsidiary" specifically includes any
special purpose vehicle or conduit formed by a Person that is otherwise within
the ambit of the immediately preceding sentence.  Unless the context otherwise


                                       4


<PAGE>

clearly requires, references herein to a "Subsidiary" refer to a Subsidiary of
Olympic.

          (dd) "TRADE ACCOUNTS PAYABLE" means, as to any Person, the trade
accounts payable to such Person with a maturity of not greater than 90 days
incurred in the ordinary course of such  Person's business.

3.   COMMITMENT.

          (a)  The Buyer agrees, on the terms of this Agreement, to make
Advances for the account of the Seller by depositing the balance of the proceeds
of such Advance in the Collection Account during the period from and including
the Closing Date to but not including the earliest to occur of (x) the Insurer
Notice Date, (y) the termination of the commitment pursuant to SECTION 9 hereof
and (z) the first day of the Amortization Period, in an amount at any one time
outstanding not to exceed the Commitment Amount.  Subject to the terms of this
Agreement, during such period the Seller may request Advances and prepay
Advances without limitation, except that (i) each Advance and prepayment shall
be in amounts of $5,000,000 or any amount in excess thereof, (ii) each request
for an Advance shall comply with CLAUSE (c) below and each prepayment of an
Advance shall comply with CLAUSE (e) below, and (iii) the Seller shall not be
permitted to request an Advance if the difference between the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of the Advances and the aggregate outstanding
Principal Balance of the Receivables is greater than $5,000,000 (excluding any
WAC Deficiency Deposits) (or such other amount as shall be agreed to in writing
from time to time by the Seller, the Buyer, the Agent and the Security Insurer).
The Buyer agrees, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to the
extent and only to the extent of funds available for release to the Seller for
such purpose on deposit in the Collection Account, to purchase Receivables from
the Seller from time to time during the period from and including the Closing
Date to but excluding the earliest to occur of (q) the Insurer Notice Date,
(r) the termination of the commitment pursuant to SECTION 9 hereof, and (s) the
first day of the Amortization Period.

          (b)  On each Purchase Date, the Purchased Receivables shall be
transferred to the Buyer or its agent against the release of the Purchase Price
from the Collection Account for deposit to the Spread Account and payment to the
Seller in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Section 3.10 of the
Servicing Agreement and the Security Agreement.  On the Purchase Date for a
Transaction hereunder, Seller shall promptly deliver to the Agent and to the
Indenture Trustee a written confirmation, in the form set forth in EXHIBIT C, of
such Transaction (a "CONFIRMATION").  The Confirmation shall describe the
Purchased Receivables, identify Buyer and Seller, have the updated Receivables
Schedule attached thereto and set forth (i) the Purchase Date, (ii) the Purchase
Price, (iii) the Cut-Off Date, and (iv) any additional terms or conditions of
the


                                       5


<PAGE>

Transaction not inconsistent with this Agreement.  The Confirmation,
together with this Agreement, shall constitute conclusive evidence of the terms
agreed between Buyer and Seller with respect to the transfer to which the
Confirmation relates, unless with respect to the Confirmation specific objection
is made promptly after receipt thereof.  In the event of any conflict between
the terms of such Confirmation and this Agreement, this Agreement shall prevail.
The Purchased Receivables shall be identified on a detailed list provided by
Seller to Buyer on each Purchase Date and Repurchase Date (the "RECEIVABLES
SCHEDULE") and may be identified in the related Confirmation by reference to
such list.  Any release of funds from the Collection Account in connection with
a purchase of Receivables shall not affect the outstanding principal balance of
Advances.

          (c)  The Seller shall give the Buyer, the Agent and the Indenture
Trustee notice of each request for an Advance by 12:00 noon, New York City time,
at least one Business Day prior to the date requested for such Advance (or if
such request is for an Advance of $15,000,000 or less, by 11:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the date requested for such Advance), which notice shall be
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT F attached hereto and which shall include
the Seller's requested Tranche Periods in connection with such Advance.  Each
such notice shall be in the form of EXHIBIT F and shall be irrevocable unless a
written revocation signed by a Responsible Officer of the Seller is received by
the Buyer by the end of the day immediately preceding the day such Advance will
be made and shall be effective only if received by the Buyer not later than
12:00 noon New York time on the date specified in the preceding sentence (or if
such notice is for a same-day Advance, 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the date
of the requested Advance).  Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
date specified for each Advance hereunder, the Buyer shall deposit the amount of
such Advance in the Collection Account.

          (d)  On the Repurchase Date for any Purchased Receivables, such
repurchase shall be effected by transfer to Seller or its agent of such
Purchased Receivables against the transfer of the Repurchase Price therefor on
behalf of the Buyer to the Collection Account.  On such Repurchase Date , the
Buyer shall execute a written reconveyance substantially in the form of EXHIBIT
E pursuant to which it shall reconvey to the Seller (without recourse,
representation or warranty other than as to Liens created by the Buyer) all
right, title and interest of the Buyer in such Purchased Receivables.  On any
Business Day during the Revolving Period on which there has been since the
preceding Business Day an amount greater than $5,000,000 on deposit in the
Collection Account in excess of the WAC Deficiency Deposit, Seller shall effect
a prepayment of Advances pursuant to Section 3(e) hereof in an amount equal to
the lesser of (x) the amount specified by Seller equal to or greater than
$5,000,000 and (y) the amount permitted to be prepaid pursuant to Section 3(e)
hereof.  On a Repurchase Date specified in CLAUSE (iv) of the


                                       6


<PAGE>

definition of Repurchase Date herein, the Seller shall effect a repayment of 
Advances pursuant to SECTION 3(e) hereof, up to the outstanding principal 
balance of the Notes. 

          (e)  Subject to the terms of this Agreement and the Servicing
Agreement, the Seller shall have the right to prepay Advances on any Business
Day during the Revolving Period in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or any amount
in excess thereof.  Any such prepayment shall include accrued and unpaid
interest on the Advance at the Advance Interest Rate being prepaid through but
excluding the date such Advance is prepaid.  By 12:00 noon, New York City time,
on the Business Day preceding the date on which the Seller proposes to prepay
Advances, the Seller shall notify the Buyer, the Agent, the Servicer, the Backup
Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the Security Insurer
of the amount of such prepayment, which amount shall be set forth in a
certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Seller on such date of
notice.  The Seller shall pay the Breakage Fee, if any, on such date of
prepayment by paying to the Trustee for deposit into the Note Distribution
Account an amount equal to such Breakage Fee (which amount may come from amounts
otherwise distributable to the Seller on such date).  Any such prepayment
(including interest in connection therewith but excluding the aforementioned
Breakage Fee) shall be payable solely out of funds on deposit in the Collection
Account and the Spread Account and shall not exceed an amount equal to the
lesser of (i) on any date occurring during the period from but excluding a
Determination Date through and including the related Distribution Date, an
amount equal to the excess of the total amount on deposit in the Collection
Account and the Spread Account on such date over the sum of (A) the amounts to
be distributed on such Distribution Date pursuant to CLAUSES (i) THROUGH (ix) of
SECTION 3.6(a) of the Servicing Agreement as set forth in a Servicer's
Certificate delivered on such Determination Date, and (B) any increase in the
WAC Deficiency Amount on such date, if any, above the WAC Deficiency Amount on
such Determination Date, and (ii) an amount equal to the excess of the total
amount on deposit in the Collection Account on such date over the WAC Deficiency
Amounts, if any, on deposit in the Collection Account on such date. 
Notwithstanding anything contained in this SECTION 3(e) to the contrary, if the
Breakage Fee is not paid in full on or before the date of any proposed
prepayment, no such prepayment may occur.

          (f)  All outstanding Advances shall be due and payable by the Seller
on the first day of the Amortization Period.  Unless otherwise paid by the
Seller, such Advances shall be repaid by the Seller to the Buyer on each
Distribution Date in the amounts specified for such repayment in SECTION 3.6 of
the Servicing Agreement.

4.   PAYMENTS.  All payments of principal and interest and principal prepayments
payable to the holder of the Purchased Receivables, including Liquidation
Proceeds collected in respect of such Purchased Receivables, shall be collected
and applied as


                                       7


<PAGE>

set forth in the Servicing Agreement.  All such payments in excess of the 
amounts required to be distributed pursuant to clauses (i) through (ix) of 
Section 3.6(a) AND CLAUSES (i) THROUGH (ix) OF SECTION 3.6(b) of the 
Servicing Agreement shall be the property of the Seller. 

5.   SECURITY INTEREST.

          (a)  In the event, for any reason, any Transaction is construed by any
court as a secured loan rather than a purchase and sale, the parties intend that
Seller shall have granted to Buyer a perfected first priority security interest
in all of the Purchased Receivables.

          (b)  Seller shall pay all fees and expenses associated with perfecting
such security interest including, without limitation, the cost of filing
financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code as and when required by
Buyer (including, without limitation, as required under the Servicing
Agreement).

6.   PAYMENT, TRANSFER AND CUSTODY.

          (a)  Unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing, all transfers of
funds hereunder shall be in immediately available funds.

          (b)  On the Purchase Date for a Transaction, ownership of the
Receivables and the related other Seller Conveyed Property shall be transferred
to the Buyer against the simultaneous withdrawal of the Purchase Price from the
Collection Account for payment to the Seller in accordance with and subject to
the provisions of the Servicing Agreement.  On each Purchase Date, the Seller
hereby sells, transfers, assigns, and otherwise conveys to the Buyer, all of the
right, title and interest, whether now or hereafter acquired, of the Seller in
and to all accounts, contract rights, general intangibles, chattel paper,
instruments, documents, money, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, goods,
letters of credit, advices of credit and uncertificated securities consisting
of, arising from or relating to any of the following property: (i) the
Receivables listed on the Receivables Schedule from time to time, (ii) the Other
Conveyed Property related thereto, (iii) the rights of the Seller under the
Purchase Agreement and each Assignment Agreement related thereto, (iv) all
amounts required to be deposited, or deposited, or delivered to the Collateral
Agent for deposit, to the Collection Account by the Seller in respect of the WAC
Deficiency Amount or the Collateral Test, (v) all of Seller's right, title and
interest in and to funds on deposit from time to time in the Secured Accounts
and all investments therein and proceeds thereof, and (vi) all present and
future claims, demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of
the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and
nature whatsoever in respect of any and all of the foregoing, including all
proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other liquid
property, all cash


                                       8


<PAGE>

proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel 
paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, 
rights to payment of any and every kind and other forms of obligations and 
receivables, instruments and other property which at any time constitute all 
or part of or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing (all of 
the foregoing referred to collectively as the "SELLER CONVEYED PROPERTY").  
It is the intention of the Seller that the transfer and assignment 
contemplated by this Agreement shall constitute a sale of the Receivables and 
other Seller Conveyed Property from the Seller to the Buyer. 

          (c)  Simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement,
the Seller, the Buyer and the other Secured Parties shall enter into the
Custodian Agreement with the Custodian, dated as of the Closing Date, pursuant
to which the Buyer and the other Secured Parties shall revocably appoint the
Custodian, and the Custodian shall accept such appointment, to act as the agent
of the Buyer and the other Secured Parties as Custodian of the following
documents or instruments in its possession which the Seller shall deliver to the
Custodian as agent of the Buyer and the other Secured Parties on or prior to the
related Purchase Date:

          (i)  The fully executed original of the Receivable (together with the
     original of any agreements modifying the Receivable, including without
     limitation any extension agreements);

          (ii) A certificate of insurance, application form for insurance signed
     by the Obligor or a signed representation letter from the Obligor named in
     the Receivable pursuant to which the Obligor has agreed to obtain physical
     damage insurance for the related Financed Vehicle, or a documented verbal
     confirmation by the insurance agent for the Obligor of a policy number for
     an insurance policy for the Financed Vehicle;

          (iii)     The original credit application, or a copy thereof, of each
     Obligor, on Olympic's customary form, or on a form approved by Olympic, for
     such application; and

          (iv) The original certificate of title (when received) and otherwise
     such documents, if any, that Olympic keeps on file in accordance with its
     customary procedures indicating that the Financed Vehicle is owned by the
     Obligor and subject to the interest of Olympic as first lienholder or
     secured party (including any Lien Certificate received by Olympic), or if
     such original certificate of title has not yet been received, a copy of the
     application therefor, showing Olympic as secured party, or a letter from
     the applicable Dealer agreeing unconditionally to repurchase the related
     Receivable if the certificate of title is not received by Olympic within
     180 days.


                                       9


<PAGE>

7.   REPRESENTATIONS.

          (a)  Each party represents and warrants, and shall on and as of the
Purchase Date of any Transaction be deemed to represent and warrant, as follows:

          (i)  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
     performance of each Transaction do not and will not result in or require
     the creation of any lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance
     (other than pursuant hereto and pursuant to the other Related Documents)
     upon or with respect to any of its properties;

          (ii) This Agreement is, and each Transaction when entered into under
     this Agreement will be, a legal, valid and binding obligation of it
     enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

          (b)  Seller represents and warrants to Buyer and to the Security
Insurer, and on and as of the Purchase Date of any Transaction shall be deemed
to represent and warrant to each of such Persons, as follows:

          (i)  The representations and warranties set forth on the Schedule of
     Representations are true and correct with respect to the Receivable(s)
     transferred in such Transaction.

          (ii) The Seller has been duly organized and is validly existing as a
     corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with
     power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as
     such properties are currently owned and such business is currently
     conducted, and had at all relevant times, and now has, power, authority and
     legal right to acquire, own and sell the Receivables and the other Seller
     Conveyed Property transferred to the Buyer.

          (iii)     The Seller is duly qualified to do business as a foreign
     corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses and
     approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its
     property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification.

          (iv) The Seller has the power and authority to execute and deliver
     this Agreement, the Servicing Agreement and its Related Documents and to
     carry out its terms and their terms, respectively; the Seller has full
     power and authority to sell and assign the Receivables and other Seller
     Conveyed Property to be sold and assigned to the Buyer and has duly
     authorized such sale and assignment to the Buyer by all necessary corporate
     action; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and
     the Servicing Agreement and the Seller's Related Documents have been duly
     authorized by the Seller by all necessary corporate action.


                                       10


<PAGE>

          (v)  This Agreement and the related Confirmation effects a valid sale,
     transfer and assignment of the Receivables and the other Seller Conveyed
     Property, enforceable against the Seller and creditors of and purchasers
     from the Seller; and this Agreement and the related Confirmation and the
     Servicing Agreement and the Seller's Related Documents, when duly executed
     and delivered, shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
     Seller enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as
     enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
     other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally
     and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such
     enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

          (vi) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
     Agreement and the related Confirmations and the Servicing Agreement and the
     Related Documents and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and
     the related Confirmations and the Servicing Agreement and the Related
     Documents shall not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms
     and provisions of or constitute (with or without notice, lapse of time or
     both) a default under the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the
     Seller, or any indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
     instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it is bound, or
     result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties
     pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of
     trust or other instrument, other than this Agreement and the Related
     Documents, or violate in any material respect any law, order, rule or
     regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of any federal or state
     regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or any of its
     properties.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood that no
     representation or warranty is expressed herein with respect to the legality
     of the use of the word "Olympic" by the Seller or its Affiliates.

          (vii)     There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to
     the Seller's knowledge, threatened against the Seller or Olympic, before
     any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or
     governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or its
     properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, the Servicing
     Agreement or any of the Related Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the
     issuance of the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions
     contemplated by this Agreement, the Servicing Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents, or (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might
     materially and adversely affect the performance by the Seller of its
     obligations under, or the validity or


                                       11


<PAGE>

enforceability of, this Agreement, the Servicing Agreement or any of the 
Related Documents. 

          (viii)    The chief executive office of the Seller is located at 7825
     Washington Avenue South, Suite 410, Minneapolis, MN  55439-2435.

          (ix) All the issued common stock of Seller is owned by Olympic and
     such common stock is the only capital stock issued by Seller.  Pursuant to
     its certificate of incorporation, Seller's business is limited to certain
     financing activities set forth in such certificate.

          (x)  Seller does not commingle its assets or business functions with
     the assets or business functions of Olympic or any other Person.  The bank
     accounts and funds of Seller are maintained separately from those of
     Olympic and all other Affiliates of Olympic.  The board of directors of
     Seller duly authorizes all the corporate actions of Seller, to the extent
     required by the laws of its state of incorporation.  Seller maintains its
     own separate minutes of such actions.  Seller maintains separate and full
     corporate records and financial records for itself only and has at least
     one director who is not an Affiliate or director of or employed by Olympic
     or any other Affiliate of Olympic.  As of the date hereof, Seller does not
     have employees and, in the event that it hires employees in the future,
     Seller will not employ any person employed by Olympic or by any Olympic
     Affiliate.

          (xi) The financial records and accounts of Seller are prepared and
     maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and
     are susceptible to audit.

          (xii)     Seller conducts its business solely in its own name.  In
     that regard, all written and oral communications, including, without
     limitation, letters, invoices, purchase orders and contracts, are made
     solely in the name of Seller.  Seller has its own telephone number,
     stationery and business forms, separate from those of Olympic and any other
     Olympic Affiliate.

          (xiii)    Seller pays its own expenses and liabilities from its own
     funds, except that certain of the organization expenses of Seller have been
     paid by Olympic.  That payment serves a valid business purpose and will not
     affect the commitment of Olympic and Seller to maintain separate books of
     account and other indicia of separate corporate existence.  The
     capitalization of Seller is adequate in light of its proposed business and
     purpose.

          (xiv)     Seller is not liable for the payment of any liability of
     Olympic.  The assets and the creditworthiness of Seller are never held out
     as being available for the payment of any liability of Olympic.  Seller
     always


                                       12


<PAGE>

     describes Olympic as a separate legal entity.  Each of Olympic and
     Seller maintains an arm's length relationship with the other.  No
     transaction between Seller and any Olympic Affiliate is on terms more
     favorable than in similar transactions involving an unrelated third party. 
     Assets are not transferred from Olympic or Seller to the other without
     reasonably equivalent value or with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud
     the creditors of Olympic or Seller.  Seller's existence is not dependent on
     its being a subsidiary of Olympic or any other Olympic Affiliate.

          (xv) Seller has not transferred any Receivables with the intent to
     hinder, delay or defraud any Person.  Olympic receives reasonably
     equivalent value in exchange for its transfer of Receivables to Seller. 
     Neither Olympic nor Seller is insolvent nor does Olympic or Seller expect
     to become insolvent as a result of any transfer of Receivables.  Neither
     Olympic nor Seller engages in nor does it expect to engage in a business
     for which its remaining property represents an unreasonably small
     capitalization.  Neither Olympic nor Seller intends to incur nor does it
     believe that it will incur indebtedness that it will not be able to repay
     at its maturity.

          (xvi)     Seller does not intend to file a voluntary petition for
     relief under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law.

          (xvii)    Seller is not obligated in any way on the Receivables.

          (xviii)   Seller has not taken any action that might cause any
     Transaction to violate any regulation of the Federal Reserve Board.

8.   EVENT OF DEFAULT.  In the event that:

          (i)  Seller fails to repurchase or Buyer fails to transfer Purchased
     Receivables upon the applicable Repurchase Date or Buyer fails to make an
     Advance in accordance with the provisions hereof, and in each case such
     failure continues for two Business Days;

          (ii) an Act of Insolvency occurs with respect to Seller, Olympic or
     Buyer;

          (iii)     any representation or warranty made by Seller or Olympic in
     this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement (excluding, however, any
     representation or warranty set forth in SECTION 7(b)(i) hereof or SECTION
     3.1(a) of the Purchase Agreement), the Custodian Agreement, the Insurance
     Agreement, the Spread Account Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the
     Security Agreement or the Servicing Agreement shall have been incorrect or
     untrue in any material respect when made or repeated or when deemed to have
     been made or


                                       13


<PAGE>

     repeated; or either the Seller or Olympic shall fail to comply in any 
     material respect with any of their other agreements contained in this 
     Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Insurance Agreement, the Spread
     Account Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Security Agreement or
     the Servicing Agreement not defined elsewhere in this SECTION 8 as an
     "Event of Default" and such failure to comply shall continue unremedied for
     a period of 10 days after written notice thereof to the Seller by the Buyer
     or the Agent;

          (iv) Seller or Buyer shall admit to the other its inability to, or its
     intention not to, perform any of its obligations hereunder;

          (v)  any governmental or self-regulatory authority shall take
     possession of Buyer, Seller or Olympic or their property or appoint any
     receiver, conservator or other official or, with respect to Seller or
     Olympic, shall take any action to remove, limit, restrict, suspend or
     terminate their rights or privileges, including suspension as an issuer,
     lender or seller/servicer of automobile loans, which suspension has a
     material adverse effect on the ordinary business operations of Seller or
     Olympic, and which continues for more than 24 hours; or any such party
     shall take any action to authorize any of the actions set forth in this
     CLAUSE (v);

          (vi) this Agreement shall for any reason cease to create a valid,
     first priority security interest in any of the Purchased Receivables
     purported to be covered thereby;

          (vii)     a final judgment by any competent court in the United States
     of America for the payment of money in an amount of at least $50,000 is
     rendered against Seller or such a judgment in an amount of at least
     $5,000,000 is rendered against Olympic, and the same remains undischarged
     for a period of 60 days unless execution of such judgment is effectively
     stayed;

          (viii)    Seller or Olympic dissolves, merges or consolidates with
     another entity unless it is the surviving party, or sells, transfers, or
     otherwise disposes of a material portion of its business or assets
     (excluding the sale, transfer or other disposition of Receivables in the
     ordinary course of business) and the surviving party or the party that
     succeeds to a material portion of the Seller's or Olympic's business or
     assets shall cause BofA or any Affiliate of BofA or any Permitted Assignee
     (as defined in the Indenture) to exceed its legal lending limit with
     respect to such party or any of its Affiliates;

          (ix) any of the documents or opinions required to be delivered by the
     Seller to the Buyer pursuant to SECTION 17 hereof shall not have been
     delivered within ten Business


                                       14


<PAGE>

     Days after notice shall have been given to the Seller by the Buyer that 
     such documents or opinions were not delivered when so required;

          (x)  the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of
     $5,000,000 of Olympic or a Subsidiary shall be accelerated, or Olympic or a
     Subsidiary shall fail to pay any such Indebtedness when due, or, in the
     case of such Indebtedness payable on demand, when demanded, or there shall
     occur any default or event or condition permitting the replacement of
     Olympic or any Subsidiary as Servicer under any Auto Loan Securitization of
     Olympic or any Subsidiary;

          (xi) it shall be determined on any Determination Date that the
     Collateral Test shall fail to have been satisfied as of the immediately
     preceding Accounting Date, after taking into account any deposit made by
     the Seller to the Collection Account on such Determination Date, and such
     failure shall continue for one Business Day;

          (xii)     an Insurance Agreement Event of Default shall occur;

          (xiii)    a Servicer Termination Event shall occur; or

          (xiv)     the Seller shall fail to make a deposit with respect to any
     WAC Deficiency Amount in accordance with the provisions of SECTION 3.1(f)
     of the Servicing Agreement, and such failure shall continue for one
     Business Day.

(each an "EVENT OF DEFAULT"):

          (a)  At the option of the nondefaulting party (it being understood
that with respect to the Seller, the Seller shall be deemed to be the
nondefaulting party only upon the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in
SECTION 8(i), (ii), (iv) or (v) with respect to the Buyer), or if the Seller is
the defaulting party, the Agent, exercised by written notice to the defaulting
party (which option shall be deemed to have been exercised, even if no notice is
given, immediately upon the occurrence of an Act of Insolvency or the occurrence
of an Insurance Agreement Event of Default which the Security Insurer specifies
in writing shall have such effect), the Repurchase Date for each Transaction
hereunder shall be deemed immediately to occur and, if the Seller is the
defaulting party, all outstanding Advances shall be and become immediately due
and payable hereunder without notice or any further action.

          (b)  If the defaulting party is the Seller and if the Buyer or the
Agent exercises or is deemed to have exercised the option referred to in
SUBPARAGRAPH (a) of this Section, (i) the Seller's obligations hereunder to
repurchase all Purchased Receivables shall thereupon become immediately due and
payable, and (ii) the Seller shall immediately deliver to the Buyer any


                                       15


<PAGE>

Purchased Receivables subject to such Transactions then in the Seller's custody
or possession.

          (c)  If the defaulting party is the Buyer, the Seller may, against
transfer to the Seller of the Purchased Receivables, tender payment of the
aggregate Repurchase Price for all of the Purchased Receivables, whereupon the
Buyer's right, title and interest in all of the Purchased Receivables shall be
deemed transferred to the Seller.

          (d)  If the defaulting party is the Seller, after one Business Day's
notice to the Seller (which notice need not be given if an Act of Insolvency
shall have occurred and which may be the notice given under SUBPARAGRAPH (a) of
this Section), the Controlling Party, as agent of the Buyer, may exercise any or
all of the remedies provided for in SECTIONS 5.2 and 6.1 of the Security
Agreement.

          (e)  For purposes of this SECTION 8 the Repurchase Price for each
transaction hereunder in respect of which the defaulting party is the Buyer
shall not increase above the amount of such Repurchase Price for such
Transaction determined as of the date of the exercise or deemed exercise by the
Seller of its option under SUBPARAGRAPH (a) of this Section.

          (f)  The defaulting party shall be liable to the nondefaulting party
for the amount of all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by the
nondefaulting party in connection with or as a consequence of an Event of
Default, together with interest thereon at a rate equal to the Reference Rate.

          (g)  Each of the Buyer and the Seller agree to provide the Rating
Agencies with written notice of any Event of Default of which they have actual
acknowledge.

9.   TERM OF COMMITMENT.  Unless terminated earlier by mutual agreement of the
Buyer and the Seller with prior written notice to each Rating Agency and subject
to earlier termination as otherwise set forth herein, the commitment of the
Buyer hereunder to make Advances and purchase Receivables shall remain in effect
for a period of three years and such commitment shall terminate automatically
without any requirement for notice on the date occurring three years from the
date hereof; provided, however, that such commitment may be extended by mutual
agreement of Buyer and Seller; and provided further, however, that no such party
shall be obligated to agree to such an extension.

10.  REPURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES UPON BREACH OF WARRANTY.

          Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and
each Confirmation, as appropriate, Olympic and the Seller have entered into the
Purchase Agreement and an Assignment Agreement, as applicable, the rights of the
Seller under which have been assigned by the Seller to the Buyer.  Under the
Purchase Agreement and each Assignment Agreement, Olympic has


                                       16


<PAGE>

made the same representations and warranties to the Seller with respect to 
the Receivables as those made by the Seller pursuant to the Schedule of 
Representations, upon which the Buyer has relied in accepting the Receivables 
and the other Seller Conveyed Property and issuing the Notes and upon which 
the Security Insurer has relied in issuing the Note Policy and upon which the 
Indenture Trustee has relied in authenticating the Notes.  Upon discovery by 
any of Olympic, the Seller, the Servicer, the Security Insurer, the Indenture 
Trustee or the Buyer of a breach of any of the representations and warranties 
contained in SECTION 7(b)(i) that materially and adversely affects the 
interests of the Buyer, the Security Insurer or the Noteholders in any 
Receivable (including any Liquidated Receivable), the party discovering such 
breach shall give prompt written notice to the others; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, 
that the failure to give any such notice shall not affect any obligation of 
Olympic or the Seller.  On the 15th day following the Seller's discovery or 
the Seller's receipt of notice of any breach of the representations and 
warranties set forth on the Schedule of Representations that materially and 
adversely affects the interests of the Buyer, the Security Insurer or the 
Noteholders in any Receivable (including any Liquidated Receivable), the 
Repurchase Date with respect to such Receivable shall be deemed to occur 
immediately; PROVIDED, that any breach of a representation and warranty 
contained in PARAGRAPH 14, 17 OR 27 of the Schedule of Representations with 
respect to any Receivable shall be deemed to materially and adversely affect 
the interest of the Buyer in such Receivable and the Repurchase Date with 
respect to such Receivable shall be deemed to occur on, with respect to a 
breach of a representation or warranty contained in PARAGRAPH 14, the 
Business Day immediately succeeding the day and, with respect to a breach of 
a representation or warranty contained in PARAGRAPH 17 OR 27, on the fifth 
Business Day immediately succeeding the day upon which, in either case, 
discovery or receipt of notice of any breach of such representation and 
warranty shall occur.  The obligations of the Seller with respect to any such 
breach of representations and warranties shall include taking any and all 
actions necessary to enable the Buyer to enforce directly the obligations of 
Olympic under the Purchase Agreement or any Assignment Agreement, as 
applicable.  In addition to the foregoing and notwithstanding whether the 
related Purchased Receivables shall have been repurchased by the Seller, the 
Seller shall indemnify the Buyer, the Security Insurer, the Noteholders and 
the Indenture Trustee against all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims 
and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, which may 
be asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of third party 
claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such breach.

11.  NOTICES AND OTHER COMMUNICATIONS.

          Unless another address is specified in writing by the party to whom
any notice or other communication is to be given hereunder, all such notices or
communications shall be in writing


                                       17


<PAGE>

or confirmed in writing and delivered at the respective addresses set forth 
in EXHIBIT B attached hereto. 

12.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY.

          This Agreement shall supersede any existing agreements between the
parties containing general terms and conditions for repurchase transactions. 
Each provision and agreement herein shall be treated as separate and independent
from any other provision or agreement herein and shall be enforceable
notwithstanding the unenforceability of any such other provision or agreement.

13.  NON-ASSIGNABILITY; THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES.

          Except for the assignment of the Buyer's rights hereunder pursuant to
any of its Related Documents, the rights and obligations of the parties under
this Agreement and under any Transaction shall not be assigned by either party
without the prior written consent of the other party and, so long as no Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Security Insurer.  Subject to
the foregoing, this Agreement and each Transaction shall be binding upon and
shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and
permitted assigns.  The Security Insurer, the Agent and the Noteholders and
their successors and assigns shall be third-party beneficiaries to the
provisions of this Agreement, and shall be entitled to rely upon and to enforce
directly such provisions as long as, with respect to the Security Insurer, no
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing.  Except as set forth in
this SECTION 13, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall give to
any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted
assigns hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim
under this Agreement.

14.  GOVERNING LAW.

          THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK
WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

15.  NO WAIVERS, ETC.

          No express or implied waiver of any Event of Default by either party
shall constitute a waiver of any other Event of Default and no exercise of any
remedy hereunder by any party shall constitute a waiver of its right to exercise
any other remedy hereunder.  Except as set forth in the next sentence, no
modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement and no consent by any
party to a departure herefrom shall be effective unless and until such shall be
in writing and duly executed by both of the parties hereto, and if such
modification or waiver would have a material adverse effect on the Noteholders,
the Agent, and, so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Security Insurer.  The parties hereto


                                       18


<PAGE>

acknowledge the provisions of that certain Fee and Commitment Letter dated as 
of the date hereof between the Buyer and the Seller and agree that the 
provisions of such Letter shall be binding between them as if set forth 
herein in full.

16.  OPINIONS OF COUNSEL.

          Seller shall, on the date hereof and, upon the request of Buyer or 
the Agent, no more than once each calendar year, cause to be delivered to 
Buyer, the Agent and the Security Insurer, with reliance thereon permitted as 
to any person or entity that is granted a pledge of the Receivables and the 
other Seller Conveyed Property, a favorable opinion or opinions of counsel 
with respect to the matters set forth in EXHIBIT A hereto, in form and 
substance acceptable to Buyer.

17.  ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS.

          (a)  Prior to entering into the initial Transaction under this 
Agreement, each of the Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the 
Security Agreement, the Spread Account Agreement, the Insurance Agreement, 
the Indenture and the Custodian Agreement, in a form satisfactory to Buyer 
shall have been executed and delivered by the parties thereto.

          (b)  On or before the date of delivery of this Agreement, Seller 
shall, at Seller's own cost and expense, deliver to Buyer:

          (i)   a favorable opinion or opinions of counsel with respect to the
     matters set forth in EXHIBIT A hereto, in form and substance acceptable to
     Buyer and its counsel;

          (ii)  a certificate of the Secretary of State of the State of
     Minnesota, dated reasonably near the date hereof, listing all charter
     documents with respect to Olympic on file in his office and stating that
     Olympic is duly organized and existing, has filed all annual reports and
     has paid all franchise taxes and is in good standing in the State of
     Minnesota;

          (iii) a certificate, dated the date of delivery thereof, of
     Olympic's Secretary as to (a) the charter documents of Olympic (with a copy
     of Olympic's By-laws attached); (b) the attached resolutions of the Board
     of Directors of Olympic authorizing Olympic to enter into the transactions
     contemplated hereby; and (c) the good standing of Olympic;

          (iv)  evidence of filing with the appropriate filing offices in the
     State of Minnesota a UCC-1 Financing Statement against Olympic in favor of
     Seller;

          (v)   a certificate of the Secretary of the State of Delaware, dated
     reasonably near the date hereof, listing all

                                      19

<PAGE>

     charter documents with respect to Seller on file in his office and 
     stating that Seller is duly organized and existing, has filed all annual 
     reports and has paid all franchise taxes and is in good standing in the 
     State of Delaware;

          (vi)  a certificate, dated the date of delivery thereof, of Seller's
     Secretary as to (a) the charter documents of Seller (with a copy of
     Seller's By-laws attached); (b) the attached resolutions of the Board of
     Directors of Seller authorizing Seller to enter into the transactions
     contemplated hereby; and (c) the good standing of Seller and that the
     Seller is qualified to do business in Minnesota;

          (vii) evidence of filing with the appropriate filing offices in
     the State of Minnesota a UCC-1 Financing Statement against Seller; and

         (viii) such other information and certificates as Buyer shall
     reasonably request.

          (c)  Seller shall enter into any Transaction under this Agreement only
upon the satisfaction of each of the following conditions on or prior to the
related Purchase Date:

          (i)  Buyer shall have received a Confirmation with the updated
     Receivables Schedule attached thereto with respect to the Purchased
     Receivables being transferred on the related Purchase Date;

          (ii) As of such Purchase Date, Seller shall not have been insolvent
     nor shall Seller have been rendered insolvent by such Transaction nor shall
     Seller be aware of any pending insolvency;

         (iii) Seller shall have taken any action requested by Buyer to
     maintain the first perfected security interest of Buyer in the Purchased
     Receivables and the other Seller Conveyed Property;

          (iv) No selection procedures believed by Seller to be adverse to the
     interests of Buyer or the Noteholders shall have been utilized by Olympic
     or Seller in selecting such Purchased Receivables;

          (v)  No material change shall have occurred in the underwriting
     standards of Olympic in effect on the Closing Date (INTER ALIA, not enter
     the subprime market) without the prior written consent of the Agent;

                                      20

<PAGE>

          (vi) The Insurer Notice Date shall not have occurred;

         (vii) The provisions of SECTION 3.10(A) of the Servicing Agreement
     shall be complied with in connection with such Transaction.

18.  FURTHER ASSURANCE.  Seller shall promptly provide such further assurance or
agreements as Buyer may request in order to effect the purposes of this
Agreement.

19.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which counterparts shall be deemed to be an original, and
such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

20.  BINDING TERMS.  All of the covenants, stipulations, promises and agreements
in the Agreement shall bind the successors and permitted assigns of the parties
hereto, whether expressed or not.

21.  COVENANT OF THE SELLER.  Seller hereby agrees that it shall not (i) take
any action prohibited or not authorized by its certificate of incorporation or
(ii) without the prior written consent of the Agent and (so long as no Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) the Security Insurer and without
giving prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, amend its certificate of
incorporation.

22.  LIMITED RECOURSE.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, the obligations of the Buyer and the Seller hereunder shall not be
recourse to the Buyer or the Seller, respectively (or any person or organization
acting on behalf of the Buyer or the Seller or any affiliate, employee,
incorporator, stockholder, officer or director of the Buyer or the Seller),
other than to the Receivables and the other Seller Conveyed Property and the
proceeds thereof as provided in this Agreement, the Security Agreement and the
Servicing Agreement.  Each of the Buyer and the Seller hereby agree that to the
extent such funds are insufficient or assets are unavailable to pay any amounts
owing to it from the other party pursuant to this Agreement, it shall not
constitute a claim against the other party.

23.  NONPETITION COVENANT.  Notwithstanding any prior termination of this
Agreement, each of the Seller and the Buyer  agrees that it shall not, prior to
one year and one day after the Final Distribution Date, acquiesce, petition or
otherwise invoke the process of the United States of America, any State or other
political subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive, legislative,
judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government
for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case by or against the other under
a Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a
receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other
similar official of the other or all or any part of its property or assets or
ordering the winding up or liquidation of 

                                      21

<PAGE>

the affairs of the other.  The Buyer and the Seller agree that damages will 
be an inadequate remedy for breach of this covenant and that this covenant 
may be specifically enforced.

                                      22

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Repurchase 
Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the date 
first set forth above.

                                       ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.



                                       By:   /s/ illegible
                                            --------------------------------
                                               Authorized Signature


                                       OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.



                                       By:  /s/ illegible
                                           ---------------------------------
                                               Authorized Signature




                       [Signature Page to Repurchase Agreement]

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT A


                      OPINIONS OF COUNSEL TO SELLER AND OLYMPIC

                           [Opinions of Counsel to Seller]


          (i) Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. (the "Seller") has been duly 
incorporated and is validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, 
with corporate power and authority to own its properties and to transact the 
business in which it is now engaged, and the Seller is duly qualified to do 
business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in the State of 
Minnesota.

         (ii) The Seller has full corporate power and authority to execute 
and deliver the Purchase Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement, the Servicing 
Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Insurance Agreement and the Spread 
Account Agreement and to perform its obligations thereunder and has all 
necessary licenses and approvals under federal and state law to transact the 
business in which it is now engaged.

        (iii) Each of the Purchase Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement, the 
Servicing Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Insurance Agreement and the 
Spread Account Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by 
the Seller and, as to the Seller, is a legal, valid and binding obligation, 
enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms (except as may be 
limited by bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general principles of equity).

         (iv) The compliance by the Seller with all of the provisions of the 
Purchase Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the 
Security Agreement, the Insurance Agreement and the Spread Account Agreement 
will not (1) conflict with or result in any breach which would constitute a 
default under, or except as contemplated by the Repurchase Agreement, result 
in the creation or imposition of any Lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of 
the property or assets of the Seller pursuant to any material terms of, any 
indenture, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument for borrowed money 
to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller may be bound or to 
which any of the property or assets of the Seller is subject, (2) violate any 
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Seller, 
or (3) violate or conflict with any order, judgment, decree, writ, 
injunction, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or any 
federal, state or other regulatory authority or other governmental body 
having jurisdiction over the Seller. 

          (v) No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or 
filing with, any court or any federal, state or other regulatory authority or 
other governmental body having jurisdiction over the Seller, which has not 
already been made or obtained, is required for the execution, delivery, or 
performance 

<PAGE>

of the Purchase Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, 
the Security Agreement, the Insurance Agreement and the Spread Account 
Agreement except for the filing of any financing statements required to 
perfect the Buyer's and the Seller's respective interests in the Receivables.

         (vi) The Seller is not an "investment company" nor is it controlled 
by an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act 
of 1940, as amended.

        (vii) There is no action, suit, investigation, litigation or 
proceeding pending or, to the best of our knowledge, threatened before any 
court, governmental agency or arbitrator (1) against the Seller or any of its 
properties, (2) asserting the invalidity of the Purchase Agreement, the 
Repurchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Security Agreement, the 
Insurance Agreement or the Spread Account Agreement, (3) seeking to prevent 
the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase 
Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Security 
Agreement, the Insurance Agreement or the Spread Account Agreement or (4) 
challenging the enforceability of the Purchase Agreement, the Repurchase 
Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Insurance 
Agreement and the Spread Account Agreement.

       (viii) If the transfer of the Receivables from the Seller to the 
Buyer does not constitute an absolute sale, the Repurchase Agreement grants 
to the Buyer a security interest in the Seller's rights in the Receivables 
and the proceeds thereof, which security interest is a first priority 
perfected security interest.

ADDRESSEES:
Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
Financial Security Assurance Inc.
Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association

                                      A-2

<PAGE>

                           [Opinions of Counsel to Olympic]

          (i) Olympic Financial Ltd. ("Olympic") has been duly incorporated 
and is validly existing as a corporation under the laws of the State of 
Minnesota, with corporate power and authority to own its properties and to 
transact the business in which it is now engaged, and Olympic is duly 
qualified to do business and is in good standing in each State of the United 
States where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified.

         (ii) Olympic has full corporate power and authority to execute and 
deliver the Purchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Security 
Agreement, the Insurance Agreement, the Spread Account Agreement and the 
Custodian Agreement and to perform its obligations thereunder.

        (iii) Each of the Purchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the 
Security Agreement, the Insurance Agreement, the Spread Account Agreement and 
the Custodian Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by 
Olympic and, as to Olympic, is a legal, valid and binding obligation 
enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as may be limited by 
bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general principles of equity).

         (iv) The execution and delivery by Olympic of, and the performance 
by Olympic of the provisions of each of the Purchase Agreement, the Servicing 
Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Insurance Agreement, the Spread 
Account Agreement and the Custodian Agreement will not (1) conflict with or 
result in any breach which would constitute a default under, or result in the 
creation or imposition of any Lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the 
property or assets of Olympic pursuant to any material terms of, any 
indenture, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument for borrowed money 
to which Olympic is a party or by which Olympic may be bound or to which any 
of the property or assets of Olympic is subject, (2) violate any provisions 
of the Articles of Incorporation or the By-Laws of Olympic or (3) violate or 
conflict with any order, judgment, decree, writ, injunction of any court or 
any federal, state or other regulatory authority or other governmental body 
having jurisdiction over Olympic or any rule or regulation applicable to 
Olympic.

         (v) No consent, approval, authorization or other order of, or 
filing with, any court or any federal, state or other regulatory authority or 
other governmental body having jurisdiction over Olympic, which has not 
already been made or obtained, is required in connection with the execution, 
delivery or performance of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase 
Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Insurance 
Agreement, the Spread Account Agreement and the Custodian Agreement.

                                      A-3

<PAGE>

         (vi) There is no action, suit, investigation, litigation or 
proceeding pending or, to the best of our knowledge, threatened before any 
court, governmental agency or arbitrator (1) against Olympic or any of its 
properties, (2) asserting the invalidity of the Purchase Agreement, the 
Servicing Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Insurance Agreement, the 
Spread Account Agreement and the Custodian Agreement, (3) seeking to prevent 
the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase 
Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Insurance 
Agreement, the Spread Account Agreement and the Custodian Agreement, or (4) 
challenging the enforceability of the Purchase Agreement, the Servicing 
Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Insurance Agreement, the Spread 
Account Agreement and the Custodian Agreement.

        (vii) The Receivables constitute "chattel paper" as such term 
is defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in Minnesota.

       (viii) Should Olympic become the debtor in a case under the 
Bankruptcy Code, if the matter were properly briefed and presented to a 
court, the court would hold that (1) the transfer of the Receivables (and the 
collections thereon) by Olympic to the Seller in the manner set forth in the 
Purchase Agreement would constitute an absolute sale of the Receivables (and 
the collections thereon), rather than a borrowing by Olympic secured by the 
Receivables (and the collections thereon), so that the Receivables would not 
be the property of the estate of Olympic under Section 541(a) of the 
Bankruptcy Code, and thus (2) the Seller's rights to the Receivables (and the 
collections thereon) would not be impaired by the operation of Section 362(a) 
of the Bankruptcy Code.

         (ix) Under present reported decisional authority and statutes 
applicable to bankruptcy cases, should Olympic become the debtor in a case 
under the Bankruptcy Code, and the Seller would not otherwise properly be a 
debtor in a case under the Bankruptcy Code, and if the matter were properly 
briefed and presented to a court exercising bankruptcy jurisdiction, the 
court, exercising reasonable judgment after full consideration of all 
relevant factors, should not order, over the objection of the Buyer, the 
Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders or the Security Insurer, the 
substantive consolidation of the assets and liabilities of the Seller with 
those of Olympic.

ADDRESSEES:
Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.
Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
Financial Security Assurance Inc.
Norwest Minnesota, National Association

                                      A-4

<PAGE>
                                                                      EXHIBIT B


                              ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES AND
                                OTHER COMMUNICATIONS   



Olympic Receivables Finance Corp.
7825 Washington Avenue South
Suite 410
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439-2435
Attention:  Treasurer
Telecopier No.:  (612)  942-0015

Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.
7825 Washington Avenue South
Suite 900
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435
Attention:  Treasurer
Telecopier No.:  (612) 942-0015<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT C

                             FORM OF CONFIRMATION LETTER

                                                                         [date]

Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.
7825 Washington Avenue South
Suite 900
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435
Attention:  Treasurer


Confirmation No.:

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter confirms our agreement to sell to you the Purchased Receivables 
listed in SCHEDULE A hereto, pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement between us, 
dated as of December 3, 1996 (as amended from time to time, the "Agreement"), 
as follows:

Purchase Date:

Cut-Off Date:

Purchased Receivables:  See SCHEDULE A hereto

1)     Product of 0.98 and the Aggregate
       Outstanding Principal Balance of
       Purchased Receivables that are Premier
       Receivables or Classic Receivables that
       are not Financed Repossessions being
       transferred:                            $_______

2)     Product of 0.85 and the Aggregate
       Outstanding Principal Balance of
       Purchased Receivables that are Classic
       Receivables that are Financed
       Repossessions:                          $_______

3)     Purchase Price (sum of 1) and 2))       $_______

Calculation of Amount to be released from the
Collection Account:

The least of
           
1)     Purchase Price:                         $_______

2)     On each such date occurring during the
       period from but excluding a
       Determination Date through and including
       the related Distribution Date:

<PAGE>

     a)   Amount on deposit in Collection        $   -
          Account

     b)   minus amount of distributions or       $   -
          retentions to be made pursuant to
          SECTIONS 3.6(a)(i) THROUGH (ix) of
          the Servicing Agreement

     c)   minus any increase in the WAC          $   -
          Deficiency Amount above the WAC
          Deficiency Amount on such
          Determination Date

3)   a)   Amount on deposit in Collection        $   -
          Account

     b)   minus WAC Deficiency Amount on         $   -   
          deposit in Collection Account          --------
                                                 $   -
                                                         
                                                 --------
                                                 --------
The least of 1), 2), and 3):                     $   -



                              OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.



                              By:_____________________________
                                 Responsible Officer


                              OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,
                                as Servicer



                              By:_____________________________
                                 Responsible Officer


                                      C-2

<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT D

                          FORM OF NOTICE OF REPURCHASE DATE


                                                             _________ __, 19__


Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.
7825 Washington Avenue South
Suite 900
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435
Attention:  Treasurer


Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55479-0070
Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

Financial Security Assurance Inc.
350 Park Avenue
New York, New York  10022
Attention:  Surveillance Department

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Reference is made to the Repurchase Agreement between Arcadia 
Receivables Conduit Corp., as Buyer, and Olympic Receivables Finance Corp., 
as Seller, dated as of December 3, 1996 (the "Repurchase Agreement").  
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the 
Repurchase Agreement.

          Notice is hereby given that on __________ __, 19__ (the "Repurchase 
Date") [Note: Date specified must be at least one Business Days after the 
letter is delivered] we will repurchase the Receivables listed on SCHEDULE 1 
hereto with an aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of $__________ and an 
aggregate Repurchase Price of $_________.

          The Seller hereby represents and warrants that the Receivables 
selected by the Seller to be repurchased on the Repurchase Date, if less than 
all of the Receivables transferred to the Buyer under the Repurchase 
Agreement that have not been repurchased as of the date hereof, were selected 
for repurchase randomly and that no selection procedures adverse to the 
Buyers or the Noteholders were utilized in selecting the Receivables for 
repurchase.

                              OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.



                              By:______________________
                                 Responsible Officer

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT E


                         FORM OF RECONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES


          RECONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES dated as of _________ __, 19__ by and 
between Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp., a Delaware Corporation (the 
"Buyer"), and OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the 
"Seller").

          WHEREAS, the Buyer and the Seller are parties to a Repurchase 
Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 (hereinafter as such agreement may 
have been, or may from time to time be, amended, supplemented or otherwise 
modified, the "Repurchase Agreement");

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement the Buyer is required 
to reconvey and the Seller is required to repurchase the Purchased 
Receivables (as such term is defined in the Repurchase Agreement) listed on 
SCHEDULE 1 hereto;

          NOW THEREFORE, the Buyer and the Seller hereby agree as follows:

          1. DEFINED TERMS.  All terms defined in the Repurchase Agreement 
and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless 
otherwise defined herein.

          "REPURCHASE DATE" shall mean ________ __, 19__.

          2. RECONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES.

          (a) Upon deposit of the Repurchase Price in respect thereof by the 
Seller, the Buyer does hereby reconvey to the Seller, without recourse, on 
the Repurchase Date, all right, title and interest of the Buyer in and to 
each Purchased Receivable listed on SCHEDULE 1 hereto.

          (b) In connection with such reconveyance, the Buyer agrees to 
execute and deliver, at the Seller's expense, to the Seller on or prior to 
the Repurchase Date, such UCC termination statements prepared by the Seller 
as the Seller may reasonably request, evidencing the release by the Buyer of 
its lien on the Receivables.

          3. COUNTERPARTS.  The Reconveyance may be executed in two or more 
counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of 
which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one 
and the same instrument.

          4. GOVERNING LAW.  This Reconveyance shall be construed in 
accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without reference to its 
conflict of law provisions.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Reconveyance 
of Receivables to be duly executed and delivered by 

<PAGE>

their respective duly authorized officers on the day and year first above 
written.

                              ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.,
                              Buyer


                              By:___________________________
                                 Responsible Officer



                              OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.,
                              Seller


                              By:__________________________
                                 Responsible Officer


                                      E-2

<PAGE>

                                                                      EXHIBIT F


                       FORM OF NOTICE OF REQUEST FOR AN ADVANCE

                                                             _________ __, 19__


Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.
7825 Washington Avenue South
Suite 900
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435
Attention:  Treasurer


Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55479-0070
Attention:  Corporate Trust Department

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Reference is made to the Repurchase Agreement between Arcadia 
Receivables Conduit Corp., as Buyer, and Olympic Receivables Finance Corp., 
as Seller, dated as of December 3, 1996 (the "Repurchase Agreement").  
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the 
Repurchase Agreement.

          Notice is hereby given of our request for an Advance in the amount 
of $_________ (Note: such amount shall be at least $5 million) to be made on 
_________ __, 19__ [Note: Date specified must be at least one Business Day 
after letter is delivered unless request is for $15,000,000 or less] to be 
deposited into the Collection Account.  The difference between the aggregate 
outstanding principal amount of Advances, including the Advance being 
requested hereby ($___________) and the aggregate outstanding Principal 
Balance of Receivables ($__________) is less than $5,000,000.

          Requested Tranche Periods:


                              OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.



                              By:___________________________
                                 Responsible Officer

<PAGE>

                                      SCHEDULE A

                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER


                    1. CHARACTERISTICS OF RECEIVABLES.  Each Receivable (A) 
was originated by a Dealer for the retail sale of a Financed Vehicle in the 
ordinary course of such Dealer's business and such Dealer had all necessary 
licenses and permits to originate Receivables in the state where such Dealer 
was located, was fully and properly executed by the parties thereto, was 
purchased by Olympic from such Dealer under an existing Dealer Agreement with 
Olympic and was validly assigned by such Dealer to Olympic, (B) contains 
customary and enforceable provisions such as to render the rights and 
remedies of the holder thereof adequate for realization against the 
collateral security, and (C) is a fully amortizing Receivable which provides 
for level monthly payments (provided that the payment in the first Monthly 
Period and the final Monthly Period of the life of the Receivable may be 
minimally different from the level payment) which, if made when due, shall 
fully amortize the Amount Financed over the original term.

          2. NO FRAUD OR MISREPRESENTATION.  Each Receivable was originated 
by a Dealer and was sold by the Dealer to Olympic without any fraud or 
misrepresentation on the part of such Dealer in either case.

          3. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  All requirements of applicable federal, 
state and local laws, and regulations thereunder (including, without 
limitation, usury laws, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit 
Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 
the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade Commission Act, the 
Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Regulations "B" and 
"Z," the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, the Minnesota Motor 
Vehicle Retail Installment Sales Act, and state adaptations of the National 
Consumer Act and of the Uniform Consumer Credit Code and other consumer 
credit laws and equal credit opportunity and disclosure laws) in respect of 
all of the Receivables and each and every sale of Financed Vehicles, have 
been complied with in all material respects, and each Receivable and the sale 
of the Financed Vehicle evidenced by each Receivable complied at the time it 
was originated or made and now complies in all material respects with all 
applicable legal requirements.

          4. ORIGINATION.  Each Receivable was originated in the United States.

          5. BINDING OBLIGATION.  Each Receivable represents the genuine, 
legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon, 
enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms, except (A) as 
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or 
similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and by 
general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability 

<PAGE>

is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law and (B) as such Receivable 
may be modified by the application after its Cut-Off Date of the Soldiers' 
and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended; and all parties to each 
Receivable had full legal capacity to execute and deliver such Receivable and 
all other documents related thereto and to grant the security interest 
purported to be granted thereby.

          6. NO GOVERNMENT OBLIGOR.  No Obligor is the United States of 
America or any State or any agency, department, subdivision or 
instrumentality thereof.

          7. OBLIGOR BANKRUPTCY.  At the applicable Cut-Off Date, no Obligor 
had been identified on the records of Olympic as being the subject of a 
current bankruptcy proceeding.

          8. RECEIVABLES SCHEDULE.  The information set forth in the most 
recent Receivables Schedule delivered to the Buyer or the Agent was true and 
correct in all material respects as of the close of business on the 
applicable Cut-Off Date.

          9. MARKING RECORDS.  On each Purchase Date, the portions of the 
Electronic Ledger relating to the Receivables will be clearly and 
unambiguously marked to show that the Receivables constitute part of the 
Seller Conveyed Property and are owned by the Buyer in accordance with the 
terms of the Agreement.

          10. COMPUTER TAPE.  The Computer Tape, computer diskette or other 
electronic transmission made available by the Seller to the Buyer on each 
Purchase Date was complete and accurate as of the applicable Cut-Off Date, 
and includes a description of the same Receivables that are described in the 
Receivables Schedule.

          11. ADVERSE SELECTION.  No selection procedures adverse to the 
Buyer or the Noteholders were utilized in selecting the Receivables from 
those receivables owned by Olympic which met the selection criteria contained 
in the Agreement.

          12. CHATTEL PAPER.  The Receivables constitute chattel paper within 
the meaning of the UCC as in effect in the States of Minnesota and New York.

          13. ONE ORIGINAL.  There is only one original executed copy of each 
Receivable.

          14. RECEIVABLE FILES COMPLETE.  On the applicable  Purchase Date 
there exists a complete Receivable File for each Receivable transferred on 
such date, and such receivable File is in the possession of the Custodian on 
such Purchase Date.  A Receivable File pertaining to each Receivable will 
contain on the related Purchase Date (a) a fully executed original of the 
Receivable, (b) a certificate of insurance, application form for insurance 
signed by the Obligor, or a signed representation letter from the Obligor 
named in the Receivable pursuant to which the Obligor has agreed to obtain 
physical damage insurance for 

                                      A-2

<PAGE>

the related Financed Vehicle, or a documented verbal confirmation by an 
insurance agent for the Obligor of a policy number for an insurance policy 
for the Financed Vehicle, (c) the original Lien Certificate or application 
therefor or a letter from the applicable Dealer agreeing unconditionally to 
repurchase the related Receivable if the Lien Certificate is not received by 
Olympic within 180 days, and (d) a credit application signed by the Obligor 
or a copy thereof. Each of such documents which is required to be signed by 
the Obligor will have been signed by the Obligor in the appropriate spaces.  
All blanks on any form will have been properly filled in and each form will 
otherwise have been correctly prepared. 
 

          15. RECEIVABLES IN FORCE.  No Receivable has been satisfied, 
subordinated or rescinded, and the Financed Vehicle securing each such 
Receivable has not been released from the lien of the related Receivable in 
whole or in part.  No provisions of any Receivable have been waived, altered 
or modified in any respect since its origination, except by instruments or 
documents identified in the Receivable File.  No Receivable has been modified 
as a result of application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 
1940, as amended.

          16. LAWFUL ASSIGNMENT.  No Receivable was originated in, or is 
subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction, the laws of which would make 
unlawful, void or voidable the sale, transfer and assignment of such 
Receivable under this Agreement or any Assignment Agreement or pursuant to 
transfers of the Notes.

          17. GOOD TITLE.  No Receivable has been sold, transferred, assigned 
or pledged by Olympic to any Person other than the Seller unless the same was 
released prior to the transfer of such Receivable to the Seller or by the 
Seller to any Person other than the Buyer; immediately prior to the 
conveyance of the Receivables pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Olympic was 
the sole owner of and had good and indefeasible title thereto, free and clear 
of any Lien other than Liens created pursuant to its Related Documents.  
Immediately prior to the conveyance of the Receivables to the Buyer pursuant 
to this Agreement and any Transaction, the Seller was the sole owner thereof 
and had good and indefeasible title thereto, free of any Lien; and, upon 
execution and delivery of this Agreement and any Confirmation by the Seller, 
the Buyer shall have good and indefeasible title to and will be the sole 
owner of such Receivables, free of any Lien.  No Dealer has a participation 
in, or other right to receive, proceeds of any Receivable.  Neither Olympic 
nor the Seller has taken any action to convey any right to any Person that 
would result in such Person having a right to payments received under the 
related Insurance Policies or the related Dealer Agreements or Dealer 
Assignments or to payments due under such Receivables.

          18. SECURITY INTEREST IN FINANCED VEHICLE.  Each Receivable creates 
a valid, binding and enforceable first priority security interest in favor of 
Olympic in the Financed 


                                      A-3

<PAGE>


Vehicle.  The Lien Certificate and original certificate of title for each 
Financed Vehicle show, or if a new or replacement Lien Certificate is being 
applied for with respect to such Financed Vehicle the Lien Certificate will 
be received within 180 days of the related Purchase Date and will show, 
Olympic named as the original secured party under each Receivable as the 
holder of a first priority security interest in such Financed Vehicle.  With 
respect to each Receivable for which the Lien Certificate has not yet been 
returned from the Registrar of Titles, Olympic has received written evidence 
from the related Dealer that such Lien Certificate showing Olympic as first 
lienholder has been applied for, or a letter from the applicable Dealer 
agreeing unconditionally to repurchase the related Receivable if the 
Certificate of title is not received within 180 days.  Olympic's security 
interest has been validly assigned by Olympic to the Seller pursuant to the 
Purchase Agreement and by the Seller to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement. 
 Immediately after the sale, transfer and assignment thereof to the Buyer, 
each Receivable will be secured by an enforceable and perfected first 
priority security interest in the Financed Vehicle in favor of the Buyer as 
secured party, which security interest is prior to all other liens upon and 
security interests in such Financed Vehicle which now exist or may hereafter 
arise or be created (except, as to priority, for any lien for taxes, labor or 
materials affecting a Financed Vehicle).  As of the applicable Cut-Off Date, 
there were no Liens or claims for taxes, work, labor or materials affecting a 
Financed Vehicle which are or may be Liens prior or equal to the lien of the 
related Receivable.

          19. ALL FILINGS MADE.  All filings (including, without limitation, 
UCC filings) required to be made by any Person and actions required to be 
taken or performed by any Person in any jurisdiction to give the Buyer a 
first priority perfected lien on, or ownership interest in, the Receivables 
and the proceeds thereof and the other Seller Conveyed Property have been 
made, taken or performed.

          20. NO IMPAIRMENT.  Neither Olympic nor the Seller has done 
anything to convey any right to any Person that would result in such Person 
having a right to payments due under a Receivable or otherwise to impair the 
rights of the Buyer and the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders in 
any Receivable or the proceeds thereof.

          21. RECEIVABLE NOT ASSUMABLE.  No Receivable is assumable by 
another Person in a manner which would release the Obligor thereof from such 
Obligor's obligations to the Seller with respect to such Receivable.

          22. NO DEFENSES.  No Receivable is subject to any right of 
rescission, setoff, counterclaim or defense and no such right has been 
asserted or threatened with respect to any Receivable.

          23. NO DEFAULT.  There has been no default, breach, violation or 
event permitting acceleration under the terms of any 

                                      A-4

<PAGE>

Receivable (other than payment delinquencies of not more than 30 days), and 
no condition exists or event has occurred and is continuing, that with 
notice, the lapse of time or both would constitute a default, breach, 
violation or event permitting acceleration under the terms of any Receivable, 
and there has been no waiver of any of the foregoing.  As of the applicable 
Cut-Off Date, no Financed Vehicle had been repossessed.

          24. INSURANCE.  As of the Purchase Date for the related Receivable, 
each Financed Vehicle is covered by a comprehensive and collision insurance 
policy (i) in an amount at least equal to the lesser of (a) its maximum 
insurable value or (b) the principal amount due from the Obligor under the 
related Receivable, (ii) naming Olympic as loss payee and (iii) insuring 
against loss and damage due to fire, theft, transportation, collision and 
other risks generally covered by comprehensive and collision coverage.  Each 
Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain physical loss and damage 
insurance, naming Olympic and its successors and assigns as additional 
insured parties, and each Receivable permits the holder thereof to obtain 
physical loss and damage insurance at the expense of the Obligor if the 
Obligor fails to do so.  No Financed Vehicle was or had previously been 
insured under a policy of Force-Placed Insurance on the related Cut-Off Date.

          25. PAST DUE.  As of the applicable Cut-Off Date, no Receivable 
being transferred on the related Purchase Date was more than 30 days past due 
and no funds have been advanced by the Seller, the Servicer, and Dealer, or 
anyone acting on behalf of any of them in order to cause any Receivable to 
satisfy such requirement.

          26. REMAINING PRINCIPAL BALANCE.  As of the applicable Cut-Off 
Date, each Receivable had a remaining principal balance equal to or greater 
than $500.00 and the Principal Balance of each Receivable set forth in the 
most recent Receivables Schedule delivered to the Buyer or the Agent is true 
and accurate in all material respects.

          27. ORIGINAL MATURITY.  Each Receivable had an original maturity of 
at least 12 months but not more than 84 months and no more than 10% of the 
Receivables had an original maturity of greater than 72 months.  Each 
Receivable with an original maturity of greater than 72 months is secured by 
a Financed Vehicle that is a new automobile or an automobile that is less 
than one year old.  No more than 5% of the aggregate outstanding Principal 
Balance of the Receivables are Classic Receivables secured by Financed 
Vehicles that are financed repossessions.  No more than 65% of the aggregate 
outstanding Principal Balance of the Receivables are Classic Receivables.

          28. COMPLIANCE WITH UNDERWRITING GUIDELINES.  Each Receivable was 
originated pursuant to Olympic's underwriting standards in effect on the 
Closing Date which have not, without the prior written consent of the Agent, 
been materially changed


                                      A-5

<PAGE>


since the Closing Date.
































                                      A-6

<PAGE>


<PAGE>

                                                                EXECUTION COPY
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                           SERVICING AGREEMENT
                       Dated as of December 3, 1996
 
                                 among


                    ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.
                                 Issuer


                    OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.
                                 Seller


                        OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                In its individual capacity and as Servicer


            BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION
                                  Agent


                                   and


               NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
         Backup Servicer, Collateral Agent and Indenture Trustee

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>




                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----


INTRODUCTION  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  1

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1.   Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    1
Section 1.2.   Usage of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
Section 1.3.   Calculations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
Section 1.4.   Section References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
Section 1.5.   No Recourse  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23
Section 1.6.   Material Adverse Effect  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24


                                   ARTICLE II

                   ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

Section 2.1.   Duties of the Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24
Section 2.2.   Collection of Receivable Payments; Modifications of 
               Receivables; Lockbox Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   25
Section 2.3.   Realization Upon Receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   28
Section 2.4.   Insurance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   29
Section 2.5.   Maintenance of Security Interests in Vehicles  . . . . . . .   31
Section 2.6.   Covenants, Representations, and Warranties of Servicer . . .   32
Section 2.7.   Purchase of Receivables Upon Breach of Covenant  . . . . . .   34
Section 2.8.   Total Servicing Fee; Payment of Certain Expenses by 
               Servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
Section 2.9.   Servicer's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
Section 2.10.  Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Servicer 
               Termination Event. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   35
Section 2.11.  Annual Independent Accountants' Report . . . . . . . . . . .   36
Section 2.12.  Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding 
               Receivables  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
Section 2.13.  Monthly Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   37
Section 2.14.  Retention and Termination of Servicer  . . . . . . . . . . .   38
Section 2.15.  Fidelity Bond  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   39
Section 2.16.  Duties of the Servicer under the Indenture . . . . . . . . .   39
Section 2.17.  Collecting Lien Certificates Not Delivered on the 
               Purchase Date  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   39
Section 2.18.  Accountants' Review of Receivable Files  . . . . . . . . . .   39

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                    DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

Section 3.1.   Secured Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   40
Section 3.2.   Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
Section 3.3.   Application of Collections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   42
Section 3.4.   Monthly Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   43
Section 3.5.   Additional Deposits  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   44
Section 3.6.   Distributions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   45
Section 3.7.   Statements to Noteholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
Section 3.8.   Indenture Trustee as Agent; Calculation of Weighted Average 
               APR, WAC Deficiency Amounts, Basis Fee Percent and Advance 
               Interest Rate  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   48
Section 3.9.   Eligible Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   49
Section 3.10.  Additional Withdrawals from the Collection Account . . . . .   49
Section 3.11.  Cross-Collateralization with the Spread 
               Account Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  THE SERVICER

Section 4.1.   Liability of Servicer; Indemnities . . . . . . . . . . . . .   50
Section 4.2.   Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations
               of, the Servicer or Backup Servicer. . . . . . . . . . . . .   52
Section 4.3.   Limitation on Liability of Servicer, Backup Servicer and 
               Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   53
Section 4.4.   Delegation of Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   54
Section 4.5.   Servicer and Backup Servicer Not to Resign . . . . . . . . .   54


                                    ARTICLE V

                           SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 5.1.   Servicer Termination Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   55
Section 5.2.   Consequences of a Servicer Termination  Event  . . . . . . .   57
Section 5.3.   Appointment of Successor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   58
Section 5.4.   Notification to Noteholders  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60
Section 5.5.   Waiver of Past Defaults  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60


                                   ARTICLE VI

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

Section 6.1.   Amendment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   60
Section 6.2.   Protection of Title to Seller Conveyed Property  . . . . . .   61
Section 6.3.   Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64

                                       ii
<PAGE>

Section 6.4.   Severability of Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64
Section 6.5.   Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64
Section 6.6.   Third-Party Beneficiaries  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64
Section 6.7.   Disclaimer by Security Insurer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   64
Section 6.8.   Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65
Section 6.9.   Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65
Section 6.10.  Interest Rate Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   65



                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A -    Servicing Policies and Procedures

Exhibit B -    Form of Servicer's Certificate

Exhibit C -    Form of Note for Intercompany Indebtedness





                                       iii
<PAGE>

          THIS SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of December 3, 1996, is made among
ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP., a Delaware corporation (the "Issuer"),
OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation, as Seller (the
"Seller"), OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., a Minnesota corporation, in its individual
capacity and as Servicer (in its individual capacity, "OFL"; in its capacity as
Servicer, the "Servicer"), BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS
ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, in its capacity as Agent (in such
capacity as administrator for Receivables Capital Corporation and as agent for
certain liquidity purchasers, the "Agent"), and NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as Backup Servicer (in such
capacity the "Backup Servicer"), as Collateral Agent (in such capacity the
"Collateral Agent") and as Indenture Trustee (in such capacity the "Indenture
Trustee").

          In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and of
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are
hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  All terms defined in the Spread Account
Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement, the Purchase
Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement or the Indenture (as defined below) shall
have the same meaning in this Agreement.  Whenever capitalized and used in this
Agreement, the following words and phrases, unless the context otherwise
requires, shall have the following meanings:

          ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT:  The report of a firm of nationally recognized
independent accountants described in Section 2.11.

          ACCOUNTING DATE:  With respect to a Distribution Date, the last day of
the Monthly Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          ADMINISTRATIVE RECEIVABLE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, a
Receivable which the Servicer is required to purchase pursuant to Section 2.7 or
which OFL has elected to purchase pursuant to Section 2.4(c).

          ADVANCE INTEREST CARRYOVER SHORTFALL:  With respect to any
Distribution Date, the excess of the Advance Monthly Interest Distributable
Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any outstanding Advance Interest
Carryover Shortfall on such preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in
respect of interest that is actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account
on such preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on the amount of interest due
but not paid with respect to the Advances

<PAGE>

on the preceding Distribution Date, to the extent permitted by law, at the 
Advance Interest Rate from such preceding Distribution Date through the 
current Distribution Date.

          ADVANCE INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Advance Monthly Interest Distributable Amount
for such Distribution Date and the Advance Interest Carryover Shortfall for such
Distribution Date.

          ADVANCE INTEREST RATE:  With respect to each Interest Period or any
shorter period for which interest accrues, a per annum rate determined in
arrears of the daily weighted average cost of funding of the Noteholders'
purchase or carrying of the Notes during such Interest Period or any shorter
period for which interest accrues, which shall be: (A) prior to the occurrence
of an Amortization Event, (i) the CP Rate plus 0.20%, to the extent the purchase
or carrying of Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture is funded by the
Noteholders by issuing Commercial Paper Notes, or (ii) the Offshore Rate plus
the Applicable Margin, to the extent the purchase or carrying of Notes issued
pursuant to the Indenture is not so funded by the Noteholders and (B) after the
occurrence of an Amortization Event, the Reference Rate; PROVIDED, that, from
and after the occurrence of an Amortization Event, the Advance Interest Rate
shall not exceed the Maximum Interest Rate, and the Agent may, on any Business
Day, by prior written notice to the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Seller,
the Servicer and the Security Insurer, convert the Advance Interest Rate to a
fixed interest rate not to exceed the Maximum Interest Rate as of the close of
business on the date such Amortization Event occurs, such fixed interest rate
not to exceed the Two Year Treasury Yield (as of the close of business on the
date such Amortization Event occurs) plus 0.60% PLUS the Basis Fee Percent.

          ADVANCE MONTHLY INTEREST DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the interest accrued on each day during the
immediately preceding Interest Period at the Advance Interest Rate(s) in effect
from time to time with respect to such Interest Period on the outstanding
principal balance of the Advances on each day; PROVIDED that the amount of the
Advance Monthly Interest Distributable Amount distributed pursuant to Sections
3.6(a)(i) or (b)(ii) shall not be duplicative of the amount of any interest that
accrued during such immediately preceding Interest Period on any Advance that
was prepaid during such Interest Period pursuant to Section 3(e) of the
Repurchase Agreement and which was deposited into the Note Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 3.10(b).

          ADVANCE PRINCIPAL CARRYOVER SHORTFALL:  As of the close of business on
any Distribution Date after the occurrence of an Amortization Event, the excess
of the sum of the Principal Distribution Amount and any outstanding Advance
Principal Carryover Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date over the
amount in respect of Advances that is actually deposited in the Note
Distribution Account on such Distribution Date.

                                       2
<PAGE>

          ADVANCE PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any
Distribution Date (other than the Final Distribution Date) during the
Amortization Period, the sum of the Principal Distribution Amount for such
Distribution Date and any outstanding Advance Principal Carryover Shortfall as
of the close of the preceding Distribution Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, the Advance
Principal Distributable Amount shall not exceed the outstanding principal
balance of the Advances.  The "Advance Principal Distributable Amount" on the
Final Distribution Date will equal the outstanding principal balance of the
Advances on the Final Distribution Date.

          AFFILIATE:  With respect to any Person, any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

          AGENT: Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as
administrator of RCC and as agent for certain liquidity purchasers under the
Liquidity Asset Purchase Agreement, and its successors in such capacity.

          AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE:  With respect to any Determination Date,
the sum of the Principal Balances (computed as of the related Accounting Date)
for all Receivables (other than (i) any Receivable that became a Liquidated
Receivable during the related Monthly Period, (ii) any Purchased Receivable with
respect to the related Monthly Period and (iii) any Receivable that became a
Repurchased Receivable during the related Monthly Period).

          AGREEMENT OR THIS AGREEMENT:  This Servicing Agreement, all amendments
and supplements thereto and all exhibits and schedules to any of the foregoing.

          AMORTIZATION EVENT:  Any of (i) an Event of Default shall have
occurred and either the Repurchase Date shall be deemed to occur automatically
or the Issuer or the Agent shall exercise its option to have the Repurchase Date
with respect to all Transactions occur automatically, (ii) an Insurance
Agreement Event of Default shall have occurred and the Security Insurer shall
have delivered notice to the Issuer and the Seller that such Insurance Agreement
Event of Default shall constitute an Amortization Event,(iii) an Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or (iv) the succession of the Backup
Servicer as Servicer hereunder.

          AMORTIZATION PERIOD:  The period commencing on the earliest to occur
of (i) December 2, 1999, and (ii) the date on 

                                        3

<PAGE>

which an Insurer Notice Date has occurred and ending on the Final 
Distribution Date.

          AMOUNT FINANCED:  With respect to a Receivable, the aggregate amount
advanced under such Receivable toward the purchase price of the Financed Vehicle
and related costs, including amounts advanced in respect of accessories,
insurance premiums, service and warranty contracts, other items customarily
financed as part of retail automobile installment sale contracts or promissory
notes, and related costs.  The term "Amount Financed" shall not include any
Insurance Add-On Amounts.

          ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE OR APR:  With respect to a Receivable, the rate
per annum of finance charges stated in such Receivable as the "annual percentage
rate" (within the meaning of the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act).  If after the
applicable Cut-Off Date with respect to a Receivable, the rate per annum with
respect to such Receivable as of such Cut-Off Date is reduced as a result of (i)
an insolvency proceeding involving the Obligor or (ii) pursuant to the Soldiers'
and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, Annual Percentage Rate or APR from and
after such date shall refer to such reduced rate.

          APPLICABLE MARGIN:  0.375%.


          AVAILABLE FUNDS:  With respect to any Determination Date, the amount
on deposit in the Collection Account as of the immediately preceding Accounting
Date plus any amounts deposited in the Collection Account on such Determination
Date pursuant to Section 3.1(e) to satisfy the Collateral Test.

          BACKUP SERVICER:  Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, or its
successor in interest pursuant to Section 5.2, or such Person as shall have been
appointed as Backup Servicer or successor Servicer pursuant to Section 5.3.

          BASIC SERVICING FEE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, the fee
payable to the Servicer for services rendered during such Monthly Period, which
shall be equal to one-twelfth of the Basic Servicing Fee Rate multiplied by the
daily average aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables during such Monthly
Period; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, with respect to the first Monthly Period, the Basic
Servicing Fee shall accrue from the Closing Date until December 31, 1996 on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

          BASIC SERVICING FEE RATE:  1.00% per annum, payable monthly at
one-twelfth of the annual rate.

          BASIS FEE PERCENT:  As of any date of determination, the positive
difference, if any, as determined by the Agent, as calculation agent, between
(A) the comparable spread over the Two Year Treasury Yield of the yield on OFL's
most recent two year weighted average life AAA/Aaa rated, publicly issued
automobile

                                       4
<PAGE>

asset-backed securities; or, if such a spread is not available, the average 
price offered for such AAA/Aaa rated automobile asset-backed securities by 
the asset-backed trading desk from time to time of two nationally recognized 
underwriters or dealers that last underwrote OFL's most recent AAA/Aaa rated, 
publicly issued automobile asset-backed securities, and (B) 0.45%.

          BofA:  Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, a
national banking association, and its successors in interest.

          BREAKAGE FEE:  An amount payable by the Seller pursuant to Section
3(e) of the Repurchase Agreement in connection with a prepayment of an Advance
(and the concurrent prepayment of Notes pursuant to the Indenture) if the Seller
shall have requested a prepayment of an Advance on a date other than the last
day of a Tranche Period or in an amount in excess of the Tranches maturing on
such date, which shall be equal to the amount as may be necessary to compensate
the Noteholders for any resulting losses or costs, including those resulting
from any liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds or other funding
arrangements (such losses to be calculated on a net basis assuming reinvestment
(for the period with respect to which breakage is being paid) equal to the rate
quoted by the Agent for a time deposit equal to the principal so prepaid for a
period equal to the breakage period).

          BUSINESS DAY:  Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or
other day on which commercial banking institutions in Minneapolis, Minnesota,
Chicago, Illinois, New York, New York, or any other location of any successor
Servicer, successor Indenture Trustee or successor Collateral Agent are
authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be
closed and, if the applicable Business Day relates to any calculation of the
Offshore Rate, such a day on which dealings are carried on in the applicable
offshore dollar interbank market.

          CLASSIC RECEIVABLES:  Receivables originated under OFL's "Classic"
program.

          CLOSING DATE:  December 3, 1996.

          COLLATERAL AGENT:  The Collateral Agent named in the Security
Agreement, and any successor thereto pursuant to the terms of the Security
Agreement.

          COLLATERAL TEST:  On any Determination Date, a test that will be
satisfied if, as of the immediately preceding Accounting Date, the aggregate
outstanding amount of all Advances under the Repurchase Agreement is less than
or equal to the sum of the following amounts, each determined as of such
Accounting Date: (i) the amount on deposit in the Collection Account less the
WAC Deficiency Deposit, if any, (ii) the product of (I) 0.98 and (II) the sum of
the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance

                                       5
<PAGE>

of Premier Receivables that are Qualifying Receivables and the aggregate 
outstanding Principal Balance of Classic Receivables that are not Financed 
Repossessions and that are Qualifying Receivables and (iii) the product of 
the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of Classic Receivables that are 
Financed Repossessions and that are Qualifying Receivables and 0.85; 
PROVIDED, that any deposit into the Collection Account that the Seller may 
make on such Determination Date pursuant to Section 3.1(e) shall be included 
as amounts on deposit in the Collection Account as of the immediately 
preceding Accounting Date in clause (i) above.

          COLLECTED FUNDS:  With respect to any Determination Date, the amount
of funds in the Collection Account representing collections on the Receivables
during the related Monthly Period, including all Liquidation Proceeds collected
during the related Monthly Period (but excluding any Monthly Advances and any
Purchase Amounts and the Repurchase Price of any Repurchased Receivables).

          COLLECTION ACCOUNT:  The account designated as the Collection Account
in, and which is established and maintained pursuant to, Section 3.1(a).

          COLLECTION RECORDS:  All manually prepared or computer generated
records relating to collection efforts or payment histories with respect to the
Receivables.

          COMMERCIAL PAPER NOTES:  The short-term promissory notes issued or to
be issued in the United States commercial paper market to fund the purchase of
the Notes, which, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Seller, the Agent
and the Security Insurer, shall mature within 120 days from the date of issuance
of such notes.

          CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE:  The principal office of the Indenture Trustee
at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be
administered, which office is located at Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0070, Attention:  Corporate Trust Services - Asset-
Backed Administration; the telecopy number for the Corporate Trust Office of the
Indenture Trustee on the date of execution of this Agreement is (612) 667-3539.

          CP COMPOSITE RATE:  For any date of determination, the Money Market
Yield of the rate set forth in the weekly statistical release designated as
H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors of
the Federal Reserve System ("H.15(519)") for the 30 day maturity under the
caption "Commercial Paper."  If such rate cannot be determined, the Offshore
Rate.

          CP RATE:  For any Interest Period or any shorter period for which
interest accrues, and with respect to any portion of the principal amount of the
Notes as to which the Noteholders'

                                       6
<PAGE>

funding of their purchase or carrying thereof is provided by Commercial Paper 
Notes, the rate of interest per annum determined in arrears in good faith by 
the Agent equal to the Noteholders' cost of funding the purchase or carrying 
of such portion of the Notes, which shall be equal to the weighted daily 
average interest rate payable in respect of such Commercial Paper Notes 
during such period (determined in the case of discount Commercial Paper Notes 
by converting the discount to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum), 
plus applicable placement fees and commissions, but excluding any other fees 
related to such funding.

          CP TRANCHE PERIOD:  If the funding of the purchase or carrying of the
Notes is funded in whole or in part by Commercial Paper Notes, a period of up to
120 days from and including the date any amount of such Commercial Paper Notes
are issued to and including the date such Commercial Paper Notes mature.

          CRAM DOWN LOSS:  With respect to a Receivable, if a court of
appropriate jurisdiction in an insolvency proceeding shall have issued an order
reducing the Principal Balance of such Receivable, the amount of such reduction.
A "Cram Down Loss" shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of issuance of
such order.

          CUSTODIAN:  Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation, and any
successor thereto pursuant to the terms of the Custodian Agreement.

          CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT:  Any Custodian Agreement from time to time in
effect among the Custodian named therein, the Issuer, the Seller and the Agent
relating to custody of the Receivable Files, as the same may be amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the
terms thereof, which Custodian Agreement and any amendments, supplements or
modifications thereto shall (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have
occurred and be continuing) be acceptable to the Security Insurer (the Custodian
Agreement which is effective on the Closing Date is acceptable to the Security
Insurer).

          CUT-OFF DATE:  With respect to any Receivables, the date specified in
the related Confirmation.

          DEALER:  A seller of new or used automobiles or light trucks that
originated one or more of the Receivables and sold the respective Receivable,
directly or indirectly, to OFL under an existing agreement between such seller
and OFL.

          DEALER AGREEMENT:  An agreement between OFL and a Dealer relating to
the sale of retail installment sale contracts and installment notes to OFL and
all documents and instruments relating thereto.  


                                        7
<PAGE>

          DEALER ASSIGNMENT:  With respect to a Receivable, the executed
assignment executed by a Dealer conveying such Receivable to OFL.  

          DEFAULT AMOUNT:  With respect to any Distribution Date, an amount, if
positive, equal to the sum of default interest for each day during the
immediately preceding Interest Period or portion thereof after the occurrence of
an Amortization Event that accrues at the applicable Default Rate on the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Notes on each such day,
calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 365-day year.

          DEFAULT AMOUNT CARRYOVER SHORTFALL:  With respect to any Distribution
Date, the excess of the Default Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and
any outstanding Default Amount Carryover Shortfall on such preceding
Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of such Default Amount and Default
Amount Carryover Shortfall that is actually deposited in the Note Distribution
Account on such preceding Distribution Date, PLUS interest on the Default Amount
Carryover Shortfall, to the extent permitted by law, at an annualized rate equal
to the Reference Rate from such preceding Distribution Date through the current
Distribution Date.

          DEFAULT AMOUNT DISTRIBUTABLE AMOUNT:  With respect to any Distribution
Date, the sum of the Default Amount for such Distribution Date and the Default
Amount Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

          DEFAULT RATE:  For each day during an Interest Period or any portion
thereof after the occurrence of an Amortization Event, a per annum rate equal to
the positive difference, if any, between (i) the Reference Rate for such
Interest Period, and (y) the Advance Interest Rate for such Interest Period;
PROVIDED, that if the Advance Interest Rate has been converted to a fixed
interest rate, the Default Rate shall be that rate set forth in the side letter
between the Issuer and the Agent and acknowledged by the Trustee.

          DEFICIENCY CLAIM AMOUNT:  As defined in Section 3.11(a).

          DEFICIENCY CLAIM DATE:  With respect to any Distribution Date, the
fourth Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution Date.  

          DEFICIENCY NOTICE:  As defined in Section 3.11(a).

          DEPOSIT DATE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, the Business Day
immediately preceding the related Distribution Date.  

          DETERMINATION DATE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, the sixth
Business Day prior to the related Distribution Date (or, if such day is not a
Business Day, the next succeeding

                                       8
<PAGE>

Business Day); provided, however, that if the determination dates in all of 
the other automobile loan securitizations of the Seller insured by the 
Security Insurer are on the same date, the Determination Date shall be such 
date provided the Seller provides the Indenture Trustee, the Security 
Insurer, and the Agent 30 days prior written notice of such change.

          DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT:  With respect to a Distribution Date, the amount
of funds on deposit in the Collection Account on such Distribution Date.

          DISTRIBUTION DATE:  The 15th day of each calendar month, or if such
15th day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day, commencing
January 15, 1997 and including the Final Distribution Date.

          ELECTRONIC LEDGER:  The electronic master record of the retail
installment sales contracts or installment loans of OFL.

          ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT:  (i) A segregated trust account that is maintained
with the corporate trust department of a depository institution acceptable to
the Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and
be continuing), or (ii) a segregated direct deposit account maintained with a
depository institution or trust company organized under the laws of the United
States of America, or any of the States thereof, or the District of Columbia,
having a certificate of deposit, short term deposit or commercial paper rating
of at least "A-1+" by Standard & Poor's and "P-1" by Moody's and (so long as an
Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) acceptable to the
Security Insurer.

          ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS:  Any one or more of the following types of
investments:

               (a) (i) direct interest-bearing obligations of, and
     interest-bearing obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of principal
     and interest by, the United States or any agency or instrumentality of the
     United States the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and
     credit of the United States; and (ii) direct interest-bearing obligations
     of, and interest-bearing obligations guaranteed as to timely payment of
     principal and interest by, the Federal National Mortgage Association or the
     Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, but only if, at the time of
     investment, such obligations are assigned the highest credit rating by each
     Rating Agency;

               (b) demand or time deposits in, certificates of deposit of, or
     bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company
     organized under the laws of the United States or any State and subject to
     supervision and examination by federal or state banking authorities
     (including, if applicable, the Indenture Trustee or any agent of the
     Indenture Trustee acting in its commercial

                                       9
<PAGE>

     capacity); provided that the short-term unsecured debt obligations of 
     such depository institution or trust company at the time of such 
     investment, or contractual commitment providing for such investment,
     are assigned the highest credit rating by each Rating Agency;

               (c) repurchase obligations pursuant to a written agreement (i)
     with respect to any obligation described in clause (a) above, where the
     Indenture Trustee has taken actual or constructive delivery of such
     obligation in accordance with Section 3.1, and (ii) entered into with the
     corporate trust department of a depository institution or trust company
     organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, the
     deposits of which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
     and the short-term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated "A-1+" by
     Standard & Poor's and "P-1" by Moody's (including, if applicable, the
     Indenture Trustee or any agent of the Indenture Trustee acting in its
     commercial capacity);

               (d) securities bearing interest or sold at a discount issued by
     any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United States or any
     state whose long-term unsecured debt obligations are assigned the highest
     credit rating by each Rating Agency at the time of such investment or
     contractual commitment providing for such investment; provided however that
     securities issued by any particular corporation will not be Eligible
     Investments to the extent that an investment therein will cause the then
     outstanding principal amount of securities issued by such corporation and
     held in the Secured Accounts to exceed 10% of the Eligible Investments held
     in the Secured Accounts (with Eligible Investments held in the Secured
     Accounts valued at par);

               (e) commercial paper that (i) is payable in United States dollars
     and (ii) is rated in the highest credit rating category by each Rating
     Agency;

               (f) with the prior written consent of the Security Insurer, money
     market mutual funds registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as
     amended, having a rating at the time of such investment from each of the
     Rating Agencies in the highest credit rating category; or

               (g) any other demand or time deposit, obligation, security or
     investment as may be acceptable to the Security Insurer, as evidenced by
     the prior written consent of the Security Insurer, as may from time to time
     be confirmed in writing to the Indenture Trustee by the Security Insurer,
     and with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies and the Agent.

Eligible Investments may be purchased by or through the Indenture Trustee or any
of its Affiliates.


                                       10
<PAGE>

          ELIGIBLE SERVICER:  OFL, the Backup Servicer or another Person which
at the time of its appointment as Servicer (i) is servicing a portfolio of motor
vehicle retail installment sales contracts or motor vehicle installment loans,
(ii) is legally qualified and has the capacity to service the Receivables, (iii)
has demonstrated the ability professionally and competently to service a
portfolio of motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts or motor vehicle
installment loans similar to the Receivables with reasonable skill and care, and
(iv) is qualified and entitled to use, pursuant to a license or other written
agreement, and agrees to maintain the confidentiality of, the software which the
Servicer uses in connection with performing its duties and responsibilities
under this Agreement or otherwise has available software which is adequate to
perform its duties and responsibilities under this Agreement.

          EVENT OF DEFAULT:  An "Event of Default" (as defined in the Repurchase
Agreement) with respect to the Seller.

          FINAL DISTRIBUTION DATE:  The earlier to occur of (i) the Final
Scheduled Distribution Date, and (ii) if an Amortization Event shall have
occurred, the Distribution Date next succeeding the date on which the
Controlling Party shall have sold, securitized or otherwise liquidated the last
Receivable.

          FINAL SCHEDULED DISTRIBUTION DATE:  After the commencement of the
Amortization Period, the fourth Distribution Date after the Monthly Period in
which occurs the latest final scheduled payment on a Receivable (without giving
effect to any extensions granted by the Servicer pursuant to Section 2.2).

          FINANCED REPOSSESSION:  Classic Receivables that are secured by
Financed Vehicles that are financed repossessions.

          FINANCED VEHICLE:  A new or used automobile or light truck, together
with all accessories thereto, securing or purporting to secure an Obligor's
indebtedness under a Receivable.

          FORCE-PLACED INSURANCE:  The meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b).

          FRB:  The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and any
Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

          INDENTURE:  The Indenture, dated as of December 3, 1996, between the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended and supplemented
from time to time.

          INDENTURE TRUSTEE:  The Person acting as Trustee under the Indenture,
its successors in interest and any successor Trustee under the Indenture.

                                       11
<PAGE>

          INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS:  As defined in Section 2.11(a).

          INSURANCE ADD-ON AMOUNT:  The premium charged to the Obligor in the
event that the Servicer obtains Force-Placed Insurance pursuant to Section 2.4.

          INSURANCE AGREEMENT:  The Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as
of December 3, 1996, among the Security Insurer, the Issuer, the Seller and OFL.

          INSURANCE AGREEMENT EVENT OF DEFAULT:  An "Event of Default" as
defined in the Insurance Agreement.

          INSURANCE POLICY:  With respect to a Receivable, any insurance policy
benefiting the holder of the Receivable providing loss or physical damage,
credit life, credit disability, theft, mechanical breakdown or similar coverage
with respect to the Financed Vehicle or the Obligor.

          INSURANCE PREMIUM:  The amount of the premium payable to the Security
Insurer, as set forth in the Premium Letter, dated December 3, 1996, from the
Security Insurer to OFL, the Seller, the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee.

          INSURER DEFAULT:  The occurrence and continuance of any of the
following:

               (a) the Security Insurer shall have failed to make a payment
     required under the Note Policy;

               (b) The Security Insurer shall have (i) filed a petition or
     commenced any case or proceeding under any provision or chapter of the
     United States Bankruptcy Code, the New York State Insurance Law, or any
     other similar federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy,
     rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization, (ii) made a general
     assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (iii) had an order for
     relief entered against it under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the New
     York State Insurance Law, or any other similar federal or state law
     relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or
     reorganization which is final and nonappealable; or

               (c) a court of competent jurisdiction, the New York Department of
     Insurance or other competent regulatory authority shall have entered a
     final and nonappealable order, judgment or decree (i) appointing a
     custodian, trustee, agent or receiver for the Security Insurer or for all
     or any material portion of its property or (ii) authorizing the taking of
     possession by a custodian, trustee, agent or receiver of the Security
     Insurer (or the taking of possession of all or any material portion of the
     property of the Security Insurer).

                                       12
<PAGE>

          INTEREST PERIOD:  With respect to any Distribution Date, the Monthly
Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of the
first Distribution Date, the period from and including the Closing Date to and
excluding the first day of the succeeding calendar month); PROVIDED, that the
final Interest Period shall commence on the first day of the calendar month
immediately preceding the month in which the Final Distribution Date occurs and
shall end on, but shall exclude, the Final Distribution Date.

          ISSUER:  Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp., a Delaware corporation.

          LIEN:  Any security interest, lien, charge, pledge, preference, equity
or encumbrance of any kind, including tax liens, mechanics' liens and any liens
that attach by operation of law.

          LIEN CERTIFICATE:  With respect to a Financed Vehicle, an original
certificate of title, certificate of lien or other notification issued by the
Registrar of Titles of the applicable state to a secured party which indicates
that the lien of the secured party on the Financed Vehicle is recorded on the
original certificate of title.  In any jurisdiction in which the original
certificate of title is required to be given to the Obligor, the term "Lien
Certificate" shall mean only a certificate or notification issued to a secured
party.

          LIQUIDATED RECEIVABLE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, a
Receivable as to which (i) 91 days have elapsed since the Servicer repossessed
the Financed Vehicle, (ii) the Servicer has determined in good faith that all
amounts it expects to recover have been received, or (iii) all or any portion of
a Scheduled Payment shall have become more than 180 days delinquent.

          LIQUIDATION PROCEEDS:  With respect to a Liquidated Receivable, all
amounts realized with respect to such Receivable (other than amounts withdrawn
from the Spread Account and drawings under the Note Policy) net of (i)
reasonable expenses incurred by the Servicer in connection with the collection
of such Receivable and the repossession and disposition of the Financed Vehicle
and (ii) amounts that are required to be refunded to the Obligor on such
Receivable; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Liquidation Proceeds with respect to any
Receivable shall in no event be less than zero.

          LOCKBOX ACCOUNT:  The segregated account maintained on behalf of the
Issuer by the Lockbox Bank in accordance with Section 2.2(d).

          LOCKBOX AGREEMENT:  The Agency Agreement, dated as of November 13,
1992 by and among Harris Trust and Savings Bank, OFL, Shawmut Bank, N.A., as
trustee, Saturn Financial Services, Inc.  and the Program Parties (as defined
therein), taken

                                       13
<PAGE>

together with the Retail Lockbox Agreement, dated as of November 13, 1992, 
among such parties, and the Counterpart to Agency Agreement and Retail 
Lockbox Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1996, among Harris Trust and 
Savings Bank, OFL, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Security 
Insurer, as such agreements may be amended from time to time, unless the 
Indenture Trustee and the Issuer shall cease to be a Program Party 
thereunder, or such agreement shall be terminated in accordance with its 
terms, in which event "Lockbox Agreement" shall mean such other agreement, in 
form and substance acceptable to the Security Insurer, or if an Insurer 
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to the Agent, among the 
Servicer, the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Lockbox Bank.

          LOCKBOX BANK:  A depository institution named by the Servicer and, so
long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing, acceptable
to the Security Insurer, or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, to the Agent.

          MAXIMUM INTEREST RATE:  As of the date on which an Amortization Event
occurs, the greater of (I) the sum of (i) the Two Year Treasury Yield determined
as of such day by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 403(b) of the
Indenture plus (ii) 0.60% plus (iii) the Basis Fee Percent and (II) the weighted
average APR (weighted based on the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of
the relevant Receivables as of the immediately preceding Accounting Date PLUS
the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of any Receivables transferred by
the Seller to the Issuer since such Accounting Date and LESS the aggregate
outstanding Principal Balance of any Receivables that became Purchased
Receivables or Repurchased Receivables since such Accounting Date) of Qualifying
Receivables, MINUS 6.50%, MINUS the Total Expense Percent.

          MONTHLY ADVANCE:  The amount that the Servicer is required to advance
on any Receivable pursuant to Section 3.4(a) or that the Servicer (or OFL if OFL
is not the Servicer) is required to advance on any Determination Date pursuant
to Section 3.4(b).

          MONTHLY PERIOD:  With respect to a Distribution Date, the calendar
month preceding the month in which such Distribution Date occurs (such calendar
month being referred to as the "related" Monthly Period with respect to such
Distribution Date).  With respect to an Accounting Date, the calendar month in
which such Accounting Date occurs is referred to herein as the "related" Monthly
Period to such Accounting Date.

          MONTHLY RECORDS:  All records and data maintained by the Servicer with
respect to the Receivables, including the following with respect to each
Receivable:  the account number; the identity of the originating Dealer; Obligor
name; Obligor address; Obligor home phone number; Obligor business phone number;
original Principal Balance; original term; Annual

                                       14
<PAGE>

Percentage Rate; current Principal Balance; current remaining term; 
origination date; first payment date; final scheduled payment date; next 
payment due date; date of most recent payment; new/used classification; 
collateral description; days currently delinquent; number of contract 
extensions (months) to date; amount, if any, of Force-Placed Insurance 
payable monthly; amount of the Scheduled Payment; and past due late charges, 
if any.

          MOODY'S:  Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto.

          NOTES:  The Floating Rate Automobile Receivables-Backed Notes issued
by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture.

          NOTE DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT:  The account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 3.1(b).

          NOTE MAJORITY:  Holders of Notes representing a majority of the
outstanding principal balance of the Notes.

          NOTE POLICY:  The financial guaranty insurance policy issued by the
Security Insurer to the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders.

          NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT:  The Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of
December 3, 1996, among OFL, the Issuer, the Agent and Receivables Capital
Corporation.

          OBLIGOR:  The purchaser or the co-purchasers of the Financed Vehicle
and any other Person or Persons who are primarily or secondarily obligated to
make payments under a Receivable.

          OFL:  Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation.

          OFFSHORE RATE: (i) For any Interest Period or any shorter period for
which interest accrues and (ii) for the purpose of determining the WAC
Deficiency Percentage, the rate of interest per annum (rounded upward, if
necessary, to the next 1/16th of 1%) determined by the Agent as follows:

Offshore Rate =                 IBOR                
                -------------------------------------
                1.00 - Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

Where,

          EURODOLLAR RESERVE PERCENTAGE means for any day for any Interest
     Period the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded
     upward, if necessary, to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on such day and
     applicable to any Noteholder under regulations issued from time to time by
     the FRB for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any
     emergency supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect
     to Eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as "Eurocurrency
     liabilities"); and

                                       15
<PAGE>

          IBOR means the rate of interest per annum determined by the Agent as
     the rate at which dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the
     Noteholders' funding for the purchase or carrying of Notes that is not
     being provided by Commercial Paper Notes are offered for such Interest
     Period or any shorter period for which interest accrues based on
     information presented on the Telerate Screen page 3750 at approximately
     11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) two Business Days prior to such date of
     determination; PROVIDED, that if at least two such offered rates appear on
     the Telerate Screen in respect of such Interest Period or any shorter
     period for which interest accrues, the arithmetic mean of all such rates
     (as determined by the Agent) will be the rate used; PROVIDED, FURTHER, that
     if Telerate ceases to provide LIBOR quotations, such rate shall be the rate
     of interest determined by the Agent at which dollar deposits in the
     approximate amount of the Noteholders' funding for the purchase or carrying
     of Notes that is not being provided by Commercial Paper Notes for such
     Interest Period or shorter period for which interest accrues would be
     offered by BofA's Grand Cayman Branch, Grand Cayman, B.W.I. (or such other
     office as may be designated for such purpose of BofA), to major banks in
     the offshore dollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m.
     (New York City time) two Business Days prior to such date of determination.

          The Offshore Rate shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective
date of any change in the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.

          OFFSHORE TRANCHE PERIOD:  The period commencing on the date any
portion of the Notes is no longer funded by Commercial Paper Notes or the last
day of any previous Offshore Tranche Period and ending on the date seven,
fourteen or twenty-one days or one, two or three months thereafter as selected
by the Issuer; PROVIDED that:

          (i)  if any Offshore Tranche Period would otherwise end on a day that
     is not a Business Day, such Offshore Tranche Period shall be extended to
     the following Business Day unless, in the case of an Offshore Tranche
     Period of one, two or three months, the result of such extension would be
     to carry such Offshore Tranche Period into another calendar month, in which
     event such Offshore Tranche Period shall end on the preceding Business Day;

          (ii) any Offshore Tranche Period of one, two or three months that
     begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which
     there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end
     of such Offshore Tranche Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the
     calendar month at the end of such Offshore Tranche Period; and

                                       16
<PAGE>

          (iii) no Offshore Tranche Period for any Notes shall extend beyond the
     end of the Purchase Period.

          OPINION OF COUNSEL:  A written opinion of counsel acceptable in form
and substance and from counsel acceptable to the Agent and, if such opinion or a
copy thereof is required to be delivered to the Indenture Trustee or the
Security Insurer, to the Indenture Trustee or the Security Insurer, as
applicable.

          OTHER FEE PERCENT:  0.025% per annum.

          OUTSTANDING MONTHLY ADVANCES:  With respect to any Determination Date,
(A) the sum of all Monthly Advances made pursuant to Section 3.4(a) with respect
to a Receivable on any Determination Date prior to such Determination Date
relating to that Receivable which have not been reimbursed pursuant to Section
3.6(b)(i) or (B) the sum of all Monthly Advances made pursuant to Section 3.4(b)
on any Determination Date prior to such Determination Date which have not been
reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.6(a)(ii).

          PERSON:  Any legal person, including any individual, corporation,
partnership, joint venture, estate, association, joint stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof, or any other entity.

          PREMIER RECEIVABLES:  Receivables originated under OFL's "Premier"
program.

          PRINCIPAL BALANCE:  With respect to any Receivable, as of any date,
the Amount Financed minus (i) that portion of all amounts received on or prior
to such date and allocable to principal in accordance with the terms of the
Receivable, and (ii) any Cram Down Loss in respect of such Receivable.

          PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT:  With respect to any Distribution Date
during the Amortization Period, the amount equal to the sum of the following
amounts with respect to the immediately preceding Monthly Period, in each case
computed without duplication (including without duplication of amounts
distributed with respect to prior Distribution Dates):  (i) that portion of all
collections on Receivables allocable to principal, including all full and
partial principal prepayments, (ii) the Principal Balance (as of the related
Accounting Date) of all Receivables that are Liquidated Receivables as of the
prior Accounting Date (other than Receivables that became Purchased Receivables
or Repurchased Receivables as of the immediately preceding Accounting Date),
(iii) the portion of the Purchase Amount allocable to principal of all
Receivables that became Purchased Receivables as of the immediately preceding
Accounting Date, (iv) the portion of the Repurchase Price allocable to principal
of all Receivables that became Repurchased Receivables during the preceding
Monthly Period, (v) the portion of the proceeds allocable to principal from the
sale or securitization

                                       17
<PAGE>

of the Receivables pursuant to the Security Agreement, and (vi) the aggregate 
amount of Cram Down Losses that shall have occurred during or prior to the 
related Monthly Period.

          PURCHASE AGREEMENT:  The Receivables Purchase Agreement and
Assignment, dated as of December 3, 1996 between OFL and the Seller.

          PURCHASE AMOUNT:  With respect to a Receivable, the Principal Balance
and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Receivable (without regard to any
Monthly Advances that may have been made with respect to the Receivable) as of
the Accounting Date on which the obligation to purchase such Receivable arises.

          PURCHASED RECEIVABLE:  As of any Accounting Date, any Receivable
(including any Liquidated Receivable) that became an Administrative Receivable
as of such Accounting Date, and as to which the Purchase Amount has been
deposited in the Collection Account by the Seller, OFL or the Servicer, as
applicable, on or before the related Deposit Date.

          QUALIFYING RECEIVABLE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, a
Receivable as to which (i) no portion of a Scheduled Payment shall have become
more than 30 days delinquent, (ii) the Servicer in good faith has not determined
that the Obligor thereon is unlikely to continue making Scheduled Payments, and
(iii) all of the representations and warranties under the Purchase Agreement and
Repurchase Agreement are true and correct; PROVIDED, that the sum (without
duplication) of the aggregate Principal Balance of Classic Receivables that are
Financed Repossessions in excess of 5% of the aggregate outstanding Principal
Balance of Qualifying Receivables and the aggregate Principal Balance of Classic
Receivables in excess of 65% of the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of
Qualifying Receivables shall be excluded from the Principal Balance of
Qualifying Receivables for all purposes hereunder, including the denominator of
the aforesaid calculations and the calculation of the Collateral Test.

          RATING AGENCY:  Each of Moody's and Standard & Poor's, so long as such
Persons determined a capital charge with respect to the issuance of the Note
Policy by the Security Insurer; and if either Moody's or Standard & Poor's no
longer determines such capital charge, such other nationally recognized
statistical rating organization selected by the Agent and (so long as an Insurer
Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) acceptable to the Security
Insurer.

          RECEIVABLE:  A retail installment sale contract or promissory note
(and related security agreement) for a new or used automobile or light truck
(and all accessories thereto) that is included in the Receivables Schedule, and
all rights and obligations under such a contract, but not including (i) any
Liquidated Receivable (other than for purposes of calculating the Advance
Interest Distributable Amounts, Advance Principal

                                       18
<PAGE>

Distributable Amounts and the WAC Deficiency Amount hereunder and for the 
purpose of determining the obligations pursuant to Section 2.7 to purchase 
Receivables), (ii) any Purchased Receivable on or after the Accounting Date 
immediately preceding the Deposit Date on which payment of the Purchase 
Amount is made in connection therewith pursuant to Section 3.5 or (iii) any 
Repurchased Receivable on or after the date on which payment of the 
Repurchase Price is deposited in the Collection Account pursuant to Section 
3(d) of the Repurchase Agreement.

          RECEIVABLE FILES:  The documents, electronic entries, instruments and
writings listed in Section 6(c) of the Repurchase Agreement.


          REFERENCE RATE:  For any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum as
shall be in effect from time to time, which rate shall be at all times equal to
the rate of interest in effect for such day, as publicly announced from time to
time by BofA in San Francisco, California, as its "reference rate."  It is a
rate set by BofA based upon various factors including BofA's costs and desired
return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a
reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above or below
such announced rate.

          REGISTRAR OF TITLES:  With respect to any state, the governmental
agency or body responsible for the registration of, and the issuance of
certificates of title relating to, motor vehicles and liens thereon.

          RELATED DOCUMENTS:  The Repurchase Agreement, the Indenture, the
Notes, the Purchase Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Note Policy, the
Security Agreement, the Note Purchase Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Insurance
Agreement, the Spread Account Agreement and the Lockbox Agreement.  The Related
Documents executed by any party are referred to herein as "such party's Related
Documents," "its Related Documents" or by a similar expression.

          REPURCHASE AGREEMENT:  The Repurchase Agreement dated as of December
3, 1996, between the Issuer, as Buyer, and Olympic Receivables Finance Corp., as
Seller.

          REPURCHASED RECEIVABLES:  Any Receivables that are required to be
repurchased by the Seller pursuant to Section 3(d) of the Repurchase Agreement.

          RESPONSIBLE OFFICER:  The President, any Vice President or Assistant
Vice President or the Controller of such Person, or any other officer or
employee having similar functions and, with respect to the Seller or the
Servicer, those employees of the Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be,
whose names appear on a list of people authorized to sign on behalf of the
Seller or Servicer, as applicable, furnished to the Indenture Trustee, the

                                       19
<PAGE>

Security Insurer and the Agent, as such list may from time to time be amended.

          REVOLVING PERIOD:  The period from and including the Closing Date to
but excluding the date on which the Amortization Period commences.

          SCHEDULE OF REPRESENTATIONS:  The Schedule of Representations and
Warranties attached as Schedule A to the Repurchase Agreement.

          SCHEDULED PAYMENT:  With respect to any Monthly Period for any
Receivable, the amount set forth in such Receivable as required to be paid by
the Obligor in such Monthly Period.  If after the applicable Cut-Off Date with
respect to a Receivable, the Obligor's obligation under such Receivable with
respect to a Monthly Period has been modified so as to differ from the amount
specified in such Receivable as a result of (i) the order of a court in an
insolvency proceeding involving the Obligor, (ii) pursuant to the Soldiers' and
Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940 or (iii) modifications or extensions of the
Receivable permitted by Section 2.2(b), the Scheduled Payment with respect to
such Monthly Period shall refer to the Obligor's payment obligation with respect
to such Monthly Period as so modified.

          SECURED ACCOUNTS:  The meaning specified in Section 3.1(c).

          SECURITY AGREEMENT:  The Security Agreement dated as of December 3,
1996, among OFL, the Seller, the Security Insurer, the Agent, the Issuer, the
Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent.

          SECURITY INSURER:  Financial Security Assurance Inc., a financial
guaranty insurance corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of New
York, or any successor thereto, as issuer of the Note Policy.

          SECURITY INSURER OPTIONAL DEPOSIT:  With respect to a Determination
Date, the amount, if any, delivered by the Security Insurer to the Indenture
Trustee pursuant to Section 3.5(b) with respect to such Determination Date.

          SELLER:  Olympic Receivables Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation.

          SERVICER:  Olympic Financial Ltd., its successor in interest pursuant
to Section 5.2 or, after any termination of the Servicer upon a Servicer
Termination Event, the Backup Servicer or any other successor Servicer.

          SERVICER EXTENSION NOTICE:  The notice delivered pursuant to Section
2.14.

                                       20
<PAGE>

          SERVICER TERMINATION EVENT:  An event described in Section 5.1.

          SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE:  With respect to each Determination Date, a
certificate, completed by and executed on behalf of the Servicer, in accordance
with Section 2.9, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

          SPREAD ACCOUNT:  The Spread Account maintained pursuant to the Spread
Account Agreement.

          SPREAD ACCOUNT AGREEMENT:  The Spread Account Agreement dated as of
March 25, 1993, as amended and restated as of December 3, 1996, among the
Seller, OFL, the Spread Account Collateral Agent, the Security Insurer and the
trustees specified therein, together with the Warehousing Series Supplement
thereto dated as of December 3, 1996, as the same may be amended, supplemented
or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof.

          SPREAD ACCOUNT AVAILABLE FUNDS:  With respect to any Deficiency Claim
Date, the amount on deposit in the Collection Account as of such date, without
taking into account any amounts deposited into the Collection Account with
respect to amounts withdrawn from the Spread Account pursuant to Section 3.11.

          SPREAD ACCOUNT COLLATERAL AGENT:  The Collateral Agent named in the
Spread Account Agreement, and any successor thereto pursuant to the terms of the
Spread Account Agreement.

          STANDARD & POOR'S:  Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of
McGraw Hill, Inc., or any successor thereto.

          SUPPLEMENTAL SERVICING FEE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, all
administrative fees, expenses and charges paid by or on behalf of Obligors,
including late fees, collected on the Receivables during such Monthly Period.

          TOTAL EXPENSE PERCENT:  The sum of (i) the Basic Servicing Fee Rate,
(ii) the Insurance Premium and (iii) the Other Fee Percent.

          TOTAL SERVICING FEE:  The sum of the Basic Servicing Fee and the
Supplemental Servicing Fee.

          TRANCHE:  A portion of the Advances funded by Notes funded by the
Noteholders' sale of Commercial Paper Notes maturing at the end of a CP Tranche
Period, or funded at the Offshore Rate for an Offshore Tranche Period as
selected by the Issuer as provided in the definition thereof.

          TRANCHE PERIOD:  A CP Tranche Period or an Offshore Tranche Period.

                                       21
<PAGE>

          TWO YEAR TREASURY YIELD:  As of any date of determination, the per
annum rate equal to the yield for two year United States Treasury notes that
appears on the Telerate Page 5 (or such replacement system or page as is then
customarily used to quote yields on United States Treasury notes) as of 10:00
a.m., New York City time, on such date of determination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
following the occurrence of an Amortization Event, the Two Year Treasury Yield
shall be the yield for two year United States Treasury notes appearing on the
Telerate Page 5 (or such replacement system or pages as is then customarily used
to quote yields on United States Treasury notes) at the close of business, New
York City time, on the date of the occurrence of such Amortization Event.

          UCC:  The Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the relevant
jurisdiction.

          WAC DEFICIENCY AMOUNT:  As of any date of determination on which the
WAC Deficiency Percentage is greater than zero, an amount equal to the product
of (x) 1.7 times (y) the WAC Deficiency Percentage times (z) the result of (i)
the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the
immediately preceding Accounting Date PLUS (ii) the aggregate outstanding
Principal Balance of any Receivables transferred by the Seller to the Issuer
since such Accounting Date and LESS (iii) the aggregate outstanding Principal
Balance of any Receivables that become Purchased Receivables or Repurchased
Receivables since such Accounting Date.

          WAC DEFICIENCY DEPOSIT:  As of any date of determination, the amount
on deposit in the Collection Account in respect of the WAC Deficiency Amount,
which shall equal the amount withheld in the Collection Account in respect of
the WAC Deficiency Amount on the Distribution Date coinciding with or next
preceding such date of determination pursuant to Section 3.6(a)(vii) plus
amounts, if any, deposited into the Collection Account in respect of the WAC
Deficiency Amount from such Distribution Date to and including the date of
determination.

          WAC DEFICIENCY PERCENTAGE:  As of any date of determination, an amount
expressed as a percentage equal to the excess, if any, of (A) 6.50% PLUS the
greatest of (I) the sum of (i) the Two Year Treasury Yield, determined as of
such date, (ii) 0.60%, (iii) the Basis Fee Percent and (iv) the Total Expense
Percent; (II) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the CP Composite Rate, if the
purchase or carrying of any of the Notes by the Noteholder is funded by
Commercial Paper Notes, and (2) 1.2 PLUS (ii) 0.25% and (iii) the Total Expense
Percent; and (III) the sum of (i) the product of (1) the Offshore Rate, if the
purchase or carrying of any of the Notes by the Noteholders is not funded by
Commercial Paper Notes, and (2) 1.2, (ii) 0.375% and (iii) the Total Expense
Percent over (B) the weighted average APR (weighted based on the aggregate
outstanding Principal Balance of the relevant Receivables as of the immediately
preceding Accounting Date PLUS the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of
any
                                       22
<PAGE>

Receivables transferred by the Seller to the Issuer since such Accounting 
Date and LESS the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of any Receivables 
that became Purchased Receivables or Repurchased Receivables since such 
Accounting Date) of Qualifying Receivables.

          WAREHOUSING SHORTFALL AVAILABLE FUNDS:  With respect to any Deficiency
Claim Date, means the amount on deposit in the Collection Account as of such
date, taking into account amounts deposited into the Collection Account in
respect of a Collection Account Shortfall but without taking into account
amounts deposited into the Collection Account in respect of a Warehousing
Shortfall.

          WARRANTY RECEIVABLE:  With respect to any Monthly Period, a Receivable
that the Seller or OFL has become obligated to repurchase pursuant to Section 10
of the Repurchase Agreement.

          Section 1.2.  USAGE OF TERMS.  With respect to all terms used in this
Agreement, the singular includes the plural and the plural the singular; words
importing any gender include the other gender; references to "writing" include
printing, typing, lithography, and other means of reproducing words in a visible
form; references to agreements and other contractual instruments include all
subsequent amendments thereto or changes therein entered into in accordance with
their respective terms and not prohibited by this Agreement; references to
Persons include their permitted successors and assigns; and the terms "include"
or "including" mean "include without limitation" or "including without
limitation."

          Section 1.3.  CALCULATIONS.  All calculations of the amount of
interest accrued on the Notes shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and
actual days elapsed and all calculations of the amount of the Basic Servicing
Fee shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day
months.  All references to the Principal Balance of a Receivable as of an
Accounting Date shall refer to the close of business on such day.

          Section 1.4.  SECTION REFERENCES.  All references to Articles,
Sections, paragraphs, subsections, exhibits and schedules shall be to such
portions of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

          Section 1.5.  NO RECOURSE.  No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly, under this Agreement or any certificate or other writing delivered
in connection herewith or therewith, against any stockholder, employee,
incorporator, officer, or director, as such, of the Seller, the Agent, OFL, the
Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer or
the Issuer or of any predecessor or successor of the Seller, the Agent, OFL, the
Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer or
the Issuer.

                                       23
<PAGE>

          Section 1.6.  MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT.  Whenever a determination is to
be made under this Agreement as to whether a given event, action, course of
conduct or set of facts or circumstances could or would have a material adverse
effect on the Issuer or the Noteholders (or any similar or analogous
determination), such determination shall be made without taking into account the
insurance provided by the Note Policy.


                                   ARTICLE II

                   ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES

          Section 2.1.  DUTIES OF THE SERVICER.  The Servicer is hereby
authorized to act as agent for the Issuer and the Seller and in such capacity
shall manage, service, administer and make collections on the Receivables, and
perform the other actions required by the Servicer under this Agreement.  The
Servicer agrees that its servicing of the Receivables shall be carried out in
accordance with customary and usual procedures of institutions which service
motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and, to the extent more
exacting, the degree of skill and attention that the Servicer exercises from
time to time with respect to all comparable motor vehicle receivables that it
services for itself or others.  In performing such duties, so long as OFL is the
Servicer, it shall comply with the policies and procedures attached hereto as
Exhibit A.  The Servicer's duties shall include, without limitation, collection
and posting of all payments, responding to inquiries of Obligors on the
Receivables, investigating delinquencies, sending payment coupons to Obligors,
reporting any required tax information to Obligors, policing the collateral,
complying with the terms of the Lockbox Agreement, accounting for collections
and furnishing monthly and annual statements to the Issuer, the Agent, the
Indenture Trustee and the Security Insurer with respect to distributions,
monitoring the status of Insurance Policies with respect to the Financed
Vehicles and performing the other duties specified herein.  The Servicer shall
also administer and enforce all rights and responsibilities of the holder of the
Receivables provided for in the Dealer Agreements (and shall maintain possession
of the Dealer Agreements, to the extent it is necessary to do so), the Dealer
Assignments and the Insurance Policies, to the extent that such Dealer
Agreements, Dealer Assignments and Insurance Policies relate to the Receivables,
the Financed Vehicles or the Obligors.  To the extent consistent with the
standards, policies and procedures otherwise required hereby, the Servicer shall
follow its customary standards, policies, and procedures and shall have full
power and authority, acting alone, to do any and all things in connection with
such managing, servicing, administration and collection that it may deem
necessary or desirable.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered by the Issuer to execute and
deliver, on behalf of the Issuer, any and all instruments of satisfaction or
cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other
comparable instruments,

                                       24
<PAGE>

with respect to the Receivables and with respect to the Financed Vehicles; 
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall 
not, except pursuant to an order from a court of competent jurisdiction, 
release an Obligor from payment of any unpaid amount under any Receivable or 
waive the right to collect the unpaid balance of any Receivable from the 
Obligor, except that the Servicer may forego collection efforts if the amount 
subject to collection is DE MINIMIS and if it would forego collection in 
accordance with its customary procedures.  The Servicer is hereby authorized 
to commence, in its own name or in the name of the Issuer (provided the 
Servicer has obtained the Issuer's consent, which consent shall not be 
unreasonably withheld), a legal proceeding to enforce a Receivable pursuant 
to Section 2.3 or to commence or participate in any other legal proceeding 
(including, without limitation, a bankruptcy proceeding) relating to or 
involving a Receivable, an Obligor or a Financed Vehicle.  If the Servicer 
commences or participates in such a legal proceeding in its own name, the 
Issuer shall thereupon be deemed to have automatically assigned such 
Receivable to the Servicer solely for purposes of commencing or participating 
in any such proceeding as a party or claimant, and the Servicer is authorized 
and empowered by the Issuer to execute and deliver in the Servicer's name any 
notices, demands, claims, complaints, responses, affidavits or other 
documents or instruments in connection with any such proceeding.  The Issuer 
shall furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney and other documents 
which the Servicer may reasonably request and which the Servicer deems 
necessary or appropriate and take any other steps which the Servicer may deem 
necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing 
and administrative duties under this Agreement.

          Section 2.2.  COLLECTION OF RECEIVABLE PAYMENTS; MODIFICATIONS OF
RECEIVABLES; LOCKBOX AGREEMENTS.

          (a) Consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required by
this Agreement, the Servicer shall make reasonable efforts to collect all
payments called for under the terms and provisions of the Receivables as and
when the same shall become due, and shall follow such collection procedures as
it follows with respect to all comparable automobile receivables that it
services for itself or others and otherwise act with respect to the Receivables,
the Dealer Agreements, the Dealer Assignments, the Insurance Policies and the
other Seller Conveyed Property in such manner as will, in the reasonable
judgment of the Servicer, maximize the amount to be received by the Issuer with
respect thereto.  The Servicer is authorized in its discretion to waive any
prepayment charge, late payment charge or any other similar fees that may be
collected in the ordinary course of servicing any Receivable.

          (b) The Servicer may at any time agree to a modification or amendment
of a Receivable in order to (i) change the Obligor's regular due date to another
date within the Monthly Period in which such due date occurs, (ii) re-amortize
the

                                       25
<PAGE>

scheduled payments on the Receivable following a partial prepayment of 
principal or (iii) grant extensions on a Receivable, provided that the 
aggregate period of all extensions on a Receivable shall not exceed three 
months.  The aggregate Principal Balance of Receivables which have been 
extended during any calendar quarter shall not exceed the greater of (A) 
$500,000 and (B) 1.5% of the Aggregate Principal Balance as of the Accounting 
Date immediately prior to the first day of such calendar quarter.

          (c) The Servicer may grant payment extensions on, or other
modifications or amendments to, a Receivable (in addition to those modifications
permitted by Section 2.2(b)) in accordance with its customary procedures if the
Servicer believes in good faith that such extension, modification or amendment
is necessary to avoid a default on such Receivable, will maximize the amount to
be received by the Issuer with respect to such Receivable, and is otherwise in
the best interests of the Issuer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

          (i) In no event may a Receivable be extended beyond the Monthly Period
     immediately preceding the Final Scheduled Distribution Date;

          (ii) So long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
     continuing, the Servicer shall not amend or modify a Receivable (except as
     provided in Section 2.2(b)) without the consent of the Security Insurer;
     and

          (iii) If an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
     Servicer may not extend or modify any Receivable (other than as permitted
     by Section 2.2(b)).

          (d) The Servicer shall use its best efforts to cause Obligors to make
all payments on the Receivables, whether by check or by direct debit of the
Obligor's bank account, to be made directly to one or more Lockbox Banks, acting
as agent for the Collateral Agent pursuant to a Lockbox Agreement.  Amounts
received by a Lockbox Bank in respect of the Receivables may initially be
deposited into a demand deposit account maintained by the Lockbox Bank as agent
for the Collateral Agent and for other owners of automobile receivables serviced
by the Servicer.  The Servicer shall use its best efforts to cause any Lockbox
Bank to deposit all payments on the Receivables in the Lockbox Account no later
than the Business Day after receipt, and to cause all amounts credited to the
Lockbox Account on account of such payments to be transferred to the Collection
Account no later than the second Business Day after receipt of such payments. 
The Lockbox Account shall be a demand deposit account held by the Lockbox Bank,
or at the request of the Agent or the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) an Eligible Account satisfying
clause (i) of the definition thereof.  The Collateral Agent shall not be liable
for any actions or omissions of the Lockbox Bank.

                                       26
<PAGE>

          Prior to each Purchase Date, the Servicer shall have notified each
Obligor that makes its payments on the Receivables being transferred to the
Issuer on such date by check to make such payments thereafter directly to the
Lockbox Bank (except in the case of Obligors that have already been making such
payments to the Lockbox Bank), and shall have provided each such Obligor with
respect to the Premier Receivables with a supply of mailing address labels and
shall provide each such Obligor with respect to the Classic Receivables with
monthly invoices, in each case in order to enable such Obligors to make such
payments directly to the Lockbox Bank for deposit into the Lockbox Account, and
the Servicer will continue, not less often than every three months, to so notify
those Obligors who have failed to make payments to the Lockbox Bank.  If and to
the extent requested by the Agent or the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing), the Servicer shall request each
Obligor that makes payment on the Receivables by direct debit of such Obligor's
bank account to execute an authorization for automatic payment which in the
judgment of the Security Insurer is sufficient to authorize direct debit by the
Lockbox Bank on behalf of the Issuer.  If at any time the Lockbox Bank is unable
to directly debit an Obligor's bank account that makes payment on the
Receivables by direct debit and if such inability is not cured within 15 days or
cannot be cured by execution by the Obligor of a new authorization for automatic
payment, the Servicer shall notify such Obligor that it cannot make payment by
direct debit and must thereafter make payment by check.

          Notwithstanding any Lockbox Agreement, or any of the provisions of
this Agreement relating to the Lockbox Agreement, the Servicer shall remain
obligated and liable to the Issuer, Indenture Trustee and Noteholders for
servicing and administering the Receivables and the other Seller Conveyed
Property in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement without diminution
of such obligation or liability by virtue thereof.

          In the event the Servicer shall for any reason no longer be acting as
such, the successor Servicer shall thereupon assume all of the rights and
obligations of the outgoing Servicer under the Lockbox Agreement.  In such
event, the successor Servicer shall be deemed to have assumed all of the
outgoing Servicer's interest therein and to have replaced the outgoing Servicer
as a party to each such Lockbox Agreement to the same extent as if such Lockbox
Agreement had been assigned to the successor Servicer, except that the outgoing
Servicer shall not thereby be relieved of any liability or obligations on the
part of the outgoing Servicer to the Lockbox Bank under such Lockbox Agreement. 
The outgoing Servicer shall, upon request of the Agent, but at the expense of
the outgoing Servicer, deliver to the successor Servicer all documents and
records relating to each such Lockbox Agreement and an accounting of amounts
collected and held by the Lockbox Bank and otherwise use its best efforts to
effect the orderly and efficient transfer of any Lockbox Agreement to the
successor Servicer.  In the event that the Security Insurer (so long as an
Insurer Default shall not have

                                       27
<PAGE>

occurred and be continuing) or the Agent (if an Insurer Default shall have 
occurred and be continuing) elects to change the identity of the Lockbox 
Bank, the outgoing Servicer, at its expense, shall cause the Lockbox Bank to 
deliver, at the direction of the Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer 
Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) or the Agent (if an 
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) to the Agent or a 
successor Lockbox Bank, all documents and records relating to the Receivables 
and all amounts held (or thereafter received) by the Lockbox Bank (together 
with an accounting of such amounts) and shall otherwise use its best efforts 
to effect the orderly and efficient transfer of the lockbox arrangements and 
the Servicer shall notify the Obligors to make payments to the Lockbox 
Account established by the successor.

          (e) The Servicer shall remit all payments by or on behalf of the
Obligors received directly by the Servicer to the Collection Account or the
Lockbox Account for deposit into the Collection Account as soon as practicable,
but in no event later than the Business Day after receipt thereof.

          Section 2.3.  REALIZATION UPON RECEIVABLES.

          (a) Consistent with the standards, policies and procedures required by
this Agreement, the Servicer shall use its best efforts to repossess (or
otherwise comparably convert the ownership of) and liquidate any Financed
Vehicle securing a Receivable with respect to which the Servicer has determined
that payments thereunder are not likely to be resumed, as soon as is practicable
after default on such Receivable but in no event later than the date on which
all or any portion of a Scheduled Payment has become 91 days delinquent.  The
Servicer is authorized to follow such customary practices and procedures as it
shall deem necessary or advisable, consistent with the standard of care required
by Section 2.1, which practices and procedures may include reasonable efforts to
realize upon any recourse to Dealers, the sale of the related Financed Vehicle
at public or private sale, the submission of claims under an Insurance Policy
and other actions by the Servicer in order to realize upon such a Receivable. 
The foregoing is subject to the provision that, in any case in which the
Financed Vehicle shall have suffered damage, the Servicer shall not expend funds
in connection with any repair or towards the repossession of such Financed
Vehicle unless it shall determine in its discretion that such repair or
repossession shall increase the proceeds of liquidation of the related
Receivable by an amount greater than the amount of such expenses.  All amounts
received upon liquidation of a Financed Vehicle shall be remitted directly by
the Servicer to the Collection Account or the Lockbox Account for deposit into
the Collection Account without deposit into any intervening account as soon as
practicable, but in no event later than the Business Day after receipt thereof. 
The Servicer shall be entitled to recover all reasonable expenses incurred by it
in the course of repossessing and liquidating a Financed Vehicle into cash
proceeds, but only out of the cash proceeds of such 

                                       28


<PAGE>

Financed Vehicle, any deficiency obtained from the Obligor or any amounts 
received from the related Dealer, which amounts may be retained by the 
Servicer (and shall not be required to be deposited as provided in Section 
2.2(e)) to the extent of such expenses. The Servicer shall pay on behalf of 
the Issuer any personal property taxes assessed on repossessed Financed 
Vehicles; the Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement of any such tax 
from Liquidation Proceeds with respect to such Receivable.

          (b) If the Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce a
Dealer Agreement or Dealer Assignment, the act of commencement shall be deemed
to be an automatic assignment from the Issuer to the Servicer of the rights
under such Dealer Agreement and Dealer Assignment for purposes of collection
only.  If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding, it is held that
the Servicer may not enforce a Dealer Agreement or Dealer Assignment on the
grounds that it is not a real party in interest or a Person entitled to enforce
the Dealer Agreement or Dealer Assignment, the Issuer, at the Servicer's
expense, or the Seller, at the Seller's expense, shall take such steps as the
Servicer deems necessary to enforce the Dealer Agreement or Dealer Assignment,
including bringing suit in its name or the name of the Seller or of the Issuer
and the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.  All amounts
recovered shall be remitted directly by the Servicer as provided in Section
2.2(e).

          Section 2.4.  INSURANCE.

          (a) The Servicer shall require that each Financed Vehicle be insured
by the Insurance Policies referred to in Paragraph 24 of the Schedule of
Representations and shall monitor the status of such comprehensive and collision
insurance coverage thereafter, in accordance with its customary servicing
procedures.  Each Receivable requires the Obligor to maintain such comprehensive
and collision insurance, naming OFL and its successors and assigns as additional
insureds, and permits the holder of such Receivable to obtain comprehensive and
collision insurance at the expense of the Obligor if the Obligor fails to
maintain such insurance.  If the Servicer shall determine that an Obligor has
failed to obtain or maintain a comprehensive and collision Insurance Policy
covering the related Financed Vehicle which satisfies the conditions set forth
in such Paragraph 24 (including, without limitation, during the repossession of
such Financed Vehicle) the Servicer shall enforce the rights of the holder of
the Receivable under the Receivable to require the Obligor to obtain such
comprehensive and collision insurance.

          (b) The Servicer may, if an Obligor fails to obtain or maintain a
comprehensive and collision Insurance Policy, obtain insurance with respect to
the related Financed Vehicle and advance on behalf of such Obligor, as required
under the terms of the insurance policy, the premiums for such insurance (such
insurance being referred to herein as "Force-Placed Insurance").
 
                                       29
<PAGE>

All policies of Force-Placed Insurance shall be endorsed with clauses 
providing for loss payable to the Issuer.  Any cost incurred by the Servicer 
in maintaining such Force-Placed Insurance shall only be recoverable out of 
premiums paid by the Obligors or Liquidation Proceeds with respect to the 
Receivable, as provided in Section 2.4(c).

          (c) In connection with any Force-Placed Insurance obtained hereunder,
OFL may, in the manner and to the extent permitted by applicable law, require
the Obligors to repay the entire premium to OFL.  In no event shall OFL include
the amount of the premium in the Amount Financed under the Receivable.  For all
purposes of this Agreement, the Insurance Add-on Amount with respect to any
Receivable having Force-Placed Insurance will be treated as a separate
obligation of the Obligor and will not be added to the Principal Balance of such
Receivable, and amounts allocable thereto will not be available for distribution
on the Notes.  OFL shall retain and separately administer the right to receive
payments from Obligors with respect to Insurance Add-on Amounts or rebates of
Forced-Placed Insurance premiums.  If an Obligor makes a payment with respect to
a Receivable having Force-Placed Insurance, but OFL is unable to determine
whether the payment is allocable to the Receivable or to the Insurance Add-on
Amount, the payment shall be applied first to any unpaid Scheduled Payments and
then to the Insurance Add-on Amount.  Liquidation Proceeds on any Receivable
will be used first to pay the Principal Balance and accrued interest on such
Receivable and then to pay the related Insurance Add-on Amount.  If an Obligor
under a Receivable with respect to which OFL has placed Force-Placed Insurance
fails to make scheduled payments of such Insurance Add-on Amount as due, and OFL
has determined that eventual payment of the Insurance Add-on Amount is unlikely,
OFL may, but shall not be required to, purchase such Receivable from the Issuer
for the Purchase Amount on any subsequent Deposit Date.  Any such Receivable,
and any Receivable with respect to which OFL has placed Force-Placed Insurance
which has been paid in full (excluding any Insurance Add-on Amounts) will be
assigned to OFL.

          (d) The Servicer may sue to enforce or collect upon the Insurance
Policies, in its own name, if possible, or as agent of the Issuer.  If the
Servicer elects to commence a legal proceeding to enforce an Insurance Policy,
the act of commencement shall be deemed to be an automatic assignment of the
rights of the Issuer under such Insurance Policy to the Servicer for purposes of
collection only.  If, however, in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding it is
held that the Servicer may not enforce an Insurance Policy on the grounds that
it is not a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce the Insurance
Policy, the Issuer, on behalf of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties,
at the Servicer's expense, or the Seller, at the Seller's expense, shall take
such steps as the Servicer deems necessary to enforce such Insurance Policy,
including bringing suit in its name or the name of the Issuer and the Collateral
Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

                                       30
<PAGE>

          Section 2.5.  MAINTENANCE OF SECURITY INTERESTS IN VEHICLES.

          (a) Consistent with the policies and procedures required by this
Agreement, the Servicer shall take such steps as are necessary to maintain
perfection of the security interest created by each Receivable in the related
Financed Vehicle on behalf of the Issuer, including but not limited to obtaining
the execution by the Obligors and the recording, registering, filing,
re-recording, re-filing, and re-registering of all security agreements,
financing statements and continuation statements as are necessary to maintain
the security interest granted by the Obligors under the respective Receivables. 
The Issuer hereby authorizes the Servicer, and the Servicer agrees, to take any
and all steps necessary to re-perfect such security interest on behalf of the
Issuer as necessary because of the relocation of a Financed Vehicle or for any
other reason.  In the event that the assignment of a Receivable to the Issuer is
insufficient, without a notation on the related Financed Vehicle's certificate
of title, or without fulfilling any additional administrative requirements under
the laws of the state in which the Financed Vehicle is located, to perfect a
security interest in the related Financed Vehicle in favor of the Issuer, the
Servicer hereby agrees that the Servicer's designation as the secured party on
the certificate of title is in its capacity as agent of the Issuer.

          (b) Upon the occurrence of an Insurance Agreement Event of Default,
the Security Insurer may (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred
and be continuing) instruct the Issuer and the Servicer to take or cause to be
taken, or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred, upon the occurrence of a
Servicer Termination Event, the Issuer and the Servicer shall take or cause to
be taken such action as may, in the opinion of counsel to the Security Insurer
(or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, counsel to the
Agent), be necessary to perfect or reperfect the security interests in the
Financed Vehicles securing the Receivables in the name of the Issuer by amending
the title documents of such Financed Vehicles or by such other reasonable means
as may, in the opinion of counsel to the Security Insurer or the Agent (as
applicable), be necessary or prudent.  OFL hereby agrees to pay all expenses
related to such perfection or reperfection and to take all action necessary
therefor.  In addition, prior to the occurrence of an Insurance Agreement Event
of Default, the Security Insurer may (unless an Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing) instruct the Issuer and the Servicer to take or
cause to be taken such action as may, in the opinion of counsel to the Security
Insurer, be necessary to perfect or re-perfect the security interest in the
Financed Vehicles underlying the Receivables in the name of the Issuer,
including by amending the title documents of such Financed Vehicles or by such
other reasonable means as may, in the opinion of counsel to the Security
Insurer, be necessary or prudent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (unless an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) if the Security

                                       31
<PAGE>

Insurer requests that the title documents be amended prior to the occurrence 
of an Insurance Agreement Event of Default, the out-of-pocket expenses of the 
Servicer or the Issuer in connection with such action shall be reimbursed to 
the Servicer or the Issuer, as applicable, by the Security Insurer.

          Section 2.6.  COVENANTS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND WARRANTIES OF SERVICER. 
By its execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Servicer makes the
following representations, warranties and covenants on which the Issuer relies
in purchasing the Receivables and issuing the Notes, on which the Indenture
Trustee relies in authenticating the Notes and on which the Security Insurer
relies in issuing the Note Policy.

          (a) The Servicer covenants as follows:

          (i) LIENS IN FORCE.  The Financed Vehicle securing each Receivable
     shall not be released in whole or in part from the security interest
     granted by the related Obligor, except upon payment in full of the
     Receivable or as otherwise contemplated herein;

          (ii) NO IMPAIRMENT.  The Servicer shall do nothing to impair the
     rights of the Issuer or the Noteholders in the Receivables, the Dealer
     Agreements, the Dealer Assignments, the Insurance Policies or the other
     Seller Conveyed Property; and

          (iii) NO AMENDMENTS.  The Servicer shall not extend or otherwise amend
     the terms of any Receivable, except in accordance with Section 2.2.

          (b) The Servicer represents, warrants and covenants as of the Closing
Date as to itself:

          (i) ORGANIZATION AND GOOD STANDING.  The Servicer has been duly
     organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
     its jurisdiction of organization, with power, authority and legal right to
     own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are
     currently owned and such business is currently conducted, and had at all
     relevant times, and now has, power, authority and legal right to enter into
     and perform its obligations under this Agreement;

          (ii) DUE QUALIFICATION.  The Servicer is duly qualified to do business
     as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary
     licenses and approvals, in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or
     lease of property or the conduct of its business (including the servicing
     of the Receivables as required by this Agreement) requires or shall require
     such qualification, if the failure to be so qualified would have a material
     adverse effect on the ability of the Servicer to perform its obligations
     hereunder or on the enforceability of any Receivable.

                                       32
<PAGE>

          (iii) POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Servicer has the power and authority
     to execute and deliver this Agreement and its Related Documents and to
     carry out its terms and their terms, respectively, and the execution,
     delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Servicer's Related
     Documents have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary
     corporate action;

          (iv) BINDING OBLIGATION.  This Agreement and the Servicer's Related
     Documents shall constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
     Servicer enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except as
     enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or
     other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally
     and by equitable limitations on the availability of specific remedies,
     regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in
     equity or at law;

          (v) NO VIOLATION.  The consummation of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement and the Servicer's Related Documents, and the fulfillment
     of the terms of this Agreement and the Servicer's Related Documents, shall
     not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions
     of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time) a default
     under, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Servicer, or any
     indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which
     the Servicer is a party or by which it is bound, or result in the creation
     or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms
     of any such indenture, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other
     instrument, other than this Agreement, or violate any law, order, rule or
     regulation applicable to the Servicer of any court or of any federal or
     state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
     instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or any of its
     properties;

          (vi) NO PROCEEDINGS.  There are no proceedings or investigations
     pending or, to the Servicer's knowledge, threatened against the Servicer,
     before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal
     or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or
     its properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the
     Related Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or the
     consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or
     any of the Related Documents, or (C) seeking any determination or ruling
     that might materially and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer
     of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this
     Agreement or any of the Related Documents or (D) seeking to adversely
     affect the federal income tax or other federal, state or local tax
     attributes of the Notes; and

                                       33
<PAGE>

          (vii) NO CONSENTS.  The Servicer is not required to obtain the consent
     of any other party or any consent, license, approval or authorization, or
     registration or declaration with, any governmental authority, bureau or
     agency in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or
     enforceability of this Agreement.

          Section 2.7.  PURCHASE OF RECEIVABLES UPON BREACH OF COVENANT.  Upon
discovery by any of the Servicer, the Security Insurer, the Issuer or the
Indenture Trustee of a breach of any of the covenants set forth in Sections
2.5(a) or 2.6(a), the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written
notice to the others; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give any such
notice shall not affect any obligation of the Servicer.  As of the second
Accounting Date following its discovery or receipt of notice of any breach of
any covenant set forth in Sections 2.5(a) or 2.6(a) which materially and
adversely affects the interests of the Noteholders, the Issuer or the Security
Insurer in any Receivable (including any Liquidated Receivable) (or, at the
Servicer's election, the first Accounting Date so following), the Servicer
shall, unless it shall have cured such breach in all material respects, purchase
from the Issuer the Receivable affected by such breach and, on the related
Deposit Date, the Servicer shall pay the related Purchase Amount.  It is
understood and agreed that the obligation of the Servicer to purchase any
Receivable (including any Liquidated Receivable) with respect to which such a
breach has occurred and is continuing shall, if such obligation is fulfilled,
constitute the sole remedy against the Servicer for such breach available to the
Security Insurer, the Noteholders, the Issuer or the Indenture Trustee on behalf
of Noteholders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Servicer shall indemnify the Issuer,
the Backup Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Security Insurer, the Indenture
Trustee, the Agent and the Noteholders against all costs, expenses, losses,
damages, claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of
counsel, which may be asserted against or incurred by any of them as a result of
third party claims arising out of the events or facts giving rise to such
breach.

          Section 2.8.  TOTAL SERVICING FEE; PAYMENT OF CERTAIN EXPENSES BY
SERVICER.  On each Distribution Date, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive
out of the Collection Account the Basic Servicing Fee and any Supplemental
Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period pursuant to Section 3.6.  The
Servicer shall be required to pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with
its activities under this Agreement (including taxes imposed on the Servicer,
expenses incurred in connection with distributions and reports to Noteholders
and the Security Insurer and all other fees and expenses of the Issuer,
including claims against the Issuer in respect of indemnification, unless such
fees, expenses or claims in respect of indemnification are expressly stated to
be for the account of OFL or not to be for the account of the Servicer).  The
Servicer shall be liable for the fees and expenses of the Indenture Trustee, the
Custodian, the Backup Servicer, the Collateral Agent, the Lockbox Bank (and

                                       34
<PAGE>

any fees under the Lockbox Agreement) and the Independent Accountants. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Servicer shall not be OFL, a successor 
to OFL as Servicer permitted by Section 4.2 or an Affiliate of any of the 
foregoing, such Servicer shall not be liable for claims against the Issuer in 
respect of indemnification.

          Section 2.9.  SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE.  No later than 5:00 p.m.  New
York City time on each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the
Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Security
Insurer and the Collateral Agent, a Servicer's Certificate executed by a
Responsible Officer of the Servicer containing, among other things, (i) all
information available as of such date necessary to enable the Indenture Trustee
to make the distributions required by Section 3.6 and to determine the amount to
which the Servicer is entitled to be reimbursed or has been reimbursed during
the related Monthly Period for Monthly Advances, (ii) all information available
as of such date necessary to enable the Indenture Trustee to send the statements
to Noteholders and the Security Insurer required by Section 3.7, (iii) a listing
of all Warranty Receivables and Administrative Receivables purchased or
repurchased as of the related Deposit Date, identifying the Receivables so
purchased or repurchased and (iv) all information available as of such date
necessary to enable the Indenture Trustee to reconcile all deposits to, and
withdrawals from, the Collection Account for the related Monthly Period and
Distribution Date, including the accounting required by compliance with the
Collateral Test.  Receivables purchased by the Servicer or by the Seller or OFL
on the related Deposit Date and each Receivable which became a Liquidated
Receivable or which was paid in full during the related Monthly Period shall be
identified by account number (as set forth in the Receivables Schedule).

          Section 2.10.  ANNUAL STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE; NOTICE OF SERVICER
TERMINATION EVENT.

          (a) The Servicer shall deliver to the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture
Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Security Insurer, the Collateral Agent and
each Rating Agency, on or before March 31, (or 90 days after the end of the
Servicer's fiscal year, if other than December 31) of each year, beginning on
March 31, 1997, an officer's certificate signed by any Responsible Officer of
the Servicer, dated as of December 31, (or other applicable date) of such year,
stating that (i) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the preceding
12-month period (or such other period as shall have elapsed from the Closing
Date to the date of the first such certificate) and of its performance under
this Agreement has been made under such officer's supervision, and (ii) to such
officer's knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all its
obligations under this Agreement throughout such period, or, if there has been a
default in the fulfillment of any such

                                       35
<PAGE>

obligation, specifying each such default known to such officer and the nature 
and status thereof.

          (b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture
Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Security Insurer and the Collateral Agent,
promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in no event later than two
Business Days thereafter, written notice in an officer's certificate of any
event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a
Servicer Termination Event under Section 5.1(a).  The Seller or the Servicer
shall deliver to the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup
Servicer, the Security Insurer, the Collateral Agent and the Servicer or the
Seller (as applicable) promptly after having obtained knowledge thereof, but in
no event later than two Business Days thereafter, written notice in an officer's
certificate of any event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or
both, would become a Servicer Termination Event under any other clause of
Section 5.1.

          Section 2.11.  ANNUAL INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT.

          (a) The Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized
independent certified public accountants (the "Independent Accountants"), who
may also render other services to the Servicer or to the Seller, to deliver to
the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Security
Insurer, the Collateral Agent and each Rating Agency, on or before March 31 (or
90 days after the end of the Servicer's fiscal year, if other than December 31)
of each year, beginning on March 31, 1997, with respect to the twelve months
ended the immediately preceding December 31 (or other applicable date) (or such
other period as shall have elapsed from the Closing Date to the date of such
certificate), a statement (the "Accountant's Report") addressed to the Board of
Directors of the Servicer, to the Agent, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup
Servicer, the Collateral Agent and the Security Insurer, to the effect that such
firm has audited the financial statements of the Servicer and issued its report
thereon and that such audit (1) was made in accordance with generally accepted
auditing standards, and accordingly included such tests of the accounting
records and such other auditing procedures as such firm considered necessary in
the circumstances; (2) included an examination of documents and records relating
to the servicing of automobile installment sales contracts under pooling and
servicing agreements, sale and servicing agreements and warehousing agreements
substantially similar one to another (such statement to have attached thereto a
schedule setting forth the pooling and servicing agreements and sale and
servicing agreements covered thereby, including this Agreement); (3) included an
examination of the delinquency and loss statistics relating to the Servicer's
portfolio of automobile installment sales contracts; and (4) except as described
in the statement, disclosed no exceptions or errors in the records relating to
automobile and light truck loans serviced for others that, in the firm's
opinion, generally accepted auditing standards requires such firm to report. 
The

                                       36
<PAGE>

Accountants' Report shall further state that (1) a review in accordance with
agreed upon procedures was made of three randomly selected Servicer's
Certificates for each such pooling and servicing agreement, sale and servicing
agreement or warehousing agreements and (2) except as disclosed in the
Accountant's Report, no exceptions or errors in the Servicer's Certificates so
examined were found.

          (b) The Accountants' Report shall also indicate that the firm is
independent of the Seller and the Servicer within the meaning of the Code of
Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

          (c) A copy of the Accountants' Report may be obtained by any
Noteholder by a request in writing to the Indenture Trustee addressed to the
Corporate Trust Office.

          Section 2.12.  ACCESS TO CERTAIN DOCUMENTATION AND INFORMATION
REGARDING RECEIVABLES.  The Servicer shall provide to representatives of the
Issuer, Indenture Trustee, the Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Security
Insurer reasonable access to the documentation and its operations regarding the
Receivables.  In each case, such access shall be afforded without charge but
only upon reasonable request and during normal business hours and on a date not
more than two Business Days after the date of such request.  Nothing in this
Section shall derogate from the obligation of the Servicer to observe any
applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors, and
the failure of the Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section as a
result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section.

          Section 2.13.  MONTHLY TAPE.

          (a) On or before the third Business Day, but in no event later than
the fifth calendar day, of each month, the Servicer will deliver to the
Indenture Trustee and the Backup Servicer a computer tape or a diskette (or any
other electronic transmission acceptable to the Indenture Trustee and the Backup
Servicer) in a format acceptable to the Indenture Trustee and the Backup
Servicer containing the information with respect to the Receivables as of the
preceding Accounting Date necessary for preparation of the Servicer's
Certificate relating to the immediately succeeding Determination Date and
necessary to determine the application of collections as provided in Section
3.3.  The Backup Servicer shall use such tape or diskette (or other electronic
transmission acceptable to the Indenture Trustee and the Backup Servicer) to
verify the Servicer's Certificate delivered by the Servicer, and the Backup
Servicer shall certify to the Security Insurer and the Agent that it has
verified the Servicer's Certificate in accordance with this Section 2.13 and
shall notify the Servicer, the Security Insurer and the Agent of any
discrepancies, in each case, on or before the second Business Day following the
Determination Date.  In the event that the Backup Servicer reports any
discrepancies, the Servicer and the

                                       37
<PAGE>

Backup Servicer shall attempt to reconcile such discrepancies prior to the 
related Deficiency Claim Date, but in the absence of a reconciliation, the 
Servicer's Certificate shall control for the purpose of calculations and 
distributions with respect to the related Distribution Date.  In the event 
that the Backup Servicer and the Servicer are unable to reconcile 
discrepancies with respect to a Servicer's Certificate by the related 
Distribution Date, the Servicer shall cause the Independent Accountants, at 
the Servicer's expense, to audit the Servicer's Certificate and, prior to the 
third Business Day, but in no event later than the fifth calendar day, of the 
following month, reconcile the discrepancies.  The effect, if any, of such 
reconciliation shall be reflected in the Servicer's Certificate for such next 
succeeding Determination Date.  In addition, the Servicer shall, if so 
requested by the Agent or the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer Default 
shall have occurred and be continuing) deliver to the Backup Servicer its 
Collection Records and its Monthly Records within one Business Day of demand 
therefor and a computer tape containing as of the close of business on the 
date of demand all of the data maintained by the Servicer in computer format 
in connection with servicing the Receivables.  Other than the duties 
specifically set forth in this Agreement, the Backup Servicer shall have no 
obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, to supervise, verify, 
monitor or administer the performance of the Servicer.  The Backup Servicer 
shall have no liability for any actions taken or omitted by the Servicer.  
The duties and obligations of the Backup Servicer shall be determined solely 
by the express provisions of this Agreement and no implied covenants or 
obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Backup Servicer.

          Section 2.14.  RETENTION AND TERMINATION OF SERVICER.  The Servicer
hereby covenants and agrees to act as such under this Agreement for an initial
term, commencing on the Closing Date and ending on March 31, 1997 which term may
be extended by the Security Insurer for successive quarterly terms ending on
each successive June 30, September 30, December 31, and March 31, (or, pursuant
to revocable written standing instructions from time to time to the Servicer,
the Indenture Trustee and the Agent, for any specified number of terms greater
than one), until the termination of this Agreement.  Each such notice (including
each notice pursuant to standing instructions, which shall be deemed delivered
at the end of successive quarterly terms for so long as such instructions are in
effect) (a "Servicer Extension Notice") shall be delivered by the Security
Insurer to the Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the Servicer.  The Servicer
hereby agrees that, as of the date hereof and upon its receipt of any such
Servicer Extension Notice, the Servicer shall become bound, for the initial term
beginning on the Closing Date and for the duration of the term covered by such
Servicer Extension Notice, to continue as the Servicer subject to and in
accordance with the other provisions of this Agreement.  Until such time as an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Indenture Trustee
agrees that if as of the fifteenth day prior to the last day of any term of the
Servicer the Indenture Trustee

                                       38
<PAGE>

shall not have received any Servicer Extension Notice from the Security 
Insurer, the Indenture Trustee will, within five days thereafter, give 
written notice of such non-receipt to the Agent, the Security Insurer and the 
Servicer.

          Section 2.15.  FIDELITY BOND.  The Servicer shall maintain a fidelity
bond in such form and amount as is customary for entities acting as custodian of
funds and documents in respect of consumer contracts on behalf of institutional
investors.

          Section 2.16.  DUTIES OF THE SERVICER UNDER THE INDENTURE.  The
Servicer shall, and hereby agrees that it will, perform on behalf of the Issuer
the following duties of the Issuer under the Indenture (references are to the
applicable Sections in the Indenture):

          (a) the direction to the Paying Agent, if any, to deposit moneys with
the Indenture Trustee (Section 1011);

          (b) the preparation of all supplements, amendments, financing
statements, continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other
instruments, in accordance with Section 1016 of the Indenture, necessary to
protect the Trust Estate (Section 1016); and

          (c) the preparation of any written instruments required to confirm
more fully the authority of any co-trustee or separate trustee and any written
instruments necessary in connection with the resignation or removal of any
co-trustee or separate trustee (Sections 710 and 716).

          Section 2.17.  COLLECTING LIEN CERTIFICATES NOT DELIVERED ON THE
PURCHASE DATE.  In the case of any Receivable in respect of which written
evidence from the Dealer selling the related Financed Vehicle that the Lien
Certificate for such Financed Vehicle showing OFL as first lienholder has been
applied for from the Registrar of Titles was delivered to the Custodian on the
applicable Purchase Date in lieu of a Lien Certificate, the Servicer shall use
its best efforts to collect such Lien Certificate from the Registrar of Titles
as promptly as practicable.  If such Lien Certificate showing OFL as first
lienholder is not received by the Custodian within 180 days after the applicable
Purchase Date, then the representation and warranty in paragraph 5 of the
Schedule of Representations shall be deemed to have been incorrect in a manner
that materially and adversely affects the Security Insurer and the Issuer.

          Section 2.18.  ACCOUNTANTS' REVIEW OF RECEIVABLE FILES.  The Servicer
(or OFL, if OFL is not the Servicer) shall at its own expense cause Independent
Accountants acceptable to the Security Insurer to conduct a review of Receivable
Files upon the terms and subject to the conditions of a letter agreement dated
December 3, 1996 between OFL and the Security Insurer.

                                       39
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                    DISTRIBUTIONS; STATEMENTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

          Section 3.1.  SECURED ACCOUNTS.

          (a) The Servicer shall establish the Collection Account in the name of
the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (as defined in the
Security Agreement).  The Collection Account shall be an Eligible Account and
shall be a segregated trust account established with the Collateral Agent and
maintained with the Collateral Agent.  The Issuer and the Collateral Agent agree
that the Indenture Trustee shall have full power and authority to withdraw, or
cause to be withdrawn, funds held in the Collection Account in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement and the Indenture.

          (b) The Issuer shall establish the Note Distribution Account in the
name of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.  The Note
Distribution Account shall be an Eligible Account and shall be a segregated
trust account established with the Collateral Agent and maintained with the
Collateral Agent.  The Issuer and the Collateral Agent agree that the Indenture
Trustee shall have full power and authority to withdraw, or cause to be
withdrawn, funds held in the Note Distribution Account in accordance with the
provisions of this Agreement and the Indenture.

          (c) All amounts held in the Collection Account and the Note
Distribution Account (collectively, the "Secured Accounts") shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, be invested over night, as
directed by the Servicer, in Eligible Investments.  Any such written direction
shall certify that any such investment is authorized by this Section 3.1. 
Investments in Eligible Investments shall be made in the name of the Collateral
Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties, and such investments shall not be sold
or disposed of prior to their maturity.  Any investment of funds in the Secured
Accounts shall be made in Eligible Investments held by a financial institution
in accordance with the following requirements: (a) all Eligible Investments
shall be held in an account with such financial institution in the name of the
Collateral Agent, (b) with respect to securities held in such account, such
securities shall be (i) certificated securities (as such term is used in N.Y.
UCC Section 8-313(d)(i)), securities deemed to be certificated securities under
applicable regulations of the United States government, or uncertificated
securities issued by an issuer organized under the laws of the State of New York
or the State of Delaware, (ii) either (A) in the possession of such institution,
(B) in the possession of a clearing corporation (as such term is used in Minn.
Stat. Section 336.8-313(g)) in the State of New York, registered in the name of
such clearing corporation or its nominee, not endorsed for collection or
surrender or any other purpose not involving transfer, not containing any
evidence of a right or interest inconsistent with the Collateral Agent's

                                       40
<PAGE>

security interest therein, and held by such clearing corporation in an account
of such institution, (C) held in an account of such institution with the Federal
Reserve Bank of New York or the Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, or (D) in
the case of uncertificated securities, issued in the name of such institution,
and (iii) identified, by book entry or otherwise, as held for the account of, or
pledged to, the Collateral Agent on the records of such institution, and such
institution shall have sent the Collateral Agent a confirmation thereof, (c)
with respect to repurchase obligations held in such account, such repurchase
obligations shall be identified by such institution, by book entry or otherwise,
as held for the account of, or pledged to, the Collateral Agent on the records
of such institution, and the related securities shall be held in accordance with
the requirements of clause (b) above, and (d) with respect to other Eligible
Investments shall be held in a manner acceptable to the Controlling Party. 
Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Collateral Agent shall have sole
control over each such investment and the income thereon, and any certificate or
other instrument evidencing any such investment, if any, shall be delivered
directly to the Collateral Agent or its agent, together with each document of
transfer, if any, necessary to transfer title to such investment to the
Collateral Agent in a manner which complies with this Section 3.1.  All
interest, dividends, gains upon sale and other income from, or earnings on,
investments of funds in the Secured Accounts shall be deposited in the
Collection Account and distributed on the next Distribution Date pursuant to
Section 3.6.  The Servicer shall deposit in the applicable Secured Account an
amount equal to any net loss on such investments immediately as realized.

          (d)  On each Purchase Date, the Servicer shall deposit in the
Collection Account (x) all Scheduled Payments and prepayments of the Receivables
transferred to the Issuer on such date that are received by the Servicer after
the related Cut-Off Date and on or prior to the Business Day immediately
preceding such Purchase Date or received by the Lockbox Bank after the related
Cut-Off Date and on or prior to the second Business Day immediately preceding
such Purchase Date and (y) all Liquidation Proceeds and proceeds of Insurance
Policies in respect of a Financed Vehicle and applied by the Servicer after the
related Cut-Off Date.

          (e)  The Seller shall have the right (but not the obligation) to make
deposits into the Collection Account in order to satisfy the Collateral Test. 
OFL represents and warrants and agrees that it will not make a capital
contribution to the Seller to enable the Seller to make such a deposit and that
it will have the option (but not the obligation) to make loans to the Seller to
enable the Seller to make such a deposit, but only if (i) such loans are made on
an arms-length basis, (ii) OFL reasonably believes that at the time it shall
make such loan it will be repaid by the Seller and (iii) if OFL shall make any
such loan to the Seller, OFL shall enter into a Note for Intercompany
Discretionary Advance and Subordination Agreement and a 

                                       41
<PAGE>

Subordinated Revolving Credit Promissory Note in substantially the form of 
Exhibit C hereto.  The Seller shall provide the Rating Agencies prior written 
notice of any loans it shall receive from OFL in order to satisfy the 
Collateral Test.

          (f)  On any Business Day on which there is a WAC Deficiency Amount,
the Seller shall deposit into the Collection Account the positive difference, if
any, between the WAC Deficiency Amount on such Business Day and the WAC
Deficiency  Deposit.  The Seller shall provide the Rating Agencies prior written
notice of any loans it shall receive from OFL in order to make a deposit in
respect of the WAC Deficiency Amount.

          (g)  The Issuer shall deposit into the Collection Account the amount
of all Advances made by the Issuer to the Seller pursuant to Section 3 of the
Repurchase Agreement.

          Section 3.2.  COLLECTIONS.  The Servicer will be entitled to be
reimbursed from amounts on deposit in the Collection Account with respect to a
Monthly Period for amounts previously deposited in the Collection Account but
later determined by the Servicer or the Lockbox Bank to have resulted from
mistaken deposits or postings or checks returned for insufficient funds.  The
amount to be reimbursed hereunder shall be paid to the Servicer on the related
Distribution Date pursuant to Sections 3.6(a)(iv) and 3.6(b)(iv) upon
certification by the Servicer of such amounts and the provision of such
information to the Indenture Trustee, the Agent and the Security Insurer as may
be necessary in the opinion of the Agent or the Security Insurer to verify the
accuracy of such certification.  In the event that the Security Insurer or the
Agent has not received evidence satisfactory to it of the Servicer's entitlement
to reimbursement pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Agent or the Security
Insurer, as the case may be, shall (unless an Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing) give the Indenture Trustee notice to such effect,
following receipt of which the Indenture Trustee shall not make a distribution
to the Servicer in respect of such amount pursuant to Section 3.6, or if the
Servicer prior thereto has been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.6, the
Indenture Trustee shall withhold such amounts from amounts otherwise
distributable to the Servicer on the next succeeding Distribution Date.

          Section 3.3.  APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS.  For the purposes of this
Agreement, all collections for a Monthly Period shall be applied by the Servicer
as follows:

          (a) With respect to each Receivable, payments by or on behalf of the
Obligor thereof (other than of Supplemental Servicing Fees with respect to such
Receivable, to the extent collected) shall be applied to interest and principal
with respect to such Receivable in accordance with the terms of such Receivable.
With respect to each Liquidated Receivable, Liquidation Proceeds shall be
applied to interest and principal with respect to such Receivable in accordance
with the terms of

                                       42
<PAGE>

such Receivable, and then to any Insurance Add-On Amount due and payable with 
respect to such Receivable.  The Servicer shall not be entitled to any 
Supplemental Servicing Fees with respect to a Liquidated Receivable.

          (b) With respect to each Receivable that has become a Purchased
Receivable on any Deposit Date, the Purchase Amount shall be applied, for
purposes of this Agreement only, to interest and principal on the Receivable in
accordance with the terms of the Receivable as if the Purchase Amount had been
paid by the Obligor on the Accounting Date next preceding such Deposit Date. 
The Servicer shall not be entitled to any Supplemental Servicing Fees with
respect to such a Receivable.  Nothing contained herein shall relieve any
Obligor of any obligation relating to any Receivable.

          (c) With respect to each Receivable that has become a Repurchased
Receivable on any date, the Repurchase Price shall be applied, for purposes of
this Agreement only, to interest and principal on the Receivable in accordance
with the terms of the Receivable as if the Repurchase Price had been paid by the
Obligor on such date.  The Servicer shall not be entitled to any Supplemental
Servicing Fees with respect to such a Receivable.  Nothing contained herein
shall relieve any Obligor of any obligation relating to any Receivable.

          (d) All amounts collected that are payable to the Servicer as
Supplemental Servicing Fees hereunder shall be deposited in the Collection
Account and paid to the Servicer in accordance with Sections 3.6(a)(iv) and
3.6(b)(iv).

          (e) All payments by or on behalf of an Obligor received with respect
to any Purchased Receivable after the Accounting Date immediately preceding the
Deposit Date on which the Purchase Amount was paid by the Seller, OFL or the
Servicer shall be paid to the Seller, OFL or the Servicer, respectively, and
shall not be included in the Available Funds, the Distribution Amount or the
Spread Account Available Funds.

          Section 3.4.  MONTHLY ADVANCES.

          (a) After the occurrence of an Amortization Event, if with respect to
a Receivable the amount deposited into the Collection Account during a Monthly
Period in respect of such Receivable and allocable to interest (determined in
accordance with Section 3.3) is less than the amount of interest accrued on such
Receivable (for the number of calendar days in such Monthly Period), the
Servicer shall make a Monthly Advance equal to the amount of such shortfall;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Servicer shall not be required to make a Monthly
Advance with respect to a Receivable extended pursuant to Section 2.2(b) for any
Monthly Period during which no Scheduled Payment is due according to the terms
of such extension.

                                       43
<PAGE>

          (b) If with respect to any Determination Date so long as an
Amortization Event has not occurred, the amount of Available Funds is less than
the sum of the amounts payable on the related Distribution Date pursuant to
clause (i) of Section 3.6(a), then on such Determination Date the Servicer, or
OFL if OFL is no longer the Servicer, shall make a Monthly Advance equal to the
amount of such shortfall.

          (c) On or before each Determination Date and prior to the delivery of
the Servicer's Certificate for such Determination Date pursuant to Section 2.9,
the Servicer (or OFL if OFL is not the Servicer and OFL is required to make a
Monthly Advance pursuant to Section 3.4(b)) shall deposit in the Collection
Account the aggregate amount of Monthly Advances required for the related
Monthly Period in immediately available funds.

          (d) The Servicer shall be entitled to be reimbursed for Outstanding
Monthly Advances pursuant to Section 3.6(b)(i) from the following sources on any
day subsequent to the Distribution Date in respect of which such Monthly Advance
was made:  (i) subsequent payments by or on behalf of any Obligor with respect
to such Receivable, (ii) collections of Liquidation Proceeds with respect to any
Receivable if such Receivable becomes a Liquidated Receivable, (iii) payment of
any Purchase Amount with respect to any Receivable if such Receivable becomes a
Purchased Receivable and (iv) payment of any Repurchase Price with respect to
any Receivable if such Receivable becomes a Repurchased Receivable.  If any
Receivable shall become a Liquidated Receivable and the Servicer shall not have
been fully reimbursed for Outstanding Monthly Advances with respect to such
Receivable from the sources of funds previously described in this paragraph, the
Servicer shall be entitled to reimbursement from collections on Receivables
other than the Receivable in respect of which such Outstanding Monthly Advance
shall have been made.

          Section 3.5.  ADDITIONAL DEPOSITS.

          (a) On or before each Deposit Date, the Servicer or OFL shall deposit
in the Collection Account the aggregate Purchase Amounts with respect to
Administrative Receivables.  The Seller shall deposit in the Collection Account
the Repurchase Price with respect to Repurchased Receivables.  All such deposits
of Purchase Amounts and Repurchase Prices shall be made in immediately available
funds.  On each Deficiency Claim Date, the Indenture Trustee shall deposit in
the Collection Account any amounts delivered to the Indenture Trustee by the
Spread Account Collateral Agent.

          (b) The Security Insurer shall at any time, and from time to time,
have the option but not the obligation to deliver amounts to the Indenture
Trustee for deposit into the Collection Account, for distribution as a component
of the Distribution Amount with respect to the Deficiency Claim Date coinciding
with or next succeeding the date of such deposit to the extent that without such
distribution a draw would be required to be made on 


                                      44


<PAGE>

the Note Policy, in order to provide for the compensation of a Successor 
Servicer as provided in Section 5.3(c), or otherwise to provide for expenses 
of the Issuer, including amounts due to providers of services to the Issuer.

          Section 3.6.  DISTRIBUTIONS.  

          (a)  On each Distribution Date prior to the occurrence of an
Amortization Event, the Indenture Trustee shall (based on the information
contained in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on the related Determination
Date) distribute the following amounts in the following order of priority:

           (i)  first, from the Distribution Amount, to the Note Distribution
     Account, an amount equal to the Advance Interest Distributable Amount for
     such Distribution Date;

          (ii)  second, from the Distribution Amount, to the Servicer (or to OFL
     if OFL is not the Servicer and OFL has made a Monthly Advance pursuant to
     Section 3.4(b)), the amount of Outstanding Monthly Advances for which the
     Servicer (or OFL) is entitled to be reimbursed and for which the Servicer
     (or OFL) has not previously been reimbursed;

          (iii)  third, from the Distribution Amount, PRO RATA, to the Indenture
     Trustee, any accrued and unpaid fees of the Indenture Trustee in accordance
     with the Indenture; to any Lockbox Bank, Custodian, Backup Servicer or
     Collateral Agent (including the Indenture Trustee if acting in any such
     additional capacity), any accrued and unpaid fees (in each case, to the
     extent such Person has not previously received such amount from the
     Servicer or OFL); to any successor Servicer, to the extent not previously
     paid by the predecessor Servicer pursuant to Section 5.2, reasonable
     transition expenses incurred in acting as successor Servicer in an amount
     not to exceed $50,000 in total;

          (iv)  fourth, from the Distribution Amount, to the Servicer, the Basic
     Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period, any Supplemental Servicing
     Fees for the related Monthly Period, and any amounts permitted to be paid
     to the Servicer pursuant to Section 3.2;

          (v)  fifth, from the Distribution Amount, on Distribution Dates with
     respect to the Amortization Period so long as no Amortization Event shall
     have occurred, to the Note Distribution Account, an amount equal to the
     Advance Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date; 

          (vi)  sixth, from the Distribution Amount, to the Security Insurer, to
     the extent of any amounts owing to the Security Insurer under the Insurance
     Agreement and not paid, whether or not OFL or any other Person is also
     obligated to pay such amounts;

                                       45
<PAGE>

          (vii)  seventh, from the Distribution Amount, on Distribution Dates
     with respect to the Revolving Period, an amount determined and certified by
     the Servicer and included in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on the
     related Determination Date to be at least equal to the sum of (1) the WAC
     Deficiency Amount, if any, on such Determination Date, and (2) the amount
     necessary to be held in the Collection Account such that after giving
     effect to all deposits and distributions to be made on such Distribution
     Date, the Collateral Test will be satisfied (not taking into account any
     WAC Deficiency Amounts provided for in clause (1) above) as of the
     immediately preceding Accounting Date, shall remain on deposit in the
     Collection Account;

          (viii)  eighth, from the Distribution Amount, on Distribution Dates
     with respect to the Amortization Period so long as no Amortization Event
     shall have occurred, to the Note Distribution Account, an amount equal to
     the remaining amount on deposit in the Collection Account until an amount
     payable in respect of the principal of the Advances equal to the unpaid
     principal amount of the Advances has been deposited in the Note
     Distribution Account;

          (ix)  ninth, from the Distribution Amount, to the Agent for
     distribution to the applicable parties, any amounts owing to the Agent, the
     Noteholders or any Permitted Assignee by the Issuer or the Seller under the
     Note Purchase Agreement, the Fee Letter or any other Related Document, to
     the extent not otherwise paid; and

          (x)  tenth, from the Distribution Amount (excluding amounts required
     to be retained in the Collection Account pursuant to clause (vii) above),
     the remaining portion of the Distribution Amount to the Spread Account
     Collateral Agent for deposit in the Spread Account.

          (b)  On each Distribution Date after the occurrence of an Amortization
Event, the Indenture Trustee shall (based on the information contained in the
Servicer's Certificate delivered on the related Determination Date) distribute
the following amounts and in the following order of priority:

               (i)  first, from the Distribution Amount, to the Servicer (or to
          OFL if OFL is not the Servicer and OFL has made a Monthly Advance
          pursuant to Section 3.4(b)), an amount equal to the amount of
          Outstanding Monthly Advances for which the Servicer (or OFL) is
          entitled to be reimbursed and for which the Servicer (or OFL) has not
          previously been reimbursed;

               (ii)  second, from the Distribution Amount, to the Note
          Distribution Account, an amount equal to the Advance Interest
          Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date;

                                       46
<PAGE>

               (iii)  third, from the Distribution Amount, PRO RATA, to the
          Indenture Trustee, an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid fees of
          the Indenture Trustee in accordance with the Indenture; to any Lockbox
          Bank, Custodian, Backup Servicer, Collateral Agent (including the
          Indenture Trustee if acting in any such additional capacity), an
          amount equal to any accrued and unpaid fees owing to such Persons (in
          each case, to the extent such Person has not previously received such
          amount from the Servicer or OFL); to any successor Servicer, to the
          extent not previously paid by the predecessor Servicer pursuant to
          Section 5.2, reasonable transition expenses incurred in acting as
          successor Servicer in an amount not to exceed $50,000 in total;

               (iv)  fourth, from the Distribution Amount, to the Servicer, the
          sum of the Basic Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period, any
          Supplemental Servicing Fees for the related Monthly Period, and any
          amounts specified in Section 3.2;

               (v)  fifth, from the Distribution Amount, to the Note
          Distribution Account, an amount equal to the Advance Principal
          Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date;  

               (vi)  sixth, from the Distribution Amount, to the Security
          Insurer, to the extent of any amounts owing to the Security Insurer
          under the Insurance Agreement and not paid, whether or not OFL or any
          other Person is also obligated to pay such amounts; and

               (vii)  seventh, if an Insurer Default has occurred, from the
          Distribution Amount, to the Note Distribution Account, an amount equal
          to the Default Amount Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date;

               (viii)  eighth, from the Distribution Amount, to the Note
          Distribution Account, an amount equal to the remaining Distribution
          Amount until an amount payable in respect of principal of the Notes
          equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Notes has been deposited
          in the Note Distribution Account;

               (ix)  ninth, from the Distribution Amount, PRO RATA, (I) to the
          Agent, for distribution to the applicable parties, an amount equal to
          the sum, without duplication, of (A) any expenses incurred by the
          Agent or the Noteholders as a result of any failure of the Seller to
          perform under the Repurchase Agreement PLUS (B) any amounts owing to
          the Agent, the Noteholders or any Permitted Assignee under the Note
          Purchase Agreement, the Fee Letter or any other Related Document, to
          the extent not otherwise paid; and (II) if an Insurer Default has not
          occurred, to the Note 

                                       47
<PAGE>

          Distribution Account, an amount equal to the Default Amount 
          Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date; and

               (x)  tenth, any remaining Distribution Amount to the Spread
          Account Collateral Agent for deposit in the Spread Account.

          Section 3.7.  STATEMENTS TO NOTEHOLDERS.  On each Distribution Date,
the Indenture Trustee shall include with each distribution to each Noteholder, a
Servicer's Certificate.

          Section 3.8.  INDENTURE TRUSTEE AS AGENT; CALCULATION OF WEIGHTED
AVERAGE APR, WAC DEFICIENCY AMOUNTS, BASIS FEE PERCENT AND ADVANCE INTEREST
RATE.

          (a)  The Indenture Trustee, in making distributions as provided in
this Agreement, shall act solely on behalf of and as agent for the Noteholders.

          (b)  Prior to the occurrence of an Amortization Event, on each
Business Day the Seller shall calculate the Maximum Interest Rate, the weighted
average APR of the Receivables, the WAC Deficiency Percentage and the WAC
Deficiency Amount, if any, and shall, upon request, provide such calculation in
writing to the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, the Agent, the Servicer or the
Security Insurer.  Prior to the occurrence of an Amortization Event, if on any
Business Day the WAC Deficiency Amount is greater than zero, the Seller shall
provide written notice of such WAC Deficiency Amount and the corresponding WAC
Deficiency Percentage and the WAC Deficiency Deposit, if any, with respect to
such Business Day to the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture Trustee, the Servicer,
and the Security Insurer by 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such day.

          (c)  On the Closing Date, the Basis Fee Percent shall be 0%.  On any
Business Day on which the Agent determines, in its sole discretion, that there
has been a change in the Basis Fee Percent, the Agent shall calculate the Basis
Fee Percent and shall provide the Seller with telephonic notice of such
calculation by 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each such day.  In the absence
of notice of a change in the Basis Fee Percent, the Basis Fee Percent shall
remain the same as it was as of the Closing Date or, if notice of a change in
the Basis Fee Percent has been given to the Seller by the Agent, as it was as of
the date of the last such notice of change in the Basis Fee Percent.

          (d)  The Agent shall provide the Indenture Trustee, the Security
Insurer, the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer by facsimile transmission no
later than 10:00 a.m. on the Business Day prior to each Determination Date, a
certificate of a responsible officer, which shall set forth the Advance Interest
Rate for the immediately preceding Interest Period and shall set forth in
reasonable detail the manner in which such calculation of the Advance Interest
Rate was determined and, absent manifest

                                       48
<PAGE>

error, the amount set forth in such certificate with respect to the Advance 
Interest Rate shall be conclusive.  The Agent shall provide to the Security 
Insurer, the Issuer, the Seller, OFL and the Indenture Trustee, on the 
Business Day preceding the date of prepayment, if the Agent shall have 
received notice of such prepayment on or prior to such Business Day, or on 
the prepayment date, if the Agent shall receive notice of such prepayment on 
such date of prepayment, a certificate of a responsible officer, which shall 
set forth the interest due on the Notes being prepaid together with the 
Breakage Fee, if any, due on such prepayment date, and which also shall set 
forth, in reasonable detail, the manner in which the calculation of the 
interest due on the Notes and the Breakage Fee was determined.  Absent 
manifest error, the amount set forth in such certificate with respect to the 
Breakage Fee and interest shall be conclusive.

          Section 3.9.  ELIGIBLE ACCOUNTS.  Any account which is required to be
established as an Eligible Account pursuant to this Agreement and which ceases
to be an Eligible Account shall within five Business Days (or such longer
period, not to exceed 30 days, as to which each Rating Agency, the Agent and the
Security Insurer may consent) be established as a new account which shall be an
Eligible Account and any cash or any investments shall be transferred to such
new account.

          Section 3.10.  ADDITIONAL WITHDRAWALS FROM THE COLLECTION ACCOUNT.

          (a)  On each Purchase Date under the Repurchase Agreement, the
Servicer shall instruct the Indenture Trustee in writing by 10:00 a.m.,
Minneapolis, Minnesota time, to withdraw from the Collection Account and deposit
to the Spread Account and pay to the account of the Seller specified by the
Servicer in such writing, and upon such instruction, the Indenture Trustee shall
withdraw from the Collection Account and initiate a wire transfer to the Spread
Account and to such account of the Seller no earlier than 2:00 p.m., New York
City time, and no later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, the amounts set
forth in such instructions.  The aggregate amount set forth in the instruction
referred to in the preceding sentence shall be equal to the least of (i) the
Purchase Price for the Receivables being purchased by the Issuer on such date,
(ii) for any Purchase Date occurring during the period from but excluding a
Determination Date through and including the related Distribution Date, an
amount equal to the total amount on deposit in the Collection Account on such
date over the sum of (A) the amounts to be distributed from or retained in the
Collection Account on such Distribution Date pursuant to clauses (i) through
(ix) of Section 3.6(a) as set forth in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on
such Determination Date, and (B) any increase in the WAC Deficiency Amount on
such date, if any, above the WAC Deficiency Amount on such Determination Date,
and (iii) an amount equal to the excess of the total amount on deposit in the
Collection Account on such date over the WAC Deficiency Amounts, if any,
required to be on deposit in the Collection Account on such date.  The Servicer

                                       49
<PAGE>

shall instruct the Trustee to wire an amount equal to 1% of the aggregate 
Principal Balance of Receivables being purchased by the Issuer on such date 
to the Spread Account and the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to wire the 
remainder of the amount specified in the preceding sentence to the account of 
the Seller.

          (b)  On the Business Day specified by the Seller in the notice of a
prepayment of an Advance delivered to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section
3(e) of the Repurchase Agreement, the Indenture Trustee shall withdraw from the
Collection Account and, if applicable, the Spread Account the amount of such
prepayment determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(e) of the
Repurchase Agreement (as set forth in a certificate of a Responsible Officer of
the Seller) and shall deposit such amount into the Note Distribution Account for
application in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.

          Section 3.11.  CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION WITH THE SPREAD ACCOUNT
AGREEMENT.

          (a) In the event that the Indenture Trustee shall determine on any
Deficiency Claim Date, based on information in the Servicer's Certificate, that
there exists a Collection Account Shortfall or a Warehousing Shortfall (each as
defined in the Spread Account Agreement) (any such shortfall being a "Deficiency
Claim Amount"), then on such Deficiency Claim Date, the Indenture Trustee shall
deliver to the Collateral Agent, the Spread Account Collateral Agent, the
Security Insurer, the Issuer and the Servicer, by hand delivery, telex or
facsimile transmission, a written notice (a "Deficiency Notice") specifying the
Deficiency Claim Amount for such Distribution Date.  Such Deficiency Notice
shall direct the Spread Account Collateral Agent to remit such Deficiency Claim
Amount (to the extent of the funds available to be distributed pursuant to the
Spread Account Agreement) to the Indenture Trustee for deposit in the Collection
Account.

          (b) Any Deficiency Notice shall be delivered by 10:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the related Deficiency Claim Date.  The amounts distributed by the
Spread Account Collateral Agent to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to a
Deficiency Notice shall be deposited by the Indenture Trustee into the
Collection Account pursuant to Section 3.5.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  THE SERVICER

          Section 4.1.  LIABILITY OF SERVICER; INDEMNITIES.

          (a) The Servicer (in its capacity as such and, in the case of OFL,
without limitation of its obligations under the Purchase Agreement) shall be
liable hereunder only to the extent

                                       50
<PAGE>

of the obligations in this Agreement specifically undertaken by the Servicer 
and the representations made by the Servicer.

          (b) The Servicer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer,
the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Agent, the
Security Insurer, their respective officers, directors, agents and employees and
the Noteholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages,
claims and liabilities, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and
expenses of litigation arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership or
operation by the Servicer or any Affiliate thereof other than the Seller or the
Issuer of any Financed Vehicle.

          (c) The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer,
the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Agent, the
Security Insurer, their respective officers, directors, agents and employees and
the Noteholders from and against any taxes that may at any time be asserted
against the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup Servicer, the Agent, the
Collateral Agent, or the Noteholders with respect to the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any sales, gross
receipts, general corporation, tangible personal property, privilege or license
taxes (but not including any taxes asserted with respect to, and as of the date
of, the sale of the Receivables and the other Seller Conveyed Property to the
Issuer or the issuance and original sale of the Notes, or federal or other
income taxes arising out of distributions on the Notes) and costs and expenses
in defending against the same.

          (d) The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer,
the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Agent, the
Security Insurer, their respective officers, directors, agents and employees and
the Noteholders from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, claims,
damages, and liabilities to the extent that such cost, expense, loss, claim,
damage, or liability arose out of, or was imposed upon the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Agent, the Security
Insurer or the Noteholders through the breach of this Agreement, the negligence,
willful misfeasance, or bad faith of the Servicer in the performance of its
duties under this Agreement or by reason of reckless disregard of its
obligations and duties under this Agreement. 

          (e) Indemnification under this Article shall include, without
limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation. 
If the Servicer has made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Article and the
recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, the recipient
shall promptly repay such amounts collected to the Servicer, without interest.

                                       51
<PAGE>

          (f) OFL, in its individual capacity, hereby acknowledges that the
indemnification provisions in the Purchase Agreement benefiting the Issuer, the
Agent, the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Backup Servicer are
enforceable by each hereunder.

          (g)  OFL, in its individual capacity, shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup
Servicer, the Agent, the Security Insurer, their respective officers, directors,
agents and employees and the Noteholders from and against any taxes that may at
any time be asserted against the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the Backup
Servicer, the Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Security Insurer or the
Noteholders with respect to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement,
including, without limitation, any sales, gross receipts, general corporation,
tangible personal property, privilege or license taxes (but not including any
taxes asserted with respect to, and as of the date of, the sale of the
Receivables and the other Seller Conveyed Property to the Issuer or the issuance
and original sale of the Notes, or federal or other income taxes arising out of
distributions on the Notes) and costs and expenses in defending against the
same, but only to the extent such amounts are not otherwise covered by the
indemnities set forth in Sections 4.1(b) through (f) above.

          Section 4.2.  MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OF, OR ASSUMPTION OF THE
OBLIGATIONS OF, THE SERVICER OR BACKUP SERVICER.

          (a) The Servicer shall not merge or consolidate with any other person,
convey, transfer or lease substantially all its assets as an entirety to another
Person, or permit any other Person to become the successor to the Servicer's
business unless, after the merger, consolidation, conveyance, transfer, lease or
succession, the successor or surviving entity shall be an Eligible Servicer and
shall be capable of fulfilling the duties of the Servicer contained in this
Agreement.  Any corporation (i) into which the Servicer may be merged or
consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the
Servicer shall be a party, (iii) which acquires by conveyance, transfer, or
lease substantially all of the assets of the Servicer, or (iv) succeeding to the
business of the Servicer, in any of the foregoing cases shall execute an
agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the Servicer under this
Agreement and, whether or not such assumption agreement is executed, shall be
the successor to the Servicer under this Agreement without the execution or
filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties to this
Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to release the Servicer
from any obligation.  The Servicer shall provide notice of any merger,
consolidation or succession pursuant to this Section 4.2(a) to the Issuer, the
Indenture Trustee, the Agent, the Security Insurer and each Rating Agency. 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Servicer shall not merge or consolidate with
any

                                       52
<PAGE>

other Person or permit any other Person to become a successor to the 
Servicer's business, unless (x) immediately after giving effect to such 
transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 2.6 shall 
have been breached (for purposes hereof, such representations and warranties 
shall speak as of the date of the consummation of such transaction) and no 
event that, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Insurance 
Agreement Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (y) the 
Servicer shall have delivered to the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture Trustee 
and the Security Insurer an Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel 
each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement 
of assumption comply with this Section 4.2(a) and that all conditions 
precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such 
transaction have been complied with, and (z) the Servicer shall have 
delivered to the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the Security 
Insurer an Opinion of Counsel, stating, in the opinion of such counsel, 
either (A) all financing statements and continuation statements and 
amendments thereto have been executed and filed that are necessary to 
preserve and protect the interest of the Issuer in the Seller Conveyed 
Property and reciting the details of the filings or (B) no such action shall 
be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

          (b) Any corporation (i) into which the Backup Servicer may be merged
or consolidated, (ii) resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the
Backup Servicer shall be a party, (iii) which acquires by conveyance, transfer
or lease substantially all of the assets of the Backup Servicer, or (iv)
succeeding to the business of the Backup Servicer, in any of the foregoing cases
shall execute an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation of the
Backup Servicer under this Agreement and, whether or not such assumption
agreement is executed, shall be the successor to the Backup Servicer under this
Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the
part of any of the parties to this Agreement, anything in this Agreement to the
contrary notwithstanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing contained herein shall
be deemed to release the Backup Servicer from any obligation.

          Section 4.3.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF SERVICER, BACKUP SERVICER AND
OTHERS.

          (a) Neither the Servicer, the Backup Servicer nor any of the directors
or officers or employees or agents of the Servicer or Backup Servicer shall be
under any liability to the Noteholders, except as provided in this Agreement,
for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action pursuant to
this Agreement; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this provision shall not protect the
Servicer, the Backup Servicer or any such Person against any liability that
would otherwise be imposed by reason of a breach of this Agreement or willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of duties, by reason of
reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this Agreement or any

                                       53
<PAGE>

violation of law by the Servicer, Backup Servicer or such Person, as the case
may be; PROVIDED FURTHER, that this provision shall not affect any liability to
indemnify the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee for costs, taxes, expenses,
claims, liabilities, losses or damages paid by the Issuer or the Indenture
Trustee, each in its individual capacity.  The Servicer, the Backup Servicer and
any director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer or Backup Servicer may
rely in good faith on the advice of counsel or on any document of any kind PRIMA
FACIE properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters
arising under this Agreement.

          (b) The Backup Servicer shall not be liable for any obligation of the
Servicer contained in this Agreement, and the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee, the
Agent, the Seller, the Security Insurer and the Noteholders shall look only to
the Servicer to perform such obligations.

          Section 4.4.  DELEGATION OF DUTIES.  The Servicer may delegate duties
under this Agreement to an Affiliate of OFL with the prior written consent of
the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing) and the Agent.  Any successor Servicer may delegate duties under
this Agreement with the prior written consent of the Security Insurer (unless an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) and the Agent.  The
Servicer also may at any time perform the specific duty of repossession of
Financed Vehicles through sub-contractors who are in the business of servicing
automotive receivables and may perform other specific duties through such
sub-contractors with the prior written consent of the Security Insurer (unless
an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing); PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that no such delegation or sub-contracting duties by the Servicer shall relieve
the Servicer of its responsibility with respect to such duties.  Neither OFL nor
any party acting as Servicer hereunder shall appoint any subservicer hereunder
without the prior written consent of the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) and the Agent.

          Section 4.5.  SERVICER AND BACKUP SERVICER NOT TO RESIGN.  Subject to
the provisions of Section 4.2, neither the Servicer nor the Backup Servicer
shall resign from the obligations and duties imposed on it by this Agreement as
Servicer or Backup Servicer except upon a determination that by reason of a
change in legal requirements the performance of its duties under this Agreement
would cause it to be in violation of such legal requirements in a manner which
would have a material adverse effect on the Servicer or the Backup Servicer, as
the case may be, and the Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall
not have occurred and be continuing) or the Agent (if an Insurer Default shall
have occurred and be continuing) does not elect to waive the obligations of the
Servicer or the Backup Servicer, as the case may be, to perform the duties which
render it legally unable to act or to delegate those duties to another Person. 
Any such determination permitting the 

                                       54
<PAGE>

resignation of the Servicer or Backup Servicer shall be evidenced by an 
Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered and acceptable to the Issuer, the 
Indenture Trustee, the Agent and the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer 
Default shall have occurred and be continuing).  No resignation of the 
Servicer shall become effective until, so long as no Insurer Default shall 
have occurred and be continuing, the Backup Servicer or an entity acceptable 
to the Security Insurer shall have assumed the responsibilities and 
obligations of the Servicer or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and 
be continuing, the Backup Servicer or a successor Servicer that is an 
Eligible Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of 
the Servicer.  No resignation of the Backup Servicer shall become effective 
until, so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, 
an entity acceptable to the Security Insurer shall have assumed the 
responsibilities and obligations of the Backup Servicer or, if an Insurer 
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, a Person that is an Eligible 
Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the 
Backup Servicer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the event a successor Backup 
Servicer is not appointed within 60 days after the Backup Servicer has given 
notice of its resignation and has provided the Opinion of Counsel required by 
this Section 4.5, the Backup Servicer may petition a court for its removal.

                                    ARTICLE V

                           SERVICER TERMINATION EVENTS

          Section 5.1.  SERVICER TERMINATION EVENT.  For purposes of this
Agreement, each of the following shall constitute a "Servicer Termination
Event":

          (a) Any failure by the Servicer to deliver to the Indenture Trustee
for distribution to Noteholders any proceeds or payment required to be so
delivered under the terms of this Agreement (or, if OFL is the Servicer, the
Purchase Agreement) that continues unremedied for a period of two Business Days
(one Business Day with respect to payment of Purchase Amounts) after written
notice is received by the Servicer from the Indenture Trustee or (unless an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) the Security Insurer or
after discovery of such failure by a Responsible Officer of the Servicer;

          (b) Failure by the Servicer to deliver the Servicer's Certificate to
the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer, the Agent and (so long as an Insurer Default
shall not have occurred and be  continuing) the Security Insurer by 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time on the fifth Business Day prior to the Distribution Date, or
failure on the part of the Servicer to observe its covenants and agreements set
forth in Section 4.2(a);

          (c) Failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in
any material respect any other covenants or

                                       55
<PAGE>

agreements of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement (or, if OFL is the 
Servicer, the Purchase Agreement), which failure (i) materially and adversely 
affects the rights of the Issuer (determined without regard to the 
availability of funds under the Note Policy), or of the Security Insurer 
(unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing), and (ii) 
continues unremedied for a period of 30 days after the date on which written 
notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been 
given to the Servicer by the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture Trustee or the 
Security Insurer;

          (d) The entry of a decree or order for relief by a court or regulatory
authority having jurisdiction in respect of the Servicer or the Seller in an
involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in
effect, or another present or future, federal or state, bankruptcy, insolvency
or similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Servicer or the Seller
or of any substantial part of their respective properties or ordering the
winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Servicer or the Seller and the
continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of
60 consecutive days or the commencement of an involuntary case under the federal
bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect, or another present or future
federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law and such case is not
dismissed within 60 days;

          (e) The commencement by the Servicer or the Seller of a voluntary case
under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter in effect, or any other
present or future, federal or state, bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, or
the consent by the Servicer or the Seller to the appointment of or taking
possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator
or other similar official of the Servicer or the Seller or of any substantial
part of its property or the making by the Servicer or the Seller of an
assignment for the benefit of creditors or the failure by the Servicer or the
Seller generally to pay its debts as such debts become due or the taking of
corporate action by the Servicer or the Seller in furtherance of any of the
foregoing;

          (f) Any representation, warranty or statement of the Servicer or the
Seller made in this Agreement or any certificate, report or other writing
delivered pursuant hereto shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect as
of the time when the same shall have been made, and the incorrectness of such
representation, warranty or statement has a material adverse effect on the
Issuer or the Security Insurer and, within 30 days after written notice thereof
shall have been given to the Servicer or the Seller by the Issuer, the Agent,
the Indenture Trustee or the Security Insurer (or, if an Insurer Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, a Noteholder), the circumstances or condition
in respect of which such representation, warranty or

                                       56
<PAGE>

statement was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured;

          (g) So long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
continuing, the Security Insurer shall not have delivered a Servicer Extension
Notice pursuant to Section 2.14;

          (h) So long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
continuing, an Insurance Agreement Event of Default shall have occurred;

          (i) A claim is made under the Note Policy; or

          (j) A servicer termination event or like event shall occur in any
other securitization with respect to which OFL or any of its Affiliates is
acting as servicer.

          Section 5.2.  CONSEQUENCES OF A SERVICER TERMINATION EVENT.  If a
Servicer Termination Event shall occur and be continuing, the Security Insurer
(or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, either the
Indenture Trustee or the Agent), by notice given in writing to the Servicer (and
to the Indenture Trustee and the Agent if given by the Security Insurer) may
terminate all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under this
Agreement; PROVIDED, that if the Security Insurer shall not deliver a Servicer
Extension Notice, the rights and obligations of the Servicer hereunder shall
terminate automatically upon the expiration of the term of the Servicer without
the requirement of notice.  On or after the receipt by the Servicer of such
written notice or upon such automatic termination, all authority, power,
obligations and responsibilities of the Servicer under this Agreement
automatically shall pass to, be vested in and become obligations and
responsibilities of the Backup Servicer (or such other successor Servicer
appointed by the Security Insurer); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the successor
Servicer shall have no liability with respect to any obligation which was
required to be performed by the terminated Servicer prior to the date that the
successor Servicer becomes the Servicer or any claim of a third party based on
any alleged action or inaction of the terminated Servicer.  The successor
Servicer is authorized and empowered by this Agreement to execute and deliver,
on behalf of the terminated Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and
all documents and other instruments and to do or accomplish all other acts or
things necessary or appropriate to effect the purposes of such notice of
termination, whether to complete the transfer and endorsement of the Receivables
and the other Seller Conveyed Property and related documents to show the Issuer
as lienholder or secured party on the related Lien Certificates, or otherwise. 
The terminated Servicer agrees to cooperate with the successor Servicer in
effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the terminated
Servicer under this Agreement, including, without limitation, the transfer to
the successor Servicer for administration by it of all cash amounts that shall
at the time be held by the terminated Servicer for deposit, or

                                       57
<PAGE>

have been deposited by the terminated Servicer, in the Collection Account or 
thereafter received with respect to the Receivables and the delivery to the 
successor Servicer of all Receivable Files, Monthly Records and Collection 
Records and a computer tape or diskette in readable form as of the most 
recent Business Day containing all information necessary to enable the 
successor Servicer to service the Receivables and the other Seller Conveyed 
Property.  If requested by the Agent or the Security Insurer (unless an 
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing), the successor 
Servicer shall terminate the Lockbox Agreement and direct the Obligors to 
make all payments under the Receivables directly to the successor Servicer 
(in which event the successor Servicer shall process such payments in 
accordance with Section 2.2(e)), or to a lockbox established by the successor 
Servicer at the direction of the Agent or the Security Insurer (unless an 
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing), at the successor 
Servicer's expense.  In addition to any other amounts that are then payable 
to the terminated Servicer under this Agreement, the terminated Servicer 
shall then be entitled to receive out of Available Funds reimbursements for 
any Outstanding Monthly Advances made during the period prior to the notice 
pursuant to this Section 5.2 which terminates the obligation and rights of 
the terminated Servicer under this Agreement.  The Issuer, the Agent, the 
Indenture Trustee and the successor Servicer may set off and deduct any 
amounts owed by the terminated Servicer from any amounts payable to the 
terminated Servicer pursuant to the preceding sentence.  The terminated 
Servicer shall grant the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture Trustee, the 
successor Servicer and the Security Insurer reasonable access to the 
terminated Servicer's premises at the terminated Servicer's expense.

          Section 5.3.  APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

          (a) On and after the time the Servicer receives a notice of
termination pursuant to Section 5.2 or upon the resignation of the Servicer
pursuant to Section 4.5, or in the event the term of the Servicer expires as a
consequence of the Security Insurer electing not to deliver a Servicer Extension
Notice, the Backup Servicer (unless the Security Insurer shall have exercised
its option pursuant to Section 5.3(b) to appoint an alternate successor
Servicer) shall be the successor in all respects to the Servicer in its capacity
as servicer under this Agreement and the transactions set forth or provided for
in this Agreement, and shall be subject to all the responsibilities,
restrictions, duties, liabilities and termination provisions relating thereto
placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions of this Agreement; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the successor Servicer shall have no liability with respect to any
obligation which was required to be performed by the terminated Servicer prior
to the date that the successor Servicer becomes the Servicer or any claim of a
third party based on any alleged action or inaction of the terminated Servicer. 
The Issuer and such successor shall take such action, consistent with this
Agreement, as shall be necessary to effectuate any such 

                                       58
<PAGE>

succession.  If a successor Servicer is acting as Servicer hereunder, it 
shall be subject to termination under Section 5.2 upon the occurrence of any 
Servicer Termination Event applicable to it as Servicer.

          (b) The Security Insurer may (so long as an Insurer Default shall not
have occurred and be continuing) exercise at any time its right to appoint as
Backup Servicer or as successor to the Servicer a Person other than the Person
serving as Backup Servicer at the time, and (without limiting its obligations
under the Note Policy) shall have no liability to the Issuer, the Indenture
Trustee, OFL, the Seller, the Person then serving as Backup Servicer, any
Noteholders or any other Person if it does so.  Notwithstanding the above, if
the Backup Servicer shall be legally unable or unwilling to act as Servicer and
an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Backup Servicer,
the Indenture Trustee or the Agent may petition a court of competent
jurisdiction to appoint any Eligible Servicer as the successor to the Servicer. 
Pending appointment pursuant to the preceding sentence, the Backup Servicer
shall act as successor Servicer unless it is legally unable to do so, in which
event the outgoing Servicer shall continue to act as Servicer until a successor
has been appointed and accepted such appointment.  Subject to Section 4.5, no
provision of this Agreement shall be construed as relieving the Backup Servicer
of its obligation to succeed as successor Servicer upon the termination of the
Servicer pursuant to Section 5.2, the resignation of the Servicer pursuant to
Section 4.5 or the expiration of the term of the Servicer.  If upon the
termination of the Servicer pursuant to Section 5.2, the resignation of the
Servicer pursuant to Section 4.5 or the expiration of the term of the Servicer,
the Security Insurer appoints a successor Servicer other than the Backup
Servicer, the Backup Servicer shall not be relieved of its duties as Backup
Servicer hereunder.

          (c) Any successor Servicer shall be entitled to such compensation
(whether payable out of the Collection Account or otherwise) as the Servicer
would have been entitled to under the Agreement if the Servicer had not resigned
or been terminated hereunder.  If any successor Servicer is appointed as a
result of the Backup Servicer's refusal (in contravention of the terms of this
Agreement) to act as Servicer although it is legally able to do so, the Security
Insurer and such successor Servicer may agree on reasonable additional
compensation to be paid to such successor Servicer by the Backup Servicer, which
additional compensation shall be paid by the Backup Servicer in its individual
capacity and solely out of its own funds.  If any successor Servicer is
appointed for any reason other than the Backup Servicer's refusal to act as
Servicer although legally able to do so, the Security Insurer and such successor
Servicer may agree on additional compensation to be paid to such successor
Servicer, which additional compensation may be payable by the Security Insurer
as a Security Insurer Optional Deposit.  In addition, any successor Servicer
shall be entitled to reasonable

                                       59
<PAGE>

transition expenses incurred in acting as successor Servicer to the extent 
provided in Section 3.6(a)(iii) or 3.6(b)(iii).

          Section 5.4.  NOTIFICATION TO NOTEHOLDERS.  Upon any termination of or
appointment of a successor to the Servicer pursuant to this Article V, the
Indenture Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof to Noteholders at
their respective addresses appearing in the Note Register.

          Section 5.5.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.  The Security Insurer (or, if
an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Agent) may, waive
any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations hereunder and
its consequences.  Upon any such waiver of a past default, such default shall
cease to exist, and any Servicer Termination Event arising therefrom shall be
deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement.  No such
waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right
consequent thereon.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

          Section 6.1.  AMENDMENT.

          (a) This Agreement may be amended by the Seller, the Servicer, the
Agent and the Issuer, with the prior written consent of the Indenture Trustee,
the Backup Servicer and the Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default
shall not have occurred and be continuing) but without the consent of any of the
Noteholders, (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any
provisions in this Agreement or (iii) for the purpose of adding any provision to
or changing in any manner or eliminating any provision of this Agreement or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect
in any material respect the interests of the Noteholders.

          (b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the
Seller, the Servicer, the Agent and the Issuer with the prior written consent of
the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the
Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
continuing) and with the consent of a Note Majority (which consent of any Holder
of a Note given pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other provision of
this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and on all future
Holders of such Note and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in
exchange thereof or in lieu thereof whether or not notation of such consent is
made upon the Note) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement, or of
modifying in any manner the

                                       60
<PAGE>

rights of the Holders of Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that subject to the 
express rights of the Security Insurer under the Related Documents, including 
its rights to agree to certain modifications of the Receivables pursuant to 
Section 2.2 and its rights to cause the Collateral Agent to liquidate the 
Collateral under the circumstances and subject to the provisions of Section 
6.1 of the Security Agreement, no such amendment shall (a) increase or reduce 
in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, 
collections of payments on Receivables or distributions required to be made 
with respect to any Advance or the Advance Interest Rate, (b) amend any 
provisions of Section 3.6 in such a manner as to affect the priority of 
payment of interest, principal or premium to Noteholders, or (c) reduce the 
aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment or any waiver 
hereunder, without the consent of the Holders of all Notes then outstanding.

          (c) Prior to the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Issuer shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or
consent to each Rating Agency.

          (d) Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Issuer shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or
consent to the Indenture Trustee.

          (e) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Noteholders pursuant
to Section 6.1(b) to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance
thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents (and any other consents of
Noteholders provided for in this Agreement) and of evidencing the authorization
of the execution thereof by Noteholders shall be subject to such reasonable
requirements as the Issuer or Indenture Trustee, as applicable, may prescribe,
including the establishment of record dates.

          (f) Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an
Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or
permitted by this Agreement, in addition to the Opinion of Counsel referred to
in Section 6.2(i).  The Indenture Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into any such amendment which affects the Indenture Trustee's own rights,
duties or immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

          Section 6.2.  PROTECTION OF TITLE TO SELLER CONVEYED PROPERTY.

          (a) The Servicer and the Seller shall execute and file such financing
statements and cause to be executed and filed such continuation and other
statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law
fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of the Issuer and the
Collateral Agent in the Seller Conveyed Property and in the proceeds thereof. 
The

                                       61
<PAGE>

Servicer shall deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Issuer, the Agent, 
the Collateral Agent and the Security Insurer file-stamped copies of, or 
filing receipts for, any document filed as provided above, as soon as 
available following such filing.

          (b) Neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall change its name,
identity or corporate structure in any manner that would, could or might make
any financing statement or continuation statement filed by the Seller in
accordance with paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of
Section 9-402(7) of the UCC, unless it shall have given the Issuer, the Agent,
the Indenture Trustee and the Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default
shall not have occurred and be continuing) at least 60 days prior written notice
thereof, and shall promptly file appropriate amendments to all previously filed
financing statements and continuation statements; provided that no prior notice
need be given for a change in the name of the Seller from Olympic Receivables
Finance Corp. to Arcadia Receivables Finance Corp. or the Servicer from Olympic
Financial Ltd. to Arcadia Financial Ltd.

          (c) Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall give the Issuer, the
Agent, the Indenture Trustee and the Security Insurer at least 60 days' prior
written notice of any relocation of its principal executive office if, as a
result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require
the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation
statement or of any new financing statement.  The Servicer shall at all times
maintain each office from which it services Receivables and its principal
executive office within the United States of America.

          (d) The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each
Receivable accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof
to know at any time the status of such Receivable, including payments and
recoveries made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii)
reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each
Receivable and the amounts from time to time deposited in the Collection Account
in respect of such Receivable.

          (e) The Servicer shall maintain its computer systems so that, from and
after the time of sale under the Repurchase Agreement of the Receivables to the
Issuer, the Servicer's master computer records (including any backup archives)
that refer to any Receivable indicate clearly that the Receivable is owned by
the Issuer.  Indication of the Issuer's ownership of a Receivable shall be
deleted from or modified on the Servicer's computer systems when, and only when,
the Receivable has been paid in full or repurchased by the Seller or Servicer.

          (f) If at any time the Seller or the Servicer proposes to sell, grant
a security interest in, or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive
receivables to any prospective purchaser,

                                       62
<PAGE>

lender or other transferee, the Servicer shall give to such prospective 
purchaser, lender or other transferee computer tapes, records or printouts 
(including any restored from backup archives) that, if they refer in any 
manner whatsoever to any Receivable, indicate clearly that such Receivable 
has been sold and is owned by the Issuer unless such Receivable has been paid 
in full or repurchased by the Seller or Servicer.

          (g) The Servicer shall permit the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture
Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer, the Security Insurer and
their respective agents, at any time to inspect, audit and make copies of and
abstracts from the Servicer's records regarding any Receivables or any other
portion of the Seller Conveyed Property.

          (h) The Servicer shall furnish to the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture
Trustee, the Collateral Agent, the Backup Servicer and the Security Insurer at
any time upon request a list of all Receivables then held by the Issuer,
together with a reconciliation of such list to the Receivables Schedule and to
each of the Servicer's Certificates furnished before such request indicating
repurchase of Receivables from the Issuer.  Upon request, the Servicer shall
furnish a copy of any list to the Seller.  The Indenture Trustee shall hold any
such list and Receivables Schedule for examination by interested parties during
normal business hours at the Corporate Trust Office upon reasonable notice by
such Persons of their desire to conduct an examination.

          (i) The Seller and the Servicer shall deliver to the Issuer, the
Agent, the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Security Insurer
simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and of each
amendment thereto and upon the occurrence of the events giving rise to an
obligation to give notice pursuant to Section 6.2(b) or (c), an Opinion of
Counsel either (a) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all financing
statements and continuation statements have been executed and filed that are
necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Issuer and the
Collateral Agent in the Receivables and the other Seller Conveyed Property, and
reciting the details of such filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel
in which such details are given, or (b) stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, no such action is necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

          (j) The Servicer shall deliver to the Issuer, the Agent, the Indenture
Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Security Insurer, within 90 days after the
beginning of each calendar year beginning with the first calendar year beginning
more than three months after the Closing Date, an Opinion of Counsel, either (a)
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all financing statements and
continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary fully to
preserve and protect the interest of the Issuer and the Collateral Agent in the
Receivables, and reciting the details of such filings or

                                       63
<PAGE>

referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given, or 
(b) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no action shall be 
necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

          Section 6.3.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO
THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND
REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH SUCH LAWS.

          Section 6.4.  SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any one or more of the
covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for any
reason whatsoever held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions or
terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements,
provisions or terms of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Notes or the
respective rights of the Holders thereof.

          Section 6.5.  ASSIGNMENT.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Agreement, except as provided in Section 4.2 or Section 5.2
(and as provided in the provisions of the Agreement concerning the resignation
of the Servicer and the Backup Servicer), this Agreement may not be assigned by
the Seller or the Servicer without the prior written consent of the Issuer, the
Agent, the Indenture Trustee, the Collateral Agent and the Security Insurer (or,
if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Agent, the
Issuer and the Indenture Trustee)

          Section 6.6.  THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  The Security Insurer and the Noteholders and
their successors and assigns shall be third-party beneficiaries to the
provisions of this Agreement, and shall be entitled to rely upon and directly to
enforce such provisions of this Agreement so long as, with respect to the
Security Insurer, no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing. 
Except as set forth in this Section 6.6, nothing in this Agreement, express or
implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their
successors hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim under this Agreement.  Except as expressly stated otherwise herein or in
the Related Documents, any right of the Security Insurer to direct, appoint,
consent to, approve of, or take any action under this Agreement, shall be a
right exercised by the Security Insurer in its sole and absolute discretion.

          Section 6.7.  DISCLAIMER BY SECURITY INSURER.  The Security Insurer
may disclaim any of its rights and powers under this Agreement (but not its
duties and obligations under the Note Policy) upon delivery of a written notice
to the Issuer, the Agent and the Indenture Trustee.

                                       64
<PAGE>

          Section 6.8.  COUNTERPARTS.  For the purpose of facilitating its
execution and for other purposes, this Agreement may be executed simultaneously
in any number of counterparts, each of which counterpart shall be deemed to be
an original, and all of which counterparts shall constitute but one and the same
instrument.

          Section 6.9.  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and communications under
this Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered, sent by facsimile
transmission or mailed by certified mail-return receipt requested, and shall be
deemed to have been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of OFL, the Seller
or the Servicer, at the following address: Olympic Receivables Finance Corp.,
7825 Washington Avenue South, Suite 410, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435,
Attention:  Treasurer, with copies to:  Olympic Financial Ltd., 7825 Washington
Avenue South, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435, Attention:  Treasurer, (b) in
the case of the Issuer, Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp., 7825 Washington
Avenue South, Suite 900, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435, Attention:
Treasurer, (c) in the case of the Indenture Trustee and, for so long as the
Indenture Trustee is the Backup Servicer or the Collateral Agent, at Sixth
Street and Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0070, Attention: 
Corporate Trust Services - Asset-Backed Administration, (d) in the case of each
Rating Agency, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007 (for Moody's) and 26
Broadway, New York, New York 10004 (for Standard & Poor's), Attention: 
Asset-Backed Surveillance), (e) in the case of the Security Insurer, Financial
Security Assurance Inc., 350 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention: 
Surveillance Department, Telex No.:  (2) 688-3103, Confirmation:  (2) 826-0100,
Telecopy Nos.:  (2) 339-3518, (2) 339-3529, (in each case in which notice or
other communication to Financial Security refers to an Event of Default, a claim
on the Note Policy or with respect to which failure on the part of Financial
Security to respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or acceptance, then a
copy of such notice or other communication should also be sent to the attention
of the General Counsel and the Head-Financial Guaranty Group "URGENT MATERIAL
ENCLOSED"), and (f) in the case of the Agent, Bank of America National Trust and
Savings Association, Asset Securitization Group, 231 South LaSalle Street,
Chicago, Illinois, 60697, Attention: Mr. Albert Yoshimura or at such other
address as shall be designated by any such party in a written notice to the
other parties.  Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Noteholder
shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such
Holder as shown in the Note Register, and any notice so mailed within the time
prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly
given, whether or not the Noteholder receives such notice.

          Section 6.10.  INTEREST RATE PROTECTION.  The parties hereto agree,
upon the request of the Seller, to amend this Agreement to allow for the
substitution of interest rate caps or other interest rate hedges acceptable to
the Security Insurer and

                                       65
<PAGE>

the Agent for the obligation of the Seller to make deposits to the Collection 
Account or retain amounts on deposit in the Collection Account in respect of 
the WAC Deficiency Amount, but only to the extent that such interest rate 
caps or other interest rate hedges would have the same economic effect as the 
WAC Deficiency Amount, as determined by the Security Insurer and the Agent in 
their reasonable discretion.

                                       66
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Agent, the Seller, OFL, the
Servicer and the Backup Servicer have caused this Servicing Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above
written.

                              ISSUER:

                              ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.

                              By /s/    [illegible]
                                 ____________________________
                                   Name:  
                                   Title:  

                              SELLER:

                              OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                              By /s/    [illegible]
                                 ____________________________
                                   Name:  
                                   Title:  

                              OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,
                              in its individual capacity and as Servicer

                              By /s/    [illegible]
                                 ____________________________
                                   Name:  
                                   Title:  

                              BACKUP SERVICER:

                              NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                              NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                              as Backup Servicer

                              By /s/ Thomas A. Wraabsted
                                 ____________________________
                                   Name:  
                                   Title:  

                              BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST
                                AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
                              as Agent

                              By 
                              By /s/ Erik G. Ford
                                 ____________________________
                                   Name:  ERIK G. FORD
                                   Title:  as Attorney-in-Fact

Acknowledged and Accepted:
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
not in its individual capacity 
but as Indenture Trustee and
Collateral Agent,

By /s/ Thomas A. Wraabsted
   ____________________________
     Name:  
     Title:  

                     [Signature Page to Servicing Agreement]
<PAGE>

                            SERVICING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

                     NOTE: APPLICABLE TIME PERIODS WILL VARY BY STATE.

I. PAST DUE PAYMENT COLLECTIONS

   A.  Past due payment notices are generated and sent on the 9th and 15th day
       of delinquency.

   B.  The collection officer will make at least one phone call by day 10.

   C.  The collection officer will write a personalized collection letter by
       day 15 and will have made at least two collection phone calls.

   D.  The collection officer will make at least two (2) more phone calls and
       write at least one (1) more letter between days 15 and 30.

   E.  The collection officer will send a final demand letter on or about 31
       days past due. The letter will allow 10 days to bring the account 
       current.

   F.  The collection officer will recommend either repossession, or some 
       form of reasonable forbearance (e.g., one extension in exchange for a
       partial payment for cooperative debtors).

     All phone calls and correspondence will require a brief handwritten 
comment in the credit file. The date of each comment and the officer's 
initials will be documented.

II. PAYMENT EXTENSIONS

     Extensions of monthly payments must be granted only after careful 
consideration and analysis. The extension is not to be used to mask 
delinquencies, but rather assist in the collection and correction of 
verifiable and legitimate customer problems. All extensions or modifications 
require the prior approval of the Branch Manager. In the absence of the 
Branch Manager, the Executive Vice President's or the President's approval is 
required.

     Possible qualifications for extensions to cooperative and trustworthy 
customers include:

     (a) Medical problems - verifiable;

     (b) Temporary work loss - verifiable;

<PAGE>

     (c) Pending insurance claim - verifiable; or

     (d) Bankruptcy trustee cram down.

III. REPOSSESSIONS

     Repossessions of the collateral is only to be pursued after exhausting 
all other collection efforts. Once the decision is made to attempt 
repossession, the following process is to be utilized:

     (a) Decision on repossession.

     (b) If the customer is cooperative, attempt repossession by Servicer 
         personnel. If uncooperative or unable to locate, utilize a third
         party collection agency.

     (c) Once secured, complete an inventory of personal belongings and
         brief condition report on the vehicle. Return the property to the
         customer and obtain a signed statement of inventory receipt.

     (d) If the repossession is involuntary, notify the police department in
         the city where the repossession occurred.

     (e) Notify the originating dealership of repossession as soon as possible
         and request a refund of all rebateable dealer adds.

     (f) Send written notification to the customer regarding a 10-day notice 
         to redeem the loan.

     (g) Decide on proper method of liquidation and plan for sale after the 
         10-day redemption period has expired.

     (h) If consignment, set 21-day maximum term with the dealership, after
         which time, if unsold, the vehicle is returned to the Servicer.

         If wholesale, contact the appropriate auction company to make 
         arrangements for immediate sale.

         If private sale, place advertisements in the proper media and attempt
         to liquidate within one week.

     (i) After the collateral is liquidated, send the debtor a letter stating 
         the amount of deficiency. Continued collection efforts will take the 
         form of voluntary payments or involuntary payments via judgment,
         garnishment, and levy.

<PAGE>

IV. CHARGE OFFS

     It is the responsibility of the collection officer to diligently pursue 
any and all deficiencies which result from problem accounts. All avenues of 
potential collection will be pursued, ranging from cash settlements to 
amortized deficiency notes to judgment and garnishment.

     A complete list of all charge offs will be maintained. The list will be 
categorized into "active" and "dead" accounts. A brief action plan will be 
shown for each active account. Accounts will only be designated as "dead" 
with the recommendation of the collection officer and approval of the 
Executive Vice President. The "dead" designation will only be granted for 
those accounts which hold no potential for recovery (e.g., discharged 
Chapter 7).

     Active charge off action plans will be presented at least monthly to the 
Executive Vice President. Decisions regarding pursuit of legal action and 
incurring potential legal fees will need prior approval by the Executive Vice 
President.

V. DEFICIENCY COLLECTIONS

   (a) Establish the exact amount of the deficiency, using the repossession 
       worksheet. This includes all fees and per diem interest.

   (b) Attempt verbal and/or written negotiations with the debtor to settle
       the deficiency.

   (c) Send a certified letter to the debtor and cosigner(s) stating that we
       need $X by _____________, 19__ (7-10 days), or we will begin legal 
       action. If no reasonable response is received move to (d).

   (d) Complete a General Claim Form. Send the form to [applicable local 
       court].

   (e) We should receive notification of the court's decision within one
       week. If we receive notice of judgment, it is possible that the debtor
       will pay the court and the court will then pay the Servicer. As this
       usually does not happen, proceed to exercise on the judgment as
       follows:

       (1) File both the Transcript of Judgment and the Affidavit of
           Identification of Judgment Debtor with [appropriate office].

       (2) Order a Writ of Execution from [appropriate office].

       (3) "Service" of the Writ of Execution is handled by the Sheriff or
           an Attorney.
<PAGE>

                         SERVICER'S CERTIFICATE

Delivered by Olympic Financial Ltd. ("the Servicer").

In accordance with the terms of the Servicing Agreement, dated December 3, 
1996, among Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corporation ("the Issuer"), Olympic 
Receivables Finance Corporation ("Seller"), Olympic Financial Ltd. in its 
individual capacity and as Servicer, Bank of America National Trust & Savings 
Association as Agent, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association as 
Backup Servicer, Collateral Agent and Indenture Trustee, the Servicer hereby 
certifies that the following information is true and correct as of the close 
of business on


                             INPUT SHEET (INPUTS ARE BLUE)

Dates
      1   Accounting Date:
      2   Determination Date:
      3   Distribution Date:
      4   Number of Days in Accounting Date Month                           30
      5   Has an Amortization Period commenced (Y/N)                         N

Rates 5   2-year Treasury                                                0.00%
      6   30-day CP composite ratio                                      0.00%
      7   Offshore Rate                                                  0.00%
      8   Weighted Average APR of Qualifying Receivables                 0.00%
      9   Basis Fee Percent                                              0.00%
      10  Total Expense Percent                                         0.000%
Auto Loan Information
      11  Total Premier Receivables                                         $0
      12  Total Classic Receivables                                         $0
      13  Total Financed Repossessions                                      $0
                                                                            --
          Aggregate Principal Balance                                       $0
          Less: Classic Receivables in excess of 65% of Total               $0
          Less: Financed Repossession in excess of 5% of Total              $0
                                                                            --
          Total aggregate Principal Balance of Qual. Receivables            $0
      14  Amount on deposit in Collection Account                           $0
      15  WAC Deficiency Deposit                                            $0
          Aging of Pool
      16      Current                                                       $0
      17      1-30 days past due                                            $0
      18      31-60 days past due                                           $0
      19      61-90 days past due                                           $0
      20      90+ days past due                                             $0
                                                                            --
          Total (should equal aggregate Principal Balance)                  $0
      21  Advance Principal Distribution Amount                             $0

Funding Data
      22  Is the purchase of Notes funded with CP (Y/N)                      Y
      23  Outstanding Principal Amount as of Accounting Date                $0
      24  Advance Interest Carryover Shortfall                              $0
      25  Interest Related to Prepayments (Sec. 3 (e) of Repo Agmt)         $0
      26  Total Interest due on Distribution Date                           $0

Portfolio Performance
          Liquidated Receivables Calculation
             Those Receivables where:
      27     (i) 91 days have elapsed since the Servicer repossessed
                 the Financed Vehicle;                                      $0
      28     (ii) the Servicer has determined in good faith that
                  all amounts it expects to recover have been
                  received;                                                 $0
      29     (iii) all or any portion of a Scheduled Payment shall
                   have become more than 180 days delinquent                $0
                                                                            --
          Total Liquidated Receivables                                      $0
      30  Total Collections for the Accounting Period                       $0

Required Distributions from the Distribution Amount, Pursuant to Section
3.6(a) of the Servicing Agreement:

  (i)   Advance Interest Distributable Amount                               $0

  (ii)  Amount of Outstanding Monthly Advances for which the Servicer
        (or OFL) is entitled to be reimbursed and for which the
        Servicer (or OFL) has not been previously reimbursed                $0

  (iii) Accrued and unpaid fees and expenses, pro rata, to the extent

                                         Exhibit B                    Page 1
<PAGE>

        that such Person has not previously received such amounts
        from Servicer or OFL:
           Accrued and unpaid fees of the Indenture Trustee                 $0
           Accrued and unpaid expenses of the Indenture Trustee             $0
           Accrued and unpaid fees of the Lockbox Bank                      $0
           Accrued and unpaid fees of the Custodian                         $0
           Accrued and unpaid fees of the Backup Servicer                   $0
           Accrued and unpaid fees of the Collateral Agent                  $0
           Transition expense of successor Servicer (not to exceed
           $50,000)                                                         $0

  (iv)  Basic Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period                  $0
        Supplemental Servicing Fees for the Related Monthly period          $0
        Amounts permitted to be paid to the Servicer pursuant to
        Section 3.2:                                                        $0

  (v)   With respect to an Amortization Period, so long as no
        Amortization Event has occurred, the Advance Principal
        Distributable Amount                                                $0

  (vi)  Any amount owed and unpaid to the Security Insurer under
        the Insurer Agreement, whether or not OFL or any other
        Person is also obligated to pay such amounts                        $0

  (vii) With respect to the Revolving Period, an amount required
        to be at least equal to the sum of:
           (1) the WAC Deficiency Amount, if any, and                       $0
           (2) the amount necessary to be held in the Collection
               Account such that Collateral Test will be satisfied          $0

 (viii) With respect to an Amortization Period, so long as no
        Amortization Event has occurred, the amount equal to the
        remaining amount on deposit in the Collection Account
        necessary to pay down the unpaid principal amount of
        the Advances                                                        $0

  (ix)  To the Agent for distribution, any amounts owing to the
        Agent, the Noteholders or any Permitted Assignee under
        the Note Purchase Agreement, the Fee Letter or any other
        Related Document, to the extent not otherwise paid                  $0

          Total Required Distribution (Note: item (vii) not
          distributed but retained in Collection Account)                   $0

  (x)  Any remaining portion of Distribution Amount to the Spread
       Account (Collection Account balance less Total Required
       Distribution note: Item (vii) not distributed but retained
       in the Collection Account)                                           $0

CALCULATION OF WAC DEFICIENCY PERCENTAGE AND AMOUNT
  The excese, if any, of (A) 6.5%                                       6.500%
  plus the greatest of:

      (i)   the sum of 2 year Treasury Yield + 0.60%
            + Basis Fee % + Total Expense %               0.600%
      (ii)  (30 day CP composite x 1.2)
            +0.25% + Total Exp. %                         0.250%
      (iii) (Offshore Rate x 1.2) + 0.375%
            + Total Exp. %                                    NA
                                                              --
  Maximum:                                                              0.600%

  over (B) the Weighted Average APR of Qualifying Receivables           0.000%
                                                                        ------
  WAC Deficiency Percentage                                             7.100%

  multiplied by 1.7                                                    12.070%
  multiplied by the Principal Balance of Qualifying Receivables             $0
                                                                            --
  equals WAC Deficiency Amount                                              $0

Calculation of Collateral Value of Premier Receivables
  1) Total current principal outstanding on Qualifying Premier 
     Receivables                                                            $0
  2) multiplied by Premier Collateral Ratio                             98.00%
                                                                        ------
     Premier Collateral Value                                               $0

                                         Exhibit B                    Page 2
<PAGE>

Calculation of Collateral Value of Classic Receivables

     1) Total aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of
        Qualifying Receivables (net of 65% cap)                              $0
     2) multiplied by Classic Collateral Ratio                           98.00%
                                                                         ------
        Classic Collateral Value                                             $0

Calculation of Collateral Value of Financed Repossessed Receivables

     1) Outstanding Principal Balance of Classic Receivables that are
        Financed Repossessions and are Qualifying Receivables                $0
     2) multiplied by Financed Repossessed Collateral Ratio              85.00%
                                                                         ------
        Financed Repossessions Collateral Value                              $0

             Total Collateral Value of all Qualifying Receivables            $0


Collateral Test

     1) Amount on deposit in Collection Account                              $0
        Less WAC Deficiency Deposit                                          $0
        Plus the Total Collateral Value of all Qualifying Receivables        $0
                                                                             --
     2) Aggregate outstanding amount of all Advances (LESS THAN or
        EQUAL to above)                                                      $0

     Is the Collateral Test satisfied?          YES
     If Collateral Test not satisfied, amount required to be held in
     Collection Account                                                      $0

Determination of Advance Interest Distributable Amount

     1) Outstanding Advance Balance                                          $0

     2) Total interest accrued during the immediately preceding
        Interest Period                                                      $0

     3) Less the amount of any Interest that accrued during the preceding
        Interest Period on any Advance that was prepaid during such
        Interest Period pursuant to section 3(e) of the Repurchase
        Agreement and deposited into the Note Distribution account pursuant
        to Section 3.10(b) of the Servicing Agreement                        $0
                                                                             --
           Advance Monthly Interest Distributable Amount                     $0

     4) Determination of the Advance Interest Distributable Amount

        a) Advance Monthly Interest Distributable Amount                     $0

        b) Advance Interest Carryover Shortfall                              $0
                                                                             --
           Advance Interest Distributable Amount                             $0

Determination of the Basic Servicing Fee

     1) Average Aggregate Principal Balance                                  $0
        multiplied by the Basic Servicing Fee Rate                        1.00%
        multiplied by 30/360                                              8.33%
                                                                          -----
                                                                           0.00



     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I ________________________
         executed this Certificate as of the date set forth above

     By:    _____________________

     Title: _____________________




                                       Exhibit B


<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT C

                              INTERCOMPANY DISCRETIONARY ADVANCE
                                  AND SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT


     This Agreement is made as of this __ day of ______________, 199_ by and 
between Olympic Financial Ltd. ("OFL") and Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. 
("ORFC").

                                      RECITALS

     OFL and ORFC are parties to a Servicing Agreement dated as of December 3, 
1996 (the "Servicing Agreement"), a Spread Account Agreement dated as of 
March 25, 1994, as amended and restated as of December 3, 1996 (the "Spread 
Account Agreement"), and an Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of 
August 1, 1994 (the "Insurance Agreement").

     ORFC is party to a Repurchase Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 
between ORFC and Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp. (the "Repurchase 
Agreement").

     Pursuant to the terms of the Servicing Agreement, ORFC has the right, 
but not the obligation, to make deposits into the Collection Account in order 
to satisfy the Collateral Test. Failure to satisfy the Collateral Test is an 
Event of Default under the Repurchase Agreement.

     In the event ORFC wishes to mace deposits to satisfy the Collateral 
Test and does not have sufficient funds to do so, ORFC may seek to borrow 
funds for that purpose from OFL.

     OFL is not obligated, and has not committed, to lend funds to ORFC.

     OFL and ORFC wish to enter into this Agreement to define the terms under 
which ORFC will repay any loans OFL elects to make to ORFC for the purpose of 
making deposits into the Collection Account to satisfy the Collateral Test.

     NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration the receipt and 
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, OFL and ORFC agree as follows: 

     1.  DEFINITIONS. All undefined capitalized terms used in this Agreement 
shall have the Leanings pen them in the Servicing Agreement, Spread Account 
Agreement and Insurance Agreement.

     2.  ADVANCES. ORFC may request from time to time that OFL lend ORFC such 
funds as may be required to satisfy the Collateral Test. OFL may, in its sole 
and

<PAGE>


absolute discretion, make a loan to ORFC (each such loan, an "Advance"). In 
no event will OFL make an Advance unless its officers believe at the time that 
there is a reasonable expectation of repayment.

     3.  REPAYMENT OF ADVANCES.

         3.1  NOTE. The obligation of ORFC to repay the aggregate balance of 
     the Advances shall be evidenced by a nonrecourse promissory note of ORFC 
     dated the date hereof and substantially in the form of Exhibit A 
     attached hereto (the "Note"). OFL shall, and is hereby authorized by 
     ORFC to, endorse on the Note or on a schedule attached thereto an 
     appropriate notation evidencing the date and amount of each Advance made 
     by OFL and each principal payment and interest payment made by ORFC. 
     Such notations will be presumed correct unless and until the contrary is 
     established; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that failure to make or any error in 
     making any such notation will not limit or expand or otherwise affect 
     the obligations of ORFC under this Agreement or the Note.

         3.2  UNSECURED OBLIGATION. The obligation of ORFC to repay the 
     Advances shall be unsecured.

         3.3  SUBORDINATION; LIMITED RECOURSE. The obligation of ORFC to 
     repay the Advances shall be subordinated in accordance with Section 4 
     and shall be recourse only to the extent of amounts released to ORFC 
     pursuant to priority EIGHTH of Section 3.03(b) of the Spread Account 
     Agreement after payment by ORFC of any amounts owing under, or in 
     connection with, any of the Transaction Documents (as defined in the 
     Spread Account Agreement) to any party, including any amounts payable to 
     OFL other than in respect of the Advances (such amounts, net of all such 
     payments, the "Available Funds").

         3.4  INTEREST. Subject to the provisions of Section 4 of this 
     Agreement, ORFC agrees to pay interest on the principal balance of the 
     Advances at a per annum rate equal to [IBOR (as defined in the Servicing
     Agreement) plus one percent] calculated on the basis of actual days 
     elapsed and a year of 360 days.

         3.5  PAYMENTS. Funds shall be allocated for application to the Note 
     each month on the Distribution Date in an amount equal to the lesser of 
     (a) Available Funds, if any, and (b) the principal balance outstanding 
     on the Note plus accrued interest. Each payment shall be applied first 
     to accrued interest and the balance to principal.

     4.  SUBORDINATION. The parties hereto hereby agree that, except as and 
to the extent hereinafter provided in this paragraph 4, the indebtedness of 
ORFC


                                     -2-

<PAGE>

evidenced by the Note, whether now outstanding or hereafter owing (the 
"Subordinated Debt"), is and shall be subordinate and subject in right of 
payment to the prior payment in full of all of OFRC's obligations under the 
Repurchase Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (the "Senior Debt"); 
provided, however, that so long as no Act of Insolvency or Event of Default 
(as defined in the Repurchase Agreement) shall have occurred and is 
continuing, ORFC can borrow, repay and reborrow the Subordinated 
Indebtedness, subject to the terms and conditions contained in this 
Agreement. In the event of any distribution of all or part of the assets of 
ORFC or the proceeds thereof to the creditors of ORFC, by reason of the 
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of ORFC, or any sale, receivership, 
insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding, then all payments or distributions of 
cash, securities or property which but for this paragraph would be payable 
upon the Subordinated Debt, shall instead be paid to the Collateral Agent for 
application on the Senior Debt, whether or not due, until the Senior Debt is 
paid in full.

     5.  NONPETITION COVENANT.  OFL agrees that it will not commences or join 
with any other creditor of ORFC in commencing, against ORFC, any bankruptcy, 
insolvency, arrangement, reorganization, receivership, relief or similar 
proceeding under any bankruptcy or similar law or assignment for the benefit 
of creditors or any marshalling of assets and liabilities.

     6.  MISCELLANEOUS.

         6.1.  AMENDMENTS. The provisions of this Agreement may be modified, 
amended, waived or terminated, only by a written document signed by both 
parties or, in the case of a waiver, signed by the party against which such 
waiver is being enforced, and, in each case, only with the prior written 
consent of the Rating Agencies.

         6.2.  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all 
notices and other communications hereunder will be in writing and will be 
delivered in person or by courier or mailed, registered or certified mail, 
postage prepaid and return address requested, to the parties at the following 
addresses:

         To ORFC:               7825 Washington Avenue
                                Suite 410
                                Minneapolis, MN 554389-2044
                                Attn:  Treasurer

         To OFL:                7825 Washington Avenue
                                Suite 400
                                Minneapolis, MS 554389-2044
                                Attn:  John A. Witham


                                      -3-


<PAGE>

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the 
recipient has previously designated to the sender in writing. All such 
notices and communications will be effective when delivered (if delivered 
personals or by courier) or received (in the case of telecommunications) or 
three days after they have been deposited in the mail (if sent by U.S. mail).

         6.3.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement and the Note, and all questions 
relating to their validity, interpretations, performance and enforcement, 
shall be governed and construed in accordance with the substantive laws of 
the State of Minnesota without regard to the principles of conflicts of law 
thereof.

         6.4.  ASSIGNMENT.  This Agreement and the Note shall not be assigned 
or transferred by OFL to arm person other than a direct or indirect 
subsidiary of OFL.

         6.5.  RATING AGENCY COPIES.  Upon the execution and delivery of this 
Agreement, OFL will deliver an executed copy of this Agreement and the 
executed Note to each Rating Agency.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed as of the date 
first written above.


                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Its:
                                              -------------------------------


                                       OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Its:
                                              -------------------------------


                                      -4-

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT A

                                  SUBORDINATED
                         REVOLVING CREDIT PROMISSORY NOTE


                                                          Minneapolis, Minnesota
                                                              ____________, 199_


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. ("ORFC") 
promises to pay to the order of Olympic Financial Ltd. ("OFL") the principal 
amount of Advances, if any, made by OFL to ORFC in accordance with the terms 
of the Intercompany Discretionary Advance and Subordination Agreement of even 
date herewith (the "Agreement"), together with interest at the rate provided 
in the Agreement.

     This Note shall be payable at the times and in the amounts specified in 
the Agreement.

     Payment of the obligations of ORFC evidenced by this Note is 
subordinated on the terms of the Agreement and shall be recourse only to the 
extent provided in the Agreement.

     The terms of the Agreement are incorporated by reference herein with the 
same force and effect as if fully set forth herein.

     This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the 
internal laws of the state of Minnesota.


                                       OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                                       By
                                         ------------------------------------
                                         Its
                                            ---------------------------------



                      [COPY TO BE DELIVERED TO MOODY'S AND
                           S&P IF AND WHEN EXECUTED]


                                     -5-



<PAGE>


                           THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
                             STOCK PLEDGE AGREEMENT


          THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED STOCK PLEDGE AGREEMENT dated as of 
December 3, 1996 (the "Pledge Agreement") among Olympic Financial Ltd., a 
Minnesota corporation (the "Pledgor"), as owner of all of the outstanding 
capital stock in (a) Olympic Receivables Finance Corp., a Delaware 
corporation ("ORFC"), (b) Olympic First GP Inc., a Delaware corporation 
("First GP"), (c) Olympic Second GP Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Second 
GP", together with First GP, the "General Partners") and (d) Arcadia 
Receivables Conduit Corp., a Delaware corporation ("ARCC"), Financial 
Security Assurance Inc., a New York stock insurance company ("Financial 
Security") and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as collateral 
agent (the "Collateral Agent") on behalf of Financial Security.

                             INTRODUCTORY STATEMENTS


          The Pledgor is the sole shareholder of each of ORFC, First GP, 
Second GP and ARCC (together, the "Pledged Entities").  The Pledgor and ORFC 
have previously entered into three Pooling and Servicing Agreements pursuant 
to which Olympic Automobiles Receivables Trust, 1993-A (the "Series 1993-A 
Trust"), Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1993-B (the "Series 1993-B 
Trust") and Olympic Automobiles Receivables Trust, 1995-A (the "Series 1995-A 
Trust") were formed.  Financial Security has issued a Series 1993-A Policy 
with respect to the Series 1993-A Trust, a Series 1993-B Policy with respect 
to the Series 1993-B Trust and a Series 1995-A Policy with respect to the 
Series 1995-A Trust.  The Pledgor, ORFC, First GP, Second GP, Financial 
Security and Wilmington Trust Company, as Owner Trustee, have previously 
entered into thirteen Trust Agreements pursuant to which Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1993-C (the "Series 1993-C Trust"), Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1993-D (the "Series 1993-D Trust"), Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1994-A (the "Series 1994-A Trust"), Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1994-B (the "Series 1994-B Trust"), Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1994-D (the "Series 1994-C Trust"), Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1994-D (the "Series 1994-D Trust"), Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1995-B (the "Series 1995-B Trust"), Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1995-C (the "Series 1995-C Trust"), Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1995-D (the "Series 1995-D Trust"), Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1995-E (the "Series 1995-E Trust"), Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust, 1996-A 


<PAGE>

(the "Series 1996-A Trust"), Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-B 
(the "Series 1996-B Trust"), and Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-C 
(the "Series 1996-C Trust") were formed.  Financial Security has issued a 
Series 1993-C Certificate Policy and a Series 1993-C Note Policy with respect 
to the Series 1993-C Trust, a Series 1993-D Certificate Policy and a Series 
1993-D Note Policy with respect to the Series 1993-D Trust, a Series 1994-A 
Certificate Policy and a Series 1994-A Note Policy with respect to the Series 
1994-A Trust, a Series 1994-B Certificate Policy and a Series 1994-B Note 
Policy with respect to the Series 1994-B Trust, a Series 1994-C Certificate 
Policy and a Series 1994-C Note Policy with respect to the Series 1994-C 
Trust, a Series 1994-D Certificate Policy and a Series 1994-D Note Policy 
with respect to the Series 1994-D Trust, a Series 1995-B Certificate Policy 
and a Series 1995-B Note Policy with respect to the Series 1995-B Trust, a 
Series 1995-C Certificate Policy and a Series 1995-C Note Policy with respect 
to the Series 1995-C Trust, a Series 1995-D Certificate Policy and a Series 
1995-D Note Policy with respect to the Series 1995-D Trust, a Series 1995-E 
Certificate Policy and a Series 1995-E Note Policy with respect to the Series 
1995-E Trust, a Series 1996-A Certificate Policy and a Series 1996-A Note 
Policy with respect to the Series 1996-A Trust, a Series 1996-B Certificate 
Policy and a Series 1996-B Note Policy with respect to the Series 1996-B 
Trust, and a Series 1996-C Certificate Policy and a Series 1996-C Note Policy 
with respect to the Series 1996-C Trust.  

          Contemporaneously herewith, ORFC has agreed to sell to ARCC from 
time to time all of its right, title and interest in and to certain motor 
vehicle retail installment sale contracts and other property, and ARCC is 
entering into an Indenture, dated as of November    , 1996, between itself 
and [                     ] (the "Indenture"), pursuant to which the Issuer 
is issuing certain notes (the "Warehousing Series").  Financial Security is 
contemporaneously herewith issuing a Warehousing Series Policy in respect of 
the Warehousing Notes.  

          In addition to the foregoing, the Pledgor and ORFC may enter into 
one or more Pooling and Servicing Agreements or Trust Agreements and Sale and 
Servicing Agreements and Financial Security may issue additional policies 
(such policies together with the Series 1993-A Policy, Series 1993-B Policy, 
the Series 1993-C Certificate Policy, the Series 1993-C Note Policy, the 
Series 1993-D Certificate Policy, the Series 1993-D Note Policy, the Series 
1994-A Certificate Policy, the Series 1994-A Note Policy, the Series 1994-B 
Certificate Policy, the Series 1994-B Note Policy, the Series 1994-C 
Certificate Policy, the Series 1994-C Note Policy, the Series 1994-D 
Certificate Policy, the Series 1994-D Note Policy, the Series 1995-A Policy, 
the Series 1995-B Certificate Policy, the Series 1995-B Note Policy, the 
Series 1995-C Certificate Policy, the Series 1995-C Note Policy, the Series 
1995-D Certificate Policy, the Series 1995-D Note Policy, the 1995-E 
Certificate Policy, the 1995-E Note Policy, the 1996-A Certificate Policy, 
the 1996-A Note Policy, the Series 1996-B Certificate Policy, the 1996-B Note 
Policy, the Series 1996-C 

                                     2

<PAGE>

Certificate Policy, the Series 1996-C Note Policy and the Warehousing Series 
Policy, the "Policies") with respect to certain guaranteed distributions and 
guaranteed payments on the corresponding additional series of certificates 
and notes (such series together with Series 1993-A, Series 1993-B, Series 
1993-C, Series 1993-D, Series 1994-A, Series 1994-B, Series 1994-C, Series 
1994-D, Series 1995-A, Series 1995-B, Series 1995-C, Series 1995-D, Series 
1995-E, Series 1996-A, Series 1996-B, Series 1996-C and the Warehousing 
Series, the "Series").  To secure the Insurer Secured Obligations (as defined 
in the Spread Account Agreement referred to below) with respect to each 
Series the Pledgor has agreed to pledge its interest as sole shareholder of 
each of ORFC, First GP, Second GP and ARCC to the Collateral Agent on behalf 
of Financial Security, all such interests represented by the stock 
certificates listed on attached Schedule A (the "Pledged Shares").

          In consideration of the premises and of the agreements herein 
contained, the Pledgor, Financial Security and the Collateral Agent agree as 
follows:

          Section 1.     DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms used but not 
otherwise defined in this Pledge Agreement shall have the meanings specified 
therefor in the Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of August 17, 1993 
among Financial Security, the Trust, the Pledgor, ORFC, First GP, Second GP 
and the Spread Account Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1993, as amended and 
restated as of December 3, 1996, among the Pledgor, ORFC, Financial Security 
and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Collateral Agent.

          Section 2.     SECURITY INTEREST.  As security for the full and 
complete performance of all the Insurer Secured Obligations with respect to 
each Series (the "Obligations"), the Pledgor hereby delivers, pledges and 
assigns to the Collateral Agent on behalf of Financial Security, and creates 
in the Collateral Agent on behalf of Financial Security, a first priority 
security interest in all of the Pledgor's right, title and interest in and to 
the Pledged Shares together with all of the Pledgor's rights and privileges 
with respect thereto, all proceeds, income and profits thereof and all 
property received in exchange thereof or in substitution therefor (the 
"Collateral").

          Section 3.     STOCK DIVIDENDS, OPTIONS, OR OTHER ADJUSTMENTS.  
Until the occurrence of the last Insurer Termination Date with respect to any 
Series, the Pledgor shall deliver, as Collateral, to the Collateral Agent, 
any and all additional shares of stock or any other property of any kind 
distributable on or by reason of the Collateral, whether in the form of or by 
way of stock dividends, warrants, total or partial liquidation, conversion, 
prepayments, redemptions or otherwise, with the sole exception of cash 
dividends or cash interest payments, as the case may be.  If any additional 
shares of capital stock, instruments, or other property a security interest 
in which can only be perfected by possession by the Collateral Agent, which 
are distributable on or 

                                    3

<PAGE>

by reason of the Collateral pledged hereunder, shall come into the possession 
or control of the Pledgor, the Pledgor shall forthwith transfer and deliver 
such property to the Collateral Agent, as Collateral hereunder.

          Section 4.     DELIVERY OF SHARE CERTIFICATES; STOCK POWERS. 
Simultaneously with the delivery of this Pledge Agreement, the Pledgor is 
delivering to the Collateral Agent all instruments and stock certificates 
representing the Collateral, together with stock powers duly executed in 
blank by the Pledgor.  The Pledgor shall promptly deliver to the Collateral 
Agent, or cause the relevant Pledged Entity or any other entity issuing the 
Collateral to deliver directly to the Collateral Agent, share certificates or 
other instruments representing any Collateral acquired or received after the 
date of this Pledge Agreement with a stock or bond power duly executed by the 
Pledgor. If at any time either the Collateral Agent or Financial Security 
notifies the Pledgor that it requires additional stock powers endorsed in 
blank, the Pledgor shall promptly execute in blank and deliver the requested 
power to the requesting party.

          Section 5.     POWER OF ATTORNEY.  The Pledgor hereby constitutes 
and irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent and Financial Security, or 
either one acting alone, with full power of substitution and revocation, as 
the Pledgor's true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with the power, after the 
occurrence of a Stock Pledge Event (as defined in Section 11 hereof), to the 
full extent permitted by law, to affix to any certificates and documents 
representing the Collateral the stock or bond powers delivered with respect 
thereto, and to transfer or cause the transfer of the Collateral, or any part 
thereof, on the books of each Pledged Entity or other entity issuing such 
Collateral, to the name of the Collateral Agent or Financial Security or any 
nominee, and thereafter to exercise with respect to such Collateral, all the 
rights, powers and remedies of an owner.  The power of attorney granted 
pursuant to this Pledge Agreement and all authority hereby conferred are 
granted and conferred solely to protect Financial Security's interest in the 
Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or 
Financial Security to exercise any power. This power of attorney shall be 
irrevocable as one coupled with an interest until the occurrence of the last 
Insurer Termination Date with respect to any Series.

          Section 6.     INDUCING REPRESENTATIONS OF THE PLEDGOR.  The 
Pledgor represents and warrants to Financial Security that:

               (a)  The Pledged Shares are validly issued, fully paid for and 
non-assessable.

               (b)  The Pledged Shares represent all of the issued and 
outstanding capital stock of each of ORFC, First GP, Second GP and ARCC.

                                    4

<PAGE>

               (c)  The Pledgor is the sole legal and beneficial owner of, 
and has good and marketable title to, the Pledged Shares, free and clear of 
all pledges, liens, security interests and other encumbrances other than the 
security interest created by this Pledge Agreement, and the Pledgor has the 
unqualified right and authority to execute and perform this Pledge Agreement.

               (d)  No options, warrants or other agreements with respect to 
the Collateral are outstanding.

               (e)  Any consent, approval or authorization of or designation 
or filing with any authority on the part of the Pledgor which is required in 
connection with the pledge and security interest granted under this Pledge 
Agreement has been obtained or effected.

               (f)  Neither the execution and delivery of this Pledge 
Agreement by the Pledgor, the consummation of the transaction contemplated 
hereby nor the satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Pledge 
Agreement:

                      (i)     conflicts with or results in any breach or 
violation of any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the 
Pledgor or any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, 
decree, determination or award currently in effect having applicability to 
the Pledgor or any of its properties, including regulations issued by an 
administrative agency or other governmental authority having supervisory 
powers over the Pledgor;

                     (ii)     conflicts with, constitutes a default (or an 
event which with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would 
constitute a default) by the Pledgor under, or a breach of or contravenes any 
provision of, the Transaction Documents related to any Series, any loan 
agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement or instrument to which the 
Pledgor or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of their 
properties is or may be bound or affected; or

                    (iii)     results in  or requires the creation of any 
Lien upon or in respect of any of the Pledgor's assets except the Lien 
created by this Pledge Agreement.

               (g)  Upon the Pledgor's delivery of the Pledged Shares to the 
Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent, on behalf of Financial Security, will 
have a valid, perfected first priority Lien on the Collateral, enforceable as 
such against all creditors of the Pledgor and against all Persons purporting 
to purchase any of the Collateral from the Pledgor.

                                5

<PAGE>

          Section 7.     OBLIGATIONS OF THE PLEDGOR.  The Pledgor further 
represents, warrants and covenants to Financial Security that:

               (a)  The Pledgor will not sell, transfer or convey any 
interest in, or suffer or permit any Lien or encumbrance to be created upon 
or with respect to, any of the Collateral (other than as created under this 
Pledge Agreement) during the term of this Pledge Agreement.

               (b)  The Pledgor will, at its own expense, at any time and 
from time to time at the request of the Collateral Agent or Financial 
Security, do, make, procure, execute and deliver all acts, things, writings, 
assurances and other documents as may be proposed by the Collateral Agent or 
Financial Security to preserve, establish, demonstrate or enforce the 
Collateral Agent's rights, interests and remedies as created by, provided in, 
or emanating from this Pledge Agreement.

               (c)  The Pledgor will not take any action which would cause 
any of the Subsidiaries to issue any other capital stock, without the prior 
written consent of Financial Security so long as no Insurer Default has 
occurred and is continuing.  Any such issuance shall be subject to this 
Pledge Agreement.

               (d)  The Pledgor will not consent to any amendment of any 
Pledged Entity's Certificate of Incorporation without the prior written 
consent of Financial Security prior to an Insurer Default.

          Section 8.     DIVIDENDS.  (a) Pledgor agrees that it shall not 
cause ORFC to declare or make payment of (i) any dividend or other 
distribution on any shares of its capital stock, (ii) any payment on account 
of the purchase, redemption, retirement or acquisition of (x) any option, 
warrant or other right to acquire shares of its capital stock, unless (in 
each case) at the time of such declaration or payment (and after giving 
effect thereto) no amount payable by ORFC under any Transaction Document with 
respect to any Series is then due and owing but unpaid.

               (b)  Pledgor agrees that it shall not cause First GP to 
declare or make payment of (i) any dividend or other distribution on any 
shares of its capital stock, (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, 
redemption, retirement or acquisition of (x) any option, warrant or other 
right to acquire shares of its capital stock, unless (in each case) at the 
time of such declaration or payment (and after giving effect thereto) the 
aggregate net worth of the two General Partners would be greater than the 
Minimum Net Worth (as defined in the Trust Agreement). 

               (c)  Pledgor agrees that it shall not cause Second GP to 
declare or make payment of (i) any dividend or other distribution on any 
shares of its capital stock, (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, 
redemption, retirement or acquisition 

                                   6

<PAGE>

of (x) any option, warrant or other right to acquire shares of its capital 
stock, unless (in each case) at the time of such declaration or payment (and 
after giving effect thereto) the aggregate net worth of the two General 
Partners would be greater than the Minimum Net Worth (as defined in the Trust 
Agreement). 

               (d) Pledgor agrees that it shall not cause ARCC to declare or 
make payment of (i) any dividend or other distribution on any shares of its 
capital stock, (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, 
retirement or acquisition of (x) any option, warrant or other right to 
acquire shares of its capital stock, unless (in each case) at the time of 
such declaration or payment (and after giving effect thereto) no amount 
payable by ARCC under any Transaction Document with respect to the 
Warehousing Series is then due and owing but unpaid.

          Section 9.     VOTING PROXY.  The Pledgor hereby grants to the 
Collateral Agent on behalf of Financial Security an irrevocable proxy to vote 
the Pledged Shares with respect to the matters contained in Articles III, IX, 
XIV, XVI and XVII of each Pledged Entity's certificate of incorporation, 
which proxy shall continue, so long as no Insurer Default has occurred and is 
continuing, until the occurrence of the last Insurer Termination Date with 
respect to any Series.  The Pledgor represents and warrants that it has 
directed each Pledged Entity, in accordance with Section 217 of the Delaware 
Corporation Law, to reflect the Collateral Agent's right to vote the 
Collateral, on behalf of Financial Security, on such Pledged Entity's books.  
Upon the request of the Collateral Agent or Financial Security, the Pledgor 
shall deliver to the Collateral Agent such further evidence of such 
irrevocable proxy or such further irrevocable proxy to vote the Collateral as 
the Collateral Agent or Financial Security may request.  The Collateral Agent 
shall exercise all such rights to vote the Collateral granted hereunder in 
accordance with the written directions given by Financial Security.

          Section 10.    RIGHTS OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND FINANCIAL 
SECURITY. At any time and without notice, Financial Security, so long as no 
Insurer Default with respect to any Series has occurred and is continuing, 
may, upon providing the Collateral Agent with the full amount necessary to 
carry out such direction, direct the Collateral Agent to discharge any taxes, 
liens, security interests or other encumbrances levied or placed on the 
Collateral, pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Collateral, or 
pay for insurance on the Collateral; the amount of such payments, plus any 
and all fees, costs and expenses of the Collateral Agent and Financial 
Security, (including attorneys' fees and disbursements) in connection 
therewith, shall, at the option of the Collateral Agent or Financial 
Security, as appropriate, be reimbursed by the Pledgor on demand, with 
interest thereon from the date paid at the Late Payment Rate.  The Collateral 
Agent shall have no duty or obligation to follow any direction provided in 
this Section 10, 

                                      7

<PAGE>

unless Financial Security has provided the Collateral Agent with the full 
amount necessary to carry out such direction.

          Section 11.    REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT.

               (a)  Upon the occurrence of an "Event of Default" under and as 
defined in any Insurance Agreement relating to any Series currently 
outstanding or issued hereafter, which "Event of Default" is not defined as a 
"Portfolio Performance Event of Default" in such Insurance Agreement (a 
"Stock Pledge Event") Financial Security, so long as no Insurer Default with 
respect to any Series has occurred and is continuing, may, directly or 
through the Collateral Agent, without notice to the Pledgor:

                      (i)     cause the Collateral to be transferred to the 
Collateral Agent's name or Financial Security's name or in the name of 
nominees of either and thereafter exercise as to such Collateral all of the 
rights, powers and remedies of an owner;

                     (ii)     collect by legal proceedings or otherwise all 
dividends, interest, principal payments, capital distributions and other sums 
now or hereafter payable on account of the Collateral, and hold all such sums 
as part of the Collateral, or apply such sums to the payment of the 
Obligations in such manner and order as Financial Security may decide, in its 
sole discretion;

                    (iii)     enter into any extension, subordination, 
reorganization, deposit, merger, or consolidation agreement, or any other 
agreement relating to or affecting the Collateral, and in connection 
therewith deposit or surrender control of the Collateral thereunder, and 
accept other property in exchange therefor and hold and apply such property 
or money so received in accordance with the provisions hereof; and

               (b)  In addition to all the rights and remedies of a secured 
party under the Uniform Commercial Code, Financial Security, shall have the 
right, and without demand of performance or other demand, advertisement or 
notice of any kind, except as specified below, to or upon the Pledgor or any 
other person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and/or notices 
are hereby expressly waived to the extent permitted by law), to proceed 
forthwith, or direct the Collateral Agent to proceed forthwith, to collect, 
receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof and 
to proceed forthwith to sell, assign, give an option or options to purchase, 
contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any 
part thereof in one or more parcels in accordance with applicable securities 
laws and in a manner designed to ensure that such sale will not result in a 
distribution of the Pledged Shares in violation of Section 5 of the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended and on such terms (including, without 
limitation, a requirement that any purchaser of all or any part of the 
Collateral shall be required to purchase any securities constituting the 
Collateral solely for investment and without any intention to make a 
distribution thereof) as Financial Security, in 

                                       8

<PAGE>

its sole and absolute discretion deems appropriate without any liability for 
any loss due to decrease in the market value of the Collateral during the 
period held. If any notification of intended disposition of the Collateral is 
required by law, such notification shall be deemed reasonable and properly 
given if mailed to the Pledgor, postage prepaid, at least five (5) days 
before any such disposition at the address indicated by their respective 
signatures.  Any disposition of the Collateral or any part thereof may be for 
cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit 
risk, with the right of Financial Security to purchase all or any part of the 
Collateral so sold at any such sale or sales, public or private, free of any 
equity or right of redemption in the Pledgor, which right of equity is, to 
the extent permitted by applicable law, hereby expressly waived or released 
by the Pledgor.

               (c)  Financial Security, in its sole discretion, may elect to 
obtain or cause the Collateral Agent to obtain the advice of any independent 
nationally known investment banking firm, which is a member firm of the New 
York Stock Exchange, with respect to the method and manner of sale or other 
disposition of any of the Collateral, the best price reasonably obtainable 
therefor, the consideration of cash and/or credit terms, or any other details 
concerning such sale or disposition; costs and expenses of obtaining such 
advice shall be for the account of Financial Security.  Financial Security, 
in its sole discretion, may elect to sell or cause the Collateral Agent to 
sell, the Collateral on any credit terms which it deems reasonable; the 
out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such sale shall be for the account of 
Financial Security. The sale of any of the Collateral on credit terms shall 
not relieve the Pledgor of its liability with respect to the Obligations.  
All payments received by the Collateral Agent, if any, and Financial Security 
in respect of any sale of the Collateral shall be applied to the Obligations 
as and when such payments are received.

               (d)  The Pledgor recognizes that it may not be feasible to 
effect a public sale of all or a part of the Collateral by reason of certain 
prohibitions contained in the Securities Act, and that it may be necessary to 
sell privately to a restricted group of purchasers who will be obliged to 
agree, among other things, to acquire the Collateral for their own account, 
for investment and not with a view for the distribution or resale thereof.  
The Pledgor agrees that private sales may be at prices and other terms less 
favorable to the seller than if the Collateral were sold at public sale, and 
that neither the Collateral Agent nor Financial Security has any obligation 
to delay the sale of any Collateral for the period of time necessary to 
permit the registration of the Collateral for public sale under the 
Securities Act.  The Pledgor agrees that a private sale or sales made under 
the foregoing circumstances shall be deemed to have been made in a 
commercially reasonable manner.

                                    9

<PAGE>

               (e)  If any consent, approval or authorization of any state, 
municipal or other governmental department, agency or authority shall be 
necessary to effectuate any sale or other disposition of the Collateral, or 
any partial disposition of the Collateral, the Pledgor will execute all such 
applications and other instruments as may be required in connection with 
securing any such consent, approval or authorization, and will otherwise use 
its best efforts to secure the same.  

               (f)  Upon any sale or other disposition, the Collateral Agent 
acting at the direction of Financial Security or Financial Security shall 
have the right to deliver, assign and transfer to the purchaser thereof the 
Collateral so sold or disposed of.  Each purchaser at any such sale or other 
disposition (including Financial Security) shall hold the Collateral free 
from any claim or right of whatever kind, including any equity or right of 
redemption of the Pledgor.  The Pledgor specifically waives, to the extent 
permitted by applicable law, all rights of redemption, stay or appraisal 
which it may have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter 
adopted.

               (g)  Neither the Collateral Agent nor Financial Security shall 
be obligated to make any sale or other disposition of the Collateral, unless 
the terms thereof shall be satisfactory to Financial Security.  The 
Collateral Agent or Financial Security may, without notice or publication, 
adjourn any private or public sale, and, upon five (5) days' prior notice to 
the Pledgor, hold such sale at any time or place to which the same may be so 
adjourned.  In case of any sale of all or any part of the Collateral, on 
credit or future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the 
Collateral Agent or Financial Security until the selling price is paid by the 
purchaser thereof, but neither the Collateral Agent nor Financial Security 
shall incur any liability in case of the failure of such purchaser to take up 
and pay for the property so sold and, in case of any such failure, such 
property may again be sold as herein provided.

               (h)  All of the rights and remedies granted to the Collateral 
Agent and Financial Security, including but not limited to the foregoing, 
shall be cumulative and not exclusive and shall be enforceable alternatively, 
successively or concurrently as Financial Security may deem expedient.

          Section 12.    LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.

          (a)  Neither the Collateral Agent nor Financial Security, nor any 
of their respective directors, officers or employees, shall be liable to the 
Pledgor or to any Pledged Entity for any action taken or omitted to be taken 
by it or them hereunder, or in connection herewith, except that the 
Collateral Agent and Financial Security shall each be liable for its own 
gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

                                    10

<PAGE>

          (b)  The Collateral Agent shall incur no liability to Financial 
Security except for the Collateral Agent's negligence or willful misconduct 
in carrying out its duties hereunder.

          (c)  The Collateral Agent shall be protected and shall incur no 
liability to any party in relying upon the accuracy, acting in reliance upon 
the contents, and assuming the genuineness of any notice, demand, 
certificate, signature, instrument or other document the Collateral Agent 
reasonably believes to be genuine and to have been duly executed by the 
appropriate signatory, and (absent actual knowledge to the contrary) the 
Collateral Agent shall not be required to make any independent investigation 
with respect thereto.  The Collateral Agent shall at all times be free 
independently to establish to its reasonable satisfaction, but shall have no 
duty to independently verify, the existence or nonexistence of facts that are 
a condition to the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy hereunder.

          (d)  The Collateral Agent may consult with qualified counsel, 
financial advisors or accountants and shall not be liable for any action 
taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance 
with the written advice of such counsel, financial advisors or accountants.

          (e)  The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to 
exercise any of the remedial rights or powers vested in it by this Pledge 
Agreement unless it shall have received reasonable security or indemnity 
satisfactory to the Collateral Agent against the costs, expenses and 
liabilities which it might incur.

          Section 13.    PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES.  The Collateral Agent shall 
have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this 
Pledge Agreement and the Spread Account Agreement, subject to the provisions 
of this Pledge Agreement and the Spread Account Agreement, or as directed by 
Financial Security in accordance with this Pledge Agreement or the Spread 
Account Agreement.

          Section 14.    APPOINTMENT AND POWERS.  Subject to the terms and 
conditions hereof, Financial Security appoints Norwest Bank Minnesota, 
National Association as its Collateral Agent and Norwest Bank Minnesota, 
National Association accepts such appointment and agrees to act as Collateral 
Agent on behalf of Financial Security to maintain custody and possession of 
the Collateral and to perform the other duties of the Collateral Agent in 
accordance with the provisions of this Pledge Agreement.  The Collateral 
Agent shall, subject to the other terms and provisions of this Pledge 
Agreement, act upon and in compliance with Financial Security's written 
instructions delivered pursuant to this Pledge Agreement as promptly as 
possible following receipt of such written instructions.  Receipt of written 
instructions shall not be a condition to the exercise by the Collateral Agent 
of its express duties hereunder, unless this Pledge Agreement provides that 
the 

                                     11

<PAGE>

Collateral Agent is permitted to act only following receipt of such 
instructions.

          Section 15.    SUCCESSOR COLLATERAL AGENT.

               (a)  MERGER.  Any Person into which the Collateral Agent may 
be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it 
may sell or transfer its trust business and assets as a whole or 
substantially as a whole, or any Person resulting from any such conversion, 
merger, consolidation, sale or transfer to which the Collateral Agent is a 
party, shall (provided it is otherwise qualified to serve as the Collateral 
Agent hereunder) be and become a successor Collateral Agent hereunder and be 
vested with all of the title to and interest in the Collateral and all of the 
trusts, powers, immunities, privileges and other matters as was its 
predecessor without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further 
act, deed or conveyance on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything 
herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

               (b)  RESIGNATION.  The Collateral Agent and any successor 
Collateral Agent may resign only (i) with the prior written consent of 
Financial Security or (ii) if the Collateral Agent is unable to perform its 
duties hereunder as a matter of law as evidenced by an opinion of counsel 
acceptable to Financial Security.  Upon the occurrence of (i) or (ii) above, 
the Collateral Agent shall give notice of its resignation by registered or 
certified mail to the Pledgor (with a copy to Financial Security).  Any 
resignation by the Collateral Agent shall take effect only upon the date 
which is the later of (x) the effective date of the appointment by Financial 
Security of a successor Collateral Agent and the acceptance in writing by 
such successor Collateral Agent of such appointment and (y) the date on which 
the Collateral is delivered to the successor Collateral Agent.  
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if by the contemplated date of 
resignation specified in the written notice of resignation delivered (as 
described above) no successor Collateral Agent has been appointed Collateral 
Agent or becomes the Collateral Agent pursuant to subsection (d) below, the 
resigning Collateral Agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for 
the appointment of a successor.

               (c)  REMOVAL.  The Collateral Agent may be removed by 
Financial Security at any time, with or without cause, by an instrument or 
concurrent instruments in writing delivered to the Collateral Agent.  Any 
removal pursuant to the provisions of this subsection (c) shall take effect 
only upon the later to occur of (i) the effective date of the appointment of 
a successor Collateral Agent and the acceptance in writing by such successor 
Collateral Agent of such appointment and of its obligation to perform its 
duties hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof and (ii) the date 
on which the Collateral is delivered to the successor Collateral Agent.  In 
the event of any removal by Financial Security pursuant to this Section 
15(c), the Pledgor shall pay the 

                                   12

<PAGE>

Collateral Agent its fees and expenses then due and owing in accordance with 
Section 19 hereof.

               (d)  APPOINTMENT OF AND ACCEPTANCE BY SUCCESSOR.

                      (i)     Financial Security shall have the sole right to 
appoint each successor Collateral Agent.  Every successor Collateral Agent 
appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor 
and to Financial Security and the Pledgor an instrument in writing accepting 
such appointment hereunder and the relevant predecessor shall execute, 
acknowledge and deliver such other documents and instruments as will 
effectuate the delivery of all Collateral to the successor Collateral Agent, 
whereupon such successor, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall 
become fully vested with all the estates, properties, rights, powers, duties 
and obligations of its predecessor.  Such predecessor shall, nevertheless, on 
the written request of Financial Security, execute and deliver an instrument 
transferring to such successor all the estates, properties, rights and powers 
of such predecessor hereunder.

                     (ii)     Every predecessor Collateral Agent shall 
assign, transfer and deliver all Collateral held by it as Collateral Agent 
hereunder to its successor as Collateral Agent.

                    (iii)     Should any instrument in writing from the 
Pledgor or any Pledged Entity be reasonably required by a successor 
Collateral Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in such successor the 
estates, properties, rights, powers, duties and obligations vested or 
intended to be vested hereunder in the Collateral Agent, any and all such 
written instruments shall, at the request of the successor Collateral Agent, 
be forthwith executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Pledgor or such 
Subsidiary, as the case may be.

                     (iv)     The designation of any successor Collateral 
Agent and the instrument or instruments removing any Collateral Agent and 
appointing a successor hereunder, together with all other instruments 
provided for herein, shall be maintained with the records relating to the 
Collateral and, to the extent required by applicable law, filed or recorded 
by the successor Collateral Agent in each place where such filing or 
recording is necessary to effect the transfer of the Collateral to the 
successor Collateral Agent or to protect and preserve the security interests 
granted hereunder.

          Section 16.    INDEMNIFICATION.  The Pledgor shall indemnify the 
Collateral Agent, its directors, officers, employees and its agents for, and 
hold the Collateral Agent, its directors, officers, employees and its agents 
harmless against, any loss, liability or expense (including the costs and 
expenses of defending against any claim of liability) arising out of or in 
connection with the Collateral Agent's acting as Collateral Agent hereunder, 
except such loss, liability or expense as shall result from the 

                               13

<PAGE>

negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of the Collateral Agent or its 
directors, officers, employees or agents.  The obligation of the Pledgor 
under this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the 
resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent.

          Section 17.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COLLATERAL 
AGENT. The Collateral Agent represents and warrants to Pledgor and to 
Financial Security as follows:

               (a)  DUE ORGANIZATION.  The Collateral Agent is a national 
banking association, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing 
under the laws of the United States and is duly authorized and licensed under 
applicable law to conduct its business as presently conducted.

               (b)  CORPORATE POWER.  The Collateral Agent has all requisite 
right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Pledge Agreement and 
the other Documents to which it is a party and to perform all of its duties 
as Collateral Agent hereunder and thereunder.

               (c)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution and delivery by the 
Collateral Agent of this Pledge Agreement and the other Transaction Documents 
to which it is a party, and the performance by the Collateral Agent of its 
duties hereunder and thereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary 
corporate proceedings and no further approvals or filings, including any 
governmental approvals, are required for the valid execution and delivery by 
the Collateral Agent, or the performance by the Collateral Agent, of this 
Pledge Agreement and such other Transaction Documents.

               (d)  VALID AND BINDING AGREEMENTS.  The Collateral Agent has 
duly executed and delivered this Pledge Agreement and each other Transaction 
Document to which it is a party, and each of this Pledge Agreement and each 
such other Transaction Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding 
obligation of the Collateral Agent, enforceable against the Collateral Agent 
in accordance with its terms, except as (i) such enforceability may be 
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws relating 
to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (ii) 
rights of acceleration and the availability of equitable remedies may be 
limited by equitable principles of general applicability.

          Section 18.    TERMINATION.  This Pledge Agreement shall continue 
in full force and effect until the date which is the last Insurer Termination 
Date with respect to any Series.  Subject to any sale or other disposition by 
the Collateral Agent or Financial Security of the Collateral or any part 
thereof pursuant to and in accordance with this Pledge Agreement, the 
Collateral shall be returned to the Pledgor on the date which is the last 
Insurer Termination Date with respect to any Series.

                                14

<PAGE>

          Section 19.    COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.  The Pledgor agrees 
for the benefit of Financial Security and as part of the Insurer Secured 
Obligations (a) to pay to the Collateral Agent, from time to time, reasonable 
compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder; and (b) to reimburse 
the Collateral Agent upon its request for all reasonable expenses, 
disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Collateral Agent in 
accordance with any provision of, or carrying out its duties and obligations 
under, this Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and fees and the 
expenses and disbursements of its agents, any independent certified public 
accountants and independent counsel), except any expense, disbursement or 
advances as may be attributable to negligence, bad faith or willful 
misconduct on the part of the Collateral Agent.

          Section 20.    FORECLOSURE EXPENSES OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND 
FINANCIAL SECURITY.  All expenses (including reasonable fees and 
disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Collateral Agent or Financial 
Security in connection with any actual or attempted sale, exchange of, or any 
enforcement, collection, compromise or settlement respecting, this Agreement 
or the Collateral, or any other action taken by Financial Security hereunder 
whether directly or as attorney-in-fact pursuant to a power of attorney or 
other authorization herein conferred, for the purpose of satisfaction of the 
Obligations shall be deemed an Obligation for all purposes of this Pledge 
Agreement, and an Insurer Secured Obligation for all purposes of the Spread 
Account Agreement, and the Collateral Agent (with the consent of Financial 
Security) and Financial Security may apply the Collateral to payment of or 
reimbursement of itself for such liability.

          Section 21.    NOTICES.  Any notice or other communication given 
hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent by registered mail, postage 
prepaid, or personally delivered or telecopied to the recipient as follows:

               (a)  To the Collateral Agent:

                    Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
                    Norwest Center
                    Sixth Street & Marquette Avenue
                    Minneapolis, MN  55479-0069
                    Attention:  Corporate Trust Department
                    Telecopy No.:   (612) 667-9825

               (b)  To Financial Security:

                    Financial Security Assurance Inc.
                    350 Park Avenue
                    New York, New York  10022
                    Attention:  Surveillance Department
                    Confirmation:   (212) 826-0100
                    Telecopy Nos.:  (212) 339-3518
                                    (212) 339-3529

                                    15

<PAGE>

               (c)  To the Pledgor:

                    Olympic Financial Ltd.
                    Olympic Place
                    7825 Washington Avenue South
                    Minneapolis, MN  55439-2444
                    Attention:  Treasurer
                    Confirmation:  (612) 944-4880
                    Telecopy No:   (612) 942-6730

          Section 22.    GENERAL PROVISIONS.

               (a)  The Collateral Agent on behalf of Financial Security and 
its successors and assigns shall have no obligation in respect of the 
Collateral, except to use reasonable care in holding the Collateral and to 
hold and dispose of the same in accordance with the terms of this Pledge 
Agreement.

               (b)  The failure of the Collateral Agent or Financial Security 
to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, 
shall not operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial 
exercise by the Collateral Agent or Financial Security of any right, power or 
remedy hereunder preclude any other or future exercise thereof, or the 
exercise of any other right, power or remedy.  The remedies herein provided 
are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law or any 
other agreement.

               (c)  The representations, covenants and agreements of the 
Pledgor herein contained shall survive the date hereof.

               (d)  Neither this Pledge Agreement nor the provisions hereof 
can be changed, waived or terminated orally.  This Pledge Agreement shall be 
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their 
respective successors, legal representatives and assigns.  If any provision 
of this Pledge Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable in any respect or 
in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and 
effect and shall be enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

               (e)  This Pledge Agreement may be executed in counterparts.

               (f)  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT 
PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY 
LITIGATION ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH 
THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER OR 
THEREUNDER. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO (I) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, 
AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, 
THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE 
THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (II) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER 
INTO THIS 

                                       16

<PAGE>

AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY, BY 
AMONG OTHER THINGS, THIS WAIVER.

               (g)  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED, AND 
THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE 
DETERMINED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

               (h)  The Pledgor irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of 
the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, any 
court in the State of New York located in the city and county of New York, 
and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action, suit or proceeding 
brought against it and related to or in connection with this Agreement, the 
other Transaction Documents or the transactions contemplated hereunder or 
thereunder or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment and each of the 
parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in 
respect of any such suit or action or proceeding may be heard or determined 
in such New York State court or, to the extent permitted by law, in such 
federal court.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in 
any such action, suit or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced 
in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner 
provided by law.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, each of the 
parties hereby waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense 
or otherwise in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that is not 
personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts, that the suit, action 
or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the 
suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or any of the 
other Transaction Documents or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not 
be litigated in or by such courts.  The Pledgor irrevocably appoints and 
designates CT Corporation System, whose address is 1633 Broadway, New York, 
New York 10019, as its true and lawful attorney and duly authorized agent for 
acceptance of service of legal process.  The Pledgor agrees that service of 
such process upon such Person shall constitute personal service of such 
process upon it.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall limit or affect 
the rights of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted 
by law or to start legal proceedings related to any of  the Transaction 
Documents against the Pledgor or its respective property in the courts of any 
jurisdiction.

                                      17

<PAGE>

                                   SCHEDULE A

                                 PLEDGED SHARES


Certificate No. 1, 100 Shares of the Common Stock of Olympic Receivables 
     Finance Corp. 

Certificate No. 1, 100 Shares of the Common Stock of Olympic First GP Inc.

Certificate No. 1, 100 Shares of the Common Stock of Olympic Second GP Inc.

Certificate No. 1, 100 Shares of the Common Stock of ARCC

<PAGE>

     (i) the Collateral Agent, by the execution hereof, acknowledges receipt 
of the Pledged Shares on behalf of Financial Security.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this 
Pledge Agreement on the date first above written.

                                    OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                    By: [Illegible]
                                        ----------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Title:



                                    NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                    NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                    as Collateral Agent


                                    By: ----------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Title:



                                    FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.



                                    By: ---------------------------------
                                    Name:
                                    Title:


<PAGE>

     (i)  The Collateral Agent, by the execution hereof, acknowledges receipt 
of the Pledged Shares on behalf of Financial Security.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this 
Pledge Agreement on the date first above written.

                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                       By:________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


                                       NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
                                       NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                                       as Collateral Agent

                                       By: [Illegible]
                                           ________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:



                                       FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE, INC.


                                       By:________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be 
executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the 
date first above written.

                                    OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                    WAREHOUSE TRUST,
                                      as Seller

                                    By:  Wilmington Trust Company,
                                         not in its individual
                                         capacity but solely as
                                         Owner Trustee

                                    By:_________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                    OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                    By:__________________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:  Treasurer

                                    DELAWARE FUNDING CORPORATION,
                                      as Purchaser

                                    By: Morgan Guaranty Trust
                                        Company of New York,
                                        as attorney-in-fact for
                                        Delaware Funding Corporation

                                    By: RICHARD A. BURKE
                                        Name:  Richard A. Burke
                                        Title:  Vice President

                                    MORGAN GUARANTY TRUST COMPANY
                                     OF NEW YORK
                                     as Administrative Agent

                                    By: RICHARD A. BURKE
                                        Name: Richard A. Burke
                                        Title: Vice President

<PAGE>

PLEASE SEE RESTRICTIVE LEGEND ON REVERSE SIDE HEREOF

             INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

     NUMBER                                                             SHARES
       1                                                                  100

                       ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.

This Certifies that OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD. is the owner and
registered holder of ONE HUNDRED (100) Shares of
fully paid and nonassessable Common Stock, $.01 par value, of
ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.

transferable only on the books of the corporation by the holder hereof in 
person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate 
properly endorsed.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said corporation has caused this certificate to 
     be signed by its duly authorized officers and to be sealed with the seal 
     of the corporation.

     this 2ND day of December, 1996


            [Illegible]                                  [Illegible]
     _____________________________          __________________________________
             Secretary                                  President

SEAL




<PAGE>



                       The shares represented by this 
                       certificate have not been registered 
                       or qualified under the Securities Act 
                       of 1933, as amended, or any state 
                       securities laws. Such shares of stock 
                       may not be sold, transferred or 
                       otherwise disposed of without either 
                       (i) an opinion of counsel 
                       satisfactory to the corporation that 
                       such transfer may lawfully be made 
                       without registration or qualification 
                       under the federal Securities Act of 
                       1933, as amended, and all applicable 
                       state securities laws; or (ii) such 
                       registration or qualification.








        For Value Received _________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

        __________________________________________________________________

        ___________________________________________________________ Shares

        represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably 
        constitute and appoint 
        _________________________________________________________ Attorney
        to transfer the said shares on the Books of the within named
        Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. 

        Dated ___________________, 19  ____________________________________

        IN PRESENCE OF ____________________________________________________


     NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT 
     MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN 
     UPON THE FACE OF THIS CERTIFICATE IN 
     EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR 
     ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.




<PAGE>

                                                                 4B-Stock Power

For Value Received, Olympic Financial Ltd. does hereby transfer unto 
____________________________________, One hunded (100) shares of the common 
stock, $.01 par value, of Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp., a Delaware 
corporation, standing in the name on the books of the corporation and 
represented by Stock Certificate Number _________________ and does hereby 
irrevocably constitute and appoint its attorney-in-fact to transfer the said 
stock on the books of the corporation with full power of substitution in the 
premises.

                                    OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


Dated:_____________________         By: [Illegible]
                                        ______________________________

                                    Its:______________________________



<PAGE>


                                                                  EXECUTION COPY




- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



                                  SECURITY AGREEMENT



                                        among



                               OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,



                          OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.,



                          ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.,



                          FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.,



                BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION



                                         and



                    NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                     as Indenture Trustee and as Collateral Agent



                             Dated as of December 3, 1996



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1.   Defined Terms.................................................  2
Section 1.2.   Rules of Interpretation.......................................  4


                                      ARTICLE II

                                    THE COLLATERAL

Section 2.1.   Grant of Security Interest by the Issuer......................  4
Section 2.2.   No Transfer of Duties.........................................  5
Section 2.3.   Termination and Release of Rights.............................  5


                                     ARTICLE III

                                 THE COLLATERAL AGENT

Section 3.1.   Appointment and Powers........................................  7
Section 3.2.   Performance of Duties.........................................  7
Section 3.3.   Limitation on Liability.......................................  7
Section 3.4.   Reliance upon Documents.......................................  8
Section 3.5.   Successor Collateral Agent....................................  8
Section 3.6.   Indemnification............................................... 10
Section 3.7.   Compensation and Reimbursement................................ 10
Section 3.8.   Representations and Warranties of the 
               Collateral Agent.............................................. 11
Section 3.9.   Waiver of Setoffs............................................. 11
Section 3.10.  Control by the Controlling Party.............................. 12


                                      ARTICLE IV

                               COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

Section 4.1.   Preservation of Collateral.................................... 12
Section 4.2.   Notices....................................................... 12
Section 4.3.   Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws; 
               Marshalling of Assets......................................... 12
Section 4.4.   Noninterference, Etc.......................................... 13
Section 4.5.   Issuer Changes................................................ 13



                                        i
<PAGE>


                                      ARTICLE V

                     CONTROLLING PARTY; INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS

Section 5.1.   Appointment of Controlling Party.............................. 14
Section 5.2.   Controlling Party's Authority................................. 14
Section 5.3.   Rights of Secured Parties..................................... 15
Section 5.4.   Degree of Care................................................ 15


                                      ARTICLE VI

                                REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

Section 6.1.   Remedies upon a Default....................................... 16
Section 6.2.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies............................ 18
Section 6.3.   No Remedy Exclusive........................................... 18


                                     ARTICLE VII

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1.   Further Assurances............................................ 19
Section 7.2.   Waiver........................................................ 19
Section 7.3.   Amendments; Waivers........................................... 19
Section 7.4.   Severability.................................................. 19
Section 7.5.   Nonpetition Covenant.......................................... 20
Section 7.6.   Notices....................................................... 20
Section 7.7.   Term of this Security Agreement............................... 22
Section 7.8.   Assignments; Third-Party Rights; Reinsurance.................. 23
Section 7.9.   Consent of Controlling Party.................................. 23
Section 7.10.  Trial by Jury Waived.......................................... 23
Section 7.11.  Governing Law................................................. 24
Section 7.12.  Consents to Jurisdiction...................................... 24
Section 7.13.  Limitation of Liability....................................... 25
Section 7.14.  Determination of Adverse Effect............................... 25
Section 7.15.  Counterparts.................................................. 25
Section 7.16.  Headings...................................................... 25
Section 7.17.  Limited Recourse.............................................. 25
Section 7.18.  Respective Rights of the Issuer and the
               Secured Parties in the Collateral............................. 25





                                         ii
<PAGE>

                                  SECURITY AGREEMENT


          SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of December 3, 1996, by and among OLYMPIC
FINANCIAL LTD., a Minnesota corporation ("OFL"), OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE
CORP., a Delaware corporation (the "Seller"), ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.,
a Delaware corporation (the "Issuer"), FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC., a New
York stock insurance company (the "Security Insurer"), BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION (the "Agent") and NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as collateral agent (in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent") and
as indenture trustee (in such capacity, the "Indenture Trustee").


                                  W I T N E S E T H
                                  - - - - - - - - -


          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment
dated as of December 3, 1996 (the "Purchase Agreement") between OFL and the
Seller, OFL is selling to the Seller from time to time all of its right, title
and interest in and to certain Receivables and the other property specified
therein; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement dated as of December 3,
1996 (the "Repurchase Agreement"), between the Seller and the Issuer, the Seller
is selling to the Issuer from time to time all of its right, title and interest
in and to certain Receivables and the other property specified therein; and

          WHEREAS, pursuant to the Indenture dated as of December 3, 1996 (the
"Indenture"), between the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer is
issuing from time to time its Floating Rate Automobile Receivables-Backed Notes
(the "Notes"); and

          WHEREAS, the Seller has requested that the Security Insurer issue the
Note Policy to the Indenture Trustee to guarantee payment of the Scheduled
Payments (as defined in such Note Policy) on each Distribution Date in respect
of the Notes; 

          NOW THEREFORE, in order to secure the performance of the Secured
Obligations and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy, receipt
and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby
agree as follows:


<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.1.  DEFINED TERMS.

          Terms defined in the Servicing Agreement (including by way of
reference to other documents), unless otherwise defined herein, shall have such
defined meanings when used herein, and the following terms shall have such
following meanings:

          "AUTHORIZED OFFICER" shall mean, (i) with respect to Financial
Security, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer,
Chief Operating Officer, or any Managing Director of Financial Security, (ii)
with respect to the Indenture Trustee or the Collateral Agent, any Vice
President or Trust Officer thereof, (iii) with respect to any of OFL, the Seller
or the Issuer, the President, any Vice President or the Treasurer thereof.

          "COLLATERAL" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
2.1(a) hereof.  

          "COLLATERAL AGENT" shall mean, initially, Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association, in its capacity as Collateral Agent on behalf of the
Secured Parties, including its successors in interest, until a successor Person
shall have become the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 3.1, and thereafter
"Collateral Agent" shall mean such successor Person.

          "CONTROLLING PARTY" shall mean at any time the Person designated as
the Controlling Party at such time pursuant to Section 5.1.

          "FINAL TERMINATION DATE" shall mean the date that is the later of (i)
the Insurer Termination Date and (ii) the Trustee Termination Date.

          "INSURER SECURED OBLIGATIONS" shall mean all amounts and obligations
that may at any time be owed or required to be performed to or on behalf of the
Security Insurer (or any agents, accountants or attorneys for the Security
Insurer), including the Security Insurer as third party beneficiary, under the
Insurance Agreement or under any other Transaction Document, regardless of
whether such amounts are owed or performance is due now or in the future,
whether liquidated or unliquidated, contingent or non-contingent.

          "INSURER TERMINATION DATE" shall mean the date that is the latest of
(i) the date of the expiration of the Note Policy, (ii) the date on which the
Security Insurer shall have received payment and performance in full of all
Insurer Secured Obligations and (iii) the latest date on which any payment
referred to in clause (ii) above could be avoided as a preference under the
United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar 


                                      2

<PAGE>

federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, 
liquidation or reorganization, as specified in an Opinion of Counsel 
delivered to the Collateral Agent.

          "NON-CONTROLLING PARTY" shall mean at any time a Secured Party that is
not the Controlling Party at such time.

          "OPINION OF COUNSEL" shall mean a written opinion of counsel
acceptable, as to form, substance and issuing counsel, to the Controlling Party.

          "PROCEEDING" means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial
or administrative proceeding.

          "PURCHASE DATE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the
Repurchase Agreement.

          "RECEIVABLES SCHEDULE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
the Repurchase Agreement.

          "SECURED OBLIGATIONS" shall mean the Insurer Secured Obligations and
the Trustee Secured Obligations.

          "SECURED PARTIES" shall mean each of the Indenture Trustee, in respect
of the Trustee Secured Obligations, and the Security Insurer, in respect of the
Insurer Secured Obligations. 

          "SECURITY AGREEMENT" shall mean this Security Agreement, as the same
may from time to time be amended, supplemented, waived or modified.

          "SERVICING AGREEMENT" shall mean the Servicing Agreement dated as of
December 3, 1996 among the Issuer, the Seller, Olympic Financial Ltd., in its
individual capacity and as Servicer, Bank of America National Trust and Savings
Association, as Agent, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
Backup Servicer, Collateral Agent and Indenture Trustee.

          "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" shall mean the Indenture, this Security
Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Note Purchase
Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and any Assignment Agreements (but only with
respect to the Collateral), the Spread Account Agreement, the Insurance
Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and the Lockbox Agreement.

          "TRUSTEE SECURED OBLIGATIONS" shall mean all amounts and obligations
that the Issuer may at any time owe or be required to perform to or for the
benefit of the Indenture Trustee or the Noteholders under the Indenture.

          "TRUSTEE TERMINATION DATE" shall mean the date on which the Indenture
Trustee shall have received on behalf of the Noteholders payment and performance
in full of all Trustee Secured Obligations.


                                         3

<PAGE>

          "UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE" or "UCC" shall mean, with respect to any
jurisdiction, the Uniform Commercial Code, or any successor statute, or any
comparable law, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or
otherwise modified and in effect.

          Section 1.2.  RULES OF INTERPRETATION.  The terms "hereof," "herein"
or "hereunder," unless otherwise modified by more specific reference, shall
refer to this Security Agreement in its entirety.  Unless otherwise indicated 
in context, the terms "Article" or "Section" shall refer to an Article or
Section of this Security Agreement.  The definition of a term shall include the
singular, the plural, the past, the present, the future, the active and the
passive forms of such terms.


                                      ARTICLE II

                                    THE COLLATERAL

          Section 2.1.  GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST BY THE ISSUER.

          (a) The Issuer hereby grants to the Collateral Agent at the Closing 
Date and on each Purchase Date, on behalf of and for the benefit of the 
Secured Parties to secure the performance of the respective Secured 
Obligations, a security interest in all of the Issuer's right, title and 
interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to all accounts, 
contract rights, general intangibles, chattel paper, instruments, documents, 
money, deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, goods, letters of credit, 
advices of credit and authenticated securities consisting of, arising from or 
relating to any of the following property: (i) the Receivables; (ii) the 
Other Conveyed Property related thereto; (iii) the rights of the Seller under 
the Purchase Agreement and each Assignment Agreement assigned to the Issuer 
pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, including the right to cause OFL to 
repurchase Receivables from Seller under certain circumstances; (iv) all 
amounts required to be deposited, or deposited, or delivered to the 
Collateral Agent for deposit, to the Collection Account by the Seller in 
respect of the WAC Deficiency Amount or the Collateral Test; (v) all funds on 
deposit from time to time in the Secured Accounts, and in all investments and 
proceeds thereof (including all income thereon); (vi) the Servicing Agreement 
and the Repurchase Agreement; and (vii) all present and future claims, 
demands, causes and choses in action in respect of any or all of the 
foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and 
nature whatsoever in respect of any and all of the foregoing, including all 
proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or involuntary, into cash or other 
liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivables, notes, 
drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts, insurance 
proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and every kind and 
other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and other property 
which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in 

                                        4

<PAGE>

the proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the "Collateral").

          The Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee on
behalf of the Holders of the Notes and for the benefit of the Security Insurer
acknowledges such grant of a security interest.

          (b) In order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this
Security Agreement, including for the purpose of perfecting the security
interests granted hereunder, the Issuer represents and warrants that it has,
prior to the execution of this Security Agreement, executed and filed an
appropriate UCC-1 financing statement in Minnesota sufficient to ensure that the
Collateral Agent, as agent for the Secured Parties, has a first priority
perfected security interest in all of the Collateral that can be perfected by
the filing of a financing statement.

          Section 2.2.  NO TRANSFER OF DUTIES.  The security interests granted
hereby are granted as security only and shall not (i) transfer or in any way
affect or modify, or relieve the Issuer from, any obligation to perform or
satisfy any term, covenant, condition or agreement to be performed or satisfied
by the Issuer under or in connection with this Security Agreement or any other
Transaction Document to which it is a party or (ii) impose any obligation on any
of the Secured Parties or the Collateral Agent to perform or observe any such
term, covenant, condition or agreement or impose any liability on any of the
Secured Parties or the Collateral Agent for any act or omission on its part
relative thereto or for any breach of any representation or warranty on its part
contained therein or made in connection therewith except, in each case, to the
extent specifically provided herein and in the other Transaction Documents.

          Section 2.3.  TERMINATION AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS.

          (a) On the Insurer Termination Date, the rights, remedies, powers, 
duties, authority and obligations conferred upon the Security Insurer 
pursuant to this Security Agreement in respect of the Collateral shall 
terminate and be of no further force and effect and all rights, remedies, 
powers, duties, authority and obligations of the Security Insurer with 
respect to the Collateral shall be automatically released; PROVIDED, that any 
indemnity provided to or by the Security Insurer herein shall survive such 
Insurer Termination Date.  If the Security Insurer is acting as Controlling 
Party on the Insurer Termination Date, the Security Insurer agrees, at the 
expense of OFL, to execute and deliver such instruments as the successor 
Controlling Party may reasonably request to effectuate such release, and any 
such instruments so executed and delivered shall be fully binding on the 
Security Insurer and any Person claiming by, through or under the Security 
Insurer.

                                          5

<PAGE>

          (b) On the Trustee Termination Date, the rights, remedies, powers,
duties, authority and obligations, if any, conferred upon the Indenture Trustee
pursuant to this Security Agreement in respect of the Collateral shall terminate
and be of no further force and effect and all such rights, remedies, powers,
duties, authority and obligations of the Indenture Trustee with respect to such
Collateral shall be automatically released; PROVIDED, that any indemnity
provided to the Indenture Trustee herein shall survive such Trustee Termination
Date.  If the Indenture Trustee is acting as Controlling Party on the related
Trustee Termination Date, the Indenture Trustee agrees, at the expense of OFL,
to execute and deliver such instruments as OFL may reasonably request to
effectuate such release, and any such instruments so executed and delivered
shall be fully binding on the Indenture Trustee.

          (c) On the Final Termination Date, the rights, remedies, powers,
duties, authority and obligations conferred upon the Collateral Agent and each
Secured Party pursuant to this Security Agreement shall terminate and be of no
further force and effect and all rights, remedies, powers, duties, authority and
obligations of the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party with respect to the
Collateral shall be automatically released.  On the Final Termination Date, the
Collateral Agent and each Secured Party agrees, at the expense of OFL, to
execute such instruments of release, in recordable form if necessary, in favor
of the Seller or OFL as the Seller or OFL may reasonably request, to deliver any
Collateral in its possession to the Issuer, and to otherwise release the lien of
this Security Agreement and release and deliver to the Issuer the Collateral.

          (d) To the extent required of the Issuer and its assignees by the
terms of any Transaction Document and permitted by the terms hereof, each of the
Collateral Agent and the Controlling Party shall, and otherwise upon the prior
written instructions of an Authorized Officer of the Controlling Party, the
Collateral Agent shall, at the expense of OFL take (in each case) such steps as
may be necessary, or as the Issuer, in a manner consistent with the Transaction
Documents, may reasonably request, to release the interests of the Secured
Parties in the Collateral, including but not limited to redelivering and
reassigning to the Issuer any releases necessary to permit the Issuer to release
its interest in the Collateral in accordance with the terms thereof and of the
Repurchase Agreement.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                 THE COLLATERAL AGENT

          Section 3.1.  APPOINTMENT AND POWERS.  Subject to the terms and
conditions hereof, each of the Secured Parties hereby appoints Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association as the Collateral Agent, and Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to
act as 


                                       6

<PAGE>

Collateral Agent with respect to the Collateral for the Secured Parties, to 
maintain custody and possession of the Collateral (except as otherwise 
provided hereunder and under the Custodian Agreement) and to perform the 
other duties of the Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of 
this Security Agreement.  Each Secured Party hereby authorizes the Collateral 
Agent to take such action on its behalf, and to exercise such rights, 
remedies, powers and privileges hereunder and under the other Transaction 
Documents, as the Controlling Party may direct and as are specifically 
authorized to be exercised by the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof or by 
the terms of any Transaction Document, together with such actions, rights, 
remedies, powers and privileges as are reasonably incidental thereto.  The 
Collateral Agent shall act upon and in compliance with the written 
instructions of the Controlling Party delivered pursuant to this Security 
Agreement promptly following receipt of such written instructions; PROVIDED, 
that the Collateral Agent shall not act in accordance with any instructions 
(i) which are not authorized by, or are in violation of the provisions of, 
this Security Agreement or any Transaction Document, (ii) which are in 
violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation or (iii) for which the 
Collateral Agent has not received reasonable indemnity.  Receipt of such 
instructions shall not be a condition to the exercise by the Collateral Agent 
of its express duties hereunder or under any Transaction Document, except 
where this Security Agreement provides that the Collateral Agent is permitted 
to act only following and in accordance with such instructions.

          Section 3.2.  PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES.  The Collateral Agent shall have
no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Security
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Collateral Agent is a
party or as directed by the Controlling Party in accordance with this Security
Agreement.  The Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any discretionary
actions hereunder except at the written direction and with the indemnification
of the Controlling Party.

          Section 3.3.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.  Neither the Collateral Agent
nor any of its directors, officers or employees, shall be liable for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder, or in connection herewith,
except that the Collateral Agent shall be liable for its negligence, bad faith
or willful misconduct; nor shall the Collateral Agent be responsible for the
validity, effectiveness, value, sufficiency or enforceability against the
Issuer, the Seller or OFL of this Security Agreement or any of the Collateral
(or any part thereof).  Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Security
Agreement, the Collateral Agent shall incur no liability to the Seller, OFL, the
Issuer or the Secured Parties for any action taken or omitted by the Collateral
Agent in connection with the Collateral, except for the negligence or willful
misconduct on the part of the Collateral Agent, and shall incur no liability to
the Seller, OFL, the Issuer or the Secured Parties except for negligence or
willful misconduct in carrying out its duties.  Subject to Section 3.4, the
Collateral Agent shall be protected 


                                        7

<PAGE>

and shall incur no liability to any such party in relying upon the 
genuineness of any notice, demand, certificate, signature, instrument or 
other document reasonably believed by the Collateral Agent to be genuine and 
to have been duly executed by the appropriate signatory, and (absent actual 
knowledge to the contrary) the Collateral Agent shall not be required to make 
any independent investigation with respect thereto.  The Collateral Agent 
shall at all times be free independently to establish to its reasonable 
satisfaction, but shall have no duty to independently verify, the existence 
or nonexistence of facts that are a condition to the exercise or enforcement 
of any right or remedy hereunder or under any of the Transaction Documents.  
The Collateral Agent may consult with counsel, and shall not be liable for 
any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder in good faith and in 
accordance with the written advice of such counsel.  The Collateral Agent 
shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the remedial rights or 
powers vested in it by this Security Agreement or to follow any direction 
from the Controlling Party unless it shall have received reasonable security 
or indemnity satisfactory to the Collateral Agent against the costs, expenses 
and liabilities which might be incurred by it.

          Section 3.4.  RELIANCE UPON DOCUMENTS.  In the absence of bad faith or
negligence on its part, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely on any
communication, instrument, paper or other document reasonably believed by it to
be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or
Persons and shall have no liability in acting, or omitting to act, where such
action or omission to act is in reasonable reliance upon any statement or
opinion contained in any such document or instrument.

          Section 3.5.  SUCCESSOR COLLATERAL AGENT.

          (a) MERGER.  Any Person into which the Collateral Agent may be 
converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may 
sell or transfer its trust business and assets as a whole or substantially as 
a whole, or any Person resulting from any such conversion, merger, 
consolidation, sale or transfer to which the Collateral Agent is a party, 
shall (provided it is otherwise qualified to serve as the Collateral Agent 
hereunder) be and become a successor Collateral Agent hereunder and be vested 
with all of the title to and interest in the Collateral and all of the 
trusts, powers, discretions, immunities, privileges and other matters as was 
its predecessor without the execution or filing of any instrument or any 
further act, deed or conveyance on the part of any of the parties hereto, 
anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except to the extent, if 
any, that any such action is necessary to perfect, or continue the perfection 
of, the security interest of the Secured Parties in the Collateral.


                                     8

<PAGE>

          (b) RESIGNATION.  The Collateral Agent and any successor Collateral
Agent may resign upon not less than 60 days' prior written notice of such
resignation by registered or certified mail to the other Secured Parties and the
Seller; PROVIDED, that such resignation shall take effect only upon the date
that is the latest of (i) the effective date of the appointment of a successor
Collateral Agent and the acceptance in writing by such successor Collateral
Agent of such appointment and of its obligation to perform its duties hereunder
in accordance with the provisions hereof and (ii) delivery of the Collateral to
such successor to be held in accordance with the procedures specified in this
Agreement and the Custodian Agreement.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,
if by the contemplated date of resignation specified in the written notice of
resignation delivered as described above no successor Collateral Agent or
temporary successor Collateral Agent has been appointed Collateral Agent or
become the Collateral Agent pursuant to subsection (d) hereof, the resigning
Collateral Agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction in New York, New
York for the appointment of a successor.

          (c) REMOVAL.  The Collateral Agent may be removed by the Controlling
Party at any time, with or without cause, by an instrument or concurrent
instruments in writing delivered to the Collateral Agent, the other Secured
Parties and the Seller.  A temporary successor may be removed at any time to
allow a successor Collateral Agent to be appointed pursuant to subsection (d)
below.  Any removal pursuant to the provisions of this subsection (c) shall take
effect only upon the date that is the latest of (i) the effective date of the
appointment of a successor Collateral Agent and the acceptance in writing by
such successor Collateral Agent of such appointment and of its obligation to
perform its duties hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof, (ii)
delivery of the Collateral to such successor to be held in accordance with the
procedures specified in the Servicing Agreement and (iii) receipt by the
Controlling Party of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect described in Section
4.5.

          (d) ACCEPTANCE BY SUCCESSOR.  The Controlling Party shall have the
sole right to appoint each successor Collateral Agent.  Every temporary or
permanent successor Collateral Agent appointed hereunder shall execute,
acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor and to each Secured Party and the
Seller an instrument in writing accepting such appointment hereunder, and the
relevant predecessor shall execute, acknowledge and deliver such other documents
and instruments as will effectuate the delivery of all Collateral to the
successor Collateral Agent to be held in accordance with the procedures
specified in the Servicing Agreement, whereupon such successor, without any
further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the estates,
properties, rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor.  Such
predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of any Secured Party or
the Seller, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such 


                                      9

<PAGE>

successor all the estates, properties, rights and powers of such predecessor 
hereunder.  In the event that any instrument in writing from the Seller or a 
Secured Party is reasonably required by a successor Collateral Agent to more 
fully and certainly vest in such successor the estates, properties, rights, 
powers, duties and obligations vested or intended to be vested hereunder in 
the Collateral Agent, any and all such written instruments shall, at the 
request of the temporary or permanent successor Collateral Agent, be 
forthwith executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Seller or such Secured 
Party.  The designation of any successor Collateral Agent and the instrument 
or instruments removing any Collateral Agent and appointing a successor 
hereunder, together with all other instruments provided for herein, shall be 
maintained with the records relating to the Collateral and, to the extent 
required by applicable law, filed or recorded by the successor Collateral 
Agent in each place where such filing or recording is necessary to effect the 
transfer of the Collateral to the successor Collateral Agent or to protect or 
continue the perfection of the security interests granted hereunder.

          Section 3.6.  INDEMNIFICATION.  OFL shall indemnify the Collateral
Agent, its directors, officers, employees and agents for, and hold the
Collateral Agent, its directors, officers, employees and agents harmless
against, any loss, liability or expense (including the costs and expenses of
defending against any claim of liability) arising out of or in connection with
the Collateral Agent's acting as Collateral Agent hereunder, except such loss,
liability or expense as shall result from the negligence, bad faith or willful
misconduct of the Collateral Agent or its officers or agents.  The obligation of
OFL under this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the
resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent.  The Collateral Agent covenants
not to assert any Lien or to take any other action in respect of the Collateral
to enforce its rights to indemnification hereunder until the Final Termination
Date.

          Section 3.7.  COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.  The Seller agrees for
the benefit of the Secured Parties and as part of the Secured Obligations (a) to
pay to the Collateral Agent, from time to time, reasonable compensation for all
services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by
any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a collateral trustee); and
(b) to reimburse the Collateral Agent upon its request for all reasonable
expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Collateral Agent in
accordance with any provision of, or carrying out its duties and obligations
under, this Security Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and fees
and the expenses and disbursements of its agents, any independent certified
public accountants and independent counsel), except any expense, disbursement or
advances as may be attributable to negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct
on the part of the Collateral Agent.


                                        10

<PAGE>

          Section 3.8.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT. 
The Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the Seller and to each Secured
Party as follows:

          (a) DUE ORGANIZATION.  The Collateral Agent is a national banking 
association, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the 
laws of the United States and is duly authorized and licensed under 
applicable law to conduct its business as presently conducted.

          (b) CORPORATE POWER.  The Collateral Agent has all requisite right,
power and authority to execute and deliver this Security Agreement and to
perform all of its duties as Collateral Agent hereunder.

          (c) DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution and delivery by the Collateral
Agent of this Security Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it
is a party, and the performance by the Collateral Agent of its duties hereunder
and thereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate proceedings
and no further approvals or filings, including any governmental approvals, are
required for the valid execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent, or the
performance by the Collateral Agent, of this Security Agreement and such other
Transaction Documents.

          (d) VALID AND BINDING AGREEMENT.  The Collateral Agent has duly
executed and delivered this Security Agreement and each other Transaction
Document to which it is a party, and each of this Security Agreement and each
such other Transaction Document constitutes the legal, valid and binding
obligation of the Collateral Agent, enforceable against the Collateral Agent in
accordance with its terms, except as (i) such enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws relating to or affecting
the enforcement of creditors' rights generally and (ii) the availability of
equitable remedies may be limited by equitable principles of general
applicability.

          Section 3.9.  WAIVER OF SETOFFS.  The Collateral Agent hereby
expressly waives any and all rights of setoff that the Collateral Agent may
otherwise at any time have under applicable law with respect to any Secured
Account and agrees that amounts in the Secured Accounts shall at all times be
held and applied solely in accordance with the provisions hereof and of the
Transaction Documents.

          Section 3.10.  CONTROL BY THE CONTROLLING PARTY.  The Collateral Agent
shall comply with notices and instructions given by the Issuer only if
accompanied by the written consent of the Controlling Party, except that if any
Amortization Event shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent
shall act upon and comply with notices and instructions given by the Controlling
Party alone in the place and stead of the Issuer.


                                        11

<PAGE>
                                      ARTICLE IV

                               COVENANTS OF THE ISSUER

          Section 4.1.  PRESERVATION OF COLLATERAL.  Subject to the rights,
powers and authorities granted to the Collateral Agent and the Controlling Party
in this Security Agreement, the Issuer shall take such action as is necessary
and proper with respect to the Collateral in order to preserve and maintain such
Collateral and to cause (subject to the rights of the Secured Parties) the
Collateral Agent to perform its obligations with respect to such Collateral as
provided herein.  The Issuer will do, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause
to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, such instruments of transfer
or take such other steps or actions as may be necessary, or required by the
Controlling Party, to perfect the security interests granted hereunder in the
Collateral, to ensure that such security interests rank prior to all other Liens
and to preserve the priority of such security interests and the validity and
enforceability thereof.  Upon any delivery or substitution of Collateral, the
Issuer shall be obligated to execute such documents and perform such actions as
are necessary to create in the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured
Parties a valid first Lien on, and valid and perfected first priority security
interest in, the Collateral so delivered and to deliver such Collateral to the
Collateral Agent, free and clear of any other Lien, together with satisfactory
assurances thereof, and to pay any reasonable costs incurred by any of the
Secured Parties or the Collateral Agent (including its agents) or otherwise in
connection with such delivery.

          Section 4.2.  NOTICES.  In the event that the Issuer acquires
knowledge of the occurrence and continuance of any Amortization Event or of any
event of default or like event, howsoever described or called, under any of the
Transaction Documents, the Issuer shall immediately give notice thereof to the
Collateral Agent and each Secured Party.

          Section 4.3.  WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS; MARSHALLING OF ASSETS.
The Issuer covenants, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that it
will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any appraisement, valuation, stay, extension
or redemption law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, in
order to prevent or hinder the enforcement of this Security Agreement or any
absolute sale of the Collateral or any part thereof, or the possession thereof
by any purchaser at any sale under Article VI of this Security Agreement; and
the Issuer, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, for itself and
all who may claim under it, hereby waives the benefit of all such laws, and
covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Collateral Agent, but will suffer and permit the execution
of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.  The Seller, for
itself and all who may claim under it, waives, to the 


                                        12

<PAGE>

fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all right to have the Collateral 
marshalled upon any foreclosure or other disposition thereof.

          Section 4.4.  NONINTERFERENCE, ETC.  The Issuer shall not (i) waive or
alter any of its rights under the Collateral (or any agreement or instrument
relating thereto) without the prior written consent of the Controlling Party; or
(ii) fail to pay any tax, assessment, charge or fee levied or assessed against
the Collateral, or to defend any action, if such failure to pay or defend may
adversely affect the priority or enforceability of the Seller's right, title or
interest in and to the Collateral or the Collateral Agent's lien on, and
security interest in, the Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties; or
(iii) take any action, or fail to take any action, if such action or failure to
take action will interfere with the enforcement of any rights under the
Transaction Documents.

          Section 4.5.  ISSUER CHANGES.

          (a) CHANGE IN NAME, STRUCTURE, ETC.  The Issuer shall not change 
its name, identity or corporate structure unless it shall have given each 
Secured Party and the Collateral Agent at least 30 days' prior written notice 
thereof, shall have effected any necessary or appropriate assignments or 
amendments thereto and filings of financing statements or amendments thereto, 
and shall have delivered to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party an 
Opinion of Counsel either (a) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, 
such action has been taken with respect to the execution and filing of any 
amendments to previously recorded financing statements and continuation 
statements and other actions as are necessary to perfect, maintain and 
protect the lien and security interest of the Collateral Agent (and the 
priority thereof), on behalf of the Secured Parties, with respect to such 
Collateral against all creditors and purchasers from the Issuer and reciting 
the details of such action, or (b) stating that, in the opinion of such 
counsel, no such action is necessary to maintain such perfected lien and 
security interest.

          (b) RELOCATION OF THE ISSUER.  The Issuer shall not change its
principal executive office unless it gives each Secured Party and the Collateral
Agent at least 30 days' prior written notice of any relocation of its principal
executive office.  If the Issuer relocates its principal executive office or
principal place of business from 7825 Washington Avenue South, Suite 900,
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435, the Issuer shall give prior notice thereof to
the Controlling Party and the Collateral Agent and shall effect whatever
appropriate recordations and filings are necessary and shall provide an Opinion
of Counsel to the Controlling Party and the Collateral Agent, to the effect
that, upon the recording of any necessary assignments or amendments to
previously-recorded assignments and filing of any necessary amendments to the
previously filed financing or continuation statements or upon the filing of one
or more specified new financing statements, and the taking of such

                                       13
<PAGE>

other actions as may be specified in such opinion, the security interests in 
the Collateral shall remain, after such relocation, valid and perfected.


                                   ARTICLE V

                  CONTROLLING PARTY; INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS

          Section 5.1.  APPOINTMENT OF CONTROLLING PARTY.  From and after the
Closing Date until the Insurer Termination Date, the Security Insurer shall be
the Controlling Party and shall be entitled to exercise all the rights given the
Controlling Party hereunder.  From and after the Insurer Termination Date until
the Trustee Termination Date, the Indenture Trustee hereby agrees that the Agent
shall be the Controlling Party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event
that an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Agent shall
be the Controlling Party until the Trustee Termination Date.  If prior to an
Insurer Termination Date the Agent shall have become the Controlling Party as a
result of the occurrence of an Insurer Default and either such Insurer Default
is cured or for any other reason ceases to exist or the Trustee Termination Date
occurs, then upon such cure or other cessation or on such Trustee Termination
Date, as the case may be, the Security Insurer shall, upon notice thereof being
duly given to the Collateral Agent, again be the Controlling Party.

          Section 5.2.  CONTROLLING PARTY'S AUTHORITY.

          (a) Each of the Issuer, OFL, the Seller and the Secured Parties hereby
irrevocably appoints the Controlling Party, and any successor to the Controlling
Party appointed pursuant to Section 5.1, its true and lawful attorney, with full
power of substitution, in the name of the Issuer, OFL, the Seller, the Secured
Parties or otherwise, but at the expense of the Seller, to the extent permitted
by law to exercise in its sole and absolute discretion, at any time and from
time to time while any Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, any or
all of the following powers with respect to all or any of the Collateral:  
(i) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all 
monies due or to become due upon or by virtue thereof, (ii) to settle, 
compromise, compound, prosecute or defend any action or proceeding with 
respect thereto, (iii) to sell, securitize, transfer, assign or otherwise 
deal with the same or the proceeds thereof as fully and effectively as if the 
Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof, and (iv) to extend the time 
of payment of any or all thereof and to make any allowance or other 
adjustments with respect thereto; PROVIDED, that the foregoing powers and 
rights shall be exercised in accordance with the provisions of Article VI.

          (b) Each Secured Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
constitutes and appoints the Controlling Party, 

                                       14

<PAGE>

and any successor to the Controlling Party appointed pursuant to Section 5.1 
from time to time, as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of such Secured 
Party for so long as such Secured Party is a Non-Controlling Party, with full 
power of substitution, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any notice, 
document, certificate, paper, pleading or instrument and to do in the name of 
the Controlling Party as well as in the name, place and stead of such Secured 
Party such acts, things and deeds for and on behalf of and in the name of 
such Secured Party under this Security Agreement that such Secured Party 
could or might do or which may be necessary, desirable or convenient in the 
Controlling Party's sole discretion to effect the purposes contemplated 
hereunder and, without limitation, exercise full right, power and authority 
to take, or defer from taking, any and all acts with respect to the 
administration of the Collateral, and the enforcement of the rights of the 
Secured Parties hereunder, on behalf of and for the benefit of the 
Controlling Party and such Non-Controlling Party, as their interests may 
appear.

          Section 5.3.  RIGHTS OF SECURED PARTIES.  The Non-Controlling Parties
at any time expressly agree that they shall not assert any right that they may
otherwise have, as a Secured Party with respect to the Collateral, to direct the
maintenance, sale or other disposition of the Collateral or any portion thereof,
notwithstanding the occurrence and continuation of any Amortization Event or any
non-performance by OFL, the Seller or the Issuer of any obligation owed to such
Secured Party hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, and each party
hereto agrees that the Controlling Party shall be the only Person entitled to
assert and exercise such rights.

          Section 5.4.  DEGREE OF CARE.

          (a)  CONTROLLING PARTY.  Notwithstanding any term or provision of this
Security Agreement, the Controlling Party shall incur no liability to OFL, the
Seller or the Issuer for any action taken or omitted by the Controlling Party in
connection with the Collateral, except for any gross negligence, bad faith or
willful misconduct on the part of the Controlling Party and, further, shall
incur no liability to the Non-Controlling Parties except for a breach of the
terms of this Security Agreement or for gross negligence, bad faith or willful
misconduct in carrying out its duties to the Non-Controlling Parties.  The
Controlling Party shall be protected and shall incur no liability to any such
party in relying upon the accuracy, acting in reliance upon the contents and
assuming the genuineness of any notice, demand, certificate, signature,
instrument or other document believed by the Controlling Party to be genuine and
to have been duly executed by the appropriate signatory, and (absent manifest
error or actual knowledge to the contrary) the Controlling Party shall not be
required to make any independent investigation with respect thereto.  The
Controlling Party shall, at all times, be free independently to establish to its
reasonable satisfaction the existence or nonexistence, as the case may be, of
any fact 

                                       15

<PAGE>

the existence or nonexistence of which shall be a condition to the exercise 
or enforcement of any right or remedy under this Security Agreement or any of 
the Transaction Documents.

          (b)  THE NON-CONTROLLING PARTIES.  The Non-Controlling Parties shall
not be liable to the Seller, OFL or the Issuer for any action or failure to act
by the Controlling Party or the Collateral Agent in exercising, or failing to
exercise, any rights or remedies hereunder.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                             REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

          Section 6.1.  REMEDIES UPON A DEFAULT.

          (a)  If an Amortization Event has occurred and is continuing, the 
Collateral Agent shall, at the direction of the Controlling Party, take 
whatever action at law or in equity as may appear necessary or desirable in 
the judgment of the Controlling Party to collect and satisfy all Secured 
Obligations (including, but not limited to, foreclosure upon the Collateral 
and sale or securitization of the Collateral and all other rights available 
to secured parties under applicable law) or to enforce performance and 
observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant under any of the 
Transaction Documents.  In addition to all other rights and remedies granted 
to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties by this 
Security Agreement, the other Transaction Documents, the UCC and other 
applicable law, rules, or regulations, the Collateral Agent may with the 
consent of the Controlling Party, and shall upon the request of the 
Controlling Party, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any such 
Amortization Event, exercise any one or more of the following rights and 
remedies: (i) foreclose upon or otherwise enforce the security interests in 
any or all Collateral in any manner permitted by applicable law, rules, or 
regulations or in this Security Agreement; (ii) notify any or all Obligors to 
make payments with respect to Receivables directly to the Collateral Agent; 
(iii) sell or otherwise dispose of any or all Collateral at one or more 
public or private sales, for cash or credit or future delivery, on such terms 
and in such manner as the Controlling Party may determine; (iv) require OFL, 
the Seller or the Issuer to assemble the Collateral and make it available to 
the Collateral Agent at a place to be designated by the Collateral Agent; 
(v) enter onto any property where any Collateral is located and take possession
thereof with or without judicial process; and (vi) enforce any rights of the 
Issuer under any Receivable or other agreement to the extent the Controlling 
Party deems appropriate.  In furtherance of the Collateral Agent's rights 
hereunder, each of OFL, the Seller and the Issuer hereby grants to the 
Collateral Agent an irrevocable, non-exclusive license (exercisable without 
royalty or other payment by the Collateral Agent) to use, license or 
sublicense any patent, trademark, tradename, copyright or other intellectual 

                                       16

<PAGE>

property in which the Issuer now or hereafter has any right, title or 
interest, together with the right of access to all media in which any of the 
foregoing may be recorded or stored.  Each of OFL, the Seller and the Issuer 
hereby agrees that ten (10) days notice of any intended sale or disposition 
of any Collateral is reasonable.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the 
Collateral Agent shall not be entitled to take any action and the Controlling 
Party shall not be entitled to give any direction with respect to the 
Collateral, except to the extent provided herein and in the Servicing 
Agreement or other Transaction Documents.

          (b) In the event of any sale, collection, conversion or other
disposition into cash of the Collateral, or any part thereof, after deducting
any actual costs and expenses incurred in connection with any such disposition,
the Collateral Agent shall deposit the proceeds thereof into the Collection
Account for distribution on the next succeeding Distribution Date in accordance
with the priorities set forth in Section 3.6 of the Servicing Agreement.

          (c) The Controlling Party and the Collateral Agent shall be entitled
to obtain from OFL, the Seller and the Issuer all records and documentation in
the possession of OFL, the Seller or the Issuer, as the case may be, pertaining
to any Collateral.  Upon consummation of any sale pursuant to this Section 6.1,
the Controlling Party, or the Collateral Agent acting on behalf of and at the
direction of the Controlling Party, shall have the right to assign, transfer,
endorse and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof (which may include
the Security Insurer), free and clear of any Lien, the Collateral, or any
portion thereof or any interest therein, so sold.  Each purchaser at any such
sale shall hold the property purchased by it absolutely free and clear from any
claim or right on the part of the Secured Parties, OFL, the Seller or the Issuer
and OFL, the Seller and the Issuer hereby irrevocably waive all rights of
redemption, stay, marshalling of assets or appraisal that either of them now has
or may at any time in the future have under applicable law or statute now
existing or hereafter enacted.

          (d) In addition to the remedies granted in this Agreement and the
other Transaction Documents, if an Amortization Event has occurred and is
continuing, the Collateral Agent shall, at the direction of the Controlling
Party, take whatever action at law or in equity as may appear necessary or
desirable in the judgment of the Controlling Party to collect the amounts then
due and thereafter to become due under this Agreement and any of the other
Transaction Documents (including but not limited to, all rights available to
secured parties under applicable law) or to enforce performance and observance
of any obligation, agreement or covenant under any of the Transaction Documents,
including the exercise of the following powers with respect to the Collateral:
(i) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all
monies due or to become due upon or by virtue thereof, (ii) to settle,
compromise, compound, prosecute or 

                                       17

<PAGE>

defend any action or proceeding with respect thereto, (iii) to sell, 
securitize, transfer, assign or otherwise deal with the same or the proceeds 
thereof as fully and effectively as if the Collateral Agent were the absolute 
owner thereof, and (iv) to extend the time of payment of any or all thereof 
and to make any allowance or other adjustment with respect thereto.  All 
proceeds of any portion of the Collateral liquidated pursuant to this 
Section 6.1 shall be applied as set forth in Subsection (b) above.

          (e) The Collateral Agent and the Controlling Party, as the case may
be, may exercise the powers and rights granted by this Section 6.1, without
notice or demand to the Indenture Trustee, OFL, the Seller or the Issuer except
as provided in (a) above.

          Section 6.2.  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.  If the Collateral
Agent has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this
Agreement, and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any
reason, or has been determined adversely to such Collateral Agent, then and in
every such case the Seller, the Collateral Agent and each of the Secured Parties
shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally
and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights
and remedies of the Secured Parties shall continue as though no such proceeding
had been instituted.

          Section 6.3.  NO REMEDY EXCLUSIVE.  No right or remedy herein
conferred upon or reserved to the Collateral Agent, the Controlling Party or any
of the Secured Parties is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy,
and every right or remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative
and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or
hereafter existing at law, in equity or otherwise and each and every right,
power and remedy whether specifically herein given or otherwise existing may be
exercised by the Controlling Party, and the exercise of or the beginning of the
exercise of any right or power or remedy shall not be construed to be a waiver
of the right to exercise at the same time or thereafter any other right, power
or remedy.

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 7.1.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each party hereto shall take such
action and deliver such instruments to any other party hereto, in addition to
the actions and instruments specifically provided for herein, as may be
reasonably requested or required to effectuate the purpose or provisions of this
Security Agreement or to confirm or perfect any transaction described or
contemplated herein.

                                       18

<PAGE>

          Section 7.2.  WAIVER.  Any waiver by any party of any provision of
this Security Agreement or any right, remedy or option hereunder shall only
prevent and estop such party from thereafter enforcing such provision, right,
remedy or option if such waiver is given in writing and only as to the specific
instance and for the specific purpose for which such waiver was given.  The
failure or refusal of any party hereto to insist in any one or more instances,
or in a course of dealing, upon the strict performance of any of the terms or
provisions of this Security Agreement by any party hereto or the partial
exercise of any right, remedy or option hereunder shall not be construed as a
waiver or relinquishment of any such term or provision, but the same shall
continue in full force and effect.

          Section 7.3.  AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.  No amendment, modification, waiver
or supplement to this Security Agreement or any provision of this Security
Agreement shall in any event be effective unless the same shall have been made
or consented to in writing by each of the parties hereto and each Rating Agency
shall have confirmed in writing that such amendment will not cause a reduction
or withdrawal of a rating on the Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, for so long as
the Security Insurer shall be the Controlling Party, amendments, modifications,
waivers or supplements hereto or any requirement hereunder to deposit or retain
any amounts in the Secured Accounts shall be effective if made or consented to
in writing by the Security Insurer, the Seller, OFL, the Issuer, the Agent, the
Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent (the consent of which shall not be
withheld or delayed with respect to any amendment that has been consented to by
the Security Insurer and that does not adversely affect the Collateral Agent)
but shall in no circumstances require the consent of the Noteholders.

          Section 7.4.  SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any provision of this
Security Agreement or the application thereof to any party hereto or to any
circumstance or in any jurisdiction governing this Security Agreement shall, to
any extent, be invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute, regulation
or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent
that it is invalid or unenforceable and the remainder of this Security
Agreement, and the application of any such invalid or unenforceable provision to
the parties, jurisdictions or circumstances other than to whom or to which it is
held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby nor shall the same
affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Security
Agreement.  The parties hereto further agree that the holding by any court of
competent jurisdiction that any remedy pursued by the Collateral Agent or any of
the Secured Parties hereunder is unavailable or unenforceable shall not affect
in any way the ability of the Collateral Agent or any of the Secured Parties to
pursue any other remedy available to it or them (subject, however, to the
provisions of this Security Agreement limiting such remedies).

                                       19

<PAGE>

          Section 7.5.  NONPETITION COVENANT.  Notwithstanding any prior
termination of this Security Agreement, each of the parties hereto agrees that
it shall not, prior to one year and one day after the Final Termination Date,
acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Seller or the Issuer to
invoke the process of the United States of America, any State or other political
subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial,
regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government for the
purpose of commencing or sustaining a case by or against the Seller or the
Issuer under a Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or
appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or
other similar official of the Seller or the Issuer or all or any part of its
property or assets or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of
the Seller or the Issuer.  The parties agree that damages will be an inadequate
remedy for breach of this covenant and that this covenant may be specifically
enforced.

          Section 7.6.  NOTICES.  All notices, demands, certificates, requests
and communications hereunder ("notices") shall be in writing and shall be
effective (a) upon receipt when sent through the U.S. mails, registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, with such receipt to
be effective the date of delivery indicated on the return receipt, or (b) one
Business Day after delivery to an overnight courier, or (c) on the date
personally delivered to an Authorized Officer of the party to which sent, or 
(d) on the date transmitted by legible telecopier transmission with a 
confirmation of receipt, in all cases addressed to the recipient as follows:

          (i)  If to OFL:

               Olympic Financial Ltd.
               7825 Washington Avenue South, Suite 400
               Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435
               Attention:  Treasurer

               Telecopier No.:     (612) 942-6730

          (ii) If to the Seller:

               Olympic Receivables Finance Corp.
               7825 Washington Avenue South
               Suite 410
               Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439-2435
               Attention:  Treasurer

               Telecopier No.:  (612) 942-0015


                                       20

<PAGE>

          (iii) If to the Security Insurer:

               Financial Security Assurance Inc.
               350 Park Avenue - 13th Floor
               New York, New York 10022
               Attention:  Surveillance Department

               Telecopier No.:     (212) 755-5165
                                   (212) 688-3101

               (in each case in which notice or other communication to the
               Security Insurer refers to an Amortization Event or a claim on
               the Policy or in which failure on the part of the Security
               Insurer to respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or
               acceptance, then with a copy to the attention of the Senior Vice
               President Surveillance)

          (iv) If to the Indenture Trustee:

               Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
               Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
               Minneapolis, Minnesota  55479-0070
               Attention:  Corporate Trust Services -
               Asset-Backed Administration

               Telecopier No.:     (612) 667-3539

          (v)  If to the Collateral Agent:

               Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
               Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue
               Minneapolis, Minnesota  55479-0070
               Attention:  Corporate Trust Services -
               Asset-Backed Administration

               Telecopier No.:     (612) 667-3539

          (vi) If to Moody's:

               Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.
               99 Church Street
               New York, New York 10007

               Telecopier No.:     (212) 553-0344

         (vii) If to Standard & Poor's:

               Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
               26 Broadway
               New York, New York 10004

               Telecopier No.:     (212) 208-1582


                                       21

<PAGE>

        (viii) If to the Issuer:

               Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.
               7825 Washington Avenue South
               Suite 900
               Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439-2435

               Telecopier No.:     (612) 942-6730

          (ix)  If to the Agent:

               Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
               Asset Securitization Group
               231 South LaSalle Street
               Chicago, Illinois  60697
               Attention:  Albert Yoshimura

               Telecopier No.:     (312) 923-0273

A copy of each notice given hereunder to any party hereto shall also be given to
(without duplication) the Security Insurer, the Seller, the Issuer, the Agent,
the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent.  Each party hereto may, by
notice given in accordance herewith to each of the other parties hereto,
designate any further or different address to which subsequent notices shall be
sent.

          Section 7.7.  TERM OF THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT.  This Security
Agreement shall continue in effect until the Final Termination Date.  On such
Final Termination Date, this Security Agreement shall terminate, all obligations
of the parties hereunder shall cease and terminate and the Collateral, if any,
held hereunder and not to be used or applied in discharge of any obligations of
the Issuer, the Seller or OFL in respect of the Secured Obligations or otherwise
under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents, shall be released to
and in favor of the Issuer; PROVIDED, that the provisions of Sections 3.6, 3.7
and 7.5 shall survive any termination of this Security Agreement and the release
of any Collateral upon such termination.

          Section 7.8.  ASSIGNMENTS; THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS; REINSURANCE.

          (a) This Security Agreement shall be a continuing obligation of the 
parties hereto and shall (i) be binding upon the parties and their respective 
successors and assigns, and (ii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable 
by each Secured Party and the Collateral Agent, and by their respective 
successors, transferees and assigns.  None of the Issuer, the Seller nor OFL 
may assign this Security Agreement, or delegate any of its duties hereunder, 
without the prior written consent of the Controlling Party.

                                       22

<PAGE>

          (b) The Security Insurer shall have the right (unless an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) to give participations in its
rights under this Security Agreement and to enter into contracts of reinsurance
with respect to the Note Policy and each such participant or reinsurer shall be
entitled to the benefit of any representation, warranty, covenant and obligation
of each party (other than the Security Insurer) hereunder as if such participant
or reinsurer was a party hereto and, subject only to such agreement regarding
such reinsurance or participation, shall have the right to enforce the
obligations of each such other party directly hereunder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
no such reinsurance or participation agreement or arrangement shall relieve the
Security Insurer of its obligations hereunder, under the Transaction Documents
to which it is a party or under the Note Policy.  In addition, nothing contained
herein shall restrict the Security Insurer from assigning to any Person pursuant
to any liquidity facility or credit facility any rights of the Security Insurer
under this Security Agreement or with respect to any real or personal property
or other interests pledged to the Security Insurer, or in which the Security
Insurer has a security interest, in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby.  The terms of any such assignment or participation shall
contain an express acknowledgment by such Person of the condition of this
Section and the limitations of the rights of the Security Insurer hereunder.

          Section 7.9.  CONSENT OF CONTROLLING PARTY.  In the event that the
Controlling Party's consent is required under the terms hereof or under the
terms of any Transaction Document, it is understood and agreed that, except as
otherwise provided expressly herein, the determination whether to grant or
withhold such consent shall be made solely by the Controlling Party in its sole
and absolute discretion.

          SECTION 7.10.  TRIAL BY JURY WAIVED.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL
BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF,
UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE OTHER
TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER OR
THEREUNDER.  EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE,
AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE,
THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE
FOREGOING WAVIER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO
THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT IS A
PARTY, BY AMONG OTHER THINGS, THIS WAIVER.

          SECTION 7.11.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER
SHALL BE DETERMINED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

                                       23

<PAGE>

          Section 7.12.  CONSENTS TO JURISDICTION.  Each of the parties hereto
irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for
the Southern District of New York, any court in the sate of New York located in
the city and county of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in
any action, suit or proceeding brought against it and related to or in
connection with this Security Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the
transactions contemplated hereunder or thereunder or for recognition or
enforcement of any judgment and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and
unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such suit or action or
proceeding may be heard or determined in such New York State court or, to the
extent permitted by law, in such federal court.  Each of the parties hereto
agrees that a final judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding shall be
conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or
in any other manner provided by law.  To the extent permitted by applicable law,
each of the parties hereby waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as
a defense or otherwise in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it
is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts, that the suit,
action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the
suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Security Agreement or any of
the other Transaction Documents or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not
be litigated in or by such courts.  Each of OFL, the Seller and the Issuer
hereby irrevocably appoints and designates CT Corporation System, 1633 Broadway,
New York, New York 10019 as its true and lawful attorney and duly authorized
agent for acceptance of service of legal process.  Each of OFL, the Seller and
the Issuer agrees that service of such process upon such Person shall constitute
personal service of such process upon it.  Nothing contained in this Security
Agreement shall limit or affect the rights of any party hereto to serve process
in any other manner permitted by law or to start legal proceedings relating to
any of the Transaction Documents against OFL, the Seller, the Issuer or their
respective property in the courts of any jurisdiction.

          Section 7.13.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  It is expressly understood
and agreed by the parties hereto that Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association is executing this Security Agreement not in its individual capacity
but solely in its capacity as indenture trustee pursuant to the Indenture and as
Collateral Agent hereunder.

          Section 7.14.  DETERMINATION OF ADVERSE EFFECT.  Any determination of
an adverse effect on the interest of the Secured Parties or the Noteholders
shall be made without consideration of the availability of funds under the Note
Policy.

          Section 7.15.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Security Agreement may be executed
in two or more counterparts by the parties hereto, and each such counterpart
shall be considered an original and all such counterparts shall constitute one
and the same instrument.

                                       24

<PAGE>

          Section 7.16.  HEADINGS.  The headings of sections and paragraphs and
the Table of Contents contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience
only.  They form no part of this Security Agreement and shall not affect its
construction or interpretation.

          Section 7.17.  LIMITED RECOURSE.  Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, the obligations of the Issuer hereunder shall not be
recourse to the Issuer (or any person or organization acting on behalf of the
Issuer or any affiliate, employee, incorporator, stockholder, officer or
director of the Issuer), other than to the Receivables and the other Collateral
and the proceeds thereof as provided in this Security Agreement, the Repurchase
Agreement and the Servicing Agreement.  Each of the parties hereto hereby agree
that to the extent such funds are insufficient or assets are unavailable to pay
any amounts owing to it from the other party pursuant to this Security
Agreement, it shall not constitute a claim against the other party.

          Section 7.18.  RESPECTIVE RIGHTS OF THE ISSUER AND THE SECURED PARTIES
IN THE COLLATERAL.  The Issuer hereby acknowledges and agrees that its interest
in the Collateral under the Repurchase Agreement is subject and subordinate in
all respects to its pledge of the Collateral to the Secured Parties under this
Security Agreement and that the Collateral Agent holds the Collateral first for
the Secured Parties hereunder and second on behalf of the Issuer in respect of
its interest in the Collateral under the Repurchase Agreement.

                                       25

<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Security
Agreement as of the date set forth on the first page hereof.

                                        OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                        By:  /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:



                                        OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.


                                        By:  /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:



                                        ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.


                                        By:  /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:



                                        FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.


                                        By:  /s/ ILLEGIBLE
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:



                                        NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, 
                                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                        as Indenture Trustee


                                        By: /s/ Thomas A. Wraablert
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                [Signature Page to Security Agreement]

<PAGE>

                                        NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, 
                                        NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                        as Collateral Agent

                                        By:  /s/ Thomas A. Wraablert
                                            --------------------------
                                            Name:
                                            Title:


                                        BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST AND
                                        SAVINGS ASSOCIATION


                                        By:  /s/ Erik G. Ford
                                            --------------------------
                                            Name:  Erik G. Ford
                                            Title: Attorney-in-Fact


<PAGE>

                                                        EXECUTION COPY









==============================================================================






                          ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.



                                 ____________________



                                      INDENTURE



                             Dated as of December 3, 1996



                            _____________________________



                    NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                             Trustee and Collateral Agent






==============================================================================



<PAGE>

                           TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                  Page
                                                                  -----

                                PARTIES

                         RECITALS OF THE ISSUER

                              ARTICLE ONE

                    Definitions and Other Provisions
                         of General Application

Section 101.  Definitions.........................................  1
    Act...........................................................  2
    Advance.......................................................  2
    Agent.........................................................  2
    Assignment Agreement..........................................  2
    Authenticating Agent..........................................  2
    Authorized Officer............................................  2
    Board of Directors............................................  2
    Board Resolution..............................................  2
    BofA..........................................................  3
    Closing Date..................................................  3
    Code..........................................................  3
    Collateral....................................................  3
    Collateral Agent..............................................  3
    Commercial Paper Notes........................................  3
    Commission....................................................  3
    Controlling Party.............................................  3
    Corporate Trust Office........................................  3
    corporation...................................................  3
    covenant defeasance...........................................  4
    CP Composite Rate.............................................  4
    CP Rate.......................................................  4
    Default.......................................................  4
    defeasance....................................................  4
    Draw Date.....................................................  4
    Event of Default..............................................  4
    Exchange Act..................................................  4
    Executive Officer.............................................  4
    Holder........................................................  4
    Noteholder....................................................  4
    Indebtedness..................................................  4
    Indenture.....................................................  5
    Indenture Supplement..........................................  5
    Insurer Notice Date...........................................  5
    Insurer Secured Obligations...................................  5
    Interest Period...............................................  5
    Issuer........................................................  5
    Issuer Request" or "Issuer Order..............................  5
    Letter Agreement..............................................  6
    Lien..........................................................  6

<PAGE>

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                 (CONTINUED)

                                                                  Page
                                                                  -----

    Liquidity Asset Purchase Agreement............................  6
    Maturity Date.................................................  6
    Maximum Authorized Amount.....................................  6
    Maximum Interest Rate.........................................  6
    Note Interest Rate............................................  6
    Note Policy...................................................  7
    Note Register.................................................  7
    Note Registrar................................................  7
    Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall.....................  7
    Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount....................  7
    Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount...................  7
    Notes.........................................................  7
    Officers' Certificate.........................................  7
    Opinion of Counsel............................................  7
    Original Issue Date...........................................  8
    Outstanding...................................................  8
    Outstanding Amount............................................  9
    Paying Agent..................................................  9
    Payment Date..................................................  9
    Permitted Assignee............................................  9
    Person........................................................  9
    Policy Claim Amount...........................................  9
    Predecessor Note..............................................  9
    Preference Claim..............................................  9
    Prepayment Price..............................................  9
    Proceeding....................................................  9
    Program Support Provider......................................  9
    Property...................................................... 10
    Rating Agency Condition....................................... 10
    RCC........................................................... 10
    Record Date................................................... 10
    Registered Holder............................................. 10
    Related Documents............................................. 10
    Responsible Officer........................................... 10
    Scheduled Payments............................................ 10
    Secured Obligations........................................... 10
    Secured Parties............................................... 10
    Securities Act................................................ 10
    Servicing Agreement........................................... 11
    State......................................................... 11
    Termination Date.............................................. 11
    Tranche....................................................... 11
    Trustee....................................................... 11
    Trustee Secured Obligations................................... 11
    Trust Estate.................................................. 11
    Trust Indenture Act........................................... 11
    UCC........................................................... 11
    U.S. Government Obligations................................... 11
    Vice President................................................ 11

                



                                       -ii-

<PAGE>

                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               (CONTINUED)

                                                                  Page
                                                                  -----

Section 102.  Compliance Certificates and Opinions................ 13
Section 103.  Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.............. 14
Section 104.  Acts of Holders..................................... 15
Section 105.  Notices Etc., to Trustee, Issuer and Rating
              Agencies............................................ 15
Section 106.  Notice to Holders; Waiver........................... 16
Section 107.  Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions............. 17
Section 108.  Conflict with Trust Indenture Act................... 17
Section 109.  Effect of Headings and Table of Contents............ 17
Section 110.  Successors and Assigns.............................. 18
Section 111.  Separability Clause................................. 18
Section 112.  Benefits of Indenture............................... 18
Section 113.  Governing Law....................................... 18
Section 114.  Legal Holidays...................................... 18
Section 115.  No Bankruptcy Petition Against the Issuer or 
              the Seller.......................................... 18


                                ARTICLE TWO

                                 Security

Section 201.  Collateral.......................................... 19
Section 202.  Limited Recourse to Issuer.......................... 19
Section 203.  Authorization of Actions to be Taken by the
              Trustee............................................. 20
Section 204.  Termination of Security Interests................... 20


                               ARTICLE THREE

                                Note Forms

Section 301.  Forms Generally..................................... 20
Section 302.  Form of Trustee's Certificate of 
              Authentication...................................... 21
Section 303.  Securities Legend................................... 21


                                ARTICLE FOUR

                                 The Notes

Section 401.  Amount Limited; Issuable in Tranches................ 22
Section 402.  Maturity, Principal Payments and 
              Denominations....................................... 22
Section 403.  Interest Payments................................... 23
Section 404.  Execution, Authentication, Delivery and 
              Dating.............................................. 24

   

                                     -iii-

<PAGE>


                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                               (CONTINUED)

                                                                  Page
                                                                  -----

Section 405.  Temporary Notes..................................... 25
Section 406.  Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange,
              Transfer Restrictions............................... 25
Section 407.  Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes......... 27
Section 408.  Payment of Interest; Interest Rights 
              Preserved........................................... 28
Section 409.  Persons Deemed Owners............................... 28
Section 410.  Cancellation........................................ 28


                                ARTICLE FIVE

                    Accounts, Disbursements and Releases

Section 501.  Collection of Money................................. 29
Section 502.  General Provisions Regarding Accounts............... 29


                                 ARTICLE SIX

                                  Remedies

Section 601.  Events of Default................................... 30
Section 602.  Rights upon Event of Default........................ 31
Section 603.  Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement 
              by Trustee; Authority of Controlling Party.......... 32
Section 604.  Limitation on Suits................................. 34
Section 605.  Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive 
              Principal and Interest.............................. 35
Section 606.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies.................. 36
Section 607.  Rights and Remedies Cumulative...................... 36
Section 608.  Delay or Omission Not Waiver........................ 36
Section 609.  Control by Holders.................................. 36
Section 610.  Waiver of Past Defaults............................. 37
Section 611.  Undertaking for Costs............................... 37
Section 612.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws.................... 38
Section 613.  Action on Notes..................................... 38
Section 614.  Performance and Enforcement of Certain
              Obligations......................................... 38
Section 615.  Claims Under Note Policy............................ 39
Section 616.  Preference Claims................................... 40

                           ARTICLE SEVEN

                           The Trustee

Section 701.  Certain Duties and Responsibilities................. 41
Section 702.  Notice of Defaults.................................. 44


                                       -iv-

<PAGE>

                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                (CONTINUED)

                                                                  Page
                                                                  -----

Section 703.  Certain Rights of Trustee........................... 44
Section 704.  Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of 
              Notes............................................... 45
Section 705.  May Hold Notes...................................... 45
Section 706.  Money Held in Trust................................. 45
Section 707.  Compensation and Indemnity.......................... 46
Section 708.  Disqualification; Conflicting Interests............. 46
Section 709.  Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility............. 47
Section 710.  Resignation and Removal; Appointment of 
              Successor........................................... 47
Section 711.  Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.............. 48
Section 712.  Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or 
              Succession to Business.............................. 49
Section 713.  Preferential Collection of Claims Against 
              Issuer.............................................. 49
Section 714.  Appointment of Authenticating Agent................. 49
Section 715.  Paying Agent........................................ 51
Section 716.  Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate 
              Trustee............................................. 52


                             ARTICLE EIGHT

             Holders' Lists and Reports by Trustee and Issuer

Section 801.  Issuer to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses 
              of Holders.......................................... 53
Section 802.  Preservation of Information; Communications 
              to Holders.......................................... 53
Section 803.  Reports by Trustee.................................. 54
Section 804.  Reports by Issuer................................... 54


                               ARTICLE NINE

                           Indenture Supplements

Section 901.  Indenture Supplements Without Consent of 
              Holders............................................. 55
Section 902.  Indenture Supplements with Consent of 
              Holders............................................. 57
Section 903.  Execution of Indenture Supplements.................. 58
Section 904.  Effect of Indenture Supplements..................... 59
Section 905.  Reference in Notes to Indenture Supplements......... 59
Section 906.  Rating Agency Confirmation.......................... 59


                                ARTICLE TEN

 
                                       -v-

<PAGE>

                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                (CONTINUED)

                                                                  Page
                                                                  -----

                                Covenants

Section 1001. Payment of Principal and Interest................... 59
Section 1002. Maintenance of Office or Agency..................... 59
Section 1003. Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets............... 60
Section 1004. Negative Covenants.................................. 62
Section 1005. Performance of Obligations; Servicing of
              Receivables......................................... 63
Section 1006. Other Indebtedness.................................. 64
Section 1007. Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other 
              Liabilities......................................... 64
Section 1008. Dividends; Distributions............................ 65
Section 1009. Money for Note Payments to Be Held in Trust......... 65
Section 1010. Corporate Existence................................. 66
Section 1011. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims................... 67
Section 1012. Notice of Events of Default......................... 67
Section 1013. Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation 
              and Bylaws.......................................... 67
Section 1014. Statement as to Compliance.......................... 67
Section 1015. Rule 144A Information............................... 68
Section 1016. Further Instruments and Acts........................ 68
Section 1017. Compliance with Laws................................ 68
Section 1018. Income Tax Characterization......................... 68


                               ARTICLE ELEVEN

                             Prepayment of Notes

Section 1101. Prepayment.......................................... 69
Section 1102. Notice of Prepayment in Whole of a Tranche.......... 69
Section 1103. Deposit of Prepayment Price......................... 69
Section 1104. Notes Prepayable in Whole on any Date............... 70


                                ARTICLE TWELVE

                      DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 1201. Issuer's Option to Effect Defeasance or 
              Covenant Defeasance................................. 70
Section 1202. Defeasance and Discharge............................ 70
Section 1203. Covenant Defeasance................................. 71
Section 1204. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant 
              Defeasance.......................................... 71
Section 1205. Deposited Money and U.S. Government 
              Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous
              Provisions.......................................... 73


                                       -vi-
<PAGE>

                             TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                (CONTINUED)

                                                                  Page
                                                                  -----
TESTIMONIUM
SIGNATURES
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS


EXHIBIT A      Form of Note
EXHIBIT B      Form of Note Policy



























                                       -vii-

<PAGE>



         INDENTURE, dated as of December 3, 1996, between ARCADIA RECEIVABLES
CONDUIT CORP., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Delaware (herein called the "Issuer"), and NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association duly organized and existing
under the laws of the United States of America, in its capacities as Trustee
(the "Trustee") and as Collateral Agent (as defined below) and not in its
individual capacity.


                            RECITALS OF THE ISSUER

         Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer's Floating Rate
Automobile Receivables-Backed Notes (the "Notes"):

         The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its Notes to be
issued in one or more tranches as in this Indenture provided.

         Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the "Security Insurer") has issued
and delivered a financial guaranty insurance policy, dated the Closing Date
(with endorsements, the "Note Policy"), pursuant to which the Security Insurer
guarantees certain Scheduled Payments, as defined in the Note Policy.

         As an inducement to the Security Insurer to issue and deliver the Note
Policy, the Issuer and the Security Insurer have executed and delivered the
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1996 (as amended from
time to time, the "Insurance Agreement"), among the Security Insurer, the
Issuer, Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. and Olympic Financial Ltd.


                  NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

         For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes
by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and
proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:


                                  ARTICLE ONE

                        Definitions and Other Provisions
                             of General Application

SECTION 101.  DEFINITIONS.

         (a) For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise 
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

                                       -1-

<PAGE>


         (1)  the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to
    them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

         (2)  all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust
    Indenture Act (as hereinafter defined), either directly or by reference
    therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;

         (3)  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
    meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles, and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term
    "generally accepted accounting principles" with respect to any computation
    required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as
    are generally accepted at the date of such computation; and

         (4)  the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of
    similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
    Article, Section or other subdivision, or is not exclusive and including
    means including without limitation.

         Certain terms, used principally in Article Six, are defined in that
Article.

         "Act," when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified
in Section 104.

         "Advance" has the meaning specified therefor in the Repurchase
Agreement.

         "Agent" means BofA as administrator of RCC and as agent for certain
liquidity purchasers under the Liquidity Asset Purchase Agreement, and its
successors and assigns in such capacity under the Note Purchase Agreement.

         "Assignment Agreement" has the meaning specified therefor in the
Purchase Agreement.

         "Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by the Trustee to
act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes.

         "Authorized Officer" means, with respect to the Issuer, any President
or Vice President of the Issuer.

         "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Issuer
or any committee of that board duly authorized to act hereunder.

         "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Issuer to have been duly adopted by
the Board of Directors and to 

                                       -2-

<PAGE>


be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered 
to the Trustee.

         "BofA" means Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association
and its successors.

         "Closing Date" means December 3, 1996.

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

         "Collateral" has the meaning specified therefor in the Security
Agreement.

         "Collateral Agent" has the meaning specified therefor in the Security
Agreement.

         "Commercial Paper Notes" means the short-term promissory notes issued
or to be issued in the United States commercial paper market to fund the
purchase of the Notes, which unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the
Seller, the Agent and the Security Insurer, shall mature within 120 days from
the date of issuance of such notes.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from
time to time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, or, if at any time after the execution of this instrument such
Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under
the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

         "Controlling Party" has the meaning specified therefor in the Security
Agreement.

         "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which at
any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, such
office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is located at Sixth Street
and Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0070, Attention:  Corporate
Trust Services - Asset-Backed Administration; or at such other address as the
Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Agent, the Noteholders,
the Security Insurer and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of
any successor Trustee (the address of which the successor Trustee will notify
the Agent, the Noteholders, the Security Insurer and the Issuer).

         "corporation" includes corporations, associations, companies and
business trusts.

         "covenant defeasance" has the meaning specified in Section 1203.


                                       -3-

<PAGE>


         "CP Composite Rate" means for any date of determination, the Money
Market Yield of the rate set forth in the weekly statistical release designated
as H.15(519), or any successor publication, published by the Board of Governors
of the Federal Reserve System ("H.15(519)") for the 30 day maturity under the
caption "Commercial Paper."  If such rate cannot be determined, the Offshore
Rate.

         "CP Rate" means, for any Interest Period or any shorter period for
which interest accrues, and with respect to any portion of the principal amount
of the Notes as to which the Noteholders' funding of their purchase or carrying
thereof is provided by Commercial Paper Notes, the rate of interest per annum
determined in arrears in good faith by the Agent equal to the Noteholders' cost
of funding the purchase or carrying of such portion of the Notes, which shall be
equal to the weighted daily average interest rate payable in respect of such
Commercial Paper Notes during such period (determined in the case of discount
Commercial Paper Notes by converting the discount to an interest bearing
equivalent rate per annum), plus applicable placement fees and commissions, but
excluding any other fees related to such funding.

         "Default" means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse of
time or both would become, an Event of Default.

         "defeasance" has the meaning specified in Section 1202.

         "Draw Date" means, with respect to any Deficiency Claim Date, the
third Business Day preceding the related Distribution Date.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 601.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

         "Executive Officer" means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President,
Executive Vice President, Managing Director, any Vice President, any Responsible
Officer, the Secretary or the Treasurer of such corporation.

         "Holder" or "Noteholder" means RCC and any Permitted Assignee, and, in
any case, in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

         "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any time, (a)
indebtedness or liability of such Person for borrowed money whether or not
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments, or for the deferred
purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); (b)
obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which should have been or
should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting


                                       -4-

<PAGE>


principles, recorded as capital leases; (c) current liabilities of such 
Person in respect of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV 
of ERISA; (d) obligations issued for or liabilities incurred on the account 
of such Person; (e) obligations or liabilities of such Person arising under 
acceptance facilities; (f) obligations of such Person under any guarantees, 
endorsements (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of 
business) and other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for 
payment, to supply funds to invest in any Person or otherwise to assure a 
creditor against loss; (g) obligations of such Person secured by any lien on 
property or assets of such Person, whether or not the obligations have been 
assumed by such Person; or (h) obligations of such Person under any interest 
rate or currency exchange agreement.

         "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed or as it may
from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures
supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof
and shall include the terms of particular Tranche of Notes established as
contemplated by Section 401.

         "Indenture Supplement" means the supplement to this Indenture relating
to a Tranche of Notes, and any other supplemental indentures executed pursuant
to Article Nine.

         "Insurer Notice Date" has the meaning specified therefor in the
Repurchase Agreement.

         "Insurer Secured Obligations" has the meaning specified therefor in
the Security Agreement.

         "Interest Period" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
Monthly Period immediately preceding such Distribution Date (or, in the case of
the first Distribution Date, the period from and including the Closing Date to
and excluding the first day of the succeeding calendar month; PROVIDED, that the
final Interest Period shall commence on the first day of the calendar month
immediately preceding the month in which the Final Distribution Date occurs and
shall end on, but shall exclude, the Final Distribution Date.

         "Issuer" means the Person named as the "Issuer" in the first paragraph
of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to
the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Issuer" shall mean
such successor Person.

         "Issuer Request" or "Issuer Order" means a written request or order
signed in the name of the Issuer by its Chairman of the Board, its Vice
Chairman, its President or a Vice President, and by its Treasurer, an Assistant
Treasurer, its Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or signed on behalf of the
Issuer by a duly appointed agent of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee.

                                       -5-

<PAGE>

         "Letter Agreement" has the meaning specified in Section 707(a).

         "Lien", in respect of the Property of any Person, means any ownership
interest of any other Person, any mortgage, deed of trust, hypothecation,
pledge, lien, security interest, grant of a power to confess judgment, filing of
any financing statement, charge or other encumbrance or security arrangement of
any nature whatsoever, including, without limitation, any conditional sale or
title retention arrangement, and any assignment, deposit arrangement,
consignment or lease intended as, or having the effect of, security.

         "Liquidity Asset Purchase Agreement" means that certain Liquidity
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among the purchasers from
time to time party thereto, BofA as administrator and liquidity agent, and RCC,
as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

         "Maturity Date", when used with respect to any Note, means the date on
which the principal of such Note or an installment of principal becomes due and
payable as therein or herein provided, whether on the Final Distribution Date or
by declaration of acceleration, prepayment or otherwise.

         "Maximum Authorized Amount" has the meaning specified therefor in the
Note Purchase Agreement.

         "Maximum Interest Rate" means as of the date on which an Amortization
Event occurs, the greater of (I) the sum of (i) the Two Year Treasury Yield
determined as of such day by the Trustee pursuant to Section 403(b) plus (ii)
0.60% plus (iii) the Basis Fee Percent and (II) the weighted average APR
(weighted based on the aggregate outstanding Principal Balance of the relevant
Receivables as of the immediately preceding Accounting Date PLUS the outstanding
Principal Balance of any Receivables transferred by the Seller to the Issuer
since such Accounting Date and LESS the outstanding Principal Balance of any
Receivables that become Purchased Receivables or Repurchased Receivables since
such Accounting Date) of Qualifying Receivables, MINUS 6.50%, MINUS the Total
Expense Percent.

         "Note Interest Rate" means with respect to each Interest Period or any
shorter period for which interest accrues, a per annum rate determined in
arrears of the daily weighted average cost of funding of the Noteholders'
purchase or carrying of the Notes during such Interest Period or any shorter
period for which interest accrues, which shall be: (A) prior to the occurrence
of an Amortization Event, (i) the CP Rate plus 0.20%, to the extent the purchase
or carrying of the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture is funded by the
Noteholders by issuing Commercial Paper Notes, or (ii) the Offshore Rate plus
the Applicable Margin, to the extent the purchase or carrying of the Notes
issued pursuant to this Indenture is not so funded by the Noteholders and (B)
after the occurrence of an Amortization


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

Event, the Reference Rate; PROVIDED, that, from and after the occurrence of 
an Amortization Event, the Note Interest Rate shall not exceed the Maximum 
Interest Rate, and the Agent may, on any Business Day, by prior written 
notice to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Seller, the Servicer and the Security 
Insurer, convert the Note Interest Rate to a fixed interest rate not to 
exceed the Maximum Interest Rate as of the close of business on the date such 
Amortization Event occurs, such fixed interest rate not to exceed the Two 
Year Treasury Yield (as of the close of business on the date on the date such 
Amortization Event occurs) plus 0.60% PLUS the Basis Fee Percent.

         "Note Policy" means the Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy No.
50528-N issued by the Security Insurer with respect to the Notes, including any
endorsements thereto, in the form of Exhibit B.

         "Note Register" and "Note Registrar" have the respective meanings
specified in Section 406.

         "Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to a
Payment Date, the Advance Interest Carryover Shortfall with respect to such
date.

         "Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to a
Payment Date, the Advance Interest Distributable Amount with respect to such
date.

         "Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to a
Payment Date, the Advance Principal Distributable Amount with respect to such
date.

         "Notes" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this Indenture
and more particularly means any Notes authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture.

         "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of
the Board, the Deputy Chairman, the Comptroller, a Vice Chairman, the President
or a Vice President, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, of the Issuer, or signed on behalf of the Issuer by a duly
appointed agent of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel who may,
except as otherwise expressly stated in this Indenture, be employees of or
counsel for the Issuer and who shall be acceptable to the Trustee and, if
addressed to the Security Insurer, satisfactory to the Security Insurer, and
which shall comply with any applicable requirements of Section 102, and shall be
in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, and if addressed to the
Security Insurer, satisfactory to the Security Insurer.

         "Original Issue Date" means, for any Tranche of Notes, the date of
original issue of such Tranche of Notes.


                                       -7-

<PAGE>


         "Outstanding", when used with respect to Notes, means, as of the date
of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture EXCEPT,

         (i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Note Registrar or delivered to
    the Note Registrar for cancellation; and

        (ii) Notes for whose payment or prepayment money in the necessary
    amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent
    for the Holders of such Notes; and

       (iii) Notes which have been defeased pursuant to Section 1202 hereof;
    and

        (iv) Notes which have been paid pursuant to Section 407 or in exchange
    for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered
    pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which
    there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it
    that such Notes are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes
    are valid obligations of the Issuer;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Notes which have been paid with proceeds of the Note
Policy shall continue to remain Outstanding for purposes of this Indenture until
the Security Insurer has been paid as subrogee hereunder or reimbursed pursuant
to the Insurance Agreement as evidenced by a written notice from the Security
Insurer delivered to the Trustee, and the Security Insurer shall be deemed to be
the Holder thereof to the extent of any payments thereon made by the Security
Insurer; PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that in determining whether the Holders of
the requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have given any request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder or under
any related document, Notes owned by the Issuer or any other obligor upon the
Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing shall be disregarded
and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the
Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that the Trustee
knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned that have been
pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes
to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to
such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other obligor upon the
Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of the Issuer or of any of the foregoing
Persons.

         "Outstanding Amount" means the aggregate principal amount of all Notes
Outstanding at the date of determination after giving effect to all
distributions of principal on such date of determination.

         "Paying Agent" means the Trustee or any other Person that meets the
eligibility standards for the trustee specified in 


                                       -8-



<PAGE>

Section 709 and, so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be 
continuing, is consented to by the Security Insurer and is authorized by the 
Issuer to make the distributions from the Note Distribution Account, 
including payment of principal of or interest on the Notes on behalf of the 
Issuer.

         "Payment Date" means a Distribution Date.

         "Permitted Assignee" means, collectively, one or more banks or other
institutions party to the Liquidity Asset Purchase Agreement from time to time
and any other Program Support Provider. 

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, estate partnership, joint
venture, association, limited liability company, joint-stock company, trust
(including any beneficiary thereof), unincorporated organization or government
or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "Policy Claim Amount" has the meaning specified in Section 615.

         "Predecessor Note" of any particular Note means every previous Note
evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 406 in exchange for or in lieu of a
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same
debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note.

         "Preference Claim" has the meaning specified in Section 616.

         "Prepayment Price" means an amount equal to (i) the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes being prepaid in whole PLUS (ii) accrued and
unpaid interest thereon at the Note Interest Rate to, but excluding, the date on
which such Notes are to be prepaid in whole PLUS (iii) any Breakage Fees.

         "Proceeding" means any suit in equity, action at law or other judicial
or administrative proceeding.

         "Program Support Provider" means and includes any Person (other than
any customer of RCC) now or hereafter extending credit or having a commitment to
extend credit to or for the account of, or to make purchase from, RCC or issuing
a letter of credit, surety bond or other instrument to support any obligations
arising under or in connection with RCC's securitization program.

         "Property" shall mean any right or interest in or to property of any
kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or
intangible.

                                      - 9 -
<PAGE>

         "Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any action, that each
Rating Agency shall have been given 10 business days prior written notice
thereof and that each of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Seller, the
Servicer, the Security Insurer, the Trustee and the Issuer in writing that such
action will not, in and of itself result in an increased capital charge to the
Security Insurer.

         "RCC" means Receivables Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

         "Record Date" means, with respect to a Payment Date, the close of
business on the last Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date.

         "Registered Holder" means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Note Register on the applicable Record Date.

         "Related Documents" means the Notes, the Purchase Agreement, the
Repurchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, each Assignment Agreement, the
Custodian Agreement, the Note Policy, the Security Agreement, the Note Purchase
Agreement, the Spread Account Agreement, the Insurance Agreement, and the
Lockbox Agreement.  The Related Documents executed by any party are referred to
herein as "such party's Related Documents," "its Related Documents" or by a
similar expression.

         "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer
of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust affairs
relating to the Trust Estate.

         "Scheduled Payments" has the meaning specified therefor in the Note
Policy.

         "Secured Obligations" has the meaning specified therefor in the
Security Agreement.

         "Secured Parties" has the meaning specified therefor in the Security
Agreement.

         "Securities Act" means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

         "Servicing Agreement" means the Servicing Agreement, dated as of
December 3, 1996, among the Issuer, the Seller, Olympic Financial Ltd., in its
individual capacity and as Servicer, the Agent and Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association, as Backup Servicer, Collateral Agent and Trustee.

         "State" means any one of the 50 States of the United States of America
or the District of Columbia.

                                       - 10 -
<PAGE>

         "Termination Date" means the latest of (i) the expiration of the Note
Policy and the return of the Note Policy to the Security Insurer for
cancellation, (ii) the date on which the Security Insurer shall have received
payment and performance of all Insurer Secured Obligations and (iii) the date on
which the Trustee shall have received payment and performance of all Trustee
Secured Obligations.

         "Tranche" with respect to any Notes means those Notes having the same
Original Issue Date.

         "Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first
paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter
"Trustee" shall mean or include the Person who is then the Trustee hereunder.

         "Trustee Secured Obligations" has the meaning specified therefor in
the Security Agreement.

         "Trust Estate" means the assets and property rights that constitute
the Collateral.

         "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended from time to time.

         "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of New
York.

         "U.S. Government Obligations" has the meaning specified in Section
1204(1).

         "Vice President", when used with respect to the Issuer or the Trustee,
means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or
words added before or after the title "Vice President."

         (b)  Except as otherwise specified herein or as the context may
otherwise require, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth in
the Servicing Agreement as in effect on the Closing Date for all purposes of
this Indenture, and the definitions of such terms are equally applicable both to
the singular and plural forms of such terms:



                                                               Section of
Term                                                     Servicing Agreement
- ----                                                     -------------------

 Accounting Date........................................      Section 1.1
 Advance Interest Distributable Amount..................      Section 1.1
 Advance Principal Distributable Amount.................      Section 1.1
 Affiliate..............................................      Section 1.1
 Amortization Event.....................................      Section 1.1
 Amortization Period....................................      Section 1.1

                                       - 11 -
<PAGE>

 Applicable Margin......................................      Section 1.1
 APR....................................................      Section 1.1
 Available Funds........................................      Section 1.1
 Backup Servicer........................................      Section 1.1
 Basis Fee Percent......................................      Section 1.1
 Breakage Fee...........................................      Section 1.1
 Business Day...........................................      Section 1.1
 Collateral Agent.......................................      Section 1.1
 Collection Account.....................................      Section 1.1
 Custodian Agreement....................................      Section 1.1
 Default Amount Distributable Amount....................      Section 1.1
 Deficiency Claim.......................................      Section 1.1
 Deficiency Claim Date..................................      Section 1.1
 Deficiency Notice......................................      Section 1.1
 Determination Date.....................................      Section 1.1
 Distribution Date......................................      Section 1.1
 Eligible Investments...................................      Section 1.1
 Final Distribution Date................................      Section 1.1
 Financed Vehicle.......................................      Section 1.1
 Insurance Agreement....................................      Section 1.1
 Insurance Agreement Event of Default...................      Section 1.1
 Insurer Default........................................      Section 1.1
 Lockbox Agreement......................................      Section 1.1
 Monthly Period.........................................      Section 1.1
 Moody's................................................      Section 1.1
 Note Distribution Account..............................      Section 1.1
 Note Majority..........................................      Section 1.1
 Note Purchase Agreement................................      Section 1.1
 Obligor................................................      Section 1.1
 OFL....................................................      Section 1.1
 Offshore Rate..........................................      Section 1.1
 Principal Balance......................................      Section 1.1
 Purchase Agreement.....................................      Section 1.1
 Purchased Receivable...................................      Section 1.1
 Qualifying Receivable..................................      Section 1.1
 Rating Agency..........................................      Section 1.1
 Receivable.............................................      Section 1.1
 Reference Rate.........................................      Section 1.1
 Repurchase Agreement...................................      Section 1.1
 Repurchased Receivable.................................      Section 1.1
 Revolving Period.......................................      Section 1.1
 Secured Accounts.......................................      Section 1.1
 Security Agreement.....................................      Section 1.1
 Security Insurer.......................................      Section 1.1
 Seller.................................................      Section 1.1
 Servicer...............................................      Section 1.1
 Servicer Termination Event.............................      Section 1.1
 Spread Account Agreement...............................      Section 1.1
 Spread Account Available Funds.........................      Section 1.1
 Spread Account Collateral Agent........................      Section 1.1

                                       - 12 -
<PAGE>

 Standard & Poor's......................................      Section 1.1
 Total Expense Percent..................................      Section 1.1
 Two Year Treasury Yield................................      Section 1.1

SECTION 102.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS.

         Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee or the
Collateral Agent to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, other
than any request that the Trustee authenticate the Notes specified in such
request or the Trustee pay monies due and payable to the Issuer hereunder to the
Issuer's assignee specified in such request, the Trustee may require the Issuer
to furnish to the Trustee or the Collateral Agent, as the case may be, and to
the Security Insurer, (i) an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions
precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed
action have been complied with and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that in
the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been
complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to
which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision
of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no
additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

         Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include

         (1)  a statement that each individual signing such certificate or 
    opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein 
    relating thereto;

         (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
    or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
    certificate or opinion are based;

         (3)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, such
    individual has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
    enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not
    such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

         (4)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
    individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

SECTION 103.  FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.

         In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all
such matters be certified by, or 

                                       - 13 -
<PAGE>

covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified 
or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an 
opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to 
other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such 
matters in one or several documents.

         Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may
be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion
of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the
exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or
representations with respect to the matters upon which such officers'
certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an
Authorized Officer or any Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates
to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an
officer or officers of the Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer stating that the
information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of such
Person, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should
know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such
matters are erroneous.

         Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

         Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or
certificate or report to the Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall
deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as
evidence of the Issuer's compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that
the truth and accuracy, at the time of granting of such application or at the
effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the facts
and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions precedent
to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the
sufficiency of such certificate or report.  The foregoing shall not, however, be
construed to affect the Trustee's right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of
any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article
VII.

SECTION 104.  ACTS OF HOLDERS.

         (a)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly
appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such
action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered
to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer.  Such
instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced

                                       - 14 -
<PAGE>

thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing
such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any such instrument or of
a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this
Indenture and (subject to Section 701) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and
the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

         (b)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such
instrument or writing may be proved in any manner that the Trustee deems
sufficient.

         (c)  The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

         (d)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
waiver or other Act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of
the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the registration of
transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of
anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

SECTION 105.  NOTICES ETC., TO TRUSTEE, ISSUER AND RATING AGENCIES.

         Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of Holders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to
be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

         (1)  the Trustee by any Holder or by the Issuer shall be sufficient for
    every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or 
    with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office,

         (2)  the Issuer by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient
    for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if
    in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed
    to: 

                        Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.
                        7825 Washington Avenue South
                        Suite 900
                        Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435
                        Attention: Treasurer

    or at any other address furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer. 
    The Issuer shall promptly transmit any notice received by it from the
    Noteholders to the Trustee, or

         (3) the Security Insurer by the Issuer or the Trustee shall be
    sufficient for any purpose hereunder if in writing

                                       - 15 -
<PAGE>



    and mailed by registered mail or personally delivered or telexed or 
    telecopied to the recipient as follows:

                        Financial Security Assurance Inc.
                        350 Park Avenue
                        New York, NY  10022
                        Attention: Surveillance Department
                        Telex No.: (212) 688-3101
                        Confirmation:  (212) 826-0100
                        Telecopy Nos.: (212) 339-3518
                                       (212) 339-3529

    (In each case in which notice or other communication to the Security
    Insurer refers to an Event of Default, a claim on the Note Policy or with
    respect to which failure on the part of the Security Insurer to respond
    shall be deemed to constitute consent or acceptance, then a copy of such
    notice or other communication should also be sent to the attention of the
    General Counsel and the Head-Financial Guaranty Group "URGENT MATERIAL
    ENCLOSED.")

              Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer
         or the Trustee shall be in writing, personally delivered or mailed by
         certified mail, return receipt requested to (i) in the case of
         Moody's, at the following address: Moody's Investors Service Inc., ABS
         Monitoring Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York  10007 and
         (ii) in the case of Standard & Poor's, at the following address:
         Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, 26 Broadway (20th Floor), New York,
         New York  10004, Attention of Asset Backed Surveillance Department; or
         as to each of the foregoing, at such other address as shall be
         designated by written notice to the other parties.

SECTION 106.  NOTICE TO HOLDERS; WAIVER.

         Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such
notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided)
if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected
by such event, at such Holder's address as it appears in the Note Register, not
later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed
for the giving of such notice.  In any case where notice to Holders is given by
mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so
mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice
with respect to other Holders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner
herein provided shall conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.  Where
this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in
writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after
the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of
notice by Holders shall be filed with the

                                       - 16 -
<PAGE>

Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity 
of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

         In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by
reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail,
then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall
constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

         Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies,
failure to give such notice shall not affect any rights or obligations created
hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or Event of
Default.

SECTION 107.  ALTERNATE PAYMENT AND NOTICE PROVISIONS.

         Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to
the contrary, the Issuer may enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note
providing for a method of payment, or notice by the Trustee or any Paying Agent
to such Holder, that is different from the methods provided for in this
Indenture for such payments or notices.  The Issuer will furnish to the Trustee
a copy of each such agreement and the Trustee will cause payments to be made and
notices to be given in accordance with such agreements.

SECTION 108.  CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

         If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and any
provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof
that is deemed to be included in and to govern this Indenture by any of the
provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, such provision deemed to be included
herein shall control.

SECTION 109.  EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

         The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are
for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

SECTION 110.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

         All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer shall
bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

         All agreements by the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors.

SECTION 111.  SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.

         In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be
invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity,

                                       - 17 -
<PAGE>

legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way 
be affected or impaired thereby.

SECTION 112.  BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.

         The Security Insurer and its successors and assigns shall be a 
third-party beneficiary of the provisions of this Indenture, and shall be 
entitled to rely upon and directly to enforce such provisions of this 
Indenture so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be 
continuing.  Except as aforesaid, nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, 
express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto 
and their successors hereunder, the Agent and the Holders, and any other 
party secured hereunder, and any other Person with an ownership interest in 
any part of the Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, 
remedy or claim under this Indenture.  The Security Insurer may disclaim any 
of its rights and powers under this Indenture (in which case the Trustee may 
exercise such right or power hereunder), but not its duties and obligations 
under the Note Policy, upon delivery of a written notice to the Trustee.

SECTION 113.  GOVERNING LAW.

         THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 114.  LEGAL HOLIDAYS.

         In any case where the date on which any payment is due shall not be a
Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of
the Notes) payment need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next
succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date on
which nominally due, and no interest shall accrue on the amount to be so paid
for the period from and after any such nominal date.

SECTION 115.  NO BANKRUPTCY PETITION AGAINST THE ISSUER OR THE SELLER.

         The Trustee, by entering into this Indenture, and, notwithstanding the
provisions of Section 607, each Holder by its acceptance of a Note hereunder,
severally and not jointly, hereby covenants and agrees that, prior to the date
that is one year and four days after the payment in full of all outstanding
Notes, it will not institute against, join any other Person in instituting
against, the Seller or the Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement,
insolvency or liquidation proceeding or other similar proceeding under the laws
of the United States or any state of the United States.


                                       - 18 -
<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE TWO

                                       Security

SECTION 201.  COLLATERAL.

         In order to secure the due and punctual payment of the principal of
and interest on the Notes and all other Trustee Secured Obligations when and as
the same shall become due and payable, whether on a Payment Date, the Final
Distribution Date or by declaration of acceleration, prepayment or otherwise,
according to the terms of this Indenture and the Notes, the Issuer, pursuant to
the Security Agreement, has granted (or in the case of after-acquired property,
has agreed to grant) first priority perfected Liens on the Collateral to the
Collateral Agent, all for the benefit of the Holders, the Trustee and the other
Secured Parties.

SECTION 202.  LIMITED RECOURSE TO ISSUER.

         (a)  The Trustee and each Holder by its acceptance of a Note 
hereunder agree that the obligations of the Issuer hereunder, including, 
without limitation, the obligation of the Issuer in respect of the Notes 
shall be payable solely from the Trust Estate, and that neither the Trustee 
nor any Holder shall look to any other Property or assets of the Issuer or to 
any Affiliate, stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator of 
the Issuer in respect of such obligations.

         (b)  The Issuer's obligation to pay certain fees or expenses under, or
claims arising out of, this Indenture shall be limited to moneys available to
the Issuer from the Collateral in accordance with the payment priority set forth
in the Servicing Agreement, and to the extent such funds are insufficient to pay
such fees or expenses, it shall not constitute a claim against the Issuer.

SECTION 203.  AUTHORIZATION OF ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN BY THE TRUSTEE.

         (a)  Subject to the rights of the Secured Parties under the Security 
Agreement, the Trustee may take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate 
in order to enforce or exercise its rights under the Security Agreement in 
accordance with and subject to the provisions thereof.  Such actions shall 
include, but not be limited to, advising, instructing or otherwise directing 
the Collateral Agent in connection with enforcing or effecting any term or 
provision of the Security Agreement.  Subject to the provisions thereof, the 
Trustee shall have power to institute and to maintain suits and proceedings 
to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful 
or in violation of the Security Agreement or this Indenture, and suits and 
proceedings to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the 
Holders in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or 
proceedings to restrain the

                                       - 19 -
<PAGE>

enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental 
enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if 
the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would 
impair the security hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the 
Holders or of the Trustee).

         (b)  The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of
the Holders distributed under the Servicing Agreement or the Security Agreement
and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders according to the
provisions of this Indenture.

SECTION 204.  TERMINATION OF SECURITY INTERESTS.

         Upon the payment in full of all Trustee Secured Obligations, the
Trustee shall, with the consent of the Issuer and at the request of the Seller,
deliver a certificate to the Collateral Agent stating that all Trustee Secured
Obligations have been paid in full, in which case the Liens created by the
Security Agreement shall be released with respect to the Trustee Secured
Obligations.


                                    ARTICLE THREE

                                      Note Forms

SECTION 301.  FORMS GENERALLY.

         The Notes of each Tranche shall be in substantially the form set forth
in Exhibit A, or in such other form as shall be established by or pursuant to a
Board Resolution and in one or more Indenture Supplements, in each case with
such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as
are required or permitted by this Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers
or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon
as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as
may, consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Notes,
as evidenced by their execution of the Notes.  If the form of Notes of any
Tranche is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of
an appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to
the delivery of the Issuer Order contemplated by Section 404 for the
authentication and delivery of such Notes.

         The Trustee's certificates of authentication shall be in substantially
the form set forth in this Article.

         The Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on steel engraved
borders or may be produced in any other manner (provided that if any Notes are
to be listed on any securities exchange, then in any such manner as may be
permitted by the

                                       - 20 -
<PAGE>

rules of any such securities exchange, all as determined by the officers 
executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes).

SECTION 302.  FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

         This is one of the Notes designated herein referred to in the 
within-mentioned Indenture.

                             Norwest Bank Minnesota, National      
                             Association, as Trustee


                             By__________________________
                                  Authorized Signatory


SECTION 303.  SECURITIES LEGEND.

         Each Note issued hereunder will contain the following legend 
limiting sales to "Qualified Institutional Buyers" within the meaning of Rule 
144A of the Securities Act:

    THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES
    SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND HAS NOT BEEN
    APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR
    REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE.  THIS NOTE HAS BEEN OFFERED AND SOLD
    PRIVATELY.  THE HOLDER HEREOF ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THESE SECURITIES ARE
    "RESTRICTED SECURITIES" THAT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
    ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND ITS AFFILIATES THAT THESE
    SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
    EXCEPT (A) TO A PERMITTED ASSIGNEE WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
    QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE
    SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A OR
    (B) TO A PERMITTED ASSIGNEE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION
    PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), OR (C) TO A
    PERMITTED ASSIGNEE PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
    REQUIREMENTS UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN
    ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED
    STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.


                                     ARTICLE FOUR

                                      The Notes

SECTION 401.  AMOUNT LIMITED; ISSUABLE IN TRANCHES.

         The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and
delivered and Outstanding at any time under

                                       - 21 -
<PAGE>

this Indenture is limited to the Maximum Authorized Amount.  The Notes may be 
issued in one or more Tranches.

         No Tranche of Notes shall be issued under this Indenture unless (i) no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the
Amortization Period shall not have begun, (iii) the Insurer Notice Date shall
not have occurred and (iv) after giving effect to such issuance, the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes will not be greater than the aggregate principal amount of
the Advances that are outstanding.

         All Notes shall be substantially identical except as to Original Issue
Date and denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant to
the Board Resolution referred to in Section 301 and set forth in any Indenture
Supplement hereto.

         All Notes issued under this Indenture shall be in all respects equally
and ratably entitled to the benefits hereof and secured by the Collateral
without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time or
times of authentication and delivery, all in accordance with the terms and
provisions of this Indenture.  Payments of interest on the Notes and Default
Interest Distributable Amount shall be made pro rata among all Outstanding
Notes, without preference or priority of any kind.  Except as provided in
Section 1101 concerning principal prepayments on the Notes, payments of
principal on the Notes shall be made pro rata among all Outstanding Notes,
without preference or priority of any kind.

SECTION 402.  MATURITY, PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS AND DENOMINATIONS.

         (a) The principal of each Note shall be payable in installments equal
to the sum of the Advance Principal Distributable Amount deposited in the Note
Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 3.6(a)(v) and 3.6(b)(v) of the
Servicing Agreement on each Payment Date with respect to the Amortization Period
and the amounts deposited in the Note Distribution Account pursuant to Sections
3.6(a)(viii) and 3.6(b)(viii) of the Servicing Agreement on each such Payment
Date.  Subject to Section 602 and notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire
unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously
paid, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
continuing or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, on
the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and
the Trustee or a Note Majority have declared the Notes to be immediately due and
payable in the manner provided in Section 602(a).  All such principal payments
on the Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders entitled thereto.  The
Trustee shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close
of business on the Record Date preceding the Payment Date on which the Issuer
expects that the final installment of principal of and interest on such Note
will be paid.  Such notice shall be mailed no later than five days prior to such
final Payment Date

                                       - 22 -
<PAGE>

and shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon 
presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify the place were such 
Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such installment. 
Notices in connection with prepayments in whole of Notes shall be mailed, 
couriered or sent by facsimile transmission to Noteholders as provided in 
Section 1102.

         (b) Promptly following the date on which all principal of and interest
on the Notes has been paid in full and the Notes have been surrendered to the
Trustee, the Trustee shall, if the Security Insurer has paid any amount in
respect of the Notes under the Note Policy that has not been reimbursed to it,
deliver such surrendered Notes to the Security Insurer.

         (c) The Notes shall be issuable only in registered form and only in
denominations of $100,000 and any amount in excess thereof; PROVIDED, that the
foregoing shall not restrict or prevent the transfer in accordance with Section
406 of any Note having a remaining outstanding principal amount of less than
$100,000.

SECTION 403.  INTEREST PAYMENTS.

         (a)  Interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Outstanding 
Note shall be payable on each Payment Date at the Note Interest Rate for the 
period from its Original Issue Date, or such later date to which interest has 
been paid or duly provided for, to such Payment Date.  Interest on the Notes 
shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed.  
Except in connection with the prepayment of a Note, the first payment of 
interest on a Note issued between the first day of a calendar month and the 
Payment Date occurring in such calendar month will be made on the Payment 
Date occurring in the next succeeding calendar month.  In addition, on each 
Payment Date with respect to any Interest Period or portion thereof after the 
occurrence of an Amortization Event, the Default Amount Distributable Amount 
shall be payable with respect to the Notes to the extent funds are available 
therefor pursuant to Section 3.6(b)(vii) or (ix) of the Servicing Agreement.

         (b)  On each Business Day, the Trustee shall determine the Two Year
Treasury Yield and, in addition, upon the occurrence of an Amortization Event,
the Trustee shall determine the Maximum Interest Rate.  On each Business Day,
prior to 12:00 noon, the Trustee shall send to the Servicer, by facsimile
transmission, notification of the Two Year Treasury Yield, the CP Composite Rate
and the Offshore Rate, and, on the date on which an Amortization Event occurs,
the Maximum Interest Rate.  The Two Year Treasury Yield, the CP Composite Rate
and the Offshore Rate and, if applicable, the Maximum Interest Rate, may be
obtained by any Noteholder, the Agent or the Security Insurer by telephoning the
Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office at (612) 667-3538.

SECTION 404.  EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY AND DATING.

                                       - 23 -
<PAGE>

         The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its
Authorized Officers.  The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be
manual or facsimile.

         Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who
were at any time the proper officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.

         At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of
this Indenture and receipt of the Note Policy, and upon satisfaction of all the
conditions set forth in Section 401, the Issuer may deliver Notes of any Tranche
executed by the Issuer to the Trustee or Authenticating Agent for
authentication, together with an Issuer Order for the authentication and
delivery of such Notes and an Officer's Certificate that all conditions
precedent for such issuance have been satisfied, and the Trustee in accordance
with the Issuer Order shall authenticate and make available for delivery such
Notes.

         Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

         No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein
executed by the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent by manual signature, and
such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only
evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and
is entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never
issued and sold by the Issuer, and the Issuer shall deliver such Note to the
Trustee or the Authenticating Agent for cancellation as provided in Section 410
together with a written statement (which need not comply with Section 102 and
need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel) stating that such Note has
never been issued and sold by the Issuer, for all purposes of this Indenture
such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered
hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

SECTION 405.  TEMPORARY NOTES.

         Pending the preparation of definitive Notes of any Tranche, the Issuer
may execute, and upon Issuer Order the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall
authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed,
typewritten, reproduced or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination,
substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are
issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other
variations as the 

                                       - 24 -
<PAGE>

officers executing such Notes may determine, as evidenced by
their execution of such Notes.

         If temporary Notes of any Tranche are issued, the Issuer will cause
definitive Notes of that Tranche to be prepared without unreasonable delay. 
After the preparation of definitive Notes of such Tranche, the temporary Notes
of such Tranche shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes of such Tranche upon
surrender of the temporary Notes of such Tranche at the office or agency of the
Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 1002.  Upon surrender for
cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes of any Tranche the Issuer shall
execute, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make
available for delivery, in exchange therefor a like principal amount of
definitive Notes of the same Tranche and tenor of authorized denominations. 
Until so exchanged, the temporary Notes of any Tranche shall in all respects be
entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of such
Tranche.

SECTION 406.  REGISTRATION, REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE, TRANSFER
              RESTRICTIONS.

         The Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the "Note Register") in
which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer
shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of the Notes. 
Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, is hereby initially appointed
"Note Registrar" for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of the Notes
as herein provided.  Upon any resignation of any Note Registrar, the Issuer
shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an
appointment, assume the duties of the Note Registrar.

         If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note
Registrar, the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt written notice of the
appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the
location, of the Note Registrar, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect
the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the
Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of
the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof as the names and addresses of
the Holders of the Notes and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.

         Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office
or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 1002, the Issuer
shall execute, and the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate
and make available for delivery, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like
tenor and aggregate principal amount.

                                       - 25 -
<PAGE>

         At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes in
any authorized denominations, of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount,
upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever
any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the
Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for
delivery, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

         All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
for exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Trustee) be duly
endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder
thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing with such signature
guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company located, or having a
correspondent located, in the City of New York or the city in which the
Corporate Trust Office is located, or by a member firm of a national securities
exchange, and such other documents as the Trustee may require.

         No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes, but the Issuer or the Trustee may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than
exchanges pursuant to Section 404 or 905 not involving any transfer.

         No Holder of a Note shall transfer its Note unless such transfer is
made (i) in accordance (A) with Rule 144A of the Securities Act, (B) an
exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if
available) or any other exemption from the registration requirements under
Section 5 of the Securities Act provided the Issuer is provided an Opinion of
Counsel that such transfer is so exempt, and (C) the registration and
qualification requirements (or any applicable exemptions therefrom) under
applicable state securities laws and (ii) to a Permitted Assignee.

SECTION 407.  MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST AND STOLEN NOTES.

         If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, the Issuer shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a
new Note of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding.  If there shall be delivered to the Issuer and
the Trustee and the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing) (i) evidence to their

                                       - 26 -
<PAGE>

satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note and (ii) such 
security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any 
agent of any of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, 
the Trustee or the Security Insurer that such Note has been acquired by a 
bona fide purchaser, the Issuer shall execute and upon its request the 
Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery, in lieu of any 
such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal 
amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding.

         In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become
or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead
of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

         Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Issuer or
the Trustee may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other
expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

         Every new Note of any Tranche issued pursuant to this Section in lieu
of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional
contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or
stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to
all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all
other Notes duly issued hereunder.

         The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to
the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement
or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

SECTION 408.  PAYMENT OF INTEREST; INTEREST RIGHTS PRESERVED.

         Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that
Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business
on the Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the
account and number specified in the Note Register on such Record Date for such
Person or, if no such account or number is so specified, then by check mailed to
such Person's address as it appears in the Note Register on such Record Date.

         Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note
delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange
for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and
unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

                                       - 27 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 409.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.

         Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer, the
Issuer, the Security Insurer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer, the
Security Insurer or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name such Note is
registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of
principal of and (subject to Section 408) interest on such Note and for all
other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and the Issuer,
the Security Insurer, the Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer, the Security
Insurer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

SECTION 410.  CANCELLATION.

         Subject to Section 402(b), all Notes surrendered for payment,
prepayment in whole, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered
to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and shall be
promptly cancelled by the Trustee.  Subject to Section 402(b), the Issuer may at
any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously
authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any
manner whatsoever, and may deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for
delivery to the Trustee) for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated
hereunder which the Issuer has not issued and sold, and all Notes so delivered
shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee.  No Notes shall be authenticated in
lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section,
except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  All cancelled Notes held by
the Trustee shall be held or destroyed by the Trustee in accordance with its
standard retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time.


                                     ARTICLE FIVE

                         Accounts, Disbursements and Releases

SECTION 501.  COLLECTION OF MONEY.

         Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Trustee may demand
payment or delivery of, and shall receive and collect, directly and without
intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money
and other property payable to or receivable by the Trustee pursuant to this
Indenture.  The Trustee shall apply all such money received by it as provided in
this Indenture.  Subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement and except
as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the
making of any payment or performance under any agreement or instrument  that is
part of this Indenture or the Notes, the Trustee may take such action as may be
appropriate to enforce such payment or performance, including the institution
and prosecution of appropriate Proceedings.  Any such action shall be without

                                       - 28 -
<PAGE>

prejudice to any right to claim a Default or Event of Default under this
Indenture and any right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article VI.

SECTION 502.  GENERAL PROVISIONS REGARDING ACCOUNTS.

         (a) On each Payment Date, the Trustee shall distribute all amounts 
on deposit in the Note Distribution Account to Noteholders in respect of the 
Notes based on the instructions set forth in the Servicer's Certificate to 
the extent of amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, interest and 
Default Amount Distributable Amounts (if any), first to pay all accrued and 
unpaid interest, then to pay principal on the Notes and then to pay any 
Default Amount Distributable Amount.

         (b) Subject to Section 701(c), the Trustee shall not in any way be
held liable by reason of any insufficiency in any of the Secured Accounts
resulting from any loss or any Eligible Investment included therein except for
losses attributable to the Trustee's failure to make payments on such Eligible
Investments issued by the Trustee, in its commercial capacity as principal
obligor and not as Trustee, in accordance with their terms.


                                     ARTICLE SIX

                                       Remedies

SECTION 601.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

         "Event of Default," wherever used herein with respect to the Notes,
means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of
Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by
operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

         (i)  default in the payment of any interest on any Note when the same
    becomes due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of
    two Business Days (solely for purposes of this clause, a payment on the
    Notes funded by the Security Insurer or the Collateral Agent shall be
    deemed to be a payment made by the Issuer); or

         (ii) default in the payment of or any installment of the principal on
    any Note when the same becomes due and payable and such default shall
    continue for a period of two Business Days (solely for purposes of this
    clause, a payment on the Notes funded by the Security Insurer or the
    Collateral Agent shall be deemed to be a payment made by the Issuer); or

         (iii) so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
    continuing, an Insurance Agreement Event of

                                       - 29 -
<PAGE>

    Default shall have occurred; provided, however, that the occurrence of 
    an Insurance Agreement Event of Default may not form the basis of an 
    Event of Default unless the Security Insurer shall have delivered to 
    the Issuer and the Trustee and not rescinded a written notice 
    specifying that such Insurance Agreement Event of Default constitutes 
    an Event of Default under the Indenture; or

         (iv) so long as an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
    continuing, default in the observance or performance or any covenant or
    agreement of the Issuer made in this Indenture (other than a covenant or
    agreement, a default in the observance or performance of which is elsewhere
    in this Section specifically dealt with), or any representation or warranty
    of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in any certificate or other writing
    delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith proving to have been
    incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have
    been made, and such default shall continue or not be cured, or the
    circumstances or condition in respect of which such misrepresentation or
    warranty was incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise cured,
    for a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or
    certified mail, to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the
    Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the Outstanding Amount of the
    Notes, a written notice specifying such default or incorrect representation
    or warranty and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is
    a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

         (v) so long as an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
    continuing, the filing of a decree or order for relief by a court having
    jurisdiction in the premises in respect of the Issuer or any substantial
    part of the Trust Estate in an involuntary case under any applicable
    Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
    hereafter in effect, or appointing receiver, liquidator, assignee,
    custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the Issuer or for
    any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or ordering the winding-up or
    liquidation of the Issuer's affairs, and such decree or order shall remain
    unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

         (vi) so long as an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
    continuing, the commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case under any
    applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now
    or hereafter in effect, or the consent by the Issuer to the entry of an
    order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or the consent
    by the Issuer to the appointment or taking possession by a receiver,
    liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official
    of the Issuer for any substantial part of the Trust Estate, or the making
    by the Issuer of any general assignment for the benefit of

                                       - 30 -
<PAGE>

    creditors, or the failure by the Issuer generally to pay its debts as such
    debts become due, or the taking of action by the Issuer in furtherance of 
    any of the foregoing.

         The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee and the Security Insurer,
within five days after obtaining knowledge of the occurrence thereof, written
notice in the form of an Officers' Certificate of any event which with the
giving of notice and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under
clause (iii), its status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to
take with respect thereto.

SECTION 602.  RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT.

         (a) If an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing 
and an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Notes 
shall become immediately due and payable at par, together with accrued 
interest thereon.  In the event of any acceleration of the Notes by operation 
of this Section 602, the Trustee shall continue to be entitled to make claims 
under the Note Policy pursuant to Section 615 hereof for Scheduled Payments 
on the Notes.  Payments under the Note Policy following acceleration of the 
Notes shall be applied by the Trustee:

         FIRST:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
    interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to
    the amounts due and payable on the Notes for interest; and

         SECOND:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
    principal, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according
    to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal;

         (b) In the event the Notes are accelerated due to an Event of Default,
the Security Insurer shall have the right (in addition to its obligation to pay
Scheduled Payments on the Notes in accordance with the Note Policy), but not the
obligation, to make payments under the Note Policy or otherwise of interest and
principal due on the Notes, in whole or in part, on any date or dates following
such acceleration as the Security Insurer, in its sole discretion, shall elect.

         (c) If an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing and an
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee if so
requested in writing by the Agent shall, upon prior written notice to the Rating
Agencies, declare by written notice to the Issuer that the Notes become,
whereupon they shall become, immediately due and payable at par, together with
accrued interest thereon.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
paragraph (c), if an Event of Default specified in Section 601(v) or (vi) shall
occur and be continuing when an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Notes shall become immediately due and payable at par, together with accrued
interest thereon.

                                       - 31 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 603.  COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT BY TRUSTEE;
              AUTHORITY OF CONTROLLING PARTY.

          (a) Subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement, the Issuer
covenants that if the Notes are accelerated following the occurrence of an Event
of Default, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the
benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and payable on
such Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue principal,
and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally
enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the Note Interest Rate
and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the
costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

         (b) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
in its discretion but with the consent of the Controlling Party (except as
provided in Section 603(c) below), proceed to protect and enforce its rights and
the rights of the Noteholders, by such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee
shall deem most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for
the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in
aid of the exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper
remedy or legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by
law.

         (c) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any
other obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership
interest in the Trust Estate, Proceedings under Title 11 of the United States
Code or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other
similar law, or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or
reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been
appointed for or taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other
obligor or Person, or in case of any other comparable judicial Proceedings
relative to the Issuer or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or
property of the Issuer or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of
whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable as therein
expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee
shall have made any demand pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be
entitled and empowered, by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:

         (i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of
    principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file
    such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to
    have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for reasonable
    compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee, and their

                                       - 32 -
<PAGE>

    respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and for reimbursement of all
    expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee
    and each predecessor Trustee, except as a result of negligence or bad
    faith) and of the Noteholders allowed in such Proceedings;

         (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, to vote on
    behalf of the Holders of Notes in any election of a trustee, as standby
    trustee or person performing similar functions in any such Proceedings;

         (iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or
    deliverable on such claims and to distribute all amounts received with
    respect to the claims of the Noteholders and of the Trustee on their
    behalf; and

         (iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may
    be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee or the
    Holders of Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the
    Issuer, its creditors and its property;

and any trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official in
any such Proceeding is hereby authorized by each of such Noteholders to make
payments to the Trustee, and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee such
amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the Trustee,
each predecessor Trustee and their respective agents, attorneys and counsel, and
all other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the
Trustee and each predecessor Trustee except as a result of negligence or bad
faith.

         (e)  Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
to authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding
except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or
similar Person.

         (f)  All rights of action and of asserting claims under this
Indenture, the Security Agreement, or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by
the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof
in any trial or other Proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or
Proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as
trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the
payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Trustee, each
predecessor Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes,

                                       - 33 -
<PAGE>

         (g)  In any Proceedings brought by the Trustee (including any
Proceedings involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture or
the Security Agreement), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders
of the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to
any such Proceedings.

SECTION 604.  LIMITATION ON SUITS.

         No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any
Proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the
appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

         (1)  such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of 
    a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes;

         (2)  the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount
    of the Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee to
    institute such Proceeding in respect of such Event of Default in its
    own name as Trustee hereunder;

         (3)  such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee
    reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be
    incurred in compliance with such request;

         (4)  the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice,
    request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such
    Proceeding;

         (5)  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
    given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a
    majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes; and

         (6) an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

         It is understood and intended that no one or more of the Holders shall
have any right in any manner whatever hereunder or under the Notes to
(i) affect, disturb or prejudice or the rights of the Holders of any other
Notes, (ii) obtain or seek to obtain priority or preference over any other such
Holder or (iii) enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner
herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common benefit of all such
Holders.

                                       - 34 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 605.  UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST.

         Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of
any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
payment of the principal of and interest (including, without limitation, any
Breakage Fee) on such Note on or after the respective due dates thereof
expressed in such Note or in this Indenture and to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall not be impaired without
the consent of such Holder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as an Insurer
Default shall not have occurred and be continuing, no such suit shall be
instituted; PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that notwithstanding the foregoing
proviso, a Holder shall be entitled to institute suit against the Seller for the
enforcement of payment of any Breakage Fee to which it may be entitled to
receive hereunder.

SECTION 606.  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

         If any of the Trustee, the Controlling Party or any Holder has
instituted any Proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture
and such Proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has
been determined adversely to the Trustee, the Controlling Party or to such
Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such
Proceeding, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored severally
and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights
and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such
Proceeding had been instituted.

SECTION 607.  RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

         Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen securities in the last paragraph
of Section 407, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to any of
the Trustee, the Controlling Party or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive
of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy
given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. 
The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise,
shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other
appropriate right or remedy.

SECTION 608.  DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER.

         No delay or omission of any of the Trustee, the Controlling Party or
any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Default
or Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver
of any such Default or Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right
and remedy given by this Article or by law to the

                                       - 35 -
<PAGE>

Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as 
may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

SECTION 609.  CONTROL BY HOLDERS.

         If the Issuer is the Controlling Party, the Holders of a majority of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall have the right to direct the time,
method and place of conducting any Proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, with respect
to the Notes; PROVIDED that

         (1)  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law, 
    with this Indenture or with the Security Agreement, and

         (2)  the Issuer may take any other action deemed proper by the
    Issuer which is not inconsistent with such direction.

SECTION 610.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

         If an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes may
on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default or Event of
Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default:

         (1)  in the payment of the principal of or interest, if any, on any 
    Note, or

         (2)  in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which cannot be
    modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
    Outstanding Note affected.

         The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for
the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to waive any past Default or
Event of Default hereunder.  If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such
record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be
entitled to waive any Default or Event of Default hereunder, whether or not such
Holders remain Holders after such record date; and unless such majority in
principal amount shall have been obtained prior to the date which is 90 days
after such record date, any such waiver previously given shall automatically and
without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

         Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event
of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

                                       - 36 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 611.  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

         All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by
such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court
may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action
taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in
such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court
may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys'
fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits
and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the
provisions of this Section shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Issuer,
to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or
group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% of the Outstanding
Amount of the Notes, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement
of the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note on or after the
respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture.

SECTION 612.  WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS.

         The Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that
it will not at any time insist upon, or plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim
or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted,
now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantages of any such
law and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

SECTION 613.  ACTION ON NOTES.

         The Trustee's right to seek and recover judgment on the Notes or under
this Indenture shall not be affected by the seeking, obtaining or application or
any other relief under or with respect to this Indenture.  Neither the lien of
the Security Agreement nor any rights or remedies of the Trustee or the
Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment by the Trustee
against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such judgment upon any
portion of the Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of the Issuer.

SECTION 614.  PERFORMANCE AND ENFORCEMENT OF CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS.

         Subject to the provisions of the Security Agreement and the other
Related Documents, promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at
the Issuer's expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as the
Trustee may request

                                       - 37 -
<PAGE>

to compel or secure the performance and observance by the Seller, the 
Servicer and OFL, as applicable, of each of their obligations to the Issuer 
under or in connection with the Servicing Agreement or to OFL and the Seller 
under or in connection with the Purchase Agreement or to the Seller under or 
in connection with the Repurchase Agreement in accordance with the terms of 
each thereof, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and 
privileges lawfully available to the Issuer under or in connection with the 
Servicing Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement and the Purchase Agreement to 
the extent and in the manner directed by the Trustee, including the 
transmission of notices of default on the part of the Seller or the Servicer 
thereunder and the institution of legal or administrative actions or 
proceedings to compel or secure performance by any of OFL, the Seller or the 
Servicer of each of their obligations under such agreements.

SECTION 615.  CLAIMS UNDER NOTE POLICY.

          (a)  In the event that the Trustee has delivered a Deficiency Notice
with respect to any Deficiency Claim Date and the Trustee has not cancelled and
returned the Note Policy to the Security Insurer, the Trustee shall determine on
the related Draw Date whether the sum of (i) the amount of Spread Account
Available Funds with respect to such Deficiency Claim Date (excluding, following
the occurrence of an Amortization Event, amounts distributable to the Servicer
pursuant to Section 3.6(b)(i)) and (ii) the amount of the Deficiency Claim
Amount, if any, to be delivered by the Spread Account Collateral Agent to the
Trustee pursuant to a Deficiency Notice with respect to such Deficiency Claim
Date (as stated in the certificate delivered on such Deficiency Claim Date by
the Spread Account Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 3.03(a) of the Spread
Account Agreement) would be insufficient to pay the Noteholders' Interest
Distributable Amount and, with respect to a Payment Date with respect to the
Amortization Period, the amounts referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) would be
insufficient, after giving effect to the distributions required by clauses (i)
through (iv) of Section 3.6(a) of the Servicing Agreement or, if an Amortization
Event shall have occurred, after giving effect to the distributions required by
clauses (i) through (iv) of Section 3.6(b) of the Servicing Agreement, to pay
the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount for the related Payment Date,
then in any such event the Trustee shall furnish to the Security Insurer no
later than 12:00 noon New York City time on the related Draw Date a completed
Notice of Claim in the amount of the shortfall in amounts so available to pay
the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount and, on Payment Dates with
respect to the Amortization Period, the Noteholders' Principal Distributable
Amount with respect to such Payment Date (the amount of any such shortfall being
hereinafter referred to as the "Policy Claim Amount").  Amounts paid by the
Security Insurer pursuant to a claim submitted under this Section 615 shall be
deposited by the Trustee into the Note Distribution Account for payment to
Noteholders on the related Payment Date.

                                       - 38 -
<PAGE>

         (b)  Any notice delivered by the Trustee to the Security Insurer
pursuant to Section 615(a) shall specify the Policy Claim Amount claimed under
the Note Policy and shall constitute a "Notice of Claim" under the Note Policy. 
In accordance with the provisions of the Note Policy, the Security Insurer is
required to pay to the Trustee the Policy Claim Amount properly claimed
thereunder by 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the later of (i) the third
Business Day following receipt on a Business Day of the Notice of Claim, and
(ii) the applicable Payment Date.  Any payment made by the Security Insurer
under the Note Policy shall be applied solely to the payment of the Notes, and
for no other purpose.

         (c)  The Trustee shall (i) receive as attorney-in-fact of each
Noteholder any Policy Claim Amount from the Security Insurer and (ii) deposit
the same in the Note Distribution Account for disbursement to the Noteholders as
provided in Section 402, 403 or 602.  Any and all Policy Claim Amounts disbursed
by the Trustee from claims made under the Note Policy shall not be considered
payment by the Issuer, and shall not discharge the obligations of the Issuer
with respect thereto.  The Security Insurer shall, to the extent it makes any
payment with respect to the Notes, become subrogated to the rights of the
recipients of such payments to the extent of such payments.  Subject to and
conditioned upon any payment with respect to the Notes by or on behalf of the
Security Insurer, the Trustee shall assign to the Security Insurer all rights to
the payment of interest or principal with respect to the Notes which are then
due for payment to the extent of all payments made by the Security Insurer and
the Security Insurer may exercise any option, vote, right, power or the like
with respect to the Notes to the extent that it has made payment pursuant to the
Note Policy.  To evidence such subrogation, the Note Registrar shall note the
Security Insurer's rights as subrogee upon the register of Noteholders upon
receipt from the Security Insurer of proof of payment by the Security Insurer of
any Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount or Noteholders' Principal
Distributable Amount.  The foregoing subrogation shall in all cases be subject
to the rights of the Noteholders to receive all scheduled payments in respect of
the Notes.

         (d)  The Trustee shall keep a complete and accurate record of all
funds delivered by the Security Insurer to the Trustee and the allocation of
such funds to the payment of interest on and principal paid with respect to any
Note.  The Security Insurer shall have the right to inspect such records at
reasonable times upon one Business Day's prior notice to the Trustee.

         (e)  The Trustee shall be entitled to enforce on behalf of the
Noteholders the obligations of the Security Insurer under the Note Policy. 
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Related Document,
the Noteholders are not entitled to institute proceedings directly against the
Security Insurer.

                                       - 39 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 616.  PREFERENCE CLAIMS.

         (a)  In the event that the Trustee has received a certified copy of an
order of the appropriate court that any Noteholders' Interest Distributable
Amount or Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount paid on a Note (including
in the computation of such Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount for the
purpose of this Section 616, if the Security Insurer shall have received the
items described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) of Section 3 of the Note Policy, any
distribution in respect of principal on the Notes prior to the Final Maturity
Date that was subsequently avoided as a preference payment under applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law to the extent any such
amount remains unpaid on such date) has been avoided in whole or in part as a
preference payment under applicable bankruptcy law, the Trustee shall so notify
the Security Insurer, shall comply with the provisions of the Note Policy to
obtain payment by the Security Insurer of such avoided payment, and shall, at
the time it provides notice to the Security Insurer, notify Holders of the Notes
by mail that, in the event that any Noteholder's payment is so recoverable, such
Noteholder will be entitled to payment pursuant to the terms of the Note Policy.
Pursuant to the terms of the Note Policy, the Security Insurer will make such
payment on behalf of the Noteholder to the receiver, conservator,
debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named in the order (as defined in
the Note Policy) and not to the Trustee or any Noteholder directly (unless a
Noteholder has previously paid such payment to the receiver, conservator,
debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy, in which case the Security
Insurer will make such payment to the Trustee for distribution to such
Noteholder upon proof of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Security
Insurer).

         (b)  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Security Insurer of any
proceeding or the institution of any action (of which the Trustee has actual
knowledge) seeking the avoidance as a preferential transfer under applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, rehabilitation or similar law (a
"Preference Claim") of any distribution made with respect to the Notes.  Each
Holder, by its purchase of Notes, and the Trustee hereby agree that so long as
an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing, the Security
Insurer may at any time during the continuation of any proceeding relating to a
Preference Claim direct all matters relating to such Preference Claim including,
without limitation, (i) the direction of any appeal of any order relating to any
Preference Claim and (ii) the posting of any surety, supersedeas or performance
bond pending any such appeal at the expense of the Security Insurer, but subject
to reimbursement as provided in the Insurance Agreement.  In addition, and
without limitation of the foregoing, as set forth in Section 615(c), the
Security Insurer shall be subrogated to, and each Noteholder and the Trustee
hereby delegate and assign, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights
of the Trustee and each Noteholder in the conduct of any proceeding with respect
to a Preference Claim, including, without limitation, all rights 

                                       - 40 -
<PAGE>

of any party to an adversary proceeding action with respect to any court 
order issued in connection with any such Preference Claim.

                                    ARTICLE SEVEN

                                     The Trustee

SECTION 701.  CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

         (a)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

         (1)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
    duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, the Servicing
    Agreement or any other Related Document to which it is a party, and no
    implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture
    against the Trustee; and

         (2)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
    conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
    the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
    the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture, the
    Servicing Agreement or any other Related Document to which it is a party;
    but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision
    hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the
    Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or
    not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

         (b)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a
prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his
own affairs.

         (c)  No provision of this Indenture, the Servicing Agreement or any
other Related Document to which it is a party, shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
to act, or its own wilful misconduct; PROVIDED, that

         (1)  this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of
    subsection (a) of this Section;

         (2)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
    good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the
    Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

                                       - 41 -
<PAGE>

         (3)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
    or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction
    of the Security Insurer or the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding
    Amount of the Notes, relating to the time, method and place of conducting
    any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any
    trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with
    respect to the Notes; and

         (4)  no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
    expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in
    the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any
    of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing
    that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
    liability is not reasonably assured to it.

         (d)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of
this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or
affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of
paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

         (e)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it.

         (f)  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law or the terms of this Indenture
or the Servicing Agreement.

         (g)  The Trustee shall, upon one Business Day's prior notice to the
Trustee, permit any representative of the Security Insurer or the Agent, during
the Trustee's normal business hours, to examine all books of account, records,
reports and other papers of the Trustee relating to the Notes, to make copies
and extracts therefrom and to discuss the Trustee's affairs and actions, as such
affairs and actions relate to the Trustee's duties with respect to the Notes,
with the Trustee's officers and employees responsible for carrying out the
Trustee's duties with respect to the Notes.

         (h)  In no event shall the Trustee be required to perform, or be
responsible for the manner of performance of, any of the obligations of the
Servicer, or any other party, under the Servicing Agreement except during such
time, if any, as the Trustee, in its capacity as Backup Servicer shall be the
successor to, and be vested with the rights, powers, duties and privileges of
the Servicer in accordance with the terms of the Servicing Agreement.

         (i)  The Trustee shall, and hereby agrees that it will, perform all of
the obligations and duties required of it under the Servicing Agreement and all
other Related Documents to which it is a party.

                                       - 42 -
<PAGE>

         (j)  The Trustee shall, and hereby agrees that it will, hold the Note
Policy in trust, and will hold any proceeds of any claim on the Note Policy in
trust solely for the use and benefit of the Noteholders.

         (k)  Without limiting the generality of this Section 701, the Trustee
shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of this
Indenture or any agreement referred to herein or any financing statement
evidencing a security interest in the Financed Vehicles, or to see the
maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any recording,
refiling or redepositing of any thereof, (ii) to see to any insurance of the
Financed Vehicles or Obligors or to the effect or maintain any such insurance,
(iii) to see to the payment or discharge of any tax, assessment or other
governmental charge or any Lien or encumbrance of any kind owing with respect
to, assessed or levied against any part of the Trust Estate, (iv) to confirm or
verify the contents of any reports or certificates delivered to the Trustee
pursuant to this Indenture or the Servicing Agreement believed by the Trustee to
be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties,
or (v) to inspect the Financed Vehicles at any time or ascertain or inquire as
to the performance or observance of any of the Issuer's, the Seller's or the
Servicer's representation, warranties or covenants or the Servicer's duties and
obligations as Servicer under the Agreement.

SECTION 702.  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

         If a Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall notify the Agent and each
Rating Agency of any such Default promptly after it occurs.

SECTION 703.  CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 701:

         (a)  the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or
    refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
    instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order,
    bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or
    document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented
    by the proper party or parties;

         (b)  any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be
    sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Request or Issuer Order and any
    resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a
    Board Resolution;

         (c)  whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee
    shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to
    taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless
    other evidence be

                                       - 43 -
<PAGE>

    herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of
    bad faith on its part, request and rely upon an Officers' Certificate;

         (d)  the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of
    such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete
    authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or
    omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

         (e)  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
    rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction
    of any of the Security Insurer or the Holders pursuant to this Indenture,
    unless the Security Insurer or such Holders shall have offered to the
    Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and
    liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request
    or direction;

         (f)  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
    facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
    instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order,
    bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or
    document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry
    or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the
    Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it
    shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer,
    personally or by agent or attorney; 

         (g)  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
    perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
    attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
    negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by
    it hereunder.

SECTION 704.  NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF NOTES.

         The recitals contained herein, in any Indenture Supplement and in the
Notes, except the Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken as
the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee or any Authenticating Agent
assumes no responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustee makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the
Notes, the Collateral or the Trust Estate.  The Trustee or any Authenticating
Agent shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes
or the proceeds thereof.

SECTION 705.  MAY HOLD NOTES.

         The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note
Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in 

                                       - 44 -
<PAGE>

its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of 
Notes and, subject to Sections 708 and 713, may otherwise deal with the 
Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, 
Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent.

SECTION 706.  MONEY HELD IN TRUST.

         Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder must be segregated from
other funds.  The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money
received by it and held by it hereunder in trust except as otherwise agreed with
the Issuer.

SECTION 707.  COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.

         (a)  OFL in a separate letter agreement (the "Letter Agreement") has
covenanted and agreed to pay to the Trustee, and the Trustee shall be entitled
to, certain annual fees, which shall not be limited by any law on compensation
of a Trustee of an express trust.  In the Letter Agreement, OFL has also agreed
to reimburse the Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or
made by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for
its services.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel,
accountants and experts.  Pursuant to the Letter Agreement, OFL has agreed to
indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss, liability or expense (including
attorneys' fees) incurred by it in connection with the administration of this
trust and the performance of its duties hereunder.

         (b)  If notwithstanding the provisions of the Letter Agreement, OFL
fails to pay any fee or expense due to the Trustee pursuant to the terms of the
Letter Agreement, the Trustee shall be entitled to a distribution in respect of
such amount pursuant to Section 3.6(a)(iii) or Section 3.6(b)(iii) of the
Servicing Agreement.  OFL's payment obligations to the Trustee pursuant to this
Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture.  When the Trustee incurs
expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 601(v) or (vi)
with respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable
Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.  Notwithstanding
anything else set forth in this Indenture or the Related Documents, the Trustee
agrees that the obligations of the Issuer (but not OFL) to the Trustee hereunder
and under the Related Documents shall be recourse to the Trust Estate only.  In
addition, the Trustee agrees that its recourse to the Issuer, the Trust Estate
and the Seller shall be limited to the right to receive the distributions
referred to in the first sentence of this Section 707(b).

                                       - 45 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 708.  DISQUALIFICATION; CONFLICTING INTERESTS.

         If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act and if
the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of
the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such interest or
resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the
provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.

SECTION 709.  CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY.

        There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder, which (a) shall be a 
commercial bank or trust company organized and doing business under the laws 
of the United States of America or any State thereof,(b) shall have a 
combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and a long-term deposit 
rating of at least Baa3 from Moody's or otherwise be acceptable to Moody's 
and (c) shall be authorized to exercise corporate trust powers and be subject 
to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority.  If such 
commercial bank or trust company publishes reports of condition at least 
annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or 
examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined 
capital and surplus of such commercial bank or trust company shall be deemed 
to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report 
of condition so published.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be 
eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign 
immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this 
Article.

SECTION 710.  RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

         (1)  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a
successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the
acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the
applicable requirements of Section 711.

         (2)  The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Notes by
giving written notice thereof to the Issuer.  If the instrument of acceptance by
a successor Trustee required by Section 711 shall not have been delivered to the
Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the
resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes.

         (3)  The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Notes
by Act of the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes,
delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer.

         (4)  If at any time:

                                       - 46 -
<PAGE>

         (1)  The Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 708 after written
              request therefor by the Issuer or by any Holder who has been a
              bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or

         (2)  the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 709 and
              shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer
              or by any such Holder, or

         (3)  the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged
              a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its
              property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take
              charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs
              for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, the Issuer may, with the consent of the Security Insurer
(and at the request of the Security Insurer shall, unless an Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing) remove the Trustee.

         (5)  If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of
acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with
respect to the Notes, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee
acceptable to the Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have
occurred and be continuing) and shall comply with the applicable requirements of
Section 711.  If the Issuer fails to appoint such a successor Trustee, the
Security Insurer may appoint a successor Trustee.

         (6)  The Issuer shall give notice of each resignation and each removal
of the Trustee with respect to the Notes and each appointment of a successor
Trustee with respect to the Notes by mailing written notice of such event by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all holders of Notes as their names and
addresses appear in the Note Register.  Each notice shall include the name of
the successor Trustee with respect to the Notes and the address of its Corporate
Trust Office.

SECTION 711.  ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR.

         (a)  In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee 
with respect to the Notes, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall 
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the retiring Trustee an 
instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or 
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor 
Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested 
with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, 
on the request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee 
shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument 
transferring to

                                      - 47 -
<PAGE>

such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring 
Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee 
all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

         (b)  Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer shall
execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and
confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred
to in paragraph (a) of this Section.

         (c)  No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the
time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible
under this Article.

SECTION 712.  MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS.

         Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business
of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such
corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto.  The Trustee shall provide the Rating Agencies prompt
notice of any such transaction.  In case any Notes shall have been
authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor
by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt
such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect
as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

SECTION 713.  PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST ISSUER.

         If this Indenture is ever qualified under the Trust Indenture Act,
then the provisions of Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act shall govern.

SECTION 714.  APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT.

         As of the date of the Indenture and at any time when any of the Notes
remain Outstanding, the Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents
with respect to one or more Tranche of Notes which shall be authorized to act on
behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes of such Tranche issued upon
exchange, registration of transfer or partial prepayment thereof, or pursuant to
Section 406, and Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of
this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if
authenticated by the Trustee hereunder.  Wherever reference is made in this
Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee upon

                                       - 48 -
<PAGE>

exchange, registration of transfer or partial prepayment thereof or the
Trustee's certificate of authentication in connection therewith, such reference
shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee
by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on
behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent.  Each Authenticating Agent
shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall at all times be a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or
any State thereof, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating Agent,
having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and subject
to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority.  If such
Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant
to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then
for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such
Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as
set forth in its most recent report of condition so published.  If at any time
an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

         Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or
corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an
Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation shall be otherwise eligible
under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further
act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

         An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written
notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Issuer.  The Trustee may at any time
terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof
to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer.  Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating
Agent which shall be acceptable to the Issuer and shall mail written notice of
such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Notes,
as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register.  Any successor
Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become
vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with
like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.  No successor
Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of
this Section.  No resignation or termination of an Authenticating Agent shall
become effective until a successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed and

                                       - 49 -
<PAGE>

qualified hereunder or the Trustee assumes the duties of Authenticating Agent
hereunder.

         The Issuer agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to
time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.

         In the event an Authenticating Agent is appointed under this
Indenture, the Trustee shall incur no liability for such appointment or for any
misconduct or negligence of such Authenticating Agent, including without
limitation, its authentication of the Notes upon original issuance or pursuant
to Section 406.  In the event the Trustee does incur liability for any such
misconduct or negligence of the Authenticating Agent, the Issuer agrees to
indemnify the Trustee for, and hold it harmless against, any such liability,
including the costs and expenses of defending itself against any liability in
connection with such misconduct or negligence of the Authenticating Agent.

         If an appointment with respect to one or more Tranches is made
pursuant to this Section, the Notes of such Tranche may have endorsed thereon,
in addition to the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternate
certificate of authentication in the following form:


         This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture.

                                  Norwest Bank Minnesota, National 
                                    Association
                                    As Trustee


                                  By: ___________________________
                                         As Authenticating Agent


                                       By: _______________________
                                             Authorized Officer


SECTION 715.  PAYING AGENT.

     (a)  The payment responsibilities for the Notes shall be performed by
a Paying Agent, appointed by the Issuer and, so  long as no Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, consented to by the Security Insurer,
which (a) shall be a commercial bank or trust company organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States or of any State thereof, (b) shall
have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 and a long-term
deposits rating of at least Baa3 from Moody's or otherwise be acceptable to
Moody's, and (c) shall be authorized to exercise corporate trust powers and be
subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority.

                                       - 50 -
<PAGE>

Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, is hereby initially appointed 
Paying Agent for the purpose of making payments on the Notes as herein 
provided.

    (b)  Upon the resignation or removal of the Paying Agent, the Trustee
shall, with the consent of the Issuer and, so long as no Insurer Default shall
have occurred and be continuing, promptly appoint a successor Paying Agent
meeting the requirements of Section 715(a) to perform the duties and exercise
the rights of the Paying Agent pursuant to this Indenture.  Such resignation or
removal shall not be effective until a successor Paying Agent is appointed
hereunder.  Upon the appointment of a successor Paying Agent, the Paying Agent
shall transfer all funds held by it hereunder to such successor.

SECTION 716.  APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE OR SEPARATE TRUSTEE.

         (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any 
time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirement or any jurisdiction in 
which any part of the Trust may at the time be located, the Trustee, with the 
consent of the Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have 
occurred and be continuing), shall have the power and may execute and deliver 
all instruments to appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or 
co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of 
the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for 
the benefit of the Noteholders, such title to the Trust, or any part hereof, 
and subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, 
obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or 
desirable.  No co-trustee or separate trustee hereunder shall be required to 
meet the terms of eligibility as a successor Trustee under Section 709.

         (b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent
permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and
conditions:

         (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or imposed
    upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or
    performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly
    (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not
    authorized to act separately without the Trustee joining in such act),
    except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any
    particular act or acts are to be performed the Trustee shall be incompetent
    or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights,
    powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust
    or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and
    performed singly by such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the
    direction of the Trustee;

                                       - 51 -
<PAGE>

         (ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of any
    act or omission of any other trustee hereunder, and

         (iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation of or remove
    any separate trustee or co-trustee.

         (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees,
as effectively as if given to each of them.  Each instrument appointing any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions
of this Article.  Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in
its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as
may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this Indenture,
specifically including every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct
of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee.  Every
such instrument shall be filed with the Trustee.

         (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Indenture on its behalf and in its name.  If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new
successor trustee.


                                    ARTICLE EIGHT

                   Holders' Lists and Reports by Trustee and Issuer

SECTION 801.  ISSUER TO FURNISH TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF HOLDERS.

         The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee (a) 
not more than five days after the earlier of (i) each Record Date and (ii) 
three months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee 
may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes as 
of such Record Date, (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in 
writing, within 30 days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a 
list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 10 days prior to 
the time such list is furnished; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as the 
Trustee is the Note Registrar, no such list shall be required to be 
furnished.  The Trustee or, if the Trustee is not the Note Registrar, the 
Issuer shall furnish to the Security Insurer in writing on an annual basis on 
each November 30 and at such other times as the Security Insurer may request 
a copy of the list.

                                       - 52 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 802.  PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO HOLDERS.

         (a)  The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is 
reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the 
most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 801 and the 
names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as 
Note Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided 
in Section 801 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

         (b)  Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees
with the Issuer and the Trustee that neither the Issuer nor the Trustee nor any
agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of
any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders in accordance
with Section 802(b), regardless of the source from which such information was
derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held accountable by reason of mailing
any material pursuant to a request made under Section 802(b).

SECTION 803.  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE.

         If this Indenture is ever qualified under the Trust Indenture Act,
then the Trustee shall comply with the provisions of Section 313 of the Trust
Indenture Act.

SECTION 804.  REPORTS BY ISSUER.

         If this Indenture is qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, the
Issuer shall:

         (1)  file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is
    required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports
    and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such
    portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by
    rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer may be required to file
    with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or, if the Issuer is not required to file
    information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then
    it shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules
    and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the
    supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be
    required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in
    respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities
    exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and
    regulations;

         (2)  file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with
    rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such
    additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by
    the

                                       - 53 -
<PAGE>

    Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be
    required from time to time by such rules and regulations;

         (3)  transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses
    appear in the Note Register, and each Rating Agency within 30 days after
    the filing thereof with the Trustee, such summaries of any information,
    documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to
    paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required by rules and
    regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission; and

         (4)  furnish any other periodic reports as required by the Trust
    Indenture Act.


                                     ARTICLE NINE

                                Indenture Supplements

SECTION 901.  INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTS WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

         (a) Without the consent of any Holders but with the consent of the
Security Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing), the Agent and the Trustee (the consent of which shall not be
withheld or delayed with respect to any Indenture Supplement that has been
consented to by the Security Insurer that does not materially and adversely
affect the Trustee), and with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies and
the Issuer, when authorized by an Issuer Order, at any time and from time to
time, may enter into one or more Indenture Supplements, in form satisfactory to
the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

         (1)  to evidence the succession, in compliance with the applicable
    provisions hereof, of another corporation to the Issuer and the assumption
    by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein and in the
    Notes; or

         (2)  to add to the covenants of the Issuer for the benefit of the
    Holders of the Notes or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
    upon the Issuer; or

         (3)  to add any additional Events of Default; or

         (4)  to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to
    such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of
    Notes in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal, and
    with or without interest coupons, or to permit or facilitate the issuance
    of Notes in uncertificated form, or to facilitate the issuance of Notes in
    global form through the facilities of a Depository; or

                                       - 54 -
<PAGE>

         (5)  to modify the restrictions on and procedures for resale and other
    transfers of the Notes to reflect any change in applicable law or
    regulation (or the interpretation thereof) or in practices relating to the
    resale or transfer of restricted securities generally; or 

         (6)  to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment
    hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes and to add to or
    change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary to
    provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by
    more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 711(b); or

         (7)  to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of this Indenture
    to such extent as shall be necessary to qualify, requalify or continue the
    qualification of this Indenture (including any supplemental indenture)
    under the Trust Indenture Act, or under any similar Federal statute
    hereafter enacted, and to add to this Indenture such other provisions as
    may be expressly permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, excluding, however,
    the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act
    as in effect at the date as of which this instrument was executed or any
    corresponding provision in any similar Federal statute hereinafter enacted;
    or

         (8)  to convey, transfer and assign to the Trustee Property to secure
    the Notes, and to correct or amplify the description of any Property at any
    time subject to this Indenture or to assure, convey, and confirm unto the
    Trustee or the Collateral Agent any Property subject or required to be
    subject to this Indenture; or

         (9)  to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision
    herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision herein, or to
    make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising
    under this Indenture, as long as such action shall not adversely affect the
    interests of the Holders of Notes in any material respect.

         (b)  The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order,
may, also without the consent of any of the Holders of the Notes but with the
consent of the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred
and be continuing) and with prior written notice to the Agent and the Rating
Agencies, enter into an Indenture Supplement or Supplements for the purpose of
adding any provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the
provisions of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
Holders of the Notes under this Indenture; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such action
shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of any Noteholder or Permitted Assignee.

                                       - 55 -
<PAGE>

SECTION 902.  INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTS WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

         The Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also
may, with prior notice to the Rating Agencies, with the consent of the Security
Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing), and
with the consent of the Agent, by notice delivered to the Issuer and the
Trustee, enter into an Indenture Supplement or Supplements hereto for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the Holders of Notes under this Indenture; PROVIDED, that, subject to the
express rights of the Security Insurer under the Related Documents, no such
Indenture Supplement shall, without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Note affected thereby,

         (1)  change the date of payment any installment of principal of or
    interest on any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate
    of, or method of computation of the rate of, interest thereon or the
    Prepayment Price with respect thereto, change the provision of this
    Indenture relating to the application or collections on, or the proceeds of
    the sale of, the Trust Estate to payment of principal of or interest on the
    Notes, or change any place of payment where, or the coin or currency in
    which, any Note or the interest thereon is payable, or impair the right to
    institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the
    respective due dates thereof, or

         (2)  reduce the percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes, the
    consent of whose Holders is required for any such Indenture Supplement, or
    the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver (of compliance with
    certain provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and
    their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or

         (3)  permit the creation of any lien prior to the lien created by the
    Security Agreement with respect to any part of the Trust Estate, or
    terminate the lien created by the Security Agreement on any Property
    subject hereto or deprive any Holder of the security afforded by the lien
    of the Security Agreement, except to the extent expressly permitted by this
    Indenture or the Security Agreement, or

         (4)  modify any of the provisions of this Section or Section 610,
    except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other
    provisions of this Indenture or the Related Document cannot be modified or
    waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected
    thereby, or

         (5)  modify or alter the provisions of the second proviso to the
    definition of the term "Outstanding."

                                       - 56 -

<PAGE>

    PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no such Indenture Supplement, without the consent
    of the Agent shall have a material adverse effect on the rights of the
    Agent.

         The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for
the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any Indenture
Supplement hereto.  If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date
or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to
consent to such Indenture Supplement, whether or not such Holders remain Holders
after such record date; PROVIDED, that unless such consent shall have become
effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to
the date which is 90 days after such record date, any such consent previously
given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled
and of no further effect.

         It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed Indenture Supplement, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

         The Trustee may in its discretion determine whether or not any Notes
would be affected by any Indenture Supplement and any such determination shall
be conclusive upon the Holders of all Notes, whether theretofore or thereafter
authenticated and delivered hereunder.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any
such determination made in good faith.

         Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of any
Supplemental Indenture pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall mail to the
Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or Supplemental Indenture relates a
notice setting forth in general terms the substance of such Supplemental
Indenture.  Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any
such Supplemental Indenture.

SECTION 903.  EXECUTION OF INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTS.

         In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any
Indenture Supplement permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of
the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee may receive, and (subject to
Section 701) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel
stating that the execution of such Indenture Supplement is authorized or
permitted by this Indenture.  The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into any such Supplemental Indenture which affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

SECTION 904.  EFFECT OF INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTS.

         Upon the execution of any Indenture Supplement under this Article,
this Indenture shall be modified in accordance


                                      -57-


<PAGE>

therewith, and such Indenture Supplement shall form a part of this Indenture 
for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter 
authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby.

SECTION 905.  REFERENCE IN NOTES TO INDENTURE SUPPLEMENTS.

         Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any Indenture
Supplement pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee,
bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in
such Indenture Supplement. If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new
Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer,
to any such Indenture Supplement may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

SECTION 906.  RATING AGENCY CONFIRMATION.

         No Indenture Supplement authorized and executed pursuant to this
Article Nine shall be effective until the Trustee shall have received
confirmation from the Rating Agencies that such Indenture Supplement shall not
result in a capital charge to the Security Insurer.


                                     ARTICLE TEN

                                      Covenants

         The Issuer hereby covenants and agrees that so long as this Indenture
is in effect and any Notes remain Outstanding:

SECTION 1001. PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST.

         The Issuer will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest
on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. 
Without limiting the foregoing, the Issuer will cause to be distributed all
amounts on deposit in the Note Distribution Account on a Payment Date.  Amounts
properly withheld under the Code by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder
of interest or principal shall be considered as having been paid by the Issuer
to such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.

SECTION 1002. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

         The Issuer will maintain in The City of New York, the City of Chicago,
Illinois or the City of Minneapolis, Minnesota an office or agency where Notes
may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices
and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may
be served.  The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any
time the Issuer


                                      -58-


<PAGE>

shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to 
furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, 
notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of 
the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to 
receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 

SECTION 1003. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, SALE OF ASSETS.

         (a)  the Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other
Person, unless

         (i) the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such
    consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and existing under the
    laws of the United States of America or any State and shall expressly
    assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the
    Trustee and the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee,
    the Agent and the Security Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall
    have occurred and be continuing), the due and punctual payment of the
    principal of and interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of
    every agreement and covenant of this Indenture and each other Related
    Document on the part of the Issuer to be performed or observed, all as
    provided herein;

         (ii)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
    or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

         (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with
    respect to such transaction;

         (iv) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security
    interest created in favor of the Collateral Agent by the Security Agreement
    shall have been taken;

         (v) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Agent an
    Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall describe the
    actions taken as required by clause (a)(iv) of this Section 1003 or that no
    such actions will be taken) each stating that such consolidation or merger
    and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all
    conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have
    been complied with (including any filing required by the Exchange Act); and

         (vi) so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
    continuing, the Issuer shall have given the Security Insurer written notice
    of such consolidation or merger at least 20 Business Days prior to the
    consummation of such action and shall have received the prior written
    approval of the Security Insurer of such consolidation or merger and the
    Issuer or the Person (if other than the Issuer) formed by or surviving such
    consolidation or merger has a net worth,


                                      -59-


<PAGE>

    immediately after such consolidation or merger, that is (a) greater than 
    zero and (b) not less than the net worth of the Issuer immediately prior to
    giving effect to such consolidation or merger.

         (b) The Issuer shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all
of its properties or assets, including those included in the Trust Estate, to
any Person (except as expressly permitted by the Indenture, the Security
Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement or the Servicing Agreement), unless

         (i) the Person that acquires by conveyance or transfer the 
    properties and assets of the Issuer shall (A) be a United States citizen 
    or a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of 
    America or any State, (B) expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental 
    hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee and the Agent in form and 
    substance satisfactory to the Trustee, the Agent and the Security Insurer 
    (so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing), 
    the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all 
    Notes and the performance or observance of every agreement and covenant 
    of this Indenture and each Related Document on the part of the Issuer to 
    be performed or observed, all as provided herein, (C) expressly agree by 
    means of such supplemental indenture that all right, title and interest 
    so conveyed or transferred shall be subject and subordinate to the rights 
    of Holders of the Notes, (D) unless otherwise provided in such 
    Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to indemnify, defend and hold 
    harmless the Issuer against and from any loss, liability or expense 
    arising under or related to this Indenture and the Notes and (E) 
    expressly agree by means of such supplemental indenture that such Person 
    (or if a group of Persons, then one specified Person) shall make all 
    filings with the Commission (and any other appropriate Person) required 
    by the Exchange Act in connection with the Notes;

         (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default
    or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

        (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with
    respect to such transaction;

         (iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel which shall
    be delivered to and shall be satisfactory to the Trustee, the Agent and the
    Security Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
    continuing) to the effect that such transaction will not have any material
    adverse tax consequence to the Issuer, the Security Insurer or any
    Noteholder;


                                      -60-


<PAGE>

         (v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and security
    interest created in favor of the Collateral Agent by the Security Agreement
    shall have been taken;

        (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Agent an
    Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (which shall describe the
    actions taken as required by clause (b)(v) of this Section 1003 or that no
    such actions will be taken) each stating that such conveyance or transfer
    and such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all
    conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have
    been complied with (including any filing required by the Exchange Act); and

       (vii) so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
    continuing, the Issuer shall have given the Security Insurer written notice
    of such conveyance or transfer of properties or assets at least 20 Business
    Days prior to the consummation of such action and shall have received the
    prior written approval of the Security Insurer of such conveyance or
    transfer and the Person acquiring by conveyance or transfer the properties
    or assets of the Issuer has a net worth, immediately after such conveyance
    or transfer, that is (a) greater than zero and (b) not less than the net
    worth of the Issuer immediately prior to giving effect to such conveyance
    or transfer.

SECTION 1004. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

         Until the Termination Date, the Issuer shall not:

         (i)   except as expressly permitted by this Indenture, the Security
    Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement or the Servicing Agreement, sell,
    transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of the properties or assets
    constituting the Trust Estate, unless directed to do so by the Controlling
    Party;

         (ii)  claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or
    interest in respect of, the Notes (other than amounts properly withheld
    from such payments under the Code) or assert any claim against any present
    or former Noteholder by reason of the payment of the taxes levied or
    assessed upon any part of the Trust Estate; or

         (iii)  (A)  permit the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to
    be impaired, or permit the first priority perfected lien in favor of the
    Collateral Agent created by the Security Agreement to be amended,
    hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person
    to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes
    under this Indenture except as may be expressly permitted hereby, (B)
    permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or
    other encumbrance (other than the lien in favor of the Collateral


                                      -61-


<PAGE>

    Agent created by the Security Agreement) to be created on or extend to or
    otherwise arise upon or burden the Trust Estate or any part thereof or any
    interest therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics'
    liens and other liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on a
    Financed Vehicle and arising solely as a result of an action or omission of
    the related Obligor), (C) permit the lien in favor of the Collateral Agent
    created by the Security Agreement not to constitute a valid first priority
    (other than with respect to any such tax, mechanics' or other lien)
    security interest in the Trust Estate, or (D) amend, modify or fail to
    comply with the provisions of the Related Documents without the prior
    written consent of the Controlling Party.

SECTION 1005. PERFORMANCE OF OBLIGATIONS; SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES.

         (a)  The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts
not to permit any action to be taken by others that would release any Person
from any of such Person's material covenants or obligations under any instrument
or agreement included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment,
hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the
validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as
expressly provided in this Indenture, the Security Agreement, the Servicing
Agreement or such other instrument or agreement.

         (b)  The Issuer may contract with other Persons acceptable to the
Security Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing) to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture, and any
performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Trustee, the Agent and
the Security Insurer in an Officers' Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed
to be action taken by the Issuer.

         (c)  The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its
obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the Related Documents
and in the instruments and agreements included in the Trust Estate, including
but not limited to filing or causing to be filed all UCC financing statements
and continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of this Indenture,
the Security Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement and the Servicing Agreement in
accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and therein.

         (d)  If the Issuer shall have knowledge of the occurrence of a
Servicer Termination Event under the Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall
promptly notify the Trustee, the Security Insurer and the Rating Agencies
thereof, and shall specify in such notice the action, if any, the Issuer is
taking with respect of such default.  If a Servicer Termination Event shall
arise from the failure of the Servicer to perform any of its duties or
obligations under the Servicing Agreement with


                                      -62-


<PAGE>

respect to the Receivables, the Issuer shall take all reasonable steps 
available to it to remedy such failure. 

         (e)  If an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing and
if the Issuer has given notice of termination to the Servicer of the Servicer's
rights and powers pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Servicing Agreement, as
promptly as possible thereafter, the Issuer shall appoint a successor servicer
in accordance with Section 5.3 of the Servicing Agreement.

         (f)  Upon any termination of the Servicer's rights and powers pursuant
to the Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee.  As
soon as a successor Servicer is appointed, the Issuer shall notify the Trustee
of such appointment, specifying in such notice the name and address of such
successor Servicer.

         (g)  The Issuer agrees that it will not waive timely performance or
observance by the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, the Seller or OFL of their
respective duties under the Related Documents; (x) without the prior consent of
the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing) or (y) if the effect thereof would adversely affect the Holders of
the Notes.

SECTION 1006. OTHER INDEBTEDNESS.

         The Issuer will not create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
Indebtedness for borrowed money, whether current or funded, other than (i) the
Notes, (ii) any other Indebtedness permitted by or arising under the Related
Documents, and (iii) any indebtedness to which the Rating Agencies confirm
beforehand in writing will not result in a capital charge to the Security
Insurer.

SECTION 1007. GUARANTEES, LOANS, ADVANCES AND OTHER LIABILITIES.

         The Issuer will not make any loan or advance credit to, or guaranty
(directly or indirectly by an instrument having the effect of assuring another's
payment or performance on any obligation) or otherwise become contingently
liable for any Indebtedness or other obligations of any other Person (other than
(i) by endorsement of instruments in the ordinary course of collection, (ii) by
operation of law and (iii) as otherwise permitted by the Related Documents)
unless the Rating Agencies have confirmed beforehand in writing that such action
will not result in capital charge to the Security Insurer.

SECTION 1008. DIVIDENDS; DISTRIBUTIONS.

         The Issuer will not declare or pay any dividends in respect of, or
make any distributions upon any of the capital stock of the Issuer, if the
effect of such declaration, payment or distribution would be to reduce the sum
of the paid-in


                                      -63-


<PAGE>

capital, paid-in surplus, retained earnings and deferred income (net of 
anticipated taxes) of the Issuer to less than $10,000. 

SECTION 1009. MONEY FOR NOTE PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.

         All payments of amounts due and payable with respect to any Notes that
are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Note Distribution Account shall
be made on behalf of the Issuer by the Trustee or by another Paying Agent, and
no amounts so withdrawn from the Note Distribution Account for payments of Notes
shall be paid over to the Issuer.

         On or before each Payment Date, the Issuer shall, subject to the
provisions hereof, deposit or cause to be deposited in the Note Distribution
Account from amounts specified therefor in the Servicing Agreement and the other
Related Documents an aggregate sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming
due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
thereto and (unless the Paying Agent is the Trustee) shall promptly notify the
Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

         The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to
execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent
shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that
such Paying Agent will:

         (1)  hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of or
    interest on the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled
    thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed
    of as herein provided;

         (2)  give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer (or any
    other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of principal or
    interest on the Notes;

         (3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the
    written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so
    held in trust by such Paying Agent;

         (4)  immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay to the
    Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any
    time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by a Paying Agent
    at the time of its appointment; and

         (5)  comply with all requirements of the Code with respect to the
    withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable
    withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable
    reporting requirements in connection therewith.


                                      -64-


<PAGE>

         The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the 
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, 
or by Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums 
held in trust by such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon 
the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by such Paying Agent; 
and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent 
shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

          Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, in trust for
the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed
for two years after such principal or interest has become due and payable shall
be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request; and the Holder of such Note shall
thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for
payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof,
shall thereupon cease; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent,
before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the
Issuer cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English
language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation
in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, notice that such money
remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be
less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of
such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

SECTION 1010. CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

         Except as provided in Section 1003, the Issuer will do or cause to be
done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its
corporate existence and material rights (charter and statutory) and material
franchises of the Issuer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuer shall not be
required to preserve any such right or franchise if the Issuer shall determine
that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the
business of the Issuer, and that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any
material respect to the Holders.

SECTION 1011. PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS.

         The Issuer will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged,
before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all taxes, assessments and
governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Issuer or upon the income,
profits or property of the Issuer, and (2) all lawful claims for labor,
materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the
Property of the Issuer; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuer shall not be required
to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment,
charge or claim whose


                                  -65-


<PAGE>

amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by 
appropriate proceedings. 

SECTION 1012. NOTICE OF EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

         The Issuer agrees to give the Trustee, the Security Insurer, the Agent
and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of each Event of Default
hereunder, each default on the part of the Servicer or the Seller of its
obligations under the Servicing Agreement or the Repurchase Agreement and each
default on the part of OFL of its obligations under the Purchase Agreement.

SECTION 1013. AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS.

         The Issuer will not amend its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws
in any manner that materially and adversely affects the Holders and without
prior written confirmation of the Rating Agencies that such amendment will not
result in any downgrade or withdrawal of their ratings on the Notes.

SECTION 1014. STATEMENT AS TO COMPLIANCE.

         The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, with copies to the Rating
Agencies, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a written
statement, which need not comply with Section 102, signed on behalf of the
Issuer stating, as to each signatory thereof, that

         (1)  a review of the activities of the Issuer during such year and of
    performance under this Indenture has been made under such person's
    supervision, and

         (2)  to the best of such person's knowledge, based on such review, (a)
    the Issuer has fulfilled all its obligations under this Indenture
    throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of
    any such obligation, specifying each such default known to such person and
    the nature and status thereof, and (b) no event has occurred and is
    continuing which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become,
    an Event of Default or Default, or, if such an event has occurred and is
    continuing, specifying each such event known to such person and the nature
    and status thereof.

SECTION 1015. RULE 144A INFORMATION.

         At any time when the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, upon the request of a Holder,
the Issuer shall promptly furnish to such Holder or to a prospective purchaser
of a Note designated by such Holder, as the case may be, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act
("Rule 144A Information") in order to permit compliance by such


                                      -66-


<PAGE>

Holder with Rule 144A in connection with the resale of such Note by such 
Holder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Issuer shall not be required to furnish 
Rule 144A Information in connection with any request made on or after the 
date which is three years from the later of (i) the date such Note (or any 
predecessor Note) was acquired from the Issuer or (ii) the date such Note (or 
any predecessor Note) was last acquired from an "affiliate" of the Issuer 
within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; and PROVIDED FURTHER,
that the Issuer shall not be required to furnish such information at any 
time to a prospective purchaser located outside the United States who is not 
a "United States Person" within the meaning of Regulation S under the 
Securities Act if such Note may then be sold to such prospective purchaser in 
accordance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision 
thereto). 

SECTION 1016. FURTHER INSTRUMENTS AND ACTS.

         Upon request of the Trustee or the Security Insurer, the Issuer will
execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be
reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this
Indenture.

SECTION 1017. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

         The Issuer shall comply with the requirements of all applicable laws,
the non-compliance with which would, individually or in the aggregate,
materially and adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to perform its
obligations under the Notes, this Indenture or any Related Document.

SECTION 1018. INCOME TAX CHARACTERIZATION.

         For purposes of Federal income, State and local income and franchise
and any other income taxes, the Issuer will treat the Notes as debt of the
Issuer.


                                    ARTICLE ELEVEN

                                 Prepayment of Notes

SECTION 1101. PREPAYMENT.

         The Notes shall be prepayable in whole or in part at the Prepayment
Price on any Business Day in accordance (and simultaneously) with the prepayment
of any Advance pursuant to Section 3(e) of the Repurchase Agreement and Section
3.10(b) of the Servicing Agreement in an amount equal to the amount deposited
with respect to principal in the Note Distribution Account pursuant to Section
3.10(b) of the Servicing Agreement.  Principal prepayments on Notes of a Tranche
shall be applied pro rata among all Notes of such Tranche, without priority or
preference of any kind.


                                      -67-


<PAGE>

SECTION 1102. NOTICE OF PREPAYMENT IN WHOLE OF A TRANCHE.

         To the extent practicable, notice of the prepayment in whole of any
Tranche of Notes shall be given by the Issuer by facsimile transmission, courier
or first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed, faxed or couriered not less than 1
nor more than 5 days prior to the date on which such prepayment in whole shall
occur, to each Holder of Notes of such Tranche to be so prepaid in whole, at
such Holder's address appearing in the Note Register.

         All notices of prepayment in whole shall state:

         (1) the date on which such prepayment in whole shall occur,

         (2)  the Prepayment Price,

         (3)  the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for
    payment of the Prepayment Price (which shall be the office or agency of the
    Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 1002). 

         Failure to give notice of prepayment in whole, or any defect therein,
to any Holder of any Note shall not impair or affect the validity of such
prepayment.

SECTION 1103. DEPOSIT OF PREPAYMENT PRICE.

         On any date on which such prepayment in whole shall occur, the Issuer
shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent an amount of money
sufficient to pay the Prepayment Price of all Notes which are to be prepaid in
whole on that date.

SECTION 1104. NOTES PREPAYABLE IN WHOLE ON ANY DATE.

         Notice of prepayment in whole having been given as aforesaid, the
Notes so to be prepaid in whole shall, on the date on which such prepayment in
whole shall occur, become due and payable at the Prepayment Price therein
specified, and from and after such date (unless the Issuer shall default in the
payment of the Prepayment Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to
bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Note for prepayment in whole in
accordance with said notice, such Note shall be prepaid by the Issuer at the
Prepayment Price, together with accrued interest to the date on which such
prepayment in whole shall occur; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that installments of
interest due and payable on or prior to the date on which such prepayment in
whole shall occur shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more
Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the relevant
Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 408.

         If any Note called for prepayment in whole shall not be so paid upon
surrender thereof for prepayment in whole, the


                                      -68-


<PAGE>

principal shall, until paid, bear interest from the date on which such 
prepayment in whole shall occur at the Note Interest Rate.


                                    ARTICLE TWELVE

                          DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

SECTION 1201. ISSUER'S OPTION TO EFFECT DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

         The Issuer may at its option by Board Resolution and with the consent
of the Agent and the Security Insurer (as long as no Insurer Default has
occurred and is continuing), at any time, elect to have either Section 1202 (if
applicable) or Section 1203 (if applicable) be applied to the Outstanding Notes
upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article Twelve.

SECTION 1202. DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.

         Upon the Issuer's exercise of the above option applicable to this
Section, the Issuer shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations
with respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions
precedent set forth below are satisfied but subject to satisfaction of the
conditions subsequent set forth below (hereinafter, "defeasance").  For this
purpose, such defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and
discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes and to
have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (and
the Trustee, at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until
otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (A) the rights of Holders of
Outstanding Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section
1204 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments of the principal of
and interest on the Notes when such payments are due, (B) the Issuer's
obligations under Sections 404, 405, 406, 1002, 1010 and 1016 and such
obligations as shall be ancillary thereto, (C) the rights, powers, trusts,
duties, immunities and other provisions in respect of the Trustee hereunder and
(D) this Article Twelve.  Subject to compliance with this Article Twelve, the
Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 1202 notwithstanding the prior
exercise of its option under Section 1203.  Following a defeasance, payment of
the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

SECTION 1203. COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

         Upon the Issuer's exercise of the above option applicable to this
Section, the Issuer shall be released from its obligations under Sections 1003
through 1008, 1011, 1012 and 1013 and the occurrence of an Event of Default
specified in Section 601(iv) (insofar as it is with respect to Sections 1002
through


                                      -69-


<PAGE>

1008, 1011, 1012 and 1013) shall be deemed not to be an Event of Default with 
respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions
precedent set forth below are satisfied but subject to satisfaction of the
conditions subsequent set forth below (hereinafter, "covenant defeasance").  For
this purpose, such covenant defeasance means that, with respect to the
Outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no
liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
Section, whether directly or indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere
herein to any such Section or by reason of any reference in any such Section to
any other provision herein or in any other document, but the remainder of this
Indenture and the Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

SECTION 1204. CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

         The following shall be the conditions precedent or, as specifically
noted below, the conditions subsequent to application of either Section 1202 or
Section 1203 to the Outstanding Notes:

         (1)  the Issuer shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be
    deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of
    making the following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and
    dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, (A) money in
    an amount, or (B) U.S. Government Obligations which through the scheduled
    payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with
    their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any
    payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combination thereof, sufficient,
    without reinvestment, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of
    independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
    delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which shall be applied
    by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the principal of and interest on the
    Outstanding Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be.  Before
    such a deposit the Issuer may make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee
    for the redemption of Notes at a future date or dates in accordance with
    Article Eleven, which shall be given effect in applying the foregoing.  For
    this purpose, "U.S. Government Obligations" means securities that are (x)
    direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which
    its full faith and credit is pledged or (y) obligations of a Person
    controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of
    the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally
    guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of
    America, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the
    option of the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt
    issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act of
    1933, as amended) as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government
    Obligation or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such
    U.S.


                                      -70-


<PAGE>

    Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder
    of such depository receipt (except as required by law) such custodian is 
    not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder
    of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in 
    respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of 
    principal of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by 
    such depository receipt.


         (2)  No Event of Default or event which with notice or lapse of time
    or both would become an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall
    have occurred and be continuing (A) on the date of such deposit or
    (B) insofar as subsections 601(v) and (vi) are concerned, at any time
    during the period ending on the 123rd day after the date of such deposit
    or, if longer, ending on the day following the expiration of the longest
    preference period applicable to the Issuer in respect of such deposit (it
    being understood that the condition in this clause (B) is a condition
    subsequent and shall not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such
    period).

         (3)  Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not (A) cause the
    Trustee to have a conflicting interest as defined in Section 708 or for
    purposes of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any securities of the
    Issuer or (B) result in the trust arising from such deposit to constitute,
    unless it is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the
    Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

         (4)  Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a
    breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, this Indenture or
    any other agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by
    which it is bound.

         (5)  Such defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not cause any Notes
    then listed on any registered national securities exchange under the
    Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to be delisted.

         (6)  In the case of an election under Section 1202, the Issuer shall
    have delivered to the Trustee and the Agent an Opinion of Counsel stating
    that (x) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the
    Internal Revenue service a ruling, or (y) since the date of this Indenture
    there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either
    case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm that,
    the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or
    loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such defeasance and
    will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
    manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance
    had not occurred.


                                      -71-


<PAGE>

         (7)  In the case of an election under Section 1203, the Issuer shall
    have delivered to the Trustee and the Agent an Opinion of Counsel to the
    effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income,
    gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant
    defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts,
    in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if
    such covenant defeasance had not occurred.

         (8)  The Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee and the Agent an
    Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
    conditions precedent provided for relating to either the defeasance under
    Section 1202 or the covenant defeasance under Section 1203 (as the case may
    be) have been complied with.

         (9)  The Issuer shall have delivered or caused to be delivered to the
    Trustee and the Agent written confirmation of the Rating Agencies that such
    defeasance under Section 1202 or covenant defeasance under Section 1203
    will not result in a capital charge to the Security Insurer.

SECTION 1205. DEPOSITED MONEY AND U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS TO BE HELD IN
              TRUST; OTHER MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

         Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1009, all
money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited
with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1204 in respect of the Outstanding Notes
shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the
provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of the
Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal and
interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

         The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charge imposed on or assessed against the money or U.S. Government
Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1204 or the principal and interest
received in respect thereof.

         Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall
deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon Issuer Request any money or
U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1204 which, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in
excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to
effect an equivalent defeasance or covenant defeasance.


                                      -72-


<PAGE>

         Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if and to the extent
the deposited money or U.S. Government Obligations (or the proceeds thereof)
either (i) cannot be applied by the Trustee in accordance with this Section
because of a court order or (ii) are for any reason insufficient in amount, then
the Issuer's obligations to pay principal of and interest on the Notes shall be
reinstated to the extent necessary to cover the deficiency on any due date for
payment.  In any case specified in clause (i), the Issuer's interest in the
deposited money and U.S. Government Obligations (and proceeds thereof) shall be
reinstated to the extent the Issuer's payment obligations are reinstated.

                              _________________________

         This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.












                                          -73-
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to
be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                             ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP. 


                             By /s/ [Illegible]
                                --------------------------------


                             NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, 
                               NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                             as Trustee


                             By /s/ [Illegible]
                                --------------------------------












                            [Signature page to Indenture]

<PAGE>

                                                             EXHIBIT A
                                    [Form of Note]
REGISTERED

No.
                          ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.
                                           
                  FLOATING RATE AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES-BACKED NOTES
                                           

    THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES
    SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND HAS NOT BEEN
    APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR
    REGULATORY AUTHORITY OF ANY STATE.  THIS NOTE HAS BEEN OFFERED AND SOLD
    PRIVATELY.  THE HOLDER HEREOF ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THESE SECURITIES ARE
    "RESTRICTED SECURITIES" THAT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES
    ACT AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER AND ITS AFFILIATES THAT THESE
    SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED
    EXCEPT (A) TO A PERMITTED ASSIGNEE WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
    QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE
    SECURITIES ACT IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A OR
    (B) TO A PERMITTED ASSIGNEE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION
    PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), OR (C) TO A
    PERMITTED ASSIGNEE PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
    REQUIREMENTS UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH CASE IN
    ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED
    STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

    THIS NOTE WILL BE PREPAYABLE IN WHOLE OR IN PART ON ANY BUSINESS DAY. 
    THEREFORE IT IS POSSIBLE THAT SOME TRANCHES OF NOTES MAY BE RETIRED
    BEFORE ANY PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL ARE MADE ON THIS NOTE.

    THE PRINCIPAL ON THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS ON THE PAYMENT
    DATES AND IN THE AMOUNTS DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE  REFERRED TO
    HEREIN.  ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF AND UNPAID
    INTEREST ON THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON
    THE FACE HEREOF.

    Original Issue Date:
    Principal Amount: $


<PAGE>

    Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp. (the "Issuer"), a corporation duly
organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, for value
received hereby promises to pay to ___________ the principal sum of ___________
Dollars payable in installments on the Payment Dates and in the amounts
described in the Indenture referred to herein and to pay interest thereon on
each Payment Date at the Note Interest Rate until the principal hereof is paid
or made available for payment.  The Note Interest Rate will be a per annum rate
equal to (A) prior to the occurrence of an Amortization Event, (i) the CP Rate
plus 0.20%, to the extent the purchase or carrying of the Notes issued pursuant
to this Indenture is funded by the Noteholders by issuing Commercial Paper
Notes, or (ii) the Offshore Rate plus the Applicable Margin, to the extent the
purchase or carrying of the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture is not so
funded by the Noteholders and (B) after the occurrence of an Amortization Event,
the Reference Rate; PROVIDED, that from and after the occurrence of an
Amortization Event, the Note Interest Rate shall not exceed the Maximum Interest
Rate, and the Agent may, on any Business Day, by prior written notice to the
Issuer, the Trustee, the Seller, the Servicer and the Security Insurer, convert
the Note Interest Rate to a fixed interest rate not to exceed the Maximum
Interest Rate as of the close of business on the date such Amortization Event
occurs, such fixed interest rate not to exceed the Two Year Treasury Yield (as
of the close of business on the date such Amortization Event occurs) plus 0.60%
PLUS the Basis Fee Percent.

    This Note will bear interest, payable in arrears, from the Original Issue
Date at the Note Interest Rate.  Interest will accrue on each Note from the most
recent Payment Date to which interest has been paid in full or duly provided for
(or, if no interest has been paid, from the Original Issue Date), to but
excluding the next succeeding Payment Date.  The first payment of interest on
any Note issued between the first day of a calendar month and a Payment Date
will be made on the Payment Date following the next succeeding calendar month.
In addition, on each Payment Date with respect to any Interest Period or portion
thereof after the occurrence of an Amortization Event, the Default Amount
Distributable Amount, if any, shall be payable with respect to the Notes to the
extent funds are available therefor pursuant to Section 3.6(b)(vii) or (ix) of
the Servicing Agreement.

    Payments on this Note will be paid to the Person in whose name this Note
(or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the
Record Date, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account and
number specified in the Note Register on such Record Date for such Person or, if
no such account or number is so specified, then by check mailed 


<PAGE>

to the address of such Person as such address shall appear in the Note 
Register.  

    The Record Date for each Payment Date for this Note will be the close of
business on the last Business Day immediately preceding such Payment Date.

    This Note is entitled to the benefits of an Indenture dated as of December
3, 1996, as amended and supplemented, (as amended and supplemented from time to
time, the "Indenture") between the Issuer and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as Trustee (in such capacity, the "Trustee") and as Collateral
Agent (in such capacity, the "Collateral Agent").

    The Notes are entitled to the benefits of a financial guaranty insurance
policy (the "Note Policy") issued by Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the
"Security Insurer"), pursuant to which the Security Insurer has unconditionally
guaranteed payments of the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount on each
Payment Date and the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount on each Payment
Date.

    NO HOLDER OF A NOTE SHALL TRANSFER ITS NOTE UNLESS SUCH TRANSFER IS MADE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144A OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM
REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), OR
PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS UNDER SECTION
5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED THE ISSUER IS PROVIDED WITH AN OPINION OF
COUNSEL THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS SO EXEMPT, AND IN EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE
REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS (OR ANY APPLICABLE EXEMPTION
THEREFROM) UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

    This Note shall not be valid or entitled to any benefit under the Indenture
or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless the certificate of
authentication appearing hereon has been executed by the Trustee or the
Authenticating Agent by manual signature.  THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

    REFERENCE IS HEREBY MADE TO THE FURTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS NOTE SET FORTH
ON THE REVERSE HEREOF, WHICH FURTHER PROVISIONS SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES HAVE THE
SAME EFFECT AS IF SET FORTH AT THIS PLACE.



<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be signed,
manually or in facsimile, by its Authorized Officer.

         ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.



         By
            -------------------------
                 Authorized Officer





Dated:


                       TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

    This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

              NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, 
               NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
              as Trustee 



              By
                 -------------------------
                    Authorized Signatory


<PAGE>

                            [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]
                                           
                          ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.
                                           
                                     (Continued)
                                           
    This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its Floating Rate Automobile Receivables Backed Notes (herein
called the "Notes") authorized to be issued under and pursuant to an Indenture
by and between the Issuer and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as
Trustee and as Collateral Agent, dated as of December 3, 1996, as amended and
supplemented (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture") to
which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made
for a statement of the respective rights and obligations thereunder of the
Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes.  The Notes are subject to all
terms of the Indenture.  All terms used in this Note that are defined in the
Indenture, as supplemented or amended, shall have meanings assigned to them in
or pursuant to the Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

    The Notes are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral
pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

    Principal of the Notes will be payable in installments on the Payment Dates
and in the amounts described in the Indenture.  "Payment Date" means the
fifteenth day of each month, or if any such date is not a Business Day, the next
succeeding Business Day, commencing January 15, 1997.

    As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall
be due and payable on the Final Distribution Date.  In addition, the Notes are
prepayable in whole or in part on any Business Day as set forth in the
Indenture.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount of
the Notes shall be due and payable on the date on which an Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing so long as an Insurer Default shall not
have occurred and be continuing or, if an Insurer Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, on the date on which an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing and the Trustee or the Agent have declared the Notes to be
immediately due and payable in the manner provided in Section 602 of the
Indenture.  All principal payments on the Notes shall be made pro rata to the
Noteholders entitled thereto.

    Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Payment Date,
together with an installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in full
payment of this Note, shall be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or
one or more Predecessor 


<PAGE>

Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Record Date, by wire 
transfer in immediately available funds to the account and number specified 
in the Note Register on such Record Date for such Person or, if no such 
account or number is so specified, then by check mailed to such Person's 
address as it appears in the Note Register on each such Record Date.  Such 
payments shall be sent without requiring that this Note be submitted for 
notation of payment.  Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or 
any one or more Predecessor Notes) affected by any payments made on any 
Payment Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any 
Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or 
in lieu hereof, whether or not noted hereon.  If funds are expected to be 
available, as provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the final 
installment of the then remaining unpaid principal amount of this Note on a 
Payment Date, then the Trustee will notify the Person who was the Registered 
Holder hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Payment Date by notice 
mailed within five days of such Payment Date and the amount then due and 
payable shall be payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at 
the place specified by the Trustee in such notice.  Notices in connection 
with prepayments in whole shall be couriered, mailed or sent by facsimile 
transmission as provided in Section 1102 of the Indenture.

    The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Issuer with the consent of the Security Insurer and of the Agent or
the Holders of Notes representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all
Notes at the time Outstanding.  The Indenture also contains provisions
permitting the Holders of Notes representing specified percentages of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to
waive compliance by the Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and
certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequence.  Any such
consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor
Notes) shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holders and upon all future
Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer
hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not notation of such
consent or waiver is made upon this Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee
to amend or waive certain terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture
without the consent of Holders of the Notes issued thereunder.

    Upon surrender for registration of transfer of this Note at the office or
agency of the Issuer to be maintained in The City of New York, the City of
Chicago, Illinois or the City of Minneapolis, Minnesota, the Issuer shall
execute, and the Trustee 


<PAGE>

or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for 
delivery, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or 
more new Notes of any authorized denominations and of a like tenor and 
aggregate principal amount.

    At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of any
authorized denominations and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount,
upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency.  Whenever
any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the
Trustee or the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and make available for
delivery, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

    Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Trustee) be duly endorsed,
or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to
the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or his
attorney duly authorized in writing with such signature guaranteed by a
commercial bank or trust company located, or having a correspondent located, in
the City of New York or the city in which the Corporate Trust Office is located,
or by a member firm of a national securities exchange, and such other documents
as the Trustee may require.

    No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes, but the Issuer or the Trustee may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than
exchanges pursuant to Section 404 or 905 not involving any transfer.

    The term "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer
under the Indenture.

    The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided
in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

    THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS,
AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER
SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

    Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly
provided in the Related Documents, neither the Issuer nor any of its agents,
officers, directors, employees, stockholders, incorporators or successors or
assigns shall be 



<PAGE>

personally liable for, nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the 
payment of principal of or interest on, or performance of, or omission to 
perform, any of the covenants, obligations or indemnifications contained in 
this Note or the Indenture.  The Holder of this Note by the acceptance hereof 
agrees that except as expressly provided in the Related Documents, in the 
case of an Event of Default under the Indenture, the Holder shall have no 
claim against any of the foregoing for any deficiency, loss or claim 
therefrom.



<PAGE>

                                 [FORM OF ASSIGNMENT]


    For value received ____________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto

    (Please insert Social Security or Other Identifying Number of
    Assignee.)

    (Please print or typewrite name and address, including zip code, of
    Assignee.)

the within Note and all rights hereunder and does hereby irrevocably constitute
and appoint ____________________ attorney to transfer the said Note on the books
of the said Note Registrar with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:



                          *
- -------------------------
Signature


                                     Signature Guaranteed:



                                     ---------------------------





____________________

*NOTE:   The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name of 
         the registered owner as it appears on the face of the within Note in 
         every particular, without alteration, enlargement or any change 
         whatsoever.


<PAGE>






                                        EXHIBIT B
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[LOGO]                                                  FINANCIAL GUARANTY
                                                        INSURANCE POLICY

OBLIGOR: Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.             Policy No.: 50528-N
OBLIGATIONS: Up to $300,000,000 Original Principal     Date of Issuance: 12/3/96
             Amount Floating Rate Automobile
             Receivables-Backed Notes

     FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. ("Financial Security"), for 
consideration received, hereby UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY GUARANTEES to 
each Holder, subject only to the terms of this Policy (which includes each 
endorsement hereto), the full and complete payment by the Obligor of 
Scheduled Payments of principal of, and interest on, the Obligations.

     For the further protection of each Holder, Financial Security 
irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees:

     (a) payment of the amount of any distribution of principal of, or 
interest on, the Obligations made during the Term of this Policy to such 
Holder that is subsequently avoided in whole or in part as a preference 
payment under applicable law (such payment to be made by Financial Security 
in accordance with Endorsement No. 1 hereto).

     (b) payment of any amount required to be paid under this Policy by 
Financial Security following Financial Security's receipt of notice as 
described in Endorsement No. 1 hereto.

     Financial Security shall be subrogated to the rights of each Holder to 
receive payments under the Obligations to the extent of any payment by 
Financial Security hereunder.

     Except to the extent expressly modified by an endorsement hereto, the 
following terms have the meanings specified for all purposes of this Policy. 
"Holder" means the registered owner of any Obligation as indicated on the 
registration books maintained by or on behalf of the Obligor for such purpose 
or, if the Obligation is in bearer form, the holder of the Obligation. 
"Scheduled Payments" means payments which are scheduled to be made during the 
Term of this Policy in accordance with the original terms of the Obligations 
when issued and without regard to any amendment or modification of such 
Obligations thereafter; payments which become due on an accelerated basis as 
a result of (a) a default by the Obligor, (b) an election by the Obligor to 
pay principal on an accelerated basis or (c) any other cause, shall not 
constitute "Scheduled Payments" unless financial Security shall elect, in its 
sole discretion, to pay such principal due upon such acceleration together 
with any accrued interest to the date of acceleration. "Term of this Policy" 
shall have the meaning set forth in Endorsement No. 1 hereto.

     This Policy sets forth in full the undertaking of Financial Security, 
and shall not be modified, altered or affected by any other agreement or 
instrument, including any modification or amendment thereto, or by the 
merger, consolidation or dissolution of the Obligor. Except to the extent 
expressly modified by an endorsement hereto, the premiums paid in respect of 
this Policy are nonrefundable for any reason whatsoever, including payment, 
or provision being made for payment, of the Obligations prior to maturity. 
This Policy may not be cancelled or revoked during the Term of this Policy. 
THIS POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE SECURITY FUND 
SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.

     In witness whereof, FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. has caused this 
Policy to be executed on its behalf by its Authorized Officer.

                                         FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.


                                         By        /s/ [Illegible]
                                            ------------------------------
                                                 Authorized Officer


A subsidiary of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.
350 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10022-6022                        (212) 826-0100


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       
                       INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT


                                     among


                      FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.,


                            OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,


                      OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.,

                                       
                                      and


                      ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.


                        Dated as of December 3, 1996,


                           Floating Rate Automobile
                           Receivables-Backed Notes


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                       

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                  Page

                                   ARTICLE I
                                       
                         DEFINITIONS; LIMITED RECOURSE

Section 1.01.  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
Section 1.02.  Certain Obligations Not Recourse to OFL and ORFC. .   2
Section 1.03.  Limited Recourse to Issuer. . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                                  ARTICLE II

                   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Section 2.01.  Representations and Warranties of OFL and ORFC. . .   2
Section 2.02.  Affirmative Covenants of OFL and ORFC . . . . . . .   7
Section 2.03.  Negative Covenants of OFL and ORFC. . . . . . . . .  13
Section 2.04.  Representations and Warranties of OFL and the
               Issuer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
Section 2.05.  Affirmative Covenants of OFL and the Issuer . . . .  20
Section 2.06.  Negative Covenants of OFL and the Issuer. . . . . .  25

                                  ARTICLE III

                  THE POLICY; REIMBURSEMENT; INDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.01.  Issuance of the Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
Section 3.02.  Payment of Fees and Premium . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
Section 3.03.  Reimbursement and Additional Payment Obligation . .  28
Section 3.04.  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Section 3.05.  Subrogation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30

                                  ARTICLE IV

                              FURTHER AGREEMENTS

Section 4.01.  Effective Date; Term of Agreement . . . . . . . . .  31
Section 4.02.  Obligations Absolute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  31
Section 4.03.  Assignments; Reinsurance; Third-Party Rights. . . .  32
Section 4.04.  Liability of Financial Security . . . . . . . . . .  33

                                   ARTICLE V

                          EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES
<PAGE>

Section 5.01.  Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
Section 5.02.  Remedies; Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34

                                  ARTICLE VI

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.01.  Amendments, Etc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
Section 6.02.  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  36
Section 6.03.  Payment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
Section 6.04.  Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
Section 6.05.  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
Section 6.06.  Consent to Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
Section 6.07.  Consent of Financial Security . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Section 6.08.  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Section 6.09.  Trial by Jury Waived. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Section 6.10.  Limited Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
Section 6.11.  Entire Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39

Appendix I--Definitions
Appendix A--Conditions Precedent to Issuance of the Policy

Annex I--Form of Policy

                                       ii
<PAGE>

                        INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT


          INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT dated as of December 3, 1996, 
among FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. ("FINANCIAL SECURITY"), OLYMPIC 
FINANCIAL LTD. ("OFL"), OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP. ("ORFC") and 
ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP. (the "ISSUER").

                             INTRODUCTORY STATEMENTS

     1.   ORFC has agreed from time to time to purchase from OFL, and OFL has 
agreed from time to time to sell and assign to ORFC, Receivables pursuant to 
the Receivables Purchase Agreement and Assignment.

     2.   ORFC proposes to transfer Receivables to the Issuer against the 
transfer of funds by the Issuer, with a simultaneous agreement by the Issuer 
to transfer to ORFC such Receivables at a future date, in accordance with the 
terms of the Repurchase Agreement.

     3.   The Issuer will issue Securities pursuant to the Indenture.  Each 
Security will be secured by the Receivables and other collateral.

     4.   The Issuer has requested that Financial Security issue a financial 
guaranty insurance policy guarantying scheduled payments of interest and 
ultimate payment of principal on the Securities (including any such payments 
subsequently avoided as a preference under applicable bankruptcy law) upon 
the terms and subject to the conditions provided herein.

     5.   The parties hereto desire to specify the conditions precedent to 
the issuance of the Policy by Financial Security, the payment of premium in 
respect of the Policy, the indemnity and reimbursement to be provided to 
Financial Security in respect of certain amounts paid by Financial Security 
under the Policy or otherwise and certain other matters.

     In consideration of the premises and of the agreements herein contained, 
Financial Security, OFL, ORFC and the Issuer hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                          DEFINITIONS; LIMITED RECOURSE

     Section 1.01.  DEFINITIONS.  Capitalized terms used herein shall have 
the meanings provided in Appendix I hereto, or the meanings given such terms 
in the Servicing Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires.

                                       1
<PAGE>

     Section 1.02.  CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS NOT RECOURSE TO OFL AND ORFC. 
Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the payment 
obligations provided in Section 3.03(a) and (d), in each case, to the extent 
that such payment obligations do not arise from any failure or default in the 
performance by OFL or ORFC of any of its obligations under the Transaction 
Documents, and any interest on the foregoing in accordance with Section 
3.03(c), shall be non-recourse obligations with respect to OFL and ORFC, 
respectively, and shall be payable only from monies available for such 
payment in accordance with the provisions of the Servicing Agreement.

     Section 1.03.  LIMITED RECOURSE TO ISSUER.  Financial Security agrees 
that the obligations of the Issuer under this Agreement are solely the 
corporate obligations of the Issuer.  No recourse shall be had for the 
payment of any amount owing in respect of the Issuer's obligations hereunder 
or for any payment obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this 
Agreement against any stockholder, employee, officer, director or 
incorporator of the Issuer or against any agent, stockholder, employee, 
officer, director, incorporator or affiliate thereof, and Financial Security 
shall not look to any property or assets of the Issuer, other than amounts 
paid to the Issuer under the Transaction Documents and to amounts payable to 
Financial Security pursuant to the Transaction Documents in respect of the 
Issuer's obligations hereunder.  To the extent that such funds are 
insufficient, any payment obligation or claim arising hereunder shall not 
constitute a claim against the Issuer.

                                   ARTICLE II

                    REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

     Section 2.01.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OFL AND ORFC.   OFL and 
ORFC jointly and severally represent, warrant and covenant, as of the date 
hereof and as of the Date of Issuance, as follows:

          (a)  DUE ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.  Each of OFL and ORFC is a 
     corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under 
     the laws of the State of Minnesota or the laws of the State of Delaware, 
     respectively, with power and authority to own its properties and conduct 
     its business.  Each of OFL and ORFC is duly qualified to do business, is 
     in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses, permits, 
     charters, registrations and approvals (together, "APPROVALS") necessary 
     for the conduct of its business as currently conducted and the 
     performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents, in each 
     jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified or to obtain such 
     approvals would render any Receivable unenforceable in such jurisdiction 
     or any Transaction Document unenforceable in any respect or would 
     otherwise have a material adverse effect upon the Transaction.

          (b)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Each of OFL and ORFC has all necessary 
     corporate power and authority to conduct its business as currently 
     conducted, to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this 
     Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and 
     to carry out the terms of each such Transaction Document and has 

                                       2
<PAGE>

     full power and authority to sell and assign the Receivables as 
     contemplated by the Transaction Documents and to consummate the 
     Transaction.

          (c)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance by 
     each of OFL and ORFC of this Agreement and each other Transaction 
     Document to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all 
     necessary corporate action and do not require any additional approvals 
     or consents or other action by or any notice to or filing with any 
     Person, including, without limitation, any governmental entity, the 
     stockholders of OFL or the stockholder of ORFC.

          (d)  NONCONTRAVENTION.  Neither the execution nor delivery of this 
     agreement and each other Transaction Document to which OFL or ORFC is a 
     party, nor the consummation of the Transaction nor the satisfaction of 
     the terms and conditions of this agreement and each other Transaction 
     Documents to which OFL or ORFC is a party,

               (i)  conflicts with or results, or will conflict with or result,
          in any breach or violation of any provision of the Certificate of
          Incorporation or Bylaws of OFL or ORFC or any law, rule, regulation,
          order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award
          currently in effect having applicability to OFL or ORFC, or any of
          their respective properties, 

               (ii) constitutes or will constitute a default by OFL or ORFC
          under or a breach of any provision of any loan agreement, mortgage,
          indenture or other agreement or instrument to which OFL or ORFC or any
          of their respective Subsidiaries is a party or by which it or any of
          its or their properties is or may be bound or affected, or

              (iii) results in or requires, or will result in or require,
          the creation of any Lien upon or in respect of any of the assets of
          OFL or ORFC or any of their respective Subsidiaries except as
          otherwise expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

          (e)  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.  There is no action, proceeding or 
     investigation pending, or to the best knowledge of OFL and ORFC after 
     reasonable inquiry, threatened by or before any court, regulatory body, 
     governmental or administrative agency or arbitrator against or affecting 
     OFL or ORFC, or any properties or rights of OFL or ORFC, including 
     without limitation, the Receivables:  (A) asserting the invalidity of 
     this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the OFL or 
     ORFC is a party, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Securities 
     or the consummation of the Transaction, (C) seeking any determination or 
     ruling that might materially and adversely affect the validity or 
     enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to 
     which OFL or ORFC is a party or (D) which might result in a Material 
     Adverse Change with respect to OFL or ORFC.

          (f)  VALID AND BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  Each of the Transaction 
     Documents to which either OFL or ORFC is a party, when executed and 
     delivered by it, and assuming 

                                       3
<PAGE>

     due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, 
     will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such Person, 
     enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability 
     may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or 
     other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and general 
     equitable principles.  The Securities when executed, authenticated and 
     delivered in accordance with the Indenture, will be entitled to the 
     benefits of the Indenture and will constitute legal, valid and binding 
     obligations of the Issuer, enforceable in accordance with their terms, 
     except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, 
     reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' 
     rights generally and general equitable principles.

          (g)  NO CONSENTS.  No consent, license, approval or authorization 
     from, or registration, filing or declaration with, any regulatory body, 
     administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality, nor any 
     consent, approval, waiver or notification of any creditor, lessor or 
     other non-governmental person, is required in connection with the 
     execution, delivery and performance by OFL or ORFC of this Agreement or 
     of any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, except (in 
     each case) such as have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

          (h)  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW, ETC.  No practice, procedure or policy 
     employed or proposed to be employed by OFL or ORFC in the conduct of 
     their respective businesses violates any law, regulation, judgment, 
     agreement, order or decree applicable to it which, if enforced, would 
     result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to such Person.

          (i)  GOOD TITLE; VALID TRANSFER; ABSENCE OF LIENS; SECURITY INTEREST.

               (i) Immediately prior to the transfer of any Receivables and 
          related Other Conveyed Property to ORFC pursuant to the Receivables 
          Purchase Agreement and Assignment, OFL was or will have been the 
          owner of, and had or will have had good and marketable title to, 
          such Receivables free and clear of all Liens and Restrictions on 
          Transferability, and had or will have had full right, corporate 
          power and lawful authority to assign, transfer and pledge such 
          Receivables and related Other Conveyed Property and immediately 
          following such transfer ORFC will be the owner of, and have good 
          and marketable title to, such Receivables and related Other 
          Conveyed Property free and clear of all Liens and Restrictions on 
          Transferability.  Each such transfer pursuant to the Receivables 
          Purchase Agreement and Assignment constitutes or will constitute a 
          valid sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivables and related 
          Other Conveyed Property to ORFC enforceable against creditors of 
          and purchasers from OFL.  In the event that, in contravention of 
          the intention of the parties, a transfer of Receivables and related 
          Other Conveyed Property by OFL to ORFC is characterized as other 
          than a sale, such transfer shall be characterized as a secured 
          financing, and ORFC shall have a valid and perfected first priority 
          security interest in such Receivables and related Other Conveyed 
          Property free and clear of all Liens and Restrictions on 
          Transferability, subject to the provisions of the Repurchase 
          Agreement.

                                       4
<PAGE>

               (ii) Immediately prior to the transfer of any Receivables and 
          related Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer pursuant to the 
          Repurchase Agreement, ORFC was or will have been the owner of, and 
          had good and marketable title to, such property free and clear of 
          all Liens and Restrictions on Transferability, and had or will have 
          had full right, corporate power and lawful authority to assign, 
          transfer and pledge such Receivables.  In the event that a transfer 
          of the Receivables and related Other Conveyed Property by ORFC to 
          the Issuer is characterized as other than a sale, such transfer 
          shall be characterized as a secured financing, and the Issuer shall 
          have a valid and perfected first priority security interest in such 
          Receivables and related Other Conveyed Property free and clear of 
          all Liens and Restrictions on Transferability, other than the Lien 
          of the Security Agreement in favor of the Collateral Agent.

          (j)  ACCURACY OF INFORMATION.  None of the Transaction Documents 
     nor any of the other Provided Documents provided by OFL or ORFC contain 
     any statement of a material fact with respect to OFL or ORFC or the 
     Transaction that was untrue or misleading in any material respect when 
     made (except insofar as any such Document was connected or superseded by 
     a subsequent Provided Document and Financial Security has not 
     detrimentally relied on the original Provided Document).  There is no 
     fact known to OFL or ORFC which has a material possibility of causing a 
     Material Adverse Change with respect to either of them or which has a 
     material possibility of impairing the value or marketability of the 
     Receivables, taken as a whole, or decreasing the possibility that 
     amounts due in respect of the Receivables will be collected as due.  
     Since the furnishing of the Provided Documents, there has been no 
     change, or any development or event involving a prospective change known 
     to OFL or ORFC that would render any representation or warranty or other 
     statement made by either of them in any of the Provided Documents untrue 
     or misleading in any material respect.  

          (k)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Financial Statements of each of OFL 
     and ORFC, copies of which have been furnished to Financial Security, (i) 
     are, as of the dates and for the periods referred to therein, complete 
     and correct in all material respects, (ii) present fairly the financial 
     condition and results of operations of such Person as of the dates and 
     for the periods indicated and (iii) have been prepared in accordance 
     with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, 
     except as noted therein (subject as to interim statements to normal 
     year-end adjustments).  Since the date of the most recent Financial 
     Statements with respect to such Person, there has been no material 
     adverse change in such financial condition or results of operations of 
     such Person.  Except as disclosed in the Financial Statements, neither 
     OFL nor  ORFC is subject to any contingent liabilities or commitments 
     that, individually or in the aggregate, have a material possibility of 
     causing a Material Adverse Change in respect of OFL or ORFC.

          (l)  ERISA.  OFL is in compliance with ERISA in all material 
     respects and has not incurred and does not reasonably expect to incur 
     any material liabilities to the PBGC under ERISA in connection with any 
     Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to contribute now or in the future in 
     respect of any Plan or Multiemployer Plan.

                                       5
<PAGE>

          (m)  COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS.  ORFC is not required to be 
     registered as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act 
     and is not subject to the information reporting requirements of the 
     Exchange Act.

          (n)  TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS.  Each of the representations and 
     warranties of OFL and ORFC contained in the Transaction Documents is 
     true and correct in all material respects and each of OFL and ORFC 
     hereby makes each such representation and warranty made by it to, and 
     for the benefit of, Financial Security as if the same were set forth in 
     full herein.

          (o)  SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY.

               (i)  The capital of ORFC is adequate for the business and 
          undertakings of ORFC.

              (ii)  Other than with respect to the ownership by OFL of the 
          stock of ORFC and as provided in this Agreement and the Receivables 
          Purchase Agreement and Assignment, the Servicing Agreement, the 
          Security Agreement and the Spread Account Agreement, and in 
          connection with the Term Transactions, ORFC is not engaged in any 
          business transactions with OFL or any affiliate of OFL.

             (iii)  At least one director of ORFC shall be a person who is 
          not, and will not be, a director, officer, employee or holder of 
          any equity securities of OFL or any of its affiliates or 
          Subsidiaries.

              (iv)  The funds and assets of ORFC are not, and will not be, 
          commingled with the funds of any other person.

               (v) The bylaws of ORFC require it to maintain (A) correct 
          and complete minute books and records of account, and (B) minutes 
          of the meetings and other proceedings of its shareholders and board 
          of directors.

          (p)  SOLVENCY; FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE.  Each of OFL and ORFC is 
     solvent and will not be rendered insolvent by the Transaction and, after 
     giving effect to the Transaction, neither OFL nor ORFC will be left with 
     an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to engage in its 
     business. Neither OFL nor ORFC intends to incur, or believes that it has 
     incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature.  
     Neither OFL nor ORFC contemplates the commencement of insolvency, 
     bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the appointment 
     of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official in 
     respect of OFL or ORFC or any of its assets.  The amount of 
     consideration being received by ORFC upon the transfer of Receivables 
     and related Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer constitutes reasonably 
     equivalent value and fair consideration for the Receivables and such 
     Other Conveyed Property.  The amount of consideration being received by 
     OFL upon the sale of the Receivables and related Other Conveyed Property 
     to ORFC constitutes reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration 
     for the Receivables and such Other Conveyed Property. Neither OFL nor 

                                       6
<PAGE>

     ORFC is entering into the Transaction Documents or consummating the 
     transactions contemplated thereby with any intent to hinder, delay or 
     defraud any of the Issuer's creditors.

          (q)  TAXES.  Each of OFL and ORFC has, and each member of the 
     respective affiliated groups of corporations of which such Person is a 
     member has, filed all federal and state tax returns which are required 
     to be filed and paid all taxes, including any assessments received by 
     such Person, to the extent that such taxes have become due other than 
     taxes that such Person shall currently be contesting the validity 
     thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have set 
     aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.  Any taxes, 
     fees and other governmental charges payable by OFL or ORFC in connection 
     with the Transaction, the execution and delivery of the Transaction 
     Documents and the issuance of the Securities have been paid or shall 
     have been paid at or prior to the Date of Issuance.

          (r)  PLEDGE OF SHARES.  The shares of stock of the ORFC which have 
     been pledged pursuant to the Stock Pledge Agreement constitute all of 
     the issued and outstanding shares of ORFC.

          (s)  PERFECTION OF LIENS AND SECURITY INTEREST.  The Lien and 
     security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent with respect to the 
     Receivables and Other Conveyed Property will be perfected by the filing 
     of financing statements on Form UCC-1 on or prior to the Date of 
     Issuance in each jurisdiction where such recording or filing is 
     necessary for the perfection thereof, the delivery of the Receivable 
     Files for the Receivables to the Custodian, and the establishment of the 
     Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account and the Spread Account 
     in accordance with the provisions of the Transaction Documents, and no 
     other filings in any jurisdiction or any other actions (except as 
     expressly provided herein) are necessary to perfect the Collateral 
     Agent's Lien on and security interest in the Receivables and Other 
     Conveyed Property as against any third parties.  

          (t)  SECURITY INTEREST IN ACCOUNTS.  Assuming the retention of 
     funds in the Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account and the 
     Spread Account and the acquisition of Eligible Investments, in each 
     case, in accordance with the Transaction Documents, such funds and 
     Eligible Investments will be subject to a valid and perfected, first 
     priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent on behalf of 
     Financial Security and the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders.

     Section 2.02.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF OFL AND ORFC.  OFL and ORFC 
jointly and severally hereby agree, during the Term of this Agreement, unless 
Financial Security shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, as follows:

          (a)  COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENTS AND APPLICABLE LAWS.  Each of OFL 
     and ORFC shall perform each of its respective obligations under the 
     Transaction Documents and shall comply with all material requirements of 
     any law, rule or regulation applicable to it or thereto, or that are 
     required in connection with its performance under any of the 

                                       7
<PAGE>

     Transaction Documents. Neither OFL nor ORFC will cause or permit to 
     become effective any amendment to or modification of any of the 
     Transaction Documents to which it is a party unless (i) so long as no 
     Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing Financial Security 
     shall have previously approved in writing the form of such amendment or 
     modification or (ii) if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be 
     continuing such amendment would not adversely affect the interests of 
     Financial Security.  Neither OFL nor ORFC shall take any action or fail 
     to take any action that would interfere with the enforcement of any 
     rights under the Transaction Documents.

          (b)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS; OTHER INFORMATION. 
     Each of OFL and ORFC shall keep or cause to be kept in reasonable detail 
     books and records of account of its assets and business.  Each of OFL 
     and ORFC shall furnish or cause to be furnished to Financial Security:

               (i)   ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  As soon as available, and 
          in any event within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of 
          OFL or ORFC, the audited balance sheets of OFL or ORFC, as the case 
          may be, as of the end of such fiscal year and the audited 
          statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash 
          flows of OFL or ORFC, as the case may be, for such fiscal year, all 
          in reasonable detail and stating in comparative form the respective 
          figures for the corresponding date and period in the preceding 
          fiscal year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted 
          accounting principles, consistently applied, and accompanied by the 
          certificate of independent accountants (which shall be a nationally 
          recognized firm or otherwise acceptable to Financial Security) for 
          OFL or ORFC, as the case may be, and by the certificate specified 
          in Section 2.02(c) hereof.

               (ii)  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  As soon as available, 
          and in any event within 45 days after the close of each of the 
          first three quarters of each fiscal year of OFL or ORFC, as the 
          case may be, the unaudited balance sheets of OFL or ORFC, as the 
          case may be, as of the end of such quarter and the unaudited 
          statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash 
          flows of OFL or ORFC, as the case may be, for the portion of the 
          fiscal year then ended, all in reasonable detail and stating in 
          comparative form the respective figures for the corresponding date 
          and period in the preceding fiscal year, prepared in accordance 
          with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied 
          (subject to normal year-end adjustments), and accompanied by the 
          certificate specified in Section 2.02(c) hereof if such certificate 
          is required to be provided pursuant to such Section.

               (iii) ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS.  If a Special Event specified in 
          clauses (a) or (d) of the definition thereof or clause (b) or (c) 
          of the definition thereof with respect to OFL or ORFC has occurred, 
          copies of any reports submitted to OFL or ORFC by their respective 
          independent accountants in connection with any examination of the 
          financial statements of OFL or ORFC promptly upon receipt thereof.

                                       8
<PAGE>

               (iv)  OTHER INFORMATION.  Promptly upon receipt thereof, 
          copies of all reports, statements, certifications, schedules, or 
          other similar items delivered to or by OFL or ORFC pursuant to the 
          terms of the Transaction Documents and, promptly upon request, such 
          other data as Financial Security may reasonably request; PROVIDED, 
          HOWEVER, that neither OFL nor ORFC shall be required to deliver any 
          such items if provision by some other party to Financial Security 
          is required under the Transaction Documents unless such other party 
          wrongfully fails to deliver such item.  OFL and ORFC shall, upon 
          the request of Financial Security, permit Financial Security and 
          its authorized agents (A) to inspect its books, records and 
          operations as they may relate to the Securities, the Receivables, 
          the obligations of OFL or ORFC under the Transaction Documents, the 
          Transaction and OFL's business; (B) to discuss the affairs, 
          finances and accounts of OFL and  ORFC with its Chief Operating 
          Officer and Chief Financial Officer upon Financial Security's 
          reasonable request; and (C) to discuss the affairs, finances and 
          accounts of OFL and ORFC with their respective independent 
          accountants, PROVIDED that an officer of such Person shall have the 
          right to be present during such discussions.  Such inspections and 
          discussions shall be conducted during normal business hours and 
          shall not unreasonably disrupt the business of such Person. The 
          fees and expenses of any such authorized agents of Financial 
          Security shall be for the account of OFL.  In addition, OFL and 
          ORFC shall promptly (but in no case more than 30 days following 
          issuance or receipt by a Commonly Controlled Entity) provide to 
          Financial Security a copy of all correspondence between a Commonly 
          Controlled Entity and the PBGC, IRS, Department of Labor or the 
          administrators of a Multiemployer Plan relating to any Reportable 
          Event or the underfunded status, termination or possible 
          termination of a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan.  The books and 
          records of OFL and ORFC with respect to the Receivables will be 
          maintained at the National Servicing Center, 10033 West 70th 
          Street, Eden Prairie, Minnesota, unless OFL or ORFC shall otherwise 
          advise the parties hereto in writing.

               (v)   OFL shall provide or cause to be provided to Financial 
          Security an executed original copy of each document executed in 
          connection with the Transaction within 30 days after the date of 
          closing.

          (c)  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.  Each of OFL and ORFC shall deliver to 
     Financial Security concurrently with the delivery of the financial 
     statements required pursuant to Section 2.02(b)(i) hereof (and 
     concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements required 
     pursuant to Section 2.02(b)(ii) hereof, if a Special Event specified in 
     clauses (a) or (d) of the definition thereof or clause (b) or (c) of the 
     definition thereof with respect to OFL or ORFC has occurred), a 
     certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer stating that:

               (i)  a review of such Person's performance under the 
          Transaction Documents during such period has been made under such 
          officer's supervision;

                                       9
<PAGE>

               (ii) to the best of such officer's knowledge following 
          reasonable inquiry, no Special Event, Default or Event of Default 
          has occurred with respect to such Person, or if a Special Event, 
          Default or Event of Default has occurred with respect to such 
          Person, specifying the nature thereof and, if such Person has a 
          right to cure any such Default or Event of Default pursuant to 
          Section 5.01, stating in reasonable detail the steps, if any, being 
          taken by such Person to cure such Default or Event of Default or to 
          otherwise comply with the terms of the agreement to which such 
          Default or Event of Default relates; and

             (iii) the attached financial reports submitted in accordance 
          with Section 2.02(b)(i) or (ii) hereof, as applicable, are complete 
          and correct in all material respects and present fairly the 
          financial condition and results of operations of OFL or ORFC, as 
          the case may be, as of the dates and for the periods indicated, in 
          accordance with generally accepted accounting principles 
          consistently applied (subject as to interim statements to normal 
          year-end adjustments).

          (d)  NOTICE OF MATERIAL EVENTS.  OFL and ORFC shall promptly inform 
     Financial Security in writing of the occurrence of any of the following:

               (i)  the submission of any claim or the initiation of any 
          legal process, litigation or administrative or judicial 
          investigation against OFL or ORFC involving potential damages or 
          penalties in an uninsured amount in excess of $5,000 in any one 
          instance or $25,000 in the aggregate with respect to ORFC and in 
          excess of $10,000 in any one instance or $25,000 in the aggregate 
          with respect to OFL;

               (ii) any change in the location of such Person's principal 
          office or any change in the location of the books and records of 
          OFL or ORFC;

              (iii) the occurrence of any Default or Special Event 
          (which notice shall also be delivered to the Rating Agencies); 

               (iv) the commencement of any proceedings by or against OFL 
          under any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, 
          rehabilitation, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in 
          effect or of any proceeding in which a receiver, liquidator, 
          conservator, trustee or similar official shall have been, or may 
          be, appointed or requested for OFL or ORFC or any of their assets;

               (v)  the receipt of notice that (A) OFL or ORFC is being 
          placed under regulatory supervision, (B) any license, permit, 
          charter, registration or approval necessary for the conduct of 
          OFL's or ORFC's business is to be, or may be, suspended or revoked, 
          or (C) OFL or ORFC is to cease and desist any practice, procedure 
          or policy employed by OFL or ORFC in the conduct of its business, 
          and such cessation may result in a Material Adverse Change with 
          respect to OFL or ORFC; or

                                       10
<PAGE>

               (vi) any other event, circumstance or condition that has 
          resulted, or which such Person reasonably believes might result, in 
          a Material Adverse Change in respect of OFL or ORFC.

          (e)  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each of OFL and ORFC will file all 
     necessary financing statements, assignments or other instruments, and 
     any amendments or continuation statements relating thereto, necessary to 
     be kept and filed in such manner and in such places as may be required 
     by law to preserve and protect fully the Lien on and security interest 
     in, and all rights of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the 
     Trustee for the Noteholders and Financial Security, with respect to, the 
     Receivables, the Collection Account, the Note Distribution Account and 
     the Spread Account.  In addition, each of OFL and ORFC shall, upon the 
     request of Financial Security, from time to time, execute, acknowledge 
     and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, within 
     thirty (30) days of such request, such amendments hereto and such 
     further instruments and take such further action as may be reasonably 
     necessary to effectuate the intention, performance and provisions of the 
     Transaction Documents or to protect the interest of the Collateral 
     Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee for Noteholders and Financial 
     Security, in the Receivables, the Collection Account, the Note 
     Distribution Account and the Spread Account, free and clear of all Liens 
     and Restrictions on Transferability except the Restrictions on 
     Transferability imposed by the Transaction Documents.  In addition, each 
     of OFL and ORFC agrees to cooperate with S&P and Moody's in connection 
     with any review of the Transaction which may be undertaken by S&P and 
     Moody's after the date hereof.

          (f)  THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY.  Each of OFL and ORFC agrees that 
     Financial Security shall have all rights of a third-party beneficiary in 
     respect of the Servicing Agreement and hereby incorporates and restates 
     its representations, warranties and covenants as set forth therein for 
     the benefit of Financial Security.

          (g)  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  Each of OFL and ORFC shall maintain its 
     corporate existence and shall at all times continue to be duly organized 
     under the laws of the State of Minnesota or laws of the State of 
     Delaware, respectively, and duly qualified and duly authorized (as 
     described in Sections 2.01(a), (b) and (c) hereof) and shall conduct its 
     business in accordance with the terms of its Certificate of 
     Incorporation and Bylaws.

          (h)  SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY.

               (i)  ORFC shall conduct its business solely in its own name 
          through its duly authorized officers or agents so as not to mislead 
          others as to the identity of the entity with which those others are 
          concerned.  It particularly will use its best efforts to avoid the 
          appearance of conducting business on behalf of OFL or any affiliate 
          of OFL and to avoid the appearance that the assets of ORFC are 
          available to pay the creditors of OFL or any affiliate thereof.  
          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all oral and 
          written communications, including, without limitation, letters, 
          invoices, purchase orders, contracts, statements and loan 
          applications, will be made solely in the name of ORFC.

                                       11
<PAGE>

               (ii) ORFC shall maintain corporate records and books of 
          account separate from those of OFL and the affiliates thereof.  
          ORFC's books and records shall clearly reflect the transfer of the 
          Receivables to the Issuer.

              (iii) ORFC shall obtain proper authorization from its 
          Board of Directors of all corporate action requiring such 
          authorization, meetings of the board of directors of ORFC shall be 
          held not less frequently than three times per annum and copies of 
          the minutes of each such board meeting shall be delivered to 
          Financial Security within two weeks of such meeting.

               (iv) ORFC shall obtain proper authorization from its 
          shareholders of all corporate action requiring shareholder 
          approval, meetings of the shareholders of ORFC shall be held not 
          less frequently than one time per annum and copies of each such 
          authorization and the minutes of each such shareholder meeting 
          shall be delivered to Financial Security within two weeks of such 
          authorization or meeting, as the case may be.

               (v)  Although the organizational expenses of ORFC have been 
          paid by OFL, operating expenses and liabilities of ORFC shall be 
          paid from its own funds.  If OFL transfers funds to ORFC which 
          funds ORFC applies to the satisfaction of an obligation under the 
          Transaction Documents, such transfer shall be characterized by ORFC 
          and OFL as a loan recourse only to amounts available for payment to 
          OFL pursuant to Section 2.08 of the Spread Account Agreement, shall 
          be pursuant to documentation substantially in the form set forth as 
          Exhibit C to the Servicing Agreement, and ORFC's obligation to OFL 
          with respect to such loan shall be limited to the amounts so 
          available; ORFC and OFL covenant and agree that any such available 
          amounts shall be applied to the satisfaction of any amounts 
          outstanding under any such loan, prior to distribution by ORFC on 
          or in respect of the capital stock of ORFC.

               (vi) The annual financial statements of ORFC shall disclose 
          the effects of its transactions in accordance with generally 
          accepted accounting principles and shall disclose that the assets 
          of ORFC are not available to pay creditors of OFL or any affiliate 
          of OFL.

              (vii) The resolutions, agreements and other instruments of 
          ORFC underlying the transactions described in this Agreement and in 
          the other Transaction Documents shall be continuously maintained by 
          ORFC as official records of ORFC separately identified and held 
          apart from the records of OFL and each affiliate of OFL.

             (viii) ORFC shall maintain an arm's-length relationship 
          with OFL and the affiliates thereof and will not hold itself out as 
          being liable for the debts of OFL or any of OFL's affiliates.

                                       12
<PAGE>

               (ix) ORFC shall keep its assets and liabilities wholly 
          separate from those of all other entities, including, but not 
          limited to, OFL and its affiliates.

               (x)  The books and records of ORFC will be maintained at the 
          National Servicing Center, 10033 West 70th Street, Eden Prairie, 
          Minnesota, unless it shall otherwise advise the parties hereto in 
          writing.  ORFC shall, upon the request of Financial Security, 
          permit Financial Security or its authorized agents to inspect its 
          books and records.

          (i)  MAINTENANCE OF LICENSES.  Each of OFL and ORFC shall maintain 
     all licenses, permits, charters and registrations which are material to 
     the performance by it of its obligations under this Insurance Agreement 
     and each other Transaction Document to which is a party or by which it 
     is bound.

          (j)  MAINTENANCE OF WAREHOUSING FACILITIES.  OFL and its 
     Subsidiaries shall at all times have warehousing facilities (other than 
     that contemplated by the Transaction) under which the amount of credit 
     available (including amounts outstanding) to finance the purchase of 
     automobile receivables originated by OFL, together with the sum of the 
     amount of unrestricted cash on OFL's balance sheet and the aggregate 
     principal balance of automobile receivables eligible to be pledged by 
     OFL (but not pledged) under the Transaction or such warehouse facilities 
     as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar quarter, at least 
     equal to $250,000,000.

          (k)  PROVISION OF INFORMATION  ORFC shall provide the Independent 
     Accountants with such information as is necessary to conduct the review 
     required by Section 2.18 of the Servicing Agreement.

          (l)  CLOSING DOCUMENTS.  OFL shall provide or cause to be provided 
     to Financial Security an executed original copy of each document 
     executed in connection with the Transaction within 30 days after the 
     Closing Date, except that OFL shall cause a copy of the Repurchase 
     Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the 
     Indenture, and each Transaction Document to which Financial Security is 
     a party to be provided to Financial Security on the Closing Date.

          (m)  INCORPORATION OF COVENANTS.  Each of OFL and ORFC agrees to 
     comply with their respective covenants set forth in the Transaction 
     Documents and hereby incorporates such covenants by reference as if each 
     were set forth herein.

     Section 2.03.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF OFL AND ORFC.  OFL and ORFC hereby 
jointly and severally agree, during the Term of the Agreement, unless 
Financial Security shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, as follows:

          (a)  RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS.  Neither OFL nor ORFC shall (i) create, 
     incur or suffer to exist, or agree to create, incur or suffer to exist, 
     or consent to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a 
     contingency or otherwise) the creation, incurrence


                                       13
<PAGE>

     or existence of any Lien or Restriction on Transferability of the 
     Receivables and related Other Conveyed Property except for (w) the Liens 
     imposed by the Transaction Documents, and (x) Liens for taxes if such taxes
     shall not at the time be due and payable or if the Issuer shall currently 
     be contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings
     and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect 
     thereto, and (y) the Restrictions on Transferability imposed by the 
     Transaction Documents, or (ii) sign or file under the Uniform Commercial 
     Code of any jurisdiction any financing statement which names either OFL, 
     ORFC or the Issuer as a debtor, or sign any security agreement authorizing
     any secured party thereunder to file such financing statement, with respect
     to the Receivables, except in each case any such instrument solely securing
     the rights and preserving the Lien of the Issuer or of the Collateral Agent
     for the benefit of the Trustee for the Noteholders and Financial Security. 

          (b)  IMPAIRMENT OF RIGHTS.  Neither OFL nor ORFC shall take any
     action, or fail to take any action, if such action or failure to take
     action may (i) interfere with the enforcement of any rights under the
     Transaction Documents that are material to the rights, benefits or
     obligations of the Trustee, the Noteholders or Financial Security, (ii)
     result in a Material Adverse Change in respect of the Receivables or (iii)
     impair the ability of OFL or ORFC to perform their respective obligations
     under the Transaction Documents.

          (c)  LIMITATION ON MERGERS.  OFL shall not consolidate with or merge
     with or into any Person or transfer all or any material part of its assets
     to any Person (except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents) or
     liquidate or dissolve, provided that OFL may consolidate with, merge with
     or into, or transfer all or a material part of its assets to, another
     corporation if (i) the acquiror of its assets, or the corporation surviving
     such merger or consolidation, shall be organized and existing under the
     laws of any state and shall be qualified to transact business in each
     jurisdiction in which failure to qualify would render any Transaction
     Document unenforceable or would result in a Material Adverse Change in
     respect of OFL or the Other Conveyed Property; (ii) after giving effect to
     such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets, no Default or Event of
     Default shall have occurred or be continuing; (iii) such acquiring or
     surviving entity can lawfully perform the obligations of OFL under the
     Transaction Documents and shall expressly assume in writing all of the
     obligations of OFL, including, without limitation, its obligations under
     the Transaction Documents; and (iv) such acquiring or surviving entity and
     the consolidated group of which it is a part shall each have a net worth
     immediately subsequent to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets
     at least equal to the net worth of OFL immediately prior to such
     consolidation, merger or transfer of assets; and OFL shall give Financial
     Security written notice of any such consolidation, merger or transfer of
     assets on the earlier of:  (A) the date upon which any publicly available
     filing or release is made with respect to such action or (B) 10 Business
     Days prior to the date of consummation of such action.  OFL shall furnish
     to Financial Security all information requested by it that is reasonably
     necessary to determine compliance with this paragraph.

          (d)  WAIVER, AMENDMENTS, ETC.  Neither OFL nor ORFC shall waive,
     modify, amend, supplement or consent to any waiver, modification or
     amendment of, any of the provisions of any of the Transaction Documents or
     the certificate of incorporation or by-

                                       14
<PAGE>

     laws of ORFC (i) unless, if no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be 
     continuing, Financial Security shall have consented thereto in writing or 
     (ii) if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, which 
     would adversely affect the interests of Financial Security.

          (e)  SUCCESSORS.  Neither OFL nor ORFC shall terminate or designate,
     or consent to the termination or designation of, the servicer, back-up
     servicer or collateral agent or any successor thereto without the prior
     approval of Financial Security.

          (f)  CREATION OF INDEBTEDNESS; GUARANTEES.  ORFC shall not create,
     incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than in connection
     with Term Transactions, the Repurchase Agreement, Indebtedness permitted by
     Section 2.02(j) hereof and any other Indebtedness guaranteed or approved in
     writing by Financial Security.  Without the prior written consent in
     writing by Financial Security, ORFC shall not assume, guarantee, endorse or
     otherwise be or become directly or contingently liable for the obligations
     of any Person by, among other things, agreeing to purchase any obligation
     of another Person, agreeing to advance funds to such Person or causing or
     assisting such Person to maintain any amount of capital.

          (g)  SUBSIDIARIES.  ORFC shall not form, or cause to be formed, any
     Subsidiaries.

          (h)  ISSUANCE OF STOCK.  ORFC shall not issue any shares of capital
     stock or rights, warrants or options in respect of capital stock or
     securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock.

          (i)  NO MERGERS.  ORFC shall not consolidate with or merge into any
     Person or (except as contemplated in the Transaction Documents) transfer
     all or any material amount of its assets to any Person or liquidate or
     dissolve.

          (j)  ERISA.  (A) OFL shall not contribute or incur any obligation to
     contribute to, or incur any liability in respect of, any Plan or
     Multiemployer Plan, except that OFL may make such a contribution or incur
     such a liability provided that neither OFL nor any Commonly Controlled
     Entity will:

               (i) terminate any Plan so as to incur any material liability to
          the PBGC;

              (ii) knowingly participate in any "prohibited transaction" (as
          defined in ERISA) involving any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or any
          trust created thereunder which would subject any of them to a material
          tax or penalty on prohibited transactions imposed under Section 4975
          of the Code or ERISA;

             (iii) fail to pay to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan any
          contribution which it is obligated to pay under the terms of such Plan
          or Multiemployer Plan, if such failure would cause such Plan to have
          any material Accumulated Funding Deficiency, whether or not waived; or

                                       15
<PAGE>

              (iv) allow or suffer to exist any occurrence of a Reportable
          Event, or any other event or condition, which presents a material risk
          of termination by the PBGC of any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, to the
          extent that the occurrence or nonoccurrence of such Reportable Event
          or other event or condition is within the control of it or any
          Commonly Controlled Entity.

          (B) ORFC shall not contribute or incur any obligation to contribute to
any Multiemployer Plan.

          (k)  OTHER ACTIVITIES.  ORFC shall not:

               (i)  sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of its
          assets except as permitted under the Transaction Documents and the
          Term Transactions; or

               (ii) engage in any business or activity other than in connection
          with the Servicing Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement, the Security
          Agreement, the Spread Account Agreement, the Receivables Purchase
          Agreement and Assignment and the Term Transactions, and as permitted
          by its certificate of incorporation.

          (l)  INSOLVENCY.  Neither OFL nor ORFC shall commence with respect to
     ORFC or the Issuer, as the case may be, any case, proceeding or other
     action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic
     or foreign, relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
     relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect
     to it, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up,
     liquidation, dissolution, corporation or other relief with respect to it or
     (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar
     official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or make a
     general assignment for the benefit of its creditors.  Neither OFL nor ORFC
     shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating the consent to,
     approval of, or acquiescence in any of the acts set forth above.  ORFC
     shall not admit in writing its inability to pay its debts.

          (m)  DIVIDENDS.  ORFC shall not declare or make payment of (i) any
     dividend or other distribution on any shares of its capital stock, or
     (ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or
     acquisition of any option, warrant or other right to acquire shares of its
     capital stock, unless (in each case) at the time of such declaration or
     payment (and after giving effect thereto) no amount payable by ORFC under
     any Transaction Document is then due and owing but unpaid.

     Section 2.04.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OFL AND THE ISSUER.   Each
of OFL and the Issuer represent and warrant as of the date hereof and as of the
Date of Issuance, as follows:

          (a)  DUE ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.  The Issuer is a corporation
     duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
     State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and
     conduct its business.  The Issuer is duly qualified to do business, is in
     good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses,

                                       16
<PAGE>

     permits, charters, registrations and approvals (together, "APPROVALS") 
     necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted and the 
     performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents, in each 
     jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified or to obtain such 
     approvals would render any Receivable unenforceable in such jurisdiction
     or any Transaction Document unenforceable in any respect or would 
     otherwise have a material adverse effect upon the Transaction.

          (b)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Issuer has all necessary corporate
     power and authority to conduct its business as currently conducted, to
     execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each
     other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to carry out the
     terms of each such Document and has full power and authority to sell and
     assign the Receivables as contemplated by the Transaction Documents and to
     consummate the Transaction.

          (c)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance by
     the Issuer of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which
     it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
     and do not require any additional approvals or consents or other action by
     or any notice to or filing with any Person, including, without limitation,
     any governmental entity or the stockholders of the Issuer.

          (d)  NONCONTRAVENTION.  Neither the execution nor delivery of this
     agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a
     party, nor the consummation of the Transaction nor the satisfaction of the
     terms and conditions of this agreement and each other Transaction Documents
     to which the Issuer is a party,

               (i)  conflicts with or results, or will conflict with or result,
          in any breach or violation of any provision of the Certificate of
          Incorporation or Bylaws of the Issuer or any law, rule, regulation,
          order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award
          currently in effect having applicability to the Issuer, or any of its
          properties, agency or other governmental authority having supervisory
          powers over the Issuer,

               (ii) constitutes or will constitute a default by the Issuer under
          or a breach of any provision of any loan agreement, mortgage,
          indenture or other agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a
          party or by which it or any of its properties is or may be bound or
          affected, or

              (iii) results in or requires, or will result in or require,
          the creation of any Lien upon or in respect of any of the assets of
          the Issuer except as otherwise expressly contemplated by the
          Transaction Documents.

          (e)  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.  There is no action, proceeding or
     investigation pending, or to the best knowledge of the Issuer after
     reasonable inquiry, threatened by or before any court, regulatory body,
     governmental or administrative agency or arbitrator against or affecting
     the Issuer, or any properties or rights of the Issuer, including without
     limitation, the Receivables:  (A) asserting the invalidity of this
     Agreement or any other

                                       17
<PAGE>

     Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party, (B) seeking
     to prevent the issuance of the Securities or the consummation
     of the Transaction, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might
     materially and adversely affect to the validity or enforceability of this
     Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which the Issuer is a party
     or (D) which might result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to the
     Issuer.

          (f)  VALID AND BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  Each of the Transaction Documents
     to which the Issuer is a party, when executed and delivered by it, and
     assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties
     thereto, will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations of such
     Person, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such
     enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
     moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and
     general equitable principles.  The Securities, when executed, authenticated
     and delivered in accordance with the Indenture, will be validly issued and
     outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, except as such
     enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
     moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights generally and
     general equitable principles. 

          (g)  NO CONSENTS.  No consent, license, approval or authorization
     from, or registration, filing or declaration with, any regulatory body,
     administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality, nor any
     consent, approval, waiver or notification of any creditor, lessor or other
     non-governmental person, is required in connection with the execution,
     delivery and performance by the Issuer of this Agreement or of any other
     Transaction Document to which it is a party, except (in each case) such as
     have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

          (h)  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW, ETC.  No practice, procedure or policy
     employed or proposed to be employed by the Issuer in the conduct of its
     business violates any law, regulation, judgment, agreement, order or decree
     applicable to it which, if enforced, would result in a Material Adverse
     Change with respect to the Issuer.

          (i)  ACCURACY OF INFORMATION.  None of the Provided Documents contain
     any statement of a material fact with respect to the Issuer or the
     Transaction that was untrue or misleading in any material respect when made
     (except insofar as any such Document was connected or superseded by a
     subsequent Provided Document).  There is no fact known to OFL or the Issuer
     which has a material possibility of causing a Material Adverse Change with
     respect to either of them or which has a material possibility of impairing
     the value or marketability of the Receivables and related Other Conveyed
     Property, taken as a whole, or decreasing the profitability that amounts
     due in respect of the Receivables and related Other Conveyed Property will
     be collected as due.  Since the furnishing of the Provided Documents, there
     has been no change, or any development or event involving a prospective
     change known to OFL or the Issuer that would render any representation or
     warranty or other statement made by either of them in any of the Provided
     Documents untrue or misleading in any material respect.

                                       18
<PAGE>

          (j)  ERISA.  The Issuer is in compliance with ERISA and has not
     incurred and does not reasonably expect to incur any liabilities to the
     PBGC under ERISA in connection with any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to
     contribute now or in the future in respect of any Plan or Multiemployer
     Plan.

          (k)  COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS.  The Issuer is not required to
     be registered as an "investment company" under the Investment Company Act
     and is not subject to the information reporting requirements of the
     Exchange Act.

          (l)  TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS.  Each of the representations and
     warranties of the Issuer contained in the Transaction Documents is true and
     correct in all material respects and the Issuer hereby makes each such
     representation and warranty made by it to, and for the benefit of,
     Financial Security as if the same were set forth in full herein.

          (m)  SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY.

               (i)  The capital of the Issuer is adequate for the business and
          undertakings of the Issuer.

               (ii) Other than as provided in this Agreement, the Indenture, the
          Repurchase Agreement, the Servicing Agreement, the Security Agreement
          and the Guaranty, the Issuer is not engaged in any business
          transactions with OFL or any affiliate of OFL.

              (iii) At least one director of the Issuer shall be a person
          who is not, and will not be, a director, officer, employee or holder
          of any equity securities of OFL or any of its affiliates or
          Subsidiaries.

               (iv) The Issuer's funds and assets are not, and will not be,
          commingled with the funds of any other Person, except as provided in
          the Transaction Documents.

               (v)  The bylaws of the Issuer require it to maintain (A) correct
          and complete minute books and records of account, and (B) minutes of
          the meetings and other proceedings of its shareholders and board of
          directors.

          (n)  SOLVENCY; FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE.  The Issuer is solvent and will
     not be rendered insolvent by the Transaction and, after giving effect to
     the Transaction, the Issuer will not be left with an unreasonably small
     amount of capital with which to engage in its business.  The Issuer does
     not intend to incur, or believe that it has incurred, debts beyond its
     ability to pay such debts as they mature.  The Issuer does not contemplate
     the commencement of insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation
     proceedings or the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator,
     trustee or similar official in respect of the Issuer or any of its assets. 
     The Issuer is not entering into the Transaction Documents or consummating
     the transactions contemplated thereby with any intent to hinder, delay or
     defraud any of the Issuer's creditors.

                                       19
<PAGE>

          (o)  TAXES.  The Issuer has, and each member of the affiliated groups
     of corporations of which such Person is a member has, filed all federal and
     state tax returns which are required to be filed and paid all taxes,
     including any assessments received by such Person, to the extent that such
     taxes have become due other than taxes that such Person shall currently be
     contesting the validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings
     and shall have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect
     thereto.  Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges payable by the
     Issuer in connection with the Transaction, the execution and delivery of
     the Transaction Documents and the issuance of the Securities have been paid
     or shall have been paid at or prior to the Date of Issuance.

          (p)  NO PRIOR ACTIVITIES.  The Issuer has not engaged in any
     activities or entered into any agreements prior to this Transaction.

          (q)  PLEDGE OF SHARES.  The shares of stock of the Issuer which have
     been pledged pursuant to the Stock Pledge Agreement constitute all of the
     issued and outstanding shares of the Issuer.
          
     Section 2.05.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF OFL AND THE ISSUER.  Each of OFL
and the Issuer hereby agree that during the Term of this Agreement, unless
Financial Security shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, as follows:

          (a)  COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENTS AND APPLICABLE LAWS.  The Issuer shall
     perform each of its respective obligations under the Transaction Documents
     and shall comply with all material requirements of, and the Securities
     shall be offered and sold in accordance with, any law, rule or regulation
     applicable to it or thereto, or that are required in connection with its
     performance under any of the Transaction Documents.  The Issuer will not
     cause or permit to become effective any amendment to or modification of any
     of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party unless (i) so long as
     no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing Financial Security
     shall have previously approved in writing the form of such amendment or
     modification or (ii) if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing such amendment would not adversely affect the interests of
     Financial Security.  The Issuer shall not take any action or fail to take
     any action that would interfere with the enforcement of any rights under
     the Transaction Documents.

          (b)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS; OTHER INFORMATION. 
     The Issuer shall keep or cause to be kept in reasonable detail books and
     records of account of its assets and business.  The Issuer shall furnish or
     cause to be furnished to Financial Security:

               (i)  ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  As soon as available, and in
          any event within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the
          Issuer, the audited balance sheets of the Issuer as of the end of such
          fiscal year and the audited statements of income, changes in
          shareholders' equity and cash flows of the Issuer for such fiscal
          year, all in reasonable detail and stating in comparative form the

                                       20
<PAGE>

          respective figures for the corresponding date and period in the
          preceding fiscal year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted
          accounting principles, consistently applied, and accompanied by the
          certificate of independent accountants (which shall be a nationally
          recognized firm or otherwise acceptable to Financial Security) for the
          Issuer and by the certificate specified in Section 2.05(c) hereof.

               (ii) QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  As soon as available, and
          in any event within 45 days after the close of each of the first three
          quarters of each fiscal year of the Issuer the unaudited balance
          sheets of the Issuer as of the end of such quarter and the unaudited
          statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows
          of the Issuer for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, all in
          reasonable detail and stating in comparative form the respective
          figures for the corresponding date and period in the preceding fiscal
          year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
          principles, consistently applied (subject to normal year-end
          adjustments), and accompanied by the certificate specified in Section
          2.05(c) hereof if such certificate is required to be provided pursuant
          to such Section.

             (iii)  ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS.  If a Special Event has occurred,
          copies of any reports submitted to the Issuer by its independent
          accountants in connection with any examination of the financial
          statements of the Issuer promptly upon receipt thereof.

               (iv) OTHER INFORMATION.  Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of
          all reports, statements, certifications, schedules, or other similar
          items delivered to or by the Issuer pursuant to the terms of the
          Transaction Documents and, promptly upon request, such other data as
          Financial Security may reasonably request; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
          Issuer shall not be required to deliver any such items if provision by
          some other party to Financial Security is required under the
          Transaction Documents unless such other party wrongfully fails to
          deliver such item.  The Issuer shall, upon the request of Financial
          Security, permit Financial Security or its authorized agents (A) to
          inspect its books and records as they may relate to the Securities,
          the Receivables, the obligations of the Issuer under the Transaction
          Documents, the Transaction; (B) to discuss the affairs, finances and
          accounts of the Issuer with its officers upon Financial Security's
          reasonable request; and (C) upon the occurrence of a Special Event, to
          discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Issuer with its
          independent accountants, PROVIDED that an officer of the Issuer shall
          have the right to be present during such discussions.  Such
          inspections and discussions shall be conducted during normal business
          hours and shall not unreasonably disrupt the business of such Person. 
          The books and records of the Issuer will be maintained at the National
          Servicing Center, 10033 West 70th Street, Eden Prairie, Minnesota,
          unless such Person shall otherwise advise the parties hereto in
          writing.

                                       21
<PAGE>

               (v)  The Issuer shall provide or cause to be provided to
          Financial Security an executed original copy of each document executed
          in connection with the Transaction within 30 days after the date of
          closing.

          (c)  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.  The Issuer shall deliver to Financial
     Security concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements
     required pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(i) hereof (and concurrently with the
     delivery of the financial statements required pursuant to Section
     2.05(b)(ii) hereof, if a Special Event has occurred), a certificate signed
     by a President, Vice President or duly authorized agent stating that:

               (i)  a review of the Issuer's performance under the Transaction
          Documents during such period has been made under such officer's
          supervision;

               (ii) to the best of such officer's knowledge following reasonable
          inquiry, no Special Event, Default or Event of Default has occurred
          with respect to such Person, or if a Special Event, Default or Event
          of Default has occurred with respect to such Person, specifying the
          nature thereof and, if such Person has a right to cure any such
          Default or Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.01, stating in
          reasonable detail the steps, if any, being taken by such Person to
          cure such Default or Event of Default or to otherwise comply with the
          terms of the agreement to which such Default or Event of Default
          relates; and

             (iii) the attached financial reports submitted in accordance with
          Section 2.05(b)(i) or (ii) hereof, as applicable, are complete and
          correct in all material respects and present fairly the financial
          condition and results of operations of the Issuer as of the dates and
          for the periods indicated, in accordance with generally accepted
          accounting principles consistently applied (subject as to interim
          statements to normal year-end adjustments).

          (d)  NOTICE OF MATERIAL EVENTS.  The Issuer shall promptly inform
     Financial Security in writing of the occurrence of any of the following:

               (i) the submission of any claim or the initiation of any legal
          process, litigation or administrative or judicial investigation (A)
          against the Issuer pertaining to the Receivables in general, (B) with
          respect to a material portion of the Receivables or (C) in which a
          request has been made for certification as a class action (or
          equivalent relief) that would involve a material portion of the
          Receivables;

              (ii) any change in the location of such Person's principal office
          or any change in the location of the books and records of the Issuer;

             (iii) the occurrence of any Default or Special Event (which
          notice shall also be delivered to the Rating Agencies);

                                       22
<PAGE>

              (iv) the commencement of any proceedings by or against the Issuer
          under any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation,
          rehabilitation, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
          effect or of any proceeding in which a receiver, liquidator,
          conservator, trustee or similar official shall have been, or may be,
          appointed or requested for the Issuer or any of its assets;

               (v)  the receipt of notice that (A) the Issuer is being placed
          under regulatory supervision, (B) any license, permit, charter,
          registration or approval necessary for the conduct of the Issuer's
          business is to be, or may be, suspended or revoked, or (C) the Issuer
          is to cease and desist any practice, procedure or policy employed by
          the Issuer in the conduct of its business, and such cessation may
          result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to the Issuer; or

               (vi) any other event, circumstance or condition that has
          resulted, or which such Person reasonably believes might result, in a
          Material Adverse Change in respect of the Issuer.

          (e)  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Issuer will file all necessary financing
     statements, assignments or other instruments, and any amendments or
     continuation statements relating thereto, necessary to be kept and filed in
     such manner and in such places as may be required by law to preserve and
     protect fully the Lien on and security interest in, and all rights of the
     Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee for the Noteholders and
     Financial Security, with respect to, the Receivables, the Collection
     Account and the Note Distribution Account.  In addition, the Issuer shall,
     upon the request of Financial Security, from time to time, execute,
     acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and
     delivered, within thirty (30) days of such request, such amendments hereto
     and such further instruments and take such further action as may be
     reasonably necessary to effectuate the intention, performance and
     provisions of the Transaction Documents or to protect the interest of the
     Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee for the Noteholders and
     Financial Security, in the Receivables, free and clear of all Liens and
     Restrictions on Transferability, except the Restrictions on Transferability
     imposed by the Transaction Documents.  In addition, the Issuer agrees to
     cooperate with the Rating Agencies in connection with any review of the
     Transaction which may be undertaken by the Rating Agencies after the date
     hereof.

          (f)  REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES.  The Issuer shall, upon the repayment
     of outstanding Advances and termination of the Issuer's obligation to make
     further Advances pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement or otherwise, furnish
     to Financial Security a notice of such repayment and termination, and, upon
     payment of all of the Securities and the expiration of the term of the
     Policy, surrender the Policy to Financial Security for cancellation.

          (g)  THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY.  The Issuer agrees that Financial
     Security shall have all rights of a third-party beneficiary in respect of
     the Servicing Agreement and hereby incorporates and restates its
     representations, warranties and covenants as set forth therein for the
     benefit of Financial Security.

                                       23
<PAGE>

          (h)  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  The Issuer shall maintain its corporate
     existence and shall at all times continue to be duly organized under the
     laws of the State of Delaware and duly qualified and duly authorized (as
     described in Sections 2.04(a), (b) and (c) hereof) and shall conduct its
     business in accordance with the terms of its Certificate of Incorporation
     and Bylaws.

          (i)  DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT.  Any Offering Document delivered with
     respect to the Securities shall clearly disclose that the Policy is not
     covered by the property/casualty Insurance Security Fund specified in
     Article 76 of the New York Insurance Law.  In addition, any Offering
     Document delivered with respect to the Securities which includes financial
     statements of Financial Security prepared in accordance with generally
     accepted accounting principles shall include the following statement
     immediately preceding such  financial statements:

               The New York State Insurance Department recognizes only
               statutory account practices for determining and
               reporting the financial condition and results of
               operations of an insurance company, for determining its
               solvency under the New York Insurance Law, and for
               determining where its financial condition warrants the
               payment of a dividend to its stockholders.  No
               consideration is given by the New York State Insurance
               Department to financial statements prepared in
               accordance with generally accepted accounting
               principles in making such determinations.

          (j)  SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY.

               (i) The Issuer shall conduct its business solely in its own name
          through its duly authorized officers or agents so as not to mislead
          others as to the identity of the entity with which those others are
          concerned.  It particularly will use its best efforts to avoid the
          appearance of conducting business on behalf of OFL or any affiliate
          thereof or and to avoid the appearance that the assets of the Issuer
          are available to pay the creditors of OFL or any affiliate thereof. 
          Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all oral and written
          communications, including, without limitation, letters, invoices,
          purchase orders, contracts, statements and loan applications, will be
          made solely in the name of the Issuer.

              (ii) The Issuer shall maintain corporate records and books of
          account separate from those of OFL and any affiliate thereof.  The
          Issuer's books and records shall clearly reflect the transfer of the
          Receivables and related Other Conveyed Property to the Issuer.

             (iii) The Issuer shall obtain proper authorization from its
          Board of Directors of all corporate action requiring such
          authorization, meetings of the board of directors of the Issuer shall
          be held not less frequently than one time per 

                                       24
<PAGE>

          annum and copies of the minutes of each such board meeting shall be 
          delivered to Financial Security within two weeks of such meeting.

               (iv) The Issuer shall obtain proper authorization from its
          shareholders of all corporate action requiring shareholder approval,
          meetings of the shareholders of the Issuer shall be held not less
          frequently than one time per annum and copies of each such
          authorization and the minutes of each such shareholder meeting shall
          be delivered to Financial Security within two weeks of such
          authorization or meeting, as the case may be.

               (v)  Although the organizational expenses of the Issuer have been
          paid by OFL, operating expenses and liabilities of the Issuer shall be
          paid from its own funds.

               (vi) The annual financial statements of the Issuer shall disclose
          the effects of its transactions in accordance with generally accepted
          accounting principles and shall disclose that the assets of the Issuer
          are not available to pay creditors of OFL or any affiliate thereof.

              (vii) The resolutions, agreements and other instruments of
          the Issuer underlying the transactions described in this Agreement and
          in the other Transaction Documents shall be continuously maintained by
          the Issuer as official records of the Issuer separately identified and
          held apart from the records of OFL and each affiliate thereof.

             (viii) The Issuer shall maintain an arm's-length relationship
          with OFL and the affiliates thereof and will not hold itself out as
          being liable for the debts of OFL or any affiliate thereof.

               (ix) The Issuer shall keep its assets and liabilities wholly
          separate from those of all other entities, including, but not limited
          to, OFL and the affiliates thereof.

                (x) The books and records of the Issuer will be maintained at
          the National Servicing Center, 10033 West 70th Street, Eden Prairie,
          Minnesota, unless it shall otherwise advise the parties hereto in
          writing.  The Issuer shall, upon the request of Financial Security,
          permit Financial Security or its authorized agents to inspect its
          books and records.

          (k)  MAINTENANCE OF LICENSES.  The Issuer shall maintain all licenses,
     permits, charters and registrations which are material to the performance
     by of its obligations under this Insurance Agreement and each other
     Transaction Document to which is a party or by which it is bound.

                                       25
<PAGE>

          (l)  INCORPORATION OF COVENANTS.  The Issuer agrees to comply with
     each of the Issuer's covenants set forth in the Transaction Documents and
     hereby incorporates such covenants by reference as if each were set forth
     herein.

     Section 2.06.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF OFL AND THE ISSUER.  Each of OFL and
the Issuer hereby agree that during the Term of this Agreement, unless Financial
Security shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, as follows:

          (a)  RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS.  The Issuer shall not (i) create, incur or
     suffer to exist, or agree to create, incur or suffer to exist, or consent
     to cause or permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or
     otherwise) the creation, incurrence or existence of any Lien or Restriction
     on Transferability of the Receivables except for (w) the Lien in favor of
     the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee for the Noteholders
     and Financial Security, (x) Liens for taxes if such taxes shall not at the
     time be due and payable or if the Issuer shall currently be contesting the
     validity thereof in good faith by appropriate proceedings and shall have
     set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto, and (y) the
     Restrictions on Transferability imposed by the Transaction Documents or
     (ii) sign or file under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction any
     financing statement which names the Issuer as a debtor, or sign any
     security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such
     financing statement, with respect to the Receivables, except in each case
     any such instrument solely securing the rights and preserving the Lien of
     the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee for the Noteholders
     and Financial Security.

          (b)  IMPAIRMENT OF RIGHTS.  The Issuer shall not take any action, or
     fail to take any action, if such action or failure to take action may (i)
     interfere with the enforcement of any rights under the Transaction
     Documents that are material to the rights, benefits or obligations of the
     Trustee, the Noteholders or Financial Security, (ii) result in a Material
     Adverse Change in respect of the Receivables or (iii) impair the ability of
     the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents,
     including any consolidation, merger with any Person or any transfer of all
     or any material amount of the assets of the Issuer to any other Person if
     such consolidation, merger or transfer would materially impair the net
     worth of the Issuer or any successor Person obligated, after such event, to
     perform such Person's obligations under the Transaction Documents.

          (c)  WAIVER, AMENDMENTS, ETC.  The Issuer shall not waive, modify or
     amend, or consent to any waiver, modification or amendment of, any of the
     provisions of any of the Transaction Documents or the Certificate of
     incorporation or by-laws of the Issuer unless (i) if no Insurer Default
     shall have occurred and be continuing Financial Security shall have
     occurred and be continuing Financial Security shall have consented thereto
     in writing or (ii) if an Issuer Default shall have occurred and be
     continuing which would adversely affect the interests of Financial
     Security.

          (d)  SUCCESSORS.  The Issuer shall not terminate or designate, or
     consent to the termination or designation of, the servicer, back-up
     servicer or collateral agent or any successor thereto without the prior
     approval of Financial Security.

                                       26
<PAGE>

          (e)  OTHER ACTIVITIES.  The Issuer shall not issue securities other
     than the Securities or create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
     Indebtedness or sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of its
     assets, or engage in any business or activity, except for the Transaction
     and otherwise only if the following conditions are met:  (i) no other
     securities of the Issuer will be downgraded or listed for credit review for
     possible downgrade by reason of such transaction, (ii) the shadow rating of
     the Securities is not reduced by reason of such transaction, (iii) all
     parties to such transaction enter into agreements with the Issuer (and
     satisfactory to Financial Security), with Financial Security as a named
     third-party beneficiary, not to commence a bankruptcy, reorganization or
     similar proceeding against the Issuer.

          (f)  SUBSIDIARIES.  The Issuer shall not form, or cause to be formed,
     any Subsidiaries.

          (g)  ISSUANCE OF STOCK.  The Issuer shall not issue any shares of
     capital stock or rights, warrants or options in respect of capital stock or
     securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock, other than
     the shares of common stock which have been pledged to Financial Security
     under the Stock Pledge Agreement.

          (h)  NO MERGERS.  The Issuer shall not consolidate with or merger into
     any Person or transfer all or any material amount of its assets to any
     Person or liquidate or dissolve.

          (i)  INSOLVENCY.  The Issuer shall not commence with respect to ORFC
     any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law
     of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to the bankruptcy,
     insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order
     for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking reorganization,
     arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, corporation
     or other relief with respect to it or (B) seeking appointment of a
     receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or
     any substantial part of its assets, or make a general assignment for the
     benefit of its creditors.  Neither OFL nor the Issuer shall take any action
     in furtherance of, or indicating the consent to, approval of, or
     acquiescence in any of the acts set forth above.  The Issuer shall not
     admit in writing its inability to pay its debts.


                                   ARTICLE III

                   THE POLICY; REIMBURSEMENT; INDEMNIFICATION

     Section 3.01.  ISSUANCE OF THE POLICY.  Financial Security agrees to issue
the Policy subject to satisfaction of each and all of the conditions precedent
set forth in Appendix A hereto.

                                       27
<PAGE>

     Section 3.02.  PAYMENT OF FEES AND PREMIUM.

          (a)  INDUCEMENT LETTER FEES AND EXPENSES.  On the Date of Issuance,
     OFL shall pay or cause to be paid the amounts specified with respect to
     fees, expenses and disbursements in the Inducement Letter, unless otherwise
     agreed between OFL and Financial Security.

          (b)  LEGAL FEES.  On the Date of Issuance, OFL shall pay or cause to
     be paid legal fees and disbursements incurred by Financial Security in
     connection with the issuance of the Policy, unless otherwise agreed between
     OFL and Financial Security.

          (c)  RATING AGENCY FEES.  The initial fees of S&P and Moody's with
     respect to the Securities and the Transaction shall be paid by OFL in full
     on the Date of Issuance, or otherwise provided for to the satisfaction of
     Financial Security.  All periodic and subsequent fees of S&P or Moody's
     with respect to, and directly allocable to, the Securities and the
     Transaction shall be for the account of, and shall be billed to, OFL.  The
     fees for any other rating agency shall be paid by the party requesting such
     other agency's rating, unless such other agency is a substitute for S&P or
     Moody's in the event that S&P or Moody's is no longer determining a capital
     charge with respect to the Policy by Financial Security, in which case the
     cost for such agency shall be paid by OFL.

          (d)  AUDITORS' FEES.  OFL shall pay on demand any fees of Financial
     Security's auditors payable in respect of any Offering Document that are
     incurred after the Date of Issuance.  It is understood that Financial
     Security's auditors shall not incur any additional fees in respect of
     future Offering Documents except at the request of or with the consent of
     OFL. 

          (e)  PREMIUM.  In consideration of the issuance by Financial Security
     of the Policy, Financial Security shall be entitled to receive the Premium
     as and when due in accordance with the terms of the Premium Letter.  The
     Premium paid hereunder or under the Servicing Agreement shall be
     nonrefundable without regard to whether Financial Security makes any
     payment under the Policy or any other circumstances relating to the
     Securities or provision being made for payment of the Securities prior to
     maturity.

     Section 3.03.  REIMBURSEMENT AND ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATION.  OFL agrees
to pay to Financial Security the following amounts as and when incurred:

          (a)  a sum equal to the total of all amounts paid by Financial
     Security under the Policy;

          (b)  any and all out-of-pocket charges, fees, costs and expenses which
     Financial Security may reasonably pay or incur, including, but not limited
     to, attorneys' and accountants' fees and expenses, in connection with (i)
     in the event of payments under the Policy, any accounts established to
     facilitate payments under the Policy, to the extent Financial Security has
     not been immediately reimbursed on the date that any amount is paid by
     Financial Security under the Policy, or other administrative expenses
     relating to

                                       28
<PAGE>

     such payments under the Policy, (ii) the enforcement, defense
     or preservation of any rights in respect of any of the Transaction
     Documents, including defending, monitoring or participating in any
     litigation or proceeding (including any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding
     in respect of any Transaction participant or any affiliate thereof)
     relating to any of the Transaction Documents, any party to any of the
     Transaction Documents or the Transaction, (iii) any amendment, waiver or
     other action with respect to, or related to, any Transaction Document
     whether or not executed or completed, or (iv) any review or investigation
     made by Financial Security in those circumstances where its approval or
     consent is sought under any of the Transaction Documents;

          (c)  interest on any and all amounts described in Section 3.03(a) or
     (b) or Section 3.02(e) from the date due to Financial Security pursuant to
     the provisions hereof until payment thereof in full, payable to Financial
     Security at the Late Payment Rate per annum; and

          (d)  any payments made by Financial Security on behalf of, or advanced
     to, OFL, in its capacity as Servicer, or the Trustee, including, without
     limitation, any amounts payable by OFL, in its capacity as Servicer, or the
     Trustee pursuant to the Securities or any other Transaction Documents; and
     any payments made by Financial Security as, or in lieu of, any servicing,
     management, trustee, custodial or administrative fees payable, in the sole
     discretion of Financial Security to third parties in connection with the
     Transaction.

     Section 3.04.  INDEMNIFICATION.

          (a)  INDEMNIFICATION BY OFL.  In addition to any and all rights of
     reimbursement, indemnification, subrogation and any other rights pursuant
     hereto or under law or in equity, OFL hereby agrees to pay, and to protect,
     indemnify and save harmless, Financial Security and its officers,
     directors, shareholders, employees, agents and each Person, if any, who
     controls Financial Security within the meaning of either Section 15 of the
     Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act from and against any and
     all claims, losses, liabilities (including penalties), actions, suits,
     judgments, demands, damages, costs or expenses (including, without
     limitation, fees and expenses of attorneys, consultants and auditors and
     reasonable costs of investigations) of any nature arising out of or
     relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents by
     reason of:

               (i)  the negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct, misfeasance,
          malfeasance or theft committed by any director, officer, employee or
          agent of OFL, ORFC or the Issuer;

               (ii) the breach by OFL, ORFC or the Issuer of any representation,
          warranty or covenant under any of the Transaction Documents or the
          occurrence, in respect of OFL, ORFC or the Issuer under any of the
          Transaction Documents of any "event of default" or any event which,
          with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would
          constitute any "event of default"; or

                                       29
<PAGE>

               (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
          material fact contained in any Offering Document or any omission or
          alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
          stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
          misleading, except insofar as such claims arise out of or are based
          upon any untrue statement or omission in information included in an
          Offering Document and furnished by Financial Security in writing
          expressly for use therein (all such information so furnished by
          Financial Security being referred to herein as "FINANCIAL SECURITY
          INFORMATION").

          (b)  CONDUCT OF ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS.  If any action or proceeding
     (including any governmental investigation) shall be brought or asserted
     against Financial Security, any officer, director, shareholder, employee or
     agent of Financial Security or any Person controlling Financial Security
     (individually, an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY" and, collectively, the "INDEMNIFIED
     PARTIES") in respect of which indemnity may be sought from OFL (the
     "INDEMNIFYING PARTY") hereunder, Financial Security shall promptly notify
     the Indemnifying Party in writing, and the Indemnifying Party shall assume
     the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel satisfactory to
     Financial Security and the payment of all expenses.  An Indemnified Party
     shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and to
     participate in the defense thereof at the expense of the Indemnified Party;
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the fees and expenses of such separate counsel
     shall only be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party if (i) the
     Indemnifying Party has agreed to pay such fees and expenses, (ii) the
     Indemnifying Party shall have failed to assume the defense of such action
     or proceeding and employ counsel satisfactory to Financial Security in any
     such action or proceeding or (iii) the named parties to any such action or
     proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnified
     Party and the Indemnifying Party, and the Indemnified Party shall have been
     advised by counsel that (A) there may be one or more legal defenses
     available to it which are different from or additional to those available
     to the Indemnifying Party and (B) the representation of the Indemnifying
     Party and the Indemnified Party by the same counsel would be inappropriate
     or contrary to prudent practice (in which case, if the Indemnified Party
     notifies the Indemnifying Party in writing that it elects to employ
     separate counsel at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnifying
     Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action or
     proceeding on behalf of such Indemnified Party, it being understood,
     however, that the Indemnifying Party shall not, in connection with any one
     such action or proceeding or separate but substantially similar or related
     actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same
     general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable fees and
     expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for the
     Indemnified Parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by Financial
     Security).  The Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for any settlement
     of any such action or proceeding effected without its written consent but,
     if settled with its written consent, or if there be a final judgment for
     the plaintiff in any such action or proceeding with respect to which the
     Indemnifying Party shall have received notice in accordance with this
     subsection (b), the Indemnifying Party agrees to indemnify and hold the
     Indemnified Parties harmless from and against any loss or liability by
     reason of such settlement or judgment.

                                       30
<PAGE>

          (c)  CONTRIBUTION.  To provide for just and equitable contribution if
     the indemnification provided by the Indemnifying Party is determined to be
     unavailable for any Indemnified Party (other than due to application of
     this Section), the Indemnifying Party shall contribute to the losses
     incurred by the Indemnified Party on the basis of the relative fault of the
     Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the
     other hand.

     Section 3.05.  SUBROGATION.  Subject only to the priority of payment
provisions of the Indenture and the Security Agreement, each of the parties
hereto acknowledges that, to the extent of any payment made by Financial
Security pursuant to the Policy, Financial Security is to be fully subrogated to
the extent of such payment and any additional interest due on any late payment,
to the rights of the Noteholders to any moneys paid or payable in respect of the
Securities under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.  Each of the parties
hereto agrees to such subrogation and, further, agrees to execute such
instruments and to take such actions as, in the sole judgment of Financial
Security, are necessary to evidence such subrogation and to perfect the rights
of Financial Security to receive any moneys paid or payable in respect of the
Securities under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                               FURTHER AGREEMENTS

     Section 4.01.  EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall
take effect on the Date of Issuance and shall remain in effect until the later
of (a) such time as Financial Security is no longer subject to a claim under the
Policy and the Policy shall have been surrendered to Financial Security for
cancellation and (b) all amounts payable to Financial Security and the
Noteholders under the Transaction Documents and under the Securities have been
paid in full; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.03 and
3.04 hereof shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

     Section 4.02.  OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.  (a)  The payment obligations of OFL,
ORFC and the Issuer hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, and shall be
paid strictly in accordance with this Agreement under all circumstances
irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of, or any amendment
or other modifications of, or waiver with respect to, any of the Transaction
Documents, the Securities or the Policy; (ii) any exchange or release of any
other obligations hereunder; (iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense,
reduction, abatement or other right which OFL, ORFC or the Issuer may have at
any time against Financial Security or any other Person; (iv) any document
presented in connection with the Policy proving to be forged, fraudulent,
invalid or insufficient in any respect, including any failure to strictly comply
with the terms of the Policy, or any statement therein being untrue or
inaccurate in any respect; (v) any failure of the Issuer to receive the proceeds
from the sale of the Securities; (vi) any breach by OFL, ORFC or the Issuer of
any representation, warranty or covenant contained in any of the Transaction
Documents; or (vii) any other circumstances, other than payment in full, which
might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or discharge of, OFL, ORFC or
the Issuer in respect of any Transaction Document.

                                       31
<PAGE>

     (b)  OFL, ORFC and the Issuer and any and all others who are now or may
become liable for all or part of the obligations of such Persons under this
Agreement agree to be bound by this Agreement and (i) to the extent permitted by
law, waive and renounce any and all redemption and exemption rights and the
benefit of all valuation and appraisement privileges against the indebtedness,
if any, and obligations evidenced by any Transaction Document or by any
extension or renewal thereof; (ii) waive presentment and demand for payment,
notices of nonpayment and of dishonor, protest of dishonor and notice of
protest; (iii) waive all notices in connection with the delivery and acceptance
hereof and all other notices in connection with the performance, default or
enforcement of any payment hereunder except as required by the Transaction
Documents; (iv) waive all rights of abatement, diminution, postponement or
deduction, or to any defense other than payment, or to any right of setoff or
recoupment arising out of any breach under any of the Transaction Documents, by
any party thereto or any beneficiary thereof, or out of any obligation at any
time owing to OFL, ORFC or the Issuer; (v) agree that any consent, waiver or
forbearance hereunder with respect to an event shall operate only for such event
and not for any subsequent event; (vi) consent to any and all extensions of time
that may be granted by Financial Security with respect to any payment hereunder
or other provisions hereof and to the release of any security at any time given
for any payment hereunder, or any part thereof, with or without substitution,
and to the release of any Person or entity liable for any such payment; and
(vii) consent to the addition of any and all other makers, endorsers, guarantors
and other obligors for any payment hereunder, and to the acceptance of any and
all other security for any payment hereunder, and agree that the addition of any
such obligors or security shall not affect the liability of the parties hereto
for any payment hereunder.

     (c)  Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting OFL, ORFC or the
Issuer from pursuing any rights or remedies it may have against any Person other
than Financial Security in a separate legal proceeding.

     Section 4.03.  ASSIGNMENTS; REINSURANCE; THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS.  (a)  This
Agreement shall be a continuing obligation of the parties hereto and shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.  None of OFL, ORFC nor the Issuer may assign
its rights under this Agreement, or delegate any of its duties hereunder,
without the prior written consent of Financial Security.  Any assignment made in
violation of this Agreement shall be null and void.

     (b)  Financial Security shall have the right to give participations in its
rights under this Agreement and to enter into contracts of reinsurance with
respect to the Policy upon such terms and conditions as Financial Security may
in its discretion determine; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such participation or
reinsurance agreement or arrangement shall relieve Financial Security of any of
its obligations hereunder or under the Policy.

     (c)  In addition, Financial Security shall be entitled to assign or pledge
to any bank or other lender providing liquidity or credit with respect to the
Transaction or the obligations of Financial Security in connection therewith any
rights of Financial Security under the Transaction Documents or with respect to
any real or personal property or other interests pledged to Financial Security,
or in which Financial Security has a security interest, in connection with the
Transaction.

                                       32
<PAGE>

     (d)  Except as provided herein with respect to participants and reinsurers,
nothing in this Agreement shall confer any right, remedy or claim, express or
implied, upon any Person, including, particularly, any Noteholder, other than
Financial Security, against OFL, ORFC or the Issuer, and all the terms,
covenants, conditions, promises and agreements contained herein shall be for the
sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and
permitted assigns.  Neither the Trustee nor any Noteholder shall have any right
to payment from any premiums paid or payable hereunder or from any other amounts
paid by OFL or the Issuer pursuant to Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof.

     Section 4.04.  LIABILITY OF FINANCIAL SECURITY.  Neither Financial Security
nor any of its officers, directors or employees shall be liable or responsible
for:  (a) the use which may be made of the Policy by the Trustee or for any acts
or omissions of the Trustee in connection therewith or (b) the validity,
sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of documents delivered to Financial
Security (or its Fiscal Agent) in connection with any claim under the Policy, or
of any signatures thereon, even if such documents or signatures should in fact
prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged
(unless Financial Security had actual knowledge thereof).  In furtherance and
not in limitation of the foregoing, Financial Security (or its Fiscal Agent) may
accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without
responsibility for further investigation.


                                    ARTICLE V

                           EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

     Section 5.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any of the following
events shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

          (a)  any demand for payment shall be made under the Policy;

          (b)  any representation or warranty made by OFL, ORFC or the Issuer
     under any of the Transaction Documents, or in any certificate or report
     furnished under any of the Transaction Documents, shall prove to be untrue
     or incorrect in any material respect; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if OFL, ORFC
     or the Issuer effectively cures any such defect in any representation or
     warranty under any Transaction Document, or certificate or report furnished
     under any Transaction Document, within the time period specified in the
     relevant Transaction Document as the cure period therefor, such defect
     shall not in and of itself constitute an Event of Default hereunder;

          (c)  (i) OFL, ORFC or the Issuer shall fail to pay when due any amount
     payable by it, shall fail to effect any purchase or repurchase required to
     be made by it, in each case, hereunder or under any of the Transaction
     Documents unless such amounts are paid in full within any applicable cure
     period explicitly provided for under the relevant Transaction Document;
     (ii) OFL, ORFC or the Issuer shall have asserted that any material
     provision of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party is not valid
     and binding on the parties thereto; or (iii) any court, governmental
     authority or agency having

                                       33
<PAGE>

     jurisdiction over any of the parties to any of the Transaction Documents 
     or any property thereof shall find or rule that any material provision 
     of any of the Transaction Documents is not valid and binding on the 
     parties thereto;

          (d)  OFL, ORFC or the Issuer shall fail to perform or observe any
     other covenant or agreement contained in any of the Transaction Documents
     (except for the obligations described under clause (c) above) and such
     failure shall continue beyond any applicable cure period explicitly
     provided for under the relevant Transaction Document;

          (e)  any of OFL, ORFC or the Issuer shall fail to pay its debts
     generally as they come due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay
     its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of
     creditors, or shall institute any proceeding seeking to adjudicate it
     insolvent or seeking a liquidation, or shall take advantage of any
     insolvency act, or shall commence a case or other proceeding naming it as
     debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar law, domestic or
     foreign, or a case or other proceeding shall be commenced against any of
     OFL, ORFC or the Issuer under the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar
     law, domestic or foreign, or any proceeding shall be instituted against any
     of OFL, ORFC or the Issuer seeking liquidation of its assets and such
     Person shall fail to take appropriate action resulting in the withdrawal or
     dismissal of such proceeding within 30 days or there shall be appointed or
     any of OFL, ORFC or the Issuer shall consent to, or acquiesce in, the
     appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar
     official in respect of such Person or the whole or any substantial part of
     its properties or assets or such Person shall take any corporate action in
     furtherance of any of the foregoing; 

          (f)  the occurrence of an Insurance Agreement Event of Default with
     respect to any Term Transaction, which Insurance Agreement Event of Default
     is not defined as a "Portfolio Performance Event of Default" in the related
     Insurance Agreement; 

          (g)  ORFC shall fail to make a deposit with respect to any WAC
     Deficiency Amount in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.1(f) of
     the Servicing Agreement, and such failure shall continue for one Business
     Day;

          (h)  it shall be determined on any Determination Date that the
     Collateral Test shall fail to have been satisfied as of the immediately
     preceding Accounting Date, after taking into account any deposit made by
     ORFC to the Collection Account on such Determination Date and such failure
     shall continue for one Business Day;

          (i)  a Servicer Termination Event shall occur; or

          (j)  the occurrence of an "Event of Default" under the Repurchase
     Agreement and either (x) the Repurchase Date (as defined in the Repurchase
     Agreement) shall have been deemed to automatically occur or (y) the Issuer
     shall have exercised its option to have the Repurchase Date immediately
     occur pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Repurchase Agreement.

                                       34
<PAGE>

     Section 5.02.  REMEDIES; WAIVERS.  (a)  Upon the occurrence of an Event of
Default, Financial Security may exercise any one or more of the rights and
remedies set forth below:

          (i)  declare the Premium Supplement to be immediately due and payable,
     and the same shall thereupon be immediately due and payable, whether or not
     Financial Security shall have declared an "Event of Default" or shall have
     exercised, or be entitled to exercise, any other rights or remedies
     hereunder;

         (ii) exercise any rights and remedies available under the Transaction
     Documents in its own capacity or in its capacity as the Person entitled to
     exercise the rights of the Noteholders in respect of the Securities; or

        (iii) take whatever action at law or in equity may appear
     necessary or desirable in its judgment to enforce performance of any
     obligation of OFL, ORFC or the Issuer under the Transaction Documents.

     (b)  Unless otherwise expressly provided, no remedy herein conferred upon
or reserved is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy, but each
remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to other remedies given
under the Transaction Documents or existing at law or in equity.  No delay or
failure to exercise any right or power accruing under any Transaction Document
upon the occurrence of any Event of Default or otherwise shall impair any such
right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right
and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed
expedient.  In order to entitle Financial Security to exercise any remedy
reserved to Financial Security in this Article, it shall not be necessary to
give any notice, other than such notice as may be expressly required in this
Article.

     (c)  If any proceeding has been commenced to enforce any right or remedy
under this Agreement and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for
any reason, or has been determined adversely to Financial Security, then and in
every such case the parties hereto shall, subject to any determination in such
proceeding, be restored to their respective former positions hereunder, and,
thereafter, all rights and remedies of Financial Security shall continue as
though no such proceeding had been instituted.

     (d)  Financial Security shall have the right, to be exercised in its
complete discretion, to waive any covenant, Default or Event of Default by a
writing setting forth the terms, conditions and extent of such waiver signed by
Financial Security and delivered to OFL, ORFC and the Issuer.  Any such waiver
may only be effected in writing duly executed by Financial Security, and no
other course of conduct shall constitute a waiver of any provision hereof. 
Unless such writing expressly provides to the contrary, any waiver so granted
shall extend only to the specific event or occurrence so waived and not to any
other similar event or occurrence.

     (e)  Upon the declaration of an Event of Default by Financial Security,
Financial Security shall provide written notice of such Event of Default to the
Rating Agencies.

                                       35
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 6.01.  AMENDMENTS, ETC.  This Agreement may be amended, modified or
terminated only by written instrument or written instruments signed by the
parties hereto.  No act or course of dealing shall be deemed to constitute an
amendment, modification or termination hereof.

     Section 6.02.  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and other communications to
be given hereunder shall be in writing (except as otherwise specifically
provided herein) and shall be mailed by registered mail or personally delivered
or telecopied to the recipient as follows:

     (a)  To Financial Security:   Financial Security Assurance Inc.
                                   350 Park Avenue
                                   New York, NY  10022
                                   Attention:  Surveillance Department
                                   Re:  Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.,
                                        Floating Rate Automobile Receivables-
                                        Backed Notes/Olympic Structured
                                        Warehouse Facility
                                   Confirmation: (212) 826-0100
                                   Telecopy Nos.: (212) 339-3518, (212) 339-3529

                                   (in each case in which notice or other
                                   communication to Financial Security refers to
                                   an Event of Default, a claim on the Policy or
                                   with respect to which failure on the part of
                                   Financial Security to respond shall be deemed
                                   to constitute consent or acceptance, then a
                                   copy of such notice or other communication
                                   should also be sent to the attention of each
                                   of the General Counsel and the Head--
                                   Financial Guaranty Group and shall be marked
                                   to indicate "URGENT MATERIAL ENCLOSED.")

     (b)  To OFL:                  Olympic Financial Ltd.
                                   Olympic Place
                                   7825 Washington Avenue South
                                   Minneapolis, MN  55439-2444
                                   Attention: Treasurer

     (c)  To ORFC:                 Olympic Receivables Finance Corp.
                                   Olympic Place
                                   7825 Washington Avenue South
                                   Minneapolis, MN  55439-2444
                                   Attention: Treasurer

                                       36
<PAGE>

     (d)  To the Issuer:           Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.
                                   Olympic Place
                                   7825 Washington Avenue South
                                   Minneapolis, MN  55439-2444
                                   Attention:  Treasurer


     A party may specify an additional or different address or addresses by
writing mailed or delivered to the other party as aforesaid.  All such notices
and other communications shall be effective upon receipt.

     Section 6.03.  PAYMENT PROCEDURE.  In the event of any payment by Financial
Security for which it is entitled to be reimbursed or indemnified as provided
herein, each party obligated hereunder to make such reimbursement or provide
such indemnification agrees to accept the voucher or other evidence of payment
as prima facie evidence of the propriety thereof and the liability therefor to
Financial Security.  All payments to be made to Financial Security under this
Agreement shall be made to Financial Security in lawful currency of the United
States of America in immediately available funds to the account number provided
in the Premium Letter before 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the date
when due or as Financial Security shall otherwise direct by written notice to
OFL.  In the event that the date of any payment to Financial Security or the
expiration of any time period hereunder occurs on a day which is not a Business
Day, then such payment or expiration of time period shall be made or occur on
the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if such
payment was made or time period expired on the scheduled date of payment or
expiration date.  Payments to be made to Financial Security under this Agreement
shall bear interest at the Late Payment Rate from the date due to the date paid.

     Section 6.04.  SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any provision of this
Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent
jurisdiction, the parties hereto agree that such holding shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable any other provision hereof.  The parties hereto further
agree that the holding by any court of competent jurisdiction that any remedy
pursued by any party hereto is unavailable or unenforceable shall not affect in
any way the ability of such party to pursue any other remedy available to it.

     Section 6.05.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND
CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     Section 6.06.  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  (a) THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR
THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND ANY COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED
IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN
ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT AGAINST IT AND TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH
ANY OF THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREUNDER OR
FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREE

                                       37
<PAGE>

THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD OR 
DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, 
IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT.  THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY 
SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN 
OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED 
BY LAW.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY 
WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO ASSERT BY WAY OF MOTION, AS A DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE IN 
ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, ANY CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY 
SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, THAT THE SUIT, ACTION OR 
PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM, THAT THE VENUE OF THE SUIT, 
ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS IMPROPER OR THAT THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE 
SUBJECT MATTER THEREOF MAY NOT BE LITIGATED IN OR BY SUCH COURTS.

     (b)  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto shall
not seek and hereby waive the right to any review of the judgment of any such
court by any court of any other nation or jurisdiction which may be called upon
to grant an enforcement of such judgment.

     (c)  Each of OFL, ORFC and the Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints and
designates CT Corporation System, whose address is 1633 Broadway, New York, New
York 10019, as its true and lawful attorney and duly authorized agent for
acceptance of service of legal process.  Each of OFL, ORFC and the Issuer agrees
that service of such process upon such Person shall constitute personal service
of such process upon it.

     (d)  Nothing contained in the Agreement shall limit or affect Financial
Security's right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to
start legal proceedings relating to any of the Transaction Documents against
OFL, ORFC or the Issuer or its property in the courts of any jurisdiction.

     Section 6.07.  CONSENT OF FINANCIAL SECURITY.  In the event that Financial
Security's consent is required under any of the Transaction Documents, the
determination whether to grant or withhold such consent shall be made by
Financial Security in its sole discretion without any implied duty towards any
other Person, except as otherwise expressly provided therein.

     Section 6.08.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts by the parties hereto, and all such counterparts shall constitute
one and the same instrument.

     Section 6.09.  TRIAL BY JURY WAIVED.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO
THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF
ANY LITIGATION ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION
WITH ANY OF THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED
THEREUNDER.  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR
ATTORNEY OF ANY PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT IT
WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND

                                       38
<PAGE>

(B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THE TRANSACTION
DOCUMENTS TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THIS WAIVER.

     Section 6.10.  LIMITED LIABILITY.  No recourse under any Transaction
Document shall be had against, and no personal liability shall attach to, any
officer, employee, director, affiliate or shareholder of any party hereto, as
such, by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal or equitable
proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise in respect of any of the
Transaction Documents, the Securities or the Policy, it being expressly agreed
and understood that each Transaction Document is solely a corporate obligation
of each party hereto, and that any and all personal liability, either at common
law or in equity, or by statute or constitution, of every such officer,
employee, director, affiliate or shareholder for breaches by any party hereto of
any obligations under any Transaction Document is hereby expressly waived as a
condition of and in consideration for the execution and delivery of this
Agreement.

     Section 6.11.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement, the Premium Letter and
the Policy set forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to
the subject matter thereof, and this Agreement supersedes and replaces any
agreement or understanding that may have existed between the parties prior to
the date hereof in respect of such subject matter.

                                       39
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered
this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

                             FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.


                             By: ________________________________
                                       Authorized Officer

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                             By: ________________________________
                             Title: ________________________________


                             OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.


                             By: ________________________________
                             Title: ________________________________

                             ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.


                             By: ________________________________
                             Title: ________________________________


                                       40
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX I

                                   DEFINITIONS

     "ACCUMULATED FUNDING DEFICIENCY" shall have the meaning provided in Section
412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived.

     "ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT" means, with respect to any Receivables, the
assignment agreement between OFL and ORFC pursuant to which OFL sells and
assigns Receivables to ORFC, in such form as is attached to the Receivables
Purchase Agreement and Assignment as Exhibit A.

     "BUSINESS DAY" means any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or (b) a
day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, New York or the City
of Minneapolis, Minnesota are authorized or obligated by law or executive order
to be closed.

     "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including, unless the
context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended
from time to time.

     "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "COMMONLY CONTROLLED ENTITY" means ORFC or the Issuer and each entity,
whether or not incorporated, which is affiliated with such Person pursuant to
Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

     "CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT" means any Custodian Agreement as defined in the
Servicing Agreement.

     "DATE OF ISSUANCE" means the date on which the Policy is issued as
specified therein.

     "DEFAULT" means any event which results, or which with the giving of notice
or the lapse of time or both would result, in an Event of Default.

     "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
including, unless the context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations
thereunder, as amended from time to time.

     "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any event of default specified in Section 5.01 of
the Insurance Agreement.

     "EXPIRATION DATE" means the final date of the Term of the Policy, as
specified in the Policy.

     "FINANCIAL SECURITY" means Financial Security Assurance Inc., a New York
stock insurance company, its successors and assigns.

                                       41
<PAGE>

     "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" means with respect to each of OFL and ORFC the
balance sheets as of December 31, 1995 and the statements of income, retained
earnings and cash flows for the 12-month period then ended and the notes thereto
and the balance sheets as of September 30, 1996 and the statements of income,
retained earnings and cash flows for the fiscal quarter then ended.

     "FISCAL AGENT" means the Fiscal Agent, if any, designated pursuant to the
terms of the Policy.

     "INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person means at any date, without duplication, (i)
all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (ii) all obligations of such
Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii)
all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or
services, except trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of
business, (iv) all obligations of such Person as lessee under any capital
leases, (v) all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of such
Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person, (vi) all
Indebtedness of others guaranteed by such Person or with respect to which such
Person shall agree to become directly or contingently liable by, and (vii) all
obligations of such Person in connection with the repurchase of motor vehicle
retail installment sales contracts.

     "INDENTURE" means the Indenture dated as of the date hereof between the
Issuer and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Issuer issues the Securities, as
the same may be amended from time to time.

     "INSURANCE AGREEMENT" means this Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, as the
same may be amended from time to time, and, with respect to a Term Transaction,
any Insurance and Indemnity Agreement entered into in connection with such Term
Transaction.

     "INSURANCE AGREEMENT EVENT OF DEFAULT" means an "Event of Default" under
any Insurance and Indemnity Agreement among Financial Security, OFL and Olympic
Receivables Finance Corp. entered into with respect to a Term Transaction.

     "INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT" means the Investment Company Act of 1940,
including, unless the context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations
thereunder, as amended from time to time.

     "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.

     "LATE PAYMENT RATE" means the lesser of (a) the greater of (i) the per
annum rate of interest, publicly announced from time to time by Chemical Bank at
its principal office in the City of New York, as its prime or base lending rate
(any change in such rate of interest to be effective on the date such change is
announced by Chemical Bank) plus 3%, and (ii) the then applicable highest rate
of interest on the Securities and (b) the maximum rate permissible under
applicable usury or similar laws limiting interest rates.  The Late Payment Rate
shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over the
actual number of days in the current calendar year.

                                       42
<PAGE>

      "LIEN" means, as applied to the property or assets (or the income or
profits therefrom) of any Person, in each case whether the same is consensual or
nonconsensual or arises by contract, operation of law, legal process or
otherwise:  (a) any mortgage, lien, pledge, attachment, charge, lease,
conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or other security interest
or encumbrance of any kind or (b) any arrangement, express or implied, under
which such property or assets are transferred, sequestered or otherwise
identified for the purpose of subjecting or making available the same for the
payment of debt or performance of any other obligation in priority to the
payment of the general, unsecured creditors of such Person.

     "LOCKBOX AGREEMENT" means the Lockbox Agreement, as defined in the
Servicing Agreement.

     "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" means, (a) in respect of any Person, a material
adverse change in (i) the business, financial condition, results of operations
or properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) the ability of
such Person to perform its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents to
which it is a party and (b) in respect of the Receivables, a material adverse
change in (i) the value or marketability of the Receivables, taken as a whole,
or (ii) the probability that amounts now or hereafter due in respect of a
material portion of the Receivables will be collected on a timely basis.

     "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., a  Delaware corporation,
and any successor thereto, and, if such corporation shall for any reason no
longer perform the functions of a securities rating agency, "Moody's" shall be
deemed to refer to any other nationally recognized rating agency designated by
Financial Security.

     "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means a multiemployer plan (within the meaning of
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) in respect of which a Commonly Controlled Entity
makes contributions or has liability.

     "NOTEHOLDERS" means registered holders of the Securities.

     "NOTICE OF CLAIM" means a Notice of Claim and Certificate in the form
attached as Exhibit A to Endorsement No. 1 to the Policy.

     "OFFERING DOCUMENT" means any offering document in respect of the
Securities that makes reference to the Policy.

     "OTHER CONVEYED PROPERTY" has the meaning provided in the Receivables
Purchase Agreement and Assignment.

     "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor
agency, corporation or instrumentality of the United States to which the duties
and powers of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation are transferred.

                                       43
<PAGE>

     "PERSON" means an individual, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated
association, joint venture, corporation, business or owner trust, partnership or
other organization or entity (whether governmental or private).

     "PLAN" means any pension plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) covered by
Title IV of ERISA, which is maintained by a Commonly Controlled Entity or in
respect of which a Commonly Controlled Entity has liability.

     "POLICY" means the financial guaranty insurance policy, including any
endorsements thereto, issued by Financial Security with respect to the
Securities, substantially in the form attached as Annex I to this Agreement.

     "PREMIUM" means the premium payable in accordance with Section 3.02 of the
Insurance Agreement and the Premium Supplement, if any.

     "PREMIUM LETTER" means the side letter between Financial Security, OFL,
ORFC, the Issuer and the Trustee dated December 3, 1996, in respect of the
premium payable by OFL in consideration of the issuance of the Policy.

     "PREMIUM SUPPLEMENT" means a non-refundable premium, in addition to the
premium payable in accordance with Section 3.02 of the Insurance Agreement,
payable to Financial Security in monthly installments commencing on the Premium
Supplement Commencement Date and on each monthly anniversary thereof in
accordance with the terms set forth in the Premium Letter.

     "PROVIDED DOCUMENTS" means the Transaction Documents and any documents,
agreements, instruments, schedules, certificates, statements, cash flow
schedules, number runs or other writings or data furnished to Financial Security
by or on behalf of OFL, ORFC or the Issuer with respect to themselves, their
Subsidiaries or the Transaction.

     "RECEIVABLE" has the meaning provided in the Servicing Agreement.

     "RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT" means the Receivables
Purchase Agreement and Assignment dated as of the date hereof between ORFC and
OFL, as the same may be amended from time to time.

     "REPORTABLE EVENT" means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of
ERISA or the regulations thereunder.

     "REPURCHASE AGREEMENT" means the Repurchase Agreement dated as of the date
hereof among the Issuer, as Buyer, and ORFC, as Seller, as the same may be
amended from time to time.

     "RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY" means, as applied to the property or
assets (or the income or profits therefrom) of any Person, in each case whether
the same is consensual or non-consensual or arises by contract, operation of
law, legal process or otherwise, any material

                                       44
<PAGE>

condition to, or restriction on, the ability of such Person or any transferee 
therefrom to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise liquidate such property or 
assets in a commercially reasonable time and manner or which would otherwise 
materially deprive such Person or any transferee therefrom  of the benefits 
of ownership of such property or assets.

     "SECURITIES" means the Issuer's Floating Rate Automobile Receivables-Backed
Notes, issued in one or more series pursuant to the Indenture, in an aggregate
principal amount at any one time outstanding not exceeding $300 million. 

     "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, including, unless the
context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended
from time to time.

     "SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
including, unless the context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations
thereunder, as amended from time to time.

     "SECURITY AGREEMENT" means the Security Agreement dated as of the date
hereof among OFL, ORFC, the Issuer, Financial Security, Bank of America National
Trust and Savings Association, as agent, and the Trustee, as Trustee and as
Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended from time to time.

     "SERVICING AGREEMENT" means the Servicing Agreement dated as of the date
hereof among the Issuer, ORFC, OFL and the Trustee, as Backup Servicer,
Collateral Agent and Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended from time to
time.

     "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of McGraw-Hill,
Inc., and any successor thereto, and, if such entity shall for any reason no
longer perform the functions of a securities rating agency, "S&P" shall be
deemed to refer to any other nationally recognized rating agency designated by
Financial Security.

     "SPECIAL EVENT" means the occurrence of any one of the following:  (a) an
Event of Default under the Insurance Agreement has occurred and is continuing,
(b) any legal proceeding or binding arbitration is instituted with respect to
the Transaction or with respect to OFL, ORFC or the Issuer that would result in
a Material Adverse Change in respect of OFL, ORFC, the Issuer or the
Receivables, (c) any governmental or administrative investigation, action or
proceeding is instituted that would, if adversely decided, result in a Material
Adverse Change in respect of ORFC, the Issuer or the Receivables, or
(d) Financial Security pays a claim under the Policy.

     "SPREAD ACCOUNT AGREEMENT" means the Spread Account Agreement, dated as of
March 26, 1993, as amended and restated as of December 3, 1996 among ORFC, OFL,
the Collateral Agent named therein and the trustees specified therein, as the
same may be further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance
with the terms thereof.

     "STOCK PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the Stock Pledge Agreement, as amended and
restated, dated as of December 3, 1996, among Financial Security, OFL and the
Collateral Agent named therein, as the same may be amended from time to time.

                                       45
<PAGE>

     "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation of which a
majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock having ordinary voting power
for the election of directors is at the time owned by such Person directly or
through one or more Subsidiaries.

     "TERM OF THE AGREEMENT" shall be determined as provided in Section 4.01 of
the Insurance Agreement.

     "TERM OF THE POLICY" has the meaning provided in the Policy.

     "TERM TRANSACTION" means any transaction other than the Transaction in
connection with which Financial Security has issued a financial guaranty
insurance policy to guarantee principal and/or interest on certificates or notes
representing an interest in receivables originated by OFL.

     "TRANSACTION" means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction
Documents.

     "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means the Insurance Agreement, the Indenture, the
Servicing Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement, the Receivables Purchase
Agreement and Assignment (with respect to the Receivables), any Assignment
Agreement (with respect to the Receivables), any Custodian Agreement, the
Security Agreement, the Premium Letter, the Stock Pledge Agreement, the Lockbox
Agreement and the Spread Account Agreement.

     "TRUSTEE" means Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, a national
banking association, as trustee under the Indenture, and any successor thereto
as trustee under the Indenture.

     "TRUST INDENTURE ACT" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, including,
unless the context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations thereunder, as
amended from time to time.

     "UNDERFUNDED PLAN" means any Plan that has an Underfunding.

     "UNDERFUNDING" means, with respect to any Plan, the excess, if any, of (a)
the present value of all benefits under the Plan (based on the assumptions used
to fund the Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code) as of the most recent
valuation date over (b) the fair market value of the assets of such Plan as of
such valuation date.

                                       46

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered
this Agreement, all as of the day and year first above written.

                             FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.


                             By: /s/ Roger K. Taylor
                                 ________________________________
                                       Authorized Officer

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                             By: /s/   illegible
                                 ________________________________
                             Title: ________________________________


                             OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.


                             By: /s/      illegible
                                 ________________________________
                             Title: ________________________________

                             ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.


                             By: /s/          illegible
                                 ________________________________
                             Title: ________________________________



<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A
                     TO INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ISSUANCE OF THE POLICY

     (a)  PAYMENT OF INITIAL PREMIUM AND EXPENSES; PREMIUM LETTER.  Financial
Security shall have been paid, by or on behalf of OFL and ORFC, a nonrefundable
Premium and shall have been reimbursed, by or on behalf of OFL and ORFC, for
other fees and expenses identified in Section 3.02 of the Insurance Agreement as
payable at closing and Financial Security shall have received a fully executed
copy of the Premium Letter.

     (b)  TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS.  Financial Security shall have received a copy
of each of the Transaction Documents (other than the Policy), in form and
substance satisfactory to Financial Security, duly authorized, executed and
delivered by each party thereto.  Without limiting the foregoing, the provisions
of the Servicing Agreement and the Indenture relating to the payment to
Financial Security of Premium due on the Policy and the reimbursement to
Financial Security of amounts paid under the Policy shall be in form and
substance acceptable to Financial Security in its sole discretion.

     (c)  CERTIFIED DOCUMENTS AND RESOLUTIONS.  Financial Security shall have
received a copy of (i) the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of each of
OFL, ORFC and the Issuer and (ii) the resolutions of the Board of Directors of
each of OFL, ORFC and the Issuer authorizing the execution, delivery and
performance by OFL, ORFC and the Issuer of the Transaction Documents to which it
is a party and the transactions contemplated thereby, including, as to the
Issuer, the authorization of the issuance of the Securities, certified by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of OFL, ORFC or the Issuer, as the case may
be (which certificate shall state that such certificate of incorporation, bylaws
and resolutions are in full force and effect without modification on December 3,
1996.

     (d)  INCUMBENCY CERTIFICATE.  Financial Security shall have received a
certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of each of OFL, ORFC and
the Issuer certifying the name and signatures of the officers of OFL, ORFC or
the Issuer, as the case may be, authorized to execute and deliver the
Transaction Documents and, if applicable, that shareholder consent to the
execution and delivery of such documents is not necessary or has been obtained.

     (e)  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; CERTIFICATE.  The representations and
warranties of OFL, ORFC or the Issuer, as the case may be, in the Insurance
Agreement shall be true and correct as of the Date of Issuance with respect to
such Person as if made on the Date of Issuance and Financial Security shall have
received a certificate of appropriate officers of OFL, ORFC or the Issuer, as
the case may be, to that effect.

     (f)  OPINIONS OF COUNSEL.  Financial Security shall have received opinions
of counsel addressed to Financial Security, Moody's and S&P in respect of OFL,
ORFC, the Issuer, the other parties to the Transaction Documents and the
Transaction in form and substance satisfactory to Financial Security, addressing
such matters as Financial Security may reasonably request, and

                                       A-1
<PAGE>

the counsel providing each such opinion shall have been instructed by its 
client to deliver such opinion to the addressees thereof.

     (g)  APPROVALS, ETC.  Financial Security shall have received true and
correct copies of all approvals, licenses and consents, if any, including,
without limitation, the approval of the shareholders of OFL, ORFC and the
Issuer, required in connection with the Transaction.

     (h)  NO LITIGATION, ETC.  No suit, action or other proceeding,
investigation, or injunction or final judgment relating thereto, shall be
pending or threatened before any court or governmental agency in which it is
sought to restrain or prohibit or to obtain damages or other relief in
connection with any of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the
Transaction.

     (i)  LEGALITY.  No statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been
enacted, entered or deemed applicable by any government or governmental or
administrative agency or court which would make the transactions contemplated by
any of the Transaction Documents illegal or otherwise prevent the consummation
thereof.

     (j)  ISSUANCE OF RATINGS.  Financial Security shall have received
confirmation that the risk secured by the Policy constitutes an investment grade
risk by S&P and an insurable risk by Moody's.

     (k)  NO DEFAULT.  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred.

     (l)  ADDITIONAL ITEMS.  Financial Security shall have received such other
documents, instruments, approvals or opinions requested by Financial Security as
may be reasonably necessary to effect the Transaction, including but not limited
to evidence satisfactory to Financial Security that all conditions precedent, if
any, in the Transaction Documents have been satisfied.

                                       A-2
<PAGE>

                                     ANNEX I
                                       TO
                        INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

                   FORM OF FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE POLICY
<PAGE>

[LOGO] FINANCIAL                                          FINANCIAL GUARANTY
       SECURITY                                           INSURANCE POLICY
       ASSURANCE

OBLIGOR: Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.                   Policy No.: 50528-N
OBLIGATIONS: Up to $300,000,000 Original Principal     Date of Issuance: 12/3/96
             Amount Floating Rate Automobile
             Receivables-Backed Notes

     FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. ("Financial Security"), for 
consideration received, hereby UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY GUARANTEES to 
each Holder, subject only to the terms of this Policy (which includes each 
endorsement hereto), the full and complete payment by the Obligor of 
Scheduled Payments of principal of, and interest on, the Obligations.

     For the further protection of each Holder, Financial Security 
irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees:

          (a) payment of the amount of any distribution of principal of, or 
     interest on, the Obligations made during the Term of this Policy to such
     Holder that is subsequently avoided in whole or in part as a preference
     payment under applicable law (such payment to be made by Financial 
     Security in accordance with Endorsement No. 1 hereto).

          (b) payment of any amount required to be paid under this Policy by
     Financial Security following Financial Security's receipt of notice as
     described in Endorsement No. 1 hereto.

     Financial Security shall be subrogated to the rights of each Holder to 
receive payments under the Obligations to the extent of any payment by 
Financial Security hereunder.

     Except to the extent expressly modified by an endorsement hereto, the 
following terms shall have the meanings specified for all purposes of this 
Policy. "Holder" means the registered owner of any Obligation as indicated on 
the registration books maintained by or on behalf of the Obligor for such 
purpose or, if the Obligation is in bearer form, the holder of the 
Obligation. "Scheduled Payments" means payments which are scheduled to be 
made during the Term of this Policy in accordance with the original terms of 
the Obligations when issued and without regard to any amendment or 
modification of such Obligations thereafter; payments which become due on an 
accelerated basis as a result of (a) a default by the Obligor, (b) an 
election by the Obligor to pay principal on an accelerated basis or (c) any 
other cause, shall not constitute "Scheduled Payments" unless Financial 
Security shall elect, in its sole discretion, to pay such principal due upon 
such acceleration together with any accrued interest to the date of 
acceleration. "Term of this Policy" shall have the meaning set forth in 
Endorsement No. 1 hereto.

     This Policy sets forth in full the undertaking of Financial Security, 
and shall not be modified, altered or affected by any other agreement or 
instrument, including any modification or amendment thereto, or by the 
merger, consolidation or dissolution of the Obligor. Except to the extent 
expressly modified by an endorsement hereto, the premiums paid in respect of 
this Policy are nonrefundable for any reason whatsoever, including payment, 
or provision being made for payment, of the Obligations prior to maturity. 
This Policy may not be cancelled or revoked during the Term of this Policy. 
THIS POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE SECURITY FUND 
SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.

     In witness whereof, FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. has caused this 
Policy to be executed on its behalf by its Authorized Officer.

                              FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                              By /s/ Roger K. Taylor
                                ---------------------------------
                                     Authorized Officer


A subsidiary of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.
350 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10022-6022                  (212) 826-0100

<PAGE>


                                                                EXECUTION COPY













                          ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.



                           U.S. $300,000,000 FLOATING RATE

                                     FSA INSURED

                         AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES-BACKED NOTES











                               NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

                             DATED AS OF DECEMBER 3, 1996








<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
Section 1.     The Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Section 2.     Sale and Purchase of the Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Section 3.     Delivery and Payment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Section 4.     Issuer's Representations, Warranties and Covenants. . . . . . . 4

Section 5.     Purchaser Representations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

Section 6.     Conditions of Purchaser's Obligations.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Section 7.     Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Section 8.     Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10

Section 9.     Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Section 10.    Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11

Section 11.    Increased Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12

Section 12.    Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Section 13.    Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Section 14.    Entire Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Section 15.    Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Section 16.    Severability of Provisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14

Section 17.    Survival. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

Section 18.    Limited Recourse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

Section 19.    No Proceedings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15

Section 20.    Trial By Jury Waived. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15


<PAGE>
                               OLYMPIC FINANCIAL, LTD.
                             7825 Washington Avenue South
                             Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439
                                           
                                           
                          ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.
                             7825 Washington Avenue South
                            Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439
                                           
                  --------------------------------------------------
                                           
                               NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
                                           
                  --------------------------------------------------
                                           
                                           
                             Dated as of December 3, 1996


Receivables Capital Corporation
c/o Bank of America National Trust
       and Savings Association
  as Administrator
Asset Securitization Group
231 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois 60697

Bank of America National Trust
  and Savings Association
  as Administrator of Receivables
  Capital Corporation and as Agent 
  to the Liquidity Purchasers
Asset Securitization Group
231 South LaSalle Street
Chicago, Illinois  60697

Ladies and Gentlemen: 

          The undersigned, Arcadia Receivables Finance Corp., a Delaware 
corporation (the "ISSUER"), and Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota 
corporation ("OLYMPIC"), hereby agree with you as follows:

          SECTION 1.     THE NOTES.  The Issuer proposes to sell to 
Receivables Capital Corporation (the "PURCHASER"), from time to time during 
the Purchase Period, Floating Rate Automobile Receivables-Backed Notes (the 
"NOTES"), in a maximum authorized amount to be outstanding at any time (the 
"MAXIMUM AUTHORIZED AMOUNT") of U.S. $300,000,000, issued


<PAGE>

by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of December 3, 1996 (as 
from time to time amended, supplemented or modified, the "INDENTURE"), 
between the Issuer and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as 
trustee (in such capacity, the "TRUSTEE") and as Collateral Agent (as defined 
in the Indenture).  Each Note: (i) bears interest (subject to conversion to a 
fixed rate at the option of the Agent upon the occurrence of an Amortization 
Event) at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the "APPLICABLE RATE" plus 
the "APPLICABLE MARGIN"; (ii) is issuable in denominations of $5,000,000 and 
any higher amount, in the form of fully registered securities in certificated 
form (as contemplated by Article VIII of the New York Uniform Commercial 
Code) and (iii) is subject to prepayment at the option of the Issuer as 
provided in the Indenture.

          The Notes are secured by a revolving pool of automobile receivables 
originated by Olympic and sold by Olympic to its wholly-owned subsidiary, 
Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. ("ORFC"), and by ORFC to the Issuer, and by 
collections received in respect thereof.  Payment of principal and interest 
on the entire Maximum Authorized Amount of Notes is insured by Financial 
Security Assurance Inc. ("FSA") under a financial guaranty insurance policy 
(the "POLICY") dated December 3, 1996. 

          The Issuer, the Agent, Olympic, ORFC and the Trustee have entered 
into a Servicing Agreement, dated as of December 3, 1996 (as from time to 
time amended, supplemented or modified, the "SERVICING AGREEMENT"), to 
provide for the servicing of the receivables and certain other matters.

          SECTION 2.     SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE NOTES. During the Purchase 
Period and subject to the terms and conditions of, and in reliance upon the 
representations, warranties and covenants set forth in, this Agreement, the 
Issuer agrees to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase 
from the Issuer, from time to time on the date of issuance thereof (each, a 
"PURCHASE DATE") the Notes issued on such date up to an aggregate principal 
amount at any time outstanding for all Notes purchased hereunder not to 
exceed the Maximum Authorized Amount, at a purchase price equal to 100% of 
such principal amount (the "PURCHASE PRICE").

          SECTION 3.     DELIVERY AND PAYMENT.  The Issuer will provide the 
Agent with written notice of each Purchase Date and of the aggregate 
principal amount of Notes to be purchased on such Purchase Date no later than 
12:00 noon (New York City time) one Business Day prior to the proposed 
Purchase Date; PROVIDED, that if the Purchase Price for the Notes on a 
Purchase Date is less than or equal to $15,000,000, then such notice may be 
made no later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time on such Purchase Date; 
PROVIDED FURTHER, that if such notice is given on a Purchase Date, the 
Purchaser will not be obligated to purchase the Notes on such Purchase Date 
unless the Purchaser is able to issue and sell its Commercial Paper Notes in 
an amount sufficient to fund such purchase, and Olympic and the Issuer agree 
to hold harmless the Purchaser for failing to effect a purchase on such 
Purchase Date.  Delivery of the  Notes shall be made on each Purchase Date at 
the offices of the Agent at 10:00 a.m. New York City time (or at such other 
place and time as the parties hereto shall mutually agree).  On each Purchase 
Date, the Issuer will deliver to the Agent one or more duly executed and 
authenticated Notes dated such Purchase Date, registered in the Purchaser's 
name (or in such name as the Agent shall have notified Issuer prior to such

                                      2

<PAGE>

Purchase Date).  The delivery of the Notes to the Agent shall be made against 
payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of 
Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association as Trustee for Arcadia 
Receivables Conduit Warehouse, Account # 3651742, Harris Trust and Savings 
Bank, ABA # 071000288, in the amount of the Purchase Price.

          SECTION 4.     ISSUER'S REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS. 
The Issuer represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Purchaser and the 
Agent, as of the date hereof and as of each Purchase Date, as follows:

          (a) The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing 
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.

          (b)  The Issuer has all requisite power (corporate and other) and 
authority necessary to enter into this Agreement and the Basic Agreements, to 
offer, sell and deliver the Notes and to perform its obligations hereunder 
and thereunder; the Issuer has taken all corporate action required to 
authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Basic Agreements 
and the Notes, the offer, sale and delivery of the Notes and the performance 
of all obligations to be performed by it hereunder and under the Basic 
Agreements and the Notes; this Agreement and the Basic Agreements to which 
the Issuer is a party have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by 
the Issuer and constitute, and each Note when purchased by the Purchaser will 
have been duly authorized, executed and delivered and will constitute, the 
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer, enforceable against the 
Issuer in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) limitations on 
enforceability imposed by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, 
arrangement, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting the 
enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) general principles of 
equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a 
proceeding in equity or at law.

          (c) Neither the authorization, execution, sale, delivery or 
performance of the Notes or the authorization, execution, delivery or 
performance of this Agreement or the Basic Agreements to which the Issuer is 
a party, nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated herein 
or therein, nor the execution, delivery or performance of the terms of this 
Agreement, the Notes or any Basic Agreement, will result in the breach of any 
term or provision of the certificate of incorporation or by-laws of the 
Issuer, or conflict with, result in a breach or violation of, or the 
acceleration of, indebtedness under, or constitute a default under, the terms 
of any indenture or other agreement, instrument or arrangement to which the 
Issuer is a party or by which it is bound, or any statute or regulation 
applicable to the Issuer or any order applicable to it of any court, 
regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body having 
jurisdiction over it.

          (d) With the exception of applicable blue-sky or state securities
regulations (as to which no representation is made), no consent, approval,
authorization of, registration or filing with, or notice to, any governmental or
regulatory authority, agency, department, commission, board, bureau, body or
instrumentality was or is required for the execution, delivery or performance of
or compliance by the Issuer with this Agreement, the Notes or

                                      3

<PAGE>

any Basic Agreement or the offer, sale, delivery or performance of the Notes, 
or the consummation by the Issuer of any other transaction contemplated by 
this Agreement, the Notes or any Basic Agreement, or such consent, approval 
or authorization has been obtained, or such registration, filing or notice 
has been made (and, in either such case, copies thereof delivered to you and 
your counsel). No tax, assessment or other governmental charge is or will 
become payable  as a result of (i) the execution, delivery or performance of 
this Agreement or any Basic Agreement, or (ii) the execution, sale, delivery 
or performance of any Note, or (iii) except for taxes imposed on the net 
income of Purchaser with respect to interest on the Notes, the receipt or 
non-receipt of any payment of principal or interest on any Note (or in 
respect thereof under the Policy).

          (e) There is no action, suit or proceeding pending, or 
investigation of, the Issuer, pending or, to the best of the Issuer's 
knowledge after due inquiry, threatened, against the Issuer before any court, 
administrative agency or other tribunal which, (i) either individually or in 
the aggregate, could, if adversely determined,  result in any material 
adverse change in the business, operations, financial condition, prospects, 
properties, or assets of the Issuer or in any impairment of the right or 
ability of the Issuer to carry on its business substantially as now 
conducted,  (ii) asserts the invalidity of this Agreement, any Note or any of 
the Basic Agreements,  (iii) seeks to prevent the issuance, sale or purchase 
of the Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by 
this Agreement or any of the Basic Agreements or (iv) could materially and 
adversely affect the performance by the Issuer of its obligations under, or 
the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement, any of the Notes or any of 
the Basic Agreements.

          (f) The Issuer is not in default in the performance, observance or 
fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in, 
and is not otherwise in default under, (i) any law or statute applicable to 
it, or (ii) any judgment, decree, writ, injunction, order, award or other 
action of any court or governmental authority or arbitrator or any order, 
rule or regulation, of any federal, state, county, municipal or other 
governmental or public authority or agency having or asserting jurisdiction 
over it or any of its properties, or (iii) (x) any indebtedness or any 
instrument or agreement under or pursuant to which any such indebtedness has 
been, or could be, issued or incurred, or (y) any other instrument or 
agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound or any of its 
properties is affected including, without limitation, the Basic Agreements 
which, (A) either individually or in the aggregate, could result in any 
material adverse change in the business, operations, financial condition, 
prospects, properties, or assets of the Issuer or in any impairment of the 
right or ability of the Issuer to carry on its business substantially as now 
conducted or (B) could materially and adversely affect the performance by the 
Issuer of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this 
Agreement, any of the Notes or any of the Basic Agreements.

          (g) Neither the Issuer nor, to the best of the Issuer's knowledge, 
anyone acting on behalf of the Issuer, has offered, transferred, pledged, 
sold or otherwise disposed of any Note or any interest in any Note to, or 
solicited any offer to buy or accept a transfer, pledge or other disposition 
of any Note or any interest in any Note from, or otherwise approached or 
negotiated with respect to any Note or any interest in any Note with, any 
person in any

                                      4

<PAGE>

manner, or made any general solicitation by means of general advertising or 
in any other manner, or taken any other action, which would constitute a 
public distribution of the Notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
(the "1933 ACT"), or which would render the disposition of any Note a 
violation of Section 5 of the 1933 Act or any state securities laws, or 
require registration or qualification pursuant thereto or require 
registration of the Issuer under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as 
amended, nor will the Issuer act, nor has the Issuer authorized or will it 
authorize any person to act, in such manner with respect to any Note.

          (h) (i) The offer and sale of the Notes from the Issuer to the 
Purchaser in the manner contemplated herein are transactions exempt from the 
registration requirements of the 1933 Act and (ii) the Indenture is not 
required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.  
The representation by the Issuer with respect to the sale from the Issuer to 
the Purchaser in clause (i) of the preceding sentence is made upon and 
subject to the accuracy of the representations made by you in Section 5(a) 
hereof.

          (i) The Issuer is not required, and will not be required as a 
result of the offer and sale of the Notes under the circumstances 
contemplated by this Agreement or the other transactions contemplated by this 
Agreement and the Basic Agreements, to register as an "investment company" 
under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940 ACT"), and 
the Issuer is not "controlled" by an "investment company" as defined in the 
1940 Act.

          (j) Each Note purchased hereunder by the Purchaser will have been 
duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer, will be entitled to 
the benefit of the security provided for in the Indenture, will bear interest 
and mature and be subject to prepayment all as specified in Section 1 hereof 
and will, as to both principal and interest, be fully and unconditionally 
insured under the Policy.

          (k) The Issuer further agrees that it will not permit any 
amendment, modification or waiver, which could in any way be materially 
adverse to the Noteholders, to any of the provisions of any of  the Basic 
Agreements without the prior written consent of the Agent, it being agreed 
that a waiver of any Event of Default under the Repurchase Agreement or of 
any Amortization Event materially adversely affects the Noteholders.

          SECTION 5.     PURCHASER REPRESENTATIONS.

          (a) This Agreement is made with you in reliance upon your 
representation to the Issuer, which by your acceptance hereof you confirm, 
that you understand that the Notes have not been and will not be registered 
under the 1933 Act in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(2) of 
the 1933 Act or registered or qualified under the securities or "Blue Sky" 
laws of any jurisdiction and may not be resold or otherwise pledged or 
transferred except in a transaction which is exempt from the registration 
requirements of the 1933 Act (and, in that regard the Purchaser hereby 
represents that any Notes purchased by it hereunder will be purchased for its 
own account and not with a view to distribution thereof); PROVIDED, that, (i) 
the disposition of your property shall at all times be within your 
control;

                                      5

<PAGE>

and (ii) it is recognized and agreed that you may transfer your rights and 
interests under the Notes and herein to one or more liquidity purchasers 
("LIQUIDITY PURCHASERS") under a Liquidity Asset Purchase Agreement dated as 
of December 3, 1996 (the "LIQUIDITY ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT") among the 
Liquidity Purchasers from time to time party thereto, Receivables Capital 
Corporation and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as 
Administrator and Liquidity Agent.  The Purchaser represents that the 
Liquidity Purchasers will make the foregoing representations and warranties 
with respect to any purchase of the Notes pursuant to the Liquidity Asset 
Purchase Agreement.

          (b) The Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing 
and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.

          (c) The Purchaser has all requisite power (corporate and other) and 
authority necessary to enter into this Agreement and to perform its 
obligations hereunder; the Purchaser has taken all corporate action required 
to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance 
of all obligations to be performed by it hereunder; this Agreement has been 
duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Purchaser, and constitutes the 
legal, valid and binding agreement of the Purchaser, enforceable against the 
Purchaser in accordance with its terms, subject to (i) limitations imposed by 
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, arrangement, moratorium or other laws 
relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and 
(ii) general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability 
is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

          (d) Neither the purchase of the Notes nor the consummation of any 
of the transactions contemplated herein by the Purchaser, nor the execution, 
delivery or performance of the terms of this Agreement by the Purchaser, will 
result in the breach of any term or provision of the certificate of 
incorporation or by-laws of the Purchaser, or conflict with, result in a 
breach or violation of or the acceleration of indebtedness under or 
constitute a default under, the terms of any indenture or other agreement or 
instrument to which the Purchaser is a party or by which it is bound, or any 
statute or regulation applicable to the Purchaser or any order applicable to 
it of any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or governmental body 
having jurisdiction over it which materially and adversely affects, or may in 
the future materially and adversely affect, (i) the ability of the Purchaser 
to perform its obligations hereunder or (ii) the business, operations, 
financial condition, prospects, properties or assets of the Purchaser.

          (e) No consent, approval, authorization of, registration or filing 
with, or notice to, any governmental or regulatory authority, agency, 
department, commission, board, bureau, body or instrumentality was or is 
required for the execution, delivery or performance of or compliance by the 
Purchaser with this Agreement or the purchase of the Notes by the Purchaser, 
or the consummation by the Purchaser of any other transaction contemplated 
under this Agreement or such consent, approval or authorization has been 
obtained or such registration, filing or notice has been made.  

          (f) There is no action, suit or proceeding against, or investigation
of, the Purchaser, pending or, to the best of the Purchaser's knowledge,
threatened, before any

                                      6

<PAGE>


court, administrative agency or other tribunal which, either individually or 
in the aggregate, (i) may result in any material adverse change in the 
business, operations, financial condition, prospects, properties, or assets 
of Purchaser or in any impairment of the right or ability of the Purchaser to 
carry on its business substantially as now conducted, or (ii) asserts the 
invalidity of this Agreement or (iii) seeks to prevent the purchase of the 
Notes or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this 
Agreement or (iv) could materially and adversely affect the performance by 
the Purchaser of its obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, 
this Agreement.

          (g) The Purchaser is not required, and will not be required as a 
result of the purchase of the Notes under the circumstances contemplated by 
this Agreement, to register as an "investment company" under the 1940 Act.

          (h) On the Closing Date, the Purchaser's commercial paper notes are 
rated A-1+ by Standard & Poor's and P-1 by Moody's.

          SECTION 6.     CONDITIONS OF PURCHASER'S OBLIGATIONS.

           (a) EACH PURCHASE. Your obligation to purchase and pay for any 
Notes on any Purchase Date shall be subject to the fact that the conditions 
to the initial purchase of Notes hereunder shall have been satisfied and to 
the conditions that: (v) no Amortization Event shall have occurred; (w) the 
Notes to be purchased shall be in conformity with the description thereof 
contained in Section 1 hereof; (x)  the Purchase Period shall not have 
expired;  (y) the representations and warranties that are made on the part of 
the Issuer and contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct, on and 
as of such Purchase Date, as if made on and as of such Purchase Date; and (z) 
 the Issuer shall be in continuing compliance, in all material respects, with 
all of its obligations hereunder and under the Basic Agreements and that ORFC 
and OFL are in continuing compliance in all material respects with their 
obligations under the Fee Letter. Your obligation to purchase or pay for any 
Notes shall also be subject to the accuracy in all material respects, on and 
as of the date of such purchase, of the representations and warranties 
contained herein and of the statements made by the Issuer in any certificates 
furnished pursuant to the provisions hereof.  Each purchase of Notes 
hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Issuer that 
all of the above conditions are satisfied on and as of the respective 
Purchase Date.

          (b)  CLOSING DATE.  Your obligation to purchase and pay for Notes 
commencing on the Closing Date shall be subject to the following additional 
conditions:

          (i)  The Agent shall have received and had an opportunity to review 
     the Basic Agreements (and the respective appendices and exhibits 
     thereto) and the form of Notes, and each of such documents shall be in 
     form and substance satisfactory to you.

          (ii) Timely payment, as and when due, of all principal of and 
     interest on the Notes shall be fully and unconditionally insured under 
     the Policy.

                                      7

<PAGE>

          (iii)   The Issuer shall have complied in all material respects with
     all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be
     performed or satisfied by it on or prior to the Closing Date under this
     Agreement.

          (iv)  Each of the Basic Agreements shall have been duly authorized,
     executed and delivered by each of the parties thereto, shall be in full
     force and effect and shall constitute a legal, valid and binding agreement
     of each of the parties thereto, enforceable against each of them in
     accordance with its terms, subject, with respect to enforceability, to
     bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the
     enforceability of creditors' rights generally and to general principles of
     equity regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in
     equity or at law, and no event shall have occurred which constitutes or,
     with the passage of time or with notice or both, would constitute a default
     thereunder, and the Agent shall have received one fully executed copy of
     each of the Basic Agreements.

          (v)  The Agent shall have received opinions of counsel (or reliance
     letters with respect to certain opinions previously rendered) to the
     Issuer, Olympic, ORFC, FSA and the Trustee, each dated the Closing Date,
     and such opinions shall be in form, scope and substance satisfactory to the
     Agent.

          (vi)  All proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement and the Basic Agreements and all documents incident
     hereto and thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the
     Agent, and the Agent shall have received such information, certificates and
     documents as the Agent may request.

          (vii)  The Agent shall have received a certificate from the Issuer
     confirming that its representations and warranties contained in the Basic
     Agreements are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the
     Closing Date.

          (viii)    The Agent shall have received from each of the Issuer,
     Olympic, ORFC, FSA and the Trustee copies of the charter, by-laws, board
     resolutions, signature and incumbency and other related corporate matters
     of those respective Persons, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent,
     together with copies of the Officers' Certificates with respect thereto
     delivered on the Closing Date.

          (ix)  The Indenture shall be in form and substance satisfactory to
     you, and you shall have received a true and complete copy thereof.

          SECTION 7.     EXPENSES.  The Issuer and Olympic shall, jointly and 
severally, be obligated to pay on demand to (i) the Purchaser and the Agent 
all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, 
execution, and delivery of the Basic Agreements and any other documents to be 
delivered in connection therewith, including, without limitation, the 
reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Purchaser and the Agent, and 
(ii) the Purchaser and the Agent all reasonable costs and expenses, 
including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel 
for the Purchaser and the Agent, in

                                      8

<PAGE>


connection with the enforcement of any Basic Agreement or any document 
delivered in connection therewith.

          SECTION 8.     DEFINITIONS.  For purposes of this Agreement, except 
as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

          (a) the term "AGENT" means Bank of America National Trust and 
Savings Association and its successors as Administrator of Receivables 
Capital Corporation and as Agent to the Liquidity Purchasers;

          (b) the term "APPLICABLE RATE" means the CP Rate or, to the extent 
the principal amount of any Notes have been purchased by the Liquidity 
Purchasers under the Liquidity Agreement, the Offshore Rate;

          (c) the term "BASIC AGREEMENTS" shall mean this Agreement, the 
Indenture, the Servicing Agreement, the Repurchase Agreement, the Purchase 
Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, the Custodian 
Agreement, the Policy, the Spread Account Agreement, the Fee Letter and the 
Insurance Agreement;

          (d)  the term "CP RATE" means for any period and with respect to 
any portion of the principal amount of the Notes as to which your funding of 
the purchase or carrying thereof is being provided by commercial paper notes, 
the rate of interest per annum determined in arrears in good faith by the 
Agent to reflect the Purchaser's cost of funding the purchase or carrying of 
such portion of the Notes, which shall be equal to the weighted daily average 
interest rate payable in respect of such Commercial Paper Notes during such 
period (determined in the case of discount commercial paper notes by 
converting the discount to an interest bearing equivalent rate per annum), 
plus applicable placement fees and commissions, but excluding any other fees 
related to such funding;

          (e)  the term "FEE LETTER" shall mean the Fee Letter dated as of 
December 3, 1996 among Olympic, Receivables Capital Corporation and the Agent;

          (f)  the term "LIQUIDITY PURCHASERS" shall mean each of the 
purchasers party to the Liquidity Asset Purchase Agreement;

          (g)  the term "PROGRAM SUPPORT DOCUMENT" shall mean the Liquidity 
Asset Purchase Agreement and any other agreement entered into by any other 
Program Support Provider providing for the issuance of one or more letters of 
credit for the account of the Purchaser, the issuance of one or more surety 
bonds for which the Purchaser is obligated to reimburse the applicable 
Program Support Provider of the Notes (or any interest therein) or the making 
of loans or other extensions of credit to the Purchaser in connection with 
the Purchaser's securitization program, together with any letter of credit, 
surety bond or other instrument issued thereunder (but excluding any 
discretionary advance facility provided by the Agent as administrator of the 
Purchaser);

                                      9

<PAGE>

          (h) the term "PURCHASE PERIOD" shall mean the period from the date 
of execution hereof to the earliest to occur of (i) December 2, 1999, (ii) 
the commencement of the Amortization Period, (iii) the commitment of the 
Liquidity Purchasers to purchase Notes from the Purchaser under the Liquidity 
Asset Purchase Agreement shall expire and (iv) the date specified by the 
Issuer with five Business Day's prior notice to the Agent, the Security 
Insurer, the Indenture Trustee and the Rating Agencies;

          (i) all capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined 
shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Servicing Agreement 
(including by way of reference to other documents);

          (j) terms defined in this Agreement include the plural as well as 
the singular, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include 
each other gender;

          (k) the words "herein," "hereof," "hereunder" and other words of 
similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular 
provisions; and

          (l) the term "include" or "including" shall mean without limitation 
by reason of enumeration.

          SECTION 9.     SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall inure 
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective 
successors and assigns; PROVIDED, that the Issuer may not assign any of its 
rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the 
Purchaser.  No provision of this Agreement shall in any way limit Purchaser's 
ability to assign all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder 
to any Liquidity Purchaser.

          SECTION 10.    INDEMNIFICATION.  (a) Without limiting any other 
rights that the Agent or any of its Affiliates, employees, agents, 
successors, transfers or assigns (each, an "INDEMNIFIED PARTY") may have 
hereunder or under applicable law, the Issuer hereby agrees to indemnify each 
Indemnified Party from and against any and all claims, damages, expenses, 
losses and liabilities (including fees and expenses of counsel) (all of the 
foregoing being collectively referred to as "INDEMNIFIED AMOUNTS") arising 
out of or resulting from this Agreement and the Basic Documents (whether 
directly or indirectly) or the ownership of the Notes, or any interest 
therein, or in respect of any Receivable, excluding, however, (i) Indemnified 
Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct 
on the part of such Indemnified Party, (ii) any losses arising out of or 
relating to any non-payment of any Receivable, or (iii) any overall net 
income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on such Indemnified Party by the 
jurisdiction under the laws of which such Indemnified Party is organized or 
any political subdivision thereof.

          (b)  Without limiting any other rights that the Indemnified Parties 
may have hereunder or under applicable law, Olympic hereby agrees to 
indemnify each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified 
Amounts for or on account of or arising from or in connection with any breach 
of any representation, warranty or covenant of Olympic in this Note Purchase 
Agreement or any Basic Document or in any certificate or other written 

                                      10

<PAGE>

material delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, excluding, however, (i) 
Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful 
misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party and (ii) any overall net 
income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on such Indemnified Party by the 
jurisdiction under the laws of which such Indemnified Party is organized or 
any political subdivision thereof.

          (c)  In order for an Indemnified Party to be entitled to any 
indemnification provided for under this Agreement in respect of, arising out 
of, or involving a claim made by any Person against the Indemnified Party (a 
"THIRD PARTY CLAIM"), such Indemnified Party must notify the Issuer or 
Olympic, as applicable, in writing of the Third Party Claim within five 
Business Days of receipt of a summons, complaint or other notice of the 
commencement of litigation and within ten Business Days after receipt by such 
Indemnified Party of any other written notice of the Third Party Claim.  
Thereafter, the Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Issuer or Olympic, as 
applicable, within a reasonable time after the Indemnified Party's receipt 
thereof, copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) 
received by the Indemnified Party relating to the Third Party Claim.

          (d)  If a Third Party Claim is made against an Indemnified Party, 
(x) the Issuer or Olympic, as applicable, will be entitled to participate in 
the defense thereof and, (y) if either so chooses, to assume the defense 
thereof with counsel selected by the Issuer or Olympic, as applicable, 
provided that in connection with such assumption (i) such counsel is not 
reasonably objected to by the Indemnified Party and (ii) the Issuer or 
Olympic, as applicable, first admits in writing its liability to indemnify 
the Indemnified Party with respect to all elements of such claim in full.  
Should the Issuer or Olympic, as applicable, so elect to assume the defense 
of a Third Party Claim, the Issuer or Olympic, as applicable, will not be 
liable to the Indemnified Party for any legal expenses subsequently incurred 
by the Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof.  If the 
Issuer or Olympic, as applicable, elects to assume the defense of a Third 
Party Claim, the Indemnified Party will (i) cooperate in all reasonable 
respects with the Issuer or Olympic in connection with such defense and (ii) 
not admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or discharge, 
such Third Party Claim without the Issuer's or Olympic's prior written 
consent, as the case may be.  If the Issuer or Olympic, as applicable, shall 
assume the defense of any Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall be 
entitled to participate in (but not control) such defense with its own 
counsel at its own expense.  If the Issuer or Olympic, as applicable, does 
not assume the defense of any such Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party 
may defend the same in such manner as it may deem appropriate, including 
settling such claim or litigation after giving notice to the Issuer or 
Olympic, as applicable, of such terms and the Issuer or Olympic, as 
applicable, will promptly reimburse the Indemnified Party upon written 
request.  Anything contained in this Note Purchase Agreement to the contrary 
notwithstanding, the Issuer or Olympic, as applicable, shall not be entitled 
to assume the defense of any part of a Third Party Claim that seeks an order, 
injunction or other equitable relief or relief for other than money damages 
against the Indemnified Party.

          SECTION 11.    INCREASED COSTS.  (a)  If the Purchaser, any other
Program Support Provider or any of their respective Affiliates (each an
"AFFECTED PERSON") determines that the existence of or compliance with (i) any
law or regulation or any change therein or in

                                      11

<PAGE>

the interpretation or application thereof, in each case adopted, issued or 
occurring after the date hereof or (ii) any request, guideline or directive 
from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having 
the force of law) issued or occurring after the date of this Agreement 
affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be 
maintained by such Affected Person and such Affected Person determines that 
the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any 
commitment to make purchases of or otherwise to maintain the investment in 
the Notes or the Liquidity Asset Purchase Agreement or any other Program 
Support Document, then, upon demand by such Affected Person (with a copy to 
the Agent), the Issuer agrees to immediately pay to the Agent, for the 
account of such Affected Person, from time to time as specified by such 
Affected Person, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected 
Person in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that such Affected 
Person reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the 
existence of any of such commitments.  A certificate as to such amounts 
submitted to the Issuer and the Agent by such Affected Person shall be 
conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

          (b) If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in or 
in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any 
guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority 
(whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the 
cost to any Affected Person of agreeing to purchase or purchasing, or 
maintaining the ownership of the Notes in respect of which interest is 
computed by reference to the Offshore Rate, then, upon demand by such 
Affected Person, the Issuer agrees to immediately pay to such Affected 
Person, from time to time as specified, additional amounts sufficient to 
compensate such Affected Person for such increased costs.  A certificate as 
to such amounts submitted to the Issuer by such Affected Person shall be 
conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

          (c)  Before giving any notice to the Issuer under this Section 11, 
the Affected Person shall use commercially reasonable efforts to designate a 
different office with respect to its purchase of Notes or its provision of 
liquidity or credit support under the relevant Program Support Document if 
such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice or making such 
demand and will not, in the judgment of the Affected Person, be illegal or 
otherwise disadvantageous to such Affected Person.

          (d)  Upon the receipt by the Issuer of a claim for reimbursement or 
compensation under this Section 11 related to the ownership of a Note or any 
interest therein by an Affected Person, and payment thereof hereunder shall 
not be waived by such Affected Person, the Issuer may (i) request the 
Affected Person to use its reasonable efforts to obtain a replacement bank, 
financial institution or asset-backed commercial paper conduit, as 
applicable, satisfactory to the Issuer to  acquire and assume all or a 
ratable part of all of such Affected Person's Notes or interests therein (a 
"REPLACEMENT PURCHASER"), (ii) request one or more of the other Noteholders 
or Liquidity Purchasers to acquire and assume all or a part of such Affected 
Person's Notes or interests therein; or (iii) designate a Replacement 
Purchaser.  Any such designation of a Replacement Purchaser under CLAUSE (i) 
or (iii) shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Agent (which 
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld).  Upon notice from the Issuer, 
such Affected Person shall assign its Notes or interests therein

                                      12

<PAGE>

and its other rights and obligations (if any) hereunder or  a ratable share 
thereof to the Replacement Purchaser or Replacement Purchasers designated by 
the Issuer for a purchase price equal to the sum of the principal amount of 
the Notes or interests therein so assigned and all accrued and unpaid 
interest thereon and any other amounts (including fees) to which it is 
entitled hereunder or under any Basic Document or other Program Support 
Document (including any fee letters entered into in connection therewith); 
PROVIDED, that the Issuer shall provide such Affected Person with an 
officer's certificate stating that such Replacement Purchaser has advised the 
Issuer that it is not subject to, or has agreed not to seek, such increased 
amount.

          SECTION 12.    NOTICES.  (a) All communications provided for or 
permitted hereunder and under any other Basic Agreement shall be in writing 
and shall be delivered, sent by overnight courier or mailed or transmitted by 
telecopier and confirmed by a similar mailed writing, if to the Purchaser, or 
the Agent, addressed to the Purchaser or the Agent, as applicable, at the 
address shown on page 1 of this Agreement, telecopy no. (312) 923-0273, or to 
such other address as the Purchaser or the Agent may have designated in 
writing to the Issuer, and if to the Issuer, Olympic or the Rating Agencies, 
to their respective addresses set forth in the Servicing Agreement, or to 
such other address as the Issuer or Olympic may have designated in writing to 
the Purchaser.

          (b)  All such written communications shall, when so sent by 
overnight courier, telecopied or mailed, be deemed given when delivered to 
the overnight courier, when telephone confirmation of telecopy is received, 
or, in the case of communications by mail, on the fourth Business Day 
following deposit in the mails.  All other written communications shall be 
deemed to have been given upon receipt thereof.

          SECTION 13.    COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in 
several counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of 
which together shall constitute one instrument notwithstanding that all 
parties are not signatories to the same counterparts.

          SECTION 14.    ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the 
entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the matters 
and transactions contemplated by this Agreement and supersedes any prior 
agreement and understandings with respect to those matters and transactions.

          SECTION 15.    GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY 
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT 
REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF.  THE PARTIES HERETO SUBMIT 
TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY NEW YORK STATE OR UNITED STATES 
FEDERAL COURT SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, THE CITY OF NEW YORK, OVER 
ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, OR RELATING TO, THIS 
AGREEMENT, ANY NOTE OR ANY BASIC AGREEMENT AND HEREBY WAIVE ANY OBJECTION TO 
THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH COURT AS WELL AS ANY CLAIM OF INCONVENIENT FORUM.

          SECTION 16.    SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  If any one or more of 
the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement shall be for 
any reason

                                      13

<PAGE>

whatsoever held invalid, the invalidity of any such covenant, agreement, 
provision or term of this Agreement shall in no way affect the validity or 
enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, 
that if the invalidity of any covenant, agreement or provision shall deprive 
any party of the economic benefit intended to be conferred by this Agreement, 
the parties shall negotiate in good faith to develop a structure the economic 
effect of which is as nearly as possible the same as the economic effect of 
this Agreement.

          SECTION 17.    SURVIVAL.  All representations, warranties and 
covenants made by the Issuer herein shall be considered to have been relied 
upon by you and shall survive the delivery to you of the Notes regardless of 
any investigation made by you or on your behalf.  

          SECTION 18.    LIMITED RECOURSE.  This Agreement is solely a 
corporate obligation of the Issuer, Olympic, the Agent and the Purchaser.  No 
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, under this Purchase Agreement 
or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith against 
any stockholder, incorporator, employee, officer, director or agent of the 
Issuer, Olympic, the Agent or the Purchaser.

          SECTION 19.    NO PROCEEDINGS.  Each of the Issuer and Olympic 
hereby agrees that it will not institute or join with others in instituting 
against the Purchaser, and the Purchaser hereby agrees that it will not 
institute or join with others in instituting against the Issuer, a 
bankruptcy, reorganization or analogous proceeding until at least 368 days 
after the later of (i) the last maturing commercial paper note issued or to 
be issued by the Purchaser matures and (ii) the last maturing Note issued or 
to be issued by the Purchaser.

          SECTION 20.    TRIAL BY JURY WAIVED.  Each of the parties hereto 
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right it may have to a 
trial by jury in respect of any litigation arising directly or indirectly out 
of, under or in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions 
contemplated hereunder.

                                      14

<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Purchaser, the Agent, Olympic and the 
Issuer have caused their names to be signed hereto by their respective 
officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

                              ARCADIA RECEIVABLES CONDUIT CORP.


                              By:  [illegible]
                                 ----------------------------------------
                                 Name: 
                                 Title:


                              OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                              By:  [illegible]
                                 ----------------------------------------
                                   Name:
                                   Title:



The foregoing Agreement
is hereby accepted as of the
3rd day of December, 1996:

RECEIVABLES CAPITAL CORPORATION


By: /s/ Stewart L. Cotter
   -------------------------------
   Name: Stewart L. Cotter
   Title: Vice President

BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL
  TRUST AND SAVINGS ASSOCIATION,
as Agent

By: /s/ Erik G. Ford
   --------------------------------
   Name: Erik G. Ford
   Title: as Attorney-in-Fact


                       [Signature Page to Note Purchase Agreement]


<PAGE>


                            SPREAD ACCOUNT AGREEMENT,

                           dated as of March 25, 1993,

                             as amended and restated

                            as of September 12, 1996

                                      among

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,

                       OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.,

                        FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                                       and

                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

                       as Trustee and as Collateral Agent
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
                                       
                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
Section 1.02.  Rules of Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

                                   ARTICLE II

           CREDIT ENHANCEMENT FEE; SERIES SUPPLEMENTS; THE COLLATERAL

Section 2.01.  Series 1993-A Credit Enhancement Fee. . . . . . . . . . . .  12
Section 2.02.  Series Supplements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
Section 2.03.  Grant of Security Interest by OFL and the Seller  . . . . .  13
Section 2.04.  Priority. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
Section 2.05.  Seller and OFL Remain Liable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
Section 2.06.  Maintenance of Collateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
Section 2.07.  Termination and Release of Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
Section 2.08.  Non-Recourse Obligations of Seller. . . . . . . . . . . . .  16

                                   ARTICLE III

                                 SPREAD ACCOUNTS

Section 3.01.  Establishment of Spread Accounts; Initial Deposits into 
               Spread Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
Section 3.02.  Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
Section 3.03.  Distributions: Priority of Payments . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
Section 3.04.  General Provisions Regarding Spread Accounts  . . . . . . .  22
Section 3.05.  Reports by the Collateral Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23

                                   ARTICLE IV

                              THE COLLATERAL AGENT

Section 4.01.  Appointment and Powers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  23
Section 4.02.  Performance of Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
Section 4.03.  Limitation on Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
Section 4.04.  Reliance upon Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24
Section 4.05.  Successor Collateral Agent. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  25
Section 4.06.  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  26

                                      i
<PAGE>
                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----

Section 4.07.  Compensation and Reimbursement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
Section 4.08.  Representations and Warranties of the Collateral Agent. . .  27
Section 4.09.  Waiver of Setoffs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27
Section 4.10.  Control by the Controlling Party. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28

                                    ARTICLE V

                             COVENANTS OF THE SELLER

Section 5.01.  Preservation of Collateral. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Section 5.02.  Opinions as to Collateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
Section 5.03.  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Section 5.04.  Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws; Marshalling of
               Assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Section 5.05.  Noninterference, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29
Section 5.06.  Seller Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  29

                                   ARTICLE VI

                   CONTROLLING PARTY; INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS

Section 6.01.  Appointment of Controlling Party. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
Section 6.02.  Controlling Party's Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  30
Section 6.03.  Rights of Secured Parties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32
Section 6.04.  Degree of Care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  32

                                   ARTICLE VII

                              REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

Section 7.01.  Remedies upon a Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
Section 7.02.  Waiver of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
Section 7.03.  Restoration of Rights and Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . .  33
Section 7.04.  No Remedy Exclusive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

Section 8.01.  Further Assurances. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
Section 8.02.  Waiver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
Section 8.03.  Amendments; Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  34
Section 8.04.  Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Section 8.05.  Nonpetition Covenant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35

                                      ii
<PAGE>

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
Section 8.06.  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  35
Section 8.07.  Term of this Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  37
Section 8.08.  Assignments: Third-Party Rights; Reinsurance  . . . . . . .  37
Section 8.09.  Consent of Controlling Party. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Section 8.10.  Trial by Jury Waived. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Section 8.11.  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Section 8.12.  Consents to Jurisdiction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  38
Section 8.13.  Limitation of Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
Section 8.14.  Determination of Adverse Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
Section 8.15.  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39
Section 8.16.  Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  39

EXHIBIT A      Form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement

                                      iii
<PAGE>

SPREAD ACCOUNT AGREEMENT, dated as of March 25, 1993, as amended and restated 
as of September 12, 1996 (the "Agreement"), by and among OLYMPIC FINANCIAL 
LTD., a Minnesota corporation ("OFL"), OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP., a 
Delaware corporation (the "Seller"), FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC., a New 
York stock insurance company ("Financial Security") and NORWEST BANK 
MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association in its 
capacities as Trustee under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to 
below and as Trustee under each Indenture referred to below, in such capacity 
as agent for the Noteholders and Certificateholders with respect to the 
related Series (in each such capacities the "Trustee") and as Collateral 
Agent (as defined below).

                                    RECITALS

          1.   Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1993-A (the "Series 
1993-A Trust") was formed pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
dated as of March 1, 1993 (the "Series 1993-A Pooling and Servicing 
Agreement"), among OFL, as Servicer, the Seller, the Trustee and the Backup 
Servicer.

          2.   Pursuant to the Series 1993-A Pooling and Servicing Agreement, 
the Seller sold to the Series 1993-A Trust all of its right, title and interest
in and to the Receivables and certain other Trust Property in exchange for the 
Series 1993-A Certificates.

          3.   The Seller has requested that Financial Security issue the 
Series 1993-A Policy to the Trustee to guarantee payment of the Guaranteed 
Distributions (as defined in such Policy) on each Distribution Date in 
respect of the Series 1993-A Certificates.

          4.   In partial consideration of the issuance of the Series 1993-A 
Policy, the Seller has agreed that Financial Security shall have certain 
rights as Controlling Party, to the extent set forth herein with respect to 
the Series 1993-A Trust.

          5.   The Seller is a wholly owned special purpose subsidiary of 
OFL. The Series 1993-A Trust has agreed to pay a certain Credit Enhancement 
Fee to the Seller in consideration of the obligations of the Seller and OFL 
pursuant hereto in respect of the Series 1993-A Certificates and in 
consideration of the obligations of OFL pursuant to the Series 1993-A 
Insurance Agreement (such obligations forming part of the Series 1993-A 
Insurer Secured Obligations referred to herein). The Series 1993-A Insurer 
Secured Obligations form part of the consideration to Financial Security for 
its issuance of the Series 1993-A Policy.

          6.   In order to secure the performance of the Series 1993-A 
Secured Obligations, to further effect and enforce the subordination 
provisions to which the Credit Enhancement Fee is subject, and in 
consideration of the receipt of the Credit Enhancement Fee, OFL and the 
Seller agreed to pledge the Series 1993-A Collateral as Collateral to the 
Collateral Agent for the benefit of Financial Security and for the benefit of 
the Trustee on behalf of the Trust, upon the terms and conditions set forth 
herein.

<PAGE>

          7.   It is contemplated (A) that the Seller and OFL may enter into 
one or more additional Pooling and Servicing Agreements with the Trustee and 
the Backup Servicer pursuant to which the Seller will sell all of its right, 
title and interest in pools of Receivables, and that Financial Security in 
its discretion may issue one or more Policies with respect to certain 
guaranteed distributions on the corresponding Series of Certificates and (B) 
that the Seller and OFL may enter into one or more Sale and Servicing 
Agreements with the related Trust and the Backup Servicer pursuant to which 
the Seller will sell all of its right, title and interest in pools of 
Receivables (each, a "Sale and Servicing Agreement"), that the Trust will 
issue one or more classes of Certificates pursuant to a Trust Agreement among 
the Seller, Financial Security, an Owner Trustee and certain other parties 
specified therein (each, a "Trust Agreement"), and will issue one or more 
classes of Notes pursuant to an Indenture among the related Trust, the 
Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, and that Financial Security in 
its discretion may issue one or more Policies with respect to certain 
guaranteed distributions on the corresponding Series of Certificates and may 
issue one or more Policies with respect to certain scheduled payments on the 
corresponding Series of Notes.  In connection with any such issuance of 
additional Policies, it is contemplated that Financial Security will obtain 
certain Controlling Party rights with respect to the related Series, and 
that, in connection with each such additional Series, the parties hereto will 
enter into a Series Supplement hereto pursuant to which the Seller will 
pledge additional Collateral pursuant to the terms hereof.

          8.   The Seller has entered into a Repurchase Agreement dated as of 
August 1, 1994 with Telluride Funding Corp. (the "Issuer") (the "Repurchase 
Agreement") pursuant to which the Seller has sold or will sell all of its 
right, title and interest in Receivables, and that the Issuer will issue one 
or more classes or tranches of Notes pursuant to an Indenture among the 
Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent, and that Financial 
Security in its discretion may issue one or more Policies with respect to 
certain scheduled payments on the corresponding Notes. 

          9.   The parties have previously executed, amended and restated 
this Agreement, and now wish to further amend and restate this Agreement to 
supplement certain provisions therein in order to reflect the intent of the 
parties.

                                   AGREEMENTS

          In consideration of the premises, and for other good and valuable 
consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby 
acknowledged the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.01.  DEFINITIONS.  All terms defined in the document 
entitled "OFL Grantor Trusts Standard Terms and Conditions of Agreement 
Effective March 1, 1993" (the "Standard Terms and Conditions") shall have the 
same meaning with respect to each Series in this Agreement. If the related 
Series was issued pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, all terms 
defined in Section 1.01 of such Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall have 
the same meaning with respect to the related Series in this Agreement.  If 
the related Series was issued pursuant to a Trust Agreement, Sale and 
Servicing Agreement and Indenture, all terms defined in the related Sale and 
Servicing Agreement shall have the same meaning with respect to the related 
Series in this Agreement.  If the related Series was issued pursuant to an 
Indenture and the related Receivables were sold to the Issuer pursuant to a 
Repurchase Agreement, all terms defined in the related Servicing Agreement 
and Repurchase Agreement shall have the same meaning with respect to the 
related Series in this Agreement.  If a term is defined herein with respect 
to Series 1993-A, if applicable, such term shall be defined with respect to 
any other Series in the Series Supplement related thereto.  The following 
terms shall have the following respective meanings:

                                       2
<PAGE>

          "AUTHORIZED OFFICER" means, (i) with respect to Financial Security, 
the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Executive Vice President or any 
Managing Director of Financial Security, (ii) with respect to the Trustee or 
the Collateral Agent, any Vice President or Trust Officer thereof, (iii) with 
respect to OFL, the President or any Vice President thereof, and (iv) with 
respect to the Seller, the President or any Vice President thereof.

          "AVERAGE DELINQUENCY RATIO" means, with respect to any Series and 
any Determination Date, the arithmetic average of the Delinquency Ratios for 
such Determination Date and the two immediately preceding Determination 
Dates.  

          "CAPTURE EVENT" means the occurrence of an "Event of Default," as 
defined in the Indenture, dated as of April 28, 1995, between OFL and Norwest 
Bank Minnesota, National Association, as amended or supplemented, relating to 
OFL's $145,000,000 13% Senior Notes due 2000, with respect to which a 
permanent waiver has not been effected in accordance with the terms of such 
agreement.

          "COLLATERAL" means the Series 1993-A Collateral and, with respect 
to any other Series, all collateral delivered hereunder with respect to each 
of the Series, as specified in the related Series Supplement.

          "COLLATERAL AGENT" means, initially, Norwest Bank Minnesota, 
National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent on behalf of the 
Secured Parties, including its successors in interest, until a successor 
Person shall have become the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 4.05 
hereof, and thereafter "Collateral Agent" shall mean such successor Person.

          "COLLECTION ACCOUNT SHORTFALL" means (A), with respect to any 
Series created pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, any 
Distribution Date, and a time of determination, the excess, if any, of the 
amount required to be distributed on such Distribution Date pursuant to 
subsections (i) through (vi) of Section 4.6(a) of the Standard Terms and 
Conditions over the amount on deposit in and available for distribution (or, 
for the purposes of Section 3.03(a), calculated on a pro forma basis to be on 
deposit in and available for distribution) on such Distribution Date from the 
Collection Account related to such Series, and (B) with respect to any Series 
created pursuant to a Trust Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement and 
Indenture, or with respect to any Series issued by the Issuer, the meaning 
assigned in the related Series Supplement.

          "CONTROLLING PARTY" means with respect to a Series, at any time, 
the Person designated as the Controlling Party at such time pursuant to 
Section 6.01 hereof.

          "CRAM DOWN LOSS" means, if a court of appropriate jurisdiction in 
an insolvency proceeding shall have issued an order reducing the Principal 
Balance of a Receivable, the amount of such reduction. A "Cram Down Loss" 
shall be deemed to have occurred on the date of issuance of such order.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          "CUMULATIVE DEFAULT RATE" means, with respect to any Determination 
Date and any Series, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator 
of which is equal to the sum of (a) the Principal Balance of all Receivables 
which became Spread Account Liquidated Receivables since the Cutoff Date as 
of the related Accounting Date plus (b) the Principal Balance of all 
Receivables with respect to which all or any portion of a Scheduled Payment 
has become 91 or more days delinquent as of the related Accounting Date (not 
including those Receivables included in clause (a) above) and the denominator 
of which is equal to the sum of (i) the original Aggregate Principal Balance 
as of the Initial Cutoff Date plus (ii) the Prefunded Amount as of the Series 
Closing Date.  

          "CUMULATIVE NET LOSS RATE" means, with respect to any Determination 
Date and any Series, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator 
of which is equal to the sum of (a) Net Losses for such Determination Date 
plus (b) 40% of the Principal Balance of all Receivables with respect to 
which all or any portion of a Scheduled Payment has become 91 or more days 
delinquent (not including Receivables included under the definition of Net 
Losses in clause (a) above) as of the related Accounting Date and the 
denominator of which is equal to the sum of (i) the original Aggregate 
Principal Balance as of the Initial Cutoff Date plus (ii) the Prefunded 
Amount as of the Series Closing Date.

          "DEEMED CURED" means,  (a) with respect to a Trigger Event that has 
occurred pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) of the definition thereof, as of a 
Determination Date with respect to Series 1994-B, Series 1994-A, Series 
1993-D, Series 1993-C, Series 1993-B or Series 1993-A, that no such clause 
(i) or clause (ii) Trigger Event with respect to such Series shall have 
occurred as of such Determination Date or as of any of the five consecutively 
preceding Determination Dates, and (b) with respect to a Trigger Event that 
has occurred pursuant to clause (iii) or clause (iv) of the definition 
thereof, as of the next Determination Date which occurs in a calendar month 
which is a multiple of three months succeeding the Closing Date with respect 
to Series 1994-B, Series 1994-A, Series 1993-D, Series 1993-C, Series 1993-B 
or Series 1993-A, that no such clause (iii) or clause (iv) Trigger Event with 
respect to such Series shall have occurred as of such Determination Date.

          "DEFAULT" means, with respect to any Series, at any time, (i) if 
Financial Security is then the Controlling Party with respect to such Series, 
any Insurance Agreement Event of Default with respect to such Series, and 
(ii) if the Trustee is then the Controlling Party with respect to such 
Series, any Servicer Termination Event with respect to such Series.

          "DELINQUENCY RATIO" means, with respect to any Determination Date 
and any Series, the fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of 
which is equal to the sum of the Principal Balances (as of the related 
Accounting Date) of all Receivables that were delinquent with respect to all 
or any portion of a Scheduled Payment more than 30 days as of the related 
Accounting Date or that became a Purchased Receivable as of the related 
Accounting Date and that were delinquent with respect to all or any portion 
of a Scheduled Payment more than 30 days as of such Accounting Date and the 
denominator of which is equal to the Aggregate Principal Balance as of the 
related Accounting Date.  

                                       4
<PAGE>

          "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT" means a segregated trust account that (i) is 
either (x) maintained with a depository institution or trust company the 
long-term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated "AA" or higher by 
Standard & Poor's and "Aa2" or higher by Moody's, or (y) maintained with a 
depository institution or trust company the commercial paper or other 
short-term unsecured debt obligations of which are rated "A-l+" by Standard & 
Poor's and "P-l" by Moody's and (ii) in either case, such depository 
institution or trust company shall have been specifically approved by the 
Controlling Party, acting in its discretion, by written notice to the 
Collateral Agent.

          "FINAL TERMINATION DATE" means, with respect to a Series, the date 
that is the later of (i) the Insurer Termination Date with respect to such 
Series and (ii) the Trustee Termination Date with respect to such Series.

          "FINANCIAL SECURITY DEFAULT" means, with respect to any Series, any 
one of the following events shall have occurred and be continuing:

          (a)  Financial Security shall have failed to make a payment required
     under a related Policy;

          (b)  Financial Security shall have (i) filed a petition or commenced
     any case or proceeding under any provision or chapter of the United States
     Bankruptcy Code, the New York State Insurance Law or any other similar
     federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation,
     liquidation or reorganization, (ii) made a general assignment for the
     benefit of its creditors, or (iii) had an order for relief entered against
     it under the United States Bankruptcy Code, the New York State Insurance
     Law, or any other similar federal or state law relating to insolvency,
     bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization which is final
     and nonappealable; or

          (c)  a court of competent jurisdiction, the New York Department of
     Insurance or other competent regulatory authority shall have entered a
     final and nonappealable order, judgment or decree (i) appointing a
     custodian, trustee, agent or receiver for Financial Security or for all or
     any material portion of its property or (ii) authorizing the taking of
     possession by a custodian, trustee, agent or receiver of Financial Security
     (or the taking of possession of all or any material portion of the property
     of Financial Security).

          "INITIAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means $59,222,640.38 with respect to 
Series 1993-A.

          "INITIAL SPREAD ACCOUNT DEPOSIT" means $2,368,906 for Series 1993-A.

          "INITIAL SPREAD ACCOUNT MAXIMUM AMOUNT" means, with respect to 
Series 1993-A and any Distribution Date, an amount equal to the greater of 
(i) 7% of the Certificate Balance as of such Distribution Date (after giving 
effect to the distribution in respect of principal made on such Distribution 
Date) and (ii) the Spread Account Minimum Amount as of such Distribution Date.

                                       5
<PAGE>

          "INSURANCE AGREEMENT" means, with respect to any Series, the 
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement among Financial Security, the Seller, OFL 
and such other parties as may be named therein, pursuant to which Financial 
Security issued (A) a Policy to the Trustee or (B) one or more Note Policies 
to the Trustee and/or one or more Certificate Policies to the Owner Trustee.

          "INSURER SECURED OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to a Series, all 
amounts and obligations which OFL, the Seller and such other parties as may 
be named therein may at any time owe or be required to perform to or on 
behalf of Financial Security (or any agents, accountants or attorneys for 
Financial Security) under the Insurance Agreement related to such Series or 
under any Transaction Document in respect of such Series, regardless of 
whether such amounts are owed or performance is due now or in the future, 
whether liquidated or unliquidated, contingent or non-contingent.

          "INSURER TERMINATION DATE" means, with respect to any Series, the 
date which is the latest of (i) the date of the expiration of all Policies 
issued in respect of such Series, (ii) the date on which Financial Security 
shall have received payment and performance in full of all Insurer Secured 
Obligations with respect to such Series and (iii) the latest date on which 
any payment referred to above could be avoided as a preference or otherwise 
under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal or state 
law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or 
reorganization, as specified in an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the 
Collateral Agent and the Trustee.

          "ISSUER" means Telluride Funding Corp.

          "LIEN" means, as applied to the property or assets (or the income, 
proceeds, products, rents or profits therefrom) of any Person, in each case 
whether the same is consensual or nonconsensual or arises by contract, 
operation of law, legal process or otherwise: (a) any mortgage, lien, pledge, 
attachment, charge, lease, conditional sale or other title retention 
agreement, or other security interest or encumbrance of any kind; or (b) any 
arrangement, express or implied, under which such property or assets (and/or 
such income, proceeds, products, rents or profits) are transferred, 
sequestered or otherwise identified for the purpose of subjecting or making 
available the same for payment of debt or performance of any other obligation 
in priority to the payment of the general, unsecured creditors of such Person.

          "NET LOSSES" means, with respect to any Determination Date and any 
Series, the positive difference of (A) the sum of (i) the aggregate of the 
Principal Balances as of the related Accounting Date (plus accrued and unpaid 
interest to the end of the related Monthly Period, at the applicable APR) of 
all Receivables that became Spread Account Liquidated Receivables since the 
Cutoff Date, plus (ii) the Purchase Amount of all Receivables that became 
Purchased Receivables as of the related Accounting Date and that were 
delinquent with respect to all or any portion of a Scheduled Payment more 
than 30 days as of such Accounting Date, plus (iii) the aggregate of all Cram 
Down Losses as of the related Accounting Date that occurred since the Cutoff 
Date, over (B) the Liquidation Proceeds received by the Trust as of the 
related Accounting Date since the Cutoff Date.  

                                       6


<PAGE>

         "NON-CONTROLLING PARTY" means, with respect to a Series, at any time,
the Secured Party that is not the Controlling Party at such time.

         "OBLIGOR" means, with respect to any Receivable, the purchaser or the
co-purchasers of the Financed Vehicle and any other Person or Persons who are
primarily or secondarily obligated to make payments under a Receivable.

         "OFL" means Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation.

         "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion of counsel acceptable, as
to form, substance and issuing counsel, to the Controlling Party.

         "PAYMENT PRIORITIES" means the priority of PRO RATA distributions
described in clause (iii) of priority THIRD of Section 3.03(a).

         "POLICY" means the Series 1993-A Policy and any insurance policy
subsequently issued by Financial Security with respect to a Series.

         "POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT" means, with respect to Series 1993-
A, the Series 1993-A Pooling and Servicing Agreement and, for each other Series
created pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement related to such Series.

         "SECURED OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to each Series, the Insurer
Secured Obligations with respect to such Series and the Trustee Secured
Obligations with respect to such Series.

         "SECURED PARTIES" means, with respect to a Series and the related
Collateral, each of the Trustee, in respect of the Trustee Secured Obligations
with respect to such Series, and Financial Security, in respect of the Insurer
Secured Obligations with respect to such Series.

         "SECURITY INTERESTS" means, with respect to Series 1993-A
Certificates, the security interests and Liens in the Series 1993-A Collateral
granted pursuant to Section 2.03 hereof, and, with respect to any other Series,
the security interests and Liens in the related Collateral granted pursuant to
the related Series Supplement.

         "SERIES 1993-A CERTIFICATES" means the Series of Certificates issued
on the date hereof pursuant to the Series 1993-A Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

         "SERIES 1993-A COLLATERAL" has the meaning specified in Section
2.03(a) hereof.

         "SERIES 1993-A CREDIT ENHANCEMENT FEE" means the amount distributable
on each Distribution Date pursuant to Section 4.6(a)(vi) and (vii) of the
Standard Terms and Conditions as incorporated by reference in the Series 1993-A
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                       7

<PAGE>

         "SERIES 1993-A POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT" means the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among OFL, in its individual
capacity and as Servicer, the Seller, the Trustee and the Backup Servicer, as
such agreement may be supplemented, amended or modified from time to time.

         "SERIES 1993-A RECEIVABLE" means each Receivable referenced on the
Schedule of Receivables attached to the Series 1993-A Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

         "SERIES OF SECURITIES" or "SERIES" means the Series 1993-A
Certificates or, as the context may require, any other series of Certificates
and/or Notes issued as described in Section 2.02 hereof, or collectively, all
such series; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, Series, as used collectively shall not include
any Series of Warehousing Notes when such term is used in, or with respect to,
the definitions "Average Default Rate," "Average Delinquency Ratio," "Average
Net Loss Rate," "Deemed Cured," "Delinquency Ratio," "Net Loss Rate," "Spread
Account Shortfall" and "Spread Account Default Level."

         "SERIES SUPPLEMENT" means a supplement hereto executed by the parties
hereto in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof.

         "SPREAD ACCOUNT" has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(a) hereof.

         "SPREAD ACCOUNT ADDITIONAL DEPOSIT" with respect to any Series created
pursuant to a Trust Agreement, Sale and Servicing Agreement and Indenture, has
the meaning assigned in the related Series Supplement.

         "SPREAD ACCOUNT LIQUIDATED RECEIVABLE" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, a Receivable as to which (i) 91 days have elapsed since the
Servicer repossessed the related Financed Vehicle, (ii) the Servicer has
determined in good faith that all amounts it expects to recover have been
received, or (iii) all or any portion of a Scheduled Payment shall have become
more than 180 days past due.

         "SPREAD ACCOUNT MAXIMUM AMOUNT" means, with respect to Series 1993-A
and any Distribution Date:

               (i)     if no Insurance Agreement Event of Default with 
     respect to such Series has occurred and is continuing as of the related 
     Determination Date, no Capture Event has occurred and is continuing as 
     of the related Determination Date, no Trigger Event has occurred as of 
     the related Determination Date, and any Trigger Event with respect to 
     such Series is Deemed Cured as of the related Determination Date, then 
     the Initial Spread Account Maximum Amount with respect to such Series 
     and such Distribution Date;

              (ii)     if (A) a Trigger Event with respect to Series 1993-A has
     occurred as of the Determination Date or (B) a Trigger Event with respect
     to Series 1993-A has occurred as of a prior Distribution Date and is not
     Deemed Cured as of the related

                                       8

<PAGE>

     Determination Date, and no Insurance Agreement Event of Default with 
     respect to Series 1993-A has occurred and is continuing and no Capture 
     Event has occurred and is continuing, the Spread Account Maximum Amount 
     shall be equal to the greater of (i) 10% of the Series 1993-A Balance 
     as of the close of business on such Distribution Date and (ii) the 
     Spread Account Minimum Amount as of the close of business on such 
     Distribution Date; or

             (iii)     if (A) an Insurance Agreement Event of Default 
     with respect to such Series has occurred and is continuing or (B) a 
     Capture Event has occurred and is continuing as of the related 
     Determination Date, the Spread Account Maximum Amount shall be equal to 
     the greater of (i) 25% of the Series 1993-A Balance as of the close of 
     business on such Distribution Date and (ii) the Spread Account Minimum 
     Amount as of the close of business on such Distribution Date.

         "SPREAD ACCOUNT MINIMUM AMOUNT" means, with respect to Series 1993-A
and any Distribution Date, an amount equal to the greater of:

               (i)     $100,000, and

              (ii)     the lesser of:

                       (A)  1% of the Initial Principal Amount of such Series,
                           but in no event less than $500,000, and

                       (B)  the Certificate Balance as of such Distribution 
                            Date (after giving effect to the distribution in
                            respect of principal made on such Distribution
                            Date).

         "SPREAD ACCOUNT SHORTFALL" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date and any Series with respect to which an Insurance Agreement Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, or a Capture Event has occurred and is
continuing, the excess, if any, of the Spread Account Maximum Amount for such
Series and such Distribution Date and the amount on deposit in such Spread
Account as of such Distribution Date after giving effect to distributions made
on such Distribution Date pursuant to priority SECOND of Section 3.03(b).

          "STOCK PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the Second Amended and Restated Stock
Pledge Agreement, dated as of August 26, 1994, between OFL, Financial Security
and the Collateral Agent.

          "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means, with respect to a Series, this
Agreement, each of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Trust Agreement, Sale
and Servicing Agreement and Indenture, or Servicing Agreement, Repurchase
Agreement, Indenture and Security Agreement, as applicable, the Insurance
Agreement, the Custodian Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, any

                                      9

<PAGE>

Subsequent Purchase Agreements and Subsequent Transfer Agreements, any 
Underwriting Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, and the Stock Pledge Agreement 
related to such Series.

         "TRIGGER EVENT" means, with respect to Series 1993-A and as of a
Determination Date the occurrence of any of the following event:

          (i)    [reserved];

         (ii)    the Average Delinquency Ratio for such Determination Date shall
                 be equal to or greater than 4.50%;

        (iii)    the Cumulative Default Rate shall be equal to or greater than
                 (A) 3.15%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring
                 prior to or during the sixth calendar month succeeding the
                 Series 1993-A Closing Date, (B) 5.50%, with respect to any
                 Determination Date occurring after the sixth, and prior to or
                 during the 12th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1993-A
                 Closing Date, (C) 7.0%, with respect to any Determination Date
                 occurring after the 12th, and prior to or during the 18th,
                 calendar month succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, (D)
                 7.5%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after
                 the 18th, and prior to or during the 24th, calendar month
                 succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, (E) 8.15%, with
                 respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 24th, and
                 prior to or during the 30th, calendar month succeeding the
                 Series 1993-A Closing Date, (F) 8.75%, with respect to any
                 Determination Date occurring after the 30th, and prior to or
                 during the 36th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1993-A
                 Closing Date, (G) 9.0%, with respect to any Determination Date
                 occurring after the 36th, and prior to or during the 42nd,
                 calendar month succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, (H)
                 9.25%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after
                 the 42nd, and prior to or during the 48th, calendar month
                 succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, (I) 9.50%, with
                 respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 48th, and
                 prior to or during the 54th, calendar month succeeding the
                 Series 1993-A Closing Date, (J) 9.75%, with respect to any
                 Determination Date occurring after the 54th, and prior to or
                 during the 60th calendar month succeeding the Series 1993-A
                 Closing Date, (K) 9.9%, with respect to any Determination Date
                 occurring after the 60th, and prior to or during the 66th,
                 calendar month succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, or
                 (L) 10.0%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring
                 after the 66th, and prior to or during the 72nd, calendar month
                 succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date; or

         (iv)    the Cumulative Net Loss Rate shall be equal to or greater than
                 (A) 1.25%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring
                 prior to or during the sixth calendar month succeeding the
                 Series 1993-A Closing

                                      10

<PAGE>

                 Date, (B) 2.0%, with respect to any Determination Date 
                 occurring after the sixth, and prior to or during the 12th, 
                 calendar month succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, 
                 (C) 2.75%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
                 after the 12th, and prior to or during the 18th, calendar 
                 month succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, (D) 3.0%, 
                 with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 
                 18th, and prior to or during the 24th, calendar month 
                 succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, (E) 3.25%, with 
                 respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 24th, 
                 and prior to or during the 30th, calendar month succeeding 
                 the Series 1993-A Closing Date, (F) 3.5%, with respect to 
                 any Determination Date occurring after the 30th, and prior 
                 to or during the 36th, calendar month succeeding the Series 
                 1993-A Closing Date, (G) 3.6%, with respect to any 
                 Determination Date occurring after the 36th, and prior to or 
                 during the 42nd, calendar month succeeding the Series 1993-A 
                 Closing Date, (H) 3.7%, with respect to any Determination 
                 Date occurring after the 42nd, and prior to or during the 
                 48th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing 
                 Date, (I) 3.8%, with respect to any Determination Date 
                 occurring after the 48th, and prior to or during the 54th, 
                 calendar month succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, 
                 (J) 3.9%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
                 after the 54th, and prior to or during the 60th, calendar 
                 month succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, (K) 3.95%, 
                 with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 
                 60th, and prior to or during the 66th, calendar month 
                 succeeding the Series 1993-A Closing Date, or (L) 4.0%, with 
                 respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 66th, 
                 and prior to or during the 72nd, calendar month succeeding 
                 the Series 1993-A Closing Date.

         "TRUST" means a trust formed pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement or a Trust Agreement, as the case may be.

         "TRUST PROPERTY," with respect to any Series, has the meaning
specified in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Trust Agreement, as
the case may be.

         "TRUSTEE" means (A) with respect to any Series created pursuant to a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee named in such Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, or (B) with respect to any Series issued pursuant to an Indenture,
the Trustee named in such Indenture in its capacity as agent for the Noteholders
and, if applicable, the Certificateholders.

         "TRUSTEE SECURED OBLIGATIONS" means, with respect to a Series, all
amounts and obligations which OFL or the Seller may at any time owe or be
required to perform to or on behalf of (i) the Trustee, the Trust or the
Certificateholders under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to
such Series, or (ii) the Trustee, the Owner Trustee, the Trust, the
Certificateholders

                                      11


<PAGE>

or the Noteholders under the Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement or the Indenture with respect to such Series.

         "TRUSTEE TERMINATION DATE" means, with respect to any Series, the date
which is the latest of (i) the date on which the Trustee shall have received, as
Trustee for the holders of the Certificates of such Series, or as Indenture
Trustee on behalf of (and as agent for) the Noteholders and/or
Certificateholders of such Series, payment and performance in full of all
Trustee Secured Obligations arising out of or relating to such Series and (ii)
the date on which all payments in respect of the Certificates shall have been
made and the related Trust shall have been terminated pursuant to the terms of
the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Trust Agreement.

         "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT" means, with respect to any Series, the
Underwriting Agreement among OFL, the Seller and the Underwriters named therein.

         "UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE" or "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code
in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as the same may be amended from time to
time.

         "WAREHOUSING SERIES" means all notes issued by the Issuer.

         Section 1.02.  RULES OF INTERPRETATION. The terms "hereof," "herein"
or "hereunder," unless otherwise modified by more specific reference, shall
refer to this Agreement in its entirety. Unless otherwise indicated in context,
the terms "Article," "Section," "Appendix," "Exhibit" or "Annex" shall refer to
an Article or Section of, or Appendix, Exhibit or Annex to, this Agreement. The
definition of a term shall include the singular, the plural, the past, the
present, the future, the active and the passive forms of such term. A term
defined herein and used herein preceded by a Series designation, shall mean such
term as it relates to the Series designated.


                                   ARTICLE II

           CREDIT ENHANCEMENT FEE; SERIES SUPPLEMENTS; THE COLLATERAL

          Section 2.01.  SERIES 1993-A CREDIT ENHANCEMENT FEE. The Series 1993-A
Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides for the payment to the Seller of a
Series 1993-A Credit Enhancement Fee, to be paid to the Seller by distribution
of such amounts to the Collateral Agent for deposit and distribution pursuant to
this Agreement. The Seller and OFL hereby agree that payment of the Series 1993-
A Credit Enhancement Fee in the manner and subject to the conditions set forth
herein and in the Series 1993-A Pooling and Servicing Agreement is adequate
consideration and the exclusive consideration to be received by the Seller or
OFL for the obligations of the Seller pursuant hereto and the obligations of OFL
pursuant hereto (including, without limitation, the transfer by the Seller to
the Collateral Agent of the Initial Spread Account Deposit) and pursuant to the
Series 1993-A Insurance Agreement. The Seller and OFL hereby

                                      12

<PAGE>

agree with the Trustee and with Financial Security that payment of the Series 
1993-A Credit Enhancement Fee to the Seller is expressly conditioned on 
subordination of the Series 1993-A Credit Enhancement Fee to payments on the 
Certificates of any Series, payments on the Notes of any Series, payments of 
amounts due to Financial Security and the other obligations of the Trusts, in 
each case to the extent provided in Section 4.6 of the Standard Terms and 
Conditions and Section 3.03 hereof; and the Security Interest of the Secured 
Parties in the Series 1993-A Collateral is intended to effect and enforce 
such subordination and to provide security for the Series 1993-A Secured 
Obligations and the Secured Obligations with respect to each other Series.

         Section 2.02.  SERIES SUPPLEMENTS. The parties hereto intend to enter
into a Series Supplement hereto with respect to any Series other than the Series
1993-A Certificates. The parties will enter into a Series Supplement only if the
following conditions shall have been satisfied:

                 (i)   The Seller shall have sold Receivables to a Trust or to a
     corporation pursuant to (A) a Pooling and Servicing Agreement under which
     the Trustee shall act as trustee, (B) a Sale and Servicing Agreement in
     form and substance satisfactory to Financial Security, with respect to
     which the Trustee shall act as Indenture Trustee, and which Sale and
     Servicing Agreement may provide for the sale of Subsequent Receivables to
     the related Trust or (C) a Repurchase Agreement in form and substance
     satisfactory to Financial Security, with respect to which the Trustee shall
     act as Indenture Trustee with respect to the related Notes;

                (ii)   Financial Security shall have issued (A) one or more
     Policies in respect of the Guaranteed Distributions on Certificates issued
     pursuant to the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Trust Agreement,
     and/or (B) one or more Note Policies in respect of the Scheduled Payments
     on the Notes issued pursuant to the related Indenture; and

               (iii)   Pursuant to the related Series Supplement any and all
     right, title and interest of the Seller, OFL or any affiliate of either of
     them in the Collateral specified herein shall be pledged to the Secured
     Parties substantially on the terms set forth in Section 2.03 hereof.

          Section 2.03.  GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST BY OFL AND THE SELLER.

          (a)    In order to secure the performance of the Secured Obligations
with respect to each Series, the Seller (and OFL, to the extent it may have any
rights therein) hereby pledges, assigns, grants, transfers and conveys to the
Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties to
secure the Secured Obligations with respect to each Series, a lien on and
security interest in (which lien and security interest is intended to be prior
to all other liens, security interest or other encumbrances), all of its right,
title and interest in and to the following (all being collectively referred to
herein as the "Series 1993-A Collateral"):

                                      13


<PAGE>

              (i)  the Series 1993-A Credit Enhancement Fee and all rights and
     remedies that the Seller may have to enforce payment of the Series 1993-A
     Credit Enhancement Fee whether under the Series 1993-A Pooling and
     Servicing Agreement or otherwise;

             (ii)  the Series 1993-A Spread Account established pursuant to
     Section 3.01 hereof, and each other account owned by the Seller and
     maintained by the Collateral Agent (including, without limitation, all
     monies, checks, securities, investments and other documents from time to
     time held in or evidencing any such accounts);

            (iii)  all of the Seller's right, title and interest in and to
     investments made with proceeds of the property described in clauses (i) and
     (ii) above, or made with amounts on deposit in the Series 1993-A Spread
     Account; and

             (iv)  all distributions, revenues, products, substitutions,
     benefits, profits and proceeds, in whatever form, of any of the foregoing.

         (b)    In order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this
Agreement, including for the purpose of perfecting the security interests
granted hereunder, the Seller represents and warrants that it has, prior to the
execution of this Agreement, executed and filed an appropriate Uniform
Commercial Code financing statement in Minnesota sufficient to assure that the
Collateral Agent, as agent for the Secured Parties, has a first priority
perfected security interest in all Series 1993-A Collateral which can be
perfected by the filing of a financing statement.

         Section 2.04.  PRIORITY. The Seller (and OFL, to the extent it may
have any rights in the Collateral) intends the security interests in favor of
the Secured Parties to be prior to all other Liens in respect of the Collateral,
and OFL and the Seller shall take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain,
in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a
first lien on and a first priority, perfected security interest in the
Collateral. Subject to the provisions hereof specifying the rights and powers of
the Controlling Party from time to time to control certain specified matters
relating to the Collateral, each Secured Party shall have all of the rights,
remedies and recourse with respect to the Collateral afforded a secured party
under the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York and all other
applicable law in addition to, and not in limitation of, the other rights,
remedies and recourse granted to such Secured Parties by this Agreement or any
other law relating to the creation and perfection of liens on, and security
interests in, the Collateral.

         Section 2.05.  SELLER AND OFL REMAIN LIABLE. The Security Interests
are granted as security only and shall not (i) transfer or in any way affect or
modify, or relieve either the Seller or OFL from, any obligation to perform or
satisfy, any term, covenant, condition or agreement to be performed or satisfied
by the Seller or OFL under or in connection with this Agreement, the Insurance
Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or (ii)
impose any obligation on any of the Secured Parties or the Collateral Agent to
perform or observe any such term, covenant, condition or agreement or impose any
liability on any of the Secured Parties or the Collateral Agent for any act or
omission on its part relative thereto or for

                                      14


<PAGE>

any breach of any representation or warranty on its part contained therein or 
made in connection therewith, except, in each case, to the extent provided 
herein and in the other Transaction Documents.

         Section 2.06.  MAINTENANCE OF COLLATERAL.

         (a)    SAFEKEEPING. The Collateral Agent agrees to maintain the
Collateral received by it (or evidence thereof, in the case of book-entry
securities in the name of the Collateral Agent) and all records and documents
relating thereto at the office of the Collateral Agent specified in Section 8.06
hereof or such other address within the State of Minnesota (unless all filings
have been made to continue the perfection of the security interest in the
Collateral to the extent such security interest can be perfected by filing a
financing statement, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the
Controlling Party), as may be approved by the Controlling Party. The Collateral
Agent shall keep all Collateral and related documentation in its possession
separate and apart from all other property that it is holding in its possession
and from its own general assets and shall maintain accurate records pertaining
to the Eligible Investments and Spread Accounts included in the Collateral in
such a manner as shall enable the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties to
verify the accuracy of such record-keeping. The Collateral Agent's books and
records shall at all times show that the Collateral is held by the Collateral
Agent as agent of the Secured Parties and is not the property of the Collateral
Agent. The Collateral Agent will promptly report to each Secured Party and the
Seller any failure on its part to hold the Collateral as provided in this
Section 2.06(a) and will promptly take appropriate action to remedy any such
failure.

         (b)    ACCESS. The Collateral Agent shall permit each of the Secured
Parties, or their respective duly authorized representatives, attorneys,
auditors or designees, to inspect the Collateral in the possession of or
otherwise under the control of the Collateral Agent pursuant hereto at such
reasonable times during normal business hours as any such Secured Party may
reasonably request upon not less than one Business Day's prior written notice.

         Section 2.07.  TERMINATION AND RELEASE OF RIGHTS.

         (a)    On the Insurer Termination Date relating to a Series, the
rights, remedies, powers, duties, authority and obligations conferred upon
Financial Security pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Collateral
related to such Series shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and
all rights, remedies, powers, duties, authority and obligations of Financial
Security with respect to such Collateral shall be automatically released;
PROVIDED that any indemnity provided to or by Financial Security herein shall
survive such Insurer Termination Date. If Financial Security is acting as
Controlling Party with respect to a Series on the related Insurer Termination
Date, Financial Security agrees, at the expense of the Seller, to execute and
deliver such instruments as the successor Controlling Party may reasonably
request to effectuate such release, and any such instruments so executed and
delivered shall be fully binding on Financial Security and any Person claiming
by, through or under Financial Security.

                                      15

<PAGE>

         (b)    On the Trustee Termination Date related to a Series, the
rights, remedies, powers, duties, authority and obligations, if any, conferred
upon the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Collateral related
to such Series shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and all
such rights, remedies, powers, duties, authority and obligations of the Trustee
with respect to such Collateral shall be automatically released; PROVIDED that
any indemnity provided to the Trustee herein shall survive such Trustee
Termination Date. If the Trustee is acting as Controlling Party with respect to
a Series on the related Trustee Termination Date, the Trustee agrees, at the
expense of the Seller, to execute and deliver such instruments as the Seller may
reasonably request to effectuate such release, and any such instruments so
executed and delivered shall be fully binding on the Trustee.

         (c)    On the Final Termination Date with respect to a Series, the
rights, remedies, powers, duties, authority and obligations conferred upon the
Collateral Agent and each Secured Party pursuant to this Agreement with respect
to such Series shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and all
rights, remedies, powers, duties, authority and obligations of the Collateral
Agent and each Secured Party with respect to the Collateral related to such
Series shall be automatically released. On the Final Termination Date with
respect to a Series, the Collateral Agent agrees, and each Secured Party agrees,
at the expense of the Seller, to execute such instruments of release, in
recordable form if necessary, in favor of the Seller as the Seller may
reasonably request, to deliver any Collateral in its possession to the Seller,
and to otherwise release the lien of this Agreement and release and deliver to
the Seller the Collateral related to such Series.

         Section 2.08.  NON-RECOURSE OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER. Notwithstanding
anything herein or in the other Transaction Documents to the contrary, the
parties hereto agree that the obligations of the Seller hereunder (without
limiting the obligation to apply distributions of the respective Credit
Enhancement Fees in accordance with Section 3.03(b)) shall be recourse only to
the extent of amounts released to the Seller pursuant to priority EIGHTH of
Section 3.03(b) and retained by the Seller in accordance with the next sentence.
The Seller agrees that it shall not declare or make payment of (i) any dividend
or other distribution on or in respect of any shares of its capital stock or
(ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or
acquisition of (x) any shares of its capital stock or (y) any option, warrant or
other right to acquire shares of its capital stock, or (iii) any payment of any
loan made by OFL to the Seller, unless (in each case) at the time of such
declaration or payment (and after giving effect thereto) no amount payable by
Seller under any Transaction Document is then due and owing but unpaid. Nothing
contained herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Certificateholders
(or Certificate Owners) or Noteholders (or Note Owners) under any other
Transaction Document.

                                      16


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

                                 SPREAD ACCOUNTS


          Section 3.01.  ESTABLISHMENT OF SPREAD ACCOUNTS; INITIAL DEPOSITS INTO
                         SPREAD ACCOUNTS.

          (a)    On or prior to the Closing Date relating to a Series, the 
Collateral Agent shall establish with respect to such Series, at its office 
or at another depository institution or trust company an Eligible Account, 
designated, "Spread Account -- Series [insert Series designation] -- Norwest 
Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Collateral Agent for Financial 
Security Assurance Inc. and another Secured Party" (the "Spread Account"). 
All Spread Accounts established under this Agreement from time to time shall 
be maintained at the same depository institution (which depository 
institution may be changed from time to time in accordance with this 
Agreement). If any Spread Account established with respect to a Series ceases 
to be an Eligible Account, the Collateral Agent shall, within five Business 
Days, establish a new Eligible Account for such Series.

          (b)    No withdrawals may be made of funds in any Spread Account 
except as provided in Section 3.03 of this Agreement. Except as specifically 
provided in this Agreement, funds in a Spread Account established with 
respect to a Series shall not be commingled with funds in a Spread Account 
established with respect to another Series or with any other moneys. All 
moneys deposited from time to time in such Spread Account and all investments 
made with such moneys shall be held by the Collateral Agent as part of the 
Collateral with respect to such Series.

          (c)    On the Closing Date with respect to a Series, the Collateral 
Agent shall deposit the Initial Spread Account Deposit with respect to such 
Series, if any, received from the Seller into the related Spread Account. On 
each Subsequent Transfer Date (if any) with respect to a Series, the 
Collateral Agent shall deposit the Spread Account Additional Deposit 
delivered by the related Trust on behalf of the Seller into the related 
Spread Account.

          (d)    Each Spread Account shall be separate from each respective 
Trust or Issuer and amounts on deposit therein will not constitute a part of 
the Trust Property of any Trust or the assets of any Issuer.  Except as 
specifically provided herein, each Spread Account shall be maintained by the 
Collateral Agent at all times separate and apart from any other account of 
the Seller, OFL, the Servicer or the Trust or the Issuer, as the case may be. 
 All income or loss on investments of funds in any Spread Account shall be 
reported by the Seller as taxable income or loss of the Seller.

          Section 3.02.  INVESTMENTS.

          (a)    Funds which may at any time be held in the Spread Account
established with respect to a Series shall be invested and reinvested by the
Collateral Agent, at the written

                                       17
<PAGE>

direction (which may include, subject to the provisions hereof, general 
standing instructions) of the Seller (unless a Default shall have occurred 
and be continuing, in which case at the written direction of the Controlling 
Party) or its designee received by the Collateral Agent by 1:00 P.M. New York 
City time on the Business Day prior to the date on which such investment 
shall be made, in one or more Eligible Investments in the manner specified in 
Section 3.02(c). If no written direction with respect to any portion of such 
Spread Account is received by the Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent 
shall invest such funds overnight in such Eligible Investments as the 
Collateral Agent may select, provided that the Collateral Agent shall not be 
liable for any loss or absence of income resulting from such investments.

          (b)    Each investment made pursuant to this Section 3.02 on any 
date shall mature not later than the Business Day immediately preceding the 
Distribution Date next succeeding the day such investment is made, except 
that any investment made on the day preceding a Distribution Date shall 
mature on such Distribution Date; PROVIDED that any investment of funds in 
any Account maintained with the Collateral Agent in any investment as to 
which the Collateral Agent is the obligor, if otherwise qualified as an 
Eligible Investment (including any repurchase agreement on which the 
Collateral Agent in its commercial capacity is liable as principal), may 
mature on the Distribution Date next succeeding the date of such investment.

          (c)    Any investment of funds in the Spread Account shall be made 
in Eligible Investments held by a financial institution in accordance with 
the following requirements:  (a) all Eligible Investments shall be held in an 
account with such financial institution in the name of the Collateral Agent, 
(b) with respect to securities held in such account, such securities shall be 
(i) certificated securities (as such term is used in N.Y. U.C.C. Section 
8-313(d)(i), securities deemed to be certificated securities under applicable 
regulations of the United States government, or uncertificated securities 
issued by an issuer organized under the laws of the State of New York or the 
State of Delaware, (ii) either (A) in the possession of such institution, (b) 
in the possession of a clearing corporation (as such term is used in Minn. 
Stat. Section 336.8-313(g)) in the State of New York, registered in the name 
of such clearing corporation or its nominee, not endorsed for collection or 
surrender or any other purpose not involving transfer, not containing any 
evidence of a right or interest inconsistent with the Collateral Agent's 
security interest therein, and held by such clearing corporation in an 
account of such institution, (C) held in an account of such institution with 
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or the Federal Reserve Bank of 
Minneapolis, or (D) in the case of uncertificated securities, issued in the 
name of such institution, and (iii) identified, by book entry or otherwise, 
as held for the account of, or pledged to, the Collateral Agent on the 
records of such institution, and such institution shall have sent the 
Collateral Agent a confirmation thereof, (c) with respect to repurchase 
obligations held in such account, such repurchase obligations shall be 
identified by such institution, by book entry or otherwise, as held for the 
account of, or pledged to, the Collateral Agent on the records of such 
institution, and the related securities shall be held in accordance with the 
requirements of clause (b) above, and (d) with respect to other Eligible 
Investments other than securities and repurchase agreements, such Eligible 
Investments shall be held in a manner acceptable to the Collateral Agent. 
Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Collateral Agent shall have sole 
control over each such investment and the income thereon, and any certificate 
or other instrument evidencing any such investment, if any, shall be 
delivered directly to the Collateral Agent or its agent,

                                       18
<PAGE>

together with each document of transfer, if any, necessary to transfer title 
to such investment to the Collateral Agent in a manner which complies with 
Section 2.06 and this subsection.

          (d)    If amounts on deposit in any Spread Account are at any time 
invested in an Eligible Investment payable on demand, the Collateral Agent 
shall (i) consistent with any notice required to be given thereunder, demand 
that payment thereon be made on the last day such Eligible Investment is 
permitted to mature under the provisions hereof and (ii) demand payment of 
all amounts due thereunder promptly upon receipt of written notice from the 
Controlling Party to the effect that such investment does not constitute an 
Eligible Investment.

          (e)    All moneys on deposit in a Spread Account, together with any 
deposits or securities in which such moneys may be invested or reinvested, 
and any gains from such investments, shall constitute Collateral hereunder 
with respect to the related Series subject to the Security Interests of the 
Secured Parties.

          (f)    Subject to Section 4.03 hereof, the Collateral Agent shall 
not be liable by reason of any insufficiency in any Spread Account resulting 
from any loss on any Eligible Investment included therein except for losses 
attributable to the Collateral Agent's failure to make payments on Eligible 
Investments as to which the Collateral Agent, in its commercial capacity, is 
obligated.

          Section 3.03.  DISTRIBUTIONS: PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS.

          (a)    On or before each Deficiency Claim Date, the Collateral 
Agent will make the following calculations on the basis of information 
(including, without limitation, the amount of any Collection Account 
Shortfall with respect to any Series) received pursuant to (x) Section 3.9 of 
the Standard Terms and Conditions, Section 5.03 of the Pooling and Servicing 
Agreements, or (y) Section 3.9 of the Sale and Servicing Agreements, or (z) 
Section 4.1 of the Servicing Agreement, as applicable, with respect to each 
Series; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Collateral Agent receives notice from 
Financial Security of the occurrence of an Insurance Agreement Event of 
Default with respect to any Series, or of the occurrence of a Capture Event, 
such notice shall be determinative for the purposes of determining the Spread 
Account Default Level and Spread Account Maximum Amount for such Series:

          FIRST, determine the amounts to be on deposit in the respective Spread
     Accounts (taking into account amounts in respect of the respective Credit
     Enhancement Fees to be deposited into the related Spread Accounts) on the
     next succeeding Distribution Date which will be available to satisfy any
     Collection Account Shortfall and any Warehousing Shortfall;

          SECOND, determine (i) the amounts, if any, to be distributed from each
     Spread Account related to each Series with respect to which there exists a
     Collection Account Shortfall and (ii) whether, following distribution from
     the related Spread Accounts to the respective Trustees for deposit into the
     respective Collection Accounts with respect to

                                       19
<PAGE>

     which there exist Collection Account Shortfalls, a Collection Account 
     Shortfall will continue to exist with respect to one or more Series;

          THIRD, (i) if a Collection Account Shortfall will continue to exist
     with respect to one or more Series (excluding the Warehousing Series)
     following the distributions from the related Spread Accounts contemplated
     by paragraph SECOND above, determine the amount, if any, to be distributed
     to the Trustee with respect to each Series from unrelated Spread Accounts
     (including the Warehousing Series Spread Account) in respect of such
     Collection Account Shortfall(s) and (ii) if a Warehousing Shortfall will
     exist with respect to the Warehousing Series, determine the amount, if any,
     to be distributed to the Trustee with respect to such Series from unrelated
     Spread Accounts in respect of such Warehousing Shortfall.  This
     determination shall be made as follows:  (i) of the aggregate of the
     amounts to be on deposit in the respective Spread Accounts for such
     Distribution Date (as determined pursuant to paragraph FIRST above, after
     making the withdrawals pursuant to paragraph SECOND above), up to the
     aggregate of the Collection Account Shortfalls (excluding any Collection
     Account Shortfall with respect to the Warehousing Series) and any
     Warehousing Shortfall for such Distribution Date, (ii) drawn from each
     Spread Account PRO RATA in accordance with amounts on deposit therein, and
     (iii) distributed to the respective Trustees in the following order of
     priority and PRO RATA within each priority (1) in the same priority as
     amounts are to be distributed pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Standard Terms
     and Conditions included in the respective Pooling and Servicing Agreements
     and pursuant to Section 4.6 of the respective Sale and Servicing
     Agreements, and pursuant to Section 3.6(a) or 3.6(b)(II) of the Servicing
     Agreement, as applicable, so that any shortfalls with respect to priority
     (i) of each such Section are to be covered first, any shortfalls with
     respect to priority (ii) of each such Section are to be covered second, and
     so forth, until priority (v) of such Section, so that priority (v) of
     Section 4.6 of the Standard Terms and Conditions and of the Sale and
     Servicing Agreement and priority (v)(B) of Section 3.6(a) or priority (v)
     of Section 3.6(b)(II) of the Servicing Agreement are to be covered fifth,
     (2) if Section 4.6 of one or more Sale and Servicing Agreements provides
     for distribution in respect of interest or principal on Notes or
     Certificates with priorities numerically greater than (v), in the same
     priority as amounts are to be distributed pursuant to each such Section
     4.6, so that any shortfalls with respect to priority (vi) of each such
     Section 4.6 are covered first, and so forth through all priorities relating
     to interest or principal on Notes or Certificates and (3) amounts to be
     distributed to the Security Insurer;

          On such Deficiency Claim Date, the Collateral Agent shall deliver a
certificate to each Trustee in respect of which the Collateral Agent has
received notice pursuant to (i) Section 3.9 of the Standard Terms and Conditions
of a Collection Account Shortfall or (ii) Section 3.9 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement of a Collection Account Shortfall or (iii) Section 4.1 of the
Servicing Agreement of a Collection Account Shortfall or Warehousing Shortfall
stating the amount (which, in the case of (i) and (ii) above, shall be the sum
of the amount, if any, to be withdrawn from the related Spread Account, as
calculated pursuant to paragraph SECOND of this Section 3.03(a), plus, the
amount, if any, to be withdrawn from unrelated Spread Accounts, as calculated
pursuant to paragraph THIRD of this Section 3.03(a), and which, in the case of a
Warehousing Shortfall or Collection Account Shortfall referred to in clause
(iii) shall be the respective amounts, if any, withdrawn from unrelated Spread
Accounts, as calculated pursuant to paragraph THIRD of this Section 3.03(a) or
calculated to be available pursuant to priority SEVENTH of Section 3.03(b)), if
any, to be distributed to such Trustee on the next Distribution Date in respect
of such Collection Account Shortfall or Warehousing Shortfall, as the case may
be.

                                       20
<PAGE>

          (b)    On each Distribution Date, following delivery by the Trustee 
of the respective Credit Enhancement Fees for deposit into the respective 
Spread Accounts pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Standard Terms and Conditions 
included in the respective Pooling and Servicing Agreements or Section 4.6 of 
the respective Sale and Servicing Agreements, or Section 3.6 of the 
respective Servicing Agreement, as applicable, and upon receipt of a 
Deficiency Notice with respect to one or more such Series, or with respect to 
priorities FIFTH and SIXTH to the extent the amounts referred to therein are 
due and owing the Collateral Agent shall make the following distributions in 
the following order of priority:

          FIRST, if with respect to any Series there exists a Collection 
Account Shortfall from the Spread Account related to such Series, to the 
Trustee for deposit in the related Collection Account the amount of such 
Collection Account Shortfall;

          SECOND, if with respect to any Series (excluding the Warehousing 
Series) there exists a Collection Account Shortfall after deposit into the 
Collection Account of amounts distributed pursuant to priority FIRST, or if 
with respect to the Warehousing Series there exists a Warehousing Shortfall 
from each Spread Account (including the Warehousing Series Spread Account), 
pro rata in accordance with amounts on deposit therein (but in no event shall 
a withdrawal from a Spread Account pursuant to this priority SECOND cause the 
amount on deposit in such Spread Account to be below the Spread Account 
Withdrawal Floor for such Spread Account if a Spread Account Withdrawal Floor 
is specified in the Series Supplement establishing such Spread Account), an 
amount up to the aggregate of the Collection Account Shortfalls for all 
Series (excluding the Warehousing Series) and any Warehousing Shortfall, to 
the respective Trustees in accordance with the Payment Priorities for deposit 
in the respective Collection Accounts with respect to which there exist 
Collection Account Shortfalls or a Warehousing Shortfall;

          THIRD, if with respect to one or more Series (excluding the 
Warehousing Series) there exists a Spread Account Shortfall, from amounts, if 
any, on deposit in each Spread Account in excess of the related Spread 
Account Maximum Amount (after making any withdrawals therefrom required by 
priority FIRST or SECOND of this Section 3.03(b)), an amount in the aggregate 
up to the aggregate of the Spread Account Shortfalls for all Series for 
deposit into each Spread Account PRO RATA in accordance with their respective 
Spread Account Shortfalls;

          FOURTH, if with respect to one or more Series (excluding the 
Warehousing Series), amounts have been withdrawn from the related Spread 
Account pursuant to priority FIRST or SECOND of this Section 3.03(b) on such 
Distribution Date and/or on prior Distribution Dates and such amounts have 
not been redeposited in full into such Spread Account pursuant to this 
priority FOURTH (such amounts in the aggregate for a Series "Unreimbursed 
Amounts"), from amounts, if any, on deposit in each Spread Account in excess 
of the related Spread Account Maximum Amount (after making any withdrawals 
therefrom required by priority FIRST, SECOND or THIRD of this Section 
3.03(b)), an amount up to the aggregate of the Unreimbursed Amounts for all 
such Series for deposit into each Spread Account with respect to which there 
exist Unreimbursed Amounts PRO RATA in accordance with the excess of the 
Spread Account Maximum Amount of each such Spread Account over the amount on 
deposit in such Spread Account;

                                       21
<PAGE>

          FIFTH, if any amounts are owed to a successor Servicer pursuant to 
Section 9.3(c) of the Standard Terms and Conditions included in a Pooling and 
Servicing Agreement or Section 8.3(c) of a Sale and Servicing Agreement or 
Section 6.2 of a Servicing Agreement and such amounts are not payable 
pursuant to Section 4.6(a)(i) of the Standard Terms and Conditions included 
in such Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Section 4.6(i) of such Sale and 
Servicing Agreement or Section 3.6 of a Servicing Agreement, as applicable, 
from amounts on deposit in the related Spread Account, an amount up to the 
amount so owed, to such Servicer;

          SIXTH, if any amounts are owed by OFL or the Seller to a Trustee, 
Indenture Trustee, Owner Trustee, Lockbox Bank, Custodian, Backup Servicer, 
Administrator, Collateral Agent, the Indenture Collateral Agent or other 
service provider to either the Trust or the Issuer for expenses that have not 
been reimbursed by OFL or the Seller, from amounts on deposit in the related 
Spread Account, an amount up to the amount so owed, to such Person;

          SEVENTH, if with respect to the Warehousing Series there exists a 
Collection Account Shortfall, from the aggregate of all amounts on deposit in 
each Spread Account in excess of the related Spread Account Maximum Amount, 
an amount up to the amount of such Collection Account Shortfall (to the 
extent not distributed on such Distribution Date pursuant to a prior priority 
of this Section 3.03(b)), to the Trustee for the Warehousing Series for 
deposit in the Warehousing Series Collection Account; and

          EIGHTH, any funds in a Spread Account in excess of the applicable 
Spread Account Maximum Amount, and any funds in a Spread Account with respect 
to a Series for which the Final Termination Date shall have occurred, to the 
Seller.

          Section 3.04.  GENERAL PROVISIONS REGARDING SPREAD ACCOUNTS.

          (a)    Promptly upon the establishment (initially or upon any 
relocation) of a Spread Account hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall advise 
the Seller and each Secured Party in writing of the name and address of the 
depository institution or trust company where such Spread Account has been 
established (if not Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association or any 
successor Collateral Agent in its commercial banking capacity), the name of 
the officer of the depository institution who is responsible for overseeing 
such Spread Account, the account number and the individuals whose names 
appear on the signature cards for such Spread Account. The Seller shall cause 
each such depository institution or trust company to execute a written 
agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to the Controlling Party, 
waiving, and the Collateral Agent by its execution of this Agreement hereby 
waives (except to the extent expressly provided herein), in each case to the 
extent permitted under applicable law, (i) any banker's or other statutory or 
similar Lien, and (ii) any right of set-off or other similar right under 
applicable law with respect to such Spread Account and any other Spread 
Account and agreeing, and the Collateral Agent by its execution of this 
Agreement hereby agrees, to notify the Seller, the Collateral Agent, and each 
Secured Party of any charge or claim against or with respect to such Spread 
Account. The Collateral Agent shall give the Seller and each Secured Party at 
least ten Business Days' prior written notice of any change in the location 
of such Spread Account or in any related account

                                       22
<PAGE>

information. If the Collateral Agent changes the location of any Spread 
Account, it shall change the location of the other Spread Accounts, so that 
all Spread Accounts shall at all times be located at the same depository 
institution. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, unless 
otherwise consented to by the Controlling Party in writing, the Collateral 
Agent shall have no right to change the location of any Spread Account.

          (b)    Upon the written request of the Controlling Party or the 
Seller and at the expense of the Seller, the Collateral Agent shall cause, at 
the expense of the Seller, the depository institution at which any Spread 
Account is located to forward to the requesting party copies of all monthly 
account statements for such Spread Account.

          (c)    If at any time any Spread Account ceases to be an Eligible 
Account, the Collateral Agent shall notify the Controlling Party of such fact 
and shall establish within 5 Business Days of such determination, in 
accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section, a successor Spread Account 
thereto, which shall be an Eligible Account, at another depository 
institution acceptable to the Controlling Party and shall establish successor 
Spread Accounts with respect to all other Spread Accounts, each of which 
shall be an Eligible Account at the same depository institution.

          (d)    No passbook, certificate of deposit or other similar 
instrument evidencing a Spread Account shall be issued, and all contracts, 
receipts and other papers, if any, governing or evidencing a Spread Account 
shall be held by the Collateral Agent.

          Section 3.05.  REPORTS BY THE COLLATERAL AGENT. The Collateral 
Agent shall report to the Seller, Financial Security, the Trustee and the 
Servicer on a monthly basis no later than each Distribution Date with respect 
to the amount on deposit in each Spread Account and the identity of the 
investments included therein as of the last day of the related Monthly 
Period, and shall provide accountings of deposits into and withdrawals from 
the Spread Accounts, and of the investments made therein, to the independent 
accountants upon their request for purposes of their reports pursuant to 
Section 3.11 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements and Section 3.11 of the 
Sale and Servicing Agreements.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                              THE COLLATERAL AGENT

          Section 4.01.  APPOINTMENT AND POWERS. Subject to the terms and 
conditions hereof, each of the Secured Parties hereby appoints Norwest Bank 
Minnesota, National Association as the Collateral Agent with respect to the 
Series 1993-A Collateral and the related Collateral subsequently specified in 
a Series Supplement, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association hereby 
accepts such appointment and agrees to act as Collateral Agent with respect 
to the Series 1993-A Collateral, and upon execution of any Series Supplement, 
shall be deemed to accept such appointment, and agree to act as Collateral 
Agent with respect to such Collateral, in each case, for the Secured Parties, 
to maintain custody and possession of such Collateral (except

                                       23
<PAGE>

as otherwise provided hereunder) and to perform the other duties of the 
Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Each 
Secured Party hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to take such action on 
its behalf, and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and privileges 
hereunder, as the Controlling Party may direct and as are specifically 
authorized to be exercised by the Collateral Agent by the terms hereof, 
together with such actions, rights, remedies, powers and privileges as are 
reasonably incidental thereto. The Collateral Agent shall act upon and in 
compliance with the written instructions of the Controlling Party delivered 
pursuant to this Agreement promptly following receipt of such written 
instructions; provided that the Collateral Agent shall not act in accordance 
with any instructions (i) which are not authorized by, or in violation of the 
provisions of, this Agreement, (ii) which are in violation of any applicable 
law, rule or regulation or (iii) for which the Collateral Agent has not 
received reasonable indemnity. Receipt of such instructions shall not be a 
condition to the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its express duties 
hereunder, except where this Agreement provides that the Collateral Agent is 
permitted to act only following and in accordance with such instructions.

          Section 4.02.  PERFORMANCE OF DUTIES. The Collateral Agent shall 
have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this 
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Collateral Agent 
is a party or as directed by the Controlling Party in accordance with this 
Agreement. The Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any 
discretionary actions hereunder except at the written direction and with the 
indemnification of the Controlling Party.

          Section 4.03.  LIMITATION ON LIABILITY. Neither the Collateral Agent
nor any of its directors, officers or employees, shall be liable for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder, or in connection herewith,
except that the Collateral Agent shall be liable for its negligence, bad faith
or willful misconduct; nor shall the Collateral Agent be responsible for the
validity, effectiveness, value, sufficiency or enforceability against the Seller
or OFL of this Agreement or any of the Collateral (or any part thereof).
Notwithstanding any term or provision of this Agreement, the Collateral Agent
shall incur no liability to the Seller, OFL or the Secured Parties for any
action taken or omitted by the Collateral Agent in connection with the
Collateral, except for the negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the
Collateral Agent, and, further, shall incur no liability to the Secured Parties
except for negligence or willful misconduct in carrying out its duties to the
Secured Parties. Subject to Section 4.04, the Collateral Agent shall be
protected and shall incur no liability to any such party in relying upon the
accuracy, acting in reliance upon the contents, and assuming the genuineness of
any notice, demand, certificate, signature, instrument or other document
reasonably believed by the Collateral Agent to be genuine and to have been duly
executed by the appropriate signatory, and (absent actual knowledge to the
contrary) the Collateral Agent shall not be required to make any independent
investigation with respect thereto. The Collateral Agent shall at all times be
free independently to establish to its reasonable satisfaction, but shall have
no duty to independently verify, the existence or nonexistence of facts that are
a condition to the exercise or enforcement of any right or remedy hereunder or
under any of the Transaction Documents. The Collateral Agent may consult with
counsel, and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by
it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the written advice of such
counsel. The Collateral Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any
of the remedial rights or powers vested in it by this

                                       24
<PAGE>

Agreement or to follow any direction from the Controlling Party unless it 
shall have received reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to the 
Collateral Agent against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be 
incurred by it.

          Section 4.04.  RELIANCE UPON DOCUMENTS. In the absence of bad faith 
or negligence on its part, the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to rely on 
any communication, instrument, paper or other document reasonably believed by 
it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper 
Person or Persons and shall have no liability in acting, or omitting to act, 
where such action or omission to act is in reasonable reliance upon any 
statement or opinion contained in any such document or instrument.

          Section 4.05.  SUCCESSOR COLLATERAL AGENT.

          (a)    MERGER. Any Person into which the Collateral Agent may be 
converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may 
sell or transfer its trust business and assets as a whole or substantially as 
a whole, or any Person resulting from any such conversion, merger, 
consolidation, sale or transfer to which the Collateral Agent is a party, 
shall (provided it is otherwise qualified to serve as the Collateral Agent 
hereunder) be and become a successor Collateral Agent hereunder and be vested 
with all of the title to and interest in the Collateral and all of the 
trusts, powers, discretions, immunities, privileges and other matters as was 
its predecessor without the execution or filing of any instrument or any 
further act, deed or conveyance on the part of any of the parties hereto, 
anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except to the extent, if 
any, that any such action is necessary to perfect, or continue the perfection 
of, the security interest of the Secured Parties in the Collateral.

          (b)    RESIGNATION. The Collateral Agent and any successor 
Collateral Agent may resign only (i) upon a determination that by reason of a 
change in legal requirements the performance of its duties under this 
Agreement would cause it to be in violation of such legal requirements in a 
manner which would result in a material adverse effect on the Collateral 
Agent, and the Controlling Party does not elect to waive the Collateral 
Agent's obligation to perform those duties which render it legally unable to 
act or elect to delegate those duties to another Person, or (ii) with the 
prior written consent of the Controlling Party. The Collateral Agent shall 
give not less than 60 days' prior written notice of any such permitted 
resignation by registered or certified mail to the other Secured Party and 
the Seller; PROVIDED, that such resignation shall take effect only upon the 
date which is the latest of (i) the effective date of the appointment of a 
successor Collateral Agent and the acceptance in writing by such successor 
Collateral Agent of such appointment and of its obligation to perform its 
duties hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof, (ii) delivery of 
the Collateral to such successor to be held in accordance with the procedures 
specified in Article II hereof, and (iii) receipt by the Controlling Party of 
an Opinion of Counsel to the effect described in Section 5.02. 
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if by the contemplated date of 
resignation specified in the written notice of resignation delivered as 
described above no successor Collateral Agent or temporary successor 
Collateral Agent has been appointed Collateral Agent or becomes the 
Collateral Agent pursuant to subsection (d) hereof, the resigning Collateral 
Agent may petition a court of competent jurisdiction in New York, New York 
for the appointment of a successor.

                                       25
<PAGE>

          (c)    REMOVAL. The Collateral Agent may be removed by the 
Controlling Party at any time, with or without cause, by an instrument or 
concurrent instruments in writing delivered to the Collateral Agent, the 
other Secured Party and the Seller. A temporary successor may be removed at 
any time to allow a successor Collateral Agent to be appointed pursuant to 
subsection (d) below. Any removal pursuant to the provisions of this 
subsection (c) shall take effect only upon the date which is the latest of 
(i) the effective date of the appointment of a successor Collateral Agent and 
the acceptance in writing by such successor Collateral Agent of such 
appointment and of its obligation to perform its duties hereunder in 
accordance with the provisions hereof, (ii) delivery of the Collateral to 
such successor to be held in accordance with the procedures specified in 
Article II hereof and (iii) receipt by the Controlling Party of an Opinion of 
Counsel to the effect described in Section 5.02.

          (d)    ACCEPTANCE BY SUCCESSOR. The Controlling Party shall have 
the sole right to appoint each successor Collateral Agent. Every temporary or 
permanent successor Collateral Agent appointed hereunder shall execute, 
acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor and to each Secured Party and the 
Seller an instrument in writing accepting such appointment hereunder and the 
relevant predecessor shall execute, acknowledge and deliver such other 
documents and instruments as will effectuate the delivery of all Collateral 
to the successor Collateral Agent to be held in accordance with the 
procedures specified in Article II hereof, whereupon such successor, without 
any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the 
estates, properties, rights, powers, duties and obligations of its 
predecessor. Such predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of 
either Secured Party or the Seller, execute and deliver an instrument 
transferring to such successor all the estates, properties, rights and powers 
of such predecessor hereunder. In the event that any instrument in writing 
from the Seller or a Secured Party is reasonably required by a successor 
Collateral Agent to more fully and certainly vest in such successor the 
estates, properties, rights, powers, duties and obligations vested or 
intended to be vested hereunder in the Collateral Agent, any and all such 
written instruments shall, at the request of the temporary or permanent 
successor Collateral Agent, be forthwith executed, acknowledged and delivered 
by the Seller. The designation of any successor Collateral Agent and the 
instrument or instruments removing any Collateral Agent and appointing a 
successor hereunder, together with all other instruments provided for herein, 
shall be maintained with the records relating to the Collateral and, to the 
extent required by applicable law, filed or recorded by the successor 
Collateral Agent in each place where such filing or recording is necessary to 
effect the transfer of the Collateral to the successor Collateral Agent or to 
protect or continue the perfection of the security interests granted 
hereunder.

          (e)    Any resignation or removal of a Collateral Agent and 
appointment of a successor Collateral Agent shall be effected with respect to 
this Agreement and all Series Supplements simultaneously, so that at no time 
is there more than one Collateral Agent acting hereunder and under all Series 
Supplements.

          Section 4.06.  INDEMNIFICATION. The Seller and OFL shall indemnify 
the Collateral Agent, its directors, officers, employees and agents for, and 
hold the Collateral Agent, its directors, officers, employees and agents 
harmless against, any loss, liability or expense (including the costs and 
expenses of defending against any claim of liability) arising out of or in

                                       26
<PAGE>

connection with the Collateral Agent's acting as Collateral Agent hereunder, 
except such loss, liability or expense as shall result from the negligence, 
bad faith or willful misconduct of the Collateral Agent or its officers or 
agents. The obligation of the Seller and OFL under this Section shall survive 
the termination of this Agreement and the resignation or removal of the 
Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent covenants and agrees that the 
obligations of the Seller hereunder and under Section 4.07 shall be limited 
to the extent provided in Section 2.08, and further covenants not to take any 
action to enforce its rights to indemnification hereunder with respect to the 
Seller and to payment under Section 4.07 except in accordance with the 
provisions of Section 8.05, or otherwise to assert any Lien or take any other 
action in respect of the Collateral or the Trust Property of a Series until 
the applicable Final Termination Date.

          Section 4.07.  COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT. The Seller agrees for
the benefit of the Secured Parties and as part of the Secured Obligations (a) to
pay to the Collateral Agent, from time to time, reasonable compensation for all
services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by
any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a collateral trustee); and
(b) to reimburse the Collateral Agent upon its request for all reasonable
expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Collateral Agent in
accordance with any provision of, or carrying out its duties and obligations
under, this Agreement (including the reasonable compensation and fees and the
expenses and disbursements of its agents, any independent certified public
accountants and independent counsel), except any expense, disbursement or
advances as may be attributable to negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct
on the part of the Collateral Agent.

          Section 4.08.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COLLATERAL AGENT.
The Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the Seller and to each Secured
Party as follows:

          (a)    DUE ORGANIZATION. The Collateral Agent is a national banking
association, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the United States and is duly authorized and licensed under applicable
law to conduct its business as presently conducted.

          (b)    CORPORATE POWER. The Collateral Agent has all requisite right,
power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform all of
its duties as Collateral Agent hereunder.

          (c)    DUE AUTHORIZATION. The execution and delivery by the Collateral
Agent of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a
party, and the performance by the Collateral Agent of its duties hereunder and
thereunder, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate proceedings and
no further approvals or filings, including any governmental approvals, are
required for the valid execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent, or the
performance by the Collateral Agent, of this Agreement and such other
Transaction Documents.

          (d)    VALID AND BINDING AGREEMENT. The Collateral Agent has duly
executed and delivered this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to
which it is a party, and each of this Agreement and each such other Transaction
Document constitutes the legal, valid and 

                                       27

<PAGE>

binding obligation of the Collateral Agent, enforceable against the 
Collateral Agent in accordance with its terms, except as (i) such 
enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and 
similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights 
generally and (ii) the availability of equitable remedies may be limited by 
equitable principles of general applicability.

          Section 4.09.  WAIVER OF SETOFFS. The Collateral Agent hereby
expressly waives any and all rights of setoff that the Collateral Agent may
otherwise at any time have under applicable law with respect to any Spread
Account and agrees that amounts in the Spread Accounts shall at all times be
held and applied solely in accordance with the provisions hereof.

          Section 4.10.  CONTROL BY THE CONTROLLING PARTY. The Collateral Agent
shall comply with notices and instructions given by the Seller only if
accompanied by the written consent of the Controlling Party, except that if any
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall act
upon and comply with notices and instructions given by the Controlling Party
alone in the place and stead of the Seller.


                                 ARTICLE V

                          COVENANTS OF THE SELLER

          Section 5.01.  PRESERVATION OF COLLATERAL. Subject to the rights,
powers and authorities granted to the Collateral Agent and the Controlling Party
in this Agreement, the Seller shall take such action as is necessary and proper
with respect to the Collateral in order to preserve and maintain such Collateral
and to cause (subject to the rights of the Secured Parties) the Collateral Agent
to perform its obligations with respect to such Collateral as provided herein.
The Seller will do, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be done,
executed, acknowledged and delivered, such instruments of transfer or take such
other steps or actions as may be necessary, or required by the Controlling
Party, to perfect the Security Interests granted hereunder in the Collateral, to
ensure that such Security Interests rank prior to all other Liens and to
preserve the priority of such Security Interests and the validity and
enforceability thereof. Upon any delivery or substitution of Collateral, the
Seller shall be obligated to execute such documents and perform such actions as
are necessary to create in the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured
Parties a valid first Lien on, and valid and perfected, first priority security
interest in, the Collateral so delivered and to deliver such Collateral to the
Collateral Agent, free and clear of any other Lien, together with satisfactory
assurances thereof, and to pay any reasonable costs incurred by any of the
Secured Parties or the Collateral Agent (including its agents) or otherwise in
connection with such delivery.

          Section 5.02.  OPINIONS AS TO COLLATERAL. Not more than 90 days nor
less than 30 days prior to (i) each anniversary of the date hereof during the
term of this Agreement and (ii) each date on which the Seller proposes to take
any action contemplated by Section 5.06, the Seller shall, at its own cost and
expense, furnish to each Secured Party and the Collateral Agent 

                                       28

<PAGE>

an Opinion of Counsel with respect to each Series either (a) stating that, in 
the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the 
execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements 
and other actions as are necessary to perfect, maintain and protect the lien 
and security interest of the Collateral Agent (and the priority thereof), on 
behalf of the Secured Parties, with respect to such Collateral against all 
creditors of and purchasers from the Seller or OFL and reciting the details 
of such action, or (b) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such 
action is necessary to maintain such perfected lien and security interest. 
Such Opinion of Counsel shall further describe each execution and filing of 
any financing statements and continuation statements and such other actions 
as will, in the opinion of such counsel, be required to perfect, maintain and 
protect the lien and security interest of the Collateral Agent, on behalf of 
the Secured Parties, with respect to such Collateral against all creditors of 
and purchasers from the Seller or OFL for a period, specified in such 
Opinion, continuing until a date not earlier than eighteen months from the 
date of such Opinion.

          Section 5.03.  NOTICES. In the event that OFL or the Seller acquires
knowledge of the occurrence and continuance of any Insurance Agreement Event of
Default or Servicer Termination Event or of any event of default or like event,
howsoever described or called, under any of the Transaction Documents, the
Seller shall immediately give notice thereof to the Collateral Agent and each
Secured Party.

          Section 5.04.  WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS; MARSHALLING OF
ASSETS. The Seller covenants, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law,
that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever
claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any appraisement, valuation, stay,
extension or redemption law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, in order to prevent or hinder the enforcement of this Agreement or any
absolute sale of the Collateral or any part thereof, or the possession thereof
by any purchaser at any sale under Article VII of this Agreement; and the
Seller, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, for itself and all
who may claim under it, hereby waives the benefit of all such laws, and
covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Collateral Agent, but will suffer and permit the execution
of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. The Seller, for
itself and all who may claim under it, waives, to the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law, all right to have the Collateral marshalled upon any
foreclosure or other disposition thereof.

          Section 5.05.  NONINTERFERENCE, ETC. The Seller shall not (i) waive or
alter any of its rights under the Collateral (or any agreement or instrument
relating thereto) without the prior written consent of the Controlling Party; or
(ii) fail to pay any tax, assessment, charge or fee levied or assessed against
the Collateral, or to defend any action, if such failure to pay or defend may
adversely affect the priority or enforceability of the Seller's right, title or
interest in and to the Collateral or the Collateral Agent's lien on, and
security interest in, the Collateral for the benefit of the Secured Parties; or
(iii) take any action, or fail to take any action, if such action or failure to
take action will interfere with the enforcement of any rights under the
Transaction Documents.


                                       29

<PAGE>

          Section 5.06.  SELLER CHANGES.

          (a)    CHANGE IN NAME, STRUCTURE, ETC. The Seller shall not change its
name, identity or corporate structure unless it shall have given each Secured
Party and the Collateral Agent at least 60 days' prior written notice thereof,
shall have effected any necessary or appropriate assignments or amendments
thereto and filings of financing statements or amendments thereto, and shall
have delivered to the Collateral Agent and each Secured Party an Opinion of
Counsel of the type described in Section 5.02.

          (b)    RELOCATION OF THE SELLER. Neither OFL nor the Seller shall
change its principal executive office unless it gives each Secured Party and the
Collateral Agent at least 90 days' prior written notice of any relocation of its
principal executive office. If the Seller relocates its principal executive
office or principal place of business from Minnesota, the Seller shall give
prior notice thereof to the Controlling Party and the Collateral Agent and shall
effect whatever appropriate recordations and filings are necessary and shall
provide an Opinion of Counsel to the Controlling Party and the Collateral Agent,
to the effect that, upon the recording of any necessary assignments or
amendments to previously-recorded assignments and filing of any necessary
amendments to the previously filed financing or continuation statements or upon
the filing of one or more specified new financing statements, and the taking of
such other actions as may be specified in such opinion, the security interests
in the Collateral shall remain, after such relocation, valid and perfected.


                                ARTICLE VI

                CONTROLLING PARTY; INTERCREDITOR PROVISIONS

          Section 6.01.  APPOINTMENT OF CONTROLLING PARTY. From and after the
Closing Date of a Series until the Insurer Termination Date related to such
Series, Financial Security shall be the Controlling Party with respect to such
Series and shall be entitled to exercise all the rights given the Controlling
Party hereunder with respect to such Series. From and after the Insurer
Termination Date related to such Series until the Trustee Termination Date
related to such Series, the Trustee shall be the Controlling Party with respect
to such Series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a Financial
Security Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee shall be the
Controlling Party with respect to such Series until the applicable Trustee
Termination Date. If prior to an Insurer Termination Date the Trustee shall have
become the Controlling Party with respect to a Series as a result of the
occurrence of a Financial Security Default and either such Financial Security
Default is cured or for any other reason ceases to exist or the Trustee
Termination Date with respect to a Series occurs, then upon such cure or other
cessation or on such Trustee Termination Date, as the case may be, Financial
Security shall, upon notice thereof being duly given to the Collateral Agent,
again be the Controlling Party with respect to such Series.


                                       30

<PAGE>

          Section 6.02.  CONTROLLING PARTY'S AUTHORITY.

          (a)    Each of OFL and the Seller hereby irrevocably appoint the
Controlling Party, and any successor to the Controlling Party appointed pursuant
to Section 6.01, its true and lawful attorney, with full power of substitution,
in the name of OFL, the Seller, the Secured Parties or otherwise, but (subject
to Section 2.08) at the expense of the Seller, to the extent permitted by law to
exercise, at any time and from time to time while any Insurance Agreement Event
of Default has occurred and is continuing, any or all of the following powers
with respect to all or any of the Collateral related to the relevant Series: 
(i) to demand, sue for, collect, receive and give acquittance for any and all 
monies due or to become due upon or by virtue thereof, (ii) to settle, 
compromise, compound, prosecute or defend any action or proceeding with respect
thereto, (iii) to sell, transfer, assign or otherwise deal with the same or 
the proceeds thereof as fully and effectively as if the Collateral Agent were 
the absolute owner thereof, and (iv) to extend the time of payment of any or 
all thereof and to make any allowance or other adjustments with respect 
thereto; PROVIDED that the foregoing powers and rights shall be exercised in 
accordance with the provisions of Article VII hereof.

          (b)    With respect to each Series of Certificates and the related
Collateral, each Secured Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
constitutes and appoints the Controlling Party with respect to such Series, and
any successor to such Controlling Party appointed pursuant to Section 6.01 from
time to time, as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of such Secured Party for
so long as such Secured Party is the Non-Controlling Party, with full power of
substitution, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any notice, document,
certificate, paper, pleading or instrument and to do in the name of the
Controlling Party as well as in the name, place and stead of such Secured Party
such acts, things and deeds for and on behalf of and in the name of such Secured
Party under this Agreement with respect to such Series which such Secured Party
could or might do or which may be necessary, desirable or convenient in such
Controlling Party's sole discretion to effect the purposes contemplated
hereunder and, without limitation, exercise full right, power and authority to
take, or defer from taking, any and all acts with respect to the administration
of the Collateral related to such Series, and the enforcement of the rights of
the Secured Parties hereunder with respect to such Series, on behalf of and for
the benefit of such Controlling Party and such Non-Controlling Party, as their
interests may appear.

          (c)    So long as Financial Security shall be the Controlling Party
with respect to a Series, the Trustee hereby agrees, that if there exists an
Insurance Agreement Event of Default with respect to such Series:

                 (i)     Financial Security shall have the exclusive right to
     direct the Trustee as to any and all actions to be taken under the related
     Transaction Documents, including without limitation all actions with
     respect to the giving of directions to the Servicer and any subservicer
     with respect to the servicing of the Receivables of such Series;
     enforcement of any rights of the Trustee under such Transaction Documents;
     and the giving or withholding of any other consents, requests, notices,
     directions, approvals, extensions or waivers under or in respect of any
     such Transaction Documents; and


                                       31

<PAGE>

                 (ii)    Financial Security shall have the right to control the
     time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
     available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon
     the Trustee under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement or under any
     other Transaction Document, including the remedies provided in Article VII.

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee may decline to follow any of the above
directions from Financial Security, if the Trustee, in accordance with an
opinion of counsel to the Trustee, that is independent of the Trustee,
determines that the action or proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken
or if the Trustee in good faith determines that the action or proceeding so
directed would involve it in personal liability for which adequate indemnity is
not reasonably assured to it or, in the case of actions or directions not
specifically permitted to be taken by Financial Security so long as no Financial
Security Default has occurred and is continuing, would adversely affect the
interests of the Certificateholders in any material respect.

          (d)    So long as Financial Security shall be the Controlling Party
with respect to a Series, the Trustee shall not, without the prior written
consent of Financial Security:

              (i)  appoint new independent accountants with respect to the
     Series;

             (ii)  consent to the amendment of or supplement to any of the
     Transaction Documents related to the Series; or

            (iii)  waive a Servicer Termination Event under the related Pooling
     and Servicing Agreement or Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

          (e)    So long as Financial Security shall be the Controlling Party
with respect to a Series:

                 (i)     Financial Security shall have the rights provided in
     Section 5.3 of each Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Section 5.4 of each
     Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 5.19 of each Indenture in respect
     of the direction of insolvency proceedings.

                 (ii)    Financial Security shall have the right to direct the
     Trustee as to any and all actions to be taken in the event of the
     occurrence of a Servicer Termination Event under the related Pooling and
     Servicing Agreement and shall have such other rights in respect of the
     appointment of a successor servicer as are provided in such Pooling and
     Servicing Agreement.

          Section 6.03.  RIGHTS OF SECURED PARTIES. With respect to each Series
of Certificates and the related Collateral, the Non-Controlling Party at any
time expressly agrees that it shall not assert any rights that it may otherwise
have, as a Secured Party with respect to the Collateral, to direct the
maintenance, sale or other disposition of the Collateral or any portion 

                                       32

<PAGE>

thereof, notwithstanding the occurrence and continuance of any Default with 
respect to such Series or any non-performance by OFL or the Seller of any 
obligation owed to such Secured Party hereunder or under any other 
Transaction Document, and each party hereto agrees that the Controlling Party 
shall be the only Person entitled to assert and exercise such rights.

          Section 6.04.  DEGREE OF CARE.

          (a)    CONTROLLING PARTY. Notwithstanding any term or provision of
this Agreement, the Controlling Party shall incur no liability to OFL or the
Seller for any action taken or omitted by the Controlling Party in connection
with the Collateral, except for any gross negligence, bad faith or willful
misconduct on the part of the Controlling Party and, further, shall incur no
liability to the Non-Controlling Party except for a breach of the terms of this
Agreement or for gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in carrying
out its duties, if any, to the Non-Controlling Party. The Controlling Party
shall be protected and shall incur no liability to any such party in relying
upon the accuracy, acting in reliance upon the contents and assuming the
genuineness of any notice, demand, certificate, signature, instrument or other
document believed by the Controlling Party to be genuine and to have been duly
executed by the appropriate signatory, and (absent manifest error or actual
knowledge to the contrary) the Controlling Party shall not be required to make
any independent investigation with respect thereto. The Controlling Party shall,
at all times, be free independently to establish to its reasonable satisfaction
the existence or nonexistence, as the case may be, of any fact the existence or
nonexistence of which shall be a condition to the exercise or enforcement of any
right or remedy under this Agreement or any of the Transaction Documents.

          (b)    THE NON-CONTROLLING PARTY. The Non-Controlling Party shall not
be liable to the Seller for any action or failure to act by the Controlling
Party or the Collateral Agent in exercising, or failing to exercise, any rights
or remedies hereunder.


                                ARTICLE VII

                           REMEDIES UPON DEFAULT

          Section 7.01.  REMEDIES UPON A DEFAULT. If a Default with respect to a
Series has occurred and is continuing, the Collateral Agent shall, at the
direction of the Controlling Party, take whatever action at law or in equity as
may appear necessary or desirable in the judgment of the Controlling Party to
collect and satisfy all Insurer Secured Obligations (including, but not limited
to, foreclosure upon the Collateral and all other rights available to secured
parties under applicable law) or to enforce performance and observance of any
obligation, agreement or covenant under any of the Transaction Documents related
to such Series. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall not be
entitled to take any action and the Controlling Party shall not be entitled to
give any direction with respect to the Trust Property, except to the extent
provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or other Transaction Documents
and Sections 6.02(a), (c), (d) and (e) hereof.


                                       33

<PAGE>

          Section 7.02.  WAIVER OF DEFAULT. The Controlling Party shall have the
sole right, to be exercised in its complete discretion, to waive any Default by
a writing setting forth the terms, conditions and extent of such waiver signed
by the Controlling Party and delivered to the Collateral Agent, the other
Secured Party and the Seller. Any such waiver shall be binding upon the Non-
Controlling Party and the Collateral Agent. Unless such writing expressly
provides to the contrary, any waiver so granted shall extend only to the
specific event or occurrence which gave rise to the Default so waived and not to
any other similar event or occurrence which occurs subsequent to the date of
such waiver.

          Section 7.03.  RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. If the Collateral
Agent has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this
Agreement, and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any
reason, or has been determined adversely to such Collateral Agent, then and in
every such case the Seller, the Collateral Agent and each of the Secured Parties
shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally
and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights
and remedies of the Secured Parties shall continue as though no such proceeding
had been instituted.

          Section 7.04.  NO REMEDY EXCLUSIVE. No right or remedy herein
conferred upon or reserved to the Collateral Agent, the Controlling Party or
either of the Secured Parties is intended to be exclusive of any other right or
remedy, and every right or remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or
now or hereafter existing at law, in equity or otherwise (but, in each case,
shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement limiting such remedies),
and each and every right, power and remedy whether specifically herein given or
otherwise existing may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such
order as may be deemed expedient by the Controlling Party, and the exercise of
or the beginning of the exercise of any right or power or remedy shall not be
construed to be a waiver of the right to exercise at the same time or thereafter
any other right, power or remedy.


                               ARTICLE VIII

                               MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 8.01.  FURTHER ASSURANCES. Each party hereto shall take such
action and deliver such instruments to any other party hereto, in addition to
the actions and instruments specifically provided for herein, as may be
reasonably requested or required to effectuate the purpose or provisions of this
Agreement or to confirm or perfect any transaction described or contemplated
herein.

          Section 8.02.  WAIVER. Any waiver by any party of any provision of
this Agreement or any right, remedy or option hereunder shall only prevent and
estop such party from thereafter enforcing such provision, right, remedy or
option if such waiver is given in writing and only as to the specific instance
and for the specific purpose for which such waiver was given. The failure or
refusal of any party hereto to insist in any one or more instances, or in a
course of 

                                       34

<PAGE>

dealing, upon the strict performance of any of the terms or provisions of 
this Agreement by any party hereto or the partial exercise of any right, 
remedy or option hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver or 
relinquishment of any such term or provision, but the same shall continue in 
full force and effect.

          Section 8.03.  AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS. No amendment, modification, waiver
or supplement to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall have been made or consented to in
writing by each of the parties hereto and each Rating Agency shall have
confirmed in writing that such amendment will not cause a reduction or
withdrawal of a rating on any Series; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, for so long as
Financial Security shall be the Controlling Party with respect to a Series,
amendments, modifications, waivers or supplements hereto relating to such
Series, the related Collateral or Spread Account or any requirement hereunder to
deposit or retain any amounts in such Spread Account or to distribute any
amounts therein as provided in Section 3.03 shall be effective if made or
consented to in writing by Financial Security, the Seller, OFL and the
Collateral Agent (the consent of which shall not be withheld or delayed with
respect to any amendment that does not adversely affect the Collateral Agent)
but shall in no circumstances require the consent of the Trustee or the
Certificateholders related to such Series or any other Series.

          Section 8.04.  SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision of 
this Agreement or the application thereof to any party hereto or to any 
circumstance or in any jurisdiction governing this Agreement shall, to any 
extent, be invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute, regulation 
or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent 
that it is invalid or unenforceable and the remainder of this Agreement, and 
the application of any such invalid or unenforceable provision to the 
parties, jurisdictions or circumstances other than to whom or to which it is 
held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby nor shall the 
same affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this 
Agreement. The parties hereto further agree that the holding by any court of 
competent jurisdiction that any remedy pursued by the Collateral Agent, or 
any of the Secured Parties, hereunder is unavailable or unenforceable shall 
not affect in any way the ability of the Collateral Agent or any of the 
Secured Parties to pursue any other remedy available to it or them (subject, 
however, to the provisions of this Agreement limiting such remedies).

          Section 8.05.  NONPETITION COVENANT. Notwithstanding any prior 
termination of this Agreement, each of the parties hereto agrees that it 
shall not, prior to one year and one day after the Final Scheduled 
Distribution Date with respect to each Series, acquiesce, petition or 
otherwise invoke or cause the Seller or OFL to invoke the process of the 
United States of America, any State or other political subdivision thereof 
or any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or 
administrative functions of or pertaining to government for the purpose of 
commencing or sustaining a case by or against the Seller, OFL or the Trust 
under a Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing 
a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other 
similar official of the Seller, OFL or the Trust or all or any part of its 
property or assets or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs 
of the Seller, OFL or the Trust. The parties agree that damages will be an 
inadequate remedy for breach of this covenant and that this covenant may be 
specifically enforced.

                                       35

<PAGE>

          Section 8.06.  NOTICES. All notices, demands, certificates, requests
and communications hereunder ("notices") shall be in writing and shall be
effective (a) upon receipt when sent through the U.S. mails, registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, with such receipt to
be effective the date of delivery indicated on the return receipt, or (b) one
Business Day after delivery to an overnight courier, or (c) on the date
personally delivered to an Authorized Officer of the party to which sent, or 
(d) on the date transmitted by legible telecopier transmission with a 
confirmation of receipt, in all cases addressed to the recipient as follows:

          (i)    If to OFL:

                 Olympic Financial Ltd.
                 7825 Washington Avenue South, Suite 410
                 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435
                 Attention: Chief Financial Officer

                 Telecopier No.:   (612) 942-6730

          (ii)   If to the Seller:

                 Olympic Receivables Finance Corp.
                 7825 Washington Avenue South, Suite 410
                 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55439-2435
                 Attention: President

                 Telecopier No.:   (612) 942-6730

          (iii)  If to Financial Security:

                 Financial Security Assurance Inc.
                 350 Park Avenue - 13th Floor
                 New York, New York 10022
                 Attention: Surveillance Department

                 Telecopier No.:   (212) 339-3518
                                   (212) 339-3529

          (in each case in which notice or other communication to Financial
          Security refers to a Default or a claim on the Policy or in which
          failure on the part of Financial Security to respond shall be deemed
          to constitute consent or acceptance, then with a copy to the attention
          of the Senior Vice President Surveillance)


                                       36

<PAGE>

          (iv)   If to the Trustee:

                 Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
                 6th Street and Marquette Avenue
                 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0070
                 Attention: Corporate Trust Services - Asset Backed
                 Administration

                 Telecopier No.:   (612) 667-3539

          (v)    If to the Collateral Agent:

                 Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
                 6th Street and Marquette Avenue
                 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0070
                 Attention: Corporate Trust Services - Asset Backed
                 Administration

                 Telecopier No.:   (612) 667-3539

          (vi)   If to Moody's:

                 Moody's Investor's Service, Inc.
                 99 Church Street
                 New York, New York 10007

                 Telecopier No.:   (212) 553-0344

          (vii)  If to Standard & Poor's:

                 Standard & Poor's Ratings Group
                 26 Broadway
                 New York, New York 10004

                 Telecopier No.:   (212) 208-1582

A copy of each notice given hereunder to any party hereto shall also be given to
(without duplication) Financial Security, the Seller, the Trustee and the
Collateral Agent. Each party hereto may, by notice given in accordance herewith
to each of the other parties hereto, designate any further or different address
to which subsequent notices shall be sent.

          Section 8.07.  TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall take
effect on the Closing Date of the Series 1993-A Certificates and shall continue
in effect until the last Final Termination Date to occur with respect to each
Series. On such Final Termination Date, this Agreement shall terminate, all
obligations of the parties hereunder shall cease and terminate and the
Collateral, if any, held hereunder and not to be used or applied in discharge of
any obligations of the Seller or OFL in respect of the Secured Obligations or
otherwise under this Agreement, 

                                      37
<PAGE>

shall be released to and in favor of the Seller, PROVIDED that the provisions 
of Sections 4.06, 4.07 and 8.05 shall survive any termination of this 
Agreement and the release of any Collateral upon such termination.

          Section 8.08.  ASSIGNMENTS: THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS; REINSURANCE.

          (a)    This Agreement shall be a continuing obligation of the parties
hereto and shall (i) be binding upon the parties and their respective successors
and assigns, and (ii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by each Secured
Party and the Collateral Agent, and by their respective successors, transferees
and assigns. Neither the Seller nor OFL may assign this Agreement, or delegate
any of its duties hereunder, without the prior written consent of the
Controlling Party.

          (b)    Financial Security shall have the right (unless a Financial
Security Default shall have occurred and be continuing) to give participations
in its rights under this Agreement and to enter into contracts of reinsurance
with respect to any Policy issued in connection with a Series of Certificates
and each such participant or reinsurer shall be entitled to the benefit of any
representation, warranty, covenant and obligation of each party (other than
Financial Security) hereunder as if such participant or reinsurer was a party
hereto and, subject only to such agreement regarding such reinsurance or
participation, shall have the right to enforce the obligations of each such
other party directly hereunder; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such reinsurance or
participation agreement or arrangement shall relieve Financial Security of its
obligations hereunder, under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party or
under any such Policy. In addition, nothing contained herein shall restrict
Financial Security from assigning to any Person pursuant to any liquidity
facility or credit facility any rights of Financial Security under this
Agreement or with respect to any real or personal property or other interests
pledged to Financial Security, or in which Federal Security has a security
interest, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby. The terms of
any such assignment or participation shall contain an express acknowledgment by
such Person of the condition of this Section and the limitations of the rights
of Financial Security hereunder.

          Section 8.09.  CONSENT OF CONTROLLING PARTY. In the event that the
Controlling Party's consent is required under the terms hereof or under the
terms of any Transaction Document, it is understood and agreed that, except as
otherwise provided expressly herein, the determination whether to grant or
withhold such consent shall be made solely by the Controlling Party in its sole
discretion.

          Section 8.10.  TRIAL BY JURY WAIVED. Each of the parties hereto
waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any right it may have to a trial
by jury in respect of any litigation arising directly or indirectly out of,
under or in connection with this Agreement, any of the other Transaction
Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or thereunder. Each
of the parties hereto (a) certifies that no representative, agent or attorney of
any other party has represented, expressly or otherwise, that such other party
would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing 

                                      38
<PAGE>

waiver and (b) acknowledges that it has been induced to enter into this 
Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, by 
among other things, this waiver.

          Section 8.11.  GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder
shall be determined, in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

          Section 8.12.  CONSENTS TO JURISDICTION. Each of the parties hereto
irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for
the Southern District of New York, any court in the state of New York located in
the city and county of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in
any action, suit or proceeding brought against it and related to or in
connection with this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or the
transactions contemplated hereunder or thereunder or for recognition or
enforcement of any judgment and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and
unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such suit or action or
proceeding may be heard or determined in such New York State court or, to the
extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto
agrees that a final judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding shall be
conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or
in any other manner provided by law. To the extent permitted by applicable law,
each of the parties hereby waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as
a defense or otherwise in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it
is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of such courts, that the suit,
action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the
suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or any of the
other Transaction Documents or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be
litigated in or by such courts. Each of OFL and the Seller hereby irrevocably
appoints and designates Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as its
true and lawful attorney and duly authorized agent for acceptance of service of
legal process. Each of OFL and the Seller agrees that service of such process
upon such Person shall constitute personal service of such process upon it.
Nothing contained in this Agreement shall limit or affect the rights of any
party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by law or to start
legal proceedings relating to any of the Transaction Documents against OFL or
the Seller or their respective property in the courts of any jurisdiction.

          Section 8.13.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. It is expressly understood and
agreed by the parties hereto that (a) Norwest Bank Minnesota, National
Association is executing this Agreement not in its individual capacity but
solely in its capacity as trustee of the Trusts pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreements and (b) in no case whatsoever shall Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association be personally liable on, or for any loss in respect of, any
of the statements, representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or
obligations of the Trust hereunder, all such liability, if any, being expressly
waived by the parties hereto.

          Section 8.14.  DETERMINATION OF ADVERSE EFFECT. Any determination of
an adverse effect on the interest of the Secured Parties or the
Certificateholders shall be made without consideration of the availability of
funds under the Policies.

                                      39
<PAGE>

          Section 8.15.  COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in two or
more counterparts by the parties hereto, and each such counterpart shall be
considered an original and all such counterparts shall constitute one and the
same instrument.

          Section 8.16.  HEADINGS. The headings of sections and paragraphs and
the Table of Contents contained in this Agreement are provided for convenience
only. They form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect its construction
or interpretation.

                                      40
<PAGE>

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement,
as amended and restated, as of the date set forth on the first page hereof.

                                 OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                 By
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                    John A. Witham
                                    Executive Vice President and Chief
                                      Financial Officer



                                 OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.


                                 By
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                    John A. Witham
                                    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
                                      Officer



                                 FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.


                                 By
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                    Authorized Officer



                                 NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                   ASSOCIATION, as Trustee


                                 By
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                    Thomas D. Wraalstad
                                    Corporate Trust Officer
<PAGE>


                                 NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                   ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent


                                 By
                                   ------------------------------------------
                                    Thomas D. Wraalstad
                                    Corporate Trust Officer



                                      42


<PAGE>





                        WAREHOUSING SERIES SUPPLEMENT

                         dated as of December 3, 1996

                                      to

                          SPREAD ACCOUNT AGREEMENT,

                         dated as of March 25, 1993,

                           as amended and restated

                            as of December 3, 1996

                                    among

                           OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.,

                      OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                      FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                                     and

                NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

                      as Trustee and as Collateral Agent


<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
                                  ARTICLE I

                                 DEFINITIONS

    Section 1.1.   Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      2
    Section 1.2.   Rules of Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3

                                  ARTICLE II

                       SERIES SUPPLEMENTS; THE COLLATERAL

    Section 2.1.   Series Supplement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      3
    Section 2.2.   Grant of Security Interest by OFL and the Seller  .      4

                                 ARTICLE III

                                SPREAD ACCOUNT

    Section 3.1.   Establishment of Warehousing Series Spread Account.      5
    Section 3.2.   Release of Funds Upon Repurchase  . . . . . . . . .      5

                                  ARTICLE IV

                                MISCELLANEOUS

    Section 4.1.   Further Assurances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
    Section 4.2.   Governing Law  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
    Section 4.3.   Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5
    Section 4.4.   Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     5

<PAGE>


                              WAREHOUSING SUPPLEMENT


     WAREHOUSING SUPPLEMENT, dated as of December 3, 1996 (the "Warehousing 
Supplement"), by and among OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., a Minnesota corporation 
("OFL"), OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the 
"Seller"), FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC., a New York stock insurance 
company ("Financial Security") and NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, in its capacity as Indenture 
Trustee under the Indenture referred to below, for the Noteholders with 
respect to the related Series (in each of such capacities, the "Trustee") and 
as Collateral Agent hereunder.

                                  R E C I T A L S

     1.  The parties hereto have previously entered into a Spread Account 
Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1993, as amended and restated as of December 
3, 1996 (the "Spread Account Agreement"), and, as contemplated by Section 
2.02 of the Spread Account Agreement, this Warehousing Series Supplement 
constitutes a Series Supplement to the Spread Account Agreement so that 
hereafter this Warehousing Series Supplement shall form a part of the Spread 
Account Agreement for all purposes thereof, and all references herein and 
hereafter to the Spread Account Agreement shall mean the Spread Account 
Agreement, as supplemented hereby.

     2.  Pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 
between Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp., a Delaware corporation (the 
"Issuer"), as Buyer, and the Seller (the "Repurchase Agreement"), the Seller 
intends to sell from time to time to the Issuer all of its right, title and 
interest in and to Receivables and certain other Seller Conveyed Property (as 
defined in the Repurchase Agreement).

     3.  Pursuant to the Indenture between the Issuer and the Trustee (the 
"Warehousing Series Indenture"), the Issuer is issuing the Warehousing Notes.

     4.  The Seller has requested that Financial Security issue the Note Policy 
to the Trustee to guarantee payment of the Scheduled Payments (as defined in 
such Policy) on each Payment Date in respect of the Warehousing Notes.

     5.  In partial consideration of the issuance of the Note Policy, the 
Seller has agreed that Financial Security shall have certain rights as 
Controlling Party, to the extent set forth herein and in the Transaction 
Documents.

     6.  The Seller is a wholly owned special purpose subsidiary of OFL. The 
Issuer has agreed to pay the amount earned on the Receivables, net of certain 
amounts as set forth in the Servicing Agreement, to the Seller pursuant to 
the Repurchase Agreement.  The Warehousing Series Insurer Secured Obligations 
form part of the consideration to Financial Security for its issuance of the 
Note Policy.

                                       1


<PAGE>


     7.  In order to secure the performance of the Warehousing Series Secured 
Obligations, the Seller have agreed to pledge the Warehousing Series 
Collateral as Collateral to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Financial 
Security and for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, 
upon the terms and conditions set forth herein.

                                 A G R E E M E N T S

     In consideration of the premises, and for other good and valuable 
consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby 
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

     Section 1.1.  DEFINITIONS.  All terms defined in Section 1.1 of the 
Repurchase Agreement shall have the same meaning with respect to this 
Warehousing Series Supplement.  The following terms shall have the following 
respective meanings:

     "COLLECTION ACCOUNT SHORTFALL" means, with respect to the Warehousing 
Series, (I) with respect to any Distribution Date prior to the occurrence of 
an Amortization Event, the excess, if any, of (A) the amount required to be 
distributed on such Distribution Date pursuant to priorities (i) through (vi) 
of Section 3.6(a) of the Servicing Agreement over (B) Spread Account 
Available Funds with respect to the immediately preceding Deficiency Claim 
Date and (II) with respect to any Distribution Date following the occurrence 
of an Amortization Event, the excess, if any, of (A) the amount required to 
be distributed on such Distribution Date pursuant to priorities (i) through 
(vi) of Section 3.6(b) of the Servicing Agreement over (B) the Spread Account 
Available Funds with respect to such Distribution Date.

     "SPREAD ACCOUNT MAXIMUM AMOUNT," with respect to the Warehousing Series 
and any Distribution Date:

              (i)  if no Insurance Agreement Event of Default with respect
    to the Warehousing Series has occurred and is continuing and no Capture
    Event has occurred and is continuing as of the related Determination Date,
    is equal to one percent of the principal balance of the Purchased
    Receivables (as defined in the Repurchase Agreement); or

              (ii) if (A) an Insurance Agreement Event of Default with
    respect to the Warehousing Series has occurred and is continuing, or (B) a
    Capture Event has occurred and is continuing as of the related
    Determination Date, the Spread Account Maximum Amount shall not be limited.

     "WAREHOUSING SERIES COLLATERAL" has the meaning specified in Section 
2.3(a) hereof.


                                       2

<PAGE>

     "WAREHOUSING SERIES INDENTURE" means the Indenture, dated as of December 
3, 1996 between the Issuer and the Trustee.

     "WAREHOUSING SERIES NOTE POLICY" means the financial guaranty insurance 
policy issued by Financial Security with respect to the Warehousing Series 
Notes.

     "WAREHOUSING SERIES NOTES" means the Notes issued pursuant to the 
Warehousing Series Indenture.

     "WAREHOUSING SERIES REPURCHASE AGREEMENT" means the Repurchase 
Agreement, dated December 3, 1996, between the Issuer and the Seller.

     "WAREHOUSING SERIES SERVICING AGREEMENT" means the Servicing Agreement, 
dated as of December 3, 1996, among OFL, in its individual capacity and as 
Servicer, the Issuer, the Seller and the Backup Servicer, the Trustee, the 
Collateral Agent and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association 
as Agent, as such agreement may be supplemented, amended or modified from 
time to time.

     "WAREHOUSING SHORTFALL" means, with respect to the Warehousing Series 
and any Distribution Date following the occurrence of an Amortization Event, 
the sum of (1) the excess, if any, of (A) the amount required to be 
distributed on such Distribution Date pursuant to priorities (i) through 
(viii) of Section 3.6(b) of the Servicing Agreement over (B) the Warehousing 
Shortfall Available Funds with respect to such Distribution Date.

     "WAREHOUSING SUPPLEMENT" means this Warehousing Supplement 
which constitutes a Series Supplement to the Spread Account Agreement.

     Section 1.2.  RULES OF INTERPRETATION.  The terms "hereof," "herein," 
"hereto" or "hereunder," unless otherwise modified by more specific 
reference, shall refer to this Warehousing Series Supplement.  Unless 
otherwise indicated in context, the terms "Article," "Section," or "Exhibit" 
shall refer to an Article or Section of, or Exhibit to, this Warehousing 
Series Supplement.  The definition of a term shall include the singular, the 
plural, the past, the present, the future, the active and the passive forms 
of such term.  A term defined herein and used herein preceded by a Series 
designation or defined in the Servicing Agreement, shall mean such term as it 
relates to the Warehousing Series.

                                  ARTICLE II

                       SERIES SUPPLEMENTS; THE COLLATERAL

     Section 2.1.  SERIES SUPPLEMENT.  As provided in and subject to the 
conditions specified in Section 2.02 of the Spread Account Agreement, the 
parties hereto are entering into this Warehousing Series Supplement with 
respect to the Warehousing Series.


                                       3

<PAGE>

     Section 2.2.  GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST BY OFL AND THE SELLER.

     (a)  In order to secure the performance of the Secured Obligations with 
respect to each Series, the Seller (and OFL, to the extent it may have any 
rights therein) hereby pledges, assigns, grants, transfers and conveys to the 
Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties to 
secure the Secured Obligations (as defined in the Spread Account Agreement), 
a lien on and security interest in (which lien and security interest is 
intended to be prior to all other liens, security interest or other 
encumbrances), all of its right, title and interest in and to the following 
(all being collectively referred to herein as the "Warehousing Series 
Collateral"):

              (i)    all amounts distributable pursuant to Sections 3.6(a)(x)
    and 3.6(b)(x) of the Warehousing Series Servicing Agreement (the
    "Receivables Income") and all rights and remedies that the Seller may have
    to enforce payment of the Receivables Income whether under the Warehousing
    Series Servicing Agreement or otherwise;

              (ii)   the Warehousing Series Spread Account established pursuant
    to Section 3.1 of this Series Supplement and Section 3.01 of the Spread
    Account Agreement, and each other account owned by the Seller and maintained
    by the Collateral Agent (including, without limitation, all monies, checks,
    securities, investments and other documents from time to time held in or
    evidencing any such accounts);

              (iii)  all of the Seller's right, title and interest in and to
    investments made with proceeds of the property described in clauses (i) and
    (ii) above, or made with amounts on deposit in the Warehousing Series
    Spread Account; and 

              (iv)   all distributions, revenues, products, substitutions,
    benefits, profits and proceeds, in whatever form, of any of the foregoing.

     (b)  In order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Series 
Supplement, including for the purpose of perfecting the security interests 
granted hereunder, the Seller represents and warrants that it has, prior to 
the execution of this Series Supplement, executed and filed an appropriate 
Uniform Commercial Code financing statement in Minnesota sufficient to ensure 
that the Collateral Agent, as agent for the Secured Parties, has a first 
priority perfected security interest in all Warehousing Series Collateral 
which can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement.


                                       4


<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE III

                                SPREAD ACCOUNT

     Section 3.1.  ESTABLISHMENT OF WAREHOUSING SERIES SPREAD ACCOUNT.  On or 
prior to the Closing Date relating to the Warehousing Series, the Collateral 
Agent shall establish with respect to the Warehousing Series, at its office 
or at another depository institution or trust company, an Eligible Account, 
designated "Spread Account -- Warehousing Series -- Norwest Bank Minnesota, 
National Association, as Collateral Agent for Financial Security Assurance 
Inc. and another Secured Party" (the "Warehousing Series Spread Account").

     Section 3.2.   RELEASE OF FUNDS UPON REPURCHASE.  On the Repurchase Date 
for any Purchased Receivables in respect of which the Collateral Agent has 
received a Notice of Repurchase in the form of Exhibit D to the Repurchase 
Agreement for Purchased Recevables with an aggregate principal balance equal 
to or greater than $20,000,000 and a corresponding executed reconveyance in 
the form of Exhibit E to the Repurchase Agreement pursuant to Section 3(d) 
thereof, the Collateral Agent, upon reconveyance of such Purchased 
Receivables, shall recalculate the Spread Account Maximum Amount for the 
Warehousing Series Spread Account and release funds from the Warehousing 
Series Spread Account in excess of the recalculated Spread Account Maximum 
Amount to the Seller.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     Section 4.1.  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each party hereto shall take such 
action and deliver such instruments to any other party hereto, in addition to 
the actions and instruments specifically provided for herein, as may be 
reasonably requested or required to effectuate the purpose or provisions of 
this Warehousing Series Supplement or to confirm or perfect any transaction 
described or contemplated herein.

     SECTION 4.2.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS WAREHOUSING SERIES SUPPLEMENT SHALL 
BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE 
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE 
STATE OF NEW YORK.

     Section 4.3.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Warehousing Series Supplement may be 
executed in two or more counterparts by the parties hereto, and each such 
counterpart shall be considered an original and all such counterparts shall 
constitute one and the same instrument.

     Section 4.4. HEADINGS.  The headings of sections and paragraphs and the 
Table of Contents contained in this Warehousing Series Supplement are 
provided for convenience only.  They form no part of this Warehousing Series 
Supplement and shall not affect its construction or interpretation.


                                       5


<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Warehousing 
Series Supplement as of the date set forth on the first page hereof.


                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                       By  illegible
                                         ----------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:


                                       OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                                       By  illegible
                                         ----------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:


                                       FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                                       By  Claire M. Robinson
                                         ----------------------------------
                                         Authorized Officer


                                       NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL 
                                         ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

                                       By  Thomas D. Wraathbert
                                         ----------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:


                                       NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                         ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

                                       By  Thomas D. Wraathbert
                                         ----------------------------------
                                         Name:
                                         Title:




<PAGE>

                                                                    

                               SERIES 1996-D SUPPLEMENT

                            dated as of December 12, 1996

                                          to

                               SPREAD ACCOUNT AGREEMENT

                             dated as of March 25, 1993,

                               as amended and restated

                                as of December 3, 1996

                                        among

                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                          OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                          FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                                         and

                    NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

                          as Trustee and as Collateral Agent

<PAGE>



                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                           Page
                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

    Section 1.1    Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     2
    Section 1.2    Rules of Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     8


                                      ARTICLE II

              CREDIT ENHANCEMENT FEE; SERIES SUPPLEMENTS; THE COLLATERAL

    Section 2.1    Series 1996-D Credit Enhancement Fee  . . . . . . . .     8
    Section 2.2    Series Supplements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     9
    Section 2.3    Grant of Security Interest by OFL and the Seller  . .     9


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    SPREAD ACCOUNT

    Section 3.1    Establishment of Series 1996-D Spread Account; Initial
                   Deposit into Series 1996-D Spread Account . . . . . .    10
    Section 3.2    Spread Account Additional Deposits  . . . . . . . . .    10


                                      ARTICLE IV

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

    Section 4.1    Further Assurances  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    10
    Section 4.2    Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    10
    Section 4.3    Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11
    Section 4.4    Headings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    11

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 1

                               SERIES 1996-D SUPPLEMENT

    SERIES 1996-D SUPPLEMENT, dated as of December 12, 1996 (the "Series 
1996-D Supplement"), by and among OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., a Minnesota 
corporation ("OFL"), OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP., a Delaware 
corporation (the "Seller"), FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC., a New York 
stock insurance company ("Financial Security"), and NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, 
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, in its capacities as 
Trustee under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement and as Indenture Trustee 
under each Indenture referred to in the Spread Account Agreement (as defined 
below), in such capacity as agent for the Noteholders and Certificateholders 
with respect to the related Series (in each of such capacities, the 
"Trustee") and as Collateral Agent hereunder.

                                       RECITALS

    1.   The parties hereto have previously entered into a Spread Account 
Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1993, as amended and restated as of December 
3, 1996 (the "Spread Account Agreement"), and, as contemplated by Section 
2.02 of the Spread Account Agreement, this Series 1996-D Supplement 
constitutes a Series Supplement to the Spread Account Agreement so that 
hereafter this Series 1996-D Supplement shall form a part of the Spread 
Account Agreement for all purposes thereof, and all references herein and 
hereafter to the Spread Account Agreement shall mean the Spread Account 
Agreement, as supplemented hereby.

    2.   Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-D (the "Series 1996-D 
Trust") is being formed contemporaneously herewith pursuant to the Series 
1996-D Trust Agreement (as defined herein).

    3.   Pursuant to the Series 1996-D Sale and Servicing Agreement, the 
Seller is selling to the Series 1996-D Trust all of its right, title and 
interest in and to the Initial Receivables (as defined in the Series 1996-D 
Sale and Servicing Agreement) and certain other Trust Property (as defined in 
the Series 1996-D Trust Agreement).

    4.   Pursuant to the Series 1996-D Trust Agreement, the Series 1996-D 
Trust is issuing the Series 1996-D Certificates (as defined herein).  
Pursuant to the Series 1996-D Indenture, the Series 1996-D Trust is issuing 
the Series 1996-D Notes (as defined herein).

    5.   The Seller has requested that Financial Security issue the Series 
1996-D Note Policy to the Trustee to guarantee payment of the Scheduled 
Payments (as defined in such Policy) on each Payment Date in respect of the 
Series 1996-D Notes, and has requested that Financial Security issue the 
Series 1996-D Certificate Policy to Mellon Bank (DE), National Association, 
as Owner Trustee under the Series 

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 2

1996-D Trust Agreement, to guarantee payment of the Guaranteed Distributions 
(as defined in such Policy) on each Distribution Date in respect of the 
Series 1996-D Certificates.

    6.   In partial consideration of the issuance of the Series 1996-D Note 
Policy and the Series 1996-D Certificate Policy, the Seller has agreed that 
Financial Security shall have certain rights as Controlling Party, to the 
extent set forth in the Spread Account Agreement and the Series 1996-D 
Indenture.

    7.   The Seller is a wholly owned special purpose subsidiary of OFL.  The 
Series 1996-D Trust has agreed to pay the Series 1996-D Credit Enhancement 
Fee to the Seller in consideration of the obligations of the Seller and OFL 
pursuant hereto and in consideration of the obligations of OFL pursuant to 
the Series 1996-D Insurance Agreement (such obligations forming part of the 
Series 1996-D Insurer Secured Obligations as referred to herein).  The Series 
1996-D Insurer Secured Obligations form part of the consideration to 
Financial Security for its issuance of the Series 1996-D Policies.

    8.   In order to secure the performance of the Series 1996-D Secured 
Obligations, to further effect and enforce the subordination provisions to 
which the Series 1996-D Credit Enhancement Fee is subject, and in 
consideration of the receipt of the Series 1996-D Credit Enhancement Fee, OFL 
and the Seller have agreed to pledge the Series 1996-D Collateral as 
Collateral to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Financial Security and 
for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Trust, upon the terms and 
conditions set forth herein.

                                 AGREEMENTS

    In consideration of the premises, and for other good and valuable 
consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby 
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

                                 DEFINITIONS

    Section 1.1 DEFINITIONS.  All terms defined in Section 1.1 of the Series 
1996-D Sale and Servicing Agreement shall have the same meaning with respect 
to this Series 1996-D Supplement.  The following terms shall have the 
following meanings:

    "COLLECTION ACCOUNT SHORTFALL" means, with respect to Series 1996-D and 
any Distribution Date, the Deficiency Claim Amount, as defined in the Series 
1996-D Sale and Servicing Agreement, with respect to such Distribution Date.

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 3

    "DEEMED CURED" means, (a) with respect to a Trigger Event that has 
occurred pursuant to clause (i) of the definition thereof, as of a 
Determination Date with respect to Series 1996-D, that no Trigger Event as 
specified in clause (i) of the definition thereof with respect to such Series 
shall have occurred as of such Determination Date or as of any of the five 
consecutively preceding Determination Dates, and (b) with respect to a 
Trigger Event that has occurred pursuant to clause (ii) or clause (iii) of 
the definition thereof, as of the next Determination Date which occurs in a 
calendar month which is a multiple of three months succeeding the Series 
1996-D Closing Date, that no such clause (ii) or clause (iii) Trigger Event 
with respect to such Series shall have occurred as of such Determination Date.

    "INITIAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT" means $730,000,000 with respect to Series 
1996-D.

    "INITIAL SPREAD ACCOUNT DEPOSIT" means $7,300,000 for Series 1996-D.

    "INITIAL SPREAD ACCOUNT MAXIMUM AMOUNT" means, with respect to Series 
1996-D and any Distribution Date, an amount equal to the greater of (i) 7% of 
the Series 1996-D Balance as of the close of business on such Distribution 
Date and (ii) the Spread Account Minimum Amount as of the close of business 
on such Distribution Date.

    "SERIES 1996-D BALANCE" means, with respect to Series 1996-D and any 
Distribution Date, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Series 
1996-D Notes and the Certificate Balance with respect to Series 1996-D 
Certificates as of such Distribution Date (after giving effect to the 
distributions in respect of principal on the Notes and on the Certificates 
made on such Distribution Date).

    "SERIES 1996-D CERTIFICATE POLICY" means the financial guaranty insurance 
policy issued by Financial Security with respect to the Series 1996-D 
Certificates.

    "SERIES 1996-D CERTIFICATES" means the Certificates issued on the date 
hereof pursuant to the Series 1996-D Trust Agreement.

    "SERIES 1996-D COLLATERAL" has the meaning specified in Section 2.3(a) 
hereof.

    "SERIES 1996-D CREDIT ENHANCEMENT FEE" means the amount distributable on 
each Distribution Date pursuant to Section 4.6(viii) and (ix) of the Series 
1996-D Sale and Servicing Agreement.

    "SERIES 1996-D INDENTURE" means the Indenture, dated as of December 1, 
1996, among the Series 1996-D Trust, the Trustee and the Indenture Collateral 
Agent.

    "SERIES 1996-D NOTE POLICY" means the financial guaranty insurance policy 
issued by Financial Security with respect to the Series 1996-D Notes.

    "SERIES 1996-D NOTES" means the Class A-1, Class A-2, Class A-3, Class A-4
and 

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 4

Class A-5 Notes issued pursuant to the Series 1996-D Indenture.

    "SERIES 1996-D OWNER TRUSTEE" means Mellon Bank (DE), National 
Association, not in its individual capacity but solely as Owner Trustee, or 
its successor in interest, and any successor Owner Trustee appointed as 
provided in the Series 1996-D Trust Agreement.

    "SERIES 1996-D RECEIVABLE" means each Receivable referenced on the 
Schedule of Receivables attached to the Series 1996-D Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, as supplemented from time to time during the Funding Period by one 
or more Subsequent Transfer Agreements.

    "SERIES 1996-D RESERVE ACCOUNT" means the Reserve Account established 
pursuant to Section 4.1(d) of the Series 1996-D Sale and Servicing Agreement.

    "SERIES 1996-D SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT" means the Sale and Servicing 
Agreement, dated as of December 1, 1996, and attached hereto as Exhibit A, 
among the Series 1996-D Trust, OFL, in its individual capacity and as 
Servicer, the Seller and the Backup Servicer, as such agreement may be 
supplemented, amended or modified from time to time.

    "SERIES 1996-D SECURED OBLIGATIONS" means the Insurer Secured Obligations 
and the Trustee Secured Obligations with respect to Series 1996-D.

    "SERIES 1996-D SECURITIES" means the Series 1996-D Notes and the Series 
1996-D Certificates, collectively.

    "SERIES 1996-D SPREAD ACCOUNT" means the Spread Account established 
pursuant to Section 3.1(a) hereof.

    "SERIES 1996-D SUPPLEMENT" means this Series 1996-D Supplement which 
constitutes a Series Supplement to the Spread Account Agreement.

    "SERIES 1996-D TRUST AGREEMENT" means the Trust Agreement, dated as of 
December 1, 1996, among the Seller, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP 
Inc., Financial Security and the Series 1996-D Owner Trustee.

    "SPREAD ACCOUNT ADDITIONAL DEPOSIT" means, with respect to Series 1996-D 
and any Subsequent Transfer Date, an amount equal to 0.00% of the aggregate 
Principal Balance (as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date) of the 
Subsequent Receivables being transferred to the Series 1996-D Trust on such 
Subsequent Transfer Date or such greater amount as required by the Rating 
Agencies to confirm that the rating assigned to the Series 1996-D Notes and 
the Series 1996-D Certificates will be in the highest category by such Rating 
Agencies.

    "SPREAD ACCOUNT MAXIMUM AMOUNT" means, with respect to Series 1996-D 

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 5

and any Distribution Date:

              (i)  if no Insurance Agreement Event of Default with respect to
    Series 1996-D has occurred and is continuing, no Capture Event has occurred
    and is continuing, no Trigger Event has occurred on the related
    Determination Date, and if any Trigger Event with respect to Series 1996-D
    has occurred as of a prior Determination Date, such Trigger Event is Deemed
    Cured as of the related Determination Date, the Initial Spread Account
    Maximum Amount with respect to Series 1996-D and such Distribution Date;

              (ii) if (A) a Trigger Event with respect to Series 1996-D has
    occurred as of the Determination Date or (B) a Trigger Event with respect
    to Series 1996-D has occurred as of a prior Distribution Date and is not
    Deemed Cured as of the related Determination Date, and no Insurance
    Agreement Event of Default with respect to Series 1996-D has occurred and
    is continuing and no Capture Event has occurred and is continuing, the
    Spread Account Maximum Amount shall be equal to the greater of (i) 10% of
    the Series 1996-D Balance as of the close of business on such Distribution
    Date and (ii) the Spread Account Minimum Amount as of the close of business
    on such Distribution Date; or

              (iii) if (A) an Insurance Agreement Event of Default with
    respect to Series 1996-D has occurred and is continuing or (B) a Capture
    Event has occurred and is continuing as of the related Determination Date,
    the Spread Account Maximum Amount shall be equal to the greater of (i) 25%
    of the Series 1996-D Balance as of the close of business on such
    Distribution Date and (ii) the Spread Account Minimum Amount as of the
    close of business on such Distribution Date.

    "SPREAD ACCOUNT MINIMUM AMOUNT" means, with respect to Series 1996-D and 
any Distribution Date, an amount equal to the greater of:

         (i)  $100,000, and

         (ii) the lesser of:

              (A)  1% of the Initial Principal Amount of Series 1996-D, and

              (B)  the Series 1996-D Balance.

    "SPREAD ACCOUNT WITHDRAWAL FLOOR" means, with respect to Series 1996-D 
and any Determination Date, an amount equal to the Spread Account Minimum 
Amount.

    "TRIGGER EVENT" means, with respect to Series 1996-D and as of a 
Determination Date, the occurrence of any of the following events:

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 6

         (i)  the Average Delinquency Ratio for such Determination Date shall
              be 5.9% or greater;

         (ii) the Cumulative Default Rate shall be equal to or greater than (A)
              2.60%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring prior to
              or during the third calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D
              Closing Date, (B) 4.76%, with respect to any Determination Date
              occurring after the third, and prior to or during the 6th,
              calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (C)
              6.66%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the
              6th, and prior to or during the 9th, calendar month succeeding
              the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (D) 8.22%, with respect to any
              Determination Date occurring after the 9th, and prior to or
              during the 12th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D
              Closing Date, (E) 8.97%, with respect to any Determination Date
              occurring after the 12th, and prior to or during the 15th,
              calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (F)
              9.97%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the
              15th, and prior to or during the 18th, calendar month succeeding
              the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (G) 10.87%, with respect to any
              Determination Date occurring after the 18th, and prior to or
              during the 21st, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D
              Closing Date, (H) 11.56%, with respect to any Determination Date
              occurring after the 21st, and prior to or during the 24th,
              calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (I)
              12.17%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after
              the 24th, and prior to or during the 27th, calendar month
              succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (J) 12.70%, with
              respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 27th, and
              prior to or during the 30th, calendar month succeeding the Series
              1996-D Closing Date, (K) 13.09%, with respect to any
              Determination Date occurring after the 30th, and prior to or
              during the 33rd, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D
              Closing Date, (L) 13.39%, with respect to any Determination Date
              occurring after the 33rd, and prior to or during the 36th,
              calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (M)
              13.65%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after
              the 36th, and prior to or during the 39th, calendar month
              succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (N) 13.81%, with
              respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 39th, and
              prior to or during the 42nd, calendar month succeeding the Series
              1996-D Closing Date, (O) 13.96%, with respect to any
              Determination Date occurring after the 42nd, and prior to or
              during the 45th calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D
              Closing Date, (P) 14.08%, with 

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 7

              respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 45th, and 
              prior to or during the 48th, calendar month succeeding the Series 
              1996-D Closing Date, (Q) 14.15%, with respect to any Determination
              Date occurring after the 48th, and prior to or during the 51st, 
              calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (R) 
              14.21%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the
              51st, and prior to or during the 54th, calendar month succeeding 
              the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (S) 14.25%, with respect to any
              Determination Date occurring after the 54th, and prior to or
              during the 57th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D
              Closing Date, (T) 14.28%, with respect to any Determination Date
              occurring after the 57th, and prior to or during the 60th,
              calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (U)
              14.30%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after
              the 60th, and prior to or during the 63rd, calendar month
              succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (V) 14.32%, with
              respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 63rd, and
              prior to or during the 66th, calendar month succeeding the Series
              1996-D Closing Date, (W) 14.33%, with respect to any
              Determination Date occurring after the 66th, and prior to or
              during the 69th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D
              Closing Date, or (X) 14.35%, with respect to any Determination
              Date occurring after the 69th calendar month succeeding the
              Series 1996-D Closing Date; or

        (iii) the Cumulative Net Loss Rate shall be equal to or greater
              than (A) 1.34%, with respect to any Determination Date 
              occurring prior to or during the third calendar month 
              succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (B) 2.33%, with 
              respect to any Determination Date occurring after the third, 
              and prior to or during the 6th, calendar month succeeding the 
              Series 1996-D Closing Date, (C) 3.14%, with respect to any 
              Determination Date occurring after the 6th, and prior to or 
              during the 9th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D 
              Closing Date, (D) 3.74%, with respect to any Determination 
              Date occurring after the 9th, and prior to or during the 
              12th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing 
              Date, (E) 4.08%, with respect to any Determination Date 
              occurring after the 12th, and prior to or during the 15th,
              calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (F)
              4.40%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after 
              the 15th, and prior to or during the 18th, calendar month 
              succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (G) 4.65%, with 
              respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 18th, 
              and prior to or during the 21st, calendar month succeeding 
              the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (H) 4.85%, 

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 8

              with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 
              21st, and prior to or during the 24th, calendar month 
              succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (I) 5.01%, with 
              respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 24th, 
              and prior to or during the 27th, calendar month succeeding 
              the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (J) 5.16%, with respect to any
              Determination Date occurring after the 27th, and prior to or
              during the 30th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D
              Closing Date, (K) 5.26%, with respect to any Determination 
              Date occurring after the 30th, and prior to or during the 
              33rd, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing 
              Date, (L) 5.36%, with respect to any Determination Date 
              occurring after the 33rd, and prior to or during the 36th, 
              calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, 
              (M) 5.43%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
              after the 36th, and prior to or during the 39th, calendar 
              month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (N) 5.51%, 
              with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 
              39th, and prior to or during the 42nd, calendar month 
              succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (O) 5.58%, with 
              respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 42nd, 
              and prior to or during the 45th calendar month succeeding the 
              Series 1996-D Closing Date, (P) 5.62%, with respect to any
              Determination Date occurring after the 45th, and prior to or
              during the 48th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D
              Closing Date, (Q) 5.65%, with respect to any Determination 
              Date occurring after the 48th, and prior to or during the 
              51st, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing 
              Date, (R) 5.68%, with respect to any Determination Date 
              occurring after the 51st, and prior to or during the 54th, 
              calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, 
              (S) 5.72%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
              after the 54th, and prior to or during the 57th, calendar 
              month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (T) 5.74%, 
              with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 
              57th, and prior to or during the 60th, calendar month 
              succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (U) 5.75%, with 
              respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 60th, 
              and prior to or during the 63rd, calendar month succeeding
              the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (V) 5.77%, with respect to 
              any Determination Date occurring after the 63rd, and prior to 
              or during the 66th, calendar month succeeding the Series 
              1996-D Closing Date, (W) 5.78%, with respect to any 
              Determination Date occurring after 

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 9

              the 66th, and prior to or during the 69th, calendar month 
              succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, or (X) 5.80%, with 
              respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 69th 
              calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date.

    Section 1.2  RULES OF INTERPRETATION.  The terms "hereof," "herein," 
"hereto" or "hereunder," unless otherwise modified by more specific 
reference, shall refer to this Series 1996-D Supplement.  Unless otherwise 
indicated in context, the terms "Article," "Section" or "Exhibit" shall refer 
to an Article or Section of, or Exhibit to, this Series 1996-D Supplement.  
The definition of a term shall include the singular, the plural, the past, 
the present, the future, the active and the passive forms of such term.  A 
term defined herein and used herein preceded by a Series designation, shall 
mean such term as it relates to the Series designated.

                                   ARTICLE

          CREDIT ENHANCEMENT FEE; SERIES SUPPLEMENTS; THE COLLATERAL

     Section 2.1 SERIES 1996-D CREDIT ENHANCEMENT FEE.  The Series 1996-D 
Sale and Servicing Agreement provides for the payment to the Seller of the 
Series 1996-D Credit Enhancement Fee, to be paid to the Seller by 
distribution of such amounts to the Collateral Agent for deposit and 
distribution pursuant to this Agreement. The Seller and OFL hereby agree that 
payment of the Series 1996-D Credit Enhancement Fee in the manner and subject 
to the conditions set forth herein and in the Series 1996-D Sale and 
Servicing Agreement is adequate consideration and the exclusive consideration 
to be received by the Seller or OFL for the obligations of the Seller 
pursuant hereto and the obligations of OFL pursuant hereto (including, 
without limitation, the transfer by the Seller to the Collateral Agent of the 
Initial Spread Account Deposit with respect to Series 1996-D) and pursuant to 
the Series 1996-D Insurance Agreement.  The Seller and OFL hereby agree with 
the Trustee and with Financial Security that payment of the Series 1996-D 
Credit Enhancement Fee to the Seller is expressly conditioned on 
subordination of the Series 1996-D Credit Enhancement Fee to payments on the 
Notes (if any) and Certificates of any Series, payments of amounts due to 
Financial Security and the other obligations of the Trusts, in each case to 
the extent provided in Section 4.6 of the Standard Terms and Conditions or 
Section 4.6 of the related Sale and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, and 
Section 3.03 of the Spread Account Agreement, and the Security Interest of 
the Secured Parties in the Series 1996-D Collateral is intended to effect and 
enforce such subordination and to provide security for the Series 1996-D 
Secured Obligations and subject to the terms hereof the Secured Obligations 
with respect to other Series.

    Section 2.2  SERIES SUPPLEMENTS.  As provided in and subject to the 
conditions specified in Section 2.02 of the Spread Account Agreement, the 
parties hereto are entering into this Series 1996-D Supplement with respect 
to the Series 1996-D Securities.

    Section 2.3  GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST BY OFL AND THE SELLER.

    (a)       In order to secure the performance of the Secured Obligations 
with respect to each Series, the Seller (and OFL, to the extent it may have 
any rights therein) hereby pledges, assigns, grants, transfers and conveys to 
the Collateral Agent, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Secured Parties 
to secure the Secured Obligations, a lien on and security interest in (which 
lien and security interest is intended to be prior to all other liens, 
security interests or other encumbrances), all of its right, title and 
interest in and to the following (all being collectively referred to herein 
as the "Series 1996-D Collateral"):

              (i)    the Series 1996-D Credit Enhancement Fee and all rights
    and remedies that the Seller may have to enforce payment of the Series
    1996-D Credit Enhancement Fee whether under the Series 1996-D Sale and
    Servicing Agreement or otherwise;

              (ii)   the Series 1996-D Spread Account established pursuant to
    Section 3.1 of this Series 1996-D Supplement and Section 3.01 of the Spread

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 10

    Account Agreement, and each other account owned by the Seller and
    maintained by the Collateral Agent (including, without limitation, all
    monies, checks, securities, investments and other documents from time to
    time held in or evidencing any such accounts);

              (iii)  all of the Seller's right, title and interest in
    and to investments made with proceeds of the property described in clauses
    (i) and (ii) above, or made with amounts on deposit in the Series 1996-D
    Spread Account; and

              (iv)   all distributions, revenues, products, substitutions,
    benefits, profits and proceeds, in whatever form, of any of the foregoing.

    (b)       In order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Series
1996-D Supplement, including for the purpose of perfecting the security
interests granted hereunder, the Seller represents and warrants that it has,
prior to the execution of this Series 1996-D Supplement, executed and filed an
appropriate Uniform Commercial Code financing statement in Minnesota sufficient
to ensure that the Collateral Agent, as agent for the Secured Parties, has a
first priority perfected security interest in all Series 1996-D Collateral which
can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement.

                                   ARTICLE

                                SPREAD ACCOUNT

    Section 3.1  ESTABLISHMENT OF SERIES 1996-D SPREAD ACCOUNT; INITIAL 
DEPOSIT INTO SERIES 1996-D SPREAD ACCOUNT.

    (a)       On or prior to the Closing Date relating to the Series 1996-D 
Certificates, the Collateral Agent shall establish with respect to Series 
1996-D, at its office or at another depository institution or trust company, 
an Eligible Account, designated "Spread Account--Series 1996-D--Norwest Bank 
Minnesota, National Association, as Collateral Agent for Financial Security 
Assurance Inc. and another Secured Party" (the "Series 1996-D Spread 
Account").

    (b)       On the Closing Date relating to the Series 1996-D, the 
Collateral Agent shall deposit the Initial Spread Account Deposit with 
respect to Series 1996-D received from the Seller into the Series 1996-D 
Spread Account.

    Section 3.2  SPREAD ACCOUNT ADDITIONAL DEPOSITS.  On each Subsequent 
Transfer Date, the Series 1996-D Trust will, pursuant to Section 2.4 of the 
Series 1996-D Sale and Servicing Agreement, deliver on behalf of the Seller 
the Spread Account Additional Deposit for such Subsequent Transfer Date to 
the Collateral Agent. The Collateral Agent shall deposit each such Spread 
Account Additional Deposit 

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 11

received from the Series 1996-D Trust into the Series 1996-D Spread Account. 

                                    ARTICLE

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

    Section 4.1  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Each party hereto shall take such 
action and deliver such instruments to any other party hereto, in addition to 
the actions and instruments specifically provided for herein, as may be 
reasonably requested or required to effectuate the purpose or provisions of 
this Series 1996-D Supplement or to confirm or perfect any transaction 
described or contemplated herein.

    Section 4.2  GOVERNING LAW.  This Series 1996-D Supplement shall be 
governed by and construed, and the obligations, rights and remedies of the 
parties hereunder shall be determined, in accordance with the laws of the 
State of New York.

    Section 4.3  COUNTERPARTS.  This Series 1996-D Supplement may be executed 
in two or more counterparts by the parties hereto, and each such counterpart 
shall be considered an original and all such counterparts shall constitute 
one and the same instrument.

    Section 4.4  HEADINGS.  The headings of sections and paragraphs and the 
Table of Contents contained in this Series 1996-D Supplement are provided for 
convenience only.  They form no part of this Series 1996-D Supplement and 
shall not affect its construction or interpretation.

<PAGE>

                                                                        Page 12

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Series 1996-D 
Supplement as of the date set forth on the first page hereof.


                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                       By
                                         ----------------------------------
                                          John A. Witham
                                          Executive Vice President and
                                           Chief Financial Officer  


                                       OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                                       By
                                         ----------------------------------
                                          John A. Witham
                                            Senior Vice President and
                                              Chief Financial Officer   


                                       FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                                       By
                                         ----------------------------------
                                            Authorized Officer


                                       NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                            ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

                                       By
                                         ----------------------------------
                                            Thomas D. Wraalstad
                                            Corporate Trust Officer


                                       NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                            ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

                                       By
                                         ----------------------------------
                                            Thomas D. Wraalstad
                                            Corporate Trust Officer




<PAGE>

                                   AMENDMENT

                          dated as of January 14, 1997

                                     among

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                       OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                       FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                                      and

                 NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

                              as Collateral Agent

                                       to

            Series 1994-B Supplement dated as of September 23, 1994

               Series 1994-A Supplement dated as of April 5, 1994

             Series 1993-D Supplement dated as of December 2, 1993

              Series 1993-C Supplement dated as of August 17, 1993

               Series 1993-B Supplement dated as of June 11, 1993

                                       to

                            Spread Account Agreement

                           dated as of March 25, 1993
                 as amended and restated as of December 3, 1996

<PAGE>

    Amendment dated as of January 14, 1997 among OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD., a 
Minnesota corporation ("OFL"), OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP., a Delaware 
corporation (the "Seller"), FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC., a New York stock 
insurance company ("Financial Security") and NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION,  as Collateral Agent to the:

    (i) the Series 1994-B Supplement dated as of September 23, 1994, as amended
    by that certain Amendment dated as of June 15, 1995 (the "June 1995
    Amendment") to certain Series Supplements (as hereinafter defined), as
    further amended by that certain Amendment dated as of September 21, 1995
    (the "September 1995 Amendment") to certain Series Supplements, that
    certain Amendment dated as of December 6, 1995 (the "December 1995
    Amendment") to certain Series Supplements and that certain Amendment dated
    as of September 12, 1996 (the "September 1996 Amendment") to certain Series
    Supplements (as amended, the "Series 1994-B Supplement");

    (ii) the Series 1994-A Supplement dated as of April 5, 1994 as amended by
    the June 1995 Amendment, as further amended by the September 1995
    Amendment, the December 1995 Amendment and the September 1996 Amendment (as
    amended, the "Series 1994-A Supplement");

    (iii) the Series 1993-D Supplement dated as of December 2, 1993, as amended
    by the June 1995 Amendment, as further amended by the September 1995
    Amendment, the December 1995 Amendment and the September 1996 Amendment (as
    amended, the "Series 1993-D Supplement");

    (iv) the Series 1993-C Supplement dated as of August 17, 1993, as amended
    by the June 1995 Amendment, as further amended by the September 1995
    Amendment, the December 1995 Amendment and the September 1996 Amendment (as
    amended, the "Series 1993-C Supplement")

    (v) the Series 1993-B Supplement dated as of June 11, 1993, as amended by
    the June 1995 Amendment, as further amended by the September 1995
    Amendment, the December 1995 Amendment and the September 1996 Amendment (as
    amended, the "Series 1993-B Supplement") (each of the supplements referred
    to in (i) through (v) herein, a "Series Supplement," and collectively, the
    "Series Supplements")

to the Spread Account Agreement, dated as of March 25, 1993, as amended and 
restated as of December 3, 1996 among OFL, the Seller, Financial Security and 
Norwest Bank Minnesota National Association as Trustee and as Collateral Agent 
(the "Spread Account Agreement").

    WHEREAS, Section 8.03 of the Spread Account Agreement permits amendment of 
the Spread Account Agreement upon the terms and conditions specified therein.

    WHEREAS, the parties to the Spread Account Agreement (the "Parties") have 
heretofore executed the Series Supplements;


                                          2
<PAGE>

    WHEREAS, the Parties wish to amend the Series Supplements.

    NOW, THEREFORE, the Parties agree that the Series Supplements are hereby 
amended effective as of the date hereof as follows:

    Section 1.  DEFINITIONS.  Each term used but not defined herein shall have 
the meaning assigned to such term in the Spread Account Agreement or in the 
relevant Series Supplement thereto, and when used herein with respect to a 
particular Series shall have the meaning assigned to such term of such Series.

    Section 2.  AMENDMENT OF CERTAIN TERMS OF THE SERIES SUPPLEMENTS. Section 
1.1 of each of the Series Supplements is amended as follows:

         Paragraph (ii) of the definition of "Trigger Event" is amended by
    deleting the percentage specified therein and replacing such percentage in
    each instance with the percentage corresponding to the applicable Series
    Supplement specified under Column I of Exhibit A hereto.

    Section 3.  COUNTERPARTS.

    This Amendment to the Series Supplements may be executed in several 
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original hereof and all of 
which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same Amendment to the 
Series Supplements.

    Section 4.  RATIFICATION OF SPREAD ACCOUNT AGREEMENT.

    Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms and conditions of the 
Spread Account Agreement, including each Series Supplement, shall remain in 
full force and effect.  As amended hereby, the Spread Account Agreement, 
including each Series Supplement, is ratified and confirmed in all respects.


                                          3
<PAGE>

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of
the date set forth on the first page hereof.


                                 OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                 By:  /s/ John A. Witham
                                      ------------------------------
                                      John A. Witham
                                      Executive Vice President
                                      and Chief Financial Officer


                                 OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                                 By:  /s/ John A. Witham
                                      ------------------------------
                                      John A. Witham
                                      Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


                                 FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                                 By   /s/ Richard J. Bannerfeld M.D.
                                      ------------------------------
                                      Authorized Officer
                                      Richard J. Bannerfeld M.D.
   
                                 NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                      ASSOCIATION, as Collateral Agent

                                 By   /s/ Thomas D. Wraalstad
                                      ------------------------------
                                      Thomas D. Wraalstad
                                      Corporate Trust Officer

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT A

      Series Designation   Column I
      ------------------   ---------

         1993-B              5%

         1993-C              5%

         1993-D              5%

         1994-A              5%

         1994-B              5%


<PAGE>






                                      AMENDMENT

                            dated as of September 12, 1996

                                          to

             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of June 14, 1996
                                           
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of March 14, 1996
                                           
            Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of December 6, 1995
                                           
           Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of September 21, 1995
                                           
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995
                                           
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of March 15, 1995
                                           
            Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of February 9, 1995
                                           
           Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of September 23, 1994
                                           
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of April 5, 1994
                                           
            Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of December 2, 1993
                                           
            Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of August 17, 1993
                                           
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of June 11, 1993
                                           
             Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of March 25, 1993
                                           



<PAGE>

                                           
                                      Amendment
                                         to 
                          Insurance and Indemnity Agreements
                                           
          Amendment dated as of September 12, 1996 ("Amendment to Insurance and
Indemnity Agreements") to:

     (i)  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of June 14, 1996 (the
          "Series 1996-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement");

     (ii) Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of March 14, 1996, as
          amended by that certain Amendment dated as of May 31, 1996 (the "May
          Amendment") to certain of the Insurance and Indemnity Agreements (as
          hereinafter defined) (as amended, the "Series 1996-A Insurance and
          Indemnity Agreement");

    (iii) Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of December 6, 1995,
          as amended by the May 1996 Amendment (as amended, the "Series
          1995-E Insurance and Indemnity Agreement"); 

     (iv) Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of September 21, 1995, as
          amended by that certain Amendment dated as of December 6, 1995  (the
          "December 1995 Amendment") to certain of the Insurance and Indemnity
          Agreements, as further amended by the May 1996 Amendment (as amended,
          the "Series 1995-D Insurance and Indemnity Agreement"); 

     (v)  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of June 15, 1995, as
          amended by the December 1995 Amendment, as further amended by the May
          1996 Amendment (as amended, the "Series 1995-C Insurance and Indemnity
          Agreement"); 

     (vi) Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of March 15, 1995, as
          amended by that certain Amendment dated as of June 15, 1995 (the "June
          1995 Amendment") to certain of the Insurance and Indemnity Agreements,
          as further amended by the December 1995 Amendment and the May 1996
          Amendment (as amended, the "Series 1995-B Insurance and Indemnity
          Agreement"); 

    (vii) Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of February 9, 1995,
          as amended by the June 1995 Amendment, as further amended by the
          December 1995 Amendment and May 1996 Amendment (as amended, the
          "Series 1995-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement");

   (viii) Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of September 23, 1994,
          as amended by the June 1995 Amendment, as further amended by the
          December 1995



<PAGE>



          Amendment (as amended, the "Series 1994-B Insurance and Indemnity 
          Agreement");

     (ix) Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of April 5, 1994, as
          amended by the June 1995 Amendment, as further amended by the December
          1995 Amendment (as amended, the "Series 1994-A Insurance and Indemnity
          Agreement");

     (x)  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of December 2, 1993, as
          amended by the June 1995 Amendment, as further amended by the December
          1995 Amendment (as amended, the "Series 1993-D Insurance and Indemnity
          Agreement");

     (xi) Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of August 17, 1993, as
          amended by the June 1995 Amendment, as further amended by the December
          1995 Amendment (as amended, the "Series 1993-C Insurance and Indemnity
          Agreement");

   (xii)  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of June 11, 1993, as
          amended by the December 1995 Amendment (as amended, the "Series
          1993-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement"); 

  (xiii)  Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of March 25, 1993, as
          amended by the December 1995 Amendment (as amended, the "Series
          1993-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement") (each of the
          agreements referred to in (i) through (xiii) herein, an
          "Insurance and Indemnity Agreement," and collectively, the
          "Insurance and Indemnity Agreements")

among Financial Security Assurance Inc., Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust,
1996-B, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-A, Olympic Automobile
Receivables Trust, 1995-E, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1995-D, Olympic
Automobile Receivables Trust, 1995-C, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust,
1995-B, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1994-B, Olympic Automobile
Receivables Trust, 1994-A, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1993-D, Olympic
Automobile Receivables Trust, 1993-C, Olympic First GP Inc., Olympic Second GP
Inc., Olympic Receivables Finance Corp., and Olympic Financial Ltd, in each case
with respect to each Insurance and Indemnity Agreement with respect to which
such person is a party.

          WHEREAS, the respective parties to each Insurance and Indemnity
Agreement (the "Respective Parties") have heretofore executed such Insurance and
Indemnity Agreement; 

          WHEREAS, the Respective Parties to each Insurance and Indemnity
Agreement wish to amend such Agreement.
          
          NOW, THEREFORE, the Respective Parties to each Insurance and Indemnity
Agreement agree that such Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

          Section 1.  AMENDMENT TO THE SERIES 1993-A INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
AGREEMENT AND SERIES 1993-B INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT.   




                                       2

<PAGE>


          (a)  The text contained in paragraph (f) of Section 5.01 in each of
the Series 1993-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement and the Series 1993-B
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement is deleted in its entirety.  Such paragraph
(f) shall be reserved in each instance and the paragraphs of Section 5.01 shall
not be redesignated as a result of the deletion effected by this Section 1.

          (b)  Paragraph (g) of Section 5.01 in each of the Series 1993-A
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement and the Series 1993-B Insurance and Indemnity
Agreement is amended by deleting the percentage specified therein and replacing
such percentage in each  instance with the percentage corresponding to the
applicable Series specified under Column I of Exhibit A hereto.

          Section 2.     AMENDMENT TO THE SERIES 1993-C INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
AGREEMENT.     

          (a)  The text contained in paragraph (j) of Section 5.01 in the Series
1993-C Insurance and Indemnity Agreement is deleted in its entirety.  Such
paragraph (j) shall be reserved and the paragraphs of Section 5.01 shall not be
redesignated as a result of the deletion effected by this Section 2.

          (b)  Paragraph (k) of Section 5.01 in the Series 1993-C Insurance and
Indemnity Agreement is amended by deleting the percentage specified therein and
replacing such percentage with the percentage corresponding to such Series
specified under Column I of Exhibit A hereto.

          Section 3.  AMENDMENT TO THE SERIES 1993-D INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
AGREEMENT, SERIES 1994-A INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT AND SERIES 1994-B
INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT. 

          (a)  The text contained in paragraph (k) of Section 5.01 in each of
the Series 1993-D Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1994-A Insurance and
Indemnity Agreement and Series 1994-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement is
deleted in its entirety.  Such paragraph (j) shall be reserved in each instance
and the paragraphs of Section 5.01 shall not be redesignated as a result of the
deletion effected by this Section 3.

          (b)  Paragraph (l) of Section 5.01 in each of the Series 1993-D
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1994-A Insurance and Indemnity
Agreement and Series 1994-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement is amended by
deleting the percentage specified therein and replacing such percentage in each 
instance with the percentage corresponding to such Series specified under Column
I of Exhibit A hereto.


          Section 4.  AMENDMENT TO THE SERIES 1995-B INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
AGREEMENT.     

          (a)  The text contained in paragraph (l) of Section 5.01 in the Series
1995-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement is deleted in its entirety.  Such
paragraph (j) shall be reserved



                                       3

<PAGE>


and the paragraphs of Section 5.01 shall not be redesignated as a result of 
the deletion effected by this Section 4.

          (b)  Paragraph (m) of Section 5.01 in the Series 1995-B Insurance and
Indemnity Agreement is amended by deleting the percentage specified therein and
replacing such percentage with the percentage corresponding to such Series
specified under Column I of Exhibit A hereto.

          Section 5.  AMENDMENT TO THE SERIES 1995-A INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
AGREEMENT, SERIES 1995-C INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT, SERIES 1995-D
INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT, SERIES 1995-E INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY
AGREEMENT, SERIES 1996-A INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT AND SERIES 1996-B
INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT. 

          (a)  The text contained in paragraph (j) of Section 5.01 in each of
the Series 1995-A Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1995-C Insurance and
Indemnity Agreement, Series 1995-D Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, Series
1995-E Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1996-A Insurance and Indemnity
Agreement and Series 1996-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement is deleted in its
entirety.  Such paragraph (j) shall be reserved in each instance and the
paragraphs of Section 5.01 shall not be redesignated as a result of the deletion
effected by this Section 5.

          (b)  Paragraph (k) of Section 5.01 in each of the Series 1995-A
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement,  Series 1995-C Insurance and Indemnity
Agreement, Series 1995-D Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1995-E
Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1996-A Insurance and Indemnity
Agreement and Series 1996-B Insurance and Indemnity Agreement is amended by
deleting the percentage specified therein and replacing such percentage in each 
instance with the percentage corresponding to the applicable Series specified
under Column I of Exhibit A hereto.

          Section 6.  COUNTERPARTS.

          This Amendment to the Insurance and Indemnity Agreements may be
executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original
hereof and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same
Amendment to the Insurance and Indemnity Agreements.

          Section 7.  INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENTS.

          Except as provided herein, all provisions, terms and conditions of the
Insurance and Indemnity Agreements shall remain in full force and effect.  As
amended hereby, the Insurance and Indemnity Agreements are ratified and
confirmed in all respects.

          Section 8.  AUTHORIZATION. By its execution hereof, Financial 
Security Assurance Inc. hereby instructs the Owner Trustee of each of Olympic 
Automobile Receivables Trust 1996-B, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust 
1996-A, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust 1995-E, Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust 1995-D, Olympic Automobile Receivables



                                      4

<PAGE>

Trust 1995-C, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust 1995-B, Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust 1994-B, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust 1994-A, 
Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust 1993-D and Olympic Automobile 
Receivables Trust 1993-C, each in accordance with Section 6.3 of the 
respective Trust Agreements, to execute this Amendment.



                                       5

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment to the
respective Insurance and Indemnity Agreements specified below as of the date set
forth on the first page hereof.


                              With respect to each Insurance and Indemnity
                              Agreement:

                              FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                              By: /s/
                                 --------------------------------
                                 Authorized Officer


                              OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                              By: /s/ John A. Witham
                                 --------------------------------
                                 John A. Witham
                                 Senior Vice President
                                  and Chief Financial Officer


                              OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                              By: /s/ John A. Witham
                                 --------------------------------
                                  John A. Witham
                                  Executive Vice President
                                   and Chief Financial Officer

                              With respect to Series 1996-B Insurance and
                              Indemnity Agreement, Series 1996-A Insurance
                              and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1995-E Insurance
                              and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1995-D Insurance
                              and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1995-C Insurance
                              and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1995-B Insurance
                              and Indemnity Agreement Series 1994-B  Insurance



<PAGE>


                              and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1994-A Insurance
                              and Indemnity Agreement, Series 1993-D Indemnity
                              Agreement, Series 1993-C Insurance and Indemnity
                              Agreement:


                             OLYMPIC FIRST GP INC.

                               By: /s/ John A. Witham
                                 --------------------------------
                                 John A. Witham
                                 Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


                              OLYMPIC SECOND GP INC.

                              By: /s/ John A. Witham
                                 --------------------------------
                                 John A. Witham
                                 Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


                             With respect to Series 1996-B Insurance and
                             Indemnity Agreement only:


                             OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST, 1996-B 

                             By: Mellon Bank (DE), National Association,

                                 not in its individual capacity, but solely in 
                                 its capacity as Owner Trustee

                               By: /s/ E.D. Renn
                                  --------------------------------
                                  E.D. Renn
                                  Vice President


                              With respect to Series 1996-A Insurance and
                              Indemnity Agreement only:


<PAGE>



                              OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST, 1996-A

                              By: Mellon Bank (DE), National Association,

                                  not in its individual capacity, but solely 
                                  in its capacity as Owner Trustee

                              By: /s/ E.D. Renn
                                 --------------------------------
                                 E.D. Renn
                                 Vice President


                              With respect to Series 1995-E Insurance and
                              Indemnity Agreement only:

                              OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST, 1995-E

                              By: Wilmington Trust Company,

                                not in its individual capacity, but solely in
                                its capacity as Owner Trustee

                              By: /s/
                                 --------------------------------
                                Name:  
                                Title: 

<PAGE>


                              With respect to Series 1995-D Insurance and
                              Indemnity Agreement only:

                              OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST, 1995-D

                              By: Wilmington Trust Company,

                                  not in its individual capacity, but solely 
                                  in its capacity as Owner Trustee

                              By: /s/
                                 -------------------------------- 
                                Name:  
                                Title: 


                              With respect to Series 1995-C Insurance and
                              Indemnity Agreement only:

                              OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                               TRUST, 1995-C

                              By:  Wilmington Trust Company,     

                                 not in its individual capacity, but solely in
                                 its capacity as Owner Trustee

                              By: /s/
                                 --------------------------------
                                Name:
                                Title:


                              With respect to Series 1995-B Insurance and
                              Indemnity Agreement only:

                              OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                              TRUST, 1995-B

                              By: Wilmington Trust Company, 
 
                                  not in its individual capacity, but solely 
                                  in its capacity as Owner Trustee

                              By: /s/
                                 -------------------------------- 
                                 Name:
                                 Title:

<PAGE>


                                With respect to Series 1994-B Insurance and
                                Indemnity Agreement only:

                                OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                 TRUST, 1994-B

                                By: Wilmington Trust Company,  

                                   not in its individual capacity, but solely 
                                   in its capacity as Owner Trustee

                                By: /s/
                                   -------------------------------- 
                                  Name:
                                  Title:


                                With respect to Series 1994-A Insurance and
                                Indemnity Agreement only:

                                OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                TRUST, 1994-A

                                By: Wilmington Trust Company,  

                                    not in its individual capacity, but solely 
                                    in its capacity as Owner Trustee

                                By: /s/
                                   -------------------------------- 
                                  Name:
                                  Title:


<PAGE>

                                With respect to Series 1993-D Insurance and
                                Indemnity Agreement only:
 
                                OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                TRUST, 1993-D

                                By: Wilmington Trust Company,    

                                    not in its individual capacity, but solely 
                                    in its capacity as Owner Trustee

                                By: /s/
                                   --------------------------------   
                                  Name:
                                  Title:


                                With respect to Series 1993-C Insurance and
                                Indemnity Agreement only:

                                OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                TRUST, 1993-C

                                By: Wilmington Trust Company,  

                                    not in its individual capacity, but solely 
                                    in its capacity as Owner Trustee

                                By: /s/
                                   --------------------------------  
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

<PAGE>


                                                                       EXHIBIT A


SERIES DESIGNATION                     COLUMN I

  Series 1993-A                         5.50%

  Series 1993-B                         5.50%

  Series 1993-C                         5.50%

  Series 1993-D                         5.50%

  Series 1994-A                         5.50%

  Series 1994-B                         5.50%

  Series 1995-A                         6.52%

  Series 1995-B                         6.67%

  Series 1995-C                         6.61%

  Series 1995-D                         6.65%

  Series 1995-E                         6.77%

  Series 1996-A                         6.95%

  Series 1996-B                         7.05%



<PAGE>



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                          INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

                                        among

                         FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC., 

                    OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST, 1996-D,

                                OLYMPIC FIRST GP INC.,

                               OLYMPIC SECOND GP INC.,

                          OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                                         and

                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                            Dated as of December 12, 1996

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                     Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-D
                                           
                                           
           5.43% Class A-1 Money Market Automobile Receivables-Backed Notes
                                           
                 5.75% Class A-2 Automobile Receivables-Backed Notes
                                           
                 5.95% Class A-3 Automobile Receivables-Backed Notes
                                           
                 6.05% Class A-4 Automobile Receivables-Backed Notes
                                           
                 6.25% Class A-5 Automobile Receivables-Backed Notes
                                           
                  6.125% Automobile Receivables-Backed Certificates
                                           
                                           
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<PAGE>
                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 PAGE
<S>            <C>                                                                <C>
                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01.  Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  2

                                      ARTICLE II

                      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Section 2.01.  Representations and Warranties of the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  8
Section 2.02.  Affirmative Covenants of the Trust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Section 2.03.  Negative Covenants of the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Section 2.04.  Representations and Warranties of OFL and of the 
               Class GP Certificateholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Section 2.05.  Affirmative Covenants of OFL and each Class GP Certificateholder. . 21
Section 2.06.  Negative Covenants of OFL and each Class GP Certificateholder . . . 25
Section 2.07.  Representations and Warranties of OFL and the Seller. . . . . . . . 27
Section 2.08.  Affirmative Covenants of OFL and the Seller . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Section 2.09.  Negative Covenants of OFL and the Seller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Section 2.10.  Representations and Warranties of OFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Section 2.11.  Affirmative Covenants of OFL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Section 2.12.  Negative Covenants of OFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

                                     ARTICLE III

                     THE POLICIES; REIMBURSEMENT; INDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.01.  Conditions Precedent to Issuance of the Policies. . . . . . . . . . 45
Section 3.02.  Payment of Fees and Premium . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Section 3.03.  Reimbursement and Additional Payment Obligation . . . . . . . . . . 51
Section 3.04.  Certain Obligations Not Recourse to OFL; Recourse to Trust
               Property  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Section 3.05.  Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Section 3.06.  Payment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Section 3.07.  Subrogation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 PAGE
<S>            <C>                                                                <C>
                                      ARTICLE IV

                          FURTHER AGREEMENTS; MISCELLANEOUS

Section 4.01.  Effective Date; Term of Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Section 4.02.  Further Assurances and Corrective Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Section 4.03.  Obligations Absolute. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Section 4.04.  Assignments; Reinsurance; Third-Party Rights. . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Section 4.05.  Liability of Financial Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

                                      ARTICLE V

                             EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

Section 5.01.  Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Section 5.02.  Remedies; Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

                                      ARTICLE VI

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.01.  Amendments, Etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Section 6.02.  Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Section 6.03.  Severability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Section 6.04.  Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Section 6.05.  Consent to Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Section 6.06.  Consent of Financial Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Section 6.07.  Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Section 6.08.  Headings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Section 6.09.  Trial by Jury Waived. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Section 6.10.  Limited Liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Section 6.11.  Limited Liability of Mellon Bank (DE), National Association . . . . 67
Section 6.12.  Entire Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
</TABLE>


                                      ii


<PAGE>

                          INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT


          INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT dated as of December 12, 1996, among
FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC., a New York stock insurance company
("Financial Security"), OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES TRUST, 1996-D, a Delaware
business trust (the "Trust"), OLYMPIC FIRST GP INC., a Delaware corporation
("First Class GP Certificateholder"), OLYMPIC SECOND GP INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Second Class GP Certificateholder" and collectively with First
Class GP Certificateholder, the "Class GP Certificateholders"), OLYMPIC
RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the "Seller"), and OLYMPIC
FINANCIAL LTD., a Minnesota corporation (when referred to individually
hereunder, "OFL", when referred to as servicer under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement referred to below, the "Servicer").


                               INTRODUCTORY STATEMENTS


          1.   The Seller is the owner of the Receivables.  The Seller proposes
to sell to the Trust all of its right, title and interest in and to the
Receivables and certain other property pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.  The Trust will issue Certificates pursuant to the Trust Agreement
and Notes pursuant to the Indenture.

          2.   Each Certificate will represent a fractional undivided interest
in the Trust.  Each Note will be secured by the Indenture Property.  The Trust
has requested that Financial Security issue two financial guaranty insurance
policies guarantying respectively certain distributions of interest and
principal on the Certificates and the Notes on each Distribution Date (including
any such distributions subsequently avoided as a preference under applicable
bankruptcy law) upon the terms, and subject to the conditions, provided herein.

          3.   OFL and the Seller have previously entered into and may in the
future enter into one or more pooling and servicing agreements or sale and
servicing agreements with a trust and Seller has previously entered into a
Repurchase Agreement dated as of December 3, 1996 among the Seller and Arcadia
Receivables Conduit Corp., in each case, pursuant to which the Seller sold or
will sell all of its right, title and interest in and to receivables and the
other trust property and in connection therewith Financial Security has and may
in the future issue additional policies with respect to certain guaranteed
distributions on the corresponding certificates, the corresponding notes or
both.



<PAGE>

          4.   The parties hereto desire to specify the conditions precedent to
the issuance of the Policies by Financial Security, the payment of premium in
respect of the Policies, the indemnity and reimbursement to be provided to
Financial Security in respect of amounts paid by Financial Security under the
Policies or otherwise and certain other matters.

          In consideration of the premises and of the agreements herein
contained, Financial Security, the Trust, the Class GP Certificateholders, OFL,
individually and as Servicer, and the Seller hereby agree as follows:

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     DEFINITIONS

          Section 1.01.  DEFINITIONS.  All words and phrases defined in the
Trust Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement or in the Spread Account
Agreement shall have the same meanings in this Agreement.  Unless otherwise
specified, if a word or phrase defined in the Trust Agreement, the Sale and
Servicing Agreement or in the Spread Account Agreement can be applied with
respect to one or more Series, such a word or phrase shall be used herein as
applied to Series 1996-D.  In addition, the following words and phrases shall
have the following respective meanings:  

          "ACCUMULATED FUNDING DEFICIENCY" shall have the meaning provided in
Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived.

          "AGREEMENT"  means this Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, as the same
may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

          "AUTHORIZED OFFICER"  means, with respect to a corporation, the
president, the chief financial officer or any vice president.

          "CERTIFICATES" means the Certificates issued under the Trust
Agreement.

          "CERTIFICATE POLICY" means the financial guaranty insurance policy,
including any endorsements thereto, issued by Financial Security with respect to
the Certificates, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto.

          "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, including, unless the
context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended
from time to time.

          "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          "COMMONLY CONTROLLED ENTITY" means with respect to the Trust, the
Seller or OFL, as the case may be, each entity, whether or not incorporated,
which is affiliated with the Trust, the Seller or OFL, as the case may be,
pursuant to Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.


                                       2

<PAGE>

          "DEFAULT" means any event which results, or which with the giving of
notice or the lapse of time or both would result, in an Event of Default.

          "DEMAND NOTES" means the Series 1993-C Demand Notes, the Series 1993-D
Demand Notes, the Series 1994-A Demand Notes, the Series 1994-B Demand Notes,
the Series 1995-B Demand Notes, Series 1995-C Demand Notes, the Series 1995-D
Demand Notes, the Series 1995-E Demand Notes, the Series 1996-A Demand Notes,
the Series 1996-B Demand Notes, the Series 1996-C Demand Notes and the Series
1996-D Demand Notes.

          "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
including, unless the context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations
thereunder, as amended from time to time.

          "EVENT OF DEFAULT" means any event of default specified in Section
5.01 of this Agreement.

          "EXPIRATION DATE" means, with respect to each Policy, the final date
of the Term of such Policy, as specified therein.

          "FINANCIAL SECURITY" means Financial Security Assurance Inc., a New
York stock insurance company, its successors and assigns.

          "FINANCIAL STATEMENTS" means with respect to OFL the audited
consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 1995, December 31, 1994 and
December 31, 1993 and the related audited consolidated statements of income,
retained earnings and cash flows for the 12-month periods then ended and the
notes thereto and the unaudited balance sheets as of September 30, 1996 and
September 30, 1995 and the statements of income, retained earnings and cash
flows for the fiscal quarter then ended.

          "FISCAL AGENT" means the Fiscal Agent, if any, designated pursuant to
the terms of the Policies.

          "INDENTURE COLLATERAL AGENT" means initially, Norwest Bank Minnesota,
National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent on behalf of Financial
Security and the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders pursuant to the
Indenture, its successor in interest and any successor Indenture Collateral
Agent under the Indenture.

          "INDENTURE PROPERTY" means the property pledged to the Indenture
Collateral Agent on behalf of Financial Security and the Indenture Trustee on
behalf of the Noteholders pursuant to the Indenture.

          "INSURANCE AGREEMENT INDENTURE CROSS DEFAULT"  means an Event of
Default specified in clause (a), (f), (g), (h) or (i) of Section 5.01.


                                       3

<PAGE>


          "INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT" means the Investment Company Act of 1940,
including, unless the context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations
thereunder, as amended from time to time.

          "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service.

          "LATE PAYMENT RATE" means the greater of (i) a per annum rate equal to
3 percent in excess of Financial Security's cost of funds, determined on a
monthly basis, or (ii) a per annum rate equal to 3 percent in excess of the
arithmetic average of the prime or base lending rates publicly announced by The
Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A. (New York, New York) and Citibank, N.A. (New York,
New York), as in effect on the last day of the month for which interest is being
computed, but, in either case, in no event greater than the maximum rate
permitted by law.

          "LIEN" means, as applied to the property or assets (or the income or
profits therefrom) of any Person, in each case whether the same is consensual or
nonconsensual or arises by contract, operation of law, legal process or
otherwise:  (a) any mortgage, lien, pledge, attachment, charge, lease,
conditional sale or other title retention agreement, or other security interest
or encumbrance of any kind; or (b) any arrangement, express or implied, under
which such property or assets are transferred, sequestered or otherwise
identified for the purpose of subjecting or making available the same for the
payment of debt or performance of any other obligation in priority to the
payment of the general, unsecured creditors of such Person.

          "MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE" means, in respect of any Person, a material
adverse change in (i) the business, financial condition, results of operations,
or properties of such Person and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the
ability of such Person to perform its obligations under any of the Transaction
Documents to which it is a party or (iii) the ability of Financial Security or
the Trust to realize the benefits or security afforded under the Transaction
Documents.

          "MULTIEMPLOYER PLAN" means a multiemployer plan (within the meaning of
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA) in respect of which a Commonly Controlled Entity
makes contributions or has liability.

          "NOTE POLICY" means the financial guaranty insurance policy, including
any endorsements thereto, issued by Financial Security with respect to the
Notes, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto.

          "NOTICE OF CLAIM" means the Notice of Claim and Certificate in the
form attached as Exhibit A to Endorsement No. 1 to each Policy.

          "OTHER TRUST PROPERTY" means the property conveyed by the Seller to
the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and any Subsequent
Transfer Agreement.

          "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor
agency, corporation or instrumentality of the United States to which the duties
and powers of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation are transferred.


                                       4

<PAGE>

          "PLAN" means any pension plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan)
covered by Title IV of ERISA, which is maintained by a Commonly Controlled
Entity or in respect of which a Commonly Controlled Entity has liability.

          "POLICIES" means the Note Policy and the Certificate Policy.

          "PORTFOLIO PERFORMANCE EVENT OF DEFAULT" means an Event of Default
specified in clause (j), (k), or (l) of Section 5.01.

          "PREMIUM" means the premium payable in accordance with Section 3.02 of
this Agreement.

          "PREMIUM LETTER" means the side letter between Financial Security and
OFL dated the date hereof in respect of the premium payable by OFL in
consideration of the issuance of the Policies.

          "PREMIUM SUPPLEMENT" means a non-refundable premium, in addition to
the premium payable in accordance with Section 3.02 of this Agreement, payable
by OFL to Financial Security in monthly installments commencing on the first
Distribution Date following the Premium Supplement Commencement Date and on each
Distribution Date thereafter, payable in accordance with the terms of the
Premium Letter.

          "PREMIUM SUPPLEMENT COMMENCEMENT DATE" means the date of occurrence of
an Event of Default in respect of which the Premium Supplement shall have been
declared due and payable in accordance with Section 5.02 of this Agreement.

          "PREVIOUS SERIES TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means the transaction
documents as defined in each of the insurance and indemnity agreements related
to Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1993-A, Olympic Automobile Receivables
Trust, 1993-B, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1993-C, and Olympic
Automobile Receivables Trust, 1993-D, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust,
1994-A, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1994-B, Olympic Automobile
Receivables Trust, 1995-A, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1995-B, Olympic
Automobile Receivables Trust, 1995-C, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust,
1995-D, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1995-E, Olympic Automobile
Receivables Trust, 1996-A, Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-B, Olympic
Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-C and the Warehousing Notes.

          "PROSPECTUS" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(o) of this
Agreement.

          "RELATED DOCUMENTS" means the Transaction Documents except for the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          "REGISTRATION STATEMENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 2.07(o)
of this Agreement.


                                       5

<PAGE>

          "REPORTABLE EVENT" means any of the events set forth in Section
4043(b) of ERISA or the regulations thereunder.

          "RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY" means, as applied to the property or
assets (or the income or profits therefrom) of any Person, in each case whether
the same is consensual or nonconsensual or arises by contract, operation of law,
legal process or otherwise, any material condition to, or restriction on, the
ability of such Person or any transferee therefrom to sell, assign, transfer or
otherwise liquidate such property or assets in a commercially reasonable time
and manner or which would otherwise materially deprive such Person or any
transferee therefrom of the benefits of ownership of such property or assets.

          "SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT" means the Sale and Servicing Agreement
dated as of December 1, 1996 among the Seller, OFL, in its individual capacity
and as Servicer, the Back-up Servicer and the Trust pursuant to which the
Initial Receivables are to be sold, serviced and administered, as the same may
be amended from time to time.

          "SECURITIES ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, including, unless
the context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended
from time to time.

          "SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
including, unless the context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations
thereunder, as amended from time to time.

          "SENIOR NOTE INDENTURE" means the Indenture dated as of April 28, 1995
between OFL and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as amended or
supplemented, relating to OFL's $145,000,000 13% Senior Notes due 2000.

          "SERIES 1993-C DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
August 17, 1993, issued by OFL to First Class GP Certificateholder and the
Demand Note, dated August 17, 1993, issued by OFL to Second Class GP
Certificateholder.

          "SERIES 1993-D DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
December 2, 1993, issued by OFL to First Class GP Certificateholder and the
Demand Note, dated December 2, 1993, issued by OFL to Second Class GP
Certificateholder.

          "SERIES 1994-A DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
April 5, 1994, issued by OFL to First Class GP Certificateholder and the Demand
Note, dated April 5, 1994, issued by OFL to Second Class GP Certificateholder.

          "SERIES 1994-B DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
September 23, 1994, issued by OFL to Class B-GP Certificateholder and the Demand
Note, dated September 23, 1994, issued by OFL to Class I-GP Certificateholder.

          "SERIES 1995-B DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
March 15, 1995, issued by OFL to the Class GP Certificateholders.


                                       6


<PAGE>

          "SERIES 1995-C DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
June 15, 1995, issued by OFL to the Class GP Certificateholders.

          "SERIES 1995-D DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
September 21, 1995, issued by OFL to the Class GP Certificateholders.

          "SERIES 1995-E DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
December 6, 1995, issued by OFL to the Class GP Certificateholders.

          "SERIES 1996-A DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
March 14, 1996, issued by OFL to the Class GP Certificateholders.

          "SERIES 1996-B DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
June 14, 1996, issued by OFL to the Class GP Certificateholders.

          "SERIES 1996-C DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
September 12, 1996, issued by OFL to the Class GP Certificateholders.

          "SERIES 1996-D" means the Series of Certificates and Notes issued on
the date hereof pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the Indenture, respectively.

          "SERIES 1996-D DEMAND NOTES" means each of the Demand Notes, dated
December 12, 1996, issued by OFL to the Class GP Certificateholders.

          "SERIES OF CERTIFICATES", "SERIES OF NOTES" or "SERIES" means Series
1996-D or any, or as the context may require, all, additional series of
certificates or notes or both issued as described in paragraph 3 of the
Introductory Statements hereto.

          "SERVICER TERMINATION SIDE LETTER" means the letter from Financial
Security to the Servicer dated as of December 12, 1996, with regard to the
renewal of the term of the Servicer.

          "SPREAD ACCOUNT AGREEMENT" means the Spread Account Agreement, dated
as of March 25, 1993, as amended and restated as of December 3, 1996 as
supplemented in accordance with the terms thereof, among OFL, the Seller,
Financial Security, the Indenture Trustee and the Collateral Agent.

          "STOCK PLEDGE AGREEMENT" means the Third Amended and Restated Stock
Pledge Agreement, as amended and restated, dated as of December 3, 1996, among
Financial Security, OFL, and the Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended
from time to time.

          "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation of
which a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock having ordinary
voting power for the election of directors is at the time owned by such Person
directly or through one or more Subsidiaries.


                                       7

<PAGE>

          "TERM OF THE POLICY" means, with respect to each Policy, the meaning
provided therein. 

          "TERM OF THIS AGREEMENT" shall be determined as provided in Section
4.01 of this Agreement.

          "TRANSACTION" means the transactions contemplated by the Transaction
Documents, including the transactions described in the Registration Statement.

          "TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS" means this Agreement, the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Certificate of Trust, the Indenture, the
Underwriting Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Premium Letter, the Stock
Pledge Agreement, the Lockbox Agreement, the Depository Agreements, the
Custodian Agreement, the Servicer Termination Side Letter, the Spread Account
Agreement and the Administration Agreement.

          "TRUST AGREEMENT" means the Trust Agreement, dated as of December 1,
1996, among the Seller, the Class GP Certificateholders, Financial Security and
Mellon Bank (DE), National Association, as Owner Trustee.

          "TRUST INDENTURE ACT" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
including, unless the context otherwise requires, the rules and regulations
thereunder, as amended from time to time.

          "UNDERFUNDED PLAN" means any Plan that has an Underfunding.

          "UNDERFUNDING" means, with respect to any Plan, the excess, if any, of
(a) the present value of all benefits under the Plan (based on the assumptions
used to fund the Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code) as of the most recent
valuation date over (b) the fair market value of the assets of such Plan as of
such valuation date.

          "UNDERWRITERS" means Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation, Bear Stearns & Co., Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc.

          "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT" means the Pricing Agreement, dated December
5, 1996, among OFL and the Seller and the Underwriters.

          "WAREHOUSING NOTES" means the Notes issued pursuant to the Warehousing
Series Indenture dated as of December 3, 1996 between Arcadia Receivables
Conduit Corp., as the issuer, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association,
as trustee.


                                       8


<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE II

                      REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

          Section 2.01.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE TRUST.  The Trust
represents, warrants and covenants, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing
Date, as follows:

          (a)  DUE ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.  The Trust is  duly formed
and validly existing as a Delaware statutory business trust and is in good
standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority to
own its properties and to conduct its business.  The Trust is duly qualified to
do business, is in good standing and has obtained all necessary licenses,
permits, charters, registrations and approvals (together, "approvals") necessary
for the conduct of its business as described in the Prospectus and the
performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents, in each
jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified or to obtain such approvals
would render the Receivables in such jurisdiction or any Transaction Document
unenforceable in any respect or would otherwise have a material adverse effect
upon the Transaction.

          (b)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Trust has all necessary trust power and
authority to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus, to execute,
deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each other
Transaction Document to which  the Trust is a party and to carry out the terms
of each such agreement, and has full power and authority to issue the Notes and
the Certificates and pledge and assign its assets pursuant to the Indenture and
has duly authorized the issuance of the Notes and Certificates and the
assignment of its assets by all necessary trust proceedings. 

          (c)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Trust is a party
has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Trust and
does not require any additional approvals or consents or other action by or any
notice to or filing with any Person by or on behalf of the Trust, including,
without limitation, any governmental entity. 

          (d)  NONCONTRAVENTION.  Neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Trust is a party, the
consummation of the Transaction nor the satisfaction of the terms and conditions
of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Trust is a
party,

            (i)     conflicts with or results in any breach or violation of any
     provision of the Certificate of Trust or the Trust Agreement or any law,
     rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination
     or award currently in effect having applicability to the Trust or any of
     its properties, including regulations issued by an administrative agency or
     other governmental authority having supervisory powers over the Trust, 


                                       9


<PAGE>

           (ii)     constitutes a default by the Trust under or a breach of any
     provision of any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement or
     instrument to which the Trust is a party or by which it or any of its
     properties is or may be bound or affected, or

          (iii)     results in or requires the creation of any Lien upon or in
     respect of any of the Trust's assets except as otherwise expressly
     contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

          (e)  PENDING LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING.  There is no action,
proceeding or investigation pending, or, to the Trust's best knowledge,
threatened, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, arbitrator
or governmental agency or instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Trust or
its properties:  (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any other
Transaction Document to which the Trust is a party, (B) seeking to prevent the
issuance of the Certificates, the Notes or the consummation of the Transaction,
(C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely
affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction
Document to which the Trust is a party, (D) which might result in a Material
Adverse Change with respect to the Trust or (E) which might adversely affect the
federal or state tax attributes of the Certificates, the Notes or the Trust.

          (f)  VALID AND BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  Each of the Transaction Documents
to which the Trust is a party, when executed and delivered by the Trust, and
assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto,
will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Trust enforceable
in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws
affecting creditors' rights generally and general equitable principles.  The
Certificates, when executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the
Trust Agreement, will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled to the
benefits of the Trust Agreement and will evidence the entire beneficial
ownership interest in the Trust.  The Notes, when executed, authenticated and
delivered in accordance with the Indenture, will be entitled to the benefits of
the Indenture and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
Trust, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

          (g)  NO CONSENTS.  No consent, license, approval or authorization
from, or registration, filing or declaration with, any regulatory body,
administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality, nor any consent,
approval, waiver or notification of any creditor, lessor or other
non-governmental person, is required in connection with the execution, delivery
and performance by the Trust of this Agreement or of any other Transaction
Document to which the Trust is a party, except (in each case) such as have been
obtained and are in full force and effect.

          (h)  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW, ETC.  No practice, procedure or policy
employed or proposed to be employed by the Trust in the conduct of its business
violates any law, regulation, judgment, agreement, order or decree applicable to
the Trust which, if enforced, would result in a Material Adverse Change with
respect to the Trust.


                                      10


<PAGE>

          (i)  ERISA.  The Trust does not maintain or contribute to, or have any
obligation to maintain or contribute to, any Plan.  The Trust is not subject to
any of the provisions of ERISA.

          (j)  COLLATERAL.  On the Closing Date, and on each Subsequent Transfer
Date, the Trust will have good and marketable title to each item of Other Trust
Property conveyed on such date and will own each such item free and clear of any
Lien (other than Liens contemplated under the Indenture) or any equity or
participation interest of any other Person.

          (k)  PERFECTION OF LIENS AND SECURITY INTEREST.  On the Closing Date,
the Lien and security interest in favor of the Indenture Collateral Agent with
respect to Indenture Property will be perfected by the filing of financing
statements on Form UCC-1 in each jurisdiction where such recording or filing is
necessary for the perfection thereof, the delivery of the Receivable Files for
the Receivables to the Custodian, and the establishment of the Collection
Account, the Subcollection Account, the Lockbox Account, the Pre-Funding
Account, the Reserve Account and the Note Distribution Account in accordance
with the provisions of the Transaction Documents, and no other filings in any
jurisdiction or any other actions (except as expressly provided herein) are
necessary to perfect the Collateral Agent's Lien on and security interest in the
Collateral as against any third parties.

          (l)  SECURITY INTEREST IN FUNDS AND INVESTMENTS.  Assuming the
retention of funds in the Accounts (other than the Certificate Distribution
Account) and the acquisition of Eligible Investments in accordance with the
Transaction Documents, such funds and Eligible Investments will be subject to a
valid and perfected, first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral
Agent on behalf of the Indenture Trustee (on behalf of the Noteholders) and
Financial Security.

          (m)  COMPLIANCE WITH INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT.  The Trust is not
required to be registered as an "investment company" under the Investment
Company Act.

          (n)  INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The
representations and warranties of the Trust set forth in each Transaction
Document are (in each case) true and correct as if set forth herein.  

          (o)  SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY.

            (i)     The capital of the Trust is adequate for the business and
     undertakings of the Trust.

           (ii)     Except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the
     Trust is not engaged in any business transactions with OFL, the Seller or
     any Affiliate of either of them.

          (iii)     The Trust's funds and assets are not, and will not be,
     commingled with the funds of any other Person, except as provided in the
     Transaction Documents.


                                      11


<PAGE>

          (p)  SOLVENCY; FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE.  The Trust is solvent and will
not be rendered insolvent by the Transaction or by the performance of its
obligations under the Transaction Documents and, after giving effect to such
Transaction, the Trust will not be left with an unreasonably small amount of
capital with which to engage in its business.  The Trust does not intend to
incur, or believe that it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such
debts as they mature.  The Trust does not contemplate the commencement of
insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the
appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official
in respect of the Trust or any of its assets.  

          Section 2.02.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE TRUST.  The Trust hereby
agrees that during the Term of the Agreement, unless Financial Security shall
otherwise expressly consent in writing:

          (a)  COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENTS AND APPLICABLE LAWS.  The Trust will
comply with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and each other
Transaction Document to which it is a party and with all material requirements
of any law, rule or regulation applicable to it.  The Trust will not cause or
permit to become effective any amendment to or modification of any of the
Transaction Documents to which it is a party unless (i) (so long as no Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) Financial Security shall have
previously approved in writing the form of such amendment or modification or
(ii) if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such amendment
would not adversely affect the interests of Financial Security.  The Trust shall
not take any action or fail to take any action that would interfere with the
enforcement of any rights under this Agreement or the other Transaction
Documents.

          (b)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS; OTHER INFORMATION. 
The Trust shall keep or cause to be kept in reasonable detail books and records
of account of the Trust's assets and business, which shall be furnished to
Financial Security upon request.  The Trust shall furnish to Financial Security,
simultaneously with the delivery of such documents to the Indenture Trustee, the
Noteholders or the  Certificateholders, as the case may be, copies of all
reports, certificates, statements, financial statements or notices furnished to
the Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, as the case
may be, pursuant to the Transaction Documents.  

            (i)     ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  As soon as available, and in
     any event within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Trust,
     the audited balance sheets of the Trust as of the end of such fiscal year
     and the audited statements of income, changes in equityowners' equity and
     cash flows of the Trust for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and
     stating in comparative form the respective figures for the corresponding
     date and period in the preceding fiscal year, prepared in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and
     accompanied by the certificate of the Trust's independent accountants (who
     shall be acceptable to Financial Security) and by the certificate specified
     in Section 2.02(c) hereof.

           (ii)     QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  As soon as available, and
     in any event within 45 days after the close of each of the first three
     quarters of each fiscal year


                                      12


<PAGE>

     of the Trust, the unaudited balance sheets of the Trust as of the end of
     such quarter and the unaudited statements of income, changes in
     equityowners' equity and cash flows of the Trust for the portion of the
     fiscal year then ended, all in reasonable detail and stating in comparative
     form the respective figures for the corresponding date and period in the
     preceding fiscal year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted
     accounting principles consistently applied (subject to normal year-end
     adjustments), and accompanied by the certificate specified in Section
     2.02(c) hereof.

          (iii)     ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS.  Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies
     of any reports or comment letters submitted to the Trust by its independent
     accountants in connection with any examination of the financial statements
     of the Trust. 

           (iv)     CERTAIN INFORMATION.  Not less than ten days prior to the
     date of filing with the IRS of any tax return or amendment thereto, copies
     of the proposed form of such return or amendment and, promptly after the
     filing or sending thereof, (i) copies of each tax return and amendment
     thereto that the Trust files with the IRS and (ii) copies of all financial
     statements, reports, and registration statements which the Trust files
     with, or delivers to, any federal government agency, authority or body
     which supervises the issuance of securities by the Trust.

            (v)     OTHER INFORMATION.  Promptly upon the request of Financial
     Security, copies of all schedules, financial statements or other similar
     reports delivered to or by the Trust pursuant to the terms of this
     Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and such other data as
     Financial Security may reasonably request.        

          (c)  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE. The Trust shall deliver to Financial
Security and, upon request, any Noteholder or Certificateholder, concurrently
with the delivery of the financial statements required pursuant to Section 2.02
(b)(i) and (ii) hereof, a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the
Administrator stating that:

            (i)     a review of the Trust's performance under the Transaction
     Documents during such period has been made under such officer's
     supervision;

           (ii)     to the best of such individual's knowledge following
     reasonable inquiry, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
     continuing or, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is
     continuing, specifying the nature thereof and, if the Trust has a right to
     cure pursuant to Section 5.01, stating in reasonable detail the steps, if
     any, being taken by the Trust to cure such Default or Event of Default or
     to otherwise comply with the terms of the agreement or agreements to which
     such Default or Event of Default relates; and

          (iii)     the financial reports submitted in accordance with Section
     2.02(b)(i) or (ii) hereof, as applicable, are complete and correct in all
     material respects and present fairly the financial condition and results of
     operations of the Trust as of the dates and for


                                      13


<PAGE>

     the periods indicated, in accordance with generally accepted accounting
     principles consistently applied (subject as to interim statements to
     normal year-end adjustments).

          (d)  ACCESS TO RECORDS; DISCUSSIONS WITH OFFICERS AND ACCOUNTANTS. 
The Trust shall, upon the request of Financial Security, permit Financial
Security or its authorized agents (i) to inspect the books and records of the
Trust as they may relate to the Notes, the Certificates, the Receivables and the
Other Trust Property, the obligations of the Trust under the Transaction
Documents, the Trust's business and the Transaction and (ii) to discuss the
affairs, finances and accounts of the Trust with any of its personnel and
representatives, including its Independent Accountants.  Such inspections and
discussions shall be conducted during normal business hours and shall not
unreasonably disrupt the business of the Trust.  The books and records of the
Trust will be maintained at the address of the Trust designated herein for
receipt of notices, unless the Trust shall otherwise advise the parties hereto
in writing.

          (e)  NOTICE OF MATERIAL EVENTS.  The Trust shall promptly inform
Financial Security in writing of the occurrence of any of the following:

            (i)     the submission of any claim or the initiation of any legal
     process, litigation or administrative or judicial investigation against the
     Trust involving potential damages or penalties in an uninsured amount in
     excess of $100,000 in any one instance or $500,000 in the aggregate;

           (ii)     any change in the location of Trust's principal office or
     any change in the location of the Trust's books and records;

          (iii)     the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

           (iv)     the commencement or threat of any rule making or
     disciplinary proceedings or any proceedings instituted by or against the
     Trust in any federal, state or local court or before any governmental body
     or agency, or before any arbitration board, or the promulgation of any
     proceeding or any proposed or final rule which, if adversely determined,
     would result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to the Trust;

            (v)     the commencement of any proceedings by or against the Trust
     under any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation,
     rehabilitation, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect
     or of any proceeding in which a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee
     or similar official shall have been, or may be, appointed or requested for
     the Trust or any of its assets;

           (vi)     the receipt of notice that (A) the Trust is being placed
     under regulatory supervision, (B) any license, permit, charter,
     registration or approval necessary for the conduct of the Trust's business
     is to be, or may be, suspended or revoked, or (C) the Trust is to cease and
     desist any practice, procedure or policy employed by the Trust in the
     conduct of its business, and such cessation may result in a Material
     Adverse Change with respect to the Trust; or


                                      14


<PAGE>

          (vii)     any other event, circumstance or condition that has
     resulted, or has a material possibility of resulting, in a Material Adverse
     Change in respect of the Trust.

          (f)  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Trust will file all necessary financing
statements, assignments or other instruments, and any amendments or continuation
statements relating thereto, necessary to be kept and filed in such manner and
in such places as may be required by law to preserve and protect fully the Lien
and security interest in, and all rights of the Indenture Collateral Agent with
respect to the Indenture Property, under the Indenture.  In addition, the Trust
shall, upon the request of Financial Security (so long as no Insurer Default has
occurred and is continuing), from time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver
and, if necessary, file such further instruments and take such further action as
may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the intention, performance and
provisions of the Transaction Documents to which the Trust is a party or to
protect the interest of the Indenture Collateral Agent in the Indenture Property
under the Indenture.  The Trust agrees to cooperate with the Rating Agencies in
connection with any review of the Transaction which may be undertaken by the
Rating Agencies after the date hereof.

          (g)  MAINTENANCE OF LICENSES.  The Trust shall maintain all licenses,
permits, charters and registrations which are material to the performance by the
Trust of its obligations under this Agreement and each other Transaction
Document to which the Trust is a party or by which the Trust is bound.

          (h)  RETIREMENT OF NOTES AND CERTIFICATES.  The Trust shall, upon
retirement of the Certificates and upon retirement of the Notes furnish to
Financial Security a notice of such retirement, and, upon such retirement and
the expiration of the term of the applicable Policy, surrender the applicable
Policy to Financial Security for cancellation.

          (i)  DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT.  Each Prospectus delivered with respect to
the Notes and the Certificates shall clearly disclose that the Policies are not
covered by the property/casualty insurance security fund specified in Article 76
of the New York Insurance Law.  In addition, each Prospectus delivered with
respect to the Notes and the Certificates which include financial statements of
Financial Security prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles (other than a Prospectus that only incorporates such financial
statements by reference) shall include the following statement immediately
preceding such financial statements:

          The New York State Insurance Department recognizes only
          statutory accounting practices for determining and reporting
          the financial condition and results of operations of an
          insurance company, for determining its solvency under the
          New York Insurance Law, and for determining whether its
          financial condition warrants the payment of a dividend to
          its stockholders.  No consideration is given by the New York
          State Insurance Department to financial statements prepared
          in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
          in making such determinations.


                                      15


<PAGE>

          (j)  SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY.

               (i) The Trust shall conduct its business solely in its own name
          through its duly authorized officers or agents so as not to mislead
          others as to the identity of the entity with which those others are
          concerned, and particularly will use its best efforts to avoid the
          appearance of conducting business on behalf of OFL, the Seller, or any
          other Affiliates thereof or that the assets of the Trust are available
          to pay the creditors of OFL, the Seller, or any other Affiliates
          thereof.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all oral
          and written communications, including, without limitation, letters,
          invoices, purchase orders, contracts, statements and loan
          applications, will be made solely in the name of the Trust.

               (ii) The Trust shall maintain trust records and books of account
          separate from those of OFL, the Seller, each Class GP
          Certificateholder and Affiliates of any of them.

               (iii) The Trust shall obtain proper authorization from its equity
          owners of all trust action requiring such authorization, and copies of
          each such authorization and the minutes or other written summary of
          each such meeting shall be delivered to Financial Security within two
          weeks of such authorization or meeting as the case may be.

               (iv) Although the organizational expenses of the Trust have been
          paid by OFL, operating expenses and liabilities of the Trust shall be
          paid from its own funds.

               (v) The annual financial statements of the Trust shall disclose
          the effects of the Trust's transactions in accordance with generally
          accepted accounting principles and shall disclose that the assets of
          the Trust are not available to pay creditors of OFL, the Seller,
          either Class GP Certificateholder or any Affiliate of any of them.

               (vi) The resolutions, agreements and other instruments of the
          Trust underlying the transactions described in this Agreement and in
          the other Transaction Documents shall be continuously maintained by
          the Trust as official records of the Trust separately identified and
          held apart from the records of OFL, the Seller, each Class GP
          Certificateholder and each Affiliate of any of them.

               (vii) The Trust shall maintain an arm's-length relationship with
          OFL, the Seller, each Class GP Certificateholder and each Affiliate of
          any of them and will not hold itself out as being liable for the debts
          of any such Person.

               (viii) The Trust shall keep its assets and its liabilities wholly
          separate from those of all other entities, including, but not limited
          to, OFL, the Seller, each Class


                                      16


<PAGE>

          GP Certificateholder and each Affiliate of any of them except, in
          each case, as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

          (k)  CLOSING DOCUMENTS.  The Trust shall provide or cause to be
provided to Financial Security an executed original copy of each document
executed in connection with the Transaction within 10 days after the Closing
Date, except that the Seller shall cause a copy of the Trust Agreement, the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, the Series 1996-D Supplement, the Indenture, the
Administration Agreement and each Transaction Document to which Financial
Security is a party to be provided to Financial Security on the Closing Date.

          (l)  TAX MATTERS.  The Trust will take all actions necessary to ensure
that the Trust is taxable as a partnership for federal and state income tax
purposes and not as an association (or publicly traded partnership), taxable as
a corporation.

          (m)  SECURITIES LAWS.  The Trust shall comply in all material 
respects with all applicable provisions of state and federal securities laws, 
including blue sky laws and the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and the 
Investment Company Act and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder 
for which non-compliance would result in a Material Adverse Change with 
respect to the Trust.

          (n)  INCORPORATION OF COVENANTS.  The Trust agrees to comply with each
of the covenants of the Trust set forth in the Transaction Documents and hereby
incorporates such covenants by reference as if each were set forth herein.

          Section 2.03.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF THE TRUST.  The Trust hereby
agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, unless Financial Security shall
otherwise give its prior express written consent:

          (a)  WAIVER, AMENDMENTS, ETC.  The Trust shall not waive, modify,
amend, supplement or consent to any waiver, modification, amendment of or
supplement to, any of the provisions of the Certificate of Trust, the Trust
Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents unless, if no Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Financial Security shall have
consented thereto in writing.

          (b)  CREATION OF INDEBTEDNESS; GUARANTEES.  The Trust shall not
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any indebtedness or assume, guarantee,
endorse or otherwise be or become directly or contingently liable for the
obligations of any Person by, among other things, agreeing to purchase any
obligation of another Person, agreeing to advance funds to such Person or
causing or assisting such Person to maintain any amount of capital, except as
contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

          (c)  SUBSIDIARIES.  The Trust shall not form, or cause to be formed,
any Subsidiaries.


                                      17
<PAGE>

          (d)  NO LIENS.  The Trust shall not, except as contemplated by the
Transaction Documents create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any
nature upon or with respect to any of its properties or assets, now owned or
hereafter acquired, or sign or file under the Uniform Commercial Code of any
jurisdiction any financing statement that names the Trust as debtor, or sign any
security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such a
financing statement.

          (e)  IMPAIRMENT OF RIGHTS.  The Trust shall not take any action, or
fail to take any action, if such action or failure to take action may interfere
with the enforcement of any rights under the Transaction Documents that are
material to the rights, benefits or obligations of the Indenture Trustee, the
Noteholders, the Certificateholders or Financial Security.

          (f)  NO MERGERS.  The Trust shall not consolidate with or merge into
any Person or transfer all or any material amount of its assets to any Person
(except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents) or liquidate or dissolve.

          (g)  ERISA.  The Trust shall not contribute or incur any obligation to
contribute to, or incur any liability in respect of, any Plan or Multiemployer
Plan.

          (h)  OTHER ACTIVITIES.  The Trust shall not:

               (i) sell, pledge, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any
          of its assets except as permitted under the Transaction Documents; or

               (ii) engage in any business or activity except as contemplated by
          the Transaction Documents and as permitted by its Certificate of
          Trust.

          (i)  INSOLVENCY.  The Trust shall not commence any case, proceeding or
other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic
or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of
debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or
seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation,
dissolution, consolidation or other relief with respect to it or (B) seeking
appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it
or for all or any substantial part of its assets or make a general assignment
for the benefit of its creditors.  The Trust shall not take any action in
furtherance of, or indicating the consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in
any of the acts set forth above.  The Trust shall not admit in writing its
inability to pay its debts.

          (j)  SUCCESSOR PARTIES.  The Trust will not remove or replace, or
cause to be removed or replaced, the Servicer, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner
Trustee or the Administrator.

          Section 2.04.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OFL AND OF THE CLASS
GP CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.  Each of OFL and each Class GP Certificateholder (with
respect to) represents and warrants as of the date hereof and as of the Closing
Date, as follows:


                                      18


<PAGE>

          (a)  DUE ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.  Each Class GP
Certificateholder is a corporation duly organized and validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, with power and authority
to own its properties and to conduct its business.  Each Class GP
Certificateholder is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing and has
obtained all necessary licenses, permits, charters, registrations and approvals
(together, "approvals") necessary for the conduct of its business as described
in the Transaction Documents and the performance of its obligations under the
Transaction Documents.

          (b)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Each Class GP Certificateholder has all
necessary corporate power and authority to conduct its business as described in
the Transaction Documents, to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under
this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to
carry out the terms of each such agreement.

          (c)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which each Class GP
Certificateholder is a party has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate
action on the part of such Class GP Certificateholder and does not require any
additional approvals or consents or other action by or any notice to or filing
with any Person by or on behalf of such Class GP Certificateholder, including,
without limitation, any governmental entity or such Class GP Certificateholder's
stockholder.

          (d)  NONCONTRAVENTION.  Neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which each Class GP
Certificateholder is a party, the consummation of the Transaction nor the
satisfaction of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and each other
Transaction Document to which it is a party,

               (i) conflicts with or results in any breach or violation of any
          provision of the charter or bylaws of such Class GP Certificateholder
          or any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction,
          decree, determination or award currently in effect having
          applicability to such Class GP Certificateholder or any of its
          properties, including regulations issued by an administrative agency
          or other governmental authority having supervisory powers over it, 

               (ii) constitutes a default by such Class GP Certificateholder
          under or a breach of any provision of any loan agreement, mortgage,
          indenture or other agreement or instrument to which such Class GP
          Certificateholder is a party or by which it or any of its or their
          properties is or may be bound or affected, or

               (iii) results in or requires the creation of any Lien upon or in
          respect of any of such Class GP Certificateholder's assets except as
          otherwise expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

          (e)  PENDING LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING.  There is no action,
proceeding or investigation pending, or, to OFL's or either Class GP
Certificateholder's best knowledge, threatened, before any court, regulatory
body, administrative agency, arbitrator or governmental


                                      19


<PAGE>

agency or instrumentality having jurisdiction over either Class GP 
Certificateholder or its properties:  (A) asserting the invalidity of this 
Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which either Class GP 
Certificateholder is a party, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the 
Certificates or the Notes, or the consummation of the Transaction, (C) 
seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and adversely 
affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other 
Transaction Document to which either Class GP Certificateholder is a party, 
(D) which might result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to such 
Class GP Certificateholder or (E) which might adversely affect the federal or 
state tax attributes of the Notes, the Certificates or of the Trust.

          (f)  VALID AND BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  Each of the Transaction Documents
to which each Class GP Certificateholder is a party, when executed and delivered
by such Class GP Certificateholder, and assuming due authorization, execution
and delivery by the other parties thereto, will constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligation of such Class GP Certificateholder enforceable in accordance
with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally and general equitable principles.  

          (g)  NO CONSENTS.  No consent, license, approval or authorization
from, or registration, filing or declaration with, any regulatory body,
administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality, nor any consent,
approval, waiver or notification of any creditor, lessor or other
non-governmental person, is required in connection with the execution, delivery
and performance by each Class GP Certificateholder of this Agreement or of any
other Transaction Document to which either Class GP Certificateholder is a
party, except (in each case) such as have been obtained and are in full force
and effect.

          (h)  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW, ETC.  No practice, procedure or policy
employed or proposed to be employed by either Class GP Certificateholder in the
conduct of its business violates any law, regulation, judgment, agreement, order
or decree applicable to such Class GP Certificateholder which, if enforced,
would result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to such Class GP
Certificateholder.

          (i)  SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY.

               (i) The capital of each Class GP Certificateholder is adequate
          for the business and undertakings of such Class GP Certificateholder.

               (ii) Other than with respect to the ownership by OFL of the stock
          of each Class GP Certificateholder, the issuance of the Demand Notes
          by OFL to each Class GP Certificateholder, and except for its
          ownership of the Series 1993-C Class B Certificates, the Series 1993-D
          Class B Certificates, the Series 1994-A Class B Certificates, the
          Series 1994-B Class B-GP and Class I-GP Certificates, the Series
          1995-B Class GP Certificates, the Series 1995-C Class GP Certificates,
          the Series 1995-D Class B-GP and Class I-GP Certificates, the Series
          1995-E Class GP Certificates, the Series 1996-A Class GP Certificates,
          the Series 1996-B Class GP


                                      20


<PAGE>

          Certificates, the Series 1996-C Class GP Certificates and the Series
          1996-D Class GP Certificates, it is not engaged in any business
          transactions with OFL or any Affiliate of OFL.

               (iii) At least one executive officer and one director of each
          Class GP Certificateholder shall be a person who is not, and will not
          be, a director, officer, employee or holder of any equity securities
          of OFL, the Seller, or any Affiliate of either of them.

               (iv) Each Class GP Certificateholder's funds and assets are not,
          and will not be, commingled with the funds of any other Person.

               (v) The by-laws of each Class GP Certificateholder require it to
          maintain (A) correct and complete minute books and records of account,
          and (B) minutes of the meetings and other proceedings of its
          shareholders and board of directors.

          (j)  SOLVENCY; FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE.  Each Class GP Certificateholder
is solvent and will not be rendered insolvent by the Transaction and, after
giving effect to such Transaction, such Class GP Certificateholder will not be
left with an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to engage in its
business.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder intends to incur, or believes that
it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature. 
Neither Class GP Certificateholder contemplates the commencement of insolvency,
bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the appointment of a
receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official in respect of
such Class GP Certificateholder or any of its assets.  

          (k)  CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  The shares of stock of each Class GP
Certificateholder which have been pledged pursuant to the Stock Pledge Agreement
constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of such Class GP
Certificateholder.  All of the outstanding equity securities of the Trust in
which each Class GP Certificateholder owns an interest are owned by such Class
GP Certificateholder free and clear of any Lien.

          (l)  ERISA.  Each Class GP Certificateholder is in compliance with
ERISA and has not incurred and does not reasonable expect to incur any liability
to any Plan or to PBGC in connection with any Plan or to contribute now or in
the future in respect of any Plan.

          (m)  SECURITIES LAWS COMPLIANCE.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder
is required to be registered as an "investment company" under the Investment
Company Act of 1940.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder is subject to the
information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

          (n)  TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS.  All of the representations and warranties
made by each Class GP Certificateholder in the Transaction Documents are
incorporated by reference herein as if set forth herein and each such
representation and warranty is true and correct as of the Closing Date. 


                                      21


<PAGE>

          Section 2.05.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF OFL AND EACH CLASS GP
CERTIFICATEHOLDER.  OFL and each Class GP Certificateholder (with respect to
itself) hereby agrees that during the Term of the Agreement, unless Financial
Security shall otherwise expressly consent in writing:

          (a)  COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENTS AND APPLICABLE LAWS.  Such Class GP
Certificateholder will comply with all terms and conditions of this Agreement
and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and with all material
requirements of any law, rule or regulation applicable to it.  Each Class GP
Certificateholder will not cause or permit to become effective any amendment to
or modification of any of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party
unless (i) (so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing)
Financial Security shall have previously approved in writing the form of such
amendment or modification or (ii) if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, such amendment would not adversely affect the interests of
Financial Security.  Each Class GP Certificateholder shall not take any action
or fail to take any action that would interfere with the enforcement of any
rights under this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

          (b)  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  Each Class GP Certificateholder shall
maintain its corporate existence and shall at all times continue to be duly
organized under the laws of Delaware and duly qualified and duly authorized (as
described in Sections 2.04(a), (b) and (c) hereof) and shall conduct its
business in accordance with the terms of its corporate charter and bylaws.

          (c)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS; OTHER INFORMATION. 
Each Class GP Certificateholder shall keep or cause to be kept in reasonable
detail books and records of account of such Class GP Certificateholder's assets
and business.  Each Class GP Certificateholder shall furnish to Financial
Security as soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the close
of each fiscal year of such Class GP Certificateholder, the unaudited balance
sheet of such Class GP Certificateholder as of the end of such fiscal year and
the unaudited statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash
flows of such Class GP Certificateholder for such fiscal year, all in reasonable
detail and stating in comparative form the respective figures for the preceding
fiscal year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles, consistently applied.

          (d)  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.  Each Class GP Certificateholder shall
deliver to Financial Security, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal
year of such Class GP Certificateholder, a certificate signed by an Authorized
Officer of such Class GP Certificateholder stating that (i) a review of such
Class GP Certificateholder's performance under the Transaction Documents during
such period has been made under such officer's supervision; (ii) to the best of
such individual's knowledge following reasonable inquiry, no Default or Event of
Default has occurred, or if a Default or Event of Default has occurred,
specifying the nature thereof and, if such Class GP Certificateholder has or had
a right to cure pursuant to Section 5.01, stating in reasonable detail the
steps, if any, taken or being taken by such Class GP Certificateholder to cure
such Default or Event of Default or to otherwise comply with the terms of the
Transaction Document to which such Default or Event of Default relates; and
(iii) the financial statements submitted in accordance with Section 2.05(c)
hereof, as applicable, are complete and correct in all material respects and
present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of such


                                      22


<PAGE>

Class GP Certificateholder as of the dates and for the periods indicated, in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

          (e)  ACCESS TO RECORDS; DISCUSSIONS WITH OFFICERS AND ACCOUNTANTS. 
Each Class GP Certificateholder shall, upon the request of Financial Security,
permit Financial Security or its authorized agents (i) to inspect the books and
records of such Class GP Certificateholder as they may relate to the obligations
of such Class GP Certificateholder under the Transaction Documents, such Class
GP Certificateholder's business and the Transaction and (ii) to discuss the
affairs, finances and accounts of such Class GP Certificateholder with any of
its officers, directors and representatives, including its Independent
Accountants. Each inspections and discussions shall be conducted during normal
business hours and shall not unreasonably disrupt the business of such Class GP
Certificateholder.  The books and records of each Class GP Certificateholder
will be maintained at the address designated herein for receipt of notices,
unless such Class GP Certificateholder shall otherwise advise the parties hereto
in writing.

          (f)  NOTICE OF MATERIAL EVENTS.  OFL and each Class GP
Certificateholder shall promptly inform Financial Security in writing of the
occurrence of any of the following:

               (i) the submission of any claim or the initiation of any legal
          process, litigation or administrative or judicial investigation
          against such Class GP Certificateholder involving potential damages or
          penalties in an uninsured amount in excess of $5,000 in any one
          instance or $25,000 in the aggregate;

               (ii) any change in the location of such Class GP
          Certificateholder's principal office or any change in the location of
          such Class GP Certificateholder's books and records;

               (iii) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

               (iv) the commencement or threat of any rule making or
          disciplinary proceedings or any proceedings instituted by or against
          such Class GP Certificateholder in any federal, state or local court
          or before any governmental body or agency, or before any arbitration
          board, or the promulgation of any proceeding or any proposed or final
          rule which, if adversely determined, would result in a Material
          Adverse Change with respect to such Class GP Certificateholder or the
          Trust;

               (v) the commencement of any proceedings by or against such Class
          GP Certificateholder under any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,
          liquidation, rehabilitation, insolvency or other similar law now or
          hereafter in effect or of any proceeding in which a receiver,
          liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official shall have been,
          or may be, appointed or requested for such Class GP Certificateholder
          or any of its assets;



                                      23


<PAGE>

               (vi) the receipt of notice that (A) such Class GP
          Certificateholder is being placed under regulatory supervision, (B)
          any license, permit, charter, registration or approval necessary for
          the conduct of such Class GP Certificateholder's business is to be, or
          may be, suspended or revoked, or (C) such Class GP Certificateholder
          is to cease and desist any practice, procedure or policy employed by
          such Class GP Certificateholder in the conduct of its business, and
          such cessation may result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to
          such Class GP Certificateholder or the Trust; or

               (vii) any other event, circumstance or condition that has
          resulted, or has a material possibility of resulting, in a Material
          Adverse Change in respect of such Class GP Certificateholder or the
          Trust.

          (g)  MAINTENANCE OF LICENSES.  Such Class GP Certificateholder shall
maintain all licenses, permits, charters and registrations which are material to
the performance by such Class GP Certificateholder of its obligations under this
Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party or
by which such Class GP Certificateholder is bound.

          (h)  SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY.

               (i) Such Class GP Certificateholder shall conduct its business
          solely in its own name through its duly authorized officers or agents
          so as not to mislead others as to the identity of the entity with
          which those others are concerned, and particularly will use its best
          efforts to avoid the appearance of conducting business on behalf of
          the Trust, OFL, the Seller or any other Affiliate of any of them or
          that, except as expressly provided in the Transaction Documents, the
          assets of such Class GP Certificateholder are available to pay the
          creditors of OFL, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of them.  Without
          limiting the generality of the foregoing, all oral and written
          communications, including, without limitation, letters, invoices,
          purchase orders, contracts, statements and loan applications, will be
          made solely in the name of such Class GP Certificateholder.

               (ii) Such Class GP Certificateholder shall maintain corporate
          records and books of account separate from those of OFL, the Trust,
          the Seller and any Affiliate of any of them.  

               (iii) Such Class GP Certificateholder shall obtain proper
          authorization from its board of directors of all corporate action
          requiring such authorization, meetings of the board of directors of
          such Class GP Certificateholder shall be held not less frequently than
          three times per annum and copies of the minutes of each such board
          meeting shall be delivered to Financial Security within two weeks of
          such meeting.

               (iv) Such Class GP Certificateholder shall obtain proper
          authorization from its shareholders of all corporate action requiring
          shareholder approval, meetings of the shareholders of such Class GP
          Certificateholder shall be held not less


                                      24


<PAGE>

          frequently than one time per annum and copies of each such
          authorization and the minutes of each such shareholder meeting shall
          be delivered to Financial Security within two weeks of such
          authorization or meeting, as the case may be.

               (v) Although the organizational expenses of such Class GP
          Certificateholder have been paid by OFL, operating expenses and
          liabilities of such Class GP Certificateholder shall be paid from its
          own funds.

               (vi) The annual financial statements of such Class GP
          Certificateholder shall disclose the effects of such Class GP
          Certificateholder's transactions in accordance with generally accepted
          accounting principles and shall disclose that the assets of such Class
          GP Certificateholder are not available except as expressly provided in
          the Transaction Agreements to pay creditors of OFL, the Seller or any
          Affiliate of either of them.  

               (vii) The resolutions, agreements and other instruments of such
          Class GP Certificateholder underlying the transactions described in
          this Agreement and in the other Transaction Documents shall be
          continuously maintained by such Class GP Certificateholder as official
          records of such Class GP Certificateholder separately identified and
          held apart from the records of OFL, the Seller, the Trust and any
          Affiliate of any of them.

               (viii) Except as expressly provided in the Transaction Documents
          such Class GP Certificateholder shall maintain an arm's-length
          relationship with OFL, the Seller and any Affiliate of either of them
          and will not hold itself out as being liable for the debts of OFL, the
          Seller or any Affiliate of either of them.

               (ix) Such Class GP Certificateholder shall keep its assets and
          its liabilities wholly separate from those of all other entities,
          including, but not limited to, OFL, the Seller and any Affiliate of
          either of them except, in each case, as contemplated by the
          Transaction Documents.

          (i)  RETIREMENT OF NOTES AND CERTIFICATES.  Such Class GP
Certificateholder shall cause the Trust, upon retirement of the Notes or
Certificates, to furnish to Financial Security a notice of such retirement, and,
upon such retirement and the expiration of the term of the Note Policy or
Certificate Policy, to surrender such Note Policy or Certificate Policy, as
applicable, to Financial Security for cancellation.

          (j)  INCORPORATION OF COVENANTS.  Each Class GP Certificateholder
agrees to comply with each of the covenants of such Class GP Certificateholder
set forth in the Transaction Documents and hereby incorporates such covenants by
reference as if each were set forth herein.

          (k)  TAX MATTERS.  As of the Closing Date, the Trust is, and shall
remain during the Term of this Agreement, taxable as a partnership for federal
and state income tax purposes and not as an association (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation.



                                      25


<PAGE>

          Section 2.06.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF OFL AND EACH CLASS GP
CERTIFICATEHOLDER.  Each of OFL and each Class GP Certificateholder (with
respect to itself) hereby agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, unless
Financial Security shall otherwise give its prior express written consent:

          (a)  WAIVER, AMENDMENTS, ETC.  Each Class GP Certificateholder shall
not waive, modify, amend, supplement or consent to any waiver, modification,
amendment of or supplement to, any of the provisions of any of the Transaction
Documents or of its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (i) unless, if no
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Financial Security shall
have consented thereto in writing or (ii) if an Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, which would adversely affect the interests of
Financial Security.

          (b)  CREATION OF INDEBTEDNESS; GUARANTEES.  Neither Class GP
Certificateholder shall create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any
indebtedness or assume, guarantee, endorse or otherwise be or become directly or
contingently liable for the obligations of any Person by, among other things,
agreeing to purchase any obligation of another Person, agreeing to advance funds
to such Person or causing or assisting such Person to maintain any amount of
capital, except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents or, with the prior
written consent of Financial Security, as permitted by its certificate of
incorporation.

          (c)  SUBSIDIARIES.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder shall form, or
cause to be formed, any Subsidiaries.

          (d)  NO LIENS.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder shall, except as
contemplated by the Transaction Documents, create, incur, assume or suffer to
exist any Lien of any nature upon or with respect to any of its properties or
assets, now owned or hereafter acquired, or sign or file under the Uniform
Commercial Code of any jurisdiction any financing statement that names such
Class GP Certificateholder as debtor, or sign any security agreement authorizing
any secured party thereunder to file such a financing statement.

          (e)  ISSUANCE OF STOCK.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder shall
issue any shares of capital stock or rights, warrants or options in respect of
its capital stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for its capital
stock, other than the shares of common stock which have been pledged to
Financial Security under the Stock Pledge Agreement.

          (f)  IMPAIRMENT OF RIGHTS.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder shall
take any action, or fail to take any action, if such action or failure to take
action may interfere with the enforcement of any rights under the Transaction
Documents that are material to the rights, benefits or obligations of the Trust,
the Indenture Trustee, the Certificateholders, the Noteholders or Financial
Security.

          (g)  NO MERGERS.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder shall consolidate
with or merge into any Person or transfer all or any material amount of its
assets to any Person (except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents) or
liquidate or dissolve.



                                      26


<PAGE>

          (h)  ERISA.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder shall contribute or
incur any obligation to contribute to, or incur any liability in respect of, any
Plan or Multiemployer Plan.

          (i)  OTHER ACTIVITIES.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder shall:

               (i) sell, pledge, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any
          of its assets except as permitted under the Transaction Documents;

               (ii) engage in any business or activity except as contemplated by
          the Transaction Documents and as permitted by its certificate of
          incorporation; or

               (iii) declare or make payment of (a) any divided or other
          distribution on any shares of its capital stock or (b) any payment on
          account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or acquisition of (1)
          any shares of its capital stock or (2) any option, warrant or other
          right to acquire shares of its capital stock unless (in each case) at
          the time of such declaration or payment (and after giving effect
          thereto) the aggregate net worth of the two Class GP
          Certificateholders would be greater than the Minimum Net Worth.  

          (j)  INSOLVENCY.  Neither Class GP Certificateholder shall commence 
any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of 
any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, 
reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief 
entered with respect to it, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, 
adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, consolidation or other 
relief with respect to it or the Trust or (B) seeking appointment of a 
receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for the 
Trust or for all or any substantial part of its assets or make a general 
assignment for the benefit of its creditors.  Neither Class GP 
Certificateholder shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating the 
consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in any of the acts set forth above.  
Neither Class GP Certificateholder shall admit in writing its inability to 
pay its debts.

          Section 2.07.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OFL AND THE SELLER. 
Each of OFL and the Seller represent and warrant as of the date hereof and as of
the Closing Date, as follows:

          (a)  DUE ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.  The Seller is a corporation
duly organized and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
State of Delaware, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct
its business.  The Seller is duly qualified to do business, is in good standing
and has obtained all necessary licenses, permits, charters, registrations and
approvals (together, "approvals") necessary for the conduct of its business as
currently conducted and as described in the Prospectus and the performance of
its obligations under the Transaction Documents, in each jurisdiction in which
the failure to be so qualified or to obtain such approvals would render the
Receivables in such jurisdiction or any Transaction Document unenforceable in
any respect or would otherwise have a material adverse effect upon the
Transaction.



                                      27

<PAGE>

          (b)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  The Seller has all necessary corporate
power and authority to conduct its business as currently conducted and as
described in the Prospectus, to execute, deliver and perform its obligations
under this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which  the Seller is
a party and to carry out the terms of each such agreement, and has full power
and authority to sell and assign the Receivables and the Other Trust Property to
the Trust and has duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Trust by all
necessary corporate action.

          (c)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a
party has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of
the Seller and does not require any additional approvals or consents or other
action by or any notice to or filing with any Person by or on behalf of the
Seller, including, without limitation, any governmental entity or the Seller's
stockholder.

          (d)  NONCONTRAVENTION.  Neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party,
the consummation of the Transaction nor the satisfaction of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the
Seller is a party,

            (i)     conflicts with or results in any breach or violation of any
     provision of the charter or bylaws of the Seller or any law, rule,
     regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or
     award currently in effect having applicability to the Seller or any of its
     properties, including regulations issued by an administrative agency or
     other governmental authority having supervisory powers over the Seller,

           (ii)     constitutes a default by the Seller under or a breach of any
     provision of any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement or
     instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which it or any of its
     properties is or may be bound or affected, or

          (iii)     results in or requires the creation of any Lien upon or in
     respect of any of the Seller's assets except as otherwise expressly
     contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

          (e)  PENDING LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING.  There is no action,
proceeding or investigation pending, or, to the Seller's or OFL's best
knowledge, threatened, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency,
arbitrator or governmental agency or instrumentality having jurisdiction over
the Seller or its properties:  (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or
any other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party, (B) seeking to
prevent the issuance of the Notes or the Certificates or the consummation of the
Transaction, (C) seeking any determination or ruling that might materially and
adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other
Transaction Document to which the Seller is a party, (D) which might result in a
Material Adverse Change with respect to the Seller or (E) which might adversely
affect the federal or state tax attributes of the Notes, the Certificates or the
Trust.


                                      28

<PAGE>

          (f)  VALID AND BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  Each of the Transaction Documents
to which the Seller is a party, when executed and delivered by the Seller, and
assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto,
will constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller
enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be
limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar
laws affecting creditors' rights generally and general equitable principles. 
The Certificates, when executed, authenticated and delivered in accordance with
the Trust Agreement, will be validly issued and outstanding and entitled to the
benefits of the Trust Agreement and will evidence the entire beneficial
ownership interest in the Trust.  The Notes, when executed, authenticated and
delivered in accordance with the Indenture, will be entitled to the benefits of
the Indenture and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the
Trust, enforceable in accordance with their terms.

          (g)  NO CONSENTS.  No consent, license, approval or authorization
from, or registration, filing or declaration with, any regulatory body,
administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality, nor any consent,
approval, waiver or notification of any creditor, lessor or other
non-governmental person, is required in connection with the execution, delivery
and performance by the Seller of this Agreement or of any other Transaction
Document to which the Seller is a party, except (in each case) such as have been
obtained and are in full force and effect.

          (h)  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW, ETC.  No practice, procedure or policy
employed or proposed to be employed by the Seller in the conduct of its business
violates any law, regulation, judgment, agreement, order or decree applicable to
the Seller which, if enforced, would result in a Material Adverse Change with
respect to the Seller.

          (i)  GOOD TITLE; VALID TRANSFER; ABSENCE OF LIENS; SECURITY INTEREST. 
Immediately prior to the sale of the Initial Receivables and related Other Trust
Property to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Seller
was the owner of, and had good and marketable title to, such property free and
clear of all Liens and Restrictions on Transferability, and had full right,
corporate power and lawful authority to assign, transfer and pledge the Initial
Receivables and the related Other Trust Property.  The Sale and Servicing
Agreement constitutes a valid sale, transfer and assignment of the Other Trust
Property to the Trust enforceable against creditors of and purchasers of the
Seller.  In the event that, in contravention of the intention of the parties,
the transfer of the Other Trust Property by the Seller to the Trust is
characterized as other than a sale, such transfer shall be characterized as a
secured financing, and the Trust shall have a valid and perfected first priority
security interest in the Other Trust Property free and clear of all Liens and
Restrictions on Transferability.

          (j)  ACCURACY OF INFORMATION.  Neither the Transaction Documents nor
any documents, agreements, instruments, schedules, certificates, statements,
cash flow schedules, number runs or other writings or data (collectively, the
"Documents") furnished to Financial Security by the Seller or OFL with respect
to either of them, their Subsidiaries, the Receivables or the Transaction
contain any statement of a material fact which was untrue or misleading in any
material respect when made (except insofar as any Document was corrected or
superseded by a


                                      29

<PAGE>

subsequent Document and Financial Security has not detrimentally relied on 
the original Document).  There is no fact known to the Seller or OFL which 
has a material possibility of causing a Material Adverse Change with respect 
to the Seller or OFL, or which has a material possibility of impairing the 
value or marketability of the Receivables, taken as a whole, or decreasing 
the probability that amounts due in respect of the Receivables will be 
collected as due.  Since the furnishing of the Transaction Documents, there 
has been no change or any development or event involving a prospective change 
known to the Seller or OFL which would render any representation or warranty 
or other statement made by either of them in any of the Transaction Documents 
untrue or misleading in a material respect.

          (k)  COMPLIANCE WITH INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT.  The Seller is not
required to be registered as an "investment company" under the Investment
Company Act.

          (l)  INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  The
representations and warranties of the Seller set forth in the Transaction
Documents are (in each case) true and correct as if set forth herein.  

          (m)  SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY.

            (i)     The capital of the Seller is adequate for the business and
     undertakings of the Seller.

           (ii)     Other than with respect to the ownership by OFL of the stock
     of the Seller and as provided in the Previous Series Transaction Documents,
     the Purchase Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and the Spread
     Account Agreement, the Seller is not engaged in any business transactions
     with OFL or any Affiliate of OFL.

          (iii)     At least one director of the Seller shall be a person who is
     not, and will not be, a director, officer, employee or holder of any equity
     securities of OFL or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

           (iv)     The Seller's funds and assets are not, and will not be,
     commingled with the funds of any other Person, except as provided in the
     Transaction Documents.

            (v)     The by-laws of the Seller require it to maintain (A) correct
     and complete minute books and records of account, and (B) minutes of the
     meetings and other proceedings of its shareholders and board of directors.

          (n)  SOLVENCY; FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE.  The Seller is solvent and will
not be rendered insolvent by the Transaction and, after giving effect to such
Transaction, the Seller will not be left with an unreasonably small amount of
capital with which to engage in its business.  The Seller does not intend to
incur, or believe that it has incurred, debts beyond its ability to pay such
debts as they mature.  The Seller does not contemplate the commencement of
insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or consolidation proceedings or the
appointment of a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official
in respect of the Seller or any of its assets.  The amount of


                                      30

<PAGE>

consideration being received by the Seller upon the sale of the Initial 
Receivables and related Other Trust Property and contemplated to be received 
upon the Sale of the Subsequent Receivables and related Other Trust Property 
constitutes reasonably equivalent value and fair consideration for interest 
in such Receivables and such Other Trust Property.  The Seller is not 
transferring the Other Trust Property to the Trust, or selling the 
Certificates, as provided in the Transaction Documents, with any intent to 
hinder, delay or defraud any of the Seller's creditors.

          (o)  REGISTRATION STATEMENTS; PROSPECTUS.  The Seller has filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") registration
statements on Form S-3 (Nos. 33-97608 and 333-14983), including a preliminary
prospectus and prospectus supplement for the registration of the Certificates
and the Notes under the Securities Act, has filed such amendments thereto, and
such amended preliminary prospectuses and prospectus supplements as may have
been required to the date hereof, and will file such additional amendments
thereto and such amended prospectuses and prospectus supplements as may
hereafter be required.  Such registration statements (as amended, if applicable)
and the prospectus, together with the prospectus supplement relating to the
Certificates and the Notes, constituting a part thereof (including in each case
all documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein and the information, if
any, deemed to be part thereof pursuant to the rules and regulations of the
Commission under the Securities Act (the "Rules and Regulations"), as from time
to time amended or supplemented pursuant to the Securities Act or otherwise, are
hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statements" and the "Prospectus,"
respectively, except that if any revised prospectus or prospectus supplement
shall be provided by the Seller for use in connection with the offering of the
Certificates and the Notes which differs from the Prospectus filed with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Rules and Regulations (whether or not
such revised prospectus is required to be filed by the Seller pursuant to Rule
424 of the Rules and Regulations), the term "Prospectus" shall refer to such
revised prospectus and prospectus supplement from and after the time it is first
provided to the Underwriter for such use.  The Registration Statements at the
time they became effective complied, and at each time that the Prospectus is
provided to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering or sale of
any Certificate or Note will comply, in all material respects with the
requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.  The
Registration Statements and the Prospectus at the time the Registration
Statements became effective did not and on the date hereof does not, contain an
untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to
be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and
the Prospectus at the time it was first provided to the Underwriters for use in
connection with the offering of the Certificates and the Notes did not, and on
the date hereof does not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein in light
of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, except that the
representations and warranties in this subparagraph shall not apply to
statements in or omissions from the Registration Statements or the Prospectus or
any preliminary prospectus made in reliance upon information furnished to the
Seller in writing by Financial Security expressly for use therein or the
financial statements (including the related notes thereto) of Financial
Security.

          (p)  ERISA.  The Seller is in compliance with ERISA and has not
incurred and does not reasonably expect to incur any liabilities to the PBGC
under ERISA in connection with


                                      31

<PAGE>

any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to contribute now or in the future in 
respect of any Plan or Multiemployer Plan.

          (q)  PLEDGE OF SHARES.  The shares of stock of the Seller which have
been pledged pursuant to the Stock Pledge Agreement constitute all of the issued
and outstanding shares of the Seller.

          (r)  PERFECTION OF LIENS AND SECURITY INTEREST.  On the Closing Date,
the Lien and security interest in favor of the Indenture Collateral Agent with
respect to Indenture Property will be perfected by the filing of financing
statements on Form UCC-1 in each jurisdiction where such recording or filing is
necessary for the perfection thereof, the delivery of the Receivable Files for
the Receivables to the Custodian, and the establishment of the Collection
Account, the Subcollection Account, the Lockbox Account, the Pre-Funding
Account, the Reserve Account and the Note Distribution Account in accordance
with the provisions of the Transaction Documents, and no other filings in any
jurisdiction or any other actions (except as expressly provided herein) are
necessary to perfect the Collateral Agent's Lien on and security interest in the
Collateral as against any third parties.

          (s)  SECURITY INTEREST IN FUNDS AND INVESTMENTS.  Assuming the
retention of funds in the Accounts (other than the Certificate Account) and the
acquisition of Eligible Investments in accordance with the Transaction
Documents, such funds and Eligible Investments will be subject to a valid and
perfected, first priority security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent on
behalf of the Indenture Trustee (on behalf of the Noteholders) and Financial
Security.

          Section 2.08.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF OFL AND THE SELLER.  Each of
OFL and the Seller hereby agree that during the Term of the Agreement, unless
Financial Security shall otherwise expressly consent in writing:

          (a)  COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENTS AND APPLICABLE LAWS.  The Seller will
comply with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and each other
Transaction Document to which it is a party and with all material requirements
of any law, rule or regulation applicable to it.  The Seller will not cause or
permit to become effective any amendment to or modification of any of the
Transaction Documents to which it is a party unless (i) (so long as no Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) Financial Security shall have
previously approved in writing the form of such amendment or modification or
(ii) if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, such amendment
would not adversely affect the interests of Financial Security.  The Seller
shall not take any action or fail to take any action that would interfere with
the enforcement of any rights under this Agreement or the other Transaction
Documents.

          (b)  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  The Seller shall maintain its corporate
existence and shall at all times continue to be duly organized under the laws of
Delaware and duly qualified and duly authorized (as described in Sections
2.07(a), (b) and (c) hereof) and shall conduct its business in accordance with
the terms of its corporate charter and bylaws.


                                      32

<PAGE>

          (c)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS; OTHER INFORMATION. 
The Seller shall keep or cause to be kept in reasonable detail books and records
of account of the Seller's assets and business, and shall clearly reflect
therein the transfer of the Receivables and the Other Trust Property to the
Trust and the sale of the Receivables as a sale to the Trust of the Seller's
interest in the Receivables and the Other Trust Property.  The Seller shall
furnish to Financial Security, simultaneously with the delivery of such
documents to the Trustee, the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders, as the
case may be, copies of all reports, certificates, statements, financial
statements or notices furnished to the Trustee, the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders, as the case may be, pursuant to the Transaction Documents. 
The Seller shall furnish to Financial Security as soon as available, and in any
event within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Seller, the
unaudited balance sheet of the Seller as of the end of such fiscal year and the
unaudited statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows
of the Seller for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and stating in
comparative form the respective figures for the preceding fiscal year, prepared
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently
applied.

          (d)  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.  The Seller shall deliver to Financial
Security, within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Seller, a
certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of the Seller stating that:

            (i)     a review of the Seller's performance under the Transaction
     Documents during such period has been made under such officer's
     supervision; and

           (ii)     to the best of such individual's knowledge following
     reasonable inquiry, no Default or Event of Default has occurred, or if a
     Default or Event of Default has occurred, specifying the nature thereof
     and, if the Seller has or had a right to cure pursuant to Section 5.01,
     stating in reasonable detail the steps, if any, taken or being taken by the
     Seller to cure such Default or Event of Default or to otherwise comply with
     the terms of the Transaction Document to which such Default or Event of
     Default relates.

          (iii)     the financial reports submitted in accordance with Section
     2.08(c) hereof, are complete and correct in all material respects and
     present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the
     Seller as of the dates and for the periods indicated, in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

          (e)  ACCESS TO RECORDS; DISCUSSIONS WITH OFFICERS AND ACCOUNTANTS. 
The Seller shall, upon the request of Financial Security, permit Financial
Security or its authorized agents (i) to inspect the books and records of the
Seller as they may relate to the Notes, the Certificates, the Receivables and
the Other Trust Property, the obligations of the Seller under the Transaction
Documents, the Seller's business and the Transaction and (ii) to discuss the
affairs, finances and accounts of the Seller with any of its officers, directors
and representatives, including its Independent Accountants.  Such inspections
and discussions shall be conducted during normal business hours and shall not
unreasonably disrupt the business of the Seller.  The books and records of the
Seller will be maintained at the address of the Seller designated herein for
receipt of notices, unless the Seller shall otherwise advise the parties hereto
in writing.


                                      33

<PAGE>

          (f)  NOTICE OF MATERIAL EVENTS.  The Seller shall promptly inform
Financial Security in writing of the occurrence of any of the following:

            (i)     the submission of any claim or the initiation of any legal
     process, litigation or administrative or judicial investigation against the
     Seller involving potential damages or penalties in an uninsured amount in
     excess of $5,000 in any one instance or $25,000 in the aggregate;

           (ii)     any change in the location of Seller's principal office or
     any change in the location of the Seller's books and records;

          (iii)     the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

           (iv)     the commencement or threat of any rule making or
     disciplinary proceedings or any proceedings instituted by or against the
     Seller in any federal, state or local court or before any governmental body
     or agency, or before any arbitration board, or the promulgation of any
     proceeding or any proposed or final rule which, if adversely determined,
     would result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to the Seller or the
     Trust;

            (v)     the commencement of any proceedings by or against the Seller
     under any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation,
     rehabilitation, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect
     or of any proceeding in which a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee
     or similar official shall have been, or may be, appointed or requested for
     the Seller or any of its assets;

           (vi)     the receipt of notice that (A) the Seller is being placed
     under regulatory supervision, (B) any license, permit, charter,
     registration or approval necessary for the conduct of the Seller's business
     is to be, or may be, suspended or revoked, or (C) the Seller is to cease
     and desist any practice, procedure or policy employed by the Seller in the
     conduct of its business, and such cessation may result in a Material
     Adverse Change with respect to the Seller or the Trust; or

          (vii)     any other event, circumstance or condition that has
     resulted, or has a material possibility of resulting, in a Material Adverse
     Change in respect of the Seller or the Trust.

          (g)  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The Seller will file all necessary financing
statements, assignments or other instruments, and any amendments or continuation
statements relating thereto, necessary to be kept and filed in such manner and
in such places as may be required by law to preserve and protect fully the Lien
and security interest in, and all rights of the Trust with respect to Other
Trust Property, under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  In addition, the Seller
shall, upon the request of Financial Security (so long as no Insurer Default has
occurred and is continuing), from time to time, execute, acknowledge and deliver
and, if necessary, file such further instruments and take such further action as
may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the


                                      34

<PAGE>

intention, performance and provisions of the Transaction Documents to which 
the Seller is a party or to protect the interest of the Trust in the 
Receivables under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.  The Seller agrees to 
cooperate with the Rating Agencies in connection with any review of the 
Transaction which may be undertaken by the Rating Agencies after the date 
hereof.

          (h)  MAINTENANCE OF LICENSES.  The Seller shall maintain all licenses,
permits, charters and registrations which are material to the performance by the
Seller of its obligations under this Agreement and each other Transaction
Document to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller is bound.

          (i)  DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT.  Each Prospectus delivered with respect to
the Notes and Certificates shall clearly disclose that the Policies are not
covered by the property/casualty insurance security fund specified in Article 76
of the New York Insurance Law.  In addition, each Prospectus delivered with
respect to the Notes and Certificates which includes financial statements of
Financial Security prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles (other than a Prospectus that only incorporates such financial
statements by reference) shall include the following statement immediately
preceding such financial statements:

          The New York State Insurance Department recognizes only
          statutory accounting practices for determining and reporting
          the financial condition and results of operations of an
          insurance company, for determining its solvency under the
          New York Insurance Law, and for determining whether its
          financial condition warrants the payment of a dividend to
          its stockholders.  No consideration is given by the New York
          State Insurance Department to financial statements prepared
          in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
          in making such determinations.

          (j)  SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITY.

            (i)     The Seller shall conduct its business solely in its own name
     through its duly authorized officers or agents so as not to mislead others
     as to the identity of the entity with which those others are concerned, and
     particularly will use its best efforts to avoid the appearance of
     conducting business on behalf of OFL or any other Affiliate thereof or that
     the assets of the Seller are available to pay the creditors of OFL or any
     Affiliate thereof.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all
     oral and written communications, including, without limitation, letters,
     invoices, purchase orders, contracts, statements and loan applications,
     will be made solely in the name of the Seller.

           (ii)     The Seller shall maintain corporate records and books of
     account separate from those of OFL and the other Affiliates thereof.

          (iii)     The Seller shall obtain proper authorization from its board
     of directors of all corporate action requiring such authorization, meetings
     of the board of directors of the Seller shall be held not less frequently
     than three times per annum and


                                      35

<PAGE>

     copies of the minutes of each such board meeting shall be delivered to 
     Financial Security within two weeks of such meeting.

           (iv)     The Seller shall obtain proper authorization from its
     shareholders of all corporate action requiring shareholder approval,
     meetings of the shareholders of the Seller shall be held not less
     frequently than one time per annum and copies of each such authorization
     and the minutes of each such shareholder meeting shall be delivered to
     Financial Security within two weeks of such authorization or meeting, as
     the case may be.

            (v)     Although the organizational expenses of the Seller have been
     paid by OFL, operating expenses and liabilities of the Seller shall be paid
     from its own funds.

           (vi)     The annual financial statements of the Seller shall disclose
     the effects of the Seller's transactions in accordance with generally
     accepted accounting principles and shall disclose that the assets of the
     Seller are not available to pay creditors of OFL or any other Affiliate
     thereof.

          (vii)     The resolutions, agreements and other instruments of the
     Seller underlying the transactions described in this Agreement and in the
     other Transaction Documents shall be continuously maintained by the Seller
     as official records of the Seller separately identified and held apart from
     the records of OFL and each other Affiliate thereof.

          (viii)     The Seller shall maintain an arm's-length relationship 
     with OFL and the other Affiliates thereof and will not hold itself out 
     as being liable for the debts of OFL or any Affiliate thereof.

           (ix)     The Seller shall keep its assets and its liabilities wholly
     separate from those of all other entities, including, but not limited to
     OFL and the other Affiliates thereof except, in each case, as contemplated
     by the Transaction Documents.

          (k)  CLOSING DOCUMENTS.  The Seller shall provide or cause to be
provided to Financial Security an executed original copy of each document
executed in connection with the Transaction within 10 days after the Closing
Date, except that the Seller shall cause a copy of the Trust Agreement, the Sale
and Servicing Agreement, the Series 1996-D Supplement, the Indenture, the
Administration Agreement and each Transaction Document to which Financial
Security is a party to be provided to Financial Security on the Closing Date.

          (l)  SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES: GOOD TITLE; VALID TRANSFER; ABSENCE OF
LIENS; SECURITY INTEREST.  Immediately prior to the sale to the Trust pursuant
to a Subsequent Transfer Agreement, the Seller will be the owner of, and shall
have good and marketable title to, the Subsequent Receivables transferred
thereby and the related Other Trust Property free and clear of all Liens and
Restrictions on Transferability, and shall have full right, corporate power and
lawful authority to assign, transfer and pledge such property. 


                                      36

<PAGE>

          (m)  INCORPORATION OF COVENANTS.  The Seller agrees to comply with
each of the Seller's covenants set forth in the Transaction Documents and hereby
incorporates such covenants by reference as if each were set forth herein.

          Section 2.09.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF OFL AND THE SELLER.  Each of OFL
and the Seller hereby agrees that during the Term of this Agreement, unless
Financial Security shall otherwise give its prior express written consent:

          (a)  WAIVER, AMENDMENTS, ETC.  The Seller shall not waive, modify,
amend, supplement or consent to any waiver, modification, amendment of or
supplement to, any of the provisions of any of the Transaction Documents or
Previous Series Transaction Documents or of its certificate of incorporation or
by-laws (i) unless, if no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
Financial Security shall have consented thereto in writing or (ii) if an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, which would adversely affect the
interests of Financial Security.

          (b)  CREATION OF INDEBTEDNESS; GUARANTEES.  The Seller shall not
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any indebtedness or assume, guarantee,
endorse or otherwise be or become directly or contingently liable for the
obligations of any Person by, among other things, agreeing to purchase any
obligation of another Person, agreeing to advance funds to such Person or
causing or assisting such Person to maintain any amount of capital, except as
contemplated by the Transaction Documents or as contemplated by the documents
relating to a Series of Certificates or Notes.

          (c)  SUBSIDIARIES.  The Seller shall not form, or cause to be formed,
any Subsidiaries.

          (d)  NO LIENS.  The Seller shall not, except as contemplated by the
Transaction Documents or as contemplated by the documents relating to a Series
of Certificates or Notes, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of
any nature upon or with respect to any of its properties or assets, now owned or
hereafter acquired, or sign or file under the Uniform Commercial Code of any
jurisdiction any financing statement that names the Seller as debtor, or sign
any security agreement authorizing any secured party thereunder to file such a
financing statement.

          (e)  ISSUANCE OF STOCK.  The Seller shall not issue any shares of
capital stock or rights, warrants or options in respect of its capital stock or
securities convertible into or exchangeable for its capital stock, other than
the shares of common stock which have been pledged to Financial Security under
the Seller Stock Pledge Agreement.

          (f)  IMPAIRMENT OF RIGHTS.  The Seller shall not take any action, or
fail to take any action, if such action or failure to take action may interfere
with the enforcement of any rights under the Transaction Documents that are
material to the rights, benefits or obligations of the Trust, the Indenture
Trustee, the Certificateholders, the Noteholders or Financial Security.


                                       37
<PAGE>

          (g)  NO MERGERS.  The Seller shall not consolidate with or merge into
any Person or transfer all or any material amount of its assets to any Person
(except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents or the documents relating
to a Series of Certificates or Notes).

          (h)  ERISA.  The Seller shall not contribute or incur any obligation
to contribute to, or incur any liability in respect of, any Plan or
Multiemployer Plan.

          (i)  OTHER ACTIVITIES.  The Seller shall not:

            (i)     sell, pledge, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any
     of its assets except as permitted under the Transaction Documents or the
     documents relating to a Series of Certificates or Notes; or

           (ii)     engage in any business or activity except as contemplated by
     the Transaction Documents or as contemplated by the documents relating to a
     Series of Certificates or Notes and as permitted by its certificate of
     incorporation.

          (j)  INSOLVENCY.  The Seller shall not commence any case, proceeding
or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction,
domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to
it, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation,
dissolution, consolidation or other relief with respect to it or the Trust or
(B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar
official for it or for the Trust or for all or any substantial part of its
assets or the Collateral related to any or all Series, or make a general
assignment for the benefit of its creditors.  The Seller shall not take any
action in furtherance of, or indicating the consent to, approval of, or
acquiescence in any of the acts set forth above.  The Seller shall not admit in
writing its inability to pay its debts.

          (k)  DIVIDENDS.  The Seller shall not declare or make payment of
(i) any dividend or other distribution on any shares of its capital stock, or
(ii) any payment on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement or
acquisition of any option, warrant or other right to acquire shares of its
capital stock, unless (in each case) at the time of such declaration or payment
(and after giving effect thereto) no amount payable by the Seller under any
Transaction Document with respect to any Series is then due and owing but
unpaid.

          Section 2.10.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF OFL.  OFL represents
and warrants, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, as follows:

          (a)  DUE ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.  OFL and each of its
Subsidiaries is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good
standing under the laws of the State of its respective incorporation with power
and authority to own its properties and conduct its business.  OFL and each of
its Subsidiaries is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in
each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would render any of
the Receivables unenforceable in any respect or would otherwise have a material
adverse effect upon the Transaction.  OFL and each of its Subsidiaries has
obtained all licenses, permits, charters, 

                                  38
<PAGE>

registrations and approvals necessary for the conduct of its business as 
currently conducted and as described in the Prospectus and for the 
performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents.  

          (b)  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  OFL has all necessary corporate power and
authority to conduct its business as currently conducted and as described in the
Prospectus, to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement
and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and to carry out the
terms of each such agreement.

          (c)  DUE AUTHORIZATION.  The execution, delivery and performance of
this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which OFL is a party has
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and does not require any
additional approvals or consents or other action by or any notice to or filing
with any Person, including, without limitation, any governmental entity or OFL's
stockholders.

          (d)  NONCONTRAVENTION.  Neither the execution and delivery of this
Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which OFL is a party, the
consummation of the Transaction, nor the satisfaction of the terms and
conditions of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which OFL is
a party,

            (i)     conflicts with or results in any breach or violation of any
     provision of the corporate charter or bylaws of OFL or any law, rule,
     regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or
     award currently in effect having applicability to OFL or any of its
     properties, including regulations issued by an administrative agency or
     other governmental authority having supervisory powers over OFL,

           (ii)     constitutes a default by OFL under or a breach of any
     provision of any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement or
     instrument to which OFL or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which
     it or any of its or their properties is or may be bound or affected, or

          (iii)     results in or requires the creation of any Lien upon or in
     respect of any of OFL's assets, except as otherwise expressly contemplated
     by the Transaction Documents.

          (e)  PENDING LITIGATION OR OTHER PROCEEDING.  There is no action,
proceeding or investigation pending, or, to OFL's best knowledge, threatened,
before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental
instrumentality having jurisdiction over OFL or its properties:  (A) asserting
the invalidity of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which OFL
is a party, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes, the Certificates
or the consummation of the Transaction, (C) seeking any determination or ruling
that might materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of,
this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which OFL is a party, (D)
which might result in a Material Adverse 

                                  39
<PAGE>

Change with respect to OFL or (E) which might adversely affect the federal or 
state tax attributes of the Notes, the Certificates or the Trust.

          (f)  VALID AND BINDING OBLIGATIONS.  The Purchase Agreement
constitutes a valid sale, transfer, and assignment of the Receivables and Other
Trust Property to the Seller, enforceable against creditors of and purchasers
from OFL.  Each of the other Transaction Documents to which OFL is a party when
executed and delivered by OFL, and assuming the due authorization, execution and
delivery by the other parties thereto, will constitute the legal, valid and
binding obligation of OFL enforceable in accordance with its respective terms,
except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights
generally and general equitable principles.  

          (g)  NO CONSENTS.  No consent, license, approval or authorization
from, or registration, filing or declaration with, any regulatory body,
administrative agency, or other governmental instrumentality, nor any consent,
approval, waiver or notification of any creditor, lessor or other
non-governmental person, is required in connection with the execution, delivery
and performance by OFL of this Agreement or of any other Transaction Document to
which OFL is a party, except (in each case) such as have been obtained and are
in full force and effect.

          (h)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Financial Statements of OFL, copies of
which have been furnished to Financial Security, (i) are, as of the dates and
for the periods referred to therein, complete and correct in all material
respects, (ii) present fairly the financial condition and results of operations
of OFL as of the dates and for the periods indicated and (iii) have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
consistently applied, except as noted therein (subject as to interim statements
to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of notes).  Since the date of the
most recent Financial Statements, there has been no material adverse change in
such financial condition or results of operations.  Except as disclosed in the
Financial Statements, OFL is not subject to any contingent liabilities or
commitments that, individually or in the aggregate, have a reasonable likelihood
of causing a Material Adverse Change in respect of OFL. 

          (i)  COMPLIANCE WITH LAW, ETC.  No practice, procedure or policy
employed or proposed to be employed by OFL in the conduct of its business
violates any law, regulation, judgment, agreement, order or decree applicable to
OFL which, if enforced, would result in a Material Adverse Change with respect
to OFL. 

          (j)  TAXES.  OFL has, and each of its Subsidiaries have, filed all
federal and state tax returns and paid all taxes to the extent that such taxes
have become due.  Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges payable by OFL
in connection with the Transaction, the execution and delivery of the
Transaction Documents and the issuance of the Notes and Certificates have been
paid or shall have been paid at or prior to the Closing Date.

          (k)  ERISA.  OFL is in compliance with ERISA and has not incurred and
does not reasonably expect to incur any liabilities to the PBGC under ERISA in
connection with any 

                                  40
<PAGE>

Plan or Multiemployer Plan or to contribute now or in the future in respect 
of any Plan or Multiemployer Plan except in accordance with the provisions of 
Section 2.12(e) hereof.

          (l)  INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  OFL
represents and warrants to Financial Security that the representations and
warranties of OFL set forth in the Transaction Documents are (in each case) true
and correct as if set forth herein.  

          Section 2.11.  AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF OFL.  OFL hereby agrees that
during the Term of the Agreement, unless Financial Security shall otherwise
expressly consent in writing:

          (a)  COMPLIANCE WITH AGREEMENTS AND APPLICABLE LAWS.  OFL will comply
with all terms and conditions of this Agreement and each other Transaction
Document to which it is a party and all material requirements of any law, rule
or regulation applicable to it.  OFL will not cause or permit to become
effective any amendment to or modification of any Transaction Document to which
it is a party (i) unless, so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and
be continuing, Financial Security shall have previously approved in writing the
form of such amendment or modification or (ii) if an Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, such amendment would not adversely affect the
interests of Financial Security.  OFL shall not take any action or fail to take
any action that would interfere with the enforcement of any rights under this
Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

          (b)  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.  OFL shall maintain its corporate existence
and shall at all times continue to be duly organized under the laws of Minnesota
and duly qualified and duly authorized (as described in Sections 2.10(a), (b)
and (c) hereof) and shall conduct its business in accordance with the terms of
its corporate charter and bylaws.

          (c)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS; ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS; OTHER INFORMATION. 
OFL shall keep or cause to be kept in reasonable detail books and records of
account of OFL's assets and business.  OFL, so long as it shall be the Servicer,
shall furnish to Financial Security, simultaneously with the delivery of such
documents to the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee, the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders, as the case may be, copies of all reports, certificates,
statements or notices furnished to the Owner Trustee, Indenture Trustee, the
Noteholders or the  Certificateholders, as the case may be, pursuant to the
Transaction Documents.  OFL shall also furnish or cause to be furnished to
Financial Security:

            (i)     ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  As soon as available, and in
     any event within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of OFL, the
     audited balance sheets of OFL and its subsidiaries as of the end of such
     fiscal year and the audited consolidated statements of income, changes in
     shareholders' equity and cash flows of OFL for such fiscal year, all in
     reasonable detail and stating in comparative form the respective figures
     for the corresponding date and period in the preceding fiscal year,
     prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
     consistently applied, and accompanied by the certificate of OFL's
     independent accountants (which, so long as no Insurer Default shall have
     occurred and be continuing, shall be acceptable to Financial Security) and
     by the certificate specified in Section 2.11(d) hereof.

                                  41
<PAGE>

           (ii)     QUARTERLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  As soon as available, and
     in any event within 45 days after the close of each of the first three
     quarters of each fiscal year of OFL, the unaudited consolidated balance
     sheets of OFL as of the end of such quarter and the unaudited consolidated
     statements of income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows of OFL
     for the portion of the fiscal year then ended, all in reasonable detail and
     stating in comparative form the respective figures for the corresponding
     date and period in the preceding fiscal year, prepared in accordance with
     generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied (subject to
     normal year-end adjustments), and accompanied by the certificate specified
     in Section 2.11(d) hereof.

          (iii)     ACCOUNTANTS' REPORTS.  Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies
     of any reports submitted to OFL by its independent accountants in
     connection with any examination of the financial statements of OFL.

           (iv)     CERTAIN INFORMATION.  Promptly after the filing or sending
     thereof, copies of all proxy statements, financial statements, reports and
     registration statements which OFL files, or delivers to, the IRS, the
     Commission, or any other federal government agency, authority or body which
     supervises the issuance of securities by OFL or any national securities
     exchange.

          (d)  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.  OFL shall deliver to Financial Security
within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year of OFL, a certificate signed
by an Authorized Officer of OFL stating that:

            (i)     a review of OFL's performance under the Transaction
     Documents during such period has been made under such officer's
     supervision;

           (ii)     to the best of such individual's knowledge following
     reasonable inquiry, no Default or Event of Default has occurred, or if a
     Default or Event of Default has occurred, specifying the nature thereof
     and, if OFL has or had a right to cure pursuant to Section 5.01, stating in
     reasonable detail the steps, if any, taken or being taken by OFL to cure
     such Default or Event of Default or to otherwise comply with the terms of
     the Transaction Document to which such Default or Event of Default relates;
     and

          (iii)     the financial statements submitted in accordance with
     Section 2.11(c) hereof, as applicable, are complete and correct in all
     material respects and present fairly the financial condition and results of
     operations of OFL as of the dates and for the periods indicated, in
     accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently
     applied (subject as to interim statements to normal year-end adjustments
     and the absence of notes).

          (e)  ACCESS TO RECORDS; DISCUSSIONS WITH OFFICERS AND ACCOUNTANTS. 
OFL shall, upon the request of Financial Security, permit Financial Security or
its authorized agents (i) to inspect the books and records of OFL as they may
relate to the Notes, the Certificates, the Receivables, the obligations of OFL
as Servicer under the Transaction Documents, its business and the Transaction
and (ii) to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of OFL with any of its

                                  42
<PAGE>

officers, directors and representatives, including its Independent Accountants. 
Such inspections and discussions shall be conducted during normal business hours
and shall not unreasonably disrupt the business of OFL.  The books and records
of OFL will be maintained at the address of OFL designated herein for receipt of
notices, unless OFL shall otherwise advise the parties hereto in writing.

          (f)  NOTICE OF MATERIAL EVENTS.  OFL shall promptly inform Financial
Security in writing of the occurrence of any of the following:

            (i)     the submission of any claim or the initiation of any legal
     process, litigation or administrative or judicial investigation against OFL
     involving potential damages or penalties in an uninsured amount in excess
     of $10,000 in any one instance or $25,000 in the aggregate;

           (ii)     any change in the location of OFL's principal office or any
     change in the location of the OFL's books and records;

          (iii)     the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

           (iv)     the commencement or threat of any rule making or
     disciplinary proceedings or any proceedings instituted by or against OFL in
     any federal, state or local court or before any governmental body or
     agency, or before any arbitration board, or the promulgation of any
     proceeding or any proposed or final rule which, if adversely determined,
     would result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to OFL;

            (v)     the commencement of any proceedings by or against OFL under
     any applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, liquidation, rehabilitation,
     insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or of any
     proceeding in which a receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar
     official shall have been, or may be, appointed or requested for OFL or any
     of its assets;

           (vi)     the receipt of notice that (A) OFL is being placed under
     regulatory supervision, (B) any license, permit, charter, registration or
     approval necessary for the conduct of OFL's business is to be, or may be,
     suspended or revoked, or (C) OFL is to cease and desist any practice,
     procedure or policy employed by OFL in the conduct of its business, and
     such cessation may result in a Material Adverse Change with respect to OFL;
     or

          (vii)     any other event, circumstance or condition that has
     resulted, or has a material possibility of resulting, in a Material Adverse
     Change in respect of OFL.

          (g)  MAINTENANCE OF LICENSES.  OFL shall maintain all licenses,
permits, charters and registrations which are material to the performance by OFL
of its obligations under this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to
which OFL is a party or by which OFL is bound.

                                  43
<PAGE>

          (h)  ERISA.  OFL shall give Financial Security prompt notice of each
of the following events (but in no event more than 30 days after the occurrence
of the event):  (i) an Accumulated Funding Deficiency, (ii) the failure to make
a required contribution to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (iii) a Reportable
Event, (iv) any action by a Commonly Controlled Entity to terminate any Plan or
withdraw from any Multiemployer Plan, (v) any action by the PBGC to terminate or
appoint a trustee to administer a Plan, (vi) the reorganization or insolvency of
any Multiemployer Plan and (vii) an aggregate Underfunding for all Underfunded
Plans in excess of $100,000.  In addition, OFL shall promptly (but in no case
more than 30 days following issuance or receipt by the Commonly Controlled
Entity) provide to Financial Security a copy of all correspondence between a
Commonly Controlled Entity and the PBGC, IRS, Department of Labor or the
administrators of a Multiemployer Plan relating to any of the events described
in the preceding sentence or the underfunded status, termination or possible
termination of a Plan or a Multiemployer Plan.

          (i)  THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY.  OFL agrees that Financial Security
shall have all rights of a third-party beneficiary in respect of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, it being understood that the remedies of Financial Security
with respect to the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.4(b)
and the covenants set forth in Section 3.6(a) shall be limited to the remedies
set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          (j)  INCORPORATION OF COVENANTS.  OFL agrees to comply with each of
OFL's covenants set forth in the Transaction Documents and hereby incorporates
such covenants by reference as if each were set forth herein.

          Section 2.12.  NEGATIVE COVENANTS OF OFL.  OFL hereby agrees that
during the Term of this Agreement, unless Financial Security shall otherwise
give its express written consent:

          (a)  RESTRICTIONS ON LIENS.  OFL shall not create, incur or suffer to
exist, or agree to create, incur or suffer to exist, or consent to cause or
permit in the future (upon the happening of a contingency or otherwise) the
creation, incurrence or existence of any Lien or Restriction on Transferability
on the Receivables and the Other Trust Property except for the Liens in favor of
the Seller, the Trust and the Indenture Collateral Agent for the benefit of the
Indenture Trustee and Financial Security contemplated by the Transaction
Documents and the Restrictions on Transferability imposed by the Purchase
Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          (b)  IMPAIRMENT OF RIGHTS.  OFL shall not take any action, or fail to
take any action, if such action or failure to take action may interfere with the
enforcement of any rights under the Transaction Documents that are material to
the rights, benefits or obligations of the Seller, the Trust, the Indenture
Trustee, the Noteholders, the Certificateholders or Financial Security.

          (c)  LIMITATION ON MERGERS.  OFL shall not consolidate with or merge
with or into any Person or transfer all or any material part of its assets to
any Person (except as contemplated by the Transaction Documents) or liquidate or
dissolve, provided that OFL may consolidate with, merge with or into, or
transfer all or a material part of its assets to, another 

                                  44
<PAGE>

corporation if (i) the acquiror of its assets, or the corporation surviving 
such merger or consolidation, shall be organized and existing under the laws 
of any state and shall be qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction 
in which failure to qualify would render any Transaction Document 
unenforceable or would result in a Material Adverse Change in respect of OFL 
or the Trust Property; (ii) after giving effect to such consolidation, merger 
or transfer of assets, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or 
be continuing; (iii) such acquiring or surviving entity can lawfully perform 
the obligations of OFL under the Transaction Documents and shall expressly 
assume in writing all of the obligations of OFL, including, without 
limitation, its obligations under the Transaction Documents; and (iv) such 
acquiring or surviving entity and the consolidated group of which it is a 
part shall each have a net worth immediately subsequent to such 
consolidation, merger or transfer of assets at least equal to the net worth 
of OFL immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or transfer of assets; 
and OFL shall give Financial Security written notice of any such 
consolidation, merger or transfer of assets on the earlier of:  (A) the date 
upon which any publicly available filing or release is made with respect to 
such action or (B) 10 Business Days prior to the date of consummation of such 
action. OFL shall furnish to Financial Security all information requested by 
it that is reasonably necessary to determine compliance with this paragraph.

          (d)  WAIVER, AMENDMENTS, ETC.  OFL shall not waive, modify, amend,
supplement or consent to any waiver, modification, amendment of or supplement
to, any of the provisions of any of the Transaction Documents without the prior
written consent of Financial Security (i) unless, so long as no Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, Financial Security shall have consented
thereto in writing or (ii) if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, which would adversely affect the interests of Financial Security.

          (e)  ERISA.  OFL shall not contribute or incur any obligation to
contribute to, or incur any liability in respect of, any Plan or Multiemployer
Plan, except that OFL may make such a contribution or incur such a liability
provided that neither OFL nor any Commonly Controlled Entity will:

            (i)     terminate any Plan so as to incur any material liability to
     the PBGC;

           (ii)     knowingly participate in any "prohibited transaction" (as
     defined in ERISA) involving any Plan or Multiemployer Plan or any trust
     created thereunder which would subject any of them to a material tax or
     penalty on prohibited transactions imposed under Section 4975 of the Code
     or ERISA;

          (iii)     fail to pay to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan any
     contribution which it is obligated to pay under the terms of such Plan or
     Multiemployer Plan, if such failure would cause such Plan to have any
     material Accumulated Funding Deficiency, whether or not waived; or

           (iv)     allow or suffer to exist any occurrence of a Reportable
     Event, or any other event or condition, which presents a material risk of
     termination by the PBGC of any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, to the extent
     that the occurrence or nonoccurrence of such 

                                  45
<PAGE>

     Reportable Event or other event or condition is within the control of it 
     or any Commonly Controlled Entity.

          (f)  INSOLVENCY.  OFL shall not commence any case, proceeding or other
action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or
foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of
debtors, seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up,
liquidation, dissolution, consolidation or other relief with respect to the
Seller or either Class GP Certificateholder or (B) seeking appointment of a
receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for the Seller or for
either Class GP Certificateholder.  OFL shall not take any action in furtherance
of, or indicating the consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in any of the
acts set forth above.

                                     ARTICLE III

                     THE POLICIES; REIMBURSEMENT; INDEMNIFICATION

          Section 3.01.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO ISSUANCE OF THE POLICIES. 
Financial Security agrees to issue the Policies subject to satisfaction of the
conditions set forth below.

          (a)  The obligation of Financial Security to issue the Policies is
subject to the following having occurred or being true (as the case may be): 
(i) Financial Security shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that the
Seller shall have assigned, conveyed and transferred, or caused to be assigned,
conveyed and transferred, the Initial Receivables to the Trust, (ii) the Seller
shall have created a valid security interest in, and Lien on, the Receivables in
favor of the Trust, (iii) the Trust shall have created a valid security interest
in, and Lien on, the Indenture Property in favor of the Indenture Collateral
Agent on behalf of the Indenture Trustee (on behalf of the Noteholders) and
Financial Security (iv) the initial Premium shall have been paid in accordance
with Section 3.02 hereof, (v) the representations and warranties of the Trust,
the Class GP Certificateholders, the Seller and of OFL and the Servicer set
forth or incorporated by reference in this Agreement shall be true and correct
on and as of the Closing Date, and (vi) each Transaction Document shall be in
full force and effect and no Default thereunder shall have occurred and be
continuing.

          (b)  The obligation of Financial Security to issue the Policies is
further subject to the condition precedent that Financial Security shall have
received on the Closing Date, or, in its sole and absolute discretion, received
the opportunity to review prior to and on the Closing Date, the following, each
dated the Closing Date and in full force and effect on such date, except as
otherwise provided herein, in form and substance satisfactory to Financial
Security and its counsel:

            (i)     a certificate of an Authorized Officer of each of the Seller
     and OFL stating that nothing has come to the attention of such entity to
     indicate that the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, on the date the
     Registration Statement became effective, contained an untrue statement of a
     material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated
     therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or that
     the 

                                  46
<PAGE>

     Prospectus on any date on which it was forwarded to the Underwriter for
     use in connection with the offering of the Notes and the Certificates
     contained, or on the Closing Date contains, any untrue statement of a
     material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make
     the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances under which they
     were made, not misleading;

           (ii)     copies, certified to be true copies by an Authorized Officer
     of the Owner Trustee, of (i) the resolutions of the board of directors of
     the Owner Trustee authorizing the execution, delivery and performance by
     the Owner Trustee of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to
     which the Owner Trustee is a party and all transactions and documents
     contemplated hereby and thereby, and of all other documents evidencing any
     other necessary action of the Owner Trustee (which certification shall
     state that such resolutions have not been modified, are in full force and
     effect and constitute the only resolutions adopted by the Owner Trustee's
     board of directors or any committee thereof with respect thereto and (ii)
     the Certificate of Trust, certified by the Secretary of State or other
     appropriate official of the State of Delaware;

          (iii)     with respect to each Class GP Certificateholder, copies,
     certified to be true copies by an Authorized Officer of such Class GP
     Certificateholder, of (i) the resolutions of the board of directors of such
     Class GP Certificateholder authorizing the execution, delivery and
     performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which
     such Class GP Certificateholder is a party and all other transactions and
     documents evidencing any other necessary action of such Class GP
     Certificateholder (which certification shall state that such resolutions
     have not been modified, are in full force and effect and constitute the
     only resolutions adopted by such Class GP Certificateholder's board of
     directors or any committee thereof with respect thereto), (ii) the
     corporate charter, as amended, of such Class GP Certificateholder and (iii)
     the by-laws, as amended, of such Class GP Certificateholder.

           (iv)     copies, certified to be true copies by an Authorized Officer
     of the Seller, of (i) the resolutions of the board of directors of the
     Seller authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this
     Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Seller is a
     party and all transactions and documents contemplated hereby and thereby,
     and of all other documents evidencing any other necessary action of the
     Seller (which certification shall state that such resolutions have not been
     modified, are in full force and effect and constitute the only resolutions
     adopted by the Seller's board of directors or any committee thereof with
     respect thereto), (ii) the corporate charter of the Seller and (iii) the
     by-laws, as amended, of the Seller;

            (v)     copies, certified to be true copies by an Authorized Officer
     of OFL, of (i) the resolutions of the board of directors of OFL authorizing
     the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other
     Transaction Document to which OFL is a party and all other transactions and
     documents contemplated hereby and thereby, and of all documents evidencing
     any other necessary action of OFL (which certification shall state that
     such resolutions have not been modified, are in full force and effect and

                                  47
<PAGE>

     constitute the only resolutions adopted by OFL's board of directors or any
     committee thereof with respect thereto), (ii) the corporate charter of OFL
     and (iii) the by-laws, as amended, of OFL;

           (vi)   a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Owner Trustee
     stating that (i) all consents, licenses and approvals necessary for the
     Owner Trustee to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, the other
     Transaction Documents to which the Owner Trustee is a party and all other
     documents and instruments on the part of the Owner Trustee to be delivered
     pursuant hereto or thereto have been obtained, and (ii) all such consents,
     licenses and approvals are in full force and effect, the Owner Trustee has
     not received any notice of any proceeding for the revocation of any such
     license, charter, permit or approval, and, to the Owner Trustee's
     knowledge, there is no threatened action or proceeding or any basis
     therefor;

          (vii)   with respect to each Class GP Certificateholder, a
     certificate of an Authorized Officer of such Class GP Certificateholder
     stating that (i) all consents, licenses and approvals necessary for such
     Class GP Certificateholder to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement,
     the other Transaction Documents to which such Class GP Certificateholder is
     a party and all other documents and instruments on the part of such Class
     GP Certificateholder to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto have been
     obtained, and (ii) all such consents, licenses and approvals are in full
     force and effect, such Class GP Certificateholder has not received any
     notice of any proceeding for the revocation of any such license, charter,
     permit or approval, and, to such Class GP Certificateholder's knowledge,
     there is no threatened action or proceeding or any basis therefor;

          (viii)  a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Seller stating
     that (i) all consents, licenses and approvals necessary for the Seller to
     execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, the other Transaction
     Documents to which the Seller is a party and all other documents and
     instruments on the part of the Seller to be delivered pursuant hereto or
     thereto have been obtained, and (ii) all such consents, licenses and
     approvals are in full force and effect, the Seller has not received any
     notice of any proceeding for the revocation of any such license, charter,
     permit or approval, and, to the Seller's knowledge, there is no threatened
     action or proceeding or any basis therefor;

          (ix)    a certificate of an Authorized Officer of OFL stating that
     (i) all consents, licenses and approvals necessary for OFL to execute,
     deliver and perform this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to
     which OFL is a party and all other documents and instruments on the part of
     OFL to be delivered pursuant hereto or thereto have been obtained, and
     (ii) all such consents, licenses and approvals are in full force and
     effect, OFL has not received any notice of any proceeding for the
     revocation of any such license, charter, permit or approval, and, to OFL'S
     knowledge, there is no threatened action or proceeding or any basis
     therefor;

          (x)     a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Owner Trustee
     certifying (i) the names and true signatures of the officers of the Owner
     Trustee executing and 

                                    48
<PAGE>

     delivering this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which the 
     Owner Trustee is a party and the other documents to be executed and 
     delivered by the Owner Trustee hereunder and thereunder, (ii) that approval
     by the Owner Trustee's equity holders of the execution and delivery of this
     Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and all other such documents to
     be executed and delivered, by the Owner Trustee hereunder, has been 
     obtained or is not required, and (iii) that no action for the dissolution 
     of the Owner Trustee has been adopted or contemplated and that no such 
     proceedings have been commenced or are contemplated;

          (xi)    with respect to each Class GP Certificateholder, a
     certificate of an Authorized Officer of such Class GP Certificateholder
     certifying (i) the names and true signatures of the officers of such Class
     GP Certificateholder executing and delivering this Agreement, the other
     Transaction Documents to which such Class GP Certificateholder is party and
     the other documents to be executed and delivered by such Class GP
     Certificateholder hereunder and thereunder, (ii) that approval of such
     Class GP Certificateholder stockholders of the execution and delivery of
     this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and all other such
     documents to be executed and delivered, by such Class GP Certificateholder
     hereunder, has been obtained or is not required, and (iii) that no
     resolution for the dissolution of such Class GP Certificateholder has been
     adopted or contemplated and that no such proceedings have been commenced or
     are contemplated;

          (xii)   a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Seller
     certifying (i) the names and true signatures of the officers of the Seller
     executing and delivering this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to
     which the Seller is a party and the other documents to be executed and
     delivered by the Seller hereunder and thereunder, (ii) that approval by the
     Seller's stockholder of the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the
     other Transaction Documents and all other such documents to be executed and
     delivered, by the Seller hereunder, has been obtained or is not required,
     and (iii) that no resolution for the dissolution of the Seller has been
     adopted or contemplated and that no such proceedings have been commenced or
     are contemplated;

          (xiii)  a certificate of an Authorized Officer of OFL certifying (i)
     the names and true signatures of the officers of OFL executing and
     delivering this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents to which OFL is
     a party and the other documents to be executed and delivered by OFL
     hereunder and thereunder, (ii) that approval by OFL's stockholders of the
     execution and delivery of this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents
     and all other such documents to be executed and delivered, by OFL
     hereunder, has been obtained or is not required, and (iii) that no
     resolution for the dissolution of OFL has been adopted or contemplated and
     that no such proceedings have been commenced or are contemplated;

          (xiv)   a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Trust to the
     effect that (x) the representations and warranties of the Trust set forth
     or incorporated by reference in this Agreement are true and correct on and
     as of the Closing Date and (y) confirming that the conditions precedent set
     forth herein with respect to the Trust are satisfied;

                                    49
<PAGE>

          (xv)    with respect to each Class GP Certificateholder, a
     certificate of an Authorized Officer of such Class GP Certificateholder to
     the effect that (x) the representations and warranties of such Class GP
     Certificateholder set forth or incorporated by reference in this Agreement
     are true and correct on and as of the Closing Date, and (y) confirming that
     the conditions precedent set forth herein with respect to such Class GP
     Certificateholder are satisfied;

          (xvi)   a certificate of an Authorized Officer of the Seller to the
     effect that (x) the representations and warranties of the Seller set forth
     or incorporated by reference in this Agreement are true and correct on and
     as of the Closing Date and (y) confirming that the conditions precedent set
     forth herein with respect to the Seller are satisfied;

          (xvii)  a certificate of an Authorized Officer of OFL to the effect
     that (x) the representations and warranties of OFL set forth or
     incorporated by reference in this Agreement are true and correct on and as
     of the Closing Date, and (y) confirming that the conditions precedent set
     forth herein with respect to OFL are satisfied;

          (xviii) favorable opinions of counsel and special Texas counsel to
     the Seller and OFL in form and substance satisfactory to Financial Security
     and its counsel;

          (xix)   a favorable opinion of counsel to each of the Trust, the
     Class GP Certificateholders, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and
     the Collateral Agent and the Indenture Collateral Agent, in form and
     substance satisfactory to Financial Security and its counsel;

          (xx)    evidence that amounts due and payable Financial Security
     under Section 3.02 of this Agreement have been paid or that acceptable
     provisions therefor have been made;

          (xxi)   a fully executed copy of each of the Transaction Documents;

          (xxii)  evidence that all actions necessary or, in the opinion of
     Financial Security, desirable to perfect and protect the interests
     transferred by the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the liens and security
     interests created with respect to the Spread Account, the Liens and
     security interest created in favor of the Indenture Collateral Agent with
     respect to the Indenture Property pursuant to the Indenture, including,
     without limitation, the filing of any financing statements required by
     Financial Security or its counsel, have been taken;

          (xxiii) a certificate or opinion of Independent Accountants
     addressed to Financial Security in form and substance satisfactory to
     Financial Security;

          (xxiv)  evidence that the Seller shall have deposited, or caused to
     have been deposited, the deposits required under the Sale and Servicing
     Agreement and the Spread Account Agreement, and any other deposits required
     to be made on the Closing Date under the Transaction Documents to which the
     Seller is a party; and

                                    50
<PAGE>

          (xxv)   such other documents, instruments, approvals (and, if
     requested by Financial Security, certified duplicates of executed copies
     thereof) or opinions as Financial Security may reasonably request.

        (c)  ISSUANCE OF RATINGS.  Financial Security shall have received
confirmation that the risk secured by the Policies constitutes an investment
grade risk by Standard and Poor's Corporation ("S&P") and an insurable risk by
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and that the Class A-1 Notes, when
issued, will be rated "A-1+" by S&P and "P-1" by Moody's, and that the Class A-2
Notes, the Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-4 Notes, the Class A-5 Notes and the
Certificates, when issued, will be rated "AAA" by S&P and "Aaa" by Moody's.

        (d)  DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS.  Financial Security shall have received
evidence satisfactory to it that delivery has been made to the Trust or to a
Custodian of the Receivable Files required to be so delivered pursuant to
Section 2.2 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

        (e)  NO DEFAULT.  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing.

        (f)  NO LITIGATION, ETC.  No suit, action or other proceeding,
investigation, or injunction or final judgment relating thereto, shall be
pending or threatened before any court or governmental agency in which it is
sought to restrain or prohibit or to obtain damages or other relief in
connection with any of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the
Transaction.

        (g)  LEGALITY.  No statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been
enacted, entered or deemed applicable by any government or governmental or
administrative agency or court which would make the transactions contemplated by
any of the Transaction Documents illegal or otherwise prevent the consummation
thereof.

        (h)  SATISFACTION OF CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT.  All
conditions in the Underwriting Agreement to the Underwriter's obligation to
purchase the Notes and Certificates (other than the issuance of the Policies)
shall have been concurrently satisfied. 

        Section 3.02.  PAYMENT OF FEES AND PREMIUM.

        (a)  LEGAL FEES.  On the Closing Date, OFL shall pay or cause to be
paid legal fees and disbursements incurred by Financial Security in connection
with the issuance of the Policies up to an amount not to exceed $20,000.00, plus
disbursements.

        (b)  RATING AGENCY FEES.  The initial fees of S&P and Moody's with
respect to the Notes and Certificates and the Transaction shall be paid by OFL
in full on the Closing Date.  All periodic and subsequent fees of S&P or 
Moody's with respect to, and directly allocable to, the Notes and Certificates 
shall be for the account of, shall be billed to, and shall be paid by OFL.  The
fees for any other rating agency shall be paid by the party requesting such 
other agency's rating, unless such other agency is a substitute for S&P or 
Moody's in the event that S&P or 

                                    51
<PAGE>

Moody's is no longer rating the Notes or Certificates, in which case the cost 
for such agency shall be paid by OFL.

        (c)  AUDITORS' FEES.  In the event that Financial Security's auditors
are required to provide information or any consent in connection with the
Registration Statement fees therefor shall be paid by OFL.  Any additional fees
incurred by Financial Security after the Closing Date in respect of any
additional consents shall be paid by OFL on demand.

        (d)  PREMIUM.  In consideration of the issuance by Financial Security
of the Policies, OFL shall pay Financial Security the Premium and Premium
Supplement, if any, as and when due in accordance with the terms of the Premium
Letter.  The Premium and Premium Supplement, if any, paid hereunder or under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement shall be nonrefundable without regard to whether
Financial Security makes any payment under the Policies or any other
circumstances relating to the Notes or the Certificates or provision being made
for payment of the Notes or the Certificates prior to maturity.  Although the
Premium is fully earned by Financial Security as of the Closing Date, the
Premium shall be payable in periodic installments as provided in the Premium
Letter.  Anything herein or in any of the Transaction Documents notwithstanding,
upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the entire outstanding balance of
further installments of the Premium and Premium Supplement shall be immediately
due and payable.  All payments of Premium and Premium Supplement, if any, shall
be made by wire transfer to an account designated from time to time by Financial
Security by written notice to the Seller and OFL.

        Section 3.03.  REIMBURSEMENT AND ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATION.  Each
of OFL and the Trust agrees to pay to Financial Security as follows:

        (a)  a sum equal to the total of all amounts paid by Financial
Security under the Policies;

        (b)  any and all charges, fees, costs and expenses which Financial
Security may reasonably pay or incur, including, but not limited to, attorneys'
and accountants' fees and expenses, in connection with (i) any accounts
established to facilitate payments under the Policies to the extent Financial
Security has not been immediately reimbursed on the date that any amount is paid
by Financial Security under the Policies, (ii) the administration, enforcement,
defense or preservation of any rights in respect of any of the Transaction
Documents, including defending, monitoring or participating in any litigation,
proceeding (including any insolvency or bankruptcy proceeding in respect of any
Transaction participant or any Affiliate thereof), restructuring or engaging in
any protective measures or monitoring activities relating to any of the
Transaction Documents, any party to any of the Transaction Documents or the
Transaction, (iii) the foreclosure against, sale or other disposition of any
collateral securing any obligations under any of the Transaction Documents or
otherwise in the discretion of Financial Security, or pursuit of any other
remedies under any of the Transaction Documents, to the extent such costs and
expenses are not recovered from such foreclosure, sale or other disposition 
(iv) any amendment, waiver or other action with respect to, or related to, any
Transaction Document whether or not executed or completed, (v) preparation of
bound volumes of the Transaction Documents, (vi) any review 

                                    52
<PAGE>

or investigation made by Financial Security in those circumstances where its 
approval or consent is sought under any of the Transaction Documents; 
(vii) any federal, state or local tax (other than taxes payable in respect of 
the gross income of Financial Security) or other governmental charge imposed in
connection with the issuance of the Policies; and (viii) Financial Security 
reserves the right to charge a reasonable fee as a condition to executing any 
amendment, waiver or consent proposed in respect of any of the Transaction 
Documents (for the purpose of this paragraph (b), costs and expenses shall 
include a reasonable allocation of compensation and overhead attributable to 
time of employees of Financial Security spent in connection with the actions 
described in the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii));

        (c)  interest on any and all amounts described in this Section 3.03
from the date payable to or paid by Financial Security until payment thereof in
full, and interest on any and all amounts described in Section 3.02, in each
case payable to Financial Security at the Late Payment Rate per annum; and

        (d)  any payments made by Financial Security on behalf of, or advanced
to, the Seller, OFL, the Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee or the Trust
including, without limitation, any amounts payable by OFL in its capacity as
Servicer or by the Trust, in respect of the Notes or the Certificates and any
other amounts owed pursuant to any Transaction Documents; and any payments made
by Financial Security as, or in lieu of, any servicing, administration,
management, trustee, custodial, collateral agency or administrative fees
payable, in the sole discretion of Financial Security to third parties in
connection with the Transaction.

        All such amounts are to be immediately due and payable without demand. 
Financial Security shall notify OFL of amounts due hereunder.

        Section 3.04.  CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS NOT RECOURSE TO OFL; RECOURSE TO
TRUST PROPERTY.

        (a)  Notwithstanding any provision of Section 3.03 to the contrary,
the payment obligations provided in Section 3.03(a), b(iii) and (d) (to the
extent of advances to the Trust in respect of distributions on the Certificates
or to the Indenture Trustee in respect of payments on the Notes), in each case,
to the extent that such payment obligations do not arise from any failure or
default in the performance by OFL or the Seller of any of its obligations under
the Transaction Documents, and any interest on the foregoing in accordance with
Section 3.03(c), shall not be recourse to OFL, but shall be payable in the
manner and in accordance with priorities provided in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

        (b)  Financial Security covenants and agrees that it shall not be
entitled to any payment from the Trust Property with respect to amounts owed
under this Agreement other than as set forth in Section 4.6 and Section 9.1 of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement and Section 5.06 of the Indenture.

        Section 3.05.  INDEMNIFICATION.

                                    53
<PAGE>

        (a)  INDEMNIFICATION BY OFL.  In addition to any and all rights of
reimbursement, indemnification, subrogation and any other rights pursuant hereto
or under law or in equity, OFL agrees to pay, and to protect, indemnify and save
harmless, Financial Security and its officers, directors, shareholders,
employees, agents and each Person, if any, who controls Financial Security
within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of
the Exchange Act from and against any and all claims, losses, liabilities
(including penalties), actions, suits, judgments, demands, damages, costs or
expenses (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of attorneys,
consultants and auditors and reasonable costs of investigations) of any nature
arising out of or relating to the Transaction by reason of:

          (i)     any statement, omission or action (other than of or by
     Financial Security) in connection with the offering, issuance, sale or
     delivery of the Notes or the Certificates;

          (ii)    the negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct, misfeasance,
     malfeasance or theft committed by any director, officer, employee or agent
     of the Trust, either Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller or OFL in
     connection with the Transaction;

          (iii)   the violation by the Trust, either Class GP
     Certificateholder, the Seller or OFL of any federal, state or foreign law,
     rule or regulation, or any judgment, order or decree applicable to it;

          (iv)    the breach by the Trust, either Class GP Certificateholder,
     the Seller or OFL of any representation, warranty or covenant under any of
     the Transaction Documents or the occurrence, in respect of the Trust,
     either Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller or OFL, under any of the
     Transaction Documents of any event of default or any event which, with the
     giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute any event
     of default; or

          (v)     any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
     material fact contained in the Registration Statements or the Prospectus or
     in any amendment or supplement thereto or any omission or alleged omission
     to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
     to make the statements therein not misleading, except insofar as such
     claims arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or omission
     (A) included in the Registration Statements or the Prospectus and furnished
     by Financial Security in writing expressly for use therein (all such
     information so furnished being referred to herein as "Financial Security
     Information"), it being understood that the Financial Security Information
     is limited to the information included under the caption "Financial
     Security Assurance Inc.," and the financial statements of Financial
     Security included in the Registration Statements or the Prospectus or (B)
     included in the information set forth under the caption "Underwriting" in
     the Prospectus.

        (b)  CONDUCT OF ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS.  If any action or proceeding
(including any governmental investigation) shall be brought or asserted against
Financial Security, any officer, director, shareholder, employee or agent of
Financial Security or any Person controlling 

                                    54
<PAGE>

Financial Security (individually,an "Indemnified Party" and, collectively, the 
"Indemnified Parties") in respect of which indemnity may be sought from OFL 
hereunder, Financial Security shall promptly notify OFL in writing, and OFL 
shall assume the defense thereof, including the employment of counsel 
satisfactory to Financial Security and the payment of all expenses.  The 
Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such 
action and to participate in the defense thereof at the expense of the 
Indemnified Party; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the fees and expenses of such 
separate counsel shall be at the expense of OFL if (i) OFL has agreed to pay 
such fees and expenses, (ii) OFL shall have failed to assume the defense of 
such action or proceeding and employ counsel satisfactory to Financial Security
in any such action or proceeding or (iii) the named parties to any such action 
or proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnified 
Party and the Trust, the Class GP Certificateholders, the Seller or OFL, and 
the Indemnified Party shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one
or more legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional 
to those available to the Trust, either Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller 
or OFL (in which case, if the Indemnified Party notifies OFL in writing that it
elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of OFL, OFL shall not have the
right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of such 
Indemnified Party, it being understood, however, that OFL shall not, in 
connection with any one such action or proceeding or separate but substantially
similar or related actions or proceedings in the same jurisdiction arising out 
of the same general allegations or circumstances, be liable for the reasonable 
fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys at any time for 
the Indemnified Parties, which firm shall be designated in writing by Financial 
Security).  OFL shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action or 
proceeding effected without its written consent to the extent that any such 
settlement shall be prejudicial to it, but, if settled with its written consent,
or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action or 
proceeding with respect to which OFL shall have received notice in accordance
with this subsection (c) OFL agrees to indemnify and hold the Indemnified
Parties harmless from and against any loss or liability by reason of such
settlement or judgment.

        (c)  CONTRIBUTION.  To provide for just and equitable contribution if
the indemnification provided by OFL is determined to be unavailable for any
Indemnified Party (other than due to application of this Section), OFL shall
contribute to the losses incurred by the Indemnified Party on the basis of the
relative fault of OFL, on the one hand, and the Indemnified Party, on the other
hand.

        Section 3.06.  PAYMENT PROCEDURE.  In the event of the incurrence by
Financial Security of any cost or expense or any payment by Financial Security
for which it is entitled to be reimbursed or indemnified as provided above OFL
agrees to accept the voucher or other evidence of payment as prima facie
evidence of the propriety thereof and the liability therefor to Financial
Security.  All payments to be made to Financial Security under this Agreement
shall be made to Financial Security in lawful currency of the United States of
America in immediately available funds to the account number provided in the
Premium Letter before 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the date when due
or as Financial Security shall otherwise direct by written notice to OFL.  In
the event that the date of any payment to Financial Security or the expiration
of any time period hereunder occurs on a day which is not a Business Day, then
such payment or expiration of time period shall be made or occur on the next
succeeding Business Day with the 

                                    55
<PAGE>

same force and effect as if such payment was made or time period expired on the 
scheduled date of payment or expiration date.  Payments to be made to Financial
Security under this Agreement shall bear interest at the Late Payment Rate 
from the date when due to the date paid.

        Section 3.07.  SUBROGATION.  Subject only to the priority of payment
provisions of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, each of the Trust, the Indenture
Trustee, the Seller and OFL acknowledges that, to the extent of any payment made
by Financial Security pursuant to the Policies, Financial Security is to be
fully subrogated to the extent of such payment and any additional interest due
on any late payment, to the rights of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders
to any moneys paid or payable in respect of the Notes or the Certificates
respectively under the Transaction Documents or otherwise.  Each of the Trust,
the Indenture Trustee, the Seller and OFL agrees to such subrogation and,
further, agrees to execute such instruments and to take such actions as, in the
sole judgment of Financial Security, are necessary to evidence such subrogation
and to perfect the rights of Financial Security to receive any such moneys paid
or payable in respect of the Notes or the Certificates under the Transaction
Documents or otherwise.

                                      ARTICLE IV

                          FURTHER AGREEMENTS; MISCELLANEOUS

        Section 4.01.  EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement
shall take effect on the Closing Date and shall remain in effect until the later
of (a) such time as Financial Security is no longer subject to a claim under the
Policies and the Policies shall have been surrendered to Financial Security for
cancellation and (b) all amounts payable to Financial Security, the Noteholders,
and the  Certificateholders under the Transaction Documents and under the Notes
and the Certificates have been paid in full; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.03, 3.04, 3.05, 3.06 and 4.03 hereof shall
survive any termination of this Agreement.

        Section 4.02.  FURTHER ASSURANCES AND CORRECTIVE INSTRUMENTS.  To the
extent permitted by law, each of the Trust, each Class GP Certificateholder, the
Seller and OFL agree that it will, from time to time, execute, acknowledge and
deliver, or cause to be executed, acknowledged and delivered, such supplements
hereto and such further instruments as Financial Security may request and as may
be required in Financial Security's judgment to effectuate the intention of or
facilitate the performance of this Agreement.

        Section 4.03.  OBLIGATIONS ABSOLUTE.

        (a)  The obligations of the Trust, each Class GP Certificateholder,
the Seller and OFL hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional, and shall be
paid or performed strictly in accordance with this Agreement under all
circumstances irrespective of:

          (i)     any lack of validity or enforceability of, or any amendment
     or other modifications of, or waiver with respect to any of the Transaction
     Documents, the Notes, 

                                    56
<PAGE>

     the Certificates or the Policies; PROVIDED, that Financial Security shall 
     not have consented to any such amendment, modification or waiver;

        (ii)      any exchange or release of any other obligations hereunder;

        (iii)     the existence of any claim, setoff, defense, reduction,
     abatement or other right which the Trust, either Class GP
     Certificateholder, the Seller or OFL may have at any time against Financial
     Security or any other Person;

        (iv)      any document presented in connection with the Policies 
     proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or
     any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

        (v)       any payment by Financial Security under the Policies against
     presentation of a certificate or other document which does not strictly
     comply with terms of the Policies;

        (vi)      any failure of the Seller or the Trust to receive the
     proceeds from the Sale of the Notes to receive the proceeds from the sale
     of the Certificates;

        (vii)     any breach by the Trust, the Class GP Certificateholders,
     the Seller or OFL of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in
     any of the Transaction Documents; or

        (viii)    any other circumstances, other than payment in full, which
     might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or discharge of, the
     Trust, either Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller or OFL in respect of
     any Transaction Document.

        (b)  The Trust, each Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller and OFL
and any and all others who are now or may become liable for all or part of the
obligations of any of them under this Agreement agree to be bound by this
Agreement and (i) to the extent permitted by law, waive and renounce any and all
redemption and exemption rights and the benefit of all valuation and
appraisement privileges against the indebtedness and obligations evidenced by
any Transaction Document or by any extension or renewal thereof; (ii) waive
presentment and demand for payment, notices of nonpayment and of dishonor,
protest of dishonor and notice of protest; (iii) waive all notices in connection
with the delivery and acceptance hereof and all other notices in connection with
the performance, default or enforcement of any payment hereunder except as
required by the Transaction Documents other than this Agreement; (iv) waive all
rights of abatement, diminution, postponement or deduction, or to any defense
other than payment, or to any right of setoff or recoupment arising out of any
breach under any of the Transaction Documents, by any party thereto or any
beneficiary thereof, or out of any obligation at any time owing to the Trust,
either Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller or OFL; (v) agree that its
liabilities hereunder shall, except as otherwise expressly provided in this
Section 4.03, be unconditional and without regard to any setoff, counterclaim or
the liability of any other Person for the payment hereof; (vi) agree that any
consent, waiver or forbearance hereunder with respect 

                                    57
<PAGE>

to an event shall operate only for such event and not for any subsequent event;
(vii) consent to any and all extensions of time that may be granted by Financial
Security with respect to any payment hereunder or other provisions hereof and to
the release of any security at any time given for any payment hereunder, or any 
part thereof, with or without substitution, and to the release of any Person or 
entity liable for any such payment; and (viii) consent to the addition of any 
and all other makers, endorsers, guarantors and other obligors for any payment 
hereunder, and to the acceptance of any and all other security for any payment 
hereunder, and agree that the addition of any such obligors or security shall 
not affect the liability of the parties hereto for any payment hereunder.

        (c)  Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting the Trust,
either Class GP Certificateholder, Seller or OFL from pursuing any rights or
remedies it may have against any other Person in a separate legal proceeding.

        Section 4.04.  ASSIGNMENTS; REINSURANCE; THIRD-PARTY RIGHTS.

        (a)  This Agreement shall be a continuing obligation of the parties
hereto and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto
and their respective successors and permitted assigns.  Neither the Trust, First
Class GP Certificateholder, Second Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller nor
OFL may assign its rights under this Agreement, or delegate any of its duties
hereunder, without the prior written consent of Financial Security.  Any
assignment made in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void.

        (b)  Financial Security shall have the right to give participations in
its rights under this Agreement and to enter into contracts of reinsurance with
respect to the Policies upon such terms and conditions as Financial Security may
in its discretion determine; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such participation or
reinsurance agreement or arrangement shall relieve Financial Security of any of
its obligations hereunder or under the Policies.

        (c)  In addition, Financial Security shall be entitled to assign or
pledge to any bank or other lender providing liquidity or credit with respect to
the Transaction or the obligations of Financial Security in connection therewith
any rights of Financial Security under the Transaction Documents or with respect
to any real or personal property or other interests pledged to Financial
Security, or in which Financial Security has a security interest, in connection
with the Transaction.

        (d)  Except as provided herein with respect to participants and
reinsurers, nothing in this Agreement shall confer any right, remedy or claim,
express or implied, upon any Person, including, particularly, any  Noteholder or
Certificateholder (except to the extent provided herein and without limitation
of their rights to receive payments with respect to the Trust Property,
including without limitation payments under the respective Policies), other than
Financial Security, against the Trust, either Class GP Certificateholder, the
Seller, OFL or the Servicer, and all the terms, covenants, conditions, promises
and agreements contained herein shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of
the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns.  Neither the
Trustee, the Owner Trustee nor any Noteholder or Certificateholder shall have
any right to

                                    58


<PAGE>

payment from any premiums paid or payable hereunder or from any other amounts 
paid by the Seller or OFL pursuant to Section 3.02, 3.03 or 3.04 hereof 
(without limitation to the rights of the Noteholders and the 
Certificateholders to receive payments with respect to the Trust Property, as 
provided in the Indenture and the Trust Agreement).

          Section 4.05.  LIABILITY OF FINANCIAL SECURITY.  Neither Financial
Security nor any of its officers, directors or employees shall be liable or
responsible for:  (a) the use which may be made of the Policies by the Owner
Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or for any acts or omissions of the Owner
Trustee or the Indenture Trustee in connection therewith; or (b) the validity,
sufficiency, accuracy or genuineness of documents delivered to Financial
Security (or its Fiscal Agent) in connection with any claim under the Policies,
or of any signatures thereon, even if such documents or signatures should in
fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or
forged (unless Financial Security shall have actual knowledge thereof).  In
furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, Financial Security (or its
Fiscal Agent) may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order,
without responsibility for further investigation.

                                      ARTICLE V

                             EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

          Section 5.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any of the
following events shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

          (a)  any demand for payment shall be made under either of the
Policies;

          (b)  any representation or warranty made by the Trust, either of the
Class GP Certificateholders, the Seller, OFL or the Servicer under any of the
Related Documents, or in any certificate or report furnished under any of the
Related Documents, shall prove to be untrue or incorrect in any material
respect;

          (c)  (i) the Trust, either Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller, OFL
or the Servicer shall fail to pay when due any amount payable by the Seller, OFL
or the Servicer under any of the Related Documents (other than payments of
principal and interest on the Notes and the Certificates); (ii) the Trust,
either Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller, OFL or the Servicer shall have
asserted that any of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party is not
valid and binding on the parties thereto; or (iii) any court, governmental
authority or agency having jurisdiction over any of the parties to any of the
Transaction Documents or property thereof shall find or rule that any material
provision of any of the Transaction Documents is not valid and binding on the
parties thereto.

          (d)  the Trust, either Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller, OFL or
the Servicer shall fail to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement
contained in any of the Related Documents (except for the obligations described
under clause (b) or (c) above) and such failure shall continue for a period of
30 days after written notice given to the Trust, either Class GP

                                       59

<PAGE>

Certificateholder, the Seller, OFL or the Servicer (as applicable); PROVIDED
that, if such failure shall be of a nature that it cannot be cured within 30
days, such failure shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder if within
such 30-day period such party shall have given notice to Financial Security of
corrective action it proposes to take, which corrective action is agreed in
writing by Financial Security to be satisfactory and such party shall thereafter
pursue such corrective action diligently until such default is cured;

          (e)  there shall have occurred an "Event of Default" as specified in
Section 6.01(i) or 6.01(ii) of the Senior Note Indenture or the unpaid principal
amount of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on the Securities
(as defined in the Senior Note Indenture) shall have, upon the declaration of
the holders of the Securities, as specified in Section 6.02 of the Senior Note
Indenture, become immediately due and payable;

          (f) the Trust shall adopt a voluntary plan of liquidation or shall
fail to pay its debts generally as they come due, or shall admit in writing its
inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the
benefit of creditors, or shall institute any proceeding seeking to adjudicate
the Trust insolvent or seeking a liquidation, or shall take advantage of any
insolvency act, or shall commence a case or other proceeding naming the Trust as
debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar law, domestic or
foreign, or a case or other proceeding shall be commenced against the Trust
under the United States Bankruptcy Code or similar law, domestic or foreign, or
any proceeding shall be instituted against the Trust seeking liquidation of its
assets and the Trust shall fail to take appropriate action resulting in the
withdrawal or dismissal of such proceeding within 30 days or there shall be
appointed or the Trust consent to, or acquiesce in, the appointment of a
receiver, liquidator, conservator, trustee or similar official in respect of the
Trust or the whole or any substantial part of its properties or assets, or the
Trust shall take any corporate action in furtherance of any of the foregoing or
the Trust terminates pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Trust Agreement;

          (g)  the Trust becomes taxable as an association (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation for federal or state income tax purposes;

          (h) on any Distribution Date, the sum of Available Funds with respect
to such Distribution Date and the amounts available in the Series 1996-D Spread
Account (prior to any deposits into such Spread Account from Spread Accounts
related to any other Series) and the amount that may be withdrawn from the
Reserve Account pursuant to Section 5.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement is
less than the sum of the amounts payable on such Distribution Date pursuant to
clauses (i) through (viii) of Section 4.6 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement;

          (i) any default in the observance or performance of any covenant or
agreement of the Trust made in the Indenture (other than a default in the
payment of the interest or principal on any Note when due) or any representation
or warranty of the Trust made in the Indenture or in any certificate or other
writing delivered pursuant thereto or in connection therewith proving to have
been incorrect in any material respect as of the time when the same shall have
been made, and such default shall continue or not be cured, or the circumstance
or condition in respect of which such misrepresentation or warranty was
incorrect shall not have been eliminated or otherwise

                                      60

<PAGE>

cured, for a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by 
registered or certified mail, to the Trust and the Indenture Trustee by 
Financial Security, a written notice specifying such default or incorrect 
representation or warranty and requiring it to be remedied;

          (j)  the Average Delinquency Ratio with respect to any Determination
Date shall have been equal to or greater than 7.3%.

          (k)  the Cumulative Default Rate shall be equal to or greater than 
(A) 3.73%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring prior to or during 
the third calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (B) 7.13%, 
with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the third, and prior to 
or during the 6th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, 
(C) 9.99%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 6th, and 
prior to or during the 9th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D 
Closing Date, (D) 12.33%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
after the 9th, and prior to or during the 12th, calendar month succeeding the 
Series 1996-D Closing Date, (E) 13.46%, with respect to any Determination Date 
occurring after the 12th, and prior to or during the 15th, calendar month 
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (F) 14.95%, with respect to any 
Determination Date occurring after the 15th, and prior to or during the 18th, 
calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (G) 16.31%, with 
respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 18th, and prior to or 
during the 21st, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, 
(H) 17.34%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 21st, 
and prior to or during the 24th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D 
Closing Date, (I) 18.26%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
after the 24th, and prior to or during the 27th, calendar month succeeding 
the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (J) 19.05%, with respect to any Determination 
Date occurring after the 27th, and prior to or during the 30th, calendar month 
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (K) 19.64%, with respect to any 
Determination Date occurring after the 30th, and prior to or during the 33rd, 
calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (L) 20.09%, with 
respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 33rd, and prior to or 
during the 36th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, 
(M) 20.48%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 36th, 
and prior to or during the 39th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D 
Closing Date, (N) 20.71%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
after the 39th, and prior to or during the 42nd, calendar month succeeding the 
Series 1996-D Closing Date, (O) 20.94%, with respect to any Determination Date 
occurring after the 42nd, and prior to or during the 45th calendar month 
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (P) 21.12%, with respect to any 
Determination Date occurring after the 45th, and prior to or during the 48th, 
calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (Q) 21.22%, with 
respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 48th, and prior to or 
during the 51st, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, 
(R) 21.32%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 51st, 
and prior to or during the 54th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D 
Closing Date, (S) 21.36%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
after the 54th, and prior to or during the 57th, calendar month succeeding the 
Series 1996-D Closing Date, (T) 21.41%, with respect to any Determination Date 
occurring after the 57th, and prior to or during the 60th, calendar month 
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (U) 21.43%, with respect to any 
Determination Date occurring after the 60th, and prior to or during the 63rd, 
calendar month succeeding the Series

                                      61

<PAGE>

1996-D Closing Date, (V) 21.45%, with respect to any Determination Date
occurring after the 63rd, and prior to or during the 66th, calendar month
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (W) 21.47%, with respect to any
Determination Date occurring after the 66th, and prior to or during the 69th,
calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, or (X) 21.50%, with
respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 69th calendar month
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date;

          (l)  the Cumulative Net Loss Rate shall be equal to or greater than
(A) 2.60%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring prior to or during
the third calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (B) 4.76%,
with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the third, and prior to
or during the 6th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, 
(C) 6.66%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 6th, and 
prior to or during the 9th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing 
Date, (D) 8.22%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 
9th, and prior to or during the 12th, calendar month succeeding the 
Series 1996-D Closing Date, (E) 8.97%, with respect to any Determination Date 
occurring after the 12th, and prior to or during the 15th, calendar month 
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (F) 9.97%, with respect to any 
Determination Date occurring after the 15th, and prior to or during the 18th, 
calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (G) 10.87%, with 
respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 18th, and prior to or 
during the 21st, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, 
(H) 11.56%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 21st, 
and prior to or during the 24th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D 
Closing Date, (I) 12.17%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
after the 24th, and prior to or during the 27th, calendar month succeeding the 
Series 1996-D Closing Date, (J) 12.70%, with respect to any Determination Date 
occurring after the 27th, and prior to or during the 30th, calendar month 
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (K) 13.09%, with respect to any 
Determination Date occurring after the 30th, and prior to or during the 33rd, 
calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (L) 13.39%, with 
respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 33rd, and prior to or 
during the 36th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, 
(M) 13.65%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 36th, 
and prior to or during the 39th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D 
Closing Date, (N) 13.81%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
after the 39th, and prior to or during the 42nd, calendar month succeeding the 
Series 1996-D Closing Date, (O) 13.96%, with respect to any Determination Date 
occurring after the 42nd, and prior to or during the 45th calendar month 
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (P) 14.08%, with respect to any 
Determination Date occurring after the 45th, and prior to or during the 48th, 
calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (Q) 14.15%, with 
respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 48th, and prior to or 
during the 51st, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, 
(R) 14.21%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 51st, 
and prior to or during the 54th, calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D 
Closing Date, (S) 14.25%, with respect to any Determination Date occurring 
after the 54th, and prior to or during the 57th, calendar month succeeding 
the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (T) 14.28%, with respect to any Determination 
Date occurring after the 57th, and prior to or during the 60th, calendar month 
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (U) 14.30%, with respect to any 
Determination Date occurring after the 60th, and prior to or during the 63rd, 
calendar month succeeding the Series 


                                       62

<PAGE>

1996-D Closing Date, (V) 14.32%, with respect to any Determination Date 
occurring after the 63rd, and prior to or during the 66th, calendar month 
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, (W) 14.33%, with respect to any 
Determination Date occurring after the 66th, and prior to or during the 69th, 
calendar month succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date, or (X) 14.35%, with 
respect to any Determination Date occurring after the 69th calendar month 
succeeding the Series 1996-D Closing Date;

          (m)  the occurrence of an Event of Servicing Termination under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement; or 

          (n)  the occurrence of an "Event of Default" under and as defined 
in any Insurance and Indemnity Agreement among Financial Security, OFL, the 
Seller and any other parties thereto, which "Event of Default" is not defined 
as a "Portfolio Performance Event of Default" in such Insurance and Indemnity 
Agreement.

          Section 5.02.  REMEDIES; WAIVERS.

          (a)  Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Financial Security 
may exercise any one or more of the rights and remedies set forth below:

            (i)     declare the Premium Supplement to be immediately due and
     payable, and the same shall thereupon be immediately due and payable,
     whether or not Financial Security shall have declared an "Event of Default"
     or shall have exercised, or be entitled to exercise, any other rights or
     remedies hereunder;

           (ii)     exercise any rights and remedies available under the
     Transaction Documents in its own capacity or in its capacity as the Person
     entitled to exercise the rights of Controlling Party under the Transaction
     Documents; or

          (iii)     take whatever action at law or in equity as may appear
     necessary or desirable in its judgment to enforce performance of any
     obligation of the Trust, each Class GP Certificateholder, the Seller or OFL
     under the Transaction Documents; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Financial Security
     shall not be entitled hereunder to file any petition with respect to the
     Trust or the Trust Property under any bankruptcy or insolvency law.

          (b)  Unless otherwise expressly provided, no remedy herein conferred
upon or reserved is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy, but
each remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to other remedies given
under the Transaction Documents or existing at law or in equity.  No delay or
failure to exercise any right or power accruing under any Transaction Document
upon the occurrence of any Event of Default or otherwise shall impair any such
right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right
and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed
expedient.  In order to entitle Financial Security to exercise any remedy
reserved to Financial Security in this Article, it shall not be necessary to
give any notice.

                                      63

<PAGE>

          (c)  If any proceeding has been commenced to enforce any right or 
remedy under this Agreement, and such proceeding has been discontinued or 
abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to Financial 
Security, then and in every such case the parties hereto shall, subject to 
any determination in such proceeding, be restored to their respective former 
positions hereunder, and, thereafter, all rights and remedies of Financial 
Security shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

          (d)  Financial Security shall have the right, to be exercised in 
its complete discretion, to waive any covenant, Default or Event of Default 
by a writing setting forth the terms, conditions and extent of such waiver 
signed by Financial Security and delivered to the Seller and OFL.  Any such 
waiver may only be effected in writing duly executed by Financial Security, 
and no other course of conduct shall constitute a waiver of any provision 
hereof.  Unless such writing expressly provides to the contrary, any waiver 
so granted shall extend only to the specific event or occurrence so waived 
and not to any other similar event or occurrence which occurs subsequent to 
the date of such waiver.

                                      ARTICLE VI

                                    MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 6.01.  AMENDMENTS, ETC.  This Agreement may be amended, 
modified or terminated only by written instrument or written instruments 
signed by the parties hereto.  No act or course of dealing shall be deemed to 
constitute an amendment, modification or termination hereof.

          Section 6.02.  NOTICES.  All demands, notices and other 
communications to be given hereunder shall be in writing (except as otherwise 
specifically provided herein) and shall be mailed by registered mail or 
overnight carrier, personally delivered or telecopied (with confirmation by 
registered mail) to the recipient as follows:

          (a)  To Financial Security:

               Financial Security Assurance Inc.
               350 Park Avenue
               New York, New York  10022
               Attention:  Surveillance Department
               Confirmation:   (212) 826-0100
               Telecopy Nos.:  (212) 339-3518
                               (212) 339-3529

               (in each case in which notice or other communication to Financial
               Security refers to an Event of Default, a claim on either Policy
               or with respect to which failure on the part of Financial
               Security to respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or
               acceptance, then a copy of such notice or other communication
               should also be sent to the attention of each of the General


                                       64
<PAGE>

               Counsel and the Head--Financial Guaranty Group and shall be
               marked to indicate "URGENT MATERIAL ENCLOSED.")

          (b)  To the Seller:

               Olympic Receivables Finance Corp.
               7825 Washington Avenue South, Suite 410
               Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439-2435
               Telephone:   (612) 942-9888
               Telecopier:  (612) 942-6730

          (c)  To OFL:

               Olympic Financial Ltd.
               7825 Washington Avenue South
               Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439-2435
               Telephone:   (612) 942-9880
               Telecopier:  (612) 942-6730

          (d)  To First Class GP Certificateholder:

               Olympic First GP Inc.
               7825 Washington Avenue South
               Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439-2435
               Telephone:   (612) 942-9880
               Telecopier:  (612) 942-6730

          (e)  To Second Class GP Certificateholder:

               Olympic Second GP Inc.
               7825 Washington Avenue South
               Minneapolis, Minnesota  55439-2435
               Telephone:   (612) 942-9880
               Telecopier:  (612) 942-6730


                                     65

<PAGE>

          (f)  To the Trust:

               Olympic Automobile Receivables Trust, 1996-D
               c/o Mellon Bank (DE), National Association,
                 as Owner Trustee
               919 North Market Street, Second Floor
               Wilmington, Delaware 19801
               Attention:  Robert H. Bell
               Telephone:  (302) 421-2283
               Telecopier: (302) 421-2323

               with a copy to:

               Mellon Bank, National Association
               Two Mellon Bank Center
               Room 325
               Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania  15259
               Attention:  Kent Christman
               Telephone:  (412) 234-5737
               Telecopier: (412) 234-9196

          A party may specify an additional or different address or addresses 
by writing mailed or delivered to the other party as aforesaid.  All such 
notices and other communications shall be effective upon receipt.

          Section 6.03.  SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any provision of 
this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of 
competent jurisdiction, the parties hereto agree that such holding shall not 
invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision hereof.  The parties 
hereto further agree that the holding by any court of competent jurisdiction 
that any remedy pursued by any party hereto is unavailable or unenforceable 
shall not affect in any way the ability of such party to pursue any other 
remedy available to it.

          Section 6.04.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY 
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

          Section 6.05.  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.

          (a)  TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PARTIES 
THERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES 
DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK AND ANY COURT IN THE 
STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK, AND ANY 
APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT 
AGAINST IT AND TO OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR 
THE 

                                       66


<PAGE>

TRANSACTION OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND THE 
PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREE THAT ALL CLAIMS 
IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD OR DETERMINED IN 
SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT.  THE PARTIES HERETO AGREE 
THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE 
CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT 
OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE 
LAW, THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVE AND AGREE NOT TO  ASSERT BY WAY OF 
MOTION, AS A DEFENSE OR OTHERWISE IN ANY SUCH SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING, ANY 
CLAIM THAT IT IS NOT PERSONALLY SUBJECT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS, 
THAT THE SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM, THAT 
THE VENUE OF THE SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING IS IMPROPER OR THAT THE RELATED 
DOCUMENTS OR THE SUBJECT MATTER THEREOF MAY NOT BE LITIGATED IN OR BY SUCH 
COURTS.

          (b)  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties hereto 
shall not seek and hereby waive the right to any review of the judgment of 
any such court by any court of any other nation or jurisdiction which may be 
called upon to grant an enforcement of such judgment.

          (c)  Each of the Class GP Certificateholders, OFL and the Seller 
hereby irrevocably appoints and designates CT Corporation System, whose 
address is 1633 Broadway, New York, New York 10019, as its true and lawful 
attorney and duly authorized agent for acceptance of service of legal 
process.  Each of the Class GP Certificateholders, the Seller and OFL agrees 
that service of such process upon such Person shall constitute personal 
service of such process upon it.

          (d)  Nothing contained in the Agreement shall limit or affect 
Financial Security's right to serve process in any other manner permitted by 
law or to start legal proceedings relating to any of the Transaction 
Documents against the Seller or OFL or its property in the courts of any 
jurisdiction.

          Section 6.06.  CONSENT OF FINANCIAL SECURITY.  In the event that 
Financial Security's consent is required under any of the Transaction 
Documents, the determination whether to grant or withhold such consent shall 
be made by Financial Security in its sole discretion without any implied duty 
towards any other Person, except as otherwise expressly provided therein.

          Section 6.07.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in 
counterparts by the parties hereto, and all such counterparts shall 
constitute one and the same instrument.

          Section 6.08.  HEADINGS.  The headings of articles and sections and 
the table of contents contained in this Agreement are provided for 
convenience only.  They form no part of this Agreement and shall not affect 
its construction or interpretation.  Unless otherwise indicated, all 
references to articles and sections in this Agreement refer to the 
corresponding articles and sections of this Agreement.


                                     67

<PAGE>

          Section 6.09.  TRIAL BY JURY WAIVED.  EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY 
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY 
IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF, UNDER OR 
IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OF THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTION.  EACH 
PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY 
PARTY HERETO HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT IT WOULD NOT, IN 
THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) 
ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THE TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS 
TO WHICH IT IS A PARTY BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THIS WAIVER.

          Section 6.10.  LIMITED LIABILITY.  No recourse under any 
Transaction Document shall be had against, and no personal liability shall 
attach to, any officer, employee, director, affiliate or shareholder of any 
party hereto, as such, by the enforcement of any assessment or by any legal 
or equitable proceeding, by virtue of any statute or otherwise in respect of 
any of the Transaction Documents, the Notes, the Certificates or the 
Policies, it being expressly agreed and understood that each Transaction 
Document is solely a corporate obligation of each party hereto, and that any 
and all personal liability, either at common law or in equity, or by statute 
or constitution, of every such officer, employee, director, affiliate or 
shareholder for breaches by any party hereto of any obligations under any 
Transaction Document is hereby expressly waived as a condition of and in 
consideration for the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

          Section 6.11.  LIMITED LIABILITY OF MELLON BANK (DE), NATIONAL 
ASSOCIATION.  It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties hereto 
that (a) this Agreement is executed and delivered by Mellon Bank (DE), 
National Association, not individually or personally but solely as Owner 
Trustee on behalf of the Trust, (b) each of the representations, undertakings 
and agreements herein made on the part of the Trust is made and intended not 
as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by Mellon Bank (DE), 
National Association, but are made and intended for the purpose of binding 
only the Trust Estate, (c) nothing herein contained shall be construed as 
creating any liability on Mellon Bank (DE), National Association, 
individually or personally, to perform any covenant of the Trust either 
expressed or implied contained herein, all such liability, if any, being 
expressly waived by the parties hereto and by any person claiming by, through 
or under such parties and (d) under no circumstances shall Mellon Bank (DE), 
National Association be personally liable for the payment of any indebtedness 
or expenses of the Trust or be liable for the breach or failure of any 
obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the 
Trust under this Agreement.

          Section 6.12.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the Policies 
set forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the 
subject matter thereof, and this Agreement supersedes and replaces any 
agreement or understanding that may have existed between the parties prior to 
the date hereof in respect of such subject matter.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and 
delivered this Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, all as of the day and year 
first above written.


                                      68

<PAGE>

                                       FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Authorized Officer


                                       OLYMPIC AUTOMOBILE RECEIVABLES
                                         TRUST, 1996-D

                                       By:  Mellon Bank (DE), National 
                                            Association, not in its individual 
                                            capacity, but solely in its 
                                            capacity as Owner Trustee under 
                                            the Trust Agreement

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          E.D. Renn
                                          Vice President


                                       OLYMPIC FIRST GP INC.

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          John A. Witham
                                          Vice President and Chief Financial 
                                          Officer


                                       OLYMPIC SECOND GP INC.

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          John A. Witham
                                          Vice President and Chief Financial
                                          Officer


                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          John A. Witham
                                          Executive Vice President and 
                                          Chief Financial Officer


                                       OLYMPIC RECEIVABLES FINANCE CORP.

                                       By:
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          John A. Witham
                                          Senior Vice President and 
                                          Chief Financial Officer



<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


            THIS AGREEMENT between Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and
Richard A. Greenawalt (the "Executive") is dated as of this 6th day of January,
1997.


                              W I T N E S S E T H :

            WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive wish to enter into an
agreement setting forth the terms and conditions upon which the Executive shall
be employed by the Company;

            NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual
covenants herein contained, it is hereby agreed by and between the Company and
the Executive as follows:

            1.   EFFECTIVE DATE.  This Agreement shall govern the terms and
conditions of the Executive's employment, which shall commence as of a date to
be mutually agreed upon between the Company and the Executive (the "Effective
Date").

            2.   GRANT OF OPTIONS.  Not later than the Effective Date, the
Company will grant to the Executive an option to purchase 1,200,000 shares of
the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $14.87 per share, subject to
the terms and conditions of the stock option agreement (the "Option Agreement")
between the Company and the Executive of even date herewith attached hereto as
Exhibit A (the "Option").  The Option will vest in three equal installments on
the first three anniversaries of the date of grant, and will have a maximum term
of 10 years, subject to earlier termination upon termination of employment in
accordance with the terms of options granted to other senior executives of the
Company.  The Option grant will not be subject to shareholder approval.  The
Company will undertake to file a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect
to the Option shares as soon as practicable after the date of grant.  Option
vesting will be accelerated in the event of the Executive's death, Disability
(as herein defined), termination without Cause (as herein defined), termination
for Good Reason (as herein defined), or a Change in Control (as defined in the
Option Agreement).

            3.   EMPLOYMENT PERIOD.  The Company agrees to employ the Executive,
and the Executive agrees to remain in the employ of the Company, for the period
(the "Employment Period") commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the
date of any termination of the Executive's employment in accordance with Section
7 of the Agreement.

<PAGE>

            4.   POSITION; DUTIES; RESPONSIBILITIES.  (a) POSITION AND DUTIES.
During the Employment Period, the Executive shall serve as Chief Executive
Officer of the Company, and shall report directly to the Board or one or more
designated members thereof.

                 (b)    BUSINESS TIME.  During the Employment Period, the
Executive shall devote his full business time during normal business hours to
the business and affairs of the Company and use his best efforts to perform
faithfully and efficiently the responsibilities assigned to him hereunder, to
the extent necessary to discharge such responsibilities, except for

                   (i)  reasonable time spent in serving on corporate, civic or
            charitable boards or committees of the nature similar to those on
            which the Executive served prior to the Effective Date, or otherwise
            approved by the Board, in each case only if and to the extent not
            substantially interfering with the performance of such
            responsibilities, and

                   (ii) periods of vacation and sick leave to which he is
            entitled.

It is expressly understood and agreed that the Executive's continuing to serve
on any boards and committees on which he is serving or with which he is
otherwise associated immediately preceding the Effective Date (other than his
prior employer) shall not be deemed to interfere with the performance of the
Executive's services to the Company.

            5.   PLACE OF PERFORMANCE.  During the Employment Period, the
Executive's principal places of performance will be at the Company's offices in
Minneapolis, Minnesota and at a location to be determined outside of
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, with the Executive dividing his time between the two
locations on such basis as shall be mutually agreeable to the Executive and the
Company, except for reasonably required travel on behalf of the Company.

            6.   COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.  (a)  BASE SALARY.  During the
Employment Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary ("Base Salary") at
an annual rate of not less than $100,000, paid in accordance with the Company's
regular payroll practices.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed at least once each
year after the Effective Date, and may be increased (but not decreased) at any
time and from time to time by action of the Board of Directors (the "Board") or
any committee thereof.  Neither payment of the Base Salary nor payment of any
increased Base Salary after the Effective Date shall serve to limit or reduce
any other obligation of the Company hereunder.  For purposes of the remaining
provisions of this Agreement, the term "Base Salary" shall mean Base Salary as
defined in this


                                        2

<PAGE>

Section 6(a) or, if increased after the Effective Date, the Base Salary as so
increased.

                 (b)    ANNUAL BONUS.  (i) In addition to the Base Salary, the
Executive shall be awarded for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the
Employment Period an annual bonus, to be based on reasonable and customary
criteria consistent with the Company's past practices (the "Annual Bonus"), with
a target amount at least equal to $300,000.  If a fiscal year of the Company
begins, but does not end, during the Employment Period, the Executive shall
receive an amount with respect to such fiscal year at least equal to the amount
of the Annual Bonus multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days in such fiscal year occurring during the Employment Period and
the denominator of which is 365.  Each amount payable in respect of the
Executive's Annual Bonus shall be paid not later than 90 days after the fiscal
year next following the fiscal year for which the Annual Bonus (or pro-rated
portion) is earned or awarded.  Neither the Annual Bonus nor any bonus amount
paid in excess thereof after the Effective Date shall serve to limit or reduce
any other obligation of the Company hereunder.

            (ii) The Executive's Annual Bonus shall be applied toward
participation in the Company's 1994-1997 and 1998-2000 Restricted Stock Election
Plans on a basis commensurate with an executive having a base salary of $500,000
(or, if greater, the Executive's annual Base Salary).

            (c)  FRINGE BENEFITS.  During the Employment Period, the Company
shall provide the following fringe benefits to Executive:

                 (i)    HEALTH, DISABILITY AND LIFE INSURANCE.  Subject to
     satisfaction of the eligibility requirements of such plans and the rules
     and regulations applicable thereto, Executive and his family members shall
     be entitled to be covered by the Company's group health and dental
     insurance plans presently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company and
     applicable to employees of the Company generally and Executive shall be
     entitled to be covered by the Company's group disability and life insurance
     plans presently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company and
     applicable to the employees of the Company in general or, if more
     favorable, plans applicable to the Company's executives.  The Company shall
     pay the premiums associated with such coverage.  In the event Executive
     makes a claim against any disability policy provided to Executive by the
     Company pursuant to this Section 6(c)(i) and such policy calls for a
     waiting period which is applicable to Executive's claim, the Company shall
     pay to Executive during such waiting period his monthly base salary due
     during such period and shall provide the other benefits due him under this
     Section 5(c)(i).


                                        3


<PAGE>

                 (ii)   VACATION.  Executive shall be entitled to not less than
     four weeks of vacation without loss of compensation or other benefits
     pursuant to such general policies and procedures of the Company as are from
     time to time adopted by the Company.

                 (iii)  EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT.  Executive shall be reimbursed by
     the Company for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with
     the conduct of the Company's business for which he furnishes appropriate
     documentation in accordance with Company policy.

                 (iv)   AUTOMOBILE.  The Company shall at Executive's option
     either (A) provide to Executive use of an automobile to be used by
     Executive in conducting the Company's business; or (B) pay to Executive a
     monthly auto expense not less than Four Hundred Dollars ($400) per month.
     In addition, the Company shall reimburse Executive (1) an amount equal to
     the cost of insuring and maintaining the automobile used by Executive for
     the Company's business and for the Executive's personal use, and (2) the
     cost of maintenance and the cost of gasoline and oil used in the automobile
     and in the event of a loss under the policies insuring said automobile the
     amount of any deductible thereunder applicable to such loss.  Such
     insurance and the coverage and deductibles thereof shall cover both the
     business and personal use of such automobile by Employee, his family and
     invitees and shall include such other terms and conditions as are
     reasonably acceptable to Executive.  Any such reimbursements shall be made
     upon the Company's receipt of invoices evidencing incurrence of such
     expenses.  Executive shall also be paid a monthly amount equal to the
     reasonable value of personal use of such automobile, determined in
     accordance with applicable federal income tax regulations.

                 (v)    CLUB DUES.  The Company shall reimburse Executive the
     reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the case may be, paid by
     Executive to maintain his status as a member of the Flagship Athletic Club
     or of any other athletic club having equal or lesser membership costs in
     lieu of such club.  The Company shall also permit Executive and his family
     to a membership at Olympic Hills Golf Club and shall reimburse the
     Executive for the reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the
     case may be, paid by Executive to maintain such membership.  If either such
     membership is a corporate membership and is subsequently converted to an
     individual membership, the Company shall reimburse Executive for any fees
     charged in connection with such conversion.


                                        4

<PAGE>

                 (vi)   OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF.  During the Employment Period,
     the Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with
     furnishings and other appointments, and to secretarial and other
     assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided
     to the Executive by his predecessor employer at any time during the 90-day
     period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

            7.   TERMINATION.  (a)  DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The Executive's
employment shall terminate automatically upon his death.  The Company may
terminate Executive's employment during the Employment Period, after having
established the Executive's Disability, by giving the Executive written notice
of its intention to terminate his employment, and his employment with the
Company shall terminate effective on the 90th day after receipt of such notice
if, within 90 days after such receipt, the Executive shall fail to return to
full-time performance of his duties.  For purposes of this Agreement,
"Disability" means disability which, after the expiration of more than 26 weeks
after its commencement, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician
selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or his
legal representatives (such agreement to acceptability not to be withheld
unreasonably).

            (b)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, the Executive may, upon not less than 15 days'
advance written notice to the Company, voluntarily terminate employment during
the Employment Period for any reason, provided that any termination by the
Executive pursuant to Section 7(d) of this Agreement on account of Good Reason
(as defined therein) shall not be treated as a voluntary termination under this
Section 7(b).

            (c)  CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
during the Employment Period for Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause"
means (I) gross misconduct on the Executive's part which is demonstrably willful
and deliberate and which results in material damage to the Company's business or
reputation or (II) repeated material violations by the Executive of his
obligations under Section 4 of this Agreement which violations are demonstrably
willful and deliberate.

            (d)  GOOD REASON.  The Executive may terminate his employment during
the Employment Period for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
Reason" means

                 (i)  a good faith determination by the Executive that, without
     his prior written consent, the Company or any of its officers has taken or
     failed to take any action (including, without limitation, (A) exclusion of
     the Executive from consideration of material matters within his area of
     responsibility, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent exclusion
     remedied by the Company promptly after


                                        5

<PAGE>

     receipt of notice thereof from the Executive, (B) statements or actions
     which undermine the Executive's authority with respect to persons under his
     supervision or reduce his standing with his peers, other than an
     insubstantial or inadvertent statement or action which is remedied by the
     Company promptly after receipt of the notice thereof from the Executive,
     (C) a pattern of discrimination against or harassment of the Executive or
     persons under his supervision and (D) the subjection of the Executive to
     procedures not generally applicable to other similarly situated executives)
     which changes the Executive's position (including titles), authority or
     responsibilities under Section 4 of this Agreement or reduces the
     Executive's ability to carry out his duties and responsibilities under
     Section 4 of this Agreement;

                 (ii)   any failure by the Company to comply with any of the
     provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement, other than an insubstantial or
     inadvertent failure remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of
     notice thereof from the Executive;

                 (iii)  the Company's requiring the Executive to perform his
     services at any location more than 35 miles from the places of performance
     described in Section 5 hereof; or

                 (iv)   any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of
     and agreement to perform this Agreement by a successor as contemplated by
     Section 14(b) of this Agreement.

            (e)  WITHOUT CAUSE.  The Company shall give Executive at least 15
days' advance written notice of any termination of Executive's employment which
is not for Cause and not on account of Executive's Disability.

            (f)  NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any termination of Executive's
employment by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason during
the Employment Period shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the
other party hereto given in accordance with Section 15(c) of this Agreement.
For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice
given, in the case of a termination by the Company for Cause, within 10 business
days of the Company's having actual knowledge of all of the events giving rise
to such termination, and in the case of a termination by Executive for Good
Reason, within 180 days of the Executive's having actual knowledge of the events
giving rise to such termination, and which (I) indicates the specific
termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (II) sets forth in
reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for
termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and
(III) if the termination date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,
specifies such termination date (which date shall be not


                                        6

<PAGE>

more than 15 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive
to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which
contributes to a showing of Good Reason shall not waive any right of the
Executive hereunder or preclude the Executive from asserting such fact or
circumstance in enforcing his rights hereunder.

         (g)  DATE OF TERMINATION.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term
"Date of Termination" means (I) in the case of a termination for which a Notice
of Termination is required, the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination
or, if later, the date specified therein and (II) in all other cases, the actual
date on which the Executive's employment terminates during the Employment
Period.

         8.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY UPON TERMINATION.  (a)  DEATH.  If the
Executive's employment is terminated during the Employment Period by reason of
the Executive's death, this Agreement shall terminate without further
obligations to the Executive's legal representatives under this Agreement other
than those obligations accrued hereunder at the date of his death, including,
for this purpose (I) the Executive's full Base Salary through the Date of
Termination, (II) the product of the Annual Bonus and a fraction, the numerator
of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year of the Company through
the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 (the "Pro-rated
Bonus Obligation"), (III) any compensation previously deferred by the Executive
(together with any accrued earnings thereon) and not yet paid by the Company,
(IV) any other amounts or benefits owing to the Executive under any of the
Company's incentive compensation plans (including any accrued but unpaid bonus
for prior year(s)), stock option plans, restricted stock plans or other similar
plans and (V) any amounts or benefits owing to the Executive under any of the
Company's employee benefit plans or policies (such amounts specified in clauses
(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) are hereinafter referred to as "Accrued
Obligations").  Unless otherwise directed by the Executive in writing prior to
his death, all Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive's estate.

         (b)  DISABILITY.    If the Executive's employment is terminated by
reason of the Executive's Disability, the Executive shall receive all Accrued
Obligations and, in addition, from the Date of Termination until the date when
the Employment Period would otherwise have terminated, shall continue to
participate in or be covered under the benefit plans and programs referred to in
Section 6(c)(i) of this Agreement or, at the Company's option, to receive
equivalent benefits by alternate means at least equal to those provided in
accordance with Section 6(c)(i) of this Agreement.  Anything in this Agreement
to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive shall be entitled to receive
disability and other benefits at least equal to the most favorable level of
benefits available to disabled employees of the Company and/or their families in
accordance with the plans,

                                          7

<PAGE>

programs and policies maintained by the Company or its affiliates relating to
disability at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding the
Effective Date.

         (c)  CAUSE AND VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.   If, during the Employment
Period, the Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause or voluntarily
terminated by the Executive (other than on account of Good Reason), the
Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations other than the Pro-rated Bonus
Obligation.

         (d)  TERMINATION BY COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE OR DISABILITY AND
TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON.  LUMP SUM PAYMENT.    If, during the
Employment Period, the Company terminates the Executive's employment other than
for Cause or Disability, or the Executive terminates his employment for Good
Reason, the Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations.  In addition, the
Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum, within 15 days after the Date
of Termination, a cash amount equal to two (2) times the sum of the following
amounts:

              (1)  the Executive's annual Base Salary at the rate specified in
         Section 6(a) of this Agreement;

              (2)  the Annual Bonus;

              (3)  an amount equal to the average annual amount paid and/or
         reimbursed to the Executive pursuant to Section 6(c)(iv) and (v)
         hereof during the two calendar years preceding the Date of
         Termination; and

              (4)  the present value, calculated using the annual federal
         short-term rate as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, of
         (without duplication) the annual cost to the Company (based on the
         premium rates or other costs to it) of obtaining coverage equivalent
         to the coverage under the plans and programs described in Section
         6(c)(i) of this Agreement;

    provided, however, that with respect to the life and medical insurance
    coverage referred to in Section 6(c)(i) of this Agreement, at the
    Executive's election made prior to the Date of Termination, the Company
    shall use its best efforts to secure conversion coverage and shall pay the
    cost of such coverage in lieu of paying the lump sum amount attributable to
    such life or medical insurance coverage.

         9.   NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.    Nothing in this Agreement shall
prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any
benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or
any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor
shall anything herein limit or otherwise prejudice such rights as the Executive
may have with respect to awards granted to him during

                                          8

<PAGE>

the Employment Period under any stock option, restricted stock or other plans or
agreements with the Company or any of its affiliated companies including,
without limitation, the Option.  Amounts which are vested benefits or which the
Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan or program of the
Company or any of its affiliated companies shall be payable in accordance with
such plan or program.

         10.  CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

         (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in 
the event it shall be determined that any payment, distribution, acceleration 
of vesting or other benefit which the Executive receives or becomes entitled 
to receive, whether alone or in combination, and whether pursuant to the 
terms of this Agreement or any other agreement, plan or arrangement with the 
Company or any of its affiliates or any of their respective successors or 
assigns, but determined without regard to any additional payments required 
under this Section 10 (collectively, the "Payments"), would be subject to the 
excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision), 
or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to 
such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and 
penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), 
then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a 
"Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of 
(i) all taxes with respect to the Gross-Up Payment (including any interest or 
penalties imposed with respect to such taxes) including, without limitation, 
any income and employment taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with 
respect thereto), and (ii) the Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the
Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax
imposed on the Payments.

         (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 10(c), all determinations 
required to be made under this Section 10, including whether and when a 
Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the 
assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made 
by KPMG Peat Marwick or such other nationally recognized accounting firm then 
auditing the accounts of the Company (the "Accounting Firm") which shall 
provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the 
Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive 
that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the 
Company.  In the event that the Accounting Firm is unwilling or unable to 
perform its obligations pursuant to this Section 10, the Executive shall 
appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the 
determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be 
referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the 
Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any Gross-Up Payment, 
determined pursuant to this Section 10, shall be paid by the Company to the

                                          9

<PAGE>

Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's
determination.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon
the Company and the Executive.  As a result of the potential uncertainty in the
application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision) at the time
of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible
that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have
been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made
hereunder.  In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to
Section 10(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any
Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment
that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the
Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

          (c)  The Executive shall notify the company in writing of any claim by
the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by
the Company of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon
as practicable but no later than 20 business days after the Executive is
informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of
such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The
Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period
following the date on which he gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter
period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim
is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the
expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive
shall:

          (i)  give the Company any information reasonably requested by the
               Company relating to such claim,

         (ii)  take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the
               Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time,
               including, without limitation, accepting legal representation
               with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by
               the Company,

        (iii)  cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to
               contest such claim, and

         (iv)  permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to
               such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and
expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and
penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and
payment of costs and expenses.  Without


                                       10

<PAGE>

limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10(c), the Company shall
control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole
option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings,
hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and
may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and
sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the
Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any
administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more
appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the
Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the
Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an
interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or
penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with
respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided
that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes
for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested
amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.
Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues
with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the
Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other
issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

          (d)  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by
the Company pursuant to Section 10(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive
any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the
Company's complying with the requirements of Section 10(c)) promptly pay to the
Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited
thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive
of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 10(c), a determination
is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to
such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its
intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after
such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be
required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent
thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

          11.  FULL SETTLEMENT.  The Company's obligation to make the payments
provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company may have against the Executive or others whether by reason of the
subsequent employment of the Executive or otherwise.  In no event shall the
Executive be obligated to seek


                                       11

<PAGE>

other employment by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive
under any of the provisions of this Agreement, and no amount payable under this
Agreement shall be reduced on account of any compensation received by the
Executive from other employment.  In the event that the Executive shall in good
faith give a Notice of Termination for Good Reason and it shall thereafter be
determined by mutual consent of the Executive and the Company or by a tribunal
having jurisdiction over the matter that Good Reason did not exist, the
employment of the Executive shall, unless the Company and the Executive shall
otherwise mutually agree, be deemed to have terminated, at the date of giving
such purported Notice of Termination, by mutual consent of the Company and the
Executive and, except as provided in the last preceding sentence, the Executive
shall be entitled to receive only those payments and benefits which he would
have been entitled to receive at such date otherwise than under this Agreement.

          12.  DISPUTES; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES.  (a) Any dispute or
controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled
exclusively and finally by expedited arbitration, conducted before a single
arbitrator in Minneapolis, Minnesota, in accordance with the rules governing
employment disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association.  The
arbitrator shall be approved by both the Company and the Executive.  Judgment
may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction.

          (b)  In the event that any claim by the Executive under this Agreement
is disputed, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and expenses
incurred by the Executive in pursuing such claim, provided that the Executive is
successful as to at least part of the disputed claim by reason of arbitration,
settlement or otherwise.

          13.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NONCOMPETITION.  (a) The Executive
shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or
confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of
its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, (I) obtained by the
Executive during his employment by the Company or any of its affiliated
companies and (II) not otherwise public knowledge (other than by reason of an
unauthorized act by the Executive).  After termination of the Executive's
employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Company, unless compelled pursuant to an order of a court or
other body having jurisdiction over such matter, communicate or divulge any such
information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those
designated by it.


                                       12


<PAGE>

           (b)  It is mutually acknowledged that by virtue of the Executive's
positions with the Company and its subsidiaries, he will have become possessed
of certain valuable and confidential information concerning the customers,
business methods, procedures and techniques of the Company and its subsidiaries.
It is further understood that the Executive will be developing contacts among
the customers of the Company and its subsidiaries, and it is mutually understood
and agreed that the customers of the Company and its subsidiaries and the
business methods and procedures and techniques developed by the Company and its
subsidiaries are valuable assets and properties of the Company and its
subsidiaries.  Without limitation, it is also specifically acknowledged that
great trust on the part of the Company and its subsidiaries will reside in the
Executive, since his duties will include the management, promotion and
development of the Company's business.  Accordingly, the parties deem it
necessary to enter into the protective covenants set forth below, the terms and
conditions of which have been negotiated by and between the parties hereto:

           (i)  The Executive agrees that during the Employment Period and
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, on his own behalf or on the behalf of any third party, perform
management, accounting, financial, marketing, sales, administrative or executive
duties, in any business conducted within the Territories (as defined below)
which engages in purchasing automobile or truck loans or leases from automobile
or truck dealers, packaging such loans or leases, reselling such loans or leases
or servicing such loans or leases (the "Restricted Activities").  As used in
this Agreement, the term "Territories" means any state in which any loans or
leases acquired by the Company originated (determined by the location of the
dealers from whom the loans or leases were purchased).

           (ii)        The Executive agrees that during the Employment Period
and until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not,
directly or indirectly, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit,
divert, or take away from away from the Company, or any subsidiary, any of the
dealers and other sources from which the Company or any subsidiary acquires
loans or leases or from whom the loan or lease packages are received by the
Company or any subsidiary.

           (iii)       The Executive agrees that during the Employment Period
and until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not,
directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of
others, solicit, divert or hire away, or in any manner attempt to solicit,
divert or hire away any person employed by the Company or any subsidiary,
whether or not such employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of
the Company or any subsidiary, and whether or not such employment was pursuant
to a written or oral contract of

                                          13

<PAGE>

employment and whether or not such employment was for a determined period or was
at will.

           (c)  The Executive acknowledges that the provisions of this Section
13 constitute a material inducement to the Company to enter into this Agreement.
The Executive further acknowledges that the Company's remedy at law for a breach
by him of the provisions of this Section 13 will be inadequate.  Accordingly, in
the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of any provision of
this Section 13, the Company will be entitled to any provision of this Section
13, the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any other
remedy it may have.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained in,
this Section 13 are hereafter construed to be invalid or unenforceable in any
jurisdiction, the same will not affect the remainder of the provisions or the
enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction, which will be given full
effect, without regard to the invalidity or unenforceability in such other
jurisdiction.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained in, this
Section 13 are held to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction because of the
duration or geographical scope thereof, the parties agree that the court making
such determination will have the power to reduce the duration or geographical
scope of such provision or covenant and, in its reduced form, such provision or
covenant will be enforceable; provided, however, that the determination of such
court will not affect the enforceability of this Section 13 in any other
jurisdiction.

           (d)  In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of
this Section 13 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts
otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement or under any other
agreement, plan or arrangement.

           14.  SUCCESSORS. (a)  This Agreement is personal to the Executive
and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable
by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
This agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
Executive's legal representatives.

           (b)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the Company and its successors.  The Company shall require any successor to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, whether
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or
otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive,
expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and
to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such
succession had taken place.

           15.  MISCELLANEOUS. (a)  APPLICABLE LAW.   This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota,
applied without reference to principles of conflict of laws.



                                          14

<PAGE>

           (b)  AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified
otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their
respective successors and legal representatives.

           (c)  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

    If to the Executive:    Richard A. Greenawalt
                            8800 Montgomery Avenue
                            Wyndmoor, PA  19038

    If to the Company:      Olympic Financial Ltd.
                            7825 Washington Avenue South
                            Minneapolis, MN  55439

                            Attention:  Secretary
                            (with a copy to the attention
                            of the General Counsel)

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith.  Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.

           (d)  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts
payable under this Agreement such Federal, State or local taxes as shall be
required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

           (e)  SEVERABILITY.    The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
any other provision of this Agreement.

           (f)  CAPTIONS.   The captions of this Agreement are not part of the
provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

                                          15

<PAGE>

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand and the
Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all
as of the day and year first above written.


                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                       By  /s/ Warren Kantor
                                         -------------------------------------
                                         Name:  Warren Kantor
                                         Title: Chairman


                                       /s/ Richard A. Greenawalt
                                       ---------------------------------------
                                           Richard A. Greenawalt



                                          16



<PAGE>

                                    AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT



     THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 20th day of December, 1995 by and between
Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and Jeffrey C. Mack ("Associate").

     WHEREAS, the Company and Associate entered into that certain Employment and
Non-Compete Agreement dated as of August 1, 1991, pursuant to which the Company
employed Associate as its Chief Executive Officer/President.  Such agreement
together with subsequent amendments thereto, are hereinafter referred to as the
"Employment Agreement"; and

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee of the
Company have approved an increase in Associate's base salary as of January 1, 
1996.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, 
the Company and Associate agree as follows:

     1.   BASE SALARY.  Associate's base salary for fiscal 1996 shall be
$495,000 commencing January 1, 1996.

     2.   RATIFICATION.  The Employment Agreement as amended hereby is ratified
and affirmed.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.


                                        OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                        By:   /s/ Scott H. Anderson
                                            ---------------------------------
                                             Scott H. Anderson
                                             Its:  Vice Chairman


                                        ASSOCIATE:

                                             /s/ Jeffrey C. Mack
                                            ---------------------------------
                                             Jeffrey C. Mack


<PAGE>

                                 JEFFREY C. MACK
                                SEVERANCE PACKAGE

          SUBJECT                                PROPOSAL
1.   Employment Contract                -  Effective immediately, Jeffrey C.
                                           Mack ("Employee") shall resign his
                                           position as Chief Executive Officer,
                                           President and member of the Board of
                                           Directors of Olympic Financial
                                           Limited (the "Company"), and his
                                           existing employment contract shall be
                                           canceled by mutual consent of the 
                                           parties. Employee will continue as an
                                           "employee-consultant" of the Company
                                           for 2 years.

                                        -  Cash payments equal to Employee's
                                           current annual base salary shall be
                                           paid by the Company in periodic
                                           installments on the same basis as
                                           currently paid to Employee for 2
                                           years.

                                        -  Employee's participation in the
                                           Company's benefit plans (retirement,
                                           health, disability and group life
                                           insurance) shall be continued for 2
                                           years in accordance with the terms of
                                           such Plans.

2.   1990 Stock Option Plan             -  If a "change in control" occurs
                                           within the next 2 years, all
                                           outstanding unvested stock options
                                           (194,928 options with a current value
                                           of $1,274,116 at $17/share) will
                                           become immediately vested and
                                           exercisable.

                                        -  If a "change in control" does not
                                           occur within 2 years, outstanding
                                           unvested stock options will vest as
                                           follows:

                                                    DATE   EXERCISE      VALUE@
                                           SHARES   VESTED  PRICE      $17/SHARE
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           33,333  12/19/96  $16.19     $ 27,000
                                           19,500  01/01/97  $ 4.63     $241,215
                                            2,187  01/01/97  $ 4.38     $ 27,600
                                           33,333  12/19/97  $16.19     $ 27,000
                                           22,779  01/01/98  $ 4.38     $287,471

3.   1994-1997 TARSAP                   -  If a "change in control" occurs
                                           within the next 2 years, all unvested
                                           restricted stock (51,248 shares with
                                           a current value of $874,276 at $17
                                           per share) will become immediately
                                           vested.

                                        -  If a "change in control" does not 
                                           occur within 2 years, unvested 
                                           restricted stock will vest as 
                                           follows:

                                                    DATE    EXERCISE      VALUE@
                                           SHARES   VESTED  PRICE      $17/SHARE
                                           -------------------------------------
                                           25,714 12/31/96  $  0       $437,138
                                           25,714 12/31/97  $  0       $437,138
                                         
<PAGE>

4.  1998-2000 TARSAP          -   If a "change in control" occurs within the
                                  next 2 years, all unvested restricted stock
                                  (55,042 shares with a current value of
                                  $935,714 at $17/share) will become
                                  immediately vested.

                              -   if a "change in control" does not occur
                                  within 2 years, none of the unvested
                                  restricted shares will become vested.

5.  D&O Coverage;             -   D&O coverage for 2 years.
    Indemnification               Indemnification in By-Laws to continue for 2
                                  years.

6.  Split-Dollar Life         -   Company will continue to pay Split-Dollar
    Insurance Plan                Life Insurance Plan premiums for the next 2
                                  years.  If a "change in control" occurs
                                  within 2 years, Company will continue to pay
                                  premiums as provided in Split-Dollar Life
                                  Insurance Plan (until the 10th anniversary of
                                  the effective date).

7.  Noncompete                -   Employee to sign noncompete agreement for 2
                                  years.

8.  No Disparagement          -   Parties to agree to language in press release
                                  concerning resignation and agree to refrain
                                  from making any negative statements about the
                                  other.



                                  OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                  BY:  ITS BOARD OF DIRECTORS


                                  /s/ Warren Kantor
                                  ------------------

                                  Warren Kantor

                                  Chairman of the Executive

                                  Committee of the Board of Directors

Agreed and Accepted this

26th day of August, 1996


/s/ Jeffrey C. Mack
- --------------------------
Jeffrey C. Mack


<PAGE>

                                   JEFFREY C. MACK

                              UNVESTED STOCK VALUATIONS

         PLAN                                              VALUATION
         ----                                              ---------


1.  1990 Stock Option Plan         -   If a "change in control" occurs within
    Value at $30/Share                 the next 2 years, all outstanding
                                       unvested stock options (194,928 options
                                       with a value of $3,808,180 at $30/share)
                                       will become immediately vested and
                                       exercisable.

                                       If a "change in control" does not occur
                                       within 2 years, outstanding unvested
                                       stock options will vest as follows:

                                                 DATE   EXERCISE    VALUE @
                                       SHARES   VESTED    PRICE     $30/SHARE
                                       ----------------------------------------

                                       33,333    12/19/96  $16.19    $460,329
                                       19,500    01/01/97  $ 4.63    $494,715
                                        2,187    01/01/97  $ 4.38    $ 56,031
                                       33,333    12/19/97  $16.19    $460,329
                                       22,779    01/01/98  $ 4.38    $583,598

2.  1994-1997 TARSAP               -   If a "change in control" occurs within
    Value at $30/Share                 the next 2 years, all unvested
                                       restricted stock (51,248 shares with a
                                       value of $1,537,440 at $30 per share)
                                       will become immediately vested.

                                   -   If a "change in control" does not occur
                                       within 2 years, unvested restricted
                                       stock will vest as follows:

                                                 DATE   EXERCISE    VALUE @
                                       SHARES   VESTED    PRICE     $30/SHARE
                                       ----------------------------------------

                                       25,714   12/31/96   $ 0      $768,720
                                       25,714   12/31/97   $ 0      $768,720

3.  1998-2000 TARSAP               -   If a "change in control" occurs within
                                       the next 2 years, all unvested
    Value at $30/Share                 restricted stock (55,042 shares with a
                                       value of $1,651,260 at $30/share) will
                                       become immediately vested.

                                   -   If a "change in control" does not occur
                                       within 2 years, none of the unvested
                                       restricted shares will become vested.

4.  TOTAL VALUES                   -   If a "change of control" occurs within 2
                                       years:  $6,996,880 at $30/share.

                                   -   If a "change in control" does not occur
                                       within 2 years:  $3,592,442 at
                                       $30/share.


<PAGE>

                              ADDENDUM TO AGREEMENT

                       BETWEEN OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD. AND

                                 JEFFREY C. MACK


            This ADDENDUM dated November 11, 1996 (the "Addendum") sets forth
additional agreements and covenants between Olympic Financial Ltd. (the
"Company") and Jeffrey C. Mack ("Employee") with regard to his resignation from
the position of Chief Executive Officer, President and member of the Board of
Directors of the Company on August 26, 1996 (the "Resignation").

            WHEREAS, the Company and Employee have entered into an agreement
regarding the Resignation dated August 26, 1996, pursuant to which Employee will
continue as an employee-consultant of the Company until August 26, 1998 (the
"Agreement"), and

            WHEREAS, since entering into the Agreement, the Company and Employee
have agreed on certain additional terms, and wish to clarify certain covenants
set forth in the Agreement.

            NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:

            1.   LEGAL FEES.  The Company will pay Employee $10,000 as partial
reimbursement for legal fees incurred by him in connection with the Resignation.

            2.   CIRCUMSTANCES OF RESIGNATION.  The Company and Employee hereby
acknowledge that, other than the press release issued on August 26, 1996, they
have not, and agree that they will not at any time, issue internal or external
communications concerning the Resignation, whether written or verbal, including
interviews.

            3.   SERVICES; CONTACT WITH COMPANY EMPLOYEES.

                 (a)    During the term of the Agreement, Employee shall render
such services and perform such duties as may reasonably be directed by the
Company from time to time.

                 (b)    Employee will refrain from contacting any employees of
the Company at the Company's offices during normal business hours, whether by
telephone, facsimile or otherwise, except to the extent that such contact is

<PAGE>

necessitated by the services he renders at the Company's direction.  This
covenant will not preclude Employee from contacting or socializing with Company
employees outside of the Company's offices during non-business hours.

            4.   FORWARDING OF MAIL.  The Company will forward to Employee all
personal messages, and all mail sent to Employee at the Company's offices which
is marked "personal" or "confidential" or is hand addressed.  Mail which is not
marked "personal" or "confidential" will be reviewed by Company personnel and,
if such mail involves Company business which is not related to any services
being provided by the Employee, will be retained by the Company.  Mail which
does not involve Company business will also be forwarded to Employee.  Messages
will be faxed to Employee at the following number:  (612) 934-0440, or at such
other number as Employee advises the Company in writing.  Personal mail will be
sent to Employee at the following address:  18453 Nicklaus Way, Eden Prairie, MN
55347 or to such other address as Employee advises the Company in writing.

            5.   CAR PAYMENTS.  The Company will either make, or reimburse
Employee for the cost of, loan payments with respect to his current BMW
automobile until August 26, 1998, and will either make, or reimburse Employee
for the cost of, lease payments through the end of the term of Employee's
existing lease on his current Jaguar automobile.  The Company will also pay, or
reimburse Employee for the cost of, insurance premiums for such automobiles.
All other expenses relating to the automobiles, including maintenance, repairs
and gas, shall be the responsibility of Employee.

            6.   CLUB DUES.  Until August 26, 1998, the Company will either 
pay, or reimburse Employee for the cost or, club dues and assessments (but 
not personal disbursements) for Employee for the following clubs in 
accordance with its past practices:

            *    Olympic Hills Golf Club;

            *    Bear Path Golf Club;

            *    Flagship.

            To the extent that such amounts are not paid directly and are
incurred by Employee, the Company will reimburse Employee for such amounts
within fifteen days of Employee's presentment of proper documentation therefor.

            7.   D&O COVERAGE; INDEMNIFICATION.  The provisions of Section 5 of
the Agreement notwithstanding, the Company will continue to maintain for
Employee Director


                                        2
<PAGE>

& Officer Liability Coverage, and continue to provide him with indemnification
under its bylaws, until August 26, 2002.

           8.   NONCOMPETITION.  (a)  It is mutually acknowledged that by
virtue of Employee's former positions with the Company and its subsidiaries, he
has become possessed of certain valuable and confidential information concerning
the customers, business methods, procedures and techniques of the Company and
its subsidiaries.  It is further understood that Employee has developed contacts
among the customers of the Company and its subsidiaries, and it is mutually
understood and agreed that the customers of the Company and its subsidiaries and
the business methods and procedures and techniques developed by the Company and
its subsidiaries are valuable assets and properties of the Company and its
subsidiaries.  Without limitation, it is also specifically acknowledged that
great trust on the part of the Company and its subsidiaries has resided in
Employee, since Employee's former duties have included involvement in the
management, promotion and development of the Company's business.  Accordingly,
the parties deem it necessary to enter into the protective covenants set forth
below, the terms and conditions of which have been negotiated by and between the
parties hereto:

                (i)  Employee agrees that until August 26, 1998, he 
will not, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on the behalf of any 
third party, perform management, accounting, financial, marketing, sales, 
administrative or executive duties, in any business conducted within the 
Territories (as defined below) which engages in originating automobile or 
truck loans or leases, purchasing automobile or truck loans or leases from 
automobile or truck dealers, packaging such loans or leases, reselling such 
loans or leases or servicing such loans or leases (the "Restricted 
Activities").  As used in this Addendum, the term "Territories" means any 
state in which any such loans or leases originated (determined by the 
location of the dealers from whom the loans or leases were purchased or, in 
the case of loans or leases originated by the Company, the location of the 
borrowers or lessees).

                      (ii)   Employee agrees that until August 26, 1998, he 
will not, directly or indirectly, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to 
solicit, divert, or take away from the Company, or any subsidiary, any of the 
dealers and other sources from which the Company or any subsidiary acquires 
loans or leases or from whom the loan or lease packages are received by the 
Company or any subsidiary.

                      (iii)  Employee agrees that until August 26, 1998, he 
will not, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf

                                          3

<PAGE>

or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit, divert or hire away, or in 
any manner attempt to solicit, divert or hire away any person employed by the 
Company or any subsidiary, whether or not such employee is a full-time 
employee or a temporary employee of the Company or any subsidiary, and 
whether or not such employment was pursuant to a written or oral contract of 
employment and whether or not such employment was for a determined period or 
was at will.

                (b)  Employee acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 8
constitute a material inducement to the Company to enter into the Agreement and
this Addendum.  Employee further acknowledges that the Company's remedy at law
for a breach by him of the provisions of this Section 8 will be inadequate.
Accordingly, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of any
provision of this Section 8, the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief
in addition to any other remedy it may have.  If any of the provisions of, or
covenants contained in, this Section 8 are hereafter construed to be invalid or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the same will not affect the remainder of the
provisions or the enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction, which will
be given full effect, without regard to the invalidity or unenforceability in
such other jurisdiction.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained
in, this Section 8 are held to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction because of
the duration or geographical scope thereof, the parties agree that the court
making such determination will have the power to reduce the duration or
geographical scope of such provision or covenant and, in its reduced form, such
provision or covenant will be enforceable; provided, however, that the
determination of such court will not affect the enforceability of this Section 8
in any other jurisdiction.

                9.   SPLIT-DOLLAR LIFE INSURANCE PLAN.  Employee's rights 
under the Split-Dollar Life Insurance Plan shall be governed by the terms of 
that Plan consistent with his status as an employee of the Company through 
August 26, 1998.

                10.  OPTIONS; RESTRICTED STOCK.  Sections 2 and 4 of the 
Agreement notwithstanding, upon termination of Employee's employment under 
the Agreement on August 26, 1998, and provided that a "change in control" has 
not occurred prior to such date, (i) all outstanding options to purchase 
Company common stock held by the Employee which have not vested as of such 
date shall vest and thereafter be exercisable in accordance with the terms 
thereof; and (ii) the Employee shall become vested in 12,225 shares of 
restricted stock under the Company's 1998-2000 Restricted

                                          4


<PAGE>

Stock Election Plan, and all other shares granted to Employee pursuant to 
such plan shall be forfeited.*

           11.  AGREEMENT STILL IN EFFECT.  The parties hereby acknowledge 
that the Agreement will continue in effect in accordance with its terms, 
except to the extent that such terms have been specifically modified or 
clarified by this Addendum.  The Agreement, as so modified and clarified, 
supercedes all prior agreements between the Company and Employee relating to 
his employment including, without limitation, Employee's Employment Agreement 
with the Company dated August 1, 1991, as amended (the "Employment 
Agreement").

           12.  WITHHOLDING.  The Company will withhold from amounts payable to
Employee hereunder and under the Agreement any federal, state and local income
and employment taxes which are required to be so withheld.

           13.  RELEASE OF CLAIMS.  The Company and Employee agree that this 
Addendum and the Agreement represent the full agreement of the parties with 
respect to the Resignation and any events or circumstances relating thereto. 
Accordingly, the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its successors 
and assigns, and Employee, on his own behalf and on behalf of his marital 
community, heirs, successors and assigns, each do hereby fully and forever 
release, discharge, and acquit the other and the other's respective 
successors, assigns, affiliates, shareholders, officers, employees, agents, 
directors, and attorneys, from any and all actions, causes of action, 
liabilities, claims, debts, attorneys' fees, costs of suit, and other 
obligations whatsoever (i) which arise out of, or which concern in any way, 
the Resignation or any events or circumstances relating thereto, or (ii) 
which arise out of, or which concern in any way, the Employment Agreement.  
Each of the Company and Employee represent that they have not commenced, and 
covenant that they shall not hereafter commence, against the other, any legal 
proceedings of any kind, including, but not limited to, administrative 
proceedings, which arise out of, or which concern in any way, the 
Resignation, any events or circumstances relating thereto, or the Employment 
Agreement.

           14.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in one or more
counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original but all of which
together will constitute one and the same instrument.

*  All of Employees Rights to pursue common shares of the Company under the 
   Company's's 1994-1997 Restricted Stock Election Plan shall vest according
   to the terms of that plan.


                                          5

<PAGE>


           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed this Addendum
effective as of the date first above written.





                                           OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.



                                           By:  /s/ Scott H. Anderson V.C.
                                              -----------------------------
                                           Name:   Scott H. Anderson
                                           Title:  Vice-Chairman



                                                /s/ Jeffrey C. Mack
                                           --------------------------------
                                                Jeffrey C. Mack




                                          6


<PAGE>

                                      AMENDMENT

                                          OF

                                 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

    THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 20th day of December, 1995 by and between
Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and Scott H. Anderson ("Associate").

    WHEREAS, the Company and Associate entered into that certain Employment and
Non-Compete Agreement dated as of April 1, 1991, pursuant to which the Company
employed Associate as its Executive Vice President/Chief Credit Officer.  Such
agreement together with subsequent amendments thereto, if any, are hereinafter
referred to as the "Employment Agreement"; and

    WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee of the
Company have approved a promotion of Associate and an increase in Associate's
base salary as hereinafter set forth.

    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein,
the Company and Associate agree as follows:

    1.   PROMOTION.  During the term of the Employment Agreement Associate
shall perform the duties of Vice Chairman in charge of Credit and Operations.

    2.   BASE SALARY.  Associate's base salary for the fiscal 1996 shall be
$310,000 commencing January 1, 1996.

    3.   GOLF CLUB MEMBERSHIP.  The Company shall pay the cost of Associate and
his family joining Bear Path Golf Course and shall reimburse Associate the
reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues as the case may be paid by
Associate to maintain his and his family members' status as members of the Bear
Path Golf Club.

    4.   RATIFICATION.  The Employment Agreement as amended hereby is ratified
and affirmed.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.


                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL, LTD.



                                       By:  /s/ Jeffrey C. Mack
                                           -----------------------------------
                                           Its:
                                               -------------------------------


                                       ASSOCIATE:


                                       /s/ Scott H. Anderson
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                       Scott H. Anderson


<PAGE>

                         EMPLOYMENT RETENTION AGREEMENT


          THIS AGREEMENT between Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and
Scott H. Anderson (the "Executive") is dated as of this 7 day of November,
1996.


                                   WITNESSETH:

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have agreed to enter into an
agreement providing the Company and the Executive with certain rights to assure
the Company of continuity of management;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is hereby agreed by and between the Company and the
Executive as follows:

          1 .  EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM. This Agreement shall govern the terms and
conditions of Executive's employment commencing as of the date hereof (the
"Effective Date").

          2.   PRIOR EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.  As of the Effective Date, this
Agreement shall supersede the Executive's Employment Agreement with the Company
dated April 1, 1991, as amended.

          3.   RETENTION PERIOD.  The Company agrees to continue the Executive
in its employ, and the Executive agrees to remain in the employ of the Company,
for the period (the "Retention Period") commencing on the Effective Date and
ending on the date of any termination of the Executive's employment in
accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.

          4.   POSITION AND DUTIES. (a) NO REDUCTION IN POSITION.  During the
Retention Period, the Executive's position (including titles), authority and
responsibilities shall be at least commensurate with the highest of those held
or exercised by him at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding
the Effective Date.

               (b)  BUSINESS TIME.  During the Retention Period, the Executive
shall devote his full business time during normal business hours to the business
and affairs of the Company and use his best efforts to perform faithfully and
efficiently the responsibilities assigned to him hereunder, to the extent
necessary to discharge such responsibilities, except for

                    (i)  reasonable time spent in serving on corporate, civic or
         charitable boards or committees of the nature similar to those on 
         which the Executive served prior to the Change of Control, or 
         otherwise approved by the Board, in each case only if and to the 
         extent not substantially interfering with the performance of such 
         responsibilities, and

                    (ii) periods of vacation and sick leave to which he is
         entitled.


<PAGE>

It is expressly understood and agreed that the Executive's continuing to serve
on any boards and committees on which he is serving or with which he is
otherwise associated immediately preceding the Effective Date shall not be
deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive's services to the
Company.

          5.   COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. (a) BASE SALARY.  During the Retention
Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary ("Base Salary") at a monthly
rate at least equal to the monthly salary paid to the Executive by the Company
and any of its affiliated companies immediately prior to the Effective Date.
The Base Salary shall be reviewed at least once each year after the Effective
Date, and may be increased (but not decreased) at any time and from time to time
by action of the Board or any committee thereof or any individual having
authority to take such action in accordance with the Company's regular
practices.  Neither payment of the Base Salary nor payment of any increased Base
Salary after the Effective Date shall serve to limit or reduce any other
obligation of the Company hereunder.  For purposes of the remaining provisions
of this Agreement, the term "Base Salary" shall mean Base Salary as defined in
this Section 5(a) or, if increased after the Effective Date, the Base Salary as
so increased.

               (b)  ANNUAL BONUS.  In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive
shall be awarded for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Retention
Period an annual bonus, to be based on reasonable and customary criteria
consistent with the Company's past practices (the "Annual Bonus"), with a target
amount at least equal to 50% of his Base Salary (I.E., that percentage of the
Executive's Base Salary designated by the Company's Compensation Committee for
purposes of Section 4.1 of the Company's 1998-2000 Restricted Stock Election
Plan).  If a fiscal year of the Company begins, but does not end, during the
Retention Period, the Executive shall receive an amount with respect to such
fiscal year at least equal to the amount of the Annual Bonus multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fiscal year
occurring during the Retention Period and the denominator of which is 365.  Each
amount payable in respect of the Executive's Annual Bonus shall be paid not
later than 90 days after the fiscal year next following the fiscal year for
which the Annual Bonus (or pro-rated portion) is earned or awarded.  Neither the
Annual Bonus nor any bonus amount paid in excess thereof after the Effective
Date shall serve to limit or reduce any other obligation of the Company
hereunder.

               (c)  FRINGE BENEFITS.  During the Retention Period, the Company
shall provide the following fringe benefits to Executive:

                    (i)  HEALTH, DISABILITY AND LIFE INSURANCE.  Subject to
         satisfaction of the eligibility requirements of such plans and the 
         rules and regulations applicable thereto, Executive and his family 
         members shall be entitled to be covered by the Company's group health 
         and dental insurance plans presently in effect or hereafter adopted 
         by the Company and applicable to employees of the Company generally 
         and Executive shall be entitled to be covered by the Company's group 
         disability and life insurance plans presently in effect or hereafter
         adopted by the Company and applicable to the employees of the Company 
         in general.  The Company shall pay the premiums associated with such

                                        2


<PAGE>

         coverage.  In the event Executive makes a claim against any disability
         policy provided to Executive by the Company pursuant to this Section 
         5(c)(i) and such policy calls for a waiting period which is applicable
         to Executive's claim, the Company shall pay to Executive during such 
         waiting period his monthly base salary due during such period and 
         shall provide the other benefits due him under this Section 5(c)(i).

                    (ii) VACATION.  Executive shall be entitled to four weeks 
         of vacation without loss of compensation or other benefits pursuant to
         such general policies and procedures of the Company as are from time 
         to time adopted by the Company.

                   (iii) EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT.  Executive shall be reimbursed
         by the Company for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in 
         connection with the conduct of the Company's business for which he 
         furnishes appropriate documentation.

                    (iv) AUTOMOBILE.  In the event the Company shall institute a
         Company car policy, Executive shall receive the benefits thereunder in
         keeping with his position with the Company.  During any period that 
         the Company has not instituted a Company car policy, the Company shall
         provide to Executive use of an automobile reasonably acceptable to 
         Executive to be used by Executive in conducting the Company's 
         business.  In addition, the Company shall during such period reimburse
         Executive (1) an amount equal to the reasonable cost of insuring and 
         maintaining the automobile used by Executive for the Company's 
         business, and (2) the cost of maintenance and the cost of gasoline and
         oil used in the automobile and in the event of a loss under the 
         policies insuring said automobile, the amount of any deductible 
         thereunder applicable to such loss. Such insurance and the coverage
         and deductibles thereof shall cover both the business and personal use
         of such automobile by Employee, his family and invitee and shall 
         include such other terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable
         to Executive.  Any such reimbursements shall be made upon the 
         Company's receipt of invoices evidencing incurrence of such expenses.
         Executive shall also be paid a monthly amount equal to the reasonable
         value of personal use of such automobile, determined in accordance 
         with applicable federal income tax regulations.

                    (v)  CLUB DUES.  The Company shall reimburse Executive the
         reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the case may be, 
         paid by Executive to maintain his status as a member of the Flagship
         Athletic Club or of any other athletic club having equal or lesser 
         membership costs in lieu of such club.  The Company shall also provide
         to Executive and his family a membership at Bearpath Golf Club and 
         shall reimburse the Executive for the reasonable cost of the monthly 
         or annual dues, as the case may be, paid by Executive to maintain such
         membership.  If either such membership is a corporate membership and 
         is subsequently converted to an individual membership, the Company 
         shall reimburse Executive for any fees charged in connection with such
         conversion.

                    (vi) OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF.  During the Retention Period,
         the Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and
         with furnishings and other


                                        3


<PAGE>


     appointments, and to secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to
     the most favorable of the foregoing provided to the Executive at any time
     during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

          6.   TERMINATION. (a) DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The Executive's employment
shall terminate automatically upon his death.  The Company may terminate
Executive's employment during the Retention Period, after having established the
Executive's Disability, by giving the Executive written notice of its intention
to terminate his employment, and his employment with the Company shall
terminate effective on the 90th day after receipt of such notice if, within 90
days after such receipt, the Executive shall fail to return to full-time
performance of his duties.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" means
disability which, after the expiration of more than 26 weeks after its
commencement, is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by
the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or his legal
representatives (such agreement to acceptability not to be withheld
unreasonably).

          (b)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION. Notwithstanding anything in this 
Agreement to the contrary, the Executive may, upon not less than 15 days' 
advance written notice to the Company, voluntarily terminate employment 
during the Retention Period for any reason, provided that any termination by 
the Executive pursuant to Section 6(d) of this Agreement on account of Good 
Reason (as defined therein) shall not be treated as a voluntary termination 
under this Section 6(b).

          (c)  CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
during the Retention Period for Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause"
means (i) gross misconduct on the Executive's part which is demonstrably willful
and deliberate and which results in material damage to the Company's business or
reputation or (ii) repeated material violations by the Executive of his
obligations under Section 4 of this Agreement which violations are demonstrably
willful and deliberate.

          (d)  GOOD REASON.  The Executive may terminate his employment during
the Retention Period for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
Reason" means
                (i)  a good faith determination by the Executive that, 
     without his prior written consent, the Company or any of its officers 
     has taken or failed to take any action (including, without limitation, 
     (A) exclusion of the Executive from consideration of material matters 
     within his area of responsibility, other than an insubstantial or 
     inadvertent exclusion remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of 
     notice thereof from the Executive, (B) statements or actions which 
     undermine the Executive's authority with respect to persons under his 
     supervision or reduce his standing with his peers, other than an 
     insubstantial or inadvertent statement or action which is remedied by 
     the Company promptly after receipt of the notice thereof from the 
     Executive, (C) a pattern of discrimination against or harassment of the 
     Executive or persons under his supervision and (D) the subjection of the 
     Executive to procedures not generally applicable to other similarly 
     situated executives) which changes the Executive's position (including 
     titles),


                                        4
<PAGE>

     authority or responsibilities under Section 4 of this Agreement or reduces
     the Executive's ability to carry out his duties and responsibilities under
     Section 4 of this Agreement;

               (ii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the 
     provisions of Section 5 of this Agreement, other than an insubstantial 
     or inadvertent failure remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of 
     notice thereof from the Executive;

              (iii) the Company's requiring the Executive to be employed at 
     any location more than 35 miles further from his principal residence 
     than the location at which the Executive was employed immediately 
     preceding the Effective Date; or

               (iv) any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of 
     and agreement to perform this Agreement by a successor as contemplated 
     by Section 13(b) of this Agreement.

          (e)  WITHOUT CAUSE. The Company shall give Executive at least 15 days'
advance written notice of any termination of Executive's employment which is not
for Cause and not on account of Executive's Disability.

          (f)  NOTICE OF TERMINATION. Any termination of Executive's employment
by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason during the
Retention Period shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other
party hereto given in accordance with Section 14(c) of this Agreement.  For
purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice
given, in the case of a termination by the Company for Cause, within 10
business days of the Company's having actual knowledge of all of the events
giving rise to such termination, and in the case of a termination by Executive
for Good Reason, within 180 days of the Executive's having actual knowledge of
the events giving rise to such termination, and which (i) indicates the specific
termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in
reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for
termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and
(iii) if the termination date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,
specifies such termination date (which date shall be not more than 15 days after
the giving of such notice).  The failure by the Executive to set forth in the
Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of
Good Reason shall not waive any right of the Executive hereunder or preclude the
Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights
hereunder.

          (g)  DATE OF TERMINATION.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term
"Date of Termination" means (i) in the case of a termination for which a Notice
of Termination is required, the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination
or, if later, the date specified therein and (ii) in all other cases, the actual
date on which the Executive's employment terminates during the Retention Period.

          7.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY UPON TERMINATION. (a) DEATH.  If the
Executive's employment is terminated during the Retention Period by reason of
the Executive's death, this Agreement shall terminate without further
obligations to the Executive's legal

                                        5

<PAGE>

representatives under this Agreement other than those obligations accrued
hereunder at the date of his death, including, for this purpose (i) the
Executive's full Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (ii) the product
of the Annual Bonus and a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days
in the current fiscal year of the Company through the Date of Termination, and
the denominator of which is 365 (the "Pro-rated Bonus Obligation"), (iii) any
compensation previously deferred by the Executive (together with any accrued
earnings thereon) and not yet paid by the Company, (iv) any other amounts or
benefits owing to the Executive under any of the Company's incentive
compensation plans, stock option plans, restricted stock plans or other similar
plans and (v) any amounts or benefits owing to the Executive under any of the
Company's employee benefit plans or policies (such amounts specified in clauses
(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) are hereinafter referred to as "Accrued
Obligations").  Unless otherwise directed by the Executive prior to his death,
all Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive's estate.

          (b)  DISABILITY.  If the Executive's employment is terminated by
reason of the Executive's Disability, the Executive shall receive all Accrued
Obligations and, in addition, from the Date of Termination until the second
anniversary of such date, shall continue to participate in or be covered under
the benefit plans and programs referred to in Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement
or, at the Company's option, to receive equivalent benefits by alternate means
at least equal to those provided in accordance with Section 5(c)(i) of this
Agreement.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive disability and other benefits at least
equal to the most favorable level of benefits available to disabled employees
and/or their families in accordance with the plans, programs and policies
maintained by the Company or its affiliates relating to disability at any time
during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

          (c)  CAUSE AND VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  If, during the Retention
Period, the Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause or voluntarily
terminated by the Executive (other than on account of Good Reason), the
Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations other than the Pro-rated Bonus
Obligation.

          (d)  TERMINATION BY COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE OR DISABILITY AND
TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON.  LUMP SUM PAYMENT.  If, during the
Retention Period, the Company terminates the Executive's employment other than
for Cause or Disability, or the Executive terminates his employment for Good
Reason, the Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations.  In addition, the
Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum, within 15 days after the Date
of Termination, a cash amount equal to two (2) times the sum of the following
amounts:


                    (1)  the Executive's annual Base Salary at the rate
          specified in Section 5(a) of this Agreement;

                    (2)  the Annual Bonus;


                                        6

<PAGE>

                    (3)  an amount equal to the average annual amount paid
          and/or reimbursed to the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c)(iv) and
          (v) hereof during the two calendar years preceding the Date of
          Termination; and

                    (4)  the present value, calculated using the annual federal
          short-term rate as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, of
          (without duplication) the annual cost to the Company (based on the
          premium rates or other costs to it) of obtaining coverage equivalent
          to the coverage under the plans and programs described in Section
          5(c)(i) of this Agreement;

     provided, however, that with respect to the life and medical insurance
     coverage referred to in Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement, at the
     Executive's election made prior to the Date of Termination, the Company
     shall use its best efforts to secure conversion coverage and shall pay the
     cost of such coverage in lieu of paying the lump sum amount attributable to
     such life or medical insurance coverage.

          8.   NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Nothing in this Agreement shall 
prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any 
benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or 
any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor 
shall anything herein limit or otherwise prejudice such rights as the 
Executive may have with respect to awards granted to him prior to or during 
the Retention Period under any stock option, restricted stock or other plans 
or agreements with the Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Amounts 
which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to 
receive under any plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliated 
companies shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program.

          9.   CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

          (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in
the event it shall be determined that any payment, distribution, acceleration of
vesting or other benefit which the Executive receives or becomes entitled to
receive, whether alone or in combination, and whether pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or any other agreement, plan or arrangement with the Company or
any of its affiliates or any of their respective successors or assigns, but
determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section
9 (collectively, the "Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by
Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision), or any interest or
penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such
excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive shall be
entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount
such that after payment by the Executive of (i) all taxes with respect to the
Gross-Up Payment (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to
such taxes) including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest
and penalties imposed with respect thereto), and (ii) the Excise Tax imposed
upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up
Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed on the Payments.


                                        7

<PAGE>

          (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(c), all determinations
required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up
Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions
to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by KPMG Peat
Marwick or such other nationally recognized accounting firm then auditing the
accounts of the Company (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed
supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business
days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment,
or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the
Accounting Firm is unwilling or unable to perform its obligations pursuant to
this Section 9, the Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized
accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting
firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees and
expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any
Gross-Up Payment, determined pursuant to this Section 9, shall be paid by the
Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting
Firm's determination.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding
upon the Company and the Executive.  As a result of the potential uncertainty in
the application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision) at the
time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is
possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company
should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations
required to be made hereunder.  In the event that the Company exhausts its
remedies pursuant to Section 9(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to
make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount
of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be
promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

          (c)  The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by
the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by
the Company of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon
as practicable but no later than 20 business days after the Executive is
informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of
such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The
Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period
following the date on which he gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter
period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim
is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the
expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive
shall:

          (i)  give the Company any information reasonably requested by the
               Company relating to such claim,

          (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the
               Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time,
               including, without limitation, accepting legal representation
               with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by
               the Company,

         (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to
               contest such claim, and


                                        8

<PAGE>

          (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to
               such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and
expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and
penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and
payment of costs and expenses.  Without limiting the foregoing provisions of
this Section 9(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection
with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all
administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing
authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct
the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim
in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to
a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial
jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall
determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay
such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such
payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and
hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or
income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with
respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to
such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of
limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive
with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited
solely to such contested amount.  Furthermore, the Company's control of the
contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment
would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or
contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue
Service or any other taxing authority.

          (d)  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by
the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive
any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the
Company's complying with the requirements of Section 9(c)) promptly pay to the
Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited
thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive
of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), a determination
is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to
such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its
intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after
such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be
required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent
thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

          10.  FULL SETTLEMENT.  The Company's obligation to make the payments
provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company may have against the Executive or others whether by reason of the
subsequent employment of the Executive or otherwise.  In no event shall the
Executive be

                                        9

<PAGE>

obligated to seek other employment by way of mitigation of the amounts payable
to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement, and no amount
payable under this Agreement shall be reduced on account of any compensation
received by the Executive from other employment.  In the event that the
Executive shall in good faith give a Notice of Termination for Good Reason and
it shall thereafter be determined by mutual consent of the Executive and the
Company or by a tribunal having jurisdiction over the matter that Good Reason
did not exist, the employment of the Executive shall, unless the Company and the
Executive shall otherwise mutually agree, be deemed to have terminated, at the
date of giving such purported Notice of Termination, by mutual consent of the
Company and the Executive and, except as provided in the last preceding
sentence, the Executive shall be entitled to receive only those payments and
benefits which he would have been entitled to receive at such date otherwise
than under this Agreement.

          11. DISPUTES; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES. (a) Any dispute or 
controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be 
settled exclusively and finally by expedited arbitration, conducted before a 
single arbitrator in Minneapolis, Minnesota in accordance with the rules 
governing employment disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration 
Association.  The arbitrator shall be approved by both the Company and the 
Executive.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court 
having jurisdiction.

               (b)  In the event that any claim by the Executive under this
Agreement is disputed, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and
expenses incurred by the Executive in pursuing such claim, provided that the
Executive is successful as to at least part of the disputed claim by reason of
arbitration, settlement or otherwise.

          12.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NONCOMPETITION. (a) The Executive shall
hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or
confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of
its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, (i) obtained by the
Executive during his employment by the Company or any of its affiliated
companies and (ii) not otherwise public knowledge (other than by reason of an
unauthorized act by the Executive).  After termination of the Executive's
employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Company, unless compelled pursuant to an order of a court or
other body having jurisdiction over such matter, communicate or divulge any such
information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those
designated by it.

               (b)  It is mutually acknowledged that by virtue of Employee's
former positions with the Company and its subsidiaries, he has become possessed
of certain valuable and confidential information concerning the customers,
business methods, procedures and techniques of the Company and its subsidiaries.
It is further understood that Employee has developed contacts among the
customers of the Company and its subsidiaries, and it is mutually understood and
agreed that the customers of the Company and its subsidiaries and the business
methods and procedures and techniques developed by the Company and its
subsidiaries are valuable assets and properties of the Company and its
subsidiaries.  Without limitation, it is also specifically acknowledged that
great trust on the part of the Company and its subsidiaries has resided in


                                       10

<PAGE>

Employee, since Employee's former duties have included involvement in the
management, promotion and development of the Company's business.  Accordingly,
the parties deem it necessary to enter into the protective covenants set forth
below, the terms and conditions of which have been negotiated by and between the
parties hereto:

               (i)  Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and until
the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, on his own behalf or on the behalf of any third party, perform
management, accounting, financial, marketing, sales, administrative or executive
duties, in any business conducted within the Territories (as defined below)
which engages in originating or purchasing automobile or truck loans or leases
from automobile or truck dealers, packaging such loans or leases, reselling such
loans or leases or servicing such loans or leases (the "Restricted Activities").
As used in this Addendum, the term "Territories" means any state in which any
loans or leases originated or acquired by the Company originated (determined by
the location of the dealers from whom the loans or leases were purchased or, in
the case of loans or leases originated by the Company, where the borrower or
lessee resides).

               (ii) Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and until
the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert, or take
away from the Company, or any subsidiary, any of the dealers and other sources 
from which the Company or any subsidiary acquires loans or leases or from whom
the loan or lease packages are received by the Company or any subsidiary.

             (iii)  Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and until
the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit,
divert or hire away, or in any manner attempt to solicit, divert or hire away
any person employed by the Company or any subsidiary, whether or not such
employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of the Company or any
subsidiary, and whether or not such employment was pursuant to a written or oral
contract of employment and whether or not such employment was for a determined
period or was at will.

          (c)  Employee acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 12
constitute a material inducement to the Company to enter into the Agreement.
Employee further acknowledges that the Company's remedy at law for a breach by
him of the provisions of this Section 12 will be inadequate.  Accordingly, in
the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of any provision of this
Section 12, the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any
other remedy it may have.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained
in, this Section 12 are hereafter construed to be invalid or unenforceable in
any jurisdiction, the same will not affect the remainder of the provisions or
the enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction, which will be given full
effect, without regard to the invalidity or unenforceability in such other
jurisdiction.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained in, this
Section 12 are held to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction because of the
duration or geographical scope thereof, the parties agree that the court making
such determination will have the power to reduce the duration or geographical
scope of such provision or covenant and, in its reduced form, such


                                       11



<PAGE>


provision or covenant will be enforceable; provided, however, that the
determination of such court will not affect the enforceability of this Section
12 in any other jurisdiction.

           (d)  In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of
this Section 12 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts
otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement or under any other
agreement, plan or arrangement.

           13.  SUCCESSORS. (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive
and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable
by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
Executive's legal representatives.

           (b)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the Company and its successors.  The Company shall require any successor to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, whether
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or
otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive,
expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and
to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such
succession had taken place.

           14.  MISCELLANEOUS. (a) APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota,
applied without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

           (b)  AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified
otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their
respective successors and legal representatives.

           (c)  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

    If to the Executive:               Scott H. Anderson
                                       15155 Boulder Point Road
                                       Eden Prairie, MN 55347

    If to the Company:                 Olympic Financial Ltd.
                                       7825 Washington Avenue South
                                       Minneapolis, MN 55439

                                       Attention: Secretary
                                       (with a copy to the attention of the
                                       General Counsel)


                                          12


<PAGE>

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith.  Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.

           (d)  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts
payable under this Agreement such Federal, State or local taxes as shall be
required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

           (e) SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
any other provision of this Agreement.

           (f)  CAPTIONS.  The captions of this Agreement are not part of the
provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

           (g)  POOLING TRANSACTIONS.  The parties acknowledge that certain of
the provisions of this Agreement may grant to the Executive benefits in excess
of those granted to the Executive pursuant to the prior employment agreement
(the "Prior Agreement") superseded hereby pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  The
parties agree that (i) in the event the grant of any such additional benefit
would, in the opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or such other nationally recognized
accounting firm selected by the Company, prevent the Company from receiving a
pooling of interests treatment under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16,
and (ii) in the further event that such a pooling transaction shall be
consummated by the Company and an acquiring entity; then in such events, the
Executive agrees that the grant of any such additional benefits hereunder shall
be amended as of the day prior to the closing of such pooling transaction to the
extent necessary to enable the Company to gain pooling treatment under
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16 for such transaction; provided such
amendment shall not reduce any such benefit such that it is less than that which
was granted to the Executive under the Prior Agreement.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand and the
Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all
as of the day and year first above written.

                                                 OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                                 By: /s/ Warren Kantor
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                 Name: Warren Kantor
                                                      -------------------------
                                                 Title: Chairman of the Board
                                                       ------------------------

                                                 /s/ Scott H. Anderson  1/18/96
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Scott H. Anderson


                                          13


<PAGE>

                         EMPLOYMENT RETENTION AGREEMENT

          THIS AGREEMENT between Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and John
A. Witham (the "Executive") is dated as of this 7 day of November, 1996.

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have agreed to enter into an
agreement providing the Company and the Executive with certain rights to assure
the Company of continuity of management;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is hereby agreed by and between the Company and the
Executive as follows:

          1.   EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM.  This Agreement shall govern the terms and
conditions of Executive's Employment commencing as of the date hereof (the
"Effective Date").

          2.   PRIOR EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.  As of the Effective Date, this
Agreement shall supersede the Executive's Employment Agreement with the Company
dated February 1, 1994, as amended.

          3.   RETENTION PERIOD.  The Company agrees to continue the Executive
in its employ, and the Executive agrees to remain in the employ of the Company,
for the period (the "Retention Period") commencing on the Effective Date and
ending on the date of any termination of the Executive's employment in
accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.

          4.   POSITION AND DUTIES. (a) NO REDUCTION IN POSITION.  During the
Retention Period, the Executive's position (including titles), authority and
responsibilities shall be at least commensurate with the highest of those held
or exercised by him at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding
the Effective Date.

               (b)  BUSINESS TIME.  During the Retention Period, the Executive
shall devote his full business time during normal business hours to the business
and affairs of the Company and use his best efforts to perform faithfully and
efficiently the responsibilities assigned to him hereunder, to the extent
necessary to discharge such responsibilities, except for

                    (i)  reasonable time spent in serving on corporate, civic or
     charitable boards or committees of the nature similar to those on which the
     Executive served prior to the Change of Control, or otherwise approved by
     the Board, in each case only if and to the extent not substantially
     interfering with the performance of such responsibilities, and

                    (ii) periods of vacation and sick leave to which he is
     entitled.


<PAGE>

It is expressly understood and agreed that the Executive's continuing to serve
on any boards and committees on which he is serving or with which he otherwise
associated preceding the Effective Date shall not be deemed to interfere with
the performance of the Executive's services to the Company.

          5. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. (a) BASE SALARY.  During the Retention 
Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary ("Base Salary") at a 
monthly rate at least equal to the monthly salary paid to the Executive by 
the Company and any of its affiliated companies immediately prior to the 
Effective Date.  The Base Salary shall be reviewed at least once each year 
after the Effective Date, and may be increased (but not decreased) at any 
time and from time to time by action of the Board or any committee thereof or 
any individual having authority to take such action in accordance with the 
Company's regular practices.  Neither payment of the Base Salary nor payment 
of any increased Base Salary after the Effective Date shall serve to limit or 
reduce any other obligation of the Company hereunder.  For purposes of the 
remaining provisions of this Agreement, the term "Base Salary" shall mean 
Base Salary as defined in this Section 5(a) or, if increased after the 
Effective Date, the Base Salary as so increased.

          (b)  ANNUAL BONUS.  In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive
shall be awarded for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Retention
Period an annual bonus, to be based on reasonable and customary criteria
consistent with the Company's past practices (the "Annual Bonus"), with a target
amount at least equal to 40% of his Base Salary (I.E., that percentage of the
Executive's Base Salary designated by the Company's Compensation Committee for
purposes of Section 4.1 of the Company's 1998-2000 Restricted Stock Election
Plan).  If a fiscal year of the Company begins, but does not end, during the
Retention Period, the Executive shall receive an amount with respect to such
fiscal year at least equal to the amount of the Annual Bonus multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fiscal year
occurring during the Retention Period and the denominator of which is 365.  Each
amount payable in respect of the Executive's Annual Bonus shall be paid not
later than 90 days after the fiscal year next following the fiscal year for
which the Annual Bonus (or pro-rated portion) is earned or awarded.  Neither the
Annual Bonus nor any bonus amount paid in excess thereof after the Effective
Date shall serve to limit or reduce any other obligation of the Company
hereunder.

          (c)  FRINGE BENEFITS.  During the Retention Period, the Company shall
provide the following fringe benefits to Executive:

          (i)  HEALTH, DISABILITY AND LIFE INSURANCE.  Subject to satisfaction
     of the eligibility requirements of such plans and the rules and regulations
     applicable thereto, Executive and his family members shall be entitled to
     be covered by the Company's group health and dental insurance plans
     presently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company and applicable to
     employees of the Company generally and Executive shall be entitled to be
     covered by the Company's group disability and life insurance plans
     presently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company and applicable to
     the employees of the Company in general.  The Company shall pay the
     premiums associated with such coverage.  In the event Executive makes a
     claim against any disability policy provided to


                                        2

<PAGE>

Executive by the Company pursuant to this Section 5(c)(i) and such policy calls
for a waiting period which is applicable to Executive's claim, the Company shall
pay to Executive during such waiting period his monthly base salary due during
such period and shall provide the other benefits due him under this Section
5(c)(i).

          (ii) VACATION. Executive shall be entitled to four weeks of vacation
without loss of compensation or other benefits pursuant to such general policies
and procedures of the Company as are from time to time adopted by the Company.

         (iii) EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT. Executive shall be reimbursed by the
Company for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the
conduct of the Company's business for which he furnishes appropriate
documentation.

          (iv) AUTOMOBILE.  In the event the Company shall institute a Company
car policy, Executive shall receive the benefits thereunder in keeping with
his position with the Company. During any period that the Company has not
instituted a Company car policy, the Company shall provide to Executive use of
an automobile reasonably acceptable to Executive to be used by Executive in
conducting the Company's business. In addition, the Company shall during such
period reimburse Executive (1) an amount equal to the reasonable cost of
insuring and maintaining the automobile used by Executive for the Company's
business, and (2) the cost of maintenance and the cost of gasoline and oil used
in the automobile and in the event of a loss under the policies insuring said
automobile, the amount of any deductible thereunder applicable to such loss.
Such insurance and the coverage and deductibles thereof shall cover both the
business and personal use of such automobile by Employee, his family and
invitees and shall include such other terms and conditions as are reasonably
acceptable to Executive.  Any such reimbursements shall be made upon the
Company's receipt of invoices evidencing incurrence of such expenses.  Executive
shall also be paid a monthly amount equal to the reasonable value of personal
use of such automobile, determined in accordance with applicable federal income
tax regulations.

          (v)  CLUB MEMBERSHIPS.  The Company shall reimburse Executive the
reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the case may be, paid by
Executive to maintain his status as a member of the Flagship Athletic Club or of
any other athletic club having equal or lesser membership costs in lieu of such
club.  The Company shall also provide to Executive and his family a membership
at Olympic Hills Golf Club and shall reimburse Executive for the reasonable cost
of the monthly or annual dues, as the case may be, paid by Executive to maintain
such membership.  If either such membership is a corporate membership, upon
termination of Executive's employment other than for Cause or Death, such
membership shall be converted to an individual membership in Executive's name
and the Company shall pay any fees charged in connection with such conversion.

          (vi) OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF.  During the Retention Period, the
Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with
furnishings and other


                                        3


<PAGE>

     appointments, and to secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to
     the most favorable of the foregoing provided to the Executive at any time
     during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

          6.   TERMINATION. (a) DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The Executive's employment
shall terminate automatically upon his death.  The Company may terminate
Executive's employment during the Retention Period, after having established the
Executive's Disability, by giving the Executive written notice of its intention
to terminate his employment, and his employment with the Company shall terminate
effective on the 90th day after receipt of such notice if, within 90 days after
such receipt, the Executive shall fail to return to full-time performance of his
duties.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" means disability which,
after the expiration of more than 26 weeks after its commencement, is determined
to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers
and acceptable to the Executive or his legal representatives (such agreement to
acceptability not to be withheld unreasonably).

          (b)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, the Executive may, upon not less than 15 days'
advance written notice to the Company, voluntarily terminate employment during
the Retention Period for any reason, provided that any termination by the
Executive pursuant to Section 6(d) of this Agreement on account of Good Reason
(as defined therein) shall not be treated as a voluntary termination under this
Section 6(b).

          (c)  CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
during the Retention Period for Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause"
means (i) gross misconduct on the Executive's part which is demonstrably willful
and deliberate and which results in material damage to the Company's business or
reputation or (ii) repeated material violations by the Executive of his
obligations under Section 4 of this Agreement which violations are demonstrably
willful and deliberate.

          (d)  GOOD REASON.  The Executive may terminate his employment during
the Retention Period for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
Reason" means

               (i)  a good faith determination by the Executive that, without
     his prior written consent, the Company or any of its officers has taken or
     failed to take any action (including, without limitation, (A) exclusion of
     the Executive from consideration of material matters within his area of
     responsibility, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent exclusion
     remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof from the
     Executive, (B) statements or actions which undermine the Executive's
     authority with respect to persons under his supervision or reduce his
     standing with his peers, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent
     statement or action which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt
     of the notice thereof from the Executive, (C) a pattern of discrimination
     against or harassment of the Executive or persons under his supervision and
     (D) the subjection of the Executive to procedures not generally applicable
     to other similarly situated executives) which changes the Executive's
     position (including titles),


                                        4


<PAGE>

     authority or responsibilities under Section 4 of this Agreement or reduces
     the Executive's ability to carry out his duties and responsibilities under
     Section 4 of this Agreement;

               (ii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the
     provisions of Section 5 of this Agreement, other than an insubstantial or
     inadvertent failure remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of
     notice thereof from the Executive;

              (iii) the Company's requiring the Executive to be employed at any
     location more than 35 miles further from his principal residence than the
     location at which the Executive was employed immediately preceding the
     Effective Date; or

               (iv) any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of and
     agreement to perform this Agreement by a successor as contemplated by
     Section 13(b) of this Agreement.

          (e)  WITHOUT CAUSE.  The Company shall give Executive at least 15
days' advance written notice of any termination of Executive's employment which
is not for Cause and not an account of Executive's Disability.

          (f)  NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any termination of Executive's employment
by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason during the
Retention Period shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other
party hereto given in accordance with Section 14(c) of this Agreement.  For
purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice
given, in the case of a termination by the Company for Cause, within 10 business
days of the Company's having actual knowledge of all of the events giving rise
to such termination, and in the case of a termination by Executive for Good
Reason, within 180 days of the Executive's having actual knowledge of the events
giving rise to such termination, and which (i)indicates the specific termination
provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in reasonable detail
the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the
Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the
termination date is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies
such termination date (which date shall be not more than 15 days after the
giving of such notice).  The failure by the Executive to set forth in the Notice
of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good
Reason shall not waive any right of the Executive hereunder or preclude the
Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights
hereunder.

          (g)  DATE OF TERMINATION.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term
"Date of Termination" means (i) in the case of a termination for which a Notice
of Termination is required, the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination
or, if later, the date specified therein and (ii) in all other cases, the actual
date on which the Executive's employment terminates during the Retention Period.

          7.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY UPON TERMINATION. (a) DEATH.  If the
     Executive's employment is terminated during the Retention Period by reason
     of the Executive's death, this Agreement shall terminate without further
     obligations to the Executive's legal


                                        5
<PAGE>

representatives under this Agreement other than those obligations accrued
hereunder at the date of his death, including, for this purpose (i) the
Executive's full Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (ii) the product
of the Annual Bonus and a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days
in the current fiscal year of the Company through the Date of Termination, and
the denominator of which is 365 (the "Pro-rated Bonus Obligation"), (iii) any
compensation previously deferred by the Executive (together with any accrued
earnings thereon) and not yet paid by the Company, (iv) any other amounts or
benefits owing to the Executive under any of the Company's incentive
compensation plans, stock option plans,  restricted stock plans or other similar
plans and (v) any amounts or benefits owing to the Executive under any of the
Company's employee benefit plans or policies (such amounts specified in clauses
(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) are hereinafter referred to as "Accrued
Obligations").  Unless otherwise directed by the Executive prior to his death,
all Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive's estate.

          (b) DISABILITY. If the Executive's employment is terminated by 
reason of the Executive's Disability, the Executive shall receive all Accrued 
Obligations and, in addition, from the Date of Termination until the second 
anniversary of such date shall continue to participate in or be covered under 
the benefit plans and programs referred to in Section 5(c)(i) of this 
Agreement or, at the Company's option, to receive equivalent benefits by 
alternate means at least equal to those provided in accordance with Section 
5(c)(i) of this Agreement.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary 
notwithstanding, the Executive shall be entitled to receive disability and 
other benefits at least equal to the most favorable level of benefits 
available to disabled employees and/or their families in accordance with the 
plans, programs and policies maintained by the Company or its affiliates 
relating to disability at any time during the 90-day period immediately 
preceding the Effective Date.

          (c)  CAUSE AND VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  If, during the Retention
Period, the Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause or voluntarily
terminated by the Executive (other than on account of Good Reason), the
Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations other than the Pro-rated Bonus
Obligation.

          (d)  TERMINATION BY COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE AND DISABILITY AND
TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON.  LUMP SUM PAYMENT.  If, during the
Retention Period, the Company terminates the Executive's employment other than
for Cause or Disability, or the Executive terminates his employment for Good
Reason, the Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations.  In addition, the
Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum, within 15 days after the Date
of Termination, a cash amount equal to two (2) times the sum of the following
amounts:


                    (1)  the Executive's annual Base Salary at the rate
          specified in Section 5(a) of this Agreement;

                    (2)  the Annual Bonus;


                                        6



<PAGE>


           (3)  an amount equal to the average annual amount paid and/or
    reimbursed to the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c)(iv) and (v) hereof
    during the two calendar years preceding the Date of Termination; and

           (4)  the present value, calculated using the annual federal short-
    term rate as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, of (without
    duplication) the annual cost to the Company (based on the premium rates or
    other costs to it) of obtaining coverage equivalent to the coverage under
    the plans and programs described in Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement;

    provided, however, that with respect to the life and medical insurance
    coverage referred to in Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement, at the
    Executive's election made prior to the Date of Termination, the Company
    shall use its best efforts to secure conversion coverage and shall pay the
    cost of such coverage in lieu of paying the lump sum amount attributable to
    such life or medical insurance coverage.

           8.   NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Nothing in this Agreement shall
prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any
benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or
any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor
shall anything herein limit or otherwise prejudice such rights as the Executive
may have with respect to awards granted to him prior to or during the Retention
Period under any stock option, restricted stock or other plans or agreements
with the Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Amounts which are vested
benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan
or program of the Company or any of its affiliated companies shall be payable in
accordance with such plan or program.

           9.   CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

           (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in
the event it shall be determined that any payment, distribution, acceleration of
vesting or other benefit which the Executive receives or becomes entitled to
receive, whether alone or in combination, and whether pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or any other agreement, plan or arrangement with the Company or
any of its affiliates or any of their respective successors or assigns, but
determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section
9 (collectively, the "Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by
Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision), or any interest or
penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such
excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive shall be
entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount
such that after payment by the Executive of (i) all taxes with respect to the
Gross-Up Payment (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to
such taxes) including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest
and penalties imposed with respect thereto), and (ii) the Excise Tax imposed
upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up
Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed on the Payments.


                                          7

<PAGE>


           (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(c), all determinations
required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up
Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions
to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by KPMG Peat
Marwick or such other nationally recognized accounting firm then auditing the
accounts of the Company (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed
supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business
days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment,
or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the
Accounting Firm is unwilling or unable to perform its obligations pursuant to
this Section 9, the Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized
accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting
firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees and
expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any
Gross-Up Payment, determined pursuant to this Section 9, shall be paid by the
Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting
Firm's determination.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding
upon the Company and the Executive.  As a result of the potential uncertainty in
the application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision) at the
time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is
possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company
should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations
required to be made hereunder.  In the event that the Company exhausts its
remedies pursuant to Section 9(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to
make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount
of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be
promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

           (c)  The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim
by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment
by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as
soon as practicable but no later than 20 business days after the Executive is
informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of
such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The
Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period
following the date on which he gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter
period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim
is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the
expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive
shall:

            (i)        give the Company any information reasonably requested by
                       the Company relating to such claim,

           (ii)        take such action in connection with contesting such
                       claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing
                       from time to time, including, without limitation,
                       accepting legal representation with respect to such
                       claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

           (iii)       cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
                       effectively to contest such claim, and


                                          8

<PAGE>

           (iv)        permit the Company to participate in any proceedings
                       relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and 
expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection 
with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an 
after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and 
penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation 
and payment of costs and expenses.  Without limiting the foregoing provisions 
of this Section 9(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in 
connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any 
and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with 
the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, 
either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or 
contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to 
prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, 
in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as 
the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs 
the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall 
advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free 
basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax 
basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties 
with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to 
any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that 
any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for 
the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount 
is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.  
Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues 
with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the 
Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any 
other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing 
authority.

           (d)  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced 
by the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), the Executive becomes entitled to 
receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject 
to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section 9(c)) promptly 
pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid 
or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after the receipt 
by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 
9(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any 
refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the 
Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to 
the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall 
be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such 
advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment 
required to be paid.

           10.  FULL SETTLEMENT.  The Company's obligation to make the payments
provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company may have against the Executive or others whether by reason of the
subsequent employment of the Executive or otherwise.  In no event shall the
Executive be



                                          9

<PAGE>

obligated to seek other employment by way of mitigation of the amounts payable
to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement, and no amount
payable under this Agreement shall be reduced on account of any compensation
received by the Executive from other employment.  In the event that the
Executive shall in good faith give a Notice of Termination for Good Reason and
it shall thereafter be determined by mutual consent of the Executive and the
Company or by a tribunal having jurisdiction over the matter that Good Reason
did not exist, the employment of the Executive shall, unless the Company and the
Executive shall otherwise mutually agree, be deemed to have terminated, at the
date of giving such purported Notice of Termination, by mutual consent of the
Company and the Executive and, except as provided in the last preceding
sentence, the Executive shall be entitled to receive only those payments and
benefits which he would have been entitled to receive at such date otherwise
than under this Agreement.

           11.  DISPUTES; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES. (a) Any dispute or
controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled
exclusively and finally by expedited arbitration, conducted before a single
arbitrator in Minneapolis, Minnesota, in accordance with the rules governing
employment disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association.  The
arbitrator shall be approved by both the Company and the Executive.  Judgment
may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction.

           (b)  In the event that any claim by the Executive under this
Agreement is disputed, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and
expenses incurred by the Executive in pursuing such claim, provided that the
Executive is successful as to at least part of the disputed claim by reason of
arbitration, settlement or otherwise.

           12. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NON-COMPETITION.  (a) The Executive 
shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret 
or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any 
of its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, (i) obtained by 
the Executive during his employment by the Company or any of its affiliated 
companies and (ii) not otherwise public knowledge (other than by reason of an 
unauthorized act by the Executive).  After termination of the Executive's 
employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior 
written consent of the Company, unless compelled pursuant to an order of a 
court or other body having jurisdiction over such matter, communicate or 
divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the 
Company and those designated by it.

           (b)  It is mutually acknowledged that by virtue of Employee's former
positions with the Company and its subsidiaries, he has become possessed of
certain valuable and confidential information concerning the customers, business
methods, procedures and techniques of the Company and its subsidiaries.  It is
further understood that Employee has developed contacts among the customers of
the Company and its subsidiaries, and it is mutually understood and agreed that
the customers of the Company and its subsidiaries and the business methods and
procedures and techniques developed by the Company and its subsidiaries are
valuable assets and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Without
limitation, it is also specifically acknowledged that great trust on the part of
the Company and its subsidiaries has resided in


                                          10

<PAGE>

Employee, since Employee's former duties have included involvement in the
management, promotion and development of the Company's business.  Accordingly,
the parties deem it necessary to enter into the protective covenants set forth
below, the terms and conditions of which have been negotiated by and between the
parties hereto:

           (i)         Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, on his own behalf or on the behalf of any third party, perform
management, accounting, financial, marketing, sales, administrative or executive
duties, in any business conducted within the Territories (as defined below)
which engages in originating or purchasing automobile or truck loans or leases
from automobile or truck dealers, packaging such loans or leases, reselling such
loans or leases or servicing such loans or leases (the "Restricted Activities").
As used in this Addendum, the term "Territories" means any state in which any
loans or leases originated or acquired by the Company originated (determined by
the location of the dealers from whom the loans or leases were purchased or, in
the case of loans or leases originated by the Company, where the borrower or
lessee resides).

           (ii)        Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination he will not, directly or
indirectly, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert, or take
away from the Company, or any subsidiary, any of the dealers and other sources
from which the Company or any subsidiary acquires loans or leases or from whom
the loan or lease packages are received by the Company or any subsidiary.

           (iii)       Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and 
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly 
or indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, 
solicit, divert or hire away, or in any manner attempt to solicit, divert or 
hire away any person employed by the Company or any subsidiary, whether or 
not such employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of the 
Company or any subsidiary, and whether or not such employment was pursuant to 
a written or oral contract of employment and whether or not such employment 
was for a determined period or was at will.

           (c)         Employee acknowledges that the provisions of this
Section 12 constitute a material inducement to the Company to enter into the
Agreement.  Employee further acknowledges that the Company's remedy at law for a
breach by him of the provisions of this Section 12 will be inadequate.
Accordingly, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of any
provision of this Section 12, the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief
in addition to any other remedy it may have.  If any of the provisions of, or
covenants contained in, this Section 12 are hereafter construed to be invalid or
unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the same will not affect the remainder of the
provisions or the enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction, which will
be given full effect, without regard to the invalidity or unenforceability in
such other jurisdiction.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained
in, this Section 12 are held to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction because of
the duration or geographical scope thereof, the parties agree that the court
making such determination will have the power to reduce the duration or
geographical scope of such provision or covenant and, in its reduced form, such



                                          11

<PAGE>

provision or covenant will be enforceable; provided, however, that the
determination of such court will not affect the enforceability of this Section
12 in any other jurisdiction.

           (d)  In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of
this Section 12 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts
otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement or under any other
agreement, plan or arrangement.

           13.  SUCCESSORS. (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive
and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable
by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
Executive's legal representatives.

           (b)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the Company and its successors.  The Company shall require any successor to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, whether
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or
otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive,
expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and
to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such
succession had taken place.

           14.  MISCELLANEOUS. (a) APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be 
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of 
Minnesota, applied without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

           (b)  AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified
otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their
respective successors and legal representatives.

           (c)  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

    If to the Executive:    John A. Witham
                            10456 Purdey Road
                            Eden Prairie, MN  55347


    If to the Company:      Olympic Financial Ltd.
                            7825 Washington Avenue South
                            Minneapolis, MN 55439

                            Attention: Secretary
                            (with a copy to the attention of the General
                            Counsel)



                                          12

<PAGE>

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith.  Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.

           (d)  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts
payable under this Agreement such Federal, State or local taxes as shall be
required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

           (e)  SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
any other provision of this Agreement.

           (f)  CAPTIONS.  The captions of this Agreement are not part of the
provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

           (g)  POOLING TRANSACTIONS.  The parties acknowledge that certain 
of the provisions of this Agreement may grant to the Executive benefits in 
excess of those granted to the Executive pursuant to the prior employment 
agreement (the "Prior Agreement") superseded hereby pursuant to Section 2 
hereof.  The parties agree that (i) in the event the grant of any such 
additional benefit would, in the opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or such other 
nationally recognized accounting firm selected by the Company, prevent the 
Company from receiving a pooling of interests treatment under Accounting 
Principles Board Opinion No. 16, and (ii) in the further event that such a 
pooling transaction shall be consummated by the Company and an acquiring 
entity; then in such events, the Executive agrees that the grant of any such 
additional benefits hereunder shall be amended as of the day prior to the 
closing of such pooling transaction to the extent necessary to enable the 
Company to gain pooling treatment under Accounting Principles Board Opinion 
No. 16 for such transaction; provided such amendment shall not reduce any 
such benefit such that it is less than that which was granted to the 
Executive under the Prior Agreement.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand and the
Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all
as of the day and year first above written.


                            OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                            By:  /s/ Warren Kantor
                                ---------------------------
                            Name:
                                ---------------------------
                            Title: Chairman of the Board
                                ---------------------------


                                  /s/ John A. Witham
                                ---------------------------
                                      John A. Witham


                                          13




<PAGE>

                         EMPLOYMENT RETENTION AGREEMENT


          THIS AGREEMENT between Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and A.
Mark Berlin, Jr. (the "Executive") is dated as of this 7 day of November, 1996.


                            W I T N E S S E T H :

          WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have a agreed to enter into an
agreement providing the Company and the Executive with certain rights to assure
the Company of continuity of management;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is hereby agreed by and between the Company and the
Executive as follows:

          1.  EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM. This Agreement shall govern the terms and
conditions of Executive's employment commencing as of the date hereof (the
"Effective Date").

          2.   PRIOR EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.  As of the Effective Date, this
Agreement shall supersede the Executive's Employment Agreement with the Company
dated December 5, 1994, as amended.

          3.   RETENTION PERIOD.  The Company agrees to continue the Executive
in its employ, and the Executive agrees to remain in the employ of the Company,
for the period (the "Retention Period") commencing on the Effective Date and
ending on the date of any termination of the Executive's employment in
accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.

          4.   POSITION AND DUTIES. (a) NO REDUCTION IN POSITION.  During the
Retention Period, the Executive's position (including titles), authority and
responsibilities as an officer of the Company shall be at least commensurate
with the highest of those held or exercised by him at any time during the 90-day
period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

               (b)  BUSINESS TIME.  During the Retention Period, the Executive
shall devote his full business time during normal business hours to the business
and affairs of the Company and use his best efforts to perform faithfully and
efficiently the responsibilities assigned to him hereunder, to the extent
necessary to discharge such responsibilities, except for


                    (i)  reasonable time spent in serving on corporate, civic 
     or charitable boards or committees of the nature similar to those on 
     which the Executive served prior to the Change of Control, or otherwise 
     approved by the Board, in each case only if and to the extent not 
     substantially interfering with the performance of such responsibilities, 
     and

                    (ii) periods of vacation and sick leave to which he is
     entitled.

<PAGE>

It is expressly understood and agreed that the Executive's continuing to serve
on any boards and committees on which he is serving or with which he is
otherwise associated immediately preceding the Effective Date shall not be
deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive's services to the
Company.

          5.   COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. (a) BASE SALARY.  During the Retention
Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary ("Base Salary") at a monthly
rate at least equal to the monthly salary paid to the Executive by the Company
and any of its affiliated companies immediately prior to the Effective Date.
The Base Salary shall be reviewed at least once each year after the Effective
Date, and may be increased (but not decreased) at any time and from time to time
by action of the Board or any committee thereof or any individual having
authority to take such action in accordance with the Company's regular
practices.  Neither payment of the Base Salary nor payment of any increased Base
Salary after the Effective Date shall serve to limit or reduce any other
obligation of the Company hereunder.  For purposes of the remaining provisions
of this Agreement, the term "Base Salary" shall mean Base Salary as defined in
this Section 5(a) or, if increased after the Effective Date, the Base Salary as
so increased.

          (b)  ANNUAL BONUS.  In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive
shall be awarded for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Retention
Period an annual bonus, to be based on reasonable and customary criteria
consistent with the Company's past practices (the "Annual Bonus"), with a target
amount at least equal to 40% of his Base Salary (I.E., that percentage of the
Executive's Base Salary designated by the Company's Compensation Committee for
purposes of Section 4.1 of the Company's 1998-2000 Restricted Stock Election
Plan).  If a fiscal year of the Company begins, but does not end, during the
Retention Period, the Executive shall receive an amount with respect to such
fiscal year at least equal to the amount of the Annual Bonus multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fiscal year
occurring during the Retention Period and the denominator of which is 365.  Each
amount payable in respect of the Executive's Annual Bonus shall be paid not
later than 90 days after the fiscal year next following the fiscal year for
which the Annual Bonus (or pro-rated portion) is earned or awarded.  Neither the
Annual Bonus nor any bonus amount paid in excess thereof after the Effective
Date shall serve to limit or reduce any other obligation of the Company
hereunder.

          (c)  FRINGE BENEFITS.  During the Retention Period, the Company shall
provide the following fringe benefits to Executive:

               (i)  HEALTH, DISABILITY AND LIFE INSURANCE.  Subject to
     satisfaction of the eligibility requirements of such plans and the rules
     and regulations applicable thereto, Executive and his family members shall
     be entitled to be covered by the Company's group health and dental
     insurance plans presently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company and
     applicable to employees of the Company generally and Executive shall be
     entitled to be covered by the Company's group disability and life insurance
     plans presently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company and
     applicable to the employees of the Company in general.  The Company shall
     pay the premiums associated with such


                                        2

<PAGE>

     coverage.  In the event Executive makes a claim against any disability 
     policy provided to Executive by the Company pursuant to this Section 
     5(c)(i) and such policy calls for a waiting period which is applicable 
     to Executive's claim, the Company shall pay to Executive during such 
     waiting period his monthly base salary due during such period and shall 
     provide the other benefits due him under this Section 5(c)(i).

                    (ii) VACATION.  Executive shall be entitled to four weeks of
     vacation without loss of compensation or other benefits pursuant to such
     general policies and procedures of the Company as are from time to time
     adopted by the Company.

                    (iii) EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT.  Executive shall be reimbursed
     by the Company for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection
     with the conduct of the Company's business for which he furnishes
     appropriate documentation.

                    (iv) AUTOMOBILE.  In the event the Company shall institute a
     Company car policy, Executive shall receive the benefits thereunder in
     keeping with his position with the Company.  During any period that the
     Company has not instituted a Company car policy, the Company shall pay to
     Executive a monthly auto expense in the amount of not less than Five
     Hundred Fifty Dollars ($550) per month.

                    (v)  CLUB DUES.  The Company shall reimburse Executive the
     reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the case may be, paid by
     Executive to maintain his status as a member of the Flagship Athletic Club
     or of any other clubs having equal or lesser aggregate membership costs in
     lieu of such club.  The Company shall also provide to Executive and his
     family a membership at Wayzata Country Club and shall reimburse the
     Executive for the reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the
     case may be, paid by Executive to maintain such membership.  If either such
     membership is a corporate membership and is subsequently converted to an
     individual membership, the Company shall reimburse Executive for any fees
     charged in connection with such conversion.

                    (vi) OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF. During the Retention Period,
     the Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with
     furnishings and other appointments, and to secretarial and other
     assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided
     to the Executive at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding
     the Effective Date.

          6.   TERMINATION. (a) DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The Executive's employment
shall terminate automatically upon his death.  The Company may terminate
Executive's employment during the Retention Period, after having established the
Executive's Disability, by giving the Executive written notice of its intention
to terminate his employment, and his employment with the Company shall terminate
effective on the 90th day after receipt of such notice if, within 90 days after
such receipt, the Executive shall fail to return to full-time performance of his
duties.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" means disability which,
after the expiration of more than 26 weeks after its commencement, is determined
to be total and permanent by a physician

                                        3

<PAGE>

selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or his
legal representatives (such agreement to acceptability not to be withheld
unreasonably).

          (b)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary the Executive may, upon not less than 15 days' advance
written notice to the Company, voluntarily terminate employment during the
Retention Period for any reason, provided that any termination by the Executive
pursuant to Section 6(d) of this Agreement on account of Good Reason (as defined
therein) shall not be treated as a voluntary termination under this Section
6(b).

          (c)   CAUSE. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
during the Retention Period for Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause"
means (i) gross misconduct on the Executive's part which is demonstrably willful
and deliberate and which results in material damage to the Company's business or
reputation or (ii) repeated material violations by the Executive of his
obligations under Section 4 of this Agreement which violations are demonstrably
willful and deliberate.

          (d)  GOOD REASON.  The Executive may terminate his employment during
the Retention Period for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
Reason" means

               (i)  a good faith determination by the Executive that, without
     his prior written consent, the Company or any of its officers has taken or
     failed to take any action (including, without limitation, (A) exclusion of
     the Executive from consideration of material matters within his area of
     responsibility, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent exclusion
     remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof from the
     Executive, (B) statements or actions which undermine the Executive's
     authority with respect to persons under his supervision or reduce his
     standing with his peers, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent
     statement or action which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt
     of the notice thereof from the Executive, (C) a pattern of discrimination
     against or harassment of the Executive or persons under his supervision
     and (D) the subjection of the Executive to procedures not generally
     applicable to other similarly situated executives) which changes the
     Executive's position (including titles), authority or responsibilities
     under Section 4 of this Agreement or reduces the Executive's ability to
     carry out his duties and responsibilities under Section 4 of this
     Agreement;

               (ii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the
     provisions of Section 5 of this Agreement, other than an insubstantial or
     inadvertent failure remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of
     notice thereof from the Executive;

              (iii) the Company's requiring the Executive to be employed at any
     location more than 35 miles further from his principal residence than the
     location at which the Executive was employed immediately preceding the
     Effective Date; or


                                        4

<PAGE>

               (iv) any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of and
     agreement to perform this Agreement by a successor as contemplated by
     Section 13(b) of this Agreement.

          (e)  WITHOUT CAUSE.  The Company shall give Executive at least 15
days' advance written notice of any termination of Executive's employment which
is not for Cause and not on account of Executive's Disability.

          (f)  NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any termination of Executive's employment
by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason during the
Retention Period shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other
party hereto given in accordance with Section 14(c) of this Agreement.  For
purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice
given, in the case of a termination by the Company for Cause, within 10 business
days of the Company's having actual knowledge of all of the events giving rise
to such termination, and in the case of a termination by Executive for Good
Reason, within 180 days of the Executive's having actual knowledge of the events
giving rise to such termination, and which (i) indicates the specific
termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in
reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for
termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and
(iii) if the termination date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,
specifies such termination date (which date shall be not more than 15 days after
the giving of such notice).  The failure by the Executive to set forth in the
Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of
Good Reason shall not waive any right of the Executive hereunder or preclude the
Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights
hereunder.

          (g)  DATE OF TERMINATION.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term
"Date of Termination" means (i) in the case of a termination for which a Notice
of Termination is required, the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination
or, if later, the date specified therein and (ii) in all other cases, the actual
date on which the Executive's employment terminates during the Retention Period.


          7.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY UPON TERMINATION. (a) DEATH.  If the
Executive's employment is terminated during the Retention Period by reason of
the Executive's death, this Agreement shall terminate without further
obligations to the Executive's legal representatives under this Agreement other
than those obligations accrued hereunder at the date of his death, including,
for this purpose (i) the Executive's full Base Salary through the Date of
Termination, (ii) the product of the Annual Bonus and a fraction, the numerator
of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year of the Company through
the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 (the "Pro-rated
Bonus Obligation"), (iii) any compensation previously deferred by the Executive
(together with any accrued earnings thereon) and not yet paid by the Company,
(iv) any other amounts or benefits owing to the Executive under any of the
Company's incentive compensation plans, stock option plans, restricted stock
plans or other similar plans and (v) any amounts or benefits owing to the
Executive under any of the Company's employee benefit plans or policies (such
amounts specified in clauses (i), (ii), (iii),


                                        5
<PAGE>

(iv) and (v) are hereinafter referred to as "Accrued Obligations").  Unless
otherwise directed by the Executive prior to his death, all Accrued Obligations
shall be paid to the Executive's estate.

          (b)  DISABILITY.  If the Executive's employment is terminated by
reason of the Executive's Disability, the Executive shall receive all Accrued
Obligations and, in addition, from the Date of Termination until the second
anniversary of such date, shall continue to participate in or be covered under
the benefit plans and programs referred to in Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement
or, at the Company's option, to receive equivalent benefits by alternate means
at least equal to those provided in accordance with Section 5(c)(i) of this
Agreement.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive disability and other benefits at least
equal to the most favorable level of benefits available to disabled employees
and/or their families in accordance with the plans, programs and policies
maintained by the Company or its affiliates relating to disability at any time
during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

          (c)  CAUSE AND VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  If, during the Retention
Period, the Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause or voluntarily
terminated by the Executive (other than on account of Good Reason), the
Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations other than the Pro-rated Bonus
Obligation.

          (d)  TERMINATION BY COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE OR DISABILITY AND
TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON.  LUMP SUM PAYMENT.  If, during the
Retention Period, the Company terminates the Executive's employment other than
for Cause or Disability, or the Executive terminates his employment for Good
Reason, the Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations.  In addition, the
Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum, within 15 days after the Date
of Termination, a cash amount equal to two (2) times the sum of the following
amounts:


               (1)  the Executive's annual Base Salary at the rate specified in
     Section 5(a) of this Agreement;

               (2)  the Annual Bonus;

               (3)  an amount equal to the average annual amount paid and/or
     reimbursed to the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c)(iv) and (v) hereof
     during the two calendar years preceding the Date of Termination; and

               (4)  the present value, calculated using the annual federal
     short-term rate as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, of
     (without duplication) the annual cost to the Company (based on the premium
     rates or other costs to it) of obtaining coverage equivalent to the
     coverage under the plans and programs described in Section 5(c)(i) of this
     Agreement;


                                        6



<PAGE>


    provided, however, that with respect to the life and medical insurance
    coverage referred to in Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement, at the
    Executive's election made prior to the Date of Termination, the Company
    shall use its best efforts to secure conversion coverage and shall pay the
    cost of such coverage in lieu of paying the lump sum amount attributable to
    such life or medical insurance coverage.

           8.   NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Nothing in this Agreement shall
prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any
benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or
any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor
shall anything herein limit or otherwise prejudice such rights as the Executive
may have with respect to awards granted to him prior to or during the Retention
Period under any stock option, restricted stock or other plans or agreements
with the Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Amounts which are vested
benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan
or program of the Company or any of its affiliated companies shall be payable in
accordance with such plan or program.

           9.   CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

           (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in
the event it shall be determined that any payment, distribution, acceleration of
vesting or other benefit which the Executive receives or becomes entitled to
receive, whether alone or in combination, and whether pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or any other agreement, plan or arrangement with the Company or
any of its affiliates or any of their respective successors or assigns, but
determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section
9 (collectively, the "Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by
Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision), or any interest or
penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such
excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive shall be
entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount
such that after payment by the Executive of (i) all taxes with respect to the
Gross-Up Payment (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to
such taxes) including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest
and penalties imposed with respect thereto), and (ii) the Excise Tax imposed
upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up
Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed on the Payments.

           (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(c), all determinations
required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up
Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions
to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by KPMG Peat
Marwick or such other nationally recognized accounting firm then auditing the
accounts of the Company (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed
supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business
days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment,
or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the
Accounting Firm is unwilling or unable to perform its obligations pursuant to
this Section 9, the Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized
accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder


                                          7

<PAGE>

(which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm
hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely
by the Company.  Any Gross-Up Payment, determined pursuant to this Section 9,
shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of
the Accounting Firm's determination.  Any determination by the Accounting Finn
shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.  As a result of the
potential uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any
successor provision) at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting
Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been
made by the Company should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the
calculations required to be made hereunder.  In the event that the Company
exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 9(c) and the Executive thereafter is
required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall
determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such
Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the
Executive.

           (c)  The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim
by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment
by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as
soon as practicable but no later than 20 business days after the Executive is
informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of
such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The
Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period
following the date on which he gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter
period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim
is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the
expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive
shall:

             (i)       give the Company any information reasonably requested by
                       the Company relating to such claim,

            (ii)       take such action in connection with contesting such
                       claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing
                       from time to time, including, without limitation,
                       accepting legal representation with respect to such
                       claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

           (iii)       cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
                       effectively to contest such claim, and

            (iv)       permit the Company to participate in any proceedings
                       relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and
expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and
penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and
payment of costs and expenses.  Without limiting the foregoing provisions of
this Section 9(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection
with such


                                          8

<PAGE>

contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative
appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in
respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive
to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any
permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a
determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial
jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall
determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay
such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such
payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and
hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or
income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with
respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to
such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of
limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive
with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited
solely to such contested amount.  Furthermore, the Company's control of the
contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment
would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or
contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue
Service or any other taxing authority.

           (d)  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by
the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive
any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the
Company's complying with the requirements of Section 9(c)) promptly pay to the
Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited
thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive
of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), a determination
is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to
such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its
intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after
such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be
required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent
thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

           10.  FULL SETTLEMENT.  The Company's obligation to make the payments
provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company may have against the Executive or others whether by reason of the
subsequent employment of the Executive or otherwise.  In no event shall the
Executive be obligated to seek other employment by way of mitigation of the
amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement,
and no amount payable under this Agreement shall be reduced on account of any
compensation received by the Executive from other employment.  In the event that
the Executive shall in good faith give a Notice of Termination for Good Reason
and it shall thereafter be determined by mutual consent of the Executive and the
Company or by a tribunal having jurisdiction over the matter that Good Reason
did not exist, the employment of the Executive shall, unless the Company and the
Executive shall otherwise mutually agree, be deemed to have terminated, at the
date of giving such purported Notice of Termination, by mutual consent of the
Company and the Executive and, except as provided in the last preceding
sentence, the Executive shall be entitled to receive


                                          9

<PAGE>

only those payments and benefits which he would have been entitled to receive at
such date otherwise than under this Agreement.

           11. DISPUTES; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES. (a) Any dispute or
controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled
exclusively and finally by expedited arbitration, conducted before a single
arbitrator in Minneapolis, Minnesota, in accordance with the rules governing
employment disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association.  The
arbitrator shall be approved by both the Company and the Executive.  Judgment
may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction.

           (b)  In the event that any claim by the Executive under this
Agreement is disputed, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and
expenses incurred by the Executive in pursuing such claim, provided that the
Executive is successful as to at least part of the disputed claim by reason of
arbitration, settlement or otherwise.

           12. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NONCOMPETITION.  (a) The Executive 
shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret 
or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any 
of its affiliated companies and their respective businesses, (i) obtained by 
the Executive during his employment by the Company or any of its affiliated 
companies and (ii) not otherwise public knowledge (other than by reason of an 
unauthorized act by the Executive).  After termination of the Executive's 
employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior 
written consent of the Company, unless compelled pursuant to an order of a 
court or other body having jurisdiction over such matter, communicate or 
divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the 
Company and those designated by it.

           (b)  It is mutually acknowledged that by virtue of Employee's former
positions with the Company and its subsidiaries, he has become possessed of
certain valuable and confidential information concerning the customers, business
methods, procedures and techniques of the Company and its subsidiaries.  It is
further understood that Employee has developed contacts among the customers of
the Company and its subsidiaries, and it is mutually understood and agreed that
the customers of the Company and its subsidiaries and the business methods and
procedures and techniques developed by the Company and its subsidiaries are
valuable assets and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Without
limitation, it is also specifically acknowledged that great trust on the part of
the Company and its subsidiaries has resided in Employee, since Employee's
former duties have included involvement in the management, promotion and
development of the Company's business.  Accordingly, the parties deem it
necessary to enter into the protective covenants set forth below, the terms and
conditions of which have been negotiated by and between the parties hereto:

                (i) Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and until
the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, on his own behalf or on the behalf of any third party, perform
management, accounting, financial, marketing, sales, administrative or executive
duties, in any business conducted within the Territories (as defined below)
which engages in originating or purchasing automobile or truck loans or leases
from


                                          10

<PAGE>

automobile or truck dealers, packaging such loans or leases, reselling such
loans or leases or servicing such loans or leases (the "Restricted Activities").
As used in this Addendum, the term "Territories" means any state in which any
loans or leases originated or acquired by the Company originated (determined by
the location of the dealers from whom the loans or leases were purchased or, in
the case of loans or leases originated by the Company, where the borrower or
lessee resides).

                (ii) Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and until
the first anniversary of the Date of Termination he will not, directly or
indirectly, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert, or take
away from the Company, or any subsidiary, any of the dealers and other sources
from which the Company or any subsidiary acquires loans or leases or from whom
the loan or lease packages are received by the Company or any subsidiary.

                (iii) Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit,
divert or hire away, or in any manner attempt to solicit, divert or hire away
any person employed by the Company or any subsidiary, whether or not such
employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of the Company or any
subsidiary, and whether or not such employment was pursuant to a written or oral
contract of employment and whether or not such employment was for a determined
period or was at will.

           (c)  Employee acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 12
constitute a material inducement to the Company to enter into the Agreement.
Employee further acknowledges that the Company's remedy at law for a breach by
him of the provisions of this Section 12 will be inadequate.  Accordingly, in
the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of any provision of this
Section 12, the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any
other remedy it may have.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained
in, this Section 12 are hereafter construed to be invalid or unenforceable in
any jurisdiction, the same will not affect the remainder of the provisions or
the enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction, which will be given full
effect, without regard to the invalidity or unenforceability in such other
jurisdiction.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained in, this
Section 12 are held to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction because of the
duration or geographical scope thereof, the parties agree that the court making
such determination will have the power to reduce the duration or geographical
scope of such provision or covenant and, in its reduced form, such provision or
covenant will be enforceable; provided, however, that the determination of such
court will not affect the enforceability of this Section 12 in any other
jurisdiction.

           (d)  In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of
this Section 12 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts
otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement or under any other
agreement, plan or arrangement.

           13.  SUCCESSORS. (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive
and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable
by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
Executive's legal representatives.


                                          11

<PAGE>

           (b)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the Company and its successors.  The Company shall require any successor to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, whether
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or
otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive,
expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and
to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such
succession had taken place.

           14.  MISCELLANEOUS. (a) APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota,
applied without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

           (b)  AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified
otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their
respective successors and legal representatives.

           (c)  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

    If to the Executive:               A. Mark Berlin, Jr.
                                       136 Birch Lane West
                                       Wayzata, MN 55391

    If to the Company:                 Olympic Financial Ltd.
                                       7825 Washington Avenue South
                                       Minneapolis, MN 55439

                                       Attention: Secretary
                                       (with a copy to the attention of the
                                       General Counsel)

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith.  Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.

           (d)  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts
payable under this Agreement such Federal, State or local taxes as shall be
required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

           (e)  SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
any other provision of this Agreement.


                                          12

<PAGE>

           (f)  CAPTIONS.  The captions of this Agreement are not part of the
provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

           (g)  POOLING TRANSACTIONS.  The parties acknowledge that certain of
the provisions of this Agreement may grant to the Executive benefits in excess
of those granted to the Executive pursuant to the prior employment agreement
(the "Prior Agreement") superseded hereby pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  The
parties agree that (i) in the event the grant of any such additional benefit
would, in the opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or such other nationally recognized
accounting firm selected by the Company, prevent the Company from receiving a
pooling of interests treatment under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16,
and (ii) in the further event that such a pooling transaction shall be
consummated by the Company and an acquiring entity; then in such events, the
Executive agrees that the grant of any such additional benefits hereunder shall
be amended as of the day prior to the closing of such pooling transaction to the
extent necessary to enable the Company to gain pooling treatment under
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16 for such transaction; provided such
amendment shall not reduce any such benefit such that it is less than that which
was granted to the Executive under the Prior Agreement.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand and the
Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all
as of the day and year first above written.


                                                 OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                                 By: /s/ Warren Kantor
                                                     --------------------------
                                                 Name:
                                                       ------------------------
                                                 Title: Chairman of the Board
                                                        -----------------------

                                                 /s/ A. Mark Berlin, Jr.
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 A. Mark Berlin, Jr.


                                          13


<PAGE>


                                      AMENDMENT

                                          OF

                                 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

    THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 20th day of December, 1995 by and between
Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and James D. Atkinson III ("Associate").

    WHEREAS, the Company and Associate entered into that certain Employment and
Non-Compete Agreement dated as of August 29th, 1994 pursuant to which the
Company employed Associate as its Vice President/Corporate Counsel.  Such
agreement together with subsequent amendments thereto, if any, are hereinafter
referred to as the "Employment Agreement"; and

    WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee of the
Company have approved a promotion of Associate and an increase in Associate's
base salary as hereinafter set forth.

    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein,
the Company and Associate agree as follows:

    1.     PROMOTION.  During the term of the Employment Agreement Associate
shall perform the duties of Senior Vice President/Corporate Counsel/Secretary.

    2.     BASE SALARY.  Associate's base salary for fiscal 1996 shall be
$175,000 commencing January 1, 1996.

    3.     RATIFICATION.  The Employment Agreement as amended hereby is
ratified and affirmed.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.


                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                       By: /s/ Jeffrey Mack
                                           -------------------------------
                                           Its: Chief Executive Officer
                                               ---------------------------

                                       /s/ James D. Atkinson III
                                       -----------------------------------
                                       James D. Atkinson III


<PAGE>

                            EMPLOYMENT RETENTION AGREEMENT


           THIS AGREEMENT between Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and
James D. Atkinson III (the "Executive") is dated as of this 7 day of November,
1996.


                                     WITNESSETH:

           WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have agreed to enter into an
agreement providing the Company and the Executive with certain rights to assure
the Company of continuity of management;

           NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual
covenants herein contained, it is hereby agreed by and between the Company and
the Executive as follows:

           1.   EFFECTIVE DATE; TERM.  This Agreement shall govern the terms
and conditions of Executive's employment commencing as of the date hereof (the
"Effective Date").

           2.   PRIOR EMPLOYMENT.  As of the Effective Date, this Agreement
shall supersede the Executive's Employment Agreement with the Company dated
September 1, 1994, as amended.

           3.   RETENTION PERIOD.  The Company agrees to continue the Executive
in its employ, and the Executive agrees to remain in the employ of the Company,
for the period (the "Retention Period") commencing on the Effective Date and
ending on the date of any termination of the Executive's employment in
accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.

           4.   POSITION AND DUTIES. (a) NO REDUCTION IN POSITION.  During the
Retention Period, the Executive's position (including titles), authority and
responsibilities shall be at least commensurate with the highest of those held
or exercised by him at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding
the Effective Date.

                (b)    BUSINESS TIME.  During the Retention Period, the
Executive shall devote his full business time during normal business hours to
the business and affairs of the Company and use his best efforts to perform
faithfully and efficiently the responsibilities assigned to him hereunder, to
the extent necessary to discharge such responsibilities, except for

                       (i) reasonable time spent in serving on corporate, civic
or charitable boards or committees of the nature similar to those on which the
Executive served prior to the Change of Control, or otherwise approved by the
Board, in each case only if and to the extent not substantially interfering with
the performance of such responsibilities, and

                       (ii) periods of vacation and sick leave to which he is
entitled.

<PAGE>

It is expressly understood and agreed that the Executive's continuing to serve
on any boards and committees on which he is serving or with which he is
otherwise associated immediately preceding the Effective Date shall not be
deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive's services to the
Company.

           5. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. (a) BASE SALARY.  During the Retention
Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary ("Base Salary") at a monthly
rate at least equal to the monthly salary paid to the Executive by the Company
and any of its affiliated companies immediately prior to the Effective Date.
The Base Salary shall be reviewed at least once each year after the Effective
Date, and may be increased (but not decreased) at any time and from time to time
by action of the Board or any committee thereof or any individual having
authority to take such action in accordance with the Company's regular
practices.  Neither payment of the Base Salary nor payment of any increased Base
Salary after the Effective Date shall serve to limit or reduce any other
obligation of the Company hereunder.  For purposes of the remaining provisions
of this Agreement, the term "Base Salary" shall mean Base Salary as defined in
this Section 5(a) or, if increased after the Effective Date, the Base Salary as
so increased.

           (b)  ANNUAL BONUS.  In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive
shall be awarded for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Retention
Period an annual bonus, to be based on reasonable and customary criteria
consistent with the Company's past practices (the "Annual Bonus"), with a
target amount at least equal to 35% of his Base Salary (I.E., that percentage of
the Executive's Base Salary designated by the Company's Compensation Committee
for purposes of Section 4.1 of the Company's 1998-2000 Restricted Stock Election
Plan).  If a fiscal year of the Company begins, but does not end, during the
Retention Period, the Executive shall receive an amount with respect to such
fiscal year at least equal to the amount of the Annual Bonus multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fiscal year
occurring during the Retention Period and the denominator of which is 365.  Each
amount payable in respect of the Executive's Annual Bonus shall be paid not
later than 90 days after the fiscal year next following the fiscal year for
which the Annual Bonus (or pro-rated portion) is earned or awarded.  Neither the
Annual Bonus nor any bonus amount paid in excess thereof after the Effective
Date shall serve to limit or reduce any other obligation of the Company
hereunder.

           (c)  FRINGE BENEFITS.  During the Retention Period, the Company
shall provide the following fringe benefits to Executive:

                (i)    HEALTH, DISABILITY AND LIFE INSURANCE.  Subject to
satisfaction of the eligibility requirements of such plans and the rules and
regulations applicable thereto, Executive and his family members shall be
entitled to be covered by the Company's group health and dental insurance plans
presently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company and applicable to
employees of the Company generally and Executive shall be entitled to be covered
by the Company's group disability and life insurance plans presently in effect
or hereafter adopted by the Company and applicable to the employees of the
Company in general.  The Company shall pay the premiums associated with such


                                          2


<PAGE>


    coverage.  In the event Executive makes a claim against any disability
    policy provided to Executive by the Company pursuant to this Section
    5(c)(i) and such policy calls for a waiting period which is applicable to
    Executive's claim, the Company shall pay to Executive during such waiting
    period his monthly base salary due during such period and shall provide the
    other benefits due him under this Section 5(c)(i).

           (ii)    VACATION.  Executive shall be entitled to four weeks of
    vacation without loss of compensation or other benefits pursuant to such 
    general policies and procedures of the Company as are from time to time 
    adopted by the Company.

           (iii)   EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT.  Executive shall be reimbursed by the
    Company for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection with the
    conduct of the Company's business for which he furnishes appropriate
    documentation.

           (iv)    AUTOMOBILE.  In the event the Company shall instituted a
    Company car policy, Executive shall receive the benefits thereunder in 
    keeping with his position with the Company.  During any period that the 
    Company has not instituted a Company car policy, the Company shall pay to 
    Executive a monthly auto expense in the amount not less than Four Hundred 
    Dollars ($400) per month.

            (v)    CLUB DUES.  The Company shall reimburse Executive the
    reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the case may be, paid by
    Executive to maintain his status as a member of the Flagship Athletic Club
    or of any other athletic club having equal or lesser membership costs in
    lieu of such club.  If such membership is a corporate membership and is
    subsequently converted to an individual membership, the Company shall
    reimburse Executive for any fees charged in connection with such
    conversion.


           (vi)    OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF.  During the Retention Period, the
    Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with
    furnishings and other appointments, and to secretarial and other
    assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided
    to the Executive at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding
    the Effective Date.

       6.   TERMINATION. (a) DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The Executive's employment 
shall terminate automatically upon his death.  The Company may terminate 
Executive's employment during the Retention Period, after having established 
the Executive's Disability, by giving the Executive written notice of its 
intention to terminate his employment, and his employment with the Company 
shall terminate effective on the 90th day after receipt of such notice if, 
within 90 days after such receipt, the Executive shall fail to return to 
full-time performance of his duties.  For purposes of this Agreement, 
"Disability" means disability which, after the expiration of more than 26 
weeks after its commencement, is determined to be total and permanent by a 
physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the 
Executive or his legal representatives (such agreement to acceptability not 
to be withheld unreasonably).

                                          3


<PAGE>

           (b)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, the Executive may, upon not less than 15 days'
advance written notice to the Company, voluntarily terminate employment during
the Retention Period for any reason, provided that any termination by the
Executive pursuant to Section 6(d) of this Agreement on account of Good Reason
(as defined therein) shall not be treated as a voluntary termination under this
Section 6(b).

           (c)  CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
during the Retention Period for Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause"
means (I) gross misconduct on the Executive's part which is demonstrably willful
and deliberate and which results in material damage to the Company's business or
reputation or (II) repeated material violations by the Executive of his
obligations under Section 4 of this Agreement which violations are demonstrably
willful and deliberate.

           (d)  GOOD REASON.  The Executive may terminate his employment during
the Retention Period for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
Reason" means

                (i)    a good faith determination by the Executive that,
    without his prior written consent, the Company or any of its officers has
    taken or failed to take any action (including, without limitation, (A)
    exclusion of the Executive from consideration of material matters within
    his area of responsibility, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent
    exclusion remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof
    from the Executive, (B) statements or actions which undermine the
    Executive's authority with respect to persons under his supervision or
    reduce his standing with his peers, other than an insubstantial or
    inadvertent statement or action which is remedied by the Company promptly
    after receipt of the notice thereof from the Executive, (C) a pattern of
    discrimination against or harassment of the Executive or persons under his
    supervision and (D) the subjection of the Executive to procedures not
    generally applicable to other similarly situated executives) which changes
    the Executive's position (including titles), authority or responsibilities
    under Section 4 of this Agreement or reduces the Executive's ability to
    carry out his duties and responsibilities under Section 4 of this
    Agreement;

                (ii)   any failure by the Company to comply with any of the
    provisions of Section 5 of this Agreement, other than an insubstantial or
    inadvertent failure remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of
    notice thereof from the Executive;

                (iii)  the Company's requiring the Executive to be employed at
    any location more than 35 miles further from his principal residence than
    the location at which the Executive was employed immediately preceding the
    Effective Date; or

                (iv)   any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of
    and agreement to perform this Agreement by a successor as contemplated by
    Section 13(b) of this Agreement.



                                          4

<PAGE>



           (e)  WITHOUT CAUSE.  The Company shall give Executive at least 15
days' advance written notice of any termination of Executive's employment which
is not for Cause and not on account of Executive's Disability.

           (f)  NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any termination of Executive's
employment by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason during
the Retention Period shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other
party hereto given in accordance with Section 14(c) of this Agreement.  For
purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice
given, in the case of a termination by the Company for Cause, within 10 business
days of the Company's having actual knowledge of all of the events giving rise
to such termination, and in the case of a termination by Executive for Good
Reason, within 180 days of the Executive's having actual knowledge of the events
giving rise to such termination, and which (I) indicates the specific
termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (II) sets forth in
reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for
termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and
(III) if the termination date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,
specifies such termination date (which date shall be not more than 15 days after
the giving of such notice).  The failure by the Executive to set forth in the
Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of
Good Reason shall not waive any right of the Executive hereunder or preclude the
Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights 
hereunder.

           (g)  DATE OF TERMINATION.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term
"Date of Termination" means (I) in the case of a termination for which a Notice
of Termination is required, the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination
or, if later, the date specified therein and (II) in all other cases, the actual
date on which the Executive's employment terminates during the Retention Period.

           7.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY UPON TERMINATION. (a) DEATH.  If the
Executive's employment is terminated during the Retention Period by reason of
the Executive's death, this Agreement shall terminate without further
obligations to the Executive's legal representatives under this Agreement other
than those obligations accrued hereunder at the date of his death, including,
for this purpose (I) the Executive's full Base Salary through the Date of
Termination, (II) the product of the Annual Bonus and a fraction, the numerator
of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year of the Company through
the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 (the "Pro-rated
Bonus Obligation"), (III) any compensation previously deferred by the Executive
(together with any accrued earnings thereon) and not yet paid by the Company,
(IV) any other amounts or benefits owing to the Executive under any of the
Company's incentive compensation plans, stock option plans, restricted stock
plans or other similar plans and (V) any amounts or benefits owing to the
Executive under any of the Company's employee benefit plans or policies (such
amounts specified in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) are hereinafter
referred to as "Accrued Obligations").  Unless otherwise directed by the
Executive prior to his death, all Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the
Executive's estate.

           (b)  DISABILITY.  If the Executive's employment is terminated by
reason of the Executive's Disability, the Executive shall receive all Accrued
Obligations and, in addition, from


                                          5

<PAGE>




the Date of Termination until the second anniversary of such date, shall
continue to participate in or be covered under the benefit plans and programs
referred to in Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement or, at the Company's option, to
receive equivalent benefits by alternate -means at least equal to those provided
in accordance with Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement.  Anything in this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Executive shall be entitled to
receive disability and other benefits at least equal to the most favorable level
of benefits available to disabled employees and/or their families in accordance
with the plans, programs and policies maintained by the Company or its
affiliates relating to disability at any time during the 90-day period
immediately preceding the Effective Date.

           (c)  CAUSE AND VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  If, during the Retention
Period, the Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause or voluntarily
terminated by the Executive (other than on account of Good Reason), the
Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations other than the Pro-rated Bonus
Obligation.

           (d)  TERMINATION BY COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE OR DISABILITY AND
TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON.  LUMP SUM PAYMENT.  If, during the
Retention Period, the Company terminates the Executive's employment other than
for Cause or Disability, or the Executive terminates his employment for Good
Reason, the Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations.  In addition, the
Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum, within 15 days after the Date
of Termination, a cash amount equal to two (2) times the sum of the following
amounts:


                (1)    the Executive's annual Base Salary at the rate specified
           in Section 5(a) of this Agreement;

                (2)    the Annual Bonus;

                (3)    an amount equal to the average annual amount paid and/or
           reimbursed to the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c)(iv) and (v)
           hereof during the two calendar years preceding the Date of
           Termination; and

                (4)    the present value, calculated using the annual federal
           short-term rate as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, of
           (without duplication) the annual cost to the Company (based on the
           premium rates or other costs to it) of obtaining coverage equivalent
           to the coverage under the plans and programs described in Section
           5(c)(i) of this Agreement;

    provided, however, that with respect to the life and medical insurance
    coverage referred to in Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement, at the
    Executive's election made prior to the Date of Termination, the Company
    shall use its best efforts to secure conversion coverage and shall pay the
    cost of such coverage in lieu of paying the lump sum amount attributable to
    such life or medical insurance coverage.


                                          6

<PAGE>

           8. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Nothing in this Agreement shall
prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any
benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or
any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor
shall anything herein limit or otherwise prejudice such rights as the Executive
may have with respect to awards granted to him prior to or during the Retention
Period under any stock option, restricted stock or other plans or agreements
with the Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Amounts which are vested
benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan
or program of the Company or any of its affiliated companies shall be payable in
accordance with such plan or program.

           9.   CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

           (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in
the event it shall be determined that any payment, distribution, acceleration of
vesting or other benefit which the Executive receives or becomes entitled to
receive, whether alone or in combination, and whether pursuant to the terms of
this Agreement or any other agreement, plan or arrangement with the Company or
any of its affiliates or any of their respective successors or assigns, but
determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section
9 (collectively, the "Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by
Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision), or any interest or
penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such
excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter
collectively referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive shall be
entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount
such that after payment by the Executive of (i) all taxes with respect to the
Gross-Up Payment (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to
such taxes) including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest
and penalties imposed with respect thereto), and (ii) the Excise Tax imposed
upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up
Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed on the Payments.

           (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(c), all determinations
required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up
Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions
to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by KPMG Peat
Marwick or such other nationally recognized accounting firm then auditing the
accounts of the Company (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed
supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business
days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment,
or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the
Accounting Firm is unwilling or unable to perform its obligations pursuant to
this Section 9, the Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized
accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting
firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees and
expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any
Gross-Up Payment, determined pursuant to this Section 9, shall be paid by the
Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting
Firm's determination.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding
upon the Company and the Executive.  As a result of the potential uncertainty in
the application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision)


                                          7

<PAGE>

at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is
possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company
should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations
required to be made hereunder.  In the event that the Company exhausts its
remedies pursuant to Section 9(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to
make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount
of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be
promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

           (c)  The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim
by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful would require the payment by
the Company of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as soon
as practicable but no later than 20 business days after the Executive is
informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of
such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The
Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period
following the date on which he gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter
period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim
is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the
expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive
shall:

          (i)   give the Company any information reasonably requested by the
                Company relating to such claim,

         (ii)   take such action in connection with contesting such claim as
                the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to
                time, including, without limitation, accepting legal
                representation with respect to such claim by an attorney
                reasonably selected by the Company,

        (iii)   cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively
                to contest such claim, and

         (iv)   permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating
                to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and
expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and
penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and
payment of costs and expenses.  Without limiting the foregoing provisions of
this Section 9(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection
with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all
administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing
authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct
the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim
in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to
a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial
jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall
determine; provided, however, that if the


                                          8

<PAGE>



Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the
Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an
interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or
penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with
respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided
that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes
for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested
amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount.
Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues
with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the
Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other
issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

           (d)  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by
the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive
any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the
Company's complying with the requirements of Section 9(c)) promptly pay to the
Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited
thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive
of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), a determination
is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to
such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its
intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after
such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be
required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent
thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

           10.  FULL SETTLEMENT.  The Company's obligation to make the payments
provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
hereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company may have against the Executive or others whether by reason of the
subsequent employment of the Executive or otherwise.  In no event shall the
Executive be obligated to seek other employment by way of mitigation of the
amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement,
and no amount payable under this Agreement shall be reduced on account of any
compensation received by the Executive from other employment.  In the event that
the Executive shall in good faith give a Notice of Termination for Good Reason
and it shall thereafter be determined by mutual consent of the Executive and the
Company or by a tribunal having jurisdiction over the matter that Good Reason
did not exist, the employment of the Executive shall, unless the Company and the
Executive shall otherwise mutually agree, be deemed to have terminated, at the
date of giving such purported Notice of Termination, by mutual consent of the
Company and the Executive and, except as provided in the last preceding
sentence, the Executive shall be entitled to receive only those payments and
benefits which he would have been entitled to receive at such date otherwise
than under this Agreement.

           11.  DISPUTES; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES. (a) Any dispute or
controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled
exclusively and finally by expedited arbitration, conducted before a single
arbitrator in Minneapolis, Minnesota, in accordance with

                                          9

<PAGE>


the rules governing employment disputes then in effect of the American
Arbitration Association.  The arbitrator shall be approved by both the Company
and the Executive.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any
court having jurisdiction.

           (b)  In the event that any claim by the Executive under this
Agreement is disputed, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees and
expenses incurred by the Executive in pursuing such claim, provided that the
Executive is successful as to at least part of the disputed claim by reason of
arbitration, settlement or otherwise.

           12.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NONCOMPETITION. (a) The Executive
shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or
confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of
its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, (I) obtained by the
Executive during his employment by the Company or any of its affiliated
companies and (II) not otherwise public knowledge (other than by reason of an
unauthorized act by the Executive).  After termination of the Executive's
employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Company, unless compelled pursuant to an order of a court or
other body having jurisdiction over such matter, communicate or divulge any such
information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those
designated by it.

           (b)  It is mutually acknowledged that by virtue of Employee's former
positions with the Company and its subsidiaries, he has become possessed of
certain valuable and confidential information concerning the customers, business
methods, procedures and techniques of the Company and its subsidiaries.  It is
further understood that Employee has developed contacts among the customers of
the Company and its subsidiaries, and it is mutually understood and agreed that
the customers of the Company and its subsidiaries and the business methods and
procedures and techniques developed by the Company and its subsidiaries are
valuable assets and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Without
limitation, it is also specifically acknowledged that great trust on the part of
the Company and its subsidiaries has resided in Employee, since Employee's
former duties have included involvement in the management, promotion and
development of the Company's business.  Accordingly, the parties deem it
necessary to enter into the protective covenants set forth below, the terms and
conditions of which have been negotiated by and between the parties hereto:

                (i)    Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, on his own behalf or on the behalf of any third party, perform
management, accounting, financial, marketing, sales, administrative or executive
duties, in any business conducted within the Territories (as defined below)
which engages in originating or purchasing automobile or truck loans or leases
from automobile or truck dealers, packaging such loans or leases, reselling such
loans or leases or servicing such loans or leases (the "Restricted Activities").
As used in this Addendum, the term "Territories" means any state in which any
loans or leases originated or acquired by the Company originated (determined by
the location of the dealers from whom the loans or leases were purchased or, in
the case of loans or leases originated by the Company, where the borrower or
lessee resides).


                                          10

<PAGE>

                (ii)   Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert, or take
away from the Company, or any subsidiary, any of the dealers and other sources
from which the Company or any subsidiary acquires loans or leases or from whom
the loan or lease packages are received by the Company or any subsidiary.

                (iii)  Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit,
divert or hire away, or in any manner attempt to solicit, divert or hire away
any person employed by the Company or any subsidiary, whether or not such
employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of the Company or any
subsidiary, and whether or not such employment was pursuant to a written or
oral contract of employment and whether or not such employment was for a
determined period or was at will.

           (c)  Employee acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 12
constitute a material inducement to the Company to enter into the Agreement.
Employee further acknowledges that the Company's remedy at law for a breach by
him of the provisions of this Section 12 will be inadequate.  Accordingly, in
the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of any provision of this
Section 12, the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any
other remedy it may have.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained
in, this Section 12 are hereafter construed to be invalid or unenforceable in
any jurisdiction, the same will not affect the remainder of the provisions or
the enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction, which will be given full
effect, without regard to the invalidity or unenforceability in such other
jurisdiction.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained in, this
Section 12 are held to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction because of the
duration or geographical scope thereof, the parties agree that the court making
such determination will have the power to reduce the duration or geographical
scope of such provision or covenant and, in its reduced form, such provision or
covenant will be enforceable; provided, however, that the determination of such
court will not affect the enforceability of this Section 12 in any other
jurisdiction.

           (d)  In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of
this Section 12 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts
otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement or under any other
agreement, plan or arrangement.

           13.  SUCCESSORS. (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive
and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable
by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.
This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the
Executive's legal representatives.

           (b)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the Company and its successors.  The Company shall require any successor to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, whether
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or
otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive,
expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the


                                          11

<PAGE>


same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform
if no such succession had taken place.

           14.  MISCELLANEOUS. (a) APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota,
applied without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

           (b)  AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified
otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their
respective successors and legal representatives.

           (c)  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:


    If to the Executive:                         James D. Atkinson III
                                                 6969 Edgebrook Place
                                                 Eden Prairie, MN 55346

    If to the Company:                           Olympic Financial Ltd.
                                                 7825 Washington Avenue South
                                                 Minneapolis, MN 55439

                                                 Attention: Secretary
                                                 (with a copy to the attention
                                                 of the General Counsel)

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith.  Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.

           (d)  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts
payable under this Agreement such Federal, State or local taxes as shall be
required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

           (e)  SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
any other provision of this Agreement.

           (g)  POOLING TRANSACTIONS.  The parties acknowledge that certain of
the provisions of this Agreement may grant to the Executive benefits in excess
of those granted to the Executive pursuant to the prior employment agreement
(the "Prior Agreement") superseded hereby pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  The
parties agree that (i) in the event the grant of any such additional benefit
would, in the opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or such other nationally recognized
accounting firm selected by the Company, prevent the Company from receiving a


                                          12


<PAGE>

pooling of interests treatment under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16,
and (ii) in the further event that such a pooling transaction shall be
consummated by the Company and an acquiring entity; then in such events, the
Executive agrees that the grant of any such additional benefits hereunder shall
be amended as of the day prior to the closing of such pooling transaction to
the extent necessary to enable the Company to gain pooling treatment under
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16 for such transaction; provided such
amendment shall not reduce any such benefit such that it is less than that which
was granted to the Executive under the Prior Agreement.

           (f)  CAPTIONS.  The captions of this Agreement are not part of the
provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand and the
Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all
as of the day and year first above written.


                                                 OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                                 By: /s/ Warren Kantor
                                                     -------------------------
                                                 Name:
                                                     -------------------------
                                                 Title: Chairman of the Board
                                                     -------------------------




                                                 /s/ James D. Atkinson III
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                 James D. Atkinson III






                                          13


<PAGE>

                                     AMENDMENT OF
                            EMPLOYMENT RETENTION AGREEMENT

    THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 31st day of December, 1996 by and between
Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and James D. Atkinson III ("Associate").

    WHEREAS, the Company and Associate entered into that certain Employment
Retention Agreement dated as of November 7, 1996, pursuant to which the Company
employed Associate as its Senior Vice President/Corporate Counsel.  Such
agreement is hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Agreement"; and

    WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee of the
Company have approved the grant of a club membership as hereinafter set forth.

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein,
the Company and Associate agree to amend the Employment Agreement as follows:

    1.     AMENDMENT.  Section 5(c)(v) of the Employment Agreement is hereby
amended in its entirety to provide as follows:

           (v)  CLUB MEMBERSHIPS.  The Company shall reimburse Executive the
    reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the case may be, paid by
    Executive to maintain his status as a member of the Flagship Athletic Club
    or of any other athletic club having equal or lesser membership costs in
    lieu of such club.  The Company shall also provide to Executive and his
    family a membership at Olympic Hills Golf Club and shall reimburse
    Executive for the reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the
    case may be, paid by Executive to maintain such membership.  If either such
    membership is a corporate membership, upon termination of Executive's
    employment other than for Cause or Death, such membership shall be
    converted to an individual membership in Executive's name and the Company
    shall pay any fees charged in connection with such conversion.

    2.     RATIFICATION.  The Employment Agreement as amended hereby is
ratified and affirmed.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.

                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                       By: /s/ Scott Anderson
                                          ---------------------------
                                          Scott Anderson
                                          Its: Vice Chairman

                                       ASSOCIATE:


                                       /s/ James D. Atkinson III
                                       ------------------------------
                                       James D. Atkinson III



<PAGE>


                                      AMENDMENT

                                          OF

                                 EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

    THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 20th day of December, 1995 by and between
Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and Robert A. Barbee ("Associate").

    WHEREAS, the Company and Associate entered into that certain Employment and
Non-Compete Agreement dated as of September 21, 1994, pursuant to which the
Company employed Associate as its Senior Vice President/Sales and Marketing.
Such agreement together with subsequent amendments thereto, if any, are
hereinafter referred to as the "Employment Agreement"; and

    WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee of the
Company have approved a promotion of Associate and an increase in Associate's
base salary as hereinafter set forth.

    NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein,
the Company and Associate agree as follows:

    1.     PROMOTION.  During the term of the Employment Agreement Associate
shall perform the duties of Executive Vice President/Sales and Marketing.

    2.     BASE SALARY.  Associate's base salary for the fiscal 1996 shall be
$200,000 commencing January 1, 1996.

    3.     RATIFICATION.  The Employment Agreement as amended hereby is
ratified and affirmed.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of
the date first above written.


                                                 OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                                 By:  /s/ Jeffrey Mack
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                     Its:
                                                        -----------------------


                                                 ASSOCIATE:


                                                 /s/ Robert A. Barbee
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Robert A. Barbee





<PAGE>


                            EMPLOYMENT RETENTION AGREEMENT


         THIS AGREEMENT between Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company") and
Robert A. Barbee (the "Executive") is dated as of this 7 day of November, 1996.


                                     WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have agreed to enter into an
agreement providing the Company and the Executive with certain rights to assure
the Company of continuity of management;

         NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants
herein contained, it is hereby agreed by and between the Company and the
Executive as follows:

         1.   EFFECTIVE DATE: TERM.  This Agreement shall govern the terms
and conditions of Executive's employment commencing as of the date hereof (the
"Effective Date").

         2.   PRIOR EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.  As of the Effective Date, this
Agreement shall supersede the Executive's Employment Agreement with the Company
dated September 21, 1994, as amended.

         3.   RETENTION PERIOD.  The Company agrees to continue the Executive
in its employ, and the Executive agrees to remain in the employ of the Company,
for the period (the "Retention Period") commencing on the Effective Date and
ending on the date of any termination of the Executive's employment in
accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement.

         4.   POSITION AND DUTIES (a) NO REDUCTION IN POSITION.  During the
Retention Period, the Executive's position (including titles), authority and
responsibilities shall be at least commensurate with the highest of those held
or exercised by him at any time during the 90-day period immediately preceding
the Effective Date.

              (b)  BUSINESS TIME.  During the Retention Period, the Executive
shall devote his full business time during normal business hours to the business
and affairs of the Company and use his best efforts to perform faithfully and
efficiently the responsibilities assigned to him hereunder, to the extent
necessary to discharge such responsibilities, except for

                   (i)  reasonable time spent in serving on corporate, civic or
    charitable boards or committees of the nature similar to those on which the
    Executive served prior to the Change of Control, or otherwise approved by
    the Board, in each case only if and to the extent not substantially
    interfering with the performance of such responsibilities, and

                   (ii) periods of vacation and sick leave to which he is
    entitled.

<PAGE>

It is expressly understood that the Executive's continuing to serve on any
boards and committees on which he is serving or with which he is otherwise
associated immediately preceding the Effective Date shall not be deemed to
interfere with the performance of the Executive's services to the Company.

         5.   COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS. (a) BASE SALARY.  During the Retention
Period, the Executive shall receive a base salary ("Base Salary") at a monthly
rate at least equal to the monthly salary paid to the Executive by the Company
and any of its affiliated companies immediately prior to the Effective Date.
The Base Salary shall be reviewed at least once each year after the Effective
Date, and may be increased (but not decreased) at any time and from time to time
by action of the Board or any committee thereof or any individual having
authority to take such action in accordance with the Company's regular
practices.  Neither payment of the Base Salary nor payment of any increased Base
Salary after the Effective Date shall serve to limit or reduce any other
obligation of the Company hereunder.  For purposes of the remaining provisions
of this Agreement, the term "Base Salary" shall mean Base Salary as defined in
this Section 5(a) or, if increased after the Effective Date, the Base Salary as
so increased.

         (b)  ANNUAL BONUS.  In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive
shall be awarded for each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Retention
Period an annual bonus, to be based on reasonable and customary criteria
consistent with the Company's past practices (the "Annual Bonus"), with a target
amount at least equal to 40% of his Base Salary (I.E., that percentage of the
Executive's Base Salary designated by the Company's Compensation Committee for
purposes of Section 4.1 of the Company's 1998-2000 Restricted Stock Election
Plan).  If a fiscal year of the Company begins, but does not end, during the
Retention Period, the Executive shall receive an amount with respect to such
fiscal year at least equal to the amount of the Annual Bonus multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such fiscal year
occurring during the Retention Period and the denominator of which is 365.  Each
amount payable in respect of the Executive's Annual Bonus shall be paid not
later than 90 days after the fiscal year next following the fiscal year for
which the Annual Bonus (or pro-rated portion) is earned or awarded.  Neither the
Annual Bonus nor any bonus amount paid in excess thereof after the Effective
Date shall serve to limit or reduce any other obligation of the Company
hereunder.

         (c)  FRINGE BENEFITS.  During the Retention Period, the Company shall
provide the following fringe benefits to Executive:

              (i)       HEALTH, DISABILITY AND LIFE INSURANCE.  Subject to
    satisfaction of the eligibility requirements of such plans and the rules
    and regulations applicable thereto, Executive and his family members shall
    be entitled to be covered by the Company's group health and dental
    insurance plans presently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company and
    applicable to employees of the Company generally and Executive shall be
    entitled to be covered by the Company's group disability and life insurance
    plans presently in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company and
    applicable to the employees of the Company in general.  The Company shall
    pay the premiums associated with such



                                          2

<PAGE>

coverage.  In the event Executive makes a claim against any disability policy
provided to Executive by the Company pursuant to this Section 5(c)(i) and such
policy calls for a waiting period which is applicable to Executive's claim, the
Company shall pay to Executive during such waiting period his monthly base
salary due during such period and shall provide the other benefits due him under
this Section 5(c)(i).

              (ii)      VACATION.  Executive shall be entitled to four weeks
    of vacation without loss of compensation or other benefits pursuant to such
    general policies and procedures of the Company as are from time to time
    adopted by the Company.

              (iii)     EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT.  Executive shall be reimbursed
    by the Company for all reasonable expenses incurred by him in connection
    with the conduct of the Company's business for which he furnishes
    appropriate documentation.

              (iv)      AUTOMOBILE.  In the event the Company shall institute a
    Company car policy, Executive shall receive benefits thereunder in keeping
    with his position with the Company.  During any period that the Company has
    not instituted a Company car policy, the Company shall provide to Executive
    use of an automobile reasonably acceptable to Executive to be used by 
    Executive in conducting the Company's business.  In addition, the Company 
    shall during such period reimburse Executive (1) an amount equal to the 
    reasonable cost of insuring and maintaining the automobile used by 
    Executive for the Company's business, and (2) the cost of maintenance and 
    the cost of gasoline and oil used in the automobile and in the event of a 
    loss under the policies insuring said automobile, the amount of any 
    deductible thereunder applicable to such loss.  Such insurance and the 
    coverage and deductibles thereof shall cover both the business and personal
    use of such automobile by Employee, his family and invitees and shall 
    include such other terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to 
    Executive.  Any such reimbursements shall be made upon the Company's
    receipt of invoices evidencing incurrence of such expenses.  Executive
    shall also be paid a monthly amount equal to the reasonable value of
    personal use of such automobile, determined in accordance with applicable
    federal income tax regulations.

              (v)       CLUB DUES.  The Company shall reimburse Executive the
    reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the case may be, paid by
    Executive to maintain his status as a member of the Flagship Athletic Club
    or of any other athletic club having equal or lesser membership costs in
    lieu of such club.  The Company shall also provide to Executive and his
    family a membership at Olympic Hills Golf Club and shall reimburse the
    Executive for the reasonable cost of the monthly or annual dues, as the
    case may be, paid by Executive to maintain such membership.  If either such
    membership is a corporate membership and is subsequently converted to an
    individual membership, the Company shall reimburse Executive for any fees
    charged in connection with such conversion.

              (vi)     OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF, During the Retention Period,
    the Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with
    furnishings and other

                                          3

<PAGE>

    appointments, and to secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to
    the most favorable of the foregoing provided to the Executive at any time
    during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

         6.   TERMINATION. (a) DEATH OR DISABILITY.  The Executive's employment
shall terminate automatically upon his death.  The Company may terminate
Executive's employment during the Retention Period, after having established the
Executive's Disability, by giving the Executive written notice of its intention
to terminate his employment, and his employment with the Company shall terminate
effective on the 90th day after receipt of such notice if, within 90 days after
such receipt, the Executive shall fail to return to full-time performance of his
duties.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Disability" means disability which,
after the expiration of more than 26 weeks after its commencement, is determined
to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers
and acceptable to the Executive or his legal representatives (such agreement to
acceptability not to be withheld unreasonably).

         (b)  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement to the contrary, the Executive may, upon not less than 15 days'
advance written notice to the Company, voluntarily terminate employment during
the Retention Period for any reason, provided that any termination by the
Executive pursuant to Section 6(d) of this Agreement on account of Good Reason
(as defined therein) shall not be treated as a voluntary termination under this
Section 6(b).

         (c)  CAUSE.  The Company may terminate the Executive's employment
during the Retention Period for Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause"
means (i) gross misconduct on the Executive's part which is demonstrably willful
and deliberate and which results in material damage to the Company's business or
reputation or (ii) repeated material violations by the Executive of his
obligations under Section 4 of this Agreement which violations are demonstrably
willful and deliberate.

         (d)  GOOD REASON.  The Executive may terminate his employment during
the Retention Period for Good Reason.  For purposes of this Agreement, "Good
Reason" means

              (i)  a good faith determination by the Executive that, without
    his prior written consent, the Company or any of its officers has taken or
    failed to take any action (including, without limitation, (A) exclusion of
    the Executive from consideration of material matters within this area of
    responsibility, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent exclusion
    remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof from the
    Executive, (B) statements or actions which undermine the Executive's
    authority with respect to persons under his supervision or reduce his
    standing with his peers, other than an insubstantial or inadvertent
    statement or action which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt
    of the notice thereof from the Executive, (C) a pattern of discrimination
    against or harassment of the Executive or persons under his supervision and
    (D) the subjection of the Executive to procedures not generally applicable
    to other similarly situated executives) which changes the Executive's
    position (including titles),



                                          4
<PAGE>

    authority or responsibilities under Section 4 of this Agreement or reduces
    the Executive's ability to carry out his duties and responsibilities under
    Section 4 of this Agreement;

              (ii)      any failure by the Company to comply with any of the
    provisions of Section 5 of this Agreement, other than an insubstantial or
    inadvertent failure remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of
    notice thereof from the Executive;

              (iii)     the Company's requiring the Executive to be employed at
    any location more than 35 miles further from his principal residence than
    the location at which the Executive was employed immediately preceding the
    Effective Date; or

              (iv)      any failure by the Company to obtain the assumption of
    and agreement to perform this Agreement by a successor as contemplated by
    Section 13(b) of this Agreement.

         (e)  WITHOUT CAUSE.  The Company shall give Executive at least 15
days' advance written notice of any termination of Executive's employment which
is not for Cause and not on account of Executive's Disability.

         (f)  NOTICE OF TERMINATION.  Any termination of Executive's
employment by the Company for Cause or by the Executive for Good Reason during
the Retention Period shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other
party hereto given in accordance with Section 14(c) of this Agreement.  For
purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice
given, in the case of a termination by the Company for Cause, within 10
business days of the Company's having actual knowledge of all of the events
giving rise to such termination, and in the case of a termination by Executive
for Good Reason, within 180 days of the Executive's having actual knowledge of
the events giving rise to such termination, and which (i) indicates the specific
termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in
reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for
termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and
(iii) if the termination date is other than the date of receipt of such notice,
specifies such termination date (which date shall be not more than 15 days after
the giving of such notice).  The failure by the Executive to set forth in the
Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of
Good Reason shall not waive any right of the Executive hereunder or preclude the
Executive from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing his rights
hereunder.

         (g)  DATE OF TERMINATION.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term
"Date of Termination" means (i) in the case of a termination for which a Notice
of Termination is required, the date of receipt of such Notice of Termination
or, if later, the date specified therein and (ii) in all other cases, the actual
date on which the Executive's employment terminates during the Retention Period.

         7.   OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY UPON TERMINATION. (a) DEATH.  If the
Executive's employment is terminated during the Retention Period by reason of
the Executive's death, this Agreement shall terminate without further
obligations to the Executive's legal

                                          5

<PAGE>

representatives under this Agreement other than those obligations accrued
hereunder at the date of his death, including, for this purpose (i) the
Executive's full Base Salary through the Date of Termination, (ii) the product
of the Annual Bonus and a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days
in the current fiscal year of the Company through the Date of Termination, and
the denominator of which is 365 (the "Pro-rated Bonus Obligation"), (iii) any
compensation previously deferred by the Executive (together with any accrued
earnings thereon) and not yet paid by the Company, (iv) any other amounts or
benefits owing to the Executive under any of the Company's incentive
compensation plans, stock option plans, restricted stock plans or other similar
plans and (v) any amounts or benefits owing to the Executive under any of the
Company's employee benefit plans or policies (such amounts specified in clauses
(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) are hereinafter referred to as "Accrued
Obligations").  Unless otherwise directed by the Executive prior to his death,
all Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive's estate.

         (b)  DISABILITY.  If the Executive's employment is terminated by
reason of the Executive's Disability, the Executive shall receive all Accrued
Obligations and, in addition, from the Date of Termination until second
anniversary of such date, shall continue to participate in or be covered under
the benefit plans and programs referred to in Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement
or, at the Company's option, to receive equivalent benefits by alternate means
at least equal to those provided in accordance with Section 5(c)(i) of this
Agreement.  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the
Executive shall be entitled to receive disability and other benefits at least
equal to the most favorable level of benefits available to disabled employees
and/or their families in accordance with the plans, programs and policies
maintained by the Company or its affiliates relating to disability at any time
during the 90-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date.

         (c)  CAUSE AND VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.  If, during the Retention
Period, the Executive's employment shall be terminated for Cause or voluntarily
terminated by the Executive (other than on account of Good Reason), the
Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations other than the Pro-rated Bonus
Obligation.

         (d)  TERMINATION BY COMPANY OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE OR DISABILITY AND
TERMINATION BY EXECUTIVE FOR GOOD REASON.  LUMP SUM PAYMENT.  If, during the
Retention Period, the Company terminates the Executive's employment other than
for Cause or Disability, or the Executive terminates his employment for Good
Reason, the Executive shall receive all Accrued Obligations.  In addition, the
Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum, within 15 days after the Date
of Termination, a cash amount equal to two (2) times the sum of the following
amounts:

              (1)  the Executive's annual Base Salary at the rate specified in
         Section 5(a) of this Agreement;

              (2)  the Annual Bonus;


                                          6

<PAGE>


                (3)    an amount equal to the average annual amount paid and/or
           reimbursed to the Executive pursuant to Section 5(c)(iv) and (v)
           hereof during the two calendar years preceding the Date of
           Termination; and

                (4)    the present value, calculated using the annual federal
           short-term rate as determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code, of
           (without duplication) the annual cost to the Company (based on the
           premium rates or other costs to it) of obtaining coverage equivalent
           to the coverage under the plans and programs described in Section
           5(c)(i) of this Agreement;

    provided, however, that with respect to the life and medical insurance
    coverage referred to in Section 5(c)(i) of this Agreement, at the
    Executive's election made prior to the Date of Termination, the Company
    shall use its best efforts to secure conversion coverage and shall pay the
    cost of such coverage in lieu of paying the lump sum amount attributable 
    to such life or medical insurance coverage.

           8.   NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS.  Nothing in this Agreement shall 
prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any 
benefit, bonus, incentive or other plan or program provided by the Company or 
any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor 
shall anything herein limit or otherwise prejudice such rights as the 
Executive may have with respect to awards granted to him prior to or during 
the Retention Period under any stock option, restricted stock or other plans 
or agreements with the Company or any of its affiliated companies.  Amounts 
which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to 
receive under any plan or program of the Company or any of its affiliated 
companies shall be payable in accordance with such plan or program.

           9.   CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY.

           (a)  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, 
in the event it shall be determined that any payment, distribution, 
acceleration of vesting or other benefit which the Executive receives or 
becomes entitled to receive, whether alone or in combination, and whether 
pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other agreement, plan or 
arrangement with the Company or any of its affiliates or any of their 
respective successors or assigns, but determined without regard to any 
additional payments required under this Section 9 (collectively, the 
"Payments"), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of 
the Code (or any successor provision), or any interest or penalties are 
incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, 
together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively 
referred to as the "Excise Tax"), then the Executive shall be entitled to 
receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that 
after payment by the Executive of (i) all taxes with respect to the Gross-Up 
Payment (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such 
taxes) including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and 
penalties imposed with respect thereto), and (ii) the Excise Tax imposed upon 
the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment 
equal to the Excise Tax imposed on the Payments.

                                          7

<PAGE>

           (b)  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(c), all determinations
required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up
Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions
to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by KPMG Peat
Marwick or such other nationally recognized accounting firm then auditing the
accounts of the Company (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed
supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business
days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment,
or such earlier time as is requested by the Company.  In the event that the
Accounting Firm is unwilling or unable to perform its obligations pursuant to
this Section 9, the Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized
accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting
firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder).  All fees and
expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any
Gross-Up Payment, determined pursuant to this Section 9, shall be paid by the
Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting
Firm's determination.  Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding
upon the Company and the Executive.  As a result of the potential uncertainty in
the application of Section 4999 of the Code (or any successor provision) at the
time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is
possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company
should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations
required to be made hereunder.  In the event that the Company exhausts its
remedies pursuant to Section 9(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to
make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount
of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be
promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive.

           (c)  The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim
by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment
by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment.  Such notification shall be given as
soon as practicable but no later than 20 business days after the Executive is
informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of
such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid.  The
Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period
following the date on which he gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter
period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim
is due).  If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the
expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive
shall:

             (i)       give the Company any information reasonably requested by
                       the Company relating to such claim,

            (ii)       take such action in connection with contesting such
                       claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing
                       from time to time, including, without limitation,
                       accepting legal representation with respect to such
                       claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company,

           (iii)       cooperate with the Company in good faith in order
                       effectively to contest such claim, and


                                          8

<PAGE>

            (iv)       permit the Company to participate in any proceedings
                       relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and
expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection
with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an
after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and
penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and
payment of costs and expenses.  Without limiting the foregoing provisions of
this Section 9(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection
with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all
administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing
authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct
the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim
in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to
a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial
jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall
determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay
such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such
payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and
hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or
income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with
respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to
such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of
limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive
with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited
solely to such contested amount.  Furthermore, the Company's control of the
contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment
would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or
contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue
Service or any other taxing authority.

           (d)  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by
the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive
any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the
Company's complying with the requirements of Section 9(c)) promptly pay to the
Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited
thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive
of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), a determination
is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to
such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its
intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after
such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be
required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent
thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

           10.  FULL SETTLEMENT.  The Company's obligation to make the payments
provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations
thereunder shall not be affected by any circumstances, including, without
limitation, any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which
the Company may have against the Executive or others whether by reason of the
subsequent employment of the Executive or otherwise.  In no event shall the
Executive be


                                          9

<PAGE>

obligated to seek other employment by way of mitigation of the amounts payable
to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement, and no amount
payable under this Agreement shall be reduced on account of any compensation
received by the Executive from other employment.  In the event that the
Executive shall in good faith give a Notice of Termination for Good Reason and
it shall thereafter be determined by mutual consent of the Executive and the
Company or by a tribunal having jurisdiction over the matter that Good Reason
did not exist, the employment of the Executive shall, unless the Company and the
Executive shall otherwise mutually agree, be deemed to have terminated, at the
date of giving such purported Notice of Termination, by mutual consent of the
Company and the Executive and, except as provided in the last preceding
sentence, the Executive shall be entitled to receive only those payments and
benefits which he would have been entitled to receive at such date otherwise
than under this Agreement.

           11.  DISPUTES; LEGAL FEES AND EXPENSES. (a) Any dispute or
controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled
exclusively and finally by expedited arbitration, conducted before a single
arbitrator in Minneapolis, Minnesota, in accordance with the rules governing
employment disputes then in effect of the American Arbitration Association.
The arbitrator shall be approved by both the Company and the Executive.
Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having
jurisdiction.

           (b)  In the event that any claim by the Executive under this
Agreement is disputed, the Company shall pay all reasonable legal fees
and expenses incurred by the Executive in pursuing such claim, provided that the
Executive is successful as to at least part of the disputed claim by reason of
arbitration, settlement or otherwise.

           12.  CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NONCOMPETITION. (a) The Executive
shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or
confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or any of
its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, (I) obtained by the
Executive during his employment by the Company or any of its affiliated
companies and (II) not otherwise public knowledge (other than by reason of an
unauthorized act by the Executive).  After termination of the Executive's
employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written
consent of the Company, unless compelled pursuant to an order of a court or
other body having jurisdiction over such matter, communicate or divulge any such
information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those
designated by it.

                (b)    It is mutually acknowledged that by virtue of Employee's
former positions with the Company and its subsidiaries, he has become possessed
of certain valuable and confidential information concerning the customers,
business methods, procedures and techniques of the Company and its subsidiaries.
It is further understood that Employee has developed contacts among the
customers of the Company and its subsidiaries, and it is mutually understood and
agreed that the customers of the Company and its subsidiaries and the business
methods and procedures and techniques developed by the Company and its
subsidiaries are valuable assets and properties of the Company and its
subsidiaries.  Without limitation, it is also specifically acknowledged that
great trust on the part of the Company and its subsidiaries has resided in


                                          10

<PAGE>

Employee, since Employee's former duties have included involvement in the
management, promotion and development of the Company's business.  Accordingly,
the parties deem it necessary to enter into the protective covenants set forth
below, the terms and conditions of which have been negotiated by and between the
parties hereto:

                    (i) Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, on his own behalf or on the behalf of any third party, perform
management, accounting, financial, marketing, sales, administrative or executive
duties, in any business conducted within the Territories (as defined below)
which engages in originating or purchasing automobile or truck loans or leases
from automobile or truck dealers, packaging such loans or leases, reselling such
loans or leases or servicing such loans or leases (the "Restricted Activities").
As used in this Addendum, the term "Territories" means any state in which any
loans or leases originated or acquired by the Company originated (determined by
the location of the dealers from whom the loans or leases were purchased or, in
the case of loans or leases originated by the Company, where the borrower or
lessee resides).

                    (ii) Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, solicit, divert, take away or attempt to solicit, divert, or take
away from the Company, or any subsidiary, any of the dealers and other sources
from which the Company or any subsidiary acquires loans or leases or from whom
the loan or lease packages are received by the Company or any subsidiary.

                    (iii) Employee agrees that during the Retention Period and
until the first anniversary of the Date of Termination, he will not, directly or
indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of others, solicit,
divert or hire away, or in any manner attempt to solicit, divert or hire away
any person employed by the Company or any subsidiary, whether or not such
employee is a full-time employee or a temporary employee of the Company or any
subsidiary, and whether or not such employment was pursuant to a written or oral
contract of employment and whether or not such employment was for a determined
period or was at will.

           (c)  Employee acknowledges that the provisions of this Section 12
constitute a material inducement to the Company to enter into the Agreement.
Employee further acknowledges that the Company's remedy at law for a breach by
him of the provisions of this Section 12 will be inadequate.  Accordingly, in
the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of any provision of this
Section 12, the Company will be entitled to injunctive relief in addition to any
other remedy it may have.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained
in, this Section 12 are hereafter construed to be invalid or unenforceable in
any jurisdiction, the same will not affect the remainder of the provisions or
the enforceability thereof in any other jurisdiction, which will be given full
effect, without regard to the invalidity or unenforceability in such other
jurisdiction.  If any of the provisions of, or covenants contained in, this
Section 12 are held to be unenforceable in any jurisdiction because of the
duration or geographical scope thereof, the parties agree that the court making
such determination will have the power to reduce the duration or geographical
scope of such provision or covenant and, in its reduced form, such


                                          11

<PAGE>

provision or covenant will be enforceable; provided, however, that the
determination of such court will not affect the enforceability of this Section
12 in any other jurisdiction.

           (d)  In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of
this Section 12 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any
amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement or under any
other agreement, plan or arrangement.

           13.  SUCCESSORS. (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive 
and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be 
assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and 
distribution.  This  Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be 
enforceable by the Executive's legal representatives.

           (b)  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon the Company and its successors.  The Company shall require any successor to
all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, whether
direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock, or
otherwise, by an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Executive,
expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and
to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform if no such
succession had taken place.

           14.  MISCELLANEOUS. (a) APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota,
applied without reference to principles of conflict of laws.

           (b)  AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified
otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their
respective successors and legal representatives.

           (c)  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall
be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by
registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid,
addressed as follows:

    If to the Executive:               Robert A. Barbee
                                       7446 Cahill Road
                                       Edina, MN 55349

    If to the Company:                 Olympic Financial Ltd.
                                       7825 Washington Avenue South
                                       Minneapolis, MN 55439

                                       Attention: Secretary
                                       (with a copy to the attention of the
                                       General Counsel)


                                          12

<PAGE>

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in
writing in accordance herewith.  Notices and communications shall be effective
when actually received by the addressee.

           (d)  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company may withhold from any amounts
payable under this Agreement such Federal, State or local taxes as shall be
required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

           (e)  SEVERABILITY.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of
any other provision of this Agreement.

           (f)  CAPTIONS. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the
provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect.

           (g)  POOLING TRANSACTIONS.  The parties acknowledge that certain of
the provisions of this Agreement may grant to the Executive benefits in excess
of those granted to the Executive pursuant to the prior employment agreement
(the "Prior Agreement") superseded hereby pursuant to Section 2 hereof.  The
parties agree that (i) in the event the grant of any such additional benefit
would, in the opinion of Ernst & Young LLP or such other nationally recognized
accounting firm selected by the Company, prevent the Company from receiving a
pooling of interests treatment under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16,
and (ii) in the further event that such a pooling transaction shall be
consummated by the Company and an acquiring entity; then in such events, the
Executive agrees that the grant of any such additional benefits hereunder shall
be amended as of the day prior to the closing of such pooling transaction to the
extent necessary to enable the Company to gain pooling treatment under
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 16 for such transaction; provided such
amendment shall not reduce any such benefit such that it is less than that which
was granted to the Executive under the Prior Agreement.

           IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set his hand and the
Company has caused this Agreement to be executed in its name on its behalf, all
as of the day and year first above written.

                                                 OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                                 By:  /s/ Warren Kantor
                                                     --------------------------
                                                 Name:
                                                       ------------------------
                                                 Title: Chairman of the Board
                                                        -----------------------

                                                 /s/ Robert A. Barbee
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Robert A. Barbee


                                          13




<PAGE>

                           CONSULTING AGREEMENT

     THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT, herein referred to as "Agreement" made and 
entered into as of the 1st day of January, 1996, by and between Olympic 
Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company") and Warren Kantor 
("Consultant").

     WHEREAS, the Company engages in the sales finance business, and

     WHEREAS, the Consultant has numerous years of experience in the 
financial services accounting and finance profession, and

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to engage Consultant to perform certain 
consulting services for the Company, and

     WHEREAS, Consultant is seeking such engagement, and

     WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth the terms and conditions of 
consulting services to be provided by Consultant to the Company.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual benefits 
which will accrue to the parties to this Agreement, it is mutually understood 
and agreed as follows:

     1.   DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES. Consultant shall furnish and perform the 
consulting services pertinent to the operations of the Company which are 
specifically set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof 
(the "Consulting Services"). The Consulting Services shall be provided as 
needed by the Company; provided, however, that Consulting Services are not to 
exceed one hundred fifty (150) hours. Consultant and the Company may from 
time to time agree that additional hours are desired, for which additional 
Consulting Services Consultant shall be paid at an hourly rate to be agreed 
upon by Consultant and the Company. The terms of this Agreement shall apply 
to any such additional hours per year. Such services shall be performed to be 
best of the Consultant's ability and in a competent, efficient and 
satisfactory manner. The Company acknowledges that Consultant is engaged in 
various other substantial business activities, that the Company's request for 
Consulting Services hereunder from Consultant shall not unreasonably 
interfere with Consultant's other business activities and that Consultant 
shall be entitled to engage in other business for other persons or entities 
during the term hereof subject to the provisions of paragraph 6 hereof.

     2.   PAYMENT FOR SERVICES. In consideration of the Consulting Services 
to be provided by Consultant to the Company and of other obligations of 
Consultant contained herein, the Company shall, concurrent with the execution 
hereof, execute and deliver to Consultant a non-statutory stock option in the 
form and substance of Exhibit B attached hereto (the "Option Agreement"). 
Pursuant to the Option Agreement, the Company shall grant to Consultant the 
option to purchase up to 40,000 shares of the $.01 par value


                                       1


<PAGE>

common stock of the Company ("Common Stock") at an option price equal to the 
fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of this Agreement, subject 
to the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement.

     3.   REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES.  Consultant shall be reimbursed for any 
and all travel or other expenses borne or expended by Consultant in 
connection with the Consulting Services. Any reasonable expenses incurred by 
Consultant in performing his duties hereunder shall be reimbursed by the 
Company when he furnishes appropriate documentation. Provided however, 
Consultant shall not incur any expenses on behalf of the Company in excess of 
$1,000.00 per individual expense without the prior written authorization of 
the Company.

     4.   TERM OF ENGAGEMENT.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, 
the term of Consultant's engagement hereunder (the "Consulting Term") shall 
commence as of the date of this Agreement and shall continue until December 
31, 1996, unless earlier terminated pursuant to paragraph 5.1.

     5.   TERMINATION.

     5.1 Termination. Consultant's engagement hereunder shall terminate upon 
the happening of any of the following events:

          a.   by the mutual written agreement of the Company and Consultant;

          b.   upon the death of Consultant;

          c.   upon 14 days' prior written notice from the Company to Consultant
               with Cause (as defined below); or

          d.   upon 14 days' prior written notice from Consultant to the 
               Company, if the Company shall fail to make any payment to 
               Consultant required to be made pursuant hereto within 15 
               days after such payment was due.

     As used in this Agreement, the term "Cause" shall mean (i) any fraud, 
misappropriation or embezzlement by Consultant in connection with the 
business of the Company; (ii) any failure by Consultant to perform the 
Consulting Services assigned hereunder, provided that Consultant shall first 
have received a written notice from the Company which sets forth in 
reasonable detail the manner in which Consultant has failed to perform his 
duties, in which case Consultant shall ahve a period of thirty (30) days to 
cure the same, unless the same cannot be reasonably cured within said thirty 
(30) day period, in which event Consultant shall have up to an additional 
ninety (90) days to cure the same; (iii) any material breach by Consultant of 
this Agreement, provided that Consultant shall first have received written 
notice from the Company which sets forth in reasonable detail the breach by 
Consultant and Consultant shall have a period of thirty (30) days after 
receipt of such notice to cure such breach, unless the same cannot be


                                       2


<PAGE>

reasonably cured within said thirty (30) day period, in which event 
Consultant shall have up to an additional ninety (90) days to cure the same; 
(iv) willful destruction of the property or records of the Company; (v) 
dishonesty or deliberate falsification of the Company records; or (vi) 
harassment (including sexual harassment) of a Company employee. The sole 
remedy of the Company in the event of a breach of this Agreement shall be to 
terminate this Agreement.

     6.   PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.

     6.1  PROPRIETARY INFORMATION. Except by the prior written permission 
from the Company, Consultant shall never disclose or use any proprietary 
information ("Proprietary Information") of the Company of which Consultant 
becomes or has become informed during his past or future engagement with the
Company or any of its subsidiaries, whether or not developed by Consultant, 
except as required by his duties to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. 
Proprietary Information shall mean information concerning the Company, its 
business or its customers that derives independent economic value, actual or 
potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily 
ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can derive economic value 
from its disclosure or use. Proprietary Information includes, but is not 
limited to, the following types of information and other information of a 
similar nature (whether or not reduced to writing), all of which Consultant 
agrees constitutes the valuable trade secrets of the Company; research, 
development, know-how, plans and processes, marketing plans and techniques, 
existing and contemplated products and services, customer and prospect names 
and related information, prices, sales, credit scoring, personnel, computer 
programs and related documentation, technical and strategic plans, and 
finances.  Proprietary Information also includes any information of the 
foregoing nature that the Company treats as a proprietary or designates as 
Proprietary Information, whether or not owned or developed by the Company. 
Information does not lose its Proprietary Information status merely because 
it was known by a limited number of other persons or entities or because it 
did not entirely originate with the Company. Such nondisclosure and non-use 
shall mean, without limiting the generality the generality of the foregoing, 
during the Consulting Term and at all times thereafter, the Consultant agrees 
to receive, maintain, and use Proprietary Information in the strictest 
confidence and, except with the consent of the Company will not directly or 
indirectly reveal, report, publish, disclose, or transfer any Proprietary 
Information to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity or utilize any 
Proprietary Information for the Consultant's own benefit or intended benefit 
or for the benefit or intended benefit of any other person, firm, corporation 
or other entity.

     6.2  DELIVERY OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION. Upon the request of the 
Company or the termination of his engagement, Consultant agrees to deliver to 
the Company all materials that include Proprietary Information, including 
without limitation customer lists, instruction sheets, manuals, computer 
programs (including source codes), letters, financial records, notes, 
notebooks, reports and copies thereof, and all other materials which are under 
his control and which relate to the business of the Company or its 
subsidiaries. Consultant agrees and understands that the Proprietary 
Information and all information


                                       3


<PAGE>

contained therein shall be at all times the property of the Company. Further, 
upon termination of his engagement, Consultant agrees to make available to 
any person designated by the Company all information concerning pending or 
preceding transactions or programs which may affect the operation of the 
Company or any of its subsidiaries about which Consultant has knowledge. The 
obligations of Consultant contained in this paragraph are in addition to the 
obligation of Consultant to return to the Company, upon the request of the 
Company or the termination of his engagement, all property of the Company 
then in his possession.

     6.3  NON-COMPETITION. It is mutually acknowledged that by virtue of 
Consultant's position as a director of the Company and his engagement 
hereunder, the Company has divulged and will divulge or make accessible to 
Consultant, and Consultant has and will become possessed of, certain valuable 
and confidential information concerning the customers, business methods, 
procedures and techniques of the Company. It is further understood that 
Consultant, in the course of and because of his position as a director of the 
Company and his engagement hereunder, has developed and will develop contacts 
among the customers of the Company, and it is mutually understood and agreed 
that the customers of the Company and the business methods and procedures and 
techniques developed by the Company are valuable assets and properties of the 
Company. Without limitation, it is also specifically acknowledged that great 
trust on the part of the Company has and will reside in Consultant because 
Consultant's duties will include involvement in the promotion and development 
of the Company's business. Consultant acknowledges that the restrictions and 
covenants set forth below constitute a material inducement to the Company to 
enter into this Agreement.

     Accordingly, the parties deem it necessary to enter into the protective 
agreements set forth below, the terms and conditions of which have been 
negotiated by and between the parties hereto:

     a.   Consultant agrees with the Company and for the benefit of the 
          Company that through the actual date of termination of Consultant's
          engagement, and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the 
          "Non-Compete Period"), Consultant will not, in his own behalf or on
          the behalf of any third party, engage in, manage, operate, join, 
          control or participate in the ownership, management operation or 
          control of, or be connected in any manner with, directly or 
          indirectly, in any business conducted within the Territories 
          (as defined below) which competes with the business of the 
          Company (as such exists during the term of Consultant's engagement);
          provided, however, Consultant's relationship with Advanta Corp., 
          whether direct or indirect, either during the Consulting Term or the
          Non-Compete Period, shall not be prohibited by, and shall not 
          constitute a breach of, the provisions of this subparagraph 6.3. As 
          used in this Agreement, the term "Territories" shall mean the States
          of Arizona, California, Colorado, Connecticut, Florida, Georgia, 
          Iowa, Illinois, Kansas, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska,
          Nevada, New Mexico, North Carolina, North Dakota,


                                       4
<PAGE>

          Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, South Dakota, 
          Tennessee, Texas, Utah and Washington and any other state 
          in which at least 5% of the loans acquired by the Company 
          originated (determined by the location of the dealers from 
          whom the loans were purchased). Provided, however, the 
          foregoing restriction shall not prevent Consultant from 
          owning less than 5% of publicly traded securities of any 
          company engaged in a business competing with that of the 
          Company.

       b. Consultant agrees that during his engagement by the 
          Company and for a  period of twelve (12) months following 
          the termination, for whatever reason, of his engagement 
          by the Company, he will not, either directly or 
          indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on 
          behalf of others solicit, divert or hire away, or in any 
          manner attempt to solicit, divert or hire away to any 
          competitor of the Company, any person employed by the 
          Company, whether or not such employee is a full-time 
          employee or a temporary employee of the Company, and 
          whether or not such employment was pursuant to a written 
          or oral contract of employment and whether or not such 
          employment was for a determined period or was at will.

     6.4  SEVERABILITY. The covenants of Consultant set forth in this 
paragraph 6 are separate and independent covenants for which valuable 
consideration has been or will be  paid or given, receipt of which is 
acknowledged by Consultant, and have also been made by Consultant to induce 
the Company to enter into this Agreement. Each of the aforesaid covenants may 
be availed of or relied upon by the Company in any court of competent 
jurisdiction.

     6.5  SPECIFIC ENFORCEMENT. Consultant understands and agrees that a 
breach by him of any provisions of this Agreement will cause the Company 
irreparable injury and damage which cannot by compensable by receipt of money 
damages. Consultant, therefore, expressly agrees that the Company shall be 
entitled, in addition to any other remedies legally available, to injunctive 
and/or other equitable relief to prevent a breach of this Agreement or any 
part thereof.

      7.  OWNERSHIP OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION. All Proprietary Information 
prepared, created or assembled by Consultant or caused by Consultant to be 
prepared, created or assembled in connection with this Agreement, as well as 
any copyright, patent and trademark rights related thereto, shall be work 
made for hire and shall at all times remain the sole and exclusive property 
of the Company.

      8.  RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES. Consultant is engaged by the Company only 
for the purpose and to the extent set forth in this Agreement, and 
Consultant's relationship to the Company shall, during the period covered by 
this Agreement, be that of an independent contractor. Consultant shall not be 
considered an employee of the Company and shall not be entitled to 
participate in any plans, arrangements or distributions by the Company 
pertaining to or in connection with any insurance, pension, stock, bonus, 
profit


                                        5


<PAGE>

sharing or similar employee benefits given employees of the Company. 
Consultant shall be under the control of the Company as to the result of 
Consultant's work only and not as to the means by which such result is 
accomplished. Consultant shall not represent that Consultant has any power to 
bind the Company or to assume or to create any obligation or responsibility, 
express or implied, on behalf of the Company or in its name. The Company 
shall not be liable for any losses, injuries, damages, or claims of any 
nature whatsoever arising out of Consultant's activities or representations 
under or in connection with this Agreement.

     9.  TAXES. Consultant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be the 
obligation of Consultant to report as income, all compensation received by 
Consultant hereunder and agrees to reimburse, indemnify and to hold and save 
the Company harmless to the extent of any obligations imposed by law on the 
Company to pay withholding taxes, social security, unemployment or 
disability liability insurance or similar items in connection with any 
compensation paid to the Consultant.

     10.  MISCELLANEOUS.

     10.1  VALIDITY.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement 
shall be interpreted so that it is valid under applicable law. In case one or 
more of the provisions of this Agreement is to any extent found to be 
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law, that 
provision shall still be effective to the extent it remains valid and the 
validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained 
herein shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If, moreover, 
any one or more of the restrictions contained in this Agreement is for any 
reason held excessively broad, it shall be construed or rewritten 
(blue-lined) so as to be enforceable to the extent of the greatest protection 
to the Company compatible with applicable law.

    10.2  APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement is entered into in the State of 
Minnesota and shall be construed, interpreted and enforced according to the 
statutes, rules of law and court decisions of said state.

   10.3  ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS. This Agreement and the Option 
Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the Company and Consultant with 
respect to Consultant's engagement by the Company and supercedes any other 
understandings or agreements, whether written or oral. This Agreement may be 
amended or superceded only by an agreement in writing by the Company and 
Consultant.

   10.4  NOTICES. All notices, requests, demands and other communications 
provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently 
given if and when mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt 
requested, to the Company and its executive office and to Consultant at his 
address set forth below or in either case such other address specified by a 
party hereto in a written notice hereunder, or when personally delivered.

                                      6

<PAGE>

   10.5  BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to 
the benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns. This Agreement 
shall also be binding upon the inure to the benefit of Consultant and his 
heirs and representatives. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party 
without the prior written consent of the other party.

    10.6  RESERVATION OF RIGHTS. Nothing contained herein shall limit any 
other rights the Company has at law in connection with Consultant's 
obligations to the Company, all of which are preserved.

    10.7  SURVIVAL. Notwithstanding any termination of Consultant's 
engagement hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, the provisions of 
paragraph 6 hereof shall survive termination of this Agreement and 
termination of Consultant's engagement hereunder.

   10.8  1994 AGREEMENT. The parties' obligations under this Agreement are 
in addition to, and not in lieu of, those obligations of the parties under that 
certain Consulting Agreement dated December 19, 1994 between the parties.

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be 
executed as of the day and year first above written.



                                              Olympic Financial Ltd.


                                              By /s/ Jeffrey C. Mack
- ----------------------------------              -----------------------------
Warren Kantor                                   Jeffrey C. Mack
720 Springmill Road                             Its Chief Executive Officer
Villanova, PA 19185                             7825 Washington Avenue South
                                                Minneapolis, MN  55439-2435.



                                        7

<PAGE>



                                CONSULTING AGREEMENT

                                     EXHIBIT A


CONSULTANT'S SERVICES. Consultant shall endeavor to promote the interests of 
the Company and shall provide to the Company advice as to its manner of doing 
business in such of the following areas as are requested by the Company:

                     long range planning,
                     tax strategies development, treasury function review,
                     internal audit function review,
                     asset liability strategy development,
                     asset backed securitization development,
                     asset backed securitization planning,
                     corporate development (merger, acquisition)
                     investor relations,
                     due diligence (re: acquisitions),
                     financing strategies,
                     SEC relations,
                     capital raising strategies,
                     reserving architecture,
                     asset quality review, and
                     note program strategy.

Consultant shall provide advice and services as to such other related areas 
of the business of the Company as may be reasonably requested from time to 
time by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Company desires to 
retain the services of Consultant, even though Consultant may become disabled 
or incapacitated. Accordingly, notwithstanding anything to the contrary 
contained herein, it is expressly understood that the inability of Consultant 
from time to time to render services to the Company by reason of absences, or 
temporary, or permanent illness, disability, or incapacity, or for any 
other reasonable cause beyond the control of Consultant, shall not constitute 
a failure by him to perform, his obligations hereunder and shall not be 
deemed a breach or default by him hereunder.



                                            8


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT B

                              OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                     NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

     Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), hereby 
grants to Warren Kantor (the "Optionee"), an option (the "Option") to 
purchase a total of 40,000 shares of the $.01 par value common stock ("Common 
Stock") of the Company (the "Shares"), at the price determined as provided 
herein, and in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and provisions 
hereof. The grant of this Option is subject to the approval thereof by the 
shareholders of the Corporation (if such approval is required by applicable 
laws or regulations) and by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

     1. NATURE OF THE OPTION. This Non-Statutory Stock Option is not intended 
to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422A of the Code.

     2. EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price is $16.25 for each share of Common 
Stock, which price the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has 
determined is not less than the fair market value per share of the Common 
Stock on the date of grant.

     3. EXERCISE OF OPTION. The Option shall be exercisable during its term 
as follows:
     
          (i) RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

               (a) Subject to subsections 3(i)(b), (c) and (d) below, this 
Option shall be exercisable to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of 
the Shares subject to the Option commencing on December 31, 1996. Provided, 
however, as of the date of the occurrence of the first to occur of any of the 
following events prior to December 31, 1996, notwithstanding the previous 
sentence of this subsection 3(i)(a), this Option shall be exercisable 
cumulatively to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the Shares 
subject to the Option regardless of whether otherwise exercisable by the 
Optionee:

                    x) the termination by the Company of the Consulting 
               Agreement dated December 31, 1996, by and between the Company 
               and the Optionee (the "Consulting Agreement") without Cause as 
               such term is defined in the Consulting Agreement; or
               
                    y) a "Change of Control" of the Company. As used herein 
               the term "Change of Control" shall mean any transaction or 
               series of transactions by which the Company shall merge with 
               or consolidate into any other person or lease or sell 
               substantially all of its and its subsidiaries assets (other 
               than asset sales in connection with automobile loan 
               securitization transactions) substantially as an entirety to 
               any other person or by which any person or group (within the 
               meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 
               1934) acquires, directly or
               
                                        1

<PAGE>

               indirectly, 51% or more of the Company's outstanding common 
               stock (calculated on a fully diluted basis).

                    (b) This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a 
share.

                    (c) In the event of Optionee's death, disability or other 
termination of the Consulting Agreement, the exercisability of the Option is 
governed by Section 7, 8 and 9 below, subject to the limitations contained in 
subsection 3(i)(d).

                    (d) In no event may this Option be exercised after the 
date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 
below.

          (ii) METHOD OF EXERCISE. This Option shall be exercisable by 
written notice which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the 
number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such 
other representations and agreements as to the holder's investment intent with 
respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company. 
Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in 
person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The written 
notice shall be accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Until 
certificates for the Shares are issued to the Optionee, such Optionee shall 
not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company.

     No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless 
such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of 
law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may 
then be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares 
shall be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date of which the 
Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

     4. OPTIONEE'S REPRESENTATIONS. In the event the Shares purchasable 
pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, 
Optionee shall, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this 
Option, deliver to the Company his Investment Representation Statement in the 
form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

     5. METHOD OF PAYMENT. Payment of the exercise price shall be by (i) 
cash; (ii) check or (iii) if authorized by the Board of Directors of the 
Company, the surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which 
(A) either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on 
the date of surrender or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the 
Company and (B) have a fair market value (as determined by the Board) on the 
date of surrender equal to the exercise price of the Shares as to which the 
Option is being exercised.

     6. RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE. This Option may not be exercised if the 
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method or payment of 
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable 
federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule 
under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations ("Regulation 
G") as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the 
exercise of this Option, the

                                      2

<PAGE>

Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the 
Company as may be required by an applicable law or regulation.

     7. TERMINATION OF STATUS AS A DIRECTOR.  In the event of termination of 
Optionee's status as a member of the Board of Directors of the Company for any 
reason other than his death or disability, Optionee may, but only within six 
months after the date of such termination (but in no event later than the 
date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 
below), exercise this Option to the extent that he was entitled to exercise 
it at the date of such termination. To the extent that Optionee was not 
entitled to exercise this Option at the date of such termination, or if he 
does not exercise this Option within the time specified herein, the Option 
shall terminate.

     8. DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7 
above, in the event of termination of Optionee's status as a member of the 
Board of Directors of the Company as a result of his disability, he may, but 
only within one year from the date of such termination (but in no event later 
than the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in 
Section 11 below), exercise his Option to the extent he was entitled to 
exercise it at the date of such termination. To the extent that Optionee was 
not entitled to exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if he does 
not exercise such Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time 
specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

     9. DEATH OF OPTIONEE. In the event of the death of Optionee:

          (i) during the term of this Option and while a member of the Board 
of Directors of the Company and having been a continuous member thereof (as 
determined by the Board in its sole discretion) since the date of grant of 
the Option, the Option may be exercised, at any time within one (1) year 
following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of 
expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), by 
Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the 
Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was 
entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death; or

          (ii) within three months after termination of Optionee's status as 
a member of the Board of Directors, the Option may be exercised, at any time 
within nine (9) months following the date of death (but in no event later than 
the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 
below), by Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to 
exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the 
right to exercise that had accrued at the date of his status as a member 
thereof.

     10. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION. This Option may not be transferred in 
any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution 
and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him.  The terms 
of this Option shall be binding upon the Optionee and his or her personal 
representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

     11. TERM OF OPTION. This Option may not be exercised after December 31, 
2005, and may be exercised only in accordance with the terms of this Option.

                                     3
<PAGE>

     12. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR MERGER. The number of 
shares of Common Stock covered by this Option and the exercise price shall be 
proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued 
and outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse 
stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common 
Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of 
Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; 
provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the 
Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of 
consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose 
determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except 
as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock 
of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, or 
options or rights to purchase shares of stock of any class shall affect, and 
no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or 
price of shares of Common Stock subject to this Option.

     In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, 
the Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such 
proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Board. The Board may, in 
the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that the 
Option shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Board and give the Optionee 
the right to exercise his Option as to all or any part of the Shares. In the 
event of a change of control of the Company, the Board shall notify the 
Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of ten (10) 
days from the date of such notice, and the Option will terminate upon the 
expiration of such period.

     13. NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER. The Optionee shall have no rights as a 
shareholder with respect to any Shares subject to this Option prior to the 
date of issuance to him of a certificate or certificates for such shares.

DATE OF GRANT: January 1, 1996

                                      OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.



                                      By: /s/ Jeffrey C. Mack
                                          -----------------------------------
                                          Jeffrey C. Mack
                                          Title: Chief Executive Officer





                                      4

<PAGE>

     OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COPY OF THE OPTION AGREEMENT AND 
CERTAIN INFORMATION RELATED THERETO AND REPRESENTS THAT HE IS FAMILIAR WITH 
THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF, AND HEREBY ACCEPTS THIS OPTION SUBJECT TO 
ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF. OPTIONEE HAS REVIEWED THIS OPTION IN 
ITS ENTIRETY, HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO OBTAIN THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL PRIOR TO 
EXECUTING THIS OPTION AND FULLY UNDERSTANDS ALL PROVISIONS OF THE OPTION. 
OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES TO ACCEPT AS BINDING, CONCLUSIVE AND FINAL ALL 
DECISIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS OF THE BOARD UPON ANY QUESTIONS ARISING UNDER 
THE OPTION. OPTIONEE FURTHER AGREES TO NOTIFY THE COMPANY UPON ANY CHANGE IN 
THE RESIDENCE ADDRESS INDICATED BELOW.

Dated: January 1 , 1996                Optionee:

                                       /s/ Warren Kantor
                                       -------------------------------------
                                       Warren Kantor
                                       Residence Address:
                                       720 Springmill Road
                                       Villanova, PA 19185






                                        5



<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                       INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

PURCHASER:      Warren Kantor

ISSUER:         OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

SECURITY:       COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT:         40,000 SHARES

DATE:                       ,

In connection with the purchase of the Common Stock ("Securities") of OLYMPIC 
FINANCIAL LTD. (the "Company"), the undersigned represents to the Company the 
following:

          (a)  I am aware of the Company's business affairs and financial 
condition, and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to 
reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. I am 
purchasing these Securities for my own account for investment purposes only 
and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any 
"distribution" thereof for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
(the "Securities Act").

          (b)  I understand that the Securities have not been registered 
under the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, 
which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of my 
investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, I understand that, 
in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), the 
statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if my representation 
was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for 
the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred 
sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the 
Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the 
future.

          (c)  I further understand that the Securities must be held 
indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or 
unless an exemption from registration is otherwise available. Moreover, I 
understand that the Company is under no obligation to register the 
Securities. In addition, I understand that the certificate evidencing the 
Securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of 
the Securities unless they are registered or such registration is not 
required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

          (d)  I am familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, 
each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit 
limited public resale of "restricted securities" acquired, directly or 
indirectly, from the issuer thereof, in a non-public 

                                       6

<PAGE>

offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides 
that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of issuance of the 
Securities, such issuance will be exempt from registration under the 
Securities Act. In the event the Company later becomes subject to the 
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter the securities exempt under Rule 701 may 
be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified 
by Rule 144, including other things: (1) the sale being made through a broker 
in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions directly with a 
market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain 
public information about the Company, and the amount of securities being sold 
during any three month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 
144(e), if applicable. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), I acknowledge and 
agree to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) hereof.

     In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the 
time of issuance of the Securities, then the Securities may be resold in 
certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which 
requires among other things: (1) the availability of certain public 
information about the Company, (2) the resale occurring not less than two 
years after the party has purchased, and made full payment for, within the 
meaning of Rule 144, the securities to be sold; and, in the case of an 
affiliate, or of a non-affiliate who has held the securities less than three 
years, (3) the sale being made through a broker in an unsolicited "broker's 
transaction" or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is 
defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and the amount of 
securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the 
specified limitations stated therein, if applicable.

          (e)  I further understand that in the event all of the applicable 
requirements of Rule 144 or Rule 701 are not satisfied, registration under 
the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration 
exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact Rule 144 and 
Rule 701 are not exclusive, the staff of the SEC has expressed its opinion 
that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a 
registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701 will 
have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from 
registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and 
their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their 
own risk.

                                    Signature of Purchaser:


                                    /s/ Warren Kantor
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                    Warren Kantor
                                    Date:  January 1, 1996


                                       7




<PAGE>

                                    [LETTERHEAD]


                                   August 26, 1996





Mr. Warren Kantor
c/o Olympic Financial Ltd.
7825 Washington Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55439-2435

Dear Mr. Kantor:

     This letter is to confirm the terms pursuant to which you have agreed to
serve as Chairman of the Executive Committee (the "Committee") of the Board of
Directors (the "Board") of Olympic Financial Ltd. (the "Company"), effective as
of August 26, 1996.

     You shall serve as Chairman of the Committee until the earliest of: 
(i) your removal by the Board, (ii) your resignation from such position, or 
(iii) August 14, 1997.  During this period you will normally devote two and one
half (2 1/2) days per week to the affairs of the Company, two (2) of which 
will normally be spent at the Company's offices in Minneapolis, Minnesota.  
It is understood that you have unchangeable commitments approximately one 
week per month when you will not be in Minneapolis, Minnesota and you will 
only be available by phone.  In your capacity as Chairman of the Committee, 
you shall serve as neither an employee nor an executive officer of the 
Company.

     In consideration for your services as Chairman of the Committee, you shall
be entitled to the following compensation:

     1.   200,000 options to purchase shares of the Company's common stock at
          $17.375 per share (100,000 options to be immediately vested and
          exercisable, and the remainder to be proportionately vested and
          exercisable on the basis of your tenure as Chairman of the Committee
          on and after February 14, 1997 through August 14, 1997).  Options to
          purchase shares which have not vested on the date your duties as
          Chairman of the Committee cease shall be forfeited.

     2.   A bonus of up to 25,714 shares of the Company's common stock to be
          paid as follows: (i) you will receive a bonus of 12,857 shares on
          August 26, 1996, and (ii) if your duties as Chairman of the Committee
          end on or after February 14, 1997, the number of additional bonus
          shares you


<PAGE>

Mr. Warren Kantor
August 26, 1996
Page 2

          will be determined by multiplying 12,857 shares by the percentage of
          the time that you will serve as Chairman of the Committee for the
          period from February 14, 1997 through August 14, 1997.  Such
          additional shares, if any, will be issued upon the termination of your
          service as Chairman.

     3.   The Company shall provide reimbursement for all reasonable expenses
          incurred in connection with the performance of your duties as the
          Chairman of the Committee, including expenses for travel, lodging,
          telephonic communications and similar items.

     If the terms of this letter meet with your approval and understanding,
please so indicate by signing your name as printed below.


                                   OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                   By: The Compensation Committee of its
                                        Board of Directors


                                      /s/ James L. Davis
                                      -----------------------------------
                                      James L. Davis

Agreed and Accepted as of
the date first written above.


/s/ Warren Kantor
- -----------------------------
Warren Kantor



<PAGE>

                                   [LETTERHEAD]


                                  December 18, 1996




Mr. Warren Kantor
c/o Olympic Financial Ltd.
7825 Washington Avenue South
Minneapolis, MN 55439

     Re:     Letter Agreement dated August 26, 1996

Dear Mr. Kantor:

     By letter agreement dated August 26, 1996 (the "Letter Agreement") you and
Olympic Financial Ltd. ("Olympic") set forth the terms and conditions pursuant
to which you would act as Chairman of the Executive Committee of the Board of
Directors of Olympic.  On or about such date, you were awarded an option to
purchase 200,000 shares of Olympic Common Stock (with 100,000 of such options
vesting as of such date) and were issued 12,857 shares of such stock.  In
addition, it was agreed that Olympic would grant to you a bonus comprised of the
vesting of up to an additional 100,000 of such options and the issuance of up
to an additional 12,857 shares of such stock.  The number of bonus option shares
vesting and the number of bonus shares granted was to be dependent upon the days
you served in your capacity of the Chairman of the Executive Committee on and
after February 14, 1997.

     In light of the changes in circumstances since the date of the Letter
Agreement including, without limitation, the likelihood that the Company will
not be acquired in the near future, the number of hours you have served in your
capacity as Chairman to date and the likelihood that a Chief Executive Officer
of the Company will be selected in the near future, the Board and the
Compensation Committee have concluded that it is in the best interest of Olympic
that the vesting of the 100,000 bonus options granted on August 26, 1996 be
accelerated to February 14, 1997 in the event you continue to act as the
Chairman of the Executive Committee or Chairman of the Board through such date
and that the additional 12,857 bonus shares of common stock also be issued on
such date if you hold either such position through such date.  Notwithstanding
such vesting and issuance, it is the Company's understanding that you will
continue to act in either or both


<PAGE>


Warren Kantor
December 26, 1996
Page 2

such capacities through August 14, 1997 or until such earlier date as the Board
removes you therefrom.

     If the above-stated terms are acceptable to you, please so indicate by
signing below and returning this letter to me.

                                        OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                        By: The Compensation Committee  of
                                            its Board of Directors




                                        By: /s/James L. Davis
                                            ----------------------------
                                             James L. Davis
                                             Its Chairman

Agreed and Accepted as of the
date first above written.


/s/ Warren Kantor
- ----------------------------
Warren Kantor

JDA:mrs


<PAGE>

                                 CONSULTING AGREEMENT

    THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT, herein referred to as "Agreement" made and
entered into as of the 1st day of January, 1997, by and between Olympic
Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company") and Warren Kantor
("Consultant").

    WHEREAS, the Company engages in the sales finance business, and

    WHEREAS, the Consultant has numerous years of experience in the financial
services accounting and finance profession, and

    WHEREAS, the Company desires to engage Consultant to perform certain
consulting services for the Company, and

    WHEREAS, Consultant is seeking such engagement, and

    WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth the terms and conditions of
consulting services to be provided by Consultant to the Company.

    NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual benefits
which will accrue to the parties to this Agreement, it is mutually understood
and agreed as follows:

    1.     DESCRIPTION OF SERVICES.  Consultant shall furnish and perform the
consulting services pertinent to the operations of the Company which are
specifically set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof (the
"Consulting Services").  The Consulting Services shall be provided as needed by
the Company; provided, however, that Consulting Services are not to exceed four
hundred fifty (450) hours.  Consultant and the Company may from time to time
agree that additional hours are desired, for which additional Consulting
Services Consultant shall be paid at an hourly rate to be agreed upon by
Consultant and the Company.  The terms of this Agreement shall apply to any such
additional hours per year.  Such services shall be performed to be best of the
Consultant's ability and in a competent, efficient and satisfactory manner.  The
Company acknowledges that Consultant is engaged in various other substantial
business activities, that the Company's request for Consulting Services
hereunder from Consultant shall not unreasonably interfere with Consultant's
other business activities and that Consultant shall be entitled to engage in
other business for other persons or entities during the term hereof subject to
the provisions of paragraph 6 hereof.

    2.     PAYMENT FOR SERVICES.  In consideration of the Consulting Services
to be provided by Consultant to the Company and of other obligations of
Consultant contained herein, the Company shall, concurrent with the execution
hereof, execute and deliver to Consultant a non-statutory stock option in the
form and substance of Exhibit B attached hereto (the "Option Agreement").
Pursuant to the Option Agreement, the Company shall grant to Consultant the
option to purchase up to 125,000 shares of the $.01 par value


                                          1

<PAGE>

common stock of the Company ("Common Stock") at an option price equal to the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of this Agreement, subject to
the terms and conditions of the Option Agreement.

    3.     REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES.  Consultant shall be reimbursed for any
and all travel or other expenses borne or expended by Consultant in connection
with the Consulting Services.  Any reasonable expenses incurred by Consultant in
performing his duties hereunder shall be reimbursed by the Company when he
furnishes appropriate documentation.

    4.     TERM OF ENGAGEMENT.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the
term of Consultant's engagement hereunder (the "Consulting Term") shall commence
as of the date of this Agreement and shall continue until December 31, 1997,
unless earlier terminated pursuant to paragraph 5.1.

    5.     TERMINATION.

    5.1    Termination.  Consultant's engagement hereunder shall terminate
upon the happening of any of the following events:

    a.     by the mutual written agreement of the Company and Consultant;

    b.     upon the death of Consultant;

    c.     upon 14 days' prior written notice from the Company to Consultant
           with Cause (as defined below); or

    d.     upon 14 days' prior written notice from Consultant to the Company,
           if the Company shall fail to make any payment to Consultant required
           to be made pursuant hereto within 15 days after such payment was
           due.

    As used in this Agreement, the term "Cause" shall mean (i) any fraud,
misappropriation or embezzlement by Consultant in connection with the business
of the Company; (ii) any failure by Consultant to perform the Consulting
Services assigned hereunder, provided that Consultant shall first have received
a written notice from the Company which sets forth in reasonable detail the
manner in which Consultant has failed to perform his duties, in which case
Consultant shall have a period of thirty (30) days to cure the same, unless the
same cannot be reasonably cured within said thirty (30) day period, in which
event Consultant shall have up to an additional ninety (90) days to cure the
same; (iii) any material breach by Consultant of this Agreement, provided that
Consultant shall first have received written notice from the Company which sets
forth in reasonable detail the breach by Consultant and Consultant shall have a
period of thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to cure such breach,
unless the same cannot be reasonably cured within said thirty (30) day period,
in which event Consultant shall have up to an additional ninety (90) days to
cure the same; (iv) willful destruction of the


                                          2

<PAGE>

property or records of the Company; (v) dishonesty or deliberate falsification
of the Company records; or (vi) harassment (including sexual harassment) of a
Company employee.  The sole remedy of the Company in the event of a breach of
this Agreement shall be to terminate this Agreement.

    6.     PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.

    6.1    PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  Except by the prior written permission
from the Company, Consultant shall never disclose or use any proprietary
information ("Proprietary Information") of the Company of which Consultant
becomes or has become informed during his past or future engagement with the
Company or any of its subsidiaries, whether or not developed by Consultant,
except as required by his duties to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
Proprietary Information shall mean information concerning the Company, its
business or its customers that derives independent economic value, actual or
potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily
ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can derive economic value
from its disclosure or use.  Proprietary Information includes, but is not
limited to, the following types of information and other information of a
similar nature (whether or not reduced to writing), all of which Consultant
agrees constitutes the valuable trade secrets of the Company; research,
development, know-how, plans and processes, marketing plans and techniques,
existing and contemplated products and services, customer and prospect names and
related information, prices, sales, credit scoring, personnel, computer programs
and related documentation, technical and strategic plans, and finances.
Proprietary Information also includes any information of the foregoing nature
that the Company treats as proprietary or designates as Proprietary Information,
whether or not owned or developed by the Company.  Information does not lose its
Proprietary Information status merely because it was known by a limited number
of other persons or entities or because it did not entirely originate with the
Company.  Such nondisclosure and non-use shall mean, without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, during the Consulting Term and at all times
thereafter, the Consultant agrees to receive, maintain, and use Proprietary
Information in the strictest confidence and, except with the consent of the
Company will not directly or indirectly reveal, report, publish, disclose, or
transfer any Proprietary Information to any person, firm, corporation, or other
entity or utilize any Proprietary Information for the Consultant's own benefit
or intended benefit or for the benefit or intended benefit of any other person,
firm, corporation or other entity.

    6.2    DELIVERY OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  Upon the request of the
Company or the termination of his engagement, Consultant agrees to deliver to
the Company all materials that include Proprietary Information, including
without limitation customer lists, instruction sheets, manuals, computer
programs (including source codes), letters, financial records, notes, notebooks,
reports and copies thereof, and all other materials which are under his control
and which relate to the business of the Company or its subsidiaries.  Consultant
agrees and understands that the Proprietary Information and all information
contained therein shall be at all times the property of the Company.  Further,
upon termination of his engagement, Consultant agrees to make available to any
person


                                          3

<PAGE>


designated by the Company all information concerning pending or preceding
transactions or programs which may affect the operation of the Company or any of
its subsidiaries about which Consultant has knowledge.  The obligations of
Consultant contained in this paragraph are in addition to the obligation of
Consultant to return to the Company, upon the request of the Company or the
termination of his engagement, all property of the Company then in his
possession.

    6.3  NON-COMPETITION.    It is mutually acknowledged that by virtue of
Consultant's position as a director of the Company and his engagement hereunder,
the Company has divulged and will divulge or make accessible to Consultant, and
Consultant has and will become possessed of, certain valuable and confidential
information concerning the customers, business methods, procedures and
techniques of the Company.  It is further understood that Consultant, in the
course of and because of his position as a director of the Company and his
engagement hereunder, has developed and will develop contacts among the
customers of the Company, and it is mutually understood and agreed that the
customers of the Company and the business methods and procedures and techniques
developed by the Company are valuable assets and properties of the Company.
Without limitation, it is also specifically acknowledged that great trust on the
part of the Company has and will reside in Consultant because Consultant's
duties will include involvement in the promotion and development of the
Company's business.  Consultant acknowledges that the restrictions and covenants
set forth below constitute a material inducement to the Company to enter into
this Agreement.

    Accordingly, the parties deem it necessary to enter into the protective
agreements set forth below, the terms and conditions of which have been
negotiated by and between the parties hereto:

    a.   Consultant agrees with the Company and for the benefit of the Company
         that through the actual date of termination of Consultant's
         engagement, and for a period of one (1) year thereafter (the
         "Non-Compete Period"), Consultant will not, in his own behalf or on
         the behalf of any third party, engage in, manage, operate, join,
         control or participate in the ownership, management operation or
         control of, or be connected in any manner with, directly or
         indirectly, in any business conducted within the Territories (as
         defined below) which competes with the business of the Company (as
         such exists during the term of Consultant's engagement); provided,
         however, Consultant's relationship with Advanta Corp., whether direct
         or indirect, either during the Consulting Term or the Non-Compete
         Period, shall not be prohibited by, and shall not constitute a breach
         of, the provisions of this subparagraph 6.3. As used in this
         Agreement, the term "Territories" shall mean the any state in which at
         least .5% of the loans acquired by the Company originated (determined
         by the location of the dealers from whom the loans were purchased).
         Provided, however, the foregoing restriction shall not prevent
         Consultant from owning less than

                                          4

<PAGE>

         5% of publicly traded securities of any company engaged in a business
         competing with that of the Company.

    b.   Consultant agrees that during his engagement by the Company and for a
         period of twelve (12) months following the termination, for whatever
         reason, of his engagement by the Company, he will not, either directly
         or indirectly, on his own behalf or in the service or on behalf of
         others solicit, divert or hire away, or in any manner attempt to
         solicit, divert or hire away to any competitor of the Company, any
         person employed by the Company, whether or not such employee is a
         full-time employee or a temporary employee of the Company, and whether
         or not such employment was pursuant to a written or oral contract of
         employment and whether or not such employment was for a determined
         period or was at will.

    6.4  SEVERABILITY.  The covenants of Consultant set forth in this 
paragraph 6 are separate and independent covenants for which valuable 
consideration has been or will be paid or given, receipt of which is 
acknowledged by Consultant, and have also been made by Consultant to induce 
the Company to enter into this Agreement. Each of the aforesaid covenants may 
be availed of or relied upon by the Company in any court of competent 
jurisdiction.

    6.5  SPECIFIC ENFORCEMENT.  Consultant understands and agrees that a breach
by him of any provisions of this Agreement will cause the Company irreparable
injury and damage which cannot by compensable by receipt of money damages.
Consultant, therefore, expressly agrees that the Company shall be entitled, in
addition to any other remedies legally available, to injunctive and/or other
equitable relief to prevent a breach of this Agreement or any part thereof.

    7.   OWNERSHIP OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  All Proprietary Information
prepared, created or assembled by Consultant or caused by Consultant to be
prepared, created or assembled in connection with this Agreement, as well as any
copyright, patent and trademark rights related thereto, shall be work made for
hire and shall at all times remain the sole and exclusive property of the
Company.

    8.   RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES.  Consultant is engaged by the Company only
for the purpose and to the extent set forth in this Agreement, and Consultant's
relationship to the Company shall, during the period covered by this Agreement,
be that of an independent contractor.  Consultant shall not be considered an
employee of the Company and shall not be entitled to participate in any plans,
arrangements or distributions by the Company pertaining to or in connection with
any insurance, pension, stock, bonus, profit sharing or similar employee
benefits given employees of the Company.  Consultant shall be under the control
of the Company as to the result of Consultant's work only and not as to the
means by which such result is accomplished.  Consultant shall not represent that
Consultant has any power to bind the Company or to assume or to create any
obligation or responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of the Company or in
its name.  The

                                          5

<PAGE>

Company shall not be liable for any losses, injuries, damages, or claims of any
nature whatsoever arising out of Consultant's activities or representations
under or in connection with this Agreement.

    9.   TAXES.  Consultant acknowledges and agrees that it shall be the
obligation of Consultant to report as income, all compensation received by
Consultant hereunder and agrees to reimburse, indemnify and to hold and save the
Company harmless to the extent of any obligations imposed by law on the Company
to pay withholding taxes, social security, unemployment or disability liability
insurance or similar items in connection with any compensation paid to
Consultant.

    10.  MISCELLANEOUS.

    10.1 VALIDITY.  Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall
be interpreted so that it is valid under applicable law.  In case any one or
more of the provisions of this Agreement is to any extent found to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law, that provision
shall still be effective to the extent it remains valid and the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall
not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.  If, moreover, any one or more
of the restrictions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held
excessively broad, it shall be construed or rewritten (blue-lined) so as to be
enforceable to the extent of the greatest protection to the Company compatible
with applicable law.

    10.2 APPLICABLE LAW.  This Agreement is entered into in the State of
Minnesota and shall be construed, interpreted and enforced according to the
statutes, rules of law and court decisions of said state.

    10.3 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement and the Option
Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the Company and Consultant with
respect to Consultant's engagement by the Company and supersedes any other
understandings or agreements, whether written or oral.  This Agreement may be
amended or superseded only by an agreement in writing by the Company and
Consultant.

    10.4 NOTICES.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications
provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently
given if and when mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt
requested, to the Company and its executive offices and to Consultant at his
address set forth below or in either case such other address specified by a
party hereto in a written notice hereunder, or when personally delivered.

    10.5 BINDING EFFECT.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the Company and its successors and assigns.  This Agreement shall
also be binding upon the inure to the benefit of Consultant and his heirs and
representatives.  This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the
prior written consent of the other party.


                                          6

<PAGE>

    10.6 RESERVATION OF RIGHTS.  Nothing contained herein shall limit any other
rights the Company has at law in connection with Consultant's obligations to the
Company, all of which are preserved.

    10.7 SURVIVAL.  Notwithstanding any termination of Consultant's engagement
hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, the provisions of paragraph 6
hereof shall survive termination of this Agreement and termination of
Consultant's engagement hereunder.

    10.8 1994 AGREEMENT.  The parties' obligations under this Agreement are in
addition to, and not in lieu of, those obligations of the parties under that
certain Consulting Agreement dated December 19, 1994 between the parties.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be
executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                   Olympic Financial Ltd.

/s/ Warren Kantor                  By:   /s/ Scott H. Anderson
- -----------------------------          --------------------------------
Warren Kantor                          Scott H. Anderson
720 Springmill Road                    Its Vice Chairman
Villanova, PA 19185                    7825 Washington Avenue South
                                       Minneapolis, MN 55439-2435


                                          7

<PAGE>

                                 CONSULTING AGREEMENT

                                      EXHIBIT A


CONSULTANT'S SERVICES.  Consultant shall endeavor to promote the interests of
the Company and shall provide to the Company advice as to its manner of doing
business in such of the following areas as are requested by the Company:

                   long range planning,
                   tax strategies development, treasury function review,
                   internal audit function review,
                   asset liability strategy development,
                   asset backed securitization development,
                   asset backed securitization planning,
                   corporate development (merger, acquisition)
                   investor relations,
                   due diligence (re: acquisitions),
                   financing strategies,
                   SEC relations,
                   capital raising strategies,
                   reserving architecture,
                   asset quality review, and
                   note program strategy.

Consultant shall provide advice and services as to such other related areas of
the business of the Company as may be reasonably requested from time to time by
the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  The Company desires to retain the
services of Consultant, even though Consultant may become disabled or
incapacitated.  Accordingly, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, it is expressly understood that the inability of Consultant from time to
time to render services to the Company by reason of absences, or temporary, or
permanent illness, disability, or incapacity, or for any other reasonable cause
beyond the control of Consultant, shall not constitute a failure by him to
perform his obligations hereunder and shall not be deemed a breach or default by
him hereunder.


                                          8



<PAGE>

                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                         NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), hereby 
grants to Warren Kantor (the "Optionee"), an option (the "Option") to 
purchase a total of 200,000 shares of the $.01 par value common stock 
("Common Stock") of the Company (the "Shares"), at the price determined as 
provided herein, and in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and 
provisions hereof.  Such option is granted pursuant to the terms and 
conditions of a letter agreement between the Company and the Optionee dated 
August 26, 1996.  Such letter agreement and the Option have been approved by 
the Board of Directors at a meeting thereof held August 26, 1996.

     1.     NATURE OF THE OPTION.  This Non-Statutory Stock Option is not 
intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422A 
of the Code.

     2.     EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price is $17.375 for each share of 
Common Stock.

     3.     EXERCISE OF OPTION.  The Option shall be exercisable during its 
term as follows:

            (i)  RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

                 (a)    Subject to subsections 3(i)(b), (c) and (d) below, 
this Option shall be exercisable to the extent of (i) one hundred thousand 
(100,000) of the Shares subject to the Option commencing on August 26, 1996; 
and (ii) that additional number of Shares equal to one hundred thousand 
(100,000) times the percentage (but not more than 100%) determined by 
dividing (a) the number of days elapsed from February 14, 1997 to the date 
the Optionee ceases for any reason to act as the Chairman of the Executive 
Committee of the Company (the "Termination Date") or August 14, 1997, 
whichever first occurs; by (b) one hundred eighty two (182), commencing on 
the earlier of the Termination Date and August 14, 1997.  The Option as to 
any Shares which are not exercisable as of the Termination Date pursuant to 
the previous sentence of this Subsection 3(i) (a) shall lapse and be null and 
void as of the Termination Date.

                 (b)    This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a 
share.

                 (c)    In the event of Optionee's death, the exercisability 
of the Option is governed by Section 7 below, subject to the limitations 
contained in subsection 3(i)(d).

                 (d)    In no event may this Option be exercised after the 
date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 9 below.

            (ii)  METHOD OF EXERCISE.  This Option shall be exercisable by 
written notice which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the 
number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such 
other representations and agreements as to the holder's

                                          1

<PAGE>

investment intent with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be 
required by the Company.  Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee 
and shall be delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the 
Company.  The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the exercise 
price.  Until certificates for the Shares are issued to the Optionee, such 
Optionee shall not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company.

     No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless 
such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of 
law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then 
be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall 
be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is 
exercised with respect to such Shares.

     4.     OPTIONEE'S REPRESENTATIONS.  In the event the Shares purchasable 
pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, 
Optionee shall, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this 
Option, deliver to the Company his Investment Representation Statement in the 
form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

     5.     METHOD OF PAYMENT.  Payment of the exercise price shall be by (i) 
cash; (ii) check; or (iii) if authorized by the Board of Directors of the 
Company, the surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which 
(A) either have been owned by the Optionee for more that six (6) months on 
the date of surrender or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the 
Company and (B) have a fair market value (as determined by the Board) on the 
date of surrender equal to the exercise price of the Shares as to which the 
Option is being exercised.

     6.     RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.  This Option may not be exercised if 
the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of 
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable 
federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule 
under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations ("Regulation 
G") as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.  As a condition to the 
exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any 
representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any 
applicable law or regulation.

     7.     DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the death of Optionee during 
the term of this Option, the Option may be exercised, at any time within one 
(1) year following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of 
expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 9 below), by 
Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the 
Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was 
entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death.

     8.     NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.  This Option may not be 
transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or 
distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by 
him.  The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the Optionee and his or 
her personal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

                                          2

<PAGE>

     9.     TERM OF OPTION.  This Option may not be exercised after August 
26, 2006, and may be exercised only in accordance with the terms of this 
Option.

     10.    ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR MERGER.  The number 
of shares of Common Stock covered by this Option and the exercise price shall 
be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of 
issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, 
reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the 
Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued 
shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the 
Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of 
the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of 
consideration." Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose 
determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except 
as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock 
of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, or 
options or rights to purchase shares of stock of any class shall affect, and 
no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or 
price of shares of Common Stock subject to this Option.

     In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, 
each Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such 
proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Board.  The Board may, in 
the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any 
Option shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Board and give each Optionee 
the right to exercise his or her Option as to all or any part of the 
Optioned Stock, including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise 
be exercisable.  In the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all 
of the assets of the Company, or the merger of the Company with or into 
another corporation, the Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option 
shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary 
of such successor corporation.

     11.    NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER.  The Optionee shall have no rights as a 
shareholder with respect to any Shares subject to this Option prior to the 
date of issuance to him of a certificate or certificates for such shares.

DATE OF GRANT: August 26, 1996

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.



                             By:  /s/ Scott H. Anderson
                                -------------------------------
                                Scott H. Anderson
                                Title: Vice Chairman

                                          3

<PAGE>

     OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COPY OF THE OPTION AGREEMENT AND 
CERTAIN INFORMATION RELATED THERETO AND REPRESENTS THAT HE IS FAMILIAR WITH 
THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF, AND HEREBY ACCEPTS THIS OPTION SUBJECT TO 
ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF.  OPTIONEE HAS REVIEWED THIS OPTION 
IN ITS ENTIRETY, HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO OBTAIN THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL PRIOR 
TO EXECUTING THIS OPTION AND FULLY UNDERSTANDS ALL PROVISIONS OF THE OPTION.  
OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES TO ACCEPT AS BINDING, CONCLUSIVE AND FINAL ALL 
DECISIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS OF THE BOARD UPON ANY QUESTIONS ARISING UNDER 
THE OPTION.  OPTIONEE FURTHER AGREES TO NOTIFY THE COMPANY UPON ANY CHANGE IN 
THE RESIDENCE ADDRESS INDICATED BELOW.

                             Optionee:

Dated:   August 26, 1996     /s/ Warren Kantor
                             ------------------------------
                             Warren Kantor
                             Residence Address:
                             720 Springmill Road
                             Villanova, PA 19185




                                          4


<PAGE>


                                      EXHIBIT A

                         INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT


PURCHASER: Warren Kantor

ISSUER:    OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

SECURITY:  COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT:    ______ SHARES

DATE:      __________, ____

In connection with the purchase of the Common Stock ("Securities") of OLYMPIC
FINANCIAL LTD. (the "Company"), the undersigned represents to the Company the
following:

           (a)  I am aware of the Company's business affairs and financial
condition, and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach
an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  I am
purchasing these Securities for my own account for investment purposes only and
not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any "distribution"
thereof for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act").

           (b)  I understand that the Securities have not been registered under
the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which
exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of my
investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, I understand that,
in the view of the Securities and exchange Commission (the "SEC"), the statutory
basis for such exemption may be unavailable if my representation was predicated
solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital
gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an
increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of
one year or any other fixed period in the future.

           (c)  I further understand that the Securities must be held
indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless
an exemption from registration is otherwise available.  Moreover, I understand
that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  In
addition, I understand that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be
imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless
they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of
counsel for the Company.

           (d)  I am familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144,
each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited
public resale of "restricted securities" acquired, directly or indirectly, from
the issuer thereof, in a non-public


                                          5

<PAGE>

offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides
that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of issuance of the
Securities, such issuance will be exempt from registration under the Securities
Act.  In the event the Company later becomes subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
ninety (90) days thereafter the securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold,
subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144,
including among other things: (1) the sale being made through a broker in an
unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions directly with a market
maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and,
in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information
about the Company, and the amount of securities being sold during any three
month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), if
applicable.  Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), I acknowledge and agree to the
restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) hereof

           In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the
time of issuance of the Securities, then the Securities may be resold in certain
limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires
among other things: (1) the availability of certain public information about the
Company, (2) the resale occurring not less than two years after the party has
purchased, and made full payment for, within the meaning of Rule 144, the
securities to be sold; and, in the case of an affiliate, or of a non-affiliate
who has held the securities less than three years, (3) the sale being made
through a broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions
directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934) and the amount of securities being sold during any three
month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated therein, if
applicable.

           (e)  I further understand that in the event all of the applicable
requirements of Rule 144 or Rule 701 are not satisfied, registration under the
Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration
exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact Rule 144 and Rule
701 are not exclusive, the staff of the SEC has expressed its opinion that
persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a
registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701 will
have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from
registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and
their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own
risk.

                                            Signature of Purchaser:



                                            ------------------------------
                                            Warren Kantor
                                            Date: _________ __, 199_


                                          6


<PAGE>

                              OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                       NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT


     Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), hereby 
grants to Warren Kantor (the "Optionee"), an option (the "Option") to 
purchase a total of 125,000 shares of the $.01 par value common stock 
("Common Stock") of the Company (the "Shares"), at the price determined as 
provided herein, and in all respects subject to the terms, definitions and 
provisions hereof. The grant of this Option is subject to the approval 
thereof by the shareholders of the Corporation (if such approval is required 
by applicable laws or regulations) and by the Board of Directors of the 
Corporation.

     1.   NATURE OF THE OPTION. This Non-Statutory Stock Option is not 
intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422A 
of the Code.

     2.   EXERCISE PRICE. The exercise price is $14.87 for each share of 
Common Stock, which price the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") 
has determined is not less than the fair market value per share of the Common 
Stock on the date of grant.

     3.   EXERCISE OF OPTION. The Option shall be exercisable during its term 
as follows:

          (i)   RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

                (a)   Subject to subsections 3(i)(b),(c) and (d) below, this 
Option shall be exercisable to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of 
the Shares subject to the Option commencing on December 31, 1997. Provided, 
however, as of the date prior to the date of the occurrence of the first to 
occur of any of the following events prior to December 31, 1997, 
notwithstanding the previous sentence of this subsection 3(i)(a), this Option 
shall be exercisable cumulatively to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) 
of the Shares subject to the Option regardless of whether otherwise 
exercisable by the Optionee:

                      x)   the death or disability of Optionee; or

                      y)   the termination by the Company of the Consulting 
          Agreement dated as of December 18, 1996, by and between the Company
          and the Optionee (the "Consulting Agreement") without Cause as such
          term is defined in the Consulting Agreement; or the termination of
          the Consulting Agreement by Optionee due to the material breach
          thereof by the Company; or

                      z)   a "Change of Control" of the Company. As used 
          herein the term "Change of Control" shall mean the closing of any
          transaction or series of transactions by which the Company shall
          merge with or consolidate into any other person or lease or sell
          substantially all of its and its subsidiaries assets (other than
          asset sales in connection with automobile loan securitization
          transactions)


                                        1
<PAGE>

          substantially as an entirety to any other person or by which any
          person or group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the
          Securities Exchange Act of 1934) acquires, directly or indirectly,
          51% or more of the Company's outstanding common stock (calculated
          on a fully diluted basis); or

and, provided further, in the event the Consulting Agreement is terminated 
prior to December 18, 1997 by the mutual agreement of the Company and the 
Optionee, notwithstanding the previous sentence of this subsection 3(i)(a), 
this Option shall be exercisable cumulatively to the extent of that fraction 
of the Shares subject to the Option the numerator of which shall be the 
number of days elapsed in 1997 as of the date of such termination and the 
denominator of which shall be 365, rounded down to the next lower full share 
amount.

                      (b)   This Option may not be exercised for a fraction 
of a share.

                      (c)   In the event of Optionee's death, disability or 
other termination of the Consulting Agreement, the exercisability of the 
Option is governed by Sections 7, 8 and 9 below, subject to the limitations 
contained in subsection 3(i)(d).

                      (d)   In no event may this Option be exercised after 
the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 
below.

          (ii)   METHOD OF EXERCISE.  This Option shall be exercisable by 
written notice which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the 
number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such 
other representations and agreements as to the holder's investment intent 
with respect to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the 
Company. Such written notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be 
delivered in person or by certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The 
written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Until 
certificates for the Shares are issued to the Optionee, such Optionee shall 
not have any rights as a shareholder of the Company.

     No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless 
such issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of 
law and the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then 
be listed. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall 
be considered transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is 
exercised with respect to such Shares.

     4.   OPTIONEE'S REPRESENTATIONS.  In the event the Shares purchasable 
pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised, 
Optionee shall, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this 
Option, deliver to the Company his Investment Representation Statement in the 
form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

     5.  METHOD OF PAYMENT.  Payment of the exercise price shall be by (i) 
cash; (ii) check; or (iii) if authorized by the Board of Directors of the 
Company, the surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which 
(A) either have been owned by the Optionee for more


                                       2

<PAGE>

that six (6) months on the date of surrender or were not acquired, directly 
or indirectly, from the Company and (B) have a fair market value (as 
determined by the Board) on the date of surrender equal to the exercise price 
of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised.

     6.  RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.  This Option may not be exercised if the 
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of 
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable 
federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule 
under Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations ("Regulation 
G") as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. As a condition to the 
exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any 
representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by any 
applicable law or regulation.

     7.  TERMINATION OF CONSULTING AGREEMENT.  In the event of termination of 
the Consulting Agreement (i) by Optionee other than due to the material 
breach of the terms thereof by the Company or (ii) by the Company for Cause, 
the Option shall terminate.

     8.  DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of termination of the 
Consulting Agreement, as a result of Optionee's disability, he may, but only 
within one year from the date of such termination (but in no event later than 
the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 
below), exercise his Option to the extent he was entitled to exercise it at 
the date of such termination. To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to 
exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if he does not exercise 
such Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time specified 
herein, the Option shall terminate.

     9.  DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the death of Optionee during the 
term of this Option, the Option may be exercised, at any time within one (1) 
year following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of 
expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), by 
Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the 
Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was 
entitled to exercise the Option at the date of death.

     10.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.  This Option may not be transferred 
in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution
and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him. The terms 
of this Option shall be binding upon the Optionee and his or her personal 
representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

     11.  TERM OF OPTION.  This Option may not be exercised after December 
18, 2006, and may be exercised only in accordance with the terms of this 
Option.

     12.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR MERGER.  The number 
of shares of Common Stock covered by this Option and the exercise price shall 
be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of 
issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, 
reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the 
Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued 
shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the 
Company; provided, however, that


                                       3

<PAGE>

conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed 
to have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment 
shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be 
final, binding and conclusive. Except as expressly provided herein, no 
issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities 
convertible into shares of stock of any class, or options or rights to 
purchase shares of stock of any class shall affect, and no adjustment by 
reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares 
of Common Stock subject to this Option.

     In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, 
the Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such 
proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Board. The Board may, in 
the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that the 
Option shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Board and give the Optionee 
the right to exercise his Option as to all or any part of the Shares. In the 
event of a change of control of the Company,  the Board shall notify the 
Optionee that the Option shall be fully exercisable for a period of ten (10) 
days from the date of such notice, and the Option will terminate upon the 
expiration of such period.

     13.  NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER.  The Optionee shall have no rights as a 
shareholder with respect to any Shares subject to this Option prior to the 
date of issuance to him of a certificate or certificates for such shares.

DATE OF GRANT: December 18, 1996

                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                       By: /s/ Scott H. Anderson
                                          ---------------------------------
                                           Scott H. Anderson
                                           Title: Vice Chairman


                                       4

<PAGE>

     OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COPY OF THE OPTION AGREEMENT AND 
CERTAIN INFORMATION RELATED THERETO AND REPRESENTS THAT HE IS FAMILIAR WITH 
THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF, AND HEREBY ACCEPTS THIS OPTION SUBJECT TO 
ALL OF THE TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF. OPTIONEE HAS REVIEWED THIS OPTION IN 
ITS ENTIRETY, HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO OBTAIN THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL PRIOR TO 
EXECUTING THIS OPTION AND FULLY UNDERSTANDS ALL PROVISIONS OF THE OPTION. 
OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES TO ACCEPT AS BINDING, CONCLUSIVE AND FINAL ALL 
DECISIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS OF THE BOARD UPON ANY QUESTIONS ARISING UNDER 
THE OPTION. OPTIONEE FURTHER AGREES TO NOTIFY THE COMPANY UPON ANY CHANGE IN 
THE RESIDENCE ADDRESS INDICATED BELOW.

                                       Optionee:

Dated: December 18, 1996               /s/ Warren Kantor
                                       ----------------------------------
                                       Warren Kantor
                                       Residence Address:
                                       720 Springmill Road
                                       Villanova, PA  19185


                                       5

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

                      INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

PURCHASER:        Warren Kantor

ISSUER:           OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

SECURITY:         COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT:           125,000 SHARES

DATE:             __________________,_________


In connection with the purchase of the Common Stock ("Securities") of OLYMPIC 
FINANCIAL LTD. (the "Company"), the undersigned represents to the Company the 
following:

     (a)  I am aware of the Company's business affairs and financial 
condition, and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to 
reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities. I am 
purchasing these Securities for my own account for investment purposes only 
and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any 
"distribution" thereof for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended 
(the "Securities Act").

     (b)  I understand that the Securities have not been registered under the 
Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which 
exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of my 
investment intent as expressed herein. In this connection, I understand that, 
in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), the 
statutory basis for such exemption may be unavailable if my representation 
was predicated solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for 
the minimum capital gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred 
sale, for or until an increase or decrease in the market price of the 
Securities, or for a period of one year or any other fixed period in the 
future.

     (c)  I further understand that the Securities must be held indefinitely 
unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an 
exemption from registration is otherwise available. Moreover, I understand 
that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities. In 
addition, I understand that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be 
imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless 
they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of 
counsel for the Company.

     (d)  I am familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144, each 
promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited 
public resale of "restricted securities" acquired, directly or indirectly, 
from the issuer thereof, in a non-public

                                       6

<PAGE>

offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Rule 701 provides 
that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of issuance of the 
Securities, such issuance will be exempt from registration under the 
Securities Act. In the event the Company later becomes subject to the 
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934, ninety (90) days thereafter the securities exempt under Rule 701 may 
be resold, subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified 
by Rule 144, including among other things: (1) the sale being made through a 
broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions directly 
with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934); and, in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of 
certain public information about the Company, and the amount of securities 
being sold during any three month period not exceeding the limitations 
specified in Rule 144(e), if applicable. Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), 
I acknowledge and agree to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) hereof.

     In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the 
time of issuance of the Securities, then the Securities may be resold in 
certain limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which 
requires among other things: (1) the availability of certain public 
information about the Company, (2) the resale occurring not less than two 
years after the party has purchased, and made full payment for, within the 
meaning of Rule 144, the securities to be sold; and, in the case of an 
affiliate, or of a non-affiliate who has held the securities less than three 
years, (3) the sale being made through a broker in an unsolicited "broker's 
transaction" or in transactions directly with a market maker (as said term is 
defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and the amount of 
securities being sold during any three month period not exceeding the 
specified limitations stated therein, if applicable.

     (e)  I further understand that in the event all of the applicable 
requirements of Rule 144 or Rule 701 are not satisfied, registration under 
the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration 
exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact Rule 144 and 
Rule 701 are not exclusive, the staff of the SEC has expressed its opinion 
that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a 
registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701 will 
have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from 
registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and 
their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their 
own risk.

                                       Signature of Purchaser:


                                       --------------------------------------
                                       Warren Kantor
                                       Date: _________________, 199___



                                       7

<PAGE>

                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                         NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

    Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), hereby
grants to Warren Kantor (the "Optionee"), an option (the "Option") to purchase a
total of 125,000 shares of the $.01 par value common stock ("Common Stock") of
the Company (the "Shares"), at the price determined as provided herein, and in
all respects subject to the terms, definitions and provisions hereof.  The grant
of this Option is subject to the approval thereof by the shareholders of the
Corporation (if such approval is required by applicable laws or regulations) and
by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

    1.     NATURE OF THE OPTION.  This Non-Statutory Stock Option is not
intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422A of
the Code.

    2.     EXERCISE PRICE.  The exercise price is $14.87 for each share of
Common Stock, which price the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board")
has determined is not less than the fair market value per share of the Common
Stock on the date of grant.

    3.     EXERCISE OF OPTION.  The Option shall be exercisable during its term
as follows:

           (i)  RIGHT TO EXERCISE.

                (a)    Subject to subsections 3(i)(b), (c) and (d) below, this
Option shall be exercisable to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the
Shares subject to the Option commencing on December 31, 1997.  Provided,
however, as of the date prior to the date of the occurrence of the first to
occur of any of the following events prior to December 31, 1997, notwithstanding
the previous sentence of this subsection 3(i)(a), this Option shall be
exercisable cumulatively to the extent of one hundred percent (100%) of the
Shares subject to the Option regardless of whether otherwise exercisable by the
Optionee:

                       x)   the death or disability of Optionee; or

                       y)   the termination by the Company of the Consulting
           Agreement dated as of January 1, 1997, by and between the Company
           and the Optionee (the "Consulting Agreement") without Cause as such
           term is defined in the Consulting Agreement; or the termination of
           the Consulting Agreement by Optionee due to the material breach
           thereof by the Company; or

                       z) a "Change of Control" of the Company.  As used herein
           the term "Change of Control" shall mean the closing of any
           transaction or series of transactions by which the Company shall
           merge with or consolidate into any other person or lease or sell
           substantially all of its and its subsidiaries assets (other than
           asset sales in connection with automobile loan securitization
           transactions)


                                          1

<PAGE>

           substantially as an entirety to any other person or by which any
           person or group (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 under the
           Securities Exchange Act of 1934) acquires, directly or indirectly,
           51% or more of the Company's outstanding common stock (calculated on
           a fully diluted basis); or

and, provided further, in the event the Consulting Agreement is terminated prior
to December 31, 1997 by the mutual agreement of the Company and the Optionee,
notwithstanding the previous sentence of this subsection 3(i)(a), this Option
shall be exercisable cumulatively to the extent of that fraction of the Shares
subject to the Option the numerator of which shall be the number of days elapsed
in 1997 as of the date of such termination and the denominator of which shall be
365, rounded down to the next lower full share amount.

                (b)    This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a
share.

                (c)    In the event of Optionee's death, disability or other
termination of the Consulting Agreement, the exercisability of the Option is
governed by Sections 7, 8 and 9 below, subject to the limitations contained in
subsection 3(1)(d).

                (d)    In no event may this Option be exercised after the date
of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below.

           (ii)  METHOD OF EXERCISE.  This Option shall be exercisable by
written notice which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number
of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other
representations and agreements as to the holder's investment intent with respect
to such shares of Common Stock as may be required by the Company.  Such written
notice shall be signed by the Optionee and shall be delivered in person or by
certified mail to the Secretary of the Company. The written notice shall be
accompanied by payment of the exercise price.  Until certificates for the Shares
are issued to the Optionee, such Optionee shall not have any rights as a
shareholder of the Company.

    No Shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless such
issuance and such exercise shall comply with all relevant provisions of law and
the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed.
Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered
transferred to the Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with
respect to such Shares.

    4.     OPTIONEE'S REPRESENTATIONS.  In the event the Shares purchasable
pursuant to the exercise of this Option have not been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, at the time this Option is exercised,
Optionee shall, concurrently with the exercise of all or any portion of this
Option, deliver to the Company his Investment Representation Statement in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

    5.     METHOD OF PAYMENT.  Payment of the exercise price shall be by (i)
cash; (ii) check; or (iii) if authorized by the Board of Directors of the
Company, the surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company which (A)
either have been owned by the Optionee for more


                                          2

<PAGE>

that six (6) months on the date of surrender or were not acquired, directly or
indirectly, from the Company and (B) have a fair market value (as determined by
the Board) on the date of surrender equal to the exercise price of the Shares as
to which the Option is being exercised.

    6.     RESTRICTIONS ON EXERCISE.  This Option may not be exercised if the
issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of
consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable
federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under
Part 207 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations ("Regulation "G") as
promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.  As a condition to the exercise of
this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and
warranty to the Company as may be required by any applicable law or regulation.

    7.     TERMINATION OF CONSULTING AGREEMENT.  In the event of termination of
the Consulting Agreement (i) by Optionee other than due to the material breach
of the terms thereof Company or (ii) by the Company for Cause, the Option shall
terminate.

    8.     DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of termination of the
Consulting Agreement, as a result of Optionee's disability, he may, but only
within one year from the date of such termination (but in no event later than
the date of expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11
below), exercise his Option to the extent he was entitled to exercise it at the
date of such termination.  To the extent that Optionee was not entitled to
exercise the Option at the date of termination, or if he does not exercise such
Option (which he was entitled to exercise) within the time specified herein, the
Option shall terminate.

    9.     DEATH OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the death of Optionee during the
term of this Option, the Option may be exercised, at any time within one (1)
year following the date of death (but in no event later than the date of
expiration of the term of this Option as set forth in Section 11 below), by
Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option
by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was entitled to
exercise the Option at the date of death.

    10.    NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.  This Option may not be transferred
in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution
and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him.  The terms of
this Option shall be binding upon the Optionee and his or her personal
representatives, heirs, successors and assigns.

    11.    TERM OF OPTION.  This Option may not be exercised after December 31,
2006, and may be exercised only in accordance with the terms of this Option.

    12.    ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR MERGER.  The number of
shares of Common Stock covered by this Option and the exercise price shall be
proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued
and outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split, reverse
stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification of the Common
Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of
Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided,
however, that


                                          3

<PAGE>

conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to
have been "effected without receipt of consideration." Such adjustment shall be
made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding
and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company
of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock
of any class, or options or rights to purchase shares of stock of any class
shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to,
the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to this Option.

    In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the
Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed
action, unless otherwise provided by the Board.  The Board may, in the exercise
of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that the Option shall
terminate as of a date fixed by the Board and give the Optionee the right to
exercise his Option as to all or any part of the Shares.  In the event of a
change of control of the Company, the Board shall notify the Optionee that the
Option shall be fully exercisable a period of ten (10) days from the date of
such notice, and the Option will terminate up expiration of such period.

    13.    NO RIGHTS AS SHAREHOLDER.  The Optionee shall have no rights as a
shareholder with respect to any Shares subject to this Option prior to the date
of issuance to him of a certificate or certificates for such shares.

DATE OF GRANT: January 1, 1997

                                       OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.


                                       By: /s/ Scott H. Anderson
                                          ---------------------------
                                          Scott H. Anderson
                                          Title: Vice Chairman


                                          4

<PAGE>

    OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF A COPY OF THE OPTION AGREEMENT AND CERTAIN
INFORMATION RELATED THERETO AND REPRESENTS THAT HE IS FAMILIAR WITH THE TERMS
AND PROVISIONS THEREOF, AND HEREBY ACCEPTS THIS OPTION SUBJECT TO ALL OF THE
TERMS AND PROVISIONS THEREOF.  OPTIONEE HAS REVIEWED THIS OPTION IN ITS
ENTIRETY, HAS HAD AN OPPORTUNITY TO OBTAIN THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL PRIOR TO
EXECUTING THIS OPTION AND FULLY UNDERSTANDS ALL PROVISIONS OF THE OPTION.
OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES TO ACCEPT AS BINDING, CONCLUSIVE AND FINAL ALL DECISIONS
OR INTERPRETATIONS OF THE BOARD UPON ANY QUESTIONS ARISING UNDER THE OPTION.
OPTIONEE FURTHER AGREES TO NOTIFY THE COMPANY UPON ANY CHANGE IN THE RESIDENCE
ADDRESS INDICATED BELOW.



                                            Optionee:

Dated:  January 1, 1997                     /s/ Warren Kantor
                                            ------------------------------
                                            Warren Kantor
                                            Residence Address:
                                            720 Springmill Road
                                            Villanova, PA 19185


                                          5

<PAGE>


                                      EXHIBIT A

                         INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT


PURCHASER: Warren Kantor

ISSUER:    OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

SECURITY:  COMMON STOCK

AMOUNT:    125,000 SHARES

DATE:      _____________, ____


In connection with the purchase of the Common Stock ("Securities") of OLYMPIC
FINANCIAL LTD. (the "Company"), the undersigned represents to the Company the
following:

           (a)  I am aware of the Company's business affairs and financial
condition, and have acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach
an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Securities.  I am
purchasing these Securities for my own account for investment purposes only and
not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any "distribution"
thereof for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities
Act").

           (b)  I understand that the Securities have not been registered under
the Securities Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which
exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of my
investment intent as expressed herein.  In this connection, I understand that,
in the view of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), the statutory
basis for such exemption may be unavailable if my representation was predicated
solely upon a present intention to hold these Securities for the minimum capital
gains period specified under tax statutes, for a deferred sale, for or until an
increase or decrease in the market price of the Securities, or for a period of
one year or any other fixed period in the future.

           (c)  I further understand that the Securities must be held
indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless
an exemption from registration is otherwise available.  Moreover, I understand
that the Company is under no obligation to register the Securities.  In
addition, I understand that the certificate evidencing the Securities will be
imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the Securities unless
they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of
counsel for the Company.

           (d)  I am familiar with the provisions of Rule 701 and Rule 144,
each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited
public resale of "restricted securities" acquired, directly or indirectly, from
the issuer thereof, in a non-public


                                          6

<PAGE>

offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Rule 701 provides
that if the issuer qualifies under Rule 701 at the time of issuance of the
Securities, such issuance will be exempt from registration under the Securities
Act.  In the event the Company later becomes subject to the reporting
requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
ninety (90) days thereafter the securities exempt under Rule 701 may be resold,
subject to the satisfaction of certain of the conditions specified by Rule 144,
including among other things: (1) the sale being made through a broker in an
unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions directly with a market
maker (as said term is defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); and,
in the case of an affiliate, (2) the availability of certain public information
about the Company, and the amount of securities being sold during any three
month period not exceeding the limitations specified in Rule 144(e), if
applicable.  Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), I acknowledge and agree to the
restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) hereof.

    In the event that the Company does not qualify under Rule 701 at the time
of issuance of the Securities, then the Securities may be resold in certain
limited circumstances subject to the provisions of Rule 144, which requires
among other things: (1) the availability of certain public information about the
Company, (2) the resale occurring not less than two years after the party has
purchased, and made full payment for, within the meaning of Rule 144, the
securities to be sold; and, in the case of an affiliate, or of a non-affiliate
who has held the securities less than three years, (3) the sale being made
through a broker in an unsolicited "broker's transaction" or in transactions
directly with a market maker (as said term is defined under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934) and the amount of securities being sold during any three
month period not exceeding the specified limitations stated therein, if
applicable.

           (e)  I further understand that in the event all of the applicable
requirements of Rule 144 or Rule 701 are not satisfied, registration under the
Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration
exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact Rule 144 and Rule
701 are not exclusive, the staff of the SEC has expressed its opinion that
persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a
registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701 will
have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from
registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and
their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own
risk.

                                            Signature of Purchaser:


                                            ------------------------------
                                            Warren Kantor
                                            Date:  __________ __, 199_


                                          7

<PAGE>
                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                1990 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                     (AS AMENDED)

1.  PURPOSE

    The purpose of this 1990 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") is to promote the
interests of Olympic Financial, Ltd., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"),
by providing employees of the  Company and certain independent contractors with
an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, and thereby
develop a stronger incentive to contribute to the Company's continued success
and growth.  In addition, the opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in
the Company by the offering and availability of stock options will assist the
Company in attracting and retaining key personnel and consultants of outstanding
ability.

2.  DEFINITIONS

    Wherever used in the Plan, the following terms have the meanings set forth
below:

    2.1    "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

    2.2    "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the
rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

    2.3    "Committee" means the Committee which may be designated from time to
time by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 3.5.

    2.4    "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" means a stock option which is
intended to qualify as an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422A of
the Code.

    2.5    "Non-Statutory Stock Option" or "NSO" means a stock option that is
not intended to, or does not, qualify as an incentive stock option as defined in
Section 422A of the Code.

    2.6    "Option" means, where required by the context of the Plan, an ISO
and/or NSO granted pursuant to the Plan.

    2.7    "Optionee" means a Participant in the Plan who has been granted one
or more Options under the Plan.

<PAGE>

    2.8    "Participant" means an individual described in Section 5 of this
Plan who may be granted Options under the Plan.

    2.9    "Stock" means the Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Company.

    2.10   "Subsidiary" means any corporation, other than the Company, in an
unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the
corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns 50% or
more of the voting stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

3.  ADMINISTRATION

    3.1    The Plan shall be administered by the Board, which shall have full
power, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to grant Options, construe and
interpret the Plan, establish rules and regulations with respect to the Plan and
Options granted hereunder, and perform all other acts, including the delegation
of administrative responsibilities, that it believes reasonable and necessary.

    3.2    The Board shall have the sole discretion, subject to the provisions
of the Plan, to determine the Participants eligible to receive Options pursuant
to the Plan and the amount, type, and terms of any Options and the terms and
conditions of option agreements relating to any Option.

    3.3    The Board may correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile
any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Option granted hereunder in the manner
and to the extent it shall deem necessary to carry out the terms of the Plan.

    3.4    Any decision made, or action taken, by the Board arising out of or
in connection with the interpretation and administration of the Plan shall be
final, conclusive and binding upon all Optionees.

    3.5    The Board may designate a Committee from time to time to administer
the Plan.  If designated, the Committee shall be composed of not less than two
persons (who need not be members of the Board) who are appointed from time to
time by the Board.  If the Board has appointed a Committee pursuant to this
Section 3.5 of the Plan, then the Committee may administer the Plan and exercise
all of the rights and powers granted to the Board in this Plan, including,
without limitation, the right to grant Options pursuant to the Plan and to
establish the Option price as provided in the Plan.

4.  SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

    4.1    NUMBER.  The total number of shares of Stock reserved for issuance
upon exercise of Options under the Plan is 2,000,000.  Such shares shall consist
of authorized but unissued Stock.  If any Option granted under the Plan lapses
or terminates for any reason


                                          2

<PAGE>

before being completely exercised, the shares covered by the unexercised 
portion of such Option may again be made subject to Options under the Plan.

    4.2    CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION.  In the event of any change in the
outstanding shares of Stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend,
split, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination,
exchange of shares, or rights offering to purchase stock at a price
substantially below fair market value, or other similar corporate change, the
aggregate number of shares which may be subject to Options under the Plan and
the terms of any outstanding Option, including the number and kind of shares
subject to such Options and the purchase price per share thereof, shall be
appropriately adjusted by the Board, consistent with such change and in such
manner as the Board, in its sole discretion, may deem equitable to prevent
substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights granted to or available for
Optionees. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in no event shall any
fraction of a share of Stock be issued upon the exercise of an Option.

5.  ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANTS

    The following persons are Participants eligible to participate in the Plan:

    5.1    INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted
only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary, including officers and
directors who are also employees of the Company or any Subsidiary.

    5.2    NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTIONS.  Non-statutory stock options may be 
granted to (i) any employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, including any 
officer or director who is also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary; 
and (ii) any consultant to, or other independent contractor of, the Company.

6.  GRANT OF OPTIONS

    Subject to the terms, conditions, and limitations set forth in this Plan,
the Company, by action of its Board, may from time to time grant Options to
purchase shares of the Company's Stock to those eligible Participants as may be
selected by the Board, in such amounts and on such other terms as the Board in
its sole discretion shall determine.  Such Options may be (i) "Incentive Stock
Options" so designated by the Board and which, when granted, are intended to
qualify as incentive stock options as defined in Section 422A of the Code; (ii)
"Non-Statutory Stock Options" so designated by the Board and which, when
granted, are not intended to, or do not, qualify as incentive stock options
under Section 422A of the Code; or (iii) a combination of both.  The date on
which the Board approves the granting of an Option shall be the date of grant of
such Option, unless a different date is specified by the Board on such date of
approval.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the grant of any
Incentive Stock Option under the Plan, the aggregate fair market value of Stock
(determined as of the date the Option is granted) with respect to which
incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an Optionee in any
calendar year (under all such stock option plans of the Company or Subsidiaries)
shall


                                          3

<PAGE>

not exceed $100,000.  Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced
by a written stock option agreement between the Company and the Optionee setting
forth the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, under which the
Option so granted may be exercised pursuant to the Plan and containing such
other terms with respect to the Option as the Board in its sole discretion may
determine.

7.   OPTION PRICE AND FORM OF PAYMENT

     7.1    INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  The purchase price for a share of Stock
subject to an Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder shall not be less than
100% of the fair market value of the Stock.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in
the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to any Optionee then owning more
than 10% of the voting power of all classes of the Company's stock, the purchase
price per share of the Stock subject to such Option shall not be less than 110%
of the fair market value of the Stock on the date of grant of the Incentive
Stock Option, determined as provided in Section 7.3.

     7.2    NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTIONS.  The purchase price for a share of
Stock subject to a non-statutory stock option shall be not less than 85% of the
fair market value of the Stock, but in no event less than $6.00 per share.

     7.3    DETERMINATION OF FAIR MARKET VALUE.  For purposes of this Section 7,
the "fair market value" of the Stock shall be determined as follows:

            (a)  if the Stock of the Company is listed or admitted to unlisted
     trading privileges on a national securities exchange, the fair market value
     on any given day shall be the closing sale price for the Stock, or if no
     sale is made on such day, the closing bid price for such day on such
     exchange;

            (b)  if the Stock is not listed or admitted to unlisted trading
     privileges on a national securities exchange, the fair market value on any
     given day shall be the closing sale price for the Stock as reported on the
     NASDAQ National Market System on such day, or if no sale is made on such
     day, the closing bid price for such day as entered by a market maker for
     the Stock;

            (c)  if the Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange,
     is not admitted to unlisted trading privileges on any such exchange, and is
     not eligible for inclusion in the NASDAQ National Market System, the fair
     market value on any given day shall be the average of the closing
     representative bid and asked prices as reported by the National Quotation
     Bureau, Inc. or, if the Stock is not quoted on the National Association of
     Securities Dealers Automated Quotations System, then as reported in any
     publicly available compilation of the bid and asked prices of the Stock in
     any over-the-counter market on which the Stock is traded; or

            (d)  if there exists no public trading market for the Stock, the
     fair market value on any given day shall be an amount determined in good
     faith by the Board in


                                        4

<PAGE>

     such manner as it may reasonably determine in its discretion, provided that
     such amount shall not be less than the book value per share as reasonably
     determined by the Board as of the date of determination or less than the
     par value of the Stock.

     7.4    PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE.  Except as provided herein, the purchase
price of each share of Stock purchased upon the exercise of any Option shall be
paid:

            (a)  in United States dollars in cash or by check, bank draft or
     money order payable to the order of the Company; or

            (b)  at the discretion of the Board, through the delivery of shares
     of Stock, having initially or as a result of successive exchanges of
     shares, an aggregate fair market value (as determined in the manner
     provided under this Plan) equal to the aggregate purchase price for the
     Stock as to which the Option is being exercised; or

            (c)  at the discretion of the Board, by a combination of both (a)
     and (b) above; or

            (d)  by such other method as may be permitted in the written stock
     option agreement between the Company and the Optionee.

     If such form of payment is permitted, the Board shall determine procedures
for tendering Stock as payment upon exercise of an Option and may impose such
additional limitations and prohibitions on the use of Stock as payment upon the
exercise of an Option as it deems appropriate.

     If the Board in its sole discretion so agrees, the Company may finance the
amount payable by an Optionee upon exercise of any Option upon such terms and
conditions as the Board may determine at the time such Option is granted under
this Plan.

8.   EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

     8.1    MANNER OF EXERCISE.  An Option, or any portion thereof, shall be
exercised by delivering a written notice of exercise to the Board and paying to
the Company the full purchase price of the Stock to be acquired upon the
exercise of the Option.  Until certificates for the Stock acquired upon the
exercise of an Option are issued to an Optionee, such Optionee shall not have
any rights as a shareholder of the Company.

     8.2    LIMITATIONS AND CONDITIONS ON EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  In addition to
any other limitations or conditions contained in this Plan or that may be
imposed by the Board from time to time or in the stock option agreement to be
entered into with respect to Options granted hereunder, the following
limitations and conditions shall apply to the exercise of Options granted under
this Plan:


                                        5

<PAGE>

            8.2.1  No Incentive Stock Option may be exercisable by its terms
     after the expiration of 10 years from the date of the grant thereof.

            8.2.2  No Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan to an
     eligible Participant then owning more than 10% of the voting power of all
     classes of the Company's stock may be exercisable by its terms after the 
     expiration of five years from the date of the grant thereof.

9.   INVESTMENT PURPOSES

     Unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 is in
effect with respect to Stock to be purchased upon exercise of Options to be
granted under the Plan, the Company shall require that an Optionee agree with
and represent to the Company in writing that he or she is acquiring such shares
of Stock for the purpose of investment and with no present intention to
transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares of Stock other than by
transfers which may occur by will or by the laws of descent and distribution,
and no shares of Stock may be transferred unless, in the opinion of counsel to
the Company, such transfer would be in compliance with applicable securities
laws.  In addition, unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of
1933 is in effect with respect to the Stock to be purchased under the Plan, each
certificate representing any shares of Stock issued to an Optionee hereunder
shall have endorsed thereon a legend in substantially the following form:

     THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED WITHOUT REGISTRATION
     UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE "ACT") AND WITHOUT
     REGISTRATION UNDER ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, IN RELIANCE UPON
     EXEMPTION(S) CONTAINED THEREIN.  NO TRANSFER OF THESE SHARES OR ANY
     INTEREST THEREIN MAY BE MADE EXCEPT PURSUANT TO EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
     STATEMENTS UNDER SAID LAWS UNLESS THE COMPANY HAS RECEIVED AN OPINION OF
     COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO IT THAT SUCH TRANSFER OR DISPOSITION DOES NOT
     REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER SAID LAWS AND, FOR ANY SALES UNDER RULE 144 OF
     THE ACT, SUCH EVIDENCE AS IT SHALL REQUEST FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THAT RULE,
     OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

10.  TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS

     No Option granted under the Plan shall be transferable by an Optionee
(whether by sale, assignment, hypothecation or otherwise) other than by will or
the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the
Optionee's lifetime only by the Optionee.


                                        6

<PAGE>

11. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

    11.1   GENERALLY.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 11, if an
Optionee's employment with the Company or Subsidiary is terminated (hereinafter
"Termination") other than by death or Disability (as hereinafter defined), the
Optionee may exercise any Option granted under the Plan, to the extent the
Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the date of Termination, for a
period of 3 months after the date of Termination or until the term of the Option
has expired, whichever date is earlier.

           11.1.1      The Optionee may exercise any Incentive Stock Option
    granted under the Plan, to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise
    the Incentive Stock Option at the date of Termination, for a period of
    three (3) months after the date of Termination or until the term of the
    Incentive Stock Option has expired, whichever date is earlier.

           11.1.2      The Optionee may exercise any Non-Statutory Stock Option
    granted under the Plan, to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise
    the Non-Statutory Stock Option at the date of Termination, for a period of
    up to eighteen (18) months after the date of Termination, as determined by
    the Committee, or until the term of the Non-Statutory Option has expired,
    whichever date is earlier.

    11.2   DEATH OR DISABILITY OF OPTIONEE.  In the event of the death or
Disability of an Optionee prior to expiration of an Option held by him or her,
the following provisions shall apply:

           11.2.1      If the Optionee is at the time of his or her Disability
    employed by the Company or a Subsidiary and has been in continuous
    employment (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) since the
    date of grant of the Option, then the Option may be exercised by the
    Optionee until the earlier of one year following the date of such
    Disability or the expiration date of the Option, but only to the extent the
    Optionee was entitled to exercise such Option at the time of his or her
    Disability.  For the purpose of this Section 11, the term "Disability"
    shall mean a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3)
    of the Code.  The determination of whether an Optionee has a Disability
    within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) shall be made by the Board in its
    sole discretion.

           11.2.2      If the Optionee is at the time of his or her death
    employed by the Company or a Subsidiary and has been in continuous
    employment (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) since the
    date of grant of the Option, then the Option may be exercised by the
    Optionee's estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the
    Option by will or the laws of descent and distribution, until the earlier
    of one year from the date of the Optionee's death or the expiration date of
    the Option, but only to the extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise
    the Option at the time of death.


                                          7

<PAGE>

           11.2.3      If the Optionee dies within three months after
    Termination, the Option may be exercised until the earlier of nine months
    following the date of death or the expiration date of the Option, by the
    Optionee's estate or by a person who acquires the right to exercise the
    Option by will or the laws of descent or distribution, but only to the
    extent the Optionee was entitled to exercise the Option at the time of
    Termination.

    11.3   TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.  If the employment of an Optionee is
terminated by the Company or a Subsidiary for cause, then the Board shall have
the right to cancel any Options granted to the Optionee under the Plan.

12.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

    12.1  The Board, may at any time and from time to time suspend or terminate
the Plan in whole or in part or amend it from time to time in such respects as
may be in the best interests of the Company; provided, however, that no such
amendment shall be made without the approval of the shareholders if it would:
(a) materially modify the eligibility requirements for Participants as set forth
in Section 5 hereof; (b) increase the maximum aggregate number of shares of
Stock which may be issued pursuant to Options, except in accordance with Section
4.2 of the Plan; (c) reduce the minimum Option price per share as set forth in
Section 7 of the Plan, except in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Plan; (d)
extend the period of granting Options; or (e) materially increase in any other
way the benefits accruing to Optionees.

    12.2  No amendment, suspension or termination of this Plan shall, without
the Optionee's consent, alter or impair any of the rights or obligations under
any Option theretofore granted to him or her under the Plan.

    12.3  The Board may amend the Plan, subject to the limitations cited above,
in such manner as it deems necessary to permit the granting of Incentive Stock
Options meeting the requirements of future amendments to the Code.

    12.4  Upon the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or upon a merger,
consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, or reorganization as a result
of which the Company is not the surviving corporation or upon a sale of
substantially all the property or stock of the Company to another corporation,
any option granted hereunder shall terminate and no such event shall cause any
option to be exercisable for any shares other than those as to which it was
exercisable prior to such termination in accordance with its terms; provided,
however, that the Company may in its discretion and immediately prior to any
such transaction, cause a new option to be substituted for such option or cause
such old option to be assumed, by an employer corporation, or a parent or
subsidiary of such corporation; and such new or substituted option shall apply
to all shares issued in addition to or in substitution, replacement or
modification of the shares theretofore covered by such option; provided that:


                                          8

<PAGE>

           (a)  the excess of the aggregate fair market value of the shares
    subject to the option immediately after the substitution or assumption over
    the aggregate option price of such shares shall not be more than the excess
    of the aggregate fair market value of all shares subject to the option
    immediately before such substitution or assumption over the aggregate
    option price of such shares,

           (b)  the new option or the assumption of the existing option shall
    not give the optionee additional benefits which he did not have under the
    old option or prior to such assumption, and

           (c)  a propriety adjustment of the original option price shall be
    made among original shares subject to the option and any additional share
    or shares issued in substitution, replacement or modification thereof.

13.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

    13.1   RIGHT TO CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT.  No person shall have any claim or
right to be granted an Option under the Plan, and the grant of an Option under
the Plan shall not be construed as giving an Optionee the right to continued
employment with the Company.  The Company further expressly reserves the right
at any time to dismiss an Optionee or reduce an Optionee's compensation with or
without cause, free from any liability, or any claim under the Plan, except as
provided herein or in a stock option agreement.

    13.2  WITHHOLDING TAXES.  The Company shall have the right to require that
payment or provision for payment of any and all withholding taxes due upon the
grant or exercise of an Option hereunder or the disposition of any Stock or
other property acquired upon exercise of an Option be made by an Optionee.  In
connection therewith, the Board shall have the right to establish such rules and
regulations or impose such terms and conditions in any agreement relating to an
Option granted hereunder with respect to such withholding as the Board may deem
necessary and appropriate.

    13.3  GOVERNING LAW.  The Plan shall be administered in the State of
Minnesota, and the validity, construction, interpretation, and administration of
the Plan and all rights relating to the Plan shall be determined solely in
accordance with the laws of such state, unless controlled by applicable federal
law, if any.

14.  EFFECTIVE DATE

    The effective date of the Plan is January 18, 1991.  No Option may be
granted after January 17, 2001, provided, however, that the Plan and all
outstanding Options shall remain in effect until such outstanding Options have
expired or been canceled.


                                          9


<PAGE>

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                         1992 DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                  (As Amended)


     1.   PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.  The purpose of this 1992 Director Stock Option
Plan, initially adopted by the Board on January 7, 1992, is to attract and
retain the best available individuals to serve as Directors of the Company, to
provide additional incentive to the Outside Directors of the Company to serve as
Directors, and to encourage their continued service on the Board.

          The Company intends that the options granted hereunder shall not
constitute incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986.  The Plan is intended to comply with the
requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

     2.   DEFINITIONS.  As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

          (a)  "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (b)  "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock, $.01 par value per
     share, of the Company.

          (c)  "COMPANY" shall mean Olympic Financial Ltd., a Minnesota
     corporation.

          (d)  "COMMITTEE" shall mean a committee of the Board appointed by the
     Board to administer the Plan.

          (e)  "CONTINUOUS SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR" shall mean the absence of any
     interruption or termination of service as a Director.  Continuous Service
     as a Director shall not be considered interrupted in the case of sick
     leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Board
     or Committee.

          (f)  "DIRECTOR" shall mean a member of the Board.

          (g)  "EMPLOYEE" shall mean any person, including officers and
     Directors, employed by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the
     Company.  The payment of fees to a Director shall not be sufficient in and
     of itself to constitute "employment" by the Company.

          (h)  "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
     amended.


                                        1

<PAGE>

          (i)  "OPTION" shall mean a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

          (j)  "OPTIONED STOCK" shall mean the Common Stock subject to an
     Option.

          (k)  "OPTIONEE" shall mean an Outside Director who receives an option.

          (l)  "OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" shall mean a Director who is not an Employee.

          (m)  "PARENT" shall mean a "parent corporation," whether now or
     hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Internal Revenue
     Code of 1986, as amended.

          (n)  "PLAN" shall mean this 1992 Director Stock Option Plan.

          (o)  "SHARE" shall mean a share of Common Stock, as adjusted in
     accordance with Section 12 of the Plan.

          (p)  "SUBSIDIARY" shall mean a "subsidiary corporation," whether now
     or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Internal Revenue
     Code of 1986, as amended.

     3.   STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  Subject to the provisions of Section 12 of
the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of shares which may be optioned and sold
under the Plan is 840,000 shares of Common Stock.  The shares may be authorized,
but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.

          If an Option expires or becomes unexercisable for any reason without
having been exercised in full, the unexercised Shares which were subject thereto
shall, unless the Plan has been terminated, become available for future grant
under the Plan.  If Shares which were acquired upon exercise of an Option are
subsequently repurchased by the Company, such Shares shall not become available
for future grant under the Plan.

     4.   AUTOMATIC GRANT OF OPTIONS.  All grants of Options hereunder shall be
automatic and non-discretionary and shall be made strictly in accordance with
the following provisions:

          (a)  No person shall have any discretion to select which Outside
     Directors shall be granted Options or to determine the number of Shares to
     be covered by Options granted to Outside Directors.

          (b)  Each Outside Director, including persons who are Outside
     Directors on the date of adoption of the Plan, shall be automatically
     granted an option to purchase 15,000 Shares (the "First Option") upon the
     later to occur of (i) the effective date of the Plan, as determined in
     accordance with Section 8 hereof, or (ii) the date on which such person
     first becomes an Outside Director, whether through election by the


                                        2

<PAGE>

     shareholders of the Company or appointment by the Board to fill a vacancy;
     provided, however, commencing with the calendar year 1996 such automatic
     grant shall be reduced to an option to purchase 5,000 shares.

          (c)  Subject to the following, after the First Option has been granted
     to an Outside Director, such Outside Director shall thereafter be
     automatically granted an Option to purchase 15,000 shares on the first and
     each successive anniversary of the grant of the First Option.  Commencing
     with calendar year 1996 and thereafter such Outside Director shall be
     automatically granted an Option to purchase 5,000 shares on each successive
     anniversary of the grant of the First Option; provided, however, that in no
     event shall an Outside Director be granted options to purchase in the
     aggregate more than 120,000 shares pursuant to the Plan.

          (d)  Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4(b) and (c) hereof,
     in the event that a grant would cause the number of Shares subject to
     outstanding Options to Outside Directors plus Shares previously purchased
     upon exercise of Options by Outside Directors to exceed 840,000 Shares,
     then each such automatic grant shall be for that number of Shares
     determined by dividing the total number of Shares remaining available for
     grant by the number of Outside Directors on the automatic grant date.  Any
     further grants shall then be deferred until such time, if any, as
     additional Shares become available for grant under the Plan through action
     of the shareholders to increase the number of Shares which may be issued
     under the Plan or through cancellation or expiration of Options previously
     granted hereunder.

     5.   OPTION TERMS AND CONDITIONS.  The terms and conditions of an Option
granted hereunder shall be as follows:

          (a)  subject to Sections 12 and 13 hereof, the terms of each Option
     granted prior to January 1, 1996 shall be five (5) years and the term of
     each Option granted after such date shall be ten (10) years.

          (b)  the First Option shall become exercisable in full beginning on
     the later of (i) the first anniversary of the grant of the Option or (ii)
     six (6) months after the date on which the Plan is first approved by the
     shareholders of the Company in accordance with Rule 16b-3 under the
     Exchange Act and each subsequent Option shall become exercisable in full
     beginning on the first anniversary of the grant of such Option, provided in
     each case that the Outside Director shall have maintained Continuous
     Service as an Outside Director throughout such 12-month period.

          (c)  the Option shall be exercisable only while the Outside Director
     serves as an Outside Director of the Company, and (i) as to Options granted
     hereunder prior to January 1, 1996 for a period of six (6) months after
     ceasing to be an Outside Director pursuant to section 10(b) hereof, and
     (ii) as to Options granted after such date, for a period of two (2) years
     after ceasing to be an Outside Director pursuant to Section 10(b) hereof.


                                        3
<PAGE>



           (d)  the exercise price per Share shall be 100% of the fair market
    value per Share on the date of grant of the Option, as determined in
    accordance with Section 9(a) hereof.

           (e)  the effectiveness of any Options granted hereunder is
    conditioned upon shareholder approval of the Plan in accordance with Rule
    16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

    6.     ADMINISTRATION OF AND GRANTS OF OPTIONS UNDER THE PLAN.

           (a)  ADMINISTRATION.  Except as otherwise required herein, the Plan
    shall be administered by the Board or a Committee.

           (b)  POWERS OF THE BOARD OR COMMITTEE.  Subject to the provisions
    and restrictions of the Plan, the Board or Committee shall have the
    authority, in its discretion: (i) to determine, upon review of relevant
    information and in accordance with Section 9(a) hereof, the fair market
    value of the Common Stock; (ii) to interpret the Plan; (iii) to prescribe,
    amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; (iv) to
    authorize any person to execute on behalf of the Company any instrument
    required to effectuate the grant of an Option granted hereunder; (v) to 
    accelerate the exercise date of any Option granted hereunder; and (vi)
    to make all other determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the
    administration of the Plan.

           (c)  EFFECT OF BOARD'S DECISION.  All decisions, determinations and
    interpretations of the Board or Committee shall be final and binding on all
    Optionees and any other holders of any Options granted under the Plan.

           (d)  SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF OPTION.  If the Board or Committee
    reasonably believes that an Optionee has committed an act of misconduct, it
    may suspend the Optionee's right to exercise any Option pending a
    determination by the Board or Committee (excluding the Outside Director
    accused of such misconduct).  If the Board or Committee (excluding the
    Outside Director accused of such misconduct) determines that an Optionee
    has committed an act of embezzlement, fraud, dishonesty, nonpayment of an
    obligation owed to the Company, breach of fiduciary duty or deliberate
    disregard of the Company's rules resulting in loss, damage or injury to the
    Company, or if an Optionee makes an unauthorized disclosure of any Company
    trade secret or confidential information, engages in any conduct
    constituting unfair competition with respect to the Company, or induces any
    party to breach a contract with the Company, neither the Optionee nor the
    Optionee's estate shall be entitled to exercise any Option whatsoever.  In
    making such determination, the Board or Committee (excluding the Outside
    Director accused of such misconduct) shall act fairly and shall give the
    Optionee an opportunity to appear and present evidence on the Optionee's
    behalf at a hearing before the Board or Committee.


                                          4

<PAGE>

           (e)  DATE OF GRANT OF OPTIONS.  The date of grant of an Option
    shall, for all purposes, be the date determined in accordance with Section
    4 hereof, notwithstanding the fact that an Optionee may not have entered
    into an option agreement with the Company on such date.  Notice of the
    grant of an Option shall be given to the Optionee within a reasonable time
    after the date of such grant.


    7.     ELIGIBILITY.     Options may be granted only to Outside Directors. 
All options shall be automatically granted in accordance with the terms set
forth in Section 4 hereof.  The Plan shall not confer upon any Optionee any
right with respect to continuation of service as a Director or nomination to
serve as a Director, nor shall it interfere in any way with any rights which a
Director or the Company may have to terminate such Director's directorship at
any time.

    8.     TERM OF PLAN.    The effective date of this Plan is January 7, 1992,
the date upon which it was adopted by the Board.  The Plan shall continue in
effect for a term of ten (10) years unless terminated sooner under Section 13
hereof.

    9.     FAIR MARKET VALUE AND FORM OF CONSIDERATION.

           (a)  FAIR MARKET VALUE.  The fair market value per share shall be
    determined as follows:

              (i)      if the Common Stock is listed on a national securities
           exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such
           exchange, the fair market value on any given day shall be the
           closing sale price for the Common Stock on such day, as reported in
           the Wall Street Journal or other newspaper of general circulation;

              (ii)     if the Common Stock is not listed on a national
           securities exchange, the fair market value on any given day shall be
           the closing sale price for the Common Stock on the NASDAQ National
           Market System on such day, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or
           other newspaper of general circulation;

              (iii)    if the Common Stock is not listed on a national
           securities exchange, is not admitted to unlisted trading privileges
           on any such exchange, and is not eligible for inclusion on the
           NASDAQ National Market System, the fair market value on any given
           day shall be the average of the closing representative bid and asked
           prices on such day, as reported on the NASDAQ System, and if not
           reported on such system, then as reported by the National Quotation
           Bureau, Inc. or such other publicly available compilation of the bid
           and asked prices of the Common Stock in any over-the-counter market
           on which the Common Stock is traded; or



                                          5

<PAGE>

                (iv)  if there exists no public trading market for the Common
           Stock, the fair market value on any given day shall be an amount
           determined by the Board or Committee in such manner as it may
           reasonably determine in its discretion, provided that such amount 
           shall not be less than the book value per share as reasonably 
           determined by the Board or Committee as of the date of 
           determination nor less than the par value of the Stock.

           (b)      FORM OF CONSIDERATION.  The consideration to be paid for 
the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option shall consist entirely of 
cash or such other form of consideration as the Board or Committee may 
determine, in its sole discretion, to be appropriate for payment, including 
but not limited to other shares of Common Stock having a fair market value on 
the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as 
to which the Option is exercised, or any combination of such methods of payment.

    10.    EXERCISE OF OPTION

           (a)  PROCEDURE FOR EXERCISE; RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER.  Any Option
granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times as are set forth in Section
5 hereof.  An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

           An Option shall be deemed to be exercised when a written notice of
such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the
Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and full payment for the
Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised has been received by the
Company.  Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment
allowable under Section 9(b) hereof.  Until the issuance (as evidenced by the
appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer
agent of the Company) of the stock certificate evidencing such Shares, no right
to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a shareholder shall exist
with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. 
A share certificate for the number of Shares so acquired shall be issued to the
Optionee as soon as practicable after exercise of the Option.  No adjustment
will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to
the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 12
hereof.

    Exercise of an Option in any manner shall result in a decrease in the
number of Shares which thereafter may be available, both for purposes of the
Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the
Option was exercised.

           (b)  TERMINATION OF STATUS AS A DIRECTOR.  If an Optionee ceases to
serve as a Director, the Optionee may, but (i) as to Options granted hereunder
prior to January 1, 1996, only within six (6) months after the date Optionee
ceases to be an Outside Director and (ii) as to Options granted after such date,
within two (2) years after the date the Optionee ceases to be an Outside 
Director of the Company, exercise his or her Option to the extent the 
Optionee was entitled to exercise it at the date of such

                                          6

<PAGE>

termination.  To the extent that the Optionee was not entitled to exercise an
Option at the date of such termination, or if the Optionee does not exercise
such Option within the time specified herein, the Option shall terminate.

         (c)  DEATH OF OPTIONEE. In the event of the death of an Optionee
occurring:

              (i)  during the term of the Option, and provided that the
         Optionee was at the time of death a Director of the Company and had
         been in Continuous Service as a Director since the date of grant of
         the Option, the Option may be exercised, at any time within six (6)
         months following the date of death, by the Optionee's estate or by a
         person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or
         inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to exercise that
         would have accrued had the Optionee continued living and remained in
         Continuous Service a Director for six (6) months after the date of
         death.

              (ii) within thirty (30) days after the termination of Continuous
         Service as a Director, the Option may be exercised, at any time within
         six (6) months following the date of death, by the Optionee's estate
         or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by
         bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent of the right to
         exercise that had accrued at the date of termination of Continuous
         Service as a Director.

    11.  NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.    The Option may not be sold,
pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other
than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised,
during the lifetime of the Optionee, only by the Optionee.

    12.  ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION OR MERGER.  The number of 
shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Option, and the number of 
shares of Common Stock which have been authorized for issuance under the Plan 
but as to which Options have not yet been granted or which have been returned 
to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an Option, as well as the 
price per share of Common Stock covered by each such outstanding Option, 
shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number 
of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock 
split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination or reclassification 
of the Common Stock, or any other increase or decrease in the number of 
issued shares of Common Stock effected without receipt of consideration by 
the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities 
of the Company shall not be deemed to have been "effected without receipt of 
consideration."  Such adjustment shall be made by the Board, whose 
determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive. Except 
as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock 
of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, or 
options or rights to purchase shares of stock of any class shall affect, and 
no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or 
price of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option.

                                          7

<PAGE>


         In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the
Company, each Option will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of
such proposed action, unless otherwise provided by the Board.  The Board may, in
the exercise of its sole discretion in such instances, declare that any Option
shall terminate as of a date fixed by the Board and give each Optionee the right
to exercise his or her Option as to all or any part of the Optioned Stock,
including Shares as to which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.  In
the event of a proposed sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the
Company, or the merger of the Company with or into another corporation, the
Option shall be assumed or an equivalent option shall be substituted by such
successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation,
unless the Board determines, in the exercise of its sole discretion and in lieu
of such assumption or substitution, that the Optionee shall have the right to
exercise the Option as to all of the Optioned Stock, including Shares as to
which the Option would not otherwise be exercisable.  If the Board makes an
Option fully exercisable in lieu of assumption or substitution in the event of a
merger or sale of assets, the Board shall notify the Optionee that the Option
shall be fully exercisable for a period of ten (10) days from the date of such
notice, and the Option will terminate upon the expiration of such period.

    13.  AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND APPROVAL OF THE PLAN.  The Board may at any
time amend or terminate the Plan, except that the Board shall not amend the Plan
more than once every six (6) months with respect to the provisions of the Plan
relating to the amount, price, and timing of grants, other than to comply with
changes in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the regulations thereunder.  No Option may
be granted after the Plan is terminated.  The foregoing provisions of this
Section notwithstanding, no amendment or termination shall, without the consent
of the holder of an Option, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any
Option theretofore granted under the Plan except as is permitted pursuant to
Section 12 of the Plan.

         If any amendment to the Plan requires approval by the shareholders of
the Company for continued applicability of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, or
for initial or continued listing of the Common Stock or other securities of the
Company upon any stock exchange, then such amendment shall be approved by the
holders of a majority of the Company's outstanding capital stock entitled to
vote.

    14.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.   Shares shall not be issued
pursuant to the exercise of an Option unless the exercise of such Option and the
issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all
relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder, state securities laws, and the requirements of the NASD or any stock
exchange upon which the Shares may then be listed, and shall be further subject
to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance.

         As a condition to the exercise of an Option, the Company may require
the person exercising such Option to represent and warrant at the time of any
such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and
without any present intention to sell or


                                          8

<PAGE>

distribute such Shares, if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a
representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of
law.  Such Shares may also be issued with appropriate legends on stock
certificates representing such Shares, and the Company may place stop transfer
orders with respect to such Shares.

         Inability of the Company to obtain authority from any regulatory body
having jurisdiction, which authority is deemed by the Company's counsel to be
necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any Shares hereunder, shall relieve
the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such
Shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained.

    15.  RESERVATION OF SHARES.   The Company, during the term of this Plan,
will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be
sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

    16.  OPTION AGREEMENT.   Options shall be evidenced by written option
agreements in substantially the form attached hereto or in such other form as
the Board or Committee shall approve.

    17.  INFORMATION TO OPTIONEES.     The Company shall provide to each
Optionee, during the period for which such Optionee has one or more Options
outstanding, copies of all annual reports and other information which are
provided to all shareholders of the Company.

                                          9

<PAGE>

                                OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
                       1998-2000 RESTRICTED STOCK ELECTION PLAN


                                      ARTICLE I.
                                       PURPOSE

    The purpose of this Plan is to reward executive performance and to build
each executive participant's equity interest in the stock of OLYMPIC FINANCIAL
LTD., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), by providing long-term incentives
and rewards to officers and other key management associates of the Company and
its subsidiaries who contribute to its continuing success by their management,
innovation, ability, industry, loyalty and exceptional service.  This Plan
provides such management associates with an opportunity to acquire Common Stock
of the Company, par value $0.01 per share (the "Common Stock").


                                     ARTICLE II.
                                     DEFINITIONS

    2.1    "Active Participant" means a Participant who is employed by the
    Company and actively at work.

    2.2    "Company" means Olympic Financial Ltd. and its subsidiaries.

    2.3    "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of Olympic
    Financial Ltd.

    2.4    "Committee" means the Compensation Committee of the Board of
    Directors of the Company.

    2.5    "Disability" means the inability of a Participant to perform the
    regular duties of his or her normal occupation due to accident or illness
    as determined by the Company's long-term disability carrier.

    2.6    "Disability Retirement Date" means the date on which a Participant
    permanently ceases being an Active Participant by reason of Disability.

    2.7    "Eligible Associate" means an officer or other management associate
    of the Company determined by the Committee to be eligible to participate in
    the Plan pursuant to criteria adopted from time to time by the Committee.

    2.8    "Effective Date of Award" means (i) December 20, 1995, as to an
    Eligible Associate who received a Restricted Stock Award on such date; (ii)
    as to an Eligible Associate who is employed by the Company after December
    20, 1995 ("New Associate"), the first day of the New Associate's employment
    by the


                                          1

<PAGE>

    Company or such later date as determined by the Committee, and (iii) as to
    an associate who is not an Eligible Associate on December 20, 1995, the
    date of the event or circumstance giving rise to the associate's
    eligibility as determined by the Committee.  Provided, however, in the
    event the New Associate's first day of employment, or the date of the event
    or circumstance giving rise to the associate's eligibility occurs during
    the last calendar quarter of 1997, 1998 or 1999, notwithstanding the
    foregoing, the Effective Date shall be as of January 1, of the next
    consecutive year after such quarter.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, solely
    for purposes of an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue
    Code, the Effective Date of Award shall be the date of grant of a
    Restricted Share Award.

    2.9    "Normal Retirement Date" means the date of voluntary termination of
    employment on or after an associate reaches age fifty-five.

    2.10   "Participant" means an Eligible Associate who elects to participate
    in the Plan.

    2.11   "Plan" means the Olympic Financial Ltd. 1998-2000 Restricted Stock
    Election Plan.

    2.12   "Plan Year" means the annual period on which the records of the Plan
    are kept, that being the fiscal year of the Company.  The Plan Years for
    the Plan shall be the calendar years 1998, 1999 and 2000.

    2.13   "Restricted Stock Award" means an award of the Company's Common
    Stock with restrictions as to disposition by the recipient and subject to a
    risk of forfeiture until certain conditions described in the Plan have been
    met.

    2.14   "Restriction Period" means the period from the date of grant of the
    Restricted Stock Award until the later of (i) the date five years after the
    Effective Date of the Award or (ii) December 31, 2002.

    2.15   "Retired Participant" means a participant who has retired under the
    provisions of an applicable Company-sponsored retirement plan at Normal or
    Disability Retirement Date.  Retirement Participant will not, however,
    include any Participant who was terminated for cause (as determined by the
    Board of Directors or by one or more Section 16 officers) or whose
    employment terminated prior to death or Normal or Disability Retirement.

                                     ARTICLE III.
                                     ELIGIBILITY

    The Committee will select the officers and other key executive and
management associates to be eligible to participate in the Plan and to receive
Restricted Stock Awards.  The Committee shall make this determination for
associates of the Company as of


                                          2

<PAGE>

December 20, 1995 on such date.  The Committee may select new and additional
associates for participation subsequent to December 20, 1995.

                                     ARTICLE IV.
                               RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

    4.1    TARGET BONUS.  The Committee may select Participants who shall be
eligible to receive incentive bonuses for the Plan Years 1998, 1999 and 2000 in
amounts determined by the Committee.  The amount of any such bonus which may be
earned by a Participant shall be determined as a percentage of the Participant's
base salary as of the Effective Date or such later date determined by the
Committee.  Such Participant's aggregate bonuses for the three Plan Years or a
portion thereof ("Target Bonus") shall be calculated by (i) multiplying the
Participant's base salary as of the Effective Date or such later date determined
by the Committee times his or her bonus percentage as determined by the
Committee; (ii) dividing that product by three hundred sixty-five (365), and
(iii) multiplying that quotient times the number of days from and including the
Effective Date of the Award through and including December 31, 2000.  Prior to
the commencement of each Plan Year, the Committee shall establish an annual
performance target for each Participant which target must be achieved by the
Participant as a condition to earning his or her bonus for the relevant Plan
Year.

    4.2    ELECTION.  Each Participant shall  be permitted to make an
irrevocable election that a portion of his/her bonuses for fiscal years 1998-
2000 shall be received in the form of Common Stock.  To participate in the Plan,
the Eligible Associate shall execute and submit to the Committee or its
representative an election form no later than thirty (30) days following the
date the Eligible Associate was first informed of his or her eligibility to
participate.  The Participant shall irrevocably designate on such election 
form the percentage (the "Elected Percentage") of the Target Bonus he or she 
elects to receive in the form of Restricted Stock in increments of 0%, 
25%, 50%, 75% or 100%.

    4.3    ELECTION BY SECTION 16 OFFICERS.  All officers of the Company who
are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange
Act") as identified by the Board of Directors must elect to apply 100% of their
Target Bonuses to Restricted Stock Awards under this Plan.

    4.4    NUMBER OF RESTRICTED SHARES.  Subject to the provisions of this
Plan, the Committee may grant a Restricted Stock Award to each Participant who
has elected to participate in the Plan ("Award Recipient").  The Restricted
Stock Award shall be equal to the number of shares of the Company's Common Stock
(rounded down to the nearest whole number) calculated by (i) multiplying the
Target Bonus times the Elected Percentage and (ii) dividing the product thereof
by the market price of the Common Stock as of the Effective Date.  Provided,
however, any grants made prior to the approval of the Plan by the Company's
shareholders at the 1996 annual meeting shall be subject to and contingent upon
such approval being given.


                                          3

<PAGE>

    4.5  STOCK CERTIFICATES. Restricted shares awarded pursuant to the Plan may
be evidenced by the Stock certificates described in Section 7.3 and such other
written documents (the "Restricted Stock Award Documents") in such form as the
Committee shall approve from time to time.  The Company may at its option issue
uncertificated shares until such time as Participants' shares become vested.
When vested, stock certificates shall be issued in the name of the Participant.
Restricted Stock Award Documents shall comply with and be subject to the terms
and conditions of this Plan and such other terms and conditions which the
Committee shall require from time to time which are not inconsistent with the
terms of this Plan.  The Committee shall have the right to amend the Restricted
Stock Award Documents issued to an Award Recipient subject to his or her
consent.

    4.6  FUTURE AWARDS. At its discretion the Committee may in the future
determine to make Restricted Stock Awards which are in accordance with the terms
of this Plan.


                                      ARTICLE V.
                                       VESTING

    5.1  AUTOMATIC LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS.   An Active Participant shall become
fully vested in his/her Restricted Stock Awards upon the lapse of the applicable
Restriction Period.

    5.2  ACCELERATED VESTING.  As soon as reasonably practical after the end 
of 1998, 1999 and 2000, the Committee shall determine whether each Active, 
Retired or deceased Participant has achieved his or her annual target 
performance goals established by the Committee for the relevant fiscal year.  
As of the date the Committee determines that such performance goals for said 
year have been achieved, vesting of a portion of the Participant's Restricted 
Stock Awards shall be accelerated.  For each such Plan Year, an Active 
Participant who has achieved his or her performance goals shall vest in the 
number of shares determined by multiplying the Participant's total Restricted 
Stock Award shares for that year times a fraction, the numerator of which is 
the number of days during such year that the Participant was participating in 
the Plan and the denominator of which is the total number of days from and 
including the Participant's Effective Date to December 31, 2000.

    5.3  CONDITIONS RESULTING IN FORFEITURES.    In the event that an Active
Participant's employment is terminated and such termination is not by reason of
death, Normal or Disability Retirement or Change of Control, all unvested
Restricted Stock Awards will be forfeited.

    5.4  PRO RATA ACCELERATION OF VESTING OF RESTRICTED SHARES IN THE EVENT OF
THE AWARD RECIPIENT'S RETIREMENT, DEATH OR DISABILITY. In the event of the death
or Normal or Disability Retirement of the Award Recipient, at the end of the
fiscal year of the Company in which such event occurred, in the event the
Participant's target performance

                                          4

<PAGE>

goals have been achieved, the Board of Directors or its delegee shall make a
recommendation to the Committee that such Participant is entitled to a
performance bonus.  On the basis of that recommendation, the Committee shall
take the following actions:

    (a)  determine that the Participant vested in a portion of his/her
         Restricted Stock Award, and

    (b)  calculate the number of accelerated vested shares in the portion of
         the Restricted Stock Award earned.  The vested portion shall be that
         proportion of the total shares which could have become vested for that
         fiscal year which is equal to the Participant's employment period
         during that fiscal year as a proportion of the entire fiscal year.

    5.5  ACCELERATION OF VESTING OF RESTRICTED SHARES IN THE EVENT OF CHANGE OF
CONTROL.  In the event of, or upon the date set by the Committee to be an
accelerated vesting date in anticipation of, the occurrence of a transaction or
series of related transactions in which (A) the Company is dissolved or
liquidated or sells substantially all of its operating assets, (B) the Company
is party to a merger or consolidation in which the Company is not the surviving
or acquiring entity, or (C) the Company becomes an 80% or more owned subsidiary
of another company (any of such transactions being hereinafter referred to as a
"Change of Control"), the Committee shall direct that vesting with respect to
all Restricted Shares be accelerated and that such Restricted Shares become
fully vested.

                                     ARTICLE VI.
                                      COMMITTEE


    6.1  COMPOSITION OF THE COMMITTEE.   The Committee shall consist of not 
less than two members of the Board.  Any grant of Awards to officers who are 
subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be made only by a Committee 
of two or more outside directors each of whom is a "disinterested person" as 
defined in Rule 16(b)-3(c)(2) of the Exchange Act.

    6.2  RULES AND REGULATIONS.   The Committee shall adopt such administrative
rules and regulations under this Plan as it may deem appropriate for the
operation of the Plan.  The Committee shall also have the power to alter, amend
or revoke any rules or regulations it has adopted.

    6.3  AUTHORITY.   The Committee shall have full authority to interpret the
Plan and, subject to the provisions herein, to determine when, to whom and the
size of the Restricted Stock Awards to be granted to any Participant, taking
into account the elections made by Participants.


                                          5

<PAGE>

     6.4    ACTIONS OF THE COMMITTEE.  The Committee shall hold its meetings at
such times and places as it may determine.  A majority of the members shall
constitute a quorum.  All decisions of the Committee taken in meeting shall be
made on the action of a majority of the members of the Committee.  Decisions of
the Committee may be taken by written action without meeting only upon unanimous
vote in favor thereof.

     6.5    EXPENSES.  All expenses incurred by the Committee in the
administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Company.

                                  ARTICLE VII.
                               PLAN ADMINISTRATION

     7.1    EFFECTIVE DATE.  The effective date of this Plan shall be December
20, 1995, provided that the shareholders of the Company have approved or will
approve the Plan within twelve months of that date.

     7.2    SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARD.  Common Stock to be used for Restricted
Stock Awards under the Plan shall be made available at the discretion of the
Board of Directors either from authorized but unissued common shares or from
previously issued common shares reacquired by the Company, including shares
purchased on the open market.  The total number of common shares which may be
used in payment of awards under the Plan shall not exceed in the aggregate
600,000 shares, provided, however, that such number of shares shall be
proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of
outstanding shares resulting from a stock split or other subdivision or
consolidation of shares or for other capital adjustments or payment of stock
dividends or distributions or other increases or decreases in the outstanding
shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company.  Common shares
awarded under the Plan which are subsequently forfeited shall revert to the Plan
and shall be available for subsequent award to Participants.

     7.3    STOCK CERTIFICATES.  If issued, the stock certificate(s) evidencing
a Restricted Stock Award shall be registered in the name of the Award Recipient
and shall bear a legend referring to the terms, conditions and restrictions
applicable to such shares.  The Committee shall direct the Company to either
retain physical possession or custody of or place into escrow the certificate(s)
evidencing the Restricted Shares until such time as such shares are vested.
Uncertificated shares shall be maintained by the Committee or at its direction.

     7.4    DIVIDEND AND VOTING RIGHTS.  Subject to Section 7.5 hereof, during
the period from the date a Restricted Stock Award is granted to the date
Restricted Shares are vested, the Award Recipient will be entitled to all rights
of a stockholder of the Company, including the right to vote the shares and
receive dividends declared on such shares, as paid.


                                        6

<PAGE>

     7.5    TRANSFER OF RESTRICTED SHARES.  No Restricted Shares awarded under
this Plan may be transferred, pledged, or encumbered until such time as any such
shares become vested.

     7.6    WITHHOLDING OF TAXES.  Whenever Restricted Shares vest or, if
sooner, whenever an Award Recipient must include the Restricted Shares in income
for federal income tax purposes, the Company shall have the right to (a) require
the recipient to remit or otherwise make available to the Company an amount
sufficient to satisfy all federal, state and/or local withholding tax
requirements prior to the delivery or transfer of any certificate or
certificates for such Restricted Shares, or (b) take whatever action it deems
necessary to protect its interests with respect to tax liabilities, including,
without limitation, redeeming a portion of any Restricted Shares otherwise
deliverable pursuant to this Plan with a then fair market value equal to such
tax liabilities.  The Company's obligation to make any delivery or transfer of
vested Restricted Shares shall be conditioned on the Award Recipient's
compliance with any withholding requirement to the Company's satisfaction.

                                  ARTICLE VIII.
                            AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

     8.1    AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.  The Board of Directors of the Company may
amend this Plan from time to time in such manner as they may deem advisable;
provided, however, that only the Committee can make grants and awards.  Any
amendment that will result in a grant or an award shall be made only by
disinterested members of the Board of Directors.  No amendment to this Plan
shall adversely affect any outstanding Restricted Stock Award without the
consent of the Award Recipient.

     8.2    EXPIRATION, SUSPENSION OR TERMINATION OF PLAN.  No Restricted Stock
Awards shall be granted after December 31, 2000.  However, the Board of
Directors may suspend or terminate this Plan at any time.

                                   ARTICLE IX.
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     9.1    NO CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT.  The award of a Restricted Stock Award
pursuant to this Plan shall not be construed to imply or to constitute evidence
of any agreement, express or implied, on the part of the Company or any
subsidiary thereof to retain the Award Recipient in the employ of the Company or
any subsidiary thereof, and each such Award Recipient shall remain subject to
discharge to the same extent as if this Plan had not been adopted.

     9.2    CHOICE OF LAW.  This Plan shall be operated in accordance with the
laws of the State of Minnesota, to the extent not preempted by federal law.


                                        7


<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
                       COMPUTATION OF EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                           ---------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)               1994            1995            1996
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>
PRIMARY:
Income before extraordinary item and preferred
  dividends..............................................  $       4,185   $      29,317   $      60,316
Less preferred dividends.................................         (2,300)         (2,213)         (1,152)
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Net income before extraordinary item applicable to common
  stock..................................................          1,885          27,104          59,164
Less extraordinary item..................................             --          (3,856)             --
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
  Net income applicable to common stock..................  $       1,885   $      23,248   $      59,164
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding.....      9,842,173      17,261,810      30,897,426
Net effect of assumed exercise of stock options and
  warrants...............................................        976,735       2,767,959       2,168,047
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Weighted average primary shares..........................     10,818,908      20,029,769      33,065,473
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Net income per common share before extraordinary item....  $        0.17   $        1.35   $        1.79
Extraordinary item per common share......................             --           (0.19)             --
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
  Net income per common share............................  $        0.17   $        1.16   $        1.79
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
 
FULLY DILUTED:
Income before extraordinary item and preferred
  dividends..............................................  $       4,185   $      29,317   $      60,316
Less extraordinary item..................................             --          (3,856)             --
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
  Net income, as adjusted................................  $       4,185   $      25,461   $      60,316
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding.....      9,842,173      17,261,810      30,897,426
Net effect of assumed exercise of stock options and
  warrants...............................................      1,479,907       4,200,896       2,484,195
Net effect of assumed conversion of 8% Cumulative
  Convertible Exchangeable Preferred stock...............      5,361,300       4,993,170       3,068,374
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Weighted average fully diluted shares....................     16,683,380      26,455,876      36,449,995
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
Net income per share before extraordinary item...........  $        0.17   $        1.11   $        1.65
Extraordinary item per share.............................             --           (0.15)             --
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
  Net income per share...................................  $        0.17   $        0.96   $        1.65
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
                                                           -------------   -------------   -------------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) For the year ended December 31, 1994 the computation of fully diluted
    earnings per share results in an anti-dilutive earnings per share amount and
    is therefore reported equal to primary earnings per share.

<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
               COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)                              1992          1993          1994          1995          1996
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
COMPUTATION OF INCOME:
Income (loss) before income taxes and
  extraordinary item...........................  $    (1,342)  $     1,395   $     6,030   $    48,835   $    96,004
Capitalized interest...........................           --            --            --            --            --
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income before income taxes and capitalized
  interest.....................................       (1,342)        1,395         6,030        48,835        96,004
Fixed charges..................................          878         1,927         5,700        17,784        26,366
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Total income (loss) for computation............  $      (464)  $     3,322   $    11,730   $    66,619   $   122,370
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
 
COMPUTATION OF FIXED CHARGES:
Portion of rentals deemed representative of
  interest (a).................................  $        68   $       129   $       284   $       614   $     1,173
 
INTEREST:
Interest on long-term debt.....................          702         1,648         4,885        15,529        21,153
Interest other than funding of purchase of auto
  loans........................................           70            63           116           945         2,836
Amortization of debt placement.................           38            87           415           696         1,204
Capitalized interest...........................           --            --            --            --            --
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Total fixed charges............................  $       878   $     1,927   $     5,700   $    17,784   $    26,366
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges.............           --         1.72x         2.06x         3.75x         4.64x
Deficiency in earnings to fixed charges........  $    (1,342)           --            --            --            --
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
Net rental expense.............................  $       207   $       391   $       861   $     1,842   $     3,520
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(a) Portion of rental deemed representative of interest equals one third of
    rental expense.

<PAGE>
                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.
 
               COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
                         AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
 
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                 -------------------------------------------------------------------
(Dollars in thousands)                              1992          1993          1994          1995          1996
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
COMPUTATION OF INCOME:
Income (loss) before income taxes and
  extraordinary item...........................  $    (1,342)  $     1,395   $     6,030   $    48,835   $    96,004
Capitalized interest...........................           --            --            --            --            --
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Income before income taxes and capitalized
  interest.....................................       (1,342)        1,395         6,030        48,835        96,004
Fixed charges..................................          878         1,927         5,700        17,784        26,366
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Total income (loss) for computation............  $      (464)  $     3,322   $    11,730   $    66,619   $   122,370
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
 
COMPUTATION OF FIXED CHARGES:
Portion of rentals deemed representative of
  interest (a).................................  $        68   $       129   $       284   $       614   $     1,173
 
INTEREST:
Interest on long-term debt.....................          702         1,648         4,885        15,529        21,153
Interest other than funding of purchase of auto
  loans........................................           70            63           116           945         2,836
Amortization of debt placement.................           38            87           415           696         1,204
Capitalized interest...........................           --            --            --            --            --
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Total fixed charges............................  $       878   $     1,927   $     5,700   $    17,784   $    26,366
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Preferred stock dividends on a pre-tax basis...           --           192         3,286         3,688         1,829
Total combined fixed charges and preferred
  stock dividends..............................  $       878   $     2,119   $     8,986   $    21,472   $    28,195
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and
  preferred stock dividends....................           --         1.57x         1.31x         3.10x         4.34x
Deficiency in earnings to combined fixed
  charges and preferred stock dividends........  $    (1,342)           --            --            --            --
 
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
Net rental expense.............................  $       207   $       391   $       861   $     1,842   $     3,520
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                 -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(a) Portion of rental deemed representative of interest equals one third of
    rental expense.

<PAGE>

                             OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD.

                                  SUBSIDIARIES

                                              STATE OF     NUMBER OF  PERCENT OF
                                            INCORPORATION   SHARES     OWNERSHIP
                                           --------------  ---------  ---------

Olympic Receivables Financing Corporation         MN         1,000        100%
Olympic Receivables Capital Corp.                 DE           100        100%
Olympic 1992-B Receivables Capital Corp.          DE           100        100%
Olympic Receivables Marketing Corp.               MN         1,000        100%
Olympic Receivables Finance Corp.                 DE           100        100%
Olympic First GP Inc.                             DE           100        100%
Olympic Second GP Inc.                            DE           100        100%
Olympic Receivables Finance Corp. II              DE           100        100%
Arcadia Receivables Conduit Corp.                 DE           100        100%

<PAGE>

                                                                  EXHIBIT 23.1

                        CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration 
Statements of Olympic Financial Ltd. and related Prospectuses of our report 
dated January 21, 1997, with respect to the consolidated financial statements 
of Olympic Financial Ltd., as amended, included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K)
for the year ended December 31, 1996.

                   Registration
Form               Statement No.                 Purpose
- ----               -------------                 -------

S-3                  33-94018      Warrants to Purchase Common Stock
S-3                  33-98080      Warrants to Purchase Common Stock
S-3                  33-81512      Subordianted Extendible and Fixed-Term Notes
S-3                 333-18027      Universal Shelf
S-8                  33-53670      Olympic Financial Ltd. 1990 Stock Option 
                                        Plan, the Olympic Financial Ltd. 
                                        1992 Director Stock Option Plan,
                                        and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
S-8                  33-86484      Olympic Financial Ltd. 1994-1997 
                                        Restricted Stock Election Plan
S-8                  33-94228      Olympic Financial Ltd. 1998-2000 
                                        Restricted Stock Election Plan

                                                         /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 31, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE 12/31/96
FORM 10-K AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                          16,057
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  719,254
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                29,289
<PP&E>                                          17,778
<DEPRECIATION>                                   4,148
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 778,230
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          178,719
<BONDS>                                        206,418
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           364
<OTHER-SE>                                     392,729
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   778,230
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               213,495
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   92,298
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              25,193
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 96,004
<INCOME-TAX>                                    35,688
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                             60,316
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                    60,316
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.79
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.65
        

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                              CAUTIONARY STATEMENT
 
    OLYMPIC FINANCIAL LTD. (THE "COMPANY"), OR PERSONS ACTING ON BEHALF OF THE
COMPANY, OR OUTSIDE REVIEWERS RETAINED BY THE COMPANY MAKING STATEMENTS ON
BEHALF OF THE COMPANY, OR UNDERWRITERS OF THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES, FROM TIME TO
TIME, MAY MAKE, IN WRITING OR ORALLY, "FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS" AS DEFINED
UNDER THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995 (THE "ACT"). THIS
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT, WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH AN IDENTIFIED
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT, IS FOR THE PURPOSE OF QUALIFYING FOR THE "SAFE
HARBOR" PROVISIONS OF THE ACT AND IS INTENDED TO BE A READILY AVAILABLE WRITTEN
DOCUMENT THAT CONTAINS FACTORS WHICH COULD CAUSE RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY
FROM SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS. THESE FACTORS ARE IN ADDITION TO ANY OTHER
CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS, WRITTEN OR ORAL, WHICH MAY BE MADE OR REFERRED TO IN
CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT.
 
    THE FOLLOWING MATTERS, AMONG OTHERS, MAY HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE EFFECT ON
THE BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OR
PROSPECTS, FINANCIAL OR OTHERWISE, OF THE COMPANY. REFERENCE TO THIS CAUTIONARY
STATEMENT IN THE CONTEXT OF A FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT OR STATEMENTS SHALL BE
DEEMED TO BE A STATEMENT THAT ANY ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING FACTORS MAY CAUSE
ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE IN SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENT
OR STATEMENTS.
 
LIQUIDITY AND ACCESS TO CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    NEGATIVE OPERATING CASH FLOWS.  The Company's business requires substantial
cash to support amounts necessary to purchase and finance automobile loans
pending securitization, the payment of dealer participations, cash held from
time to time in restricted spread accounts in connection with securitizations or
warehouse facilities, repossessed inventory, interest advances to securitization
trusts, interest expense and other cash requirements, in addition to debt
service and dividends. These cash requirements increase as the volume of the
Company's loan purchases increases. To the extent that increases in the volume
of loan purchases and securitizations provide income, a substantial portion of
such income is received by the Company in cash over the life of the loans. The
Company has operated historically on a negative operating cash flow basis and
expects to continue to do so for so long as the Company's volume of loan
purchases continues to grow at a significant rate. As a result of the Company's
historical growth rate, the Company has used increasingly larger amounts of cash
than it has generated from its operating activities. The Company has funded
these negative operating cash flows principally through borrowings from
financial institutions, sales of equity securities and sales of senior and
subordinated notes. The Company's ability to execute its growth strategy depends
upon its continued ability to obtain substantial additional long-term debt and
equity capital through access to the capital markets or otherwise. There can be
no assurance that the Company will have access to the capital markets when
needed or will be able to obtain financing upon terms reasonably satisfactory to
the Company. Factors which could affect the Company's access to the capital
markets, or the costs of such capital, include changes in interest rates,
general economic conditions, the perception in the capital markets of the
Company's business, results of operations, leverage, financial condition and
business prospects, and the performance of the Company's securitization trusts.
In addition, covenants with respect to the Company's debt securities and credit
facilities may significantly restrict the Company's ability to incur additional
indebtedness and to issue new classes of preferred stock.
 
    POTENTIAL INABILITY TO REFINANCE EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS.  The Company's
ability to repay its outstanding indebtedness at maturity may depend on its
ability to refinance such indebtedness, which could be adversely affected if the
Company does not have access to the capital markets for the sale of additional
debt or equity through public offerings or private placements on terms
reasonably satisfactory to the Company. See "Negative Operating Cash Flows"
above.
 
    DEPENDENCE ON WAREHOUSE FINANCING.  The Company depends on warehouse
facilities with financial institutions or institutional lenders to finance its
purchase of loans on a short-term basis pending securitization. At December 31,
1996, the Company had $800.0 million of warehouse facilities through banks and
institutionally managed asset-backed securities conduits, of which $688.9
million was available. These facilities expire at various times in 1997, subject
to renewal or extension. Implementation of the Company's growth strategy
requires continued availability of warehouse facilities and may require
increases in the capacity of warehouse facilities. There can be no assurance
that such financing will be available on terms reasonably satisfactory to the
Company. The inability of the Company to arrange
<PAGE>
additional warehouse facilities or to extend or replace existing facilities when
they expire would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations and on the Company's outstanding
securities.
 
    DEPENDENCE ON SECURITIZATION.  The Company has relied upon its ability to
aggregate and sell loans as asset-backed securities in the secondary market to
generate cash proceeds for repayment of warehouse facilities and to purchase new
loans from dealers. Through December 31, 1996 the Company had securitized
approximately $5.8 billion of automobile loans, approximately $3.8 billion of
which were outstanding at December 31, 1996. Accordingly, adverse changes in the
Company's asset-backed securities program or in the asset-backed securities
market for automobile receivables generally could materially adversely affect
the Company's ability to purchase and resell loans on a timely basis and upon
terms reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Company endeavors to effect
public securitizations of its loans on at least a quarterly basis. However,
market and other considerations, including the conformity of loans to insurance
company and rating agency requirements, could affect the timing of such
transactions. Any delay in the sale of loans beyond a quarter-end would
eliminate the related gain on sale in the given quarter and adversely affect the
Company's reported earnings for such quarter. All of the Company's
securitizations from March 1993 through December 31, 1996 and one of the
Company's warehouse facilities have utilized credit enhancement in the form of
financial guaranty insurance policies issued by FSA to achieve "AAA/Aaa" ratings
with respect to the asset-backed securities. The Company believes that financial
guaranty insurance policies reduce the costs of the securitizations and such
warehouse facility relative to alternative forms of credit enhancements
available to the Company. The Company has committed to use FSA for future credit
enhancement on insured securitizations through 1997 in consideration for certain
limitations on FSA insurance premiums. FSA is not required to insure
Company-sponsored securitizations and there can be no assurance that it will
continue to do so or that future Company-sponsored securitizations will be
similarly rated.
 
LOAN PERFORMANCE RISKS
 
    POTENTIAL NEGATIVE EFFECTS ON FINANCIAL CONDITION, RESULTS OF OPERATIONS AND
LIQUIDITY.  The Company's business, financial condition, results of operations
and liquidity depend, to a material extent, on the performance of loans
purchased and sold by the Company. When such loans are sold in securitizations,
the Company recognizes gain on sale. Finance income receivable, the Company's
principal asset, has been calculated using assumptions concerning future default
and prepayment rates on securitized loans that are consistent with the Company's
historical experience and market conditions and present value discount rates
that the Company believes would be requested by an unrelated purchaser of an
identical stream of estimated cash flows. Management believes that the Company's
estimates of excess cash flow were reasonable at the time each gain on sale of
loans was recorded. However, the actual rates of default and/or prepayment on
such loans may exceed those estimated for purposes of calculating the Company's
finance income receivable and consequently may adversely affect anticipated
future excess cash flow. The Company periodically reviews its prepayment and
loss assumptions in relation to current performance of the loans and market
conditions, and, if necessary, writes down the balance of finance income
receivable. The Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected by such adjustments in the
future. No assurance can be given that loan losses and prepayments will not
exceed the Company's estimates or that finance income receivable could be sold
at its stated value on the balance sheet, if at all.
 
    POSSIBLE RESTRICTIONS ON CASH FLOW FROM SECURITIZATIONS.  The Company's
future liquidity and financial condition, and its ability to finance the growth
of its business and to repay or refinance its indebtedness, will depend to a
material extent on distributions of excess cash flow from securitization trusts.
The Company's agreements with FSA provide that the Company must maintain in a
spread account for each insured securitization trust specified levels of excess
cash during the life of the trust. These spread accounts are initially funded
out of initial deposits or cash flows from the related trust. Thereafter, during
each month, excess cash flow due to ORFC from all insured securitization trusts
is first used to replenish any
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
spread account deficiencies and is then distributed to the Company. If excess
cash flow from all insured securitization trusts, plus cash flow from
recoveries, is not sufficient to replenish all such spread accounts, no cash
flow would be available to the Company from ORFC for that month. Each insured
securitization trust has certain portfolio performance tests relating to levels
of delinquency, defaults and net losses on the loans in such trust. If any of
these levels are exceeded, the amount required to be retained in the related
spread account, and not passed through to ORFC, will be increased. Such levels
have historically been exceeded prior to 1996 and the Company has obtained
waivers from FSA to permit distributions of cash from certain spread accounts to
ORFC. There can be no assurance that such levels will not be exceeded in the
future or that, if exceeded, waivers will be available. In certain events with
respect to any series of asset-backed securities insured by FSA, the Company
will be in default under its insurance agreement with FSA and distributions of
cash flow to ORFC from the related securitization trust may be suspended until
the asset-backed securities have been redeemed. Such events include the
cumulative net loss rate, as defined, equaling or exceeding an agreed upon
percentage of the principal balance of loans included in the securitization
trust related to such series. Certain of the Company's securitization trusts
have exceeded such insurance agreement thresholds prior to 1996 and the Company
has obtained waivers from FSA to permit distributions of cash to ORFC. There can
be no assurance that such thresholds will not be exceeded in the future or that,
if exceeded, waivers will be available. In addition, the spread account for each
securitization is cross-collateralized to the spread accounts established in
connection with the Company's other securitization trusts (including one of its
warehouse facilities) such that excess cash flow from a performing
securitization trust may be used to support negative cash flow from, or to
replenish a deficient spread account in connection with, a nonperforming
securitization trust, thereby further restricting excess cash flow available to
ORFC. FSA also has a collateral security interest in the stock of ORFC. If FSA
were to foreclose on such security interest following an event of default under
an insurance agreement with respect to a securitization trust, FSA could
preclude payment of dividends by ORFC to the Company, thereby eliminating the
Company's right to receive distributions of excess cash flow from all the FSA-
insured securitization trusts. The Company's right to service the loans sold in
securitizations insured by FSA is also generally subject to the discretion of
FSA. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the Company will continue as
servicer for such loans and receive related servicing fees. Any increase in
limitations on the Company's cash flow from securitization trusts or inability
to obtain any necessary waivers from FSA or termination of servicing
arrangements could materially adversely affect the Company's cash flow and
liquidity, and ultimately its business, financial condition and results of
operations and its outstanding securities.
 
    IMPACT OF PORTFOLIO GROWTH AND NEW PRODUCTS.  The Company has experienced
rapid growth in its loan servicing portfolio. Historically, the statistical
incidence of delinquencies and defaults in connection with automobile loans
tends to vary over the age of the loan. For example, statistically, loans that
are between six and fourteen months old have had a higher likelihood of being
delinquent or defaulting than loans with similar credit characteristics that are
three months old. Accordingly, to the extent that portfolio growth results in a
servicing portfolio containing disproportionately more loans originated within
the prior six months, the current and historical delinquency and default rates
of loans in the servicing portfolio may understate future delinquency and
default rates. Also, there can be no assurance that the Company's transition
from centralized to regional servicing and collection will not adversely affect
the rate of loan delinquencies and defaults. In addition, to the extent the
Company offers new loan products which involve different underwriting policies,
the delinquency and default rates of the Company's servicing portfolio may
change. The Company has instituted a tiered pricing system and has periodically
increased the authorized amount of loans purchased under its Classic program
involving borrowers who do not meet all of the underwriting standards in the
Company's Premier program and are charged rates of interest higher than those
under the Company's Premier program. As a result of the increases in Classic
loans as a proportion of the Company's portfolio, there has been an increase in
the rates of, and reserves for, delinquency, repossession and loss historically
reported by the Company. To estimate future delinquency, repossession and loss
experience related to Classic loans, the Company uses a combination of factors,
including actual
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
loan performance experience on Premier loans, adjusted for the estimated effects
of less favorable credit characteristics, and industry experience on loans with
similar credit characteristics. However, there can be no assurance that the
Classic loans will perform under varying economic conditions in the manner
estimated by the Company. Any increase in delinquency, repossession and loss
rates related to Classic loans above the rates estimated by the Company could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations, as well as its liquidity. Furthermore, because loan
default and delinquency rates tend to increase during the six- to fourteen-month
period from loan origination, the impact of increases in the Classic program on
the Company's overall delinquency, repossession and loss rates will not be fully
realized until the amount of Classic loans which have entered this six- to
fourteen-month period is proportionate to the amount of Classic loans being
purchased by the Company relative to Premier loans. In addition, certain of the
Company's loan products which produce higher delinquency, repossession and loss
rates than initially expected may continue to have an impact on the Company's
overall loan performance, even after being discontinued or modified, until the
initially generated loans mature beyond the six- to fourteen-month period. In
March 1996, the Company discontinued a Classic loan product directed at
first-time credits. In 1996, the Company increased the number of loans purchased
to finance the sale of its repossessed inventory in retail markets. Both of
these products have experienced significantly higher than expected delinquency,
repossession and loss rates, which has increased the risk that the Company may
trigger loan performance tests under agreements with FSA or warehouse
facilities. The increase in loans purchased under the Classic program has also
increased the percentage of loans in the Company's servicing portfolio subject
to loan extensions or rewrites, or with obligors under bankruptcy workout
arrangements, which arrangements may have the effect of reducing delinquency,
but may ultimately result in higher defaults and net losses.
 
    POTENTIAL NEGATIVE IMPACT OF COVENANTS UNDER FINANCE AGREEMENTS.  Increases
in loan delinquency and loss rates with respect to any securitization trust may
result in the trust's portfolio exceeding the various pool performance levels
established by FSA, thereby restricting or cutting off cash distributions to
ORFC from the securitization spread accounts. See "Cash Flow from
Securitizations" above. In addition, such increases may cause the Company to
exceed certain pool performance tests established in other agreements governing
its indebtedness. Under the terms of the indenture governing the Company's
outstanding Senior Term Notes due 2000 (the "Senior Term Notes"), if at any
month-end the amount of charge-offs (net of recoveries) of automobile loans in
the Company's servicing portfolio during the preceding six-month period, times
two, exceeds 1.65% of the average servicing portfolio in the preceding seven
months ("Portfolio Loss Ratio"), the Company will be prohibited from purchasing
new automobile loans in excess of 20% of the Company's Adjusted Consolidated
Cash Flow (as defined in the indenture governing the Senior Term Notes) plus
proceeds of warehouse facilities and certain other available cash. If the
Portfolio Loss Ratio exceeds 1.65% for two consecutive months, then 50% of such
Adjusted Consolidated Cash Flow (as defined in the indenture governing the
Senior Term Notes) must be used to offer to repurchase Senior Term Notes. Such a
restriction on purchases of new automobile loans could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
Covenants with respect to a series of Debt Securities may contain similar
restrictions or other covenants relating to portfolio performance. In addition,
if at the end of any month the Portfolio Loss Ratio exceeds 2.5% or the
Company's delinquency level exceeds 3.5%, an event of default will occur under
one of the Company's outstanding warehouse facilities. The delinquency level is
calculated as a percentage of outstanding principal balance of all automobile
loans owned or securitized by the Company as to which a payment is more than
thirty days past due. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under such
warehouse facility, the lending banks under such facility may accelerate the
payment of amounts outstanding thereunder and would have no further obligation
to extend additional credit. Furthermore, any such event of default or
acceleration may trigger cross-defaults under other outstanding indebtedness of
the Company and may result in the acceleration of amounts due thereunder. The
increase in Classic loans during 1996, among other things, has increased the
risk that the Company may trigger its Portfolio Loss Ratio covenants in the
future.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS
 
    AUTOMOBILE MARKET CONDITIONS.  Periods of economic slowdown or recession,
whether general, regional or industry-related, may increase the risk of default
on automobile loans and may have an adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. Such periods also may be
accompanied by decreased consumer demand for automobiles, resulting in reduced
demand for automobile loans and declining values of automobiles securing
outstanding loans, thereby weakening collateral coverage and increasing the
possibility of losses in the event of default. The increased proportion of loans
under the Company's Classic program has increased the Company's sensitivity to
changes in economic conditions. Significant increases in the inventory of used
automobiles during recessionary economies may depress the prices at which
repossessed automobiles may be sold or delay the timing of such sales. There can
be no assurance that the used automobile markets will be adequate for the sale
of repossessed automobiles and any material deterioration of such markets could
increase the Company's loan losses or reduce recoveries from the sale of
repossession inventory. In addition, the Company has channeled a significant
portion of its repossession inventory through retail resale markets instead of
wholesale markets, including the financing of such retail sales through its
Classic program, which had the effect of reducing the Company's loan losses
while delaying cash flow recovered from inventory turnover. The Company has
experienced significant growth in its repossesion inventory, which increased
from $17.7 million at December 31, 1995 to $64.9 million at December 31, 1996.
There can be no assurance that the Company will continue to use such retail
resale channels, that it will be able to realize such benefits to loan losses in
the future or that its inventories will not reach levels at which they cannot
readily be liquidated through such channels. Any such event might have an
adverse effect on loan loss levels.
 
    INTEREST RATES.  The Company's profitability may be directly affected by the
level of and fluctuations in interest rates, which affect the Company's gross
interest rate spread. The Company monitors the interest rate environment and
employs prefunding or other hedging strategies designed to mitigate the impact
of changes in interest rates on its gross interest rate spread. However, there
can be no assurance that the profitability of the Company would not be adversely
affected during any period of changes in interest rates.
 
MANAGEMENT OF RAPID GROWTH
 
    The rapid growth of the Company's servicing portfolio has resulted in
increased demands on the Company's personnel and systems. The Company's ability
to support, manage and control continued growth is dependent upon, among other
things, its ability to hire, train, supervise and manage its larger workforce.
Furthermore, the Company's ability to manage portfolio delinquency and loss
rates is dependent upon the maintenance of efficient collection and repossession
procedures and adequate staffing therefor. There can be no assurance that the
Company will have trained personnel and systems adequate to support such growth.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The business of financing automobiles is highly competitive. Existing and
potential competitors include well-established financial institutions, such as
banks, other automobile finance companies, small loan companies, thrifts,
leasing companies and captive finance companies owned by automobile
manufacturers, such as General Motors Acceptance Corporation, Chrysler Credit
Corp. and Ford Motor Credit Company. Many of these competitors have greater
financial, technical and marketing resources than the Company and from time to
time offer special buyer incentives in the form of below-market interest rates
on certain classes of vehicles. Many of such competitors also have longstanding
relationships with automobile dealers and some of such major competitors provide
other forms of financing to automobile dealers, including dealer floor plan
financing and leasing, which is not provided by the Company. There can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully with such
competitors.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
REGULATION
 
    The Company's business is subject to numerous federal and state consumer
protection laws and regulations, which, among other things: (i) require the
Company to obtain and maintain certain licenses and qualifications; (ii) limit
the interest rates, fees and other charges the Company is allowed to charge;
(iii) limit or prescribe certain other terms of the Company's automobile loan
contracts; (iv) require specific disclosures; and (v) define the Company's
rights to repossess and sell collateral. The Company believes it is in
substantial compliance with all such laws and regulations, and that such laws
and regulations have had no material effect on the Company's ability to operate
its business. Changes in existing laws or regulations, or in the interpretation
thereof, or the promulgation of any additional laws or regulations, could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations and upon its outstanding securities.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALES
 
    Additional shares of Common Stock may be issued upon the exercise of
outstanding stock options, the conversion of outstanding convertible preferred
stock and the exercise of outstanding warrants. Certain holders thereof have
registration rights with respect to such shares. The Company has registered
pursuant to such rights the sale from time to time of up to 3,871,364 shares of
Common Stock when, as and if issued upon the exercise of outstanding warrants.
Such issuances, or the resale of the Common Stock so acquired, could have an
adverse effect on the market price of the Company's Common Stock.
 
UNDESIGNATED SHARES; ANTI-TAKEOVER CONSIDERATIONS
 
    The authorized and unissued stock of the Company, other than shares reserved
for issuance pursuant to options and warrants, consists of undesignated shares.
The Board of Directors, without any action by the Company's shareholders, is
authorized to designate and issue the undesignated shares in such classes or
series as it deems appropriate and to establish the rights, preferences and
privileges of such shares, including dividend, liquidation and voting rights.
The Company has adopted a shareholder rights plan to deter a hostile takeover.
Further, certain provisions of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act may
operate to discourage a negotiated acquisition or unsolicited takeover of the
Company. See "Description of Common Stock." Each or any of the foregoing could
have the effect of entrenching the Company's directors, impeding or deterring an
unsolicited tender offer or takeover proposal regarding the Company and thereby
depriving the then current shareholders of the ability to sell their shares at a
premium over the market price, or otherwise adversely affecting the voting
power, dividend, liquidation and other rights of holders of Common Stock.
 
                                       6


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission